Skip to main content

Full text of "Educational review"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 


The  Ontario  Institute 


for  Studies  in  Education 


Toronto,  Canada 


LIBRARY 

NOV     8 

197] 

TH 

E  ONTARIO 

INSTiTU 

TE 

to;i 

STJDitS  IN 

lOUCAT 

■ms-t- 


r-\    «  v      1 


JUL    14    197] 

THE  ONtttfe  INSTITUTE 
FO£STUDIES  IN  EDUCATIOf 


EDUCATOR 


EVIEW 


VOLUME  XIX 


Published  Every  Month,  Except  July,  at  St.  John,  N.  B. 


G.  U.  HAY, 


Managing  Editor. 


INDEX. 


[An  error  on  page  228  ( February  number)  makes  it  "  282,"  and  the  error  Is  unfortunately  continued  through  the  following  numbers.] 


Page. 

Acadia  University 16 

Algebra,  All  Due  to 18 

Art  in  the  Public  Schools 37 

Aim  of  Good  Teaching,   The 69 

Art  Education,  President  Eliot  on ...  .  72 

Art  Notes..    ..129,  161,  214,  297,  326,  357 

Affairs  of  Kings  College,   The 154 

Animal  Stories   (C.  Q.  D.   Roberts  aad 

Wm.   J.   Long) 155 

Acadia,    The  Distinctive    Features  of..  185 

Anatomy  In  Rhyme 223 

April   Birthdays 327 

"  All     Thy     Works     Praise     Thee,     Oh 

Lord," 363 


Boyd,  Hunter,  Articles  by  ..  ..37,  129,  160 
214.  297.  326,  357 
Beginning  of  a  Western  Town,  The..  44 
Battle  Hymn  of  the  Reformation ....  46 
Butler,  O.  K.,  Articles  by   ..    ..102,125,  159 

187,   211,   296,   330,   354 
Bailey,    Professor    L.    W.,    Articles    by 

131,  208,  281,  320,  352 

Barbizon 216 

Boyle's  Law 301 

Beautiful    Canada 320 

Birthday  Party,  A 330 

Boys   Wanted, 366 

B inner   and   the   Carpet.   The 367 


Canadian  History.  June  and  July  In..  8 

Clay  Modelling  In  the  Primary  Grades  11 

Case  of   Susie   Adams,   The 12 

College  Convocations 14 

Current  Events 22,   48,  75,  110,  136 

169,  197,  223,  306,  338,  369 

Country  Newsboy,  A 45 

Chipmunk  and  Red  Squirrel 65 


Page. 
Canadian     History,    August    and     Sep- 
tember In 68 

Canadian  History,  October  In 95 

Canadian  History,  November  In   . .    . .        133 
Christmas    Chimes    (with    Illustration)      160 

Christmas  Recitations 164 

Christmas  Gift,  The 169 

Coasts,  Our.      Their  Character 208.  289 

"  Christmas  Eve,"  Washington  Irving's     211 

Coasts,  Our.     Their  Lessons 320,  352 

Compositions,    Correction      of 322 

Course  of  Study — A  Criticism 327 

Criticism  of  P.   E.   I.   Schools 328 

Clovers,   The 351 

Canada's  Size  and  Population 362 

Canada  a  Rich  Country 367 


Drawing  for  the  Lower  Grades.  .    . . 

Dalhousle  University 

Death  of  Professor  Davidson.  .  .  . 
"  Deserted  Village,"  Notes  on  the 
December  Supplement  (Christmas  Chimes) 


10 

14 

62 

103 

160 


December  Birthdays 158 

Distractions,   Too   Many 195 

Dyzart,  Miriam  L.,  Articles  by 104,  299 

Dominion  Cabinet  The 366 


Empty  Crayon  Box,  The 67 

Examinations    In   Nova   Scotia,   A   Hint 

Regarding  the  Provincial 216 

Early  Flowers.   A   Few 319.  349 

Examination    Test,    Another 359 

Education,   Five  Evidences  of 366 


First  Day  in   School.   The. 
Friday  Afternoons,  For    .  . 


43 
134 


Page. 

Feeding  Place  for  Birds.  A 143 

Framing   the  Review  Pictures    163 

Franklin,   Benjamin    (Portrait) 189 

Fighting   Temeraire.    The 215 

February  Birthdays 218 

February   Folk-Lore.  .     222 

Forests  of  Canada,  The 332 

Five    Little   White   Heads 363 

Ferns,  The 368 


Grammar  in   a  Nut-shajl 123 

Games  for  Primary  Grades 135 

Grammar,  The  Disciplinary  Value  of.  .  190 

Guess   the   Names  of  the    Rivers . .    . .  305 

Guess  the   Names  of  the  Islands . .    . .  334 

Guess  the  Names  of  the  Fish 334 

Grammar  of  Any  Use,   Is 359 

Guess  the  Name  of  the  Boy 362 

Guess  the  Name  of  the  Bird. .    .  ,    ....  364 

Glory  of  the  English  Tongue,  The....  368 

H 

Hay,  G.  U.,  Articles  by  . .    . .  7,  39,  100,  124 

157,  184,  207,  318,  350 

Heavens  in   June,   The .-.    . .  19 

Helpfulness,  The  Spirit  of 39 

How  to   Teach  Addition 68 

Home-made  Recitation  Book.  A  ....  101 
History    of    the    River    St.    John    (Rev. 

Dr.   W.   O.   Raymond) 182 

Happy,  The   Way  to  be 304 

Horse-Chestnut  is  so-called,  Why  the  319 
How    One    Teacher    Used    the    Picture 

"  Saved," 325 

Hamilton,   Principal  D.  W.,   Article  by  329 

Hiawatha's    Canoe 333 

I 

Insane,   New  Treatment  of  the 6 

Interest    the    Parents,    To 141 


INDEX. 


J 

Page. 

Joy  of  Hard  Work,  The 46 

Japan's   Naval   Record..    . , 64 

January  Birthdays.. 184 

K 

Keeping   our    Souls   Alive 20 

Keeping   the    Children    in    School .  .     .  .  142 

Kennedy,    W.   T.,   Article  by 327 

Keep  Your  Sons  at  Home 364 

Key    for    Identifying    Sparrows 367 

Kites,    Professor   Bell's 368 

L 

Letter   Writing 42,   107 

Long  and  Well  Spent  Life.  A 63 

Lines  in  Season  ..    ..74,  106,  304,  335,  360 

"  Lady  of  the  Lake," 125 

Lesson  on  a  Window 133 

"Legend   of    Sleepy    Hollow," 159 

Let  the  Sunshine  in 167 

Literature  in  the  Primary  Grades..  192,  219 
Lamb's   "  The   Adventures  of   Ulysses," 

296,  330,  354 

Lark  by  Lake  Bewa,   The 299 

Language    Methods,    Some 336 

Letter  from  Northern  Alberta 353 

Learning  Latiu 357 

Little  Brothers  of  the  Field,  Our 362 

M 

Matthews,   E.   G.,  Article  by 10 

Mt.  Allison  Institutions 14 

Mile  with  Me,  A 21 

Music  in  the  North  Sydney  Schools.  ...  23 

Meagher,  F.  B.,  Address  by 42 

Mutual  Improvement  Associations.  ...  63 

Mental  Mathematics 105,  166 

Mama's  Christmas  Gift 160 

Mistletoe  Grows,   How  the 162 

Mental  Arithmetic 191,  300 

Maclean,  Miss  A.,  Articles  by.. 216,  322,  355 

March  Birthdays 292 

Manual  Training,  The  Purpose  of   ....  304 

Millet 322,  355 

.  N 

Nineteenth   Century   Literature 13 

Nature-Study   Should   Be   Taught,   How  38 

Nature-Study ^64,   123,    156,   183,  206 

Nature-Study    iu    Canada 90 

Nelson  and  the  Centenary  of  Trafalgar  96 
Native  Trees,  Our : 

Poplars  and  Willows 100 

The  Birches 124 

Firs  and   Spruces 157 

The   Pines 184 

The  American  Larch 207 

The  White  Cedar 207 

The  Hemlock 318 

The  Elm 350 

The  Beech 351 

National    Hymn 305 

Nature  -  Study  Calendars 329 

o 

Old   School,    The 95 

Oliver  Goldsmith 103 

Only  of  Interest  to  a  Few 155 

Old  Year  and  the  New,   The 158 

Old-Fashioned   Things 302 

"  Onward    Christian    Soldiers."     .  .     .  .  330 

One    King,    One  Flag,   One    Fleet..     ..  364 


Physiology  Teacher,  Hints  to  the 
Perfect   Attendance 


9 

:-,  i 


Page. 

Poem  You  Ought  to  Know,  A 95 

Poetry  of  Earth  is  Never  Dead.  The.  .      101 
Physical      Geography      in     the     Public 

Schools 131 

Picture  Study  Queries 162,  196,  298 

325.  358 
Practical    Problems    for    Grade    VIII .  . 

1 167,  191,  219,  300,  331,  363 

Punctuality '   ..     ..      330 

Pussy   Willow 335 


Question  No  More 195 

R 

Review   Question   Box,   The    ..    ..20,   43,    74 

166,  337,  358 
Recent  Books  (Canadian)  : 

Geometry    (A.    H.    McDougall)  .  .     ..  51 

High  School  Chemistry  (W.  S.  Ellis)  52 
Practical    Mathematics     (Dr.    D.    A. 

Murray) 79 

High   School   Physical    Science   (Mer- 
chant &   Fessenden) 79 

Brothers      in     Peril     (Chas.     G.     D. 

Roberts) 79 

Introductory  Physiology  and  Hvglene 

(A.    P.   Knight) 79 

The      Nature-Study      Course      (John 

Dearness) 80 

Nova  Scotia  Readers.  .    .  . 145 

Prose  Essays  (Bliss  Carman) 174 

Mechanical   Drawing  (S.   A.   Morton)  339 
Practical     and    Theoretical    Drawing 

(A.   H.    McDougall) 339 

Robinson,    E'eanor,    Article    by 96 

Rhymes     and     Recitations     for     Little 

People 106 

Reproduction,    For 130 

"Rip  Van   Winkle." 187 

Recitatiors  for  Primary  Grades 193,  220 

Report  of  New  Brunswick  Schools  ....  288 

Reproduction  of   Stories 299 

Raleigh    Anticipitea    Darwin 352 


s 

Slm=.   Miss  S.   A..  Article  hy 11 

Some    of   the    Old    Would    Imnnve   the 

New 21 

School  and  Colleee 23;.  49.   78.  111. 

143.  171.  198.  225,  307.  339,  37o 

Suggestions  for  Seat  Work 35 

Summer  School,   The 36 

Seoteirber  Tb1V« 67 

Sympathy   for  Children 73 

Summer  Holiday    Activities 91 

School   Outing.   A 100 

Schoolroom   Decorations 10J 

S»rr>nd  from  Above,  The ins 

School   Correspondence 122 

Scott.    A    Lover   of    .  .        '  ....  1K6 

Shakespeare  to  His  Mirror 165 

Spinney,    p.    h..    Articles   by    ..     ..105,  16b 

191,  300 
Schoo'  from  the  Standpoint  of  a  Parent 

The 212.  29' 

"Saved"    (Tlln=trati"n) 214 

Scott,   S.  D.,  Article  by 212,  292 

Snow.  Lesson  on 221 

Song  of  the  Lark.  The 297 

School   Legislation.   Recent 316 

School    Gardens,    Influence   of 317 

Spring,  The  Coming  of 332 

Spring,  The  Call  of 334 

Schools  of  Nova  Scotia 348 


Page. 

Schools  of  P.  E.  Island 348 

"Sower,    The"    (Illustration)     357 

Springtime   Studies 361 

Sculptor  Boy,  The 365 

T 

Teachers   in   the   West,   Among 7 

Try  This  for  a  Change 17 

Timetables    in    the    Geography    Class..  17 

Truthfulness,  A   Method  of  Teaching.  .  19 

Teachers  Deserve  Better  Salaries..    ...  23 
Teachers'    Institute    of    Annapolis    and 

Digby 45 

Teachers'    Salaries 62 

Teachers'     Association,     N.    S..    Provin-  • 

cial.  .    . 70 

Training,  An  All-round ..  93 

Teachers'  Reward.  A 93 

Teachers'  Association,   Statistics,  N.   B.  107 

Teaching  Children  to  Talk  Naturally,      . .  107 
Teachers'    Institutes : 

Kings  County,  N.  B 108 

Kent  County,  N.  B 109 

York  County,   N.   B 109 

Teachers'      Normal      Institute.      North 

Sydney 138 

Teachers'    Association,    P.    E.    1 139 

Teachers'  Institutes  : 

Victoria  County,   N.   B 140 

Northumberland  County,   N.   B 140 

Westmorland  County,   N.  B 140 

Albert  County,  N.  B 140 

St.    John   and   Charlotte,   N.   B 141 

Treasures  of   a   Country   School    .  .    . .  143 

Teachers'  Association  of  N.  B 144 

Teachers'  Institutes : 

Restigouche   County 168 

Gloucester  County 168 

Carleton   County 196 

Three  Nine's   Puzzle.   The 233 

Teachers'    Bureaus 224 

Tale   of    Twelve,    The 303 

Tale  of  a  Bonnet 306 

Trees,  Studies  by  Sir  W.  C.  Van  Home 

(Illustration) 326 

Tree   Quotations  from  the  Bible    .  .    . .  335 

Teacher,   The   Efficient 336 

Trees,   Three   Little 338 

Trees'  Rebe'lion,  The. 362 

True  Bravery 369 


u 

University  of  New   Brunswick    .  . 


16 


V 

Visits  to  Schools 34 

Visiting  Schools 92 

Victor!  a  the  Good 365 

Voice    of   the    Grass,    The 366 

Victoria   Cross.    The 367 

W 

Warning  Note  from  the  West 94 

Writing  in   the   Public   Schools 154 

Washington   Irving 159 

Weil-Conducted  Recitation,   A 194 

Waddell,   John,    Articles   by    . .    .  .    216,  301 

Winter 292 

Why  Some  Birds  Hop  and  others  Walk  302 

Who  Loves  the  Trees  Best 305 

Waste   of  Time 335 

Walking   Exercise    for   Children    .  .     . .  336 

Wanted — Men 357 

Wild  Doves  of  St.  Francis,   The    .  .    . .  360 


THE 


EDUCATIONAL     REVIEW. 


VOLUME    XX. 

Published  every  Month,  except  July,  at  St.  John,  N.  B, 

- i 

G.    U.    HAY,       -      -      Managing    Editor. 


INDEX 


Art  Notes 

Arithmetic.  Practical   Problems  in. 

Acadia  University  Closing 

Arithmetic,  First  Steps  iir 

Autumn  Fires 

Arn.u  and  the  Souk.  The 

Advisory  Board,  An 

Asleep 

Aunt  Mary's  Four  Guests 

Art    in   the    Netherlands 

Avosadro's    Law 

April  Days 

Arbor   Day  and    Bird    Day    Pro- 
gramme,   

Arbor   Dav, 


i 'age 

7,  4.! 


Si 
82 
ioo 

I  Jo 
1 43 
I'll 
2lN 

-.v> 

209 


B 

Bailey.   Professor  L.   \\ '..   Articles  by 

8.    41.    73,    nS.  ui 
Boyd,    Hunter.    Articles    by    ..15,43.233 

Birds   and    Man 26 

Hoys.   A    Place    for   the 4.1 

Banc.   I  he  Sculptor 44 

Book  worth  Reading,  A 4'"i 

Body,  Parts  of  the S3 

Brittain,    Dr.   John — Articles   by.  .68.  295  j 

Bunco-Bird,    I  he 102 

Bjrds  in   Winter.   Feeding 124 

Bird    Tragedy.  A 268 

Botany  in  Schools 295 

British   Empire  Statistics 305 


Canadian  Nationality 6 

Corot    <   The    Painter  I I J 


Page.  I 

(.'intent    Events 24.   55,  S4.  107 

132.    loj,    191,   219,  J47,  278,  310 
Condon,    Sirs.  Catherine   M  .  Articles 

by 16,  48,  71,  98,    1  _' 1.  150 

180,   211,   241,   265,  300 
Chemistry.    Foundations  of,  as   Seen 

in  Nature  Study 68 

Chemical    Trick.  A 78 

Crocket,   Principal,  Article  by  ....  94 

Carl.    Katharine if) 

Climate.    ( )ur 144 

Christmas     Exercises,     Suggestions 

for 156 

Christmas  Baby.  The 159 

Christmas,   Hilda's 159  J 

<  Ihildren   and    Poetry [88 

C'lmenitis,    Pestalozzi   and    Fnebcl..  211  J 

Children's   Poems,   Rise  Above..    ..  29,1 

Canada.   In 30.! 

( lanada    Forever 309  ! 


Dalhousie  Convocation 17 

Dawn 81 

Drawing   Course,    A    New 202 


I  (rumniond,   I  >cath  of   Dr. 
Drummond.    The   Last    Poem  of 


291 

308 


Education.  Tests  of  Applied..  ..  (1 
Educational   Institute,    Provincial,  at 

(  li.it ham 38 

Education    of    the    Agricultural 

Laborer 69 

Educational    Association    of    N.    S  106 

Examiner's    .Vote    Hook.    From    An  122 

Educational   Reports 260 


Page. 

Education,  'The  Law  of  Unity  Ap- 
plied  to ^00 

Empire   Day   Selections 306 

F 

Feeding  I  ler  Birds," 15 

Farnham,  S.  J 70 

Flags,  School 04 

I'ruit    Tree.    The 104 

Field    Clubs   and    Nature-Study    .  .  175 

February,  Colour  in 20.1 

February  and    Its   Noted   Days....  205 

ITcebcl _>i  i 

French,  D.  F.,  Article  by 21.5 

Forestry 2.;i 

Friebel's    Educational    System..     ..  241 

Forestry,  A  Study  in 266 

Fruebcl's    System,    Self-Activity    the 

Developing   Force  of 300 

G 

Ganong,    Professor    VV.    F„    Article 

by 11 

Geometry,    'The    Teaching    of    Ele- 
mentary  |6 

Geography  and   Nature  Study.   Plans 

in      125 

Games,    First    Grade    Number..     ..      143 
Geometrical    Drawing..       .146,    177,   209 

237,  207, 

( lirls   I    I  lave   Known 181 

Geography   Match 206 

Garden,    Echoes   from   a   Boys'.  .272.   309 


INDEX 


Page. 
Hay,  G.  U.,  Articles  by  .  .7,  2,32,  262,  292 

Habit  of  Observation,  A 50 

Heroism,  A   Lesson  in 79 

Hymn,  Origin  of  a  Famous 104 

Handwork  in  a  Country  School.  ...     181 
History  Device,  A 239 


I 


Insects,  Instinct  in 


81 


Johnstone,  Mary,  Article  by   .  .    .  .       54 
January,  Memorable  Days  in 182 


Kindergartners,    An    Open    Letter 

to 16 

King's  College  Enccenia ^2 

King,  The.  .   . 81 

Kindness  to  Animals 143 


Language 40 

Language  Box,  The 46 

Lines  in  Season 50,  127,  214 

Little  Ones,  For  the  Very 105 

Little  Folks,  For  the 128,  160 

Lines   for  the   Christinas   Season.  .  158 

Lost,  If  You  Are 189 

M 

Mountains  and  Hills,  Our 8 

Maclean,    Miss   A.,   Articles  by....  13 

44,  7°,  99,  239,  265,  302 
Macdonald    School,  Guelph,    Notes 

from  the 16 

Mount  Allison  Convocation 17 

Meadow's  Changes,  The 38 

Mill.  The  Old 128 

Madonna  of  the  Chair 142 

Matthews.   !•'.  G.  Articles  by   ....  146 

177,  209,  237,  297 

Months,  The 160 

Manners  the  Morals  of  the  Heart.  .  180 

Millinery,     Murderous 184 

Music  of  Poetry,  The 213 

March 2^^.  246 

March  and   Its   High  Days 234 

May  Days 294 

May,  Morning  'Talks  for 301 

N 

Nest  in  a  Pocket,  A 22 

Names,  Guess  the 23 

News   Notes 26 

Nature,  The  Contact   with 118 

Norrad,  Marguerite  Marie,  Article 

by 183 

Natural    History    Stories    for    Little 

Folks 185,   215,   244,  276 

Numbers,  About 207 

Nature  Study  in  March 232 

Nature   Study  in   April 262 

Novel,  The  Modern 264 

Number  One 278 

New  Brunswick.  I  Love  Thee.  .    .  .  291 

Nature  Study  for  May 292 

Nature   Study   for  Teachers   in   Va- 
cation   295 

Nature  Quotations  for  May 308 


Order  for  Release,  The 43 

Opening  Exercises 104 


Page. 
Plants,    On    the    Present    Confusion 

in  the  Names  of  American ....  11 
Psychology  for  Teacher  and  Parent  48 
Paris,  The  Streets  of,  May  1st.  ...       54 

Play 98 

Pine  Forests,  The  Song  of  the.  .   .  .     123 

Psalm  of  Praise,  A 127 

Pictures,    How    One    Teacher    Uses 

the  Review 143 

Personality  of  the  Teacher 179 

Play,  Hints  for  Studying  a 187 

Problems  in  Rhymes 190 

Plans,  About 203 

Pines,  Questions  Upon  Any  in  Your 

Locality.  .    .  , 207 

Pestalozzi 211 

Picture  for  March,  Our 233 


Queries,   Replies   to 15 

Question   Box,   The   Review's..    ..     307 
R 

Recent  Books   (Canadian) 
High     School     Physicial     Science 

(F.  A.  Marchant) 28 

Elements      of      Political      Science 

(Leacock) 58 

Elementary    Mathematics     (F.'W. 

Marchant) no 

Guide     to     Practical     Penmanship 

(W.  A.  Mclntyre) 110 

Handbook  of  Canadian  Literature 

(A.  MacMechan) 135 

Studies   of   Plant   Life   in   Canada 

(Mrs.   Trail) 164 

Sketch  of  Hon.  Joseph  Howe  (A. 

&  W.  MacKinlay) 192 

Recent  Magazines 29,  59,  84.  Ill, 

135,    166,   194,  222,  250,  282,  312 

Rivers  and  Lakes,  Our 41,  73.  96 

Recitations  for  the  Youngest  Child- 
ren. .   ■ S3,  274 

Report,  An  Important (*> 

Rainy  Day.  A 77 

Rain,  Signs  of 127 

Richards.  Chas.  D. — Article  by....      152 

Robinson,     Eleanor — Articles    by.  .      182 

205,  234.  263,  294 

Rhymes  for  Little  Folks 217,  245 

Rockefeller's  $43,000.000 235 

Rubens 265 

S 

Springtime,  The    Treasure-Trove  of  22 

Sunbeams,  The 23 

School  and   College 26,  57,  87 

109,  133.  164,  192,  220.  248,  279,  311 

Summer  School  at  North  Sydney..  40 

Something  for  a  Lazy  Afternoon..  47 

Smith,   A,  W,  L,  Article  by   ....  46 

September 65,  10: 

School,  A  Great  Mediaeval '  1 

Schoolmaster   Abroad,  The 76 

Schoolmaster,  A  Great 78 

Stars,  Counting  the So 

Somebody's   Mother 82 

Snow   Flowers,   The 128 

Sunshine   in    the    Shadows 149 

Schoolrooms.     Glimpses    into.  .     .  .  174 

203,   230.  258 

Shirking   Work 175 

Spelling  Reform 186 

Salaries.   Better 202 

Sarah's  Teachers 240 

Song  of  a  Robin,  The 273 

See  What  Children  Say 293 


T 

Page. 

Teacher,  The  Ideal 6 

Trees,  Our  Native — No.  XI 7 

Turtle,  M.  R.,  Article  by 46 

Teachers'   Institutes 52 

Training,  Two  Methods  of 82 

Talking,  On  the  Advantage  of.  .   .  .  83 

Teachers,   Address  to  Young. ...  94 

Tides,  The 100 

Thanksgiving   Reading,   A 101 

Teacher,  a  Contented 104 

Teacher  as  a  Director  of  Play,  The  121 

Teachers'   Institutes 129 

Teaching,    Some    Criticisms   of   Our 

Methods   of 152 

Teacher,   Points  for  the 161 

Teachers'  Institute,   Northumberland 

County 162 

There  are  Other  Instances 188 

Teachers'  Institute,   Carleton   Co...  189 

Two  Little  Fellows 210 

Talks   with   Other  Readers..    ..219,  275 

Teacher,  The  Influential 259 

Teacher  So  the  School,  As  the 261 

Teacher,  My 264 

Teacher's  Wisdom,  The.  .    .  .    .  .    .  .  275 

U 

University     of     New     Brunswick, 

Enccenia  at 19 

Unfortunate  Statement,  An 186 

V 

Vacation,   After 77 

Visualization 150 

Valentines,  A  Brace  of 214 

Van  Dyck 30^ 

'"  W 

Woman  Keeps  Young,  How  One. .  43 

Waterfalls,  Our 118 

Window    Shades    or    Roller    Blinds. 

-    The   Misuse   of 122 

WirW,  The  Voice  of  the 122 

Wayside  Inn,  The 124 

Waterfall.  A  Little  Known 183 

Winter  Nests 212 

Winter.   I   Love  the .  .  214 

Winter   Piece.   A 217 

Waddell,  Dr.  John,  Articles  by.  .242,  295 

Where    Montgomery    Fell 245 

Word  Game 261 

Wireless    Message 304 

Y 

^  ussouf 155 

Your  Gawky  Boy 247 

SUPPLEMENTS 

Reproduction  of  Famous   Paintings. 

Millet's  "Feeding  Her  Birds" — June- 
July. 

Millais'  "The  Order  for  Release" — Aug- 
ust. 

Neal's  "James  Watt  Discovering  the 
Power   of   Steam" — September. 

Barber's  "A  Scratch  Pack" — October. 

Bateman's  "The  First  Lesson" — Novem- 
ber. 

Raphael's  Madonna  of  the  Chair — De- 
cember. 

Wunsch's    "Mischief  Brewing" — January. 

Piftard's   "The   Snowball" — March. 

Barber's   "Morning  Call" — April. 

West's  "The  Death  of  General  Wolfe" — 
May. 


TWENTY-EIGHT     PAGES. 


COLLEGE     NUMBER. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education  and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  JUNE,   1905. 


31  00  per  Year. 


G.   U.    HAY. 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


A.  McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotifi 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 

Office,  31  Leinstec  Street,     St.  John,  N.  B. 
PmvrcD  by  BiRsrs  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 


Always  Bead  this  Notice. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  about  the  10th  of 
every  month.  If  not  received  within  a  toeek  after  that  date, 
write  to  the  office. 

THE  REVIEW  it  tent  regularly  to  subscribers  until  notifica- 
tion it  received  to  discontinue  and  all  arrearages  are  paid. 

When  you  change  your  addrett,  notify  us  at  once,  giving  the 
old  as  well  as  the  new  address.  This  will  save  time  and  cor- 
retpondence. 

The  number  on  your  addrett  tcllt  to  what  whole  number  of  the 
REVIEW  the  tubtcription  it  paid. 

Addrett  all  corretpondence  and  business  communications  to 
EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 

St.  John,  N.  B. 


CONTENTS 


Editorial  Notes fl 

The  Treatment  of  the  Insane *> 

Among  Teachers  in  the  West 7 

June  and  July  in  Canadian  History 8 

Hint  to  the  Physiology  Teacher !i 

Drawing  for  the  Lower  Grades  —  No.  V 1 1     10 

Clay  Modelling  in  the  Primary  Tirades 11 

The  Case  of  Susie  Adams  12 

"Nineteenth  Century  Literature'' 13 

College  Convocations: 

Dalliousie  University 11 

ML  Allison  Institutions 11 

Acadia  University 1H 

The  University  of  New  Brunswick ...  Hi 

Try  This  for  a  Change 17 

All  Hue  to  Algebra IS 

A  Method  of  Teaching  Truthfulness  lil 

The  Heavens  in  June 1!) 

The  Review's  Question  Box , 2" 

Keeping  our  Souls  Alive 2n 

Ten  Reasons  for  Bird  Study 21 

Some  of  the  Old  Would  Improve  the  New 21 

Current  Events. 22 

Music  in  the  North  Sydney  Schools 2:1 

Teachers  Deserve  Better  Salaries, 2.1 

School  and  ( COLLEGE -'.'( 

Recent  Books 21 

J  i'»i  Magazines 25 

Business  Notice 26 

New  Advertisements  —  D.  McArthur,  I k>,  p.  2;  Netherwood 

School,  p.  2S;  South  Shore  Line.  p.  2*. 


The  attention  of  our   subscribers   is   directed   t< 
the  business  notice  on  another  page. 


.  An  index  to  volume  eighteen  accompanies  this 
number  of  the  Review.  We  hope  our  subscrbers 
bind  the  Review  and  keep  it   for   future  reference. 


Therk  will  be  no  Review  for  July,  but  the  next 
number  will  be  issued  about  the  first  of  August, 
instead  of  the  tenth.  During  the  coining  year  tie 
date  of  publication  will  be  on  the  first  of  each  month. 
Intending  contributors  and  advertisers  should  make 
a  note  of  this. 


Dr.  J.  R.  Inch,  Superintendent  of  Education  for 
New  Brunswick,  will  be  one  of  the  speakers  at  the 
American  Institute  of  Instruction  which  meets  at 
Portland,  Maine,  July  10  to  13. 


Considerable  space  is  given  up  in  this  number 
to  the  work  done  by  the  colleges  during  the  past 
year.  Such  a  record  of  progress  in  the  higher  edu- 
cation is  gratifying. 


The  death  of  Mr.  John  McMillan,  head  of  the 
firm  of  Messrs.  J.  &  A.  McMillan,  of  St.  John,  has 
caused  a  widespread  feeling  of  regret.  Of  a  noble 
presence,  there  was  added  rare  kindliness  and  cour- 
tesy of  manner,  lie  had  endeared  himself  to  a 
large  circle,  not  only  by  his  genial  and  manly  nature, 
but  by  the  strict  integrity  in  all  business  relations 
which  characterized  an  old  and  honorable  firm. 


Few  teachers  are  permitted  to  celebrate  the 
jubilee  of  their  entrance  upon  work.  Rev.  Dr. 
Sawyer  has  seen  graduates  go  out  from  Acadia 
College  for  the  past  fifty  years.  He  has  helped 
largely  to  shape  the  destinies  of  many  lives,  to  mould 
character,  and  present,  by  his  own  example  and 
teachings,  high  ideals  of  manliness  and  Christian 
life.  The  results  of  his  quiet  influence  and  broad 
culture  are  felt  to-day  by  hundreds  of  men  and 
women  who  regard  him  with  respect  and  affection. 


Tin-:  Review  extends  its  congratulations  to  Dr. 
John  Brittain,  director  of  the  Macdonald  rural 
schools  in  New  Brunswick,  and  to  Mrs.  J.  S.  Arm- 
strong, A.  M.,  of  the  "Netherwood"  school.  These 
were  the  recipients  of  honorary  degrees  at  the 
recent  Encoenia  of  the  University  of  New  Bruns- 
wick. The  honors  were  well  deserved  and  will  be 
warmly  approved  of  in  educational  circles. 

Not  less  hearty  are  the  congratulations  to  F.  If. 
Eaton,  superintendent  of  schools  for  Victoria,  B.  C 
who  received  the  degree  of  1).  C.  L.  at  the  closing 
exercises  of  Acadia  University  last  week.  Dr. 
Eaton  is  fittingly  remembered  for  his  former  excel- 
lent work  in  the  Nova  Scotia  Normal  School,  and 
he  is  regarded  as  one  nf  the  strongest  and  most 
capable  men  in  educatonal  circles  in  the  West. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


With  this  number  the  Review  enters  upon  its 
nineteenth  volume.  The  aim  will  be  to  make  it 
this  year  still  more  useful  to  its  readers,  who  are  now 
found  in  increasing  numbers  in  every  province  of  the 
Dominion. 


The  Summer  School  of  Science  will  meet  this 
year  at  Yarmouth,  from  Tuesday,  July  nth,  to 
Friday,  July  28th.  The  location  is  an  admirable 
one,  easy  of  access,  and  combining  many  attractive 
features  of  scenery  and  climate  which  will  make  it 
a  pleasant  recreation  spot  for  those  who  attend. 
Our  advertising  columns  will  give  some  informa- 
tion to  those  who  are  interested.  The  calendar, 
which  gives  the  courses  of  study  and  other  informa- 
tion, may  be  had  by  writing  to  the  secretary,  Mr. 
W.  R.  Campbell,  Truro.  Instruction  and  recreation 
are  so  well  combined  in  the  Summer  School  that 
teachers  especially  will  find  it  of  great  advantage 
to  take  the  course  during  their  vacation. 


Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay,  Superintendent  of  Educa- 
tion, Halifax,  was  one  of  the  speakers  at  the  teach- 
ers' convention  in  Ottawa  on  the  25th  of  May.  Two 
days  were  given  up  to  papers  and  discussions  on 
nature-study,  which  just  now  is  attracting  great 
attention  throughout  Ontario.  Dr.  MacKay's  ad- 
dress on  the  nature-study  movement  in  Nova  Scotia 
was  an  excellent  one,  and  aroused  the  enthusiasm 
of  his  auditors.  Other  noted  speakers  were  Pro- 
fessor J.  W.  Robertson;  Dr.  Jas.  Fletcher,  Dr.  Sin- 
clair and  Professor  Hodfe,  of  Worcester,  Mass. 

Devoting  the  whole  time  of  a  teachers'  conven- 
tion for  two  days  to  such  an  important  subject  as 
nature-study  seems  worthy  of  imitation  elsewhere.. 

The  Treatment  of  the  Insane. 

How  those  unfortunate  people,  deprived  of  their 
reason,  appeal  to  our  sympathies !  Years  ago  the 
writer  visited  an  insame  asylum  and  the  remem- 
brance of  it  haunts  him  still.  Men  and  women,  sit- 
ting with  folded  hands  day  after  day  without  occu- 
pation;  others  more  violent  confined  in  straight 
jackets  and  filling  the  air  with  curses  and  lamenta- 
tions. How  different  the  treatment  now — and  the 
results. 

A  few  days  ago  a  brief  visit  was  paid  to  the 
Lunatic  Asylum  at  Verdun,  near  Montreal,  at  the 
head  of  which  is  Dr.  T.  J.  W.  Burgess,  an  old 
friend.  Imagine  a  fine  spacious  building,  every 
room  of  which  is  neat  and  faultlessly  clean, 
pictures  on  the  walls  and  books  for  the  occupants, 
with  some  useful  handiwork  to  employ  their  time. 
Outside  was  a  farm  and  beautiful  grounds,  with 
fine  trees  and  shaded  walks,  overlooking  the  noble 


St.  Lawrence.  On  entering  the  grounds  a  base- 
ball match  was  going  on,  while  two  score  or  more 
on  the  grand  stand  applauded  hits  of  home-runs. 
It  was  a  well-played  game;  all,  players  and  specta- 
tors, were  lunatics!  As  one  stood  on  a  broad  veran- 
dah overlooking  the  ample  recreation  grounds, 
three  young  women  walked  by,  just  from  the  golf 
links,  talking  with  enthusiasm  but  with  perfect 
saneness  apparently  of  their  recent  game. 
"What  is  that  building  yonder?" 
"That?"  said  Dr.  Burgess,  "that  is  our  curling 
rink." 

"  What !  do  lunatics  play  the  game  of  curling?  " 
"  Do  they  ?  "  was  the  replv ;  "we  had  a  dozen 
curlers  last  winter  that  might  try  conclusions  with 
any  '  knights  of  the  broom.'  Three  of  them  were 
discharged  cured  this  spring,  and  I  attribute  their 
cure  chiefly  to  the  interest  they  took  in  curling." 

There  was  ample  provision  for  other  sports 
and  games,  both  in  winter  and  summer ;  and  a  farm 
of  nearly  one  hundred  and  thirty  acres,  which  yield- 
ed produce  enough — perhaps  more  than  enough — 
for  the  inmates  of  the  Asylum,  nearly  six  hundred 
persons,  including  patients  and  the  staff  of  attend- 
ants. There  were  also  a  fine  conservatory,  a  hen- 
nery, horses,  cows  and  other  animals.  Walking 
round  the  grounds  with  an  air  of  consequence  was 
the  "  boss,"  a  lunatic  who  imagined  that  he  owned 
and  directed  the  whole.  And  no  one  undeceived 
Him. 

Tact,  sympathy,  courtesy  marked  the  demeanor 
of  nurses  and  attendants  toward  the  patients; 
abundance  of  healthy  exercise  and  the  stimulus  of 
athletic  games  diverted  their  thoughts  from  them- 
selves. What  ideal  conditions  for  a  class  of  un- 
fortunates about  whom  the  careless  world  scarcely 
knows  or  thinks ! 


The  east  bound  transcontinental  train  on  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway  was  slowly  toiling  up 
through  the  Fraser  River  canyon  when  the  brake- 
man  called  out,  as  he  approached  a  small  town, 
"  Yale !  Yale !  "  Two  passengers  were  sitting  in 
the  Pullman,  and  one  said  to  the  other  in  the  con- 
fident tone  of  him  who  has  mastered  his  geography, 
"  Yale !  Ah,  yes,  that's  the  seat  of  a  great  univer- 
sity, you  know !  " 


Ask  God  to  give  thee  skill 

In  comfort's  art, 
That  thou  mayest  consecrated  be 

And  set  apart 
Unto  a  life  of  sympathy, 
For  heavy  is  the  weight  of  ill 

In  every  heart, 
And  comforters  are  needed  much 
Of  Christ-like  touch.  — Anonymous- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Among:  Teachers  in  the  West. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 

It  will  be  of  interest  to  the  readers  of  the  Review 
to  give  some  account  of  educational  people  and  con- 
ditions in  British  Columbia,  as  they  were  observed 
at  Revelstoke  during  the"  Easter  vacation  teachers' 
institute,  and  in  a  somewhat  hurried  visit  to  the 
principal  towns  and  cities  of  the  province  at  a  later 
period.  Revelstoke  is  a  prettily  situated  town  of 
nearly  3,000  inhabitants  on  the  Columbia  river, 
which  expands  just  below  the  town  into  the  Arrow 
Lakes  leading  to  the  beautiful  Kootenay  country 
farther  south.  It  is  on  a  plateau  shut  in  by  snow- 
capped mountains,  which,  like  nearly  all  the  Selkirk 
range,  are  wooded  well  up  to  the  summit. 

I  had  travelled  from  the  Atlantic  seaboard  nearly 
3,000  miles  with  few  signs  of  the  awakening  of 
spring,  but  in  and  around  Revelstoke  (April  25th) 
the  birds  were  in  full  song,  with  the  foliage  and 
grass  of  a  many  tinted  green,  so  grateful  to  the  eye 
after  a  long  winter,  and  the  early  flowers — violets, 
blue  and  yellow — spring-beauty  and  others  known 
in  our  eastern  flora,  with  some  peculiar  to  the  west 
— bursting  into  bloom.  I  had  heard  that  the  forests 
of  British  Columbia  were  silent,  that  the  song  of 
birds  was  scarcely  ever  heard,  but  I  did  not  find  it 
so.  Along  the  bare  defiles  of  the  Rockies  it  was 
perhaps  true,  but  everywhere  else  many  songsters 
enlivened  the  woods,  including  the  meadow  lark, 
whose  clear,  joyous  notes  were  heard  on  prairie  and 
mountain. 

The  provincial  institute  is  held  alternately  on  the 
coast,  or  in  the  interior.  This  year  there  were  very 
few  from  the  coast,  except  the  inspectors  and  the 
normal  school  faculty,  and  one  had  a  good  oppor- 
tunity of  seeing  the  teachers  of  the  country  and  of 
the  cities  and  towns  in  the  interior.  They  were  a 
bright  and  capable  looking  lot  of  men  and  women, 
having  a  keen  interest  in  everything  pertaining  to 
their  work,  enthusiastic,  and  apparently  eager  to 
advance  themselves  and  their  schools.  The  papers 
and  addresses  were  scholarly  and  marked  by  a  prac- 
tical view  of  all  questions  discussed.  The  debates 
were  conducted  in  a  courteous  and  moderate  tone, 
some  of  the  speakers  showing  considerable  fluency 
and  readiness. 

A  large  number  of  the  teachers  of  British  Colum- 
bia, especially  those  occupying  leading  positions,  arc    . 
from  Eastern  Canada.     One  meets   frequently    the 
graduates   of   McGill,   Toronto.   Dalhousie,   Acadia, 
University  of  New  Brunswick  and  Mount  Allison. 


The  farther  west  one  goes,  the  more  does  he  meet 
Maritime  Province  men  and  women,  not  only    as 
teachers,  but  in  every  profession  and  occupation,  as 
if  the  overmastering  desire  was  to  reach  the  sea  and 
hear  again  the  roar  of  breakers.       Few  who    have 
gone  to  the  middle  west  or  far  west  have  the  de- 
sire to  return  to  the  east   for  a  permanent  abode. 
When  they  reach  the  limit  of  the  West,  where  the 
East  begins,  they  are  content  to  settle  down  in  those 
fair  cities  of  Vancouver,  Victoria,  New  Westminster, 
amid  the  Kootenay  lakes,    in  the  Okanagan  Valley, 
or  to  choose  a  home  in  one  of  the  thousand  pictur- 
esque  valleys   of   British    Columbia,    where   almost 
perpetual   summer  reigns,  and  where  no  extremes 
of  heat  and  cold  are  felt.     The  temperature    very 
seldom  rises  above  80°  on  the  sea  coast  of  British 
Columbia,  nor  falls  much  below  the  freezing  point 
in  winter — if  such  a  season  can  be  said  to  exist  there'. 
Mr.  David  Wilson,  the  president  of  the  provincial 
institute  this  year,  is  senior  inspector  of  schools  for 
the  province.     He  is  a  native  of  Richibucto,  N.  B., 
and  a  graduate  of  the  University  of  New  Brunswick. 
He  has  been  in  British  Columbia  for  twenty  years, 
and  is  regarded  as  a  very  successful  administrator. 
He  is  familiar  with  every  portion  of  the  province, 
and   has   accumulated   a    fund   of   information   and 
anecdote. 

In  his  annual  address  to  the  institute,  President 
Wilson,  in  answering  some  statements  made  by  a 
clergyman  who  had  denounced  the  schools  as 
"  pagan,"  made  an  able  defence  of  the  excellent 
moral  influence  of  the  schools  of  British  Columbia, 
and  paid  a  warm  tribute  to  the  high  character  of 
the  teachers,  and  their  efforts  to  train  their  pupils 
to  become  honest  and  truthful  men  and  women. 

The  other  inspectors  of  schools  in  British  Colum- 
bia are  Mr.  C.  A.  Stewart,  of  Vancouver,  and  Mr. 
J.  S.  Gordon,  of  Vernon.  Both  are  natives  of 
1'rince  Edward  Island,  and  both  have  grateful  recol- 
lections of  the  "  Gem  of  the  Gulf,"  of  the  veteran 
and  honored  teacher,  Dr.  Anderson,  and  the  old 
Prince  of  Wales  College,  whose  well-equipped 
scholars  are  found  occupying  honorable  positions 
in  every  part  of  the  continent,  especially  the  Far 
West  of  Canada.  Mr.  Stewart  and  Mr.  Gordon 
have  won  their  way  steadily  to  the  front,  and  have 
been  prominent  in  the  educational  development  of 
British  Columbia. 

Among  those  who  took  a  leading  part  in  the  d:s- 
cussions  at  the  institute  was  Principal  William 
Burns,   of  the   provincial   normal    school.        He     is 


8 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


the  Nestor  of  British  Columbia  teachers,  but  that 
does  not  imply  in  a  young  province  like  this  that  he 
is  advanced  in  years.  Indeed  he  is  the  embodiment 
of  activity  and  intellectual  vigor,  of  ripe  experience, 
and  thoroughly  alive  to  the  educational  needs  of 
the  province,  whose  schools,  even  to  the  most  :e- 
mote  districts,  he  appears  to  know  intimately.  His 
practical  common-sense  views,  interspersed  with 
characteristic  touches  of  humor,  won  for  him  the 
close  attention  of  his  auditors.  It  was  pleasant  to 
see  the  bond  of  sympathy  which  prevailed  between 
the  veteran  principal  and  many  of  the  teachers 
whose  training  has  been  his  life  work. 

Other  members  of  the  normal  school  staff  whose 
addresses  formed  an  interesting  feature  of  the  insti- 
tute were  Mr.  Blair  and  Mr.  J.  D.  Buchanan.  The 
latter  is  a  keen  and  ready  debater,  and  his  thought- 
ful address  on  elementary  arithmetic  and  the  dis- 
cussion which  ensued  were  followed  very  closely 
by  the  institute. 

To  an  observer,  the  display  of  school  work  in 
penmanship,  composition,  nature-study,  drawing, 
plant  specimens,  was  a  most  creditable  one,  and  was 
a  practical  illustration  of  the  excellence  of  the  work 
done  in  the  schools.  The  results  in  color  work  and 
drawing  were  especially  noticeable,  and  reflected 
the  genius  of  Mr.  Blair,  the  teacher  of  drawing  in 
the  provincial  normal  school. 

The  public  address  of  Hon.  F.  J.  Fulton,  Minister 
of  Education,  was  a  very  happy  one.  It  dealt  with 
a  subject  that  most  educational  speakers  in  other 
provinces  approach  with  reluctance,  real  or  feigned, 
and  deal  with  in  tones  of  gloomy  pessimism — the 
salaries  of  teachers.  But  the  Minister  of  Educa- 
tion for  British  Columbia  was  optimistic,  even 
jubilant,  as  he  spoke  of  the  generosity  of  the  gov- 
ernment and  people  in  the  good  salaries  paid  to 
teachers,  the  minimum  being  about  $600.  His  happy 
looking,  well  dressed,  well  paid  auditors  beamed 
with  satisfaction  as  he  quoted  fat  Columbian  figures 
and  arrayed  them  agamst  the  lean,  starvation  sal- 
aries doled  out  to  teachers  in  some  other  places. 

I  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  in  future  articles 
to  some  matters  where  the  East  may  learn  some- 
what from  the  West ;  but  the  first  lesson  to  learn, 
it  would  seem,  is  the  payment  of  just  and  equitable 
salaries  to  teachers. 


There  are  two  freedoms. — the  false,  where  a  man 
is  free  to  do  what  he  likes :  the  true,  where  a  man 
is  free  to  do  what  he  ought. — Charles  Kingsley. 


June  and  July  in  Canadian  History. 

The  months  of  June  and  July  are  notable  ones 
in  Canadian  history.  They  tell  of  discovery  and 
settlement  when  the  foliage  of  wide-extended  forests 
was  in  its  brightest  green  and  when  the  land  was 
fairest  of  all  the  months  of  the  year  for  those 
pioneers  of  the  new  world  to  look  upon.  These 
months  record  successful  battles  fought  to  free  the 
country  from  grasping  invaders  who  sought  to 
sever  Canada's  connection  with  Great  Britain. 
They  tell  of  the  welding  of  the  scattered  provinces 
into  a  confederation  extending  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Pacific ;  and  each  succeeding  year  these  months, 
with  their  lengthened  days  of  sunshine  and  promise 
of  abundance,  lend  sweetness  to  toil  and  beget  fresh 
confidence  in  the  capabilities  of  this  strong  young 
Canada. 

On  the  first  of  June,  1813,  the  naval  battle  between 
the  British  ship  "  Shannon "  and  the  U.  S.  ship 
"  Chesapeake  "  was  fought  off  Halifax  harbor. 

June  2,  1866,  Canadian  volunteers  encountered  a 
band  of  Fenians  at  Ridgeway,  Ont. 

June  3,  1889.  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  cars 
entered  Halifax. 

June  4,  1763,  took  place  the  massacre  of  English 
at  Fort  Mackinaw  by  the  Indians  under  Pontiac. 

June  5,  1813,  Sir  John  Harvey  defeated  a  United 
States  force  at  Stony  Creek. 
June  6,  1891,  death  of  Sir  John  A.  Macdonald. 
June  8,  1776,  a  revolutionary  force  which  had  in- 
vaded Canada    was    defeated    at    Three  Rivers    by 
Canadians. 

June  11,  1894.  death  of  Sir  Matthew  Begbie, 
Chief  Justice  of  British  Columbia. 

June  16,  1755,  Fort  Beausejour  captured. 
June  17,  1745,  first  capture  of  Louisburg. 
June  18,  181 2,  United  States  declared  war  against 
Great  Britain. 

June  20,  1877,  great  fire  in  St.  John,  N.  B. 
June  21,  1749,  Halifax  founded. 
June  23,  1813,  Laura  Secord  undertook  her  peril- 
ous but  successful  journey  to  warn  Lieut.  Fitzgib- 
bon  of  the  approach  of  United  States  troops. 

Tune  24  (a  day  memorable  in  Canadian  annals 
of  discovery)  1497,  John  Cabot  discovered  the  east- 
ern shores  of  Canada  (probably  Cape  Breton  Is- 
land) ;  in  1604  Champlain  entered  St.  John  harbor. 
On  this  day,  in  the  year  1813,  Lieut.  Fitzgibbon 
with  a  small  force  of  Canadians  captured  500  United 
States  troops  at  Beaver  Dams. 

June  26,  1604,  began  the  settlement  of  St.  Croix 
Island. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


9 


July  i,  1867,  Dominion  of  Canada  proclaimed. 

July,  1,  1873.  P.  E.  Island  entered  the  Dominion. 
Alberta  and  Saskatchewan  to  enter  in  1905. 

July  3,  1608,  Champlain  founded  Quebec. 

July  5,  1814,  battle  of  Chippewa. 

July  15,  1870,  Manitoba  and  North  West  Terri- 
tories admitted  to  the  Dominion. 

July  17,  1793,  capture  of  Fort  Mackinaw  by 
Canadians  and  Indians. 

July  20,  1793,  Alexander  Mackenzie  having  made 
the  first  overland  journey  from  Eastern  Canada 
stood  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific. 

On  July  20,  1893,  a  centennial  commemoration 
of  this  exploration  was  held  at  Victoria,  B.  C. 

July  20,  187 1,  British  Columbia  entered  the  Dom- 
inion. On  that  day  a  party  of  engineers  left  Vic- 
toria for  the  mountains  to  begin  the  survey  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway. 

July  21,  1836,  opening  of  railway  between  La- 
prairie  to  St.  Johns,  P.  Q.,  i4l/2  miles  long— first 
railway  in  Canada. 

July  25,  1814,  battle  of  Lundy's  Lane,  the  blood- 
iest and  most  obstinately  contested  battle  of  the 
War  of  1812. 

July  26,  1858,  the  final  capture  of  Louisburg  by 
a  British  army  under  Generals  Amherst  and  Wolfe, 
with  a  fleet  under  Admiral  lioscawen. 
July  28,  1866,  second  Atlantic  cable  laid. 
July,  1760,  a  British  fleet  attacked  and1  destroy  id 
a  French  fleet  at  Petit  Roche,  Restigouche  river. 
This  was  the  last  battle  between  the  French  and 
British  in  the  war  for  the  possession  of  Canada. 

July,  1786,  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  named  by 
Capt.  Dixon,  of  H.  M.  S.  "  Queen  Charlotte." 


Hint  to  the  Physiology  Teacher. 

An  excellent  text  for  a  human  body  lesson  is 
found  in  Longfellow's  "  Village  Blacksmith."  The 
smith  is  the  children's  friend.  Those  who  have 
recited  the  poem  have  learned  to  love  and  respect 
him.  They  admire  the  "  mighty  man,"  the  muscles 
of  whose  brawny  arms  are  "  strong  as  iron  bands." 
The  children  know  the  reason.  "  Week  in,  week 
out,  from  morn  till  night,"  "  You  can  hear  him 
swing  his  heavy  sledge."  "  His  brow  is  wet  with 
honest  sweat."  Here  is  the  arm  made  strong  by 
honest  work.  Suppose  the  smith  worked  now  and 
then,  instead  of  week  in,  week  out.  Suppose  he 
used  a  light  sledge,  and  put  away  the  heavy  cne. 
Who  can  think  of  others  workers  who  are  strong? 
How  can  vou  make  your  muscles  strong?  What 
work  can  you  do?  We  are  proud  to  be  able  to 
work.  The  smith's  work  enabled  him  to  "  look  the 
whole  world  in  the  fact."— Missouri  School  Journal. 


The  teachers  of  Chicago  do  not  beg  for  a  raise  in 
salary  now  because  they  need  more  books,  better 
clothes,  or  opportunity  for  recreation,  they  ask  it 
because  they  know  they  earn  it,  and  that  they  have 
an  inherent  right  to  what  they  earn.  Xot  only 
that,  but  sooner  or  later  the  people  will  acknowledge 
that  right  and  find  a. way  to  recognize  it.  I  con- 
sider a  clear  understanding  on  the  part  of  teachers 
of  this  inherent  right  to  a  fair  share  in  the  wealth 
they  create  to  be  the  first  pre-requisite  for  any  effec- 
tive movement  to  better  the  conditions  of  teachers 
and  teaching.  Armed  with  the  conviction  that  they 
are  seeking  justice  to  the  children  and  to  the  people 
no  less  than  to  themselves,  no  denial,  no  rebuff  will 
deter,  and  they  will  persevere  until  the  entire  com- 
munity recognizes  the  essential  justice  of  their 
claims  and  sets  itself  the  task  of  finding  a  way  to 
grnat  them.— Margaret  A.  Haley. 


The  following  devices  for  arousing  interest  in 
reading  arc  not  new,  but  they  may  prove  useful  to 
some  teachers:  If  interest  flags  in  the  reading  class 
and  the  readers  become  careless  and  inaccurate, 
these  faults  may  often  be  corrected  by  "  reading  for 
mistakes."  If  the  reader  makes  a  mistake  in  em- 
phasis, pronunciation,  or  in  pauses,  allow  whoever 
sees  it  to  read  in  his  place.  This  makes  the  reader 
more  careful  and  keeps  the  whole  class  wide  awake. 
Selected  readings  are  also  very  helpful.  Every 
Friday  afternoon  the  children  may  be  allowed  to 
select  their  own  reading  from  any  books  or  papers 
they  may  have  access  to.  This  interests  them  in 
outside  reading  matter  and  makes  them  anxious  to 
read  well  in  class.— Popular  Educator. 

The  principal  objects  of  school  gardens  may  be 
said  to  be,  in  the  first  place,  that  they  dispose  child- 
ren favorably  toward  manual  labor,  that  they  give 
the  much  needed  work  supplementary  to  the  con- 
fining book  training  that  generally  obtains  in  the 
schools;  that  they  take  the  children  off  the  streets 
in  the  vacation  period,  and  give  them  something 
definite  to  do  with  their  leisure  moments ;  and,  most 
important  of  all,  that  they  give  the  youngsters  a 
good  ground  work  of  agricultural  knowledge,  thus 
inclining  them  to  seriously  consider  farming  as  a 
possible  occupation,  and  it  is  thought  that  in  time 
this  may  tend  to  promote  an  exodus  to  the  outlying 
country  districts,  and  help  to  relieve  the  cont'nued 
concentration  in  the  cities.— Southern    Workman. 


10 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Drawing-  for  the  Lower  Grades  —  No.  VII. 

By  Principal  F.  G.  Matthews,  Truho,  N.  S. 

The  remaining  rectilineal  figures  suitable  for  the 
lower  grades  are  the  hexagon  and  octagon.  All 
the  other  regular  polygons  require  the  use  of  either 
compasses  or  protractor  in  construction,  and  may 
well  be  left  to  Grades  VI,  VII  and  VIII. 

The  hexagon  is  a  very  important  and  interesting 
figure,  as  so  many  pretty  and  useful  exercises  may 
be  based  on  it.  It  also  affords  excellent  practice 
with  the  set-square,  and  will  do  more  to  accustom 
the  pupil  to  the  ready  manipulation  of  this  useful 
instrument  than  any  other  exercise.  As  a  first 
exercise,  the  hexagon  may  be  drawn  standing  on  its 
base,  in  the  following  manner:  Draw  ab  (Fig.  19) 
two  inches  in  length.  Place  the  set-square  in 
the  position  A  and  draw  af,  taking  care  that  the 
ruler  is  held  firmly  and  the  set-square  resting  fairly 
on  it.  Reverse  the  set-square  to  position  B  and 
draw  be.  Mark  off  af  and  be  each  two  inches  in 
length.     Next  slide  the  set-square  from  position  B 


to  that  shown  by  the  dotted  lines  and  draw  fe. 
Reverse  the  square  and  draw  cd.  Make  each  of 
these  two  inches.  Join  cd.  A  good  variation  of 
this  exercise,  and  one  that  requires  care,  is  to  draw 
the  hexagon  without  measuring  anything  but  the 
base  (Fig.  20).  Draw  ab  the  required  length. 
Draw  af  and  be  as  before,  but  without  measuring. 
After  drawing  af,  slide  the  square  to  b  and  draw  be. 
Similarly  from  the  position  at  be  slide  the  square  to 
a  and  draw  ad. 

Now  place  the  ruler  along  af,  and  slide  the 
square,  resting  against  it,  up  to  g,  through  which 
draw  a  line  fc.  This  line  will  be  found  parallel  to 
the  base,  and  will  give  the  positions  of  f  and  c. 
Draw  fc  and  cd  as  before,  the  points  e  and  d  being 
given  by  the  intersections  witli  the  lines  be  and  ad 
respectively.  Finally  join  cd  as  the  former  exer- 
cise. 

Fig.  21  explains  for  itself  the  method  of  draw- 
ing the  hexagon  standing  on  one  of  its  angles. 

In  connection  with  these  lessons  the  talks  on 
angles  and  degrees  should  be  continued.     A  regular 


hexagon,  with  diagonals  drawn,  having  been  placed 
in  front  of  the  class,  easy  questions  will  elicit  the 
fact  that  the  figure  is  made  up  of  equilateral  tri- 
angles. By  producing  the  base,  the  number  of 
degrees  in  the  exterior  angle  may  be  obtained,  and 
also  the  reason  for  using  the  set-square  in  construc- 
tion. By  fitting  the  set-square  into  each  of  the  ex- 
ternal angles,  they  may  be  shown  to  be  all  equal. 


V.Q       21 


On  counting  up  the  degrees  in  each,  the  total  will 
be  found  to  be  3600.  Compare  this  with  the  square 
and  equilateral  triangle.  The  teacher  may  then  give 
as  a  fact  the  information  that  in  all  the  regular 
polygons  the  exterior  angles  together  amount  to 
360°,  and  from  this  deduce  the  method  of  finding 
the  value  of  the  exterior  angle  of  any  polygon,  viz., 
by  dividing  jdo  by  the  number  of  sides. 

The  octagon  gives  an  exercise  in  the  use  of  the 
450  set-square.  Questions  similar  to  the  above 
will  elicit  the  fact  that  the  exterior  angle  contains 
that  number  of  degrees.  Fig.  22  will  explain  the 
method  of  drawing.  Other  methods  requiring  the 
use  of  compasses,  etc.,  may  be  left  till  later. 

As  with  other  plane  figures  in  previous  articles, 
these  outlines  may  be  used  as  foundations  for  de- 
sign,   either    for    pencil    alone    or    for    color  work. 

The  freehand  lessons  at  this  stage  may  introduce 
the  oval  and  objects  based  upon  it.  The  difference 
between  the  ellipse  and  oval  should  be  pointed  out, 
and  the  various  portions  of  the  curves  of  the  oval 
drawn  on  the  board  to  demonstrate  the  variety  of 
curves  obtainable.  Practically  all  the  copies  re- 
quired now  may  be  obtained  from  nature,  as  the 
bodies  of  most  birds,  and  many  bud,  leaf,  fruit  and 
shell  forms  are  of  the  same  general  outline  as  the 

Schools  which  have  museums  will  here  find  them 
of  advantage,  as  abundance  of  "  copy "  may  be 
found  in  them.  As  mentioned  before,  the  teachers 
must  use  discretion  in  selection,  and  not  follow  de- 
tail too  slavishly  at  the  early  stage. 


[It  is  hoped  that  these  lessons  in  drawing,  so 
carefully  prepared  and  illustrated  by  Mr.  Matthews, 
amid  many  other  pressing  duties,  have  been  a  help 
to  teachers. — Editor.] 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


11 


Clay  Modelling  in  the  Primary  Grades. 

Miss  S.  A.  Sims. 
(Under  direction  of  the  M.  T.  T.  Association  of  N.  S.) 

My  experi«nce  with  clay  modelling  has  shown  me 
that  it  is  one  of  the  things  we  learn  to  do  by  doing. 
The  children's  adaptability  for  the  work  need  not 
cause  the  teacher  any  thought,  for  in  the  heart  of 
every  child  there  is  the  inborn  desire  to  "  make 
things."  When  left  to  themselves,  children  natur- 
ally turn  to  the  best  material  available;  hence  the 
practice  among  small  children  of  playing  in  the 
mud,  in  sand-heaps,  etc. — these  being  the  substances 
that  most  readily  take  any  shape  desired.  There 
are  many  reasons  why  modelling  in  clay  can  be 
taught  in  the  public  schools  with  benefit. 

(i)  Some  form  of  manual  training  is  a  neces- 
sary part  of  an  intelligent  system  of  educatipn. 

(2)  Clay  modelling  is  the  particular  form  of 
manual  training  best  suited  to  the  early  years  of 
childhood,  the  material  used  being  plastic  and  non- 
resistant. 

(3)  It  promotes  the  self-activity  of  the  child ; 
it  throws  him  upon  his  own  methods  of  making  and 
doing,  and  gives  him  a  chance  of  asserting  his  indi- 
viduality. 

(4)  Since  the  child,  in  modelling,  has  before  his 
eyes,  or  in  his  mind,  something  which  he  wishes  io 
copy,  his  powers  of  observation  and  perception,  or 
his  powers  of  memory  and  imagination  are  culti- 
vated. 

(5)  It  helps  to  balance  the  excess  of  abstract 
information,  with  which  the  minds  of  little  child- 
ren are  burdened,  and  makes  a  pleasant  variety  in 
the  work  of  the  schoolroom. 

(6)  A  child  who  is  slow  to  grasp  abstract  ideas. 
by  proving,  as  he  sometimes  does,  an  expert  in 
manual  work,  acquires  a  certain  amount  of  self- 
respect  and  ambition,  and  is  inspired  to  make  greater 
intellectual  effort. 

J.  Vaughan,  in  his  paper  prepared  for  the  manual 
training  section  of  the  World's  Fair,  1896,  says : 
"  Of  all  the  forms  of  hand  and  eye  training,  as  a 
means  of  education,  clay  modelling,  perhaps,  more 
nearly  approaches  the  ideal.  As  a  means  of  ex- 
pression, it  seems  to  me  unsurpassable.  If  I  were 
bound  to  take  only  one  form  of  manual  training 
apart  from  drawing.  I  should  unhesitatingly  take 
this,  because  it  calls  into  play  more  faculties  than 
any  other  one  section.'' 

The  question  how  the  work  is  to  be  done  presents 
itself.     The   problem    that   confronted   one   primary 


teacher  not  long  ago  was  this:   Given  a  class    of 
children,  untutored  in  the  art  of  clay  modelling  (or 
any  other  art  for  that  matter),  a  crock  of  clay  with 
no  other  material  whatever — it  is   required  in  the 
space  of  six  weeks  to  produce  a  collection  of  models 
fit    to    send    to    the    Provincial    Exhibition.        The 
teacher  in  question  had  no  knowledge  whatever  of 
the  work  in  hand,  but  from  one  of  her  co-laborers 
she  obtained  a  few  essential  principles  regarding  the 
work,  and  with  these  began  operations.     The  child- 
ren provided  themselves  with  heavy  brown  paper, 
or  thin  smooth  boards,  on  which  to  mould  the  clay. 
The  teacher  had  a  larger  and  heavier  piece  of  wood, 
on   which  to  knead  and  cut   it.     This  she  learned 
was  best  kept  in  a  covered  jar,  so  as  to  exclude  the 
dust,  and  could  be  cut  by  means  of  a  knife,  wire  or 
strong  thread.     If  bought  dry,  it  should  be  soaked 
for  some  time.     When  ready  for  use  it  should  be 
plastic,  but  not  soft  enough  to  adhere  to  the  fingers. 
The  clay  was  kneaded  in  the  form  of  a  large  Cube, 
and   from  this  smaller  cube-shaped  pieces  were  cut 
off    and    apportioned  to  the  children.       After  each 
child  had  received  a  piece  of  clay,  the  class  received 
their  first  lesson  in  the  moulding  of  common  geome- 
tric solids  as  a  basis  for  other  forms.     The  sphere 
was  modelled  by  rolling  the  clay  between  the  palms, 
with    the    fingers    turned    back.       The    cube    was 
fashioned  from  the  sphere,  by  tapping  gently  on  a 
plane  surface,   outlining  the  six   sides  by    the  first 
six  taps.     The  cylinder  was  made  by  rolling  the  clay 
between    the    hand    and   a    smooth    surface,    then 
flattening  the  ends  by  tapping.        From  the  sphere 
was  cut  the  hemisphere,  and  from  this  were  made 
birds'  nests,  cups  and  saucers,  bowls,  etc.        From 
the  sphere  itself  were  moulded  apples,  cherries  and 
different  varieties  of  fruit.     From  the  cylinder  were 
evolved    cunning    little   models    of    tea-pots,     sugar 
bowls,  butter  crocks,  bottles  and  vase  forms  of  dif- 
ferent   kinds.        Some  of  these,   made   of  ordinary 
brown  clay,  were  decorated  with  leaves  and  flowers 
made  of  red  or  pinkish  clay.     The  cube  became  an 
object  of  much  greater   interest,  after  having  dots 
arranged  on  the  six  sides  to  represent  a  die. 

The  children  were  found  to  display  the  greatest 
skill  in  modelling  objects  in  which  they  were  most 
interested.  One  small  boy,  whose  brother  was  then 
serving  in  South  Africa,  made  a  remarkable  good 
model  of  the  large  felt  hat  worn  by  the  troops.  The 
children  had  previously  learned  the  story  of 
Hiawatha;  and  the  canoe  and  paddle  made  another 
interesting   model.        This    was    made    to    resemble 


12 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


birch  bark  somewhat,  by  having  lines  drawn  on  the 
sides  with  a  sharp-pointed  stick  while  the  clay  was 
still  soft,  and  afterwards  having  the  crevices  lined 
with  brown  dye.  This  scratching  and  dyeing  pro- 
cess was  also  used  to  good  advantage  in  decorating 
vases,  etc.  Leaves  fashioned  from  those  of  the 
commonest  trees  were  first  marked  out  with  a  stick, 
then  cut  with  a  sharp  knife  and  mounted  on  square 
or  oval  tablets  also  cut  from  the  clay.  One  of  the 
class,  a  boy  of  seven,  astonished  his  teacher  and  a 
few  others  by  moulding  from  an  outline  drawing 
of  the  flower  a  calla  lily  with  leaves,  without  missing 
any  of  its  natural  beauty  of  form  in  doing  so.  He 
also  copied  the  narcissus  with  as  much  success,  even 
originating  the  idea  of  covering  with  soft  mud,  the 
straws  from  a  broom,  to  form  the  stamens.  An- 
other boy  made  a  vase  form  purely  from  his  own 
imagination,  which  was  afterwards  declared  by  some 
one  who  knew  to  be  "  the  very  latest  thing  in  Paris  " 
along  the  line  of  vases. 

As  the  work  progressed,  the  teacher  noticed  an 
increase  both  in  interest  and  skill.  Many  of  the 
children  considered  it  a  very  great  privilege  to  con- 
tinue their  work  after  school  hours,  and  a  very 
serious  punishment  if  they  were  sent  home.  There 
were  no  criticisms  made  on  the  work  of  any  child, 
although  some  of  the  attempts  were  very  crude  in- 
deed. After  improvements  were  suggested,  the  first 
model  was  laid  to  one  side,  and  a  fresh  p:'ece  of  clay 
was  given  in  its  stead.  At  the  end  of  six  weeks 
every  child  could  make  something,  and  make  it  very 
well.  Some  could  make  almost  anything  they  tried 
and  make  it  nicely.  J  hit  all,  whether  of  ordinary 
or  rare  ability,  loved  the  work,  and  profited  by  it. 

From  just  such  a  simple  experiment  as  this,  made 
under  the  most  ordinary  circumstances,  we  are  able 
to  reach  one  or  two  conclusions:  (i)  Everv  child, 
besides  having  a  natural  taste  for  plastic  art,  has 
some  natural  ability  for  the  same.  (2)  Some  child- 
ren have  more  than  ordinary  ability  in  that  line. 
(3)  We  cannot  know  what  a  child  can  do  until  he 
has  had  a  chance  to  try.  (4)  Assuming  that  what 
has  been  done  can  be  done  again,  under  the  same 
circumstances,  any  teacher  can  get  good  results  in 
clay-modelling  if  she  is  willing  to  lake  the  trouble. 


I  have  enjoyed  the  regular  visits  of  the  Review 
for  a  year,  and  kindly  continue  it  to  my  address. 
I  find  it  a  great  aid.  not  only  in  respect  to  useful 
and  valuable  suggestions,  but  I  also  find  it  useful 
in  keeping  me  in  touch  with  the  whole  field  of 
educational  endeavor. — J.  O.  S. 


The  Case  of  Susie  Adam. 

Betty  is  seven  years  old,  dearly  loves  her  school 
and  teacher,  and  when  at  home  talks  extensively 
of  the  matters  of  her  class-room. 

"  Lots  of  the  boys  and  girls  hate  '  quotations,' 
but  I  like  it  awf'ly,"  she  volunteered  once. 

"  And  what  do  you  mean  by  '  quotations  ?  '  "  ask- 
ed an  inquisitive  elder. 

"  Why,  don't  you  know  ?  It's  something  the 
teacher  writes  on  the  blackboard,  and  you  learn  it, 
and  it  helps  you  all  the  week,  and  then  the  teacher 
asks  you  for  it,  and  on  Friday  you  go  to  the  plat- 
form and  say  it." 

"  Oh,  well,  make  believe  this  is  Friday,  and  do  it 
for  us  now.'' 

Quite  charmed,  Betty  rose,  mounted  an  imagin- 
ary platform,  gripped  her  little  dress,  gave  a  serious 
curtsy,  and  said,  with  loud  and  elocut'onary  distinct 
ness,  "  Susie  Adam  forgets  Susie  Adam." 

"  What  if  she  does?  Let  her.  Give  us  the  quo-: 
tation." 

*'  That's  the  quotation." 

"  Good  gracious  !    Say  it  again." 

"  Susie  Adam  forgets  -SVsie  Adzm,"  repeated 
Betty,  worked  up  and  threatening  to  become  war- 
like. 

Neither  questioning  nor  expostulation  availed 
against  this  statement  concerning  Susie,  and  not 
until  the  teacher  herself  was  interviewed  did  the 
mystery  resolve  itself  into  "  Enthusiasm  begets 
enthusiasm." —  February  Woman's  Home  Com- 
panion. 

John  Keble,  who  wrote  the  hymn  "  Sun  of  My 
Soul,"  was  remarkable  for  the  beauty  of  his  char- 
acter as  well  as  for  his  learning.  In  the  Mav 
Delineator  Allan  Sutherland  says :  "  It  was  in  the 
second  poem  printed  in  The  Christian  Year  that 
Keble's  famous  evening  hymn,  '  Sun  of  My  Soul,' 
first  appeared—a  hymn  which  voices  the  sentiments 
and  the  prayers  of  countless  Christian  hearts  as  the 
twilight  fades  into  night  and  we  yield  ourselves  to 
sleep  and  to  helplessness.  A  visitor  once  asked 
Alfred  Tennyson  what  his  thoughts  were  of  Christ. 
They  were  walking  in  a  garden,  and,  for  a  moment, 
the  great  poet  was  silent,  then,  bending  over  some 
beautiful  flowers,  he  said :  '  What  the  sun  is  to  these 
flowers,  Jesus  Christ  is  to  my  soul.  He  is  the  sun 
of  my  soul'  Consciously  or  unconsciously,  he  was 
expressing  the  same  thought  in  the  same  language 
used  by  the  good  John  Keble  years  before  when  he 
gave  to  the  world  his  great  heart  hymn,  '  Sun  of 
My  Soul." 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


13 


"Nineteenth  Century  Literature." 

There  has  recently  been  published  by  the  Copp 
Clark  Co.,  Limited,  of  Toronto,  a  copy  of  selections, 
entitled.  Nineteenth  Century  Literature,  issued 
specially  for  use  in  McGill  College.  The  book 
consists  of  two  parts,  the  first  of  prose  selections, 
the  second  of  poems  of  the  Romantic  Revival ;  these 
may  also  be  had  in  separate  volumes.  The  prin- 
ciple on  which  the  prose  selections  have  been  made 
seems  an  admirable  one ;  it  is.  in  the  words  of  the 
preface.  "  to  allow  some  of  the  great  writers  of  the 
nineteenth  century  to  tell  their  own  story,  or  set 
forth  their  own  point  of  view."'  To  this  end  the 
selections  are  mainly  autobiographical,  and  include 
six  of  Lamb's  essays,  besides  extracts  from  De- 
Quincey,  Macaulay.  Carlyle.  Kingsley.  Stevenson. 
and  that  charming,  and  too  little  known  writer, 
George  1  Sorrow.  The  selections  are  long  enough 
to  give  a  fair  idea  of  the  writer's  style,  and  with  the 
exception  of  the  essay  on  Roast  Pig,  are  unhack- 
neyed. The  poems  are  taken  from  the  works  of 
Coleridge,  Wordsworth,  Byron.  Shelley,  Keats, 
Browning  and  Tennyson.  Lovers  of  these  poets 
will  always  find  selections  more  or  less  unsatisfying, 
but  it  would  be  hard  to  name  a  better  collection  for 
the  purpose  than  that  presented  here.  The  notes 
are  chiefly  historical  and  biograph'cal.  and  not  too 
full.  The  introduction  to  the  poems  will  be  found 
verv  useful,  and  a  particularly  valuable  part  of  the 
work  is  the  prefatory  note  by  Professor  Moyse. 
We  quote  a  few  lines  from  this  which  deal  with 
poems  taught  in  New   Brunswick  schools: 

There  are  certain  things  on  a  higher  plane  than  the  mere 
facts  of  history  or  biography  that  the  teacher  who  reads 
thoughtful'y  can  discern.  If,  for  instance,  a  short  piece  of 
reflective  poetry  is  taken,  the  leading  idea,  the  idea  perhaps 
that  caused  its  creation,  will  generally  be  found  expressed 
more  or  less  pointedly  in  it.  Thorough  familiarity  with 
the  poem  is,  of  course,  necessary,  before  the  keystone  of 
the  poetic  arch  can  be  pointed  out.  If  Tennyson's  poem, 
"Break.  Break.  Break,"  is  chosen,  rtie  keystone  is  found  in 
the  words  of  grief, 

"But  O  for  the  touch  of  a  vanished  hand 
And  the  sound  of  a  voice  that  is  still." 
from  which  the  piece  is  evolved  through  contrasts  in 
which  we  hear  the  unceasing  voice  of  the  sea  (break, 
break,  break),  and  the  joyous  voices  of  those  whose  lives 
are  so  much  bound  up  with  it.  Three  verses  of  contrast,  one 
of  them  expanded,  and  the  whole  effort  lies  before  us.  Or 
again,  to  take  the  song  in  "The  Princess" : 

"The  splendour  falls  on  castle  walls," 
the  dominant  thought  is  brought  out  in  the  lines: 
"Our   echoes   roll    from    soul   to   soul. 
And  grow  for  ever  and  for  ever." 


to  which  the  previous  portion  of  the  poem  again  stands  in 
contrast.     Or  once  more,  in  "Sir  Galahad"  the  line : 

"A  virgin  heart  in  work  and  will," 
mirrors  the  essence  of  the  piece. 

It  would  be  a  good  thing  if  this  book  could  be 
used  in  the  higher  classes  of  our  high  schools  and 
academies.  In  the  hands  of  a  good  teacher,  it 
ought  surely  to  fulfil  the  purpose  that  its  editors 
hope  for  it,  namely.  "  to  inspire  young  readers  with 
a  desire  to  know  more  of  the  authors  studied." 

The  prose  selections  are  edited  by  John  W.  Cun- 
liffe,  lecturer  in  English  at  McGill  University,  and 
associated  with  him  in  editing  the  poems  is  Miss 
Susan  E.  Cameron,  of  McGill,  who  is  a  graduate 
of  the  St.  John  Girls'  High  School.  E.  R. 


It  is  a  very  beneficial  practice  to  take  a  period  of 
time  once  in  a  while  to  work  along  with  the  pupils 
in  arithmetic  reviews.  Dictate  an  example  of  a 
kind  that  has  caused  much  trouble.  Wait  until 
everyone  has  finished,  then  have  answers  read.  As 
this  is  a  review  test,  presumably  many  will  have  the 
correct  work.  Let  those  who  failed,  or  a  convenient 
number  of  them,  take  places  at  he  board,  and  while 
thev  are  there  request  one  of  them  to  explain  while 
the  others  do  the  work.  Pupils  in  the  seats  may 
act  as  critics,  pointing  out  any  faults  which  may  ap- 
pear. If  many  have  failed,  try  another  of  the  same 
kind  after  this  board  work  has  been  finished.  Notice 
the  gain  when  the  answer  is  read :  many  more 
should  have  the  correct  work  now. 

Again,  have  board  work.  Next  time  try  one  of 
a  different  kind,  and  so  proceed  with  a  few  in  this 
thorough  way.  Finally  collect  the  papers  that  are 
perfect,  record  names  on  board  for  honor,  and  let 
those  who  did  not  succeed  keep  papers  and  tell  them 
to  work  on  such  examples  until  they  seem  easy. 
Encourage  them  to  do  home  work  and  to  ask  for 
help  where  they  feel  weak,  and  assure  them  that  if 
they  do  this  all  will  come  out  right  in  the  en  1. — 
Popular  Educator. 


A  teacher  in  a  Western  public  school  was  giving 
her  class  the  first  lesson  in  subtraction.  "  Now  in 
order  to  subtract,"  she  explained,  "  things  have  to 
be  always  of  the  same  denomination.  For  instance, 
we  couldn't  take  3  apples  from  4  pears,  nor  6  horses 
from  9  dogs." 

A  hand  went  up  in  the  back  part  of  the  room. 

"  Teacher,"  shouted  a  small  boy,"  "  can't  you 
take  4  quarts  of  milk  from  3  cows?" —  Harper's 
Weekly. 


14 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


College  Convocations. 

Dalhousie  University. 

The  annual  convocation  this  year  was  held  in  the 
law  library.  In  his  opening  address,  President 
Forrest  spoke  of  the  success  of  the  school  of  min- 
ing and  engineering,  which  had  forty-four  students 
on  the  roll  during  the  session,  and  this  year  sends 
forth  its  first  graduate,  T.  T.  Fulton,  B.  A.,  as 
Bachelor  of  Engineering  in  Mining.  Mr.  Fulton 
lias  been  offered  and  accepted  an  important  position 
in  the  management  of  a  gold  mine  in  the  province 
at  a  good  salary.  The  president  spoke  of  the  gifts 
to  the  mining  laboratory,  which  is  now  in  working 
order.  The  Truro  Foundry  and  Machine  Company 
presented  a  Wilfley  table,  costing  over  $300,  and  the 
I.  Matheson  Co.  of  New  Glasgow  have  constructed 
a  fine  stamp  mill  for  the  laboratory.  Already  Pro- 
fessor Sexton  has  done  valuable  work  experiment- 
ing with  new  methods  for  the  extraction  of  gold 
from  certain  ores. 

The  new  department  of  civil  engineering  has  made 
.great  advances  under  the  direction  of  Professor 
Dixon. 

In  the  faculty  of  arts  the  appointment  of  a  tutor 
in  classics  has  given  some  assistance  to  an  over- 
worked professor,  and  has  done  much  to  assist 
students  who  came  to  college  badly  prepared  in 
Creek  and  Latin. 

The  crowded  state  of  the  laboratories  in  science 
is  forcing  upon  the  authorities  the  great  necessity 
of  providing  new  quarters. 

The   following  degrees  were  conferred : 

Bachelor  of  Arts. — Louise  Frances  Gerrard,  Alice  Pear- 
son Gladwin,  Euphemia  Mclnnis,  Ethel  Margaret  Munro, 
Ella  Mabel  Murray,  Lulu  Marion  Murray,  Sarah  Isabelle 
Peppard,  Minnie  Grace  Spencer,  Christina  Jane  Turner, 
Charles  Tupper  Baillie,  John  Barnett,  Charles  Prescott 
Blanchard,  James  Henry  Charman,  Charles  Gordon  dim- 
ming, Wilfred  Alan  Curry,  Charles  James  Davis,  Robert 
Bell  Forsythe,  William  Ira  Green,  William  Ernest  Haver- 
stock,  George  Leonard  McCain,  Roderick  Augustus  Mac- 
donald,  Robert  John  Mclnnis,  Daniel  Alexander  McKay, 
B.  Sc,  George  Moir  Johnstone  Mackay,  James  Alexander 
MacKean,  Murdoch  Campbell  McLean,  Hugh  Miller, 
Charles  Wiswell  Neish,  Arthur  Silver  Payzant,  Daniel 
Keith  Ross,  Frank  Frieze  Smith,  William  Dunlop  Tait, 
Harvey  Thome,  Herbert  Wesley  Toombs,  Andrew  Daniel 
Watson. 

Bachelor  of  Science. — Laurie  Lome  Burgess,  Milton  De 
Lancy  Davidson,  William  Clarke  Stapleton,  William 
Weatherspoon  Woodbury. 

Bachelor  of  Engineering.— In  mining— Thomas  Truman 
Fulton,  B.  A. 

Bachelor  of  Laws.— Berton  Stone  Corev,  Horace  Arthur 
Dickey.  Percival  St.  Clair  Elliott,  B.  A. ;  Lloyd  Hamilton 
Fenerty,  William  Gore  Foster,  Ira  Allen  MacKay,  Ph.  D. ; 
Roderick  Geddie  Mackay,  Donald  McLennan.  James  Archi- 
bald McLeod,  B.  A. ;  Claude  Lovitt  Sanderson,  B.  A. ;  Ver- 
non Hastings  Shaw,  John  Wood. 


Doctor  of  Medicine  and  Master  of  Surgery. — Mary  Mac- 
kenzie, Edward  Blackaddar,  M.  A.  (Acad.)  ;  John  Archi- 
bald Ferguson,  B.  Sc.  (Dal.)  ;  Daniel  Robert  McDonald, 
George  Arthur  Mcintosh,  Victor  Neil  Mackay,  Alexander 
W.  Miller,  B.  A.  (St.  F.  Xav.)  ;  James  Alexander  Murray, 
John  Ignatius  O'Connell,  B.  A.  (St.  F.  Xav.)  ;  James 
Adam  Proudfoot,  Peter  James  Wallace. 

Bachelor  of  Arts.— Ad  eundem  gradutn. — R  W.  Allin,  B. 
A.  (Toronto);  Sidney  Gunn,  B.  A.  (Harvard). 

Master  of  Arts.—R.  W.  Allin,  B.  A.,  by  Thesis:  "The 
Romantic  Movement  in  English  Literature;"  George 
Archibald  Christie,  B.  A.,  by  examination  in  philosophy  of. 
morals  and  religion;  Henry  Arnold  Kent,  B.  A.,  by  exam- 
ination in  psychology  and  modem  philosophy;  Thomas 
George  Mackenzie,  B.  A.,  by  examination  in  history ;  Edwin 
Byron  Ross,  B.  A.,  by  Thesis :  "Basis  and  Functions  of  the 
State;"  Robert  Hensley  Stavert  B.  A.,  by  examination  in 
modern  ethics  and  metaphysics. 

Degrees    Prei-iously    Conferred    but    not    Announced  — 
Bachelor  of  Arts— Thurston   Stanley  Begin,  Thomas  Geo. 
Mackenzie,  John  McMillan  Trueman.    Bachelor  of  Laws- 
Richard  Upham  Schurman. 
The  following  honours  and  prizes  were  announced : 

Diplomas  of  Honour. — Classics — Honours — Charles  Wis- 
well Neish,  Murdoch  Campbell  McLean.  English  and 
history— High  honours— John  Barnett;  honours— John 
Henry  Oharman,  Robert  Bell  Forsythe.  Philosophy— High 
honours— William  Dunlop  Tait.  Pure  and  Applied  Mathe- 
matics— High  honours— Robert  John  Mclnnis;  honours- 
Andrew  Daniel  Watson.  Chemistry  and  Chemical  Physics 
—High  honours— George  Moir  Johnstone  Mackay. 

Diploma  of  General  Distinction.— Distinction  —  Charles 
Gordon  dimming. 

Medal,  Prizes  and  Scholarships.— Medical  Faculty  Medal 
(Final  M.  D.  C.  M.)— Victor  Neil  Mackay.  Avery  prize- 
Charles  Gordon  dimming.  Waverley  prize  (Mathematics) 
—Cecil  L  Blois.  Dr.  Lindsay  prize  (Primary  M.  D.  C.  M.) 
—not  awarded.  Frank  C  Simson  prize  (Chemistry  and 
Materia  Medica)— George  A  Dunn.  MacKenzie  bursary- 
Nora  Neill  Power.  Professors'  Scholarship— Jean  Gordon 
Bayer,    William    Keir   Read. 


Mt.  Allison  Institutions,  Sackville. 

The  year  1904-5  has  been  the  most  successful  in 
the  history  of  Mt.  Allison.  The  attendance  has 
been  larger  than  ever  before.  Some  departments 
have  been  strengthened,  and  two  new  departments, 
those  of  domestic  science  and  of  engineering,  have, 
for  the  first  time,  been  in  full  operation  in  their  new 
quarters.  The  various  exercises  of  the  end  of  the 
year  passed  off  well.  The  weather  was  ideal,  and 
visitors  and  students  left -in  good  spirits  on  May  51. 

In  the  Academy  the  commercial  department  has 
grown,  so  that  an  assistant  teacher  was  employed 
Twelve  students  got  diplomas  in  commercial  work, 
and  the  same  number  in  stenography  and  type- 
writing. Both  groups  contained  several  young 
ladies.  One  young  man  graduated  in  penmanship 
and  eight  were  prepared  for  matriculation.  The 
alumni  scholarships  for  the  matriculant  making  the 
highest   average   in   mathematics  and  in   Latin  and 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


15 


Greek,  or  in  Latin  and  French,  were  for  the  first 
time  both  won  by  the  same  student,  Edwin  Graham, 
of  Digby  Co.,  N.  S.  Some  members  of  Principal 
Palmer's  staff  are  not  returning;  their  successors 
have  not  yet  been  announced. 

In  the  history  of  the  Ladies'  College  this  has 
been  a  notable  year,  since  in  October  last  the  fiftieth 
anniversary — "  the  Jubilee  " — was  celebrated.  For 
this  great  preparations  were  made  by  preparing  an 
elaborate  card-catalogue,  of  all  former  students,  giv- 
ing their  present  names  and  addresses.  This,  of 
course,  remains  a  permanent  record,  which  will  be 
made  continuous.  Several  hundreds  gathered  in 
response  to  the  invitations  sent  out,  and  hundreds 
of  others  sent  messages.  The  general  result  was 
a  great  revival  of  interest  in  Mt.  Allison  -  among 
former  students  of  the  Ladies'  College.  A  special 
number  of  Allisonia — the  paper  of  the  Ladies'  Col- 
lege— was  devoted  to  a  record  of  matters  connected 
with  the  celebration. 

Dr.  Borden,  in  his  report,  announced  that  the 
attendance  had  almost  outgrown  even  the  new 
accommodation.  Their  rolls  included  306  students, 
of  whom  one-half  were  boarders.  In  the  Massey- 
Treble  school  of  domestic  science,  Mrs.  Treble  pro- 
vided during  the  year  for  an  extra  teacher.  In  the 
normal  classes  twenty-four  children  from  the  public 
schools  received  instruction,  and  three  young  ladies 
graduated.  (Jne  of  these  has  been  appointed 
teacher  in  the  Consolidated  School  at  Kingston,  X. 
B.  The  elocution  department  has  also  employed  an 
extra  teacher,  and  gives  evidence  of  great  popularity 
and  success.  A  graduate  of  this  year  and  one  of 
last  year  will  pursue  their  studies  in  Emerson  Col- 
lege, Boston.  By  means  of  the  existing  affiliation 
these  young  ladies  will  complete  their  course  at 
Emerson  in  one  year.  In  music  there  were  four 
graduates  in  piano  and  two  in  violin.  Eight 
teachers  have  been  employed  during  the  year,  most 
of  whom  worked  over-time,  and  forty-six  practice 
pianos  have  been  in  constant  use.  The  music  at  the 
exercises,  both  of  the  orchestra  and  of  the  combined 
orchestra  and  choral  class,  in  the  cantata  "  The 
Crusaders,"  was  bv  visitors  considered  the  best  ever 
rendered  here.  There  was  a  precision  and  finish 
not  usually  attained  by  large  groups  of  amateurs. 
The  most  notable  events  in  the  history  of  the 
university  during  the  year  were  the  appo:ntment  of 
the  Rhodes  scholar  for  Xew  Brunswick,  and  the 
development  of  the  work  in  the  McClelan  school 
of  applied  science.  As  Rhodes  scholar,  Mr.  Frank 
Parker  Day  was  chosen,  who  in  physique,  powers 
of  leading  and  manly  qualifications,  comes  near  to 
an  ideal  such  as  Mr.  Rhodes  desired.  In  making  an 
appointment  for  Bermuda,  the  trustees  of  the 
Rhodes  scholarship  chose  Mr.  Arthur  Motyer,  who 
took  his  B.  A.  at  Mt.  Allison  this  year.  These  two 
young  men  will  go  to  Oxford  in  September.  Mr. 
Day  will  probably  taken  English  honors,  and  Mr. 
Motyer,  mathematical.  In  engineering,  facilities 
for  work  in  the  shops  and  at  the  forges  have  been 


provided  during  the  year,  and  a  good  beginning  has 
been  made.  Twelve  of  the  Freshman  class  were 
pursuing  the  first -year  course  in  engineering; 
of  the  remaining  thirty-one — the  Freshmen  in  Arts 
— some  will  take  engineering  options  during  their 
course.  Some  members  also  were  added  to  the 
Sophomore  class  as  students  in  engineering.  Be- 
fore another  year  an  instructor  in  civil  engineering 
will  be  appointed,  and  probably  an  assistant  in  shop- 
work. 

The  male  students  in  residence  this  year  number- 
ed over  ninety.  To  afford  increased  accommoda- 
tion for  another  year  the  fourth  storey  of  the  uni- 
versity residence  will  be  finished  during  the  summer. 
Several  rooms  in  it  are  already  allotted  for  the 
ensuing  year.  The  grounds  in  front  of  the  resi- 
dence are  also  being  laid  out  and  terraced  under  die 
supervision  of  Professor  Hammond. 

The  University  Convocation  took  place  on  May 
30th.  Twenty-seven  degrees  were  conferred,  three 
of  which  were  on  the  completion  of  the  course  for 
Bachelor  of  Divinity  (B.  D.)  Mr.  S.  A.  Worrell, 
of  St.  Andrews,  N.  B.,  was  the  winner  of  the 
"  alumni  honors,"  the  life-membership  in  the  alumni 
society,  which  is  awarded  each  year  to  that  member 
of  the  senior  class  who  makes  the  highest  average 
during  his  course.  Mr.  Worrell  is  a  former  teacher, 
and  is  also  a  B.  C.L.  of  King's  College,  and  an  admit- 
ted attorney  of  the  X.  B.  bar.  He  expects  soon  to 
take  up  the  practice  of  law.  A.  S.  Tuttle.  of  Wal- 
lace, X.  S..  who  had  taken  part  in  the  last  three 
inter-collegiate  debates,  delivered  the  valedictory. 
The  interest  of  convocation  was  increased  by  an 
address  from  the  Rev.  Hugh  Pedley,  the  distinguish- 
ed Congregational  clergyman  of  Montreal,  who  also 
preached  the  Baccalaureate  sermon  on  Sunday  even- 
ing. Chief  Justice  luck,  an  alumnus  of  Mt.  Allison, 
also  gave  a  stirring  address  to  the  graduates.  Both 
of  these  gentlemen,  with  Judge  Barker,  of  St.  John, 
spoke  at  the  annual  supper  of  the  Alumni  and 
Alumnae  Societies  on  Monday  evening,  May  29th. 
About  160  guests  were  present.  H.  A.  Powell, 
M.  A.,  K.  C,  and  Mrs.  Fred.  Ryan,  of  Sackville, 
the  presidents  of  the  two  societies,  presided.  An- 
other interest'ng  speaker  was  Mr.  MacArthur,  a 
mining  expert  from  Glasgow,  Scotland,  whose  niece 
was  one  of  the  university  graduating  class.  He 
had  just  arrived  from  Scotland  and  stopped  for  a 
day  or  two  on  his  wav  to  the  Pacific  coast  to  in- 
spect some  mines. 

The  library  of  the  Ladies'  College  has  grown  by 
about  1,000  volumes  during  the  year.  To  the 
university  library  some  valuable  addit'ons  have  been 
matte,  including  a  set  of  the  Annual  Register.  The 
two  Fred.  Tyler  scholarships  of  $60  each  will  next 
year  be  offered  for  competition  in  the  senior  class. 

In  general,  then,  Mt.  Allison  looks  back  to  a 
prosperous  year  and  forward  with  hone  and  expec- 
tation of  further  development  and  increased  oppor- 
tunity for  promoting  both  practical  se'ence  nnd  the 
studies  that  make  for  culture. 


16 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Acadia  University. 

The  Acadia  institutions  have  had  a  very  pros- 
perous year.  The  Seminary  sends  out  a  graduating 
class  of  twenty-two,  fourteen  from  Nova  Scotia, 
seven  from  New  Brunswick  and  one  from  Vermont. 
The  number  of  students  enrolled  has  been  two  hun- 
dred and  twenty-eight  greatly  exceeding  the 
average  of  recent  years.  Principal  DeWolfe  has 
worked  hard  for  the  institution  and  for  the  mental, 
physical  and  spiritual  welfare  of  the  students.  The 
large  and  effective  staff  of  teachers  associated  with 
him  have  worked  heartily  toward  the  same  end. 

Horton  Academy  has  also  had  a  most  successful 
year  under  Principal  Sawyer.  Diplomas  were  pre- 
sented to  fourteen  graduates — ten  in  the  academic 
and  four  in  the  business  course.  The  enrolment  of 
students  for  the  year  reached  one  hundred  and  three 
—eighty-six  young  men  and  seventeen  young 
women.  This  was  Principal  Sawyer's  first  year, 
and  he  has  made  an  excellent  impression.  The 
attendance  has  been  the  largest  in  the  history  of 
the  academy. 

The  closing  exercises  and  conferring  of  degrees 
at  Acadia  College  took  place  on  Tuesday,  June  6, 
and  was,  as  usual,  an  occasion  of  the  greatest  inter- 
est, attracting  visitors  from  all  parts  of  the  Mari- 
time Provinces.  The  graduating  class  of  this  year 
gave  signal  evidence  of  their  affection  for  their 
alma  mater  by  presenting  an  endowment  of  $1,000 
for  the  establishment  of  a  permanent  scholarship 
of  $50,  to  be  presented  at  the  Christmas  holidavs 
to  the  Sophomore  who  has  made  the  highest  aggre- 
gate during  his  or  her  Freshman  year  in  the  sub- 
jects of  the  arts  course. 

The  total  number  of  students  for  the  year  was 
157.  The  degree  of  B.A.  was  conferred  on  32, 
and  the  degree  M.A.  on  7. 

The  following  honors  were  conferred  on  the 
graduating  class:  Classics — James  R.  Trimble. 
New  Brunswick.  Mathematics — Lorning  C.  Chris- 
tie, Nova  Scotia.  Philosophy — Elmer  W.  Reid, 
Nova  Scotia.  English — Annie  L.Peck, Victor  Chit- 
tick,  Nova  Scotia;  Milton  Simpson,  P.  E.  Island. 
Chemistry  and  Geology — Ralph  K.  Strong,  Nova 
Scotia. 

The  prizes  were  distributed  as  follows  :  Northard 
Lowe  gold  medal  for  highest  standard  in  last  three 
years  of  college  course,  James  R.  Trimble.  New 
Brunswick ;  Governor  General's  silver  medal  Ralph 
K  Strong,  Nova  Scotia ;  Kerr  Boyce  Tupper  gold 
medal  for  oratory.  Frederick  Porter,  Fredericton ; 
class  of  1901  scholarship  of  sixty  dollars  for  high- 
est average  in  Freshman  year,  Thomas  J.  Kinglev, 
Nova  Scotia. 

The  honorary  degrees  conferred  were:  D.  C.  L., 
Frank  H.  Eaton,  superintendent  of  schools.  Vic- 
toria, B.  C.  Dr.  Eaton  was  present  to  receive  his 
honor.  D.  D.  conferred  upon  Rev.  Atwood  Cohoon, 
Wolfville;  Rev.  Isaiah  Wallace,  Aylesford ;  Rev. 
Charles  K.  Harington,  Yokohama,  Japan ;  Rev.  W. 
E.  Mclntyre,  St.  John.     AT.  A.  conferred  upon  Rev. 


Wellington  Camp,  New  Brunswick ;  Rev.  M.  P. 
King,  New  Brunswick;  Rev.  C.  H.  Haverstock,. 
Nova  Scotia. 

Dr.  Trotter,  in  speaking  of  the  college,  said  this 
had  been  a  year  of  great  prosperity.  The  work 
was  marked  with  efficiency.  The  new  science 
course  was  most  successful  in  its  operation.  He 
announced  the  sum  of  $78,000  had  been  pledged  to 
the  second  forward  movement  fund. 

The  feature  of  the  proceedings  of  this,  the  sixty- 
seventh  anniversary  of  Acadia,  which  was  of  the 
greatest  interest  to  the  large  audience  assembled, 
was  the  presentation  of  an  address  and  purse  to  Dr. 
A.  W.  Sawyer  on  the  completion  of  the  fiftieth  year 
of  his  work  as  a  teacher  in  the  college.  The  scene 
when  Dr.  Sawyer  was  led  to  the  platform  by  Dr. 
Saunders  was  of  the  most  cordial  and  enthusiastic 
character.  The  large  audience  rose  and  cheered, 
testifying  to  the  respect  and  veneration  with  which 
the  aged,  but  still  active,  teacher  :s  regarded.  Dr. 
Saunders  read  an  address,  and  Dr.  B.  H.  Eaton 
presented  him  with  an  album  on  which  was  laid  a 
purse  of  $1,303.  The  album  contained  testimonials 
from  the  many  friends  and  pupils  of  Dr.  Sawyer, 
testifying  their  respect  and  esteem  as  a  teacher, 
scholar,  gentleman,  and  to  his  fine  administrative 
ability. 

After  Dr.  Sawyer  had  made  a  suitable  and  feel- 
ing reply,  addresses  were  given  by  Dr.  R.  V.  Jones, 
E.  D.  King,  K.  C.  Hon.  J.  W.  Longley  and  Senator 
King,  all  of  whom  warmly  acknowledged  the  great 
servxes  which  Acadia's  oldest  teacher  had  rendered 
to  the  college  and  to  the  country. — Condensed  from 
Press  Reports. 

The   University  of   New    Brunswick. 

On  Thursday,  June  1st,  the  University  of  New 
Brunswick  completed  the  most  successful  year  of 
its  history  by  an  encaenia  of  unusual  interest. 

The  weather  was  delightful,  and  the  fresh  green 
and  white  of  the  new  foliage  and  blossoms  gave  an 
added  charm  to  the  quiet  streets  and  gardens  of 
Fredericton.  Early  in  the  afternoon  the  crowds  of 
gaily-dressed  visitors  and  black-gowned  studenL 
streamed  towards  the  college  grove,  climbed  the 
steep,  grassy  violet-strewn  slopes  of  the  terrace,  and 
entered  the  Greek  portico  of  the  gray  old  building 
at  its  summit. 

The  spacious  library  on  the  upper  floor  was 
crowded.  Promptly  at  2.30  the  "  academic  pro- 
cession," resplendent  in  hoods  of  many-colored  silk 
and  ermine,  entered  the  hall.  The  procession  was 
composed  of  the  graduating  class,  twenty-eight  in 
number,  in  gowns  and  ermine  hoods,  the  candidates 
for  M.A.  and  higher  degrees  in  red  hoods,,  the 
alumni,  the  faculty,  the  senate,  and  Lt.  Governor 
Snowball  (in  Windsor  uniform),  the  visitor  on' 
behalf  of  His  Majesty. 

Professor  Clawson  gave  the  traditional  address 
in  praise  of  the  founders.  Enforcing  his  position, 
by  quotations  from  Newman  and  Arnold,  he  assert- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


17 


ed  that  the  primary  aim  of  a  university  should  be 
not  knowledge  nor  technical  skill,  but  mental  cul- 
ture. He  defended  the  traditional,  literary  and 
philosophical  studies  of  a  university  course,  and 
discussed  at  some  length  the  formation  of  a  course 
in  literature.  He  spoke  strongly  in  favor  of  the 
study  of  Latin  and  "Greek  as  part  of  a  literary  edu- 
cation, and  touched  on  the  English  works  which 
should  be  studied,  and  the  method  in  which  they 
should  be  presented.  He  spoke  of  the  urgent  needs 
of  the  university  grouping  them  under  headings  of 
Teachers  and  Books. 

He  urged  the  immediate  appointment  of  a  pro- 
fessor of  chemistry,  and  suggested  the  creation  of 
chairs  of  modern  languages  and  modern  history. 
He  concluded  his  address  by  an  appeal  to  graduates 
and  friends  for  interest  and  support,  and  a  few 
words  of  farewell  to  the  graduating  class. 

Mr.  Theodore  Rand  McNally  then  read  a  portion 
of  his  essay  on  "  Science  and  War."  and  received 
the  Douglas  gold  medal  from  Lieut.  Governor 
Snowball.  The  alumni  gold  medal  for  the  best 
Latin  essay  had  been  won  by  Miss  Edna  B.  Bell, 
of  Moncton ;  but  owing  to  her  absence  the  custom- 
ary reading  of  a  selection  had  to  be  omitted.  The 
Governor  General's  gold  medal  for  proficiency  in 
English  and  French  was  presented  to  Miss  Alberta 
M.  Roach,  of  St.  John,  by  Chief  Supt.  Dr.  Inch ; 
the  Ketchum  silver  medal  for  engineering,  to  Mr. 
Allan  R.  Crookshank  of  Rothesay,  by  Dr.  Brydone- 
Jack,  of  Vancouver ;  and  the  Montgomery-Camp- 
bell prize  for  classics  to  Miss.  Matilda  M.  Winslow, 
of  Woodstock,  by  Ven.  Archdeacon   Xeales. 

With  stately  Latin  phrases  and  the  ceremonious 
"  capping "  of  each  candidate  by  the  Chancellor, 
the  degree  of  B.  A.,  B.  Sc.  or  B.  A.  I.,  was  con- 
ferred on  twenty-eight  persons.  Five  men  received 
the  degree  of  M.  A.,  two  the  degree  of  Ph.  D.,  and 
one  that  of  D.  C.  L.  The  degree  of  M.  A.,  honoris 
causa,  was  bestowed  upon  Mrs.  J.  S.  Armstrong, 
formerly  a  distinguished  teacher  in  the  Fredericton 
collegiate  school  under  Dr.  George  R.  Parkin,  and 
afterwards  principal  of  the  Netherwood  School  for 
Girls  at  Rothesay.  Mr.  John  Brittain,  whose 
tireless  labors  for  the  advancement  of  scientific 
study  are  known  and  honored  throughout  New 
Brunswick,  and  whose  recent  services  to  the  uni- 
versity as  lecturer  in  chemistry  have  been  most 
highly  appreciated  both  by  professors  and  students. 
was,  on  the  unanimous  vote  of  the  senate,  made  an 
honorary  doctor  of  science. 

Professor  W.  C.  Murray,  of  Dalhousie  Univer- 
sity, gave  the  alumni  oration.  His  subject  was  the 
Relation  of  the  University  to  the  State.  It  was 
presented  with  a  clearness,  a  cogency  and  a  moral 
earnestness  which  carried  conviction. 

The  Encaenia  closed  with  die  singing  of  tin- 
national  anthem  at   about  half-past  five. 

In  the  evening  the  alumni  society  entertained  the 
members  of  the  government,  the  supreme  court  and 
the  graduating  class  at  a  most  enjoyable  dinner  in 


the  Queen  Hotel.  Speeches  and  toasts  began  ?.t 
midnight  and  lasted  until  three  o'clock.  Mean- 
while the  boom  of  the  students'  cannon  and  the 
glare  of  their  immense  bonfire  from  the  hill 
announced  to  the  sleeping  city  that  the  college  year 
of  1904-5  was  ended. 

Try  This  for  a  Change. 

Little  children  love  to  have  their  efforts  noticed 
and  one  word  of  praise  is  worth  a  dozen  words  of 
censure  as  an  incentive  to  "  try,  try  again."  In 
this  connection  a  very  pretty  idea  came  to  our  notice 
the  other  day.  The  teacher  of  whom  we  speak  has 
a  class  of  little  children  in  one  of  the  poorer  districts 
of  a  large  city.  She  was  weary  of  giving  stars  for 
good  work,  placing  rolls  of  honor  on  the  board,  and 
other  like  devices.  It  so  happens  that  this  teacher 
has  a  perfect  genius  for  cultivating  flowers.  Every, 
thing  for  which  she  cares  grows  and  blossoms 
abundantly.  In  the  spring  her  windows  and  table 
are  a  perfect  bower  of  hyacinths,  tulips,  and  golden 
jonquils.  The  latter  are  a  great  favorite  with  the 
children,  and  it  was  perhaps  this  fact  that  suggested 
the  happy  idea.  Every  time  one  of  her  little  ones 
has  good  lessons  for  a  whole  day,  or  has  been 
especially  quiet  and  diligent,  she  places  one  of  the 
pots  of  blooming  jonquils  on  his  desk,  and  allows 
it  to  stand  there  every  day  until  he  forfeits  it  by 
some  carelessness  or  inattention. 

Strange  to  say,  the  children  think  more  of  the  pot 
of  jonquils  than  a  dozen  gold  stars,  and  work  hard 
to  keep  their  desks  adorned.  Small  as  they  are, 
they  seem  to  appreciate  the  beauty  of  this  happy 
thought,  and  the  spots  of  bright  color  scattered  over 
the  room  give  it  a  wonderfully  cheerful  and  home- 
like aspect. — Popular  Educator. 


Timetables  in  the  Geography  Class. 

One  public  school  teacher  with  a  bump  of  in- 
genuity has  put  railroad  timetables  to  a  novel  use. 
She  uses  them  in  teach:ng  geography.  Evidently 
they  make  pretty  good  text-books,  too,  for  her  bovs 
passed  the  mid-winter  examination  with  a  higher 
percentage  than  any  other  class  in  that  particular 
school. 

"  That  was  because  they  got  interested,"  said  the 
teacher.  "  It  is  much  easier  to  fix  a  boy's  mind  on 
a  timetable  than  on  a  regular  schoolbook  with  cut 
and  dried  lessons.  A  stack  of  timetables  piled  up 
on  his  desk  with  permission  to  plan  as  many  trips 
around  the  world  as  he  likes,  stimulates  a  boy's 
imagination,  and  is  one  of  the  best  incentives  in  .lie 
world  to  an  intelligent  study  of  countries  and 
towns." — A".  /:.  Evenng  Post. 


18 


All  Due  to  Algebra. 

How  often  we  hear  men  who  really  enjoyed  good 
opportunities  complain  that  they  never  had  any 
chance.  And  what  a  rebuke  to  them  it  is  when 
some  poor  boy  starting"  with  nothing  works  his  way 
up  by  his  own  effort.  A  college  education  is  a 
good  thing  to  have,  but  it  is  by  no  means  essential, 
and  where  a  boy  has  any  real  desire  to  know  some- 
thing, he  will  find  no  difficulty  in  educating  himself, 
in  this  country.  The  case  told  of  in  the  following 
extract  from  the  Washington  Post  well  illustrates 
this  truth. 

There  is  a  young  man  now  receiving  a  salary  of 
$6,000  who  a  few  years  ago  was  a  bootblack  in  New 
Haven.  His  rise  is  due  to  his  own  desire  for  know- 
ledge and  to  the  interest  taken  in  him  by  a  member 
of  the  Yale  faculty.  This  gentleman,  while 
waiting  for  a  train,  observed  a  bright-looking 
Italian  boy  with  a  shine  box  slung  across  his  arm 
seated  on  the  station  steps,  earnestly  poring  over  a 
book. 

He  approached  the  youngster  and  asked  him  if 
he  would  like  to  shine  his  boots.  The  bootblack 
went  to  work  vigorously,  placing  the  book  on  the 
ground  close  by,  where  he  gave  it  an  occasional 
sharp  look  while  shining  with  the  vigorous  and 
skilled  hands.  The  professor  noted  his  alertness, 
and  asked  what  book  it  was  that  proved  so  interest- 
ing, expecting  to  hear  that  it  was  a  thrilling  story 
of  "  Old  Sleuth,"  or  something  of  the  sort.  He 
was  surprised  when  the  shiner  replied  with  uncon- 
cern that  it  was  an  algebra. 

"  So  you  are  studying  algebra,  are  you  ?  "  said 
the  professor. 

"  Yes,  sir,  and  I'm  stuck.  Do  you  know  any- 
thing about  algebra?"  responded  the  youth,  both 
sentences  in  the  same  breath. 

Xow  this  professor  was  one  of  the  notable  mathe- 
maticians of  Yale,  and  it  sounded  queer  in  his  ears 
to  be  asked  if  he  knew  anything  about  algebra. 

"  Well,  I  know  a  little  about  it.  What's  the 
matter?     Perhaps  I  can  help  you." 

By  this  time  the  shoes  were  shined  and  the  boy 
placed  his  book  in  the  hands  of  the  man  to  whom 
intricate  mathematical  calculations  were  not  diffi- 
cult at  all.  It  was  but  the  work  of  a  moment  to 
clear  the  mind  of  the  asp:ring  young  calculator,  and 
he  fairly  danced  with  delight. 

"  Why,  I've  been  working  at  that  for  two  days," 
declared  the  young  man.  "  I  thank  you  verv  much. 
sir." 

"  Now,  I'll  tell  you  what  to  do,"  said  the  gentle- 
man, offering  the  boy  his  card.  "  When  you  get 
stuck  again,  you  write  to  that  address  and  I'll  see 
that  you  get  straightened  out.  Remember,  now." 
And  the  professor  rushed  off  to  catch  lv's  train. 

Not  more  than  three  days  elapsed  before  the  mail 
brought  a  letter  stating  that  the  brisrht-eved  boot- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


black  had  again  "  got  stuck  "  with  his  mathematics. 
And  the  return  mail  brought  the  much-needed  help. 
A  few  more  days  and  another  application  came. 
This  kept  up  for  a  time,  and  then  the  professor 
began  to  advise  the  young  man  how  to  improve  his 
condition. 

"  Leave  bootblacking  and  get  a  job  in  a  black- 
smith shop  or  some  place  where  you  can  learn  the 
use  of  tools,"  was  the  instruction.  The  boy  went 
over  to  East  Berlin  and  secured  a  place  in  a  big 
shop  there.  The  correspondence  and  the  instruction 
continued.  A  letter  brought  the  injunction :  "Save 
your  money."  The  reply  came  back :  "  I  am  saving 
every  cent  I  can." 

This  went  on  for  three  years,  and  that  black- 
smith's apprentice  had  come  to  know  a  good  deal 
about  figures.  He  was  a  skilful  manipulator  of  all 
the  tools  of  his  trade,  and  then  came  a  proposition 
that  gave  the  young  blacksmith  the  happiest  moment 
of  his  life. 

The  professor  invited  him  to  come  to  New  Haven 
to  become  his  special  pupil,  without  expense,  except 
for  board.  The  young  man  felt  no  hesitancy  in 
accepting  it,  and  the  way  that  he  went  to  work,  now 
that  he  was  relieved  of  the  nine  hours  in  the  shop 
each  day,  gave  the  best  evidence  of  how  well  he 
appreciated  what  the  professor  was  doing  for  him. 
He  was  not  a  student  of  the  university,  but  the 
influence  of  the  professor  obtained  some  privileges 
for  him  that  were  valuable.  He  became  not  only 
a  skilful  mathematician,  but  a  remarkably  skilful 
manipulator  of  apparatus. 

At  the  end  of  two  years  there  was  an  opening 
for  the  young  blacksmith-mathematician.  The  Gen- 
eral Electric  Co.  wanted  a  young  man  of  just  his 
talents  and  training,  and  when  the  professor  recom- 
mended him  a  favorable  offer  secured  his  services. 
The  young  man  went  to  work  just  as  he  went  hi 
the  algebra  five  years  before,  with  a  vigorous  deter- 
mination to  master  all  the  d'fficulties  in  his  path, 
and  he  did  so.  In  two  years  he  was  receiving  a 
salary  of  $6,000  a  vear. — The  Pathfinder. 


I  heard  a  ''"specialist"  discourse  on  "Reading 
for  Children,"  a  short  time  ago.  She  deplored  the 
fact  that  teachers  too  often  cater  to  the  child's  tase 
in  the  selection  of  stories,  instead  of  rading  to  them 
such  stories  as  the  old  Norse  tales,  Andersen's  Fairy 
Talcs,  and  others  drawn  from  classics,  such  as  The 
Siege  of  Troy,  etc.  Now  some  children  will  listen 
to  and  enjoy  any  story,  but  the  test  of  popularity 
is  when  the  masses  yield  attention,  and  there  is  no 
style  of  story  that  is  received  with  such  rapt  atten- 
tion as  the  simple  stories  containing  incidents  in  the 
lives  of  children  like  themselves — things  that  might 
happen  to  them.  These  are  what  hold  the  atte.i- 
ton  of  the  masses. — Primary  Education. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


19 


A  Method  of  Teaching  Truthfulness. 

That  there  is  in  the  mind  of  every  pupil  a  greater 
or  less  resistance  to  evil  tendencies,  I  thoroughly 
believe;  yet  before  the  teacher  can  render  success- 
ful aid  to  this  resistance  she  must  understand  the 
of  intelligence  upon  the  face  of  a  little  fellow,  ten 
mental  condition  which  makes  temptation  possible. 

I  shall  not  soon   forget  the  sudden  gleam 

of  intelligence  upon  the  face  of  a  little  fellow  ten 
years  of  age,  whom  I  had  occasion  to  reprimand 
for  an  attempt  to  copy  from  a  neighbor's  slate,  when 
he  saw  his  act  in  its  true  light.  After  some  little 
talk,  in  which  he  acknowledged  that  he  could  not 
learn  by  copying,  I  asked,  "  What  do  you  suppose 
I  gave  you  that  question  for,  Henry, — the  answer?'' 

''  I  always  thought  that  it  was  the  answer  you 
wanted,"  he  replied. 

"  There  you  have  made  a  great  mistake.  The 
answer  is  of  no  consequence  to  me  at  all  if  you  do 
not  comprehend  it.  The  example  was  given  that  I 
might  see  whether  you  could  reason  it  out  or  not. 
Instead  of  showing  me  that  you  understand  it,  you 
bring  to  me  Johnny  H.'s  work,  which  only  proves 
that  Johnny  understands  the  example,  if  you  do  not. 
Now  who  is  going  to  tell  me  whether  Henry  under- 
stands or  not,  if  he  takes  care  of  his  neighbor  and 
neglects  himself? " 

This  talk  produced  the  desired  effect  not  only 
upon  Henry,  but  upon  others  who  showed  a  like 
tendency. 

But  schools  differ  as  individuals,  and  in  one  or 
two  cases  I  have  given  a  pupil  whom  I  saw  making 
sly  attempts  to  filch  from  his  neighbor,  permission 
to  stand  where  he  could  more  conveniently  copy, 
saying  pleasantly  (and  not  sarcastically)  that  if  he 
thought  he  could  learn  more  quickly  in  that  way  I 
was  perfectly  willing  that  he  should  try  the  experi- 
ment, but  that  I  wished  him  to  be  open  and  truth- 
ful about  it,  and  do  his  copying  honestly,  not  like 
a  thief. 

The  very  act  convinces  a  boy  that  by  his  own 
efforts  alone,  and  not  by  those  of  his  neighbor,  will 
understanding  come  to  him ;  and,  moreover,  the  les- 
son of  honesty  is  not  lost  upon  him. — M.  R.  0.,  in 
Am.  Primary  Teacher. 


The  Heavens  in  June. 

The  brightest  objects  in  the  evening  sky  are 
Arcturus  and  Mars.  At  9  p.  m.  the  middle  of 
this  month  they  are  both  close  to  the  meridian.  The 
planet  is  brighter  and  redder  than  the  star.  To  the 
right  of  Mars  and  nearly  at  the  same  level  is  Spica. 
The  other  stars  of  Virgo  are  higher  up  and  farther 
west.  Below  them  is  the  little  group  of  Corvus. 
Leo  lies  in  the  west  at  a  moderate  altitude.  Below 
him  is  Hydra,  whose  long  tail  stretches  to  the  meri- 
dian under  Mars.  Ursa  Major  is  high  up,  extend- 
ing northwestward  from  the  zenith.  Castor  and 
Pollux  are  still  visible  in  the  northwest  and  C.apella 
is  just  setting  still  farther  to  the  north.  On  the 
meridian  below  Virgo  can  be  seen  a  part  of  Cen- 
taurus.  Its  two  brighter  stars  almost  equal  Aac- 
turus.  In  the  southeast  is  Scorpio.  The  three  stars 
which  lie  near  the  creature's  head  and  the  red  An- 
tares  at  its  heart  are  all  visible,  but  its  long  tail 
extends  below  the  horizon.  The  tangle  of  stars 
above  and  to  the  left  of  Scorpio  form  the  constella- 
tions Serpens  and  Ophiuchus.  Through  them  runs 
a  branch  of  the  Milky  Way.  Farther  north  is  a 
line  of  fine  constellations.  Aquila  is  low  in  the 
east.  Its  principal  star,  Altair,  is  flanked  by  a 
smaller  one  on  each  side.  Higher  up  and  farther 
north  is  Lyra,  which  contains  Vega,  the  brightest 
star  in  this  part  of  the  sky.  Between  Vega  and 
Arcturus  are  Hercules,  marked  by  a  figure  shaped 
like  the  keystone  of  an  arch,  and  Corona,  whose 
stars  form  a  semi-circle.  Below  Vega,  to  the  left, 
is  Cygnus.  Cassiopeia  is  beneath  the  Pole.  Ce- 
pheus  on  the  right. 

Of  the  planets. — Mercury  is  morning  star  until 
the  24th,  but  not  in  a  good  position  for  observation. 
Venus  is  morning  star  in  Aries,  rising  between  two 
and  three  o'clock,  and  is  very  bright ;  Mars  is  the 
principal  feature  of  the  evening  sky  and  nearing 
opposition;  Jupiter  is  morning  star  in  Taurus;  and 
Saturn  is  in  Aquarius,  rising  about  midnight. — 
Condensed  from  Scientific  American. 


A  young  man  being  asked  t<>  explain  why  he  gave 
up  teaching,  answered : 

"I  left  teaching  because  the  pupils,  the  parents,  the 
school  officers  and  hoard,  and  the  county  treasurer  treated 
mc  more  like  an  old  woman  than  like  a  man." 

"Well,  whose   fault   was  it?" 


To  bring  up  the  ordinary  writing  in  .exercise- 
books  to  the  standard  of  the  copy-book  work,  the 
following  plan  was  adopted :  The  headlines  were 
cut  from  a  few  copy-books;  these  formed  handy 
slips  about  six  inches  by  one  inch,  and  each  pupil 
received  one.  The  slip  was  to  be  retained  in  the 
exercise  book.  Every  line  in  writing  in  the  exer- 
cise book  was  now  written  underneath  this  model 
copy,  which  was  moved  down  the  page  as  the  writ- 
ing progressed.  By  th's  means  a  constant  standard 
for  comparison  was  kept  in  close  view.  Size, 
scope,  shape,  etc.,  of  the  pupil's  writing  were  thus 
brought  into  immediate  contrast  with  the  printed 
slip.  Constant  supervision  and  comparison  speed- 
ily wrought  a  change  for  the  better,  and  the  results 
bear  witness  to  the  efficacy  of  the  plan. — Selected. 


20 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

M.  L.  W. — Kindly  name  the  enclosed  plants  for  me  and 
tell  whether  No.  3  is  correctly  called  Crowfoot. 

The  three  plants  are  Club  Mosses,  a  genus  very 
common  in  our  northern  evergreen  or  mixed  woods. 
The  botanical  name  of  the  genus  is  Lycopodium, 
which  means  wolf's  foot,  from  a  fancied  resemblance 
of  the  branches  or  roots  of  some  species  to  the  claws 
of  an  animal.  The  club  mosses,  of  Which  there  are 
about  half  a  dozen  species  in  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick,  are  very  pretty  evergreen  creeping 
plants,  discharging  in  summer  and  autumn  an 
abundance  of  sulphur-yellow  spores  from  spore- 
cases  situated  usually  on  greyish-yellow  spikes  ter- 
minating the  branches.  These  spores  are  very  in- 
flammable from  the  oil  they  contain.  On  shaking 
a  few  spikes  of  matured  spores  over  a  lighted  match 
they  burst  into  flame. 

No.  1  is  Lycopodium  complanatum,  L.  (Trailing 
Christmas-green).  No.  2  is  L.  dendroideum, 
Michx.  (Ground  Pine),  about  a  foot  high,  and  re- 
sembling a  small  evergreen  tree.  No.  3  is  L.  anno- 
tinum,  L.  (Stiff  Club-moss). 

The  name  crow-foot  is  given  not  to  any  of  these 
plants,  but  to  the  buttercups  on  account  of  the 
divided  leaves. 


(1)  M.  D. — Find  the  area  of  a  circular  bicycle  track 
which  measures  eight  laps  to  the  mile,  measured  on  the 
smaller  circumference,  the  track  being  20  feet  wide. 

(2)  Sixty  yards  of  carpet,  27  inches  wide,  are  bought 
to  cover  a  room  23  feet  6  inches  by  18'  feet.  The  carpet 
cost  4s.  6d.  per  yard,  and  the  remnant  sold  at  3s.  4d.  per 
yard.     What  was  the  cost  of  carpeting  the  room? 

1.  Since  the  inner  circumference  gives  8  laps  to 
the  mile,  it  measures  >,s  mile,  or  660  ft. 

T  ,-  circum.     ,. 

Inner  diam.  = —  =  66ox  A  =  210  ft. 

34 
.-.  Outer  diam,  =  210  +  40  =  250  ft. 
v  track  is  20  ft.  wide. 

Area  of  track  — sum  of  diams.  x  cliff. 

of  diams.  x  — . 

4 

=  (250  +  210)  (40)  X   2,?-X   % 

=  l«Voa=  I4457I  sq.  it.~At,S. 
This  may  also  be  solved  by  subtracting  the  areas 
of  outer  and   inner    circles,    but    the    above    is   the 
shorter  method. 

„    »i„      j  ,         area  of  room 

2.  No.  yds.  carpet  rend  =— n 

width  of  carpet 

=  23^  x  18-9  HI 

-V  x  18*  J  y.\=62'j/i  yds. 


The  60  yds.  given  in  the  question  is  evidently  a 
misprint,    since   this    amount   would  not   cover   the 
floor;  it  should  be  80  yards. 
Cost  of  carpet  bought=8oX4^2=3oos.=£i8. 
No.  of  yds.  in  remnant  =  80  -  62^  =  17^  yds. 
Selling  price  of  remnant 

=  17^  x3J^=ift  S.-JE2,  17s.  g]/id. 
.".Cost  of  carpeting  room 

=  £i8-£2.  17s.  9^=£i5.  2s.  2^d. 


Keeping  Our  Souls  Alive. 

A  writer  in  the  Cornhill  Magazine  (reproduced 
in  Littell's  Living  Age)  indulged  in  a  little  playful 
criticism  recently  in  "  A  Plea  for  the  Useless."  The 
article  in  this  utilitarian  age  is  well  worth  pondering 
over,  as  it  hits  off  very  well  the  too  prevalent  usage 
of  considering  those  school  studies  that  do  not  help 
tne  boy  or  girl  to  earn  money  as  useless  and  "  not 
practical." 

Another  protest  against  the  utilitarian  drift  of 
present  day  education  comes  from  a  well  known 
English  educationist : 

The  other  day  an  old  schoolfellow  of  mine,  whom  I 
remember  thirty  years  ago  in  India,  wrote  to  me,  giving  a 
London  address.  I  sought  him  out  and  found  him  living 
in  a  garret  and  gaining  his  living  by  selling  newspapers 
in  the  street.  It  was  a  bitter  cold  day  when  we  met.  My 
friend  had  neither  gloves  nor  overcoat.  I  was  full  of  pity 
at  the  sight  of  him.  I  asked  him  to  dine,  but  he  declined; 
he  neither  smoked  nor  took  wine.  What  he  wanted  was  a 
long  talk  with  me  on  universal  peace  and  brotherhood.  He 
believed  that  he  had  found  the  secret.  When  I  left  my 
man  that  afternoon  I  envied  him.  He  is  the  happiest  friend 
I  know. 

This  is  what  always  comes  'before  my  mind  when  I  hear 
people  talking  about  education.  We  are  told  in  every 
paper,  from  the  Times  to  the  Daily  Mail,  that  the  great 
problem  is  to  keep  our  trade.  No;  that  is  not  the  great 
problem,  but  how  to  keep  our  souls  alive.  The  problem 
of  education  is  not  how  to  teach  boy's  or  girls  to  earn  their 
living,  but  to  show  them  how  they  may  avoid  spoiling 
themselves  whilst  they  earn  their  living.  Plato  knew  this 
when  he  distinguished  between  the  artist  and  the  artificer, 
the  mere  wage  earner. 


A  little  Cleveland  tot  of  three  years  was  put  to 
bed,  her  first  night  in.  New  Jersey,  by  her  mother, 
with  the  words,  "  Now  go  to  sleep,  darling,  and 
remember  the  angels  are  flying  about  your  little 
crib  and  keeping  you  from  harm."  A  few  minutes 
later  the  patter  of  little  feet  was  heard  and  a  little, 
white-robed  figure  emerged  from  the  bedroom. 
"Why,  darling,  what's  the  matter?"  said  the 
mother.  "  I  don't  like  the  angels."  sobbed  the  lit- 
tle girl.  "Why,  dearie,  why  not?"  "One  o'  th' 
angels  bit  me,  ma." 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


21 


Ten  Reasons  for  Bird  Study. 

1.  Because  birds  are  sensitively  organized  crea- 
tures and  respond  so  readily  to  the  influences  of 
their  surroundings  that  in  their  distribution,  struc- 
ture, and  habits  they  furnish  naturalists  with  in- 
valuable evidence  of  the  workings  of  natural  laws. 

2.  Because  birds,  in  preventing  the  undue  in- 
crease of  insects,  in  devouring  small  rodents,  in  de- 
stroying the  seeds  of  harmful  plants,  and  in  acting 
as  scavengers,  are  man's  best  friends  among  animals. 
Without  their  services  the  earth  would  not  long  be 
habitable;  therefore  we  should  spare  no  effort  to 
protect  them. 

3.  Because  there  is  an  inborn  instinct  in  animals. 
which,  properly  developed,  will  not  only  afford  us 
much  pleasure,  but  will  broaden  our  sympathies, 
and  morally  elevate  us. 

4.  Because  birds,  being  the  most  abundant  and 
conspicuous  of  the  higher  animals,  may  be  most 
easily  studied  and  observed. 

5.  Because  birds  are  beautiful  in  form  and  color 
and  exhibit  an  unequalled  power  of  flight,  their  ac- 
quaintance thus  stimulating  our  love  of  beautv  and 
of  grace. 

6.  Because  birds  are  unrivaled  as  musicians ;  their 
songs  are  the  most  eloquent  of  nature's  voices,  and 
bv  association  may  become  inexpressibly  dear  to  us. 

7.  Because  the  migration  of  birds  excite  our 
wonder  and  admiration,  and  their  period'c  comings 
and  goings  not  only  connect  them  with  the  changing 
seasons,  but  so  alter  the  character  of  the  bird-life 
of  the  same  locality  during  the  year,  that  their 
study  is  ever  attended  by  fresh  interest. 

8.  Because  in  their  migrations,  mating,  nest- 
building,  and  home-lives,  birds  not  only  display  an 
intelligence  that  attracts  us,  but  exhibit  human  traits 
of  character  that  create  within  us  a  feeling  of  kin- 
ship with  them,  thereby  increasing  our  interest  in 
and  love  for  them. 

9.  Because  with  birds  the  individual  lives  in  the 
species;  the  robin's  song  we  hear  in  our  boyhood 
we  may  hear  in  our  old  age;  therefore  birds  seem 
never  to  grow  old,  and  acquaintance  with  them 
keeps  alive  the  many  pleasant  memories  of  the  past 
with  which  they  are  associated. 

10.  Because,  in  thus  possessing  so  many  and  such 
varied  claims  to  our  attention,  birds  more  than  any 
other  animals  may  serve  as  bonds  between  man  and 
nature. — Frank  M.  Chabman. 


"  A  musician  out  of  work,  "  are  you  ?  "  said  the 
housekeeper.  "  Well,  you'll  find  a  few  cords  in  the 
woodshed.  Suppose  you  favor  me  with  an  obli- 
gato." 

"  Pardon  the  pronunciation,  madam,"  replied  the 
bright  tramp,  "  but  Chopin  is  not  popular  with  me." 
— Philadelphia  Ledger. 


A  Mile  With  Me. 

0  who  will  walk  a  mile  with  me 
Along  life's  merry  way? 

A  comrade  blithe  and  full  of  glee, 
Who  dares  to  laugh  out  loud  and  free, 
And  let  his  frolic  fancy  play, 
Like  a  happy  child,  through  the  flowers  gay 
That  fill  the  field  and  fringe  the  way 
Where  he  walks  a  mile  with  me. 

And  who  will  walk  a  mile  with  me 

Along  life's  weary  way? 
A  friend  whose  heart  has  eyes  to  see 
The  stars  shine  out  o'er  the  darkening  lea, 
And  the  quiet  rest  at  the  end  of  the  day, — 
A  friend  who  knows  and  dares  to  say 
The  brave  sweet  words  that  cheer  the  way 

Where  he  walks  a  mile  with  me. 

With  such  a  comrade,  such  a  friend, 

1  fain  would  walk  till  journeys  end, 
Through  summer  sunshine,  winter  rain, 
And  then  ? — Farewell,  we  shall  meet  again ! 

—Dr.  Henry  Van  Dyke. 


Some  of  the  Old  Would  Improve  the  New. 

Is  there  not  such  a  thing  as  dissipation  in  school 
work  ?  Do  not  our  present  courses  of  study  attempt 
too  much  ?  In  the  good  old  school  days  little  atten- 
tion was  paid  any  subject  except  the  common 
branches,  and  of  these,  particular  stress  was  placed 
upon  reading,  writing  and  arithmetic.  The  read- 
ing, of  course,  included  spelling.  In  those  school 
days  of  thirty-five  years  or  more  ago,  all  classes 
thoroughly  reviewed  at  the  beginning  of  each  term 
the  work  of  the  preced:'ng,  so  long  as  the  same  text 
was  in  use.  The  result  was  that  while  boys  and 
girls  were  not  broadened,  they  were  evidently  deep- 
ened by  knowing  a  few  things  well.  Many  of  the 
critics  of  the  public  schools  of  the  present  day  say 
that  boys  and  girls  sent  out  are  smatterers — know- 
ing a  little  of  everything  and  not  very  much  of 
anything.  Isn't  too  much  being  attempted  in  rural 
schools,  in  village  and  town  schools,  and  even  in 
high  schools?  Does  not  the  broadening  of  courses 
of  study  in  the  public  schools  at  the  same  time  cause 
corresponding  shallows?  Again,  when  you  and  I 
were  in  the  old  school,  obedience  was  demanded  in 
the  school  and  in  the  home.  The  rod  was  rarely 
spared  to  spoil  the  child.  Has  a  better  way  come? 
Is  unquestioned  obedience  demanded  by  parents  and 
by  teachers?  And  do  not  those  in  civil  authority 
permit  the  law  to  he  overridden  and  trampled  under 
foot?  This  is  not  an  "Old  Fogy"  appeal,  but  the 
hope  that  some  of  the  good  of  the  past  in  school 
work  may  be  restored  in  present  lines.  If  there  can- 
not be  fewer  subjects  in  the  present  courses,  let  the-e 
be  some  elimination  of  obsolete  and  less  important 
text  matters,  so  that  what  is  worth  while  can  be 
thoroughly  mastered  and  fixed. — T.  C.  C,  in  the 
School  Nezvs. 


22 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

A  Marconi  station  is  to  be  established  on  Sable 
Island.  ■ 

The  disturbance  in  German  West  Africa  still 
continues,  and  late  accounts  report  a  reverse  for  the 
government  forces. 

King  Oscar  will  come  to  London  next  month  to 
witness  the  marriage  of  his  grandson  to  Princess 
Margaret  of  Connaught,  King  Edward's  niece. 

An  arbitration  tribunal  is  now  in  session  in  Paris 
to  award  indemnities  to  those  whose  interests  have 
been  injured  by  the  abandonment  of  the  French 
claims  in  Newfoundland. 

The  railway  line  now  advancing  through  North- 
western Rhodesia  will  soon  reach  Kalomo,  the  seat 
of  government  of  that  section  of  the  British  South 
Africa  Company's  territory. 

The  new  province  of  Alberta  has  an  area  of  253,- 
965  square  miles,  and  a.  population  of  about  175,- 
000.  Saskatchewan  has  an  area  of  250,119  square 
miles,  and  a  population  of  about  250,000. 

Fierce  fighting  still  continues  in  the  Philippines. 
The  United  States  forces  have  recently  defeated  a 
Moro  chief  who  had  a  following  of  five  or  six 
hundred  natives  in  the  island  of  Jolo.  Another  up- 
rising is  now  reported  in  one  of  the  larger  islands. 

There  are  movements  of  the  armies  in  Manchuria 
that  seem  to  portend  another  great  battle  between 
the  land  forces  of  Japan  and  Russia.  In  the  mean- 
time the  disaffection  which  is  rife  among  the 
peasants  is  said  to  be  spreading  to  the  army  in  the 
field,  and  some  hundreds  of  Russian  soldiers  are 
reported  to  have  been  shot  for  insubordination. 

Following  the  new  policy  of  improving  the  con- 
dition of  the  Poles,  the  Czar  has  sanctioned  a  law 
permitting  them  to  buy  land  within  the  limits  of  the 
old  kingdom  of  Poland.  They  were  deprived  of 
this  privilege  after  the  insurrection  of  1863,  and  the 
land  tenure  of  Poles  was  then  limited  to  land  ac- 
quired by  direct  inheritance. 

The  construction  of  an  enormous  dam  across  the 
Tunga  Burda,  in  British  India,  will  form  a  reser- 
voir forty  miles  in  length,  with  an  area  about  three 
times  as  great  as  that  of  the  Assouan  reservoir  in 
Egypt.  This  great  work  is  to  be  undertaken  for 
purposes  of  irrigation,  and,  notwithstanding  its 
enormous  cost,  it  is  expected  to  be  a  profitable 
undertaking. 

The  King  of  Spain  has  been  in  England,  where 
he  received  the  cordial  welcome  usually  given  to 
royal  visitors  from  abroad,  whose  visits  are  an 
evidence  of  especially  cordial  relations  between  their 
respective  governments  and  our  own.  The  Em- 
peror of  Abyssinia  and  the  King  of  the  Belgians  are 
soon  to  be  received  in  the  same  way :  and  the  latter, 
it  is  said,  will  extend  his  visit  to  Canada,  though 
here,  of  course,  his  journey  will  be  of  a  personal 
rather  than  of  an  official  character. 


The  Czar  has  fixed  a  date  for  the  assembly  of 
the  new  council  of  the  people,  and  it  is  expected 
that  the  question  of  continuing  the  war  will  be  re- 
ferred to  this  council,  so  as  to  relieve  the  rulers  of 
the  responsibility  of  deciding. 

The  government  has  approved  of  the  application 
of  the  Grand  Trunk  Pacific  for  Kai  Wan  Island, 
near  Port  Simpson,  as  its  western  terminus..  The 
railway  commission  will  decide  how  much  land  the 
railway  shall  have  assigned  to  it  for  terminal  works 
at  Kai  Wan,  and  also  at  Fort  William,  on  Lake 
Superior.  The  work  of  construction  of  the  new 
railway  will  begin  at  once.  The  first  sod  is  to  be 
turned  at  Fort  William  on  Dominion  Day. 

Illustrated  lectures  on  the  United  Kingdom,  pre- 
pared for  use  in  the  public  schools  of  Ceylon,  the 
Straits  Settlements  and  Hong-Kong,  have  proved 
so  successful  that  the  plan  is  to  be  extended,  and 
Canada  has  been  asked  to  join  in  the  movement. 
By  this  means  it  is  proposed  to  give  to  Canadian 
school  children,  and  those  in  the  other  colonies  of 
the  Empire,  a  more  adequate  idea  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  its  trade,  resources  and  interesting 
features ;  and  to  give  the  children  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland  a  better  knowledge  of  Canada  and  other 
portions  of  the  Empire. 

Norway  and  Sweden  have  been  united  for  nearly 
a  century  under  a  Swedish  King,  but  each  country 
has  enjoyed  its  own  constitution,  cabinet,  army, 
navy  and  other  institutions.  But  for  some  years 
there  has  been  trouble  between  the  two  countries 
that  boded  a  dissolution  of  the  union  or  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  more  practical  basis  of  government. 
The  immediate  cause  of  trouble  was  a  demand  by 
Norway  for  a  separate  consular  service  to  secure 
better  trade  facilities.  This  was  agreed  to  by  the 
Swedish  parliament,  but  King  Oscar  refused  his 
assent.  On  June  7th  the  Norwegian  storthing 
(parliament)  declared  the  union  under  one  King 
dissolved.  King  Oscar  has  refused  to  recognize 
this  action.  The  Norwegians  are  preparing  for 
war,  and  the  nations  of  Europe  are  interested 
spectators.  It  might  be  Russia's  opportunity  to 
reach  out  westward,  were  her  hands  not  tied  in 
the  Far  East.  The  situation,  coming  at  a  time 
when  there  are  prospects  of  peace  between  Russia 
and  Japan,  adds  another  element  of  danger  to  the 
European  situation. 

The  combined  Russian  fleets  met  the  enemy  at 
the  Korean  Straits  on  the  27th  of  May,  and  suffer- 
ed a  defeat  that  amounts  to  almost  utter  annihila- 
tion. Notwithstanding  the  loss  of  ships  at  Port 
Arthur,  Russia,  when  the  battle  began,  stood  third 
among  the  naval  powers  of  the  world.  At  its  close, 
she  has  fallen  to  seventh  place.  The  encounter, 
which  will  be  known  as  the  battle  of  the  Sea  of 
Japan,  must  stand  as  one  of  the  greatest  in  naval 
history ;  and  the  name  of  Togo,  the  Japanese  com- 
mander, must  be  placed  beside  that  of  Nelson.  Sea 
power  is  as  needful  to  the  island  kingdom  of  Japan 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


23 


as  it  was  to  our  own  in  Nelson's  day,  and  no  victory 
since  Nelson's  has  been  so  complete.  A  few  of  the 
smaller  Russian  ships  reached  the  harbor  of  Vladi- 
vostok, where  they  are  safe  for  the  time ;  three 
escaped,  badly  shattered,  to  Manilla;  the  others  were 
all  destroyed  or  captured,  leaving  Japan  in  undis- 
puted control  of  the  sea,  and  free  to  attack  any  part 
of  the  maritime  provinces  of  Siberia.  Unless  peace 
comes  quickly,  of  which  there  is  some  hope,  nothing 
will  prevent  Japan  investing  Vladivostok  and  tak- 
ing possession  of  all  the  remaining  portion  of  the 
Russian  Pacific  coast. 


Music  in  the  North  Sydney  Schools. 

The  Review  has  before  had  occasion  to  refer  to 
the  remarkable  work  done  by  Supervisor  C.  L. 
Chisholm  in  the  North  Sydney  schools  to  lay  the 
foundation  of  a  thorough  musical  education.  A  few 
weeks  ago  an  examination  of  the  pupils  was  held, 
and  so  great  was  the  popular  interest  that  the  Em- 
pire Hall  and  its  approaches  were  crowded  by  an 
eager  throng  that  represented  not  only  North  Syd- 
ney, but  the  adjacent  towns.  The  results  were  very 
gratifying,  and  attested  the  skill  of  Mr.  Chisholm 
as  a  teacher,  and  the  excellent  methods  employed 
by  him  to  give  about  the  2,000  school  children  of 
the  town  the  foundation  of  a  good  musical  educa- 
tion. The  following  is  quoted  from  the  Cape  Breton 
Enterprise,  which  may  show  the  thoroughness  of 
the  examination,  the  pleasure  experienced  by  the 
throng  of  auditors,  and  the  inestimable  value  that 
such  a  course  of  training  must  be  to  the  children  : 

"The  scholars  of  the  town  schools  were  present. 
and  every  grade  took  some  part  in  the  programme. 
Grades  II  and  III  showed  what  wonders  can  be 
wrought  even  with  the  little  one's  in  scale  drill  and 
problems  in  melody  in  different  keys  and  rhythms. 
Grades  III  and  IV  took  similar  work,  but  more 
advanced,  while  irr  Grades  IV  and  V  major  and 
minor,  augmented  and  diminished  intervals  were 
introduced  into  the  scale  drill. 

"  In  the  upper  grades  the  students  took  splendidly 
the  scale  drill  in  two  complete  octaves  from  G  be- 
low the  staff  to  G  above,  and  sang  any  three  or  four 
given  lines  of  the  scale  in  any  combination  asked  for 
on  hearing  the  number  announced.  The  exercise 
in  harmonv  were  marvellous,  sHngle  and  double 
chromatics  being  introduced  and  the  children  sing- 
ing in  four  part  harmony,  no  instrumental  support 
being  given. 

"  The  greatest  treat  of  all  was.  however,  reserved 
for  the  end.  when  the  children  sang  plantation  songs 
harmonized  for  piano  and  strings  with  chorus  by 
Mr.  Chisholm  himself,  with  Schuberts'  Serenades 
and  Bonheur's  The  Red  Scarf.  These  showed  the 
splendid  results  which  can  be  attained  by  careful 
and  intelligent   training.     One  of  the  most  notice- 


able facts  was  that  the  singing  was  not  the  work  of 
a  few  picked  pupils,  but  of  the  entire  grades.  At 
the  conclusion  Mayor  Hackett,  on  behalf  of  those 
present,  suitably  conveyed  the  hearty  thanks  and 
congratulations  of  the  citizens  to  Prof.  Chisholm. 
Mr.  Chisholm's  work  is,  we  believe,  unique,  but  we 
are  glad  to  learn  that  many  of  the  teachers  at  North 
Svdney  and  Sydney  Mines  are  learning  his  method, 
so  that  the  system  should  extend  till  it  embraces  all 
the  scholars  in  the  provinces." 


Teachers  Deserve  Better  Salaries. 

I  myself  belong  to  those  who  think  teachers  are 
not  being  paid  enough.  I  believe  there  is  no  way  in 
which  we  can  accomplish  so  much  for  the  cause  of 
education  as  by  raising  as  far  as  possible  the  sal- 
aries of  our  teachers.  In  this  way  we  can  get  the 
best  and  ablest  teachers  in  our  schools.  I  you 
treat  teachers  like  slaves  and  hirelings,  if  you  think 
their  present  salaries  are  large — God  forbid — the 
best  men  and  women  will  not  be  eager  to  fit  them- 
selves for  this  work.  If  we  had  a  perfect  race  of 
the  best  minds  and  best  hearts,  the  best  courage 
would  be  given  to  teachers,  for  education  is  the 
noblest  work.  The  doctor  does  infinitely  more  by 
education  than  by  the  oills  he  gives. — Bishop  John 
Lancaster  Spalding. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

The  Nova  Scotia  normal  school  will  close  on  Thursday, 
June  29. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Rose,  of  Wesley  College,  Winnipeg,  is  the 
Rhodes  scholar  from  Manitoba  for  this  year. 

Mr.  W.  E.  MacLellan,  formerly  inspector  of  schools  for 
Pictou  County,  and  for  the  last  five  years  editor  of  the 
Halifax  Chronicle,  has  been  appointed  post  office  inspector 
for  the  province  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Mr.  L.  A.  DeWolfe,  whose  articles  on  mineralogy  and 
physical  geography  in  the  Review  have  been  so  helpful  to 
teachers,  has  resigned  his  position  in  the  North  Sydney 
Academy  and  has  been  appointed  science  master  in  the 
Truro  Academy. 

Miss  Bessie  Young,  recently  a  student  of  Mt.  Allison 
Ladies'  College,  has  been  appointed  teacher  of  domestic 
science  in  the  Macdonald  Consolidated  School,  Kingston, 
N.  B. 

The  Macdonald  Consolidated  School  at  Tryon,  P.  E.  I., 
is  working  satisfactorily  and  has  a  school  attendance  which 
is  steadily  increasing.  The  one  van  in  use  cost  $160  and 
tarries  28  children. 

Sixteen  students  from  the  Maritime  Provinces  have 
graduated  in  Medicine  at  McGill  University,  Among 
these  were  H,  C.  Mersercau,  son  gf  Inspector  G.  W. 
Mersereau,  Doaktown,  N.  B.,  who  won  the  Holmes 
medal  for  the  highest  aggregate  in  all  subjects  of  the 
medical  curriculum.  He  has  been  appointed  on  the 
staff  of  the  Montreal  General  Hospital.  Other  students 
who  won  honors  were  H.  C.  Burgess,  Sheffield  Mills,  N.  S., 
and  H.  A.   Leslie,  Souris,  P.  E.  I. 


24 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Miss  Madge  J.  Ricketson,  of  Hatfield's  Point,  N.  B.,  now 
attending  the  Macdonald  school  at  Guelph,  Ont,  has  won  a 
scholarship  in  nature-study. 

New  Brunswick  teachers  who  wish  to  become  acquainted 
with  the  latest  phases  of  manual  training  should  not  forget 
the  vacation  course  conducted  by  Supervisor  T.  B.  Kidner, 
to  be  held  in  the  Normal  School,  Fredericton,  from  July  5  to 
20. 

Miss  A.  Gertrude  O'Brien,  the  efficient  teacher  of  manual 
training  in  the  Woodstock,  N.  B.,  schools,  has  resigned  her 
position  in  order,  says  the  Sentinel,  to  accept  a  similar 
position  in  Kentucky. 

Mr.  Ernest  Robinson,  principal  of  the  Kings  County,  N. 
S..  academy,  has  resigned  in  order  to  take  a  science  course 
at  Acadia  college.  Principal  W.  A.  Creelman,  of  the  North 
Sydney  high  school,  has  been  appointed  to  the  vacant 
position. 

Lalia  E.  Killam,  teacher  at  Cape  Fourchue,  Yarmouth, 
N.  S.,  with  the  help  of  her  friends  of  that  and  neighbour- 
ing places,  (held  a  social  and  sale  on  the  1st  of  June,  and 
raised  the  sum  of  $23.50,  which  will  be  used  for  equip- 
ments for  the  school. 

Mr.  J.  H.  McCarthy,  late  principal  of  one  of  the  schools 
in  Winnipeg,  has  been  appointed  librarian  of  the  new 
Carnegie  library  in  that  city. 

Mr  Wm.  Brodie,  A.  M.,  mathematical  master  in  the  St. 
John,  N.  B.,  high  school,  has  resigned  his  position,  to  take 
effect  at  the  close  of  this  term.  Mr.  Brodie  will  visit  during 
the  summer,  Winnipeg  and  other  western  cities, -and  on  his 
return  will  be  associated  with  his  brother,  Mr.  Neil  Brodie, 
architect,  of  St.  John. 

As  Laval  University,  Quebec,  has  not  nominated  a  can- 
didate for  the  Rhodes  scholarship  for  1005,  the  appointment 
has  been  vested  in  the  hands  of  the  McGill  University 
corporation.  This  will  make  three  representatives  for 
McGill  at  Oxford. 

The  members  of  the  New  Brunswick  Legislature  and 
Board  of  Education  have  been  invited  to  visit  the  Macdon- 
ald Consolidated  School  at  Kingston,  Kings  County,  on  the 
15th  of  June.  The  school  offers  a  fine  object  lesson  for  the 
establishment  of  centralized  schools  in  other  sections  of 
the  province. 

At  the  recent  meeting  of  the  Biitish  Columbia  Teachers 
Institute  at  Revelstoke,  April  25-27,  it  was  decided  to  hold 
the  next  year's  convention  at  Victoria.  The  following  offi- 
cers were  then  elected:  President,  F.  H.  Eaton  Victoria, 
1st  Vice-president,  J.  D.  Gillis,  Victoria;  2nd  Vice-president. 
Miss  Laveon;  3rd  Vice-president,  A.  Gilchrist;  Treasure^ 
E.  H.  Murphy;  Secretary,  Miss  Cann.  Executive  Commit- 
tee: Miss  Burns,  Nanaimo;  R.  R.  Watson,  Tolmie;  B.  S. 
McDonald,  Ladysmith;  Miss  Marchant,  Victoria;  Miss  E. 
Rogers,  New  Westminster. 


RECENT    BOOKS. 

Mediaeval  and  Modern  History:  Revised  edition.  By 
Philip  Van  Ness  Myers,  author  of  "Ancient  History," 
"A  General  History,"  etc.  Cloth,  xvi+751  pages. 
Illustrated.  Mailing  price,  $1.65.  Ginn  &  Company, 
Boston. 


The  revision  of  this  important  historical  work,  following 
closely  upon  the  revised  edition  of  the  "Ancient  History" 
(in  1904)  by  the  same  author,  gives  a  connected  and 
remarkably  clear  view  of  the  history  of  the  world  up  to  the 
present  year.  Both  books  are  designed  to  meet  the  use  of 
students;  but  the  general  reader  and  busy  man  of  affairs 
will  find  in  them  a  concise  and  interesting  narrative  of  the 
progress  of  the  human  race  without  those  irrelevant  details 
which  appeal  rather  to  the  memory  than  to  the  intelligence. 
The  author's  clear  style,  his  wonderful  grasp  of  the  great 
movements  that  have  affected  human  society  and  his  im- 
partial treatment  of  national  questions  win  for  him  the 
confidence  of  the  reader.  The  last  hundred  pages  of  the 
book,  where  modern  conditions  are  dealt  with  .afford 
striking  evidence  of  the  author's  power.  The  clear  text 
and  abundant  illustration  are  noteworthy  features  of  the 
book. 

Gipsy  Stories  and  Stories  of  Antonio  and  Benedict  Mol. 

From  Geo.  Borrow's  "Bible  in  Spain."     Linen.     Pages 

112  and  120.    Price  8d.  each.    Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

These  stories  are  selected  from  Borrow's  delightful  book, 

"The  Bible  in  Spain,"  a  book  which  has  the  merit,  as  the 

author  believes,  of  being  the  only  one  in  existence  which 

treats   of  missionary  labour  in  that  country.     The  stories 

are  quaint,  the  style  vivid,  and  the  reader's  interest  soon 

absorbed  in  the  characters  and  descriptions  of  a  book  that 

is  unique  in  many  respects. 

Object  Lessons  in  Elementary  Science.     Stage  V.     By 
Vincent    T.    Murchf.      Cloth.      Pages    282.      Price   2s. 
Macmillan  &  Company,  Ltd.,  London. 
The  attention  of  our   readers  has  been  directed   in  the 
review  of  previous  "Stages"  to  the  improvement  that  has 
been  effected  in  these  revised  editions  of  nature  study  les- 
sons.    The  present  volume  deals  with  the  various  forms  of 
matter;   heat    and    its   distribution;    food — its    composition 
and   nutritive  value;   clothing;   the   economic  products   of 
plants;  animal  structure  and  adaptation.     The  value  of  the 
lessons  depends  upon  experiment  and  illustration  to  which 
careful  explanation  is  given  in  the  text. 

Student1  's  American  History  :  Revised  edition.  By  David 
H.  Montgomery.  Cloth.  612-f-lvii  pages.  Illustrated. 
Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 

This  book,  written  in  the  same  interesting  style  as  that 
which  characterizes  the  author's  books  for  more  elementary 
grades,  is  broader  in  scope  and  more  philosophical  in  treat- 
ment. In  this  revised  edition  many  parts  have  been  re- 
written, especially  the  political  history  of  the  country  and 
the  influence  of  the  west  on  the  development  of  the  nation. 
New  maps  and  illustrations  have  been  added. 
The  Foreign  Traders'  Correspondence  Handbook.  By 
Jas.  Graham  and  Geo.  A.  S.  Oliver.  Cloth.  Pages 
363.     Price  3s.  6d.    Macmillan  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  London. 

This  useful  handbook  is  published  for  the  convenience 
of  English  speaking  firms  doing  business  with  French, 
German  and  Spanish  traders.  It  shows,  how  to  build  up 
simple  business  letters  in  these  different  languages  and 
how  to  carry  on  transactions  connected  with  the  exporta- 
tion and  importation  of  goods.  It  is  an  excellent  book  for 
any  commercial  student  desiring  of  enlarging  his  sphere  of 
influence. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


25 


Hawthorne's  Tanglewood   Tales.     Edited   by   W.    H.   D. 
Rouse.    Linen.     Pages  120.     Price  8d.     Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 
The  book  tells  the  Greek  legends,  "The  Golden  Fleece," 
"The  Minotaur,"  and  "The  Dragon's  Teeth,"  in  a  manner 
natural  and  familiar  to  the  children  of  today. 
Macmillan^'s    New    Globe    Readers.      Book    II.      Linen. 
Pages    155.     Macmillan  &   Co.,   London. 
These  books,  beginning  with  Primers  and  Infant  Readers, 
which  deal  with  the  combination  of  vowel  and  consonant 
sounds  into  easy  words,  proceed  to  more  difficult  forms  and 
gradually   seek    to   awaken    an    interest'  in    intelligent   and 
expressive    reading.     They   are    attractive    in    matter   and 
appearance. 

Le  Voyage  de  Chicot,  par  Alex.  Dumas,  pere.     Edited  by 

Geo.    Heyer,    M.    A.      Linen.      Pages    36.      Price    4s. 

Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

A  short  but  exciting  story.    Chicot,  a  privileged  favourite 

of   Henri   III,   is  entrusted  with  a   letter  to  the   King  of 

Navarre.      Knowing    that    it    is    a    dangerous    mission    he 

destroys  the  letter  after  having  committed  its  contents  to 

memory.    The  journey  justifies  his  anticipations  of  danger. 

How  the  United   States   Became  a   Nation.     By   John 

Fiske.     Cloth.     254  pages.     Illustrated.     Mailing  price, 

60  cents.     Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 

The  formative  period  of  United  States  history  is  briefly 

and  clearly   treated  in   this   volume,   which   sets    forth   the 

principal  events,  beginning  with  the  infancy  of  the  nation. 

In   something  less  than   two   hundred   and   fifty  pages    the 

story  of  a   great   world  power  is   told,  and   the  condensed 

yet  vivid  narrative  will  command  the  attention  of  scholars 

as  well  as  of  general  readers. 

Latin   Composition   for   Secondary   Schools.     By  Benja- 
min L.  Dooge,  Ph.  D.     Volume  1.     Cloth.     Pages  131. 
Price  55c.     Volume  II.     Cloth.     Pages   190.     Mailing 
price  65  cents.    Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 
These    books    combine    the    systematic    presentation    of 
syntax  with  exercises  based  in  Part  one  on  Caesar's  Gallic- 
war  and  Parts  two  and  three  on  the  text  of  Cicero's  Manil- 
ian  Law,  Catiline  I-IV  and  the  Archias.    The  exercises  are 
intended  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  standard  Latin 
grammars,  to   which  constant   reference  is   made,   and  are 
accompanied    by    many    practical     hints    and     suggestions 
which  will  do  much  to  lead  to  a  clearer  knowledge  of  the 
language  and   to   a    surer   application   of   its   principles   in 
composition. 

Selections  from   Standard  French   Authors.     A  reader 
for   first-year    and    second-year    students,    with    notes, 
biographical     sketches,     and     vocabulary.       By    Othon 
Goepp  Guerlac,  assistant  professor  of  French   in   Cor- 
nell University.     Semi-flexible  cloth.    214  pages.     Mail- 
ing price,  55  cents.     Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 
Moliere,    Pascal,    La    Fontaine,    Victor    Hugo,    Bossuet, 
Voltaire,    Rousseau    and    Renan, — these    are    a    few    of   the 
authors    represented    in    this    handy    volume    of   selections. 
The  aim  is  to  give  the  student  an  acquaintance  with  those 
writings    which    really    constitute    French    literature.      The 
value  of  the  work  is  heightened  by  the  short  biographical 
sketches    which    precede    the    selections,    and    is    designed 
primarily  for  students,  in  secondary  schools  and  in  colleges, 
who  are  able  to  devote  but  a  year  or  two  to  the  study  of 
French. 


Anedotes  Faciles  et  Poesies:  For  class  use.  By  O.  B. 
Super.     Semi-flexible  cloth.     Pages  78. 

Hans  Arnold's  Aprilwetter.  Edited  with  introduction 
and  notes  by  Laurence  Fossler.     Semi-flexible  cloth.     Pages 

144- 
Fricdrich  Gerstacker's  Irrfahrten.     Edited  with  notes  and 
vocabulary  by  F.  B.  Sturm.     Semi-flexible  cloth.  Pages 
203.     Price  45  cents.     D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston. 

Clxateaubriand's  Atala.  Edited  with  introduction,  notes 
and  a  vocabulary,  by  Oscar  Kuhns.  Semi-flexible.  Cloth. 
Pages  120. 

The  above  convenient  little  texts  for  French  and  Ger-  / 
man  students  have  recently  been  published  as  additions  to 
Heath's  "Modern  Language  Series."  The  "Anecdotes 
Faciles"  and  "Aprilwetter,"  consist  of  stories  which  pave 
the  way  for  the  more  difficult  authors'  selections  which 
fellow. 

Lectures  Franchises  in  Geography  and  History.    By  W. 
Mansfield   Poole,   M.   A.,   and   Michel   Becker.     Cloth. 
Pages  137.     Price  2s.  6d.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
The    fine    engravings,   clear    text,   and   good    paper   and 
binding   of   this   book,   attract   the   young   reader,  and   the 
good  literary  style  and  fresh  descriptions  show  how  inter- 
esting a  book  on  geography  and  history  can  be  made  for 
pupils  of  twelve  or  fourteen  years  of  age. 
Shakespeare's    Henry    VIII.      Cloth.      Illustrated.      Pages 
180.     Price  is.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This   edition    is   called   the   "Picture    Shakespeare,"   each 
volume  containing  a  frontispiece  in  colours  and  numerous 
black  and  white  illustrations.     The  volumes  are  also  pro- 
vided with  brief  introductions  and  explanatory  notes. 
How  to  Tell  Stories  to  Children.    By  Sara  Cone  Bryant. 
Cloth.      Pages   260.      Houghton,    Mifflin    &    Company, 
Boston. 

This  little  book  will  prove  a  great  boon  to  teachers,  as 
well  to  those  who  have  a  natural  gift  as  to  those  who  are 
diligently  striving  to  acquire  the  "knack"  of  telling  stories 
to  children.  To  the  latter  it  is  especially  suggestive  and 
helpful.  It  deals  aptly  with  the  purpose  of  story-telling  in 
school ;  the  selection  and  adaptation  of  .stories  and  how  to 
tell  them ;  and  then  gives  numerous  examples  for  the  kin- 
dergarten and  earlier  grades. 

The  President's  Report  of  Chicago  University  (pub- 
lished by  the  Chicago  University  Press),  is  an  interesting 
document  of  269  pages  (bound),  containing  full  informa- 
tion of  every  department  of  work  in  that  institution. 

The  following  books  received  will  be  reviewed  in  the 
next  number: 

Specimens  of  Letters.  By  A.  S.  Cooke  &  A.  K. 
Bentham. 

American  Phonography.  By  Wm.  L.Anderson.  Ginn 
&  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

The  Winged  Helmet.     By  Harold  Steele  Mackaye. 

Stingaree.  By  E.  W.  Hornung.  Copp,  Clark  &  Co., 
Toronto. 


MAY  MAGAZINES. 

I.ittcll's  Living  Age  (Boston)  reproduces  in  its  issue  of 
June  3  Professor  Holland's  article,  Neutral  Duties  in  a 
Marine  War,  as  illustrated  by  Recent  Events — an  article 
that  is  of  timely  interest  at  present   to  the  nations  of  the 


26 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
^SUPPLIES*/* 

We  now   have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   Si":,5-'" 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 

Asking 

SUMMER     SCHOOL 

FOR    ATLANTIC    PROVINCES 

OF    SCIENCE, 

OF    CANADA. 

NINETEENTH 

July  11th  to  July 

SESSION,    __AT__ 

28th,  1905. 

YARMOUTH,  N.  S. 

Courses  in  Physical  and  Biological  Sciences.                              12  Professors.       14  Courses.       Tuition,  $2.50. 

Extensive  Field  and  Laboratory  Work.                                                    Expenses  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

For  Circulars  address  W.  R.  CAMPBELL,  Secretary  Summer  School,  TRURO,  N.  S. 

World.  The  Age  also  prints  in  its  issue  of  June  10  Mr. 
Mallock's  article  on  The  Reconstruction  of  Religious 
Belief,  one  of  his  most  notable  contributions  to  current 
religious  discussion.  .The  Chautauquan  for  June  is  a  Tree 
number  entirely  devoted  to  special  articles  upon  forest  pre- 
servation, tree  planting,  the  use  of  trees  in  the  adornment 
of  streets  and  home  grounds,  and  kindred  subjects. 
This  number  will  be  valuable  alike  to  tree  lovers,  tree 
growers,  tree  users,  civic  improvement  and  other  clubs... 
The  June  Delineator  has  a  varied  and  interesting  table  of 
contents,  supplemented  by  a  complete  summary  of  the  sea- 
son's .styles.  Dr.  Murray  discusses  the  care  of  the  eyes  and 
ears  in  a  paper  that  will  appeal  particularly  to  young 
mothers  and  those  who  have  the  care  of  children.  New- 
man's hymn,  "Lead,  Kindly  Light,"  is  the  subject  of  a 
paper  by  Allan  Sutherland  in  the  series  Famous  Hymns  of 
the  World.  In  addition,  there  are  house  plans  and  house- 
furnishing  ideas,  and  many  pages  devoted  to  the  particular 
interests  of  the  home,  including,  among  other  features,  a 
paper  on  The  Practical  Side  of  the  Wedding,  and  a  variety 
of  suggestions  for  kitchen  economy. .  .The  Canadian  Maga- 
zine for  June  is  of  more  than  usual  interest,  especially  to 
Canadians.  It  contains  an  article  on  "The  Nova  Scotia-ness 
of  Nova  Scotia,"  by  Professor  Macmechan,  an  account  of 
the  interesting  career  of  Dr.  Robert  Tait  McKenzie,  athlete, 
surgeon,  wrier,  and  sculptor;  Theodore  Roberts  has  a 
story  of  the  Labrador  Coast,  and  a  short  poem,  and  the 
Rev.  W.  C.  Gaynor  tells  a  tale  of  the  Indians  of  Passama- 
quoddy.     Articles  on  the  growth  of  the   city  of  Winnipeg, 


the  distribution  of  Canadian  Public  Documents,  and  some 
notes  on  the  Natural  History  of  British  Columbia  contain 
useful  information..  .The  famous  writer  on  nature  subjects, 
John  Burroughs,  contributes  to  the  June  Atlantic  a  paper 
on  the  part  played  by  the  colours  of  animals,  especially  of 
birds,  in  maintenance  of  the  balance  o  flife.  Topics  much 
discussed  at  present  are  treated  of  in  an  article  on  "Gen- 
erosity and  Corruption,"  by  G.  W.  Alger ;  one  entitled 
"The  Cause  of  South  American  Revolutions,"  by  G.  A. 
Chamberlain,  and  "The  Superannuated,"  a  short  story. 


Business  Notice. 

It  is  not  convenient  this  month  to  enclose  our 
usual  reminders  to  subscribers  stating  their  indebt- 
edness to  the  Review.  Those  who  are  in  arrears 
will  kindly  remit  the  amounts  due  without  waiting 
for  a  written  statement.  The  majority  of  our  sub- 
scribers do  this,  and  we  w:'sh  all  would  make  it  a 
rule  to  do  so.  It  would  save  us  trouble,  and  they 
would  avoid  receiving  a  bill  which  some  look  upon 
as  a  reproach,  although  it  is  not  so  regarded  by 
business  people.  The  best  way.  however,  is  to  pay 
for  a  journal  when  it  is  known  that  payment  is  due. 
The  number  on  the  address  of  each  subscriber  tells 
the  date  up  to  which  the  subscription  is  paid.  Thus 
217  is  the  number  of  this  month's  Review,  and 
subscribers  can  easily  tell  by  looking  at  the  numbers 
whether  they  are  paid  in  advance  or  are  in  arrears. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


27 


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY. 
THE  LAWRENCE  SCIENTIFIC  SCHOOL 

offers  four-year  courses  of  study  leading  to  the 
degree  of  S.B.  in  Civil,  Mechanical,  and  Elec- 
trical Engineering,  Mining  and  Metallurgy, 
Architecture,  Landscape  Architecture,  Fores- 
try. Chemistry,  Geology,  Biology,  Anatomy  and 
Hygiene  (preparation  for  medical  schools), 
Science  for  Teachers,  and  a  course  in  General 
Science.  For  the  catalogue  and  information, 
address  J.  L.  Love,  16  University  Hall,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass. 

•  X.  S.  SHALER,  Dean 


CORNELL  SUMMER  SESSION. 

JULY  5— AUGUST  16,  1905 


60  INSTRUCTORS— 23  DEPARTMENTS. 

For  College,  High  Hchool  and  Grade  Teachers. 
Knowledge,  Health,  Pleasure. 

Special  Mention;  Fine  Courses  in  English, 
Languages,  Sciences,  History,  Art,  Mathema- 
tics, Shops ;  full  programme  of  Nature  Work. 

Inexpensive  Living.    Tuition  Fee  $25.00. 

Send  for  Circular  and  Book,  of  Views. 
Address  THE  REGISTRAR 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  X.Y. 


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY. 


SUMMER  SCHOOL  OF  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

offers  courses  for  men  and  women  in  Classical 
Archaeology,  Greek,  Latin,  English,  Voice 
Training,  Reading  and  Speaking,  German, 
French,  Italian,  Spanish,  Phonetics,  History, 
Psychology,  Philosophy,  Education,  Theory  of 
Pure  Design,  Drawing  and  Painting,  Architec- 
tural Drawing,  Theory  of  Architectural  Design, 
History  of  European  Architecture,  Mathema- 
tics, Surveying,  Shopwork,  Physics,  Chemistry. 
Botany,  Geo'ogy,  Geography,  and  in  Physical 
Education.  These  courses  are  designed  prim- 
arily for  teachers,  but  are  open  without  en- 
trance examination  to  all  qualified  persons. 
The  University  Libraries,  Museums,  Labora- 
tories, etc.,  will  be  at  the  service  of  members 
of  the  Summer  School.  The  School  opens  Wed- 
nesday, July  5th,  and  closes  Tuesday,  August 
15th,  1905.  For  full  announcement,  address 
J.  L.  Love,  16  University  Hall,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 

N.  S.  SHALKR.  Chairman, 


$5.00 

...PAYS  FOR  A... 

MAIL  COURSE 

....IN.... 

Maritime  Single  Entry 

Bookkeeping 

For  any  Teacher  using  this  work  which 

has  been  recommended  by  the  C.P.I. 

of  Nova  Scotia. 

For  further  information  apply  fo 

KAULBACH  &  SCHURMAN, 

Chartered  Accountants. 

Maritime  Business  Colleges 

HALIFAX  &.    NEW   GLASGOW. 


Language  Drill. 

It  is  not  good  to  use  sentences  which  are  not  cor- 
rect, and  then  ask  for  the  proper  equivalents.  The 
child  may  confuse  them  afterwards,  and  is  as  likely 
to  use  the  wrong  form  as  the  correct  one.  Drill 
upon  correct  expressions  such  as  the  following  and 
others  until  your  pupils  will  use  them  from  habit : 
It  is  I ;  it  was  I.  It  is  he;  it  was  he.  .It  is  she;  :t 
was  she.  It  is  we ;  it  was  we.  It  is  they  ;  it  was 
they.  It  isn't  I;  it  wasn't  I.  It  isn't  he;  it  wasn't 
he.  It  isn't  she;  it  wasn't  she.  It  isn't  they;  it 
wasn't  they.  Isn't  it  I  ?  Wasn't  it  I?  Is  it  not  I? 
Was  it  not  I?  Isn't  it  he?  Wasn't  it  he?  Is  it  not 
he?  Was  it  not  he?  Isn't  it  she?  Wasn't  it  she? 
Is  it  not  she?  Was  it  not  she?  Isn't  it  we?  Wasn't 
it  we?     Is  it  not  we?     Was  it  not  we? 

EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT.        PROVINCE  NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

OFFICIAL    NOTICES. 


Departmental   Examinations,   1905. 

(a)  The  Iligli  School  Entrance  Examinations  will 
begin  at  the  Grammar  and  Superior  Schools  on  Monday, 
June  19th.  Principals  who  wish  to  be  supplied  with  ques- 
tion papers  are  requested  to  notify  the  Chief  Superintend- 
ent not  later  than  May  20th  as  to  the  probable  number  of 
candidates  for  this  examination. 

The  Lieutenant-Governor's  Medals  arc  to  lie  competed 
for  at  the  High  School  Entrance  Examinations  in  accord- 
ance with  instructions  given  in  Supplement  to  Regulation 
46,  a  copy  of  which  will  be  sent  to  any  teacher  who  may 
apply  for  it   to  the   Education  Office. 


(b)  The  Normal  School  Closing  Examination  for  the 
French  Department  begins  on  Tuesday,  May  23rd,  at  9 
o'clock  a.  m. 

(O  The  Normal  School  Closing  Examinations  for 
License  and  for  Advance  of  Class  will  be  held  at  the 
Normal  School,  Fredericton,  and  at  the  Grammar  School 
buildings,  Chatham  and  St.  John,  beginning  on  Tuesday, 
June  13th,  at  nine  o'clock,  a.  m. 

(d)  The  Normal  School  Entrance  Examinations  and 
Preliminary  Examinations  for  Advance  of  Class,  the  High 
School  Leaving  Examinations  and  the  University  Matricu- 
lation Examinations  will  all  be  held  at  the  usual  stations 
throughout  the  Province,  beginning  at  nine  o'clock  a.  m. 
on  Tuesday,  July  4th. 

The  English  literature  required  of  candidates  for  Class 
I  in  the  Closing  Examinations  for  License,  and  of  candi- 
dates for  the  Matriculation  and  Leaving  Examinations  is 
Shakespeare's    "  Hamlet  "    and    Tennyson's    "  Princess." 

Candidates  for  all  the  examinations  held  in  July  must 
send  in  their  applications  to  the  Inspector  of  the  District 
in  which  they  wish  to  be  examined  not  later  than  the  24th 
of  May. 

A  fee  of  One  Dollar  for  the  Normal  School  Entrance 
and  Superior  Class  Examinations,  and  of  Two  Dollars 
for  the  Marticulation  and  Leaving  Examinations,  must 
be  forwarded  to  the  Inspector  with  each  application. 
Forms  of  application  may  be  obtained  from  the  Education 
( )ffice  or  from  the  Inspectors. 

Examinations  for  Superior  School  License  will  be  held 
both  at  the  June  and  July  examinations. 

For  further  details  in  regard  to  the  Departmental  Ex- 
aminations, see  School  Manual,  Regulations  31,  32,  45 
and  46. 

J.  R.  INCH, 
Chief  Superintendent  of  Education. 

Education  Office,  April  20,  1005. 


28 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Students  Can  Enter 
At  any  Time 

As  we  have  no  summer  vacation,  do  not 
divide  into  terms,  and  the  instruction  given 
is  most  individual. 

We  do  not  find  it  convenient  to  give  a  sum. 
mer  vacation,  as  many  of  our  students  are  far 
from  home  and  would  be  seriously  inconvenien- 
ced by  an  interruption  of  their  work. 

Besides,    St.    John's 
summer    weather     is 
,  se  cool  that  a  vacation 
is  not  necessary. 

Catalogues    free    to 
any  address. 

S.  KERR  &  SON. 


three  a::d  f:uh  y:ar 

Courses  in 
Mining,  Chemical,  Civil, 
[  Mechanical  and  Electrical 

Engineering, 
Mineralogy  nnd  Geology, 
Biology  and  Public  Health 

Write  Secretary.  Kingston,  Ont.,  for  Calendar. 


AMI  S  &  ROLLINSON  COMPANY 


nimin  mi  n  r 


[BEST  QIIAUTYAr  MODERATE  ED5T-FDR1  on  101 
203  BROADW/y  New  Yopk  ... 


(Tlefberaoob 


for  fcirfs 


College   Preparatory,    Music,   Art,    Physical 
Culture. 

Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 
HomeSchool  with  careful  supervision.    Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sports. 
For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETHKLWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  BS  . 

Principals, 

South  Shore  Line 

NEW  STEAMER  "SENLAC," 

Over  1000  tons,  leaves 

ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 

Every  THURSDAY  at  0  o'clock  p.m.  and 

YARMOUTH,  N.  S. 

every  FRIDAY  noon  for 

Barrington,   Shelburne.  l.ocueport,  Liverpool 

Lunenburg  and 

HALIFAX 

Returning,  leaves  Halifax  MOXDAX.  5  p.m., 
for  same  ports  in  reverse  rotation. 

SPLENDID     PASSENGER      ACCOMMODATION 

\VM.  THOMSON   &  CO., 
St.  John,  N.  B.  Managers 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS  — 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

Pfl^DWHRB    MERCHANTS, 

Mafket  Square,         SHI^T  JOHN.  H-  B. 


DIAMONDS  &  OPALS 

Gold  Chains,  Bracelet* 
Watch>  s.  Sterling  Silver 
Goods  at 

A.  *  J.  HAY'S,  7(i  King  Street. 
St.  John,  N.  B 


CANADIAN  HISTORY  READINGS 

May   be  used  as  supplementary  readings  in 
Canadian  History.     Over  350  pa^es  on  inter- 
esting and   important    topics.     Price    $1.00. 
To  subscribers  of  the  Review,  75  cents. 
Send  to 

Educational  Review,  St.  John,  N.  B. 


Barnes  &  Co. 

Stationers, 
Booksellers, 


FANCY    STATIONERY, 
LEAD  PENCILS, 


BLANK   BOOKS 
of  all  kinds. 


P.    O.     BOX     ■*•*. 


84  PRINCE  WILLIAM  ST. 

SAINT  JOHN,   N.  B 


TWENTY-EIGHT      PAGES. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to   Advanced    Methods  of   Education    and   General    Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,   N.  B.,  JULY- AUGUST,    1905 


■3 1  00  pek  Year 


<3.   U.    HA  V. 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick 


A      McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  S<  on 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW  attractive   one:  the  time  chosen  is  one  that  should 
"■**■  "  Lein*ter  str"u  m-  John'  N-  B- produce    good    educational    results— when    teachers. 

^T»Tr«D  bt  Bar»«s  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. are     fresh     from     a     vacat;on     0f    nearly    twQ    months 

Always  Bead  this  Notice.  and  read-v  t0  Put  new  ideas  illto  Practice- 

„r^rr^r:r  Zt  Z,"U  <>™_  -  hear  of  teachers  who  get  up  entertain- 

write  to  mw  office,  ments   in   their  schools   the  proceeds   of   which   go 

THE  REVIEW  is  sent  regularly  to  ni>terift«r.  until  notlflca-  towards   providing    apparatus,    repairing   the   School, 

tion  it  received  to  discontinue  and  all  arrearage*  are  paid.  '                  e>      rt                >        r           &        <-                 > 

When  you  change  your  address,  notify  us  at  once,  giving  the  Or   Other   like   purpose.      This   should   not   be  the   way 

old  a,  well  as  the  new  address.    This  will  save  time  and  cor-  Uj  appropriate  these  funds.     The  trustees  should  meet 

The  number  on  your  address  tells  to  what  whole  number  of  the  the   teachers   half   way.   and   provide   the   necessary 

review  the  subscription  is  paid.  materials  for  proper  school  work.    The  monev  raised 

Address  all  correspondence  and  business  communications  to  - 

educational  review,  by  entertainment  should  be  expended  for  pictures 

8t-  John-  N-  B-  and    other    means   of    decorating    the    school    room, 

forming  the  nucleus  of  a  library  or  making  additions 

"  to  lt>  or  providing  some  article  of  school  furniture 

editorial  notes |3  not  included  in  the  outfit. 

Perfect  Attendance •' * 

Visits  to  Schools I*  

The  Summer  School j2 

HoVNa,urrt«avS^uMBeTauKh..V  :.'       ::::::::    U  Messrs-  J-  &  A-  McMillan  are  again  doing  busi- 

Iadrf8Ps'rof  f   BelMeigheV  ma."  \                       "        '.'.    42  nes*  *  their  old  stand.    Prince  William  street.   St. 

T^eR^w^Q.EST,oN  box :.:.■;    ..V...'..:.::  ::     «  •lohn-      After    the    destructive    fire    of    last    winter. 

The  First  Day  of  School..        ■*•  which  left  little  but  the  walls  of  the  building  stand- 

The  Beginning  of  a  Western  Town +*  .                                                                    & 

Teachers' institute _ j5  nig.  the  firm,  with  characteristic  enterprise   immedi- 

A   Country  Newsboy 45  .                                         ' 

The  Joy  of  Hard  work 46  atelv    began    the    renovation    of    the    establishment. 

The  Battle   Hymn  of  the  Reform  ition ■*'•  ,_    .' 

Selected  Paragraphs 4<  1  his  will  render  the  new  premises  more  com  modi- 

Current   Events    .       **  ■ 

school  and  college ...... -49  ous     than     the    old,    with    better     appliances     for 

Recent  Books 51  ,,     .       ,        .                .                         ,           ,  ,.       . 

ke<  ent  Magazines 54  carrying  on   their   book,   stationery  and   publishing 

New   Advertisements —  k, ,.;„„,.. 

Hay's   Historv   of   New   Brunswick.    W.    .1.   r;aBr.  &   Co.    (p.   r>2  >  DUSltleSS. 
— New    Books    from   the    Press  of   Copp    Cl-rk    *   C^.    (p.    r>3 1 

—Provincial    Educational    Association  of  Nova   Scotia    (p.   ."5>  

— The  Morse  School  of  Telegraphy   I  p.  30). 


This  number  of  the  Review  is  issued  about  the 
first  of  August,  and  makes  one  number  for  the 
months  of  July  and  August. 


Many  teachers  will  take  charge  of  schools  during 
the  approaching  new  term  for  the  first  time.  The 
Review  wishes  them  that  success  which  is  the  result 
of  earnest,  thoughtful  and  enthusiastic  work. 


Full  particulars  of  the  meeting  of  the  Nova 
Scotia  Provincial  Educational  Convention  will  be 
found    on    another    page-      The    programme    is    an 


Mk.  I).  R.  Jack,  editor  of  Acadiensis,  after  his 
prolonged  absence  in  Europe,  has  just  issued  a 
double  number  of  this  excellent  quarterly.  The 
table  of  contents  is  an  inviting  one,  embracing 
sketches  of  travel,  poems,  historical  articles  and 
other  matter,  with  photographic  illustrations. 
Europe  as  Seen  by  an  Acadian  is  a  graphic  sketch 
of  Mr.  Jack's  travels,  and  his  impressions  and  pho- 
tographic views  of  Russia  will  be  found  especially 
interesting.  Another  article  that  will  engage  the 
attention  of  many  readers  is  the  late  Air.  Edward 
Jack's  account  of  an  Expedition  to  the  Headwaters 
of  the  Little  South  West  Miramichi,  edited  by  Prof. 
W.  F.  Ganong,  a  task  which  that  industrious  explor- 
er and  scientist  has  evidently  found  congenial. 


34 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  readers- of  the  Review  will  be  interested  in 
the  advertisements  of  new  books  found  in  this  num- 
ber. These  embrace  many  desirable  works  that 
have  been  tested  in  the  schools  and  found  to  meet 
the  needs  of  teachers  and  pupils.  Among  these  are 
the  little  History  of  Canada,  published  by  the  Copp, 
Clark  Company  in  a  separate  form,  with  an  appen- 
dix of  the  history  of  Prince  Edward  Island,  by  Miss 
H.  M.  Anderson.  Miss  Anderson  has  accomplished 
in  a  remarkably  clear  and  concise  manner  the  dif- 
ficult task  of  writing  a  brief  but  connected  account 
of  the  Island's  history. 

The  History  of  New  Brunswick,  published  by 
W.  J.  Gage  &  Company,  has  won  its  way  in  the 
schools  of  that  province,  and  has  become  very  popu- 
lar with  children  on  account  of  the  clear  and  easy 
style  in  which  it  is  written.  It  is  not  an  array  of 
facts  and  dates  alone,  but  a  readable  account  of  the 
events  of  the  province  so  arranged  as  to  make 
history  interesting  and  intelligible  to  children. 


Perfect  Attendance. 


It  is  worth  while  for  pupils  to  cultivate  the  habit 
of  faithful,  punctual  attendance  at  school.  The 
habit  so  formed  will  'be  a  valuable  possession  to  them 
in  after  life.  It  will  be  a  great  element  of  future 
success  and  will  add  to  their  own  happiness  and  the 
happiness  of  others.  If  more  people  realized  the 
importance  of  being  punctual  to  engagements  at  all 
seasons  and  in  all  places ;  of  answering  letters 
promptly  and  courteously ;  of  paying  their  debts 
and  meeting  other  obligations  on  time,  things  in  this 
life  would  work  more  smoothly.  There  would  be 
fewer  naughty  words  said,  fewer  ruffled  tempers, 
and  a  much  better  feeling  would  prevail  among 
friends  and  neighbors. 

The  home  and  school  are  the  places  where  a  foun- 
dation must  be  laid  for  these  and  other  good  habits 
that  make  life  more  useful,  more  enjoyable.  The 
following  instances  show  what  good  results  were 
accomplished  by  these  two  agencies,  the  home  and 
the  school,  to  secure  punctuality  of  attendance,  and 
the  immediate  rewards  that  resulted : 

"Lester  Thomson  of  Montreal,  a  lad  of  sixteen, 
received  from  the  school  board  of  that  city  a  gold 
watch.  This  was  because  for  nine  years  he  had 
never  once  missed  a  day  at  school  and  never  once 
was  late. 

"A  girl  at  Lee,  England,  was  recently  awarded  a 
gold  medal  for  seven  years'  perfect  attendance  at 
school. 


"Miss  Bonnie  White,  says  the  Pathfinder,  Wash- 
ington, who  recently  graduated  from  the  high  school 
of  Paris,  Texas,  was  awarded  a  gold  medal  by  the 
school  board  for  a  perfect  record  covering  her  entire 
public  school  life  of  II  years.  She  was  neither 
absent  nor  tardy  a  single  time  from  the  day  she 
entered  the  primary  class  until  she  graduated." 


Visits  to  Schools. 


A  visit  was  made  to  the  Macdonald  Consolidated 
School  at  Kingston,  N.  B.,  on  the  15th  of  June  in 
company  with  members  of  the  New  Brunswick  gov- 
ernment and  legislature,  educationists  and  represen- 
tatives of  the  press.  The  appearance  of  the  build- 
ing, class  rooms  and  grounds  were  fitted  to  give  a 
fine  object  lesson  to  the  visitors.  The  excellent 
organization  and  management  of  the  principal,  D. 
W-  Hamilton,  and  his  capable  staff  of  associate 
teachers  were  apparent  both  in  and  out  of  doors, 
especially  in  the  school  gardens  which  were  admir- 
ably laid  out  and  cared  for.  So  attractive  had  each 
pupil's  plot  of  ground  become  to  him  or  to  her,  that 
recess  and  other  available  time  were  spent  in  the 
care  of  the  growing  plants.  The  pupils  had  taken 
great  interest  in  the  measurements,  laying  out  of 
beds,  and  the  various  practical  exercises  connected 
with  the  care  of  the  gardens.  Not  less  interest  did 
they  take  in  the  afternoon  exercises  in  the  school 
audience  room  where  they  listened  to  addresses  by 
Lieutenant-Governor  Snowball,  ex-Governor  Mc- 
Clelan,  Premier  Tweedie,  Supt.  Inch  and  other 
speakers.  The  distribution  of  the  prizes  given  by- 
Premier  Tweedie  for  the  best  essays  on  the  history 
of  the  province  and  county,  supplemented  by  others 
from  gentlemen  present,  was  an  interesting  feature 
of  the  exercises. 


I  visited  a  schoolroom  in  Winnipeg,  recently,  where 
no  less  than  seven  nationalities  were  represented-  The 
teacher  was  quiet,  but  alert  and  sympathetic.  Even- 
eye  in  the  room  was  directed,  not  to  the  stranger 
present,  but  to  her.  and  I  soon  changed  mv  position 
where  I  could  study  both  pupils  and  teacher.  The 
cause  of  the  pupils'  interest  was  soon  apparent.  The 
teacher's  face  was  a  study  as  she  directed  every 
movement  of  the  little  foreigners.  Genuine  sym- 
pathy and  tact  were  shown  in  her  everv  feature  and 
gesture.  Success  in  pronouncing  new  words  (it 
was  a  reading  lesson)  was  rewarded  with  a  flash  of 
recognition  which  seemed  to  say  "bravo !  well 
done  :"  and  it  brought  an  answering  look  of  gratitude 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


35 


from  the  pupil  who  was  trying  with  all  his  might  to 
earn  that  recognition. 

Here  is  a  letter  that  a  lad  just  twelve  years  of 
age  had  written  in  his  exercise  book.  He  was  a 
Polish  Jew  and  had  been  in  Canada  and  at  school 
less  than  ten  weeks-  I  asked  for  a  copy  of  the  letter 
and  it  was  produced  in  a  plain  vertical  hand : 

Strathcona  School   May  18th 
Dear  Mother. 

I  goan  to  school  two  montch  I  can  spek  little  English. 
I  car*  read  a  book  and  write.  I  come  from  Possia  two 
montch  an  a  haf.  May  teachern  good  learn  me,  dat  tetchern 
is  nice  teachern.  The  teachern  spek  I  learn  quick  Eng- 
lish. I  living  an  Winipeg.  I  like  dat  country  very  much. 
I  writing  Ieatr  esterday  an  Possia.     Your  living  son 

Moses. 

Every  young  reader  of  the  Review  can  make  out 
the  somewhat  broken  English  of  this  letter.  Is  it 
not  a  pretty  good  attempt  after  two  months  of 
school?  The  factors  at  work  in  this  class  were, — 
each  pupil  was  very  much  in  earnest  to  get  a  work- 
ing knowledge  of  English ;  each  was  interested,  and 
each  one  regarded  his  teacher  as  a  superior  being.  I 
asked  the  superintendent  of  schools  on  what  prin- 
ciple the  teachers  were  chosen  for  the  children  of 
the  foreign  classes.  "Not  from  their  experience  as 
teachers,"  he  said.  "We  rather  prefer  to  have  them 
without  experience  if  they  have  the  qualities  that 
win  the  affection  of  their  pupils."  A  very  good 
principle  in  the  choice  of  teachers  everywhere. 


"What  I  say  is  this — the  democracy  has  to  learn 
manners,  and  the  school  does  not  teach  manners,"  is 
the  opinion  of  a  noted  English  educationist  given, 
after  a  year's  travel  through  the  United  States,  to  a 
representative  of  the  Montreal  Witness.  It  may 
be  true  of  a  great  majority  of  schools  in  the  United 
States.  Unfortunately  it  may  be  true  of  many 
schools  in  Canada.  But  I  have  visited  many  schools 
recently  in  the  Dominion  and  I  was  impressed  with 
the  good  manners  of  the  pupils.  In  nearly  every 
instance  the  stranger,  as  is  natural,  was  gazed  at 
attentively  on  his  entrance.  But  there  was  no  rude 
staring  him. out  of  countenance,  and  the  pupils  soon 
became  absorbed  in  their  work  if  the  teacher  attend- 
ed to  it;  and  this  is  what  a  visitor  wishes  to  see 
when  he  enters  a  schoolroom.  Occasionally  the 
pupils  betrayed  a  look  of  too  great  consciousness, 
but  this  might  have  been  a  reflection  of  the  teacher's 
mood-  I  should  judge  so,  for  this  was  what  I  saw 
in  another  school :  In  company  with  the  superintend- 
ent I  visited  the  principal's  room  of  a  large  school 
in  the  leading  city  of  the  west.    Forty  pairs  of  eyes 


of  boys  and  girls  glanced  in  our  direction  as  we 
entered,  but  without  the  slightest  .consciousness, 
seemingly,  of  our  presence,  and  were  then  bent  on 
the  teacher  as  he  conducted  the  recitation.  As  we 
took  our  seats,  two  lads  who  had  noiselessly  glided 
to  the  platform  relieved  us  of  our  hats  and  umbrel- 
las and  were  back  instantly  in  their  seats,  reciprocat- 
ing with  a  smile  our  nod  of  recognition  of  the  court- 
esy. There  were  many  glances  turned  our  way  dur- 
ing the  recitation,  but  the  eyes  showed,  not  con- 
sciousness of  themselves  or  their  visitors,  but  an 
earnest  self-centering  on  their  work.  At  recess  the 
superintendent  beckoned  a  girl  to  the  front  and 
engaged  her  in  conversation.  A  boy  quietly  brought 
a  chair  for  her.  Teacher,  visitors  and  scholars 
mingled  together  during  the  recess,  as  well  bred 
people  do  in  a  drawing  room;  but  when  any 
advances  were  made  the  teacher  or  visitors  initiated 
them.  What  an  agreeable  impression  such  a  school 
makes,  and  how  one  wishes  time  were  taken  every- 
where to  get  such  results,  even  if  we  have  to  draft 
anew  our  courses  of  study. 


Suggestions  for  Seat  Work. 

1.  Pupils  write  lists  of  names  of  objects  in  the 
schoolroom  beginning  with  a  certain  letter.  Take, 
for  example,  the  letter  c.  The  list  will  be  chair, 
curtain,  chalk,  ceiling,  etc. 

2.  Write  all  words  possible  derived  from  the 
same  root  words,  as :  hope,  hopeless,  hopeful, 
hoped,  hopefully,  etc. 

3.  Write  a>  list  of  geographical  names  each 
beginning  with  the  last  letter  of  the  preceding  word, 
as  British  Columbia,  Alberta,  Andover,  Regina,  etc. 

4.  Take  a  short  word,  as  reader,  and  make  as 
many  words  as  possible  from  the  letters  in  it  as : 
ear,  red,  rear,  dear,  are,  etc. 

5.  Let  the  small  children  mark  familiar  words 
in  newspapers  and  magazines. 

"Busy  work"  or  "seat  work"  should  have  a  pur- 
pose beyond  merely  keeping  the  child  busy. — Sel. 


Until  a  good  library  is  attached  as  a  matter  of 
course  to  every  one  of  our  elementary  schools,  a 
great  opportunity  of  refining  the  taste  and  enlarg- 
ing the  knowledge  of  the  young  will  continue  to  be 
wasted,  and  the  full  usefulness  of  those  institutions 
will  remain  unattained.  After  all,  it  is  the  main 
business  of  a  primary  school,  a  chief  part  of  the 
business  of  every  school,  to  awaken  a  love  of  read- 
ing, and  to  give  children  pleasant  associations  with 
thoughts  of  books. — Sir  Joshua  Fitch- 


36 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Summer  School 

The  Summer  School  for  the  Atlantic  provinces 
met  at  Yarmouth,  N.  S.,  from  July  nth  to  July 
28th.  The  cool,  bracing  weather  that  came  with  the 
breezes  from  the  Atlantic  was  grateful  and  refresh- 
ing, especially  to  those  who  were  from  inland  situa- 
tions. The  beautiful  scenery  in  and  about  Yar- 
mouth, the  fine  residences,  well  kept  hedges  and 
lawns  and  luxuriant  foliage,  were  a  constant  source 
of  delight.  An  occasional  fog  wrapped  the  town  in 
its  mantle,  but  the  fine  weather  when  the  sun  made 
its  appearance  could  not  be  excelled  anywhere.  The 
citizens  had  their  plans  admirably  arranged  to  ensure 
the  comfort  of  their  visitors.  A  reception,  an  excur- 
sion down  the  harbour,  a  drive  about  the  city  and  its 
environments,  with  numerous  other  attentions, 
enabled  the  members  of  the  school  to  enjoy  in  a 
very  pleasant  and  social  way  the  meeting  with  citi- 
zens and  to  see  all  objects  of  interest  in  and  about 
the  town.  The  outings  wcr~  so  arranged  as  not  to 
interfere  with  work.  It  is  probably  quite  safe  to  say 
that  in  the  whole  nineteen  years  of  the  school  no 
session  has  been  held  in  which  better  results  were 
obtained  in  the  special  subjects  of  the  school.  Every 
dav  there  were  classes  from  nine  to  one  o'clock,  and 
often  the  rooms  were  crowded  with  eager  students, 
and  the  laboratory  and  field  work  were  of  great 
service  to  them. 

The  English  literature  class,  conducted  by  Miss 
Eleanor  Robinson,  was,  as  usual,  of  absorbing 
interest  to  the  members  of  the  school.  The  course 
in  plant  study,  by  Mr.  G.  U.  Hay,  and  for  the  latter 
part  of  the  session  by  Mr.  J.  Vroom,  supplemented 
by  frequent  excursions  afield,  gave  special  attention 
to  the  life  and  environment  of  the  vegetable  world- 
Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  in  addition  to  his  subject 
of  geology,  also  gave  lectures  on  zoology  in  the 
absence  of  the  regular  teacher.  His  public  lecture 
on  the  geology  and  physical  geography  of  Nova 
Scotia  was  an  excellent  and  instructive  address  from 
a  master  of  the  subject  such  as  Dr.  Bailey.  Mr. 
F.  G.  Matthew*'  class  in  drawing  was  of  the  great- 
est interest  to  many  who  devoted  their  entire  time 
to  the  subject;  and  his  instruction  in  manual  train- 
ing and  to  the  amateur  class  in  photography  were 
of  great  benefit  to  those  interested  in  these  subjects. 
Dr.  Turnbull,  of  Yarmouth,  gave  a  very  practical 
course  in  physiology.  The  reception  at  his  house, 
with  an  exhibition  of  the  X-ray,  was  one  of  the 
most  enjoyable  features  of  the  session.  The  chem- 
istry and  physics  classes,  under  the  charge  of  Air. 


R.  St- J.  Freeze  and  M.  J.  E.  Barteaux  respectively, 
gave  an  excellent  opportunity  for  practical  work  in 
these  subjects. 

The  evening  meetings  and  discussions  were  very 
interesting.  The  educational  address  of  Dr.  Inch 
was  listened  to  with  marked  attention.  Principal 
Soloan's  hints  to  teacher  and  pupil  how  to  utilize 
vacations,  called  forth  much  consideration  and  will 
be  discussed  in  a  future  number  of  the  Review. 
Other  seasonable  topics  were  presented,  and  the 
evening  by  Dr.  W.  H.  Drummond,  the  poet  of 
French  habitant  life,  will  long  be  remembered  for 
the  rare  intellectual  treat  it  afforded. 

In  summing  up  results  of  the  school  one  can  dwell 
with  pleasure  on  what  led  to  success :  The  tact  and 
industry  of  the  president  and  secretary,  Mr.  J.  D. 
Seaman  and  Mr.  W-  R.  Campbell,  whom  the  school 
wisely  re-elected  to  these  positions;  the  excellent 
local  organization,  due  to  the  foresight  of  the  coun- 
cil and  citizens,  Principal  Kempton  with  his  staff  of 
-associate  teachers,  and  the  local  secretary,  Mr.  Geo. 
W.  Blackadar ;  and  finally  to  the  excellent  working 
spirit  shown  by  the  students,  which  proved  an 
inspiration  to  those  who  directed  the  classes. 

There  was  a  suggestion  made  in  regard  to  the 
future  work  of  the  schooll, — that  students  as  far  as 
possible  avoid  too  many  subjects  and  devote  their 
energies  to  one  or  two. 

The  next  meeting  will  be  held  in  Cape  Breton  if 
suitable  arrangements  can  be  made  as  to  place. 

The  total  enrolment  of  the  school  at  Yarmouth 
was  about  130. 


While  travelling  on  the  steamer  that  runs  between 
Revelstoke  and  Nelson,  B.  C,  the  captain  told  the 
following  story :  A  Cockney  who  had  recently  arrived 
in  Canada  was  complaining  of  the  way  in  which 
the  King's  English  is  mutilated  in  this  country. 
"Why  what  do  you  think  I  'eard  the  other  day  at  a 
railway  station  when  a  train  stopped?  A  man  put 
his  bare  'ead  out  of  the  car  window  and  said,  'where 
am  I  at?'" 

"Well,  what  should  he  have  said?"  said  a  stander- 
by. 

"What  should  he  'ave  said?"  said  the  Cockney, 
disgusted;  "Why,  'where  is  my  'at.'  of  course!" 


A  subscriber  who  has  lately  removed  to  the  west 
writes :  "Although  I  am  teaching  in  the  territories  I 
feel  as  though  I  had  lost  a  great  friend  when  I  don't 
eet  the  Review."  I.  H.  F. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


37 


Art  in  the  Public  Schools. 

Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.  B. 

I.     Its  Function  in  Pedagogy. 

In  a  series  of  questions  published  in  Educational 
Review  of  October,  1901,  there  was  a  sentence  to 
this  effect :  "Show  the  bearing  of  this  whole  move- 
ment on  the  training  of  the  emotions."  In  rq)ly  it 
may  be  said  in  brief  that  if  the  nobler  emotions  are 
not  appealed  to  and  refined  and  strengthened,  "this 
whole  movement"  is  only  an  occasion  for  unneces- 
sary expenditure  of  time  and  money  on  the  part  of 
our  teachers.  Of  course  we  readily  admit  that  illus- 
trative material  may  be  made  more  interesting  if  it 
is  beautifully  executed,  ami  in  the  teaching  of 
history,  geography,  and  "common  things,"  its  aid 
has  been  found  invaluable,  and  we  are  grateful  that 
the  supply  is  now  more  abundant,  and  the  cost  great- 
ly reduced.  But  its  chief  function  is  the  imparting 
of  information. 

On  the  other  hand  there  is  a  comparative  dearth, 
in  many  schools,  of  material  that  appeals  directly 
and  strongly  to  the  noblest  emotions  in  the  scholars, 
that  is,  of  reproductions  of  works  of  art  that  are 
truly  beautiful,  and  at  the  same  time  suitable  for 
school  use.  It  is  cheering  to  know  there  is  a  more 
widespread  desire  for  its  introduction,  and  the  ben 
method  of  using  it. 

We  shall  best  arrive  at  a  solution  of  this  problem 
by  distinctly   understanding  the   function  of  art   in 
relation  to  pedagogy.     Nearly  all  the  subjects  on  the 
curriculum  in  the  public  schools  are  analytic  in  their 
tendency,  and  even  poetry  has  not  been  exempted 
from,  the    scientific    process.       The    subjects    are 
addressed  to  the  intellects  of  the  scholars,  and  it  is 
not    easy    to    develop    enthusiasm    in    their    study. 
Indeed  botany  is  associated  in  many  minds  with  hard 
technical  words  and  long  lists  of  Latin  names.     It 
is  true  we  do  not  really  know  a  thing  until  we  can 
name  it,  but  it  is  surely  a  misfortune  if  the  dissect- 
ing process  obtains  to  such  an  extent  that  the  emo- 
tions are  quiescent.    We  need  the  synthetic  element 
in  our  teaching  also,  and  it  is  the  function  of  art  to 
contribute   to   this.      The   intellectual   processes   arc 
suffused  by  emotion  and  by  the  same  emotions  when 
art  makes  its  presence  felt  in  the  schoolhouse.    The 
emotions  are  not  very  active  in  a  grammar  lesson, 
nor  in  mathematical  exercises,  unless  it  be  the  emo- 
tion of  distaste,  and  maybe   fear  of  disfavour   for 
wrong  answers.     But  let  music  be  heard,  or  a  beau- 
tiful picture  introduced,  and  the  emotional  nature  of 
(he  scholars  is  wrought  upon,  and  probably  in  the 


same  way,  and  at  the  same  time.     Art  brings  in  a 
unifying  agent  into  the  school  atmosphere.     Not  all 
can  enjoy  the  advantage  of  pianoforte  music,  nor 
secure  the  privilege  of  examining  a  real  work  of  art, 
but  more  or  less  of  musical  drill,  and  some  fairly 
good  reproduction  of  a  good  picture  is  practicable 
for  a  much  larger  number  of  teachers  and  scholars. 
But  let  it  be  clearly  borne  in  mind  that  a  new  source 
of  pleasure  is  to  be  introduced  or  augmented  where 
it  already  exists.    We  earnestly  trust  that  a  greater 
burden  will  not  be  placed  on  the  little  memories  and 
antipathies  engendered  where  they  do  not  at  present 
exist.     For  some  persons  poetry  was  robbed  of  all 
possible     pleasure-giving     because     scholars     were 
required    to   analyse   and   analyse   persistently.      In 
addition   to  particulars  concerning  the  author,  and 
circumstances    relating    to    the    composition    of    the 
poem,    archaic    forms    have1  to    be    explained,    and 
"poetic  license"  accounted  for.    But  we  are  pleading 
not  for  the  insertion  of  a  new  topic,  so  much  as  the 
introduction  of  a  new  influence  to  pervade  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  schoolroom. 

Cicethe  in  "Wilhelm  Meister,"  has  said:  "Men  are 
so  inclined  to  content  themselves  with  what  is  com- 
monest ;  the  spirit  and  the  senses  so  easily  grow  dead 
to  the  impression  of  the  beautiful  and  perfect,  that 
every  one  should  study,  by  all  methods,  to  nourish 
in  his  mind  the  faculty  of  feeling  these  things.  For 
no  man  can  bear  to  be  entirely  deprived  of  such 
enjoyments  ;  it  is  only  because  they  are  not  used  to 
taste  of  what  is  excellent  that  the  generality  of  peo- 
ple take  delight  in  silly  and  insipid  things,  provided 
they  be  new.  For  this  reason  one  ought  every  day 
at  least  to  hear  a  little  song,  read  a  good  poem,  see 
a  fine  picture,  and  if  it  were  possible,  to  speak  a  few 
reasonable  words." 

IL     The  Choice  of  Material. 

Doubtless  by  this  time  most  teachers  are  of  the 
opinion  that  it  is  well  to  make  use  of  pictures  in  the 
schoolroom.  Not  a  few  in  the  provinces  are  in  pos- 
session of  a  large  assortment  of  material,  and  in 
many  instances  on  taking  charge  of  a  new  school  one 
of  the  first  duties  is  to  attend  to  the  decoration  of 
the  walls.  But  there  are  those  who  readily  confess 
that  their  acquaintance  with  art  is  very  limited,  and 
they  have  been  governed  in  their  choice  of  subjects 
mainly  by  size  and  cost  of  reproductions.  They  have 
not  been  working  according  to  any  particular  plan 
in  their  selection,  as  for  instance,  "animal  painters" 
as  Edwin  Landseer  or  Sidney  Cooper,  or  Rosa  Bon- 
heur.  Neither  do  they  propose  to  make  their  scholars 
acquainted  with  the  work  of  any  particular  school 


38 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


of  artists,  e.  g.,  the  Barbizon  school ;  but  rather  that 
they    thought   this    or    that    picture    was    "pretty," 
"nice,"  or  "cute."     Indeed  they  were  not  aware  of 
any  particular  motive  except  to  relieve  the  monotony 
of  the   schoolhouse,   or   furnish   something   for   the 
scholars  to  "write  an  essay  upon."     There  is  little 
fault  if  any  to  be  found  with  this  state  of  things,  and 
much  for  which  to  be  grateful.     Possibly  in  some 
instances  if  one  were  to  enquire  for  reasons  the  state- 
ment would  be  made  that  very  little  was  heard  at 
normal  school  about  the  esthetic  movement  and  its 
principles.    At  any  rate  a  growing  desire  is  evident 
for  some  guidance  in  this  matter,  and  the  progressive 
teacher  is  left  with  two  alternatives,  either  to  devise 
an   original   plan,   and    slowly   gain  experience,    or 
apply  for  English  or  American  publications  which 
deal    with    this    comparatively    new   but    important 
branch  of  pedagogy.     Those   who  follow  the  first 
plan   would   probably   like   to   compare    notes    with 
others  who  are  making  headway  in  the  same  depart- 
ment, and  those  who  rely  upon  the  second  method 
are  most  eager  that  definite  instruction   should  be 
given  to  the  students  who  are  passing  through  our 
normal    school's.      Possibly    all    would    welcome    a 
means   of   communication    in    the   columns   of   the 
Review.    A  list  of  books  suitable  for  the  needs  and 
the  income  of  the  average  teacher  would  be  welcome 
and  the  names  of  publishers  of  productions,  others 
than    the    admirable    and    inexpensive    Perry    and 
Brown  series,  would  be  acceptable.    In  the  states  of 
Massachusetts  and  Connecticut  the  directors  of  art 
have  suggested  lists  of  pictures  suited  to  the  various 
grades,  and  a  further  classification  is  made  according 
to  the  seasons  or  notable  days  of  the  year.    But  it  is 
felt  by  some  that  a  point  of  contact  should  be  found 
for  Canadian  educators ;  and  an  "Art  for  Schools 
Movement"  for  these  provinces,  or  for  the  dominion, 
would  soon  make  it  worth  while  for  a  publisher  to 
issue  a  series  of  pictures  after  Canadian  artists,  or 
at  any  rate  some   uniformity  of  choice  of  themes 
may    prevail    in    our    schools.      In    this    connection 
attention  may  be  directed  to  the  "H.  B."  set  issued 
by  an  American  firm.*     Many  of  the  series  are  in 
colour  and  the  set  of  twenty-five  can  be  had  for  less 
than  half  price  by  our  teachers. 

III.    The  Method. 

The  method  of  using  such  pictures  can  be  better 
dealt  with  when  a  specific  case  is  mentioned,  but 
meantime  in  answer  to  the  enquiry,  "How  would 
you  begin  to  explain  a  picture?"  We  would  say, 
"Take  Punch's  advice,   'Don't.'  "     Give   the   artist, 


the  picture,  the  scholars  the  first  chance.  When  the 
surface  meaning  is  exhausted  and  questions  arise 
about  details  in  the  picture,  stimulate  discussion,  and 
only  when  interest  is  awake  proceed  to  explain.  We 
respectfully  solicit  experience  in  this  department, 
and  shall  be  glad  to  give  any  information  about  the 
more  commonly  known  pictures  if  such  is  not  readily 
accessible  by  other  means. 

"God  uses  us  to  help  each  other,  so 
Lending  our  minds  out." 


*Royal     Picture    Gallery    Company,    152    and    158    Lake 
street,  Chicago,  111. 


How  Nature  Study  Should  be  Taught. 

Begin  every  lesson  by  showing  either  a  specimen 
or  an  experiment,  or  by  asking  a  question  about 
some  observed  phenomenon. 

Direct  pupils  to  observe  nature  whenever  they  are 
out  of  the  house. 

Have  pupils  keep  note-books  of  every  feature  of 
the  progress  of  the  seasons. 

Direct  pupils  to  collect  such  specimens  as  are 
needed,  telling  them  just  how,  where,  and  what  to 
get. 

Watch  the  markets,  and  make  use  of  the  material 
they  bring  within  range. 

Have  pupils  describe  and  name  an  object  and  de- 
scribe its  parts,  before  you  teach  them  its  functions, 
habits,  etc.  This  is  "the  study  of  structure  before 
that  of  functions." 

Never  tell  pupils  anything  that  reasonable  effort 
can  lead  them  to  learn  for  themselves.  They  become 
"doers  by  doing." 

Commend  all  voluntary  observations  and  individ- 
ual studies  on  the  part  of  a  pupil. 

Do  not  make  the  lessons  so  elementary  as  to  make 
thinking  unnecessary  on  the  pupil's  part,  and  do 
not  permit  them  to  degenerate  into  mere  object  les- 
sons. 

If  there  is  a  good  prescribed  course  available, 
follow  it  with  care ;  but  if  not,  use  any  material 
obtainable,  remembering  that  the  aim  is  culture,  not 
instruction. 

In  order  to  teach  yourself  more  about  the  subject, 
do  not  hesitate  to  ask  questions,  by  correspondence 
or  otherwise.  Remember  it  is  not  essential  that  the 
instructor  should  learn  all  his  facts  by  the  observa- 
tional method  which  he  asks  his  pupils  to  adopt. 

Review  the  subject  in  a  good  summer  school  of 
the  right  kind,  where  both  profit  and  recreation  may 
be  obtained. — Dr.  Edward  F.  Bigclow,  Stamford,  Ct, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


39 


The  Spirit  of  Helpfulness. 

Address  of  G-  U.  Hay  to  the  Graduating  Class  St. 
Stephen,  N.  B.,  High  School,  June  30. 

I  need  not  remind  you  that  though  your  school 
life  is  ended  today  your  education  is  by  no  means 
complete.  Tomorrow  you  will  feel  a  certain  free- 
dom, a  feeling  that  there  are  no  more  school  lessons 
to  learn.  Your  time  will  in  a  certain  measure  be 
your  own,  your  energy  and  industry  will  be  direct- 
ed into  new  channels ;  you  will  come  more  in  con- 
tact with  the  world,  and  you  will  begin  to  realize 
what  kind  of  a  schoolmaster  is  this  world  in  which 
we  live.  Some  find  it  a  very  hard  school  indeed.  I 
trust  it  may  not  be  so  to  you.  Tbe  kind  of  post- 
graduate education  you  are  likely  to  get  from  it  will 
depend  in  a  large  measure  upon  yourselves.  If  you 
are  always  willing  to  learn  the  best  that  this  world 
has  to  teach  you,  and  will  cultivate  the  qualities  of 
self  control,  self-reliance,  unselfishness,  obedience 
and  cheerfulness  there  is  no  doubt  you  will  get  along 
very  well  in  the  world's  attempt  to  educate  you. 

I  would  like  this  afternoon  to  address  a  few  words 
to  you  on  possibilities  after  graduation  and  the  doors 
that  are  open  to  graduates.  Now,  the  great  major- 
ity of  those  who  leave  school  have  to  be  content  with 
the  lot  of  "average  citizens,"  and  a  very  happy  lot  it 
is  if  you  young  people  are  trained  to  fill  it  with 
industry,  earnestness  and  faith.  I  know  of  no  hap- 
pier lot  in  this  world  than  to  find  some  congenial 
occupation  and  to  work  at  it  earnestly  with  brain, 
heart  and  hand,  and  to  sweeten  that  toil  by  devoting 
a  certain  amount  of  your  leisure  time  to  the  reading 
of  good  literature  and  the  study  of  the  features  of 
the  natural  world  that  lie  so  temptingly  about  us  all 
thro'  this  Canada  of  ours.  This  is  a  beautiful  world 
in  which  we  live.  It  is  our  duty  as  intelligent  beings 
to  learn  something  about  it  so  that  we  may  best 
enjoy  it  as  we  pass  through,  and  make  it  the  happy 
place  that  die  Creator  by  bis  goodness  and  wisdom 
designed  it  to  be- 

You  have  read  in  your  history  of  England  that 
King  Alfred  so  divided  his  time  that  a  third  should 
be  devoted  to  work,  another  third  to  reading,  study 
and  recreation,  and  the  remaining  third  to  rest  and 
devotion.  A  third  of  a  day  to  study,  recreation  and 
reading !  How  the  busy  man  of  affairs  laughs  at  such 
a  waste  of  time !  and  yet  he  may  be  dwarfed  intellec- 
tually and  in  spirit  by  the  lack  of  this  much  needed 
leisure.  I  met  a  New  Brunswicker  recently  in  a 
thriving  city  of  the  west.  He  had  built  up  a  fortune 
in  less  than  a  score  of  years.  But  had  you  seen  and 
talked  with  him  you  would  not  have  envied  him  his 
wealth.  The  race  for  money  had  apparently  destroy- 
ed any  taste,  if  he  ever  had  any,  for  the  calmer  and 
more  rational  enjoyments  of  life.  Money  is  a  very 
good  thing  to  have,  if  we  have  not  too  much  of  it, 
and  if  the  strain  and  worry  of  getting  it  has  not 
blunted  the  moral  sense  and  dulled  the  desire  for  the 
higher  intellectual  life. 

Canada  is  a  new  country  and  the  energies  of  her 
people  must  be  devoted  for  a  time,  as  in  other  new 


countries,  to  the  making  of  a  living  and  perhaps  to 
the  making  of  a  reasonable  amount  of  money.  But 
my  plea  to  you  today  is — do  not  allow  the  making 
of  money  in  your  future  life  to  dwarf  your  intellects ; 
to  blunt  your  sensibilities  of  the  beautiful  in  Nature, 
in  Art  and  Literature.  Above  all  do  not  lose  sight 
of  character-  Conduct,  says  Arnold,  is  three-fourths 
of  life.  There  are  conditions  in  money  making  to- 
day on  this  continent  that  are  neither  honest  nor 
wholesome.  Money  is  often  made  for  selfish  ends 
without  regard  to  the  rights  of  individuals  or  of  the 
public.  Aggregations  of  money,  of  capital,  are  being 
made  that  are  dangerous  to  communities  and  that 
aim  to  crush  individual  rights.  And  this  is  because 
men  are  too  eager  for  money  and  power  and  have 
not  the  character  to  use  these  for  the  benefit  of  the 
public  but  only  for  their  own  selfish  ends.  How 
can  we  find  a  remedy  for  such  a  state  of  things  ?  It 
must  be  in  wiser  education  and  conduct-  No  truer 
words  have  been  said  than  those  of  President  Eliot, 
of  Harvard,  that  the  aim  of  education  is  "to  lift  the 
whole  population  to  a  higher  plane  of  intelligence, 
earnestness  and  faith."  The  schools  alone  cannot 
do  this.  Tbe  world  will  have  to  do  some  teaching 
along  this  line,  and  less  in  the  line  of  trusts,  shams, 
and  graft. 

I  have  said  that  tbe  majority  of  those  who  go  out 
from  our  schools  must  be  content  with  the  lot  of 
"average  citizens."  The  minority  of  youthful  citi- 
zens in  our  schools,  those  who  are  to  become  the 
governors,  ministers,  legislators,  poets,  philoso- 
phers, leaders  of  thought  and  industry,  the  men  and 
women  who  plan  work  for  others  to  do,  may,  with  a 
little  assistance,  be  left  to  work  out  their  own  des- 
tinies. Such  men  and  women  have  done  so  in  the 
past.  They  will  do  so  in  the  future  in  spite  of  dis- 
advantages. 

But  there  are  some  people  who  seem  to  have  no 
object  or  purpose  in  life.  Every  little  difficulty  that 
arises  seems  to  turn  them  aside.  They  like  to  go 
along  the  path  that  is  easiest  and  where  there  is 
least  resistance.  Perhaps  it  may  be  that  there  is 
very  little  in  some  of  these  people ;  and  as  an  old 
lady  once  said  in  speaking  of  a  friend,  "You  can't 
get  more  out  of  people,  my  dear,  than  there  is  in 
them."  It  may  be  that  many  persons  are  shy  and 
retiring  and  are  pusbed  aside  by  those  who  have  not 
half  the  ability,  but  who  have  more  energy.  What- 
ever the  cause  there  are  people  who  seem  to  be  lead- 
ing half-starved  lives  and  do  not  seem  to  know  it ; 
some  who  have  not  discovered  the  divine  gift  that  is 
within  them.  Some  one  has  said  what  a  Change  it 
would  make  in  this  world  if  each  one  understood  his 
or  her  special  gifts  and  went  to  work  at  once  to  cul- 
tivate and  apply  them  for  the  benefit  of  himself  and 
society. 

Now  we  cannot  imagine  any  boy  in  the  graduat- 
ing class  before  us  saying — "My  work  is  now  done. 
The  world  owes  me  a  living  I  will  earn  easy  dollars 
— that  is,  I  will  get  money  with  as  little  effort  and 
with  as  little  work  as  possible."  Nor  can  we 
imagine  any  girl  of  this  graduating  class  saying — 


40 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


"There  is  no  need  of  my  doing  anything.  My  father 
is  wealthy;  I  can  spend  my  mornings  in  reading 
the  latest  novel,  my  afternoons  in  lounging  in  a  ham- 
mock or  playing  bridge-whist,  and  my  evenings  in 
going  to  parties." 

Every  self-respecting  boy  would  scorn  the  thought 
of  getting  a  dollar  without  earning  it.  Every  girl 
of  spirit  would  loathe  the  prospect  of  spending  the 
mornings  and  evenings  of  the  best  of  her  life  in  idle- 
ness or  in  the  gratification  of  self. 

"But  what  is  there  for  me  to  do?"  some  one  may 
ask.  "I  do  not  have  to  make  my  own  living.  I 
have  no  aptitude  for  business.  1  do  not  wish  to 
become  a  teacher  or  enter  any  of  the  other  profes- 
sions." Well,  let  it  be  granted  that  you  do  not  have 
to  earn  your  own  living;  and  that  you  have  no 
necessity  or  inclination  to  become  a  teacher  or  doc- 
tor or  go  into  business.  Suppose  you  have  no  apti- 
tude for  anything  in  life  from  which  you  may  draw 
a  salary, — does  it  follow  that  those  divine  gifts  with- 
in you  are  not  to  be  cultivated  and  be  made  a  bless- 
ing to  yourself  and  to  society?  How  can  this  be 
done  ? 

The  answer  is :  Every  'human  soul  should  make 
the  most  of  itself  as  a  mark  of  simple  gratitude  to 
Him  who  created  it.  Every  human  being  born  into 
a  community  has  obligations  to  the  other  members 
of  that  community.  The  education  he  receives,  the 
privileges  he  enjoys  in  a  well  regulated  town  like 
this  are  not  paid  for  by  one  household  but  by  every 
household  according  to  its  ability  to  pay.  If  the  one 
who  is  educated  here  in  the  many  excellent  schools 
that  are  freely  provided  and  who  enjoys  other  priv- 
ileges moves  to  another  country  he  preserves  a  life- 
long attachment  to  his  native  place-  One  of  the 
most  gratifying  things  to  me  on  my  recent  visit  to 
the  far  west  was  to  see  so  many  people  from  the 
.Maritime  Provinces  occupying  prominent  positions, 
and  to  note  the  attachment  that  all  had  for  the  place 
of  their  birth ;  quick  at  all  times  to  speak  well  of 
it  and  to  stand  up  boldly  for  its  good  name  if  neces- 
sary.   That  is  the  true  spirit  of  loyalty. 

And  not  less  is  this  spirit  of  loyalty  and  attach- 
ment shown  by  those  who  stay  at  home  and  help  to 
build  up  their  own  town  or  community  and  its  insti- 
tutions. Education,  whether  we  receive  it  in  the 
schools  or  in  the  business  or  social  life  of  trie  com- 
munity or  by  communing  with  books  and  nature,  has 
for  its  purjx>se  the  opening  of  a  life  of  activity  and 
usefulness  for  each  one  of  us.  That  life  in  its  ful- 
ness and  what  it  accomplishes  for  ourselves  and  the 
world  around  us  means  very  much.  It  means  that 
we  shall  keep  our  bodies  healthy,  pure  and  whole- 
some;  it  means  that  the  intellect  shall  be  clear, 
inquiring  and .  receptive ;  it  means  that  the  spirit 
shall  be  strong,  human  and  full  of  sympathy  for 
others.  How  large  is  this  God-given  human  nature 
of  ours,  and  how  full  of  promise  it  is  for  those  who 
strive  to  think  and  to  accomplish  !  Not  one  of  its 
many  sides  may  be  neglected.  The  man  who  devotes 
his  life  solely  to  the  making  of  money  may  starve 
his  soul.     Herbert  Spencer  says — "The  performance 


of  every  function  is  in  a  sense  a  moral  obligation." 

Let  me  in  a  few  words  try  to  show  how  we  may 
use  this  body,  mind  and  spirit  of  ours  so  that  they 
may  be  of  the  greatest  service  to  ourselves  and  to 
others.  I 

Eirst,  as  to  the  body, — it  must  be  kept  in  good 
health,  if  the  senses  are  to  remain  alert  and  keen. 
Every  wholesome  exercise  of  the  body  invigorates 
the  spirit ;  curling,  snow-shoeing,  skating  and  hock- 
ey in  the  winter ;  walking,  camping  out  in  the  woods, 
rowing,  and  all  healthy  outdoor  games  in  the  sum- 
mer. But  don't  be  satisfied  with  playing  ball  or 
hockey  by  proxy — don't  sit  down  and  cheer  and  eat 
candy  and  peanuts  while  others  play  the  game-  If 
you  have  to  go  a  mile  or  two  don't  take  the  street 
cars  (I  hope  none  of  you  are  financially  interested 
in  the  street  railway),  but  walk  and  enjoy  the 
wholesome  exercise,  the  pure  air,  the  wayside  flow- 
ers and  the  joyous  songs  of  birds  in  the  trees.  The 
objection  I  have  to  automobiles  (I  may  tell  you  in 
confidence  that  I  haven't  money  to  buy  one),  to 
street  cars,  and  the  vans  that  carry  children  to 
school  is  that  the  good  old-fashioned  habit  of  walk- 
ing is  in  danger  of  becoming  a  lost  art ;  and  people 
are  missing  the  exhilaration  that  comes  from  a  good 
bracing  walk  in  the  open  air. 

Why  do  I  lay  such  stress  on  this  'bodily  exercise 
and  what  advantage  is  it  to  the  whole  community 
that  you  should  have  sound  bodies?  Because  if  you 
are  healthy  and  aim  to  keep  healthy,  your  senses 
will  be  alert  and  keen,  you  will  look  well  after  your 
own  business  and  the  business  and  other  interests 
of  the  town  that  may  hereafter  be  entrusted  to  you ; 
your  intellects  will  be  sharpened  by  wholesome 
physical  exercise  and  you  will  delight  in  good 
wholesome  literature  instead  of  weak  novels  and 
thus  add  'something  to  the  culture  of  the  community. 
And  there  is  another  fact  that  should  have  weight : 
Every  intelligent  stranger  who  comes  to  your  town 
will  notice  beautiful  houses  and  grounds,  fine  horses 
and  carriages ;  but  what  will  impress  him  most  will 
be  the  alertness  and  physical  health  of  the  men  and 
youth  whom  he  meets  on  the  streets  and  the  poise  of 
figure  and  clear  complexions  of  the  women.  A 
healthy  town  with  healthy  people  in  it  has  a  reputa- 
tion that  is  worth  preserving. 

And  now  a  few  thoughts  about  the  training  of 
the  mind.  Have  you  ever  considered  how  the  mind 
acts  upon  the  body.  Every  act  of  the  body  is  thought 
over  in  the  mind  beforehand  either  deliberately  or 
quickly.  If  you  pitch  a  ball  there  is  a  mental  image 
of  the  curve  it  will  make  and  where  it  is  going  to 
light.  If  you  go  on  a  journey  there  is  picture  in 
your  mind  how  you  will  go,  what  you  will  do 
and  what  you  will  see.  And  so  it  is  with  everv 
bodily  act  that  we  are  conscious  of.  It  is  preceded 
by  a  mental  image  of  the  act.  Thus  the  body  is  the 
servant  of  the  mind.  How  important  it  is  then  that 
the  mind  shall  be  carefully  trained.  Hitherto  your 
mental  as  well  as  your  moral  and  physical  training 
have  been  directed  in  the  home  and  school  From 
this  time  forward  vour  education  will  be  more  in 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


41 


your  own  hands.  Now  if  you  have  tried  to  do  your 
best  in  the  school  and  home  you  have  one  good  habit 
pretty  well  formed,  and  that  is  the  power  of  sus- 
tained effort, — the  habit  of  doing  the  best  thing  not 
only  once  or  twice  but  to  keep  on  doing  it  through 
life,  and  doing  it  with  accuracy  and  thoroughness. 
If  this  habit  is  pretty  well  grounded  the  education 
that  you  will  get  from  the  world  will  be  very  con- 
siderable, for  the  world  encourages  trained  workers 
and  helps  to  (bring  out  the  qualities  of  the  keen 
enquiring  and  receptive  mind. 

There  is  one  point  that  I  have  referred  to  'before 
and  which  I  must  not  lose  sight  of,  and  it  is  this : 
That  those  who  engage  in  business  or  a  trade  or  a 
profession,  or  those  who  may  be  above  the  necessity 
of  earning  a  salary  owe  it  as  a  duty  to  themselves 
and  the  community  to  cultivate  their  minds  for  their 
own  benefit  and  for  the  benefit  of  the  public.  Many 
of  you — all  of  you,  I  hope — have  a  taste  for  litera- 
ture. What  an  excellent  thing  it  would  be  in  your 
post-graduate  course  in  the  world's  school  to  form 
a  reading  club,  and  gather  in  with  you  some  of  the 
graduates  of  past  years  to  continue  the  study  of 
literature  begun  in  your  school  course ,  or  if  this  is 
not  possible  let  two  or  three  join  together  and  with 
the  assistance  of  a  reader  or  scholar  of  some  experi- 
ence plan  out  a  daily  course  of  study  in  the  jioets 
and  prose  writers  of  English  literature.  And  do  not 
be  too  modern  in  your  choice  of  authors.  Let  one 
or  more  of  the  following  writers  be  on  your  list : 
Chaucer,  Spenser,  Shakes])eare,  Addison,  as  well  as 
Wordsworth,  Browning,  Tennyson,  Longfellow, 
Thackeray,  Scott,  Dickens,  and  others  that  might  be 
named.  If  you  read  novels  let  Scott  and  Dickens  be 
your  first  choice  and  do  not  be  in  a  hurry  to  read  the 
stories  written  in  recent  years.  Many  are  worthless. 
It  is  a  pleasure  to  know  that  there  never  was  a 
greater  demand  than  during  the  past  year  for 
reprints  of  the  works  of  Shakespeare,  Scott  and 
Dickens.  These  have  stood  the  test  of  years  and  are 
certainly  deserving  of  more  attention  than  those  of 
late  writers. 

If  you  have  a  love  for  nature  you  can  do  much 
by  the  study  of  your  surroundings  to  occupy  your 
minds  profitably  and  give  benefit  to  others.  What  is 
needed  in  New  Brunswick,  as  it  is  needed  in  other 
provinces  of  Canada,  is  a  systematic  study  of  our 
plants,  birds,  insects  and  other  animals;  our  forests 
and  streams  with  their  products ;  our  climate,  soils 
and  minerals.  Much  can  1>e  done  by  the  students 
trained  in  our  schools  to  make  better  known  to  the 
world  our  resources-  What  more  inviting  study  than 
that  of  our  birds  who  woo  you  from  tree  top  and 
meadow  with  their  charming  melodies.  A  small 
opera  glass  or  field  glass  and  a  lxx>k  on  birds  witli  a 
little  enthusiasm  and  considerable  patience  will 
make  you  acquainted  with  the  differences  and  habits 
of  the  birds  who  frequent  our  woods  and  fields  in 
summer.  The  many  different  kinds  of  plants  that 
inhabit  our  woods,  meadows  and  moors  have  a  won- 
derful beauty  and  structure,  and  still  more  wonder- 
ful are  the  habits  of  many  of  them.     Then  at  night 


when  darkness  shrouds  the  earth,  when  bird  and 
insect  and  blossom  are  resting,  there  are  the  stars 
that  come  out  above  yOu  and  invite  you  to  study 
them.  You  have  noticed  that  one  star  differs  from 
another  in  brightness.  Have  you  learned  to  dis- 
tinguish the  difference  in  color  of  the  principal 
stars  ?  Have  you  thought  why  one  is  red,  another 
blue,  another  yellow,  another  white  ?  Have  you 
learned  the  names  of  and  been  able  to  trace  the  con- 
stellations in  their  course  through  the  sky?  If  not, 
these  and  a  hundred  other  problems  will  fasten  your 
gaze  and  fascinate  you  as  you  look  upward  night 
after  night.  > 

There  is  so  much  to  delight  and  instruct  you  in 
the  study  of  nature,  that  once  you  are  interested  it 
will  become  a  life  long  pleasure,  and  be  a  pleasure 
to  those  around  you,  for  enthusiasm  is  contagious. 
Getting  out  of  doors  as  much  as  possible,  and  being 
interested  in  things  out  of  doors  will  keep  you  per- 
petually young  in  spirit  at  least,  especially  if  you 
can  spend  a  month  or  two  in  summer  in  the  country 
or  in  camping  out.  The  novelty  that  comes  from 
roughing  it  in  the  wilderness,  the  exhilaration  that 
springs  from  making  one's  way  up  and  down  some 
of  New  Brunswick's  rapid  rivers  in  a  canoe,  or 
camping  out  on  the  shores  of  some  of  our  pictur- 
esque lakes,  or  of  going  through  great  stretches  of 
forest,  or  climbing  mountains,  not  only  give  health 
and  pleasure  at  the  time, — the  remembrance  of  them 
will  call  up  a  feeling  of  delight  in  after  life  and  cause 
the  blood  to  move  more  swiftly  through  the  veins. 
It  is  a  healthful  and  joyous  recreation,  and  when  it 
can  be  combined  with  some  study  of  nature  it  helps 
to  benefit  the  world  as  well  as  yourselves.  This  get- 
ting nearer  to  nature  and  studying  her  many  forms 
will  help  us  to  a  more  wholesome  way  of  living;  it 
will  refresh  and  renew  the  spirit. 

I  have  spoken  of  the  care  of  the  body  and  the  cul- 
tivation of  the  mind.  How  necessary  these  are  to 
our  happiness  and  the  happiness  of  others !  Then 
there  is  the  spirit  which  animates  body  and  mind. 
We  should  seek  to  cultivate  the  spirit.  There  is  the 
spirit  of  thankfulness  to  Him  who  has  created  this 
beautiful  world  and  would  teach  us  how  to  enjoy  it 
rationally.  There  is  the  spirit  of  helpfulness.  Cul- 
tivate that.  If  you  enjoy  the  book  _\ou  are  reading 
go  and  read  it  to  some  invalid  or  lend  it  to  some 
one  who  has  not  had  the  same  advantages  that  you 
have  had.  If  you  take  delight  in  your  "literature 
class"  call  in  others  to  share  that  delight.  If  you 
have  found  a  rare  plant  in  your  walk  ;  or  if  the  song- 
sparrow,  or  purple  finch,  or  thrush,  have  poured  out 
notes  more  joyous  than  usual,  make  everyone  in  your 
neighborhood  have  seeing  eyes  and  hearing  ears. 
You  will  have  many  opportunities  in  your  lives  to 
cultivate  the  spirit  of  helpfulness  and  it  can  he  done 
by  a  thorough  sympathy  with  and  consideration  for 
the  life  and  surroundings  of  others. 

You  may  he  assured  that  your  lives  will  he  happy 
— and  we  all  desire  happiness — if  you  fail  not  to 
"keep  up  your  spirits;" — the  spirit  of  thankfulness, 
the  spirit  of  helpfulness,  of  cheerfulness,  of  forbear- 


42 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ance,  the  spirit  of  giving  up  your  own  pleasure  for 
that  of  others,  the  heroic  spirit  that  will  carry  you 
through  life  without  flinching  under  trial. 

Now  I  am  afraid  this  brief  address  has  not  made 
clear  the  doors  that  are  open  to  you  after  gradua- 
tion, or  has  not  given  you  much  advice  about  the 
particular  occupations  you  may  follow.  I  did  not 
intend  to  do  that,  but  rather  to  point  out  what  may 
claim  your  attention  outside  of  your  occupation,  and 
how  you  may  make  a  good  use  of  your  leisure  time. 


Address  of  F.  B.  Meagher,  M.  A. 

To  the  Graduating  Class  of  the  Woodstock,  N.  B., 
High  School,  June  28th. 

I  esteem  it  both  a  pleasure  and  a  privilege  to  be 
called  upon  to  address  you  this  evening,  but  regret 
that  some  one  'has  not  been  selected  whose  language 
would  give  expression  to  thoughts  lofty  and  worthy 
of  remembrance — some  one  whose  eloquence  would 
do  justice  to  an  occasion  which  is  not  only  a  land- 
mark in  your  educational  progress,  but  in  your  lives 
as  well,  for  your  school  days  are  now  over,  and  in 
a  certain  limited  sense,  you  are  about  to  go  forth 
into  the  world.  Perhaps  the  happiest  days  of  your 
lives  have  been  spent.  Other  'happy  days  you  will 
see  but  into  them  will  enter  the  cares  and  responsi- 
bilities of  life,  and  then  you  will  realize  the  full 
force  of  that  oft  repeated  quotation  from  Virgil's 
/Eneid,  " Forsan et haec  olim  tneminisse  juvabit" 'for 
their  memory  cannot  fade  away.  Your  school  days 
are  over,  but  in  a  wider  sense  you  have  not  severed 
your-  connection  with  this  school.  You  will  have  a 
kindly  place  for  it  in  your  thoughts  and  be  loyal  to 
its  interests ;  you  will  have  a  friendly  regard  for 
other  graduating  classes  for  old  times'  sake ;  and 
you  will  always  gratefully  remember  those  teachers 
under  whose  patient  and  efficient  care  you  have  been 
trained  and  fitted  in  a  measure  for  the  work  of  life. 

Some  years  ago  (how  many  I  would  not  like  to 
say)  a  class  graduated  from  a  well  known  high 
school.  They  had  no  such  fitting  and  appropriate 
exercises  as  you  have  here  this  evening,  but  instead 
were  subjected  to  the  dread  ordeal  of'  a  public 
examination-  Some  acquitted  themselves  brilliantly, 
some  indifferently,  and  with  others  again  it  wa* 
clearly  a  case  of  "vox  faucibus  hacsit,"  for  they  could 
answer  no  questions  at  all,  but  these  were  minor 
incidents,  and  were  soon  forgotten  in  the  glad  feel- 
ing of  relief  Which  came  when  it  was  all  over.  Now 
for  one  long  last  look  at  the  old  familiar  rooms 
which  they  would  never  again  enter  as  pupils,  then 
good-bye  all  around,  and  they  are  away.  The 
members  of  that  class,  and  it  was  a  large  one,  are 
now  scattered  far  and  wide,  distance  and  lapse  of 
time  may  have  caused  their  school-day  friendship  to 
grow  cold,  but  neither  the  one  nor  "the  other  can 
break  that  tie  which  still  binds  them  to  the  old  high 
school  of  happy  memory  which  they  all  attended 
together  and  where  they  were  taught  by  one  whose 
fame  is  now  spread  over  the  English  speaking 
world.     Many  of  them  have  done  well  in  life.    Some 


are  pursuing  the  even  tenor  of  their  way  unburdened 
by  the  weight  of  ambition,  and  some,  alas,  have 
joined  the  great  majority.  Of  those  who  entered 
college  a  few  won  a  high  place  in  the  roll  of  their 
Alma  Mater,  and  not  a  few  who  went  forth  resolved 
to  do  so  had  their  hopes  come  to  an  untimely  end  in 
the  first  written  examination,  and  they  who  worked 
faithfully  on  undaunted  by  failures  deserve  more 
mention  here,  but  lack  of  time  forbids. 

This  is  the  history  in  brief  of  that  class  and  I  have 
instanced  it  because  in  a  way  it  is  a  type  of  all 
classes.  Your  hopes  and  aspirations  are  no  doubt 
the  same  as  theirs ;  your  friendshp  may  be  more 
firmly  cemented  by  mutual  intercourse  or  it  too  may 
grow  cold  in  the  lapse  of  years,  but  it  can  never  die, 
for  the  same  common  tie  will  still  bind  you  all 
together ;  you  too  will  win  honors,  and  you  also  will 
meet  the  reverses  which  must  be  bravely  borne,  for 
in  this  will  lie  the  true  test  of  your  worth.  The  tri- 
umph of  success  is  a  great  thing,  but  the  triumph 
over  failure  is  a  better  and  greater,  and  they  who 
can  keep  steadily  on  in  the  face  of  repeated  failures, 
until  they  attain  the  goal  of  their  ambition  are  most 
worthy  of  imitation,  for  they  have  been  trained  in 
that  great  school  of  strong  and  patient  endeavor 
which  upbuilds  character  and  makes  earnest  and 
self-reliant  men  and  women.  They  shall  bear  the 
palm  for  they  are  worthy  of  it  as  your  class  motto 
implies. 

In  conclusion  I  wish  to  congratulate  you  on  so 
successfully  completing  your  high  school  course,  and 
extend  to  you' my  best  wishes  for  your  future  wel- 
fare and  prosperity. — Woodstock  Dispatch. 


Letter  Writing1. 

The  exercise  in  letter-writing  given  in  language 
books  are  often  stilted  and  unnatural  and  require  a 
child  to  express,  instead  of  his  own  thoughts,  those 
of  a  person  in  some  other  situation  or  condition, 
often  quite  foreign  to  his  experience.  Natural  and 
easy  letters  will  result  when  the  children  are  at  home 
with  their  subject. 

In  a  class  of  over  forty,  some  one  is  nearly  always 
absent  on  account  of  illness.  We  always  write  to 
these  pupils.  We  tell  them  every  bit  of  pleasant 
school  news  that  we  can  remember,  about  lessons, 
visitors,  examinations,  attendance,  and  any  little 
event  of  the  day.  That  they  may  not  be  too  mon- 
otonous reading,  each  writer  adds  a  bit  of  his  own 
personal  experience  or  adventure.  Then  a  proud 
boy  is  selected  as  mail  carrier. 

There  are  several  ethical  lessons  connected  with 
this  exercise :  We  must  always  send  kind  messages, 
be  thoughtful  for  sick  people,  and  not  mention 
unpleasant  things ;  we  must  remember  that  our  mail 
carrier  should  be  too  honorable  to  even  glance  at  the 
letters  entrusted  to  him.  Loyalty  and  sympathy  are 
also  developed  in  this  way. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


43 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

G.  H.  H.— Would  it  not  be  well  for  teachers  to  invest 
ten  cents  a  year  in  the  reports  of  the  Geographic  Board  of 
Canada  and  spell  place  names  uniformly? 

A  correspondent  writes :  "It  has  occurred  to  me 
that  you  would  have  printed  the  name  of  the  author 
had  you  known  that  the  song  beginning  "It  is  Only 
a  Small  Bit  of  Bunting"  (page  304,  Educational 
Review  for  May)  was  written  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Mor- 
gan, M.  A.,  inspector  of  public  schools  for  the  North 
Riding  of  Simcoe  and  the  town  of  Orillia,  Ontario. 


M. — I  am  troubled  with  tardiness.  Is  there  any  cure 
for  it? 

Do  not  be  too  much  troubled  about  it.  There  are 
other  things  worse  than  tardiness.  I  was  with  a 
superintendent  recently  when  a  teacher  came  to  him 
to  complain  of  the  annoyance  caused  by  tardy  pupils. 
He  told  the  teacher  that  it  was  wrong  to  be  too 
much  disturbed  about  it;  that  tardiness  was  not  a 
sin ;  oftener  it  was  a  virtue.  Think  about  this.  The 
school  above  referred  to  was  in  the  poorer  parts  of 
a  large  city,  and  the  superintendent  felt  the  teacher 
should  discriminate  between  the  boy  or  girl  who  had 
to  be  late  in  order  to  earn  a  few  pennies  to  eke  out 
the  family  income  or  to  assist  a  tired  sick  mother, 
and  the  child  who  was  habitually  and  carelessly 
late. 

No,  do  not  worry  about  tardiness ;  try  all  you  can 
to  overcome  it.  Make  the  first  fifteen  minutes  the 
most  interesting  of  the  day.  To  pupils  carelessly 
late  deny  the  privilege  of  taking  part  in  these  exer- 
cises, and  let  them  sit  apart  from  the  others.  Don't 
pay  much  attention  to  them.  When  they  see  what 
they  are  missing — the  most  pleasant  exercise  of  the 
school — they  will  come  in  time,  if  is  possible- 


In  the  face  of  the  almost  unanimous  opposition 
of  the  teachers,  the  New  York  Education  Committee 
has  determined  upon  the  abolition  of  corporal  pun- 
ishment. The  power  of  expulsion  is,  however,  to 
be  vested  in  the  hands  of  the  principal  teacher.  The 
change  can  hardly  be  looked  upon  as  one  for  the 
better.  Although  improper  or  frequent  use  of  the 
cane  cannot  be  too  severely  condemned,  it  is  certain 
that  a  good  thrashing  does  a  boy  who  deserves  it  far 
less  moral  injury,  than  would  be  inflicted  upon  him 
by  the  disgrace  attendant  upon  his  expulsion  from 
school. — Exchange. 

0  ve !  who  teach  the  ingenious  youth  of  nations, 
Holland,  France,  England,  Germany  or  Spain, 

1  pray  ye  flog  them  upon  occasions, 

It  mends  their  morals,  never  mind  the  pain. 

— Byron   (slightly  altered). 


The  First  Day  of  School. 

The  first  day  of  all  days  is  the  crucial  test 
especially  for  the  inexperienced  teacher.  All  her 
theories  acquired  in  normal  schools  may  avail  little 
if  she  lacks  the  ability  to  put  her  own  heart  thor- 
oughly in  touch  with  the  souls  of  the  little  ones 
before  her;  and  the  children  before  her  are  invari- 
ably "so  unlike  those  in  ithe  practice  classes !" 

During  the  first  day  every  act,  from  the  greatest 
to  the  least,  is  of  vital  importance  and  significance. 
The  position  in  which  she  finds  herself  placed  calls 
for  the  most  painstaking  preparation,  not  only  for 
special  work  in  the  classes,  but  for  the  general  work 
of  the  school.  Any  sign  of  weakness  or  indecision 
in  this  day's  programme  is  detrimental,  nay,  disas- 
trous. 

In  the  higher  grades  real  work  can  begin  at  once, 
but  in  the  intermediate  and  lowest  grades  a  day  or 
two  can  wisely  be  taken  for  talks,  songs,  entertain- 
ment and  "getting  acquainted." 

Do  not  find  fault  with  the  work  of  the  teacher 
who  preceded  you.  Remember  there  has  been  a  long 
summer  vacation  and  it  is  not  strange  the  children 
should  forget.  Do  not  expect  to  accomplish  the 
perfect  organization  of  your  school  the  first  day  or 
the  first  week.  If  it  be  done  at  the  end  of  the  first 
month  you  will  have  accomplished  much. 

Suggestions  for  a  first  day  programme  may  be  of 
some  value.  The  pencil  and  paper  on  each  desk  is 
previously  placed.  On  these  slips  the  children  should 
write  their  names,  their  row  and  the  number  of  their 
seat.  The  old  practice  of  going  up  and  down  aisles 
taking  the  names  of  pupils  is  unwise,  for  many  a 
teacher  has  lost  the  control  of  her  school  by  the  vain 
attempt  lo  keep  the  children  in  order  while  doing 
this.  The  slips  are  passed  forward  and  in  three 
minutes  you  have  the  names  of  fifty  children. 

Previously  written  by  yourself  upon  the  black- 
board is  the  appropriate  memory  gem  which  serves 
for  a  talk  and  is  memorized ;  for  you  are  wise 
enough  to  select  not  more  than  two  lines,  but  those 
two  lines  are  full  of  meaning,  and  you  have  one  or 
two  bright  little  anecdotes  to  tell  about  the  thought. 

Even  if  you  plan  the  work  for  various  classes, 
there  will  be  sure  to  be  much  extra  time.  Your 
general  preparation  fills  just  such  moments. 

You  know  some  poem  which  is  appropriate  to  the 
season.  Tell  the  children  It  is  better  to  begin  learn- 
ing it  today  than  to  put  it  off  until  next  week,  so 
you  perhaps  teach  them  Henry  Van  Dyke's  little 
poem  : 


TI- 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


These  are  the  things  I  prize 

And  hold  of  dearest  worth ; 

Light  of  the  sapphire  skies, 

Peace  of  the  silent  hills, 
Shelter  of  forests,  comfort  of  the  grass, 
Alusic  of  birds,  murmur  of  little  rills, 
Shadow  of  clouds  that  swiftly  pass, 

And,  after  showers, 

The  smell  of  flowers, 
And  of  the  good  brown  earth — 
And  best  of  all  along  the  way,  friendship  and  mirth. 

At  another  convenient  place  in  the  programme 
you  are  prepared  to  tell  them  some  interesting  fact 
in  nature.  Best  of  all  is  the  short  story  which  you 
have  prepared.  You  do  not  read  it.  You  tell  it  and 
"to  be  a  good  story-teller  is  to  be  a  king  among 
children,"  so  establish  this  coveted  kingship  on  the 
very  first  day.  The  story  should  be  one  of  the 
choicest  and  best  you  know.  If  possible,  illustrate 
that  good  story  on  the  blackboard. 

Then  let  the  children  sing.  They  will  be  delighted 
to  sing  to  you  their  favorites.  As  each  song  :s 
finished,  say  something  pleasant  to  them  about  the 
song  or  about  their  singing.  Tell  them  you  like  it, 
that  they  sang  it  well,  that  it  is  a  pretty  song,  who 
wrote  it  and  what  it  means.  Above  all,  find  no  fault 
with  any  harsh  tones  or  too  loud  voices, — only  make 
a  mental  note  of  these.  They  can  be  rectified  later 
in  the  school  work.  Let  the  children  sing  on,  song 
after  song,  if  they  all  wish  it. 

The  gymnastics  and  marching  will  be  usually 
enjoyable  if,  in  addition  to  the  usual  movements, 
you  can  show  them  other  and  new  motions. 

The  drawing  lesson,  always  enjoyed,  should,  if 
possible,  have  a  place  in  the  first  day's  programme. 
Carefully  prepare  some  design  which  you  will  first 
draw,  then  colour,  at  the  blackboard,  while  the  chil- 
dren watch  you.  If  uncertain  of  your  ability,  prac- 
tice upon  it  several  days  before  school  opens.  Your 
design  should  be  very  simple  but  effective.  It  may 
be  but  a  stubby  little  twig  with  an  apple  and  three 
green  leaves  clinging  to  it,  but  the  children  are  led 
to  see  that  the  red  colour  in  your  apple  exactly 
matches  the  red  in  that  real  apple  on  your  desk— 
for  of  course  there  is  one  like  it  on  your  desk — and 
the  green  of  your  leaves  is  like  the  real  green  leaf  on 
your  desk.  The  children  see  that  you  had 
and  that  you  accomplished  it  directly  and 
fully.  ,' 

Distribute  papers  and  let  them  try  to  do  the  same 
with  pencil  outlining,  ink  and  brush  work,  or  water 
colors. 

Plan   to  speak  of  some  current   event   that    is   of 


present  interest  to  the  whole  country.  Inform  your- 
self about  it;  simplify  the  facts  and  tell  them  to  the 
children  in  simple  language. 

In  all  that  you  plan  to  have  the  children  do  this 
first  day,  aim  to  have  the  work  such  that,  while  not 
easy,  it  can  at  least  be  done  by  all  and  well  done. 
Tact  in  asking  questions,  assigning  board  work, 
reading  or  seat  work,  is  required.  A  child  dreads 
to  fail  outright  the  first  day  of  all  days.  He  is  more 
disheartened  than  at  other  times. 

A  good  teacher  is  a  gift  direct  from  God  just  as 
surely  as  is  a  good  poet  or  artist;  and  looking  back 
upon  our  own  education  we  can  trace  our  best  work, 
our  noblest  aspirations,  our  very  character,  to  the 
influence  of  one  true  and  noble  man  or  woman,  and 
not  to  any  one  text-book  or  any  particular  study. 

As  the  last  child  leaves  the  room  at  the  close  of 
the  first  day,  and  you  sit  in  silence  before  the  empty 
seats  and  think  of  the  day,  you  will  naturally  ask, 
"What  have  I  accomplished  .today  ?"  Little  in  any 
text-book,  perhaps,  but  you  have  gained  and  kept 
their  attention,  you  have  won  obedience,  promptness, 
accuracy;  you  have  gained  kindness,  order,  interest, 
and,  best  of  all,  most  treasured  of  all,  their  love. 

Is  not  this  a  good  beginning? — Adapted  from 
Popular  Educator. 


a  plan 

success- 


ive Beginning  of  a  Western  Town. 

A  correspondent  writing  from  Rosenroll,  Alberta, 
gives  a  suggestive  sketch  of  the  rise  of  a  western 
town.  The  letter  is  dated  about  the  first  of  May. 
By  this  time  it  has  probably  doubled  in  population 
and  buildings.     She  says  : 

"Camrose,  our  new  town,  expects  to  be  a  railway 
terminus  this  fall.  It  was  laid  out  last  September. 
Lots  sold  at  good  rates  from  the  first,  but  some  that 
were  sold  for  $200  last  fall  have  had  $500  refused 
for  them  since.  Two  churches  are  occupied  and  two 
others  are  being  built.  Modest  little  structures  they 
are,  but  they  form  the  centre  of  considerable  of  the 
life  of  the  surrounding  country.  The  two  licensed 
hotels  tell  the  story  of  another  kind  of  life.  Most  of 
the  two  dozen  and  more  buildings  are  business 
places- 

"Camrose  has  a  good  site  on  a  pretty  slope  rising 
from  Stoney  Creek.  For  awhile  there  was  anxiety 
about  the  water  supply  but  several  good  wells  have 
lately  been  bored.  Water  was  obtained  at  80  or  90 
feet.' 

"In  the  December  Review  in  speaking  of  the  gov- 
ernment support  given  to  schools,  there  was  an  error. 
The  amount  received  from  the  central  government 
until  late  years  was  seventy  per  cent,  of  the  district's 
expenses.  This  has  been  somewhat  reduced.  The 
money  is  paid  on  a  different  basis.  Quite  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  grant  depends  on  average  attendance, 
equipment,  etc.  This  is  an  incentive  to  provide  good 
buildings,  fences  and  apparatus."  B.  E.  D. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


45 


Teachers'  Institute. 

The  twenty-sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Annapo- 
lis and  Digby  Counties  Teachers'  Institute  was  held 
at  Digby,  May  26  and  27.  There  were  representa- 
tives present  from  other  counties  adjoining  includ- 
ing Inspector  Macintosh  and  Principal  McKittrick 
of  Lunenburg,  and  Principal  Morton  of  Bridge- 
waterj  The  excellence  of  the  papers  and  discus- 
sions were  quite  equal  to  those  of  recent  years.  To 
the  president,  Inspector  Morse,  belongs  much  of  the 
credit  of  the  success  of  these  annual  meetings.  The 
first  paper  was  read  by  Principal  Morton  of  Digby 
Academy,  on  The  Three  R's.  In  reading  greater 
variety  of  readers  is  necessary;  spelling  should  be 
I,  taught  from  the  context;  in  arithmetic  accuracy  is 
the  test.  This  excellent  paper  gave  rise  to  an  ani- 
mated discussion  in  which  Principal  Smith,  Princi- 
pal Morton  of  Bridgewater,  and  Miss  Kinley  took 
part.  Miss  Hattie  M.  Gark  gave  an  instructive  talk- 
on  Drawing.  In  a  miscellaneous  school  she  would 
make  two  divisions  of  this  subject;  the  first,  includ- 
ing the  lower  grades,  to  deal  with  outline  work  only, 
while  the  second,  composed  of  the  higher  grades, 
should  add  shading.  Principal  A.  W.  L  Smith  of 
Annapolis,  read  a  paper  prq^ared  by  T.  H.  Spinney, 
in  which  a  method  of  reducing  the  vulgar  fraction 
to  the  decimal  form  differing  from  that  in  the  text 
book  was  introduced  and  received  demonstration 
upon  the  board  at  the  hands  of  the  reader.  Miss 
Mary  T.  Kinley  read  a  suggestive  paper  on  The 
Country  School ;  its  Discouragements  and  Inspira- 
tions, which  was  discussed  by  Dr.  J.  B  Hall,  Mr.  A. 
DeW.  Foster  and  Miss  Mabelle  Fash. 

In  the  absence  of  Professor  Haley,  of  Wolfville, 
Dr.  Hall  addressed  the  institute  on  the  elements 
which  enter  into  the  training  of  pupils,  and  gave 
some  very  practical  and  useful  suggestions  on  the 
course  of  study,  the  pupils'  surroundings  and  the 
teacher.  Miss  A.  B-  Juniper,  teacher  of  domestic 
science  at  the  Middleton  Consolidated  School,  gave 
an  excellent  address  on  this  subject  and  its  bearing 
in  education.  To  many  domestic  science  means 
instruction  in  cooking  only,  but  such  a  meaning  is 
very  restricted.  It  is  a  training  wheh  is  of  incalcul- 
able benefit  in  teaching  girls  to  keep  good  homes  and 
become  intelligent  mothers. 

After  an  address  by  Mr.  ( I.  A.  Boate  on  the  draw- 
ing of  projections,  the  institute  appointed  delegates 
to  the  Provincial  Educational  Association — and 
named  the  executive  committee  for  the  ensuing 
year. 

At  the  final  session  Mr.  W.  K.  Tibert,  of  Bear 
River,  gave  a  lesson  on  elementary  science  to  a  class 
of  grades  seven  and  eight,  which  earned  the  well- 
deserved  commendation  of  the  institute. 


"The  Review  helps  me  very  much  in  my  work. 
It  is  always  to  be  found  on  our  school  reading  table 
and  the  pupils  enjoy  it  with  us."  E.  ('•.  I'. 


A  Country  Newsboy. 

People  who  travel  on  railway  trains  frequently 
notice  dogs  rush  out  from  farm  houses  and  try  their 
speed  in  a  race  with  the  "iron  horse."  Such  dogs, 
if  properly  trained,  might  be  as  useful  as  the  case 
mentioned  in  the  following,  which  is  taken  from 
the  paper  called  Our  Dumb  Animals : 

The  railroad  ran  along  one  side  of  a  beautiful  val- 
ley in  the  central  part  of  the  great  state  of  New 
York.  I  stood  at  the  rear  end  of  the  train,  looking 
out  of  the  door,  when  the  engineer  gave  two  short, 
sharp  blasts  of  the  steam  whistle.  The  conductor, 
who  had  been  reading  a  newspaper  in  a  seat  near 
me.  arose  and,  touching  my  shoulder,  asked  me  if  I 
wanted  to  see  a  "real  country  newslboy."  I,  or 
course,  answered  "Yes."  So  we  stepped  out  on  the 
platform  of  the  car. 

The  conductor  had  folded  up  his  paper  in  a  tight 
roll,  which  he  held  in  his  right  hand,  while  he  stood 
on  the  lower  step  of  the  car,  holding  on  by  his  left. 

I  saw  him  begin  to  wave  the  pa]>er  just  as  he 
swung  around  a  curve  in  the  track,  and  a  neat  farm- 
house came  in  view,  'way  off  across  some  open  fields. 

Suddenly  the  conductor  flung  the  paper  off  toward 
the  fence  by  the  side  of  the  railroad,  and  I  saw  a 
black,  shaggy  form  leap  over  the  fence  from  the 
meadow  beyond  it  and  alight  just  where  the  news- 
paper, after  bouncing  along  on  the  grass,  had  fallen 
beside  a  tall  mullein  stalk  in  the  angle  of  the  fence. 

It  was  a  big  black  dog.  He  stood  beside  the  paper, 
wagging  his  tail  and  watching  us  as  the  train  moved 
swiftly  away  from  him,  when  he  snatched  the  paper 
from  the  ground  in  his  teeth  and.  leaping  over  the 
fence  again,  away  he  went  across  the  fields  toward 
the  farmhouse. 

When  we  last  saw  him  he  was  a  mere  black  speck, 
moving  over  the  meadows,  and  the  train  rushed 
through  a  deep  cleft  in  the  hillside  and  the  whole 
scene  passed  from  our  view. 

"What  will  he  do  with  the  paper?"  1  asked  of  the 
tall  young  conductor  by  my  side. 

"Carry  it  to  the  folks  at  the  house,"  he  answered. 

"Is  that  your  home?"  I  inquired. 

"Yes,"  he  responded;  "my  father  lives  there  and 
I  send  him  an  afternoon  paper  by  Carlo  every  day 
in  the  way  you  have  seen." 

"Then  they  always  send  the  dog  when  it  is  time 
for  your  train  to  pass?" 

"No,"  said  he,  "they  never  send  him.  "lie  knows 
when  it  is  train  time  and  comes  over  here  to  inert  it 
of  his  own  accord,  rain  or  shine,  summer  or  win- 
ter." 


4e 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


•  "But  does  not  Carlo  go  to  the  wrong  train  some- 
times ?"  I  asked  with  considerable  curiosity. 

"Never,  sir.  He  pays  no  attention  to  any  train 
but  this." 

"How  can  a  dog  tell  what  time  it  is,  so  as  to 
know  when  to  go  to  meet  the  train  ?"  I  asked  again. 

That  is  more  than  I  can  tell,"  answered  the  con- 
ductor; "but  he  is  always  there,  and  the  engineer 
whistles  to  call  my  attention,  for  fear  I  should  not 
get  out  on  the  platform  till  we  have  passed  Carlo." 

"So  Carlo  keeps  watch  on  the  time  better  than  the 
conductor  himself,"  I  remarked,  "for  the  dog  does 
not  need  to  be  reminded." 

The  conductor  laughed,  and  I  wondered,  as  he 
walked  away,  who  of  your  friends  would  be  as 
faithful  and  watchful  all  the  year  'round  as  Carlo, 
who  never  missed  the  train,  though  he  could  not 
"tell  the  time  by  the  clock." 


sleep  and  at  the  end  of  four  days  was  ready  with  a 
faultless  solution.  That  lesson  helped  her  all  through 
life  and  still  inspires  her  in  the  face  of  almost  unsur- 
mountable  difficulties. — Selected  from  the  Educa- 
tional Gazette. 


The  Joy  of  Hard  Work. 

Give  your  scholars  hard  work  and  encourage 
them  to  do  it.  Even  the  dull  ones  will  catch  some- 
thing of  the  enthusiasm  and  bravely  make  an  effort 
to  win  your  approval.  Never  set  hopelsss  tasks  but 
gradually  lead  up  to  harder  and  harder  work  as  the 
year  advances.  One  of  the  best  ways  to  teach  pupils 
to  think  quickly  is  the  simple  drill  in  mental  arith- 
metic two  or  three  times  daily,  calling  on  one  and 
another  for  the  answer  rather  than  having  them 
give  it  in  concert.  There  is  nothing  so  apt  to  clear 
the  cobwebs  from  the  childish  brains  as  a  quick  test 
in  adding  or  subtracting  and  the  boys  and  girls  real- 
ly love  the  brisk  work. 

Five  minute  lessons  on  tablet  or  blackboard  in 
geography  are  much  enjoyed  too.  Have  each  pupil 
write  capital  and-  largest  city  at  the  top  of  two  col- 
umns and  then  rapidly  read  the  names  of  countries 
to  them.  Give  ample  time  to  write  each  word  care- 
fully and  correctly  but  none  to  look  about  them  to 
see  what  others  are  doing.  In  this  way  a  large 
number  of  children  can  be  at  the  board  at  once  and 
most  children  enjoy  putting  their  work  where  all 
can  see. 

There  is  really  no  end  to  the  mental  stimulants 
that  may  be  given  if  one  is  alive  to  the  pleasure  to  be 
derived  from  hard  work.  "Work  while  you  work," 
is  the  only  motto  for  the  schoolroom.  A  young 
girl  told  me  that  once  her  teacher  handed  her  a 
problem  with  the  remark,  "Here  is  one  you  may  try- 
but  you  won't  get  it.  I  worked  a  week  on  it  myself 
before  I  solved  it."    She  barely  took  time  to  eat  and 


The  Battle  Hymn  of  the  Reformation. 

The  world  knows  Martin  Luther  as  a  reformer; 
comparatively  few  know  him  as  a  musician  and 
hymnologist,  writes  Allan  Sutherland  in  the  August 
Delineator..  Luther  wrote  some  thirty-seven  hymns 
and  Psalm  revisions,  and  these  have  been  translated 
into  many  languages.  His  masterpiece,  however, 
was  "A  Mighty  Fortress  is  Our  God,"  the  great 
battle-hymn  of  the  Reformation,  which  is  as  dear 
to  the  German  heart  as  the  Fatherland  itself,  each 
being  inseparably  associated  with  the  other.  It  is 
said  that  this  hymn  accomplished  as  much  for  the 
Reformation  as  did  the  translation  of  the  Bible. 
D'Aubigne  says  that  "it  was  sung  in  all  the  church- 
es of  Saxony,  and  its  energetic  strains  often  revived 
and  inspirited  the  most  dejected  hearts."  It  was 
sung  at  Luther's  funeral,  and  its  first  line  is  carved 
on  his  tomb.  It  was  first  published  about  1527,  and 
has  been  translated  at  least  eighty  times,  doubtless 
the  most  accurate  being  the  version  of  Thomas  Car- 
lyle.  That  of  Dr.  Frederick  Henry  Hedge,  begin- 
ning "A  mighty  fortress  is  our  God,"  is  the  most 
popular  in  use  in  this  country.  Kostlin  has  well 
written :  "This  hymn  is  Luther  in  song.  It  is  pitched 
in  the  very  key  of  the  man — rugged  and  majestic, 
trustful  in  God,  and  confident,  speaking  out  to  the 
powers  of  the  earth  and  under  the  earth,  an  all- 
conquering  conviction  of  divine  vocation  and  em- 
powerment." The  world  has  many  sacred  songs  of 
exquisite  tenderness  and  unalterable  trust,  but  this 
one  of  Luther's  is  matchless  in  its  warlike  tone,  its 
rugged  strength,  and  its  inspiring  ring. 


An  'English  newspaper  says  that  a  schoolmaster 
was  in  the  habit  of  punishing  scholars  who  came 
late  to  school  in  the  morning  by  keeping  them  in  in 
the  afternoon.  One  who  was  five  minutes  late  was 
kept  in  ten  minutes,  and  so  on  in  proportion.  One 
morning  it  chanced  that  the  schoolmaster  was  half 
an  hour  late,  and  a  smart  boy  among  his  pupils  was 
not  slow  to  remind  him  of  the  fact.  "I'm  verv 
sorry  for  being  late  boys,"  said  the  schoolmaster, 
with  a  twinkle  in  his  eye ;  "and,  as  I  punish  you.  it's 
only  fair  that  you  in  turn  should  me ;  so  you  will  all 
stay  and  keep  me  in  for  an  hour  this  afternoon." 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


47 


Selected  Paragraphs, 

The  Japanese  are  serious-minded  people,  as  their 
literary  habits  show.  The  recent  report  of  the 
librarian  of  the  imperial  library  at  Tokyo  shows  that 
there  is  little  demand  for  light  literature  in  that  cap- 
ital, for  fiction  of  any  sort,  contrary  to  the  experi- 
ence of  most  of  the  popular  libraries  in  England, 
France  and  America.  The  Japanese  mind  runs  to 
science,  mathematics,  medicine,  language,  and  to 
what  may  be  termed  the  graver  forms  of  literature. 
More  than  40  per  cent,  of  the  works  taken  out  of 
the  imperial  library  are  of  this  character.  The  Jap- 
anese are  very  fond  of  history,  in  the  making  of 
which  they  are  extensively  engaged  at  present  in  the 
eastern  war. — Philadelphia  Ledger. 


In  a  city  of  4,000  inhabitants  in  the  middle  west, 
in  May,  the  school  board  raised  the  salary  of  the 
superintendent  and  of  all  but  two  teachers.  Why 
the  exception  of  the  two?  They  had  no  faith  that 
the  raise  would  be  granted,  and  would  not  sign  a 
petition  to  the  board.  All  who  asked  received.  Im- 
agine the  consternation  of  the  neglected.  They 
argued  that  if  the  salaries  were  to  be  raised  all  would 
share  in  it,  and  they  shirked.  There  are  a  lot  of 
shirkers  just  now  in  this  matter  of  professional  pro- 
motion. There  are  thousands  of  teachers  in  this 
country,  literally,  who  are  receiving  an  increase  in 
salary  who  have  not  lifted  a  finger,  not  even  a  faith- 
less prayer  for  it.  It  is  refreshing  to  know  of  one 
town  in  which  the  school  board  took  their  inactivity 
at  par. — N.  E.  Journal  of  Education. 


A  school  teacher  dreamed  that  she  quit  teaching 
and  bought  a  farm.  She  felt  happy  in  the  prospect 
of  freedom  and  profit.  The  first  crop  planted  was 
wheat,  and  the  yield  was  large;  again  the  teacher 
was  happy.  The  total  amounted  to  7,000  bushels, 
and  the  market  price  was  a  dollar  a  bushel ;  she  sold 
it  all  and  felt  that  now  she  could  afford  to  do  some- 
thing she  long  had  wished  to  do.  But  the  wheat 
had  been  sold  to  7,000  different  people,  a  bushel  to 
each  one.  A  few  of  them  paid  cash  but  more  did 
not,  and  many  of  them  neglected  to  pay  even  when 
reminded.  She  was  troubled,  but  awoke  to  find  she 
was  still  a  teacher.  It  required  no  Joseph  to  inter- 
pret the  dream  ;  she  saw  the  point,  gave  heed  to  the 
printer  and  remitted  promptly  for  her  subscription. 
— The  Western  Teacher. 


Marking  time  will  kill  a  man  much  more  quickly 
than  marching  at  a  quick  step.  In  war  times  I 
remember  to  have  seen  a  man  tied  to  a  tree  and 
forced  to  mark  time,  with  a  guard  over  him  to  prod. 
He  could  mark  time,  as  slowly  as  he  pleased,  but  he 
had  to  keep  at  it.  I  thought  the  man  would  die. 
He  could  have  marched  twice  as  long  without 
fatigue.  The  teacher  who  marks  time  is  the  one 
with  nervous  prostration.  There  is  life  and  elastic- 
ity in  progress.  It  is  better  for  the  blood,  for  the 
nerves,  for  the  digestion  to  have  something  a-doing. 
It  kills  any  one  to  teach  the  same  this  year  that  she 
did  last.  The  one  who  has  a  perfect  method,  a  per- 
fect scheme  of  devices,  is  liable  to  break  down  early 
for  lack  of  the  elasticity  of  progress.  Don't  mark- 
time. — N.  E.  Journal  of  Education. 


Russia  cannot  win  so  long  as  Japan  continues  to 
exist.  In  that  cluster  of  islands  is  to  be  seen,  what 
has  never  'before  been  recorded  in  history,  nearly 
fifty  millions  of  people,  so  perfectly  united  as  to  be 
fused  by  the  fires  of  patriotism  into  a  single  indi- 
vidual, determined  to  die  or  to  live  as  a  free  nation, 
and  fighting  as  only  such  a  mass  of  humanity,  so 
inspired,  can  fight  for  such  an  end.  They  cannot 
be  beaten,  and  no  lover  of  humanity  and  freedom 
ought  to  desire  it. — Chester  Holcombe,  in  the  July 
Atlantic.  1 


Our  schools  are  filling  up  with  a  spry,  deft,  alert, 
attentive,  non-introspective  generation  of  young 
people  who  will  make  agreeable  neighbors  and 
comfortable  citizens,  but  they  seem  to  be  losing  cer- 
tain qualities  of  ruggedness  that  should  distinguish 
a  people.  Our  students  are  far  too  willing  to  take 
the  teacher's  word  for  it.  There  seems  to  be  too 
little  of  that  fixity  of  purpose  and  independence  of 
attitude  that  leads  one  to  say  even  of  an  unschooled 
man  that  he  has  good  stuff  in  him.  As  a  body,  our 
students  ask  few  questions,  they  seldom  challenge  a 
classmate's  statements,  they  are  glad  to  be  passed 
by  in  a  recitation,  to  avoid  interrogation.  Thev  like 
to  bloom  without  being  torn  to  pieces  for  analysis. 
They  are  not  fond  of  knotty  problems.  There  is 
little  of  that  rejoicing  in  strength  to  run  a  scholarly 
race.  I  think  parents  make  a  mistake  in  not  com- 
mending teachers  more  often  for  requiring  students 
to  work  out  questions  for  them*"'  -es — G.  B.  Aiton, 
High  School  Inspector, 


48 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A  Use  for  Pictures, 

My  children  always  beg  for  "pictures"  when  we 
write  compositions.  I  have  cut  pictures  from  old 
magazines,  etc.,  using  advertisements  as  well  as 
others.  Very  often  the  children  are  proud  to  bring 
pictures  they  have  cut  out.  I  cut  pictures  of  corn, 
melons,  potatoes,  tomatoes,  pansies,  sweet  peas' 
etc.,  from  a  seed  catalogue.  These  pictures  I  let 
some  of  the  girls  paste  (one  at  the  top  of  each  sheet 
of  paper)  in  a  tablet,  and  when  composition  day 
dawns  they  are  passed  to  the  class. — Pop.  Educator. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

The  Canadian  Pacific  is  planning  to  put  on  their 
road  next  year  a  fast  train  that  will  make  the  trip 
from  Montreal  to  Vancouver  in  seventy-six  hours, 
which  is  a  little  more  than  three-fourths  of  the  time 
now  required.  It  is  also  proposed  to  adopt  electri- 
city instead  of  steam  in  the  operation  of  its  trains  in 
some  parts  of  British  Columbia,  where  good  water 
powers  are  available. 

A  new  great  seal  of  Canada  has  been  received  at 
Ottawa,  bearing  the  effigy  of  King  Edward  instead 
of  that  of  the  late  Queen.  The  old  seal  will  be  sent 
to  the  royal  mint  for  defacement. 

The  King  of  Italy  has  given  his  award  in  respect 
to  the  new  Anglo-Portuguese  boundary  in  South 
Africa-  The  line  will  follow  the  Kwando  river  from 
the  Zambesi  to  the  twenty-fourth  meridian  east ; 
thence  running  along  the  meridian  as  far  as  the 
thirteenth  parallel  of  south  latitude,  and  following 
that  parallel  until  it  reaches  the  frontier  of  the  Con- 
go Free  State. 

Lord  Kitchener  proposes  the  increase  of  the  army 
in  India  to  nearly  double  its  present  strength,  as  a 
necessary  precaution  against  invasion ;  and  the 
movement  of  forces  nearer  to  the  northwest  frontier, 
as  the  point  of  greatest  danger.  It  seems  to  be 
assumed  that  a  Russian  invasion  is  but  a  matter  of 
time. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  Washington  Conference, 
as  it  is  called,  for  the  arrangement  of  a  treaty  of 
peace  between  Japan  and  Russia,  will  be  held  at 
Portsmouth,  N.  H.,  early  in  August.  The  plenipo- 
tentaries  of  both  nations  are  now  in  America. 

It  is  reported  that  the  Prince  of  Bulgaria  will 
shortly  proclaim  himself  king,  and,  if  necessary, 
fight  for  the  independence  of  his  country,  now 
under  .the  suzerainty  of  Turkey. 

The  revolution  in  Norway  has  not  yet  led  to  a  dis- 
turbance of  the  peace.  It  is  said  that  the  throne  has 
been  offered  to  Prince  Karl,  second  son  of  the  King 
of  Denmark.  If  he  ascends  the  throne,  the  youngest 
daughter  of  King  Edward  of  Great  Britain,  who 
married  Prince  Karl  in  1896,  will  become  Queen  of 
Norway ;  while  the  Princess  Margaret,  King 
Edward's   niece,   who  has   married   the   son  of  the 


Crown  Prince  of  Sweden,  is  now  the  prospective 
queen  of  Sweden. 

Commander  Peary  has  set  out  for  Greenland, 
where  he  will  establish  a  base  of  operations  and  pass 
the  winter,  preparatory  to  making  another  ;attempt 
next  summer  to  reach  the  North  Pole.  His  vessel, 
the  Roosevelt,  is  especially  built  for  the  purpose, 
and  is  supposed  to  be  the  fastest  and  strongest  ship 
that  ever  sailed  for  the  Arctic  regions. 

Two  rival  expeditions  have  just  started  for  the 
interior  of  Labrador,  both  from  the  United  States. 
One  is  led  by  the  widow  of  the  luckless  explorer 
who  last  year  lost  his  life  in  the  wilds,  and  the  other 
by  the  friend  who  was  with  him  and  brought  his 
body  back  to  the  coast  after  nearly  perishing  for 
want  of  food. 

John  Paul,  the  Scottish  sea  rover,  who  is  known 
in  United  States  history  as  John  Paul  Jones,  and 
regarded  as  the  founder  of  the  United  States  navy, 
but  who  was  in  his  later  years  an  officer  of  the  Rus- 
sian navy  until  virtually  dismissed  from  that  service, 
is  now  demanding  more  attention  and  reverence  than 
he  ever  received  in  his  lifetime.  His  remains  have 
been  found  in  France,  where  they  lay  neglected  with 
his  death  in  1792.  They  have  been  received  with 
great  honors  by  a  representative  of  the  United  States 
government,  sent  to  France  for  that  purpose,  and 
will  be  brought  to  America  for  burial  in  the  grounds 
of  the  naval  academy  at  Annapolis,  Md-  No  one  in 
his  own  day,  least  of  all  himself,  probably,  would 
have  imagined  that  his  memory  would  be  thus  hon- 
ored by  the  country  whose  service  he  entered  to 
shield  himself  from  a  charge  of  piracy,  and  aban- 
doned for  that  of  the  Empress  Catharine. 

A  new  explosive  is  said  to  have  been  invented  in 
France,  consisting  of  ammonium  nitrate  and  pow- 
dered aluminum,  the  gases  from  the  explosion  of 
which  are  harmless.  It  has  the  further  merits  of 
being  safe  from  spontaneous  decomposition  or 
premature  explosion  by  shock  or  friction,  of  burn- 
ing only  with  difficulty,  and  of  not  being  affected 
by  frost  or  dampness. 

Adrenalin,  a  powerful  astringent  discovered  a  few 
years  ago  by  a  Japanese  chemist,  and  found  useful 
in  delicate  surgery  as  a  means  of  stopping  the  flow 
of  blood,  has  hitherto  been  prepared  only  by  a  very 
costly  method.  It  is  now  reported  that  it  can  be 
cheaply  made  from  coal  tar. 

The  Canadian  government  will  set  aside  an  area 
of  ten  townships  for  settlers  from  Great  Britain,  the 
land  to  be  selected  by  an  imperial  commissioner  and 
the  colonists  sent  out  under  the  auspices  of  the  Brit- 
ish government. 

The  bubonic  plague  is  constantly  increasing  in 
violence  in  southern  Asia.  An  official  report  just 
published  shows  that  there  were  over  a  million 
deaths  from  it  last  year  in  India. 

An  astonishing  incident  has  occurred  in  the  Rus- 
sian Black  Sea  fleet.  For  two  weeks,  the  Prince 
Potemkin,  the  largest  battleship  of  the  squadron, 
was  in  the  hands  of  mutineers.     The  other  vessels 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


49 


of  the  fleet  were  sent  against  her,  but  did  not  attack ; 
and  she  was  finally  taken  to  a  Roumanian  port  and 
surrendered,  the  Roumanian  government  later 
■handing  her  over  to  the  Russian  authorities.  It  is 
a  striking  example  of  the  dissatisfaction  and  insub- 
ordination that  prevail  throughout  Russia,  which 
the  government  seems  unable  to  suppress,  and  the 
malcontents  equally  unable  to  turn  into  an  organized 
revolution. 

The  Japanese  have  occupied  the  island  of  Sakha- 
lin, which  the  Russians  have  held  for  the  last  thirty 
years  or  more  as  a  part  of  Eastern  Siberia.  Geo- 
graphically, it  belongs  to  the  Japanese  archipelago. 
It  is  said  to  contain  valuable  coal  mines,  and  will 
provide  Japan  with  perhaps  the  finest  fishing  ground 
in  the  world-  The  island  is  six  hundred  miles  in 
length,  with  forest  clad  mountains  in  the  interior. 
and  a  climate  resembling  that  of  our  Labrador  coast. 

Several  of  the  Russian  ships  sunk  in  Port  Arthur 
have  been  raised  by  the  Japanese,  and  it  is  thought 
that  all  or  nearly  all  of  the  others  will  be  afloat  by 
the  middle  of  August.  They  are  less  damaged  than 
was  expected. 

Canada  will  assume  control  of  the  Halifax  gar- 
rison September  1st,  and  probably  the  fortress  at 
Esquimalt  will  be  taken  over  on  the  same  day.  The 
imperial  officers  in  charge  will  be  transferred  to 
Canada  for  the  present. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

Principal  W.  H.  Magee,  Ph.  D.  (Cornell),  has  resigned 
the  charge  of  the  Parrsboro,  N.  S.,  schools  and  will  be 
succeeded  by  Mr.  J.  Crerar  MacDonakl,  late  principal  of 
Baddeck  Academy,  C.  B.  Dr.  Magee  has  been  long  con- 
nected with  the  higher  educational  work  of  Nova  Scotia, 
and  his  courses,  especially  in  chemistry  and  physics,  have 
been  very  successful,  the  result  of  the  exceptionally 
excellent  training  he  received.  His  successor,  Mr.  Mac- 
Donald,  has  a  classical  and  scientific  A  license  and  has  a 
good  record  of  efficient  teaching. 

The  first  coloured  girl  student  to  graduate  from  the 
University  of  New  Brunswick  was  Miss  Margaret  M. 
Winslow  of  Woodstock,  N.  B.,  who  recently  graduated  at 
the  head  of  her  class,  taking  honours  in  and  winning  the 
Montgomery-Campbell  medal  for  the  ancient  classics.  A 
good  record. 

Prof.  S.  M.  Dixon,  of  Dalhousie  University,  Halifax, 
has  been  appointed  to  the  newly  created  chair  of  civil 
engineering  at  Birmingham,  England.  Professor  Dixon  is 
a  graduate  of  Dublin  University.  He  occupied  the  chair 
of  physics  at  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  and  at 
Dalhousie  with  distinguished  success,  and  had  recently 
been  appointed  professor  of  civil  engineering  at  Dalhousie. 

A.  Stanley  Mackenzie,  Ph.  D..  a  native  of  Nova  Scotia. 
a  graduate  of  Dalhousie,  and  late  professor  of  physics  in 
Bryn  Mawr  college,  Pennsylvania,  has  been  appointed  to 
the  chair  of  physics  in  Dalhousie  University.  Professor 
Mackenzie  was  one  of -the  most  successful  students  trained 
by  Dr.  J.  G.  Macgregor  and  Professor  Charles  Macdonald, 
and  has  had  a  year's  work  at  Cambridge  University  in 
England. 


Professor  James  Leichti,  professor  of  modern  languages 
in  Dalhousie  University,  has  been  honored  with  the  degree 
of  LL.  D.  by  Muhlenburg  University  of  Pennsylvania,  a 
Lutheran  institution. 

Mr.  F.  A.  Dixon,  A.  M.,  for  many  years  the  principal  of 
the  Sackville  high  school,  has  resigned.  At  the  closing 
exercises  of  the  school  his  pupils  presented  him  with  a 
handsome  set  of  Kings-ley's  works,  with  warm  expressions 
of  their  esteem.     Mr.  Dixon  has  been  succeeded  by  Mr.  A. 

D.  Jonah,  vice-principal  of  the  school,  and  Mr.  Lloyd 
Dixon.  A.  B.,  (Mt.  Allison)  has  been  appointed  to  Mr. 
Jonah's  position.  Mr.  Dixon  has  done  efficient  service  and 
will  be  missed  from  the  active  educational  work  of  the 
province.  Mr.  Jonah  has  been  a  careful  student  and  a 
progressive  and  capable  teacher. 

Mr.  Lawrence  Colpitts,  M.  A.,  has  resigned  the  princi- 
pal ship  of  the  Buctouche  school  and  will  take  an  advanced 
course  of  study  in  Germany. — Sackville  Tribune. 

E.  M.  Kierstead,  D.  D.,  professor  of  English  literature, 
logic  and  psychology,  in  Acadia  University,  has  been 
appointed  to  the  chair  of  systematic  theology  and  apolo- 
getics,  in  McMaster  University,  Toronto,  and  has  accept- 
ed the  appointment.  Dr.  Kierstead  is  a  native  of  Collina, 
X.  I!.,  and  a  graduate  of  New  Brunswick  University.  He 
will  be  greatly  missed  at  Acadia  and  from  educational 
circles  in  the  Maritime  Provinces  where  his  commanding 
abilities,  brilliant  scholarship,  and  power  as  a  speaker  have 
long  been  recognized  and  appreciated. 

Professor  A.  G.  McKay,  a  native  of  Nova  Scotia,  has 
been  appointed  chancellor  of  McMaster  University, 
Toronto. 

Miss  Gertie  Rosengren,  teacher  at  Canobie,  Gloucester 
County,  N.  B.,  with  the  help  of  her  friends  of  that  and 
neighboring  places,  has  raised  the  sum  of  $63,  by  means 
of  an  entertainment  held  recently.  The  money  will  be 
expended  in  purchasing  school  apparatus. 

Professor  W.  T.  Macoun.  horticulturist  at  the  Central 
Experimental  Farm,  Ottawa,  has  been  appointed  horti- 
culturist at  the  Macdonald  Agricultural  College  at  St. 
Anne's,  near  Montreal.  Dr.  F.  C.  Harrison,  bacteriologist, 
and  VV.  Longhead,  professor  of  biology  and  geology  at 
the  Guelph  Experimental  Farm  have  accepted  similar 
positions  at   the   Macdonald  college. 

A  party  of  lady  teachers  of  the  Winnipeg  public  schools 
will  spend  the  summer  vacation  touring  in  British  Colum- 
bia  .and  Alaska   waters. — Free   Press. 

Mr.  Win.  Whitney,  who  has  been  the  capable  instructor 
of  the  manual  training  departments  of  the  St.  Stephen  and 
Milltown  schools,  has  resigned  in  order  to  take  a  further 
course  of  study.  He  will  be  succeeded  by  Mr.  G.  A.  Bixatc, 
a  graduate  of  the  Truro  Manual  Training  school,  and 
whose  work  in  several  Nova  Scotian  towns  has  been  very 
creditable. 

Among  the  graduates  of  Yale  University  this  year  were 
the  following  from  the  Maritime  Provinces:  Geo.  W. 
Massie  and  If.  J.  McLatchey,  both  of  Fredericton,  and 
graduates  of  the  U.   N.   ]>.,   received   the  degree  of  B.   A.; 

E.  C.  Weyman,  of  Apohaqui,  N.  1!.,  took  the  degree  of 
M.  A.,  and  won'  a  scholarship.  1  Te  will  return  to  Yale 
next    year  and   pursue  post-graduate   work.     T.    If,   Boggs, 


50 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REYTEW. 


of  Wolfville,  and  A.  H.  Taylor,  of  Kentville,  graduates  of 
Acadia,  took  the  degree  of  B.  A.,  the  former  receiving  a 
fellowship  and  the  latter  a  scholarship.  Both  will  return 
to  Yale  for  post-graduate  work  and  as  instructors  ne:.t 
year.  H.  W.  Martin,  of  P.  E.  Island,  received  the  Ph.  D. 
degree. 

Graduates  of  other  United  States  colleges,  hailing  from 
the  Maritime  Provinces,  were, — University  of  Vermont, 
Burlington,  Leslie  Herbert  Huggard,  M.  D.,  Henderson 
Conner,  N.  B. ;  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.,  Wm. 
Jas.  Campbell,  Summerside,  P.  E.  I.,  B  A.;  Wellesley  Col- 
lege (Female)  Wellesley,  Mass.,  Hilda  Alford  Tufts, 
Wolfville,  N.  S.  At  Harvard  University,  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  Thos.  M.  Tweedie,  graduate  of  Mount  Allison, 
Sackville,  in  class  of  '02,  special  degree;  law  school  degree 
of  LL.  B.,  William  McKnight  (A.B.  University  of  New 
Brunswick,  '01,  Harvard  '02),  formerly  of  Queens  Co., 
N.  B. 

As  a  result  of  the  recent  Normal  School  examinations 
for  license  in  New  Brunswick,  four  candidates  were  suc- 
cessful in  gaining  a  Grammar  School  License,  six  for  Super- 
ior School  ;  forty-two  passed  in  Class  I,  one  hundred  and 
fifty-two  in  Class  II,  and  three  in  Class  111. 

Misses  Bessie  B.  and  Clara  A.  Bridges,  sisters  of  Dr. 
H.  S.  Bridges  and  Inspector  H.  V.  B.  Bridges,  of  New 
Brunswick,  who  have  spent  several  years  in  teaching  in 
South  Africa,  have  been  granted  nine  months  leave  of 
absence,  a  portion  of  which  they  are  spending  in  Great 
Britain  and  on  the  continent  of  Europe.  After  visiting 
different  points  of  interest  and  examining  the  work  of 
some  Of  the  English  schools  they  will  visit  Canada. 

Mr.  C.  D.  Richards,  B.  A.,  recently  of  the  Woodstock, 
N.  B.,  Grammar  School,  has  been  appointed  principal  of 
the  Gibson,  York  Co.,  school. 

Miss  Julia  Neales,  after  a  year's  leave  of  absence,  the 
greater  part  of  which  was  spent  in  England,  will  resume 
her  duties  after  the  vacation  in  the  Woodstock  grammar 
school. 

Sussex,  N.  B.,  is  moving  in  the  matter  of  a  new  school 
building.  It  is  proposed  to  build  one  of  brick  or  stone  at 
a  cost  of  from  $25,000  to  $30,000,  on  a  plot  of  eight  acres 
of  land,  situated  on  a  commanding  elevation.  This  will 
furnish  a  fine  object  lesson,  especially  the  setting  aside  of 
a  generous  amount  of  land  for  school  gardens  and  play 
grounds. 

J.  Hollis  Lindsay,  who  graduated  from  the  School  for 
the  Blind,  Halifax,  in  June,  1904,  has  since  been  studying 
in  the  American  Conservatory  of  Music,  Chicago.  Mr. 
Lindsay  has  just  been  awarded  a  diploma  by  the  conserv- 
atory and  has  also  further  distinguished  himself  by  carry- 
ing off  the  special  gold  medal  of  his  class. 

At  the  closing  exercises  of  St.  Joseph's  College,  which 
took  p'ace  in  June,  the  degree  of  B.  A.  was  conferred  on 
two  graduates  and  three  others  received  commercial 
diplomas.  Numerous  prizes  were  distributed  at  the  close 
of  a  successful  year's  work. 

King's  College,  Windsor,  N.  S.,  has  wakened  from  a 
long  lethargy  under  the  able  and  tactful  administration  of 
President  Hannah.  At  the  encaenia]  exercises,  June  22nd, 
the  president  announced  that  forty  new  students  are  defin- 
itely assured  for  the  coming  year.  At  that  time  last  year 
he  had  known  definitely  of  only  eight,  but  the  number  was 


increased  at  the  opening  of  college  to  twenty-five.  The 
enthusiasm  of  President  Hannah  is  catching.  There  is  no 
doubt  that  his  administration  will  be  abundantly  success- 
ful. With  a  growing  engineering  school  at  Sydney,  a  min- 
ing school  at  Glace  Bay,  money  contributions  flowing  in,  and 
other  evidences  of  vitality,  future  progress  is  assured 

The  closing  exercises  of  the  Nova  Scotia  Normal  school 
at  Truro  were  held  on  the  22nd  of  J;i  e.  Principal  Soloan 
presided,  and  addresses  were  delivered  by  Hon.  Judge 
Longley,  Mr.  James  Fraser,  Dr.  Stockley,  Ex-principal 
Calkin,  Principal  Soloan  and  Supt.  A.  H.  Mackay.  Mr. 
John  LeBlanc,  of  Belle  Cote,  C.  B.,  won  the  Governor- 
General's  silver  medal  for  greatest  proficiency,  and  diplo- 
mas were  awarded  to  152  successful  students. 

The  closing  exercises  of  the  Fredericton,  N.  B.,  high 
school,  June  30,  were  of  more  than  usual  interest  on 
account  of  this  being  the  centennial  of  the  foundation  of  the 
school.  During  the  last  100  years  the  school  has  been 
under  the  direction  of  nine  different  gentlemen,  (a  good 
record),  including  the  last  and  the  present  principal,  Mr. 
B.  C.  Faster.  Supt.  Dr.  Inch  stated  that  in  his  opinion 
the  Fredericton  high  school  was  one  of  the  best  in  Can- 
ada, and  was  at  its  highest  standing  at  the  present. 

Dr.  Ernest  Hall,  a  school  trustee  of  Victoria,  B.  C,  is 
anxious  to  abolish  the  high  school  cadet  corps  of  that 
city,  on  the  grounds  that  military  training  in  the  schools  is 
not  sanctioned  by  the  school  act,  and  that  it  tends  to 
foster  a  spirit  of  militaris>m.  Cadet  corps  in  the  city 
schools  of  British  Columbia  and  other  cities  of  the  west 
are  certainly  attractive  features  of  school  life.  As  the 
Victoria  Colonist  says,  such  training  "tends  to  develop 
alertness,  precision,  punctuality  and  many  other  desirable 
qualities.  No  one  denies  its  beneficial  effects  in  strength- 
ening and  improving  the  body."  The  alert  demeanor, 
amenity  to  discipline,  healthy  appearance  of  the  boys  it* 
western  schools  is  probably  due  in  large  measure  to  this 
training. 

Nelson,  B.  C.,.  Tribune :  Our  schools  have  during  «the 
past  session  maintained  the  standard  of  efficiency  which 
has  distinguished  them  for  so  long  in  the  province,  and 
principals  C.  M.  Fraser  and  Albert  Sullivan  are  to  be  con- 
gratulated. Few  cities  in  the  province  have  a  more 
efficient  staff,  and  no  one  privileged  to  be  present  at  the 
closing  exercises  in  Miss  Margaret  H.  Moody's  class- 
room could  doubt  that  both  discipline,  patriotism,  and 
religious  influence  of  the  highest  type  pervade  the  atmos- 
phere of  the  public  school. 

The  St.  Andrews  Beacon  urges  upon  the  New  Brunswick 
government  the  importance  of  increasing  the  salaries  of 
teachers  and  the  necessity  of  providing  a  residency  in  con- 
nection with  the  provincial  normal  school,  adding  that 
the  boarding  life  of  the  pupils  is  far  from  being  satisfac- 
tory, is  a  menace  to  their  health  in  many  cases,  and  is  not 
conducive  to  good  results  in  study. 

A  Dominion  exhibition  will  be  held  this  fall  at  New 
Westminster,  and  the  superintendent  of  education  for 
British  Columbia,  Mr.  Alexander  Robinson,  has  been 
asked,  says  the  Colonist,  to  take  charge  of  a  proposed 
educational  exhibit  which  will  include  for  competition  the 
whole  of  the  schools  of  the  province.  The  exhibit  will 
consist  of  specimens  of  penmanship,  drawing,  manual 
training  work,  the  ordinary  routine  exercises  of  the  public 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


51 


schools,  the  text  books  in  use,  and  any  other  features  of 
interest  that  may  be  suggested.  The  object  of  this  most 
commendable  scheme  is  to  give  to  strangers,  and  visitors 
generally,  a  comprehensive  idea  of  the  educational  system 
of  the  province  as  carried  out  in  actual  teaching  in  the 
schools.  A  committee,  consisting  of  the  superintendent, 
Messrs.  Eaton  and  Argus,  of  Victoria  and  Vancouver. 
respectively,  and  three  provincial  inspectors,  Messrs.  Wil- 
son, Stewart  and  Gordon,  will  have  the  arrangements  in 
charge. 

The  Edgehill  School  for  Girls,  at  Windsor,  X.  S., 
closed  a  very  prosperous  year  in  June.  The  school  is 
known  everywhere  for  the  excellent  training  it  gives.  Its 
location  and  surroundings,  and  the  commanding  view  of 
the  beautiful  scenery  about  Windsor,  are  well  fitted  to  aid 
in  such  a  training.  Miss  Lefroy,  the  principal,  has  resigned 
her  position  which  she  has  so  admirably  filled  for  several 
years  and  has  returned  to  England. 

The  Netherwood  school  at  Rothesay  is  another  girls' 
school  beautifully  situated  amid  the  fine  scenery  of  the 
Kennebecasis.  It  has  been  growing  in  efficiency  and  popu- 
larity for  years  past  under  the  wise  and  excellent  man- 
agement of  Mrs.  J.  S.  Armstrong,  who  has  had  associated 
with  her  for  the  past  two  years  as  principals,  Miss  Pitcher 
and  Miss  S.  B.  Ganong.  Mrs.  Armstrong  has  retired  from 
the  principalship,  though  still  retaining  the  duties  of 
instructor  in  the  school.  The  scholarship  and  experience 
of  the  ladies  who  have  assumed  the  complete  charge  of 
Netherwood  are  an  excellent  guarantee  of  the  future  good 
prospects  of  the  school. 

Mr.  Ernest  E.  Fairweather  becomes  principal  of  Annap- 
olis Royal  Academy  in  place  of  Mr.  A.  W.  L.  Smith, 
resigned.  Mr.  Fairweather  is  a  graduate  of  King's  Col- 
lege and  has  distinguished  himself  as  a  student. 

Mr.  Frank  E.  Wheelock,  B.  A.,  (Acadia),  has  been 
appointed  vice-principal  of  the  Consolidated  School  at 
Middleton  as  teacher  of  grade  10,  and  Mr.  B.  S.  Banks 
takes  the  place  of  Miss  Mabelle  Fash  as  teacher  of  grade  a. 

An  interesting  experiment  is  being  tried  at  the  Middle- 
ton,  N.  S.,  Consolidated  School  during  the  present  sum- 
mer vacation.  Scholars  are  brought  in  relays  from  each 
district  in  turn,  and  under  the  charge  of  one  of  the  instruc- 
tors keep  the  school  garden  in  order  and  continue  their 
work  in  nature-study.  No  regular  indoor  work  is 
attempted. 

Professor  Roland  T.  Gray,  a  graduate  of  Rochester 
University,  has  been  appointed  to  the  chair  of  English 
literature  at  Acadia  in  place  of  Professor  Kierstead.  The 
appointment  is  believed  to  be  an  excellent  one. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 


The  Artistic   Crafts    Series   of   Technical   Handbooks. 
Edited  by  W.  R.  Lethaby;  Stained  Glass  Work.     A 
text-book   for   students   and  workers   in   glass.     By   C 
W.  Whall.     Cloth.     Pages  381.     Price  5s.  net. 
Thi;     text-book    for    students,    teachers,    librarians    and 
workers,  illustrates  not  only  processes  and  workshop  prac- 
tice, but  also  helps  to  create  good  taste   in  the  making  of 
objects  and  judgment  in  selection.     The  book  is  admirably 
illustrated  and  well  written.     It  is  accompanied  by  a  series 
of  School   Copies  and  Examples,  twelve  in  number.   i.iVjx 


12  inches  in  a  portfolio.  Price  5s.  net.  In  this  series  it  is 
intended  to  make  available  for  school  purposes  fine  works 
of  art'  from  historical  and  nature  subjects.  Students  will 
appreciate  the  excellent  material  found  in  this  book  and 
the  beautiful  plates  that  accompany  it. 

Geometry.     Part  I.     By  A.  H.  McDougall,  B.  A.,  Princi- 
pal of  Ottawa  Collegiate  Institute.     Cloth.     Pages  112. 
The  Copp   Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
This   practical    little   manual   is   designed    to    cover   work 
in   geometry   for  continuation  classes   in  public  shools  and 
lower    school    classes    in    secondary    schools.      Accuracy    in 
reasoning,  in  measurement,  and  in  proofs  are  insisted  upon 
throughout,  and  constant  tests  of  this  accuracy  are  required. 
The  book  should  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  the  teaching  of 
practical  geometry. 

"Carrots'' — Just    a    Little    Boy.      By    Mrs.    Molesworth. 

Illustrated.     Cloth.     Pages   126.     Price   is.     Macmillan 

&  Company,  London. 
An   entertaining  little  story — quaint,   and  told  in  charm- 
ingly simple  language — of  the   "baby"  of  an   English   fam- 
ily, and  how  he  grew  up  through  boyhood. 

Easy  Graphs.     By  H.   S.  Hall,  M.  A.     Cloth.     Pages  64. 
Price    is.      Macmillan    &    Co.,   London. 
The  attempt  to  put  together  consecutively  and   in   -mall 
compass  all  the  essentials  of  elementary  geographical  work 
will   be  appreciated  by  students  of  algebra. 

The  Ethics  of  Force.  By  H.  E.  Warner.  C!o;h.  Pages 
126.  Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
This  is  a  modest  and  reasonable  presentation  of  the  chief 
arguments  against  war.  The  author  traces  clearly  and 
effectively  the  conditions  that  provoke  nations  to  discord, 
until  "Finally,  a  point  is  reached,  unexpectedly,  where  the 
national  honour  is  involved,  and  nothing  is  left  but  mutual 
destruction."  The  conditions  that  prevail  at  the  present 
time  make  the  book  of  particular  interest. 

Specimen   Letters.     Edited  by  Albert  S.   Cook,  Professor 
of   the    English   language  and   literature   in    Yale   Uni- 
versity,  and   Allen   R.    Benham,    fellow   in   English,   of 
Yale  University.     Cloth.     156  pages.   Mailing  price,  65 
cents.     Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
"All  letters,  methinks,  should  be  free  and  ea-y  as  one's 
discourse."    wrote    one    who    thought    of    the    pleasure    of 
reading  a   well   written   letter.     All   have  occasion  to  write 
letters,  and  yet  few  know  how  to  do  so  as  to  afford  a  gen- 
uine   pleasure    for   those   who   receive   them.      The   present 
hook  is  a  selection  of  familiar  and  entertaining  letters  by  a 
number   of   writers   and   in   a   variety   of   styles.     Here   the 
r  ivice    can    see  how   even   trivial   matters  are   invested    with 
^race   and    charm,    and    perhaps   learn    to    imi;ate   the    care 
and  naturalness  of  the  masters  of  epistolary  style. 

Blackie's  Model  Readers.  Book  I.  Pages  128.  Price  8d. 
Book  II.  Pages  144.  Price  tod.  Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 

The  two  readers  named  above  which  introduce  Blackie's 
series  are  attractive  with  their  coloured  pictures  and  draw- 
ing-. -otTjs  with  music,  and  simple  stories  designed  to 
make  the  reading  lesions  profitable  and  pleasant  to  chil- 
dren. 

Lancashire  is  a  little  book  in  the  "English  Counties'" 
-eric-,    of    supplementary    readers,    published    by    Blackie    & 


52 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


AUTHORIZED     BY     BOARD     OF      EDUCATION     FOR 
USE      IN     THE     SCHOOLS      OF      NEW      BRUNSWICK 

A  HISTORY  OF   NEW   BRUNSWICK. 


By  Q.  U.  HAY,   D  Sc. 


Price  30  Cents. 


BEAUTIFULLY      ILLUSTRATED. 


....INCLUDING.... 


PAGE  OF  BRITISH  FLAGS  AND  A  MAP  OF  THE  MARITIME  PROVINCES. 

BOTH  IN  COLOR. 


TKAC'HKRS     SHOULD    INSTRUCT    THKIR    BOOKSELLERS     TO    ORDER 
SUPPLIES     IN     TIME     FOR    INTRODUCTION*    AT     SCHOOL     OPENING.- 


W.  J.   GAGE  &  CO.,   Limited.     - 

TORONTO,     ONTARIO. 


Publishers. 


Son,  London,  price  8d.  The  books  are  designed  to  interest 
children  in  their  immediate  surroundings,  giving,  with 
illustrations,  the  chief  historical  and  geographical  facts  of 
each  country,  with  other  interesting  matter  in  simple 
language.  The  books  furnish  good  models  by  which  teach- 
ers everywhere  may  get  up  oral  lessons  on  particular 
localities. 

A  very  neat  and  dainty  little  volume  is  the  Selected 
Poems  of  Whittier,  published  by  Rlackie  &  Son,  London, 
price  is.  6d.  It  is  one  of  a  series,  called  the  Red  Letter 
Library,  embracing  representative  works  of  great  authors. 
The  above  named  volume  has  a  keen  and  appreciative 
introduction  containing  an  estimate  of  Whittier's  place  as 
a  poet,  by  the  Bishop  of  Ripon. 

The  Intermediate  Globe  Geography  Reader.  By  Vincent 
T.  Murche,  F.  R.  G.  S.  Cloth.  Pages  200.  Price  is. 
od.     Macmillan   &    Company,    London. 

This  reading  book  for  children  is  a  very  attractive  one, 
containing  interesting  historical  sketches  of  the  early  as 
well  as  the  present  inhabitants  of  Britain;  the  growth  and 
decay  of  towns;  the  work  and  workmen  of  busy  England; 
the  advance  of  industries ;  chats  about  journeys  through 
the  country;  formation  and  flow  of  rivers;  the  rainfall  of 
the  country,  etc  The  book  is  fully  illustrated.  The  ten 
coloured  plates,  of  which  that  of  the  choir  of  Canterbury 
cathedral  is  a  marvel  of  artistic  beauty,  are  alone  worth 
the  price  of  the  book.  We  know  of  no  more  attractive 
and  instructive  reading  book  for  children  or  adults  on  the 
making  of  England  than  this  one. 


High  School  Chemistry.  Revised  edition.  By  W.  S. 
Ellis,  B.  A.,  B.  Sc.,  Collegiate  Institute,  Kingston,  Ont. 
Cloth.     Pages  220.     The  Copp  Clark  Co.,  Toronto. 

The  advance  in  the  knowledge  and  practical  application 
of  chemistry  has  been  so  great  in  the  past  ten  years  that  a 
revised  edition  of  this  useful  work  has  been  a  necessity. 
The  author's  training  and  his  practice  as  a  teacher  have 
enabled  him  to  produce  a  work  fully  up  to  the  times  in 
chemical  science  and  of  high  educational  value  to  those 
who  know  how  to  use  it. 

American  Phonography.  By  William  L  Anderson, 
senior  commercial  teacher  in  the  Dorchester  High 
School,  Boston.  Cloth.  Pages  325.  Ginn  &  Company, 
Boston. 

This  system  embraces  the  best  and  newest  features  which 
American  phonographers  of  the  Pitman  school  have  pro- 
duced. The  author  has  combined  these  features  and  added 
others  which  should  make  the  book  of  great  value  to 
students   of   shorthand. 

In  Blackie's  English  school  texts,  edited  by  W.  A.  D. 
Rouse.  Litt.  D..  the  following  enlist  the  attention  of  the 
young  reader:  Defoe's  Robinson  Crusoe,  Francis  Drake's 
The  World  Encompassed,  and  Napier's  Battles  of  the 
Peninsular  War.  Each  is  a  low-priced,  handy  and  well 
printed  little  volume  of  128  pages.  Published  by  Blackie 
&  Son.  London. 

Selections  from  the  poems  of  Edmund  Spenser  in  Black- 
ie's English  Classics,  contains  a  brief  introductory  sketch 
of  the  poet's  life  and  some  of  his  best  known  verses.  Price 
two  pence.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 


TWENTY-EIGHT     PAGES. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced   Methods  of   Education   and   General    Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  SEPTEMBER,    1905. 


Si  00  per  Year. 


LT.    HAY, 
Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  ScOlia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 

Offlce,  SI  Leinater  Street,    St.   John,  N.  B. 
Printed  bt  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 


Always  Bead  this  Notice. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  about  the  ist  °J 
every  month.  If  not  received  within  a  week  after  that  date, 
write  to  the  office. 

THE  REVIEW  i»  tent  regularly  to  subscribers  until  notifica- 
tion is  received  to  discontinue  and  all  arrearages  are  paid. 

When  you  change  your  address,  notify  us  at  once,  giving  the 
old  as  well  as  the  new  address.  This  will  save  time  and  cor- 
respondence. 

The  number  on  your  address  tells  to  what  whole  number  of  the 
BEVIEW  the  subscription  is  paid. 

Address  all  correspondence  and  business  communications  to 
EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 

Bt.  John.  N.  B. 

CONTENTS  : 


Editorial  Notes 

Teachers'  Salaries..  

Death  of  Professor  Davidson       

A  Long  and  Well-spent  Life        

Mutual  Improvement  Associations         

japan's  Naval  Record     

Nature  Study        

Chipmunk  and  Red  Squirrel       

September  Talks 

The  Empty  Crayon  Box 

August  and  September  in  Canadian  History       

The  Aim  of  Good  Teaching        

How  to  teach  Addition     

N.  S.  Provincial  Teachers'  Association...  

President   Eliot  on    Art   Education        

Sympathy  for  Children 

Linen  in   Season  

Current  Events 

School  and  College     

Recent  Books    ...  —        

Recent  Magazines       

New  Advertisements— 

Copp,   Clark  &  Co.,  p.  8};  Webster's  International  Dictionary 


61 
62 
62 

63 
63 
64 
64 
65 
t>7 
67 
6S 
68 
69 
70 
72 
73 

74 

11 

79 

82 


The  teachers'  pension  scheme,  as  well  as  other 
matters  brought  before  the  Truro  educational  con- 
vention, will  receive  attention  next  month.  The 
chief  points  discussed  at  this  important  meeting  will 
be  found  on  another  page. 


If  teachers  intend  to  observe  Arbor  Day  next 
spring,  it  would  be  well  to  take  notice  this  fall  in 
what  situations  and  soils  certain  trees  grow  best. 
Notice  what  a  western  school  superintendent 
lias  said :  "  Teachers  take  pine  trees  from  the  hills 
where  they  grow  beautifully  and  set  them  out  where 
they  die  speedily." 


The  October  number  of  the  Review,  to  be  pub- 
lished on  the  first  of  the  month,  will  contain  material 
to  assist  schools  in  observing  the  centenary  of  Nel- 
son's death.  As  this  is  to  be  celebrated  in  a  fitting 
way  all  over  the  British  world,  our  schools  should 
take  part  in  it,  especially  because  of  its  great  historic 
significance. 


The  many  friends  of  Professor  W.  F.  P.  Stock- 
ley  will  learn  with  regret  of  his  intention  to  leave 
Canada  and  take  up  his  permanent  residence  in  his 
native  country,  Ireland,  where  his  only  daughter  is 
residing.  Professor  Stockley's  scholarly  attain- 
ments, especially  in  the  field  of  English  literature, 
and  his  genial  disposition  has  won  for  him  many 
admirers  and  warm  personal  friends  during  the 
score  of  years  that  he  has  spent  as  teacher  in  three 
of  the  educational  institutions  of  Canada  —  the 
University  of  New  Brunswick,  University  of  Otta- 
wa, and  St.  Marv's  College,  Halifax. 


Ox  the  21st  of  October  of  this  year  the  British 
Empire  will  celebrate  the  centenary  of  the  death  of 
Admiral  Nelson  and  Britain's  great  naval  victory, 
the  battle  of  Trafalgar.  The  "  Victory,"  Nelson's 
flagship,  on  which  he  breathed  his  last  in  the  hour 
of  his  triumph,  has  been  preserved  by  the  order  of 
King  Edward,  and  will  remain  as  a  floating  monu- 
ment of  Nelson  and  Trafalgar.  Damaged  portions 
of  this  celebrated  ship  have  been  removed,  and  from 
this  material  souvenirs  are  being  made  and  sold, 
the  proceeds  to  be  expended  in  establishing  a  Nel- 
son's Memorial  Fund,  one  purpose  of  which  is  to 
build  a  Sailors'  Rest  at  King's  Lynn,  the  great 
admiral's  birthplace.  Those  who  contribute  one 
dollar  and  upwards  will  receive  a  suitably  inscribed 
medal  or  brooch,  made  of  the  copper  of  the  "Vic- 
tory." Contributions  may  be  sent  to  Edward  W. 
Matthews,  Limehouse,  London.  E.  Any  school 
contributing  £5  5s.  secures  a  shield,  which  becomes 
the  property  of  the  school,  and  may  be  offered  in 
competition  for  the  best  essay  on  "  England's  In- 
debtedness to  Her  Ships  and  Sailors,"  or  other 
patriotic  or  naval  topic  to  be  chosen  by  the  school ; 
the  successful  pupil  to  retain  the  shield  for  one  vear. 


62 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


There  are  over  five  thousand  teachers  in  the 
Maritime  Provinces.  While  the  Review  is  read 
by  the  great  majority  of  these,  there  are  some  to 
whom  its  pages  are  unknown.  A  gentleman 
occupying  a  high  educational  position,  and  a  sup- 
porter of  the  Review  for  many  years,  said,  in 
speaking  of  its  excellent  character  and  its  valuable 
contributions  every  month :  How  is  it  possible  that 
a  teacher  can  do  without  it? 


"The  school  is  a  little  s'ate,"  said  one  of  the 
speakers  at  the  educational  convention  at  Truro  the 
other  day,  and  there  are  ways  in  which  this  may  be 
realized  to  the  benefit  of  the  child  and  the  state.  In 
several  cities  of  the  United  States  a  form  of  self- 
government  of  schools  has  been  tried  in  the  past 
few  years,  and  the  plan  has  been  so  successful  that 
President  Roosevelt,  President  Eliot  of  Harvard 
and  other  eminent  men  have  given  it  their  approval. 

The  children  of  a  school  city  organize,  elect  a 
mayor  and  council,  make  laws,  have  a  regular  city's 
charter,  which  may  be  revoked  by  the  teachers  if 
necessary.  The  children  become  responsible  for 
the  discipline  of  the  school,  and  the  responsibility 
may  extend  to  the  play  grounds,  and  even  to  the 
streets.  The  teachers  are  of  course  the  ultimate 
source  of  authority,  but  by  the  exercise  of  tact  an/1 
good  sense  they  may  not  have  to  exercise  it.  The 
plan  has  been  adopted  by  twenty-three  schools  of 
Philadelphia.  A  disorderly  school  of  a  thousand 
pupils  in  New  York,  that  required  the  presence  of 
policemen  every  day,  became  orderly  and  law-abid- 
ing within  a  week  after  a  school  city  was  organized. 
Other  instances  are  cited  to  show  that  in  cities  where 
it  has  been  tried  disorderly  conduct  ceased,  and 
neater  dress,  better  manners,  improved  scholarship 
followed.  The  pupils  have  manifested  a  surprising 
aptitude  for  practices  of  courts  of  justice,  and  some 
of  their  decisions  and  punishments  have  been  found 
to  be  remarkably  appropriate.     And  why  not? 

Will  not  some  of  our  enterprising  teachers  con- 
sider the  plan  and  try  it  in  their  schools? 


Teachers'  Salaries. 


St.  John  City  has  just  lost  two  excellent  teachers 
from  its  high  school  staff :  and  this  is  the  result  of 
a  higher  appreciation  of  these  ladies'  services  else- 
where, as  will  be  seen  in  the  paragraph  in  our 
"  School  and  College  "  page.  It  is  to  be  regretted 
that  the  school  board  could  not  have  yielded  to  the 
request  for  a  more  adequate  salary.  It  is  presum- 
able, however,  that  school  boards  and  college  boards 


have  their  difficulties  in  such  cases.  Some  time 
ago  the  Review  quoted  the  instance  of  Professor 
Jeffrey,  of  Toronto  University,  who  had  made  a 
considerable  reputation  on  account  of  his  research 
work  in  botany.  Harvard  University  wanted  him, 
and  having  offered  double  the  salary  that  his  own 
university  gave,  secured  him. 

Similar  instances  occur  by  the  score  every  year. 
To  retain  the  services  of  specially  gifted  teachers 
and  pay  them  an  increased  salary  would  strain  the 
financial  resources  of  most  of  our  school  and  col- 
lege boards.  That  is  not  all.  There  are  the  other 
teachers  on  the  staff  to  be  considered ;  and  these 
would  smart  at  the  injustice  of  an  increase  n  a 
special  case  without  considering  their  own  years  of 
honest,  faithful  service.  To  pass  over  such  services 
thus  would  discourage  many  worthy  men  and 
women,  and  result  in  a  real  educational  loss  —  the 
loss  of  a  teacher's  independence  and  spirit. 

The  question  of  a  proper  remuneration  for  teach- 
ers is  beset  with  difficulties.  To  pav  bv  results, 
when  time  only,  and  perhaps  eternity,  can  determine 
these  results,  is  not  possible.  Certainly  the  "  re- 
sults "  of  an  examination  are  but  slender  tests  of 
the  real  qualifications  of  a  teacher.  The  only 
feasible  scheme  seems  to  be  to  raise  the  salaries  of 
teachers  all  along  the  line,  from  the  primarv  teacher 
to  the  professor  in  the  university ;  and.  in  order  to 
safeguard  educational  interests,  insist  on  a  wider 
experience,  higher  qualifications,  and  a  more  liberal 
culture  for  all  teachers. 


Death  of  Prof.  Davidson. 

News  of  the  death,  in  the  36th  year  of  his  age, 
of  Professor  John  Davidson,  lately  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Xew  Brunswick,  was  heard  with  a  sincere 
and  widespread  feeling  of  regret.  He  died  on  the 
31st  July  in  Scotland,  whither  ill-health  had  com- 
pelled him  to  remove,  with  Mrs.  Davidson,  three 
years  ago,  on  his  retirement  from  his  duties  as 
professor.  His  ten  years  of  able  work  in  the  uni- 
versity, the  zeal  and  industry  with  which  he  devoted 
himself  to  public  and  philanthropic  movements,  and 
the  sympathy  for  him  in  his  brave  struggle  with 
disease  won  manv  warm  friends.  He  came  to  Xew 
Brunswick  when  twenty-three  years  of  age  after  a 
brilliant  school  and  university  career  at  Edinburg, 
the  city  of  his  birth.  His  strong  personality  and 
his  gifts  as  a  teacher  and  author  made  him  a  pro- 
minent figure  in  educational  circles.  He  entered 
into  his  work  at  the  university  with  enthusiasm, 
inspiring  his  students  with  his  original  methods  and 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


63 


his  earnest  convictions  in  whatever  cause  he  cham- 
pioned. His  work  was  by  no  means  confined  to  the 
university.  The  social,  financial  and  industrial 
problems  of  Canada  were  studied  with  a  breadth 
of  outlook  and  a  mastery  of  detail  that  gave  pro- 
mise of  greater  fulfilment  with  maturer  years.  His 
contributions  to  British  and  American  periodicals 
and  his  books  on  economic  subjects  won  for  him 
the  reputation  of  a  keen  and  thoughtful  observer 
and  an  indefatigable  worker.  His  heroic  spirit 
fighting  almost  to  the  last  hour  with  that  dread 
disease,  consumption,  is  well  shown  in  the  paragraph 
quoted  from  the  Edinburg  Despatch  : 

"  During  the  months  of  his  enforced  seclusion 
from  the  duties  of  his  chair,  Dr.  Davidson  was  by 
no  means  idle.  Articles  on  subjects  relating  to 
the  branch  of  science  in  which  he  was  a  specialized 
student  appeared  steadily  in  British  and  American 
journals  and  periodicals ;  he  did  a  large  amount  of 
work  upon  the  Nelson-Harmsworth  Encyclopcedia ; 
and  he  week  by  week  contributed  valuable  political 
and  economic  articles  to  the  columns  of  the  Week's 
Surrey,  since  it  changed  hands  in  December  last. 
Only  on  Tuesday  last  he  insisted  upon  sitting  up 
in  bed  to  complete  an  article  for  the  Week's  Survey, 
saying  that  he  had  never  failed  anybody  yet.  But 
this  time  the  task  was  beyond  his  power,  and  he  had 
to  lay  down  his  pen  for  the  last  time.  Death  en- 
sued on  Friday." 

A  Long  and  Well-Spent  Life. 

Hon.  David  Wark,  LL.  D.,  Senator,  died  at 
Fredericton,  X.  B.,  on  the  20th  of  August,  in  the 
one  hundred  and  second  year  of  his  age.  His  life 
was  simple,  serene,  honest,  substantial,  and  without 
ostentation ;  his  end  was  peaceful  and  painless. 
Born  near  Londonderry,  Ireland,  February  19th, 
1804,  he  came  to  New  Brunswick  in  1825.  He 
taught  school  for  ten  years,  chiefly  at  Richibucto, 
where  he  afterwards  engaged  in  mercantile  busi- 
ness. In  1842  he  was  elected  to  represent  the  people 
of  Kent  in  the  Provincial  Assembly,  and  up  to  the 
time  of  his  death  was  identified  closely  with  the 
industrial  and  political  interests  of  the  province. 
His  legislative  career  extended  over  sixty  years, 
and  he  was  the  oldest  active  legislator  in  the  world. 
He  took  part  in  the  lengthy  session  of  parliament 
at  Ottawa  in  1904.  He  was  then  in  his  101st  year, 
with  his  mind  clear  and  his  judgment  good.  His 
career  was  a  useful  and  happy  one.  Service  and 
duty  were  his  watchwords,  and  faithfully  did  he 
discharge  every  obligation. 


Mutual  Improvement  Associations. 

Every  town,  village  and  hamlet  should  have  its 
Mutual  Improvement  Association,  which  may  be 
active  both  in  summer  and  winter.  During  the 
latter  season  the  association  may  meet  from  house 
to  house  for  social  and  literary  improvement.  A 
library  is  necessary.  If  there  is  none  in  the  village, 
a  travelling  library  may  be  secured  at  a  mere  trifle 
of  an  outlay.  During  a  recent  visit  to  the  McGill 
L"n  versity  library  the  writer  was  shown  choice 
assortments  of  books  which  are  loaned,  on  applica- 
tion, to  country  schools,  reading  clubs,  and  communi- 
ties possessing  no  free  public  library.  These  books 
have  been  carefully  selected  and  grouped  according 
to  the  wants  of  those  using  them :  ( 1 )  for  general 
reading;  (2)  for  young  people;  (3)  for  students 
of  special  subjects.  Each  travelling  library,  con- 
sisting of  twenty-five  books,  is  loaned  for  a  term  of 
three  months,  on  conditions  which  are  sent  on  appli- 
cation to  the  librarian  of  McGill  University. 

Framed  pictures  suitable  for  hanging  in  a  school- 
room may  be  sent  with  the  travelling  libraries,  but 
not  more  than  two  at  a  time,  and  these  may  be 
changed  as  often  as  the  library  is  changed. 

This  is  an  opportunity — and  there  are  others  — 
of  which  schools  and  communities  may  avail  them- 
selves for  mutual  improvement.  As  the  Review  has 
frequently  urged  in  the  past,  teachers  should  take 
the  lead  in  this  improvement  in  communities  in 
which  they  are  living. 

During  the  w  nter  also  plans  may  be  formed,  to 
be  carried  out  in  the  summer  season,  to  make  the 
town  or  district  more  attractive.  An  appeal  may 
be  issued  by  the  Improvement  Assoc  ation,  which 
should  have  as  many  members  as  possible,  and  em- 
brace representatives  from  all  classes  'n  the  com- 
munity, urging  all  to  carry  out  some  such  pro- 
gramme as  the  following : 

1.  Burn  all  rubbish  possible,  and  bury  that  which 
cannot  be  burned. 

2.  Do  not  throw  paper  or  other  litter  on  the 
streets.  (When  streets  are  once  free  from  unsightly 
rubbish,  people  will  be  anxious  to  keep  them  so). 

3.  Persuade  people  who  must  smoke  not  to  do  so 
on  the  streets,  or  in  public  places  in  the  presence  of 
ladies. 

4.  Do  not  spit  on  the  sidewalk  or  on  the  floor  of 
any  public  place  or  conveyance.  (The  public  spit- 
ting nuisance  is  fast  becoming  obsolete  in  every 
civilized  and  well  ordered  community). 

5.  Persuade  owners  of  property  to  destroy  and 
keep  down  the  weeds  just  starting,  especially  those 


64 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


on  their  grounds  or  along  the  streets  or  in  vacant 
lots. 

6.  The  example  of  well  kept,  orderly  arrangement 
of  lawns  and  houses  is  quickly  followed; 
therefore  let  the  members  of  the  Improvement  So- 
ciety have  the'r  lawns  and  gardens  neat,  flowers 
and  shrubbery  planted  in  them ;  houses  and  out- 
houses painted,  fences  and  gates  repaired,  and  every- 
thing about  their  premises  kept  neat,  attractive  and 
orderly. 


Japan's  Naval  Record. 

Since  the  first  of  February,  1904,  the  newl> 
created  navy  of  Japan,  with  some  co-operat'on  of 
the  army  at  Port  Arthur,  has  sunk  or  captured 
sixty-five  Russian  vessels,  including  fourteen  battle- 
ships of  the  first  class,  twelve  armored  or  protected 
cruisers,  four  auxiliary  cruisers,  three  coast-defense 
iron-clads,  eleven  gun-boats,  and  twenty-one  tor- 
*  pedo-boats  and  destroyers.  It  has  also  killed  or 
captured  eleven  Russian  admirals,  and  has  taken 
as  prisoners  about  ten  thousand  men  of  the  naval 
rank  and  file.  It  has  not  suffered  a  single  defeat, 
and  although  twelve  of  its  vessels  have  been  de- 
stroyed by  accidental  collisions  and  percussion 
mines,  it  has  not  lost  in  action,  a  single  ship  larger 
than  a  torpedo-boat,  and  it  is  probably  stronger  and 
more  efficient  than  it  was  a  year  ago.  Such  a  record 
as  this  is  not  only  extraordinary,  but  absolutely  un- 
paralleled ;  and  when  we  consider  the  fact  that  these 
results  have  been  attained,  not  by  accident  or  luck, 
but  by  organization,  practice,  good  judgment  and 
consummate  skill,  we  must  give  Japan  credit  for 
producing  not  only  good  seamen  and  gunners,  but 
naval  commanders  worthy  to  take  rank  with  the 
first  in  the  world. 


Saigo  was  the  teacher  of  Togo,  the  llustrious 
Japanese  admiral,  and  among  the  precepts  of  the 
teacher  that  seem  to  have  influenced  the  pupil 
throughout  his  career  are  the  following :  "  Where 
you  see  faults,  take  the  blame  of  them  yourself; 
where  there  is  merit,  attribute  it  to  others.  Act 
resolutely  and  the  very  gods  and  devils  shall  flee  be- 
fore you."- — George  Kennan,  in  the  Outlook. 


September  Calendar. 

September  4th  is  Labor  Day — a  public  holiday. 
September  29th  is  Michaelmas  Day. 
September  30th,  the  first  day  of  the  Jewish  New 
Year,  begins  the  year  5666  of  the  Jewish  era. 


Nature  Study. 

Children  hunting  a  lost  ball  in  a  meadow  adjoin- 
ing the  play-yard  discover  a  ground-bird's  nest  with 
four  blotched  eggs.  Their  interest  is  aroused. 
They  describe  the  nest  to  the  teachers  and  inquire 
to  what  b'rd  it  belongs.  Unfortunate  for  them,  if 
he  is  scientist  enough  and  unpedagogical  enough  to 
say  at  once :  "  It  is  a  bob-o-link's  nest."  Better 
were  he  a  good  teacher  and  no  ornithologist,  for 
then  he  would  use  their  interest  to  lead  to  some 
educational  activity  which  would  be  far  more  use- 
ful to  them  than  the  mere  information  they  seek. 
But  best  of  all  if  the  teacher  knows  well  both  child- 
ren and  birds.  In  that  case  he  can  guide  them  to 
discover  the  answer  to  their  question  in  an  educative 
way,  and  in  doing  so  excite  them  to  ask  and  answer 
by  research  many  other  related  questions.  He 
engages  their  interest  at  the  favorable  moment  to 
train  them  to  observe,  think,  investigate  and  enjoy. 
This  is  Nature  study- — From  Dearness's  "Nature 
Study  Course''  by  permission  of  Copp,  Clark  and 
Company,  Publishers. 


Eliza  and  Sarah  Flower  were  gifted  English 
sisters  whose  earthly  lives  began  and  ended  between 
the  opening  and  the  close  of  the  first  half  of  the 
last  century ;  and  yet  in  that  brief  period  both  left 
their  impress  on  their  generation ;  and  the  younger, 
Sarah,  achieved  undying  fame  by  composing  the 
beautiful  hymn,  "  Nearer,  My  God,  to  Thee."  It 
was  suggested  by  the  story  of  Jacob's  vision  at 
Bethel,  as  found  in  Genesis  xxviii,  10-22.  The 
hymn  was  first  published  in  1841.  and  although  it 
met  with  some  favor,  it  was  not  until  i860  that  Dr. 
Lowell  Mason's  beautiful  and  sympathetic  music 
"  quickened  it  into  glorious  life  "  and  gave  it  a  per- 
manent abiding-place  in  the  hearts  of  the  people. — 
The  Delineator  for  September. 


Sumatra  grows  the  largest  flower  in  the  world. 
It  measures  a  yard  and  three  inches  across,  and  its 
cup  will  hold  six  quarts  of  water.  Raiflesia  Ar- 
noldii  is  its  name. — Philadelphia  Bulletin. 

The  smallest  and  simplest  flowers  in  the  world, 
consisting  of  a  minute  stamen  and  pistil,  are  pro- 
bably the  species  of  Wolifia,  which  grow  near  the 
surface  of  stagnant  water  as  little  grains,  attached 
to  rootless  leaves  which  float.  They  are  found  in 
Canada  near  Lake  Ontario. 


"  I   found  your  August   number   full  of  helpful 
suggestions." — M.  A.  H, 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


65 


Chipmunk  and  Red  Squirrel. 

Beneath  the  grassy  lawn  of  our  home  in  the 
country  a  chipmunk  has  made  its  abode  for  several 
years.  It  is  quite  tame,  and  seems  to  delight  every 
time  it  goes  into  or  comes  out  of  the  narrow  hole 
to  sit  for  some  moments  in  a  variety  of  pretty  pos- 
ings  very  interesting  to  watch.  Every  small  fruit 
tree  in  the  neighborhood  is  visited  in  turn  by  the 
industrious  "  chippy,"  and  by  the  end  of  autumn  ;ts 
snug  little  winter  home  underground  must  be  well 
provided  with  good  things.  In  the  bright  warm 
days  of  June  last  the  mother  chipmunk  brought  her 
alert  little  family  of  two  groundlings  to  sun  them- 
selves on  the  lawn  and  play  a  variety  of  cunning 
tricks — for  our  benefit,  we  might  suppose,  but  really 
to  make  them  acquainted  with  the  ways  of  a  naughtv 
world.  On  the  slightest  hint  of  danger,  the  young- 
sters vanished  into  their  holes  like  a  flash.  Alwavs 
they  were  the  first  to  go,  obeying  instantly  the 
warning  signal  of  the  mother,  whatever  it  was,  wh'le 
she  stood  guard  over  the  hole,  into  which  she,  too, 
quickly  retreated  if  we  showed  a  desire  to  make  a 
closer  acquaintance. 

After  a  week  or  so  the  little  ones  were  no  longer 
seen.  They  have  now  probably  built  homes  of  their 
own,  and  are  storing  them  with  food  for  the  winter. 
They  were  beautiful  little  creatures,  the  image  of 
the  mother,  dainty  in  form,  and  graceful  in  move- 
ment. Their  sleek  coats  were  softer  in  color  than 
the  mother's  brownish-grey  on  the  back,  which 
warms  into  a  reddish  brown  on  the  forehead  and 
hind  quarters.  The  black  stripes  on  the  sides  form- 
ed a  pretty  contrast  to  the  pure  white  of  the  throat 
and  under  parts. 

A  lady-visitor  to  the  lawn  the  other" day  made  a 
"  snap-shot  "  of  our  little  friend,  the  chipmunk. 
which  is  here  re-produced.     Its  bright  eyes  stared 


in  timid  wonder  on  the  camera.  It  recoiled  for  a 
moment  at  the  "  click,"  but  soon  promptly  returned 
to  "  position."  This  posture,  which  it  assumes  on 
coming  otit  of  its  hole,  is  evidently  one  of  recon- 
naissance, its  keen  little  eyes  scanning  every  nook 


wherein  an  enemy  may  lurk,  its  delicate  nostrils 
scenting  every  danger.  When  it  is  assured  of 
safety,  it  scampers  off  by  a  succession  of  jumps  to 
the  tree  from  which  it  is  obtaining  its  stores,  and 
always  by  the  one  path,  which  it  seems  to  have  mark- 
ed out  for  itself.  For  the  past  week  or  so  its  favor- 
ite hunting  ground  has  been  a  red  cherry  tree,  at 
the  foot  of  which  is  an  arm-chair.  While  we  were 
all  gathered  round  this  a  few  days  ago  listening  to 
the  reading  of  Roberts'  "  Scourge  of  the  Forest," 
in  which  is  described  the  fleeing  of  terrified  animals 
big  and  little — before  the  swift  forest  fire,  the  chip- 
munk went  its  usual  way,  climbing  up  the  chair  over 
the  sleeve  of  the  reader,  and  into  the  tree,  not  con- 
scious of  our  presence,  as  long  as  we  betrayed  no 
consciousness.  Filling  its  cheek  pockets  with  cher- 
ries, it  returns  by  a  different  way.  but  always  the 
same  for  its  homeward  journey ;  it  pauses  at  the 
mouth  of  the  hole,  assumes  its  upright  posture,  and 
then  with  its  front  paws  proceeds  to  arrange  the 
food  in  its  distended  cheeks  as  compactly  as  possible, 
so  that  it  may  not  "  stick  "  in  passing  through  the 
narrow  hole.  For  chipmunks  have  enemies  who 
would  like  to  follow  the  little  storekeeper,  if  thev 
could  squeeze  through  the  long  narrow  portal  which 
leads  to  its  treasures. 

One  wishes  that  other  people  were  as  tidy  about 
lawns  as  the  chipmunk.  He  never  leaves  any  stray 
bits  of  food  or  refuse,  like  banana  peels,  about. 
Whatever  he  does  with  the  earth  that  he  digs  out 
to  form  the  tunnel-like  home  under  ground,  no  one 
knows,  for  not  a  trace  of  it  can  be  seen.  He  pro- 
bably carries  it  away  in  his  pocket-like  cheeks,  and 
hides  it.  He  does  his  work  secretly  and  effectively, 
like  a  Japanese  soldier,  and  is  very  successful  in  con- 
cealing bis  whereabouts   from  an  enemy. 

He  is  an  independent  little  chap,  too.  We  have 
tried  to  help  him  in  his  work  by  placing  peanuts 
near  his  hole ;  he  refused  to  take  any  notice  of  them. 
Perhaps  he  found  them  not  to  his  taste ;  but  we 
would  rather  believe  that  he  scorns  to  enjoy  what 
he  has  not  earned. 

A  little  five-year-old  son  of  our  neighbor  was 
observed  to  be  very  busy  gathering  fireflies  during 
an  evening  walk.  On  his  return  to  the  lawn,  he 
pushed  these  into  the  chipmunk's  hole,  saying  with 
a  satisfied  air:  "There!  now  you  can  see  to  go  to 
bed." 

The  Red  Squirrel. 

Some  time  ago  a  tall  spruce  tree  interrupted  otir 
view  of  the  St.  John  river.  It  was  decided  one  day 
about  mid-summer  to  cut  off  the  top;  but  the  young 


66 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


man  who  climbed  the  tree  to  do  this  met  near  the 
top  with  that  tangled  mass  known  as  "  witch's 
broom,"  which  completely  barred  his  way.  He 
sawed  the  trunk  below  this,  and  when  the  top 
tumbled  to  the  ground  the  "  broom  "  was  found  to 
contain  a  red  squirrel's  nest,  out  of  which  scrambled 
two  feeble  young  ones,  just  able  to  crawl.  What 
to  do  with  the  helpless  family  was  a  problem.  The 
parents  were  nowhere  in  sight.  The  plaintive 
squeals  of  the  little  ones  made  us  anxious  to  repair 
the  mischief  we  had  inadvertently  done  in  breaking 
up  a  happy  home.  The  sawed-off  top  containing 
the  nest  was  propped  up  against  another  tree,  and 
preparations  were  made  to  make  the  homeless 
orphans  comfortable  for  the  night. 

In  doing  this  the  nest  was  carefully  examined. 
It  was  a  fine  piece  of  natural  work,  and  no  one  would 
have  guessed  what  this  round  mass  of  twigs  and 
small  branches  could  possibly  hold.  It  had  no 
doubt  been  a  squirrel's  nest  for  years,  and  there 
were  evidences  of  broods  of  children,  and  perhaps 
grand-children,  having  been  reared  in  this  family 
tree.  There  were  two  entrances,  one  above  and 
the  other  below,  leading  to  the  inside,  which  was  a 
compact  room  or  series  of  rooms  woven  round  with 
sticks,  grass,  leaves  and  moss,  so  as  to  make  it 
completely  storm  proof.  It  was  as  comfortable 
and  safe  a  little  home  as  the  ingenuity  of  a  squirrel 
could  invent. 

There  was  no  food  in  the  house.  The  red  squir- 
rel's habits  lead  it  to  store  up  its  winter  stores  of 
nuts,  acorns,  cones,  grain,  etc.,  in  the  fall,  not  in  its 
nest,  but  in  crevices,  holes  and  various  nooks  near 
the  tree  in  which  it  lodges.  These  it  visits  even  in 
winter,  going  straight  to  its  hidden  stores  and  dig- 
ging them  out  from  under  the  snow.  What  a 
memory  it  must  have !  The  chipmunk  or  ground 
squirrel's  habits  are  different.  It  stores  in  different 
channels  or  rooms  in  its  burrow  food  for  the  winter. 
Late  in  autumn  we  have  seen  it  carrying  in  its  dis- 
tended pouch  dried  leaves,  which  it  evidently  uses 
to  make  a  comfortable  bed,  and  to  strew  the  ap- 
proaches to  it,  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  frost  and 
snow. 

While  we  were  engaged  in  an  awkward  attempt 
to  make  the  baby  squirrels  comfortable  for  the 
night,  the  mother  appeared  with  an  angry  chatter- 
ing and  eyes  that  fairly  danced  with  rage  and 
maternal  anxiety.  We  stood  aside  and  watched. 
Pouncing  upon  one  of  her  offspring  she  turned  it 
over  on  its  back,  drew  it  close  under  her,  patting  it 
all  the  while  with  her  paws,  gathering  the  little  one's 


tail  about  her  neck,  its  hindpaws  close  to  her  bodv 
back  of  the  shoulders,  and  its  forepaws  close  up  to 
the  body  under  her  own  hind  quarters.  This  occu- 
pied fully  five  minutes,  while  we  stood  only  a  few 
feet  distant  gazing  on  with  breathless  interest. 
Finally  when  the  little  squirrel  had  been  so  closely 
packed  to  its  mother  that  the  two  seemed  to  be  one. 
the  mother  ran  up  a  tall  spruce  near  by,  and,  leap- 
ing fearlessly  from  branch  to  branch,  was  soon  lost 
sight  of  in  the  woods.  She  came  back  in  about  ten 
minutes  and  went  through  exactly  the  same  process 
with  the  other,  scurrying  over  the  trees  to  the  new 
home  she  had  evidently  prepared  in  her  need. 

For  days  after  if  any  of  our  household  appeared 
on  the  scene  of  the  outrage  the  mother  treated  us 
to  a  volley  of  squirrel  abuse,  leaping  from  branch  to 
branch  within  a  few  feet  of  where  we  stood,  and 
eager  to  wreak  its  spite  on  those  who  had  despoiled 
her  home.  In  its  rage  it  reminded  us  of  the  squir- 
rel of  the  Indian  legend :  The  mythical  Glooscap 
once  brought  all  the  wild  animals  before  him,  and 
asked  each  what  he  would  do  if  he  met  a  man.  The 
squirrel  was  at  that  time  as  big  as  a  man,  and  when 
it  came  his  turn  to  answer,  he  flew  at  a  stump 
and  tore  it  with  his  teeth  and  claws.  Then  Gloos- 
cap thought  him  too  dangerous  an  animal,  and  re- 
duced him  to  his  present  size. 

Ingleside. 

At  a  banquet  given  in  England  during  the  recent 
visit  of  the  Canadian  Manufacturers'  Association, 
the  following  story  was  told  to  illustrate  the  import- 
ance of  union  for  trading  purposes :  "A  school  boy 
was  asked  by  an  inspector : 

Would    you    rather    have    half  an  orange,    or 
eight-sixteenths  ?  ' 

"  '  Half,'  said  the  boy. 

Why,'  asked  the  inspector,  scenting  a  weak- 
ness in  fractions. 

"  '  Because,'  said  the  scholar,  with  the  sixteenths 
you  lose  such  a  lot  of  the  juice.'  " 


The  celebrated  grape  vine  in  the  conservatory  at 
Hampton  Court,  England;  planted  in  1769,  had  in 
1830  a  stem  13  inches  in  girth  and  a  pr'ncipal  branch 
114  feet  in  length,  the  whole  v'ne  occupying  more 
than  160  square  yards;  and  in  one  year  it  produced 
2,200  bunches  of  fruit  weigh'ng  on  an  average  a 
pound — in  all,  about  a  ton  of  fruit. — Scientific  Am- 
erican. 


"  Your  paper  is  a  source  of  inspiration   to  me, 
and  I  enjoy  reading  it  each  month." — T.  M.  D, 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


67 


.  \  September  Talks. 

The  following  topics  are  suggested  for  talks  and 
observations  during  the  month  of  September.  They 
are  such  as  occur  to  the  editor.  Some  are  selected 
from  working  plans  in  other  places.  Many  other 
kindred  topics  will  present  themselves  during  the 
month  to  the  thoughtful  teacher. 

What  is  the  name  of  the  month  ?  Is  it  the  seventh 
month  as  its  derivation  (Latin,  septan,  seven) 
suggests  ? 

Which  was  formerly  the  first  month  of  the  year? 
(March). 
How  many  days  has  September? 
Name  the  other  months  that  have  the  same  num- 
ber of  days?     Those  that  have  31  days? 
What  season  does  September  usher  in  ? 
How  many  months  in  each  season  ? 
Are  the  days  growing  longer  or  shorter?     How 
can  you  tell? 

Which  are  longer,  the  days  or  nights,  during  the 
first  part  of  September? 

During  the  latter  part  of  the  month? 
When  are   days   and  nights   about   equal   during 
the  month? 

At  what  other  time  of  the  year  are  they  equal? 
Are  the    days    and    nights    growing  warmer    or 
cooler?    Why? 

Which  is  the  harvest  month  of  the  year?  When 
does  the  "harvest  moon"  occur?  Why  is  it  so 
called?     What  is  its  peculiarity? 

Make  a  list  of  crops  harvested  in  September? 
In  August? 

Are  September  days  usually  fine  or  stormy  ? 
What  advantage  is  that  to  the  farmer? 
From  what  direction  does  the  wind  usually  blow 
on  a  fine  day? 

Is  the  green  color  as  fresh  in  the  fields  and  on 
trees  as  in  June  or  July? 

What  colors  are  taking  its  place  ?    Why  ? 
What  wild  flowers  are  most  common  this  month  ? 
What  colors  are  most  common  in  the  flowers  ? 
What  wild   flowers  that  bloomed  earl  er    in    the 
season  have  now  gone  to  seed?     Collect  some    of 
the  seeds  and  study  them  as  to  use,  form,  color  and 
covering. 

Are  there  many  flowers  now  in  the  school  garden  ? 
In  the  home  garden  ? 
Can  you  name  them? 
Are  the  leaves  of  the  trees  still  green  ? 
What  other  colors  do  you  notice  in  leaves  ? 
Are  plants  growing  as  actively  now  as  during  the 
summer  ? 


[The  gradually  lessening  green  color  shows  that 
plants  are  not  now  as  active.  in  fact  the  active 
per.od  of  growth  is  over  early  in  September  in  most 
plants,  except  the  second  growth  of  grass,  clover 
and  some  other  plants.  (Can  you  think  why?) 
The  plant  food  remaining  in  leaves  and  young  twigs 
will  be  drawn  into  stems  and  roots  to  be  stored  for 
the  winter.] 

What  birds  are  seen  now ? 

Do  they  sing  as  much  as  in  May  or  June?  Why 
not?  (Early  in  the  season  they  are  mat  ng.  Now 
they  are  getting  food  for  their  young,  teaching 
them,  and  preparing  for  the  flight  to  the  south). 

Ask  the  boys  and  girls  where  they  went  during 
the  summer  vacation.  If  hi  the  country,  get  them 
to  tell  what  the  farmers  were  doing,  and  make  these 
observations  the  subject  of  lesson-talks. 


The  Empty  Crayon  Box. 

A  little  thinking  will  enable  a  teacher  to  make 
some  profitable  use  of  the  empty  crayon  box.  By 
measurement  the  cubical  contents  may  be  computed 
and  it  may  thus  become  a  convenient  measuring 
unit.  Cutting  off  an  end  at  the  right  length  the 
dry  quart,  liquid  quart  and  liter  may  be  readily 
made.  A  sharp  pen-knife  and  a  few  small  brads 
are  all  that  are  needed  in  this.  Ends  and  sides,  hold- 
ing as  they  do  by  mortise  and  tenon,  may  be  set  to 
show  various  angles.  Sides,  ends,  tops,  bottoms, 
can  all  be  used  in  making  models  of  various  surface 
forms,  rectangles,  triangles,  etc.  The  ingenious 
teacher  will  put  some  forms  together  for  drawing 
models.  Six-inch  rulers  and  decimeter  rulers  may 
be  in  the  hands  of  each  pupil  by  using  materials 
from  the  crayon  box.  Even  the  physiology  class 
may  get  an  idea  of  the  real  capacity  of  the  lungs, 
stomach,  etc.,  by  knowing  the  cubic  inches  repre- 
sented by  the  crayon  box. 

The  uses  of  the  ordinary  shade  stick  may  be  ex- 
tended into  the  school-room.  No  teacher  need  to 
be  without  a  yard  stick  showing  feet  and  inches. 
Also  the  meter  with  its  divisions  can  readily  be 
made  from  a  shade  stick.  Nearly  all  arithmetics 
have  the  decimeter  measure  shown.  A  piece  of 
paper  cut  the  length  of  this  measure  and  laid  ten 
times  on  a  shade  stick  gives  the  meter.  It  would 
be  well  if  pupils  could  see  these  measuring  units 
commonly  in  use  and  in  comparison. 

The  wide-awake  teacher  is  continually  making  use 
of  common  materials  and  finds  her  funds  never 
fully  exhausted. — Sel. 


68 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


August  and  September  in  Canadian  History. 

August  witnessed  some  of  the  most  stirring  events 
of  the  war  of  1812;  in  September  (1755)  the 
Acadians  were  driven  from  their  homes  in 
Nova  Scotia,  and  it  was  during  that  month 
(1759)  the  great  battle  was  fought  at  Quebec  which 
won  Canada  for  the  British. 

August  5,  1689.  Massacre  at  Lachine  by  the 
Iroquois. 

August  7,  1900.  Hon.  A.  G.  Jones  became  Gov- 
ernor of  Nova  Scot  a. 

August  9,  1842.  Settlement  of  the  boundary  line 
between  Canada  and  the  United  States  by  the  Ash- 
burton  Treaty. 

On  the  10th  of  August,  1535,  Cartier  cast  anchor 
in  a  small  bay  on  the  Labrador  coast,  which  he 
named  St.  Lawrence  in  honor  of  the  festival  of  that 
saint ;  and  this  name  was  afterwards  given  to  the 
great  bay  and  river  of  that  name. 

August  16,  1812.  Detroit  surrendered  to  a  British 
and  Canadian  force  under  General  Brock. 

August  16,  1785.  New  Brunswick  formed  into 
a  separate  province. 

August  18,  1833.  The  steamer  "Royal  William," 
the  first  vessel  to  cross  the  Atlantic  with  the 'motive 
power  of  steam,  left  Pictou  for  London. 

August  23,  1898.  Joint  High  Comm  ssion  met 
at  Quebec. 

August  25,  i860.  Opening  of  Victoria  -Bridge, 
Montreal,  by  the  Prince  of  Wales  (now  King  Ed- 
ward VII).' 

September  1,  1880.  All  British  possessions  on 
the  North  American  continent,  except  Newfound- 
land, declared  annexed  to  Canada,  together  with 
the  Arctic  Archipelago. 

September  1,  1905.  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan 
become  provinces  of  Canada. 

September  1,  i860.  Laying  of  corner  stone  of 
parliament  building  at  Ottawa  by  Prince  of  Wales 
(now  Edward  VII.) 

September  1,  1864.  Confederation  conference  at 
Charlottetown. 

September  1,  1904.  Earl  Grey  appointed  Gov- 
ernor-General of  Canada. 

September  3,  1783.  Treaty  of  Versailles.  In- 
dependence of  the  United  States  acknowledged. 

September  8,  1760.  Montreal  surrendered  to  the 
British. 

September  13,  1759.  Battle  of  the  plains  of 
Abraham,  and  surrender  of  Quebec  on  the  18th 
September  following. 


September  11,  1814!  Defeat  of  a  British  fleet 
on  Lake  Champlain. 

September  13,  1902.    Death  of  Sir  John  Bourinot. 

September  13,  1813.  Defeat  of  British  fleet  on 
Lake  Erie. 

September  16,  1901.  Duke  and  Duchess  of  York 
enter  Quebec  on  their  visit  to  Canada. 

September  17,  1792.  First  meet  ng  of  the  parlia- 
ment of  Upper  Canada  at  Newark  (Niagara). 

September  19,  1889.  Landslide  from  Citadel 
Rock,  Quebec ;  45  persons  killed. 

September  28,  1892.  Legislative  Council  of  New 
Brunswick  abolished. 


How  to  Teach  Addition, 

By  Inspector  Amos  O'Blenes,  Moncton,  N.  B. 

The  almost  universal  habit  of  counting  in  the 
lower  grades,  instead  of  using  the  tables  for  add  ng, 
may  be  prevented  by  the  following  method. 

Develop  ideas  of  numbers  to  10. 

Teach  the  Arabic  numerals. 

Teach  counting  to  100. 

Teach  the  reading  and  writing  of  numbers  to  100. 

In  teaching  children  to  read  and  write  numbers 
the  follow  ng  device  will  save  time :  Place  a  num- 
ber, say  75  on  the  board.  Print  the  letter  t  between 
the  7  and  5,  thus  7^5-  The  teacher  points  to  the  7, 
the  /  and  the  5,  while  the  pupil  reads  seven-ty-five. 
Ask  him  to  repeat  quickly,  and  he  has  seventy-five. 
With  numbers  between  20  and  30,  30  and  40,  50 
and  60,  a  change  in  the  pronunciation  will  be  need- 
ed. The  /  may  soon  be  omitted,  while  the  pupil 
reads  as  though  it  were  used.  In  writing  numbers, 
use  the  t  at  first.  Pupils  who  can  count  may  be 
taught  to  read  and  write  numbers  to  100  in  two  or 
three  short  lessons. 

As  a  preparation  for  adding,  the  follow  ng  drill 
should  be  given :  Write  all  the  numbers  from  10  to 
100  on  the  board,  and  drill  the  pup'ls  until  all  can 
tell  the  last  (right  hand  or  units)  figure  of  any 
number  without  using  the  board.  Then  ask  such 
questions  as  the  follow  ng:  What  is  the  first  number 
after  10  whose  last  (right  hand  or  units)  figure  is 
4?  after  14  whose  last  figure  is  7?  etc.,  until  the 
answers  can  be  given  quickly  even  with  the  numbers 
erased. 

Next  teach  the  tables  of  ones  and  twos,  that  is, 
add  one  to  each  digit,  then  two  to  each  digit. 

The  pupil  should  be  able  to  answer  any  question 
on  these  tables  without  hesitation  or  counting  be- 
fore he  is  asked  to  add  a  column  of  figures. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Next  place  on  the  board  a  long  column 
of  figures,  as  in    the  example    appended,     2 
using  only  ones  and  twos,  except  for  the     2 
bottom  figure.  1 

Add  in  the  following  way  :  2 

Question.     Nine  and  two  are?  1       14 

Answer.     Eleven.  2       12 

Write  the  11  to  the  right  of  the  column.     2       11 
Add  the  last  figure  of  the  1 1  to  the  next     2 
figure  in  the  column,  using  the  pointer.  1 

Q.     One  and  One  are?  2 

A.     Two.  2 

Q.    What  is  the  first  number  after  11     2 
whose  last  figure  is  2?  1 

A.     Twelve.  2 

Q.     Two  and  two  are  ?  9 

A.     Four.  

Q.     What  is  the  first  number  after   12 
whose  last  figure  is  4?  . 
A.     Fourteen. 

Proceed  in  the  same  way  to  the  top  of  the  column, 
placing  the  results  to  the  right. 

After  a  few  columns  have  been  added  in  this  way 
the  pupil  sees  how  the  knowledge  he  has 
acquired  may  be  used  in  adding.  He  should  be 
allowed  to  use  the  column  of  results  to  the  right  for 
some  time  until  all  other  difficulties  are  overcome. 
The  repetition  (refer  to  example)  of  nine  and 
two  are  eleven ;  one  and  one  are  two,  twelve ;  two 
and  two  are  four,  fourteen;  four  and  two  are  six, 
sixteen,  etc.,  should  be  continued  until  all  danger 
of  counting  is  gone,  or  until  considerable  speed  has 
been  acquired.  Then  the  adding  may  be  done  by 
simply  giving  the  results,  thus  (refer  to  example) 
nine,  eleven,  twelve,  fourteen,  sixteen,  etc.  When 
the  tables  of  threes  have  been  learned,  threes  may 
be  used  with  the  ones  and  twos,  and  so  on  with  the 
other  digits.  By  the  time  all  the  tables  have  been 
learned  the  pupil  should  be  able  to  add  accurately 
and  with  considerable  speed. 

The  success  of  the  work  will  depend  largely  upon 
the  amount  of  drill  given.  Teachers  who  cannot 
find  time  to  examine  all  the  work  will  find  that  pupils 
can  soon  be  taught  to  make  questions  for  them- 
selves and  prove  them  by  adding  each  question  until 
the  same  result  is  obtained  three  or  four  times. 

The  interest  in  the  work  may  be  sustained  by 
frequent  test  in  rapid  adding  among  groups  of 
about  the  same  ability.  I  have  frequently  met  with 
pupils  in  grade  one,  taught  by  the  above  method, 
who  could  add  as  rapidly  and  accurately  as  old 
accountants.     Give  it  a  trial. 


The  Aim  of  Good  Teaching. 

It  is  vain  for  a  teacher  to  attempt  to  work  up  an 
appearance  when  the  reality  is  not  there;  girls  and 
boys  readily  see  through  all  such  thin  disguises. 
No  word  is  needed;  the  feeling  of  the  teacher  is 
known  at  once,  and  the  pupil  takes  a  sympathetic 
attitude,  believing  that  the  teacher  is  right,  and  that 
following  her  cannot  lead  him  far  astray.  The 
same  holds  good  in  regard  to  the  moral  and  religious 
character  of  the  teacher.  No  spoken  words  are 
needed  to  put  the  pupil  in  accord  with  her  in  this 
higher  domain.  The  instructor  of  character  goes 
about  among  her  pupils  shedding  upon  them  the 
light  of  her  beneficent  example,  leading  them  to 
appreciate  and  enjoy  what  is  grand  and  true  in- 
stinctively. In  fact,  it  is  better  that  the  ordinary 
teacher  should  not  endeavor  to  give  too  much 
direct  religious  instruction,  for  religion  can  no  more 
be  taught  than  any  other  virtue  can.  Virtues  are 
lived,  and  the  strong  imitative  faculty  of  the  child 
leads  to  the  cultivation  of  traits  that  are  admired. 
The  true  teacher  aims  to  train  the  pupil  to  be 
strong  enough  to  live  her  individual  life  without 
the  help  that  some  teachers  think  necessary  to 
give  their  pupils.  Pupil  and  teacher  are  inevitably 
destined  to  part  at  some  time,  and  the  teacher  who 
encourages  her  charge  to  be  dependent  upon  her 
trains  to  weakness  and  to  sure  failure  when  the 
parting  time  comes. — Arthur  Gilman,  in  the  August 
Atlantic. 


"  Don't  tell  me,"  siiid  a  teacher  who  has  to  deal  with 
this  motley  crowd,  "  that  '  All  men  are  born  equal,'  for 
that  is  positively  false." 

"  No ;  but  the  correct  quotation,  '  All  men  are  created 
equal,'  is  true,  and  we  are  trying  to  lead  upward  those  who 
have  fallen,  to  the  heights  others  have  gained,"  was  the 
happy  answer. — Selected. 


An  old  crab  said  to  a  young  one,  "Why  do  you  not  walk 
straight,  my  child?"  "Mother,"  said  the  young  one, 
"show  me  the  way,  will  you?  When  1  see  you  walking 
straight,   I   will   follow  you." 


When  V  and  I  together  meet, 
They  make  the  number  six  complete, 
When  I  with  V  doth  meet  once  more, 
Then  'tis  they  two  can  make  up  four, 
And  when  that   V   from  I  is  gone, 
Alas  !  poor  1   can  make  but   one. 


"  I  take  much  pleasure    in    the  reading  of    your 
interesting  and  valuable  paper." — F.  H.  K. 


70 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


N.  S.  Provincial  Teachers'  Association. 

A  large  number  of  teachers  from  all  parts  of  the 
province  came  together  at  Truro  on  Tuesday, 
August  22nd,  for  a  three  days'  conference.  The 
programme  was  a  good  one  and  the  discussions 
spirited. 

In  the  opening  address,  Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay  spoke 
of  the  use  and-  abuse  of  the  course  of  study.  It 
should  be  used  as  a  guide,  not  as  a  law  to  be 
slavishly  carried  out.  Dr.  Jones,  of  Acadia  Col- 
lege, advocated  thorough  drill  in  elementary  mathe- 
matics. Principal  Smith,  of  Port  Hood,  would  en- 
courage private  study  by  allowing  students  to  write 
on  as  few  subjects  as  they  chose  at  the  Provincial 
examinations,  and  having  certificates  of  standing 
granted  by  the  Council  of  Public  Instruction. 

Mrs.  May  Sexton,  S.  B.,  Halifax,  in  a  very  in- 
teresting address  called  attention  to  the  value  of  the 
study  of  science  in  developing  the  power  of  correct 
observation,  the  ability  to  draw  conclusions,  and  to 
give  expression  to  one's  thoughts.  A  study  of  the 
natural  sciences  fosters  a  spirit  of  truthfulness,  a 
respect  for  law  and  order,  a  love  of  the  beautiful, 
and  a  certain  resourcefulness  in  every  day  affairs. 

Dr.  Ira  MacKay,  Halifax,  thought  that  it  was 
better  to  inflict  corporal  punishment  than  to  say 
sharp  things,  or  to  allow  pupils  to  form  bad  habits. 
Teachers  have  the  authority  to  do  so,  if  it  is  for  the 
best  interests  of  the  school.  Whether  the  punish- 
ment is  excessive  or  not  must  be  decided  by  the 
judge. 

Judge  Cheslev  wished  teachers  to  bear  in  mind 
that  character  building  was  of  far  more  importance 
than  giving  information.  This,  in  fact,  was  the 
keynote  of  the  whole  convention.  "  Give  us  men 
of  upright  Christian  character  "  is  the  demand  of 
the  day;  and  "  How  shall  we  meet  that  demand?" 
is  the  problem  of  the  teacher.  Judge  Russell  would 
have  more  attention  paid  to  the  study  of  hygiene. 
He  would  also  rule  out  intercollegiate  sports. 
Judge  Longley  would  have  more  attention  paid  to 
the  study  of  civics. 

On  Tuesday  afternoon  an  excursion  to  the  Gov- 
ernment Farm  and  Agricultural  College  was  enjoy- 
ed by  the  members  of  the  Association. 

On  Wednesday  Rev.  Father  Sullivan,  of  St.  Ber- 
nard's, Digby,  opened  the  session  with  a  talk  on 
How  to  Teach  Children  to  Think.  He  would 
stimulate  curiosity,  encourage  close  observation  and 
endeavor  to  strengthen  the  power  of  attention. 

Miss  Lavinia  Hockin,  B.  A.,  Amherst,  in  an  ad- 
mirable paper,  treated  of  the  Public  School  as  an 
Agent  for  the  Development  of  Moral  Character. 
She  would,  like  the  Great  Teacher,  lead  her  pupils 
to  love  God  and  their  neighbors.  The  teacher 
must  do  this  herself,  however;  for  no  matter  what 
she  might  teach,  her  own  life  would  be  taken    as 


the  standard.  All  acts  of  meanness  referred  to  in 
the  lessons  should  be  condemned,  and  noble  acts 
commended.  Habits  of  punctuality,  order,  neat- 
ness, self-restraint,  should  be  developed  by  continued 
watchfulness  on  the  part  of  the  teacher.  See  that 
the  children  have  the  right  kind  of  reading  matter, 
and  tliat  they  have  noted  the  good  qualities  in  the 
characters  depicted  there. 

S.  A.  Morton,  M.  A.,  Halifax  Academy,  brought 
forward  a  scheme  for  pensioning  teachers,  part  of 
the  expense  to  be  borne  by  the  teachers  themselves 
and  part  by  the  Provincial  Government.  A  com- 
mittee was  appointed  to  further  consider  the  matter. 

Principal  Crombie,  Bridgewater,  wanted  the 
teachers  to  organize,  and  make  an  effort  to  secure 
higher  salaries. 

Miss  Estella  A.  Cook,  B.  A.,  read  a  paper  on  the 
value  of  music  in  the  schoolroom  as  an  aid  to  dis- 
cipline ;  for  short  periods  of  recreation  so  necessary 
during  long  sessions  in  order  that  the  child's  mind 
may  be  kept  at  its  best;  for  securing  deep  breathing 
so  necessary  to  the  health  of  the  pupils ;  for  the 
patriotism  and  purity  imbibed  by  the  pupils  as  they 
try  to  express  feelingly  the  spirit  of  the  song. 

Rev.  Father  O'Sullivan,  St.  Mary's  Cathedral, 
followed  this  with  an  explanation  of  how  singing 
might  be  successfully  taught  beginners  by  the  tonic 
iol-fa  method  of  notation.  The  reverend  gentle- 
man admirably  illustrated  his  method  by  putting  a 
class  of  boys  he  had  trained  through  a  number  of 
exercises. 

Miss  Anna  B.  Juniper  spoke  of  the  importance 
of  teaching  household  science  in  our  schools,  and 
outlined  a  course  of  study  that  might  be  carried 
out  with  advantage. 

Rev.  Henry  D.  deBlois,  M.  A.,  Annapolis,  a 
veteran  on  educational  matters,  thought  that  the 
great  fault  of  our  present  system  of  education  was 
that  we  attempted  to  teach  too  many  subjects,  and 
our  work  was,  therefore,  superficial.  He  would 
have  more  drill  on  a  few  subjects.  He  also  thought 
that  better  results  would  be  obtained  if  the  old 
method  of  spelling  by  syllables  was  again  brought 
into  use. 

Judge  Cheslev  suggested  that  the  teachers  take 
advantage  of  the  interest  aroused  at  the  time  of 
elections  to  fix  upon  the  children's  minds  the  duties 
of  our  public  officials  and  the  heinousness  of  politi- 
cal corruption.  When  teaching  history,  the  horrors 
of  war,  and  the  advantages  of  settling  disputes  by 
arbitration  should  be  dwelt  upon. 

Dr.  Eliza  Ritchie,  Halifax,  urged  the  teachers  to 
lead  their  pupils  to  admire  the  beautiful  in  the  world 
about  them,  in  sea  and  in  sky,  in  the  flight  of  the 
swallow,  and  the  curve  of  the  waving  grain.  She 
would  also  have  them  know  something  of  the  his- 
tory of  the  fine  arts,  and  of  the  lives  of  the  masters. 
She  would  have  the  school-room  ornamented  with 
with  a  few  good  pictures,  and  much  attention  given 
to  drawing  and  modelling.  The  address  was  illus- 
trated by  stereopticon  views,  which  added  very 
much  to  the  interest. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


71 


At  the  Thursday  morning  session  Loran  A.  De- 
Wolfe,  B.  Sc,  Truro,  spoke  of  the  advantages  of 
Nature  Study.  The  study  broadens  a  child's  inter- 
ests, and  opens  Up  vast  opportunities  for  pleasure 
as  well  as  profit.  Here  the  child  traces  the  relation 
between  cause  and  effect,  and  this  shows  the  fallacy 
of  .his  superstitions,  leads  him  to  discover  the  best 
way  of  doing  his  work,  and  induces  him  to  search 
for  the  connection  between  disease  and  its  cause 
and  remedy.  He  advised  that  as  far  as  possible 
the  study  be  correlated  with  other  subjects,  and  also 
that  frequent  outdoor  excursions  be  made. 

Major  B.  R.  Ward,  R.  E.,  Halifax,  spoke  of  the 
work  of  the  Parents'  National  Educational  Union 
of  London,  and  suggested  that  branches  be  estab- 
lished in  Nova  Scotia.  It  claims  as  a  child's  rights 
a  disciplined  body,  a  nourished  mind,  an  instructed 
conscience,  a  trained  will,  and  a  quickened  send. 
Teacher  and  parents  would  come  together  in  their 
union  meetings  and  the  home  and  school  training 
be  harmonized. 

Justice  Longley  thought  that  since  the  state  had 
taken  the  education  of  the  children  out  of  the 
parents'  hands,  the  parents  do  not  have  as  keen  a 
sense  of  their  responsibility  in  educational  matters 
as  they  should  have.  He  hoped  that  the  establish- 
ment of  these  unions  would  awaken  in  them  a  sense 
of  their  duties  in  this  respect. 

Prof.  E.  W.  Sawyer,  M.  A.,  Wolfville,  thought 
that  the  subjects  of  the  high  school  course  and  that 
of  the  colleges  did  not  harmonize,  and  that  much 
time  was  lost.  He  would  have  a  committee  ap- 
pointed to  look  into  the  matter  and  suggest  improve- 
ments. 

Dr.  DeWitt,  Wolfville,  said  that  health  was  a 
child's  greatest  blessing,  and  that  the  study  of 
hygiene  should  be  given  a  foremost  place  in  his 
studies.  He  would  have  the  pupils  inspected 
periodically  by  a  medical  doctor,  and  weak  ones 
relieved  of  heavy  duties.  Pupils  should  be  taught 
the  germ  theory  of  disease,  and  know  that  the 
growth  of  these  germs  was  favored  by  dampness, 
darkness  and  dirt.  The  spread  of  the  germs  of 
consumption,  the  "  white  man's  plague."  is  due  to 
the  sputem,  and  if  all  sputem  were  burned  the  dis- 
ease would  be  stamped  out.  He  recommended  that 
damp  cloths  be  used  to  clean  blackboards,  and  these 
cloths  burned.  The  dust  raised  by  the  use  of 
brushes  is  injurious  to  the  lungs,  and  often  con- 
tains germs  of  disease. 

J.  E.  MacYicar.  15.  A..  Amherst,  criticised  the 
present  method  of  teaching  penmanship,  hook-keep- 
ing, drawing  and  music  rather  unfavorably. 

The  scheme  for  pensioning  teachers  was  adopted 
by  the  Association,  and  a  committee  appointed  to 
bring  the  matter  before  the  legislature.  M. 

Impressions  of  nil'.  Convention. 
Probably  the  most  important  results  to  the  aver- 
age  teacher  of  such   a   convention   as   that   held   at 
Truro  are  the  general  impressions  which  he  carries 


away  with  him  and  the  inspiration  which  he  re- 
ceives. I  am  such  an  average  teacher,  and  on  re- 
quest of  the  editor  record  such  impressions  as  I 
have  received  without  having  hampered  myself  by 
taking  notes. 

In  his  paper  on  the  School  Course  of  Study,  the 
superintendent  showed  us  how  much  more  flexible 
the  course  was  than  might  be  inferred  from  current 
criticisms  upon  it,  there  being  a  full  course  for 
each  grade  of  larger  schools,  and  contracted  courses 
for  smaller  graded  schools  and  miscellaneous 
schools ;  and  furthermore,  that  over-pressure  was 
due  in  most  cases  to  local  conditions. 

Dr.  Jones,  in  his  paper  on  the  Teaching  of  Mathe- 
matics, and  Dr.  D.  A.  Murray  in  discussing  it, 
emphasized  the  importance  of  being  concrete  in 
teaching  elementary  mathematics,  urging  the  use  of 
graphical  representation  and  numerical  calculation 
wherever  possible.  The  time-honored  use  of 
Euclid's  Elements  for  a  beginner  in  geometry  was 
attacked  severely,  and  mathematical  drawing  com- 
mended. 

Principal  Smith,  of  Port  Hood,  pointed  out  the 
success  of  correspondence  schools,  urged  the  use  of 
academies  and  high  schools  as  centres  of  what 
might  be  termed  "  secondary  education  extension." 
The  discussion  brought  out  the  desirability  of  ex- 
tending the  system  of  "  partials  "  to  the  D,  C  and 
15  grades. 

Scientific  training  in  the  public  schools  has  been 
often  urged  and  defended,  but  never,  1  think,  with 
more  earnestness  and  literary  grace  and  expression 
than  by  -Mrs.  .May  Sexton.  The  very  fact  of  a 
cultured  lady  ranging  herself  upon  its  side  is  a  vic- 
tory indeed.  KrieHy,  scientific  training  rightly 
taught  gave  children  the  power  of  observation  and 
of  inference  from  observations  made,  the  text-book 
being  the  authority  to  which  to  turn  only  when  in 
perplexity  or  doubt.  Such  training  has  the  merit 
of  connecting  itself  with  the  out-of-school  life  of 
the  child.  Such  teaching  of  science,  however,  must 
not  he  made  the  subject-matter  of  examinations. 

In  order  to  appreciate  Dr.  Ira  MacKay's  address 
on  Corporal  Punishment,  its  Moral  and  Legal 
Aspects,  one  needs  to  hear  it  delivered.  Given 
orally,  it  was  marked  by  eloquence,  moral  earnest- 
ness and  deep  knowledge  of  the  subject.  The 
teacher  is  both  artist  and  artisan,  his  duty  is  to 
produce  characters  of  moral  beauty  and  of  utility 
to  society.  This  he  does  as  the  agent  and  represen- 
tative of  the  state.  The  school  is  a  little  state,  and 
i:.s   laws  and   regulations   are   no  more  conventions 


72 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


than  those  of  the  state,  and  are  as  sacred.  The 
teacher,  therefore,  has  undoubtedly  the  power  of 
corporal  punishment.     He  has — 

1.  Full  jurisdiction  during  school  hours  and  on 
school  grounds. 

2.  Concurrent  jurisdiction  with  parent  over  child 
on  his  way  to  and  from  school. 

3.  Limited   jurisdiction   after  school  hours. 

He  is  subject  to  limitations  of  excessive  punish- 
ment and  permanent  injury  to  health,  which  are 
matters  of  fact  and  can  be  decided  only  by  a  jury. 

In  its  moral  aspect,  the  use  of  the  rod  is  more 
impersonal  and  less  liable  to  cause  ill-feeling  than 
sarcasm  or  scolding.  But  it  should  only  be  used 
for  such  offences  as  lying,  stealing,  impurity,  bles- 
phemy,  etc. 

The  aim  of  corporal  punishment  is  not  retribu- 
tive or  reformatory,  and  so  forth,  but  a  combination 
of  all  these.     In  short,  it  is  moral. 

— Average  Teacher. 


President  Eliot  on  Art  Education. 

President  Eliot,  of  Harvard,  said  some  very 
pertinent  things  regarding  education  at  the  recent 
dedication  of  the  Albright  Art  Gallery  at  Buffalo. 
After  calling  attention  to  the  point  that  the  main 
object  in  every  school  should  be  to  show  the  child- 
ren how  to  live  a  happy  and  worthy  life,  he  added 
in  part : 

"It  is  monstrous  that  the  common  school  should 
give  much  time  to  compound  numbers,  bank  dis- 
count and  stenography,  and  little  time  to  drawing. 
It  is  monstrous  that  the  school  which  prepares  for 
college  should  give  four  or  five  hours  a  week  for 
two  years  to  Greek  and  no  time  at  all  to  drawing. 

"  All  children  should  learn  how  lines,  straight 
and  curved,  and  lights  and  shades,  form  pictures 
and  may  be  made  to  express  symmetry  and  beauty. 
All  children  should  acquire  by  use  of  pencil  and 
brush  power  of  observation  and  exactness  in  copy- 
ing, and  should  learn  through  their  own  work  what 
are  the  elements  of  beauty.  After  reading,  spell- 
ing, writing  and  ciphering,  with  small  numbers  and 
in  simple  operations,  drawing  should  be  the  most 
important  common-school  subject. 

"  There  is  great  value  in  the  sense  of  beauty. 
The  enjoyment  of  it  is  unselfish.  During  the  last 
twenty  years  philanthropists  and  educators  have 
made  wonderful  progress  in  implanting  and  develop- 
ing the  sense  of  beauty  in  the  minds  of  the  people. 
This  is  shown  in  the  establishment  of  public  parks, 
cultivation  of  flowers  and  shrubs,  and  in  the  erec- 
tion of  beautiful  buildings." 


"  To  go  to  school,"  President  Eliot  continued, 
"in  a  house  well  designed  and  well  decorated  gives 
a  pleasure  to  the  pupils,  which  is  an  important  part 
of  their  training.  To  live  in  a  pretty  cottage  sur- 
rounded by  a  pleasing  garden  is  a  great  privilege 
for  the  country-bred  child.  The  boy  who  was 
brought  up  in  a  New  England  farmhouse,  overhung 
by  stately  elms,  approached  through  an  avenue  of 
maples  or  limes,  and  having  a  dooryard  hedged 
about  with  lilacs,  will  carry  that  fair  picture  in  his 
mind  through  a  long  exile,  and  in  his  old  age  re-visit 
it  with  delight.  When  a  just  and  kindly  rich  man 
builds  a  handsome  place  for  himself  and  family, 
his  lavish  expenditure  does  no  harm  to  the  com- 
munity, but,  on  the  contrary,  provides  it  with  a 
beautiful  and  appropriate  object  of  sympathetic  / 
contemplation."- — N.  Y.  School  Journal. 


A  correspondent  at  Tipton,  Iowa,  sends  us  two 
characteristic  anecdotes  told  by  Booker  T.  Wash- 
ington in  a  recent  lecture  in  that  town :  "  When  I 
first  started  teaching,"  he  said,  "I  taught  my  pupils 
in  a  hen-house.  I  went  to  an  old  darkey  one  day 
and  said,  '  Jake,  I  want  you  to  come  over  and  help 
me  clean  out  that  chicken-house  across  the  way.' 
Jake  answered  with  a  twinkle  in  his  eye,  '  Why, 
boss,  I  daresn't  go  there  n  the  daytime.  We  nig- 
gers do  that  kind  of  work  at  night.'  " 

"It  costs  $1.89  a  head  to  educate  a  negro  boy  in 
the  south,  while  in  the  State  of  New  York  it  costs 
$20.55  to  educate  a  white  boy.  Now,  the  way  I 
look  at  it,"  said  Booker  Washington,  "is  this, — the 
white  boy  must  be  awfully  stupid  since  it  takes  that 
much  to  educate  him,  and  the  black  boy  must  be 
very  smart." 

"  And  what  did  my  little  darling  do  in  school  to- 
day ?  "  a  Chicago  mother  asked  of  her  young  son — 
a  "  second  grader." 

"  We  had  nature  study,  and  it  was  my  turn  to 
bring  a  specimen,"  said  Evan. 

"  That  was  nice.     What  did  you  do?  " 

"  I  brought  a  cockroach  in  a  bottle,  and  I  told 
teacher  we  had  lots  more,  and  if  she  wanted  I  could 
bring  one  every  day." 

This,  too,  should  be  taught  to  every  child,  that  it 
is  wicked  to  shoot  any  harmless  animal— of  the 
field,  forest,  or  air — except  for  necessary  food.  It 
s  recognized  that  all  animals  which  are  a  danger 
to  human  life  should  be  destroyed.  In  the  days  to 
come,  the  wanton  destruction  of  animal  life  for  sport 
will  be  considered  a  savage  custom,  out  of  harmony 
with  Christian  principles. — Western  School  Journal 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


V3 


Sympathy  for  Children. 

"  I  wish  I  had  felt  toward  humanity  in  my  early 
life  as  I  do  now,"  said  a  thoughtful,  middle-aged 
lady.  "  Particularly  do  I  feel  this  concerning  the 
years  I  was  a  teacher.  I  should  have  looked  upon 
my  work  and  the  children  from  a  different  point  of 
view." 

Two  or  three  primary  teachers  were  near  by  and 
heard  this  very  unusual  remark. 

"  Do  tell  us  just  what  you  mean?"  said  a  merry 
looking  girl,  evidently  puzzled  at  the  thought  that 
pity  for  humanity  had  anything  to  do  with  teaching. 

"  Why,  I  mean  just  this,"  was  the  reply.  "Here 
we  are,  a  world  of  human  beings,  here  from  no  wish 
or  will  of  our  own,  compelled  to  bear  all  the  ills  of 
heredity,  circumstances,  and  temperament,  for 
which  we  are  in  no  way  responsible,  in  the  begin- 
ning. I  think  a  child  burdened  with  the  mistakes 
and  shortcomngs  of  his  ancestry,  handicapped  at 
every  point  by  conditions  for  which  he  is  no  way 
responsible,  is  a  pitiable  object — enough  to  make 
the  angels  weep.  Little  children  are  not  conscious 
of  this,  I  know,  but  we  who  know  life  find  this  to  be 
true,  and  it  should  stir  all  the  compassion  in  our 
hearts.  We  have  lived  long  enough  to  know  what 
it  means  to  long  for  things  that  are  just  and  right 
in  themselves,  and  be  denied  them  at  every  step  by 
circumstances  made  for  us  before  we  existed.  To 
look  upon  a  school-room  of  poor  children,  or  even 
middle  class  children,  and  know  the  life  struggle 
that  is  before  them,  is  enough  to  stir  our  profound- 
est  pity.  But  why  do  I  except  the  rich  children  ? 
Opportunity  stands  at  their  door  beckoning  them 
on  to  the  best  things,  but  because  necessity  is  absent 
they  are  blind  to  the  beckoning  hand,  and  settle  into 
an  inertness  that  is  worse  for  character  than  the 
hardest  struggle.  So  here  they  are  on  every  hand. 
Add  to  this  the  common  lot  of  sorrow  and  disap- 
pointment, and  mankind  deserves  and  calls  for  the 
tenderest  sympathy  from  each  other." 

"  But  what  about  the  application  of  tbis  to  the 
teacher's  work?  That  part  of  it  appeals  to  me. 
We  can't  spend  all  our  time  with  individual  cases, 
and  since  we  must  consider  them  in  a  lot.  so  to 
speak,  how  can  we  do  differently  from  what  we  do? 
I'm  sure  I  try  to  be  conscientious  and  make  them 
do  right  as  well  as  I  can." 

"  '  Make  them  do  right?  '  "  Yes,  that  is  just  the 
trouble.  What  is  "right?"  We  set  up  a  stand- 
ard of  right  for  these  little  mortals  in  our  care,  and 
try  to  bend  every  one  to  it  according  to  our  idea — 


ze 

t 


and  we  never  doubt  we  arc  right.     How  I  used  to 
rebel  and  feel  injured  when  I  was  a  teacher  because 
these   poor   little   ignorant   beings   didn't   recogniz 
and   act   up  to  my   standards   of   duty   and   right. 
Bless  their  hearts,  they  didn't  know  what  I  was  talk- 
ing about.     We  were  in  different  worlds.     And  I 
dared  to  call  their  indifference  to  what  I  was  saying, 
stolidity  or  depravity.     What  self-righteous  people 
teachers  are  in  their  condemnation  of  their  children ! 
Why,  as  I  look  back,  I  think  many  of  my  children 
were   too  "  born-tired,"   too  half-sick,  and  perhaps 
too  hungry  to  be  able  to  understand  my  fine  ethical 
distinctions.     How  many  of  them  had   come  from 
homes  where  they  had  heard  only  cross  words  and 
fault-finding   from   the   moment   they   opened  their 
eyes  in  the  morning?     How  many  of  their  parents 
had  married  wrong  and  saturated  the  home  atmos- 
phere  with  discomfort.     Many  of  those  poor  little 
sensitive,  defrauded  tots  may  have  known  nothing 
in  their  home  life  but  discord.     Why  should  1  have 
expected  them  to  be  keyed  up  to  understand    the 
moral  harmonies  I  prescribed  for  them  ?    We  grown 
people  would  not  stand  the  jangle  one  hour    that 
hosts  of  children  are  obliged  to  live  in  all  the  while; 
and  then  we  wonder  that  they  come  to  school  "  out 
of  tune."     And  we  proceed  to  put  them  in  tune  by 
giving  them  talks  on  morals,  bunching  them  all  up 
in  a  lot,  when  no  two  of  them  need  the  same  treat- 
ment.    We  may  call  this  doing  our  "  duty  " — what 
a  stumbling  block  that  word  duty  may  be !  " 

"But  there  is  a  general  code  of  morals  accepted  by 
everybody  that  must  be  taught,  no  matter  what  sort 
of  children  we  have.  You  wouldn't  condone  a  lie 
because  a  child  came  from  a  bad  home,  would  you?'1 
"  Condone  it?  Oh,  no!  But  such  a  child  is  not 
to  be  weighed  in  the  same  balance  as  the  well-born, 
well-trained  child.  The  conditions  back  of  the  lie 
of  the  unfortunate  child  are  to  be  considered  before 
he  is  accused  of  committing  an  unpardonable  sin. 
The  sidelights  need  to  be  thrown  on  every  case  be- 
fore a  teacher  can  decide  justly  or  punish  justly. 
Hut  how  can  she  get  at  the  sidelights?  you  are 
going  to  ask.  Yes,  there  is  the  difficulty  we  must 
all  acknowledge.  But  a  great  deal  can  be  known 
from  daily  association  with  each  child,  if  we  looked 
closer,  thought  more  about  it.  and  pitied  more. 
But  at  the  best,  teachers  must  grope  in  the  darkness 
as  regards  the  inner  life  of  their  children.  Hut 
does  not  everybody  mo\e  slowly  and  cautiously  in 
the  dark?  And  does  not  'everybody'  include 
teachers  in  the  school-room?" — Primary  Education. 


74 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Lines  in  Season. 

A  man  of  words  and  not  of  deeds 
Is  like  a  garden  full  of  weeds. 

Good  words  without  deeds  are  rushes  and  reeds. 

He  that   would  live  in  peace  and  rest, 
Must  hear  and  see  and  say  the  best. 

In  hope  a  king  doth  go  to  war; 

in  hope  a  lover  lives  full  long; 
In  hope  a  merchant  sails  full  far; 

In  hope  just  men  do  suffer  wrong. 
In  hope  the  ploughman  sows  his  seed: 
Thus  hope  helps  thousands  at  their  need ; 
Then  faint  not,  heart,  among  the  rest; 
Whatever  chance,  hope  thou  the  best 

And   now,   when   comes   the   calm,   mild   day,   as   still   such 

days  will  come,  , 

To    call   the   squinel   and    the   bee    from   out   their    winter 

home ; 
When  the  sound  of  dropping  nuts  is  heard,  though  all  the 

trees  are  still, 
And  twinkle  in  the   smoky  light  the  waters  of  the  mill, 
The  south  wind  searches  for  the  flowers  whose   fragrance 

late  he  bore, 
And  sighs  to  find  them  in  the  wood  and  by  the  stream  no 

more.  — W.   C.  Bryant. 

Oh,  many  a  shaft,  at  random  sent, 
Finds  mark,  the  archer  little  meant, 
And  many  a  word  a:  random  spoken, 
May  soothe,  or  wound,  a  heart  that's  broken ! 
— Sir  Walter  Scott. 

I  love  to   wander  through  the   woodlands  hoary 

In  the  soft  light  of  an  autumnal  day, 
When  summer  gathers  up  her  robes  of  glory, 

And  like  a  dream  of  beauty  glides  away. 

— Sarah  Helen  Whitman. 

O  sweet  September,  thy  first  breezes  bring 

The  dry  leaf's  rustle  and  the  squirrel's  laughter, 

The  cool   fresh  air   whence  health  and  vigor  spring, 
And  promise  of  exceeding  joy  hereafter. 

— George  Arnold. 

The  morrow   was  a  bright   September  morn ; 
The  earth   was  beautiful  as   if  new-born; 
There   was   that  nameless  splendour  everywhere, 
That  wild  exhilaration  in  the  air, 
Which  makes  the  passers  in  the  city  street 
Congratulate  each  other  as  they  meet. 

— Longfellow. 

Let  e:>ch  man  think  himself  an  act  of  God, 
His  mind  a  thought,  his  life  a  breath  ot  God. 

— Bail!;;  . 
When  wealth  is  lost,  nothing  i>  lost; 
When  health   is  lost,  something   is  lost; 
When  character  is  lost,  all  is  losl  ! 
— Motto  over  the  Walls  of  a  Sclwol  hi  Gcrtfim   '• 

When  honour  comes  to  you,  be  ready  to  take  it; 
But   reach  not  to  seize  it  before   it  is   near. 

— John   Boyle  Oi\k::.:.  .". 


Our  greatest  glory  is,  not  in  never  falling,  but  in  rising 
every  time   we   fall. 

Success  in  most  things  depends  on  knowing  how  long 
it  takes  to  succeed. 

Perseverance  is  failing  nineteen  times  and  succeeding 
the  twentieth. 

Uo  your  best,  your  very  best, 
And  do  it  every  day. 

I'll  help  you,  you  help  me, 

Then  what  a  helping  world  'twill  be. 

Politeness  is  to  do  and  say 

The  kindest  thing  in  the  kindest  way. 

'lis  the  golden  gleam  of  an  autumn  day 
With  the  soft  rain  raining  as  if  in  play, 
And  the  tender  touch  on  everything 
As  if  autumn  remembered  the  days  of  spring. 
The  buds  may  blow  and  the  fruit  may  grow, 

And  the  autumn  leaves  drop  crisp  and  sere; 
But  whether  the  sun,  or  the  rain,  or  the  snow, 

There  is  ever  a  song  somewhere,  my  dear. 

— Riley. 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

J.  M.  D.— Where  can  I  get  the  best  book  treating  on 
Reading  and  How  to  teach  Reading?  What  is  the  cost  of 
the  books  ? 

There  are  many  excellent  treatises  on  the  subject. 
If  you  write  to  Messrs.  Ginn  &  Company,  publish- 
ers, Boston,  they  may  put  you  into  the  way  of  get- 
ting what  you  desire. 

M.  A.  H.— Would  you  kindly  explain  why  the  westerly 
winds  blow  from  west  to  east.  The  geography  gives  no 
explanation  ? 

It  is  difficult  to  give  an  answer  to  your  question 
without  entering  into  a  discussion  of  the  causes  and 
directions  of  winds,  climatic  conditions,  etc.  This 
we  have  not  space  for  in  this  number.  A  good 
book  on  physical  geography,  or  Ferrel's  "  Popular 
Treatise  on  Winds,"  would  supply  the  information. 
If  you  have  not  a  book  at  hand,  we  would  be  glad 
to  loan  you  one  for  a  time. 


Exercise  in  Spelling. 

Fundamental,  arrogance,  conferred,  combatant, 
strategy,  citadel,  ventilation,  extravagant,  menace, 
magazine,  surgeon,  aggressor,  conspiracy,  martyr, 
acquittal,  penitentiary,  achievement,  compelling, 
crystallization,  notable,  parliamentary,  flippant,  em- 
anate, alleged,  paralyzing,  adherence,  management, 
liquefy,  appellation,  Calendar,  musician,  concert, 
fraudulent,  acquiesce,  wrapped,  eccentric,  laziness, 
prejudice,  twenty-six,  ostensible,  regrettable,  main- 
tenance, warrant,  equivalent,  contagious,  service- 
able, predecessor,  lieutenant,  nugget,  typical. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


75 


SKRUH'8  DF,  WIITE 


BAKON   ROSEN  BARON    KOMURA 

PEACE  ENVOYS  OF  RUSSIA  AND  JAPAN 


KOGORO   TAKAI1IRA 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

Th;  bloody  war  between  Japan  and  Russia, 
whicb  began  February  8tb,  1904,  lias  been  ended  by 
what  will  be  called  the  "  Peace  of  Portsmouth."  the 
terms  bein  j  practically  agreed  upon  August  29th, 
1905,  after  a  conference  which  threatened  at  any 
time  to  be  broken  up  by  the  stubbornness  of  Russia. 
Fortunately  the  intercession  of  President  Roosevelt 
and  the  hutmne  disposition  of  victorious  Japan  has 
prodrced  a  reconciliation,  in  which  the  hitter  country 
has  yielded  some  of  her  most  import  ant  demands. 
These  are  :  She  withdraws  her  claim  to  all  indemnity 
or  re-imbursement  for  the  expenses  of  the  war; 
also  her  claim  to  the  surrender  of  interned  war  ves- 
sels, and  the  limitation  of  Russia's  naval  power  in 
the  Pacific ;  the  island  of  Saghalien  to  be  divided 
between  the  two  countries,  Japan  having  the  south- 
ern and  Russia  the  northern  half.  Thus  a  war  is 
ended  in  which  Russia  has  lost  much  of  her  military 
prestige,  200.000  soldiers.  $1,000,000  000,  her  fleet, 
and  her  so-called  rights  in  the  rich  province  of 
Manchuria. 

The  peace  conference  at  Portsmouth,  X.  IT.,  has 
been  an  event  of  such  interest  as  to  deserve  a  place 
in  *he  history  of  three  nations — Russia  and  Japan, 
whose  commissioners  have  there  striven  to  bring 
into  harmony  the  demands  of  their  respective  gov- 
ernments, and  the  United  States  within  whose  terri- 
tory this  remarkable  conference  has  taken  place. 
The  envoys  were  there  at  the  invitation  of  the 
President  of  the  United  States,  and  were  treated  as 
guests  of  the  federal  government.  The  negotia- 
tions, which  began  on  the  9th  of  August,  seemed 
to  have  reached  a  deadlock  on  the  17th.  when  the 
Russian  envoys  refused  the  Japanese  demand  for 
an  indemnity,  and  declined  to  give  up  the  warships 
interned  in  neutral  ports.  Tn  other  matters  an 
agreement      was     reached.     Russia    consenting     to 


acknowledge  Japan's  influence  in  Korea,  to  make 
ovci  to  Japan  her  lease  of  Port  Arthur  and  the 
surrounding  territory,  to  evacuate  Manchuria  and 
,i:ive  up  the  larger  part  of  the  Chinese  Eastern  Rail- 
way, and,  in  short,  to  yield  everything  asked  for 
by  Japan  before  the  outbreak  of  the  war.  At  the 
conclusion  of  the  ten  days,  ending  August  28th,, 
during  which  President  Roosevelt  was  in  frequent 
communication  with  the  courts  of  St.  Peters- 
burg and  Tokio.  the  announcement  was  made  that 
an  agreement  has  been  reached  as  given  above. 
The  task  of  framing  the  "  Treaty  of  Portsmouth  " 
is  now  going  on,  the  representatives  of  both  coun- 
tries apparently  acting  in  an  amicable  spirit,  and 
rejoicing  at  the  prospects  of  peace. 

Each  of  the  combatants  has  sent  a  great  states- 
man as  its  plenipotentiary  to  the  peace  conference. 
Count  Wit  to.  the  senior  member  of  the  Russian 
commission,  is  a  big.  muscular  and  handsome  man, 
whose  light  hair  and  fair  skin  make  him  look  like 
a  typical  Norseman;  while  his  name  betrays  the 
fact  that  he  is  of  Dutch  descent.  Though  of 
humble  birth,  he  has  risen  to  eminence  by  merit, 
and  has  held  the  offices  of  Finance  Minister  and 
President  of  the  Council  of  the  Empire,  a  Russian 
deliberative  council  which  somewhat  resembles  our 
senate.  He  has  great  influence  with  the  populace, 
and  is  said  to  be  the  coining  leader  of  the  trovern- 
liHiit.  if  popular  government  is  to  be  established  in 
his  native  land.  As  a  peace  commissioner,  his  ap- 
pointment was  an  assurance  that  the  Russian  gov- 
ernment was  sincerely  desirous  of  peace,  for  he 
advised  a  friendly  solution  of  the  difficulties  before 
the  war  began.  The  chief  representative  of  Japan, 
P.aron  Komura,  is  a  very  small  man,  dark  and 
silent  and  keen.  He  was  one  of  the  first  of  the 
young  Japanese  students  who  came  to  America  to 
study,  and  was  the  first  of  his  race  to  graduate  from 
the  Harvard  Law  School.     His  life  has  been  spent 


76 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


in  the  service  of  the  state,  and  he  has  held  import- 
ant positions  in  his  country's  service.  As  Foreign 
Minister,  he  was  accused  by  his  countrymen  of  too 
great  forbearance  in  dealing  with  the  questions  in 
dispute  between  Japan  and  Russia,  but  his  critics 
now  recognize  that  his  coolness  prevented  a  pre- 
mature outbreak  of  hostilities,  and  are  ready  to 
trust  him  in  negotiations  for  peace.  Baron  Rosen 
has  an  imperturbable  face.  A  closely  cropped  set 
of  whiskers  hides  his  play  of  expression.  He  seems 
less  troubled  by  his  responsibilities  than  any  other 
of  the  big  four.  Takahira  looks  more  like  a  man  of 
ability  than  any  of  the  other  Japanese.  He  is  broad 
of  build  and  has  a  massive  head  for  a  Japanese. 
The  striking  feature  of  his  face  is  his  eyes,  which 
are  like  the  searchlights  of  a  battleship,  maintain- 
ing a  steady  glare,  which  confuses  the  most  expert 
questioner.  He  rarely  smiles  and  appears  always 
to  be  in  deep  thought. 

The  members  of  the  Zeigler  Arctic  expedition 
which  reached  Franz  Josef  Land  two  years  ago, 
have  returned  in  the  steamer  sent  to  their  relief; 
their  own  vessel,  the  "  America,"  having  been 
crushed  in  the  ice.  Though  they  did  not  reach  the 
Pole,  their  leader,  Anthony  Fialia,  claims  that  they 
have  been  successful  in  surveying  the  archipelago 
north  of  Asia  and  discovering  four  new  channels. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  on  August  30th,  will 
have  been  observed,  if  conditions  were  favorable, 
in  Labrador,  Spain,  Tunis  and  Egypt.  It  is  hoped 
that  photographs  of  the  sun's  corona,  taken  at 
Labrador  and  in  Egypt,  with  an  interval  of  two 
hours  between  the  exposures,  will  be  of  great  value 
in  determining  the  nature  of  that  mysterious 
phenomenon. 

The  four  Russian  battleships  and  two  cruisers 
sunk  at  Port  Arthur  are  found  to  be  uninjured. 
They  were  sunk  by  the  Russians  pending  the  ex- 
pected recovery  of  the  command  of  the  sea;  and 
are  now,  tinder  new  names,  to  be  added  to  the  Jap- 
anese fleet. 

The  visit  of  the  French  fleet  to  Portsmouth, 
which  has  recently  brought  together  the  war  ships 
of  France  and  Great  Britain  in  token  of  inter- 
national friendship,  following  a  similar  visit  of  a 
British  fleet  to  Brest,  may  have  flu  mportant  bear- 
ing upon  world  politics — for  a  navy  is  not  useless 
in  times  of  peace.  A  great  British  fleet  and  a  great 
French  fleet  lying  side  by  side,  or,  as  in  this  case, 
with  the  ships  intermingled,  shows  not  only  to  their 
own  people,  but  to  other  nations,  that  their  united 
force  may  be  called  into  action  should  occasion  re- 
quire. Two  other  movements  of  British  ships  mav 
be  looked  upon  as  peaceful  demonstrations  of  naval 
power.  The  channel  fleet  is  now  on  a  visit  to  the 
Baltic;  while  a  powerful  squadron  under  Prince 
Louis,  of  Battenburg,  is  now  in  Canadian  waters, 
and  will  visit  the  United  States. 

The  new  provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan 
will  be  inaugurated  on  the  first  and  fourth  of  this 
month,  respectively.     Hon.  A.  E.   Forget,  the  pre- 


sent governor  of  the  Northwest  Territories,  be- 
comes the  first  governor  of  Saskatchewan,  and 
Hon.  G.  H.  V.  Bulyea  first  governor  of  Alberta. 

The  area  of  the  two  new  provinces  which  enter 
the  Dominion  in  September :  Alberta  is  the 
larger,  having  an  area  of  253,500  square  miles, 
while  Saskatchewan  has  251,100  square  miles. 
There  are  three  provinces  which  contain  greater 
areas :  British  Columbia,  the  largest,  with  an  area 
of  372,620  square  miles;  Quebec,  351,873  square 
miles ;  Ontario,  26*3,862  square  miles.  For  the  sake 
of  comparison  we  give  the  area  in  square  miles  of 
the  other  provinces :  Manitoba,  73,732 ;  New  Bruns- 
wick, 27,985;  Nova  Scotia,  21,428;  Prince  Edward 
Island,  2,184. 

AN    APPARITION. 


The  Tsak  —Oh,  William,  William,  our  little  game  is  up!  sec  who's 
coming;  round  the  corner!  —  II 'eekly  Irish  Times. 

Each  of  the  new  provinces  is  nearly  six  times  the 
size  of  New  York  or  Pennsylvania,  five  times  as 
large  as  the  State  of  Illinois,  seven  times  as  large 
as  Indiana.  The  only  state  that  exceeds  them  in 
size  is  Texas  (268,242  square  miles).  Each  is 
twice  as  large  as  England,  Wales,  Scotland,  Ireland 
put  together  with  their  population  of  42,000.000 
people ;  each  exceeds  the  German  Empire  with  its 
population  of  nearly  57.000,000.  and  its  area  208,- 
738  square  miles,  or  France  with  39,000.000  people, 
and  an  area  (Corsica  included)  of  204.092  square 
miles. 

There  are  said  to  be  ninety-six  steamships  in  the 
world  of  more  than  ten  thousand  tons  burthen.  Of 
these,  Great  Britain  owns  just  one-half,  Germany 
about  one-fourth,  the  United  States  one-eighth,  and 
the  others  belong  to  Holland,  France,  Denmark 
and  Belgium,  in  the  order  named, 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


77 


Kairn  Island,  twenty-five  miles  south  of  Port 
Simpson,  is  said  to  have  been  definitely  chosen  as 
the  site  of  Laurier  City,  the  future  western  terminus 
of  the  Transcontinental  railway. 

The  arbitration  court  which  has  been  considering 
the  amount  of  compensation  to  be  given  to  France 
fishermen  for  the  loss  of  their  former  treaty  rights 
on  the  shore  of  Newfoundland  has  fixed  that 
amount  at  $275,000. 

The  government  has  selected  the  site  for  a  new 
battery,  to  be  erected  on  the  shore  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence, below  Quebec.  The  fortification  will  be 
about  five  miles  below  the  city,  and  its  guns  will 
be  of  sufficient  range  to  command  the  stream  at 
that  point. 

Sable  Island  is  now  connected  with  '.he  mainland 
by  the  Marconi  wireless  telegraph. 

Official  figures  for  the  year  ending  the  30th  of 
June  last  show  an  increase  of  sixteen  thousand  in 
the  immigration  to  Canada  as  compared  with  the 
preceding  year.  The  total  for  the  year  was  nearly 
one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand. 

The  residents  on  both  sides  of  the  boundary  line 
have  recently  been  celebrating  the  fiftieth  anniver- 
sary of  the  opening  of  the  "  Soo  "  Canal,  which 
connects  Lake  Superior  with  Lake  Michigan,  and 
is  now  the  busiest  canal  in  the  world.  The  old 
canal,  originally  made  by  the  peonle  of  Michigan, 
and  the  newer  canal  on  the  Canadian  side  of  the 
Sault  Ste.  Marie,  together  carry  nearly  three  times 
as  much  tonnage  as  the  Suez  Canal. 

Wonderfully  rich  mines  of  silver  and  cobalt  have 
been  discovered  in  the  Temiskaming  region,  and  a 
large  part  of  the  territory  on  the  south  of  Hudson 
Bay  is  believed  to  be  rich  in  minerals. 

A  congress  of  delegates  from  the  Russian  Zem- 
stvos,  or  provincial  representative  assemblies,  met 
at  Moscow  in  the  last  week  of  July;  and  later  a 
congress  of  peasants  from  many  different  parts  of 
the  empire  met  in  the  same  city.  Both  these  gather- 
ings expressed  in  strongest  terms  the  dissatisfac- 
tion of  the  Russian  people  with  the  existing  state 
of  affairs,  calling  for  the  promised  reforms  in  the 
system  of  government.  An  imperial  manifesto  has 
since  been  issued,  giving  a  definite  plan  and  date  for 
the  election  of  a  national  assembly  ;  and  Russia  is 
at  length  to  have  representative  government  for  the 
empire,  as  a  whole,  as  it  now  has  in  the  provinces 
of  European  Russia.  This,  as  might  be  expected. 
is  for  the  present  merely  in  the  form  of  a  consulta- 
tive assembly,  the  emperor  reserving  large  powers 
to  himself  and  his  successors.  The  members  ol 
this  parliament  will  he  elected  by  representative 
assemblies,  much  as  the  United  States  senators  are 
elected  by  the  state  legislatures  ;  and  the  body  may 
meet  at  times  in  secret  session,  as  docs  the  United 
States  senate,  instead  of  being  open  to  the  public 
like  a  British  parliament.  Elections  will  take  place 
without  delay,  so  that  the  first  session  may  be  held 
in  January. 


Harvesting  has  begun  in  the  Northwest,  and  this 
year's  crop  is  expected  to  yield  nearly  a  hundred 
million  bushels  of  wheat. 

The  Japanese  language  is  now  to  be  added  to  the 
regular  courses  of  study  in  German  foreign  lan- 
guage schools ;  and  numbers  of  students  are  said 
to  be  going  from  India  to  Japan  to  enter  the  uni- 
versities. 

The  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science  is  now  in  South  Africa,  where  it  will  hold 
sessions  at  Victoria  Falls  and  other  points  of 
interest. 

The  Zionist  congress  has  declined  the  offer  of 
the  British  government  of  a  tract  of  land  in  East 
Africa  for  colonization.  The  members  of  the  con- 
gress were  divided  on  the  question,  but  most  of  them 
hope  to  establish  a  colony  in  Palestine. 

The  negroes  in  the  public  schools  of  Cape  Colony 
outnumber  the  whites.  They  have  well  trained 
native  teachers,  and  make  rapid  progress  in  their 
studies. 

The  boundary  between  Abyssinia  and  British 
Somaliland,  over  which  there  was  a  long-standing 
dispute,  has  been  settled  by  a  joint  commission. 

Germany's  little  war  in  Southwest  Africa  still 
continues,  though  there  is  less  apprehension  of 
danger  of  its  spreading  beyond  the  bounds  of  Ger- 
man territory. 

Several  navigators  report  the  warm  waters  of  the 
Gulf  Stream  to  be  nearer  our  coast  than  usual;  and 
the  unusual  dampness  of  our  summer  weather  is  by 
some  attributed  to  this  cause. 

Some  of  us  who  are  no  longer  young  may  re- 
member that  it  was  the  fashion  years  ago  to  speak 
of  the  electric  fluid.  Now  again  electricity  is 
likened  to  water.  An  eminent  authority  teaches 
that  it  is  not  a  form  of  energy,  like  heat,  but  may 
be  a  vehicle  of  energy,  like  water.  Electricity 
under  strain  constitutes  a  current  and  magnetism; 
electricity   in   vibration  constitutes  light. 

The  growing  revolt  in  Arabia  is  causing  some 
uneasiness  to  the  statesmen  of  the  nations  most 
interested,  including  Great  Britain,  France  and 
Germany.  The  threatened  deposition  of  the  Sul- 
tan of  Turkey  from  his  place  as  the  acknowledged 
leader  of  the  Moslem  world  change  the  centre  of 
Moslem  power,  and  affect  other  interests  besides 
those  of  the  Ottoman  Empire. 

An  irreconcilable  difference  with  Lord  Kitchener 
in  respect  to  the  military  forces  and  plans  of  de- 
fence, has  caused  the  resignation  of  Lord  Curzon, 
Governor-General  of  India.  He  is  succeeded  by 
Lord  Minto,  late  Governor-General  of  Canada. 

A  statue  of  Jacques  Cartier  has  been  unveiled  at 
St.  Malo,  France,  with  imposing  ceremonies,  the 
government  of  Canada  being  represented  on  the 
occasion  bv  the  presence  of  the  solicitor-general. 
The  monev  required  for  the  erection  of  this  statue 
of  the   famous  navigator  was  collected   in   Canada. 


78 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Maritime  Board  of  Trade,  at  its  recent  ses- 
sion in  Yarmouth,  by  a  unanimous  resolution  de- 
clared itself  in  favor  of  the  union  of  the  provinces 
of  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick  and  Prince  Ed- 
ward Island.  The  board  also  favors  the  admission 
of  the  British  West  Indies  to  the  Dominion  of 
Canada,  and  the  building  of  a  tunnel  beneath  the 
Northumberland  Strait  to  connect  Prince  Edward 
Island  with  the  mainland. 

By  a  vote  almost  unanimous,  the  people  of  Nor- 
way have  demanded  the  separation  of  that  kingdom 
from  Sweden.  Either  Prince  Charles  of  Sweden 
or  Prince  Charles  of  Denmark  will  probably  be 
chosen  as  King  of  Norway..  The  latter  is  a  son- 
in-law  of  King  Edward,  and  his  selection  would 
seem  to  bring  England,  Denmark  and  Norway  into 
closer  relations  than  have  existed  since  the  days  of 
tke  sons  of  Cnut. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Magee,  recently  principal  of  the  Parrsboro, 
N.  S.,  schools  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
Annapolis  Royal  Academy. 

The  Golden  Jubilee  of  the  founding  of  St.  Xavier  Col- 
lege, Antigonish,  N.  S.,  will  be  celebrated  on  Wednesday 
and  Thursday,  the  6th  and  7th  of  September. 

The  united  institutes  of  the  teachers  of  St.  John  and 
Charlotte  counties  will  be  held  in  St.  John  on  the  ]2th  and 
13th  of  October.  A  programme  will  be  given  in  the 
next  month's  Review. 

Miss  Isabella  J.  Caie  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
Milford,  St.  John  County  school.  Miss  Caie  has  had  a  large 
experience  in  teaching,  having  had  charge  of  schools  in 
Kent,  Charlotte  and  St.  John  counties. 

Mr.  Chas.  L.  Gesner,  who  has  had  charge  of  the  school  at 
Belleisle,  Annapolis  County,  has  been  appointed  principal 
of  the  Canning,  N.  S.,  school.  He  has  been  succeeded  at 
Belleisle  by  Miss  Hattie  M.  Clarke,  recently  of  Bridgetown, 
N.  S. 

Mr.  G.  W.  Dill,  recently  principal  of  the  Lockeport,  N.  S., 
schools,  has  been  appointed  to  a  position  in  the  St.  John 
High   School. 

Mr.  Percy  A.  Fitzpatrick,  A.  B.,  of  Westmorland  County 
has  been  appointed  principal  of  the  Surrey  Albert  County 
Superior  School. 

The  Mount  Allison  institutions  at  Sackville  open  in 
September.  The  excellent  opportunities  afforded  by  the 
Ladies'  Academy  are  given  in  another  page. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Kent  County  Teachers'  In- 
stitute will  take  place  at  Rexton,  September  14th  and  15th. 
An  excellent   programme  has  been  arranged. 

1  he  Cape  Breton  Normal  Institute  will  meet  during  the 
last  week  of  September.  Sever;. 1  days  will  be  spent  in 
teaching  illustrative  lessons  by  classes,  and  in  practical 
addresses  and  discussions,  as  at  Port  Hawkesbury  last 
September.     The  meeting  will  be  held  at   North  Sydney. 

Geo.  Shephardson,  recently  principal  of  the  River 
llebert,  N.  S.,  schools,  has  resigned  to  take  charge  of  the 
Majtland,   Hants    County,   schools. 

Miss  Bessie  M.  Fraser,  of  Grand  Falls,  N.  B.,  has  been 
appointed  teacher  of  grade  .-even  in  the  grammar  school, 
Chatham. 


The  series  of  Royal  readers  used  in  the  public  schools 
of  Nova  Scotia  since  1877  has  been  superseded  by  new- 
books  published  in  part  by  the  Nelsons  of  Edinburg,  and 
partly  by  G.  N.  Morang  &  Company,  Toronto.  They  are 
now  ready  for  use  in  the  schools.  The  selection  and  edit- 
ing of  the  material  which  forms  the  series  was  begun  two 
years  ago  by  the  following  committee:  Supt.  of  Education 
Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay  (chairman),  Supervisor  A.  McKay, 
Principal  of  Normal  School  D.  Soloan,  Inspector  A.  G. 
.McDonald,  Principals  Lay,  Kemptcn  and  Butler,  Professor 
Walter  C.  Murray,  Rev.  E.  F.  McCarthy.  A  series  of 
readers  in  French  is  now  being  prepared,  to  be  mcd:lled 
after  the  English  texts.  These  will  not  be  ready  until 
some  time  next  year. 

P.  R.  McLean  has  resigned  his  position  of  principal  of 
the  Richibucto  grammar  school,  and  has  been  appointed 
principal  of  the  Sussex  grammar  school.  George  D.  Steele, 
of  Sackville,  will  succeed  Mr.  McLean  in  R'chibucto. 
Mr.    Steele   is   a   graduate   of   Mount   Allison  University. 

The  summer  vacation  school  of  manual  training  conduct- 
ed by  Supervisor  T.  B.  Kidner  at  Fredericton  had  an 
attendance  of  thirty-four  students,  and  the  results  give 
promise  of  an  increased  interest  in  that  important  branch 
of  education. 

The  leader  in  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  matri- 
culation examinations  this  year  was  W.  C.  Abercrombie, 
a  pupil  of  the  New  Westminster,  B.  C,  high  school,  of 
which  Mr.  H.  A.  Stramberg,  B.  A.,  formerly  of  New 
Brunswick,  is  the  efficient  principal.  Frank  A.  McDonald, 
of  the  St.  John  high  school,  led  all  the  other  students  of 
New  Brunswick,  and  is  the  winner  of  the  St.  John  cor- 
poration gold  medal  awarded  to  the  student  making  the 
highest  average.  One  hundred  and  two  candidates  took 
the  examination.  Of  these,  ten  passed  in  the  first  division, 
thirty-six  in  the  second,  twenty-three  in  the  third,  and 
twenty-three  in  the  third  conditionally,  while  ten  failed. 
Those  who  passed  in  the  first  divi:  ion  were :  W.  C.  Aber- 
crombie, New  Westminster,  B.  C. ;  Frank  A.  McDonald, 
St.  John  grammar  school;  J.  J.  Hayes  Doone,  Fredericton 
grammar  school ;  Jean  B.  Barr,  St.  John  grammar  school ; 
Beatrice  Welling,  Andover  grammar  school;  Raymond  L. 
Duark,  New  Westminster,  B.  C. ;  Frank  E.  Dickie,  Monc- 
ton  grammar  school ;  Annie  M.  Henderson,  St.  John  gram- 
mar school ;  Frank  L.  Orchard,  Fredericton  grammar 
school ;   Maud  K.   Smith,  Woodstock  grammar  school. 

Miss  Carrie  E.  Small,  M.  A.,  has  been  appointed  vice- 
principal  of  Acadia  Seminary.  She  comes  to  her  position 
with  warm  testimonials  of  her  Christian  character,  ad- 
vanced attainments  and  high  culture.  Her  course  through 
Weilesley  College  and  Brown  University  was  marked  by 
the  achievement  of  high  honors,  which  have  been  supple- 
mented by  extensive  travel,  and  a  short,  but  distinguished, 
career  in  teaching. 

Professor  Samuel  W.  Perrott  has  been  appointed  pro- 
fessor of  civil  engineering  and  dean  of  the  engineering 
school  in  the  University  of  New  Brunswick,  recently  held 
by  Professor  Brydone-Jack.  He  is  a  graduate  of  distinc- 
tion in  arts  and  engineering  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin. 
and  has  had  six  years'  experience  in  teaching  and  practical 
engineering  work.  Professor  Perrott  comes  with  many 
strong  recommendations  of  efficiency,  and  the  appointment 
is  regarded  as  an  excellent  one. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


79 


Sir  William  MacDonald,  Canada's  educational  benefact- 
or, has  given  the  sum  of  $20,000  to  provide  means  for  en- 
larging Prince  of  Wales  College,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I., 
and  for  teaching  pedagogy,  manual  training,  nature  study, 
etc. 

In  the  Nova  Scotia  provincial  examinations,  Miss  Elsie 
Porter  and  Miss  Jessie  McDougall  of  the  Colchester  County 
Academy  made  a  record  for  the  province  in  the  "B"  Class, 
the  former  with  a  mark  of  1077,  the  latter  with  1047.  The 
one  thousand  mark,  says  the  Truro  Sun,  has  been  passed 
but  once  before,  and  that  in  the  case  of  Mr.  Gilbert  Stairs 
of  Halifax  who  made  ion  five  years  ago.  Miss  Porter  has 
thus  the  credit  of  leading  the  province. 

Dr.  John  Brittain,  who  has  had  such  a  marked  and  suc- 
cessful career  as  teacher  of  science  in  New  Brunswick,  will 
again  take  up  his  work  in  the  University  of  New  Bruns- 
wick as  teacher  of  chemistry.  The  excellence  of  his 
teaching  and  laboratory  instruction  there  last  year  won  the 
most  favorable  opinions  from  faculty  and  students,  and  the 
university  showed  its  appreciation  of  his  success  by  bestow- 
ing on  him  the  degree  of  doctor  of  science. 

Several  changes  have  taken  place  in  the  staff  of  the  St. 
John  high  school  this  year.  Miss  Katharine  R.  Bartlett, 
who  has  been  an  exceptionally  successful  and  earnest 
teacher  in  the  higher  educational  work  for  many  years, 
has  retired  to  take  a  course  in  nature  study  at  the  Guelph 
Institute,  Ontario.  Miss  Mary  E.  Knowlton,  whose  genius 
in  interpreting  the  masters  of  English  literature  has  given 
her  more  than  a  local  reputation,  has  resigned  after  an 
unusually  successful  career  as  teacher  of  literature  in  .he 
St.  John  high  school.  Miss  Knowlton  has  been  appointed 
a  lecturer  in  the  Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences, 
where  she  will  deliver  a  six  months'  course  of  lectures 
during  the  coming  winter. 

Miss  Bessie  H.  Wilson,  teacher  of  grade  eight  in  the  St. 
John  high  school,  has  been  appointed  to  fill  the  place  of 
Wm.  Brodie,  A.  M.,  resigned,  as  teacher  of  mathematics 
and  Latin  in  grade  eleven.  Miss  Wilson  is  to  be  con- 
gratulated on  an  appointment  won  by  her  own  merit  and 
skill  in  teaching. 

The  Kings  County,  N.  B.,  Teachers'  Institute  will  be 
held  at  Kingston,  in  the  assembly  hall  of  the  consolidated 
school,  on  Thursday  and  Friday,  September  ~th  and  8th. 
A  large  attendance  is  expected. 

It  is  expected  that  the  new  consolidated  school  at  River- 
side, Albert  County,  X.  B,  will  be  opened  September  nth. 
Mr.  Geo.  J.  Trueman  will  be  the  principal,  with  a  staff  of 
eight  associate  teachers. 

Miss  Yerxa,  a  former  St.  John  teacher,  now  in  South 
Africa,  spent  her  holidays  in  making  a  vacation  trip  to  the 
celebrated  Victoria  Falls,  on  the  upper  waters  of  the  Nile, 
regarded  as  the  greatest  cataract  in  the  world. 

Mr.  John  DeLong,  A.  B.,  has  been  appointed  principal 
of  the  Milltown,  X.  B.,  schools. 

Miss  Susie  E.  Archibald,  Truro,  has  been  appointed 
teacher  of  domestic  science  in  the  Yarmouth  schools,  in 
place  of  Miss  Starritt,  who  resigned  to  take  a  post-graduate 
course. 

Mr.  Jas.  O.  Steeves,  of  Albert  County,  has  been  appoint- 
ed principal  of  the  Centreville,  Carleton  County,  superior 
school,  with   Miss  Orchard  rs  the  primary  teacher. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

[In  a  review  last  month  of  the  "Artistic  Crafts  Series  of 
Technical  Handbooks"  the  name  of  the  publisher,  Mr.  John 
Hogg,  13  Paternoster  Row,  London,  E.  C,  was  inadvertent- 
ly omitted.] 

Practical  Mathematics.     By  Daniel  A.  Murray,  Ph.  D  , 

Professor  of  Mathematics  in  Dalhousie  College,  Halifax, 

X.  S.     Cloth.     Pages  113.     T.  C.  Allen  &  Co.,  Halifax, 

This    is   a  compact   neatly   printed    volume  designed  to 

bring   practical  problems  early  within  the  reacli  of  young 

pupils.      The    work    includes    the     solution     of     triangles, 

measurement   of   areas,   heights  and   distances,  the  use  of 

logarithms,  plotting  of  graphs,   and  finding  the    slopes  of 

curves  ;  with  a  dozen  pages  devoted  to  four-place  tables  of 

logarithms.     The    book   brings   within    the    range  of   high 

school    and   college   students   and   those    who  leave  school 

before  completing  their  course  a  great  variety  of  practical 

problems  which  will  widen  their  interests  and  increase  their 

mathematical  ability. 

High  School  Physical  Science.     Part  1.    Revised  Edi- 
tion.    By  F.  W.  Merchant,   M.  A.,  D.  Paed.,  Principal 
London,  Ont.,  Normal  School  and  C.   Fessenden,  M.  A., 
Principal  Collegiate  Institute,    Peterboro,  Ont.     Cloth. 
Pages  339.     The  Copp,  Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
The    revision    of  this    elementary    treatise    on    physical 
science   has   added    to   its    practical    value  by    introducing 
several   new   features,   among   which  are   manual   training 
exercises  on  the  construction  of  apparatus  required  in  the 
text.     The  book  is  very  fully  illustrated,  the'  directions  for 
laboratory  practice   definite,    the  experiments   simple    and 
such  as  can  be  performed  by  the  pupils  themselves  with  in- 
expensive   apparatus.      The    authors    have    succeeded    in 
giving  an    excellent  practical  treatise  in  which  the  funda- 
mental    principles   of   physical    science    are    very   elearly 
explained. 

Brothers  of  Peril:  A  Story  of  Old  Newfoundland.      By 
Theodore   Roberts,   author   of   "  Hemming  the   Adven- 
turer."    Cloth.     Pages  327.     Price  $1.50.     Copp,  Clark 
Company,    Toronto. 
The    "brothers    in    peril"    are    an    English    hero    and     a 
young  Boethic  Indian  of  Newfoundland,  whose  race  is  now 
extinct.     The  scene  is  laid  in  the  early  days  of  that  colo.ty 
when   it   was   merely   a  fishing  station.     The   English   hero 
with  his  Indian  protege  have    many   exciting  adventures — 
fights    with   savages  and  pirates;   hairbreadth   escapes;   and 
there  are  love  passages  intermingled.     The  descriptions  are 
vivid,  the  action  of  the  story  strong  and  life-like,  and  che 
interest  well   sustained  throughout. 

Introductory  Physiology  and  Hygiene.     By  A.  P.  Knight, 
M.  A.,     M.  D.,     Professor    of     Physiology    in    Queen's 
University.    Kingston,    Ont.     Cloth.        Pages    xiv-  [OK. 
Copp.  Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
This  is  a  series  of  simple  lessons  in  physiology,  the  su!>- 
ject  being  considered  as  a  par:  of  nature  study,  and  develop- 
ed   accordingly    by    demonstration    and    experiment.        Th- 
lessons   were   prepared  and   taught   to  the   rlr-si    four   font's 
of  the  Kingston  public  schools,  and  are  published  as  taught. 
They  constitute  an  easy  graded   method  of  presenting    the 
elements    of    physiology    to  a  class   of  children,    and     the 
means    of    preserving    the    health    of    the    body.        The     ill 
effects   of   stimulants   and   narcotics   are   taught    in   a    com- 


80 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


moil    sense    way,    without    lurid    diagrams     or     repulsive 
language. 

The  Nature  Study  Course.  By  John  Dearness,  M.  A., 
Vice-principal,  London,  Ont.,  Normal  School.  Cloth. 
Pages  206.  Price  60  cents.  The  Copp,  Clark  Co., 
Toronto. 

This  book  is  admirable  for  its  suggestiveness  and  the 
maimer  of  leading  up  to  the  many  varieties  of  topics  con- 
nected with  nature  study.  The  teacher  who  will  give  it 
a  careful  study  and  adapt  its  methods  to  his  own  needs 
cannot  fail  to  be  successful  and  produce  a  large  measure 
of  interest  in  the  school.  The  plans  of  nature  work  in 
the  schools  of  Nova  Scotia,  Ontario  and  Manitoba  are 
quite  fully  drawn  upon  for  material  and  illustrations,  and 
the  strong  features  of  each  course  are  fully  emphasized. 
The  author  has  appreciated  the  many  difficulties  in  the 
path  of  the  nature  study  teacher,  and  has  given  practical 
aid  towards  surmounting  them. 

'Mid  the  Thick  Arrows.  By  Max  Pemberton.  Cloth. 
Pages  395.     Price  $1.50.     Copp,  Clark  Co.,  Toronto. 

A  story  in  which  there  is  plenty  of  action,  no  lack  of 
intrigue,  and  a  plot  that  is  very  skilfully  woven. 

Geo.  N.  Morang  &  Company,  Toronto,  are  the  Canadian 
agents  of  a  series  of  beautiful  little  pocket  editions  of 
English  and  American  classics  published  by  the  Macmillan 
Company,  New  York.  These  are  octavo  volumes,  prettily 
bound  in  red  cloth,  with  the  titles  in  white  on  the  back 
and  on  the  front  cover.  They  are  sold  at  the  low  rate  of 
twenty-five  cents  each.  We  have  received  three  volumes 
— Andersen's  Fairy  Tales,  Longfellow's  Hiawatha,  and 
Hawthorne's  House  of  the  Seven  Gables.  The  two  latter 
are  adorned  with  neat  vignette  portraits  of  the  authors, 
and  all  are  edited  for  use  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools,   with   introductions  and  notes. 

From  the  same  publishers,  Morang  &  Co.,  Toronto,  <" 
copy  of  Chancellor's  Graded  City  Speller  has  been  received, 
price  12  cents.  It  is  adapted  for  seventh  grade  students, 
and  is  a  useful  little  work,  combining  derivation,  word- 
building  and  quotations  of  literary  value  and  interest  in 
a  very  admirable  way. 

Nature  Lessons  for  Primary  Grades.     By  Miss  Lida  B. 
McMurry.     Cloth.     Pages   191.     Price  60  cents.     New 
York:    the    Macmillan    Company;    London,    Macmillan 
Company;    Toronto,    Geo.    N.    Morang   &    Company. 
This   book  leads   easily  and  naturally  into   the   study  of 
animal    and   plant   life    from    objects,    most   of    which     are 
easily  accessible  to  the  children  of  every  locality  in  Canada 
and    the   United   States.     About  three-fourths   of  the  book 
is  taken  up  with  subjects  of  the  animal  kingdom,  many  of 
which    are    household    pets.        The    author's    treatment    of 
these  will  not  only  prove  of  great  interest  to  young  child- 
ren, but  lead  them  to  be  definite  in  observation,  and  kind 
and    considerate    to    animals.     The    plentiful    sprinkling    of 
explanatory    parenthetical    notes    throughout    the    text    is 
suggestive,  if  nut  too  liberal  in  the  way  of  "helps." 

From  the  same  publishers  (the  Macmillans  and  Morang) 
there-  have  been  received  A  Special  Method  in  Language, 
(cloth,  page-  [92,  price  70  cents),  covering  the  first  eight 
grades  of  school  work,  designed  to  link  closely  with 
language  all  other  exercises  of  the  school  to  form  a  broad 
and  simple  treatment  of  the-  subject;  and  A  Special 
Method  in  Arithmetic  (cloth,  pages  225,  price  75  cents'), 
tile-  plan  of  which   is  to  outline  to  elementary  teacher?  the 


purpose  of  teaching  arithmetic,  and  to  show  its  relation  to 
other  subjects  in  the  course.  The  author  of  both  works  is 
Chas.  A.  McMurry,  Ph.  D. 

Object  Lessons  in  Elementary  Science.    Stage  VI.    By 
Vincent    T.    Murche.     Cloth.      Pages    325.      Price   2s. 
Macmillan  &  Co.,  London. 
This  book  is  divided  into  four  parts,  the  first  treating, 
in  a  simple  illustrative  way,  of  the  mechanical  powers ;  the 
second   of   the  ordinary  chemical   processes ;   the  third  of 
the   structure   and   functions   of  the   chief  organs    of    the 
human  body ;  and  the  fourth  of  the  geographical  distribu- 
tion of  certain  plants  and  animals,  their  use   to   man,    and 
the  trade  and  commerce  arising  from  them.     The  arrange- 
ment in  this  stage,  as  in  the  previous  ones,  is  clear    and 
methodical,  no  step  being  left  unexplained. 

Practical  Experimental  Science.  By  W.  Mayhowe 
Heller,  B.  Sc.  (Lond.),  and  Edwin  G.  Ingold.  Cloth. 
Pages  220.     Price  2s.  6d.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

In  this  book  we  have  the  principles  of  scientific  teaching 
very  carefully  illustrated;  and  the  author  places  special 
stress  on  the  importance  of  laying  a  foundation  of  real 
knowledge  on  which  future  progress  may  be  securely  built. 
To  this  end  he  weighs  carefully  the  results  of  observation 
and  experiment,  the  sifting  of  information  from  many 
sources,  and  the  gathering  of  experience  by  skilfully 
directed  methods.  The  measurement  of  length,  area, 
volume,  mass;  of  the  weight  and  pressure  of  air;  of  tem- 
perature, expansion  and  kindred  topics,  are  very  fully 
treated,  with  abundant  illustrations. 

In  "Blackie's  English  School  Texts."  edited  by  W.  A. 
D.  Rouse,  Litt.  D.,  there  have  been  issued  Charles  Lamb's 
"  Adventures  of  Ulysses  "  and  "  Sinbad  the  Sailor."  Each 
is  accompanied  with  a  brief  introduction,  the  pages  are 
clear  and  in  large  type,  which  is  a  pleasure  to  the  eye. 
Price  8d.  each.     Published  by  Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

In  "  Blackie's  Little  French  Classic  Series,"  Blackie  & 
Son,  London,  there  are  two  neat  little  pocket  volumes, 
containing  an  introduction,  notes  and  vocabulary,  price  6d. 
each,  Alexander  Dumas's  "  Jacomo  ou  le  Brigand,"  one 
of  the  rare  short  stories  of  that  gifted  author ;  and  Mateo 
Falcone,  which  Walter  Pater  pronounces  "  the  cruelest 
story  ever  written,"  by  Prosper  Merimee. 

In  "  Blackie's  Latin  Texts  "  there  is  begun  a  new  series 
designed  for  students  in  the  first  two  or  three  years  study 
of  Latin.  Each  volume,  the  first  being  Eutropius,  price 
8d.,  has  a  short  introduction  dealing  with  the  author's  life 
and  works.  A  useful  feature  in  the  text  is  the  marking 
of  all  vowels  long  by  nature. 

Other  texts  from  Blackie  &  Son  are  Longfellow's  "  Hia- 
watha," with  copious  notes  and  vocabulary,  price  is. ; 
"  Story  Book  Readers,"  fourth  series,  price  4d.,  containing 
Miss  Cuthell's  interesting  story  of  a  seaman's  little  boy 
and  his  adventures ;  "  School  Recitations,"  for  senior  pupils, 
price  id.,  with  standard  poems  by  the  best  authors. 

Primary  Readers.     By  Katharine  E.  Sloan.     No.  1.  pages 

151,   price  25  cents;   No.  2,   pages   174,  price  30  cents. 

The  Macmillan  Company,  New  York ;  Geo.  N.  Morang 

&  Co.,  Toronto. 

The   aim   of  these   primary   readers   is  to   teach  children 

to  read  with  the  least  labor  and  in  the  shortest  time.     The 

phonic  method   is   the  means   used  to  secure  this  end.  but 

the  lessons    are    so    arranged    that    the  word    or  sentence 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


81 


AUTHORIZED      BY     BOARD     OF      EDUCATION     FOR 
USE      IN     THE     SCHOOLS      OF      NEW      BRUNSWICK- 

A  HISTORY  OF   NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


By  G.  U.  HAY,   D.Sc. 


Price  30  Cents. 


BEAUTIFULLY      ILLUSTRATED. 

....INCLUDING.... 

PAGE  OF  BRITISH  FLAGS  AND  A  MAP  OF  THE  MARITIME  PROVINCES. 

BOTH   IN   COLOR. 


TEACHERS     SHOULD    INSTRUCT    THEIR     BOOKSELLERS     TO    ORDER 
SUPPLIES     IN      TIME      FOR    INTRODUCTION    AT     SCHOOL     OPENING. 


W.  J.   GAGE   &   CO.,   Limited.     - 

TORONTO,     ONTARIO. 


Publishers. 


method  may  take  its  place,  or  be  used  simultaneously  with 
it.  The  subject  ma'.Ur  is  well  selected,  the  colored  plates 
and  other  engravings  are  for  the  most  part  natural  an  1 
attractive. 

Studies  in  Modern-  German  Literature.     By  Otto  Heller. 
Professor  of  the   German  Language  and   Literature   in 
Washington    University.      Cloth.      ,toi    ages.        Mailing 
price,  $i..?5.     Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
The   author    has     confined     bis     Studies    to    Sudermann, 
Hauptmann,   and    to    the    German    women    writers    of     the 
century.     It  is  a  timely  contribution  to  present   day  litera- 
ture.    The   author   limit-    bis   choice   of    subjects    with   the 
avowed  object  of  directing  attention  to  certain  aspects    it 
modern  German  thought,  rather  than  to  make  the  volume 
a    "guide-book   to    German    literature."        His    chapter     on 
women-writers  is  especially  interesting  to   English   readers. 
Although   Germany   has   produced   no   woman   writer  com- 
parable  to    England's   George    Eliot,   or    George    Sand,     of 
France,    the    author    concludes    a    highly    appreciative    dis- 
cussion of  four  women  writers — Isolde  Kurz.  Clara   Viebig, 
Helene  Bohlau,  and  Ricarda  Huch — with  the   frr.nk  admis- 
sion  that  one  cannot   name  the   foremost   living  writer-   of 
Germany   without   including  several   women. 

In  the  "  Belles-Lettres  Series,"  published  by  1  >.  C.  Heath 
&  Company.  Boston,  reference  to  which  has  been  made  in 
other  numbers  of  the  Review,  we  have  three  volumes 
lately  issued.  One  of  these  is  Selected  Poems,  by  Algernon 
Charles  Swinburne,  edited  with  introduction  and  "oh 
William  Morton  Payne.  LL,  I).  The  selections  have  been 
made  with  excellent  judgment,  and  embrace  perhap-  the 
best  productions  of  the  one  great  poet  left   to  the   English 


race,  whose  contemporaries  have  passed  away.  The  two 
greatest  of  Swinburne's  odes,  ''Athens"  and  "The 
Armada,"  are  to  be  found  in  the  "  Selections."  Two 
volumes  belong  to  the  English  drama — Bussy  D'Ambois 
and  The  Revenge  of  Bussy  D'Ambois,  by  George  Chap- 
man, edited  by  Frederick  S.  Boas ;  and  Society  and  Caste, 
by  T.  W.  Robertson,  edited  by  T.  Edgar  Pemberton.  The 
attention  of  book  lovers  and  librarians  is  directed  to  this 
great  work  published  by  Messrs.  Heath  &  Co.  The 
general  motto  of  the  series,  which  will  include,  when  com- 
pleted, some  two  hundred  volumes,  is  "  Literature  for 
Literature's  Sake."  They  should  meet  the  approval  and 
appreciation  of  scholars.  They  arc  to  embrace  the  best 
products  from  the  dawn  of  English  literature  down  to  the 
present  time. 

Agriculture     Through     the     Laboratory     and    School 

Garden.     By  C.  R.  Jackson  and  Mrs.  L.  S.  Daugherty, 

State     Normal     School,     Kirksville,    Mo.        Illustrated. 

402    pages.        Cloth.        Price   $1.50   net.     Orange   Judd 

Company,  New  York. 

This  book  is  designed  to  prepare  teachers  to  give  prac- 

tical   and  definite  agricultural   instruction  in  public  schools. 

The    plan    of    presentation    is    original,    and    any    energetic 

teacher,  by  working  out  the  theories  and  experiments,  may 

do   creditable   classwork.     It    will   aid   the   teacher    in     the 

nature   work  of  schools.     Although   primarily  intended   for 

tt-e    in    schools,    it    is   equally   valuable   to   any   one   desiring 

to   obt,i:!i,     in    an     easy    and    pleasing  manner,    a    general 

knowledge   of  elementary  agriculture.     It  contains   a   large 

number   of   engravings,   and   is   printed    in    large,   clear   type 

on  handsome  heavy  paper,  and  is  hound  in  cloth. 


82 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
VSUPPLIESV 

We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   SslSJ*-" 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 

AnKing 

Magnetism   and   Electricity   for   Students.       By   H.   E. 

Hadley,  B.  Sc.   (Lond.)     Cloth.     Pages  575.     Price  6s. 

Macmillan  &  Co.,  London. 

This   is   intended   to  meet   the   requirements   of   students 

who   have   worked   through   the   author's   elementary  book 

on   the   same  subject.       With   that   as  a  preliminary,    the 

present   advanced   treatise    furnishes   a  complete   text-book 

in  magnetism  and  electricity. 

The  Principles  of  Argumentation.    Revised  and  Enlarg- 
ed.    By  George  P.  Baker,  Assistant  Professor  of  Eng- 
lish,    Harvard     University,     and     H.     B.     Huntington, 
Assistant     Professor    of     English,    Brown    University. 
Cloth.     677  pages.     Mailing  price,  $1.40.     Ginn  &  Co., 
Boston. 
The  favor  with   which  the  Principles  of  Argumentation 
has  been  received  during  the  nine  years  that  have  elapsed 
since  its  publication  has  made  a  more  comprehensive  treat- 
ment  desirable.     The   authors   have   made   numerous   addi- 
tions and  improvements,  especially  in  the  chapters  on  de- 
bate,   refutation,    analysis    and    persuasion.     The    treatment 
of  the  latter  subject  is  fresh  to  text-books,  and  is  so  pre- 
sented as  to  have  a  bearing  for  courses  not  only  in  written 
argument,  but  also  in   oratory  and  debate.     Exercises   are 
given   at   the   end   of   each   chapter,    and   much   illustrative 
material  has  been  added  throughout  the  book  to  secure  a 
full  and  simple  course  on  argumentation. 

In  the  "  English  Literature  for  Secondary  Schools  " 
series,  Macmillan  and  Company,  London,  have  published 
three  additional  volumes  in  linen  binding,  on  good  paper, 
with  clear  type.  These  will  be  found  very  excellent  for 
classroom  use,  each  volume  being  provided  with  introduc- 
tion and  a  few  suggestive  notes.  The  extracts  from  the 
different  authors  have  been  made  with  care  and  judgment. 
The  volumes  are:  Longfellow's  Shorter  Poems,  edited  by 
H.  B.  Cotterill,  M.  A.,  price  ts.;  Essays  from  Addison,  by 
J.  W.  Fowler,  M.  A.,  price  is. ;  The  Tale  of  Troy,  re-told 
in  English  by  Aubrey  Stewart,   M.  A.,  price   is.  6d. 


RECENT  MAGAZINES. 

The  August  Atlantic  Monthly  (Boston)  is  a  fiction  num- 
ber of  great  interest,  and  the  essays  are  upon  timely  topics 
and  have  all  the  readableness  of  stories.  Although  .he 
number  is  largely  devoted  to  fiction,  it  contains  an  excep- 
tionally  important   and   timely   paper   upon   The  Literature 


of  Exposure,  by  George  W.  Alger,  whose  terse  discis- 
sions of  important  contemporary  issues  have  found  so  much 
favor  with  Atlantic  readers. 

The  Atlantic  for  September  has  three  very  readable 
articles  on  Education,  which  with  the  discussion  of  other 
timely  topics,  several  good  stories,  poems  and  literary 
essays  make  up  a  number  excellent  in  its  variety,  ability 
and  brightness. 

The  colored  illustrations  in  the  Canadian  Magazine 
(Toronto)  for  August  are  especially  good,  as  are  the  re- 
productions of  Turner's  pictures..  The  fiction  is  excep- 
tionally good,  and  every  story  is  by  a  native  writer.  The 
whole  number  is  full  of  interesting  features. 

The  Canadian  Magazine  for  September  opens  with  an 
article  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Justice  Longley  entitled  Moral 
Heroism.  There  are  several  stories  in  the  number,  written 
by  Canadians  one  of  the  best  of  which  is  The  Other  Miss 
Robbins,  by  Isabel  E.  Mackay. 

The  most  notable  review  article  on  Sweden  and  Norway 
is  Scandinavia  in  the  Scales  of  the  Future  found  in  the 
Living  Age  (Boston)  for  August  5th.  British  Foreign 
Policy,  and  Birds  and  Beauties  of  an  Old  Orchard  are 
articles  which  will  interest  the  reader  in  the  number  for 
August  12th,  and  in  the  number  for  August  19th  we  have 
the  inspiration  of  a  good  example  in  the  sketch  entitled 
My  First  Success. 

The  Chautauquan  for  August  is  principally  taken  with 
studies  of  questions  in  the  Far  East,  and  there  are  articles 
of  great  interest  to  the  student  and  general  reader  on 
Korea,  the  Russo-Japanese  War,  and  Highways  and  By- 
ways, which  take  in  the  current  events  of  the  world. 

The  Chautauquan  for  September  has  a  series  of  articles 
on  the  Russo-Japanese  situation,  in  addition  to  discussions  of 
other  Oriental  questions  and  contributions  of  current  interest 

The  earliest  creations  of  autumn  are  attractively  set 
forth  in  the  September  Delineator,  along  with  fashion 
comment  and  prophecies,  and  there  is  much  in  the  number 
of  interest  from  other  than  the  standpoint  of  fashion. 
Mrs.  Mary  Hinman  Abel  contributes  an  article  on  the  pure 
food  question.  The  hymn,  Nearer,  My  God,  to  Thee,  is 
the  subject  of  a  paper  by  Allan  Sutherland,  and  there  is 
an  enjoyable  travel  sketch,  describing  and  picturing  the 
beautiful  lake  district  in  England.  In  the  way  of  fiction 
the  number  contains  some  readable  stories,  and  there  are 
also  entertaining  pastimes  for  children,  including  an  animal 
fairy  tale  by  L.  Frank  Baum. 


THIRTY-TWO      PAGES. 


The  Educational  Keview. 

Devoted  to  Advanced.  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  OCTOBER,   1905. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


O.   U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leintter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

Pbtntsd  bt  Barkis  &  Co..  St.  Jobn.  N.  B.. 


Always  Read  this  Notice. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  it  published  about  the  ist  "J 
•very  month.  If  not  received  within  a  week  after  that  date, 
write  to  the  office. 

THE  REVIEW  it  tent  regularly  to  tubtcribert  until  notifica- 
tion it  received  to  discontinue  and  all  arrearage!  are  paid. 

When  you  change  your  addrett,  notify  ut  at  once,  giving  the 
tld  at  well  at  the  new  addrett.  Thit  will  tave  time  and  cor- 
respondence. 

The  number  on  your  addrett  tellt  to  what  whole  number  of  the 
REVIEW  the  subscription  is  paid. 

Addrett  all  correspondence  and  business  communications  to 
EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 

Bt.  John,  N.  B. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes,     

Nature-Study  in  Canada 

Summer  Holiday  Activities, 

Visiting  Schools.  

A  Teachers'  Reward 

An  All-Round  Training 

A  Warning  Note  from  the  West 

October  Talks 

October  In  Canadian  History, 

The  Old  School,  

A  Poem  You  Ought  to  Know,  — 

Nelson  and  the  Centenary  of  Trafalgar, 

Our  Native  Trees  —  IV 

A  School  Outing,  

A  Home-made  Recitation  Book,       — 
The  Poetry  of  Earth  is  Never  Dead, . . 

Notes  on  "The  Deserted  Village,"    

Schoolroom  Decorations 

Mental  Mathematics,    .. 

Lines  in  Season,  

Rhymes  and  Recitations  for  Little  People 
N.  B.  Teachers'  Association  Statistics, 
Teaching  Children  to  Talk  Naturally, 

Letter  Writing 

The  Strand  from  Above,        

Teachers  in  Session 

Current  Events     

School  and  College. 

Recent  Books 

Recent  Magazines 

New  Advertisements  —  Official    Notice:    N.  B.  Education 
Office,  114 ;  St.  John  and  Charlotte  Co.  Institutes,  115. 


108- 

iii- 


89-90 

90 

91 

92 

93 

93 

91 

94 

95 

95 

95 

96-100 

100 

100 

101 

101 

102- KM 

104 

105 

106 

108 

107 

107 

107 

108 

109-110 

110-111 

112-113 

113-114 

111 


In  the  very  full  article  contributed  in  this  num- 
ber on  the  Nelson  centenary,  by  Miss  Robinson,  our 
readers  will  find  material  for  a  review  of  the  stir- 
ring events  of  one  hundred  years  ago. 


Much  is  said  about  the  importance  of  punctuality 
in  pupils  attending  schools.  Teachers  should  set  a 
good  public  example  in  being  prompt  to  the 
minute  while  attending  the  session  of  an  institute. 


Subscribers  of  the  Review  should  examine  the 
numbers  on  their  addresses.  Number  220  means 
that  the  subscription  is  paid  to  October  1,  1905. 
If  the  figures  are  less,  it  shows  that  they  are  in 
arrears ;  if  greater,  that  they  are  paid  in  advance ; 
number  232  means  that  they  are  paid  to  October  1, 
1906. 


Next  month,  or  the  following,  the  Review  will 
begin  the  publication  of  a  series  of  pictures,  repro- 
ductions of  the  world's  best  artists.  The  design  is 
to  furnish  material  for  decoration  of  schoolrooms, 
aids  to  composition  and  the  study  of  history,  geo- 
graphy and  other  subjects.  The  pictures  will  be 
accompanied  by  instructions  showing  how  to  use 
them  to  the  best  advantage. 


L\  Mr.  Butler's  notes  on  the  "  Deserted  Vil- 
lage "  in  this  number,  our  readers  will  find  his  treat- 
ment of  the  subject  applicable  to  any  selection  of 
literature  they  are  preparing  for  classes ;  and  so  will 
the  teachers  of  primary  and  intermediate  work,  who, 
if  not  qualifying  themselves  for  high  school  posi- 
tions, are  fitting  themselves  to  become  better  teach- 
ers by  the  careful  study  of  the  best  English  litera- 
ture. 


The  attention  of  teachers  is  directed  to  the  an- 
nouncement of  the  courses  of  manual  training  at 
Fredericton.  The  demand  for  teachers  of  manual 
training  and  household  science  is  growing  steadily. 
Under  the  regulations  for  consolidated  schools  in 
New  Brunswick,  these  two  branches  must  be 
taught  if  the  special  government  grant  is  to  be  earn- 
ed by  the  district.  Manual  training  is  also  increas- 
ing in  popularity  in  the  towns  of  the  province,  and 
1  vvo,  if  not  more,  teachers  have  been  borrowed  from 
neighboring  provinces  to  fill  the  demand  for  quali- 
fied instructors.  The  New  Brunswick  director, 
Mr.  Kidner,  says  that  the  short  course  which  began 
in  September  is  full,  but  applications  for  the  Janu- 
ary to  June  course  are  invited. 


90 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


A  fine  coloured  picture  of  the  death  of  Nelson 
can  be  obtained  from  the  Messrs.  Steinberger, 
Hendry  &  Company,  Toronto.     Price  $2. 


In  the  teachers'  pension  scheme  recommended 
for  Nova  Scotia,  it  is  proposed  to  form  a  fund  from 
the  following  sources :  Teachers  whose  salaries  do 
not  exceed  $300  shall  contribute  one  per  cent ;  those 
who  receive  more  than  $300  and  not  more  than  $800, 
two  per  cent ;  and  those  who  receive  more  than  $800, 
three  per  cent.  In  addition,  there  will  be  interest 
fin  the  permanent  fund,  and  the  government  of  Nova 
Scotia  is  expected  to  contribute  $2,000  a  year. 


A  national  conference  of  trustees  of  American 
colleges  and  universities  will  be  held  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,  Urbana,  Illinois,  begnning  Tuesday, 
October  17th,  during  the  week  in  which  Dr. 
Edmund  J.  James  will  be  formally  inaugurated  as 
president  of  that  university.  Some  important 
questions  will  be  discussed  regarding  college  admin- 
istration, which  in  the  United  States  is  managed 
by  boards  of  trustees  composed  of  non-experts,  that 
is  to  say,  by  laymen  interested  in,  but  not  engaged 
in,  professional  educational  work.  While  this 
method  of  control  is  regarded  as  satisfactory  by 
some,  by  others  it  is  held  to  be  a  serious  weakness 
to  the  system  of  higher  education.  In  England  the 
old  universities  are  self-governing  bodies,  controlled 
largely  by  the  faculties ;  in  France  and  Germany 
they  are  departments  of  the  government,  and  so 
far  as  they  are  not  directly  under  the  control  of 
the  government,  they  are  autonomous,  that  is,  ruled 
by  the  faculties. 


Nature  Study  in  Canada. 


In  an  article  on  Nature-study  in  the  Schools  of 
Nova  Scotia,  published  recently  in  the  Ottawa 
Naturalist  and  later  in  the  Nature-Study  Review, 
of  New  York,  Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay  gives  an  interest- 
ing summary  of  the  growth  of  the  nature-study  idea 
in  Eastern  Canada,  beginning  with  the  presentation, 
a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  of  an  outline  of  a  nature 
course  for  the  schools  of  Nova  Scotia.  At  the 
instance  of  Dr.  Allison,  superintendent  of  schools, 
Dr.  MacKay,  then  principal  of  the  public  schools 
and  the  historic  academy  of  Pictou,  laid  before  the 
N.  S.  Educational  Association  on  the  14th  July, 
1880,  the  outline  of  a  course  which,  after  discussion 
and  revision,  soon  after  became  a  part  of  the  pre- 


scribed course  of  the  first  eight  grades  of  the  Nova 
Scotia  schools. 

Early  in  1887  three  teachers  representing  the  pro- 
vinces of  Nova  Scotia,  New  Brunswick  and  Prince 
Edward  Island  met  at  Pictou  on  the  invitation  of 
Principal  MacKay,  and  the  result  was  the  founding 
of  a  journal,  whose  primary  object  was  to  foster 
the  nature  study  idea.  Quoting  the  words  of  Dr. 
MacKay : 

In  1887  The  Educational  Review,  which  has  ever  since 
been  continuously  published  at  St.  John,  N.  B.,  was  started 
with  the  object  of  developing  the  nature-study  side  of  the 
course,  as  well  as  serving  incidentally  as  a  teachers'  organ 
for  the  Atlantic  Provinces  of  Canada.  Illustrated  lessons 
on  natural  objects  were  prepared,  the  most  continuous 
being  the  series  under  the  title  "  Ferndale  School."  The 
whole  environment  of  common-school  life  was  more  or 
less  covered,  instruction  for  teachers  on  various  subjects, 
including  even  the  evening  sky,  which  was  illustrated  by 
a  series  of  star  maps.  The  Ferndale  series  dealt  with  the 
biological  side  mainly ;  but  other  papers  covered  niinerailogy, 
physical  phenomena  of  common  range,  and  so  forth,  before 
any  similar  effort  appears  to  have  been  made  in  any  other 
province  of  Canada. 

Dr.  MacKay  then  traces  the  growth  of  nature- 
study  in  connection  with  the  normal  school  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  the  appropriations  of  Sir  William  Mac- 
donald  at  Guelph,  Ontario,  to  provide  suitable  in- 
struction for  teachers  of  nature-study  throughout 
Canada.  He  also  alludes  incidentally  to  the  work 
carried  on  by  the  teachers  and  schools  in  his  own 
province,  where  such  observations  are  made  as  the 
first  flowering,  leafing  and  fruiting  of  plants ; 
the  migration  of  birds ;  thunderstorms,  frosts,  high 
and  low  water,  etc.  These  have  been  taken  so 
regularly  and  proved  of  such  utility  that  many 
schools  elsewhere,  from  Nova  Scotia  to  British 
Columbia,  have  adopted  the  same  plan;  with  results 
that  promise  to  become  increasingly  useful. 

The  "  Ferndale  Series,''  referred  to  above,  was 
the  contribution  to  the  Review  of  Dr.  MacKay,  and 
he  has  been  asked  to  revise  that  suggestive  series, 
Bring  it  up  to  date  and  publish  it  in  pamphlet  form 
with  other  related  matter.  Such  a  guide  to  nature 
study  would  be  invaluable  to  the  teacher,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  Dr.  MacKay  may  find  time  to  elaborate 
his  early  work. 


The  Boston  Traveller  thinks  that  the  hen  whose 
egg  product  is  valued  at  $280,000,000  yearly  is 
more  desirable  as  a  national  bird  than  the  lordly 
eagle,  which  causes  loss  rather  than  gain  to  the 
country.  The  suggestion  is  practical,  if  it  is  not 
sentimental. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


91 


Summer  Holiday  Activities. 

In  his  evening  talk  before  the  summer  school  ~>i 
science  at  Yarmouth  in  July  last,  Principal  Soloan, 
of  the  Nova  Scotia  normal  school,  outlined  an  at- 
tractive course  by  which  boys  and  girls  may  make 
the  summer  holidays  a  source  of  unending  delight 
and  benefit  to  themselves.  In  his  wild  garden  at 
Lake  Annis,  Mr.  Soloan  occupies  much  of  his  leisure 
vacation  moments,  when  books  and  correspondence 
and  the  calls  of  teachers'  conventions  will  allow  him, 
in  the  study  of  nature  which  is  lavish  and  in  great 
variety  about  him.  It  was  in  congenial  mood,  then, 
that  he  spoke  of  the  opportunities  of  healthy  enjoy- 
ment that  lie  open  to  children  in  vacation,  and  he 
has  yielded  to  the  request  of  the  Review  to  place 
these  views  before  a  wider  circle  of  teachers. 

To  enjoy  a  vacation  and  yet  make  it  useful  is  Mr. 
Soloan's  plea,  and  teachers  will  readily  enter  into 
sympathy  with  it  on  account  of  its  possibilities  to 
themselves  and  to  their  pupils.  All  through  the 
school  term  there  is  too  little  time  to  read  the  stories 
or  books  that  lend  interest  to  literature,  history. 
geography  and  other  school  studies;  references  are 
constantly  being  made  through  the  winter  months 
to  objects  of  nature-study,  such  as  are  seen  in  field, 
forest  and  garden,  to  birds,  insects  and  plants,  which 
may  be  observed  only  in  the  mid-summer  months. 
How  good  it  will  be  then  to  anticipate  the  joys  of 
coming  vacation  and  have  boys  and  girls  jot  down 
in  their  note-books  what  may  be  read  as  a  supple- 
ment to  present  lessons,  or  what  may  be  observed 
in  their  rambles  afield  in  summer.  It  is  hoped  that 
Mr.  Soloan's  idea  given  below  may  meet  with  the 
cordial  sympathy  and  co-operation  of  our  readers : 

Is  it  not  worth  while  to  consider  whether  the  sum- 
mer-holiday activities  of  the  schoolboy  and  school- 
girl could  be  availed  of  to  such  a  degree  as  to  render 
them  a  direct  asset  of  the  school  business  without 
thereby  impeaching  the  rights  of  youth  to  untram- 
meled  enjoyment  of  holiday  blessings? 

That  a  boy's  holidays  are  a  period  of  intellectual 
sleep  would  be  a  most  thoughtless  conclusion.  True 
it  is  that  during  such  periods  certain  activities  call- 
ed into  daily  requisition  in  the  classroom  cease  to  be 
operative;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  with  the  advent 
of  summer  freedom,  various  other  mental  processes 
wake  to  unwonted  activity.  Like  those  of  older 
people,  the  schoolboy's  pleasures  are  in  the  main 
intellectual :  his  rambles,  his  games,  his  masquerad- 
ing3, quite  as  much  so  as  our  own.  Let  us  admit, 
then,  as   we  readily  can,  that   formative  influences 


are  potent  in  the  mind  and  heart  of  the  pupil  whether 
school  keeps  or  not. 

It  remains,  then,  to  inquire  whether  these  influ- 
ences can  to  any  extent  be  regulated,  modified,  or, 
indeed,  supplied  by  the  teacher  after  school  has 
closed.  The  faculty  of  observation,  for  example, 
— this  is  ever  lively  in  youth.  And  could  not  young 
persons'  holiday  observations  be  given  point, 
rendered  more  exact  and  more  permanently  avail- 
able if  some  general  instruction,  encouragement  and 
aim  were  supplied  in  advance  by  the  teacher? 

I  shall  not  try  to  elaborate  the  theme  very  much. 
Consider.however,  the  whole  realm  of  school  studies, 
and  the  thoughtful  teacher  will  hardly  discover  one 
subject  treated  in  the  schoolroom  that  does  not  lend 
itself  to  independent  out-door  treatment  by  the 
pupil — independent,  or,  better,  slightly  .  dependent 
on  pre-suggestion  and  advice  of  the  teacher.  It  is 
nature-study?  Think  how  manifold  and  full  are 
the  processes  of  nature  during  the  six  weeks  fol- 
lowing the  closing  of  school.  It  is  the  fruition 
period  for  what  was  but  flower  or  bud  in  the  fresh 
spring  days  of  May  and  June;  the  hail  and  farewell 
period  for  many  of  our  birds  of  passage ;  the  nest- 
ing-time of  others ;  and  the  season  when  not  only 
flower  and  bird  world,  but  the  insect  world,  too,  is 
at  its  gayest.  The  very  heyday  of  nature!  And, 
in  the  midst  of  the  blaze  of  summer  glory  at  which 
the  coldest  hearts  are  lighted  to  warmth  and  joy, 
our  young  folk  are  storing  up  an  enthusiasm  which 
can  be  transformed  into  an  active  principle  in  the 
nature  work  for  weeks  and  months  afterward. 

The  specific  problem  for  the  teacher  is,  first,  how 
he  may  direct  and  encourage  the  holiday  efforts  of 
boys  and  girls  to  enjoy  and  to  know  nature's  moods 
and  processes ;  secondly,  how  this  acquired  know- 
ledge and  enjoyment  can  be  enlarged  and  correlated 
by  subsequent  recall  and  conversation  after  holi- 
days are  over.  Let  me  suggest.  What  boy  or  girl 
will  deem  it  drudgery  or  an  inroad  into  holiday  free- 
dom to  be  asked  to  acquaint  himself  thoroughly, 
during  the  idle  summer  days,  with  the  life  and 
habits  of  some  species  of  bird  or  insect,  or  with  some 
group  of  plant-phenomena?  Suppose  a  few  young 
people  bring  back  to  school  the  store  of  definite 
information  which  the  teacher  has  before  holidays 
shown  to  be  easily  and  plcasurably  obtained, — what 
themes  there  for  talks  with  these  eager  lads  and 
lasses  whose  reports  on  various  heads  lack  none  of 
the  charm  of  new  discoveries!  How  keenly  idle 
ones  will  regret  their  aimless  and  fruitless  days,  and 
will  take  a  lesson  for  future  application! 


92 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Nature-study  aims  at  learning  nature-processes 
in  their  continuity  and  in  their  manifold  relations. 
This  is  largely  where  the  school  garden  gets  its  value 
as  a  medum  of  instruction  and  education.  But  a 
school-garden  is  not  indispensable.  Only  see  to  it 
that  the  summer  vacation  is  not  a  lacuna,  something 
dropped  completely  out  of  the  school  year,  leaving 
direct  observation  restricted  to  spring  and  autumn 
phenomena,  which  will  remain  largely  meaningless 
apart  from  their  summer  context. 

Leaving  for  the  nonce  the  volume  of  nature  for 
that  of  the  printer,  perhaps  we  may  even  to  some 
purpose  direct  the  reading  of  our  pupils  in  history, 
romance,  or  travel,  by  encouraging  them  to  seek 
points  of  contact  between  their  holiday  reading  in 
these  subjects  and  the  history  and  geography  of  the 
school.  Geography  furnishes  a  delightful  field  of 
study  to  young  people  given  to  the  pastimes  of  fish- 
ing, berrying  and  picnicking.  An  illimitable  range 
of  concrete  phenomena  presents  itself;  and  the 
teacher  need  only  to  give  the  cue  through  suggest- 
ing, for  example,  the  making  of  a  map  of  certain 
localities  showing  such  features  as  drainage,  flora, 
division  into  arable,  pasture  and  woodland,  lakes 
or  ponds  (the  latter  features  quite  within  the  power 
of  older  pupils  to  survey  and  plot  in  detail). 

Not  only  our  pupils,  but  ourselves,  will  be  gainers 
by  this  effort  to  interpret  life's  mysteries  as  signifi- 
cant and  interrelated,  items  which  to  the  careless 
glance  may  have  seemed  distinct  and  separate  fall- 
ing into  place  in  that  large  and  unified  plan  which 
we  designate  by  such  vague  terms  as  nature  or 
universe. 


We  often  expect  too  much  of  the  new  pupil.    We 
forget  that  our  suggestions  which  are  clearly  under- 
stood by  the  old  pupils  are  as  Greek  to  the  new  ones. 
We    must    go    slowly  at  first,    take    nothing     for 
granted,  encourage  the  timid  ones  and  establish  the 
at-home  feeling  as  soon  as  possible.       We    cannot 
study  the  individual  too  thoroughly— his  habits,  his 
capacity  to  work,  his  power  of  attention  and  con- 
centration.      We   sometimes   expect   the   in-coming 
pupil  to  know  as  much  as  the  out-going.     We  try 
to  remember  what  the  last  year  pupil  knew  when 
he  entered  this  grade.     That   knowledge  would  be 
of  very   little  practical  benefit  to   us.     We  have  a 
new  soul  to  deal  with.     Before  we  can  develop  that 
soul  we   must  understand  it.     Then  by  presenting 
the  points   clearly   and   simply,   the   flood-gates  will 
open  and  the  overflow  of  gladness  will  more  than 
repay  us  for  our  efforts. — Sel. 


Visiting  Schools. 

When  a  visitor  goes  into  a  schoolroom  and  finds 
teacher  and  scholars,  after  a  greeting  which  puts 
him  at  his  ease,  eager  to  resume  the  work  thus  .n- 
terrupted,  he  concludes  that  the  teaching  is  a  vital 
thing  in  that  school.  If  the  visitor  is  a  first  consid- 
eration and  the  lesson  a  secondary  matter,  it  shows 
that  something  is  lacking.  Every  visitor  appreci- 
ates a  courteous  reception,  and,  if  he  has  interest 
enough  in  the  school  to  remain  for  a  time,  is  doubly 
appreciative  of  a  bit  of  good  teaching  on  receptive 
young  people. 

While  visiting  the  Victoria,  B.  C,  school  recently, 
the  superintendent  took  me  into  the  English  lit- 
erature room,  where  a  class  was  studying  Shake- 
speare's "  Merchant  of  Venice."  The  poise  of  body 
and  interested  looks  of  each  pupil  showed  that  some- 
thing was  a-doing.  Teacher  and  pupil  paused  to 
give  the  visitor  a  cordial  greeting.  The  superin- 
tendent introduced  him  to  the  bright  lady  teacher 
in  eharge  who  was  "  from  the  Atlantic  Provinces  a 
few  years  ago  " — a  not  uncommon  form  of  intro- 
duction in  the  West.  > 

"  Would  you  like  to  stay  and  see  some    of   our 
work?"  said  the  teacher  pleasantly. 

"  That  is  what  would  please  me  most  of  all." 

Then  some  pupils  were  called  upon  to  read  short 

passages;  others  read  extracts  from  essays  written 

on  the  characters  of  the  play.     Comment  was  freely 

made  by  the  pupils  on  the  passages  read  or  on  the 

essays. 

"Wouldyou  liketosaysomethingtothe  school?" 

said  the  teacher  as  the  visitor  rose  to  depart. 

That  was  an  easy  matter,  as  the  visitor  could  say 
something  to  the  point  without  being  commonplace. 

Forthwith  the  superintendent  ushered  his  visitor 
into  a  grade  preparing  for  the  high  school.  This 
also  was  presided  over  by  a  lady  teacher  "  from  the 
Atlantic  Provinces."  Nothing  could  exceed  the 
beauty  of  the  interior  of  this  room.  The  walls  were 
decorated  with  pictures,  flags  and  mottoes,  not  too 
many,  but  just  enough  to  make  the  effect  most 
pleasing  to  the  eye,  and  this  effect  was  heightened 
by  the  banks  of  ferns  and  flowers  (then,  early  May, 
in  profusion  in  British  Columbia)  on  the  table  and 
in  the  corners  of  the  room.  But  there  was  nothing- 
a-doing  in  that  school.  The  visitor  was  called  upon 
to  make  the  inevitable  speech.  He  can  only  recall 
now  that  he  stumbled  through  some  nothings  about 
pretty  schoolrooms, —  and  felt  relieved  when  he 
found  himself  again  in  the  open  air. 

A  few  days  ago  a  half  hour  was  spent  in  Fred- 


Mil     ICIHII  AIIONAI.    KM  II  W  '" 

irleli  f  i"  .1  Ii'mmii  ulvt'i i  Hum  m|  A  TNHolmi''N  llttwunl 

llwItwl'IWPri   In   ii i     il I      I'h'vltum         |'|t.f,.M.ii     Mm    H him     hi'in    h|«|m.i I 

l«""""  w,|<  '"'  »«r»irli i    '  I i  ""i  ,,,  ,,|,    ,,,,, .  .    ,,,   ||„    nihn.    ihtih   HrtlnliiD   In  lln 

•""'  lha  |»l»ii»  up  lu  llm  llmr  llittl  U  liml  ,„u,,,n,,,,      i,„  i,     |,   Will MmilMiiilil  l*  i'*lnli 

mill  i»f  (i il    Inn I'-      I'liU  lUhlnu  «*<  SI     \ \ i    Mniilii'iil      IIh   ii|i|niIiiI 

wi'l  •""" "«•'    »<»«•"•  w«'i •     Imwii  III  lifttii  ii  will  ImI I  tu mi  wl i»'i 

11 1  I hi-iiwh  I Inn  wiml      Hi...  ,,,)_  || n,(1,    W|||  |H    , ,,,.  M,  ,|      Hum,    win,    Imv. 

I'1'"  !  I"  m  I'kIh  Iwx   I     li'»wii  il W  Ii  rullnwi'il    Hi     I  Ii  11 1  i wml     n  Mm    il 

"'i1"11  '  «l"»«  «'"    I"    ''•!    in M  i'"    i1"!"  ml I,  wlii'ii    lii    win  .I  il el I    i<i..|  i .     I  i 

'"'  I'lii- imiIiii  niiilci  i|I»(iimI.iii  wIh-ii  ,,  „ ili,.  I  i|ilvw»ll.v  •■!  Nrw  II »wl.  h,  wIh-h 

'•"  -Ill Ill    Will    III   l| i Ill         ,||(     ,|()||(     il r|m,   m    IImw    .  Ii Ill*    Willi 

I'lll   ' I   II Vli''ln|l»  "I  II"    I". ill       „ I I    „ t    w,|||   ,,,1)1111    1 1, fl|    1 1 

h ■         '"I 'I «  »ln  '  "'■■  I I  nf  yniwlli      Ul)l,|,    ,,,,    ||„    ,i,|1( ,,„|    fniilihil     i i<i 

kill  In  ilmwlnji  miihln  nnli|ii Imil      w\Ul  ll)m„   „, ,,,,,,.1,    ,,,   |„,i,,i    i,h,,,.ii    i,,    in, 

Ofthowlnii  ic  KfuwIiiH  nlmil  ,  Il Im-i  ill. I  lillli      ,i„M1|,  U,,,|     |   win,  | ,  ilmi   wml<      Wlm 

1  ■■   I'"    I'lM    i  to  till    |Milnl  liv  il  «'llr«  ..I       ,  V1  ,       ,| |  "   Mi     |t|  II  lulu,  mill  |iM' It'll  ril  llllll 

qUMtkm*,  lltwlllu    I. .till   II HUH   lllllll  III.    .'.i  |,„    ,,,,,1 i    |,„|n,,||     nil. in,     I,,    || I    mlliinl 

"I !       Ili'lr  WM»  II  wrll  tllli'il         ,„ |„ ,,   ,,,   .,. ||,|  ,  |    ,Mi..l..i 

"I   Ml  ",,    wild   ,,i,  ,  i  ■. . .  i ii'ii  u( I      ,,| | :i,iV    |iininui,i       I'mii     in    Mi.ln'il 

»«   l'"'"l   "'    Ii'""'  ,,||       I  ,  ,  ,,     •.   .1 I.. I   h Ilmiil Ml      Hill 

i  .u.  Mi,    iii  ...  In  Ii  ml  ..i"    In  i"i.  Ii  "I   il"    I""  " 

ii  All  Round  Trtlning,  fin  l^i r  I    ili""l    '"  ll"   I nnl  imw 

,  ,  .,        I"   Itlti" '     I ii'  ill    ii  |.  Imili'  i  "i'    iii'l    

Ill      ..'  ll  "II    lllllllll.il    III) U.    I'M.  II     i. . .  nih  ' 

,  ,.     ,  ,  .  ,        III).    Inn.    ll"     It'  .11     ..I    il '"I;     'I'    Hi    'i 

liy  l»i I      1 1 i      ■  M     .  "il  .  I"    n  l I         '  ,    ,  , 

. . .ii.  ...    i , , ....  .1.1,1.  ii  .. 

|l    l|.|lh|'      Mil.    M     ll,     ll',      .|"l|l|',     III     i. II     llll 

Itlbjl  '       K  I I     •  "'"    '  .        'llHWIHt;,    liilllll" 

■tlmls,   In    liim.liu,    lil ,   llllil   llll    I'l'         III              ,..  iii 

I  I  Ii.     I. .11. .Willi'      I  il.  in I'     Ii  I "ll.|lll|.    Ill    I 

*\rut\    >.l     I.  iv     in.  nl.il     lllliiui  i,     ll U     '•  ml' 

i  illl  .11,      il i| il l<  .till.     In    ll I,     "I    ,.'."i'i.i|.l.. 

in  .in  W..I  I        VM, lllll      Ulvt       '   I"  .Ill"     »     illl'l  ,  . 

,    ,  ,  ,  I  I         I  Al    ll  ll»l     llll"     I Ill«    "I     ll"     I'l'"        I"  I'1     I'         I    !'" 

ill  Imil.  Ill  il..      ullli  i        iili|<  I  la     ..I     Mi.      m  Inn. I  , 

..I      I  'A.    I ll       .ll|        III     I'     IIH     .1     IlilHl      I'  I      "I     'I 

'  wirii      iml   |  Hill I "ii'li  .ni'l   mi'  I"  ,,    ,  .    ,  ,,      , 

I I     i      in..,     llinnvii   HWiM         I  i  i  I'M'     '""    '""llll   "I 

uifil    i  I  .  iml.  nl  In    ikMIIImii    In    llil*,      In  . 

1 1,.     I , |.     .  .1.  .1    I ..i  ...ili         .|.    |i.  i  illi      .in. I 


.  ..II.  |.i     lliiin    u  llll  Ii   | I    i.     nil       ii  ■     ml"  l|nlll  'I    l"i 

I   .iii.i. hi 


•ill  Vi, 


mi ll.. 1 1     I. ui  iIh   lull'.    M  im i    i n 


<»ni    BMP      '          .."..I   III i    I'L"      Ill     I'l •ii-'  ,,     i                          ,|       i                ,     ,,        i                            i 

i      i  w  in    I  .     HWlM     "I    III""  "'I'     "I     il"     I"    I    I' •' 

•I  ll'l'-l     1)1                  ■  -■  •  ..       Id       .   .    •       III'       •  I I         "I.      Ill  •        i  , 

Hilly-     ||  „l I     |,»     Mill Ill       || I     .  '"' I    l""l'"'!'     I I"      I    I'llllli     "I     I'T  I'" 

Itlll        II |i.  .  I |,|.,l,l. |    |||.     |.    i.  I,,  i     i      I..   ii     I  In      .lilln  nil 

nt    '■!"  '  III    l«     I I. .ii      '"11.      mi I    l""l«  .i..|    .1 Mil      '.'/ii    |i 

II*     will    !'      II      Will    ». Illljlll      |.l I     II' 

; ,'■        '"'  ''• •  "'"''v1    ";, '"      i 1-1 -I "" « i«"-i»  i i 

I-I-I-.I    lllll         Ilia    .-.  I 1    III.     I. .11    ,,    limnli.il    II, ml.  U    ..I 

,        ,                     ,                                                           ,                             ,  In     Mi , III  1 1  il        I  Ii  .1          i      nil        I.  ,      >M   , l.ll     hi  ill, llll 

lllll.!)!         Ii     ,       lllllll-        Illlll     .1           lllll          llli|ili        | 1        nl  "'           '      ""      "    '                                             I                                                                  ' 

II Ii    lil      ",.l     In    I I       I"     I I I    I'l    "I    iH'I'il ' 

ft     HllHIIK     ■  |       lulll.     I        '     ll      'i.     •        llll I      III  I Afl'l        ll       lllll)/'  III       I      '        '        ll  ll'llll)!       "     M 

IH»   *«il-l                     ■     ■      .    II    ■        "'I'l       II'    I"      llH'l  ,„,,,       ,,,|           I,,       ,    i       ||,,,,,,,    ml,,    lli .1        -,l     ., 

'"       ''"'     '"       '     '  |,l,| Ll, I         , I'.l      "I       I lllll       'I 

"I llnlM'l        lllll      11,11.  I.  I.            It.  ,11,1/      I,-  ,.            ,1                           I, 

hM    ll  .".«    'I „l t'l.     I I ''  '"     '     '"     ""       l'"1  '"    '"" " 

fill*    ||                         ii     |,...| I    liiiiiii/    .I--..I I  in. ill/    III. i.     Will    ii    I""'      mnl     I"     I""''     Ill     '  "'' 

Ali.ivr    nil.     I,  ,  .I--I     III    lillii,    I, iiii   -II       III       I'll  "   Wii' Iiwflll    .ili'-Ml     MillV,    '..'n<i  II    "I     '.'"I 

•"ii"  lln  ni'    nl                          lllllll    ll'       III    I '•    '     i Wily,       Ii"       llll    mill'  i  I  .nun-  I- -I   III-      In. I- nl 

»"'•'"'"  '       I," H""l'    "I I"1"'  ,  ,„,!,,,, |  |        ,,,    '  ,1m. .    I        llll, |    III,     I'lll 

• M                  ll i. '-' ui"  "i   in    /-in.  ii  In    ll v<  ....        .                .         iii 

,,                                    ,  „                                  ,,  ,     i  i  i<ni    /"ii     ii""       W  i/,  ili'    i  c  wii    lliini,'  itii'l  Ii' i 

lima    ili'    .nl*    !,.-    n-i»i'l    ili-li    |,.ii|,-. llllil    il-  '                                                       ' 

ll    li,   lila   *l»iv|,l»(y   a.  I,.,., lmK  '"    "I   "  !  " 


94 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A  Warning  Note  from  the  West. 

We  have  the  following  letter  from  Inspector  W. 
S.  Carter  with  permission  to  publish,  which  we 
gladly  do,  asking  for  it  a  careful  reading: 

Edmonds,  Washington,  U.  S., 

September  12,  1905. 
W.  S.  Carter,  Esq. 

Dear  Sir, —  *  *  *  *  You  are  now,  probably,  just  begin- 
ning your  visits  among  the  Charlotte  County  schools.  Tell 
the  teachers  not  to  be  misled  by  the  wonderful  talcs  of 
high  salaries  in  the  "  Golden  West.  '  In  the  city  schools 
very  good  salaries  are  paid,  but  it  costs  much  more  to  live 
here  than  in  New  Brunswick.  Besides,  the  teachers  are 
paid  so  much  per  month — the  school  year  varies  here,  but 
is  never  more  than  nine  months.  There  is  no  supplement- 
ary allowance  from  the  state;  and  until  a  life  certificate 
has  been  obtained  the  examinations  are  a  tax  upon  an  in- 
come, as  one  must  go  to  the  county  seat  for  the  ordinary 
and  to  the  state  capital  for  the  "  life  "  certificate  examina- 
tions. Then,  attendance  at  county  institutes  is  compulsory. 
Every  teacher  must  attend  the  sessions  of  the  institute  or 
have  his  certificate  cancelled,  unless  excused  by  county 
superintendent  on  account  of  illness.  Even  if  not  teaching, 
one  must  attend,  and  fares  are  not  reduced. 

I  think  there  are  very  few  (if  any)  New  Brunswick 
teachers  who  would  be  willing  to  teach  the  school  history 
— even  for  many  times  the  salary  paid.  In  the  primary 
grades  one  avoids  that,  but  it  is  quite  difficult  to  have  a 
number  of  pupils  who  know  not  one  word  of  English  until 
they  come  to  school.  Besides  all  this,  the  schools  are 
harder  to  manage,  and  the  results  obtained  out  of  all  pro- 
portion to  the  amount  of  effort  on  the  part  of  the  teacher. 
Our  schools  in  the  East  are  much  more  thorough  and  effi- 
cient, our  teachers  a  much  finer  class  of  people.  I  have 
attended  the  institute  in  two  of  the  leading  counties  in  this 
state,  and  met  many  teachers  from  two  other  counties,  and 
this  is  my  candid  opinion.  Let  the  teachers  impress  upon 
the  minds  of  even  the  youngest  pupils  that  there  is  no 
country  with  such  a  glorious  history  as  the  one  of  which 
we  Canadians  form  a  part — no  flag  that  means  so  much  as 
ours.  Prosperity,  safety  and  the  truest  liberty  are  found 
in  its  shadow,  as  nowhere  else  on  earth. 

Every  country  must  have  some  drawback,  and  so  Canada 
has  quite  severe  winters,  but  they  are  not  by  any  means 
an  unmixed  evil.  When  I  see  what  Canadians  are  doing 
to-day  to  build  up  a  rival  nation  at  the  expense  of  their 
own,  I  feel  like  starting  out  to  preach  a  crusade — begin- 
ning at  the  schools. 

Let  every  school  have  a  small  flag,  which  one  of  the 
children  can. hold  up  in  view  of  all  the  others,  and  let  them 
all  salute  the  flag  as  part  of  the  opening  exercises.  This 
may  seem  a  small  thing,  hut  it  will  tell  in  after  life. 

Pardon  me  for  intruding  upon  your  time,  but  this  subject 
is   very  near   my   heart,  and    I    know   you   are   the   best  one 
to  biting  the  matter  lx;fore  the  teachers  of  Charlotte  County. 
Sincerely  yours, 

Eda  Russell. 


"  Your  paper   was   invaluable  to  me  during  tin- 
last  year's  work.      I  wish  you  every  success. — N.  C. 


October  Talks. 

The  clear  evenings  of  October  give  a  good  chance 
to  study  the  skies,  which  are  now  full  of  interesting 
things.  The  bright  star  that  rises  in  the  east  before 
nine  o'clock  is  Jupiter.  Notice  that  it  rises  earlier 
each  evening.  Explain  this.  The  sun  rises  later 
each  morning  and  sets  earlier  each  evening.  Ex- 
plain. The  reddish  star  in  the  west  that  sets  about 
nine  o'clock  in  the  evening  about  the  first  of  the 
month  is  Mars.  Above  it  to  the  left  is  another  red 
star,  which  is  called  Antares,  which  means  the  Rival 
of  Mars.  It  is  a  fixed  star  in  the  constellation  of 
the  Scorpion.  At 'present  it  is  brighter  than  Mars; 
sometimes  the  latter  is  the  brighter.  Can  you  find 
out  why  ?  Venus  is  now  morning  star  and  very 
bright.  The  large  \ellowish  star  that  comes  to  the 
meridian  about  nine  o'clock  in  the  evening,  follow- 
ing the  sun's  course,  is  the  planet  Saturn.  It  is  now 
a  very  interesting  object  to  look  at  through  the 
telescope,  as  its  rings  are  visible. 

Have  a  short  interesting  talk  on  the  year  as  a 
whole,  including  the  months  and  seasons,  telling 
some  characteristics  of  each.  What  is  the  meaning 
of  October?  Is  it  the  eighth  month?  How  many 
months  come  before  and  how  many  after  it  in  the 
year?  What  are  the  farmers  doing  this  month? 
What  crops  are  all  in  the  barn  or  cellar?  What 
fruits  are  now  ripe  ?  Name  all  the  fruits  that  grow 
in  this  country?  What  changes  are  noticed  in  the 
weather?  What  colors  are  seen  in  the  leaves  of 
trees  ?  in  flowers  ?  Do  you  notice  any  buds  on  the 
branches  and  twigs  of  trees?  Do  these  stay  on  all 
winter?  What  will  they  become  next  spring? 
Notice  that  the  brooks  are  fuller  than  in  September. 
Why?  What  birds  are  with  us  this  month?  What 
ones  have  gone?  Where?  When  will  they  return? 
There  are  few  insects  on  the  wing;  what  has  be- 
come of  them?  (They  are  burrowing  in  the  ground 
in  old  stumps,  on  trees  and  elsewhere.  Look  for 
cocoons,  for  "  willow  cones,"  swellings  on  the 
golden-rod,  etc). 

When  is  Hallowe'en  ?  What  children's  games 
may  be  practised  that  evening? 

Thanksgiving  Dav  this  year  is  October  26th. 
Explain  the  significance  of  the  day,  and  why  we 
should  be  thankful.  Speak  of  the  great  extent  of 
Canada,  the  wonderful  wheat  harvest  in  the  North- 
west, exceeding  100.000,000  bushels,  the  greatest 
in  our  history.  Is  this  all  needed  for  home  con- 
sumption? Where  is  the  surplus  sent?  Should 
Thanksgiving  Day  be  entirely  given  up  to  feasting? 
Teach   thankfulness.       Call   attention  to  the  manv 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


95 


reasons  why  we  should  be  thankful,  and  to  the 
benefit  to  ourselves  when  we  appreciate  the  many 
good  things  we  receive  from  the  Creator.  Clay 
modelling  of  fruits,  such  as  apples,  plums,  small 
pumpkins  and  squashes,  etc.,  is  a  good  exercise  and 
appropriate  to  the  season.  Select  from  books  and 
past  numbers  of  the  Review  poems  and  stories  on 
Thanksgiving. 

In  thirty-one  Bavarian  towns  there  are  govern- 
ment agricultural  institutions  where  from  Novem- 
ber to  March,  when  they  are  not  in  the  fields,  the 
farmers  for  a  nominal  fee  attend  the  schools  of 
soil  cultivation  and  fertilization,  crop  succession, 
stock  raising,  rudimentary  bookkeepng,  etc.  Then 
in  the  spring  the  teachers  go  through  the  country 
advising  the  farmers  on  conducting  and  improving 
their  farms,  forming  co-operative  clubs  and  lectur- 
ing on  scientific  and  practical  subjects.  This  is 
entirely  free,  the  state  assuming  all  expenses,  and 
the  results  are  said  to  be  excellent. — Consular  Re- 
ports. 

Exercise  in  Spelling.  —  Notable,  vengeance, 
guttural,  sergeant,  paralysis,  comedian,  peaceable, 
irrelevant,  dynamite,  installation,  conceding,  atro- 
cious, benefitted,  aspirant,  remnant,  leprosy,  collapse. 
besieged,  courtesy,  malfeasance,  battalion,  holiday, 
gaseous,  codicil,  substantial,  chattel,  alleged,  big- 
amy, weapon,  scythe,  imperative,  collision,  tene- 
ment, magician,  censorship,  precede,  lieutenant,  con- 
tagious, vigil,  warrant,  villain,  controversy,  inces- 
sant, illegal,  pigeon,  prejudicial,  malady,  parcel, 
civilian,  innocent. 


October  in  Canadian  History. 

It  was  on  the  12th  October,  1492,  that  Columbus 
discovered  America. 

October  5,  1813.  Proctor  defeated  at  Moravian- 
town  by  U.  S.  forces. 

October  5,  1869.     The  great  Saxby  gale. 

October,  1871.     Fenian  raid  in  Manitoba. 

October  io,  1864.  Confederation  conference  at 
Quebec. 

October  13,  181 2.     Battle  of  Queenston  Heights. 

October  13,  1820.  Sir  William  Dawson,  the 
eminent  Canadian  scientist,  born  at  Pictou. 

October  21,  1871.  Boundary  line  settled  be- 
tween British  Columbia  and  United  States,  and  the 
island  of  San  Juan  awarded  to  latter  country. 

October  26,  1813.  DeSalaberry  defeated  the  U. 
'  S.  forces  under  Gen.  Hampton. 

October  30,  1899.  Departure  of  first  Canadian 
contingent  from  Quebec. 


The  Old  School. 

When  the  last  long  line  has  passed   from  sight, 

And  the  footsteps  echo  away, 
I  often  sit  at  my  desk  and  muse 

Alone  at  the  close  of  the  day ; 
And  I  think  of  the  children  of  other  years, 

Who,  under  my  loving  rule, 
Have  morn  and  night   passed   in   and  out 

The  halls  of  the  dear  old  school. 

And  oft,  in  the  short  December  days, 

As  I  sit  in  the  quiet  room, 
When  all  of  the  children  are  gone  away, 

Young  faces  people  the  gloom  ; 
Right  there  is  the  seat  where  Roy  once  sat. 

Who  went   in  the  fragrant  June ; 
I   laid  a  rose  on  his  heart  and  wept 

That  Roy  should  be  called  so  soon. 

And  there  in  the  self-same  row  sat  Clare 

Of  the  brown  and  serious  eyes; 
They  tell  me  an  honored  name  has  Clare, 

In  her  home  'neath  southern  skies; 
And  here  sat  Guy,  of  the  radiant  face, 

Oh,  the  tears  will  fall,  I  own. 
When  I  think  of  Guy,  our  soldier  boy, 

Who  died  in  the  far  Luzon. 

Ah,  sweet  and  sad  the  memories 

That  cling  to  the  dear  old  room, 
And  oft  my  pen   forgets  to  move 

As  I  sit  in  the  early  gloom; 
And   I   bless  the  children,  one  and  all, 

Who,  under  my  loving  rule, 
Have  morn  and  night  passed  in  and  out 

The  doors  of  the  dear  old  school. 

— Carrie  Shaw  Rice. 


A  Poem  You  Ought  to  Know. 

Of  all  the  meal*  you  can  buy  for  money, 
Give  me  a  meal  of  bread  and  honey ! 

A   table  of  grass  in  the  open  air, 
A  green  bank   for  an  easy  chair ; 

The    table    cloth    inwrought    with    Mowers, 
And  a  grasshopper  clock   to   tick  the  hours. 

Between  the  courses  birds  to  sing 
To   many   a   hidden   shining   string. 

And  neither  man  nor  maid  be  seen 
But  a  great   company  of  green, 

Upon   a  hundred  thousand  stalks, 
Talk  to  us  its  great  green  talks. 

And   when  the  merry  meal  is  done. 
To  loiter   westward   with   the   sun. 

1  )ipping  fingers  ere   we  go 

In   the  stream  that   runs  below. 

Of  all  the  meals  you  can  buy  for  money. 
Give  me  a  meal  of  bread  and  honey. 

— Ricliani  Le  Gallienne 


96 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Nelson  and  the  Centenary  of  Trafalgar. 

By  Eleanor  Robinson. 
"  Thine  island  loves  thee  well,  thou   famous  man, 
The  greatest  sailor  since  the   world  began." 

These  words  of  the  Poet  Laureate  are  no  poetical 
exaggeration.  It  is  the  simple  truth  to  say  that 
Nelson  stands  first  in  his  profession.  Who  is  the 
greatest  soldier,  statesman — poet — that  ever  lived? 
We  might  get  many  different  answers  to  these 
questions.  But  the  question,  "  Who  is  the  greatest 
of  sailors  ?  "  one  name  comes  from  the  lips  of  all. 
And  this  great  man  came  in  time  to  meet  one  of 
the  greatest  needs  of  his  country,  and  to  save  her 
from  one  of  the  most  terrihle  dangers  by  which  she 
was  ever  threatened.  October  21st,  1805,  the  day 
whose  centenary  we  celebrate  this  month,  was  the 
day  of  a  great  deliverance.  It  was  the  object  of 
■the  Emperor  Napoleon  to  invade  England ;  his  armv 
of  150,000  men  was  ready,  but  the  success  of  the 
invasion  depended  on  the  French  fleet  getting  con- 
trol of  the  Strait  of  Dover.  Through  nearly  all 
the  summer  of  1805  the  people  of  Great  Britain 
were  in  "  bitter  suspense  and  widespread  panic." 
Then  in  November  came  the  news  that  the  naval 
power  of  France  had  been  broken  at  Trafalgar. 
With  Ihe  sense  of  relief,  and  pride  at  the  glory  of 
the  victory,  came  the  grief  at  the  loss  the  country 
had   sustained.     "  England   has  had  many  heroes," 


says  Southey,  "  but  never  one  who  so  entirely 
possessed  the  love  of  his  fellow-countrymen  as 
Nelson. 

Horatio  Nelson,  son  of  Edmund  Nelson,  rector 
of  Burnham  Thorpe  in  Norfolk,  was  born  at  Burn- 
ham  Thorpe  on  the  29th  of  September,  1758,  and 
was  the  sixth  in  a  family  of  eleven  children.  Sev- 
eral anecdotes  are  told  of  his  courage  and  independ- 
ence, and  one  that  shows  his  sense  of  honour  and 
perseverance.  As  he  and  a  brother  were  on  their 
way  to  school  one  stormy  day,  they  found  it  so  hard 
to  get  on  that  they  returned  home  and  told  their 
father  that  it  was  impossible  for  them  to  reach  the 
school.  Their  father  replied,  "  If  that  be  so, 
I  have,  of  course,  nothing  to  say ;  but  I  wish  you  to 
try  again,  and  I  leave  it  to  your  honour  not  to  turn 
back,  unless  it  is  necessary."  On  the  second  trial, 
the  elder  brother  wanted  to  give  up  again,  but 
Horatio  held  out,  repeating,  "  Remember,  it  was 
left  to  our  honour,"  and  the  journey  was  accom- 
plished. 

The  story  is  that  when  onlv  twelve  years  old,  and 
a  very  delicate  boy.  he  asked  his  uncle.  Captain 
Maurice  Suckling,  to  take  him  to  sea,  in  order  to  re- 
lieve his  father  of  the  support  of  one  of  his  large 
family.  "  What  has  poor  little  Horatio  done  ?  " 
cried  the  uncle,  "  that  he,  being  so  weak,  should  be 
sent  to  rough  it  at  sea.     But  let  him  come,  and  if  s( 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


97 


cannon  ball  takes  off  his  head,  he  will  at  least  be 
provided  for."  A  midshipman  in  those  days  did 
indeed  have  to  rough  it,  for  in  the  Royal  navy  the 
food  was  bad  and  the  discipline  harsh,  even  cruel. 
From  his  uncle's  ship,  the  "  Raisonnable,"  Horatio 
was  transferred  to  the  "  Triumph,"  and  was  sent 
from  there  on  a  voyage  to  the  West  Indies  in  a 
merchant  ship.  "  From  this  voyage,"  he  says,  "  1 
returned  a  practical  seaman,  with  a  horror  of  the 
Royal  navy  upon  me.  *  *  *  *  It  was  many  weeks 
before  I  got  the  least  reconciled  to  a  man-of-war, 
so  deep  was  the  prejudice  rooted.  However,  as 
my  ambition  was  to  be  a  seaman,  it  was  always  held 
out  as  a  reward,  that  if  I  attended  well  to  my 
navigation,  I  should  go  in  the  cutter  and  decked 
long-boat,  which  was  attached  to  the  commanding 
officer's  ship  at  Chatham.  Thus  by  degrees  I  be- 
came a  good  pilot,  and  confident  of  myself  among 
rocks  and  sands,  which  has  many  times  been  of  great 
,  comfort  to  me." 

In  April,  1773,  he  was  allowed,  at  his  own  earn- 
est entreaty,  to  go  as  captain's  coxswain  on  an 
expedition  to  the  North  Pole,  and  on  his  return,  in 
October,  he  was  appointed  to  the  frigate  "Seahorse." 
In  1776  he  passed  his  examination  and  was  made 
lieutenant;  in  1778,  when  only  just  twenty,  he  was 
promoted  to  be  commander,  and  in  six  months  was 
appointed  captain,  of  the  "Hinchinbroke,"  a  French 
prize.  Meantime  he  had  served  two  years  in  the 
East  Indies,  and  also  at  Gibraltar  and  Jamaica. 
As  captain  of  the  "  Hinchinbroke,"  he  had  com- 
mand of  an  expedition  against  Fort  San  Juan,  in 
Nicaragua,  where  he  distinguished  himself  by  his 
zeal  and  courage.  "  He  was  the  first  on  every  ser- 
vice whether  by  day  or  night."  But  his  health, 
already  injured  in  the  East  Indies,  now  broke  down, 
and  he  was  invalided  home.  The  next  year  he 
was  well  enough  to  take  command  of  the  "  Albe- 
marle," a  twenty-eight  gun  frigate,  and  in  her  he 
made  voyages  to  the  Baltic,  and  to  Newfoundland 
and  Quebec.  From  the  latter  place  he  wrote : 
"  Health,  that  greatest  of  blessings,  is  what  I  never 
truly  enjoyed  until  I  saw  fair  Canada."  From 
Quebec  he  went  to  New  York,  where  he  met  Lord 
Hood,  who  was  then  in  command  of  the  West  In- 
dian fleet.  Lord  Hood  has  a  very  high  opinion 
of  the  young  captain,  and- introduced  him  to  Prince 
William,  afterwards  William  IV,  with  words  of 
commendation.  The  Prince  said  many  years  later 
of  this  meeeting : 

He  (Nelson)  appeared  to  be  the  merest  boy  of  a  captain 
I  ever  beheld;    and  his  dress  was  worthy  of  attention.     He 


had  on  a  full-laced  uniform;  his  lank,  unpowdered  hair 
was  tied  in  a  stiff  Hessian  tail,  of  an  extraordinary  length; 
the  old-fashioned  flaps  of  his  waistcoat  added  to  the  gen- 
eral quaintness  of  his  figure,  and  produced  an  appearance 
which  particularly  attracted  my  notice;  for  I  had  never 
seen  anything  like  it  before.  There  was  something  irre- 
sistibly pleasing  in  his  address  and  conversation,  and  an 
enthusiasm  in  speaking  on  professional  subjects  that  show- 
ed he  was  no  common  being.  ...  He  had  the  honour 
of  the  King's  service  and  the  independence  of  the  British 
navy  particularly  at  heart;  and  his  mind  glowed  with  this 
idea  as  much  when  he  was  simply  captain  of  the  "  Albe- 
marle," and  had  obtained  none  of  the  honours  of  his 
country,  as  when  he  was  afterwards  decorated  with  so  much 
well-earned  distinction. 

After  this  Nelson  served  in  the  West  Indies  in 
command  of  the  "  Boreas,"  and  was  married  at 
Nevis.  In  1787  his  ship  was  paid  off.  and  for 
nearly  five  years  he  and  his  wife  lived  at  Burnham 
Thorpe.  There  he  read  and  studied  and  improved 
his  education,  but  constantly  wishing  for  active  em- 
ployment, and  at  last,  in  1703,  when  war  with 
France  was  threatening,  he  was  given  the  command 
of  the  "  Agamemnon,"  a  sixty-four  gun  ship. 

The  time  of  apprenticeship  of  small  commands 
and  of  forced  inactivity  was  over,  and  now,  at 
thirty-four,  Nelson  was  entering  upon  his  real  war 
service,  where  all  his  devotion  to  his  country,  his 
zeal  and  ability,  and  all  that  he  had  learned  in  per- 
severing practice  in  his  profession,  were  to  be  called 
upon  and  put  to  the  test. 

The  first  great  battle  in  which  Nelson  took  part 
was  the  action  fought  off  Capt  St.  Vincent,  on  St. 
Valentine's  Day,  1797,  when  fifteen  British  ships, 
under  Sir  John  Jervis,  defeated  the  Spanish  fleet 
of  twenty-seven.  Nelson,  to  quote  the  Admiral's 
words,  "  contributed  very  much  to  the  honour  of 
the  day."  He  did  this  in  two  ways ;  by  planning 
the  manner  of  attack,  and  by  conspicuous  valour. 
During  the  action  his  ship,  the  "  Captain,"  a  seventy- 
four-gun  ship,  had  so  much  of  her  rigging  shot 
away  that  she  was  practically  disabled ;  she  was 
alongside  the  "  San  Nicolas,"  an  eighty-four-gun 
Spanish  ship,  on  whose  other  side  lay  the  "  San 
Josef,"  carrying  112  guns.  Both  the  Spanish  ships 
had  suffered  severely;  Nelson  boarded  the  "San 
Nicolas"  and  received  her  surrender;  the  "San 
Josef"  opened  a  small-arm  tire  upon  the  boarders, 
but  shortly  a  Spanish  officer  put  his  head  over  the 
rail  and  said  they  surrendered.  "  And  on  the 
quarter-deck  of  a  Spanish  first-rate,"  wrote  Nelson, 
"  extravagant  as  tin1  story  may  seem,  did  I  receive 
the  swords  of  vanquished  Spaniards,  which  as  I 
received   I   gave   to    William    Tearney,   one   of   my 


98 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


bargemen,  who  put  them  with  the  greatest  sangfroid 
under  his  arm."  The  story  of  this' exploit  caught 
the  popular  fancy,  and  Nelson  at  once  became  a 
hero  in  the  eyes  of  the  English  people.  For  this 
victory  Admiral  Jervis  was  made  Lord  St.  Vincent, 
and  many  honours  were  conferred  on  Nelson,  the 
King  making  him  a  Knight  of  the  Bath.  At  this 
time  he  was  promoted  to  be  rear-admiral. 

Some  of  Nelson's  finest  characteristics  are  shown 
in  the  story  of  the  unsuccessful  attack  on  Santa 
Cruz  in  July,  1797.  The  first  attempt,  under  Trou- 
bridge,  failed,  and  Nelson  wrote :  "  Although  I  felt 
the  second  attack  a  forlorn  hope,  yet  the  honour  of 
our  country  called  for  the  attack  and  that  I  should 
command  it.  I  never  expected  to  return."  He  was 
struck  by  a  grapeshot  in  the  right  elbow,  as,  with 
sword  drawn,  he  was  stepping  ashore.  Faint  and 
bleeding,'  but  clinging  with  his  left  hand  to  his 
sword,  which  had  belonged  to  his  uncle,  Capt.  Suck- 
ling, he  was  got  back  into  the  boat,  to  be  conveyed 
to  his  ship,  but  at  this  moment  the  cutter  "  Fox  " 
was  sunk  by  a  shot,  and  the  Admiral  insisted  on 
waiting  to  see  to  the  saving  of  the  men.  On  being 
rowed  to  the  nearest  ship,  he  refused  to  go  on  board 
for  fear  of  frightening  the  captain's  wife,  whose 
husband  was  with  the  attacking  party.  He  went 
up  the  side  of  his  own  ship  without  assistance,  and 
called  to  the  surgeon  to  get  ready  his  instruments, 
as  he  knew  he  must  lose  his  arm,  and  the  sooner  it 
was  off  the  better.  The  first  attempt  that  he  made 
at  writing  with  his  left  hand,  only  three  days  later, 
was  the  request  for  the  promotion  of  one  of  his  lieu- 
tenants. Such  incidents  as  these  explain  why  he 
won,  not  only  admiration,  but  affection.  He  was 
always  a  popular  commander,  because  he  cared  for 
his  men,  as  well  as  led  them  to  victory.  One  of  his 
greatest  achievements  was  maintaining  the  health 
of  his  crews ;  he  studied  every  detail  that  affected 
their  comfort  and  welfare.  Moreover,  he  was 
always  proud  of  his  men.  He  never  complained  of 
!them,  but  writes  in  such  words  as  these:  "Not  a 
man  or  officer  in  the  '  Albemarle  '  that  I  would  wish 
to  change."  "  Nobody  can  be  ill  in  the  '  Agamem- 
non's '  company,  they  are  so  fine  a  set."  And  of  his 
captains  he  says,  "  They  are  my  children  ;  they  serVe 
in  my  school,  and  I  glory  in  them." 

Nelson's  experiences  in  fighting  were  remarkable, 
even  in  a  hard  fighting  age.  In  1797,  when  not  yet 
forty,  he  had  been  actually  engaged  against  the 
enemy  upwards  of  one  hundred  and  twenty  times. 
And  his  most  famous  battles  were  yet  to  come.  In 
April,  1798,  the  Admiral,  on  board  the  "Vanguard," 


rejoined  Lord  St.  Vincent  off  Cadiz,  and  on  August 
1st  of  the  same  year  he  defeated  the  French  fleet 
in  the  far-famed  battle  of  the  Nile.  When,  in 
October,  the  news  of  this  great  victory  reached 
London,  there  was  intense  enthusiasm.  A  special 
thanksgiving  prayer  was  read  in  all  the  churches 
for  three  Sundays ;  the  King's  speech  at  the  opening 
of  parliament  referred  to  the  "  great  and  brilliant 
victory  which  may  lead  to  the  general  deliverance 
of  Europe."  Nelson  was  gazetted  a  peer  by.  the 
title  of  Baron  Nelson  of  the  Nile  and  Burnham 
Thorpe;  he  was  voted  a  pension  of  £2,000,  and 
honours  were  showered  upon  him  from  all  quarters. 
In  1801  a  British  fleet  under  Sir  Hyde  Parker 
was  sent  to  the  Baltic  against  the  Northern  Confed- 
eracy of  Russia,  Sweden  and  Denmark,  who  were 
opposing  England,  and  Nelson,  as  Vice-Admiral, 
led  the  attack  on  the  Danish  fleet  at  Copenhagen, 
It  was  there  that  the  well-known  incident  occurred 
of  his  clapping  the  telescope  to  his  blind  eye  and  , 
declaring  That  he  could  not  see  the  signal  to  cease 
firing.  This  was  really  only  a  joke,  as  it  was  under- 
stood that  he  was  to  continue  the  action  if  he 
thought  best.  That  his  kindness  and  humanity 
were  not  only  for  his  own  countrymen  is  shown  by 
the  letter  he  sent  to  the  Danish  Crown  Prince  dur- 
ing the  battle,  which  runs  as  follows :  "  Lord  Nel- 
son has  directions  to  spare  Denmark  when  no  longer 
resisting;  but  if  the  firing  is  continued  on  the  part 
of  Denmark,  Lord  Nelson  will  be  obliged  to  set  on 
fire  all  the  floating  batteries  he  has  taken,  without 
having  the  power  of  saving  the  brave  Danes  who 
have  defended  them."  It  is  to  this  that  the  poet 
Campbell  refers  in  "  The  Battle  of  the  Baltic,"  in 
the  lines : 

"  Oii'tspoke  the  victor  then. 
As  he  hailed  them  o'er  the  wave, 
Ye  are  brothers,  ye  are  men, 
And  we  conquer  but  to  save.'' 

This  letter  brought  on  a  truce,  and  Denmark  after- 
wards left  the  confederacy.  Nelson  was  now  raised 
to  the  dignity  of  viscount,  under  the  title  of  Vis- 
count  Nelson  of  the  Nile  and  Burnham  Thorpe. 

In  October,  1801,  peace  with  France  was  signed, 
but  it  was  not  to  last.  War  was  declared  again  in 
May,  1803,  and  Nelson,  as  commander-in-chief, 
was  sent  to  the  Mediterranean  to  hold  the  French 
fleet  in  check.  He  blockaded  the  French  ships  in 
Toulon  for  eighteen  months,  determined  to  fight 
them  whenever  good  opportunity  offered.  In  April, 
1805,  the  French  fleet  under  Admiral  Villeneuve 
sailetl   out   of   the    Mediterranean   and   were  joined 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


99 


by  Spanish  ships  from  Cadiz.  Nelson  made  ready 
to  follow  them.  Napoleon's  plan  was  that  his 
three  fleets  should  sail  from  Brest,  Rochefort  and 
Toulon  at  about  the  same  time,  meet  at  Martinique, 
and  returning  all  together  gain  control  of  the  chan- 
nel and  open  the  way  for  the  invasion  of  England. 
The  Rochefort  squadron  sailed  in  January,  waited 
in  Martinique  for  the  time  agreed  upon,  then  return- 
ed alone;  the  Brest  fleet  was  blockaded  so  closely 
by  Cornwallis  that  they  could  not  get  away  at  all. 
Villeneuve's  ships  were  pursued  by  Nelson  to  the 
West  Indies,  and  when  the  French  admiral  found 
that  he  had  missed  his  colleague  and  that  Nelson, 
with  fourteen  ships,  was  close  upon  him,  he  thought 
it  wiser  to  return  to  France.  Nelson,  misled  by 
false  information,  sailed  for  Trinidad,  but  finding 
no  trace  of  the  enemy,  and  deciding  that  they  had 
gone  back  to  Europe,  he  made  for  Gibraltar,  where 
in  June,  1803,  he  set  foot  on  shore  for  the  first  time 
in  two  years.  On  the  22nd  of  July  Villeneuve's 
fleet  was  met  by  fifteen  British  ships  under  Sir 
Robert  Calder,  and  an  indecisive  action  was  fought ; 
but  Villeneuve  turned  southward  and  anchored  in 
Cadiz  Bay.  When  Nelson,  who  had  returned  to 
England,  heard  this,  he  said:  "Depend  upon  it,  1 
shall  yet  give  Mr.  Villeneuve  a  good  drubbing." 
On  September  14th.  1805,  he  left  England  for  the 
last  time,  embarking  at  Portsmouth  in  the  "  Vic- 
tory." He  joined  the  English  fleet  off  Cadiz  on 
September  28th,  and  was  received  with  great  joy. 
The  enemy  had  thirty-six  ships,  while  Nelson  had 
but  twenty-three.  He  kept  urging  the  authorities 
at  home  to  send  him  out  more  ships.  He  realized 
that  the  French  fleet  must  be  destroyed.  *'  It  is 
annihilation  that  the  country  wants,  and  not  merely 
a  splendid  victory.  *  *  *  Numbers  only  can  annihil- 
ate." He  planned  the  method  of  attack  in  all  its 
details,  and  explained  and  discussed  the  plan  with 
the  admirals  and  captains  of  the  fleet;  so  that  when, 
on  the  morning  of  the  21st.  the  enemy's  ships  came 
in  sight,  every  officer  in  command  knew  what  was 
to  be  done. 

When  he  had  seen  everything  arranged  for  bat- 
tle. Nelson  went  down  to  his  cabin  and  wrote  a 
brief  note  of  what  was  happening.  Then,  on  his 
knees,  he  wrote  the  following  prayer:  "May  the 
great  Cod  whom  I  worship  grant  to  my  country 
— and  for  the  benefit  of  Europe  in  general — a  great 
and  glorious  victory  ;  and  may  no  misconduct  in  anv- 
one  tarnish  it:  and  may  humanity  after  victory  be 
the  predominant  feature  in  the  British  fleet.  For 
myself,  individually,  I  commit  my  life  to  Him  who 


made  me,  and  may  His  blessing  light  upon  my  en- 
deavours for  serving  my  country  faithfully.  To 
Him  I  resign  myself  and  the  just  cause  which  is 
entrusted  to  me  to  defend."  At  half  past  eleven 
Nelson  made  the  celebrated  signal,  "  England  ex- 
pects that  every  man  will  do  his  duty."  At  twenty 
minutes  past  twelve  Vice-Admiral  Collingwood's 
ship,  "  The  Royal  Sovereign,"  fired  the  first  gun 
upon  the  enemy,  though  she  hail  been  under  heavy 
but  ill-directed  fire  for  some  time.  The  "  Victory," 
attacking  the  enemy's  centre,  was  also  exposed  to 
heavy  fire.  Nelson's  secretary,  standing  by  his 
side,  was  killed  by  a  round-shot,  and  another  passed 
between  Nelson  and  Captain  Hardy.  At  twenty 
minutes  past  one  a  musket  ball  from  the  mizzen  top 
of  the  French  ship  "  Redoubtable  "  struck  Nelson 
on  the  left  shoulder  and  passed  through  his  lungs 
.and  spine.  As  Captain  Hardy  raised  him,  he  said, 
"  They've  done  for  me,  Hardy."  "  I  hope  not." 
answered  Hardy,  "  Yes,"  replied  Neffson,  ''  my 
back-bone  is  shot  through."  lie  was  carried  be- 
low, covering  bis  face  with  his  handkerchief  that 
bis  men  might  not  know  that  he  was  wounded.  He 
lived  for  three  hours,  still  anxious  about  the  battle, 
still  caring  for  the  safety  of  bis  men.  "  Will  no 
one  bring  Hardy  to  me?  He  must  be  killed  !  "  And 
when  Hardy  came, —  "How  goes  the  battle?" 
When  the  message  was  brought  that  fifteen  ships 
bad  struck,  "Only  fifteen!  I  had  hoped  for 
twenty.''  "Anchor,  Hardy,  anchor!"  be  repeated, 
fearing  for  the  safety  of  crippled  or  disabled  ships 
in  the  bad  weather  that  threatened.  Then  "  Kiss 
me.  Hardy,"  and  the  last  words,  "Thank  God,  I 
have  done  my  duty." 

In  less  than  an  hour  after  bis  death  the  battle  was 
over,  having  lasted  five  hours.  Eighteen  of  the 
enemy's  ships  had  been  captured  and  the  rest  had 
fled. 

The  news  of  the  battle  reached  England  on  Nov- 
ember 6th.  The  "  Victory,"  with  Nelson's  body, 
arrived  at  Spitfiead  on  December  5th.  The  body 
lav  in  state  in  Greenwich  hospital  from  the  4th  to 
the  8th  of  January,  and  on  the  <;th  it  was  placed  ;n 
the  crypt  of  St.  Paul's  cathedral  in  a  sarcophagus 
made  by  Cardinal  Wolsey  for  Henry  VIII.  Above 
in  the  cathedral  is  a  monument  by  Flaxman.  There 
are  many  other  memorials  of  him  in  different  parts 
of  the  kingdom,  the  most  notable  being  Trafalgar 
Square  in  London.  In  the  centre  of  this  great  open 
space  rises  a  granite  column  145  feet  high,  crowned 
with  a  statue  of  Nelson.  The  pedestal  is  adorned 
with   reliefs  in  bronze,  cast   with  the  metal  of  can- 


100 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


tured  FrencK  cannon,  and  representing  scenes  from 
the  four  great  battles,  St.  Vincent,  Aboukir,  Copen- 
hagen and  Trafalgar.  Four  colossal  bronze  lions 
couch  upon  pedestals  running  out  from  the  column 
in  the  form  of  a  cross.  But  his  most  lasting 
memorial  is  in  the  hearts  of  his  countrymen. 


Sharer  of  our  mortal  weakness,  he  has  bequeathed  to  us 
a  type  of  single-minded  self-devotion  that  can  never  perish. 
As  his  funeral  anthem  proclaimed,  while  a  nation  mourned, 
*'  His  body  is  buried  in  peace,  but  his  name  liveth  forever- 
more."  Wars  may  cease,  but  the  need  for  heroism  shall 
not  depart  from  the  earth,  whils  man  remains  man  and  evil 
exists  to  be  redressed.  Wherever  danger  has  to  be  faced, 
or  duty  to  be  done,  at  cost  of  self,  men  will  draw  inspira- 
tion from  the  name  and  deeds  of  Nelson. — Mohan's  Life 
of  Nelson. 


Note. — The  following  books  will  be  found  useful  in  pre- 
paring lessons  on  Nelson :  Mahan's  "  Life  of  Nelson," 
Southey's  "  Life  of  Nelson,"  "  Nelson  and  His  Captains," 
W.  H.  Fitchett.  "  Nelson "  in  English  Men  of  Action 
Series,  J.  K.  Laughton.  "  Horatio  Nelson  and  the  Navil 
Supremacy  of  England,"  W.  Clark  Russell. — Heroes  of 
the  Nations. 

Eor  recitation — Browning's  "  Home  Thoughts  from  the 
Sea."  Scott's  introduction  to  the  first  canto  of  Marmion 
■ — lines  beginning,  "  To  mute  and  to  material  things." 
Tennyson's  "Ode  on  the  Death  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington  " 
— lines  beginning,  "  Who  is  he  that  cometh,  like  an  hon- 
oured guest,"  and  "  Mighty  seaman,  tender  and  true," 
Campbell's  "  Battle  of  the  Baltic." 


A  School  Outing. 

A  teacher  kindly  sends  to  the  Review  an  account 
of  an  outing  held  at  Maple  Grove,  X.  B.  This 
pleasant  practice  of  parents,  teachers  and  children 
meeting  together  is  one  that  might  be  used  to  ad- 
vantage these  pleasan]t  autumn  days,  giving  the 
boys  and  girls  wholesome  enjoyment,  and  making 
the  teacher's  work  easier,  because  such  reunions 
bring  them  into  closer  relations  with  parents.  Our 
correspondent  says : 

Yesterday  afternoon  we  held  a  very  enjoyable  school 
picnic  here,  upon  grounds  well  shaded  with  trees,  just 
across  the  highway  in  front  of  our  schoolhouse.  Not- 
withstanding the  busy  harvesting,  there  was  a  good  attend- 
ance of  parents  and  friends  assembled  to  enjoy  themselves 
with  the  school,  in  swinging,  games,  races,  etc.  Twelve 
prizes  were  awarded  in  the  competitions.  The  children 
were  freely  treated  to  candy  and  nuts.  A  delicious 
luncheon  was  served  on  the  grass  by  the  ladies,  to  which 
ample  justice  was  done.  The  weather  was  delightful,  and 
all  appeared  to  enjoy  themselves  very  much.  At  sunset 
all  dispersed  for  their  various  homes,  agreeing  that  they 
had  spent  a  most  delightful  afternoon.  J.   B. 


Our  Native  Trees. 

BY   G.    U.    HAY. 

The  Poplars  and  Willows. 

The  poplars  and  willows  are  near  relations,  be- 
longing to  the  great  willow  family  (Salicacex). 
Nearly  all  our  native  willows  are  shrubs,  except 
the  black  willow  (Salix  nigra),  which  is  of  rare 
occurrence  here.  Those  large  tree  willows  found 
in  cultivated  places  throughout  these  provinces  are 
not  native,  but  have  been  planted  for  ornament. 
One  species  called  the  brittle  willow  (Salix  fragilis) 
because  the  twigs  break  easily  at  the  base,  is  fre- 
quently found  with  a  trunk  diameter  of  from  four 
to  six  feet.  One  at  Ingleside,  N.  B.,  is  nearly  six 
feet  through  the  trunk,  and  is  supposed  to  be  over 
a  hundred  years  old.     It  is  still  a  handsome  tree. 

The  wood  of  the  willows  is  soft  and  white,  and  is 
used  for  making  wooden  dishes,  toys,  and  other 
similar  purposes.  What  is  used  here,  however, 
is  imported.  It  has  been  suggested  that  the  willow 
might  serve  a  purpose  in  the  manufacture  of  coffins, 
as  it  easily  decays.  The  young  stems  and  branches 
of  certain  willows  are  withy,  and  used  by  Indians 
for  making  baskets. 

Both  poplars  and  willows  are  fast  growing  trees. 
Most  of  the  latter  grow  in  moist,  low  places,  and 
along  streams.  They  are  sometimes  planted  by 
.rivers  where  washouts  occur,  to  prevent  further 
ravages  in  freshet  times.  The  poplars  grow  on 
higher  ground,  usually  with  white  birches,  red  maple 
and  others  that  love  a  light  soil ;  but  all  of  them 
nourish  and  grow  to  a  larger  size  in  richer  ground. 
The  common  poplar  or  aspen  springs  up  readily 
after  the  ravages  of  a  fire.  This  may  be  due  to  the 
rapid  spread  of  the  seeds  which  are  enclosed  in  a 
cotton-like  envelope ;  or,  where  this  tree  has  occu- 
pied the  ground  before  the  fire,  young  ones  may 
rapidly  spring  up  from  underground  suckers  which 
have  not  suffered  from  the  heat. 

Three  poplars  are  native  to  these  provinces — the 
aspen,  the  large-toothed-leaved  poplar  and  the  balsam 
poplar.  They  are  not  favorites  with  farmers  or 
horticulturists  on  account  of  their  spreading  so 
rapidly  from  the  suckers  of  older  trees;  and  they  are 
objectionable  as  shade  trees  (as  are  all  poplars, 
native  or  foreign)  from  the  cottony  masses  of  seeds 
which  cover  the  streets  or  paths  in  late  spring. 

The  most  common  poplar  is  the  aspen,  sometimes 
wrongly  called  "  popple."  This  is  the  Populus 
tremuloides,  its  specific  name  being  derived  from 
the   trembling  of   the   leaves,   which   quiver   in  the 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


101 


slightest  breeze.  This  is  caused  by  the  flat  thin  petiole 
of  the  leaf  being  easily  swayed  by  the  wind.  There 
is  a  legend  that  the  wood  of  the  cross  was  made 
from  this  tree,  which  is  the  cause  of  its  trembling 
— as  if  for  shame.  This  quivering  is  characteristic 
of  other  poplars,  and  is  no  doubt  the  reason  for  the 
name  of  the  genus,  from  the  Latin  populus,  the 
common  people,  because  of  the  restless,  swaying 
character  of  the  mob. 

The  leaves  of  the  trembling  poplar  are  broadly 
ovate  or  roundish,  finely  crcnulate  or  toothed  all 
round  and  coming  to  a  sharp  point.  The  bark  is 
greenish;  the  wood  soft,  weak,  light  in  colour.  A 
cubic  foot  of  it  weighs  twenty-five  pounds.  The 
young  growth  is  used  for  making  excelsior  mat- 
ting, and  the  wood  makes  a  good  finishing  when 
found  large  enough,  the  fibre  being  tough,  although 
the  heart  is  bad. 

The  large-toothed-leaved  poplar  { I'opulus  gran- 
didentata)  is  larger  than  the  preceding,  with  the 
edges  of  the  leaves  broken  up  into  great  teeth.  Its 
wood  is  slightly  heavier  and  more  compact  than  the 
preceding,  weighing  twenty-nine  pounds  to  the  cubic 
foot.  Its  uses  are  the  same.  In  spring,  its  leaves 
are  a  soft  grayish  white  colour,  and  coming  out 
after  many  other  trees  are  in  bloom  produce  a  beauti- 
ful contrast  to  the  delicate  fresh-green  tints  of  the 
woods. 

The  balsam  poplar  (Populus  balsamifera)  is  a 
larger  tree  than  either  of  the  preceding,  and  has  very 
resinous  buds.  It  is  not  common ;  but  the  writer 
observed  great  stretches  of  low  land  covered  with  it 
along  the  upper  valley  of  the  Restigouche  river. 
where  its  suckers  had  formed  a  dense  matting  in 
the  gravelly  soil,  shutting  out  every  other  tree.  A 
variety  of  the  balsam  poplar  called  the  Balm  of 
Gilead  (Populus  balsamifera,  var.  candicans)  is 
frequently  planted  for  ornament,  but  there  are  the 
same  objections  to  it  as  above  noted. 

The  Lombardy  poplar  and  the  abele  or  white 
poplar  are  not  native,  but  are  frequently  planted. 
One  or  two  of  each  add  to  the  beauty  of  a  grove  or 
the  borders  of  a  lawn. 


A  Home-Made  Recitation  Book. 

Having  quite  a  collection  of  select  reading, 
poetry,  etc.,  cut  from  old  journals,  papers,  and 
magazines,  I  decided  we  could  best  preserve  them 
for  future  use  in  a  scrap  hook. 

I  obtained  an  old  law  hook — this  was  selected 
because  it  was  large,  well  bound,  and  put  together 
with   strong   thread — and   carefully   removed   every 


other  leaf,  sometimes  two  or  three  in  a  place,  to 
allow  for  the  paper  to  be  put  in. 

It  was  then  divided  into  sections,  one  for  Christ- 
mas selections;  others  for  humorous,  patriotic, 
pathetic  selections. 

The  recitations  were  then  neatly  pasted  into  the 
book  each  in  its  proper  place.  After  it  is  all  filled 
we  are  going  to  arrange  an  index. 

The  pupils  take  interest  in  finding  something 
"  good  enough  "  for  the  book,  for  of  course  only 
the  best  selections  are  put  into  it,  and  those  bits 
suitable  for  pupils  as  recitations  for  Friday  after- 
noons, or  for  special  entertainment  programmes. — 
Teachers'  Magazine. 

Will  teachers  who  have  good  selections  for  Christ- 
mas, Empire,  Arbor  Day,  Friday  afternoons,  and 
other  school  occasions,  kindly  send  copies  of  them 
to  the  Review  for  publication,  so  that  other  teach- 
ers may  have  the  benefit  of  them. 


The  Poetry  of  Earth  is  Never  Dead. 

The  poetry  of  earth  is  never  dead: 
When  all  the  birds   are   faint   with  the  hot   sun, 
And  hide  in  cooling  trees,  a  voice  will  run 
From  hedge  to  hedge  about  the  new-mown  mead: 
That   is  the  grasshopper'.— he   t;.kcs  the  lead 
In  summer  luxury,— he  has  never  done 
With  his  delights,  for  when  tired  out  with  fun 
lie  rests  at  ease  beneath   some  pleasant   weed. 
The  poetry  of  earth   is  ceasing  never: 
On  a  lone   w  inter  evening,  when  the  frost 
Has   wrought  a   silence,   from   the  stove  there  shrills 
I  he   cricket'^    song,    jlt    warmth    increasing   ever. 
And  seems  to  one  in  drowsiness  half  lost, 
the   grasshopper's   among  some  grassy   hills. 

— Keats. 

In  the  study  of  a  poem  the  following  exercise  has 
been  found  to  be  profitable  and  pleasant  :  One  pupil 
reads  a  stanza.  He  reads  it  again,  this  time  chang- 
ing as  many  words  as  possible  to  words  having  the 
same  meaning,  also  the  same  number  of  syllables, 
if  possible.  The  following  is  an  illustration,  as 
read  by  a  pupil  in  the  fifth  grade: 

"Then   Nature,   the   loving   mother 

In   the   moony  month  of  leaves, 
Arrayed   in  yellow  and  crimson 

Her    children,    the   autumn    leaves." 

The  verse  changed   reads  as   follows; 

J  lien   Nature,  the  gentle  mother, 

In  the  shining  month  of  leaves, 
Dressed   in   yellow  and   scarlet 

Her  children,  the   forest   leaves." 

— Selected. 


102 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Notes  on  "The  Deserted  Village"*. 

By  Principal  G.  K.  Butler,  M.A.,  Halifax. 
Oliver  Goldsmith  (1728- 1774). 
Goldsmith  was  born  in  the  county  of  Longford,  Ireland. 
His  father  was  curate  at  this  place.  As  a  boy,  Goldsmith 
attended  the  village  school  taught  by  an  old  soldier,  whom 
he  afterwards  pictured  in  the  "  Deserted  Village."  At  the 
age  of  seventeen  he  went  to  Trinity  College  as  a  siz-.tr 
(a  free  student  receiving  tuition  in  return  for  certain 
work).  He  quarreled  with  his  tutor  and  left,  but  after- 
wards returned. 

He  tried  different  professions,  and  while  on  the  con- 
tinent as  a  medical  student,  toured  Europe,  supporting 
himself  by  playing  on  the  flute.  On  his  return  he  tried 
teaching,  but  finally  took  up  work  as  a  hack  writer. 

The  Vicar  of  Wakefield,  his  first  important  work,  he 
sold  in  1764  for  ioo  to  pay  rent.  In  1770  the  "  Deserted 
Village  "  appeared. 

Among  his  other  works  are :  "  The  Traveller,"  "  She 
Stoops  to  Conquer,"  Histories  of  Greece,  Rome,  and  a 
History  of  Animated  Nature. 

It  is  presumed,  of  course,  that  the  first  lesson 
assigned  on  the  poem  is  the  reading  it  all  through 
at  home.  When  that  has  been  carefully  done,  the 
class  is  ready  to  begin  its  study.  This  applies 
equally  as  well  to  all  the  selections  for  the  year. 
The  more  the  pupil  absorbs  and  retains,  the  greater 
will  be  the  benefit  derived  by  him ;  and  there  is  no 
royal  road  to  this  result.  Repeated  reading  on  the 
pupil's  part,  and  constant  questioning  by  the  teacher, 
alone  can  accomplish  the  purpose  aimed  at. 

Concerning  the  title,  the  children  should  be  asked 
to  tell  in  their  own  words  the  cause  of  its  desertion. 
Is  the  same  cause  at  work  in  Nova  Scotia?  Where 
is  the  village  supposed  to  be?  Crade  VIII  may  be 
given  an  occasional  word  or  phrase  for  parsing, 
and  any  questions  of  that  kind  in  these  notes  are 
intended  for  that  class. 

Page  1,  line  1.  In  what  case  is  Auburn,  and  what 
figure  of  speech  would  you  call  it?  Plain;  in  other 
parts  of  the  poem  he  applies  another  title  to  it. 
What  is  it? 

7.  Green.  What  would  we  call  it?  Have  we 
anything  similar  ? 

27.  Smutted  face.  Very  likely  many  of  the  child- 
ren have  a  game  of  this  character.  There  used  to 
be  one  among  the  boys  some  years  ago. 

On  this  page  the  following  words  are  worthy  of 
a  little  dictionary  work  by  the  pupil :  swain,  farting, 
scats,  cot,  decent,  train,  feats.  There  are  also  some 
other  figures  of  speech  besides  those  mentioned; 
find  a  metonomy  and  also  give  a  definition.  If  the 
children  know  the  different  metrical  feet,  have  them 
scan  a  few  lines  as  practice.     Those  who  have  read 

*  Pages  and  lines  as  in  reading  for  grades  7  and  8,  Nova 
Scotia  School  Series. 


Gray's  "  Elegy  "  could  see  a  similarity  and  a  differ- 
ence.    What  are  they? 

Page  2,  line  2.  Taught  toil  to  please.  Ask  for 
explanation. 

6.  Is  the  verb  are  fled  active  or  passive?  Why? 
Compare  with  the  forms  is  come,  was  gone. 

10.  What  does  this  line  mean? 

13.  Why  solitary? 

20.  O'ertops.  Try  to  get  a  list  of  words  similarly 
formed.  English  formerly,  like  modern  German, 
compounded  its  words  thus. 

24.  Meaning?     How  are  new   words   created? 

25.  One  of  the  problems  of  England  is  the 
restoration  of  physical  vigour  to  the  so-called  lower 
classes. 

28.  How  many  people  to  the  square  mile  would 
this  allow  for?  Was  England  or  any  other  country 
ever  so  thickly  peopled? 

Word  study :  Lawn,  tyrant,  stints,  desert,  spoiler, 
wholesome,  glades. 

Page  3,  line  3.  Meaning?  Look  up  the  deriva- 
tion of  wealth. 

4.  Parse  train.     What  is  the  meaning? 

8.  As  an  illustration,  take  some  of  the  modern 
large  cities,  such  as  London  and  New  York.  The 
greater  poverty  seems  always  to  be  found  nearest 
the  greatest  wealth. 

22.  Compare  train  here  with  the  same  word  in 
line  4. 

24-25.  Consult  the  life  of  Goldsmith  as  an  illus- 
tration of  these,  and  all  will  agree  as  to  the  truth- 
fulness of  them. 

26.  Meaning  of  last  clause? 

28.  Compare  husband,  the  verb,  with  the  noun. 
Life's  taper  is  what  figure  ? 

29.  What  does  this  mean? 

Word  study:  Opulence,  allied  (especially  pro- 
nunciation). 

Page  4,  line  10.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word 
zvorld? 

12-15.  Meaning  of  these  lines?  Why  guilty 
state? 

15-18.  Figures  of  speech? 

21.  Meaning? 

22  ct  scq.  Compare  the  opening  stanzas  of  Gray's 
"  Elegy  "  for  a  description  of  the  same  time  of  day. 
t  >ne  of  the  facts  mentioned  does  not  suit  our  hours ; 
which  one? 

Word  study  :     Deep,  vacant. 

Page  4.  line  1.  Why  sweet  confusion?  How 
can  the  adjective  be  true? 

The  Preacher.  Those  who  can  should  read  parts 
of  the  "Vicar  of  Wakefield,"  where- we  have  him 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


103 


described  at  greater  length.  Of  what  man  is  this 
a  description  more  or  less  fanciful  ?  In  Chaucer 
we  find  the  other  well  known  description  of  the 
parson. 

20.  We  must  remember,  of  course,  the  greater 
purchasing  power  of  money  in  that  country  at  that 
time  as  compared  with  our  time  and  country. 
What  is  the  meaning  of  passing? 

21.  What  figure  of  speech  is  ran  his  godly  race? 
23-24.,  What    is    the    meaning    of    these    lines? 

What  does  Goldsmith  wish  us  to  imply  concerning 
appointments  in  the  church  at  the  time  he  is  writ- 
ing? 

26.  Raise  and  rise.  This  line  will  illustrate  a 
lesson  on  those  two  verbs. 

27.  Vagrant  train.     What  would  we  call  them? 
29.  Why  long  remembered? 

Word  study :  Fluctuate,  mantling,  cresses,  fag- 
got, pensive,  copse,  fawn,  broken. 

Page  6,  line  5.  What  does  pity  gave  ere  charity 
began  mean? 

7.  And  this? 

13.  Compare  with  the  ungracious  pastor  men- 
tioned in  Hamlet,  "  who  reeks  not  his  own  rede." 

14.  Parting.  Compare  "  The  curfew  tolls  the 
knell  of  parting  day."  What  figure  of  speech  in 
this  line? 

17.  Parse  fled.  The  last  four  lines  of  the  page 
are  a  good  example  of  a  figure  of  speech. 

Word  study :     Glozc,  scan,  scoff,  rustic,  vale. 

Page  7,  line  2.     Why  unprofitably? 

3.  Noisy  mansion.  Many  similar  epithets  can  be 
found  in  literature.  Two  modern  schools  and 
schoolmasters  may  be  found  in  the  "  Drumtochtv 
School  "  and  "  Glengarry  Schooldays." 

6.  To  what  class  of  pupil  did  Goldsmith  evi- 
dently belong?  However,  the  idle  and  truant 
scholar  does  not  akcays  make  the  most  famous  man. 

9.  Full  well;  the  same  phrase  is  used  on  p.  34. 1.  2. 
What  part  of  speech  is  full  here?  What  other 
word  or  words  could  be  used  in  its  place? 

17.  Terms  and  tides  presage.  What  does  this 
mean? 

26.  A  word  is  here  used  that  we  would  not  now 
be  allowed  to  use  in  modern  correct  English. 
Which? 

The  Inn.  What  takes  the  place  of  this  in  modern 
villages  as  a  place  to  congregate  and  talk  politics? 

Word  study :    Yon,  furze,  boding,  gauge. 

Page  8,  line  2.  Sanded  floor.  The  generation 
of  Nova  Scotian  now  passing  away  can  recall  the 
same  custom  here. 


10.  Can  any  of  the  pupils  tell  of  having  seen 
something  like  this  ? 

11.  What  do  you  understand  by  chimney?  Give 
modern  word  for  place  mentioned. 

23.  Find  word  mantling  already  used  and  com- 
pare their  meanings. 

27.   Train  again ;  compare  former  uses. 

32.  Vacant  was  already  used  in  this  meaning. 
What  do  pupils  give  as  its  meaning  when  first 
asked  ? 

Word  study :  Aspen,  transitory,  ballad,  ponder- 
ous, deride,  gloss,  native,  masquerade. 

Page  9,  lines  16  et  seq.  Horace,  who  lived  about 
1800  before  Goldsmith,  laments  of  the  luxury  of  the 
wealthy  Romans  in  much  the  same  terms. 

21.  How  can  this  be? 

22.  Scat.  Compare  with  the  same  word  already 
used.     Why  are  his  sports  solitary? 

27.  The  prophets  are  still  predicting  the  down- 
fall of  England's  power,  and  still  lamenting  the 
glories  of  the  past. 

Word  study:     Decoy,  limits,    spurns,  solicitous. 

What  figure  of  speech  is  found  on  this  page? 

Page  10.  Word  study:  Verging,  vistas,  strike, 
contiguous,  limits,  baneful,  pamper,  brocade,  plies, 
square,  chariots. 

13.  There  is  a  figure  of  speech. 

Page  11,  line  7.  Wheel:  meaning?  Parse  brozvn 
and  country.  Is  the  lot  of  the  emigrant  here  truly 
represented?  To  what  country  does  Goldsmith 
make  them  go?  What  Kritish  possession  has  the 
climate   and   characteristics   here   mentioned? 

29.  Mingling  the  ravished  landscape  with  the 
skies.  What  is  the  meaning  of  this?  Of  what 
countries  can  this  now  be  said? 

Page  12,  line  1.  Has  parting  the  same  meaning 
as  in  1.  4? 

6.  Main.  What  other  word  has  been  used.  What 
do  we  call  the  western  main? 

23  ct  seq.  Name  some  of  the  kingdoms  Gold- 
smith may  have  had  in  mind  in  writing  this. 

Word  study:  Walks,  conscious,  plaints,  cot, 
insidious,  florid,  sapped. 

Page  13.  Goldsmith's  time  is  not  considered  by 
anybody  as  the  golden  age  of  English  poetry, 
though  one  or  two  poets  of  high  rank  lived  then. 
Who  were  they  ? 

These  notes  will  be  helpful  if  they  suggest  other 
questions  and  difficulties,  and  mure  so  still  it  those 
be  sent  to  the  Review.  Any  1  can  answer,  I  will: 
others,  perhaps,  can  simply  vacancies  in  my  know- 
ledge. 


104 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Schoolroom  Decorations. 

Miriam  X.  Dvsart,  Cocagne,  N.  B. 

To  decorate  a  schoolroom  is  to  make  it  a  pleasant 
and  profitable  workshop.  High  bare  walls.dingy 
ceiling,  broken  plaster  and  defaced  blackboards, 
creaking  doors  and  rattling  windows  make  up  sur- 
roundings bleaK  and  dismal  enough  to  dampen  the 
spirits  and  enthusiasm  of  almost  any  teacher ;  and  a 
hundred  times  more  do  they  affect  the  tender  spirits 
of  young  children. 

Let  festoons  and  strings  of  evergreens  be  strung 
along  over  top  of  windows  and  doors,  let  a  few  neat 
inexpensive  pictures  break  up  the  monotony  of  bare 
walls,  let  attractive  designs  in  black  and  white,  or 
in  colors,  adorn  the  unused  blackboards — and  how 
great  the  change!  How  bright  and  sunny  every- 
thing has  become.  If  now  a  few  appropriate  mot- 
toes be  placed  in  convenient  unoccupied  places  (and 
what  school  has  not  large  wastes  of  cheerless  plaster 
high  up  under  the  ceiling),  and  if  flowers  in  season 
be  added,  then  we  may  be  said  to  have  a  schoolroom 
at  least  moderately  decorated,  and  even  then  per- 
haps unusually  attractive.  It  will  be  found  that  the 
children  can  be  kept  interested  and  attentive  with 
much  more  ease  than  in  the  bleak  and  bare  house, 
the  cheerless,  undecorated  school. 

Many,  if  not  all,  the  decorations  used  in  a  school- 
room may  be  made  to  serve  a  double  purpose.  They 
may  be  useful  as  well  as  ornamental.  It  is  not 
enough  that  they  delight  the  eye — they  should  in- 
struct,  stimulate  and   encourage   the  young. 

Among  the  blackboard  decorations  which  serve 
the  double  purpose  of  adding  to  the  appearance  of 
the  room  as  well  as  inducing  regular  attendance 
and  competition  in  work,  is  the  bee-hive.  This  is 
a  picture  of  a  hive  drawn  in  some  quiet  corner.  Let 
the  hive  be  the  goal  and  the  bees  the  pupils.  Good 
conduct  and  satisfactory  work  entitle  them  to  ap- 
proach the  hive.  The  effect  of  this  little  scheme  is 
wonderful.  The  pupils,  in  their  eagerness  to  be 
numbered  among  the  "  busy  bees,''  give  better  les- 
sons, and  arc  more  careful  of  their  conduct,  and 
the  result  is  general  improvement.  Another  de- 
vice that  is  equally  effective  and  attractive  is  the 
roll  cf  honor,  bearing  the  names  of  the  pupils  mak- 
ing the  highest  averages. 

A  calendar  for  the  month  might  decorate  any 
unused  blackboard  surface.  So  these  little  •  devices 
while  adorning  the  walls,  assist  both  the  teachers 
and  pupils  in  raising  the  standing  of  the  school. 

Many  valuable  lessons  may  be  taught  from  these 


decorations.  Take,  for  instance,  flowers.  In  the 
spring  we  have  the  mayflower.  In  ten  minutes  the 
teacher  can  give  an  interesting  oral  lesson  on  this 
plant;  point  out  the  different  parts  of  a  flower;  get 
opinions  as  to  why  it  is  called  the  harbinger  of 
spring,  and  relate  some  little  story  about  it.  Simil- 
arly, throughout  the  year,  short  nature  lessons  can 
be  given  on  the  flowers  which  decorate  the  room. 

Besides  lending  beauty  the  flowers  furnish  good 
seat-work;  the  children  can  write  short  descriptions 
of  them,  or  can  draw  them,  and  in  selecting  and 
arranging  them  the  pupils  have  perhaps  their  first 
lessons  in  art. 

Likewise  many  valuable  lessons  can  be  learned 
from  the  wall  pictures.  From  the  landscapes  the 
pupils  can  become  familiar  with  such  geographical 
terms  as  mountain,  river,  lake,  cape,  island,  etc. 
Pictures  of  the  domestic  animals  will  probably  fur- 
nish most  interest  to  the  children.  Many  interesting 
facts  can  be  learned  about  the  horse;  for  example, 
his  food,  his  habits,  his  kindness  and  faith- 
fulness to  man,  his  willingness  to  work  and  his 
ability  to  understand.  Encourage  the  pupils  to  tell 
any  stories  they  can  that  will  prove  the  horse  a 
noble  and  intelligent  animal.  The  teacher  can  add 
some  little  story  of  the  wild  animals,  and  let  the 
children  state  the  points  of  resemblance  or  of  dif- 
ference between  the  wild  animals  and  the  domestic. 
These  exercises  on  the  pictures  and  flowers  en- 
courage reproduction  and  picture  stories. 

For  the  more  advanced  pupils  the  teacher  can 
select  pictures  of  such  authors  as  the  children  are 
studying.  This  plan  is  very  successful,  for  the 
reason  that  the  personality  of  the  author  can  be 
associated  with  the  lessons. 

The  children's  maps  can  be  used  to  decorate  the 
room  in  an  effective  manner,  and  the  exhibition  of 
work  is  almost  certain  to  win  the  approval  of 
visitors  and  to  stimulate  the  interest  of  both  pupils 
and  parents. 

By  this  simple  and  attractive  decoration  habits 
of  order  and  enterprise  are  fostered,  a  spirit  of  ex- 
cellence in  school  work  is  created,  many  pleasant 
and  profitable  exercises  are  furnished,  and,  most 
important  of  all,  school  life  is  brightened. 


A  map  is  the  best  and  most  accurate  means  of 
expressing  certain  geographic  facts.  Children 
should  learn  to  read  a  map  as  readily  as  a  news- 
paper, that  they  may  use  maps  intelligently  in  later 
years. — Journal  of  Geography. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


105 


Mental  Mathematics. 

F.  H.  Spinney,  Oxford,  N.  S. 

Probably  no  part  of  elementary  mathematics  fur- 
nishes such  a  variety  of  interesting  problems  as 
does  the  "  unitary  method."  It  is  in  connection 
with  such  problems  that  teachers  who  delight  in 
long  written  expressions  can  have  their  most 
ambitious  desires  in  that  direction  gratified. 

It  must  be  admitted  that  these  expressions,  when 
neatly  written  upon  the  board,  or  in  well-kept  exer- 
cise books,  present  a  pleasing  appearance  to  the 
artistic  eye;  but  they  often  represent  but  a  mechani- 
cal expression  of  rules  previously  learned,'  without 
a  clear  comprehension  of  the  relation  existing  be- 
tween the  terms  involved.  Resides,  there  are  more 
appropriate  subjects  of  the  curriculum  affording 
abundant  opportunity  for  artistic  workmanship;  so 
we  can  well  afford  to  limit  the  use  of  mathematics 
to  the  exercise  of  rapid  and  accurate  reasoning. 
The  following  simple 'problem  is  a  typical  question 
of  the  unitary  method :  If  3  boys  in  4  days  earn  $10, 
how  much  can  15  boys  earn  in  12  days?  This  is 
usually  solved  in  the  following  manner : 
3  boys  in  4  days  can  earn  $10 

I  boy    in  4  days  can  earn  

3 

,         .  $10 

1  boy    in   1  day    can  earn 

3X4 


15  boys  in   1  day    can  earn 


$10x15 
3M 


,         .  $10x15x12      ., 

15  boys  in  12  days  can  earn - =    $150 

3X4 

In  mental  arithmetic  exercise,  let  the  teacher 
write  the  question  on  the  board : 

(a)  3  boys  in     4  days  can  earn  $10 

(b)  15  boys  in     4  days  can  earn       ? 

(c)  15  boys  in  12  days  can  earn       ? 

If  it  is  the  first  lesson,  the  following  dialogue 
might  take  place,  pupils  raising  hands  to  give  the 
answers:  Teacher — How  many  more  men  in  (b) 
than  in  (a)  ?  Pupil — 5  times  as  many.  T. — Then, 
how  much  will  15  boys  earn?  P. — 5  times  $10  = 
$5°-  T. — How  many  more  days  in  (c)  than  'n 
(b)  ?  P.- — 3  times  as  many.  T. — Then,  how  much 
will  15  boys  earn  in  12  days?  P. — 3  times  $50= 
$150.  After  doing  several  questions  in  this  manner. 
express  the  question   in  two  lines : 

3  boys  in     4  days  earn  $10 
15  boys  in   12  days  earn        ? 

After  many  questions  of  this  nature  have  been 
solved  mentally,  the  following  written  forms  will 
be  plain ; 


I.  3  boys  in  4  days  earn  $10 

15   boys   in    12  days  earn  $10X5X3 

II.  5   men   in   4   days   earn   $30 

15   men   in   2   days   earn   $30X3X2 

III.  4  men  in   5  clays  earn  $30 

•    6  men  in  7  days  earn  $30  x  i\  x  if  =  863 

IV.  7  men  in  9  days  earn  $126 

20  men  in  4  days  earn  8126  x  "."  x$-  =  $160 
To  enable  the  teacher  to  quickly  place  a  number 
of  questions  on  the  board    for  rapid   solution,    the 
following  form  will  he  found  convenient : 

Men  Days  Wages  Men  Days    Wages 

(0     5  4  $30  :         15  2 


(2)     6 


7 


$f>3 


14 


To  attain  greater  speed  in  mind  and  hand,  1 
frequently  try  the  following  plan.  I  place  upon  the 
board  about  10  problems  in  the  above  form ;  and 
allow  the  pupils  to  commence  their  solution  about  10 
minutes  previous  to  the  time  for  dismissal.  When 
a  pupil  has  shown  me  his  exercise  book  with  the 
required  answers  correctly  filled  in,  he  is  permitted 
to  retire.  Anv  teacher  who  desires  to  witness  a 
scene  of  the  most  intense  activity  should  occasion- 
ally resort  to  such  a  method. 

The  following  8  questions  were  solved  by  one  of 
my  pupils  in  6  minutes : 

Men  Days        Wages  Men  Days      Wages 

(1)  3  2         $  10  :         12  4  ? 

(2)  7  5        $  60  :         14  15 

(3)  4         11         $  66  :         12  33  ? 

(4)  10        13        $260  :         30  26  ? 

(5)  14         17         $300  :         28  51 

(6)  4  4        $  32  :         12  12  ? 

(7)  7         10         $105  :  10      $420 

(8)  4  5        $  30  :  4  ?      $  90 


"  We  owe  the  steel  pen,"  said  an  inventor  in  the 
Louisville  Courier  Journal,  "to  a  man  named 
Joseph  Gillott,  an  Englishman.  He  was  a  jeweller, 
and  lived  in  Birmingham.  One  day,  accidentally 
splitting  the  end  of  one  of  his  fine  steel  jewel-mak- 
ing tools,  he  threw  it  peevishly  on  the  floor.  An 
hour  later  it  was  necessary  for  him  to  write  a  letter. 
Where  was  his  quill  pen?  He  searched  high  and 
low,  but  could  not  find  it.  Looking,  finally,  on  the 
floor,  he  discovered,  not  the  pen,  but  the  broken 
steel  tool.  "  I  wonder  if  I  couldn't  make  shift  to 
write  with  this."  he  said.  And  he  tried  to  write  with 
die  split  steel,  and,  of  course,  succeeded  perfectly. 
To  this  episode  we  owe  the  steel  pen,  which  has 
superseded  the  quill  all  over  the  world. 


106 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Rhymes  and  Recitations  for  Little  People. 

Fingkr  Game. 
This  is  the  mother  so  kind  and  dear, 
This  is  the  father  so  full  of  cheer, 
This   is  the  brother   strong  and  tall,  , 

This  is  the  sister  who  plays  with  her  doll, 
And  this  is  the  baby,  the  pet  of  all ; 
Behold  the  good  family,  great  and  small. 

Elizabeth,  Elspeth,  Betsy,  and  Bess, 
They  all  went  together  to  seek  a  bird's  nest. 
They  found  a  bird's  nest  with  five  eggs  in, 
They  all  took  one,  and  left  four  in. 

There  were  once  two  cats  of  Kilkenny, 

Each  thought  there  was  one  cat  too  many ; 

So  they  fought  and  they  fit, 

And  they  scratched  and  they  bit, 

Till,  excepting  their  n^ils 

And  the   tips  of  their  tails, 

Instead  of  two  cats,  there  weren't  any. 

The  robin  and  the  redbreast, 

The  robin  and  the'  wren ; 
If  you  take  from  their  nest 

You'll  never  thrive  again. 

The  robin  and  the  redbreast, 

The  martin  and  the  swallow ; 
If  you  touch  one  of  their  eggs, 

Bad   luck   will  surely  follow. 

As  I  was  going  to  St.  Ives, 
I  met  seven  wives. 
Each    wife   had    seven    sacks;   how   many   sacks   in   all? 
Each  sack  had  seven  cats;  how  many  cats  in  all? 

Little  Betty  Blue 

Lost   her   holiday  shoe, 

What  shall  Betty  do? 

Buy  her  another 

To  match  the  other, 

And  then  she'll  walk  upon  two. 

High  in  the  Pine  Tree 

A  young  turtle  dove 
Built  a  little  nest 

To  please  his  little  love. 
In  the  dark   shady  branches 

Of  the  high  pine  tree 
How  happy  were   the  doves 

In   their   little  nursery. 

The  young  turtle  doves 

Never  quarreled  in  their  nest; 
They  loved  each  other  dearly, 

But  they  loved  their  mother  best. 
"  Coo,''  said  the  little  doves, 

And  "  Coo  "  said  she  ; 
And  they  all  lived  so  happy 

In   their  little  nursery. 

Three  little  bunnies, 

Out  for  a  run 
In  the  bright  moon-light, 

Oh,  what   fun! 


"  Dear,"  said  the  little  one, 
"What  is  that 
Sitting  on  the  fence 

With  cheeks  so  fat? 
See  its  big  teeth 

And  eyes  so  bright !  " 
Then  home  they  ran 

With  all  their  might, 
Three  funny  little  bunnies 

With  eyes  so  bright.  —Selected. 

"  Little  drops  of  dew 
Like  a  gem  you  are, 
I  believe  that  you 

Must  have  been  a  star. 

"  When  the  day  is  bright 
In  the  grass  you  lie, 
Tell  me  then  at  night 
Are  you  in  the  sky?  " 

Lines  in  Season. 

One   step  and  then   another, 
And  the  longest  walk  is  ended; 
One  stitch  and  then  another, 
And  the  largest  rent  is  mended. 

Every  time  the  world's  best  men 
Are  made  from  boys  who  try  again. 

"Do  you  wish  for  a  kindness?     Be  kind. 
Do  you  wish  for  a  truth?     Be  true. 
What  you  give  of  yourself  you  find — 
Your  world  is  a  reflex  of  you." 

I  am  sure  that  hands,  lips,  eyes, 

Have  work  to  do, — 
The  first  to  be  helpful,  the  next  to  be  wise, 

And  the  last  to  be  bright  and  true. 

"Let  us  be  content  to  work, 

To  do  the  thing  we  can,  and  not  presume 

To  fret  because  it's  little. 

E.  B.  Browning. 

It  is  not  winter  yet,  but  that  sweet  time 
In  Autumn  when  the  first  cool  days  are  past. 

A  week  ago  the  leaves  were  hoar  with  rime, 

And  some  have  dropped  before  the  north  wind's  blast; 

But  the  mild  hours  are  back,  and  at  mid-noon, 
The  day  hath  all  the  genial  warmth  of  June. 

— Selected. 

"Then  followed  the  beautiful  season, 
Called  by  the  pious  Acadian  peasants  the  Summer  of  All 

Saints. 
Filled  was  the  air  with  a  dreamy  and  magical  light ;  and 

the  landscape 
Lay  as  if  new-created  in  all  the  freshness  of  childhood." 

— Longfellow. 
Heaven  is  not  reached  at  a  single  bound, 
For  we  build  the  ladder  by  which  we  rise 
From  the  lowly  earth  to  the  vaulted  skies, 
And  we  mount  to  the  summit  round  by  round. 

— F.  G.  Holland. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


107 


N.  B.  Teachers'  Association  Statistics. 

Owing  to  the  delay  of  one  person  who  had  a  list 
of  names,  the  secretary-treasurer  of  the  N.  B. 
Teachers"  Association  has  been  unable  until  now  to 
furnish  the  number  of  members  of  said  Association 
on  June  30,  1905.  There  were  then  382  pledged 
members,  with  dues  fully  paid  up,  distributed  as 
follows :  St.  John  City  and  County,  66 ;  Kings,  54 ; 
Northumberland,  46;  Westmorland  (exclusive  of 
Moncton),  39;  Carleton,  29;  Gloucester,  27;  Monc- 
ton,  25;  York  (exclusive  of  Fredericton),  21  ;  Kent, 
21;  Fredericton,  18;  Sunbury-Queens,  16;  Albert, 
8;  Charlotte,  7;  Victoria.  4;  Restigouche,  1  ;  Mada- 
waska,  o;  total,  382. 

During  vacation  a  considerable  number  joined, 
and  the  response  from  Kings  and  Kent  institutes 
this  term  has  been  encouraging.  Returns  from 
York,  Sunbury  and  Queens  institutes  have  not  yet 
arrived  at  secretary's  office. 

All  teachers  who  have  not  subscribed  to  the  union 
agreement  are  requested  to  send  name  and  fee  of 
25  cents  at  once  to  the  secretary-treasurer,  H.  11. 
Stewart,  Harcourt,  Kent  Co. 


Teaching:  Children  to  Talk  Naturally. 

"  If  I  could  only  get  children  to  speak  as  natural- 
ly in  their  reading  as  I  hear  them  speak  in  their 
games  on  the  play-grounds,  I  should  be  happy," 
said  a  teacher  at  an  institute  the  other  day  during 
a  discussion  on  reading. 

There  is  nothing  so  monotonous  as  the  "school* 
tone  "  in  reading.  Try  to  get  children  out  of  it  by 
encouraging  them  to  talk  naturally  in  school. 
Some  portion  of  the  week  might  be  devoted  to  the 
cultivation  of  this  art.  One  teacher  devoted  a  part 
of  every  Friday  afternoon  to  such  an  exercise. 
Early  in  the  week  she  assigned  some  subject  of 
investigation,  either  one  of  general  interest,  or  one 
connected  with  the  work  the  class  were  then  doing, 
in  art,  history,  science,  etc.  On  Friday,  each  pupil 
is  expected  to  rise  and  make  his  report  fluently  and 
in  correct  English.  The  subjects  chosen  are  always 
so  interesting  that  the  children  soon  forget  that  they 
are  talking,  and  look  forward  to  this  hour  with 
enjoyment.  The  lessons  in  nature  study  especially 
prove  very  suggestive.  The  pupils  arc  asked  to 
make  all  kinds  of  observations  for  themselves,  much 
of  which  may  be  done  on  their  way  to  and  from 
school,  and  report  their  record  on  Friday,  with  anv 
inductions  which  they  may  have  been  able  to  make 
for  themselves.  The  month  of  October  is  one  of 
the  most  interesting  for  such  observations. 


Letter  Writing. 

At  least  one  period  each  week  should  be  carefully 
devoted  to  letter  writing.  Remember,  where  date 
and  heading  should  be  placed,  pay  particular  atten- 
tion to  manner  of  addressing  and  beginning  of 
letter. 

There  is  much  of  good  style  in  an  elegant  and 
correct  closing  of  a  letter,  as  also  in  the  method  of 
signature.  The  envelope,  too!  How  many  realize 
the  impression  a  stranger  forms  of  the  writer  of  a 
letter  from  the  outside  of  the  envelope?  There  is 
one  proper  place  for  a  stamp.  It  takes  no  longer 
to  place  it  straight  and  right  side  up  than  to  slap  it 
on  wherever  it  happens  to  stick.  Then  the  address : 
teach  your  pupils  that,  next  to  using  good  and  clean 
stationery,  the  writing  an  address  on  an  envelope 
in  a  way  that  will  not  make  the  receiver  ashamed 
is  important. 

You  may  easily  represent  upon  your  board  by 
chalk  outline  the  shape  of  letter  paper  and  envelope, 
and  give  a  careful  lesson  by  talk  and  drill  upon  the 
subject,  and  require  letters  embodying  the  special 
principles  taught  to  be  written  to  imaginary  per- 
sons, or  addressed  to  yourself  or  some  member  of 
the  class. 

You  will  readily  awaken  much  enthusiasm  and 
pride  in  the  subject. 

Do  what  you  can  to  improve  this  much  neglected 
part  of  common  education. 

We  suggest  below  headings  for  subjects  of  dif- 
ferent lessons  on  the  art  of  letter  writing;  one  les- 
son at  least  may  be  well  spent  on  each  point : 

1.  The  parts  of  a  letter. 

2.  The  address. 

3.  The  heading. 

4.  The  salutation. 

5.  The  body  of  a  letter. 
').     The  conclusion. 

7.  The  superscription. 

X.  Manner  of  folding. 

9.  A  business  letter. 

10.  A   letter  ordering  periodicals. 

1 1 .  Change  of  address. 

12.  ( )rdering  books. 

13.  ( (rdering  bill  of  goods. 

14.  Making  out  a  bill. 

15.  Ciive  a  receipt. 

16.  Invitation. 


17.     Regrets. 


— American  Primary  Teacher. 


108 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Strand  from  Above. 

The  sun  rose  on  a  bright  September  morning. 
A  thousand  gems  of  dew  sparkled  in  the  meadows, 
and  upon  the  breeze  floated,  in  the  wake  of  sum- 
mer, the  shining  silken  strands  of  which  no  man 
knoweth  the  whence  or  the  whither. 

One  of  them  caught  in  the  top  of  a  tree,  and  the 
skipper,  a  little  speckled  yellow  spider,  quit  his  air- 
ship to  survey  the  leafy  demesne  there.  It  was  not 
to  his  liking,  and,  with  prompt  decision,  he  spun 
a  new  strand  and  let  himself  down  straight  into  the 
hedge  below. 

There  were  twigs  and  shoots  in  plenty  there  to 
spin  a  web  in,  and  he  went  to  work  at  once,  letting 
the  strand  from  above,  by  which  he  had  come,  bear 
the  upper  corner  of  it. 

A  fine  large  web  it  was  when  finished,  and  with 
this  about  it  that  set  it  off  from  all  the  other  webs 
thereabouts,  that  it  seemed  to  stand  straight  up  m 
the  air,  without  anything  to  show  what  held  it.  It 
takes  pretty  sharp  eyes  to  make  out  a  single  strand 
of  a  spider-web,  even  a  very  little  way  off. 

The  days  went  by.  Flies  grew  scarcer,  as  the  sun 
rose  later,  and  the  spider  had  to  make  his  net  larger 
that  it  might  reach  farther  and  catch  more.  And 
here  the  strand  from  above  turned  out  a  great 
help.  With  it  to  brace  the  structure,  the  web  was 
spun  higher  and  wider,  until  it  covered  the  hedge 
all  the  way  across.  In  the  wet  October  mornings, 
when  it  hung  full  of  shimmering  rain-drops,  it  was 
like  a  veil  stitched  with  precious  pearls. 

The  spider  was  proud  of  his  work.  No  longer 
the  little  thing  that  had  come  drifting  out  of  the  vast 
with  nothing  but  its  unspun  web  in  its  pocket,  so 
to  speak,  he  was  now  a  big,  portly,  opulent  spider, 
with  the  largest  web  in  the  hedge. 
'  One  morning  he  awoke  very  much  out  of  sorts. 
There  had  been  a  frost  in  the  night,  and  daylight 
brought  no  sun.  The  sky  was  overcast ;  not  a  fly 
was  out.  All  the  long  gray  autumn  day  the  spider 
sat  hungry  and  cross  in  his  corner.  Toward  even- 
ing, to  kill  time,  he  started  on  a  tour  of  inspection, 
to  see  if  anything  needed  bracing  or  mending.  He 
pulled  at  all  the  strands;  they  were  firm  enough. 
Rut  though  he  found  nothing  wrong,  his  temper  did 
not  improve ;  he  waxed  crosser  than  ever. 

At  the  farthest  end  of  the  web  he  came  at  last 
to  a  strand  that  all  at  once  seemed  strange  to  him. 
All  the  rest  went  this  way  or  that — the  spider  knew 
every  stick  and  knob  they  were  made  fast  to,  every 
one.  But  this  preposterous  strand  went  nowhere — 
that  is  to  say.  went  straight  up  in  the  air  and  was 


lost.  He  stood  up  on  his  hind  legs  and  stared  with 
all  his  eyes,  but  he  could  not  make  it  out.  To  look 
at,  the  strand  went  right  up  into  the  clouds,  which 
was  nonsense. 

The  longer  he  sat  and  glared  to  no  purpose,  the 
angrier  the  spider  grew.  He  had  quite  forgotten 
how  on  a  bright  September  morning  he  himself  had 
come  down  this  same  strand.  And  he  had  forgot- 
ten how,  in  the  building  of  the  web  and  afterward 
when  it  had  to  be  enlarged,  it  was  just  this  strand 
he  had  depended  upon.  He  saw  only  that  here  was 
a  useless  strand,  a  fool  strand,  that  went  nowhere 
in  sense  or  reason,  only  up  in  the  air  where  solid 
spiders  had  no  concern 

"  Away  with  it !  "  and  with  one  vicious  snap  of 
his  angry  jaws  he  bit  the  strand  in  two. 

That  instant  the  web  collapsed,  the  whole  proud 
and  prosperous  structure  fell  in  a  heap,  and  when 
the  spider  came  to  he  lay  sprawling  in  the  hedge 
wth  the  web  all  about  his  head  like  a  wet  rag.  In 
one  brief  moment  he  had  wrecked  it  all — because  he 
did  not  understand  the  use  of  the  strand  from  above. 
— The  Outlook.  Translated  from  the  Danish  hy 
Jacob  A.  Riis. 

Teachers  in  Session. 

Kings  County,  N.  B.,  Institute. 

The  Kings  County  Teachers'  Institute  met  at  the 
Macdonald  consolidated  school,  Kingston,  on  Thurs 
day  and  Friday,  September  7th  and  8th.  The 
natural  beauties'of  the  village  and  its  surroundings 
and  the  attractions  of  the  school  served  to  draw  a 
large  number  of  teachers  together.  The  arrival  of 
Sir  William  Macdonald  and  Professor  James  W. 
Robertson  at  the  close  of  the  first  afternoon's  pro- 
ceedings, although  somewhat  in  the  nature  of  a 
surprise,  was  none  the  less  welcome,  and  gave  an 
additional  interest  to  the  proceedings.  Both  gentle- 
men examined  the  school  grounds,  buildings,  and 
the  pleasant  class-rooms  with  the  closest  attention, 
and  in  the  evening  gave  addresses  at  the  public 
meeting,  where  a  fine  programme  of  music,  recita- 
tions and  speeches  was  carried  out. 

At  the  opening  of  the  institute  on  Thursday  morn- 
ing. Principal  D.  W.  Hamilton,  president  of  the 
institute,  gave  an  outline  of  the  advantages  to  be 
derived  from  consolidation,  and  especially  referred 
to  the  Kingston  experiment.  Inspector  Steeves. 
Trustee  Isaac  Saunders  and  Dr.  John  Brittain  fol- 
lowed in  short  addresses.  In  the  afternoon  a  visit 
was  paid  to  the  school  garden,  where  Principal 
Hamilton  gave  some  idea  of  the  methods  follow-ed. 
Then  came  an  excellent  paper  on  School  Gardens, 
by  Arthur  Flovd.  of  Norton,  and  the  discussion  on 
the  paper  was  led  by  Miss  W.  A.  Toole.  A  nature 
study  excursion  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  Brit- 
tain followed,  and  was  greatly  enjoyed  by  the  teach- 
ers present. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


109 


Friday  morning's  session  of  the  institute  was 
spent  in  observing  the  work  of  the  different  class- 
rooms in  the  Macdonald  consolidated  school.  From 
9  to  10  the  opening  exercises  in  the  assembly  hall 
gave  the  visiting  teachers  an  opportunity  to  enjoy 
a  fine  programme.  This  was  followed  by  an  ex- 
amination of  the  work  in  the  rooms  where  the 
teachers  of  the  schools  conducted  the  usual  lessons, 
and  afforded  an  object  lesson  as  interesting  as  it  was 
instructive.  In  the  afternoon  the  members  of  the 
institute  listened  to  an  address  from  Professor 
Robertson,  followed  by  a  lesson  on  cardboard  con- 
struction by  Mr.  T.  B.  Kidner,  director  of  manual 
training,  and  a  paper  on  spelling  by  Mr.  H.  A.  Preb- 
ble,  principal  of  the  Hampton  Village  school.  The 
election  of  officers  resulted  as  follows :  Mr.  A.  E. 
Floyd,  president;  Miss  Ina  E.  Mersereau,  vice- 
president;  Mr.  W.  C.  Jonah,  secretary-treasurer. 


Kent  County,  N.  B.,  Institute. 

The  Kent  County  teachers  met  at  Rexton,  N.  L!., 
on  the  14th  and  15th  September.  Although  the 
attendance  was  smaller  than  usual,  only  about 
twenty-five  teachers  being  present,  the  meeting  was 
one  of  the  best  ever  held  in  the  county.  The  papers 
were  on  a  variety  of  school  topics.  They  were  brief 
and  to  the  point,  as  were  the  discussions  that  fol- 
lowed each.  The  public  educational  meeting  on 
Thursday  evening  was  largely  attended  and  an  ex- 
cellent programme  of  music  and  addresses  was  car- 
ried out.  On  Friday  evening  there  was  a  very  en- 
joyable social  reunion  of  the  visiting  teachers  and 
people  of  Rexton  Both  meetings  were  held  in  the 
public  hall,  which  was  attractively  decorated  for 
the  occasion.  Very  few  places  can  boast  of  a  more 
beautiful  and  commodious  public  hall  than  Rexton. 

In  the  absence  of  the  president,  Mr.  G.  A.  Coates, 
who  has  retired  from  teaching,  Inspector  Chas.  D. 
Hebert  took  the  chair  and  presided  over  the  meet- 
ings of  the  Institute.  In  his  opening  and  other  ad- 
dresses at  the  institute,  Inspector  Hebert,  who 
speaks  fluently  and  in  well  chosen  English,  referred 
to  many  desirable  improvements  in  the  schools 
whose  interests  he  has  evidently  very  much  at  heart. 
These  are, — a  remedy  for  irregularity  of  attendance, 
a  closer  sympathy  between  parents  and  teachers, 
well  kept  school  grounds,  and  attractive  decorations 
for  schoolrooms. 

Miss  Miriam  L.  Dysart  read  a  well  written 
paper  on  Reproduction  of  Stories.  Another  on 
Schoolroom  Decorations,  prepared  by  the  same 
teacher,  will  be  found  on  another  page.  Miss 
Dysart  speaks  on  what  she  practises,  for,  said 
the  inspector,  her  schoolroom  has  the  neatness  and 
attractiveness  of  the  most  cozy  home.  Mr.  J.  A. 
Edmunds,  vice-principal  of  the  grammar  school, 
Richibucto,  gave  an  expert  talk  on  elementary 
arithmetic.  Mr.  G.  Douglas  Steele,  vice-principal  of 
the  grammar  school,  read  an  excellent  paper  on  the 
Importance  of  Reading,  which  he  characterized  .is 
the  most  important  subject  of  the  school.  The 
greatest  care  should  be  taken  to  secure  proper  ex- 


pression and  a  clear  understanding  of  what  is  read. 
Miss  Kate  Keswick  read  a  paper  on  the  Relation 
of  Teacher  and  Pupil,  strongly  urging  greater 
sympathy  and  courtesy.  Mr.  H.  H.  Stewart,  secre- 
tary of  the  New  Brunswick  Teachers'  Association, 
spoke  on  Professional  Etiquette,  referring  to  the 
failure  of  some  teachers  in  courtesy  to  trustees  and 
districts,  the  unwise  practice  of  some  who  belittle 
their  predecessors'  work,  and  condemning  the  fre- 
quent practice  of  under-bidding  other  teachers  in 
order  to  secure  schools  near  home.  The  New 
Brunswick  Teachers'  Association,  numbering  last 
June  about  400  dues-paying  members,  had  been 
instrumental  in  decreasing  under-bidding,  and  in 
many  places  of  raising  salaries.  A  second  paper 
prepared  by  Mr.  Stewart  was  read  later — the  Edu- 
cative Value  of  History. 

At  Friday  morning's  session  Mr.  A.  E.  Pearson 
read  a  paper  on  the  Care  of  School  Grounds.  This, 
with  the  discussion  that  followed,  was  one  of  the 
most  valuable  presented  to  the  institute  in  the  prac- 
tical hints  brought  out  on  tree-planting  and  orna- 
mentation of  grounds.  In  the  afternoon  Dr.  Hay 
gave  a  model  lesson  on  plants  collected  within  a 
few  paces  of  the  schoolroom,  followed  by  an  excur- 
sion illustrative  of  the  lesson. 

The  institute  will  be  held  next  year  at  Harcourt. 
The  following  officers  were  elected  :  President,  In- 
spector Hebert ;  Vice-president,  Kate  Keswick ; 
Secretary,  A.  E.  Pearson ;  additional  members  of 
the  Executive,  Minnie  Buckley  and  H.  H.  Stuart. 

York  County  Teachers'  Institute. 

The  York  County,  N.  B.,  Teachers'  Institute  met 
at  Fredericton  on  Thursday  and  Friday,  September 
2 1  st  and  22nd,  in  the  assembly  hall  of  the  high 
school  building.  A  large  number  of  the  teachers 
of  Queens  and  Sunbury  Counties  joined  the  insti- 
tute, the  total  number  enrolled  being  over  150.  The 
low  fares  on  railway  and  steamboat,  and  the  attrac- 
tions of  the  beautiful  city  of  Fredericton,  which  had 
drawn  a  large  number  of  other  visitors  to  the  Ex- 
hibition, was  an  opportunity  of  which  many  teach- 
ers availed  themselves.  The  addresses  at  the  open- 
ing were  encouraging  and  stimulating.  President 
F.  A.  Good  thought  teachers  should  have  noble 
ideals,  and  endeavour  to  the  utmost  to  attain  to 
them.  Chief  Superintendent  Dr.  Inch  encouraged 
teachers  to  work  for  the  best  results ;  not  to  talk 
too  much  about  salaries,  but  to  let  their  work  appeal 
to  the  ratepayers,  whose  means  supported  the  school. 
Inspector  Bridges  followed  up  this  thought  by  urg- 
ing teachers  to  invite  ratepayers  to  the  school  to  see 
the  work  done,  and  then  to  suggest  on  this  basis 
an  increase  of  salary.  Dr.  Hay  thought  teachers 
should  have  a  friendly  competition  with  each  other 
in  making  schoolrooms  so  attractive  and  interesting 
that  scholars  would  delight  to  be  in  them.  Princi- 
pal Foster  would  like  to  give  his  opinon  of  those 
people  who  talk  merely  and  do  nothng  to  improve 
teachers'  salaries. 

'Round  table  discussions  on  nature  work,  led  by 


110 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Mr.  H.  G.  Perry  and  President  Good  called  forth 
many  useful  hints  on  the  best  way  to  utilize  material 
found  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  schoolroom.  The 
opinion  was  expressed  that  a  nature-study  course 
should  be  outlined  for  the  guidance  of  teachers. 

At  Friday's  sessions  the  addresses  and  discussions 
were  of  much  interest.  Mr.  T..B.  Kidner  illustra- 
ted, with  a  very  complete  series  of  models  and 
pupils'  work,  how  a  practical  course  in  manual 
training  could  be  carried  out  in  country  schools ; 
Miss  Agnes  Lucas  gave  an  interesting  address  on 
Ambidexterity ;  Miss  E.  L.  Thome  gave  some  pleas- 
ant impressions  of  a  visit  paid  to  the  hgh  schools 
of  Boston,  Buffalo,  Chicago  and  Toronto.  She  had 
been  pleased  with  what  she  saw,  especially  the  uni- 
form courtesy  of  the  pupils,  but  in  the  matter  of 
foundation  work  she  believed  that  New  Brunswick 
schools  were  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  any  that  she 
saw.  We  have  much  to  attain  to,  however,  in  the 
branches  of  music,  drawing  and  physical  culture. 
Professor  W.  C.  Murray,  of  DalhousieCollege,  gave 
a  very  clear  and  interesting  address  on  Psychology, 
in  which  he  outlined  numerous  points  that  may 
guide  the  teacher  in  training  the  child.  The  new 
psychology  that  has  arisen  is  that  which  studies  the 
child,  as  a  botanist  would  study  the  growth  of  a 
bean. 

The  following  are  the  officers  of  the  institute  for 
the  current  year :  C.  D.  Richards,  B.  A.,  president ; 
Miss  Sadie  Thompson,  vice-president;  Miss  E.  L. 
Thome,  secretary-treasurer;  B.  C.  Foster,  H.  G. 
Perry  and  Clarence  Sanson  as  additional  members 
of  executive. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 


The  2 1 st  of  October  is  the  one  hundredth  anni- 
versary of  the  battle  of  Trafalgar.  The  proposal 
to  celebrate  the  day  throughout  the  British  Empire 
is  opposed  by  some  on  the  ground  that  Lord  Nel- 
son's private  life  was  not  commendable;  and  by 
others,  for  the  more  convincing  reason,  that  the  good 
understanding  existing  between  the  French  and 
British  peoples  should  not  be  disturbed  by  our  ill- 
timed  rejoicings  over  the  event. 

The  British  government  will  establish  a  vast  naval 
depot  at  Singapore,  making  it  the  centre  of  British 
naval  power  in  the  Far  East. 

The  Germans  have  won  a  victory  over  the  rebel- 
lious natives  in  German  Southwest  Africa. 

The  bridge  over  the  Zambesi  River  at  Victoria 
Falls  was  formally  opened  on  September  12th.  It 
crosses  the  gorge  below  the  falls,  at  a  height  of  four 
hundred  and  twenty  feet  above  the  water ;  and  is 
the  highest  bridge  in  the  world. 

The  flagship  of  the  Japanese  admiral  accidentally 
took  fire  and  sank  in  the  harbor  of  Sasebo,  and  hund- 
reds of  men  were  lost.  An  effort  will  be  made  to 
raise  the  ship.  Admiral  Togo  was  not  on  board 
at  the  time  of  the  disaster. 


By  a  series  of  earthquakes  in  Calabria,  Italy, 
more  than  two  hundred  towns  have  been  damaged, 
and  about  six  hundred  lives  lost. 

The  conclusion  of  peace  with  Russia  has  given 
great  dissatisfaction  in  Japan,  and  serious  riots  have 
resulted  in  some  of  the  larger  cities. 

The  first  Buddhist  temple  in  America,  or,  at  least, 
the  first  within  historic  times,  will  shortly  be  erect- 
ed at  Los  Angeles,  Cal.  There  are  some  rather 
incredible  stories  of  Buddhist  missionaries  on  the 
Pacific  coast  of  America  before  the  days  of  Colum- 
bus. 

Astronomers  who  went  to  Labrador  to  observe 
the  recent  eclipse  of  the  sun  were  disappointed,  as 
the  weather  was  unfavorable.  In  Egypt,  however, 
the  observations  were  successful;  and  one  result 
is  said  to  be  the  discovery  of  a  new  planet  between 
Mercury  and  the  sun. 

A  special  agent  of  the  Canadian  government  has 
prevailed  upon  the  government  of  Uruguay  to  re- 
lease the  Canadian  sealing  vessel  and  her  captain, 
so  long  held  on  a  charge  of  poaching  in  Uruguayan 
waters. 

Quickly  following  the  close  of  the  war,  the  Czar 
has  decided  to  call  another  peace  conference  to 
meet  at  the  Hague.  The  time  and  scope  of  the  con- 
ference have  not  yet  been  announced.  Lord  Salis- 
bury's dream  of  a  European  federation,  and  Tenny- 
son's parliament  of  man,  would  seem  to  be  nearer 
realization  if  the  nations  would  cease  preparing  for 
war  while  they  are  talking  of  peace. 

The  French  war  department  is  experimenting 
with  a  machine  gun  to  fire  three  hundred  bullets  :n 
less  than  a  second. 

A  state  of  war  exists  in  Southern  Russia,  where 
the  Tartars  are  in  arms  against  the  Armenians. 
The  Armenians  have  the  lead  in  the  commerce  and 
industries  of  the  Caucasus  region,  and  the  Tartars 
are  bent  upon  their  extermination.  The  great  oil 
works  at  Baku  have  been  destroyed.  The  region 
is  under  martial  law,  but  the  military  are  unable  to 
control  the  situation.  Latest  advices  say  that  a 
truce  has  been  arranged  between  the  warring  par- 
ties, to  take  effect  October  14th ;  and  that  a  confer- 
ence of  representative  Armenians  and  Tartars,  held 
under  the  presidency  of  Prince  Louis  Napoleon, 
governor-general  of  the  Caucasus,  has  decided  to 
summon  a  general  congress  representing  the  in- 
habitants of  the  Caucasus,  for  the  purpose  of  dis- 
cussing the  causes  of  the  enmity. 

Negotiations  for  the  separation  of  Sweden  and 
Norway  are  still  proceeding,  and  will  probably  end 
in  a  peaceful  dissolution  of  the  union. 

A  reduction  in  the  force  of  the  Northwest  Mount- 
ed Police  will  follow  the  creation  of  the  new  pro- 
vinces of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan. 

The  territory  of  Keewatin  has  been  taken  from 
the  control  of  the  governor  of  Manitoba,  and  at- 
tached to  the  Northwest  Territories. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Ill 


The  proposal  to  build  an  Australian  Transcon- 
tinental railway  has  been  thrown  out  by  the  federal 
government. 

Hard  times  in  South  Africa  has  had  an  effect 
upon  polygamy  among  the  Zulus.  The  richest  and 
most  powerful  chiefs  now  seldom  have  more  than 
fifty  wives,  and  the  ordinary  natives  are  content 
with  one.  Money  that  formerly  went  to  the  pur- 
chase of  wives  is  now  said  to  be  devoted  to  buying 
cows. 

Dr.  Barnardo,  who  died  in  London  on  the  20th 
ult.,  is  said  to  have  rescued  over  fifty  thousand 
orphan  children  and  trained  them  for  useful  lives. 
He  was  born  in  Ireland  in  1845. 

By  the  new  treaty  with  Japan,  the  full  particulars 
of  which  have  not  yet  been  disclosed,  Great  Britain 
secures  the  aid  of  Japan  in  case  of  any  attack  upon 
British  India. 

The  French  expedition  to  Greenland  under  the 
Duke  of  Orleans  has  discovered  unknown  land. 

The  arms  of  Prince  Edward  Island  have  been 
officially  sanctioned  as  follows :  Argent,  on  an  island, 
vert,  to  the  sinister  an  oak  tree,  fructed,  to  the 
dexter  thereof  three  oak  saplings,  sprouting,  all 
proper;  on  a  chief,  gules,  a  lion  passant  guardant, 
or.  This  is,  in  common  parlance,  on  a  silver  ground 
a  representation  of  an  island  with  the  three  small 
trees  under  the  great  one,  familiar  on  the  old  coin- 
age of  Prince  Edward  Island;  and  across  the  top 
of  the  shield  the  same  golden  lion  on  a  red  back- 
ground that  is  seen  in  the  arms  of  New  Brunswick. 
By  doing  away  with  the  motto,  "  Parva  sub  ingcnti," 
which  was  quite  in  place  on  the  seal  of  the  province, 
but  not  in  a  coat  of  arms,  and  by  adding  the  touch 
of  color  in  the  red  chief  with  its  gold  lion,  it  makes 
a  pretty  combination;  and  it  effectually  disposes  of 
the  impossible  arrangement  of  oak  and  maple  leaves 
with  which  some  Ontario  publishers  had  endowed 
the  Gulf  Province.  ' 

It  is  estimated  that  the  Canadian  wheat  crop  this 
year  will  aggregate  one  hundred  million  bushels. 

Thursday,  October  26th,  is  appointed  as  Thanks- 
giving Day. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

Mr.  S.  R.  Maclnnis  is  the  principal  of  the  Berwick,  N. 
S.,  schools  this  year,  with  Miss  V.  M.  Batten  and  Mrs.  J. 
W.  Margeson  as  associates. 

Mr.  R.  B.  Masterton,  A.  B.,  has  been  chosen  principal 
of  the  Port  Elgin,  N.  B.,  superior  school.  Mr.  Masterton 
is  an  experienced  and  capable  teacher,  and  the  prospects 
of  the  school  are  excellent   for  the   coming  year. 

The  New  Glasgow,  N.  S.,  high  school,  of  which  Mr.  John 
T.  McLeod  is  principal,  has  made  several  changes  in  its  staff 
of  teachers  for  the  present  term.  Mr.  W.  C.  Stapleton, 
of  Halifax,  is  the  vice-principal.  Miss  Redmond,  of  Pug- 
wash,  the  teacher  of  domestic  science,  and  Mr.  Douglas 
Patterson  of  Truro,  the  head  of  the  manual  training  de- 
partment. 


A  new  department  of  domestic  science  has  been  opened 
in  the  Sydney,  N.  S.,  schools.  Miss  McCallum  has  been 
engaged  as  teacher. 

Mr.  J.  Keith  has  been  chosen  principal  of  the  Benton, 
N.  B.,  superior  school,  with  Miss  Inez  Day  as  teacher  of 
the  primary  department. 

The  Acacia  Villa  school,  Hortonville,  N.  S.,  has  re-open- 
ed for  the  current  year  with  larger  numbers  and  brighter 
prospects  than  ever  under  the  charge  of  the  experienced 
veteran  teacher,  Mr.  A.  McN.  Patterson. 

Miss  Mabel  V.  Elliott,  who  went  from  Newcastle,  N. 
B.,  with  the  corps  of  teachers  to  South  Africa  three  years 
ago,  was  recently  married  at  Durban  to  Mr.  Chas.  J. 
Stewart,  of  London.  The  happy  couple,  to  whom  the 
Review  extends  its  best  wishes,  will  reside  at  Umzumbi, 
Natal. 

Miss  A.  Laura  Peck,  B.  A.,  of  Wolfville,  N.  S.,  for  several 
years  teacher  in  the  schools  of  New  Brunswick,  will  leave 
shortly  for  India  as  a  missionary. 

The  Provincial  normal  school  of  New  Brunswick  opened 
at  Fredericton,  September  6th,  with  the  largest  enrolment 
in  its  history — 260  students,  of  whom  twenty-three  are  in 
the  French  department. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Hill,  of  Hampton,  has  accepted  the  principal- 
ship  of  the  McAdam,  N.  B.,  superior  school. 

Mr.  F.  R.  Branscombe,  of  Cornhill,  has  taken  charge  of 
the  advanced  department  of  the  Hopewell  Cape,  N.  B., 
superior  school. 

Principal  R.  W.  Ford  continues  his  effiicient  management 
of  the  Wolfville,  N.  S.,  public  school  with  the  following 
named  staff  of  associate  teachers :  Miss  Ella  McLean,  Miss 
Gertrude  Mcintosh,  Mrs.  Prudence  Parker,  Miss  Elizabeth 
Elderkin,  and  Miss  Maie  I.  Messenger.  The  latter  takes 
the  place  of  Miss  Hamilton,  absent  on  leave. 

Miss  Edith  A.  R.  Davis,  A.  B.,  of  Fredericton,  who 
taught  last  year  in  Albert  County,  has  gone  to  Chicago 
University  to  take  a  post-graduate  course  in  classics. 

The  teachers  of  Glace  Bay,  N.  S.,  at  a  recent  meeting, 
deemed  to  re-organize  their  local  institute  and  hold  meet- 
ings quarterly  in  future.  Principal  D.  M.  Matheson  is  the 
president. 

Mr.  Harry  Burns,  B.  A.,  has  been  appointed  principal 
of  the  Dorchester,  N.  B.,  superior  school,  with  a  capable 
staff  of  associate  teachers,  of  whom  Mr.  Edward  A.  Lynch, 
B.  A.,  has  charge  of  grades  seven  and  eight. 

Miss  Blanche  Moser,  of  Parrsboro,  has  been  appointed 
to  a  position  on  the  Sydney  Mines,  N.  S.,  schools. 

Miss  Laura  Creelman,  of  Truro,  is  on  the  staff  of  the 
Port  Hawkesbury,   N.   S.,  schools  this  term. 

Messrs.  Clement  Kelly,  B.  A.,  W.  R.  Shanklin  and 
Fletcher  Peacock,  of  New  Brunswick,  have  gone  to  Guelph, 
Ont.,  to  take  a  three  months'  course  in  nature  study,  pro- 
vided for  by  the  N.  B.    Department  of  Education. 

Miss  Gladys  Strople  has  charge  of  the  school  at  Glas- 
burn,  Antigonish  County,  this  term. 

That  is  the  proper  spirit ;  and  we  hope  it  is  a  spirit  that 
will  take  possession  of  rate-payers  and  schools  elsewhere. 

Principal  Oulton,  of  Amherst,  has  taken  charge  of  the 
Lower  Stewiacke,  N.  S.,  school  for  the  present  term. 


112 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


"The  Upper  Sackville  school  has  begun  work  with  Baxter 
Barnes  again  as  teacher.  The  district  voted  $300  for  re- 
pairs on  school  house,  fence  and  grounds..  The  inside  of 
the  building  has  been  thoroughly  remodeled,  enlarged  and 
painted  inside  and  out.  New  seats  have  been  purchased 
and  a  room  provided  for  the  children  to  wash.  A  new 
fence  has  been  erected.  The  contract  has  been  given  for 
levelling  the  lawn,  which  will  be  done  soon.  The  rate- 
payers are  unanimous  in  the  determination  to  make  this 
one  of  the  best  schools  in  New  Brunswick." — Sackville  Post. 

Mr.  G.  E.  F.  Sherwood,  A.  B.,  recently  of  the  Bloomfield, 
Kings  County,  superior  school,  has  been  appointed  principal 
of  the  grammar  school,  St.  Andrews,  N.  B. 

Mr.  W.  J.  Shields  continues  as  principal  of  the  Hants- 
port,  N.  S.,  schools,  a  position  he  has  held  with  distinction 
for  several  years.  With  him  are  associated  Miss  Sadie  E. 
Shaw,  Miss  Bowlby,  Miss  MacCully  and  Miss  Miller. 

Mr.  M.  D.  Davidson  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
North  Sydney  schools,  N.  S.,  with  Mr.  W.  E.  Haverstock 
as  vice-principal. 

The  Sussex,  N.  B.,  school  trustees  have  decided  on  a 
well  chosen  site  for  a  new  school  building,  which  will  be 
commenced  in  a  short  time. 

Mr.  H.  A.  Prebble  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
Hampton  Village,  N.  B.,  school,  in  place  of  Mr.  Weldon 
U.  Pickel,  who  has  gone  to  the  Northwest.  Miss  Frances 
Prichard,  of  the  Hampton  Station  school,  has  resigned  to 
take  a  year's  course  in  nature  study  at  Guelph,  Ontario. 
She  is  succeeded  by  Miss  A.  Beatrice  Hoskin. 

The  Westmorland  County,  N.  B.,  Teachers'  Institute 
meets  at  Dorchester  on  the  5th  and  6th  October.  A  full 
programme  will  be  found  on  another  page. 

Dalhousie  College,  Halifax,  has  established  a  central 
evening  school  at  Stellarton,  N.  S.,  for  the  instruction  of 
classes   in  mining  and  engineering. 

Netherwood,  the  Rothesay,  N.  B.,  School  for  Girls,  has 
opened  with  the  largest  number  of  resident  students  in  its 
history. 

Mr.  Joseph  Howe,  who  has  been  a  prominent  figure  in 
Acadia  College  athletics,  has  been  appointed  teacher  in 
Horton  Academy,  Wolfville. 

The  idea  of  central  schools  is  growing  in  New  Bruns- 
wick. The  rate-payers  of  Hampton  and  Hampton  Village 
recently  voted  for  consolidation ;  seven  districts  of  the 
parish  of  Springfield  have  united  to  form  a  school  at  Belle- 
isle  Creek ;  two  districts  in  Dorchester  parish  have  united ; 
and  the  new  consolidated  school  at  Riverside  has  opened 
with  over  200  children  in  attendance,  who,  with  the  parents 
and  teachers,  are  delighted  with  the  new  educational  con- 
ditions. 

Principal  Barker,  of  Fredericton,  has  taken  charge  of 
the  St.  Martins,  N.  B.,  superior  school. 

Mr.  A.  B.  Connell,  secretary  of  the  Woodstock,  N.  B., 
school  trustees,  has  resigned,  leaving  a  record  of  valuable 
services   extending   over  nearly  a  generation. 

The  Charlotte  County  teachers  will  meet  with  the  St. 
John  teachers  on  the  12th  and  13th,  r.s  will  be  seen  by 
advertisement  on  another  page.  Both  railways  offer  re- 
duced rates. 


Rev.  C.  Brockwell,  curate  of  Cheshunt,  Eng.,  has  been 
elected  to  the  new  chair  of  divinity  at  King's  College, 
Windsor,  N.  S.  He  will  take  part  of  the  work  that  has 
been  done  by  Professor  Vrootm. 

The  new  session  of  the  institution  for  the  Deaf  and 
Dumb  at  Halifax  has  begun,  and  Principal  Fearon  would 
be  grateful  for  information  regarding  deaf  children  of  six 
years  or  over,  who  have  not  yet  come  under  instruction. 
This  school  is  empowered  by  acts  of  parliament  to  admit 
pupils  from  all  parts  of  the  Maritime  Provinces,  also  from 
Newfoundland. 

Mr.  F.  S.  Small  has  resumed  the  principalship  of  the 
Apohaqui,  N.  B.,  superior  school,  with  Miss  W.  A.  Toole 
as  associate  teacher.  Miss  Toole  has  recently  taken  a 
course  in  nature  study  at  Guelph,  Ont.,  and  an  advanced 
course  at  the  N.  B.  normal  school. 

Miss  Kathleen  Cockrell,  of  the  high  school,  Victoria, 
B.  C,  is  an  exceptionally  brilliant  student,  as  the  following 
record  will  show :  Last  year  she  stood  at  the  head  of  all 
the  candidates  in  British  Columbia.  This  year,  in  the 
wider  field,  where  she  had  the  entire  Dominion  to  compete 
with,  she  stood  second  on  the  list,  being  exceeded  by  one 
only,  a  young  man  who  has  been  a  student  of  Upper  Canada 
College  at  Toronto  for  some  years.  Out  of  a  possible  600 
she  made  an  aggregate  of  507,  or  an  average  of  84  in  all 
subjects.  The  young  man  who  stood  ahead  of  her  made 
an  aggregate  of  515  out  of  a  possible  600,  thus  leading  her 
by  eight  points  only.  There  were  about  280  candidates  in 
all.  Miss  Cockrell  has  just  passed  her  sixteenth  year, 
which  is  the  youngest  age  at  which  students  are  admitted 
to  McGill.  Congratulations  to  Principal  Paul  and  the 
Victoria  high  school  staff  on  the  success  of  their  clever 
pupil. 

The  prospects  at  Mt.  Allison  University,  Sackville,  are 
perhaps  more  encouraging  than  they  have  been  at  any 
previous  year  in  its  history.  At  the  Ladies'  College,  there 
are  more  students  than  at  the  opening  last  year.  The 
Academy  has  a  much  larger  attendance  than  last  year. 
The  University  residence  promises  to  be  full,  notwith- 
standing the  provision  of  thirty-six  'new  rooms  in  the 
fourth  floor  of  the  residence. 

The  P.  E.  Island  Teachers'  Association  met  at  Charlotte- 
town  on  the  27th,  28th  and  29th  September 

Sir  William  C.  Macdonald  and  Professor  James  W. 
Robertson,  after  their  visit  to  Kingston,  N.  B.,  went  to 
Middleton,  N.  S.,  to  visit  the  consolidated  school  at  that 
place.  At  a  public  meeting  on  Monday  evening,  Septem- 
ber nth,  Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay  plainly  intimated  to  the 
people  that  they  must  expect  no  assistance  from  the  gov- 
ernment, but  must  depend  on  themselves  after  the  Mac- 
donald gift  had  been  expended.  At  present  the  average 
amount  throughout  the  consolidated  district  is  about  half 
the  average  sectional  assessment  of  the  province.  Dr. 
Robertson  excelled  himself  in  his  plea  for  a  better  educa- 
tion for  the  children.  He  stated  that  if  the  consolidated 
section  would  raise  instead  of  about  forty  cents  on  the 
hundred,  as  at  present,  the  amount  of  $1.50  on  the  hund- 
red, or  equal  to  the  average  of  the  highest  county  in  the 
province,  Sir  W.  C.  Macdonald  would  stand  by  the  school 
for  three  or  five  years  longer. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


113 


The  Restigouche  County  teachers'  institute  will  meet  in 
Catnpbellton  on  the  12th  and  13th  of  October. 

The  Albert  County,  N.  B.,  teachers'  institute  will  meet 
in  the  consolidated  school  building,  Riverside,  on  the  5th 
and  6th  of  October,  and  the  Westmorland  and  Northum- 
berland Counties'  institutes  ■will  meet  on  the  same  dates. 

Fortunately  it  is  seldom  that  we  have  to  record  such  a 
vicious  and  apparently  unprovoked  assault  as  that  made 
recently  on  the  respected  principal  of  the  Sackville  high 
school,  Mr.  A.  D.  Jonah.  A  boy  was  disobedient  and  Mr. 
Jonah  punished  him  by  pulling  his  ear,  but  not  so  as  to 
cause  any  serious  injury.  The  father  assaulted  the  teacher 
on  the  public  street,  striking  him  violently  in  the  face 
several  times,  for  which  he  was  fined  $20  or  two  months  in 
jail.  This  is  considered  a  light  punishment  for  a  serious 
and  brutal  offence. 

Arrangements  are  being  completed  for  the  consolidation 
of  Hampton  Village  and  Hampton  with  a  few  of  the  out- 
lying districts  in  one  central  school. 

A  party  of  eight  teachers  from  Nova  Scotia  left  Truro 
last  Thursday  for  Guelph,  Ont.,  to  take  the  full  course  in 
nature  study  at  the  Ontario  College  of  Agriculture.  The 
party  consisted  mainly  of  young  ladies. 

Dalhousie  University  opened  on  the  13th  September  with 
a  large  number  of  students  in  excess  of  last  year's  regis- 
tration. The  following  are  winners  of  bursaries :  Miss 
Thompson,  of  the  Halifax  county  academy,  first  scholar- 
ship, for  first-class  distinction,  junior  matriculation;  J. 
Congdon  Crowe,  Truro  (Colchester  county  academy), 
second  scholarship,  for  second-class  distinction. 

Professor  Harold  Geoghegan,  of  Trinity  College,  Dublin, 
has  been  appointed  to  the  chair  of  English  literature  and 
modern  languages  at  the  University  of  New  Brunswick. 
He  has  a  fine  record  as  a  scholar  and  experienced  teacher, 
and  comes  to  his  new  position  with  very  high  testimonials. 
Lectures  begin  at  the  University  on  the  2nd  of  October, 
and  the  formal  opening  took  place  September  28th. 

Miss  Katharine  Wisdom,  of  St.  John,  a  distinguished 
graduate  of  McGill  University,  and  recently  a  teacher  in 
the  Ottawa  Ladies'  College,  has  been  appointed  to  a  posi- 
tion on  the  teaching  staff  of  Trafalgar  Institute,  Montreal. 

The  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  St.  Francis 
Xavder  College  was  celebrated  at  Antigonish,  N.  S.,  dur- 
ing the  first  week  of  September.  Delegates  from  sister 
colleges  throughout  Eastern  Canada,  and  many  former 
graduates  and  distinguished  visitors,  graced  the  occasion. 
There  was  a  feeling  of  just  pride  in  what  the  college  has 
accomplished  in  its  fifty  years  of  endeavour,  and  hope  for 
a  still  higher  attainment  in  the  future.  A  notable  figure 
in  the  celebration  was  the  venerable  Bishop  Cameron,  now 
nearing  four  score  years.  He  has  been  with  the  college 
from  its  beginning,  and  is  now  chairman  of  the  board  of 
governors.  Among  the  honorary  degrees  conferred  were 
the  following :  LL.  D.  on  A.  H.  MacKay,  Superintendent 
of  Education  for  Nova  Scotia ;  Rev.  Dr.  Forrest,  president 
of  Dalhousie  College ;  Mr.  David  Soloan,  principal  of  N. 
S.  Normal  School;  Mr.  Samuel  N.  Robertson,  principal  of 
Prince  of  Wales  College  Charlottetown;  Dr.  E.  M.  Kier- 
stead,  late  of  Acadia  College ;  Dr.  Falconer,  principal  of 
Pine  Hill  College,  Halifax. 


RECENT    BOOKS. 

Maid  Margaret  of  Galloway.    By  S.  R.  Crockett.    Cloth. 
Illustrated.     Pages  417.     The   Copp,   Clark   Company, 
Toronto. 
This   book    takes    the  reader  back  to  the   times  of  the 
Douglases    and   early    Stewarts   in    Scotland,   the    days    of 
border   feuds,   when   great  personal  strength  and  prowess, 
skill   in  archery  and  the  broadsword  won  the  victory    on 
many    hard-fought    fields.    The    narrative    carries    the    in- 
terested reader  through  exciting  scenes  and  bright  descrip- 
tions of  Scottish  scenery.     Lack  of  judgment  is  shown  in 
prolonging  the  story  after  it  is  finished.     The  story  really 
ends  with  the  capture  of  the  castle  of  Thrieve — the  final 
stronghold  of  the  Douglases. 

In  Blackie's  English  School  Texts  we  have  received  Sir 
Walter  Raleigh's  "  Discovery  of  Guiana "  and  Swift's 
"  Qulliver's  TJravels,"  each  with  introduction,  carefully 
edited  text,  good  print,  and  bound  in  cloth  covers.  Price 
8d.   each.     Blackie  &   Son,  London. 

In    "  Blackie's    Little    French    Classics "   series    we   have 
Voltaire's  pretty  story,  "  Le  Blanc  et  Le  Noir,"    with    an 
introduction  containing  a  brief  sketch  of  the  author  and 
his  times.     Price  4d.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
Mih'.on's  Paradise  Lost.     Book  V.    Edited  with  introduc- 
tion,   notes   and    appendices.      By    Albert    E.    Roberts, 
M.  A.     Cloth.     Pages  84.     Price    is.     Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 
A  convenient  pocket  text-book,  with  a  helpful  series  of 
notes,   and   appendices   showing  the   structure  of   Milton's 
verse. 

Tales   from   Spenser.     School  Edition,  with  introduction, 
notes,  glossary.     Linen.     Pages   167.   Price  is.       Mac- 
millan  &  Co.,  London. 
The  book  contains  such  deserving-to-be-known  stories  as 
Una   and    the   Lion,   Una   and   The    Prince,   Una   and   the 
Dragon,  Britomart  and  The  Mirror,  How  Britomart  Found 
Artegal,  and  others,  told  in  modern  English  prose. 
L'Anniversaire    de    Blanche.         By    Clemence    Sannois. 
Cloth.     Illustrated.     Price  is.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
A  series  of  bright  little  juvenile  scenes  cast  in  a  story 
in  which  the  author  has  conceived  the  happy  idea  of  build- 
ing  up  a   working  vocabulary  of  everyday  French  around 
the  make-believe  operations  of  "playing  at  house." 
La    Premiere  Annee  de   Francais.     By   T.   B.   Kirkmm, 
B.  A.   (Oxon.)     Cloth.     Illustrated.     Pages  200.     Price 
2s.     Adam  and  Charles  Black,   Soho   Square,  London, 
W. 
This  is  an  introductory  French  reader  on  a  plan  as  novel 
as   it    is   interesting.     The    text   describes,   in    the   form    of 
dialogue,   narrative    and   verse,   a   day  passed   by   an    Eng- 
lish boy  in  a  French   family  at   Paris,  a  choice  of  subjects 
which  puts   the   vocabulary   to  be   taught   in  a   thoroughly 
French    setting.     It    is   divided    into   three   parts;    the   pre- 
miere   partie,  which   describes   the  morning  at   home,  les- 
sors, meals,  etc.;  the  deuxieme  partie,  describing  an  after- 
noon   spent    in    Paris,    sight-seeing,    shopping,    playing,   all 
illustrated   from  photographs ;   troisicme  partie,  an  evening 
at   home,   stories   and    songs.     Ten   preliminary   lessons   on 
classroom   terms  precede  the   use  of  the  text,   which,   with 
"  Lesson   Notes,''  exercises,  vocabulary,  make  up  an  excel- 
lent introduction  to  the  study  of  French. 


114 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND  SCHOOL 
VSUPPLIESV 


Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 
:z=^==  Asking    ==^=^= 


We  now   have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

===========  HOWARD  VINCENT  ========== 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   S£eSfttW 

THE  STEINBERCER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 


An  Introduction  to  Algebra.     By  R.  C.  Bridgett,  M.  A. 

Cloth.       Pages    95.       Price    is.       A    Text-Book    of 

Algebra.     By   A.   E.   Layng,   M.  A.     Part   I.       Cloth. 

Pages  176.  Price  23.  6d.  Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
These  two  volumes  furnish  a  suitable  introduction  to 
Algebra,  approaching  the  subject  through  arithmetic,  and 
gradually  leading  from  problems  interesting  to  the  begin- 
ner to  the  algebraical  treatment  of  questions  connected 
with  mensuration  and  geometry. 
French  Lesson  Notes.    By  F.  B.  Kirkman,  B.  A.  (Oxon.) 

Cloth.     Pages  96.     Price   is.  6d.     Adam  and   Charles 

Black,  Soho  Square,  London,  W. 
This  is  an  attractively  printed  little  book  on  excellent 
paper,  designed  to  accompany  the  French  readers  by  the 
same  author  and  publishers.  Its  merit  is  in  the  natural 
and  interesting  way  it  leads  teachers  and  children  to 
"  talk  "  French  in  the  classroom. 

The  first  of  a  series  of  eight  supplementary  readers  con- 
taining approved  selections  for  reading  and  memorizing 
has  been  received  from  Hinds,  Noble  &  Eldredge,  publish- 
ers, New  York.  The  selections  are  good,  and  the  volume 
is  only  25  cents. 


OFFICIAL  NOTICE. 


RECENT  MAGAZINES. 

The  October  number  of  the  Delineator  is  excellent  in  its 
literary  and  household  features.  Of  widespread  interest 
to  parents,  teachers  and  all  who  lead  or  follow  in  educa- 
tional lines  is  an  exceptional  article,  Education  for  Life 
through  Living,  by  William  H.  Maxwell,  superintendent 
of  New  York  City  schools;  N.  Hudson  Moore  writes  in- 
terestingly  of  old  desks  and  secretaries,  giving  the  hall- 
marks that  enable  the  amateur  to  place  them  correctly; 
Allan  Sutherland  tells  the  history  of  Onward,  Christian 
Soldiers,  a  hymn  that  is  the  inspiration  of  the  young; 
Clifton  Johnson  takes  the  reader  across  the  wild  coast  of 
Devon  into  the  wilder  country  that  was  Loma  Doone's. 

There  are  several  interesting  educational  and  literary 
articles  in  the  weekly  issues  of  Littell's  Living  Age  from 
the  9th  to  the  23rd  September:  Japanese  Education,  by 
Baron  Suyematsu ;  Landscape  and  Poetry,  from  the  Lon- 
don Times;  the  Serpent  in  Literature,  t>y  W.  H.  Hudson ; 
A  Classical  Education,  by  Arthur  C.  Benson;  The  Child 
and  Religion, — Scientific  Method  in  Religious  Training,  by 
Professor  James  Sully. 


New  Brunswick  Board  of  Education. 


Manual  Training  Courses. 

Training  courses  for  teachers  desirous  of  qualifying  as 
licensed  Manual  Training  instructors  will  be  held  at  the 
Provincial  Normal  School  during  the  session  of  1905-6  as 
follows : 

Short  course. — September  18  to  December  22,   1905. 

Full  course. — January  8  to  June  29,  1906. 

The  short  course  is  intended  to  qualify  teachers  for  the 
license  to  teach  Manual  Training  in  rural  schools.  Can- 
didates for  admission  must  hold  at  least  a  second  class 
Provincial  license,  and  be  prepared  to  furnish  evidence  of 
their  teaching  ability. 

The  full  course  is  intended  to  qualify  teachers  for  the 
license  to  teach  Manual  Training  in  town  schools.  Can- 
didates for  admission  should  hold  a  first  class  license,  but 
teachers  holding  a  second  class  license,  and  having  a  good 
•teaching  record,  may  be  admitted  on  their  merits. 

In  each  course,  students  showing  little  aptitude  for  -he 
work  will  be  advised  to  discontinue  at  the  end  of  one 
month  from  the  date  of  entrance. 

Tuition  is  free,  and  the  usual  travelling  allowance  made 
to  Normal  students  will  be  given  to  teachers  who  complete 
their  course  and  proceed  to  the  teaching  of  the  subject 
in  the  Public  Schools  of  the  Province. 

Household  Science. 

No  provision  exists  at  present  in  the  Normal  School 
for  the  training  of  Household  Science  teachers,  but  certain 
institutions  have  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Education 
as  training  places  for  New  Brunswick  teachers  desiring  ro 
qualify  as  licensed  teachers  of  the  subject. 

Full  particulars  of  the  several  courses  outlined  above 
may  be   obtained   from   the  Director   of   Manual  Training, 

T.  B.  Kidner, 

Fredericton,  N.  B. 

Approved : 

J.  R.  INCH, 

Chief  Superintendent. 


THIRTY-TWO      PAGES. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Publishkd  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  NOVEMBER,   1905. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


U.   HAY, 
Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


McKAY, 

Editor  for  Novr  Scotia. 


TUK    EDUCATIONAL    HKVIKW. 
Offlce,  31  Leinster  Street,    St.  John,  If.  B. 

Pbittcd  by  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

Always  Read  this  Notice. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  it  publithed  about  tha  1st  V 
every  month.  If  not  received  within  a  week  after  that  date, 
write  to  the  office. 

THE  REVIEW  it  tent  regularly  to  tubtcribert  until  notified 
tion  it  received  to  discontinue  and  all  arrearaget  are  paid. 

When  you  change  your  addrett,  notify  ut  at  once,  giving  the 
old  at  well  at  the  new  addrett.  Thit  will  tare  time  and  cor- 
retpondence. 

The  number  on  your  addrett  telle  to  what  whole  number  of  the 
REVIEW  the  subscription  it  paid. 

Addrett  all  corretpondence  and  business  communications  to 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 

Bt.  John,  N.  B. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes, 

School  Correspondence, 

Nature-Study 

Grammar  in  a  Nut-Shell,  

Our  Native  Trees, 

The  Lady  of  the  Lake 

"The  Temeraire"  Picture 

Art  Notes, 

For  Reproduction. 

Physical  Geography  in  the  Public  Schools,      

November  in  Canadian  History,  

Lesson  on  a  Window 

For  Friday  Afternoons 

Games  for  Primary  Grades 

Current  Evbnts,  ..  

Teachers' Conventions, 

Selected  Articles  

N.  If.  Teachers'  Association 

School  and  College, 

Recent  Books, 

Hkiknt  Magazines,      

New  Advertisements—  Forty  Years  a  Teacher,  p.  118;  Books. 

p  120;  Lit  tell 's  Living  Age,  p.  148;  Over  30  Years'  Experience. 

p.  148. 


..  121 

..  122 

..  122 

..  123 

..  124 

. .  125 

..  128 

..  128 

..  130 

..  131 

..  133 

..  133 

.  131 

. .  135 

. .  13fi 

..  138 

111  III 

. .  144 

.  144 
145 
146 


We  direct  attention  to  the  advertisement  in 
another  column  of  the  valuable  prizes  offered  by 
Lord  Meath  and  the  League  of  the  Empire  for 
competition  in  all  schools  of  Great  Britain  and  the 
Colonies.  It  is  hoped  that  New  Brunswick  schools 
will  be  heard  from  in  this  competition.  The  sub- 
jects are  suggestive.  It  would  be  a  great  honour 
to  win  a  prize  in  competition  with  all  the  schools 
of  the  whole  Empire. 


The  Educational  Monthly,  Toronto,  contains  a 
reference  to  the  late  John  Miller,  by  whose  death 
on  the  2nd  of  October  Ontario  loses  one  of  its  lead- 
ing educational  men.  For  the  past  fifteen  years  he 
had  been  Deputy  Minister  of  Education,  and  was 
president  of  the  Dominion  Teachers'  Association. 


The  late  L.  P.  Fisher,  of  Woodstock,  N.  B., 
whose  property  amounted  to  nearly  half  a  million 
dollars,  left  ample  funds  for  establishing  a  public 
library,  a  well  equipped  modern  school  building, 
the  nucleus  of  a  superannuation  fund  for  teachers, 
and  other  bequests  for  the  improvement  of  the 
townspeople.     A  noble  example. 

In  this  number  of  the  Review  is  begun  a  series 
of  reproductions  of  the  pictures  of  famous  artists 
to  serve  for  school  decorations,  subjects  for  com- 
position, etc.  Rev.  Mr.  Boyd  will  furnish  notes 
for  these  pictures  as  they  appear,  and  Mr.  T.  B. 
Kidner,  in  the  next  number,  will  give  directions 
how  they  may  be  framed  inexpensively.  Mr. 
Boyd's  art  notes  in  this  number  will  be  found  very 
helpful  and  interesting. 


The  union  of  Baptist  and  Free  Baptist  denom- 
inations in  New  Brunswick,  now  happily  consum- 
mated after  months  of  careful  consideration,  will 
no  doubt  be  followed  by  a  similar  union  in  the  other 
provinces  of  Canada.  The  two  weekly  papers 
which  have  been  the  organs  of  these  two  bodies — 
the  Messenger  and  Visitor,  edited  by  Rev.  Dr.  S. 
McCully  Black,  and  the  Religious  Intelligencer,  by 
Rev.Dr.Jos.McLeod—  have  become  one,  which  will 
in  future  be  published  as  the  Maritime  Baptist.  The 
union  of  these  two  excellent  weeklies,  with  such 
gifted  editorial  writers  as  Dr.  Black  and  Dr.  Mc- 
Leod,  will  make  the  united  paper  of  exceptional 
strength  and  interest  to  the  denomination. 


The  introductory  sketch  on  Physical  Geography 
by  Professor  Bailey,  which  appears  in  this  number, 
will  have  many  interested  readers  among  those 
teachers  who  feel  dissatisfied  with  their  results  in 
teaching  geography.  Professor  Bailey  opens  to 
their  view  an  absorbing  and  fascinating  course  by 
which  geography  can  be  made  a  live,  interesting 
subject  in  accord  with  the  nature-study  of  our 
schools.  This  preliminary  sketch  will  be  follow  -d 
!,v  a  series  of  articles  on  this  subject. 


122 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


School  Correspondence. 

The  Review  has  frequently  spoken  of  the  value 
to  our  schools  of  pupils  corresponding  with  the 
pupils  of  other  schools  in  different  parts  of  the 
empire.  The  advantages  of  such  correspondence 
are  many :  there  is  the  incentive  to  do  one's  best  in 
writing  such  letters ;  there  is  the  interest  in  receiv- 
ing answers  from  Britain  and  distant  parts  of  the 
Empire ;  there  is  the  closer  comradeship  of  our 
English-speaking  boys  and  girls,  and  there  is  the 
additional  stimulus  of  studying  the  history,  geo- 
graphy and  customs  of  these  places. 

It  may  not  be  generally  known  lo  teachers  that 
there  is  a  ''  Comrades  Correspondence  Branch  "  to 
the  imperial  order  of  the  Daughters  and  Children 
of  the  Empire,  the  object  of  which  branch  is  to  pro- 
mote correspondence  among  schools  and  inspire  an 
educational  and  friendly  interest  in  the  Empire  as 
a  whole,  and  in  its  different  parts.  The  work  has 
grown  very  rapidly  in  the  three  years  since  it  was 
established.  There  are  boys  and  girls  in  the 
schools  throughout  Canada  whose  "  comrades  "  are 
in  Great  Britain,  South  Africa,  Australia,  Ceylon, 
and  the  West  Indies,  and  the  interchange  of  school 
letters  is  very  interesting  and  instructive,  compris- 
ing descriptions  of  the  scenery,  home  life  and  sports 
in  many  different  lands. 

Another,  and  quite  a  different  department  of  this 
correspondence  work,  is  the  school-linking  scheme 
which  consists  in  joining  any  one  of  our  schools 
with  another  in  any  part  of  the  Empire.  The 
schools  are  supposed  to  be  working  under  similar 
conditions,  as  in  country  or  in  city,  and  the  corre- 
spondence is  continued  while  it  is  mutually  profit- 
able, the  letters  leading,  in  many  cases,  to  the  ex- 
change of  post-cards,  specimens,  essays,  etc. 

Teachers  who  wish  to  have  their  schools  linked 
with  others  in  this  correspondence  may  write  to 
Mrs.  G.  C.  Vanwart,  Fredericton,  or  to  the  secretary 
of  the  Canadian  branch,  Miss  Mabel  Clint,  31  York 
Chambers,  Toronto. 


G.  M.  Duncan,  M.  D.,  once  the  efficient  teacher 
of  the  Bathurst  Village  superior  school,  and  for 
more  than  a  score  of  years  the  secretary  of  the 
board  of  school  trustees,  which  duties  he  has  dis- 
charged with  intelligence  and  a  regard  for  the 
welfare  of  teachers,  writes  as  follows :  "  I  enjoy 
each  number  of  the  Review.  It  is  worth  three 
times  its  modest  price  to  any  go-ahead,  up-to-date 
teacher,  or  one  who  wishes  to  be  such.  Its  hints 
and  advice  are  worth  years  of  experience.'' 


Nature-Study. 

Hints  for  November  Talks. 

Teachers  should  give  a  few  lessons  now  and  then 
on  the  stars,  especially  at  this  season  when  their 
brightness  attracts  us.  That  large  star  that  rises  in 
the  east  shortly  after  seven  o'clock  in  the  evening 
is  the  planet  Jupiter.  Notice  that  it  is  between  the 
V-shaped  cluster  below  it,  called  the  Hyades,  and 
the  group  of  six  bright  stars  above,  called  the 
Pleiades.  Get  the  pupils  interested  in  this  planet 
by  asking  them  to  observe  which  group  it  has  drawn 
nearer  to  after  a  week  or  ten  days.  Because  it 
changes  its  place  with  regard  to  the  other  stars 
proves  that  it  is  a  planet,  and  not  a  fixed  star. 
Have  the  scholars  make  drawings  every  few  days 
of  the  Hyades  and  Pleiades  and  Jupiter's  various 
positions,  making  a  series  extending  through  the 
month,  and  then  have  them  compare  the  last  draw- 
ing with  the  first.  Ask  the  pupils  to  learn  some- 
thing about  these  clusters  of  stars  and  the  planets, 
and  to  look  up  references  about  them  in  literature, 
especially  in  the  Bible  and  in  poetry.  What  planet 
is  in  the  eastern  skies  now  in  the  mornings?  Prove 
that  it  is  a  planet  by  observing  its  "  wanderings  " 
during  the  month  among  the  early  morning  stars 
near  it.  Is  the  moon  a  planet?  Watch  its  pro- 
gress through  the  sky  during  this  month  for  the 
proof. 

Did  you  draw  the  attention  of  your  scholars  to 
the  varied  colours  of  leaves  in  October?  Which 
trees  had  scarlet  leaves?  dark-red?  brown?  golden- 
yellow  ?  Which  trees  were  the  first  to  shed  their 
leaves?  which  next?  What  trees  or  shrubs  (decidu- 
ous) still  have  their  leaves  on?  What  tree  with 
small  needle-shaped  leaves  is  deciduous?  What 
change  of  colour  took  place  before  its  leaves  fell? 
What  advantage  is  it  to  trees  to  shed  their  leaves? 
Pick  up  some  of  those  leaves  that  have  fallen  and 
examine  them.  They  are  withered  and  dry,  and 
you  can  easily  crush  them  between  your  thumb  and 
finger.  What  has  become  of  the  soft,  pulpy  mass 
that  made  up  the  substance  of  the  summer  leaves? 
Why  did  the  leaves  fall  ?  Was  it  because  of  the 
frosts?  of  the  winds?  Did  the  summer  (strong) 
winds  tear  off  the  leaves?  Leaves  fall  when  their 
work  is  done,  whether  in  midsummer  or  autumn. 
Examine  branches  where  leaves  have  been  and 
notice  what  has  helped  to  push  them  off.  Does  the 
leaf  leave  any  mark  to  show  where  it  was  attached 
to  the  twig  or  branch?  What  other  marks  do  you 
observe  on  twigs  or  branches?  What  do  they 
mean?     Someone   has   said   that   the   beginning   of 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


123 


the  year  is  now  rather  than  in  spring.  Can  you 
give  any  good  reasons  for  this  statement  ?  Examine 
trees,  shrubs  and  the  ground  beneath  them  for  any 
proofs.  If  you  find  any  buds  beneath  the  dead 
leaves,  be  sure  to  cover  them  over  again. 

Look  this  month  for  the  bright  scarlet  berries  of 
our  Canadian  holly  (Ilex),  which  can  now  be  seen, 
about  the  size  of  peas,  close  to  the  twigs  after  the 
fall  of  the  leaves.  They  are  worth  looking  for,  and 
when  found  are  a  delight  to  the  eye.  These  with 
the  haws  of  the  thorn  and  the  hips  of  the  roses  make 
very  pretty  decorations. 

watch  for  and  enjoy  those  bright  Indian  summer 
days  that  nearly  always  come  in  early  November 
after  the  fall  of  the  leaves  and  after  nights  of  severe 
frost.  Sometimes  the  Indian  summer  lasts  for  a 
day  or  two,  sometimes  it  is  prolonged  into  a  week 
or  more;  occasionally  we  have  a  succession  of  sum- 
mer days  at  intervals  between  cold  north  winds  and 
frosts.  Read  the  description  in  Longfellow's 
Evangeline,  and  find  out  what  other  writers  have 
said  about  this  all  too  brief  and  charming  season. 
The  blossoms  of  the  witch-hazel  may  be  found  at 
this  season  in  low  thickets  or  along  streams.  The 
yellow  flowers  of  this  tree  or  shrub,  which  give  a 
bright  golden  glow  to  some  of  our  woods  when 
everything  else  is  dull  and  brown,  and  the  scarlet 
berries  of  the  Canadian  holly,  have  been  seen  by 
comparatively  few  people,  and  yet  both  are  com- 
mon. 

The  birds — most  of  them — are  gone  to  their 
winter  homes  in  the  south,  many  of  them  sojourn- 
ing for  a  few  days  or  hours,  here  and  there  on  the 
way,  to  rest  themselves  where  food  to  their  liking 
is  more  or  less  abundant.  It  must  not  be  supposed 
that  birds  leave  us  entirely  on  account  of  the  cold 
weather.  Abundance  of  food  is  the  first  consider- 
ation. Many  could  endure  the  severe  colds  of  our 
winters,  but  the  snow  covers  their  food.  Of  the 
small  birds  that  stay  with  us,  the  chick-a-dee  and 
the  nuthatch  are  the  most  familiar.  Children  can 
help  these  and  other  birds  through  the  winter  season 
by  scattering  crumbs  round  their  homes  or  the 
school  house,  or  by  fastening  a  small  piece  of  pork 
to  the  limb  of  a  tree  for  them  to  come  and  pick  at. 
The  chic-a-deeespeciallywill  become  verytameand 
seem  to  repay  your  interest  in  him  by  telling  you 
his  name  in  a  series  of  confidential  little  "  chick-a- 
dee-dee's."  Another  little  bird  that  remains  with 
us  until  very  late  in  autumn  is  the  golden-crowned 
kinglet,  so-called  on  account  of  the  bright  reddish 
orange  spot  on  the  top  of  its  head.     Its  body  is  olive 


green  in  colour,  with  under  parts  dull  white.  Flit- 
ting actively  from  tree  to  tree  its  only  perceptible 
note  at  this  season  is  a  fine  *'  tee-tee,''  only  noticed 
by  practised  ears. 


The  recent  death  of  Dr.  Thomas  J.  Barnardo 
took  away  the  leading  English  philanthropist  and 
the  man  who,  in  all  the  world,  has  done  the  most 
for  homeless  children.  "  The  father  of  nobody's 
children,"  as  he  was  called,  is  credited  with  the 
rescue  of  60,000  waifs.  He  established  homes  for 
boys  and  girls,  and  no  child  was  ever  refused  admis- 
sion. The  inmates  were  well  cared  for,  taught  use- 
ful trades  and  given  positions  where  they  could  earn 
a  living.  Many  that  were  willing  to  go  abroad 
were  established  in  Canada  and  other  colonies. 


Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie,  the  distinguished  philan- 
thropist, has  ordered  a  special  library  edition  of  500 
copies  of  the  forthcoming  volume  of  Mr.  Wilfred 
Campbell's  verse  to  present  to  his  libraries  through- 
out the  English-speaking  world.  The  edition  is  to 
be  called  the  "  Carnegie  Edition,"  and  each  volume 
will  have  the  inscription,  "  Presented  by  Andrew 
Carnegie."  This  is  a  high  compliment  to  our  dis- 
tinguished Canadian  poet,  the  qualities  of  whose 
genius  the  critics  and  readers  of  two  continents  have 
recognized. 


Grammar  in  a  Nut-Shell. 

The  following  lines  may  not  commend  themselves 
to  the  makers  of  verse,  but  if  committed  to  memory 
they  may  aid  children  lo  classify  parts  of  speech 
and  decide  for  themselves  where  a  word  should  be 
placed : 

Three  little   words  you  often  see 

Are  articles  a,  an  and  the. 

A  noun's  the  name  of  anything. 

As  school  or  garden,  hook  or  swing, 

Adjectives  tell  the  kind  of  noun. 

As  great,  small,  pretty,  white  or  brown. 

Instead  of  nouns  the  pronouns  stand, 

Her  head,  his  hand,  your  r.nn,  my  hand. 

Verbs  tell  of  something  to  be  done — 

To  read,  count,  laugh,  sing,  jump  or  run. 

How   things  are   done   the  adverbs  tell, 

As  slowly,  quickly,  ill  or  well. 

Conjunctions  join  the  words  together. 

As  men  and  women,  wind  or  weather. 

The  preposition   stands  before 

A  noun  ,as  in  or  through  the  door. 

The  interjection   shows  surprise, 

As    ()!   how    pretty.   Ah!    how    wise. 

The  whole  are  called  nine  parts  of  speech, 

Which  reading,  writing,  speaking  teach. 

— Exchange. 


124 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Our  Native  Trees. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 

The  Birches. 

The  birches  and  alders  belong  to  the  same  family 
(Betulacese).  The  alders  scarcely  rise  to  the 
dignity  of  trees.  They  are  very  common,  especially 
along  shores  or  low  grounds,  where  they  often  form 
close  thickets.  They  are  sometimes  appropriately 
referred  to  as  weed-trees  or  shrubs.  The  birches 
also  grow  in  great  abundance  in  these  provinces, 
forming  in  many  places  the  largest  proportion  of 
our  deciduous  trees.  In  late  autumn  they  give  to 
the  forests  that  faded  yellow  appearance  from  the 
changing  of  their  leaves,  the  colours  of  which  differ 
from  the  brilliant  scarlet  of  the  maples  or  the  rich 
browns  and  reds  of  the  beeches  and  oaks. 

At  this  time  of  the  year,  if  birch  trees  are  ex- 
amined, the  long  scaly  upright  buds  may  be  seen, 
which  are  destined  to  become  the  branches  and 
twigs  of  the  next  and  future  seasons.  The  catkins, 
which  are  formed  during  the  summer,  at  the  same 
time  with  the  buds,  may  also  be  seen  in  twos  or 
threes  on  the  twigs  or  smaller  branches.  The  cat- 
kins contain  the  simplest  kind  of  flowers, —  the 
staminate  catkins  longer  than  the  others  and  usually 
in  threes,  have  stamens,  and  the  shorter  pistillate 
catkins,  usually  in  twos,  contain  little  pistils,  which 
during  the  next  season  may  have  seeds  with  nar- 
row wings,  which  enable  them  to  be  carried  far  and 
wide  by  the  winds.  The  staminate  catkins  become 
long  and  drooping,  and  of  a  rich  golden  colour  in 
the  early  spring,  and  their  pollen  is  carried  by  the 
winds  to  fertilize  the  pistillate  flowers,  before  the 
leaves  of  the  birch  are  unfolded.  So  it  happens 
in  most  of  our  deciduous  trees  that  the  flowers  un- 
fold in  spring  before  the  leaves.     Do  you  see  why? 

There  are  two  kinds  of  white  birch,  which  are 
frequently  found  growing  together.  They  are 
usually  very  readily  distinguished  apart.  Both 
have  white  bark,  but  in  one  the  bark  is  very  tough 
and  durable,  splitting  in  paper-like  layers.  This  is 
the  canoe-birch  or  paper-birch  (Betula  papyracea). 
In  parts  of  our  northern  forests  it  grows  to  the 
height  of  sixty  to  eighty  feet,  with  a  trunk  diameter 
often  from  two  to  three  feet.  Only  in  the  most 
remote  forests  can  the  canoe-birch  be  seen  of  a 
large  size  and  in  all  its  native  beauty.  This  tree  well 
deserves  the  name  that  poets  have  given  to  it — "The 
Lady  of  the  Woods."  It  extends  farther  north  than 
any  other  deciduous  tree.  Its  leaves  are  ovate  in 
outliii2,  taper-pointed,  heart-shaped  or  abrupt  at 
the  base,  doubly  serrate  on  the  edges,  and  of  a  dark 


green  colour  above  and  pale  beneath.  Its  wood  ;s 
hard,  strong,  light  in  colour,  but  becoming  a  red- 
dish-brown with  age.  Its  weight  is  thirty-seven 
pounds  to  the  cubic  foot.  Its  bark  is  chalky  white, 
impervious  to  water,  very  useful  to  the  Indian  who 
makes  his  canoe  and  wigwam  from  it,  and  uses  it 
for  various  ornaments  which  please  the  white  man's 
fancy.  Its  wood  is  much  used  for  fuel  and  for 
furniture  and  like  purposes. 

The  other  white  birch  is  smaller,  and  found  more 
frequently  on  poorer  soils  near  the  coast,  hence  its 
name  of  poverty  birch,  old  field  birch.  Its  greatest 
height  does  not  exceed  forty  feet,  and  its  slender 
trunks,  usually  growing  in  clumps,  scarcely  exceed 
a  foot  in  diameter  when  at  their  greatest  size,  which 
is  seldom  attained  in  these  provinces.  Its  bark  is 
chalky  white,  and  does  not  separate  in  layers  like 
Hi-  canoe  b>rch.  The  scientific  name  of  this,  the 
American  white  birch,  is  Betula  populifolia,  since 
its  leaves  resemble  those  of  the  aspen  poplar,  and  as 
they  are  on  long  slender  stalks  they  tremble  like  the 
leaves  of  that  tree.  They  are  triangular,  smooth 
and  shining  on  both  sides,  and  very  long  pointed. 
The  wood  of  the  American  white  birch  is  softer  than 
that  of  the  canoe  birch.  The  weight  of  a  cubic  foot 
is  thirty-six  pounds.  Its  wood  is  used  for  spools, 
shoe-pegs,  barrel  hoops,  and  for  fuel. 

The  yellow  or  gray  birch  (Betula  lutea)  is  one 
of  the  largest,  if  not  the  largest,  deciduous  tree  of 
Canadian  forests,  frequently  attaining  in  its  maturity 
a  height  of  from  eighty  to  one  hundred  feet,  and  a 
trunk  diameter  of  from  three  to  four  feet.  Its  bark 
is  a  yellowish,  silvery-gray  colour,  separating  from 
and  often  hanging  on  the  tree  in  thin  satiny  layers. 
The  leaves  are  ovate  and  usually  more  narrow  to- 
ward the  base  than  those  of  the  white  birches.  The 
graceful  form  of  this  tree,  frequently  dividing  into 
smaller  stems  above  and  assuming  a  rounded  or 
hemispherical  form,  makes  it  desirable  for  orna- 
ment and  shade.  Its  lumber  is  valuable  for  many 
purposes.  It  takes  a  fine  polish,  which  makes  it 
beautiful  for  furniture.  It  is  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  agricultural  implements;  for  the  keels, 
lower  timbers  and  planks  of  ships ;  for  piles,  foun- 
dation timbers,  and  sluices,  being  almost  indestruc- 
Kb'e  under  waters.  It  is  excellent  for  fuel,  burning 
readily  and  producing  a  great  heat.  The  wood  is 
hard,  strong,  light  brown  in  colour,  and  a  cubic  foot 
weighs  forty-one  pounds. 

The  cherry  or  sweet  birch  (Betula  lenta)  grows 
in  much  the  same  situations  as  the  yellow  birch, 
namely,  in  moist  rich  woods.     Its  twigs  and  bark 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


125 


are  more  aromatic  and  bear  a  resemblance  to  the 
garden  cherry  tree.  Its  bark  is  dark  brown,  and 
does  not  readily  separate  into  layers,  becoming  fur- 
rowed with  age.  Its-  timber  is  a  beautiful  dark 
brown,  sometimes  rose-coloured,  fine-grained  and 
very  valuable  for  timber.  A  cubic  foot  weighs 
forty-seven  pounds.  The  wood  of  this  birch  is 
even  more  serviceable  for  the  uses  described  in  the 
yellow  birch,  being  heavier  and  well  adapted  for 
ships'  timbers  and  all  purposes  intended  to  with- 
stand the  ravages  of  water. 


In  discussing  the  vertical  system  of  writing,  its 
opponents  always  seem  to  assume  that  writing  is 
taught  exclusively  for  the  use  of  banks,  mercantile 
houses  and  offices.  But,  a  great  majority  of  the 
people — farmers,  mechanics,  laborers,  etc. — have  no 
ledgers  to  keep,  and  need  a  knowledge  of  penman- 
ship merely  that  they  may  be  able,  to  write  letters 
in  a  neat,  legible  manner.  In  considering  the  rela- 
tive value  of  systems,  the  opinions  of  business  men 
must  of  course  be  given  weight,  but  it  should  be 
remembered  that  in  the  arranging  of  courses  of 
study  the  needs  of  the  greatest  number  of  our  peo- 
ple must  be  constantly  kept  in  view. — Western 
School  Journal. 


"  Hearts  like  doors  can  ope  with  ease 
To  very,  very  little  keys; 
And  don't  forget  that  they  are  these, 
'I  thank  you,  sir,'  and  'If  you  please.'" 

The  world  is  so  full  of  a  number  of  things 
I'm  sure  we  should  all  be  as  happy  as  kings. 

— Robert  Louis  Stevenson. 

A  penny  saved  is  a  penny  earned, 

And  word  by  word  is  each  lesson  learned. 

The  sun  is  not  abed,  when  I 

At  night  upon  my  pillow  lie ; 

Still  round  the  earth  his  way  he  takes, 

And  morning  after  morning  wakes. 

While  here  at  home,  in  shining  day, 
We  round  the  sunny  garden  play, 
Each  little  Indian   sleepy-head 
Is  being  kissed  and  put  to  bed. 

And  when  at  eve  I  rise  from  tea, 
Day  dawns  beyond   the   Atlantic   Sea; 
And  all  the  children  in  the  West 
Are  getting  up  and  being  dressed. 

— Robert  Louis  Stevenson. 

And   soon,  too  soon,   around  the  cumbered   eaves 
Shy   frosts  shall  take  the  creepers  by   surprise. 

And  through  the  wind-touched  reddening  woods  shall  rise 
October  with  th;  rain  of  ruined  leaves. 

— Arcliibald  Lamfman. 


The  Lady  of  the  Lake. 

Principal  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A.,  Halifax,  N.  S. 

Sir  Walter  Scott   (1771-1832). 

[At  the  age  of  eighteen  months  Scott  was  seized  with  a 
disease  of  one  leg,  which  rendered  him  lame  for  life.  He 
received  part  of  his  education  with  a  private  tutor,  and 
afterwards  went  to  the  high  school  at  Edinburgh.  Con- 
trary to  a  prevailing  opinion,  he  was  not  a  dull  boy  at 
school.  He  did  not  especially  distinguish  himself,  how- 
ever, and  was  fonder  of  leading  a  raid  against  the  boys 
of  another  school,  or  of  collecting  around  himself  a  few 
companions  and  relating  long  stories  of  Border  forays, 
real  or  imaginary.  Possessed  with  a  marvellous  memory 
and  a  voracious  appetite  for  reading,  he  early  filled  his 
mind  with  that  out-of-way  knowledge  which  is  found  in  his 
poems  and  novels. 

He  spent  one  or  two  terms  at  the  university,  and  then 
entered  his  father's  office  as  a  clerk,  at  the  same  time 
studying  law  with  the  successful  intention  of  becoming  a 
barrister.  During  this  time  he  and  his  boon  companion 
made  many  expeditions  into  the  nearei  Highlands,  "  the 
Lady  of  the  Lake "  country.  In  Red  Gauntlet  he  gives 
us  a  picture  of  himself  at  that  period  of  his  life. 
'  After  a  few  years'  practice  at  law  he  became  sheriff  of 
Selkirk,  which  position  he  held  till  his  death.  Later  again 
he  became  clerk  of  the  sessions  at  Edinburgh. 

His  great  ambition  was  to  become  founder  of  a  family. 
He  purchased  a  small  estate  on  the  Tweed,  which  from 
time  to  time  he  added  to.  His  mansion,  Abbotsford,  at 
first  of  quite  humble  pretensions,  was  enlarged  to  almost 
a  palace.  Here  for  the  seven  or  eight  most  prosperous 
years  of  his  life  he  dispensed  the  hospitality  of  a  prince. 
No  bore,  however  troublesome,  no  lion-worshipper,  how- 
ever offensive,  ever  received  anything  but  the  most  polite 
treatment. 

Owing  to  his  too  great  trust  in  the  Ballantynes  he  became 
deeply  involved.  In  1825,  when  the  crash  came,  he  set  to 
work  at  the  age  of  fifty-four  to  pay  off  his  debts.  From 
that  time  until  overcome  by  paralysis  his  life  was  one  in- 
cessant round  of  toil,  and  if  ever  a  man  worked  himself 
to  death,  Scott  did. 

In  1831-32  he  took  a  tour  of  the  Mediterranean  in  a 
British  ship  of  war,  which  the  government  placed  at  his 
disposal.  This  was  to  see  if  change  of  climate  would 
restore  him  to  some  degree  of  health,  but  it  failed,  and  he 
gradually  grew   worse.     He  died  in   September,   1832. 

It  is  impossible  in  limited  space  to  give  an  estimate  of 
him.  Head  his  poems,  read  his  novels,  histories,  critical 
essays.  Read  his  life  by  his  son-in-law,  Lockhart.  If 
then  your  admiration  for  the  man  has  not  become  intense, 
the  literary  side  of  your  character  is  lacking.  How  many 
men  ever  lived  who  could  dictate  a  novel  like  "  Ivanhoe  " 
lying  in  bed  racked  with  pain,  which  at  times  became  ex- 
cruciating?    This  Scott  did. 

None  of  Scott's  descendants  of  the  male  line  are  living. 
The  family  seat  is  now  held  by  the  descendants  of  Lock- 
hart. 

Scott  began  his  literary  work  by  translations  from  .he 
German,  after  which  he  published  the  "  Minstrelsy  of  the 
Scottish  liorder "  in  1802-3.  His  first  great  poem  was 
the  "Lay  of  the  Last  Minstrel."  published  in   1S05,  follow- 


126 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ed  by  "  Marmion,"  1808,  "  The  Lady  of  the  Lake,''  1810. 
Beginning  in  1814,  he  published  the  Waverley  novels  for 
the  next  eighteen  years.] 

Having  read  the  poem  over  as  an  introduction  to 
its  study,  it  would  be  well  to  see  if  any  differences 
between  it  and  "The  Deserted  Village"  can  be 
found.  Its  character,  a  story;  its  metre,  etc. 
Goldsmith  wrote  to  keep  the  wolf  from  the  door; 
Scott,  using  the  same  figure,  wrote  to  make  his 
door  a  more  ornate  one.  Scott  practically  never 
revised  his  work,  and  in  that  respect  is  a  poor  ex- 
ample for  those  of  us  less  clever  than  he. 

The  poem  opens  in  this  selection  at  the  close  of 
the  first  day.  It  might  be  well  to  have  a  complete 
edition  for  reference. 

Page  14. — 1.*  From  what  is  figure  taken?  What 
figure  is  it?  3.  Why  apply  adj.  "  purple?  "  What 
would  you  call  "spire?"  4.  What  figure?  9. 
"Shooting"  refers  to  what?  12.  What  names  do 
we  give  "grey  birch"  and  "aspen?"  13.  Why 
call  the  oak  "warrior?"  14.  Here  is  a  figure., 
16.  Find  objects  of  verb  "  flung."  18.  Those  who 
are  familiar  with  boats  may  not  be  able  to  connect 
"  athwart "  with  another  word  commonly  pro- 
nounced quite  differently.  19.  "  White  peaks,"  be 
careful  at  this  point.  What  season  of  the  year  is 
it?  Are  Scotland's  mountains  very  high?  23. 
What  part  of  speech  is  "  wondrous  ?  "  What  word 
is  commonly  used  in  its  place  ?  Word  study,  etc. : 
Flinty,  ravine,  abruptly,  thunder-splintered,  pin- 
nacle, quaked,  rifled.  What  is  this  page  a  descrip- 
tion of?  Watch  Scott's  descriptions  of  scenery, 
and  see  whether  they  are  those  of  a  man  who  kno  vs 
what  he  is  writing  about. 

Page  15. — 1  ct  scq.  How  does  the  hunter  get  out 
of  the  glen?  What  does  he  catch  sight  of  as  he 
reaches  the  top  ?  9.  Compare  this  line  with  1.  4  of 
page  14.  10  ct  scq.  What  kind  of  lake  is  Katrine? 
regular,  wide,  etc.,  or  the  opposite?  What  river 
flows  through  it?  In  what  part  of  Scotland  is  it? 
Those  who  have  the  time  and  opportunity  (teach- 
ers, I  mean)  may  improve  their  powers  of  teaching 
this  by  reading  the  earlier  part  of  Lockhart's  "Life 
of  Scott."  16.  "  Sentinel  "  is  what  part  of  speech 
here?  17  et  scq.  Put  these  in  four  or  five  simple 
English  prose  words.  30.  "  Skiff,"  what  else  does 
hc  call  it?  Word  study:  Nice,  ken,  broom,  airy, 
crags,  knolls,  wildering,  wound,  eddying. 

Page  16.— 3,  4.  What  figures?  13.  Why  "Gre- 
cian "  art  rather  than  any  other?  19,  20.  Put  these 
in  every-day  English.     32.  What  does  he  mean  by 

♦Lines  numbered  us  in  N.  S.  School  Serifs. 


"  mountain  tongue  ?  "  Why  apply  adjective  "silver" 
to  them  ?  Word  study :  Leave,  brake,  strand,  chisel, 
mood,  hare-bell,  accents,  sword,  plaid. 

Page  17. —  1.  Parse  "birth."  10,  11.  How 
could  you  tell  Ellen's  kindness  and  worth  from  her 
eye  ?  26.  "  Impatient,"  etc.  What  does  this 
mean  ?  27.  "  Gale  "  is  not  used  in  its  usual  mean- 
ing. What  does  it  mean  here?  What  usually? 
30.  Parse  "while."  32.  Why  "less  resolutely?" 
37.  "  Shallop  "  was  first  called  what  ?  Word  study : 
Spy,  shaggy,  guileless,  filial,  indignant,  hazel. 

Page  18.— 7,  8.  Why  not?  Word  study:  Prune, 
wont,  proscribed,  reassured,  secluded,  stalwart, 
fidelity,  weal,  woe,  pibroch. 

Page  19.— 1.  Ben-ledi,  etc.  What  figure?  What 
was  the  'Cross  of  Fire?"  7.  "Young  waters," 
Why  apply  this  adjective?  Of  what  river  is  the 
Teith  a  tributary?  What  lakes  does  it  pass 
through?  14.  What  is  the  meaning  of  "  sympathe- 
tic eye?"  How  can  one's  eye  reel?  Word  study: 
Outlawed,  alliance,  fatal,  coronach,  stripling,  sable, 
strath. 

Page  20. — Here  we  have  several  different  names 
for  the  "  Cross  of  Fire."  Why  is  each  appropriate? 
3.  Pole-axe,  what  was  this  ?  9.  Why  "  as  if  in 
parting  life,"  "  parting  "  here  as  in  "  Deserted  Vil- 
lage," "  where  parting  life  was  laid."  "  Drowning 
men  catch,"  etc.,  finish  the  proverb.  11.  "Oppos- 
ing" is  here  used  for  what  word  in  common  use? 
Word  study :  Torrent,  tide,  strained,  hamlet,  adher- 
ents, augury,  confidence. 

Page  21.— 4.  Why  "Saxon?"  8.  Compare 
"  gale  "  here  with  the  same  word  already  used  on 
page  17,  1.  27.  15.  What  is  the  meaning  of  "space 
and  law  to  the  stag  ?  "  Word  study :  Fray,  ges- 
tures, imbrued,  crest,  favour,  embers,  basked,  beset, 
beast  of  game. 

Page  22. — 3.  Does  the  sporting  Englishman  novv 
trap  the  fox?  How  does  he  get  him?  Is  he  now 
allowed  "law  and  space?"  4.  "Thus"  how?  9. 
How  "write  it  on  their  crest?"  11.  How  did  a 
knight  win  his  spurs?  17.  "Hardened"  how? 
Beef  treated  in  the  same  way  is  called  what?  26, 
2j.  What  augury  was  laid  upon  his  fate?  28.  Look- 
up past  tense  of  "  wind,"  page  15,  1.  25.  35.  Look 
up  first  part  of  complete  poem  and  find  passage 
beginning:  "Such  then  the  reverence."  etc.  Word 
study:  Recked,  mark,  cheer,  clansman,  avenging, 
assail. 

Page  23. — 6.  Meaning  of  this  line?  15.  Another* 
way  of  indicating  time.     Notice  that  he  never  speci- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


127 


fies  exact  time,  such  as  saying  it  was  now  five 
o'clock.  Pick  out  different  ways  of  marking  time. 
18.  "  Deep  "  is  not  usually  applied  to  a  lake,  but  fo 
the?  21.  Why  "hollow  path?"  23.  Compare 
"  Horatius," 

"  In  yon  strait  path  a  thousand 
May  well  be  stopped  by  three.'' 
30.  Is  this  line  connected  with  "  He  sought  these 
wilds,"  or  "traversed  by  few?"  31,  32.  What 
does  Fitz  James  mean?  Word  study:  Myself, 
stock,  ward,  ford,  lullaby,  heath,  wreath,  twined, 
hardihood,  trace,  abating. 

Page  24. — 6.  Figure?  Does  the  mist  hang  over 
the  hill  ?  Compare  Evangeline :  "  And  mists  from 
the  mighty,"  etc.  7.  The  chief's  name?  Why 
dangerous?  Look  up  page  21.  10.  Ask  for  mean- 
ing. A  line  which  admits  of  different  interpreta- 
tions. 11.  Parse  "since."  Is  it  time  or  cause? 
18.  This  line  will  help  to  fix  correct  pronunciation 
of  "  again."  Word  study :  Sooth,  yon,  vowed, 
swain,  curlew,  bonnet,  lurking,  shingles,  bracken, 
tuft. 

Page  25. — 6.  "  Beck,"  we  use  a  longer  form  of 
the  word.  12.  Meaning  of  "step  forward  flung?" 
22.  "Manned  himself"  means?  26.  Parse 
"come."  29.  Why  "respect  and  surprise?"  31. 
Is  an  example  of  what  figure?  32.  Parse  "space." 
Word  study:  Subterranean,  verge,  Dhu,  bracken, 
osiers,  copses. 

Page  26. — 12.  "  Witness "  has  not  the  usual 
meaning  here.  17.  Why  "that  I  need  not  say?" 
24.  For  a  fuller  description  of  "  every  vale  "  con- 
sult complete  edition  Canto  v,  stanza  vii.  26.  What 
figure?  27.  Case  of  "path."  31.  Name  of  tor- 
rent ?  Word  study :  Pennon,  glinted,  glaive,  targe, 
jack,  apparition,  delusion,  ford,  Gael,  trust. 

Page  27. — 2.  What  clan?  10.  Meaning?  26. 
Meaning?  28.  Who  was  Red  Murdoch?  29. 
What  figure  of  speech?  31.  What  James?  Word 
study:  Ruthless,  ward,  vantageless,  feud,  grace. 

Page  28.— 1.  What  figure?  3.  What  "kern" 
had  he  slain?  When?  Why?  4.  Difficult.  Ask 
pupils  for  meaning;  send  theirs  and  your  own  to 
writer  of  these  notes.  10.  What  is  a  carpet-knight  ? 
What  other  kind  of  knight  do  we  sometimes  meet 
in  literature?  15.  How  can  Roderick's  words 
"  steel  "  a  sword?  16.  Whose  braid  was  it?  How 
came  Fitz- James  to  have  it?  23.  He  afterwards 
proves  this.  When  and  how?  \2.  Win  "dubi- 
ous?" 38.  How  can  a  sword  be  a  "shield?" 
Word  study:  Truce,  ruth,  cairn,  falchion,  brazen, 
wield. 


Page  29. — 6.  Figure  of  speech?     7.  Study  word 
"  tide  "   in   its   various  uses.       13.  "  Invulnerable," 
look  up  in  dictionary  and  see  if  it  has  just  its  ordin- 
ary meaning.     25.  Compare  "  Horatius,"  1.  376, 
"  Like  a  wild  cat  mad  with  wounds." 

29.  Who  says  this  ?  Word  study :  Flint,  war,  tar- 
tans, lea,  recreant,  toil,  clotted.  Which  of  these  is 
not  the  common  word  with  same  spelling? 

Page  30. — 3.  What  figure  ?  Compare  "  tide  " 
with  same  word  on  preceding  page.  James  of 
Douglas  is  connected  with  one  of  the  other  char- 
acters of  the  story.  Word  study:  111  (parse  this 
word),  odds,  guise,  high,  burgher,  applauded. 

Page  31. — 5. -Meaning  of  "chime"  in  this  line? 
Word  study :  Lay,  escaped,  melody,  stout,  fancy, 
frames. 

Page  32. — 5.  Meaning  of  word  "presence?"  7. 
"Whose  will  was  fate,"  means  what?  16.  "Sheen" 
is  what  part  of  speech?  19.  What  was  his  title? 
20.  What  do  we  call  a  "  snow-wreath  ?  "  25.  Where 
had    Ellen   got   the    ring?     When?     From    whom? 

30.  Parse  "  Fair."  33.  "  Fealty,"  for  this  read  up 
the  "  Feudal  System."  38.  What  part  of  speech  is 
"  wrong?  "  Word  study :  Aerial,  port,  plume,  stay, 
suppliant,  signet-ring,  even,  slanderous. 

Page  33. — 1.  "  Vulgar  crowd."  Compare  "thou 
many  headed  monstrous  thing."  For  Scott's  own 
opinion  of  the  "  vulgar  crowd,"  read  his  life  to- 
wards the  last,  when  the  agitation  for  the  reform 
Bill  was  going  on.  5.  Who  was  "  Bothwell's 
Lord  ?  "  6.  What  figure  of  speech  ?  7.  Meaning 
of  word  "infidel"  here?  16.  What  figure?  21. 
Compare  1.  26,  p.  27.  23  et  seq.  Look  up  life  of 
James  if  possible.  40.  What  is  a  "talisman?" 
Word  study :  Confirm,  proselyte,  veils,  insulted, 
glaive. 

Page  34. — 4.  What  was  "  the  weakness  of  her 
breast?"  Compare  p.  17,  1.  25.  13.  "Parting," 
again  for  ?  Word  study :  Conscious,  probed,  ire, 
wile,  outlawed. 

Older  pupils  might  be  induced  to  read  some  of 
Scott's  novels.  They  could  scarcely  employ  their 
spare  moments  better. 


Vancouver,  the  largest  and  most  prosperous  city 
on  the  Canadian  Pacific  coast,  has  a  population  of 
45.000.  What  cities  of  the  Dominion  equal  it  in 
population?     What  cities  exceed  it? 


"  Your  paper  comes  as  a  welcome  monthly 
visitor,  and  a  careful  reading  of  its  columns  cannot 
fail  to  be  of  value  to  any  teacher."  G.  S. 


128 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


w 

a 


3 

h 


a. 


o 
o 

a, 


S 

o 

E 

Dh 
W 

OS 

< 
J 

h 

D 

►J 

O 

w 

s 

p 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


129 


Art  Notes  — No.  I. 

By  Rev.   Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.   B. 

The  Fighting  Temeraire  Tugged  to  Her  Last 

Berth  to  be  Broken  Up,  1838. 

"  The   flag   which   braved   the    battle   and    the   breeze,   no 
longer  owns  her." 

Exhibited  at  the  Academy  in  1839,  with  the  above 
lines  cited  in  the  catalogue.  Of  all  Turner's  pic- 
tures in  the  national  gallery,  this  is  perhaps  the 
most  notable.  The  subject  of  it  was  suggested  to 
Turner  by  W.  Clarkson  Stanfield.  They  were 
going  down  the  Thames  by  boat,  to  dine,  perhaps, 
at  Greenwich,  when  the  old  ship,  being  tugged  to 
her  last  berth  at  Deptford,  came  in  sight.  "  There's 
a  fine  subject,  Turner,"  said  Stanfield.  This  was 
in  1838.  Next  year  the  picture  was  exhibited  at 
the  academy,  but  no  price  was  put  upon  it.  A 
would-be  purchaser  offered  Turner  300  guineas  for 
it  ($1,500).  He  replied  that  it  was  his  "  200- 
guinea  size  "  only,  and  offered  to  take  a  commission 
at  that  price  for  any  subject  of  the  same  size,  but 
with  the  "  Temeraire "  itself  he  would  nut  part. 
Another  offer  was  subsequently  made  from  Am- 
erica, which  again  Turner  declined.  He  had 
already  mentally  included  the  picture,  it  would 
seem,  amongst  those  to  be  bequeathed  to  the  nation  ; 
and  in  one  of  the  codicils  to  his  will,  in  which  he 
left  each  of  his  executors  a  picture,  to  be  chosen  by 
them  in  turn,  the  "  Temeraire  "  was  specially  ex- 
cepted from  the  pictures  they  might  choose. 

[Note. —  Let  the  teacher  explain  to  younger 
pupils  what  is  meant  by  the  "  original,"  in  this  in- 
stance a  very  large  oil-painting,  enclosed  in  a  mas- 
sive gilt  frame.] 

The  Temeraire. 

The  "  Temeraire,"  second  rale,  ninety-eight  guns. 
was  named  after  an  older  "  Temeraire,"  taken  by 
Admiral  Boscawen  from  the  French  in  1759.  At 
the  battle  of  Trafalgar,  she  was  next  to  the  "  Vic- 
tory," and  followed  Nelson  into  action  ;  commanded 
by  Captain  Eliab  Harvey.  Her  masts  were  'o 
damaged  as  to  render  them  unfit  to  carry  sail,  and 
her  rigging  of  every  sort  was  cut  to  pieces,  but  when 
she  was  sold  the  vessel  was  rigged  temporarily,  and 
Turner  painted  her  as  he  saw  her.  The  vessel 
loomed  through  the  evening  haze  pale  and  ghostly, 
as  she  was  being  towed  to  her  last  moorings  at 
Deptford  by  a  little  fiery,  puny  steam-tug.  In  con- 
sequence of  the  prominent  part  the  "  Temeraire  " 
took  in  the  battle  of  Trafalgar,  she  was  called 
among  the  sailors  "  the  fighting  '  Temeraire,'  "  and 


Turner  called  his  large,  beautiful  and  poetical  pic- 
ture by  that  name  when  it  was  first  exhibited.  But 
when  the  plate  was  engraved  for  the  Royal  Gallery 
of  British  Art,  and  it  became  necessary  to  give  a 
brief  history  of  the  ship,  the  pet  title  was  dropped, 
and  it  was  called  the  "  Old  Temeraire." 

Criticism  of  Turner's  Original  Painting. 

To  those  who  have  seen  only  photographs,  or 
small  prints  in  the  Perry  or  Brown  series,  it  may 
be  difficult  to  seriously  accept  the  estimates  that 
have  been  written  upon  the  famous  picture  in  the 
National  Gallery. 

The  teacher  has  to  take  these  descriptions  on  trust, 
and  must  not  be  surprised  if  the  scholars  find  little 
to  evoke  their  enthusiasm.  But  a  small  print  in 
black  and  white  affords  sufficient  material  for  close 
scrutiny,  and  the  child's  imagination  may  be  appeal- 
ed to  with  considerable  success  if  an  appeal  be  made 
to  the  principle  of  association.  Enquire  about  local 
rivers,  or  rivers  seen  during  holidays,  and  bring  out 
any  facts  concerning  large  wooden  ships,  and  the 
form  and  use  of  steam  tugs.  Much  will  be  gained 
if  the  scholars  can  be  induced  to  observe  sunsets, 
and  especially  the  effect  of  sunset  upon  a  sheet  of 
water.  Make  enquiry  concerning  "  buoys  "  and 
"  spars  "  and  other  nautical  terms.  Invite  them 
also  to  procure  pictures  from  magazines  showing 
old  wooden  men-of-war,  ami  vessels  employed  re- 
cently in  the  sea  of  Japan.  References  to  "  hearts 
of  oak,"  and  similar  terms,  may  also  be  collected 
from  literature,  for  instance,  Holmes'  "  Old  Iron- 
sides." When  each  element  in  the  picture  has  been 
expanded  to  actual  size,  and  the  colours  of  sunset 
effects  have  been  recalled,  the  little  black  and  white 
reproduction  has  fulfilled  its  function,  it  is  either  a 
kind  of  shorthand  note  for  those  who  have  visited 
London  and  examined  the  original,  or  it  is  an  lid 
in  understanding  and  enjoying  various  famous  de- 
scriptions of  this  great  picture  of  the  Victorian  era. 

There  are  two  notable  accounts  of  this  painting 
— Ruskin's  Modern  Painters,  vol.  i,  pt.  ii.  see.  i,  cb. 
vii,  and  Notes  on  the  Turner  Gallery.  Also  Thorn- 
bury's    Life  of  Turner. 

We  have  not  space  fur  more  than  a  few  sentences. 
First  let  us  take  Thornbury,  who  says:  "  It  is  the 
noblest  English  poem,  founded  on  English  scenery 
and  English  everts,  ever  thrown  on  canvas.  Tur- 
ner looked  at  the  'Temeraire'  not  as  an  old  friend 
going  to  the  grave,  but  as  an  old  warrior  going  to 
his  rest  ;  and,  to  celebrate  its  grand  apotheosis,  he 
turned  tile  sky  and  earth  into  a  gory  battle-field; 
and  so  in  gorgeous  sunset  she  moves  in  pnmp  to  her 


130 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


burial.  In  the  painter's  eyes  she  then  was  no  longer 
the  pale  ghost  of  her  former  self,  but  a  war  ship 
moving  through  the  sulphurous  flame  at  Trafalgar, 
with  the  blood  oozing  through  her  planks  as  the 
wine  pours  from  the  wine-press  at  vintage  time. 
He  knew,  when  he  painted  this  picture,  that  he 
should  touch  the  heart  of  England,  because  his  own 
heart  was  touched  as  he  painted  it." 

Mr.  Ruskin  says,  in  contrasting  Turner's  work, 
the  "  Ulysses,"  with  the  "  Temeraire,"  painted  at  an 
interval  of  ten  years — the  one  picture  is  of  sunrise, 
the  other  of  sunset :  "  The  one  of  a  ship  entering 
on  its  voyage,  and  the  other  of  a  ship  closing  its 
course  for  ever.  The  one,  in  all  the  circumstances 
of  the  subject,  unconsciously  illustrative  of  his  own 
life  in  its  triumph,  the  other,  in  all  the  circumstances 
of  its  subject,  unconsciously  illustrative  of  his  own 
life  in  its  decline.  Accurately  as  the  first  sets  forth 
his  escape  to  the  wild  brightness  of  nature,  to  reign 
amidst  all  her  happy  spirits,  so  does  the  last  set 
forth  his  returning  to  die  by  the  shore  of  the 
Thames."  Mr.  Ruskin  calls  attention  to  the  ex- 
quisite precision  of  the  lines  and  the  nobility  and 
pathos  of  the  subject.  Lastly,  Mrs.  Emery  says: 
*'  The  buoy  and  the  row-boat  and  the  white  sails, 
all  at  different  distances  from  us,  help  strengthen 
the  effect  of  breadth  in  the  water  spaces.  We  in- 
voluntarily measure  the  horizontal  distances  accord- 
ing to  the  variations  of  these  details  in  size  and  dis- 
tinctness, and  come  to  realize  it  is  a  wide  expanse." 

How  to  Use  the  Pictures. 

If  you  have  access  to  more  than  one  rendering 
of  "  The  Old  '  Temeraire,'  "  note  carefully  the  dif- 
terences.  Observe  especially  if  the  moon  is  indi- 
cated in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  also  the  relative 
heights  of  the  masts. 

In  any  case,  note  that  unity  in  the  composition 
of  the  picture  is  obtained  by  focusing  all  the 
diagonal  lines  of  the  picture  upon  the  sun.  (The 
picture  might  indeed  have  been  called  "  The  Sun- 
set.") Observe  the  receding  lines  of  the  shore,  the 
converging  cloud  shadows,  the  "  sun  glade."  Note 
also  the  line  from  the  topmost  mast,  the  direction 
of  the  smoke,  and  the  shape  of  the  sail  alongside 
the  tug.  Invite  other  remarks  of  a  similar  kind, 
and  secure  from  the  scholars  a  rough  outline  of  the 
picture  (from  memory,  without  previous  intima- 
tion) with  these  diagonals  indicated  in  dotted  lines. 

N.  B. — Do  not  use  any  of  the  above  material  In 
the  class  until  a  full  discussion  has  been  held,  ~>r 
written  accounts  attempted,  then  invite  fuller  com- 


positions, and  propose  this  query :  Describe  the 
probable  feelings  of  old  sailors  when  the  "Temer- 
aire "  was  sold  and  removed  from  Plymouth,  the 
men  on  the  tug,  and  the  demolishers  at  Deptford. 


For  Reproduction. 

Two  Friends. 
In  the  Zoological  Gardens  in  San  Francisco  is  a 
big  lion  named  Paul.  There  wandered  one  day 
into  these  gardens  a  little  kitten.  So  far  as  this 
little  kitten  knew,  there  was  nothing  in  this  great 
big  world  but  friendly,  lovable  people.  The  kitten 
went  about  all  day  in  the  gardens,  being  fed  by  the 
children,  and  when  night  came  she  found  herself 
in  with  the  animals  in  the  zoo.  She  felt  quite  <it 
home,  for  some  of  them  were  her  relations — very 
much  larger  and  somewhat  different  in  shape,  but 
still  they  were  cousins  and  second  cousins.  In  one 
of  the  cages  was  a  big  lion  who  was  very  old.  The 
kitten,  just  like  all  lovable  things,  felt  very  sorry 
for  the  big  lion,  who  found  it  difficult  to  stand  up, 
and  whose  head  was  gray;  so  Kitty  made  up  her 
mind  she  would  be  his  friend;  and  wasn't  it  beauti- 
ful ?  Old  Paul  was  just  as  anxious  to  be  Kitty's 
friend.  When  Kitty  got  into  the  cage  Paul  got  up 
and  met  her,  and  put  his  head  down  close  to  her, 
so  that  it  was  almost  like  a  kiss.  When  Paul  lay 
down  again,  poor  tired  little  Kitty  crawled  right  on 
his  neck,  and  there  the  keeper  found  her  in  the 
morning.  After  this  Paul  and  Kitty  were  the 
closest  friends,  and  Kitty  for  several  weeks  slept 
right  in  the  curve  of  the  lion's  neck,  and  in  daytime 
crawled  all  over  him. — The  Outlook. 

A  Noble  Revenge. 

A  farmer's  horse,  happening  to  stray  into  the 
road,  an  ill-natured  neighbor,  instead  of  returning 
the  animal  to  its  master,  put  it  into  the  pound. 
This  is  an  enclosed  place,  built  especially  for  stray 
animals,  and  a  fine  has  to  be  paid  by  their  owner 
before  they  are  liberated.  Meeting  the  farmer  soon 
after,  he  told  him  what  he  had  done,  and  added, 

If  I  ever  catch  your  horse  in  the  road  again,  I  will 
do  just  the  same."  "  Neighbor,"  replied  the  farmer, 
"  not  long  ago  I  looked  out  of  my  window  in  the 
evening  and  saw  your  cows  in  my  field  of  young 
clover.  I  drove  them  out,  and  carefully  shut  them 
up  in  your  yard.  If  I  ever  catch  them  again,  I  will 
do  just  the  same."  Struck  with  this  noble  reply,  the 
neighbor  went  to  the  pound,  liberated  the  horse,  and 
paid  the  fine  himself. — Sel. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


131 


Physical  Geography  in  the  Public  Schools. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL .  D.,  University  of  N.  B. 

Should  any  one  interested  in  educational  work 
look  over  the  numerous  catalogues  issued  by  vari- 
ous publishers,  especially  in  the  line  of  nature  stu- 
dies, he  could  hardly  fail  to  notice  the  large  number 
of  works  on  Physical  Geography  now  on  the  market. 
Six  of  these  are  now  before  me,  all  published  since 
1900,  and  they  are  by  no  means  all.  This  would 
seem  to  indicate  that  the  subject  is  attracting  more 
attention  than  formerly,  which  perhaps  is  equivalent 
to  saying  that  its  value  in  educational  work  is  being 
more  generally  recognized  and  taken  advantage  of. 
I  also  note  that  nearly  every  one  of  the  books  refer- 
red to  is  stated  on  title  page  or  in  preface  to  have 
been  prepared  for  school  (rather  than  university) 
work,  which  shows,  I  take  it,  that  in  the  opinion  of 
prominent  educationists  the  subject  may  with  ad- 
vantage be  undertaken  at  an  earlier  stage  than  was 
formerly  thought  desirable.  Again,  a  comparison 
of  the  more  modern  text-books  of  this  subject  with 
those  in  use  thirty  or  forty  years  ago,  shows  a  most 
remarkable  contrast,  at  once  explaining  why  these 
great  changes  have  been  brought  about.  Mrs. 
Somerville's  Physical  Geography,  published  in  1850, 
is  a  good  illustration  of  the  mode  of  presentation 
of  that  time,  and  though  full  of  interesting  facts, 
and  remarkable  as  one  of  the  earliest  examples  of 
the  capacity  of  the  female  mind  to  master  and  to 
systematize  such  facts,  scarcely  rises  from  facts  to 
principles.  Humboldt's  contemporary  works  were 
broader  and  more  impressive,  as  being  based  on 
personal  observation,  but  they  were  largely  accounts 
of  personal  travel.  It  is  with  Guyot,  sometimes 
called  the  father  of  Physical  Geography,  that  the 
subject  first  begins  to  assume  a  truly  scientific  char- 
acter, as  subordinating  facts  to  principles,  showing 
how  facts  are  linked  together,  and  that  every  fact 
or  effect  necessarily  implies  a  consideration  of  its 
causes  and  its  consequences. 

Again,  the  text  of  Mrs.  Somerville's  work  was 
accompanied  by  neither  maps  nor  illustrations.  In 
Guyot's  "  Earth  and  Man,"  though  a  most  fascina- 
ting work,  there  are  a  few  diagrams,  but  no  illus- 
trations direct  from  nature,  nor  any  maps,  though 
later,  such  maps,  especially  mural  maps,  showing 
the  contour  and  relief  of  the  continents,  the  course 
of  ocean  currents,  etc.,  were  issued  by  the  same 
author.  The  methods  of  representation  employed 
by  Guyot  were  not  long  in  being  adopted  by  the 
compilers  of  school  geographies,  while,  later,  num- 
erous  text-books  treating  specially  of  this   subject 


began  to  appear.  All  of  these  were  now  more  pro- 
fusely illustrated,  but  the  illustrations  were  not 
always  well  chosen  and  were  poorly  executed,  while 
in  the  accompanying  maps  facts  or  contrasts  to  be 
represented  were  emphasized  by  the  employment  of 
the  most  glaring  and  strongly  contrasted  colors 
often  conveying  wholly  erroneous  ideas.  At  the 
same  time  such  subjects  as  oceanic  or  atmospheric 
currents,  tidal  movements,  terrestrial  magnetism, 
or  weather  changes,  were  represented  by  maps 
rilled  with  lines,  the  number  and  gyrations  of  which 
were  as  hard  to  follow  as  would  be  those  of  a  fancy 
skater  upon  ice.  Such  complicated  representations 
only  produce  confusion  and  disgust  in  the  youthful 
mind. 

But  a  more  serious  drawback  common  to  all  text- 
books of  physical  geography  down  to  a  recent  period 
was  that  they  attempted  to  pour  knowledge  into  the 
student  instead  of  leading  him  to  seek  such  know- 
ledge for  himself.  It  is  in  this  that  the  recently 
issued  text-books  show  their  great  superiority,  as 
especially  seen  in  such  works  as  those  of  Professor 
Davis,  of  Harvard,  or  of  Professor  Brigham,  of 
Colgate  University.  Not  only  are  these  made 
attractive  by  beautiful  typography  and  wealth  of 
illustrations,  the  pictures  being  largely  from  photo- 
graphs, and  so  clearly  reproduced  by  the  half-tone 
process  as  to  be  only  inferior  to  the  scene  or  object 
itself  thus  represented,  but  the  student  is  through- 
out made  himself  an  investigator  througlT  realistic 
exercises,  or  by  questions  which  thought  and  obser- 
vation are  needed  to  answer.  And,  in  order  that  the 
continuity  of  the  book  may  not  be  thus  interrupted 
(as  is  too  often  the  case  in  modern  text-books, 
where  the  force  of  a  paragraph  is  constantly  mar- 
red by  the  necessity  of  trying  to  solve  the  conun- 
drums with  which  it  is  larded),  a  small  but  separate 
text  is  provided  for  the  use  of  the  teacher,  giving 
useful  hints  as  to  methods,  lists  of  books  to  be 
consulted,  questions  or  problems  to  be  solved,  or 
apparatus  to  be  constructed.  Especially  is  the 
student  urged  to  study  attentively  his  own  environ- 
ment, and  to  seek  out  in  hill  and  dale,  forest  and 
plain,  stream  and  river,  lake  and  waterfall,  the  soil 
and  its  vegetable  output,  the  causes  which  have  de- 
termined these  and  made  each  separate  locality  what 
it  is. 

In  thinking  over  the  subject,  it  hao  occurred  to  the 
writer  to  ask  whether  in  the  case  of  our  provincial 
schools  as  much  attention  is  being  given  to  this  sub- 
ject as  is  being  given  elsewhere,  or  as  much  as 
might  be  given  with  advantage.      I  think  not.     Of 


132 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


this,  at  least,  I  am  certain,  as  proved  by  many 
years'  experience  in  teaching,  that  very  few  gradu- 
ates of  our  schools  have  any  adequate  conception 
of  the  physical  features  of  their  own  province,  or 
of  the  relation  of  these  to  its  origin  and  history. 
Suppose  I  were  to  ask  the  young  matriculant  just 
entering  the  university  a  few  such  questions  as  the 
following,  how  often  would  I  get  a  correct  answer, 
or,  in  most  instances,  any  answer  at  all? 

What  proportion  do  the  coast  lines  of  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia  bear  to  their  consoli- 
dated area? 

What  influence  has  the  extent  of  coast  had  upon 
the  occupations  and  development  of  the  people? 

What  contrasts  are  presented  between  the  coast 
of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  and  that  of  the  so-called  North 
Shore?  What  is  the  explanation  of  this  contrast? 
and  to  what  results  does  it  lead? 

Why  are  fogs  so  prevalent  about  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  and  what  effect  have  they  upon  its  climate? 

Why  should  the  tide  rise  to  such  different  heights 
on  the  two  sides  of  the  isthmus  of  Chignecto? 

What  is  the  extent  of  the  drainage  area  of  the 
river  St.  John  ?  the  number  of  its  tributaries  navi- 
gable by  steam  or  by  canoe? 

What  hill  ranges  traverse  the  province?  in  what 
direction?  and  with  what  height? 

Why  does  the  St.  John,  arising  in  northern 
Maine  and  Quebec,  cross  all  the  ranges  referred  to 
and  empty  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy  ? 

What  is  the  highest  land  in  New  Brunswick?  in 
Nova  Scotia  ?  the  deepest  water  ? 

Why  does  much  of  Carleton  County  constitute  a 
"  fertile  belt  "  while  the  tract  traversed  by  the  I.  C. 
R.  from  Moncton  to  Bathurst  is  mostly  a  useless 
waste  ? 

What  useful  minerals  are  found  in  New  Bruns- 
wick? in  Nova  Scotia?  and  where? 

Upon  what  causes  does  the  climate  of  the  pro- 
vinces depend?  and  how  does  the  climate  influence 
our  plant  and  animal  life? 

Such  questions  might  be  multiplied  indefinitely, 
but  what  is  the  use  of  asking  them  if  the  students 
have  no  means  of  obtaining  an  answer.  At  present 
a  great  want  exists  in  this  respect.  No  single  or 
elementary  work  dealing  with  the  physical  geo- 
graphy of  the  province  exists,  and  it  is  difficult  to 
get  one  published,  as  a  good  one  would  be  expen- 
sive, and  publishers  fear  to  undertake  the  venture. 
But  there  is  no  reason  why  the  teachers,  especially 
of  the  higher  grades,  should  not  make  themselves 
familiar  with   facts  of  this  kind,  and  use  them  as 


opportunity  offers.  Our  provinces,  from  a  physio- 
graphic standpoint,  are  of  exceptional  interest.  The 
coasts,  the  lakes,  the  rivers,  the  waterfalls,  the  hill 
ranges,  the  forests,  the  wild  plants  and  animals,  all 
afford  endless  opportunity  for  interesting  and  profit- 
able study,  and  there  is  no  subject  which  will  so 
directly  repay  the  efforts  of  those  who  enter  upon 
it,  or  any  to  which  young  people  will  make  a 
quicker  or  more  hearty  response.  The  teacher  can 
easily,  if  he  wishes,  obtain  or  get  access  to  the  pub- 
lications, such  as  the  Geological  Survey  reports, 
the  Bulletins  of  the  New  Brunswick  Natural  His- 
tory Society,  and  the  Proceedings  of  the  Nova  Scotia 
Institute  of  Science,  in  which  the  natural  features  of 
the  couiury  have  found  illustration ;  he  can  make  or 
get  photographs  of  interesting  localities  in  his 
neighborhood,  and  exchange  with  others  from  more 
distant  points ;  he  can  study  thoroughly  some  good 
general  text-books  on  physical  geography,  and  then 
search  for  local  illustrations  of  the  facts  and  prin- 
ciples therein  referred  to;  with  the  aid  of  the  same 
texts  he  can  devise  practical  exercises  illustrative 
of  such  subjects  as  day  and  night,  the  seasons, 
water  erosion,  curvature  of  the  earth,  etc.  Still 
better,  he  can  attend  the  sessions  of  the  summer 
school  of  science,  the  very  purpose  of  which  is  to 
direct  attention  to  the  aspects  of  nature  as  actually 
observed  in  well  chosen  localities,  changing  from 
year  to  year,  and  to  explain  the  methods  and  results 
of  such  observation. 

Of  course  it  will  be  objected  that  there  are  already 
too  many  subjects  in  the  curriculum,  and  that  there 
is  no  time  for  the  pursuit  of  another.  But  this 
idea  is  based  on  misapprehension  of  the  facts.  The 
subject  is  not  a  new  one.  It  is  already  in  the  curri- 
culum under  the  name  of  geography.  It  is  only  in 
the  method  of  teaching  it  that  improvement  is  de- 
sired. Drop  the  memorizing  of  geographical  details, 
especially  of  foreign  countries ;  direct  the  attention 
of  your  scholars  to  the  features  of  your  own 
environment,  first  those  of  the  school  grounds  and 
its  immediate  surroundings,  then  those  of  your  vil- 
lage, town  or  city ;  finally  of  your  county  and  pro- 
vince. Make  your  pupils  understand  why  the 
school  is  where  it  is ;  what  circumstances  determined 
the  location  of  your  town  or  village;  why  the 
county  lines  were  drawn  where  they  are;  what 
circumstances  determined  the  provincial  boundaries  ; 
and  in  what  particulars  New  Brunswick  and  Nova 
Scotia  differ  from  other  provinces,  or  from  other 
parts  of  the  continent. 

These  and  similar  subjects  do  not  need  the  setting 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


133 


aside  of  special  periods  for  their  consideration. 
Much  of  the  work  is  out-door  work,  and  will  make 
no  encroachment  on  the  ordinary  school  hours.-  It 
may  be  done  in  time  of  recess  or  the  holidays,  or 
on  the  way  to  and  from  school.  A  map  of  the 
school  grounds  may  be  made,  which  shall  not  only 
be  an  exercise  in  drawing,  but,  if  measurements  are 
made,  an  arithmetical  or  geometrical  exercise  as 
well.  Most  young  people  are  fond  of  exploring 
the  woods  and  streams  of  the  district  where  they 
live,  and  of  making  maps  of  the  latter,  christening 
the  more  interesting  features  with  names  of  their 
own  devising — thus  repeating  what  was  character- 
istic of  the  childhood  of  the  race, — and  such  work 
only  needs  encouragement  and  direction  to  make  it 
fruitful.  Let  the  teacher  organize  one  or  more  ex- 
cursions to  points  of  interest  with  his  pupils.  En- 
courage them  to  make  pictorial  representations,  or, 
where  possible,  clay  or  plaster  models  of  what  they 
have  seen ;  give  them  prominent  features  thus 
studied  as  subjects  for  composition ;  base  mathema- 
tical questions  upon  some  of  the  phenomena  observ- 
ed; and,  without  in  any  way  interfering  with  other 
school  work,  lessons  in  drawing,  moulding,  com- 
position and  arithmetic  will  have  been  given  in  a 
way  evoking  personal  interest,  while  much  useful 
information  will  have  been  gained  and  habits  of 
careful  observation  and  reasoning  acquired,  which 
will  be  through  life  a  source  of  profit  as  well  as 
pleasure.  Let  me  conclude  with  the  words  of 
Professor  Davis: 

"All  this  means  work,  unceasing  work ;  but  work  is  made 
easy  by  enthusiasm  and  delightful  by  success.  Let  the 
teacher,  therefore,  persevere  until  the  phenomena  of  the 
turning  earth  and  the  changing  seasons  are  his  familiar 
companions  through  the  year;  until  the  winds  and  the 
weather  proclaim  to  him  the  great  system  of  movements 
in  the  atmosphere  of  which  they  are  but  parts ;  until  the 
waves,  the  currents  and  the  tides  swing  freely  through  the 
ocean  of  his  imagination;  and  until  the  hills  and  streams 
commune  with  him  as  he  walks  by  them." 


November  in  Canadian  History. 

November  7,  1885,  Canadian  Pacific  railway  be- 
tween Montreal  and  Pacific  Ocean  completed. 

November  9,  1849,  first  telegraphic  message  sent 
between  St.  John  and  Halifax. 

November   II,   1813,  battle  of  Chrystler's  Farm. 

November  16,  1885,  Riel  hanged. 

November   19,   1899,  death  of  Sir  William  Daw- 


son. 


November  30,  1812,  the  U.  S.  General  Dearborn 
repulsed  at  Lacolle  river. 


Lesson  on  a  Window. 

What  is  its  shape? 

Of  what  is  it  made?  Why  not  have  it  of  paper? 
Wood  ?    Cloth  ?    Iron  ? 

Why  would  not  a  hole  in  the  wall  answer  just 
as  well  as  this? 

Why  is  it  best  to  have  it  in  two  parts  ? 

Why  would  it  not  be  as  well  to  have  it  higher  in 
the  wall?     Lower? 

Name  some  of  the  uses  of  the  window. 

"  To  let  the  light  in." 

'*  And  to  let  us  look  out." 

"  To  let  air  come  in." 

We  use  the  word  "  ventilation  "  for  that,  Louise. 
(Writes  the  word).  This  means  to  toss  in  the  air, 
and  the  word  is  from  the  Latin  vcn-ti-la-re.  The 
root  word  is  ventus,  wind.  But  why  should  we 
ventilate  our  rooms  ? 

"  The  air  gets  full  of  dust." 

Yes,  indeed.  And  not  only  that,  but  it  gets  full 
of  a  deadly  poison,  carbonic  acid  gas,  which  would 
kill  us  if  taken  in  large  supplies;  and  which  makes 
us  stupid  even  when  we  breathe  but  a  little  of  it. 

"  Is  that  why  so  many  people  go  to  sleep  in 
church?"  That  is  one  reason,  for  too  many 
churches  are  shut  right  up  after  the  service  with- 
out being  ventilated. 

"Sometimes  I  get  a  headache  even  at  home,  when 
the  windows  are  closed  in  the  winter." 

Our  greatest  danger  from  lack  of  pure  air  comes 
in  the  winter,  for  we  shut  ourselves  up  more  closely 
then  than  we  do  when  it  is  comfortable  to  have 
windows  and  doors  open.  But — who  can  think  of 
something  else  about  a  window? 

"  If  the  light  is  too  strong,  we  need  a  shade." 
Even  that  matter  is  often  overdone,  Harry.  Many 
insects  love  the  darkness,  and  disease  lurks  in  the 
house  that  always  has  its  shades  drawn.  What  is 
the  glass  fastened  in  with  ?  What  is  the  man  called 
who  does  this  work?  Who  makes  the  woodwork? 
What  is  the  woodwork  called?  You  may  each 
draw  a  large  window,  with  lace  curtains  that  are 
looped  back  from  the  centre;  and  a  small  one,  with 
a  fringed  shade  on  the  upper  half,  and  six  panes  Jn 
the  lower  half. 

For  the  spelling  lesson  you  may  use  each  of  these 
words  in  a  written  sentence :  glazier,  putty,  glass, 
carpenter,  sash,  frame,  pane,  ventilation,  light, 
oblong,  square,  transparent,  shade,  curtain,  shutter, 
blind,  pulley,  grating. — The  Kciv  Education. 


It  is  not  enough  to  speak,  but  to  speak  true. 


134 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


For  Friday  Afternoons. 

In  answer  to  a  request  in  the  October  Review, 
several  teachers  have  sent  in  selections  for  school 
entertainments  and  for  Friday  afternoon  recita- 
tions, etc.  We  thank  the  correspondents  for  these, 
which  will  be  used  as  occasion  requires.  Will 
correspondents  kindly  send,  when  possible,  the 
names  of  the  authors  of  the  selections,  so  that  pro- 
per credits  may  be  given? 

Mrs.  Geralda  H.  Jenkins,  of  Canaan,  N.  S.,  sends  a 
play  for  seven  children,  of  the  age  of  seven  or  eight 
years.  She  says  :  "It  is  very  pretty  when  nicely  acted. 
The  children  wear  badges  marked  with  the  day  they 
represent,  which  can  be  made  very  pretty  with 
colored  crayons  on  white  paper,  and  may  or  may 
not  carry  something  to  represent  the  work  done, — 
as  needle  and  thread,  a  rolling  pin,  etc.  They  come 
to  the  front  one  by  one  and  stand  in  a  row. 

"  I  devote  an  hour  every  Friday  afternoon  to 
recitations,  etc.,  and  think  it  adds  life  and  interest 
to  the  school  besides  cultivating  a  side  of  child 
nature  that  would  otherwise  be  neglected." 

Days  of  the  Week. 
Monday — 

I  am  a  very  busy  day, 

I  just  come  after  Sunday; 

But  many  people  slander  me 

And  say,  I  am  "  blue  Monday." 

I  play  upon  the  wash-board, 

Which  if  every  one  would  use, 

They  never  would  be  troubled  with  the  blues. 
Tuesday- 
Good  evening,  sister,  here  I  am, 

And  I  have  work  to  do. 

For  though  the  clothes  are  nicely  washed, 

They  must  be  ironed,  too. 

I  starch  and  iron  everything, 

And  lay  them  all  away; 

So  you  will  see  that  I  must  be 

A  very  busy  day. 
Wednesday — 

Dear  me !  I  have  so  much  work  to  do ; 

For  though  the  clothes  are  washed  and  ironed 

They  are  not  made  to  eat ! 

I  make  the  bread,  the  cake,  the  pies, 

Doughnuts,  and  cookies,  too, 

With  sugar  and  spice,  and  all  things  nice, 

I   work  as  well  as  you. 
Thursday — 

There's  something  left  for  me  to  do 

Which  I  will  never  shirk, 

I  cut  and  fit,  and  sew  and  knit, 

Such  is  my  daily  work. 

What  children  wear  they  often  tear, 

When  other  work  is  through. 

With  thimble,   thread  and  needle  bright, 

I  make  them  nice  and  new. 


Friday — 

Some  call  me  an  unlucky  day, 

I  don't  see  why  they  should, 

'For  of;  they  turn  around  and  say 

That  I  am  "  Friday  good." 

I  make  the  beds,  and  sweep  the  floors, 

The  clothes  I  overhaul, 

To  pave  the  way  for  Saturday, 

The  busiest  day  of  all. 
Saturday — 

I  am  the  biggest  work  day, 

I  make  things  splash  and  splatter. 

I  scour  and  scrub,  and  rub  and  rub, 

On  plate,  and  tin,  and  platter. 

For  I  must  make  things  nice  and  clean 

For  our  dear  sister  guest, 

The  Sabbath  day,  of  all  the  rest 

The  sweetest  and  the  best. 
Sunday — 

My  sisters,  dear,  you  all  are  here, 

Each  in  your  proper  place, 

The  last  shall  yet  be  first  you  know, 

And  so  I  take  my  place. 

On  Sabbath  day  nor  work  nor  play 

Should  lure  us  from  our  duty 

Of  serving  Him  who  made  the  earth 

So  full  of  light  and  beauty. 

The  children  stand  and  sing  to  the  tune  of  Home, 
Sweet  Home: 

We  come  one  by  one  with  our  duty  so  plain, 
And  when  we  are  gone,  we  shall  ne*er  come  again ; 
Improve,  then,  each  moment,  each  hour,  each  day, 
For  slowly  but  surely  we're  passing  away. — Repeat. 

(The    children    start    to  march  out  at  the  beginning  o( 
last  line  and  repeat  until  all  are  out  of  room). 


Miss  Sadie  Foster,  Upper  Rexton,  N.  B.,  sends 
a  recitation,  "  Made  in  Canada,"  which  is  inserted 
with  a  few  changes  from  the  original.  Children 
should  be  taught  that  "  while  Canada  is  for  the 
Canadians,"  we  should  be  on  the  best  of  terms  with 
other  countries,  so  far  as  trade  and  intercourse  are 
concerned. 

Made  in  Canada. 

What  is  the  creed  and  the  calling  that  we  of  the  north 

uphold  ? 
It  is  not' the  cry  for  power,  it  is  not  the  greed  of  gold. 
Let  the  east  and  south  and  west  contend,  like  wolves  for  a 

maverick  bone ; 
But  Canada  for  the. Canadians  is  the  creed  that  we  call  our 

own. 

Beef  and  bread  and  a  blanket,  a  pipe,  a  mug,  and  a  fire. 
Are  the  things  that  we  have  in  Canada ;  what  more  can  a 

man  desire? 
What   so   good   as    our   home-made   cloth,   and   under   the 

wide  blue  dome, 
Will    you    tell    me   where   you    have   tasted   bread   like   the 

bread  that  is  made  at  home? 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


135 


And  we  are  the  young  and  the  strong,  and  who  so  fit  for 

the  work  as  we? 
With  our  hands  of  steel  and  our  iron  heel,  and  our  hearts 

like  the  oaken  tree. 
For  we  are  the  home-bred,  home-fed  men,  the  pride  of  i 

princely  land, 
And  the  things  that  are  made  in  Canada  are  the  things  that 

her  sons  demand. 

So  this  is  the  creed  and  the  calling  that  we  of  the  north 

uphold ; 
It  is  never  the  cry  for  power,  it  is  never  the  greed  of  gold. 
Let  the  east  and  the  south  and  west  contend,  like  wolves 

for  a  maverick  bone, 
But  Canada   for  the  Canadians  is  the  creed  that  we  call 

our  own. 


Games  for  Primary  Grades. 

There  is  no  one  thing  in  the  primary  grade  that 
gives  a  better  return  than  the  playing  of  games.  In 
no  other  way  is  the  freedom  of  speech,  the  little 
courtesies,  and  the  spirit  of  unselfishness  so  easily 
taught. 

THE    MULTIPLICATION    GAME 

Is  a  favorite  and  is  a  friend  to  the  teacher  who 
wonders  why  children  cannot  learn  tables  more 
readily. 

Have  small  cards,  either  written  or  printed,  with 
a  multiplication  combination  on  each.  Turn  them, 
numbers  downward,  on  a  desk.  A  child  runs  up, 
takes  a  card,  peeps  at  it,  holds  it  carefully  that  no 
other  child  can  see  it.  For  example,  the  card  has 
on  it  8X6. 

The  child  says :  "  I  am  a  child  from  the  family 
of  6's,  can  you  guess  my  name  ?  " 

He  then  calls  on  a  pupil  who  says :  "  Are  you  7 
6's  are  42  ?  " 

"  No,  James."     (Calls  on  another). 

"  Are  you  3  6's  are  18?  " 

"  No,  Edith,"  and  so  on  until  the  correct  com- 
bination is  called.  Then  he  shows  the  card,  and  the 
one  who  guessed  correctly  chooses  a  card  and  con- 
tinues in  the  same  way. 

If  the  pupil  called  on  should  make  a  mistake, 
for  instance  saying,  "  7  6's  are  45,"  and  the  pupil 
with  the  card  fails  to  say,  "That  is  incorrect,"  he  !s 
obliged  to  forfeit  his  card  to  some  child  who  noticed 
the  mistake.  The  improvement  in  multiplication 
tables  can  be  noticed  in  a  few  weeks  after  playing 
the  game,  for  all  the  pupils  are  desirous  of  being 
called  on  to  guess. 

SPINNING    THE    PLATTER. 

This  is  another  little  device  for  the  dreaded 
multiplication   table.     Let   each   pupil   have   a   card 


with  a  multiplication  combination  on  it.  Have  a 
granite  pie-pan,  or  like  contrivance,  that  can  be 
placed  on  edge  and  spun  like  a  top.  The  game  is 
started  by  a  child  who  "  spins  the  platter  "  and  at 
the  same  time  calls  for  a  combination  as  "  6  9's." 
The  pupil  who  has  the  card  with  the  six  nines  upon 
it,  runs  to  the  platter,  saying  as  he  runs,  "  Six  9's 
are  54."  If  he  gives  the  combination  correctly  and 
gets  there  before  the  platter  has  stopped  spinning, 
he  has  the  privilege  of  spinning  the  platter  and 
calling  for  a  combination.  If  he  fails  to  give  his 
combination  correctly,  or  to  be  prompt  in  reaching 
the  platter,  he  takes  his  seat  and  the  first  pupil  has 
another  turn.  The  delight  the  pupils  take  in  hav- 
ing an  opportunity  to  "  spin  the  platter "  makes 
them  alert  and  prompt  in  answering,  and  in  this 
way  a  fine  review  of  tables  is  given  without  the 
pupils  knowing  that  they  have  been  working  as 
well  as  playing. — Teachers'  Magazine. 

THE    MISSING    PUPIL. 

The  little  diversion  of  the  missing  pupil  is  old, 
and  is  variously  modified.  A  small  pupil  (Anna), 
in  the  centre  of  a  group  or  circle,  is  blindfolded, 
while  her  playmates  march  around  and  sing  this 
stanza : 

Happy  now  together, 

All  our  clr.ssmates  play, 
We  are  ne'er  so  merry 

When  there's  one  away. 
But  some  one  is  missing — 

O,  ^as,  it's  true! 
Please  will  some  one  call  her? 
Anna,  dear,  will  you? 

As  they  sing,  one  of  their  number  detaches  her- 
self from  the  others,  and  hides  behind  a  tree  or  be- 
hind the  teacher.  The  child  in  the  centre  removes 
the  bandage  from  her  eyes,  and  guesses  who  is 
gone.  If  she  guesses  correctly,  the  child  who  is 
concealed  is  the  next  to  take  the  place  in  the  centre. 
— School  Recreations  and  Amusements.  American 
Rook  Company. 

Andrew  Lang  includes  "  month  "  in  his  list  of  60 
English  words  that  have  no  rhyme.  He  apparently 
never  has  heard  the  old  verse  of  the  mathematical 
student : 

The  Nth  term  and  the  (N+i)th 

Have  troub'ed  my  mind  for  many  a  month. 

— New  York  Tribune. 


I  have  been  a  subscriber  to  the  Review  for  nine 
years,  and  every  number  received  has  been  helpful 
to  me  in  my  work.  Wishing  you  still  greater 
success,  I  remain,  yours  truly,  E.  M.  F. 


136 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

The  ninth  of  November  is  King  Edward's  birth- 
day, and  one  of  the  days  on  which  the  school  flag 
should  be  flying. 

The  Emperor  Menelik,  who  has  no  children,  has 
named  his  nephew  as  heir  to  the  throne  of  Abyssinia. 
The  choice  has  the  approval  of  Great  Britain, 
France  and  Italy. 

While  the  proposed  tunnel  to  Prince  Edward  Is- 
land is  not  yet  begun,  a  British  Columbia  board  of 
trade  is  proposing  a  bridge  to  connect  Vancouver 
Island  with  the  mainland,  at  a  cost  of  twenty  mil- 
lion dollars. 

.  The  British  squadron  under  command  of  Admiral 
Prince  Louis,  of  Battenburg,  after  a  long  stay  in 
Canada,  has  left  for  Annapolis,  Md, where  it  will  be 
received  by  a  United  States  squadron  under 
Admiral  Evans.  Leaving  there  on  November  8th, 
the  two  fleets  will  be  in  New  York  harbor  on  the 
King's  birthday.  From  the  latter  port,  the  British 
squadron  will  sail  direct  to  Gibraltar  at  high  speed, 
the  cruise  being  part  of  the  admiralty's  plans  for 
testing  the  new  disposition  of  the  Atlantic  fleet  and 
its  availability  in  case  of  need. 

The  Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales  have  left  Eng- 
land on  their  visit  to  India,  where  great  prepara- 
tions have  been  made  for  their  reception.  The  de- 
parture of  Lord  Curzon  is  postponed  until  after  this 
visit. 

In  two  and  a  half  years'  time,  at  a  cost  of  fifty 
lives  and  much  money,  a  British  expedition  has 
completed  a  survey  of  the  boundary  line  on  the 
Afghan  and  Persian  frontier.  It  was  a  work  of 
immense  difficulty  and  danger.  Terrible  winds 
were  encountered,  with  intense  heat  and  intense 
cold.  To  get  the  information  needed  for  a  military 
map  of  the  region  was,  perhaps,  the  real  reason  for 
sending  out  the  expedition. 

The  international  waterways  commission  has  sent 
geological  experts  to  report  upon  the  receding  of 
the  Canadian  side  of  Niagara  Falls,  where  there  is 
said  to  have  been  a  recession  of  three  hundred  feet 
in  the  last  eighty  years. 

The  Hottentots  in  German  Southwest  Africa  have 
again  taken  the  offensive,  and  have  captured  an  im- 
portant German  post.  The  Germans  are  falling 
back.  The  Basutos,  in  British  territory,  are  said 
to  be  restless,  their  enmity  being  directed  towards 
the  Boers  rather  than  the  British. 

A  Russian  despatch  says  negotiations  between 
Great  Britain  and  Russia  regarding  Asiatic  ques- 
tions are  proceeding  favorably,  and  a  complete 
understanding  seems  to  have  been  reached.  This 
means  delimitation  of  the  Russian  and  British 
spheres  of  influence  in  Asia,  and  will  probably  give 
Russia  commercial   access  to  the  Persian  Gulf. 

The  Quebec  government  is  taking  steps  towards 
the  settlement  of  the  boundary  line  between  the 
province  and  the  narrow  strip  of  Labrador  territory 
controlled  by  the  government  of  Newfoundland. 


The  rights  of  all  foreign  fishermen  on  the  coast 
of  Newfoundland  were  not  finally  determined  when 
the  French  gave  up  their  claims.  United  States 
fishermen  have  certain  rights  there,  under  the  treaty 
of  1818.  They  may  take  fish  in  Newfoundland 
waters,  and  enter  the  bays  and  harbors  for  certain 
purposes ;  but  these  purposes  do  not  include  buying 
fish,  or  shipping  crews  of  fishermen,  both  of  which 
the  Gloucester  fishing  vessels  have  been  doing.  The 
Newfoundland  government  has  determined  to  put 
a  stop  to  these  practices,  thus  preventing  the 
Gloucester  fishers  from  sending  Newfoundland  fish 
into  the  United  States  markets  duty  free,  as  their 
own  catch;  and  making  it  possible  for  Newfound- 
land fish  merchants  to  get  some  share  of  the  trade. 

King  Edward  has  opened  a  new  thoroughfare  in 
London,  which  has  been  six  years  in  construction, 
and  has  cost  thirty  million  dollars.  It  is  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  in  length,  and  to  make  way  for 
it  some  of  the  worst  slums  of  the  city  have  been 
ren  loved. 

The  Irish  language  is  now  taught  in  more  than 
three  thousand  schools  in  Ireland. 

The  Norwegian  Arctic  exploring  expedition, 
which  has  been  working  along  the  north  coast  of 
Canada,  is  reported  to  have  made  the  northwest 
passage,  and  may  be  expected  to  make  its  way 
through  Behring  Strait  next  summer. 

Norway  is  now  an  independent  state,  the  bill  re- 
pealing the  union  with  Sweden  having  passed  both 
the  Swedish  and  the  Norwegian  parliament.  Prince 
Charles,  of  Denmark,  will  probably  be  chosen  ruler 
of  Norway,  with  or  without  the  title  of  King. 

Hong  Kong,  hitherto  spoken  of  as  the  third  ship- 
ping port  in  the  world  in  respect  to  the  number  of 
vessels  entering,  is  now,  according  to  official  re- 
turns, the  second ;  London  being,  of  course,  the  first, 
and  New  York  the  third. 

The  coming  winter  promises  to  be  the  brightest 
ever  experienced  in  the  coal  trade  of  Nova  Scotia. 
Louisburg,  the  winter  port  of  shipment  for  the 
Dominion  Coal  Co.,  will  have  the  busiest  season  in 
its  history.  The  time  is  not  far  distant,  it  is  said, 
when  Nova  Scotia  itself  will  utilize  two  million 
tons  of  coal  per  year. 

The  government  of  Venezuela,  having  success- 
fully defied  the  United  States,  and  refused  to  set 
aside  a  decree  of  its  own  courts  at  the  dictation  of 
President  Roosevelt,  is  now  defying  France.  F.  ance 
is  sending  war-ships  to  the  West  Indies.  The 
cause  of  the  trouble,  in  both  cases,  is  the  granting 
of  concessions  to  foreign  commercial  companies, 
and  the  appeal  of  these  companies  to  their  home 
governments  against  the  rulings  of  the  Venezuelan 
courts. 

"  Laugh  and  grow  fat  "  is  the  prescription  that 
cannot  well  be  taken  seriously ;  yet  it  is  said  that 
dyspepsia  is  now  to  be  systematically  treated  by 
laughter,  and  that  a  Paris  physician  has  established 
a  sanitarium  for  that  purpose. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


137 


During  last  year,  117,271  immigrants  arrived  at 
Canadian  ports,  and  thousands  more  came  from  the 
United  States. 

An  international  congress  in  Belgium  has  ap- 
proved the  plan  of  placing  polar  exploration  under 
international  direction. 

It  has  long  been  known  to  geographers  that  by 
an  inland  route  from  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
Caribbean  Sea,  running  due  south  up  the  valley  of 
the  Atrato  and  down  that  of  the  San  Juan.a  small 
river  emptying  into  the  Pacific  four  degrees  north 
of  the  equator,  it  would  be  possible  to  dig  a  canal 
at  sea  level  from  ocean  to  ocean.  The  greit  dis- 
tance is  the  objection  to  this  route,  for  a  canal  du^ 
here  would  be  not  less  than  five  hundred  milts  in 
length;  but,  as  there  are  supposed  to  be  no  great 
engineering  difficulties  in  the  way.  such  a  canal  is 
now  thought  of  as  a  possible  rival  of  the  Panama 
canal. 

There  is  a  native  insurrection  in  British  East 
Africa,  and  tribesmen  are  threatening  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Uganda  railway. 

More  coal  was  exported  from  the  United  King- 
dom last  year  than  in  any  previous  year,  the  total 
reaching  something  more  than  sixty-five  million 
tons. 

Great  Britain  and  China  have  agreed  on  a  con- 
ference for  a  new  Tibetan  treaty,  China  maintain- 
ing that  the  Tibetans  themselves,  as  vassals  of  the 
Chinese  Empire,  have  no  treaty  making  powers. 
It  is  learned  that  the  Dalai  Lama,  who  fled  from 
Tibet  at  the  approach  of  the  British  forces,  is  re- 
turning. 

Work  will  begin  at  once  on  a  railway  from 
Peshawar  to  the  Afghan  frontier  on  the  Russian 
side.  When  this  is  completed,  Russia  and  Great 
Britain  will  be  practically  in  touch  in  Central  Asia. 

The  new  Anglo-Japrnese  treaty  marks  a  n"w  en 
in  the  history  of  Eastern  Asia.  English  ideas  of 
justice  and  integrity,  as  exemplified  in  the  govern- 
ment of  India,  are  to  rule  in  the  Far  East ;  Japan 
is  recognized  as  a  power  of  the  first  rank,  and  the 
leader  of  the  Oriental  races ;  China  is  to  develop  in 
its  own  way,  and  be  henceforth  treated  as  an  equal 
by  the  other  nations  of  the  world. 

A  timber  famine  is  threatened  in  the  United 
States,  and  it  is  becoming  more  than  ever  cl.ar  that 
Canada  is  the  future  source  of  supply  for  forest 
products  in  North  America.  A  great  Canadian 
forestry  convention  will  he  held  in  Ottawa  in  Janu- 
ary, at  the  call  of  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier,  to  d'scuss 
among  other  matters,  the  increased  danger  to  our 
forests  which  the  opening  up  of  new  railway  lines 
will  bring. 

The  present  population  of  Asia,  including  the 
East  Indies,  is  estimated  at  nine  hundred  million;; 
that  of  Europe  at  four  hundred  millions ;  that  of 
North  and  South  America,  with  the  West  Indies  in- 
cluded, at  about  one  hundred  and  fiftv  millions;  and 
that  of  Africa,  Australia  and  the  Pacific  Islands  at 
one  hundred  and  fifty  millions. 


The  German  government  has  decided  to  equip  all 
lightships  along  the  Baltic  and  North  Sea  coasts 
with  a  special  signalling  apparatus,  consisting  of  a 
submerged  bell  rung  by  steam  power.  By  vessels 
properly  equipped  with  receivers,  the  sound  of  the 
bell  can  be  heard  under  water  for  a  distance  of  eight 
miles  or  more.  There  have  been  more  wrecks  on 
the  Baltic  coast  in  proportion  to  the  trade  than  on 
any  other  coast  in  the  world,  the  average  being  one 
wreck  a  day  the  year  round. 

Timbuctoo  is  now  considered  within  the  reach  of 
tourists.  Eight  days  by  steamer  from  France  will 
take  the  traveller  to  Dakar,  on  the  coast  of  Africa. 
One  day  thence  by  train  to  St.  Louis,  three  days  by 
water  to  Kayes*  two  to  Kilikoro  by  train,  and  four 
days  thence  to  Timbuctoo,  by  the  new  steamboat 
service  established  this  year,  will  complete  the  jour- 
ney. 

There  is  a  general  opinion  that  the  cHmate  is 
undergoing  a  gradual  change,  in  consequence  of  the 
irrigation  works  recently  established,  and  the 
broader  area  of  cultivated  land  and  greater  amount 
of  water  evaporation  that  must  follow.  It  has  even 
been  said  that  the  Sphinx  and  other  monuments 
that  have  withstood  the  former  climate  are  crumb- 
ling because  of  the  greater  moisture.  But  official 
reports  show  that  the  rumors  are  untrue.  None  of 
the  observations  indicate  any  change  of  climate. 

Thousands  of  settlers  wdio  have  taken  up  govern- 
ment lands  in  Southern  California  will  be  driven 
from  their  homes  as  a  result  of  bad  engineering  in 
diverting  the  course  of  the  Colorado  river  for  irri- 
gation purposes.  This  is  the  statement  of  a  mem- 
ber of  the  international  waterways  commiss'on.  who 
predicts  that  within  twentv  years  a  mi'lion  aTcs  of 
the  valley  will  he  covered  by  a  new  inland  sea. 

'J  he  approach  of  a  presidential  election  in  Cuba 
is  viewed  with  some  degree  of  alarm  by  the  United 
States  authorities,  as  serious  disturbances  are 
threatened.  .  One  of  the  Cuban  party  leaders  is  now 
in  the  United  States  seeking  for  intervention  by 
1 'resident  Roosevelt,  and  an  armed  uprising  to  bring 
about  that  intervention  is  among  the  possibilities. 

The  wireless  telegraph  station  on  Sable  Island 
is  a  marked  success.  The  Minister  of  Marine  spea'.s 
of  it  as  the  most  important  telegraphic  station  in 
the  world.  From  eighty  to  one  hundred  messages 
a  day  are  received. 

A  lainj)  which  gives  neither  light  nor  heat  is  a 
new  German  invention.  It  is  designed  to  give  out 
the  invisible  rays  of  the  spectrum,  know  as  the 
ultra-violet  rays.  These  rays  have  a  powerful 
chemical  effect,  and  are  very  destructive  to  bacteria. 

Believing  ornamental  gardening  to  be  a  suitable 
occupation  for  woman.  Miss  Krupp  daughter  of  the 
celebrated  gunmaker.  has  started  a  school  in  Ger- 
many where  girls  are  trained  for  that  pursuit. 

'Hie  population  of  Russia  is  increasing  more 
rapidly  than  that  of  any  other  country  in  F'urope, 
with  th«-  exception,  perhaps,  of  Denmark,  Sweden 
and  Norway. 


138 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  15th  of  November  is  the  date  fixed  for  the 
garrison  at  Halifax  to  pass  into  Canadian  hands. 

Nearly  forty  different  languages  are  now  spoken 
in  Canada,  including  those  of  the  various  Indian 
tribes. 

Disbanded  Russian  officer  and  soldiers  of  the  late 
war  are  to  be  offered  free  lands  for  settlement  in 
Siberia,  a  plan  which  was  adopted  in  the  early  settle- 
ment of  our  own  country,  and  which  has  the  double 
advantage  of  bringing  new  lands  under  cultivation 
and  giving  employment  to  the  disbanded  men. 

Nearly  every  man  in  China  can  read,  but  very 
few  of  the  women  are  educated. 

Among  new  building  materials  now  coming  into 
use  are  bricks  made  of  clean  sand  and  ground  quick- 
lime which  are  said  to  be  as  substantial  as  granita ; 
and  a  new  material  called  wood-stone,  which  is 
made  of  sawdust  and  calcined  magnesia,  and  is  said 
to  be  water-proof,  incombustible,  and  capable  of 
taking  a  high  polish.  Glass  bricks  have  been  known 
for  some  years,  and  are  used  for  walls  that  need  to 
be  at  once  fire-proof  and  translucent.  In  some 
parts  of  France  they  are  used  for  street  pavement. 

Russia  is  practically  cut  off  from  the  rest  of  Eu- 
rope by  a  general  strike  of  railway  employees.  The 
want  of  food  will  soon  be  felt  in  the  cities,  if  the 
situation  remains  long  unchanged  In  the  meantime, 
there  is  comparatively  little  disorder  and  the  gov- 
ernment is  doing  everything  possible  to  keep  food 
supplies  moving  by  military  operation  of  some  of 
the  railways. 

Count  Witte,  the  successful  peace  negotiator,  has 
been  called  upon  by  the  Czar  to  form  a  cabinet  which 
may  meet  the  new  national  assembly  when  it  con- 
venes, and  form  the  first  responsible  ministry  of  the 
empire.  If  the  present  industrial  disturbances,  do 
not  lead  to  anarchy,  next  year  will  probably  see 
Russia,  governed  by  a  limited  monarchy  much  like 
our  own. 

The  partition  of  Bengal  for  administrative  pur- 
poses has  given  much  dissatisfaction  to  the  natives, 
as  it  is  known  to  be  a  measure  adopted  by  Lord 
Curzon,  the  retiring  viceroy,  as  a  means  of  lessening 
the  influence  of  that  state  in  the  affairs  of  the  Indian 
Empire. 

Trafalgar  Day,  the  hundredth  anniversary  of 
Nelson's  victory  and  death,  seems  to  have  been  cele- 
brated in  a  quiet  and  dignified  way  throughout  the 
Empire.  In  Halifax,  Prince  Louis's  flagship,  the 
"  Drake."  hoisted  Lord  Nelson's  flag,  and  the  old 
signal  for  close  action,  and  the  other  ships  of  the 
fleet  were  dressed  with  flags.  At  ha1f-past  four, 
the  hour  of  the  death.  Nelson's  fla<j  and  the  ensign 
were  lowered  to  half-mast  and  minute  guns  fired. 
Similar  honors  were  paid  to  the  memory  of  the  hero 
on  all  the  ships  of  the  navy  in  English  waters,  and 
there  were  commemorative  ceremonies  and  ad- 
dresses on  land,  as  well  as  at  sea. 


Teachers'  Conventions. 

Teachers'  Normal  Institute. 

The  Teachers'  Institute  for  the  six  eastern  coun- 
ties of  Nova  Scotia,  held  at  North  Sydney  from  the 
25th  to  30th  September,  was  somewhat  unique  in 
character.  Instead  of  the  usual  formal  papers, 
often  of  little  benefit  to  young  teachers,  there  were 
in  the  forenoons  of  four  consecutive  days  forty- 
eight  model  lessons  on  the  subjects  most  important 
to  the  ordinary  country  school — reading  by  Miss 
Dillon,  of  Guysboro,  and  Miss  Patterson,  of  Glace 
Bay;  arithmetic  by  Prof.  Connolly,  of  the  normal 
school,  and  Miss  Edgecombe,  of  Sydney;  language 
by  Miss  McKenzie,  of  Sydney  Mines ;  geography 
by  Miss  Macneil,  of  Sydney ;  grammar  by  Principal 
McLeod,  of  Whitney  Pier;  drawing  by  Principal 
Smith,  of  Port  Hood;  nature  by  Miss  Kelly,  of 
Glace  Bay,  and  Principal  Mclnnis,  of  Reserve 
Mines,  supplemented  by  Principals  Armstrong  and 
Matheson ;  and  botany  by  Miss  McLeod,  of  Bridge- 
port. 

The  choice  of  topics  showed  that  somebody  under- 
stood exactly  what  the  eastern  schools  most  needed, 
and  the  selection  of  instructors  could  not  have  been 
excelled  in  any  part  of  Nova  Scotia.  It  might  have 
been  thought  difficult  to  give  a  model  lesson  to  child- 
ren with  whom  the  instructors  were  not  acquainted, 
yet  it  did  not  seem  to  be.  For  the  North  Sydney 
children  behaved  admirably,  not  only  in  the  class- 
rooms, but  also  in  the  hallways  and  in  the  streets. 
The  instructors,  by  their  skilful  presentation  of 
knowledge  just  suited  to  the  various  stages  of  child 
development,  and  by  their  charming  manner,  not 
only  held  the  attention  of  the  children  perfectly,  but 
they  also  enlightened  and  inspired  the  on-looking 
teachers. 

In  primary  reading  the  phonic  method  was  used 
to  give  the  pupils  a  mastery  of  all  regular  words 
and  to  train  them  in  distinct  articulation  and  nice 
discernment  of  sounds.  To  facilitate  their  progress 
anomalous  words  were  disposed  of  by  the  "  look 
and  say  "  method — these  methods  being  always  held 
subordinate  to  interest  in  the  content.  ■  Interest  was 
aroused  and  augmented  by  preliminary  talks  care- 
fully prepared  and  epitomized  on  the  blackboard  ;n 
such  a  way  as  to  introduce  the  more  difficult  words 
of  the  lesson  in  advance. 

In  arithmetic  the  exercises  were  founded  on  the 
transactions  of  everyday  life.  The  several  steps  of 
the  unitary  method  were  made  very  plain  in  pro- 
blems of  gradually  increasing  difficulty  by  which  the 
pupils  were  trained  to  analyze  and  reason  system- 
atically. 

Principal  Smith,  of  Port  Hood,  in  one  lesson 
taught  a  class  of  thirteen-year-old  pupils  to  con- 
struct, with  a  clear  understanding  of  the  principles 
involved,  a  diagonal  scale,  and  to  use  it  readily  in 
the  measurement  of  lines.  What  would  not  a 
week  or  a  month  of  such  teaching  accomplish  ? 

The  nature  lessons  consisted  of  a  study  of  speci- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


139 


mens  in  the  hands  of  each  pupil — no  text-books 
being  used.  No  mere  memorizing  of  information 
received  from  other  people's  observation  will  here- 
after satisfy  those  teachers  who  noted  the  interest 
with  which  the  pupils  were  led  to  make  all  the 
discoveries  for  themselves — the  instructor  merely 
supplying,  when  necessary,  the  new  technical  terms. 

After  each  lesson  an  opportunity  was  given  for 
questions  and  discussions,  which  for  the  most  part 
consisted  in  expressions  of  appreciation  ;  for  adverse 
criticism  was  scarcely  possible.  The  Superintend- 
ent of  Education  contributed  very  much  to  the  inter- 
est of  this  part  of  the  programme.  After  each 
lesson,  to  which  he  listened,  he  pointed  out  the 
fundamental  principles  upon  which  success  in  the 
teaching  of  that  subject  depended,  and  how  it  was 
that  the  instructor,  amid  so  many  distractions,  was 
able  to  make  such  a  deep  impression  upon  the  pupils. 
He  dealt  very  fully  upon  the  value,  methods  and 
possibilities  in  nature  study,  and  upon  the  suitability 
of  practical  studies  for  the  best  kind  of  mental  dis- 
cipline. 

In  the  schools  of  North  Sydney  and  Sydney 
Mines  music  receives  adequate  attention  under  the 
direction  of  Professor  C.  L.  Chisholm.  These  are 
the  only  places  in  Nova  Scotia  where  a  special 
supervisor  of  music  is  employed.  The  results  more 
than  justify  the  time  and  expense.  Less  than  three 
half-bours  a  week  enables  the  pupils  to  sing  cor- 
rectly and  readily  any  ordinary  music  at  sight  from 
the  staff  notation.  The  absolute  accuracy  with 
which  the  pupils  could  instantly  strike  anv  note  in 
any  key,  and  the  firmness  with  which  thev  held 
their  parts  in  two,  three,  or  four  part  harmonv  was 
Tittle  short  of  marvellous.  None  of  those  who  were 
present  on  Thursday  afternoon  at  the  demonstra- 
tion given  by  Professor  Chisholm.  of  his  splendid 
system  of  teaching  music,  nor  of  those  who  heard 
Dr.  MacKay's  clear  expositions  and  enthusiastic 
defense  of  nature  studies  will  ever  hereafter  be 
disposed  to  place  these  subjects  among  the  "  fads 
and  frills  "  of  education,  unless  indeed  it  should 
be  found  that,  after  all,  the  so-called  "  fads  and 
frills  "  are  the  essentials,  while  the  three  r's  are  the 
instruments,  to  be  learned  incidentally,  vet  not  less 
thoroughly,  on  that  account,  than  heretofore. 

On  Tuesdav  afternoon  the  teachers  had  a  delight- 
ful sail  on  the  harbour  as  the  quests  °f  the  town  r-f 
North  Sydney.  In  addition  to  the  enjoyment  of 
social  pleasures,  the  teachers  trained  an  appreciable 
amount  of  geographical  knowledge  in  a  manner 
which  may  suggest  more  rational  methods  of  com- 
municating such  information  to  their  pupils.  On 
Wednesday  afternoon  thev  visited  the  Dominion 
Tron  and  Steel  Company's  works  at  Sydney,  and 
wondered  at  the  complicated  machinery,  which 
almost  seemed  to  be  possessed  of  intelligence  of  its 
own,  as  it  moved  about,  huge  masses  of  incandes- 
cent iron  placing  them  here  or  there,  or  turning 
them  over  as  required,  sending  them  at  length  on 
to  cars  as  completed  rails,  or  coiling  them  up  is 
completed  wire.     The  teachers  will  return  to  their 


schoolrooms  with  an  increased  respect  for  science 
and  for  the  resources  of  our  country,  with  enlarged 
views  and  a  broader  outlook. 

For  all  these  privileges  the  teachers  are  indebted 
to  the  Education  Department,  for  recognizing  in  a 
practical  way  the  value  of  this  short  normal  course, 
to  those  who  did  not  have  the  advantages  of  train- 
ing at  the  normal  school.  They  are  equally  in- 
debted to  the  executive  committee,  consisting  of 
Inspectors  Macdonald,  McKinnon,  Macneil  and 
Phelan,  assisted  by  Principals  McKenzie,  Matheson, 
Macdonald  and  Smith,  and  Mr.  Stewart,  for  the 
excellent  programme  so  perfectly  carried  out.  In- 
spector Macdonald  as  chairman,  showed  great  ex- 
ecutive ability.  For  many  years  he  has  rendered 
such  great  services  to  the  cause  of  education  that 
the  opinion  was  freelv  expressed,  that  the  list  of 
those  honored  bv  St.  Francis  Xavier  College  at  its 
recent  brilliant  jubilee,  was  incomplete  without  one 
name  more — that  of  Professor  A.  G.  Macdonald. 


P.  E.  Island  Association. 

The  Prince  Edward  Island  Teachers'  Association 
met  at  Charlottetown,  September  27.  28,  29.  There 
were  nearly  200  teachers  in  attendance.  Vice- 
president  J.  F.  Gillis  gave  an  excellent  opening 
address,  after  which  Mr.  H.  B.  McLean,  of  the 
Macdonald  consolidated  school,  Hillsboro,  read  a 
practical  paper  on  manual  training.  One  session 
was  occupied  in  visiting  the  consolidated  school  at 
Hillsboro,  where  an  inspection  was  made  of  the 
classes  at  work.  Following  this  a  model  lesson  was 
given  to  a  class  of  grade  six  pupils  in  the  assembly 
hall  of  the  school  by  Dr.  Brittain,  of  Fredericton. 
The  subject  was  buds  and  leaves,  and  it  was  made 
an  excellent  example  of  a  nature-study  lesson.  A 
paper  011  the  Teaching  Process  was  read  bv  J.  A. 
McPhee,  B.  A.,  of  Souris,  and  Dr.  Brittain  gave  an 
address  on  nature-study,  illustrating  the  best 
methods  of  teaching  it. 

At  Friday's  session  the  school  book  question  was 
discussed  and  a  number  of  changes  suggested. 
Among  them  the  substitution  of  a  book  on  Canadian 
history,  to  take  the  place  of  Clement's  text,  and  new 
texts  on  botany  and  agriculture  were  recommended. 
An  interesting  paper  on  Defects  in  the  Curriculum 
was  read  bv  Miss  A.  S.  Clarke,  in  which  she  advo- 
cated more  nature-study,  biography  and  literature 
in  the  schools.  The  papers  and  addresses  were 
discussed  by  the  members  of  the  convention  in  an 
excellent  spirit.  The  convention,  by  resolution, 
asked  the  government  to  appoint  a  commission  to 
deal  with  the  whole  educational  question  of  the  Is- 
land, and  asked  that  teachers  be  represented  on  the 
c<  mmission.  A  resolution  was  adopted  placing  on 
record  the  appreciation  of  the  convention  for  the 
services  of  the  late  Inspector  W.  D.  Mclntyre.  The 
following  officers  were  elected  for  the  ensuing  year: 
President,  |.  K.  <iillis,  Charlottetown;  vice-presi- 
dents, I.  W.  Jones,  Hillsborough,  Q.  C.  ;lnspecfor 
Matthews,  Alberton,  P.  C. ;  J.  A.  McPhee,  Souris. 


140 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


K.  C. ;  secretary-treasurer,  James  Landrigan,  Char- 
lottetown ;  recording  secretary,  H.  B.  McLean, 
Hillsboro;  additional  members  of  executive,  Miss 
S.  A.  Clarke,  Chas.  McDuff,  Vernon  Coffin,  P.  F. 
Hughes,  J.  W.  McDonald. 


for  the  ensuing  year :  B.  P.  Steeves,  B.  A.,  presi- 
dent; Miss  Carroll,  vice-president;  O.  N.  Brown, 
secretary-treasurer;  Miss  B.  M.  Eraser  and  Miss 
Dunnet,  additional  members  of  the  executive. 


Victoria  County,  N.  B.,  Institute. 

The  Victoria  County  teachers,  to  the  number  of 
twenty-five,  met  at  Grand  Falls,  September  28th 
and  29th,  Inspector  Meagher  presiding.  He  gave 
a  very  suggestive  address,  with  examples,  on  the 
first  steps  in  teaching  arithmetic.  Papers  were 
read  by  Principal  J.  C.  Carruthers,  of  the  Grand 
Falls  school,  on  the  Development  of  the  Imagina- 
tion; a  paper  on  Empire  Day  from  Miss  Bessie  M. 
Fraser,  now  of  Chatham,  N.  B.,  was  read  by  Miss 
Curry.  Dr.  Inch,  chief  superintendent  of  educa- 
tion, and  Dr.  Hay,  of  the  Educational  Review, 
attended,  took  part  in  the  proceedings  and  address- 
ed the  evening  meeting,  presided  over  by  Inspector 
Meagher.  This  was  very  largely  attended  and 
much  interest  was  shown  by  the  people. 

Touching  reference  was  made  during  the  proceed- 
ing of  the  institute  by  members  and  by  Dr.  Inch  to 
the  death  of  Thos.  Rogers,  of  Carlingford,  a  faithful 
teacher  and  an  active  member  of  the  institute.  This 
expression  of  feeling  was  conveyed  to  the  family 
of  the  deceased  in  a  touching  resolution  framed  by 
Principal  Carruthers  and  Miss  Goodine. 


Northumberland  County  Institute. 

The  twenty-ninth  annual  meeting  of  the  Nor- 
thumberland County  teachers,  of  whom  about  eighty 
were  present,  was  held  in  the  Harkins'  Academy, 
Newcastle,  N.  B.,  October  5th  and  6th,  with  Presi- 
dent Jas.  Mcintosh  in  the  chair.  Addresses  were' 
given  at  the  opening  session  by  Inspector  Mersereau 
and  by  Dr.  Cox.  The  former  stated  that  pupils  in 
the  advanced  grades  of  our  schools  were  unable  to 
attack  problems  independently.  The  cause  was  to 
be  found  in  the  many  time-killing  devices  in  the 
lower  grades  to  make  the  lessons  entertaining  and 
the  work  easy.  Two  well  taught  lessons  were  given 
to  classes, — one  on  reading  in  grade  I  by  Miss 
Sarah  Hogan,  and  the  other  on  the  Personal  Pro- 
noun to  a  more  advanced  grade  by  Miss  K.  L.  Troy. 
These  lessons  were  discussed  at  length  by  members 
of  the  institute.  Mr.  T.  B.  Kidner,  director  of 
manual  training,  gave  two  addresses  011  this  subject, 
one  before  the  institute  and  the  other  at  the  public 
evening  meeting,  going  very  fully  into  methods  and 
the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  its  introduction  into 
the  schools. 

At  the  second  day's  sessions  papers  were  read  as 
follows:  On  Canadian  History,  by  Miss  M.  T.  Dun- 
net,  How  to  Deal  with  the  Dull  Pupil,  by  Miss 
Bessie  M.  Fraser,  and  a  paper  on  Number  by  Miss 
Jennie  S.  Crammond.  The  papers  brought  out 
fruitful  discussions,  in  which  many  members  of  the 
institute  took  part.  The  next  meeting  will  be  held 
at   Chatham.     The   following   officers   were   elected 


Westmorlanp  County  Institute. 

The  twenty-eighth  annual  meeting  of  the  West- 
morland County  teachers  took  place  at  Dorchester 
on  Thursday  and  Friday,  October  5th  and  6th,  the 
president  W.  A.  Cowperthwaite,  A.  B.,  in  the  chair. 
About  ninety  teachers  were  present.  In  his  open- 
ing address,  the  president  stated  that  the  programme 
had  been  framed  with  the  object  of  making  the 
meeting  useful  and  suggestive  by  having  as  many 
lessons  as  possible  taught  before  the  assembled 
teachers.  Miss  Doyle,  of  Port  Elgin,  taught  a 
lesson  in  reading  to  a  class  of  grade  II  pupils,  and 
Mr.  R.  B.  Masterton,  B.  A.,  followed  with  one  on 
grammar,  both  of  which  were  commended  in  the 
discussion  which  followed.  The  public  meeting  on 
Thursday  evening  was  very  largely  attended. 
Judge  Landry  presided  and  made  an  excellent  ad- 
dress, followed  by  Principal  Oulton,  Inspector 
O'Blenes  and  others. 

At  Friday's  meeting  a  lesson  on  the  map  of 
Quebec  province  was  given  to  a  grade  VI  class  by 
Miss  Nicolson,  of  Moncton,  followed  by  an  illus- 
tration of  methods  in  arithmetic  by  Inspector 
O'Blenes.  At  the  afternoon  session  the  institute 
was  divided  into  a  primary  and  an  advanced  section. 
In  the  latter  the  question  was  discussed  of  a  larger 
allowance  of  time  for  the  closing  examinations  for 
matriculation  and  for  entrance  into  the  high  school. 
A  committee  consisting  of  W.  A.  Cowperthwaite, 
chairman,  T.  T.  Goodwin  and  A.  D.  Jonah  were 
appointed  to  confer  with  representatives  of  other 
counties  in  regard  to  this  matter,  and  then,  if  the 
rest  approve  the  idea,  to  memorialize  the  govern- 
ment. 

The  following  were  elected  officers  for  the  next 
year :  A.  D.  Jonah,  president ;  Miss  Lea,  vice-presi- 
dent ;  S.  W.  Irons,  secretary  and  treasurer ;  H.  B. 
Steeves,  H.  Burns,  executive. 

The  institute  will  meet  next  vear  at  Shediac. 


Albert  County  Institute. 
The  twenty-eighth  annual  meeting  of  the  Albert 
County  teachers  was  held  in  the  new  consolidated 
school  at  Riverside,  N.  B.,  on  the  5th  and  6th  Octo- 
ber, the  president,  Thos.  E.  Colpitts,  A.  B..  in  the 
chair.  The  teachers  were  much  interested  in  visit- 
ing the  different  rooms  of  the  new  school  building, 
which  occupies  a  fine  position  nearly  midway  be- 
tween the  villages  of  Albert  and  Riverside,  with 
plenty  of  space  for  playgrounds,  school  gardens  and 
an  aboretum.  The  manual  training,  domestic 
science  and  science  departments  have  not  yet  been 
fitted  up.  In  a  short  time  these  will  be  in  running 
order,  and  will  meet  the  conditions  required  by  the 
gift  of  $5,000  promised  by  Ex-Governor  McClelan. 
The  school  has  admirable  facilities   for  work,  and 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


141 


promises,  under  the  principalship  of  Mr.  G.  J.  True- 
man  and  his  excellent  staff,  to  be  one  of  the  best 
equipped  educational  institutions  in  these  provinces. 

The  first  paper  after  the  opening  addresses  was 
read  by  Miss  Glendine  Brewster  on  Talking — Is  it 
a  Crime?  The  opinion  of  the  reader  of  the  paper 
and  those  who  followed  in  the  discussion  was  that 
if  the  work  of  the  school  is  carried  actively  and 
interestingly  along  there  would  be  little  disposition 
for  trifling.  The  paper  was  followed  by  an  inter- 
esting summary  of  educational  conditions  in  the 
country  schools  of  the  Northwest  by  Miss  M.  E. 
Bray;  a  paper  by  Rev.  A.  W.  Smithers  on  Some 
Psychological  Aspects  of  Teaching,  and  a  nature- 
lesson  conducted  by  Dr.  G.  U.  Hay,  after  which  the 
institute  adjourned  for  a  field  excursion  under  his 
direction. 

Hon.  A.  R.  McClelan  was  chairman  of  the  public 
meeting  in  the  evening,  held  in  the  assembly  hall 
of  the  school,  and  gave  an  excellent  practical  ad- 
dress on  the  requirements  of  modern  education. 
He  was  followed  by  Dr.  Hay,  Principal  Trueman 
and  others. 

During  the  second  day's  sessions  Mr.  Geo.  H. 
Adair,  of  Hopewell  Hill,  read  a  paper  on  Rural 
School  Districts,  showing  some  of  their  advantages ; 
Mr.  M.  R.  Tuttle,  of  Elgin,  gave  a  helpful  paper 
on  Teaching  English ;  F.  R.  Branscombe,  of  Hope- 
well Cape,  gave  an  illustrated  lesson  to  a  class  of 
little  boys  on  Eclipses  of  the  Sun  and  Moon. 

Elgin  was  chosen  as  the  next  place  of  meeting. 
The  institute  elected  officers  for  the  ensuing  year 
as  follows :  Geo.  J.  Trueman,  president ;  Miss  Win- 
nifred  V.  Smith,  vice-president ;  Percy  A.  Fitz- 
patrick,  secretary-treasurer.  Additional  members 
of  executive,  Miss  Edna  M.  Floyd,  Miss  Jennie 
Smith,  Miss  Marion  Atkinson.  The  retiring  presi- 
dent, T.  E.  Colpitts,  was  tendered  a  unanimous  vote 
of  thanks  for  his  earnest  efforts  in  behalf  of  th- 
institute  for  the  several  years  he  has  filled  that 
office. 


United  Institute  of  St.  John  and  Charlotte 
Counties. 

Nearly  three  hundred  teachers  attended  the  united 
institute  of  St.  John  and  Charlotte  Counties  in  the 
assembly  hall  of  the  high  school  in  the  City  of  St. 
John,  October  12th  and  13th,  Principal  J.  S.  Lord. 
of  Fairville,  in  the  chair.  Mr.  Lord's  decision  and 
energetic  ruling,  and  the  admirable  and  varied  pro- 
gramme carried  out,  made  the  institute  one  of  the 
best  ever  held  in  this  section  of  the  province. 
The  united  executive  committee  who  had 
charge  of  the  arrangements  well  deserved  the 
thanks  of  the  assembled  teachers.  After  the  presi- 
dent's opening  address,  Miss  Etta  Harlow  gave  a 
comprehensive  paper  on  colour,  illustrated  by  an 
admirable  series  of  charts.  A  "Song  and  Drill''  by 
a  class  of  girls  trained  by  Miss  A.  M.  Ilea  was  very 
gracefully  and  effectively  given.  Reading  lessons 
to  a  primary  class  by  Miss  Lily  A.  Belyea  and  '.o 


an  advanced  class  by  Miss  Ella  McAlary    gave    an 
opportunity  to  observe  good  methods  in  teaching. 

At  the  evening  meeting,  presided  over  by  Inspec- 
tor Carter,  addresses  were  given  by  Mayor  W.  W. 
White  and  Supt.  W.  W.  Stetson,  of  Maine. 

A  trio  of  papers  on  nature-study,  by  Mr.  J 
Vroom,  Miss  H.  L.  Edgecombe  and  Mrs.  J.  M. 
Lawrence,  written  in  beautiful  language,  breathed 
a  refreshing  out-of-door  spirit.  Two  papers  on  the 
School  from  the  Standpoint  of  the  Parent,  by  Mrs. 
Win.  Kerr  and  Mr.  S.  D.  Scott,  editor  of  the  Sun, 
were  outspoken  in  generous  appreciation  of  the  ser- 
vices of  teachers.  Miss  Eleanor  Robinson  gave  a 
lesson  on  Shakespeare's  Hamlet,  taking  the  mem- 
bers of  the  institute  as  a  class.  The  lesson  was  a 
fine  example  of  a  keen  critical  analysis  of  this  great 

play. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  officers  for  the  ensuing 
year  :  St.  John  County — A.  L.  Dykeman,  president ; 
A.  E.  G.  McKenzie,  vice-president ;  Miss  A.  M.  Hea, 
secretary-treasurer;  W.  L.  McDiarmid,  Miss  Etta 
Barlow,  executive. 

Charlotte  County — Mrs.  McGibbon,  St.  Stephen, 
president ;  C.  A.  Richardson,  St.  Andrews,  vice- 
president ;  J.  Yroom,  St.  Stephen,  secretary;  Mrs. 
Graham,  Milltown,  Miss  Olivia  Maxwell  and  F.  O. 
Sullivan,  executive. 

[Further  reports  of  institutes  will  appear  in  the 
December  number.] 


Teaching  how  to  study  is  of  infinitely  greater 
importance  than  hearing  recitations.  If  a  child  can 
study  he  will  learn  without  further  aid.  Good 
luck  may  help  him  out  in  recitations,  even  though 
he  knows  precious  little  about  studying.  A  recita- 
tion should  always  be  conducted  primarily  to  dis- 
cover how  the  child  has  studied  rather  than  what 
he  knows.  The  touchstone  for  good  teaching  is 
ability  to  teach  a  class  how  to  study,  not  simply 
this  lesson,  but  any  lesson,  not  simply  one  subject, 
but  any  subject.  The  art  of  studying  is  the  high- 
est art  attained  in  school.  —  American  Primary 
Teacher. 


To  Interest  the  Parents. 

Write  on  the  board  an  invitation  to  the  parents  to 
visit  your  school  at  some  particular  time.  Have 
each  pupil  copy  it,  and  then  sign  your  name  to  it 
and  have  it  taken  home.  See  that  everything  about 
the  invitation  is  correct,  as  it  is  also  a  language  les- 
son. As  a  souvenir  of  the  occasion,  have  each 
pupil  prepare  a  set  of  papers  showing  his  work. 
The  cover  may  exhibit  his  skill  in  drawing  designs. 
Let  all  he  arranged  with  care  and  taste. 

Result:  Greater  interest  in  work  on  (lie  part  of 
the  pupils;  better  work  done;  the  parents  interested 
;.nd  the  teacher  cncoi.raged. — Schoo,   ucevni. 


142 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Keeping  the  Children  in  School. 

There  are  ways  of  getting  hold  of  the  larger  boys 
and  girls  and  inspiring  them  with  enthusiasm  for 
school,  if  not  for  knowledge.  No  one  who  has 
seen  the  persistency  with  which  many  grown  men 
frequent  the  evening  schools  can  doubt  this.  The 
chief  trouble  is  that,  at  the  age  when  children, 
particularly  boys,  begin  to  take  an  active  interest  in 
life  outside  the  school-room,  the  school  fails  to 
respond  by  pressing  these  outside  interests  into  ser- 
vice and  relating  the  school-work  to  the  daily  lives 
of  the  children. 

The  work  in  arithmetic  at  this  period  should  be 
very  practical  and  appeal  to  the  boy's  self-interest 
by  its  obvious  relations  to  business  needs.  The 
geography  should  be  enlivened  by  books  of  travel, 
the  history  by  historical  novels.  The  school  should 
have  either  a  library  of  the  right  kind  of  books  and 
magazines  or  the  teacher  should  press  the  public 
library  into  her  use.  Gardening  and  agriculture 
should  be  presented  in  a  practical  way.  The  teacher 
should  find  out  the  things  that  most  interest  big 
boys  outside  of  school,  and  if  these  are  worthy 
interests,  encourage  them,  and  appeal  to  the  boy 
as  an  authority  on  that  subject  in  a  way  that  will 
arouse  his  pride. 

If  possible,  get  up  a  school  excursion  now  and 
then  to  some  place  of  interest.  Give  the  boys  some 
part  either  in  arranging  work,  caring  for  the  build- 
ing, keeping  order,  or  helping  others,  that  will 
make  them  feel  that  the  success  of  the  school  rests 
in  some  real  and  definite  way  with  them. 

As  regards  arousing  the  right  spirit  in  the  com- 
munity, the  problem  is  more  difficult,  because  the 
teacher  has  so  little  time  to  give  to  this  side  of  the 
matter.  Still,  if  the  teacher  makes  a  beginning  the 
parents  will  usually  meet  her  half  way.  Parents' 
clubs  and  parents'  days  will  generally  do  much,  but, 
if  possible,  the  teacher  should  try  to  know  the 
fathers  and  mothers  personally  and  make  them  her 
friends.  If  it  can  be  done  in  no  other  way,  invite 
them  into  the  school  frequently  and  have  some  little 
entertainment  planned  for  them.  And  have  some 
of  these  entertainments  at  hours  when  the  fathers 
can  attend  as  well  as  the  mothers. 

Public  sentiment  is  about  the  most  powerful  aid 
a  teacher  can  have  in  keeping  the  children  in  school. 
Do  not  be  merely  a  school  teacher,  then,  but  take 
some  active  part  in  the  life  of  the  community.  If 
some  rich  and  public  spirited  men  could  be  induced 
to  endow  the  public  schools,  as  well  as  colleges  and 


private  institutions,  with  books  and  laboratories  and 
apparatus,  and,  perhaps,  some  form  of  scholarships, 
it  would  be  a  vastly  easier  matter  to  keep  the  child- 
ren in  school  and  longer  out  of  the  shop  and  fac- 
tories.— Adapted  from  Popular  Educator. 


After  several  years'  experience  in  teaching  frac- 
tions, I  have  adopted  a  rule  given  by  the  instructor 
of  mathematics  in  a  large  normal  school.  Never 
explain  to  beginners  why  you  invert  the  divisor. 
I  am  a  firm  believer  in  explanation,  but  I  think 
there  are  a  few  cases  where  a  short  rule,  unexplain- 
ed, will  produce  better  results  than  a  long  discourse 
explaining  the  different  steps.  Children's  brains 
are  easily  tired,  and  there  is  enough  in  arithmetic 
that  must  be  explained,  without  compelling  them  to 
fix  their  attention  on  ideas  which  their  undeveloped 
minds  grasp  with  difficulty.  The  time  given  to 
teaching  fourth-grade  pupils  why  the  divisor  is  in- 
verted, may  be  more  profitably  spent  in  other  ways. 
— Selected. 


Many  interesting  experiments  can  be  made  with 
soap  bubbles  blown  from  a  mixture  of  warm  water, 
castile  soap  and  glue.  It  is  not  generally  known, 
however,  that  bubbles  can  be  frozen,  though  this 
is  very  easily  done.  Blow  a  bubble  of  moderate 
size,  and  carry  it  to  the  door,  or  put  it  out  of  an 
open  window  on  a  winter  day.  The  bubble  will 
freeze  instantly,  retaining  its  shape,  but  forming 
most  beautiful  crystals.  If  you  try  this  little  ex- 
periment on  a  clear  day  when  there  is  little  wind, 
you  will  be  delighted  with  the  result. —  Primary 
Education. 


Devices  to  teach  reading  to  first  year  pupils  are 
"  cleaning  house,"  and  "  picking  apples."  Sketch 
a  house  on  the  board  and  fill  with  words  which  they 
have  studied.  Then  as  they  name  the  words  these 
are  erased  until  the  house  is  clean.  When  they 
"  pick  apples  "  they  must  get  to  the  full  limit  of  the 
tree  by  means  of  a  ladder,  each  step  of  which  is  a 
word.  When  they  can  climb  the  ladder  they  may 
pick  the  apples  (words). — Selected. 


A  little  seven-year-old,  while  wrestling  with  the 
intricacies  of  the  English  grammar,  was  asked  by 
his  teacher :  "  Hawley.  can  you  give  the  principal 
parts  of  the  verb  '  to  die?  '  "  "  Oh,  yes."  said  Haw- 
ley, his  face  lighting  with  sober  intelligence :  "  pre- 
sent, die  ;  past,  dead ;  perfect  participle,  buried  !  " 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


143 


A  Feeding  Place  for  Birds. 

A  friend  who  had  no  tree  in  the  yard  to  accom- 
modate bird  food  had  a  stout  pole  about  the  size 
and  height  of  a  clothes  pole  erected  near  a  window, 
where  she  could  watch  it.  On  top  of  the  pole  was 
nailed  a  square  board.  This  shelf  was  kept  supplied 
all  winter  with  scraps  of  meat,  suet,  bread  crumbs, 
corn  and  oats. 

There  never  was  a  day  when  this  table  was  not 
well  patronized  by  several  different  kinds  of  birds. 
The  chickadees,  woodpeckers  and  blue  jays  were 
daily  visitors,  and  in  extremely  cold  weather,  especi- 
ally after  a  severe  snowstorm,  snow-buntings  and 
grosbeaks  were  seen  feeding  there. 

The  birds  came  singly  at  first,  but  it  soon  got 
noised  about  in  Birdland  where  food  could  be  ob- 
tained in  great  variety,  and  then  they  came  in  flocks 
so  large  that  the  shelf  would  not  accommodate  them 
all.  and  some  would  have  to  wait  on  the  ground, 
very  impatiently,  for  their  turn  at  the  feast. 

One  day  a  flock  of  hungry  juncoes  came  just  as 
the  table  had  been  replenished.  All  could  not  dine 
at  once,  however ;  but  as  if  by  mutual  understand- 
ing, as  many  alighted  on  the  shelf  as  could  con- 
veniently feed  together,  and  began  a  systematic 
scratching  which  quickly  scattered  a  portion  of  the 
food  upon  the  ground  beneath,  where  the  rest  of 
the  birds  found  enough  and  to  spare. 

One  such  feeding  place  in  every  yard  would  be 
the  means  of  saving  hundreds  of  birds  that  annually 
perish  during  the  cold  winter  months. 

If  one  is  fortunate  enough  to  have  a  tree  in  the 
yard,  several  suet  bones  dangling  from  the  limbs 
would  soon  entice  the  little  wanderers,  who  are 
always  on  the  lookout  for  some  such  sign.  A  suet 
bone  is  as  suggestive  to  the  feathered  tribe  as  was 
ever  a  swinging  sign  over  a  tavern  door  to  weary 
wayfarers  in  "  ye  olden  time." 

The  birds  will  not  forget  your  kindness,  be 
assured;  and  your  yard  will  be  the  auditorium  for 
many  open-air  concerts  when  the  trees  don  their 
spring  attire  and  Mother  Nature  opens  her  store- 
house for  our  little  feathered  friends. — Selected. 


"  I  seek  no  thorns,"  said  Goethe's  wise  mother  to 
a  sentimental  maiden,  "and  I  catch  the  small  joys. 
If  the  door  is  low,  I  stoop  down.  If  I  can  remove 
the  stone  out  of  my  way,  I  do  so.  If  it  is  too 
heavy,  I  go  around  it.  And  thus  every  day  I  find 
something  which  gladdens  me." 


Treasures  of  a  Country  School. 

When  I  began  school  last  September  there  was 
not  a  picture  on  the  walls  of  my  school-room.  The 
room  had  been  newly  boarded  on  the  inside,  and  a 
few  pictures  which  my  predecessor  had  left  were 
destroyed  during  the  summer.  I  wanted  to  make 
my  school-room  look  as  nice  as  possible,  and  though 
I  had  plenty  of  pictures,  I  did  not  feel  able  to  afford 
mounting  board  for  so  many,  so  I  looked  around 
for  a  suDstitute.  I  found  that  twelve-inch  sheets 
of  bristol-board  were  just  what  I  wanted,  being 
inexpensive  and  adapted  to  my  needs.  On  these  I 
pasted  my  pictures,  from  one  to  eight  on  each  sheet, 
according  to  the  size  of  the  pictures,  and  as  nearly- 
related  to  the  same  subject  as  possible. 

The  pictures  had  been  gathered  from  many 
sources,  from  old  magazines,  railroad  folders,  ad- 
vertisements, etc.  Besides  these  I  had  some  Perry 
Pictures  and  some  large  colored  pictures  cut  from 
old  Magazines  bought  at  half  price.  I  used  forty 
of  the  bristol-board  sheets,  on  which  I  pasted  some 
hundred  and  twenty  pictures,  and  although  it  was 
no  small  undertaking  to  cut  out  and  mount  all  those 
pictures,  the  result  fully  repaid  me.  I  have  one 
su  of  sheets  devoted  to  authors,  one  to  historical 
pictures,  one  to  views  of  fine  scenery,  another  to 
children's    pictures,   etc. — A    Teacher — Selected. 


In  teaching  literature,  usually  there  is  too  much 
analyzing  and  diagramming;  too  much  talk  about 
literature,  and  too  little  of  the  thing  itself.  Many 
can  talk  glibly  of  books,  their  titles  and  authors, 
but  know  nothing  of  the  life-giving  thoughts  on 
the  pages.  Outlines,  classifications  and  "  character- 
izations "  are  necessary,  but  it  should  be  remember- 
ed that  they  are  the  mechanical  and  subordinate 
parts  of  the  work.  If  at  the  close  of  a  course,  lit- 
erature has  not  become  bone  of  one's  bone  and  flesh 
of  one's  flesh,  the  teaching  has  been  profitless,  and 
the  student  has  toiled  in  vain. — Exchange. 


What  we  need  in  life  is  some  one  to  make  us  do 
lh(  best  we  can. 

There  is  always  a  best  way  of  doing  everything, 
if  it  be  but  to  boil  an  egg. 

Every  day  is  a  fresh  beginning, 
Every  morn  is  (he  world  made  new, 
Only  the  new  days  are  our  own, 
To-day  is  ours,  and  to-day  alone. 

— Susan  Coolidgc. 


144 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


N.  B.  Teachers'  Association. 

The  executive  of  the  N.  B.  T.  A.  desire  to  call 
the  attention  of  teachers  to  the  following  resolution 
passed  at  the  annual  convention  in  Fredericton, 
April  24th  last : 

"  All  rru  mbers  of  this  Association  changing 
schools  shall  notify  the  secretaries  of  their  subor- 
dinate associations ;  they  shall  report  when  they  have 
secured  schools ;  and  county  secretaries  shall  make 
lists  of  all  unfilled  schools  and  furnish  information, 
when  possible,  to  members  of  Association.  No 
information  concerning  vacancies  shall  be  given  to 
those  not  members  of  the  Association." 

When  the  address  of  County  Secretary  is  not 
known,  the  report  should  be  sent  to  H.  H.  Stuart, 
Secretary-treasurer  N.  B.  T.  A.,  Harcourt,  N.  B. 
This  resolution  is  being  very  successfully  carried 
out  in  Northumberland  County,  and  to  a  less  extent 
elsewhere. 

The  Teachers'  Association  of  France,  numbering 
115,000  members,  voted  very  recently,  to  adopt  the 
position  of  a  trade  union  in  its  activity,  and  to 
affiliate  with  the  unions  in  other  trades  employed 
by  the  government. 

The  Teachers'  Association  of  Great  Britain  is 
also  a  powerful  union,  and  since  organizing  on  a 
union  basis,  has  secured  great  reform  in  text-books, 
in  school  facilities  and  increased  salaries.  N.  B. 
teachers  may  do  the  same. 

A  strong  subordinate  association  was  organized 
October  20th,  ult,  at  Restigouche  institute,  with 
L.  D.  Jones,  Dalhousie,  president;  Miss  Eliza 
Richards,  Campbellton,  secretary-treasurer;  Prin- 
cipal Lewis  and  others  on  executive.  Restigouche 
County  has  hitherto  been  unorganized.  The  North- 
ern teachers  are  becoming  fully  awake  to  the  bene- 
fits of  the  association.  H.  H.  S. 


An  ill-natured  teacher  who  was  in  a  perfunctory 
way  conducting  a  development  lesson  was  seeking 
to  lead  the  class  up  to  the  word  "  breathing." 
"  What  did  I  do  the  moment  I  came  into  the 
world?"  she  asked.  "What  have  I  kept  doing 
ever  since?  What  can  I  not  stop  doing  without 
ceasing  to  be  myself  ?  " 

The  class  was  listless  and  nobody  tried  to  answer 
for  a  while.  Finally  one  surly-looking  boy  raised 
his  hand. 

"What  is  it?"  asked  the  teacher. 

"  Finding  fault,"  was  the  reply,  and  all  the  class 
showed  signs  of  animation. — School  Bulletin. 

Short  lessons  on  common  words  and  much  re- 
petition for  poor  spellers  is  the  only  remedy  for  bad 
spelling. 


And  there  are  many  kinds  of  love,  as  many  kinds 

of  light, 
And  every  kind  of  love  makes  a  glory  in  the  night, 
There  is  love  that  stirs  the  heart,  and  love  that  gives 

it  rest, 
But  the  love  that  leads  life  upward  is  the  noblest 

and  the  best.  — Henry  van  Dyke. 


The  day  it  breaks,  though  it  never  falls — 

The  reason  I'm  sure  I  can't  see; 
The  night  it  falls,  but  it  does  not  break — 

It's  very  perplexing  to  me! 

— Charlotte  Sedgwick,  in  St.  Nicholas. 


We  are  waking  up  to  the  fact  that  there  must  be 
better  pay  for  the  average  man  or  woman  engaged 
in  the  work  of  education. — Theodore  Roosevelt. 


"  I  could  almost  dislike  the  man  who  refuses  to 
plant  walnut  trees  because  they  do  not  bear  fruit 
until  the  second  generation." — Sir  Walter  Scott. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

The  Charlottetown  school  board  has  asked  the  city 
council  to  make  an  increase  in  the  salary  of  teachers,  not 
to  exceed  fifteen  per  cent  of  the  present  rate. 

The  school  trustees  of  Bathurst  village  have  increased 
Principal  Girdwood's  salary  by  $50,  and  that  of  his  asso- 
ciate teacher,  Miss  Agnes  Nicol,  by  $25:  and  "they  de- 
serve it,"  says  our  correspondent,  who  knows.  Principal 
R.  D.  Hanson,  B.  A.,  and  the  teachers  of  the  town  of 
Bathurst  have  also  had  a  substantial  increase  in  their  sal- 
aries. We  hope  other  boards  of  trustees  will  hasten  thus 
to  acknowledge  the  services  of  deserving  teachers.  Our 
correspondent  says :  "The  convent  departments  of  Bathurst 
village  are  being  refurnished  with  Rhodes,  Curry  &  Co.'s 
latest  desks — double,  with  individual  seats.  The  sisters 
deserve  the  best  equipment  to  be  had;  they  are  doing  ex- 
cellent work." 

John  W.  Crowell,  of  Maiden,  Mass.,  has  been  appoint- 
ed professor  of  civil  engineering  in  the  McClelan  School 
of  Applied  Science,  Mt.  Allison. 

Mt.  Allison  University  opened  the  first  week  in  October 
with  fifty  new  students  in  attendance.  The  prospects  for 
a  successful  year  are  very  encouraging. 

The  University  of  New  Brunswick  resumed  its  work 
October  2nd  with  twenty-seven  pupils  in  the  Freshman 
class  and  over  twelve  senior  matriculants,  and  with  indi- 
cations for  a  prosperous  year.  Professor  Perrott,  in  civil 
engineering,  and  Professor  Geoghegan,  in  English  litera- 
ture, are  the  only  changes  in  tfie  faculty. 

The  Yarmouth,  N.  S.,  academy  graduation  exercises 
took  place  on  the  29th  September  and  it  was  an  occasion 
of  great  interest  to  the  citizens  of  that  town.  The  thirteen 
members  who  formed  the  "  B  "  class,  had  all  been  success- 
ful in  passing  the  government  examination  in  July.  A 
generous  allotment  of  prizes  was  awarded  successful  com- 
petitors in  the  various  branches  of  school  work,  and  the 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


145 


large  audience  showed  their  appreciation  of  the  efforts  of 
Principal  Kempton  and  his  associate  teachers. 

The  Review  -xtends  its  congratulations  to  Miss  M. 
Miriam  Kyle,  recently  a  successful  teacher  in  Vancouver, 
B.  C,  and  formerly  in  Fredericton,  Bathurst  and  Harcourt, 
on  her  marriage  to  Mr.  Alex.  J.  Kent,  a  member  of  the 
mercantile  firm  of  Kent,  Brown  &  Company,  Moosejaw, 
Alberta. 

The  institutions  of  Acadia  University  this  year  have 
opened  with  large  numbers  of  students  and  with  brighter 
prospects  of  success  than  any  preceding  year.  The  staff 
of  Acadia  Seminary  now  numbers  eighteen  teachers,  and 
the  lady  principal,  Miss  Carrie  E.  Small,  M.  A.,  is  every 
day  demonstrating  her  special  fitness  for  the  position  to 
which  she  was  recently  appointed.  The  large  and  capable 
staffs  of  the  Seminary  and  Academy  give  Principals  De- 
Wolfe  and  Sawyer  the  opportunity  to  teach  in  the  college, 
the  former  taking  logic  and  the  latter  the  junior  classics  — 
an  excellent  arrangement,  which  serves  to  bind  more 
closely  the  work  of  the  three  institutions. 

The  Misses  Bessie  and  Clara  Bridges,  who  obtained  in 
April  last  a  nine  months'  leave  of  absence  from  their  edu- 
cational duties  in  South  Africa,  have  returned  by  way  of 
Boston,  New  York  and  Philadelphia,  after  spending  sev- 
eral months  inspecting  educational  methods  in  England 
and  on  the  continent,  and  in  visiting  friends  in  New  Bruns- 
wick. 

The  friends  of  Miss  Susan  E.  Cameron,  M.  A.,  will  be 
p'eased  to  learn  of  her  appointment  to  the  principalship  of 
the  Royal  Victoria  College,  in  affiliation  with  McGill 
University,  Montreal.  Miss  Cameron's  brilliant  course  at 
the  St.  John  high  school  and  later  at  McGill  University, 
her  excellent  work  in  English  literature,  her  enthusiasm 
and  aptitude  for  teaching,  have  won  for  her  deserved  pro- 
motion. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

Nova  Scotia  Readers.  Books  MIL  G.  N.  Morang  & 
Company  (Limited),  Toronto;  Books  IV- VI,  Thomas 
Nelson  &  Sons,  Edinburg. 

The  Review  has  received  through  the  courtesy  of  Messrs. 
A.  &  W.  Mackinlay,  of  Halifax,  copies  of  the  above  named 
books,  which  are  to  replace  the  Royal  readers  which  have 
for  so  many  years  been  in  use  in  Nova  Scotia..  It  would 
be  difficult  to  conceive  a  more  attractive  series  of  readers 
than  the  first  three  in  contents,  illustrations  and  binding. 
The  picture  of  the  maple  leaf  on  the  covers  js  suggestive 
of  the  material  inside,  which  is  made  up  largely  of  nature 
subjects,  such  as  are  supposed  to  be  familiar  to  the  chiH 
in  his  surroundings.  Colored  illustrations  and  full  page 
pictures  from  the  best  artists  adorn  the  pages,  which  will 
be  a  veritable  delight  to  the  yofinger  generation  of  Nova 
Scotians.  The  selections  have  been  made  with  the  greatest 
care  and  judgment,  and  the  result  must  be  a  delight  indeed 
to  children,  and   to  those  who  would  make  them  happy. 

The  advanced  readers,  books  4,  S,  and  6,  are  perhaps 
less  attractive  in  illustrations,  type  and  paper,  but  the  lit- 
erary contents  are  all  that  could  be  desired.  Selections 
have  been  made  from  over  sixty  of  the  best  known  authors 
in  the  English-speaking  world,  and  in  addition  there  are 
marly  a  dozen  who  are  distinctively  Canadian,  such  as 
Howe,  Haliburton,  DeMille,  Lampman,  Roberts,  McLeod 
and  others.     They  serve  admirably  to  introduce  to  school 


children  the  writings  of  those  authors  who  are  attractive 
to  the  young. 

A   Middle  English   Reader.     By  Oliver  Farrar  Emerson, 

A.M.,    Ph.D.     Cloth.     Pages  475.     New   York:   The 

Macmillan    Company.        Toronto :      G.    N.    Morang   & 

Company. 

This   reader   serves  as   an   introduction  to  the  language 

and  literature  of  the  middle  English  period,  between  1100 

and  1500,  A.  D.     It  is  provided  with  an  ample  grammatical 

introduction,  based  on  the  needs  of  students  taking  up  this 

period ;    selections    with    explanatory    notes   on    the    great 

dialectal  divisions  of  the  period;  and  a  glossary  which,  in 

addition    to    the    meanings   of    words   used    in   the    text, 

accounts  for  their  origin  and  forms. 

Fifty  English  Classics  Briefly  Outlined.     By    Melvin 

Hix.     Cloth.     Pages  288.     Price  $1.25.     Hinds,  Noble 

and  Eldredge,  New  York. 

This    book   contains    a    simple    logical    analysis    of   fifty 

masterpieces   of   English    literature,    including   the  best   of 

the  dramas,   fiction,  narrative  and  lyric  poems,  as   well  as 

essays  and  addresses.     It  is  invaluable  to  those  who  would 

study    a    good   piece   of   literature    systematically, —  to    the 

teacher   who   has   overcrowded  classes  and   little  time   for 

preparation ;  to  the  student  who  has  to  depend  on  his  own 

resources  and  is  remote   from  libraries ;  to  all  who  would 

do   literary   work   on   a   systematic   plan.     The   great  merit 

of  the  book  is  its  usefulness. 

In  Macmillan's  Picture  Arithmetic  (Book  III),  price  3d, 
teachers  will  find  not  only  profitable  material  for  number 
lesions,  but   subjects  for  language,  history  and  geography 
in  the  suggestive  pictures  that  embellish  the  text. 
Der    Arme    Spielmaan.       A   story  by   Franz   Grillparzer 
Edited    with   notes   and   vocabulary  by   William   Guild 
Howard,    Harvard    University.        Cloth.        Pages    143. 
D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston. 
This  simple  story  of  a  poor  minstrel  has  three  aims. — 
to  interest  the  reader  by  introducing  him   to  one    of    the 
most  famous  short  stories  of  German   literature,  to  teach 
him   something  about    the   German   language,   and   to   give 
him  practice  in  the  use  of  common  words  and  phrases. 
The  Diary  of  Samuel  Pepys.     With  an  introduction  and 
notes  by  G.  Gregory  Smith.     Cloth.     Pages  800.     Price 
3s.  6d.     Macmillan  &  Company,  London. 
The   Diary   of   Samuel    Pepys    (    a   note   to   this   volume 
says  the  favoured  pronunciation  is  peeps  rather  than  peps, 
or  pep-is,  or  papes,  or  pips),  "is  incomparable  for  its  revel 
of  small  talk,  for  its  intimacy,  its  confessions,  its  amusing 
impenitence."     Nor  is  it  less  in  favour  because  it  is  full  of 
charming   details  of  .the  customs  of  our  ancestors  and  of 
bits  of  history,  notably  the  stories  of  the   Plague  and  the 
Great  Fire  of  London.     Although  not  a  literary  producMon, 
its  every  page  is  entertaining,  and  the  frankness  of  the  author 
amuses  us  not  less  than  his  inordinate  vanity. 
A  Course  of  Exercises  in  Quantitative  Chemistry.     By 
Harmon  Northrop  Morse,  Professor  of  Analytic  Chem- 
istry in  Johns  Hopkins  University.     Cloth.     556  pages. 
Illustrated.      Mailing   price,    $2.20.     Ginn   &    Company, 
Boston. 
Beginners    in   quantitative   chemistry   will   find    Professor 
Morse's   book   a   helpful   guide.     The   work   includes   those 
exercises  required  of  students  in  chemistry  ai  Johns   lion- 
kins  University,  and  is  at  once  authoritative  and  practical. 
It  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  pupil  with  as  great  a  variety 


146 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


of  quantitative  operations  as  is  practicable  in  a  limited 
amount  of  time,  and  to  bring  the  student  to  that  state  of 
proficiency  which  will  enable  him  to  proceed  further  with 
but  little  guidance  from  the  instructor.  Special  attention 
has  been  given  to  all  those  points  which  contribute  to 
accuracy.  The  last  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  description  of 
certain  new  devices  for  heating  by  electricity,  and  to  a 
new  electrical  method  for  the  combustion  of  organic  com- 
pounds. These  processes  have  been  recently  developed 
in  the  author's  own  laboratory. 

"Tales  Easy  and  Small  for  the  Youngest  of  All,"  "In 
Holiday  Time  and  Other  Stories,''  *'  Maud's  Doll  and  Her 
Walk  in  Picture  and  Talk,"  "Old  Dick  Grey  and  Aunt 
Katie's  Way."  These  are  bright  stories  for  very  small 
children,  prettily  illustrated  and  full  of  interest.  One 
looks  in  vain  for  a  word  of  more  than  one  syllable.  They 
are  good  specimens  of  simple  every  day  English,  and  the 
subject  matter  is  just  what  children  enjoy— stories  of 
things  and  people  about  home.  In  paper  covers,  price  2d. 
each.  Blackie  &  Son,  London.  "The  Butterfly's  Party," 
(from  the  Russian)  is  a  pretty  conceit,  designed  for  read- 
ers a  little  more  advanced.  In  Blackie's  "Story  Book 
Readers,"  price  id. 

School  Recitations.  Book  I  (for  juniors).  Books  2 
and  3  (for  seniors),  paper  covers,  price  id.  each.  Blackie 
&  Son,  London.  A  capital  series  and  the  price  within  the 
reach  of  everybody.  The  recitations  are  well  chosen,  and 
make  good  subjects  for  a  Friday  afternoon  programme. 

Blackie's  "  Model  Arithmetics,  book  1,  price  i^d.,  and 
book  3,  price  2d.  There  is  an  abundance  of  examples  for 
junior  and  senior  grades. 

Blackie's  "Little  French  Classics"  series  provides  stu- 
dents with  low  priced  selections  from  great  French  writ- 
ers, a  great  boon  to  teachers  and  taught.  Numbers  re- 
ceived are  Vigny's  "Glimpses  of  Napoleon,"  Masson's 
"Les  Enfants  Celebres,"  and  "Longer  Poems  for  Recita- 
tion." All  with  notes.  Price  6d.  each.  Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 

The  Soldier's  Historical  Geography  of  the  British  Em- 
pire.    By  J.    C.    Ellis.     Linen.     Pages  96.     Price  8d. 
Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

A   very  concise  and   interesting  account  of  the  various 
portions  of   the   British   Isles   and  colonies.    The  part  re- 
lating to  Canada  is  up  to  date,  in  that  the  two  provinces  of 
Alberta    and    Saskatchewan   are    included,   but    among   the 
important  seaports   St.  John  is  not  included. 
Webster's  Modern  Dictionary.     Adapted  for  intermediate 
classes.     Compiled  by  E.  T.  Roe.     Cloth.     Pages  458. 
Price  30  cents.     Laird  &  Lee,  Chicago. 
This  dictionary  for  children  promises  more  than  it  fulfils 
in  claiming  to  be  standard  and  up-to-date.     Its  cheapness 
and  good  binding  are  in  its  favour. 

In  Blackie's  Latin  Texts,  Book  V,  Livy,  price  18  pence 
has  a  brief  introduction  dealing  with  the  author's  life  and 
works,  his  style,  and  the  subject  of  the  book.  A  new  and 
important  feature  in  the  introduction  is  a  brief  note  on 
the  MSS.  and  the  principles  of  textual  criticism,  which 
are  illustrated  by  a  few  selected  critical  notes  at  the  foot 
of  the  text.  No  other  notes  are  given. 
The  Picture  Shakespeare— The  Twelfth  Night.  Cloth. 
Pages  144.  Price  is.  Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This  beautiful  little  volume,   which   is  the  sixth   of  the 


series,  will  prove  a  delight,   like  its  predecessors,    to    all 
lovers  of  Shakespeare.      It  is   tastefully  bound,    and    the 
illustrations    and    text    attractive.     The    introduction    and 
notes  are  concise  and  to  the  point. 
A  German  Reader.     Compiled  by  W.  Scholle,  Ph.  D.,  and 

G.  Smith,  M.  A.     Cloth.     Price  2s.  6d.    Blackie  &  Son, 

London. 
This  book  is  illustrated,  is  excellent  in  textual  feature?, 
the  reading  material  compiled  from  the  works  of  leading 
authors,  has  notes  and  vocabulary,  and  a  fine  selection  of 
German  songs  with  music. 

DER     GEISSBUB    VON     ENGELbURG.       VON    JULIUS    LOHMEYER. 

Edited   with  notes,   vocabulary,  and  material   for  con- 
versational exercises  in  German.     Cloth.       Pages   182. 
D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston. 
The  scene  of  this  little  story—"  The  Goatherd  of  Engel- 
berg  "—is  laid  in   Switzerland,  near  the  lake  of  Lucerne, 
with   the   fascinating  panorama   of   snow-capped  mountain 
peaks   and  glittering  glaciers,  and  in  the  midst  of  places 
connected   with   historic  scenes  of  Wilhelm  Tell.       It    is 
written  in  sympathy  with  boys,  as  the  frontispiece,  repre- 
senting a  boy  botanist  helped  up  the  side  of  a  nearly  pre- 
cipitous cliff  by  companions  may  show,  and  is  a  combina- 
tion of  travel,  adventure  and  nature-study. 


RECENT  MAGAZINES. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  for  October  is  particularly  rich 
both  in  the  incisive  and  well-considered  discussion  of  im- 
portant public  topics  and  in  literary  papers,  essays,  stories 
and  poems,  of  the  most  attractive  quality.  Among  the 
most  thoughtful  and  suggestive  articles  is  that  by  Col. 
Thomas  Wentworth  Higginson  on  the  Cowardice  of  Cul- 
ture, written  with  an  earnestness  that  will  'furnish  food 
for  reflection. 

The  October  Canadian  Magazine  celebrates  the  com- 
pletion of  its  25th  volume  with  a  special  anniversary  num- 
ber. This  fine  record  marks  a  quarter  of  a  century's  liter- 
ary progress,  in  the  development  of  which  this  magazine 
has  taken  a  prominent  and  useful  part.  The  October 
Canadian,  which  is  a  finely  illustrated  number,  gives  pro- 
mise of  greater  fulfilment  in  the  future.  Canadian  litera- 
ture, public  questions,  poetry  and  fiction,  to  which  twenty- 
five  well-known  writers  contribute,  make  up  a  noteworthy 
issue. 

The  Chautauquan  for  October  continues  its  valuable 
series  of  studies  on  the  life  and  customs  of  eastern  peoples 
—Indians,  Chinese,  Japanese — interesting  to  general  read- 
ers and  students. 

Recent  numbers  of  Littell's  Living  Age  contain  some  of 
the  best  articles  from  the  leading  English  magazines  on 
literature,  art,  public  questions,  education.  Its  weekly 
visits  are  appreciated  by  its  many  readers  who  wish  to  keep 
informed  on  literature  and  current  topics.  Consult  the 
advertisement  on  another  page  of  this  number  of  the 
Review. 

The  November  Delineator  presents  a  most  attractive  ap- 
pearance. The  table  of  contents  contains,  among  its  many 
features  of  interest,  an  article,  the  second  of  two,  by  Dr. 
William  H.  Maxwell,  superintendent  of  schools,  New 
York  City,  on  Education  for  Life  through  Living,  which 
describes  the  routine  of  a  great  public  school. 


fi^icational  IReview  Supplement  — December,  1905. 


CHRISTMAS      CHIMES. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced.  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  DECEMBER,    1905. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


o.  u.  HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


A..    McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    HE  VIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

Phis-ted  bt  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  ol 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents.  * 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

_  If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  U  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "£23"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to   December  31,  1905. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


CONTENTS. 


ngs  College, 
jolic  Schooln, 


49: 


153 
154 
154 
155 
155 
158 
15fi 
457 
158 
158 
159 
160 
160 
163 
164 
166 
167 
168 
169 
171 
172 


Kditohial  Notes, 

The  Affairs  of  Kin 

Writing  in  the  Pu 

Only  of  Interest  to  a  Few, 

Animal  Stories, 

A  Lover  of  Scott, 

Nature-Study 

Our  Native  Tree*;— The  Evergreens,    

I>eceniber  Birthdays 

The  Old  Year  and  the  New 

Literature  —Washington  Irving,  

Mama's  Christmas  Gift 

Art  Notes-  No.  II, 

Framing  the  "Review"  Pictures,  

Christmas  Recitations 

Mental  Mathematics 

Practical  Problems  for  Grade  VIII 

Teachers'  Conventions, 

current  events, 

School  and  Colleok,     ..         

Recent  Books— Magazines, 

New  Advertisements  —  Correct  Christmas  Stationery  p. 
L' Academic  deBrisay,  p.  150;  The  Summer  School,  p. 
New  Books,  p.  172;  Now  Ready,  p.  173;  Fancy  Stationery 
p.  173;  Pictures  for  School  Rooms,  p.  173;  Christmas  Pres 
enu»,  p.  174 ;  Webster's  International  Dictionary,  p.  17a 


The  Chief  Superintendent  of  Education  for  New 
Brunswick,  Dr.  J.  R.  Inch,  requests  the  Review  to 
announce  that  teachers  who  may  find  it  necessary 
to  close  their  schools  on  Thursday,  December  21st, 
in  order  to  enable  them  to  reach  their  homes  be- 
fore the  following  Sunday,  have  permission  to 
teach  on  a  preceding  Saturday,  as  a  substitute  for 
Friday,  the  22nd  December, . which  is  according  to 
law  the  last  teaching  day  of  the  term. 

The  schools  will  re-open  after  the  Christmas 
holidays  on  Monday,  January  8th,  1906. 


Dr.  J.  L.  Hughes,  inspector  of  schools,  Toronto, 
recently  delivered  three  addresses  in  St.  John  on 
kindergarten  training.  Dr.  Hughes  is  a  man  of 
ideas,  has  a  fine  presence  and  great  personal  mag- 
netism. His  addresses  dealt  with  the  broader 
aspects  of  education,  and  produced  a  marked  im- 
pression. 


Hay's  History  of  Canada,  including  a  sketch  of 
the  history  of  Prince  Edward  Island  by  Miss  H.  M. 
Anderson,  has  been  authorized  for  use  in  the 
schools  of  that  province. 


The  Summer  School  announcement  in  another 
column  presents  attractions  for  next  mid-summer 
vacation.  Cape  Breton  is  unsurpassed  in  these 
provinces  for  beauty  of  natural  scenery,  and  the 
course  of  study  in  the  forthcoming  calendar  prom- 
ises to  be  of  even  greater  excellence  than  usual. 


In  the  November  Review  a  paragraph  of  a 
dozen  lines  on  "Teaching  Literature"  should  have 
been  credited  to  the  Western  School  Journal,  in- 
stead of  to  "Exchange."  The  omission  occurred 
in  neglecting  to  credit  the  clipping  at  the  time  it 
was  cut  from  the  pages  of  our  esteemed  western 
contemporary. 

The  art  picture  in  this  number  is  a  beautiful  and 
appropriate  souvenir  of  Christmas.  The  notes  by 
Mr.  Boyd  and  Mr.  Kidner's  excellent  plans  for 
framing  this  and  other  pictures  of  the  series  will 
be  appreciated  by  readers.  If  our  subscribers  will 
make  use  of  these  art  pictures  for  decoration  and 
lessons  the  purpose  of  the  Review  will  be  served. 
They  add  materially  to  the  expenses,  both  for  print- 
ing and  postage,  and  subscribers  can  show  their 
aj>preciation  by  paying  promptly  and  in  advance 
for  their  paper. 

There  is  a  matter  that  has  aroused  considerable 
bitter  comment  concerning  one  of  our  higher  in- 
stitutions of  learning  and  its  estimable  principal. 
The  Review  has  avoided  taking  part  in  an  un- 
seemly controversy,  but  candour  compels  it  to  say 
that  the  discussion  seems  out  of  place  and  con- 
trary- to  the  spirit  which  should  animate  lay  and 
clerical  teachers,  or  a  community  which  has  been 
especially  liberal  towards  education.  Principal 
Soloan  has  already  done  much  good  work  in  Nova 
Scotia,  in  spite  of  disadvantageous  circumstances. 
He  is  capable  of  doing  much  more,  if  people  who 
should  be  helpers,  not  detractors,  join  in  helping 
him   to   greater   accomplishment. 


154 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


It  is  a  pleasure  to  comment  upon  the  conservative 
methods  employed  by  the  G.  &  C.  Merriam  Com- 
pany in  the  publication  of  the  Webster's  Interna- 
tional Dictionary.  Not  every  little  slang  word  or 
phrase  is  put  into  the  book  regardless  of  its  scho- 
lastic or  linguistic  qualities.  It  is  this  conservatism 
backed  by  the  scholarship  of  the  editor-in-chief 
William  T.  Harris,  Ph.D.,  LL.D,  United  States 
Commissioner  of  Education,  and  hundreds  of 
others  of  the  greatest  educators  of  this  and  other 
nations  which  has  made  the  International  a  stand- 
ard in  the  United  States  Supreme  Court  and  in  all 
the  courts  of  the  nation,  as  well  as  in  colleges  and 
public  schools. 


An  educational  journal,  or  any  journal  for  that 
matter,  may  be  judged  to  a  certain  extent  by  the 
class  of  advertisements  in  its  columns.  To  parade 
quack  medicines,  some  of  them  filthy,  complexion 
"beautifiers,"  fakes  that  promise  something  for 
nothing,  prominently  in  columns  where  the  sub- 
scriber expects  his  usual  reading  matter,  is  hardly 
treating  him  with  respect,  for  if  he  is  a  discrimi- 
nating reader  he  is  quick  to  resent  an  intrusion 
that  is  on  a  par  with  a  tramp  unceremoniously 
entering  a  privileged  family  circle.  If  such  adver- 
tisements are  to  be  admitted  to  papers,  let  them 
be  put  in  the  columns  where  they  belong. 

People  who  are  temperate  in  eating  and  drink- 
ing, get  as  much  pure  air  and  exercise  as  possible, 
and  avoid  anxiety,  have  no  need  of  patent  medi- 
cines or  "beautifiers."  If  they  require  medical  as- 
sistance  let  them  consult   a   reputable  physician. 


The  Affairs  of  King's  College. 

It  is  scarcely  two  years  since  that  the  announce- 
ment was  made  and  hailed  with  widespread  satis- 
faction that  King's  College  was  to  enter  upon  a 
new  era  of  usefulness  under  the  presidency  of 
Dr.  I.  C.  Hannah,  an  able  scholar  and  adminis- 
trator. His  energy  and  engaging  personality  at- 
tracted to  him  many  warm  friends  wherever  he 
went  and  addressed  audiences ;  and  it  seemed  in- 
deed that  the  object  of  the  many  friends  of  that 
ancient  institution,  to  establish  it  as  an  independent 
university,  was  about  to  be  realized.  With  this 
aim  in  view  it  was  decided  to  raise  $100,000 — not 
a  large  sum  when  we  think  of  the  wealth  of  the 
church  of  England  compared  with  that  of  other 
denominations  who  have  given  much  more  for  like 


purposes  in  recent  years.  It  was  also  decided  to 
move  the  engineering  school  to  Sydney,  to  secure 
a  really  important  part  of  the  higher  educational 
work  of  the  Province.  It  is  now  recognized,  how- 
ever, that  no  large  sum  can  be  raised,  money  being 
urgently  needed  by  the  Church  of  England  for 
other  purposes.  On  hearing  this,  Dr.  Hannah  pro- 
posed either  to  restrict  the  scope  of  the  institution 
to  divinity  in  Windsor,  engineering  in  Cape  Breton 
and  law  in  St.  John,  or  preferably  to  seek  feder- 
ation with  some  other  university  for  the  sake  of 
greater  efficiency  and  to  enable  the  divinity  school 
to  be  put  on  a  really  up-to-date  footing.  So  far 
the  governors  have  not  seen  their  way  to  take  any 
definite  step, — a  course  of  action  which,  if  per- 
sisted in,  must  obviously  entail  the  president's 
early  resignation,  a  result  which  would  be  little 
less  than  a  calamity  to  King's  at  the  present  time. 
The  questions  naturally  arise — do  the  people  of 
the  Church  of  England  appreciate  sufficiently  their 
ancient  denominational  college?  Have  they  edu- 
cated themselves  sufficiently  in  educational  giving? 


Writing:  in  the  Public  Schools. 

The  report  of  Supervisor  McKay,  Halifax,  on 
the  teaching  of  writing  in  the  public  schools  is  a 
very  complete  survey  of  the  whole  subject,  and 
additional  interest  is  given  to  it  by  the  mass  of 
expert  testimony  which  he  quotes.  Mr.  McKay 
has  taken  such  pains  to  go  into  the  details  of  this 
important  subject  that  every  teacher  would  be 
benefited  by  careful  study  of  his  report,  which  is 
published  in  pamphlet  form,  and  the  practical  con- 
clusions at  which  he  arrives.  Teachers  and  all 
reasonable  business  men  will  give  their  adhesion 
to  the  sensible  opinion,  that  "The  interests  of  the 
great  majority  of  the  public  will  be  fully  served 
if  the  writing  of  the  schools  is  legible,  uniform  and 
of  moderate  speed.  Anything  more  than  that 
would  deprive  the  pupil  of  the  necessary  drill  in 
other  subjects  of  more  general  use.  If  he  desires 
to  become  a  specialist  in  business  writing  he  should 
take  a  special  course  in  a  business  college,  or  serve 
for  some  time  in  an  office  where  he  will  soon  ac- 
quire the  necessary  speed,  dexterity  and  technical 
skill."  If  teachers  on  their  part  devoted  them- 
selves to  secure  results,  which  are  undoubtedly 
within  their  power,  and  business  men  accepted  the 
results  as  all  that  can  reasonably  be  expected  from 
the  public  schools,  we  should  have  few  complaints 
about   illegible,   careless    penmanship. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


155 


Only  of  Interest  to  a  Few. 

A  specialist  in  one  of  our  schools  writes  to  say 
that  he  must  give  up  the  Review  because  he  does 
not  find  much  in  it  about  his  own  particular  sub- 
ject. Perhaps  if  he  were  more  of  the  teacher  and 
less  of  the  specialist  the  Review  might  help  him. 


A  teacher  who  left  these  parts  some  years  ago 
without  sending  any  notice  of  change  of  address 
or  her  desire  to  discontinue  (may  their  shadows 
ever  grow  less !)  writes  to  the  Review  as  follows 
from  a  distant  home :  "Please  find  enclosed  postal 
notes  for  $3.75  in  payment  for  three  and  three- 
quarter  years'  subscription.  It  is  almost  a  shame 
for  me  to  have  been  so  neglectful  in  forwarding 
this  amount,  for  I  must  say  the  Review  is  a  paper 
every  teacher  should  read" — (and  pay  for).  "I 
am  now  way  off  here.  My  teaching  days  are  over, 
and  I  now  devote  my  time  to  a  Sweet  Baby  Boy, 
and  to  helping  my  husband." 


Subscribers  sometimes  wish  their  papers  discon- 
tinued. It  is  only  a  slight  trouble  in  such  cases 
to  drop  a  card  to  the  publisher,  stating  the  fact. 
This  is  pleasanter  and  more  satisfactory  than  to 
refuse  the  paper  at  the  post  office,  which  is  rather 
rarely  done.  We  are  always  sorry  to  lose  a  sub- 
scriber, but  we  do  not  wish  to  force  the  paper  on 
any  one.  Just  now  we  are  happy  to  say  the  pros- 
pects of  the  Review,  just  entering  on  the  last  half 
of  its  twentieth  year,  are  brighter  than  ever  before, 
and  its  subscription  list  is  growing  encouragingly. 


Now  that  is  all,  dear  reader.  We  have  referred 
to  some  disadvantages,  but  we  could  not  begin  to 
tell  of  the  happiness  that  thousands  of  grateful 
teachers  during  the  past  score  of  years  have 
brought  to  us  by  their  sincere  and  hearty  appre- 
ciation of  what  the  Review  has  been  to  them. 
They  are  not  merely  "our  readers" :  many  of  them 
have  been  and  are  now  warm  personal  friends, 
whether  we  have  seen  their  faces  or  not.  To  all 
the  Review  extends  its  hearty  congratulations, 
wishing  them  a  Happy  Christmas  and  New  Year, 
and  the  joy  that  comes  from  work  conscientiously 
and    faithfully   performed. 


A  subscriber  to  the  Review  who  has  recently  set- 
tled in  the  West  writes  from  Regina  as  follows : 
"I  cannot  too  warmly  express  my  appreciation  of 
the  Review  and  its  unfailing  interest  and  helpful- 
ness during  the  several  years  I  have  used  it  in  my 
work." 


Animal  Stories. 

Red  Fox,  by  Chas.  G.  D.  Roberts;  Northern 
Trails,  by  Wm.  J.  Long.  The  Copp  Clark  Com- 
pany,  Toronto. 

The  interest  in  animal  stories  apparently  shows 
no  sign  of  waning,  and  one  realizes  why  it  does 
not  as  he  turns  the  pages  of  the  books  named 
above,  so  charmingly  illustrated  and  so  full  are 
they  of  the  atmosphere  of  the  woods.  There  is 
the  fictitious  element  in  all  these  stories  just  as 
there  is  in  the  stories  about  men  and  women ;  but 
who  will  say  that  the  observer  of  animals  in  their 
wilderness  haunts  cannot  successfully  analyze  some 
of  the  common  experiences  of  these  creatures — 
their  joys,  fears,  hates,  the  sometimes  more  than 
human  cunning  and  skill  that  they  show  in  provid- 
ing for  the  safety  of  their  young,  in  procuring 
food,   and   avoiding  or  overcoming  their  enemies? 

Mr.  Roberts  tells  us  in  his  introduction  to  the 
biography  of  a  "Red  Fox"  that  in  a  litter  of  young 
foxes  there  is  usually  one  that  is  larger  and 
stronger,  more  sagacious  than  his  fellows.  Such 
a  one  he  makes  the  hero  of  his  story.  He  does 
not  pretend  that  all  that  happens  to  this  fox,  all  the 
scrapes  that  he  so  cunningly  gets  out  of,  happened 
to  any  one  animal,  but  he  is  confident  that  "Every 
one  of  these  experiences  has  befallen  some  red  fox 
in  the  past,  and  may  befall  other  red  foxes  in  the 
future."  There  does  not  appear  to  be  anything 
improbable  in  all  the  situations  and  vicissitudes 
of  Red  Fox's  life  and  adventures,  and  Mr.  Rob- 
erts has  presented  us  with  a  most  interesting 
story  of  what,  in  woods'  life,  might  be  termed  a 
"character."  The  beautiful  illustrations  by  Charles 
Livingston   Bull   add   greatly   to   the   attractiveness 

of  the  book 

The  scenes  of  Mr.  Long's  "Northern  Trails" 
are  the  wilds  of  Newfoundland  and  Labrador,  and 
he  pictures  life  in  the  family  of  Wayeeses  the 
White  Wolf,  Kopseep  the  Salmon,  Matwock  the 
Polar  Bear,  and  other  people  of  the  woods  and 
waters.  The  illustrations,  covering  almost  every 
page,  are  admirable,  and  show  so  many  phases  of 
wood  life  and  nature  that  the  book  is  a  treasure 
house  in  this  respect.  The  descriptions  are  pic- 
turesque and  appeal  to  the  nature-lover.  It  is 
well  known  that  Mr.  Long  has  many  sharp  critics 
who  have  accused  him  of  describing  as  seeing  what 
he  does  not  see  in  his  wilderness  journeys.  We 
do  not  wish  to  enter  into  this  discussion  at  present. 
In  this  book,  perhaps,  he  is  a  little  more  careful 
of  his  statements,  and  tells  us  he  has  taken  "the 


156 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


facts  from  first-hand  and  accurate  observers,"  and 
has  "sifted  them  carefully." 

There  remains,  after  one  has  read  these  two 
books,  a  fuller  sense  of  the  delights  of  the  woods 
and  a  greater  respect  for  the  life  of  animals.  And 
these  are  some  things  that  add  immeasurably  to 
the  pleasure  of  life. 


A  Lover  of  Scott. 


I  cannot  help  taking  fire  at  anything  said 
in  disparagement  of  Walter  Scott.  I  feel  that  I 
have  got  from  his  writings,  not  only  immense 
pleasure,  but  some  good.  He  was  a  truly  noble- 
hearted  gentleman,  a  model  of  that  class,  and  his 
character  is  impressed  on  all  the  works  of  his  pen. 
A  type,  he  seems  to  me,  of  social  chivalry.  In  all 
his  writings,  too,  there  is  the  buoyancy  of  perfect 
health.  In  reading  them  you  breathe  the  air  of 
the  Scotch  hills.  I  can  conceive  no  better  mental 
febrifuge,  no  better  antidote  to  depression,  no  more 
sovereign  remedy  for  dull  care.    .    .    . 

Scott,  like  Homer,  Virgil,  Tasso,  and  Milton,  is 
a  narrative  poet,  and  must  be  judged  by  the  inter- 
est of  his  story  and  by  his  poetic  skill  in  telling  it. 
Is  not  the  story  of  Marmion  interesting?  Is  not 
great  poetic  skill  shown  in  telling  it?  Is  not  the 
character  of  Marmion  one  that  you  never  forget? 
Is  not  the  judgment  scene  in  Holy  Isle  supremely 
tragical?  Can  anything  be  much  brighter  than  the 
picture  of  Edinburgh  and  the  Scottish  camp?  Has 
anything  in  English  literature  more  of  Homeric 
spirit  than  the  battle  scene  of  Flodden?  Are  we 
not  carried  along  through  the  whole  poem,  as  it 
were  by  a  sea  breeze  fresh  and  strong?  Are  there 
not  ever  and  anon  charming  little  touches,  such 
as  the  lines  at  the  end  of  Marmion,  telling  us  how 
the  woodman  took  the  place  of  the  Baron  in  the 
Baron's  sumptuous  tomb? 

One  must,  no  doubt,  have  something  of  the  boy 
left  in  one  to  read  Marmion  again  with  delight. 
But  he  who  reads  Marmion  wholly  without  de- 
light cannot  have  much  left  in  him  of  the  boy.  .  .  . 

However,  one  might  almost  as  well  try  to  argue 
ai  man  into  or  out  of  love  for  a  woman  as  into  or 
out  of  taste  for  a  poet.  Boys  will  be  boys,  and 
will  persist  in  venerating  Browning  and  loving 
Scott. 

Goldwin   Smith,  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly. 


The  Educational  Review  and  Canadian  Mag- 
azine (subscription  price  $2.50  a  year),  both  for 
$2.50 — a  rare  offer. 


Nature-Study. 

Hints  for  Occasional  December  Talks. 

We  have  been  so  busy,  perhaps,  in  our  own  prep- 
aration for  winter  that  we  have  not  observed  how 
Nature  has  done  her  work.  How  did  trees  and 
shrubs  get  ready  for  winter?  Most  of  them  have 
lost  their  leaves,  and  the  food  material  is  stored 
in  roots,  trunks,  branches  and  buds  waiting  for  the 
warm  rains  and  the  sun  of  another  spring.  A  great 
many  plants  have  died,  but  sufficient  of  their  seeds 
are  stored  away  in  some  safe  place  to  reproduce 
their  kind  for  the  next  season.  Under  the  snow 
the  seeds,  buds  and  roots  are  protected,  but  there 
is  no  growth.  Nature  seems  now  to  be  taking  a 
rest. 

Most  of  the  animals  have  crawled  into  warm 
places  to  sleep  away  the  winter.  The  chipmunk, 
with  its  store  of  fruits,  is  snugly  living  in  its  under- 
ground burrow.  The  red  squirrel  from  its  secure 
nest  in  some  lofty  tree  will  take  long  naps,  to  go 
forth  at  intervals,  when  hunger  drives  him,  to  the 
nuts  he  has  hoarded  up  in  the  places  that  he  re- 
members so  well.  Most  of  the  birds  have  gone 
south.  Is  it  because  of  the  cold  or  because  of 
scarcity  of  food?  Many  insects  are  waiting  in 
their  cocoons  for  the  early  days  of  spring;  animals 
that  are  exposed  to  the  cold  have  put  on  a  warmer 
coat,— their  fur  or  other  covering  has  been  made 
thicker.  Nature  has  provided  for  all  her  numerous 
children,  and  they  are  as  comfortable  as  'boys  and 
girls  in  their  warm  houses. 

Have  your  pupils  keep  a  weather  record  if  they 
are  not  now  doing  it.  Note  from  the  thermometer 
the  degrees  of  cold  at  nine,  twelve  and  four  o'clock, 
and  make  up  the  average  for  the  school  day; 
afterwards  for  the  month.  Keep  the  record  of  the 
winds  and  their  direction,  the  sunny  and  cloudy 
days,  snow  and  rain  storms.  This  does  not  take 
up  much  time,  and  will  help  to  keep  up  the  interest 
in  out-of-door  study  during  the  winter.  The  sports 
— skating,  snow-shoeing,  coasting — may  be  trusted 
to  look  after  themselves. 

Note  the  position  of  the  sun,  at  rising,  midday 
and  setting.  Soon  we  shall  have  the  shortest  days 
of  the  year. 

The  stars  are  every  night  becoming  more  inter- 
esting. Jupiter  now  rises  in  the  east  about  five 
o'clock,  with  the  Pleiades  above  and  the  Hyades 
below,  and  splendid  Orion  in  full  view  a  few  hours 
later.  Have  readers  of  the  Review  been  following 
the  course  of  Jupiter  between  the  two  groups  of 
stars  named  above  during  November?     To  which 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


157 


group  is  it  drawing  near?  Notice  its  movements 
this  month,  and  continue  the  drawings  at  intervals 
during  the  month. 


Our  Native  Trees  — The  Evergreens. 

BY  G.   U.    HAY. 

"Above  all,  I  glory  in  my  evergreens.  What 
winter  garden  can  compare  for  them  with  mine? 
True,  I  have  but  four  kinds — Scotch  fir,  holly, 
furze,  and  the  heath ;  and  by  way  of  relief  to  them, 
only  brows  of  brown  fern,  sheets  of  yellow  bog- 
grass,  and  here  and  there  a  leafless  birch,  whose 
purple  tresses  are  even  more  lovely  to  my  eyes 
than  those  fragrant  green  ones .  which  she  puts  on 
in  spring.  Well,  in  painting  as  in  music,  what 
effects  are  more  grand  than  those  produced  by  the 
scientific  combination,  in  endless  new  variety,  of 
a  few  simple  elements?  Enough  for  me  is  the  one 
purple  birch ;  the  bright  hollies  round  its  stem 
sparkling  with  scarlet  beads;  the  furze-patch,  rich 
with  its  lacework  of  interwoven  light  and  shade, 
tipped  here  and  there  with  a  golden  bud ;  the  deep 
soft  heather  carpet,  which  invites  you  to  lie  down 
and  dream  for  hours;  and  behind  all,  the  wall  of 
red  fir  stems  and  the  dark  fir  roof  with  its  jagged 
edges  a  mile  long,  against  the  soft  gray  sky. 

"An  ugly,  straight-edged,  monotonous  fir  plan- 
tation? Well,  I  like  it,  outside  and  inside.  I  need 
no  saw-edge  of  mountain  peaks  to  stir  up  my  imag- 
ination with  the  sense  of  the  sublime,  while  I  can 
watch  the  saw-edge  of  those  fir  peaks  against  the 
red  sunset.  They  are  my  Alps." — From  My  Win- 
ter Garden — Charles  Kingsley. 

Firs  and  Spruces. 

What  better  time  to  begin  the  study  of  Ever- 
greens than  in  December,  when  their  fresh  green 
tints  are  in  such  marked  contrast  to  the  white  of 
the  first  snows  ?  And  as  the  firs  and  spruces  are 
centres  of  the  children's  interest  at  Christmas,  let 
us  begin  with  these. 

In  searching  out  in  the  woods  a  symmetrical 
cone-shaped  fir  tree,  notice  that  the  stem,  thickest 
at  the  base,  continues  in  an  unbroken  line  to  the 
top.  Is  this  true  of  all  evergreens?  Of  de- 
ciduous trees?  Of  all  deciduous  trees?  Rend 
down  one  of  the  horizontal  branches  of  a  fir  or 
spruce  tree.  Notice  how  it  flies  back  to  its  place. 
Examine  the  firm  polished  surface  of  the  leaves, 
their  small  size.  Note  how  these  cone-shaped  trees, 
with  pendent  branches  and  polished  leaves,  are 
fitted  to  withstand  winter  storms  and  free  them- 
selves from  a  weight  of  ice  and  snow. 

The  balsam  or  balm  of  Gilead  fir  (Abies  bal- 
samea)  is  a  slender,  graceful  forest  tree,  growing 
in  damp  woods  or  mountain  swamps.  Not  un- 
usually it  attains  a  height  of  from  sixty  to  eighty 


feet  in  localities   where  it   flourishes  best.     Some- 
times it  occurs  as  a  low  shrub.     It  bears  some  re- 
semblance  to   the   black  and   red   spruces,   but   the 
surest  way  to  tell  it  from  these  is  to  examine  the 
bark  which  is   smooth  and  swollen  into  "blisters" 
containing  resin  or  balsam.     This   resin   is   found 
on  the  bark,  buds  and  cones,  and  is  familiar  to  all 
who   have   sticky   fingers   from   handling  fir  trees. 
Other  characteristics  of  the  fir  are, — the  fragrance 
from    its   leaves   when    bruised   or   dried,    recalling 
"fir-pillows"   and   camping-out  on   fir   boughs ;    its 
upright  cones,   two   to   four  inches   long,  arranged 
in   rows   on   the   upper  side  of  the  branches,   and 
violet-purple  when  young;  its  leaves  flat,  differing 
from  the   narrower  somewhat  four-sided  leaves  of 
spruce,   dark  green  above,  lighter  beneath,   with  a 
prominent  mid  rib.     Its  wood  is  soft,  weak,  whiter 
than  any  other   wood,  close  grained ;   weight  of  a 
cubic  foot,  twenty-four  pounds.     It  is  pretty  wood 
for  interior  finishings,  but  does  not  stand  exposure 
to  the  weather.     Owing  to  the  fact  that  it  imparts 
no  flavor,  fir  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  butter 
tubs   and   boxes.     The   balsam   obtained    from   the 
blisters,  known  as  Canada  balsam,  is  the  chief  prod- 
uct of  this  tree.     It  is  used  in  medicines,  for  varn- 
ishes,   mounting   microscopic   objects,   etc. 

There  are  three  kinds  of  spruce  in  these  prov- 
inces. They  differ  from  the  fir  in  having  bark 
more  or  less  rough  and  without  balsam  blisters. 
The  wood  of  spruces  is  more  valuable  than  that 
of  the  fir. 

The  white  spruce  (Picea  alba)  is  a  northern  tree 
and  is  more  common  near  the  seacoast.     It  has  a 
strong  odor,  and   from  this  it   is  often  called   the 
skunk   spruce.     Its  young   twigs   are  smooth,   that 
is,   without  small  hairs ;  the  leaves  slender  and  of 
a  pale,  light  green  colour ;  its  cones  are  smaller  than 
those  of  the  fir,  nodding,  not  upright,  and  do  not 
stay  on  the  tree  from  year  to  year  as  do  those  of 
the  red  spruce.     The  wood  is  soft,  light  yellow  in 
colour,  and  a  cubic  foot  weighs  twenty-five  pounds. 
It  is  used  for  the  masts  of  smaller  vessels,  flooring 
and  other  purposes,  and  though  commercially  less 
valuable  than  red  spruce,  it  is  often  sold  with  the 
latter.      Commonly   seen,    it    is    a   somewhat    small 
tree,    though    in    many    places    it    attains    to    large 
dimensions.    The  pale  colour  of  its  bark  and  leaves 
separate   it    from   other   spruces. 

The  red  spruce  (Picea  rubra)  is  the  common 
spruce  of  our  forests,  and  is  usually  known  among 
lumbermen  as  the  black  spruce.  Its  young  twigs 
are  pubescent  or  hairy,  its  cones  somewhat  the  size 
of  a  robin's  egg,  but  longer,  curved,  and  staying 


158 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


on  the  trees  for  more  than  one  season.  It  grows 
from  fifty  to  one  hundred  feet  in  height,  and  one 
and  a  half  to  four  feet  in  diameter.  The  wood  is 
soft,  pale  red  or  nearly  white.  A  cubic  foot  weighs 
twenty-eight  pounds.  It  is  largely  used  for  build- 
ing timber  and  for  clapboards  and  shingles.  It 
is  exported  in  great  quantities  and  is  used  for  in- 
terior furnishings  of  houses,  sheathing,  dry  goods 
boxes  and  for  many  other  purposes.  Great  quanti- 
ties are  consumed  in  the  pulp  mills,  and  it  is  the 
favorite  wood  for  the  manufacture  of  paper.  It  is 
a  tree  of  slow  growth,  large  specimens  in  the  primi- 
tive forests  being  often  two  or  three  centuries  old. 
Notice  the  thin  circles  which  show  each  year's 
growth  at  the  ends  of  a  spruce  log.  Try  to  count 
them.  When  growing  in  open  fields  the  red  spruce 
often  forms  a  conical  head,  with  the  branches, 
especially  of  the  younger  trees,  brushing  the 
ground.  In  the  more  typical  development,  especi- 
ally when  in  crowded  forests,  the  lower  branches 
soon  perish,  leaving  the  long  naked  trunks  which 
the  lumberman  prizes.  Why  is  the  trunk  'branched 
in  one  instance  and  naked  in  the  other?  It  is  the 
most  abundant  of  all  our  trees,  and  is  now  the 
greatest  source  of  the  forest  wealth  of  New  Bruns- 
wick and  Nova  Scotia.  The  vast  evergreen  ex- 
panse of  our  forests  is  made  up  chiefly  of  this 
spruce.  , 

The  black  spruce  of  our  swamps  is  a  slender 
tree  with  a  jagged  irregular  top.  When  found  on 
wind-swept  hills  or  mountain  tops  it  is  little  more 
than   a   shrub. 


December  Birthdays. 

Eli  Whitney,  inventor  of  the  cotton-gin,  born 
December  8,  1765;  John  Milton,  the  great  poet, 
December  9,  1608;  Edward  Egglcston,  author, 
December  10,  1837;  William  Lloyd  Garrison,  anti- 
slavery  leader,  December  12,  1804;  Sir  Humphrey 
Davy,  December  17,  1778;  Ludwig  Beethoven, 
musician,  December  17,  1770;  Kepler,  the  noted 
astronomer,  December  27,  1571  ;  Gladstone,  the 
great  British  statesman,  December  29,  1809;  Car- 
tier,  the  noted  French  explorer,  December  31,  1494. 

Gather  all  the  facts  you  can  about  these,  and 
write  notes  on  each.  It  is  of  interest  to  know  that 
the  grandfather  of  William  Lloyd  Garrison,  Joseph 
Garrison,  was  in  New  Brunswick  as  early  as 
1773.  A  son,  Abijah,  father  of  William  Lloyd 
Garrison,  was  born  that  year  ;  Fanny  Lloyd,  his 
mother,  was  born  on  Dei  r  I-land,  N  B.,  in  1776 
The  family  returned  to  Newburyport,  Mass.,  where 
William  Lloyd  Garrison  was  born  in  1S05. 


The  Old  Year  and  the  New. 

Reading. — "The  Old  Year  and   the   New." 

(For    several    Children.) 

A  cold  gust  of  wind  blew,  and  a  fresh-faced  boy 
with  roguish  eyes  tripped  through  the  door  of 
space  to  the  earth. 

"Happy  New  Year,  January,"  said  a  low,  dreary 
voice. 

January  turned  his  head  and  looked  at  a  bent, 
feeble  old  man,  with  a  long  beard,  clothed  in  a 
wrapper  of  gray. 

"Why,   who  are  you  ?"   said  January,  surprised. 

"I  am  1905,"  replied  the  Old  Year;  "and  you 
are   1906,  are  you  not?" 

"Yes;  I  am  the  first  part  of  1906;  but  I  have 
eleven  brothers  and  sisters,  who  are  coming  later." 

"Since  you  are  a  little  boy,  I  will  give  you  some 
advice,"  said  the  Old  Year.  "You  must  try  to 
make  as  many  good  things  as  you  can  happen  in 
your  year." 

"All  right;  go  on,"  said  January,  seating  him- 
self on  a  snow-bank,  and  looking  up  at  the  stars. 

"Be  as  pleasant  as  you  can.  Bring  plenty  of 
snow  for  the  boys  and  girls,  and  sunshine,  too. 
When  you  bring  a  snow-storm,  bring  one,  and 
make  a  fine  one  of  it." 

So  he  went  on,  giving  the  boy  plenty  of  good 
advice. 

Presently  he  jumped  a  little,  and  said,  "I  am 
going  now.      Good-by." 

With  that  he  faded  into  mist  and  was  gone. 

January  was  sober  for  a  few  minutes,  but  then 
he  set  about  making  a  fine  snow-storm. 

The  next  day  he  heard  some  children,  who  were 
skating  to  and  fro,  say,  "Isn't  it  fine !  The  New 
Year  has  begun  well." 

And  January  was  pleased. 

— St.  Nicholas    (adapted). 


When  the  first  whisper  is  heard  in  the  room, 
sit  down  and  have  a  talk  with  the  children.  Ask 
them  if  they  like  to  be  disturbed  by  noises  when 
they  are  busily  at  work.  Let  them  understand 
that  whispering  is  no  crime ;  it  is  only  when  it 
becomes  annoying  to  others  that  it  is  troublesome. 
Now  if  any  child  wishes  to  talk  with  his  neighbor, 
let  him  raise  his  hand  and  ask  to  do  so,  then  no 
one   will   mind   the   sound. 

There  may  be  several  requests  at  first,  but  it  is 
noticed  that  when  a  child  knows  he  may  whisper 
by  simply  getting  permission,  he  very  soon  ceases 
to  care   for  the  privilege. — Primary  Education. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


159 


Washington  Irving,  1783-1859. 

Principal  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A.,  Halifax,  N.  S. 

[Washington  Irving's  lather,  at  one  time  in  the  English 
navy,  settled  in  New  York  previous  to  the  American 
Revolution.  Here  Irving  was  born.  He  went  to  school 
at  the  age  of  four  and  left  at  the  age  of  sixteen.  His 
elder  brothers  attended  Columbia  College,  but  he  did  not. 

He  studied  law.  but  never  practised  to  any  extent.  Tn 
1804  he  went  to  Europe  for  the  benefit  of  his  health,  visit- 
ing Italy  and  France.  In  1806  he  returned  to  America. 
His  first  important  work,  "The  History  of  New  York," 
was  published  in  1809.  This  was  a  success,  both  literary 
and  financial. 

In  1815  he  again  went  to  Europe,  this  time  to  England. 
While  there  he  met  Scott,  of  which  meeting  an  account 
can  be  found  in  Lockhart's  "  Life  of  Scott."  In  18:9 
appeared  the  first  number  of  the  "  Sketch  Book,"  contain- 
ing "  Rip  Van  Winkle."  In  1826  he  went  to  Spain ;  while 
there  he  collected  material  for  his  "  Conquest  of  Granada  " 
and  his  "  Alhambra."  In  1832  he  returned  to  America, 
where  he  lived  until  1842.  when  he  was  appointed  Minister 
to  Spain.  After  four  years  in  Spain  he  returned  to  New 
York,  where  he  lived  until  his  death. 

He  is  considered  the  most  popular  of  American  writers 
down  to  the  present  time.  During  hi*  lifetime  about 
600,000  copies  of  his  works  were  sold,  and  since  that  time 
the  average  annual  sale  has  been  about  30,000] 


The  Legend  of  Sleepy  Hollow. 

If  the  hints  as  to  word  study,  given  in  other 
papers  of  this  series,  have  been  taken,  it  will  be 
needless  from  this  on  to  specify  particular  words. 
Consult  the  dictionary  as  to  all  words  not  per- 
fectly plain  to  children.  Have  them  express  un- 
usual ones  in  their  own  vocabulary. 

Page  36. — 1.  1* — Why  apply  adj.  "Sabbath"  to 
"stillness"?  Is  his  time  for  especial  quietness  true 
to  nature?  1.  16.  What  Indian  tribes  dwelt  here? 
1.  17.  What  more  do  we  know  of  Hudson  and 
his  discoveries?  1.  25.  For  the  meaning  of  "stars- 
shooting,"  etc.,  compare — 

"  When  beggars  die  there  are  no  ccmets  seen, 
The  heavens  themselves  blaze  forth  the  death  of  princes." 

Page  38. — 1.  2.  The  best  known  character  in  our 
own  literature  from  the  State  of  Connecticut  is 
Sam  Slick.  Many  of  the  early  settlers  of  western 
Nova  Scotia  came  from  that  State.  1.  16.  What 
is  meant  by  a  "genius  of  famine"?  1.  37.  Why 
aPp'v  "golden"  to  the  maxim?  Compare  "speech 
is  silvern  but  silence  is  golden."  In  1.  35  what 
figure  of  speech  in  "the  flowery  path  of  knowl- 
edge." 

Page  39  contains  a  reference  to  the  old  custom, 
probably  now  extinct  of  "boarding  the  teacher 
round." 


Pages  of  N.  S.  School  Series. 


Page  41. — 1.  14.  What  is  meant  by  his  powers 
of  "digesting"  the  marvellous?  What  New  Eng- 
land town  was  especially  famed  for  its  witches? 
1.  24.  Why  is  the  hour  of  twilight  called  the 
"witching  hour,"  and  why  at  that  time  are  strange 
forms  seen?  1.  33.  Compare  the  use  of  the  word 
"varlet"  with  the  same  word  in  Macaulay's  "Vir- 
ginia." 1.  36.  Compare  the  singing  of  psalm  tunes 
to  banish  "evil  spirits"  with  a  similar  custom  in 
the  middle  ages  when  the  belief  in  them  was  so 
much  more  firmly   fixed. 

Page  42. — 1.  1.  "In  linked,"  etc.,  consult  Mil- 
ton's Shorter  Poems.  1.  15.  When  Capt.  Slocum, 
who  went  around  the  world  alone  in  the  "Spray," 
visited  President  Kruger,  he  most  deeply  offended 
him  by  saying  he  was  sailing  around  the  world, 
which   Kruger  believed  to  be  flat. 

Page  43. — 1.  35.  Many  of  your  pupils  may  have 
seen  a  similar  "little  well  formed  of  a  barrel." 

Page  44. — 1.  2.  The  "flail"  like  the  sickle  is  now 
largely  a  thing  of  the  past  in  harvest  operations. 

Page  45. — 1.  13.  Kentucky  and'  Tennessee  are 
no  longer  the  remote  frontier  states  they  were  120 
years  since.  1.  17.  Compare  the  house  with  the 
house  of  Benedict  in  "Evangeline."  1.  34.  How 
many  of  the  present-day  school  children,  or  teach- 
ers either,  ever  saw  "andirons"  actually  in  use? 
What  is  meant  by  "their  covert  of  Asparagus 
tops"? 

Page  46. — 1.  1.  Compare  "Deserted  Village," 
page  7,  1.  10,  "broken  tea-cups  wisely  kept  for 
show."  1.  7.  "Knight-errant"  is  quite  different 
from  the  kind  of  knight  Roderick  is  inclined  to 
call  James  in  the  "Lady  of  the  Lake."  Find  the 
place  and  compare  the  two.  1.  16.  Daedalus,  who 
built  the  original  labyrinth,  was  lost  in  it  himself, 
and  escaped  by  making  himself  wings  of  wax  and 
feathers. 

Page  49. — 1.  18.  Smoking  out  a  teacher  is  one 
of  the  pleasures  that  probably  none  of  the  present 
generation   has   enjoyed. 

Page  52  — 1.  8.  Monteiro  is  a  Spanish  soldier's 
cap.  1.  31.  Study  word  "goodliest."  Quite  dif- 
ferent  from  "good." 

Page  53- — 1-  4-  Inland  pupils  might  be  troubled 
as  to  the  meaning  of  the  word  "sloop." 

Page  54. — Is.  2,  3.  The  dough-nut,  cruller,  oly- 
koek,  are  forms  of  one  and  the  same,  a  cake  fried 
in  lard.  In  richness  they  vary  as  arranged  above. 
Baltus  Van  Tassel's  recqjtion  of  his  guests  will 
call  to  mind  that  of  Basil  in  "Evangeline,"  when 
she    visits    him    in    his    southern    home.      [The   old 


160 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


gray-haired  negro  who  officiated  on  the  "fiddle" 
may  recall  a  similar  quite  famous  one  in  the  eastern 
part  of  Nova  Scotia,  much  in  demand  at  country 
dances  a  few  years  since.] 

Page  57. — Sing-Sing   is    famous   for  its — ? 

Page  58. — By  a  misprint  on  this  page  we  have 
"demagogue"  for  "pedagogue."  What  is  the  dif- 
ference in  meaning? 

Page  59. — The  story  of  "Andre"  might  be  worth 
looking  into. 

Page  61.- — 1.  1.  'Does  hair  stand  on  end  through 
fear,  and  if  not  why  do  we  say  so? 

What  are  the  two  ways  of  concluding  the  story, 
the  one  natural,  the  other  supernatural?  Which 
is  the  most  likely  to  be  true? 


ART  NOTES  -  No.  II. 

By  Huntee  Boyd,  Wawkhj,  N.  B. 


Mama's  Christmas  Gift. 

"Mama,"  said  Billy,  "what  do  you  want  for 
Christmas  ?" 

"Dear  me,"  said  Billy's  mama,  "I  don't  know 
of  a  single  thing  that  I  want." 

"But  you  must  say  you  want  things,"  said  Billy. 
"You  must — it's  a  sort  of  game.  It  doesn't  matter 
whether  you  really  want  the  things  or  not." 

"Oh,  I  didn't  understand,"  said  mama,  entering 
into  the  game.  "Well,  then,  let  me  see.  I  should 
like  a  diamond  pin." 

"And  what  else?"  said  Billy.  "You  must  want 
more." 

"I  want  a  long  sealskin  ulster." 

"Say  something  else — say  lots  of  things." 

"I  want  a  new  carriage  and  a  lace  collar  and 
some  curtains  for  baby's  room." 

"Mama,"  said  Billy,  coming  close  to  her  side 
and  speaking  earnestly,  "don't  you  want  a  card  like 
that  one  I  painted  this  morning?" 

"Oh,  dear  yes,"  said  mama,  quickly,  "I  should 
love  to  have  a  beautiful  card  like  those  you  paint." 

Billy  went  to  the  window  and  looked  out  at  the 
snow,  and  the  sparrows  hopping  on  the  walk  that 
ran  down  to  the  street. 

After  a  minute  or  two  he  came  to  mama's  side 
again.  "Mama,"  he  said  very  solemnly,  "I  won't 
say  which,  'cause  I  don't  want  to  spoil  your  sur- 
prise ;  but  one  of  those  things  you  told  me  you 
want  you're  surely  to  get  for  Christmas." 

Mama  leaned  over  and  kissed  his  bright  little 
face,  and  said  softly  :  "I  do  wonder  which  it  will 
bo." — St.  Nicholas. 


The  time  for  sending  in  the  essays  for  com- 
petition in  the  League  of  Empire  Prizes  has  been 
extended.     See  advertisement  on  page   175. 


Christmas  Chimes. 

Painted  by  Kdwin   Howland  Blashfleld,   1848. 
"  I   heard   the  bells  on   Christmas   day, 
Their  old,  familiar  carols  play, 
And   wild  and  sweet 
The   words  repeat, 
Of  peace  on  earth,  good-will  to  men.'' 

— H.  W.  L. 

The  picture  selected  for  reproduction  this  month 
is  as  beautiful  as  it  is  seasonable.  There  is  a  sense 
in  which  its  meaning  is  so  Obvious  that  some  per- 
sons may  think  it  undesirable  to  make  it  the  sub- 
ject of  a  picture  study.  Teachers  who  are  in  such 
a  mood  require  only  an  opportunity  for  introducing 
the  print  to  the  class,  and  the  evident  pleasure 
afforded  to  such  a  teacher  will  soon  be  shared  by 
sympathetic  scholars.  Possibly  such  persons  will 
be  satisfied  to  know  that  the  artist  is  still  living, 
and  that  though  born  in  New  York  he  not  only 
studied  in  Paris,  but  actually  produced  this  picture 
in  Paris.  It  has  since  been  exhibited  at  the  World's 
Fair  in  Chicago,  and  helped  to  make  the  reputation 
which  Mr.  Blashfield  bears  as  one  of  America's 
best  figure  painters.  He  certainly  was  filled  with 
the  Christmas  spirit  when  he  conceived  this  work 
of  art,  and  his  execution  worthily  embodies  the 
beautiful  idea.  Not  only  are  the  faces  of  the  angels 
all  that  can  be  desired ;  we  note  that  the  wings  are 
graceful,  and  the  folds  of  their  garments  are  ad- 
mirably arranged.  The  suggestion  of  movement 
is  so  powerful  that  we  feel  the  heavenly  bell-ringers 
are  not  only  enthusiastic  in  their  work, — they  posi- 
tively exult  in  doing  it.  The  great  bells  swing  in 
the  tower  which  is  illuminated  by  an  unearthly 
light,  and  whilst  the  massive  beams  to  which  they 
are  attached  suggest  their  great  weight,  there  is 
an  entire  absence  of  effort  or  strain  on  the  part 
of  the  ringers.  The  happy  birds  that  fly  in  and 
out  of  the  belfry  suggest  that  nature  is  in  sym- 
pathy with  the  glad  morn,  and  we  do  not  con- 
template this  scene  very  long  without  imagining 
we  can  detect  the  harmony  of  voices  celestial, 
blending  with  that  produced  by  the  tongues  of 
earthly  bells.  When  this  result  is  achieved  we 
have  learned  the  secret  of  the  picture,  and  only 
harm  may  follow  if  a  teacher  attempts  to  discuss 
"Christmas  chimes"  without  aiming  to  secure  or 
strengthen  similar  effects  upon  the  scholars.  The 
artist  had  a  message,  and  he  has  told  it  in  form 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


1G1 


and  colour,  has  told  it  so  intelligibly  that  it  loses 
little  by  reproduction  in  a  small  black  and  white 
print,  and  our  hearty  response  is  his  reward. 

In  some  respects  the  Poet  Whittier  has  given 
a  similar  message  in  his  poem,  "A  Christmas 
Carmen." 

Sing  the  bridal  of  nations !  with  corals  of  love, 
Sing  out  the  war-vulture  and  sing  in  the  dove. 
Till  the  hearts  of  the  peoples  keep  time  in  accord. 
And  the  voice  of  the  world  is  the  voice  of  the  Lord! 
Clasp   hands  of  the   nations 
In    strong   gratulations : 
The  dark  night  is  Hiding  and  dawn  has  begun; 
Rise,  hope  of  the  ages,  .arise  like  the  sun, 
All  speech  flow  to  music,  i\\  hearts  beat  as  one! 

Already  we  have  several  times  used  the  word 
suggestion,  and  that  is  the  function  of  this  pic- 
ture. It  is  suggestive.  It  appeals  to  the  imagi- 
native faculties,  directly  to  the  visual,  and  indi- 
rectly to  the  auditory.  In  this  respect  it  may  be 
compared  with  the  "Angelus,"  by  J.  1*'.  Millet, 
where  we  note  the  effect  of  the  evening  bell  upon 
the  peasants  in  the  potato  field,  although  only  the 
spire  of  the  church  is  indicated  in  the  background. 
Also  as  in  that  picture  we  have  here  a  study  in 
emotional  expression.  Other  pictures  that  de]>end 
for  their  clue  upon  some  supposed  sound,  are 
"Listening  to  the  Fairies,"  by  Bodenhauser,  "The 
Song  of  the  Lark,"  and  Joan  of  Arc  listening  to 
her  fatal  message.  With  this  contrast  "The  Hal- 
loon,"  where  there  is  no  appeal  to  the  sense  of  hear- 
ing, and  other  pictures  may  be  selected  and 
grouped  under  these  several  heads. 

But  not  all  teachers  are  sufficiently  acquainted 
with  pictures  to  pursue  immediately  such  exercises 
and  not  all  are  engaged  in  teaching  the  higher 
grades.  Let  us  suppose  the  case  of  one  who  is 
bravely  trying  to  make  life  interesting  in  an  un- 
graded school  in  a  remote  country  district.  Little 
children  in  rural  schools  are  as  familiar  with 
angels  as  those  in  the  city  schools,  possibly  more 
so,  as  many  children  of  tender  years,  brought  up 
in  cities,  are  not  wholly  unaffected  by  the  preva- 
lence of  materialistic  notions,  and  the  rush  and 
bustle  of  a  home  life  which  leaves  no  time  for 
reverie.  But  not  every  rural  scholar  has  seen  or 
heard  bells  of  the  dimensions  shown  in  our  pic- 
ture, and  in  these  cases  patience  is  needed  if  the 
teacher  is  to  build  up  an  adequate  concept  from 
limited  ideas.  In  this  case,  probably  in  most  cases, 
it  would  be  well  for  the  class  to  discuss  the  sub- 
ject of  Bells  in  general  before  the  picture  is  dis- 
played,  so   that   the  artist's    work   may   have   more 


varied  auditory  images  to  appeal  to.  The  teacher 
can  ask  for  word  exercises  from  each  scholar,  pre- 
ferably in  writing,  so  that  the  exercises  can  be 
examined  at  leisure,  and  to  avoid  any  ridicule  of 
dull  scholars  by  so-called  smart  ones.  It  must 
be  remembered  that  in  this  study  places  may  be 
reversed.  In  arithmetic,  exact  answers  must  be 
required,  and  in  grammar  a  word  is  in  a  certain 
gender  or  it  is  not.  But  in  picture  study  no  seri- 
ous answer  is  without  some  value,  and  the  most 
backward  children  should  be  encouraged  to  ex- 
press their  ideas.  If  a  scholar  attempts  an  expla- 
nation of  a  picture,  do  not  pay  much  regard  to 
writing,  spelling  or  grammar,  at  first, — you  are 
seeking  an  opportunity  to  know  the  child's  range 
of  ideas  in  order  to  proceed  from  the  known  to 
the  unknown.  Thus  we  might  ask  questions  con- 
cerning Hells — door-,  cow-,  sleigh-,  school,-  fog- 
signal-,  railway-engine.  Ask  for  particulars  con- 
cerning the  way  in  which  Bells  are  rung  for  a 
wedding,  funeral,  fire,  church  service,  etc.  Ask 
for  any  notable  occasions  on  which  the  bells  have 
been  rung — coronation,  Mafeking  Day,  and  so  on. 
Make  enquiry  concerning  the  following:  Bell- 
hammer,  tongue,  clapper.  Compare  ringing  and 
tolling,  dirge  and  knell,  tinkle  and  jingle,  (long 
and  "ding-dong,"  and  words  like  curfew  and 
chimes.  All  this  must  be  done  with  a  view  to 
securing  distinctness  of  auditory  images,  and  if 
possible  to  secure  an  idea  of  a  great  volume  of 
sound  produced  by  large  melodious  bells  in  a 
tower.  Encourage  the  children  to  search  for  a 
picture  of  "The  Liberty  Bell"  or  "The  great  Bell 
of  Moscow,"  or  others,  and  note  any  material  con- 
cerning famous  bell  towers.  Lntil  this  is  done  it 
is  of  little  use  to  say  that  the  studies  for  the  bells 
in  our  picture  were  made  in  Florence  in  Giotto's 
Tower,  and  from  St.  Nicholas  in  Blois.  After  such 
an  exercise  the  children  will  be  stimulated  to  note 
the  difference  in  ornamentation  of  the  two  bells 
in  "Christmas  Chimes,"  the  position  of  the  "clap- 
per" in  the  upper  one,  and  some  details  of  the 
beam  and  fixtures,  and  the  ropes.  Hut  let  every- 
thing contribute  to  increasing  the  imaginary  vol- 
ume of  sound.  Here  and  there  a  child  may  he 
found  who  will  observe  and  inquire  concerning 
the  strange  figure  in  the  right  hand  corner.  Let 
some  of  the  older  scholars  hunt  up  the  meaning 
of  the  word  gargoyle,  and  then  determine  if  this 
is   an   instance. 

Much   could  be   said   concerning  the  angels,   but 
for   scholars,    angels    are    not    to    he    analysed    but 


162 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


enjoyed.  A  volume  like  "Angels  in  Art,"  by  C.  E. 
Clement,  published  by  L.  C.  Page  &  Co.,  Boston, 
will  prove  interesting,  but  it  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  our  object  is  to  increase  the  appreciation  of 
the  beautiful,  to  ennoble  the  emotions,  to  cultivate 
taste,  afford  enjoyment,  and  make  all  hear  "The 
Christmas   Chimes." 


G.  D. — Certainly  it  will  give  pleasure  to  receive  some  of 
the  compositions  by  your  scholars.  See  address  at  the 
head  of  Art  Notes  in  this  number. 


Picture  Study  Queries. 

In  this  column  only  the  substance  of  questions 
will  be  printed  in  order  to  afford  more  space  for 
the  replies.  Most  of  the  questions  this  month  are 
based  on  the  subject  dealt  with  in  the  November 
number  of  the  Educational  Review. — H.  B. 

E.  L.  W.  asks  how  pathos  is  manifest  in  manifested  in 
the  picture  of  the  "Old  Temeraire?"  Because  it  repre- 
sents the  setting  of  the  sun,  the  end  of  the  career  of  r. 
vessel,  of  the  wooden  navy  indeed,  and  the  decline  of 
Turner's  power.  The  delicacy  of  touch,  c.  g.  in  treatment 
of  the  spars  of  the  ship,  was  not  surpassed  in  any  subse- 
quent work. 

H.  T.  B. — The  dark  object  in  the  right  hand  corner  is 
a  buoy.  Probably  the  buoy  was  used  for  securing  barges 
at  night.  Yes,  it  helps  to  suggest  distance,  by  comparative 
size,  and  its  angle  helps  the  unity  of  the  picture  as  it  is 
parallel  with  the  south  b;.nk  of  the  Thames.  The  chim- 
neys are  possibly  on  buildings  at   Greenwich. 

G.  A.  S. — You  are  quite  right.  Turner  not  only  thought 
much  of  the  sun.  and  frequently  painted  it,  he  almost  wor- 
shipped it.  "  The  sun  is  God,"  were  almost  his  last 
words,  and  "  the  window  of  his  death-chamber  was  turned 
towards  the  west,  and  the  sun  shone  upon  his  face  in  its 
setting,  and  rested  there  as  he  expired." 

Hecla. — Temeraire  mer.ns  "He  who  dares,"  "the  one 
that  dares."  There  were  two  ships  of  that  name :  the 
first  taken  from  the  French  in  1759.  This  one  was  built 
at  Chatham,  at  Trafalgar,  1805 ;  a  prison-ship  at  Plymouth, 
1812;  a  receiving-ship  at  Sheerness,  1819,  sold  at  Sheerness 
1838,  for  $25,000,  and  broken  up  at  Deptford. 

F.  E.  B. — There  is  some  danger  of  over  analysis.  Some 
children  will  merely  enumerate  the  items,  and  you  will 
help  them  to  understand  the  relation  of  these  items,  and 
the  synthesis  will  be  valuable  to  yourself  and  the  scholars. 

Madge. — An  excellent  example.  The  "Constitution"  or 
"  Old  Ironsides  "  was  contemporary  with  "The  Temeraire." 
Its  centenary  was  celebrated  in  1897.  It  was  recently  in 
Boston  harbour. 

Ralph  — See  preceding  answer,  and  read  O.  W.  Holmes's 
poem,  "Old  Ironsides."  Any  life  of  Turner  will  give 
further  particulars.  James  R.  Lowell  has  written  on  the 
picture.  In  the  original,  the  chief  grandeur  is  Turner's 
treatment  of  the  glory  of  the  sun  and  clouds,  but  the 
picture  grows  on  you  as  you   gather  particulars. 

R.  F.  H. — Quite  so.  If  you  will  consult  Educational 
Review.  April,  1004.  p.  278,  you  will  find  some  hints  on 
the  character  of  subjects  suitable   for  rural   schools. 

Max.— The  picture  in  the  "  H.  R."  set  to  which  you 
allude  is  called  "a  neighbourly  chat."  It  is  by  Van 
I.eemputten. 


How  the  Mistletoe  Grows. 

The  mistletoe  for  centuries  has  been  one  of  the 
most  important  factors  in  Yuletide  decorations,  its 
use  dating  back  as  far  as  the  Druids.  The  hang- 
ing of  the  mistletoe  on  Christmas  Eve,  between 
11  and  12  o'clock,  in  many  homes  is  the  beginning 
of  the  season's  merrymaking.  The  bough  is  hung 
in  a  place  where  there  will  be  no  obstacle  in  pass- 
ing under  it,  and  the  penalty  for  being  caught  be- 
neath its  branches  all  know. 

The  story  of  how  the  mistletoe  gets  on  the  trees 
is  a  most  interesting  one,  writes  Prof.  S.  C. 
Schmucker,  in  the  Ladies'  Home  Journal.  Cover- 
ing the  mistletoe  twigs  are  pearly  white  berries. 
These  come  in  the  winter  season,  when  food  is 
comparatively  scarce,  and  hence  some  of  our  birds 
eat  them  freely.  Now  when  a  robin  eats  a  cherry 
he  swallows  simply  the  meat  and  flips  the  stone 
away.  The  seed  of  the  mistletoe  the  bird  cannot 
flip.  It  is  sticky  and  holds  to  his  bill.  His  only 
resource  is  to  wipe  it  off,  and  he  does  so,  leaving 
it  sticking  to  the  branches  of  the  tree  on  which 
he  is  sitting  at  the  time.  This  seed  sprouts  after 
a  time,  and  not  finding  earth — which  indeed  its 
ancestral  habit  has  made  it  cease  wanting — it  sinks 
its  roots  into  the  bark  of  the  tree  and  hunts  there 
for  the  pipes  that  carry  the  sap.  Now  the  sap  in 
the  bark  is  the  very  richest  in  the  tree,  far  richer 
than  that  in  the  wood,  and  the  mistletoe  gets  from 
its  host  the  choicest  of  food.  With  a  strange  fore- 
sight it  does  not  throw  its  leaves  away,  as  do  most 
parasites,  but  keeps  them  to  use  in  winter  when 
the  tree  is  leafless. 


When  my  school  has  often  been  restless  I  have 
asked  them  to  lay  aside  all  work  and  be  ready  to 
do  as  I  told  them.  I  would  then  stand  before  the 
pupils  and  say,  "I  am  thinking  of  a  name  of  an 
object  in  this  room,  beginning  with  'w'  and  hav- 
ing six  letters."  (Window.)  When  the  pupils 
thought  it  out  they  would  raise  their  hands  and 
then  some  one  would  give  the  word.  Often  we 
would  find  many  words  answering  the  same  de- 
scription. This  is  good  for  geography  work. 
Names  of  rivers,  cities,  mountains,  flowers,  ani- 
mals, etc.,  all  furnish  good  material.  The  pupils 
thoroughly  enjoy  it  and  I  believe  that  good  results 
are   obtained. — Popular  Educator. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


163 


I 

'it: 


m^^^^m^^^^^m 


F<gL.1 


o 

a 

... . 

Fig* 

fas. 

L±9 


B 

t 

Rjl 

l> —  li  — -\ 

^MP 

'^'—lisgy^  ^^Z~^:^r^  :.^j£ 


Fig  3 


^       .».K;iV-J^ 


-  ■?-     - 

5ft 

5 

o 

SIMPLE       FR.R,ME-S 
RCVICW"     PICTURES 


fe^t$H& 


-ft-     ZiSJO      .$> 


#//$*V& 


^ 


Framing  the  "Review"  Pictures. 

T.  B.  Kidni-.k,  Director  of  Manual  Training. 

The  educational  value  of  a  well  decorated  room 
cannot  be  over-estimated.  Some  of  the  simple 
frames  suggested  above  may  help  teachers  and 
pupils  towards  more  helpful  surroundings — more 
inspiring  thoughts. 

If  your  school  has  a  regular  manual  training 
department,  where  wood  and  tools  are  available, 
several  sorts  of  frames  are  possible.  At  the  King- 
ston Consolidated  school,  a  continuous  frame 
(Fig.  i)  was  fixed  along  the  tops  of  the  black- 
boards and  inclined  forward  slightly.  The  frames 
are  of  whitewood,  stained  a  dark  brown,  the  sec- 
tion of  the  mouldings  being  shewn  at  Fig.  2.  The 
pictures  are  not  fastened  in,  and  thus  may  be  taken 
out  for  closer  study  or  exchanged  with  other 
rooms.  A  better  plan  still  is  to  put  these  continu- 
ous frames  over  the  dado  in  the  school  hall :  this 
being  at  a  more  convenient  height  for  the  chil- 
dren. 


Another  good  plan  is  to  frame  the  pictures  in 
groups  of  three  as  in  Fig.  3.  Openings  of  suit- 
able size  are  cut  in  a  plain  board,  one  quarter  of 
an  inch  thick ;  small  strips  being  tacked  to  the  back 
to  form  the  places  for  the  pictures  and  glass. 

"Oxford"  frames  (Fig.  12)  and  plain  mitred 
frames  (Fig.  11)  are  also  easily  constructed  in 
the  manual  training  room. 

If  wood  be  not  available,  cardboard  will  prove 
a  satisfactory  and  suitable  substitute.  A  piece  of 
grey  "mounting  board,"  22x28  inches,  costs  15 
cents,  and  will  cut  into  four  mats  or  mounts.  The 
pictures  should  be  trimmed  so  as  to  have  a  white 
margin  of  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  width  and 
then  pasted  carefully  upon  the  grey  cardboard. 
Thus  mounted,  several  methods  of  framing  are 
possible. 

The  popular  "passe-partout"  binding  may  be 
used  with  good  effect,  the  binding  serving  to  hold 
the  glass  and  cardboard  together.  Various  ar- 
rangements of  the  picture  inav  be  made   (see  Figs. 


164 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


4    and    5),    such    as    grouping    them-  according  to 
artist,  subject  or  shape,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Another  simple  plan  is  to  take  stout  straws — rye 
preferably — and  to  sew  them  side  by  side  as  in 
Fig.  13.  Very  effective  frames  can  be  made  in 
this  way,  as  the  straw  can  be  dyed  in  pleasing 
colours  and  the  corners  of  the  frame  embellished 
with  ribbons. 

Recently  while  visiting  a  primary  department 
where  the  handwork  is  a  specialty,  the  writer  saw 
a  pleasing  frame  formed  by  pasting  a  number  of 
the  small  folded  paper  frames  (stage  4  [b]  in  the 
New  Brunswick  manual  training  schedule)  round 
the  edges  of  the  cardboard  mount  (Fig.  6).  An- 
other simple  but  good  frame  was  made  by  using 
white  cardboard  for  a  mat  and  pasting  leaves  cut 
out  of  coloured  paper  all  round  the  borders  (Fig. 
10). 

A  good  edging  for  the  card  mounts  can  be  made 
by  sewing  the  folded  paper  "cat's  ladder"  round 
the  edges  (Fig.  9).  Such  a  finish  would  be  quite 
suitable  outside  the  leaves  of  Fig.   10. 

Raffia,  that  useful  and  charming  material,  offers 
many  possibilities  for  simple  frames.  Many  of  our 
teachers  are  already  familiar  with  it  and  its  mani- 
fold uses,  but  those  who  are  not  can  easily  obtain 
some  from  the  nearest  florist.  It  is  sold  in  one 
pound  hanks,  and  in  its  natural  state  is  a  pale 
golden  yellow,  but  can  be  obtained  from  certain 
school  supply  houses  dyed  in  several  colours. 
Woven  or  braided  into  suitable  widths  it  can  be 
sewn  to  the  cardboard  mount  of  a  picture  with 
good  effect.  A  more  simple  method  is  to  use  com- 
mon "straw"  board — the  yellow  material  used  in 
making  milliners'  boxes,  etc. — in  which  to  cut  an 
opening  of  suitable  size  for  the  picture,  a  margin 
being  left,  say,  two  inches  in  width.  Round  this 
margin  the  strands  of  raffia  are  wound  as  shewn 
in  Fig.  8.  By  rounding  the  outer  corners,  the 
difficulty  occasioned  by  the  slipping  of  the  raffia 
at  the  angles  can  be  obviated. 

A  substitute  for  raffia  in  the  last  method  may 
he  found  in  the  leaves  of  the  common  "cat-tail," 
which  are  readily  obtainable  in  most  districts. 
They  should  be  gathered  in  the  autumn  and  dried, 
but  must  be  dampened  slightly  before  winding  on 
the  cardboard  frame.  A  few  crimson  maple  leaves 
glued  to  the  face  of  the  frame  after  the  cat-tail 
leaves  are  in  place,  will  complete  a  very  attractive 
frame  at  a  trifling  cost. 

The  Educational  Review  and  the  Scientific 
American  (subscription  price  $3  a  year)  both  for 
one  year  for  $3.50. 


Christmas  Recitations. 

The  following  selections  are    sent  to    the    Review    by  Miss   G.  F. 
Crawford  of  Nictan.  N.  B.] 

A  Telephone  Message. 

"  Ah !  hen 's  the  little   round  thing  my  papa  talks  into 
To   tell    the    folks   down-town    what   he    wants   to  have 

them  do. 
I'm  going  to  try  myself  ^ — now  let  me  get  a  chair, 
And  then   I'll  stand  on  tip-toe  so  I  can  reach  up  there. 

"Hallo? — (that's  what  they  all  say) — you  dear  old  Santa 
Claus, 
I'm  going  to  have  a  little  bit  of  talk  with  you.  because 
I  want  to  tell  you  all  about  a  little  girl  I  know 
Who  never  had  a  Christmas  in  her  life — she  told  me  so ! 

"  I  hardly  could  believe  it,  but  she  says  'tis  really  true. 
I'm  sure  you're  always  kind,  but   I'm   surprised  at  you, 
That  you   should  have   forgotten  such  a  little  one !  but 

still, 
You  have,  perhaps,  already  all  the  stockings  you  can  fill. 

"  But  could  you  go  to  her  house  instead  of  coming  here? 
For  mamma  says  that  Christmas  is  the  time  of  all  *he 

year 
for  children  to  remember  poor  little  girls  and  boys 
Who  never   hang   their   stockings   up    for   picture-books 

and  toys. 
"  I  want  you,  please,  to  carry  her  a  doll  with  shiny  curls, 
And  eyes  that  shut  and  open— that's  the  kind   for  little 

girls— 
And   a  muff  to  warm  her  fingers,  and  a  cunning  little 

ring, 
And    a   book    with   pretty   verses — how   she'll   laugh,  the 

little  thing! 

"  And  give   her  lots  of  goodies,  too,  because  she's  poor, 
you  see, 
And   ought   to   have  more   sugar-plums  than  you   could 
bring  to  me. 
Now  tell  it  on  your  fingers,  and  remember  as  you  go — 
Just  pack  her  stockings  to  the  very,  very  toe. 

"That's  all  — only.  Santa  Claus,  1  just  would  like  to  say, 
If   you    should   have   more   presents    than   you    need   on 

Christmas  day, 
And  would  leave  me  just  a  few  as  you  pass  the  chimney 

— why, 
Of    course — I    would    be   very    glad   indeed.     Good-bye ! 
Good-bye ! 

— Selected. 
A  Real  Santa  Claus. 

Santa  Claus,  I  hang  for  you 
By  the  mantel,  stockings  two ; 
One  for  me,  and  one  to  go 
To  another  boy  I  know. 
There's  a  chimney  in  the  town 
You  have  never  travelled  down. 
Should  you  chance  to  enter  there, 
You  would  find  a  room  all  bare; 
Not  a  stocking  could  you  spy, 
Matters  not  how  you  may  try; 
And  the  shoes  are  such 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


165 


As  no  boy  would  care  for  much. 
In  a  broken  bed  you'd  see 
Some  one  just  about  like  me, 
Dreaming  of  the  pretty  toys 
Which  you  bring  to  other  boys, 
And  to  him  a  Christmas  seems 
Merry  only  in  his  dreams. 
Ali   the  dreams,  then,  Santa  Claus, 
Stuff   the   stockings   with,   because 
When  they're  filled  up  to  the  brim 
I'll  be  Santa  Claus  to  him  ! 

— Frank  Dempster  Sherman. 
Bells  Across  the  Snow. 
O  Christmas,  merry  Christinas!  is  it  really  come  again? 
With    its   memories   and    its   greetings,    with    its   joys   and 

with  its  pain. 
There's  a  minor  in  the  carol,  and  a  shadow  in  the  light, 
And  a    spray   of  cypress    twining     with     the   holly-wreath 

to-night ; 
And  the  hush  is  never  broken  by  laughter,  light  and  low, 
As  we  listen  in  the  starlight  to  the  bells  ..cross  the  snow. 

0  Christmas,  merry  Christmas !   'tis  not  So  very  long 
Since  other  voices  blended  with  the  carol  and  the  song. 
If  we  could  but  hear  them  singing  as  they  are  singing  now; 
If  we  could  but  see  the  radiance  of  the  crown  on  each  dear 

brow — 

1  here  would  be  no  sight  to  smother,  no  hidden  tear  to  Mow 
.-is  we  listen  in  the  starlight  to  the  bells  across  the  snow. 

O   Christmas,  merry  Christmas !   this  nevermore  can  be : 
We  cannot  bring  again  the  days  of  our  unshadowed  glco; 
But    Christmas— happy   Christmas,    sweet   herald   of   good- 
will— 
With  holy  songs  of  gladness,  brings  holy  gladness  still ; 
For  peace  and   hope  may  brighten   and  patient   love   may 

glow, 
As  we  listen  in  the  starlight  to  the  bells  across  the  snow. 

— Frances  Ridley  Havcrgal. 
GoD'B  bird. 

[Sent  by  Miss  Mary  L.  Weston,  Yarmouth  County.) 

All  night  long  the  snow  had  fallen, 

Wild  the  wind  and  fierce  the  cold ; 

Morning  saw  the  world  white-crowned. 

Like  a  pilgrim,  hoar  and  old. 

Down  the  lane  came  dancing  footsteps, 

Merry  voices  laughed  agay ; 
"  Brother,  see,  a  dear  ded  robin !  " 

Cried  in  pity  little  May. 

Then  the  little  girl  stooped  gently. 

Took  the  robin,  and  whispering  low  — 
"  'Tis  one  of  God's  birds,  brother. 

And  He  saw  it  fall,  you  know." 
"  Well  it  is  dead,— and  we  can't  help  it," 

Said  the  boy,  and  hurried  past ; 

But  the  little  maiden  lingered, 

To  her  breast  the  dead  bird  clasped. 

As  she  stroked  its  soft,  brown  feathers— 
"Did  it  really? — was  it  true?" 
Yes,  it  fluttered  softly,  feebly, 
Faintly  gasped! — what   should  she  do? 


With  the  bird  pressed  to  her  bosom, 
Swiftly  sped  she  through  the  storm; 
Paused  not  till  she  stood  by  mother 
At  the  fireside,  bright  and  warm. 

Tenderly  she  warmed  and  fed  it. 

Till  it  opened  wide  its  eyes ; 

Hopping  about  with  its  small  head  turning, 

V«ith  a  look  so  bright  and  wise. 
"Mama,  do  you  think  God  sent  me?'' 

Softly  spoke  the  little  maid, 
"Did  He  tell  His  bird  about  me? 

Is  that  why  it's  not  afraid?  " 

The  First  Christmas  Song. 

(Sung  'o  the  tune  of  "Auld  Lang  Syne") 
The    twinkling   stars    shone   clear   and   bright, 

Above  a  little  town. 
And  calmly  through  the  quiet  night, 

The  silver  moon  looked  down. 
The  little  lambs  upon  the  hill 
Were  sleeping  safely  there, 
While   shepherds   "  seated   on  the  ground  " 
Watched  over  them  with  care. 

Then  suddenly  the  angels  came 

On  Hashing  wings  of  white; 
1  heir  happy  chorus   echoed   wide 

Across  the  silent  night. 
Oh !   sweet  and  clear  the  angels   sang, 

The  sweetest  song  we  know, 
The  story  of  a  little  Child 

Within  a  manger  low. 

'  1  was  long  and  long  and  long  ago — 

Oh !  very  long  ago, 
But  still  we  sing  the  song  they  sang, 

With  music  soft  and  low ; 
For  Jesus   was  the   little  Child 

Who  in  the  manger  lay, 
And  Jesus  is  the  children's  Friend 

Who  loves  them  every  day. 

— Primary  Education. 


Shakespeare  to  His  Mirror. 

Within  thy  crystal  depths  I   see 

A  figure  semblable  of  me. 
Hut  no  more  me  than  I  am  one 

With  the  brute  rock  1   rest  upon  ; 
For  how  may  brow  or  eye  reveal 

The    infinities    wherewith    1    deal? 

Nay,  I   will  break- thee,  mirror  mine! 

The  unseen  inward  is  divine, 
The  outward  body  but  a  bowl 

That  covers  in  the  mounting  soul. 
If  any  one  would  truly  know 

What  manner  of  man  1  come  and  go, 
Not  flesh  alone,  but  blood  and  breath, 

Lo,  Lear,  Lord   Hamlet  and  Macbeth! 

Poor  mummer,   1  must  shatter  thee. 
Since  thou  dost  bear  false  tales  of  me! 
— Richard  Burton,  in  the  November  Atlantic. 


166 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Mental  Mathematics. 

F.    H.    SPINNEY,   OXFORD,   N.    S. 

Factoring. 
I  have  found  from  experience  that  greater  prog- 
ress can  be  made  in  one  hour  in  teaching  factoring 
by    mental    drill,    than    in    many    hours    by    other 
methods. 

After  multiplication  is  well  learned,  send  the 
class  to  the  board,  and  dictate  questions  as  the 
following : 

(x  +  3)  (x  +  i)  =  1 
The  pupils  must  write  out  the  products  from  in- 
spection as  fast  as  the  questions  are  dictated. 
When  the  pupils  have  a  column  of  questions  com- 
pleted, ask  them  to  erase  all  the  terms  contained  in 
brackets.  For  this  purpose  each  pupil  should  have 
an  eraser  in  hand,  to  prevent  waste  of  time.  The 
questions  will  now  stand  thus : 

(         )  (         )    =x    +7*+ 12 
(         (  (  )    =xi  +8x+\5 

(  )  (  )    =  a-2  -8a: +15 

(  )   (  )    =  x2  -    a; -42 

(  )   (  )    =^-25 

(  )   (  )    =(«  +  &)    -25 

Now  ask  the  pupils   to  replace  all  the  terms  in 
brackets  as  they  were.     There  will  be  too  many  for 
them  to  remember,  so  they  will  observe  the  rela- 
tion existing  between  the  factors  and  the  products. 
To  make  sure  that  they  have  observed  that  relation, 
tell  them  that  the  process  just  completed  is  called 
factoring,  and  ask  them  to  factor  some  easy  ones 
similar  to  those  just  worked.     Such  as — 
x*  +  9x  +  20  =  ? 
x*  -9a: +20  =  ? 
a2  -16  =  ? 
(x  +  y)*  -  16  =  ? 
This  much  may  not  all  be  accomplished  at  one 
lesson.     It  is  better  to  dwell  on  the  questions  in- 
volving only  the  plus  sign  until  that  is  thoroughly 
mastered.     Each   day   increase  the  difficulty  of  the 
problems   until   the  most   difficult  questions  of  this 
nature  can  be  worked  mentally  by  every  pupil. 

From   factoring,   I   proceed  directly  to  quadratic 
equations : 

If    a  =  5     then    a  -  5  =  1 
If     a  ----  6     then     a  -  6  =  ? 
.:  (a -5)  (a  -6)=  ?     .:  a2  -  11a +  30=? 
Give  several  more  of  a  similar  kind.     Ask   the 
pupils   to  substitute   5   for  a,  then  6  for  a,  in  the 
equations 

a2  -  11a +  30=0 
Thev    will    find    that    either    will    suffice.      Then 
reverse    the    process,   asking   them    to    write    down 
from   inspection  the  values  of  x  in  such  questions 
as   follows : 


a;2-10x+21    0 
x5  -  1 2a; +  35=0 
If  there  has  been  sufficient  drill  on  the  preced- 
ing exercises  these  will  be  very  readily  solved. 

Other  kinds  of  quadratics  are  easily  taught  as 
follows : 

a=  3 
a  +  7=  ? 
(a  +  7)2=  ? 
When   they   have   many  questions  on  the  board 
such  as  the  following: 

a2  +  14a  +  49=100 
a*  +  6<z  +  9  =  64 
Ask   them   to  erase  the  last  terms  on  the  left- 
hand  side  of  the  equation,  and  subtract  that  much 
from    the    other    side.      Then    the    questions    will 
stand  thus — 

a2  +  14a  +  (        )  =  51 
a2  +  6a  +  (        )  =  55 
Then   ask   to  have   the   last  terms    replaced   and 
the  proper  amount  added  to  the  right  side  of  the 
equation.     Then  add  more  of  a  similar  kind — 
a2  +  I2a  +  ?     is  a  perfect  i-quare. 
a2  +  18a  +  ?     is  a  perfV-ct  square. 
Then   gradually   add  others   more   difficult. 
The  great  advantage  of  this  method  is  that  hun- 
dreds  of   problems    can    be    solved    mentally    in    a 
few  moments ;  and  all  under  the  inspection  of  the 
teacher.     If  any  of  the  pupils  are  observed  copy- 
ing results  obtained  by  others,  allow  those  to  re- 
main at  the  board  after  the  rest  have  taken  their 
seats,  giving  them   further  drill,   so  that  they  will 
afterwards  depend  on  themselves. 

The  problems  for  seat  work  can  be  made  much 
more  difficult  than  those  solved  mentally  at  the 
board. 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

R.  A.  C. — Please  give  me  the  name  of  the  secretary  of 
the  Comrades  Corresponding  Branch,  as  stated  in  the 
Review,  or  any  information  concerning  it,  as  my  pupils 
wish  to  correspond  with  others  of  the  Empire. 

The  Secretary's  name  is  Mrs.  Fetherstonhaugh, 
Lake  Shore  Road,  Mimico,  Ontario,  who  has  full 
charge  in  Canada  for  that  part  of  the  work. 

M.  G. — Will  yon  kindly  recommend  the  best  elementary 
book  on  nature  lessons? 

For  an  ungraded  school,  such  as  you  teach,  we 
know  of  no  better  book  than  Brittain's  Manual  of 
Nature  Lessons ;  price  50  cents ;  published  by 
J.  &  A.  McMillan,  St.  John. 


The  Educational  Review  and  Littell's  Living 
Age  (subscription  price  $6.00  a  year),  both  for 
$6.40.  The  Living  Age  is  a  weekly  magazine  and 
contains  the  cream  of  what  is  published  in  the 
English  magazines. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


167 


Practical  Problems  for  Grade  VIII. 

1.  The  cost  price  is  $60;  the  marked  price 
30%  more;  the  discount  10%.  Find  selling  price 
and  gain   %. 

2.  The  selling  price  is  $80,  the  loss  20%. 
Find  the  gain  %  if  it  had  sold  for  $115. 

3.  A  house  is  worth  $4000;  it  is  insured  for 
Yi   its  value  at   ij^%.     Find  premium  paid. 

4.  An  agent  sells  600  bbls.  of  flour  at  $4.50 
on  2%  commission.     Find  proceeds. 

5.  Find  interest  on  $360  from  March  10th, 
1901,  to  October   15th,   1905,  at  6j4%- 

6.  The  interest  is  $49.50,  the  time  4  years,  the 
rate  4^2%.     Find  the  principal. 

7.  Find  the  area  and  base  of  a  right  angled 
triangle  whose  length  is  75  feet  and  side  50  feet. 

8.  Find  height  of  cylinder  holding  20  gal- 
lons and  having  a  basal  radius  of  10  inches. 

9.  Find  area  of  ring  between  two  circumfer- 
ences when  the  radii  are  20  inches  and  25  inches 
respectively. 

10.  Find  area  of  walls  of  a  room  15  feet  long, 
12  feet  wide  and  10  feet  high.  How  much  will  it 
cost  to  plaster  walls  and  ceiling  of  this  room  at 
ioc  a  square  yard? 

11.  A  man  three  years  ago  put  out  at  interest 
at  4%  a  certain  sum  of  money ;  he  now  has  in 
all  $291.76.     What  had  he  then? 

12.  Find  compound  interest  on  $300  for  two 
years  at  4%   a  year  payable  half  yearly. 

13.  If  3000  liters  be  bought  at  ioc  a  liter,  and 
after  paying  40%  duty  sell  at  70c  a  gallon,  find 
gain. 

14.  A  note  of  $400.  dated  .vug.  27th.  (o,  three 
months,  was  discounted  same  da_»  at  69c.  Find 
proceeds. 

Answers. — (1)  $70.20;  17%.  (2)  157c.  (3) 
$45-  (4)  $2646.  (5)  $103.50.  (6)  $275.  (7) 
1 397-5-  (8)  I7-65-  (9)  706.86.  (10)  540  sq.  ft.; 
$8.00.  (11)  $260.50.  (12)  $24.7296.  (13) 
¥462  31.  ~$420=*42  21      (14)  $400-6625=8393.75 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year  we  had  a  chimney 
corner  devoid  of  ornament.  A  beautiful  calendar- 
brought  by  one  of  the  pupils,  gave  us  an  idea  that 
transformed  this  bare  spot  into  a  thing  of  beauty 
for  bright  eyes  to  feast  on  the  remainder  of  the 
year.  We  requested  all  who  could  to  bring:  a 
pretty  calendar.  .Many  gladly  responded.  The 
best  subjects  were  selected  and  carefully  arranged 
as  to  design  and  coloring;  the  result  was  highly 
gratifying,  and  our  "Calendar  Corner"  received 
much    praise    from    visitors. — Popular    Educator. 


Let  the  Sunshine  In. 

Several  Decembers  since  a  little  boy  in  a  Boston 
kindergarten — a  child  who  was  accompanied  by 
his  nurse  every  morning — toiled  long  and  patientlv 
on  a  Christmas  present  for  his  mother.  After  the 
holiday  had  passed  the  kindergartner  asked  the 
children  what  the  recipients  had  said  about  the 
gifts  prepared  with  so  much  care.  It  was  Robbie's 
turn  to  answer.  The  child's  lips  trembled  as  he 
whispered  in  shame  and  sorrow,  "Mamma  didn't 
want  my  stamp  box,  she  said  I  might  keep  it  my- 
self." 

A  darling  eight-year-old  girl  asked  her  father 
for  money  with  which  to  buy  Christmas  gifts.  She 
was  told  that  she  might  have  money  for  materials 
but  that  it  was  better  for  her  to  make  the  presents 
than  to  buy  them  outright.  "But  papa,"  said  the 
child,  "I  don't  know  what  to  make  myself,  and 
mamma  won't  help  me,  she  says  she  can't  stop." 

There  are  memories  in  many  of  our  own  hearts 
of  Christmas  saddened  and  almost  lost,  because 
parents  failed  to  see  the  necessity  of  troubling  to 
make  the  blessed  day  a  season  of  joy.  Listen  to 
the  words  of  the  Great  Teacher:  "Inasmuch  as 
ye  have  done  it  unto  one  of  the  least  of  these,  ye 
have  done  it  unto  Me." — School  Journal. 


The  lengthening  of  the  one-hour  examinations 
to  two  hours  without  materially  increasing  the 
length  or  the  difficulty  of  the  examination  is  a 
change  that  will  have  beneficial  results,  says  the 
Chicago  School  Review,  in  its  notes  on  the  fifth 
annual  report  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Hoard.  Judging  from  the  number  of  failures,  the 
examinations  were  more  difficult  this  year.  The 
greatest  failure  was  in  English  b,  where  only  one- 
third  the  candidates  gained  a  rating  of  60  or  higher. 
The  results  in  English  history  were  disappointing. 
( )ut  of  258  candidates  in  plane  and  solid  geometry 
only  32  reached  the  above  mark;  and  so  with  other 
branches.  Sight  translations  of  Latin  and  Greek 
authors  will  be  established  for  the  future. 


Kverywhere,    everywhere,    Christmas    to-night  ; 

Christinas  in  lands  of  the  fir  tree  and  pine, 
Christmas  in  lands  of  the  pr.lm  tree  and  vine, 
Christmas  where  snow  peaks  stand   solemn  and   white, 
Christmas   where  cornfields   lie   sunny   and  bright  ; 
Christinas   where  children  are  hopeful   and  gay, 
Christinas  where  old  men  are  patient  and  gray, 
Christmas   where   peace   like  a   dove   in   his   flight. 
Broods  o'er  brave  men  in  the  thick  of  the  fight; 
Everywhere,    everywhere.    Christmas    to-night  ! 
For  the  Christ-Child  who  comes  is  the  Master  of  all  ; 
No  palase  too  great  and  no  cottage  too  small. 

— P hunt's  Brooks. 


168 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Teachers'  Conventions. 

Restigouche  County  Institute. 

The  Restigouche  County  Teachers'  Institute  met 
October  19  and  20,  in  the  Campbellton  Gram- 
mar School.  Thursday  morning  the  Camj»bellton 
schools  were  in  session  till  11  a.  m.,  to  give  the 
members  of  the  institute  an  opportunity  to  observe 
the  work.  The  institute  then  met  to  organize  in 
the  Principal's  room,  the  President,  E.  W.  Lewis, 
in  the  chair.  The  President  welcomed  the  mem- 
bers of  the  institute  and  spoke  on  some  phases 
of  educational  progress.  Dr.  Inch,  the  chief  sup- 
erintendent, who  followed,  criticized  the  prevail- 
ing fashion  of  expecting  the  younger  pupils  to  be 
able  to  give  all  the  reasoning  for  the  various  proc- 
esses in  arithmetic,  e.  g.,  why  we  carry  to  the  next 
column  in  addition  and  why  we  borrow  in  sub- 
traction. The  teachers'  and  pupils'  time  .vould  be 
much  better  spent  in  drilling  with  numerous  ex- 
amples, and  in  thus  acquiring  quickness  and  accu- 
racy. He  also  agreed  with  the  president  that  the 
reaction  against  memorizing  had  gone  too  far. 
Memory  was  one  of  the  most  valuable  properties 
of  the  mind,  and  the  habit  of  memorizing  passages 
of  good   literature   was  an  excellent  one. 

Thursday  afternoon  was  devoted  exclusively  to 
manual  work.  Miss  Marjory  Mair,  teacher  of 
manual  training  in  the  Campbellton  schools,  gave 
an  interesting  lesson  on  paper  folding,  taking  the 
institute  for  a  class.  Prof.  Kidner,  of  the  Normal 
School,  complimented  Miss  Mair  highly  on  the 
lesson,  and  gave  an  instructive  address  to  the 
teachers,  showing  how  a  beginning  in  manual 
training  could  be  made  with  little  expense,  even 
in  the  poorest  schools,  and  urged  the  teachers  to 
introduce  it. 

Friday  morning,  Miss  Linda  Ultican,  of  Jacquet 
River,  taught  a  lesson  on  transitive  and  intransi- 
tive verbs.  Although  handicapped  by  having  a 
young  class,  who  were  strangers  to  her,  Miss 
Ultican  skilfully  brought  out  the  distinction  be- 
tween the  two  classes  of  verbs,  and  showed  how 
by  constant  drill  along  such  lines  pupils  could  be 
made   to   understand  the   difference  between   them. 

The  rest  of  the  morning  session  was  taken  up 
with  criticisms  of  lessons  taught  at  the  institute. 
The  discussions  were  animated  and  interesting, 
and  many  valuable  points  were  brought  out. 

A  trip  to  the  woods  Friday  afternoon  with  a  les- 
son on  cone-bearing  trees  by  one  of  the  Campbell- 
ton teachers,  Miss  Minnie  Colpitts,  B.  A.,  late  of 
Guelph  Agricultural  College,  brought  to  an  end 
one  of  the  most  interesting  institutes  ever  held  in 
Restigouche  County. 

Thursday  evening  a  public  meeting  was  held  in 
the  grammar  school  hall.  Addresses  were  made 
by  Dr.  Inch,  Prof.  Kidner,  and  Dr.  Murray,  chair- 
man of  the  Campbellton   School  Board. 

The  following  are  the  officers  for  the  present 
year:  President,  E.  W.  Lewis,  B.  A.,  Campbell- 
ton; Vice-President,  Miss  Minnie  Colpitts,  B.  A., 
Campbellton ;    Secretary-Treasurer,    Miss    Dickson, 


Tide  Head.  Additional  members  of  Executive 
Mrs.  L.  D.  Jones,  Dalhousie;  Miss  McTaggart, 
Campbellton. 

Gloucester  County   Institute. 

The  twenty-fourUh  meeting  of  the  Gloucester 
County  Teachers'  Institute  was  held  at  Caraquet, 
N.  B.,  on  the  19th  and  20th  October.  In  the  ab- 
sence of  the  president,  Mr.  Jerome  Boudreau, 
Inspector  J.  F.  Doucet  very  successfully  conducted 
the  affairs  of  the  institute.  A  warm  address  of 
welcome  by  Principal  Witzell,  of  Caraquet,  was 
extended  to  the  teachers,  over  thirty  in  number, 
to  which  Principal  Girdwood,  of  Bathurst,  and 
others  replied. 

The  papers  and  addresses  at  the  institute  were 
given,  as  seemed  best  to  the  speakers,  in  English 
or  French,  in  both  of  which  languages  several  of 
the  members  were  equally  proficient.  The  French 
teachers,  however,  seemed  to  have  greater  facility 
in  expressing  themselves  in  English  than  the  Eng- 
lish teachers  had  in  their  use  of  the  French  lan- 
guage. 

A  paper  on  Fractions  was  read  by  Miss  Emma 
C.  A.  Stout,  of  Bathurst,  and  was  very  helpful  to 
teachers  of  primary  grades.  A  lesson  on  Canadian 
history  was  given  to  a  class  of  French  pupils  by 
Miss  Bernadette  Cormier.  The  bright  and  ready 
answers  won  favorable  opinions  from  the  audience. 
Dr.  G.  U.  Hay  followed  with  an  address  on  the 
teaching  of  history,  pointing  out  that  the  surround- 
ings, the  imagination,  and  the  resources  which 
children  make  use  of  in  their  play  should  be 
brought  into  requisition  in  teaching  geography  and 
history.  An  animated  discussion  followed  on  the 
best   ways  and  means  of  doing  this. 

Principal  Girdwood  gave  a  very  clear  address 
on  School  Management,  in  which  he  illustrated 
practical  and  common  sense  methods  of  dealing 
with  pupils  in  school.  This  was  followed  by  an 
interesting  paper  by  Mr.  C.  C.  Poirier,  showing 
his  method  of  teaching  primary  geography.  Dr. 
G.  U.  Hay  gave  an  address  illustrating  practical 
methods  of  nature  study.  These  addresses  were 
very  generally  discussed,  and  the  following,  among 
others,  took  part:  Inspector  Doucet,  Messrs.  A.  J. 
Witzell,  Edw.  De  Grace,  C.  C.  Poirier,  P.  Gird- 
wood, Jos.  F.  Godin,  and  Misses  Lauza  Cormier, 
Loretta  Mullins,  Josephine  Dumas. 
,The  next  institute  will  be  held  at  Bathurst.  The 
following  officers  were  elected  for  the  ensuing 
year :  P.  Girdwood,  president ;  Lauza  Cormier, 
vice-president ;  A.  J.  Witzell,  secretary ;  R.  D. 
Hanson,  B.  A.,  Josephine  Dumas,  additional  mem- 
bers of  the  executive. 

A  very  well  attended  public  meeting  was  held  in 
Mechanics'  Hall,  Caraquet,  on  the  evening  of  the 
19th,  at  which  addresses  were  given  by  Mr.  P.  J. 
Veniot,  M.  P.  P.,  of  Bathurst,  and  others.  Mr. 
Veniot  took  the  ground  that  in  the  French  text- 
books which  are  to  be  prepared  for  the  children 
of  Acadian  primary  schools,  the  language  should 
be    simple    and    adapted   to    the    understanding    of 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


169 


children  similar  to  what  is  used  in  primary  schools 
in  France,  not  translations  of  English  text-books, 
many  parts  of  which  had  to  be  translated  into 
French  words  of  two  or  three  syllables.  Dr.  Hay 
said  that  if  French  primary  texts  were  considered 
necessary  in  our  schools  for  Acadian  children  they 
should  be  natural  in  style  and  entirely  suited  to 
the  needs  of  the  children  for  whom  they  are  to 
be  prepared.  After  the  institute  had  adjourned,  the 
teachers  adopted  a  resolution  asking  the  board  of 
education  to  give  favorable  consideration  to  the 
plan  of  text-book  outlined  above. 

The  Christmas  Gift. 

Around  the  Christmas-tree  we  stood, 

And  watched  the  children's  faces, 
As  they  their  little  gifts  received 

With  childish  airs  and  graces. 
We  grown  folks  had  our  share  of  fun 

In  making   wee  ones  merry, 
And  laughed  to  see  the  juveniles 

Kiss  'neath  the  holly  berry, 
Beside  me  sat  sweet  Bessie  Moore. 

A  lovely  dark-eyed  maiden, 
While  near  her  stood  our  little  Eve, 

Her  arms  with  love  gifts  laden, 
Until  around  the  room  she  went. 

The  blue-eyed  baby,  shyly, 
And  blushing  red,  into  each  lap 

Her  offerings  dropped  slyly. 

But  when  to  me  the  darling  came 

All  empty-handed  was  she, 
And  when  I  asked,  "Why  slight  me  thus?" 

She  answered,  "  Oh,  because  we  

She  dinna  know  you  tumming  here !  '' 

And  then  with  blue  eyes  shining, 
To  Bessie's  side  she  went,  her  arms 

Her   sister's   neck   entwining. 
"But  something  I  must  have,"  said  I, 
"  My  Christmas  night  to  gladden." 
A  shade  of  thought  the  baby  face 

Seemed  presently  to  sadden, 
Till  all  at  once,  with  t^eeful  laugh — 
"  Oh !  I  know  what  I  do,  sir ! 
I've  only  sister  Bessie  left, 

But  I'll  div  her  to  you,  sir!" 

Amid  the  laugh  that  came  from  all 

1  drew  my  new  gift  to  me, 
While  with  flushed  cheeks  her  eyes  met  mine 

And  sent  a  thrill  all  through  me. 
"  Oh  !  blessed  little  Eve  !  "  cried  I  : 
"  Your  gift  I  welcome  gladly  !  " 
The  little  one  looked  up  at  me 

Half  wonderingly,   half  sadly. 
Then  to  her  father  straight  I  turned, 

And  humbly  asked  his  blessing 
Upon  my  Christmas  gift,  the  while 

My  long-stored  hopes  confessing, 
And  as  his  aged  hands  were  raised 

Above  our  heads  bowed  lowly, 
The  blessed  time  of  Christmas  ne'er 

Had  seemed  to  me  so  holy.  — Selected. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

The  first  section  of  the  British  garrison  at  Hali- 
fax has  left  for  Liverpool.  The  Dominion  authori- 
ties have  not  as  yet  taken  over  the  fortress,  but 
will  do  so  before  the  close  of  the  year. 

In  ten  years,  it  is  predicted,  Canada  will  out- 
strip all  other  countries  in  the  production  of  iron 
ore,  as  well  as  in  wheat  raising.  This  prediction 
is  made  by  a  French  expert  in  metallurgy,  who  has 
been  visiting  Canada  to  report  upon  the  electrical 
method  of  smelting  ores. 

The  body  of  Sir  George  Williams,  founder  of 
the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association,  who  died 
November  6,  was  buried  beneath  the  dome  of  St. 
Paul's  Cathedral,  in  the  presence  of  nearly  a  thou- 
sand British  and  foreign  delegates  of  the  associ- 
ation. 

An  enthusiastic  reception  was  given  to  the  Prince 
and  Princess  of  Wales  at  Bombay,  where  they  ar- 
rived on  the  King's  birthday. 

A  number  of  Boers  who  went  to  other  parts  of 
the  world  at  the  close  of  the  war  in  South  Africa 
are  now  returning  to  live  under  British  rule.  The 
United  States  colony  was  not  a  success,  the  South 
American  colony  was  also  a  failure,  and  those  who 
went  across  the  dividing  line  into  German  African 
territory  are  glad  to  return  to  their  old  homes  to 
escape  from  the  hardships  of  German  rule,  and 
the  dangers  of  the  native  insurrection  in  German 
Southwest  Africa. 

A  verv  charming  and  amiable  person  is  the 
Dowager  Empress  of  China,  according  to  a  writer 
in  the  Century  Magazine,  wbo  has  had  access  to 
her  court  for  the  purpose  of  painting  her  portrait. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  the  fearful  tales  we  have 
been  told  of  her  and  her  cruelties  are  much  ex- 
aggerated,  if  not  entirely  without  foundation. 

By  a  vote  of  about  four  to  one,  the  people  of 
Norway  have  decided  upon  a  kingdom  instead  of 
a  republic  as  their  future  form  of  government ;  and 
bv  a  unanimous  vote  the  storthing  has  chosen 
Prince  Charles  of  Denmark  as  King  of  Norway. 
He  has  accepted  the  position,  and  will  adopt  the 
name  of  Haakon  VII.  First  united  with  Sweden, 
bv  the  marriage  of  a  Norwegian  princess  to  a 
Swedish  king,  later  in  union  with  Denmark,  and 
again  with  Sweden,  it  has  been  nearly  seven  hun- 
dred vears  since  Norway  bas  had  a  king  of  its 
own  who  was  not  also  ruler  of  one  of  the  other 
Scandinavian  kingdoms.  The  union  with  Den- 
mark, which  lasted  from  1397  to  1814.  was  more 
intimate  than  that  with  Sweden,  which  has  just 
been  dissolved  by  one  of  the  most  peaceful  revolu- 
tions in  history ;  but  the  Norwegians  always  con- 
sidered themselves  a  separate  people.  Dr.  Fridt- 
jof  Nansen,  the  famous  Arctic  explorer,  comes  as 
the  first  Norwegian  minister  to  Great  Britain  :  and 
a  daughter  of  King  Edward  VII.,  as  wife  of  Prince 
Carl,  becomes  Queen  of  Norway. 


170 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Finland,  where  Swedish  is  the  official  language, 
may  be  called  the  fourth  Scandinavian  land,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  it  was  long  under  Swedish 
rule,  though  in  race  and  language  the  Finns  are 
a  separate  people.  In  Finland,  too,  a  revolution 
has  taken  place,  the  Emperor  of  Russia  as  Grand 
Duke  of  Finland,  granting  to  Finland  responsible 
government,  and  a  parliament  elected  by  universal 
suffrage.     This,  also,  was  a  bloodless  revolution. 

The  flag  of  Sweden,  heretofore  of  very  dark 
blue  with  a  yellow  cross  extending  through  it  and 
the  symbol  of  the  union  with  Norway  in  the  staff- 
head  corner,  now  flies  without  the  union  mark. 
In  its  new  form  it  was  raised  for  the  first  time  on 
all  school  houses  and  public  buildings  on  the  first 
day  of  November,  and  hailed  as  the  new  ensign 
of  Sweden. 

Practically  all  the  powers  have  accepted  the  in- 
vitation of  the  Emperor  of  Russia  to  be  represented 
at  the  second  peace  conference,  which  will  probably 
assemble  in  May  next. 

Mrs.  Hubbard,  who  following  up  the  work  in 
which  her  'husband  perished,  has  been  exploring 
the  interior  of  Labrador,  found  no  great  difficul- 
ties in  crossing  from  Northwest  River  to  the  Hud- 
son Bay  Company's  post  at  George  River,  a  dis- 
tance of  more  than  five  hundred  miles.  The  other 
Labrador  expedition,  under  Dillon  Wallace,  has 
also  been  heard  from,  and  is  probably  by  this  time 
safe  at  Ungava. 

Prince  Nicholas  of  Montenegro,  following  the 
example  of  the  Russian  Emperor,  has  announced 
that  he  will  give  his  people  representative  govern- 
ment, and  the  elections  for  a  popular  assembly 
were  to  take  place  November  27. 

A  society  for  the  protection  of  Canadian  beauty 
spots  from  disfigurement  by  advertising  signs  has 
been  organized  in  Ontario.  Local  improvement 
work  will  be  taken  up  in  addition  to  the  abatement 
of  the  advertising  sign  nuisance.  It  is  intended 
to  organize  branches  of  the  league  in  all  the  im- 
portant cities  and  towns  of  Canada. 

Korea,  as  an  independent  country,  has  ceased  to 
exist,  the  Korean  authorities  'having  formally  ac- 
cepted a  Japanese  protectorate.  The  acceptance 
was,  perhaps,  only  nominally  a  matter  of  choice ; 
for  the  occupation  of  the  country  by  Japan  was  a 
military  necessity.  A  new  railway,  wtiich  opens 
up  the  centre  of  Korea  to  trade,  has  been  built 
since  the  Japanese  came ;  but  has  hardly  reconciled 
the  Koreans  to  the  presence  of  the  Japanese  soldiers 
that  garrison  the  chief  towns  along  its  route. 

One  hundred  and  twenty-eight  new  stations  are 
named  on  the  latest  edition  of  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  map.  The  map  is  revised  quarterly,  and 
this  may  be  taken  as  an  index  to  the  growth  of 
their  business   within    the   preceding  three   months. 

The  new  cave  recently  discovered  in  Kentucky 
promises  to  equal  or  surpass  in  interest  the  famous 
Mammoth  Cave.  One  arm  of  it  has  been  explored 
for  a  distance  of  seven  miles. 


Buenos  Ayres,  the  capital  of  the  Argentine  Re- 
public, still  continues  its  rapid  growth,  and  has 
now  over  a  million  inhabitants. 

The  governor  of  German  Africa  has  made  his 
first  official  visit  to  Lake  Victoria  Nyanza,  the 
southern  shores  of  which  are  German  territory. 
Travelling  only  in  the  day  time,  he  reached  the 
lake  from  the  Indian  Ocean  by  railway  in  two  days. 
Thirty  years  ago  it  took  Stanley  months  to  make 
the  same  journey  with  native  porters  to  carry  his 
baggage  through  the  jungle.  Stanley  made  his 
way  around  the  lake  with  small  boats  rowed  by 
his  men.  The  German  governor  had  a  steamer 
at  his  disposal.  While  the  former  required  more 
than  nine  months  to  reach  Uganda,  the  latter,  fol- 
lowing nearly  the  same  route,  had  reached  that 
place,  now  the  capital  of  a  British  colony,  and 
returned  to  his  own  capital  on  the  Indian  Ocean 
in  just  three  weeks'  time. 

The  British  government  has  raised  the  grade  of 
its  representative  at  the  Japanese  court  from  that 
of  minister  to  that  of  ambassador,  thus  recogniz- 
ing Japan's  position  as  a  first-class  nation. 

The  Chinese  government  has  sent  out  able  states- 
men as  commissioners  to  travel  through  the  prin- 
cipal countries  of  the  world  and  observe  the  work- 
ings of  their  several  forms  of  government,  with 
the  object  of  drafting  a  constitution  for  the  empire 
that  shall  embrace  the  best  features  of  those  of 
the  Western  World. 

The  British  government  is  about  to  establish  a 
new  port  on  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea,  to  be  known 
as  Port  Soudan.  It  will  take  the  place  of  the  port 
of  Suakin,  which  is  to  be  abandoned.  Besides 
being  an  important  coaling  station,  it  will  serve  as 
an  outlet  for  the  cotton  of  the  Soudan,  where  cot- 
ton is  now  an  important  industry. 

A  fleet  of  Austrian,  British,  French  and  Italian 
vessels,  under  command  of  the  Austrian  admiral, 
has  been  ordered  to  Turkish  waters  to  enforce  the 
demands  of  the  allied  powers  for  reforms  in  Mace- 
donia. % 

There  is  a  crisis  in  Hungarian  affairs.  Austria 
and  Hungary  are  united,  as  Sweden  and  Norway 
recently  were,  by  having  one  crowned  head  over 
the  dual  monarchy,  while  in  other  respects  the  two 
countries  are  more  or  less  independent  of  each 
other.  Hungary,  however,  is,  as  Norway  was, 
jealous  of  the  weightier  influence  of  the  sister 
state  in  the  common  affairs  of  the  two  nations. 
Perhaps  it  is  more  correct  to  say  that  the  Hun- 
garians, or  Magyars,  are  jealous ;  for  they  number 
less  than  half  the  population  of  Hungary.  The 
others  are  made  up  of  Germans,  Roumanians, 
Croats,  Serbs  and  Slovaks ;  none  of  whom,  with 
the  possible  exception  of  the  Croats,  are  in  very 
strong  sympathy  with  the  Magyars.  But,  under 
the  present  suffrage,  the  Magyars  have  full  con- 
trol of  the  Hungarian  parliament,  their  represen- 
tatives outnumbering  all  the  others  about  ten  to 
one.     The  Emperor  of  Austria,  as  King  of  Hun- 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


171 


School   of   Science   for   Atlantic   Provinces   of   Canada. 

20th   SESSION,    JULY   3rd  to  20th,  1906. 

AT  NORTH  SYDNEY,        -        CAPE  BRETON. 

COURSES   IN    PHYSICAL   AND    BIOLOGICAL    SCIENCES,    French  and  English.      EXCUR- 
SIONS THROUGH  THE  LAKES  AND  TO  LOUISBURG,  VISITS  TO  THE  GREAT  WORKS 
OF  THE  DOMINION    IRON  AND  STEEL  CO.,  TO  THE  VARIOUS  COAL  FIELDS,    DOLO- 
MITE MINES,  etc.,  will  be  among  the  special  attractions. 


TUITION 
FOR   ALL  COURSES   $2  50. 


For  Calendar  and  other  information,  apply  to 


W      R 


CAMPBELL, 
TRURO, 


Secy, 

nova  Scotia. 


gary,  has  refused  the  demands  of  the  Hungarian 
leaders,  chief  of  which  are  a  separate  tariff  for 
Hungary  and  the  use  of  the  Hungarian  language 
in  the  army.  To  settle  the  matter,  the  Emperor- 
King  may  dissolve  the  present  parliament  and  call 
a  new  popular  assembly  to  be  elected  by  universal 
suffrage,  thus  putting  his  Magyar  subjects  in  the 
minority   and   depriving  them   of  their  power. 

Serious  disorders  continue  in  many  parts  of 
Russia.  The  most  threatening  of  these  are  in  Po- 
land, where  the  people  have  never  forgotten  their 
history,  and  still  seem  to  hope  for  independence. 
Autonomy,  with  a  viceroy  and  a  representative 
assembly  they  might  obtain ;  though,  according  to 
Russian  ideas,  they  have  not  the  same  right  to  it 
as  the  Finns.  By  official  title,  the  Emperor  Nich- 
olas is  Emperor  of  All  the  Russias  and  Czar  of 
Poland ;  but  repeated  insurrections  led  to  the  aboli- 
tion of  the  Polish  constitution  and  the  complete 
union  of  the  ancient  kingdom  with  the  Russian 
Empire.  Poland  is  now  under  martial  law,  and 
is  specially  excluded  by  the  Czar's  proclamation 
from  participation  in  the  new  liberties  granted  to 
his  other  subjects. 

The  statement  of  last  month  to  the  effect  that 
irrigation  had  not  made  any  marked  difference  in 
climate,  as  might  be  understood  from  thr  context, 
though  not  very  clearly  expressed,  referred  to  the 
climate  of  Egypt.  It  is  a  satisfaction  to  learn  that 
the  great  increase  in  the  area  of  land  under  culti- 
vation has  been  obtained  without  injury  to  the 
monuments  of  the  ancient  civilization,  the  preser- 
vation of  which  has  been  due  to  the  dryness  of 
the  atmosphere.  The  Egyptian  monolith  bro:ig!" 
to  New  York  some  years  ago  soon  began  to  cr-im- 
ble  in  the  moister  climate  of  the  North  At'a;i':ie 
coast. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

A  concert  and  social  was  held  in  the  schoolhonse,  Perry 
district,  Sussex,  N.  B.  A  good  sum  was  realized,  which 
will  go  towards  school  purposes.  A  gr-at  effort  wis 
made  by  the  teacher,  Miss  Agnes  E.  Reynolds,  and  people 
to  make  it  a  success. 


Professor  Lishman,  to  whom  has  been  given  the  task 
of  establishing  a  new  mining  school  at  Glace  Bay,  is  an 
arts  graduate  of  Durham  University,  and  has  had  much 
practical  experience  in  coal  mining. — Kings  College  Record. 

Mr.  O-burn  N.  Brown,  of  Newcastle,  N.  B.,  Harkins 
Academy,  intends  to  take  a  course  at  Fredericton  after  the 
holidays  to  qualify  as  a  teacher  of  manual  training. 

Miss  Ida  A.  Northrup,  of  Kingston.  N."  B.,  has  begun 
a  two  years'  course  in  domestic  science  at  the  Macdonald 
Hall.  Guelph,  Ont. 

Professor  Arup  has  entered  on  his  duties  in  the  chair  of 
chemistry  as  successor  to  Dr.  Kennedy,  of  Kings  College, 
Windsor,  and  the  Rev.  C.  A.  Brodie  Brockwell,  B.  A.,  is 
tile  first  to  fill  the  New  Alexandra  professorship  of  divinity 
in  the  sr.me  college.  Both  are  men  of  scholarship,  and 
their  attainments  will  no  doubt  add  much  to  the  prestige 
of  Kings. 

It  is  proposed  at  the  next  session  of  the  New  Bruns- 
wick legislature  to  amend  the  school  law  so  that  in  the 
refusal  of  a  district  to  consolidate  with  others,  the  board 
of  education  shall  have  the  right  to  affect  such  a  change 
without  the  votes  of  the  ratepayers.  It  is  also  proposed 
to  have  the  law  relating  to  vaccination  of  school  pupils 
changed  so  as  to  throw  the  responsibility  on  trustees 
and  parents  rather  than  on  the  teacher. 

The  -econd  forward  movement  for  Acadia  College  is 
now  approaching  successful  completion.  Of  the  amount 
to  be  raised.  $100,000.  the  sum  of  $92,000  has  already  been 
collected  or  pledged,  and  Dr.  Trotter  confidently  looks 
forward  to  seeing  the  total  amount  secured  at  an  early 
date.  This  will  bring  an  equal  sum  from  John  D.  Rocke- 
feller, which  will  place  the  institutions  at  Wolfville  on 
a  firm  financial  basis. 

In  the  Dominion  Fair  recently  held  at  New  Westminster, 
Britisb  Columbia,  the  schools  of  that  province  gave  a  fine 
exhibition  of  their  work,  which  attracted  universal  atten- 
tion rnd  many  warm  commendations. 

The  Halifax  school  board  has  adopted  a  new  scale  of 
salaries  for  teachers,  which  during  the  next  three  years 
will  add  from  $5,000  to  $6,000,  or  an  increase  of  seven 
per  cent  over  present  salaries.  The  proposed  plan  of 
increase  will  treat  all  teachers  fairly,  but  necessarily  *he 
largest  im-iease  will  be  to  those  of  approved  experience 
and   scholarship 


172 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


V      New  Books      *>* 


The  History  of  Canada. 

By  G.  U.  Hay.  D.Sc. 

To   which  has  been  added  a  sketch  of  the  History  of  Prince 

Edward  Island. 

By  Helen  M.  Anderson.  Price  2octs. 

Entrance  Grammar  Notes. 

By  Chas.  G.  Fraser,  Principal  Crawford  Street  School,  Toronto. 
For  Third  and  Fourth  Classes.  Price  locts. 

Entrance  Grammar  Notes  is  an  ideal  little  text-book  of  English 
Grammar,  presenting,  in  convenient  form  and  striking  type,  the 
essentials  of  the  science  of  language  which  an  entrance  pupil 
should  know  as  a  preparation  for  definite  work  in  composition. 

The  order  is  logical.  It  begins  with  the  sentence  —  the  unit 
of  a  language  —  and  then  deals  with  the  parts  of  which  a  sentence 
is  composed,  before  taking  up  the  classification  and  inflection  of 
the  different  parts  of  speech. 

Introductory  Physiology  and  Hygiene 
for  Public  Schools. 

By  A.  P.  Knight,  M.A.,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Phj'siology,  Queen's 
University. 
This  book  consists  of  a  series  of  graded  lessons,  most  of  which 
were  taught  to  pupils  of  the  Kingston  Public  Schools  during  the 
autumn  of  1904.  They  were  taught  in  presence  of  the  teacners- 
in-training  of  the  Kingston  Model  School,  and  as  such  were  in- 
tended to  be  model  lessons  Price  60cts. 

The  Nature  Study  Course. 

With  suggestions  for  teaching  it. 
By  J.  Deamets,  M.A.,  Vice-Principal  London  Normal  School. 
Based  on   Lectures  given  at  Teachers'  Institutes,  Summer 
Schools,  and  at  the  London  Normal  School.  Price  60cts. 

Practical  and  Theoretical  Geometry  —  Part  I. 

For  Continuation  Classes  in  Public  Schools  and  Lower  School 
Classes  in  Secondary  Schools. 

By  A.  H.  McDougall,  B.A.,  Principal  Ottawa  Collegiate  Institute. 
Price  50cts. 


Introductory  Chemistry. 

For  High  School  and  Continuation  Classes. 

By  W  S.  Ellis,  B.  A  ,  B.Sc,  Principal  Collegiate  Institute.Kingston 

Price  30cts. 

The  Gospels  in  Art. 

Edited  by  W.  Shaw  Sparrow. 
The  Life  of  Christ,  beautifully  illustrated  by  six  photogravures 
and    thirty-two   monochrome    plates,    all    reproductions  of  the 
world's  greatest  paintings.  4to  cloth.    $2.50. 

The  Woman  Painters  of  the  World. 

Edited  by  W.  Shaw  Sparrow. 
Containing  interesting  sketches  of  their  lives  and  excellent  repro 
auctions  of  their  work.    Lovers  of  art  will  gain  new  inspiration 
from  this  work.  4to  cloth.    $2.50. 

I  dinburgh. 

Painted  by  John  Fulleylove,  R.  I.,  and  described  by  Rosalin  Mas 

son.    Contains  twenty-one  full-page  illustrations  in  colors. 

Cloth.    $2  50. 

Scottish  Life  and  Character. 

Painted  by  H.  J.  Dobson,  R.S.W.,  and  described  by  Wm.  Sander- 
son.   Contains  twenty  full-page  illustrations  in  color.  Cloth.  $2  50 

Bed  Fox. 

Chas.  G.  D.  Roberts'  latest  nature  book,  with   fifty  illustrations 
by  Chas.  Livingstone  Bull.  Cloth.    $2.00. 

Northern  Trails. 

Interesting  studies  of  animal  life  in  the  far  north,  by  Wm.  J. 
Long.    Illustrated  by  Chas.  Copeland.  Cloth.    $1.75. 


The    Copp-Clark    Co.,  Limited. 


Publishers, 


Toronto. 


Miss  Ida  McLeod,  daughter  of  Rev.  Dr.  McLeod,  of 
Fredericton,  is  to  be  married  this  month  to  Mr.  Maurice 
White,  superintendent  of  schools  for  the  Western  Trans- 
vaal. Miss  McLeod  is  a  very  estimable  young  lady  whose 
large  circle  of  friends  join  in  wishing  her  a  great  measure 
of  happiness  and  prosperity. 

Mr.  David  Wilson,  B.  A.,  recently  inspector  of  schools 
in  the  Kootenay  district,  British  Columbia,  has  now  charge 
of  the  schools  on  Vancouver  Island,  with  headquarters  at 
the  capital  city,  Victoria.  Mr.  Wilson  is  well  known  in 
the  East.  He  is  a  graduate  in  arts  of  the  University  of 
New  Brunswick,  and  for  the  last  twenty  years  h?.s  occu- 
pied a  leading  position  in  the  educational  affairs  of  British 
Columbia. 

The  number  of  new  students  entering  Dalhousie  this 
fall  is  122.  These  are  distributed  as  follows:  96  in  arts 
and  in  pure  and  applied  science;  11  in  medicine  and  15 
in  law.  While  the  total  number  of  new  students  may 
have  been  equalled  in  former  years,  the  number  of  new- 
students  in  arts  and  science  this  year  is  the  largest  in  the 
history  of  the  college.  Twenty-five  of  them  have  entered 
the  courses  in  engineering.  The  homes  of  the  new  stu- 
dents are  thus  located:  Halifax  city  and  county,  47; 
the  island  of  Cape  Breton.  17;  Pictou  County,  14;  Col- 
chester County.  11;  New  Brunswick,  9;  Lunenburg  County, 
7;  two  outside  the  Maritime  Provinces  and  the  remainder 
i.i  Prince  Edward  Island  and  the  Counties  of  Shelburne; 
Yarmouth,  Annapolis,  Kings.  Hants,  Cumberland  and 
Antigonish. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

Pocket   English   and  American   Classics.     For   elemen- 
tary   and    secondary  schools.     With   editor's   introduc 
tion,  notes  and  indexes.     Red  cloth.     5J4  x  4%   inches. 
Price   twenty-five  cents  each.       The    Macmillan   Com- 
pany, New  York;  Macmillan  &  Co.,  London;   Morang 
&  Co.,  Toronto. 
This  is  a  neat  and  prettily  bound  series,  with  good,  clear 
type   frontispiece    illustrations,   and    compact   notes.       The 
low   price,  attractive   titles  and  contents,  and  their  handy 
form,   should   make  them  favourites  with    readers   in   and 
out    of   schools.     They   include    the    following   volumes   of 
well     known    authors :     Blackmore's     Lortia    Doone     (642 
pages),   Baker's  Out  of  the  North'ond,  Macaulay's  Essays 
on  Lord  Clive,    Lamb's   Essays  of  S/ia,  Byron's   Shortej 
Poems,      Shakespeare's      King     Henry     V ' ,      Pope's      The 
Rape   of   the  Lock,-— with    a    long    list    of    other    famous 
classics.      The  volumes   would  make  appropriate  and  inex- 
pensive Christmas  presents  for  young  people. 
Comprehensive  Bookkeeping — A  First  Book.    By  Artemas 
M.   Boyle,  A.  M.,  High   School,  Kansas  City.     Cloth. 
Pages  142.     Price  90  cents.     The  Macmillan  Company, 
New  York ;   Macmillan  &  Company,  London ;   Morang 
&   Company,  Toronto. 
This   book    arouses    the    attention    at    once   by    its    clear 
pages  and  beautifully  executed  script  models.     Its  methods 
are  up-to-date,  designing  to  lay  a  good  foundation  in  pre- 
liminary  work   for  business  practice. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


173 


N  O  W   R  E  A  D  Y.       Authorized  for  use  in  the  Public  Schools  of  Prince  Edward  Island 


History  of  Canada. 

BY  C.  U.  HAY,  D.Sc. 


To 

which 

has 

been 

added 


A  Sketch  of  the  History  of  Pr.  Edward  Island 

BY  H.  M.  ANDERSON.  PRICE  25  GTS. 


For  Sale  by  all  Booksellers 

THE  COPP-CLARK  CO.,  Limited,  Publishers, 


TORONTO. 


(Tlefbetwoob 


for  0irk 


College  Preparatory,  Music,  Art,  Physical  Cul- 
ture. 

Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 

Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Out-door  Sports. 

For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETHELWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  8USAN  B   GANONG,  B  S-. 

Principals. 


FOR  THE  HOLIDAYS  PICTURES  for  SCHOOL  ROOMS 


Fountain 
Pens 


WATERMAN'S    and    STERLING, 

in  Plain  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  in 

Plush-Lined  Cases 

ALL  PRICES— from  $1.25  to  $15.00. 


BARNES  &  CO.,     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


CHAS.  G.   D.  ROBERTS. 
THEODORE  H.   RAND. 
BLISS  CARMAN. 
T.  C.  HALIBURTON. 
JAMES  DeMILLE. 
JOSEPH  HOWE. 
COLUMBUS    BEFORE  THE  COURT 

OF  SPAIN. 

THE  VIRGIN  AND  INFANT  JESUS. 

THE    DEATH   OF  NELSON. 

THE  OLD  TEMERA1RE. 

Sent    postpaid    on    receipt   of   40  cents.    No 
single  picture  sold.    Address : 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


Two  Famous  Orations  are  printed  in  a  little  book  just 
issued  by  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston,  edited  by  A.  J. 
George.  They  are  Webster's  First  Bunker  Hill  Oration 
and  Washington's  Farewell  Address.  Readers  will  appre- 
ciate the  illuminating  preface — a  scholarly  effort. 
Northland  Heroes.    By  Florence  Holbrook,  principal  of 

the    Forestville   school,    Chicago.     Cloth.       Illustrated. 
Pages    112.      Prioe    35    cents,    post-paid.     Houghton, 

Mifflin  &  Company,  Boston. 
The  stories  of  the  Northland  Heroes,  Fridthjof  and 
Beowulf,  are  healthy  and  manly,  and  such  as  will  appial 
to  Anglo-Saxon  children.  Miss  Holbrook  has  succeeded 
well  in  bringing  out  the  qualities  of  strength,  courage, 
truth  and  endurance  of  these  ancestors  of  our  race. 
Stories  from  the  History  of   Rome.     By   Mrs.   Beesly. 

Cloth.    Pages  189.      Price  is.  6d.      Macmillan  &  Co., 

London. 

A  collection  of  sixteen  of  the  old  tales  of  Roman  history, 

prepared  especially  for  children,  and  designed  to  illustrate 

duty  to  parents  and  to  country.       All  are   so  told  as  to 

inculcate  healthy  moral  lessons. 

Macmillan  s  New   Globe  Readers.     Book  V.       Cloth. 

Illustrated.     Pages  254.     With   notes  and  vocabulary. 

Price  is.  6d. 
A  book  that  will  keenly  interest  young  readers.  The 
selections  have  been  made  from  authors  of  recognized 
literary  merit,  and  there  is  a  tinge  of  romance  and  excite- 
ment that  boys  will  enjoy.  "  The  Boat  Race,"  by  Charles 
Read,  and  "A  Tremendous  Adventure  of  Major  Gahagan," 
by  Thackeray,  are  two  spirited  examples. 
The  New  American  Music  Reader,  No.  4.    By  Frederick 

Zuchtmann.     Cloth.     Pages  272.     Price  50  cents.     The 

Macmillan  Company,  New  York ;  Morang  &  Company, 

Toronto. 
This    is    distinctly    a    book  of  song,  the  technical  work 
having    been    developed    in    the    preceding   books    of    this 


series.  The  material  has  been  carefully  selected,  the  words 
and  poetry  being  of  the  higher  order,  and  the  songs  are 
well  adapted  for  all  public  occasions  in  which  school 
music  is  used. 

Laboratory  and  Field  Exercises  in  Physical  Geography. 
A  Manual  for  Secondary  Schools.     By  Gilbert  Haven 
TnOon,   Instructor   in   Science,    Passaic,   N.   J.,   High 
School.    Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
Designed  to  guide  pupils  in  their  field  work  and  to  fur- 
nish definite  outlines   for  the  exercises   in  the  laboratory, 
this  manual   provides  a  basis   for  the  text-book  work.    It 
is  planned  to  occupy  the  same  place  in  the  study  of  physical 
geography  that  the  laboratory  manual  holds  in  the  study 
of  physics  or  chemistry. 

The   Cherry   Ribband;    A    Novel.       By   S.    R.    Crockett, 
author   of   "  The   Lilac   Sunbonet,"   etc.     Cloth.     Price 
410.     Price  $1.50.     The  Copp  Clark  Co.,  Toronto. 
A  very  pretty  story;  and  if  it  does  not  arouse  the  same 
interest  as  the  author's  earlier  work,  it  has  a  charm  of  its 
own  which  will  abide  with  the  reader. 
The    Stories    of    Little    Fishes.      By    Lenore    Elizabeth 
Mulets.     Cloth.     Pages  288.     Price  $1.00.     The  Copp 
Clark  Co.,  Toronto. 
These   are    more   or   less    didactic.     Minglfcd     with    the 
descriptions   and  pleasant   anecdotes   for  children,   we   find 
many  curious  illustrations  of  the  lives  and  curious  habits 
of  many  of  the  finny  tribe. 

Easy   Mathematics.     Vol.   I.,  chiefly  arithmetic.     By  Sir 
Oliver  Lodge,  F.  R.  S.,  Principal  of  the  University  of 
Birmingham.     Cloth.     Pages  436.     Price  4s.  6d.     Mac- 
millan &  Company,  London. 
The   well   known  reputation  of  the  author  of  this  book 
is  a  guarantee  that  we  have  here  something  worth  reading 
and  pondering  over.     It  is  "  a  collection  of  hints  to  teach- 
ers,   parents,    self-taught   students   and   adults,"    presenting 
"  a   summary   or   indication   of  most   things   in   elementary 


174 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


mathematics  useful  to  be  known."  Whether  it  is  a  pro- 
blem in  pedagogy  or  cube  root,  the  author  is  equally  clear 
and  direct :  "  Teaching  which  is  not  fresh  and  lively  is 
harmful ; "  "  Wearisome  over-practice  and  iteration  and 
needlessly  long  sums  should  be  avoided ; "  "  Even  influ- 
ential persons  occasionally  speak  of  mathematics  as  '  that 
study  which  knows  nothing  of  observation,  nothing  of 
induction,  nothing  of  experiment,' — a  ghastly  but  prevalent 
error  which  has  ruined  more  teaching  than  perhaps  any 
other  misconception  of  that  kind."  The  book  is  brimful 
of  clearly  expressed  thought  and  tangible  suggestions. 
The  Poetry  of  Life.  By  Bliss  Carman.  Cloth.  Pages 
25a  The  Copp  Clark  Co.,  Toronto. 
This  is  a  beautifully  bound  volume,  appropriate  to  the 
Christmas  season,  made  up  of  sixteen  prose  essays  of  Mr. 
Carman.  The  subject  of  the  greater  number  of  these  is 
poetry — The  Poetry  of  Life,  The  Purpose  of  Poetry,  How 
to  Judge  Poetry,  The  Defence  of  Poetry,  The  Permanence 
of  Poetry,  The  Poet  in  Modern  Life,  The  Poet  in  the 
Commonwealth,  etc.  Written  in  Mr.  Carman's  vigorous 
and  healthy  English,  they  furnish  a  choice  collection  of 
the  best  specimens  of  his  prose  writings. 


The  pastimes  for  children  are  filled  with  the  spirit  of  the 
season,  and  there  is  an  abundance  of  matter  of  housewifely 
interest. 

Littell's  Living  Age  occupies  a  field  peculiarly  its  own. 
It  gives  sixty-four  pages  every  Saturday  of  selections  from 
the  best  and  most  popular  English  periodicals,  and  is 
almost  indispensable  to  any  one  who  wishes  to  keep  in- 
formed upon  public  affairs  and  current  discussion.  Fiction, 
essays,  travel  sketches,  poetry,  critical  and  biographical 
papers,  literary  and  art  articles,  and  much  else  besides  will 
be  found  in  the  magazine.  The  subscription  price  is  six 
dollars  a  year,  but  a  trial  subscription  of  three  months, 
thirteen  numbers,  may  be  had  for  one  dollar.  The  Living 
Age  Company,  6  Beacon  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 


Recent  Magazines. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  for  November  is  a  notable  num- 
ber both  in  the  importance  and  interest  of  its  papers. 
Among  these  are  several  dealing  with  prominent  subjects 
in  literature  and  topics  now  engaging  the  attention  of  the 
public.  Other  attractive  features  are  short  stories  and 
poems,  a  charming  essay  upon  The  Country  in  November, 
by  Henry  Child's  Merwin  and  Reverend  Mother's  Feast, 
the  concluding  instalment  in  Agnes  Repplier's  series  of 
engaging  sketches  of  a  girl's  life  in  a  convent  school.  The 
Atlantic  is  the  literary  magazine  of  America,  and  is  every 
month  increasingly  interesting  in  the  variety  and  excellence 
of  its  contents.  The  Atlantic  for  December  is  a  notable 
Christmas  number.  There  are  seasonable  articles,  fine 
stories,  and  distinctively  Christmas  poems. 

The  November  Canadian  Magazine  is  largely  a  sports- 
man's number.  There  are  sporting  sketches  and  illustra- 
tion?, stories  of  animals  by  Chas.  G.  D.  Roberts  and  W. 
A.  Fraser,  and  a  history  of  Golf  in  Canada.  The  article 
on  the  New  High  School,  by  W.  L.  Richardson,  should 
wake  up  Canadian  schoolmen  to  the  importance  of  manual 
training.  The  excellence  of  the  articles  and  illustrations 
and  the  superior  make-up  of  this  number  show  that  the 
Canadian  is  successfully  meeting  the  wants  of  its  reader?. 
The  Christmas  number  of  the  Canadian  Magazine  is  quite 
worthy  of  the  season.  The  contents  show  a  great  variety, 
ranging  from  articles  on  art  and  special  book  reviews  to 
stories  and  interesting  comment  on  the  passing  phases  of 
our  existence. 

For  colorwork,  presswork  and  general  beauty  and  useful- 
ness, the  December  Delineator  is  conspicuous  among  the 
Christmas  magazines.  Eight  paintings  by  J.  C.  Leyen- 
dtcker,  illustrating  and  interpreting  the  Twenty-third 
Psalm,  is  the  most  extensive  color  feature  of  the  number. 
The  short  fiction  of  the  number  comprises  stories  by 
Hamlin  Garland,  John  Luther  Long,  Sir  Gilbert  Parker, 
and  there  are  many  attractive  articles  on  topics  of  interest. 


Early,  while  I'm  still  asleep, 

The  sun  arranges  things  for  me; 
It  takes  the  chill  all  off  the  air, 

And  lights  the  day  so  I  can  see. 

It  beams  upon  me  all  day  long, 

And  when  at  last  it  sinks  away, 
It  hustles  round  the  other  side, 

To  be  in  time  for  me  next  day. 

Lippincott's  Magazine. 


What  is  the  thought  of  Christmas?    Giving. 
What  is  the  heart  of  Christmas?     Love. 


CHRISTMAS  PRESENTS. 


Books 

Standard  Works.  Poets,  New  Books  by  popular  writers, 
Juvenile  and  Toy  Books,  Annuals,  etc. 

Bibles,  Prayer  Books  and  Hymnals 

in  different  Bindings. 

Leather  Goods 

Purses,  Card  Cases,  Writing  Portfolios,  Dressing 
Cases,  Etc. 

Kodaks 

At  priees  from  $1.00  $35.00;  also  a  full  line 
of  supplies. 

Fountain  Pens 

Waterman   and  Sterling   Fountain    Pens;    also   the 

Eagle  Fountain   Pen.     The  best  Pen  to  be  bad  for 

the  price— $1.00. 


E.    G.    N6LSON    S*    CO. 

Cor.  of  King  and  Charlotte  Sts., 

Saint  John,  new  Brunswick. 


The  Educational  Keview. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B,  JANUARY,   1906. 


.00  per  Year. 


O.  U.  HAY. 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


A.   MeKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotic 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 

Ojjlce,  SI  Leiruter  Street,    St.  John.  X.  B. 
Phis-ted  by  Barms  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Noths, 

The  Old  and  the  New        

History  of  the  River  St.  lohn 

Nature-Study 

January  Birthdays 

Our  Native  Trees  

The  Distinctive  Features  of  Acadia 

Notes  on  English  Literature 

Benjamin  Franklin,  

Portrait  and  Epitaph  of  Benjamin  Franklin 

The  Disciplinary  Value  of  Orammar,        

Mental  Arithmetic. 

Literature  in    the  Primary  (trades,         

Recitations  for  Primary  (irades 

A  Well  Conducted  Recitation 

Questioned  no  More 
oo  Many  Distractions, 

Carleton  County  Teachers'  Meeting 

Picture  Study  Queries.  

How  to  Make  mv  New  Year  Happy,        

Current  Events 

Scum  >l.  AND  (OLLEOK 

Recent  Books--  Magazines 

Nkw  Advertisements  —  Harvard  Summer  School. 


181 
182 

l82 

184 
184 
185 
187 


190 
191 
192 
193 
■94 
I9S 

:3 

19b 
190 
106 
198 
■99 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
iton  of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided 

The  number  accompanying-  each  address  tells  t)  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "134"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  January  31.  1006. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


Our  best  wishes  to  the  readers  of  the  Review 
for  A  Happy  and  Prosperous  New  Year. 


Amherst,  N.  S.,  has  placed  itself  in  the  front 
by  increasing  the  salaries  of  its  women  teachers. 
The  Review  has  been  able  to  record  instances  of 
salaries  increased  for  several  months  past.  What 
cities,  towns  and  country  districts  will  be  heard 
from  next  ? 


It  is  conceded  that  the  very  best  people  should 
be  secured  for  the  work  of  teaching.  Their  ser- 
vices cannot  be  retained  at  unremunerativc  salaries. 
Although  salary  may  be  a  secondary  consideration 
with  many  teachers,  it  is  nevertheless  a  measure  of 
appreciation  on  the  part  of  those  who  give  it. 


The  N.  B.  Educational   Institute  wil 
Chatham  in  June. 


During  the  month  of  December  the  Sydney 
C.  B.  Post  began  an  evening  paper  as  an  addition 
to  the  large  and  flourishing  morning  edition  which 
it  has  been  publishing.  The  Post  has  shown  a  mark- 
ed improvement  of  late,  and  is  a  vigorous  example 
of  the  growth  of  an  enterprising  and  progressive 
community. 


This  month  we  present  our  readers  with  a  pic- 
ture and  autograph  epitaph  of  Benjamin  Franklin 
instead  of  the  usual  general  art  picture,  which  will 
appear  in  the  February  number.  There  are  many 
incidents  in  the  early  struggles  of  the  life  of  this 
eminent  philosopher  which  will  stimulate  the  average 
boy. 


Reflect  on  the  opening  of  the  new  year  whether 
you  gained  more  by  your  successes  or  by  your  fail- 
ures last  vear. 


The  Review  would  like  to  hear  more  about  the 
schools.  One  teacher  is  doing  something  different 
from  others, — a  way  of  presenting  a  lesson  that  has 
secured  attention,  interest  and  good  results ;  a  de- 
vice that  has  been  successful  in  promoting  good  or- 
der and  punctuality ;  another  that  has  improved  the 
deportment  of  the  school.  Let  us  have  these  for 
publication  that  hundreds  of  others  may  share  in 
the  benefits.  Send  them  on  or  before  the  fifteenth 
of  each  month. 


meet   at 


The  personality  of  a  teacher  is  what  wise  em- 
ployers wish  to  secure  above  all  else  and  it  is  largely 
capable  of  cultivation.  In  the  first  place  a  teacher 
should  have  good  food,  avoid  worry  and  anxiety, 
and  have  a  comfortable  room  in  which  to  be  quiet. 
In  the  long  run  these  are  half  the  battle.  To  keep 
up  a  strong  personality  the  teacher  must  not  waste 
nervous  energy.  He  must  say  no  to  social  and 
other  calls  good  in  themselves,  but  which  would 
waste  his  energies  if  he  tried  to  attend  to  them  all. 
The  problem  is  what  to  select  and  what  to  leave 
out  of  the  many  demands  on  his  time  and  abilities. 
Teachers  should  study  what  is  best  for  themselves 
and  their  pupils,  do  what  is  best,  and  then  never 
mind  what  people  say. 


182 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Old  and  the  New. 

How  often  do  we  hear  it  stated,  "The  schools 
of  today  are  not  what  they  were  when  we  were 
young,  especially  in  the  three  R's — reading,  writ- 
ing and  arithmetic."  The  men  who  talk  that  way 
know  nothing  whatever  by  experience  of  the  inter- 
ior working  of  our  schools.  They  are  busy  men — 
mechanics,  merchants,  professional  men.  They  com- 
pare their  own  well-earned  acquirements  with  the 
acquirements  of  children  leaving  the  schools,  for- 
getting the  education  of  the  years  of  experience 
that  have  elapsed  since  they  left  school. 

An  interesting  comparison  of  the  schools  of  sixty 
years  ago  with  our  own  has  recently  been  made  by 
Principal  Riley  of  Springfield,  Mass.,  who  discover- 
ed lately  in  that  city  a  bound  volume  containing 
the  questions  and  answers  of  an  examination  test 
given  in  1846  to  250  pupils  of  grade  nine  of  the  high 
school. 

The  tests  in  spelling  and  arithmetic  which  were 
given  to  250  ninth  grade  pupils  during  the  last  year 
by  Principal  Riley  on  the  questions  used  in  1846 
showed  51  per  cent  of  correct  spelling,  as  compared 
with  41  per  cent  for  85  pupils  of  the  high  school 
in  1846,  and  65  per  cent  as  compared  with  29  per 
cent  in  arithmetic.  The  comparison  in  geography 
is  equally  unfavorable  to  the  old  schools. 

The  average  age  at  which  pupils  entered  the  high 
school  was  as  high  as  it  is  today.  This  gives  evi- 
dence that  the  schools  half  a  century  ago  were  weak 
in  the  pet  subjects  on  which  they  spent  their 
strength. 

We  give  below  the  spelling  and  arithmetic  tests 
so  that  our  teachers  may  institute  a  comparison  if 
they  choose  with  their  own  schools. 

Spelling. — Accidental,  accessible,  baptism,  chir- 
ography,  characteristic,  deceitfully,  descendant,  ec- 
centric, evanescent,  fierceness,  feignedly,  ghastli- 
ness,  gnawed,  heiress,  hysterics,  imbecility,  incon- 
ceivable, inconvenience,  inefficient,  irresistible. —  20 
words. 

Arithmetic. — 1.  Add  together  the  following 
numbers :  Three  thousand  and  nine,  twenty-nine, 
one,  three  hundred  and  one,  sixty-one,  sixteen,  seven 
hundred,  two,  nine  thousand,  nineteen  and  a  half, 
one  and  a  half. 

2.  Multiply  10008  by  8009. 

3.  In  a  town  five  miles  wide  and  six  miles  long, 
how  many  acres? 

4.  How  many  steps  of  two  and  half  feet  each 
will  a  person  take  in  walking  one  mile? 

5.  What  is  one-third  of  I7$yi  ? 


6.  A  boy  bought  three  dozen  of  oranges  for  37^ 
cents  and  sold  them  for  iy2  cents  apiece;  what 
would  he  have  gained  if  he  had  sold  them  for  2?^ 
cents  apiece? 

7.  There  is  a  certain  number,  one-third  of  which 
exceeds  one-fourth  of  it  by  two ;  what  is  the  number  ? 

8.  What  is  the  simple  interest  of  $1200  for  12 
years,  11  months,  and  29  days? 


History  of  the  River  St.  John. 

A  series  of  articles,  published  in  the  Saturday 
edition  of  the  St.  John  Daily  Telegraph  for  the 
past  year  or  more,  by  Rev.  W.  O.  Raymond,  LL. 
D.,  has  just  been  issued  in  book  form.  The  result 
is  a  volume  of  376  pages,  largely  documentary  in 
character,  but  a  mine  of  historic  information  on  the 
St.  John  River  valley  from  the  time  of  its  discovery 
by  Champlain  in  1604  to  the  coming  of  the  Loyal- 
ists in  1784.  The  book  is  illustrated  by  several  full 
page  portraits  and  engravings,  with  plans,  maps, 
fac-similies  of  signatures,  etc.  Dr.  Raymond  in  his 
numerous  citations  has  quoted  the  exact  language 
of  the  writers,  giving  us  a  series  of  glimpses  of  the 
past  as  they  appeared  to  the  eyes  of  the  principal 
actors  of  Acadian  story — de  Monts  and  Champlain, 
Biard,  Biencourt,  La  Tour,  Charnisay,  the  Sieur  de 
Soulanges,  Governor  Villebon,  Membertou  the 
Micmac,  and  Secoudon  the  Maliseet.  The  Indians 
and  their  mode  of  life  is  accurately  described 
and  we  are  enabled  to  see  them  as  thev  appeared 
to  the  eyes  of  the  first  explorers  of  the  Acadian 
wilderness.  Next  we  have  the  tragic  tales  of  Indian 
wars  and  massacres,  the  touching  story  of  John 
Gyles  the  little  English  captive,  the  record  of  the 
feeble  attempts  of  the  French  at  colonization,  the 
narrative  of  the  struggle  for  mastery  of  the  rich 
river  valley  between  the  French  and  the  English, 
all  woven  together  with  the  skill  and  patience  of  a 
historian  and  the  love  of  one  passionately  devoted 
to  his  story. 

Dr.  Raymond  has  won  the  gratitude  of  the 
students  of  our  history  in  laying  before  them  in  this 
acceptable  form  the  narrative  of  early  French  ex- 
ploration in  this  country.  The  book  is  a  mine  of 
information  to  present  and  future  readers.  Especi- 
ally valuable  is  it  to  teachers  in  supplementing  the 
somewhat  meagre  records  in  the  text-books  of  our 
early  history.  Teachers  may  obtain  the  book  from 
Dr.  Raymond  for  one  dollar. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


183 


Nature-Study. 
Hints  for   January  Talks. 

For  the  younger  grades  a  series  of  talks  illustrat- 
ed by  pictures  of  birds  and  other  animals  will  prove 
interesting  and  beget  in  the  children  an  apprecia- 
tion of  animal  life, — how  animals  prepare  for  win- 
ter, where  the  birds  have  gone,  which  remain  for 
us  for  the  winter,  such  as  the  English  sparrow, 
chickadees,  nuthatch,  pine  grosbeak,  etc.  What  do 
they  find  to  eat,  what  are  the  different  things  you 
have  seen  them  doing?  How  are  they  protected 
from  the  cold? 

The  winter  is  a  good  season  for  studying  the 
common  domestic  animals,  such  as  the  cat,  dog, 
horse,  cow  and  others.  The  cat  belongs  to  a  large 
family,  the  members  of  which  can  only  be  illus- 
trated by  pictures — the  wild  cat,  lynx,  tiger,  pan- 
ther and  others,  but  they  have  the  same  character- 
istic as  the  domestic  cat. :  They  are  flesh-eating ; 
they  approach  their  prey  stealthily  and  spring 
quickly  upon  it;  they  have  sharp  claws  which  can 
be  drawn  into  and  out  of  sheaths ;  they  have  soft 
cushions  on  the  bottom  of  their  paws  which  enable 
them  to  tread  noiselessly,  they  have  sharp  teeth  for 
cutting  and  biting  their  prey;  they  have  long  sen- 
sitive whiskers  which  help  them  to  feel  their  way 
in  the  dark ;  their  cool  moist  noses  help  them  to 
scent  keenly ;  their  erect  ears  enable  them  to  hear 
the  slightest  noise. 

Pictures  will  help  to  distinguish  the  various 
breeds  of  dogs  and  their  relatives  the  fox  and  the 
wolf.  Has  the  dog  claws  that  can  be  drawn  into 
sheaths?  Does  he  spring  on  his  prey  like  the  cat? 
Does  he  hunt  at  night?  Has  he  the  same  quick 
scent  and  hearing?  Is  his  tongue  rough  like  that 
of  the  cat?  Name  some  of  the  common  breeds  of 
dogs.  Illustrate  their  faithfulness  and  other  traits 
by  stories — of  Eskimo  dogs,  St.  Bernard,  shepherd, 
Newfoundland,  and  others. 

How  do  grass-eating  animals  get  their  food  ? 
How  do  their  teeth  differ  from  those  of  the  cat  and 
dog?  Their  feet?  What  animal  feeds  on  either 
flesh  or  vegetables?  (The  bear).  What  is  chew- 
ing the  cud  ?  Name  some  animals  that  are  relatives 
of  the  cow  and  horse.  (The  sheep,  goat,  deer, 
moose,  etc.) 


Get  the  children  to  tell  you  what  they  can  about 
their  home  animals;  their  tameness,  uses,  fitness 
for  their  surroundings,  and  to  give  stories  about 
them. 

Get  the  children  to  tell  you  what  they  can  about 
the  air,  the  winds  and  their  direction,  water,  ice. 
Continue  the  weather  records  for  this  month.  Keep 
up  the  observations  on  the  stars  and  their  movements 
in  the  sky.  What  is  the  planet  Jupiter's  position 
compared  with  that  when  you  began  to  observe  it 
in  November  or  December? 


Did  you  notice  the  two  stars  quite  close  to  each 
other,  like  a  pair  of  bright  eyes,  in  the  early  hours  of 
Christmas  Eve  in  the  south-west  sky?  These  were 
the  planets  Saturn  and  Mars  in  conjunction,  the 
latter  a  little  the  brighter,  and  reddish.  They  set 
about  nine  o'clock  on  the  first  of  the  new  year.  They 
both  shine  by  the  reflected  light  of  the  sun.  Why 
is  it  then  that  Saturn,  which  according  to  its  larger 
area  should  be  about  fifteen  times  as  bright  as  Mars 
is  not  quite  so  bright?  Watch  these  planets  in  the 
early  evening  sky  as  they  draw  apart  during  the 
month. 

The  magnificent  group  of  constellations  which 
adorns  the  winter  sky  is  now  fairly  visible  in  the 
east  and  south-east.  Orion,  the  finest  of  them  all, 
is  also  the  best  one  to  use  as  a  pointer  to  help  us 
to  find  the  others.  At  8.30  o'clock  in  the  evening 
about  the  first  of  January,  it  is  almost  due  south- 
east, and  about  one-third  of  the  way  from  the  hori- 
zon to  the  zenith.  Its  two  brightest  stars,  Betel- 
gcuse  and  Rigel,  lie  to  the  left  and  right  of  the 
line  of  three  which  form  Orion's  belt.  Two  others, 
not  quite  so  bright,  Bellatrix  and  Saiph,  complete 
a  quadrilateral  which  incloses  the  belt  and  also  the 
smaller  group  on  the  right,  known  as  the  sword. 
The  middle  one  of  these  last  three  stars  is  perhaps 
the  most  remarkable  object  in  the  heavens.  A  field- 
glass  will  show  it  double,  and  a  small  telescope 
resolves  the  brighter  of  the  three  stars  seen  with 
the  field-glass  into  four  components,  to  which  a 
powerful  instrument  adds  two  more. 

The  line  of  Orion's  belt  points  downward  to 
Sirius,  which  even  at  its  present  low  altitude  is 
easily  the  brightest  star  in  the  sky,  and  upward  to 
Aldebaran,  and  beyond  it  to  Jupiter,  near  which 
to  the  northward  are  the  Pleiades. 

The  very  bright  star  in  the  Milky  Way,  north 
of  Aldebaran,  is  Capella,  in  the  constellation  Auriga. 
Below   this   is    Gemini,   marked   by   the  twin   stars 


184 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Castor  and  Pollux,  from  each  of  which  a  line  of 
finer  stars  runs  toward  Orion.  Below  these  again 
is  Canis   Minor,  with  the  bright  star  Procyon. 

The  great  square  of  Pegasus  is  well  up  in  the 
west.  Aquarius  is  below  it.  Cygnus  is  low  in  the 
northwest,  and  Lyra  is  still  lower,  Vega  being  near 
setting.  Cepheus,  Cassiopeia,  and  Perseus  lie  in 
the  Milky  Way  between  Cygnus  and  Auriga,  and 
Andromeda  and  Aries  are  south  of  them,  almost 
overhead.  Ursa  Major,  Ursa  Minor,  and  Draco 
lie  below  the  Pole,  and  so  are  not  conspicuous. 


January  Birthdays. 

January  I,  1728.  Edmund  Burke  born  in  Dublin; 
orator,  statesman,  philanthropist;  as  M.  P.  he  re- 
commended measures  which,  had  they  been  adopted, 
would  have  averted  the  Revolutionary  War  in 
America;  his  essay  on  the  "Sublime  and  Beautiful" 
is  an  English  classic. 

January  3,  106  B.  C.  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero,  a 
great  orator  and  writer  and  an  illustrious  Roman ; 
rose  from  a  humble  station  to  the  highest  office  in 
the  Roman  Republic.  Catiline  conspired  to  kill  him 
and  others  and  burn  Rome,  but  Cicero  drove  him 
from  the  city  by  his  eloquence.  Of  literary  labors 
he  says :  "They  nourish  our  youth  and  delight  our 
old  age.  They  adorn  our  prosperity  and  give  a 
refuge  and  solace  to  our  troubles." 

January  6,  181 1.  Charles  Sumner,  born  in  Bos- 
ton; a  great  orator;  opposed  to  slavery. 

January  15,  1726.  General  James  Wolfe,  born 
in  Kent  county,  England ;  was  distinguished  in  the 
army  when  but  twenty  years  old ;  his  success  at 
Louisburg  placed  him  at  the  head  of  the  army;  at 
twenty-three  years  of  age  he  took  Quebec,  dying 
from  wounds  in  the  moment  of  victory. 

January  17,  1706.  Benjamin  Franklin  born  in 
Boston,  of  English  parents   (see  sketch,  p.   190.) 

January  18,  1782.  Daniel  Webster  born  in  New 
Hampshire ;  great  statesman  and  orator. 

January  19,  1807.  General  Robert  E.  Lee;  chief 
Confederate  general  in  the  United  States  Civil  War. 

January  22,  1561.  Francis  Bacon  born  in  Lon- 
don; one  of  the  greatest  philosophers  of  modern 
times;  a  great  orator,  statesman  and  author;  his 
essays  are  literary  masterpieces.  When  sixteen  he 
wrote:  "They  learn  nothing  at  the  universities  but 
to  believe ;  they  are  like  a  becalmed  ship,  they  never 
move  but  by  the  wind  of  other  men's  breath." 

January  24,  1712.  Frederick  the  Great,  King  of 
Prussia;  was  brought  up  and  educated  with  great 
severity,  and  made  to  endure  many  hardships  as  a 


lad ;  was  a  great  warrior ;  was  involved  in  the  Seven 
Years'  War  with  but  one  ally — England ;  had  varied 
successes  and  ill-fortune. 

January  25,  1759.  Robert  Burns  the  national 
poet  of  Scotland,  born  near  Ayr;  his  father  a  poor 
farmer ;  suffered  many  hardships  in  early  life,  and 
was  intemperate  in  his  later  years ;  died  at  the  early 
age  of  thirty-seven.  His  most  famous  poems  are : 
"Tarn  O'Shanter,"  "Cotter's  Saturday  Night,"  "To 
a  Mountain  Daisy."  Scott,  then  a  very  young  man, 
met  the  poet  at  Edinburg,  and  has  left  a  very  inter- 
esting account  of  his  appearance. 

January  31,  I574(?)  Ben  Jonson,  great  poet  and 
dramatist,  born  at  Westminster ;  wrote  "Every 
Man  in  His  Humour,"  "The  Alchemist,"  and  many 
other  plays.  His  tombstone  in  Westminster  Abbey 
bears  the  inscription,  "O  rare  Ben  Jonson!" 

[These  birthdays  may  be  made  the  occasions  of 
recitations  from  the  authors'  works,  and  these  and 
other  additional  notes  expanded  into  short  compo- 
sitions.] 


Our  Native  Trees. 

BY   G.    U.    HAY. 


The   Pines. 

'This  is  the   forest  primeval.     The  murmuring  pines  and 

the  hemlocks, 
Bearded   with   moss   and   with   garments  green,   indistinct 

in   the   twilight, 
Stand  like  Druids  of  eld,  with  voices  sad  and  prophetic, 
Stand   like   harpers   hoar   with   beards   that   rest  on   their 

bosoms." 
Those  who  have  camped  out  in  a  pine  forest  will 
recognize  the  appropriateness  of  the  poet's  word 
"murmuring."  But  not  so  with  the  rest  of'the  de- 
scription. One  seldom  sees  a  living  pine  tree  cover- 
ed with  the  "old  man's  beard,"  which  the  poet  in 
his  license  describes  as  a  "moss."  Rather  commend 
us  to  the  description  of  Lowell,  who  says : 

"Spite  of  winter,  thou  keepest  thy  green  glory, 
Lusty  father  of  Titans  past  nun-ber! 

The  snowflakes  alone  make  thee  hoary, 
Nestling  close  to  4hy  brarches  in  slumber, 
And  <hee  mantling  with  silence." 

The  white  pine  is  here  meant,  the  monarch,  the 
loftiest  and  largest  of  girth  of  all  our  eastern  Cana- 
dian trees.  Most  of  these  "Titans  past  number" 
have  fallen  by  the  axe  of  the  lumberman,  and  the 
younger  and  smaller  trees  only  remain,  except  in 
the  depths  of  a  remote  forest  where  the  ground  is 
covered  with  the  accumulated  leaf  mould  of  cen- 
turies.    The  white  pine   (Pinus  Strobus)   takes  its 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


185 


name  from  the  color  of  its  wood,  which  is  light, 
nearly  white,  soft,  compact,  and  one  of  the  most 
valuable  of  timbers.  A  cubic  foot  weighs  twenty- 
four  pounds.  It  has  probably  been  pttf  to  more  uses 
than  any  other  tree  in  America.  In  the  early  years 
after  these  provinces  were  discovered,  the  pine  trees 
were  cut  and  taken  across  the  Atlantic  to  make 
masts  and  spars  for  Old  World  navies.  Its  timber 
has  been  carried  over  to  the  Old  Country  for  inside 
house  finishings.  For,  building  purposes  it  is  unex- 
celled, as  it  is  easily  worked  and  stands  the  weather. 
For  furniture  and  cabinet  work  it  takes  a  fine  polish, 
and  is  esteemed  for  its  durability  and  beauty. 

The  pines  may  be  told  from  the  other  evergreens 
by  having  their  leaves  in  a  sheath  at  the  base.  In 
the  white  pine  there  are  five  very  slender,  pale  green 
leaves,  from  three  to  five  inches  long.  The  pines, 
like  the  spruce  and  fir,  produce  their  seeds  in  cones, 
but  the  pine  cones  require  two  years  to  mature.  The 
pollen-bearing  and  seed-bearing  clusters  are  found 
on  the  same  tree,  henpe  they  are  monoecious  plants. 
The  pollen  is  scattered  in  May,  borne  far  and  wide 
by  the  winds.  Most  of  the  seed-bearing  cones  are 
developed  on  the  upper  branches,  and  the  nut-like 
seeds,  two  being  borne  at  the  base  inside  of  each 
bract  or  scale,  are  ripe  in  the  second  autumn.  The 
empty  cones,  with  open  bracts,  cling  to  the  tree  for 
some  time,  or  soon  fall.  The  white  pine  cones  are 
large — from  four  to  six  inches  long,  and  one  inch 
thick  when  the  bracts  are  closed. 

The  leaves  of  all  evergreens  fall  off  after  two  or 
more  years.  Those  of  the  white  pine  stay  on  the 
trees  three  or  four  years. 

The  red  pine  (Pinus  resinosa)  has  rather  smooth, 
reddish  bark,  flaky  when  old,  with  two  leaves  in 
each  sheath.  Its  wood  is  compact,  light  red,  and 
rather  heavier  than  that  of  the  white  pine, — a  cubic 
foot  weighing  thirty  pounds.  It  is  used  for  bridge 
and  building  timber.  It  is  not  resinous  as  its  Latin 
name  seems  to  imply.  Its  cones  are  much  smaller 
than  those  of  the  white  pine.  This  tree  is  much  less 
common  than  the  white  pine  in  these  provinces. 
The  red  pine  is  a  beautiful  shade  tree,  its  tall, 
straight  trunk  and  heavy  clusters  of  foliage  make 
it  easily  distinguished  from  other  pines  and  ever- 
greens. 

The  Jack,  or  Labrador  pine  (Pinus  divaricata). 
is  the  smallest  of  our  pines,  with  spreading 
branches ;  leaves  two  in  a  cluster  like  the  red  pine, 
but  short,  an  inch,  or  an  inch  and  a  half,  in  length, 
with  numerous  small  cones,  curved  upwards.  The 
wood  is  weak,  light  red,  and  a  cubic   foot   weighs 


twenty-seven  pounds.  Its  chief  use  is  for  railway 
ties.  It  covers  large  areas  in  light  sandy  soil  from 
the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  extends  far  north. 
It  is  a  good  exercise  to  learn  to  distinguish  the 
pines,  not  only  by  their  needle-like  leaves,  but  also 
at  a  distance,  by  their  form,  and  by  their  clusters  of 
foliage. 


The  Distinctive  Features  of  Acadia. 

Professor  L.  W.   Bailey,  LL.D. 
Every  separate  region  of  the  earth's  surface  has 
its  peculiar  features  which  are  not  exactly  repeated 
in  any  other,  and  connected  with  these  features  are 
the  equally  distinctive  characteristics  of  the  peoples 
who    inhabit    them,    their    history,    their    language, 
their  occupations  and  their  development.     A  jour- 
ney across  the  American  continent  by  either  of  the 
great  trans-continental   lines  of  travel   would,  to  a 
stranger,   suggest   these   contrasts   in   a   most   forc- 
ible way.     Near  the  sea  coast  the  influence  of  the 
ocean  tends  to  determine  maritime  pursuits,  to  fix 
the   termini  of  the  great  arteries  of  commerce,  to 
determine  peculiarities  of  climate  and  productions, 
unlike   in   many    features   to   those  of   the   interior, 
to  give  to  these  again,  as  the  parts  first  discovered 
and  settled,  a  more  lengthy  history,  and  generally 
a  more  advanced  degree  of  culture  and  refinement 
than  are  to  be  found  elsewhere.     The  prairie  region 
suggests  an  ocean,   but   it  is  an  ocean  of   waving 
grain,     where     agriculture     is     the    predominating 
factor  in  the  life  and  development  of  its  possessors. 
In  the  mountain  region,  on  the  other   hand,  agri- 
culture is  impossible,  and  among  lofty  hills,  narrow 
defiles,   swift   torrents   and   possibly   glaciers,   profit 
is  sought  below  rather  than  upon  the  surface,  and 
mining   is    the   controlling    factor,    the    source    of 
wealth   and   growth.     There   the   scenery,   the   soil, 
the  forest,  the  rivers  and  the  lakes  of  any  one  tract 
are  wholly   unlike  those  of  any  other,  and   give   it 
a  character  not  to  be  mistaken. 

Acadia  (originally  termed  Arcadia)  is  one  of 
the  natural  divisions  of  America,  distinct  in  its 
situation,  its  physical  features,  its  climate,  its  human 
and  its  geological  history ;  and  with  these  features 
and  their  relations  every  inhabitant  of  the  country 
ought  to  be,  in  some  degree  at  least,  familiar.  Let 
me  enumerate  those  which  are  most  obvious,  leav- 
ing for  later  consideration  the  details  of  each  and 
the  causes  to  which  thev  are  to  be  ascribed. 


186 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Our  Situation. — The  region  to  which  the  name 
Acadia  is  here  applied  embraces  the  so  called  mari- 
time provinces,  New  Brunswick,  Nova  Scotia  and 
Prince  Edward  Island.  If  Newfoundland  be 
added,  they  represent  that  portion  of  the  continent 
attaining  the  most  easterly  meridian,  and  there- 
fore approaching  most  nearly  to  Europe.  This 
fact  alone  is  of  the  utmost  significance,  because  it 
gives  us  the  shortest  line  of  ferriage  to  that  con- 
tinent, as  it  was  also,  probably,  the  first  portion 
of  America  to  be  reached  by  Europeans.  The 
latter  fact  helped  to  give  prominence  to  its  early 
history;  the  former  is  now  becoming  of  increas- 
ing importance  in  connection  with  the  construction 
of  the  great]  trans-continental  lines  of  travel  and  the 
shortening  of  inter-communication  between  the  west 
and  the  east.  It  is  this  which  gives  prominence  to 
the  port  of  Halifax ;  it  may  in  time  give  even  greater 
importance  to  the  still  more  easterly  port  of  Sydney. 

Acadia  is  also  situated  in  a  comparatively  north- 
ern latitude.  This  is  an  important  factor  in  its 
climate,  but  that  it  is  not  the  only  one  is  indicated 
by  the  fact  that  the  parallel  of  latitude  which 
passes  through  southern  New  Brunswick  and  Nova 
Scotia  is  also  that  which  passes  through  the  sunny 
climes  of  southern  France.  We  need  not  just  now 
consider  the  cause  of  the  contrasts  between  the 
two — the  one  characterized  by  the  length  and 
severity  of  its  winters,  the  other  constituting  a 
region  to  which,  in  the  winter  season,  flock  so 
many  thousands  of  those  who  would  seek  mild 
and  equable  climatic  conditions — but,  in  passing, 
may  note  the  fact  that  while  our  winters  are  un- 
doubtedly long  and  cold,  they  are  also  very  invigor- 
ating, while  the  delightful  summer  climate  is  each 
year  attracting  in  ever  increasing  numbers  those 
who  would  escape  the  heated  cities  of  the  States 
farther  south. 

The  two  great  factors  referred  to,  our  northerly 
and  easterly  position,  bring  us  into  such  relations 
with  the  great  oceanic  currents  that  our  coastal 
waters  remain  cool  throughout  the  year,  and  thus 
help  to  make  our  fisheries  the  finest  in  the  world. 

If  now,  with  the  aid  of  an  atlas,  we  consider 
the  relations  of  the  Provinces  enumerated  above 
to  each  other,  we  find  them,  except  P.  E.  Island, 
distributed  around  the  sides  of  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence,  and,  in  a  general  way,  sloping  towards 
the  latter.  Then,  with  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence 
they  constitute  one  of  the  great  depressions  of  the 
continent,  a   depression   which   may  be   termed   the 


Acadian  Basin,  comparable  with  the  great  Mis- 
sissippi basin,  and  though  much  of  this  is  now  sub- 
merged, the  submergence  is  only  to  very  shallow 
depths,  while  in  Prince  Edward  and  some  other 
islands  the  bottom  rises  to  the  surface.  Moreover, 
while  New  Brunswick  constitutes  a  portion  of  the 
mainland,  Nova  Scotia  is  almost,  and  Prince 
Edward  Island  and  Cape  Breton  are  wholly,  sur- 
rounded with  water,,  so  that  the  one  may  be  con- 
veniently termed  Continental  Acadia  and  the  others 
Insular  Acadia.  We  shall  hereafter  see  that  these 
relations,  too,  are  not  without  most  important  con- 
sequences. 

The  Configuration  of  Acadia. — The  Prov- 
ince of  New  Brunswick,  or  Continental  Acadia, 
lying  in  a  general  way  between  the  meridians  of 
640  and  670  west  longitude  and  the  parallels  of 
45°  and  48°  north  latitude,  has  the  general  form 
of  a  parallelogram,  the  longest  diagonal,  which  is 
also  the  shortest  direct  line  of  railway  from  the 
Province  of  Quebec  to  the  boundary  of  Nova 
Scotia,  being  246  miles.  The  total  area  has  been 
computed  as  embracing  17,677,360  acres,  or  27,260 
square  miles.  The  Province  of  Nova  Scotia,  lying 
south  and  southeast  of  New  Brunswick,  has,  in 
general,  a  triangular  form,  the  apex  being  at  the 
isthmus  of  Chignecto,  while  the  base,  excluding 
Cape  Breton  island,  is  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
long,  the  extreme  breadth  being  about  one 
hundred  miles.  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia, 
together  with  Cape  Breton  and  Newfoundland, 
surround  the  St.  Lawrence  basin,  along  the  west- 
ern side  of  which  lies  Prince  Edward  Island,  curv- 
ing like  a  crescent,  parallel  to  the  adjacent  shores. 
Between  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia  lies  the 
funnel  like  trough  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  separated 
at  its  head  from  the  waters  of  the  Gulf  by  an  isth- 
mus only  sixteen  miles  in  breadth.  All  these  fea- 
tures, together  with  their  minor  details,  such  as 
are  depicted  in  any  good  atlas,  are,  as  will  later 
appear,  most  intimately  connected  with  the  history 
of  Acadia,   both  past  and  present. 

Another  important  element  in  the  physiography 
of  Acadia  is  that  of  its  Relief,  i.  e.,  the  inequalities 
of  its  surface.  Without  presenting  any  extremes, 
it  shows  the  usual  geographical  contrasts  of  high- 
lands and  lowlands,  plains,  plateaus  and  hills,  a 
few  of  which  rise  to  the  dignity  of  mountains.  Thus 
a  great  variety  of  scenery  is  introduced,  while 
"divides"  or  water  sheds  are  formed,  and  these, 
besides  acting  in  many  instances  as  the  chief  con- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


187 


densers  of  moisture,  determine  the  number,  direc- 
tion and  character  of  numerous  water-courses,  give 
origin  to  lake  basins,  control  the  distribution  of 
population,  the  position  of  county  boundaries,  the 
position  of  railways  and  other  channels  of  com- 
munication, and,  to  a  large  extent,  the  natural  pro- 
ducts and  the  industries  of  different  sections  of 
the  country. 

The  drainage  system  of  Acadia,  determined  as 
above,    presents    many   special    features    worthy   of 
study.    Few  areas  of  similar  extent  are  to  be  found 
which  are  so  well  watered,  few  have  streams  pre- 
senting greater  attractions  and  variety  in  the  way 
of  beauty,  few  there  are  in  which  are  such  stores 
of  energy  to  be  hereafter  drawn  upon  for  purposes 
of  industrial  development.    With  these  streams  and 
lakes  are  linked  many  important  events  in  the  early 
settlement  of  the  country;  they  are  now,  and  must 
ever  remain,  controlling  factors  in  the  location  of 
towns  and  cities;   for  they  afford  the  easiest  and 
cheapest   means  of   bringing   to   the   sea-board   the 
products  of  the  interior.     No  two  of  these  streams 
are  exactly  alike,  and  the  differences  at  once  raise, 
in  an  inquiring  mind,  a  desire  to  know  their  cause. 
The  climate  of  Acadia  has  already  been  referred 
to  in  a  general   way ;   but  obviously   in   a  country 
presenting  so  many  and  such  marked  contrasts  in 
other  physical    features,   there  must  also  be   many 
local   peculiarities   of    temperature     and     humidity, 
and   it  is  interesting  to  trace  the  causes   to  which 
these  differences  are  due. 

Dependent  upon  all  the  above  causes,  and  vary- 
ing with  them,  we  have  next  to  notice  the  peculiar- 
ities in  the  flora  and  fauna  of  Acadia,  embracing 
the  distribution  and  character  of  our  forests,  with 
their  native  inhabitants ;  similar  facts  as  to  the 
denizens  of  our  inland  and  coastal  waters ;  and 
the  best  methods  of  preventing  serious  injury  to 
both.  In  the  same  connection  all  economic  prod- 
ucts, of  the  mine  as  well  as  of  the  forest  and  the 
fisheries,  are  of  importance  to  those  who  take  an 
interest  in  the  welfare  and  development  of  the  land 
they  inhabit. 

Finally,  behind  all  the  features  as  exhibited  by 
the  Acadia  of  to-day,  lies  its  earlier  history,  not 
merely  that  which  is  contained  in  human  records 
since  the  time  of  the  first  European  occupation  of 
our  shores,  but  that  also  of  which  the  events  are 
only  to  be  found  in  the  pages  of  the  great  Stone 
Book — events   which,   occurring,   it   may   be,   many 


millions  of  years  ago,  afford  the  only  intelligible 
explanation  of  how  things  came  to  be  as  we  now 
find  them. 

In  future  chapters  it  shall  be  our  aim  to  con- 
sider, in  a  simple  way,  the  physiographic  features 
briefly  enumerated  above,  with  their  relations  to 
present  human  interests;  and,  in  the  sequel,  to 
trace,  in  an  equally  simple  way,  if  possible,  the 
main  facts  of  our  geological  history. 


Notes  On  English  Literature. 

Bv  G.  K.  Butler,  M.A.,  Halifax. 
Rip  Van  Winkle. 

Posthumous :  is  a  word  which  will  draw  from 
some  pupils  very  amusing  explanations.  I  have 
been  told  that  it  means  a  work  written  by  a  man 
after  he  was  dead. 

Woden :  what  other  Saxon  gods  have  given  names 
to  our  days  ?  From  what  source  do  we  get  the  names 
of  the  months  ?  How  does  it  happen  that  September 
(septem,  Latin,  seven),  is  so-called?  It  is  our  ninth 
month. 

1'.  68,  1.  i. — Parse  "remember"  in  this  line. 
What  verbs  beside  "must"  have  the  same  power? 
What  are  such  verbs  called?  What  is  subject  of 
"must?"  1.  io. — What  is  meant  by  "print  their 
outlines  on  the  sky  ?  "  Are  Irving's  weather  notes 
true  for  Nova  Scotia  or  New  Brunswick?  1.  16 — 
Meaning  of  "fairy  mountains  ?"  They  or  their  fre- 
quenters seem  to  have  had  magic  power  or  this  story 
couldn't  be  told.  It  might  be  interesting  to  see  if 
any  of  the  children  actually  believe  it.  1.  21. — Why 
"Dutch  colonists?"  When  and  by  whom  was  New 
Amsterdam  taken?  It  seems  almost  retributive  that 
his  successor  on  the  English  throne  was  a  Dutch- 
man. 

P.  69,  1.  2. — Parse  "may  he  rest."  Is.  5  and  6. — 
Meaning  of  "latticed  windows,"  "gable  fronts?" 
1.  10. — Up  to  what  date  was  the  State  a  colony  of 
Great  Britain?  By  comparing  the  historical  dates 
and  the  length  of  Rip's  sleep  it  is  possible  to  limit 
the  time  within  which  the  story  is  supposed  to  have 
happened.  Is.  18  and  19. — Is  it  true  that  a  "hen- 
pecked husband"  is  meek  abroad?  The  general 
opinion  now  prevailing  is,  I  think,  quite  the  reverse. 
1.  23.- — Ask  for  meaning  of  "curtain  lecture"  before 
giving  any  explanation.  I  was  told  by  a  seventh 
grade  pupil  that  it  was  a  lecture  on  curtain  hang- 
ing given  by  a  wife  to  her  husband.  1.  25. — Ter- 
magant is  synonymous  with  what  word  just  used? 
1.  27. — How  was  Rip  "thrice  blessed?" 


188 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


P.  70,  1.  1. — It  is  said  that  no  man  who  can  attract 
children  and  dogs  can  be  bad  at  heart.  The 
paragraph  beginning  with  line  3  needs  a  considera- 
ble amount  of  dictionary  study.  1.  8. — What  do  we 
call  a  "fowling-piece?"  Macaulay  in  Horatius 
speaks  of  the  "fowler."    1.  37. — Meaning  of  "ado?" 

P.  71,  1.  2. — "Well-oiled"  is  sometimes  expressed 
by  the  phrase  "easy  going."  1.  3. — Of  what  would 
Rip's  "brown"  bread  likely  be  made?  Of  what  is 
ours  ?  1.  10. — "Household  eloquence"  is  another 
way  of  expressing  what  he  earlier  called  by  what 
name?  1.  13. — "A  quiet  answer"  is  said  to  turn  away 
wrath.  What  about  no  answer  at  all?  1.  21. — In 
what  way  could  Rip  be  said  to  "go  astray?"  Is 
Wolf  true  to  dog  nature?  1.  32.  Does  a  "tart" 
temper  become  more  tart?  And  is  his  statement 
about  the  tongue  true?  If  so,  there  is  a  warning 
to  us  teachers  in  his  words.  1.  36.  et  seq. — Com- 
pare the  Deserted  Village  and  its  inn  "Where  vil- 
lage statesman  talked  with  look  profound."  1.  38. — 
Meaning  of  "rubicund?"  Any  who  have  read  the 
Spectator  will  remember  Sir  Roger's  tenant  the 
innkeeper  who  wished  to  'have  Sir  Roger's  portrait 
on  his  sign. 

P.  72,  1.  8  et  seq. — This  is  our  third  schoolmaster 
this  year.  Which  one  was  the  superior?  Are  any 
of  them  true  pictures  of  the  present  state  of  affairs  ? 
1.  13. — Meaning  of  "junto?"  1.  20. — "Adherents" 
means  what?  Give  in  other  words.  What  is  politi- 
cal term  in  use?  1.  32. — Meaning  of  "call  the  mem- 
bers all  to  naught?"  Parse  "all."  1.  34.  Another 
word  here  for  "termagant." 

P-  73,  '•  3- — Modern  word  for  "wallet?"  1.  22 — 
Meaning  of  "bark"  in  this  line?  1.  27. — Meaning 
of  "impending?"  Here  it  is  used  in  its  literal  sense, 
generally  it  is  not.     1.  37. — "Fancy"  means  what? 

P.  74,  Is.  3  and  4. — Does  Wolf  behave  naturally? 
1.  10. — Is  Rip  true  to  his  nature  here?  1.  31. — How 
does  an  amphitheatre  differ  from  a  theatre?  To 
whom  do  we  owe  the  theatre?  Who  made  use  of 
the  amphitheatre  and  for  what  purpose  ?  Where  are 
the  most  famous  ruins  found? 

P.  75,  1.  1. — Parse  "unknown."  What  part  of 
speech  is  "that?"  1.  6. — "Outlandish"  has  much  the 
same  meaning  as  what  word  on  preceding  page? 
1.  32- — Generally  a  person's  knees  act  how  under 
fear? 

P.  76,  1.  33. — What  does  Rip  mean  by  "blessed?" 
Compare  French  "sacre." 

P.  77,  1.  20.— Why  should  he  shave  his  head? 


P.  78,  1.  6. — What  figure  of  speech  is  "the  silver 
Hudson?"  1.  17. — Parse  "very."  What  part  of 
speech  is  it  usually?  1.  34. — How  many  stars  and 
stripes  would  there  be  in  the  flag  as  Rip  saw  it? 
How  many  now,  and  why  the  change?  1.  37. — "Me- 
tamorphosed" is  a  long  word  for  our  word?  This 
word  is  Greek  in  origin.  From  what  other  lan- 
guages does  English  derive  words?  How  do  other 
languages  form  new  words?  English  generally 
goes  to  some  other  language  for  them. 

P.  79,  Is.  5  and  6. — "Disputatious"  and  "phlegm" 
may  be  looked  up  in  the  dictionary.  1.  14. — "Bun- 
ker's Hill,"  "Seventy-six,"  will  bear  comment.  1.  18. 
— "Uncouth ;"  it  may  be  remembered  in  what  words 
the  writer  speaks  of  the  dress  of  the  old  men  on  the 
mountain.  1.  25. — What  are  the  two  great  political 
parties  in  the  States  now,  and  which  one  is  in 
power  ? 

P.  80,  1.  1. — By  what  name  do  we  speak  of  those 
whom  the  rabble  at  the  tavern  would  have  called 
"tories?"  1.  15. — Rip  must  have  been  on  the  moun- 
tain at  least  how  long?  1.  35. — "Precise  counter- 
part" means   what? 

P.  81. — On  this  page  we  are  told  that  he  had 
been  away  how  long? 

This  piece,  which  is  probably  the  best  known  of 
all  Irving's  works,  has  been  dramatized  and  the  part 
of  Rip  Van  Winkle  for  many  years  was  taken  by 
the  late  Joseph  Jefferson,  who  made  it  famous. 


"An  all-important  function,"  says  Dr.  Eliot,  "of 
the  teacher,  seldom  to  be  seen  in  our  public  schools, 
is  the  helping  forward  of  the  brightest  children.. 
Our  schools  tend  too  much  to  become  machines 
with  an  average  product;  the  bright  are  held  back, 
the  dull  are  pressed  forward,  the  pace  must  be  a 
medium  one.  What  a  hideous  injury  to  bright 
children — almost  as  bad  as  as  the  injury  which  a 
hbor  union  works  on  the  brightest  members  of  the 
craft,  the  compelling  them  never  to  do  their  best. 
You  can  hardly  do  a  greater  injury  to  a  human  mind 
than  that." 


When  a  great  singer  was  told  that  another  prima 
donna  was  in  the  field,  she  said,  "Ah,  that  is  good; 
we  can  never  have  too  much  good  singing  in  the 
world."  When  a  teacher  hears  of  another's  success, 
instead  of  feeling  a  pang  of  jealousy,  she  will  say, 
"That  is  good ;  we  never  can  have  too  much  good 
teaching  in  the  world." 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


189 


CZjZc^,  /it^t^~/      w^t,P    /zrr-  /iT^^m^-^ 


Henjamin  Franklin,  with  coi'Y  ok  his  Epitaph. 


190 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Benjamin  Franklin. 

(Born  January  17,  1706;  died  April  17,  1790). 

The  life  of  Benjamin  Franklin,  the  second  cen- 
tennial of  whose  birth  occurs  on  the  17th  of  this 
month,  is  so  full  of  interest  to  boys  and  girls  on 
account  of  his  early  struggles  that  we  devote  a  little 
space  to  it.  He  was  the  youngest,  except  two  daugh- 
ters, of  a  family  of  seventeen  children.  He  was 
sent  to  school  at  the  age  of  eight,  and  showed  great 
aptitude  for  study.  The  poverty  of  his  parents, 
however,  led  to  his  being  taken  from  school  at  the 
age  of  ten  to  "help  in  the  shop,"  and  he  was  after- 
wards apprenticed  to  his  brother  James  to  learn  the 
trade  of  a  printer.  He  was  a  great  reader,  wrote 
ballads,  mastered  arithmetic  and  studied  navigation 
at  the  age  of  sixteen.  He  adopted  a  vegetable  diet 
that  he  might  save  money  to  buy  books. 

At  the  age  of  seventeen  he  went  to  Philadelphia, 
having  quarreled  with  his  brother.  He  arrived  there 
with  one  dollar  in  his  pocket.  He  bought  three  rolls 
of  bread  and  ate  one  as  he  walked  up  street  with 
the  others  under  his  arms,  and  his  pockets  stuffed 
with  stockings  and  shirts.  A  girl  stood  in  a  doorway 
and  commented  on  the  funny  appearance  he  pre- 
sented. This  girl  afterwards  became  his  wife.  The 
governor  of  the  province  became  interested  in  him 
and  promised  to  set  him  up  in  business,  a  promise 
which  he  failed  to  keep.  Franklin  spent  eighteen 
months  in  London,  perfecting  himself  in  his  trade 
of  printer,  reading  and  writing  much;  committed 
follies  of  which  his  strong  common  sense  made  him 
afterwards  much  ashamed.  Returned  to  Philadel- 
phia where  he  established  the  Pennsylvania  Gazette 
and  soon  became  a  man  of  mark.  His  great  intel- 
ligence and  industry  gained  for  him  a  prominent 
place  in  education,  in  municipal  affairs,  and  after- 
wards in  the  councils  of  the  united  colonies.  He 
studied  diligently  the  ancient  and  modern  languages, 
and  was  honored  later  with  degrees  from  St.  An- 
drew's, Edinburg  and  Oxford  universities,  and  also 
from  Harvard  and  Yale. 

The  invention  of  the  lightning  rod  was  a  result 
of  his  studies  in  electricity.  He  proposed  a  plan  of 
union  for  the  American  colonies  which  was  reject- 
ed in  England  as  too  democratic.  After  the  disas- 
trous defeat  of  Braddock  he  organized  a  volunteer 
militia  and  took  the  field  as  their  commander.  Later 
he  proposed  a  plan  for  the  conquest  of  Canada. 
When  the  project  of  taxing  the  colonies  came  up 
Franklin   was    an    uncompromising  opponent.      Oh 


the  eve  of  the  Revolution,  "he  was,"  says  Bancroft, 
"twice  venerable,  from  genius,  fame  in  the  world  of 
science,  and  age,  being  already  nearly  threescore 
and  ten."  In  his  voyages  across  the  Atlantic  he 
made  observations  on  the  Gulf  Stream,  and  his  chart 
of  it  forms  the  basis  of  charts  now  in  use. 

Shortly  after  the  Peace  of  1783,  he  retired  to 
private  life,  after  having  served  his  country  for 
fifty-three  years.  "His  venerable  age,  his  plain  de- 
portment, his  fame  as  a  philosopher  and  statesman, 
the  charm  of  his  conversation,  his  wit,  his  vast  in- 
formation, his  varied  aptitudes  and  discoveries,  all 
secured  for  him  the  enthusiastic  admiration  of  a 
circle  of  ardent  friends  embracing  the  very  widest 
range  of  human  characters." 

His  epitaph,  written  by  himself  many  years  before 
his  death,  has  become  famous. 


The  Disciplinary  Value  of  Grammar. 

For  the  Review. 

John  Stuart  Mill,  the  great  apostle  of  the  Utili- 
tarians, has  this  to  say  about  the  teaching  of  gram- 
mar and  analysis : 

Consider  for  a  moment  what  grammar  is.  It  is  the  most 
eiementary  part  of  logic.  It  is  the  beginning  of  the  analy- 
sis of  the  thinking  process.  The  principles  and  rules  of 
grammar  are  the  means  by  which  the  forms  ot  langjage 
are  made  to  correspond  with  the  universal  forms  of 
thought.  The  distinctions  between  the  various  parts  of 
speech,  between  the  cases  of  nouns,  the  moods  and  tenses 
of  verbs,  the  functions  of  particles,  are  distinctions  in 
thought,  not  merely  in  words.  Single  nouns  and  verbs 
express  objects  and  events,  many  of  which  can  be  cog- 
nized by  the  senses :  but  the  modes  of  putting  nouns  and 
verbs  together  express  the  relations  of  objects  and  events 
which  can  be  cognized  only  by  'the  intellect:  and  each 
different  mode  corresponds  to  a  different  relation.  The 
structure  of  every  sentence  is  a  lesson  in  logic.  The  var- 
ious rules  of  syntax  oblige  us  to  distinguish  between  the 
subject  and  predicate  of  a  proposition,  between  the  agent, 
the  action,  and  the  thing  acted  upon :  to  mark  when  an 
idea  is  intended  to  modify  or  qualify  or  merely  to  unite 
with  some  other  idea :  what  assertions  are  categorical, 
what  only  conditional  :  whether  the  intention  is  to  express 
similarity  or  contrast,  to  make  a  plurality  of  assertions 
conjunctively  or  disjunctively:  what  portions  of  a  sen- 
tence, though  grammatically  complete  within  themselves, 
are  mere  members  or  subordinate  parts  of  the  assertion 
made  by  the  entire  sentence. 

Can  it  not  be  said  that  school  instruction  when 
employed  upon  the  materials  of  grammar  is  both 
better  from  an  intellectual  point  of  view  and  also 
more  practical  than  when  engaged  in  changing  cen- 
tigrade degrees  to  Fahrenheit,  metric  weights  and 
measures    to    English    weights    and    measures,    or 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


191 


even  in  explaining  the  action  of  the  common  pump  ? 
Can  any  discipline  be  better  adapted  than  the  severe 
discipline  of  grammatical  study  to  check  the  illiter- 
acy of  the  rank  and  file  of  our  coming  citizens,  and 
thereby  to  ensure  the  stability  of  our  Canadian 
democracy?  Teacher. 


Mental  Arithmetic. 

F.  H.  Spinney,  Oxford,  N.  S. 
Proportion. 
The  variety  of  problems  capable  of  solution  by 
proportion  is  practically  unlimited.  For  that  reason 
I  have,  in  mental  mathematics,  introduced  this  prin- 
ciple at  an  earlier  stage  than  that  assigned  in  the 
curriculum.  In  dealing  with  lower  grades  it  is 
made  very  plain  in  the  following  way: 

(a)  2   is   the   same   relation   to   4  that     5  is  to   ? 

(b)  12      "  "  "         3  that  15  is  to  ? 
Every  member  of  the  class  after  a  short  drill  will 

give  these  answers  very  readily.     Now,  let  us  see 
if  we  cannot  express  the  above  in  a  shorter  form : 

(a)  2  is  to  4  in  the  relation  that  5  is  to  ? 
That  is  somewhat  shorter ;  but  it  takes  up  a  great 
deal  of  our  valuable  time  to  write  all  those  words 
for  every  question.  "How  does  the  telegrapher  talk- 
over  the  wires?"  "By  dots  and  dashes."  Well, 
let  us  talk  by  dots  only.  Let  one  dot  stand  for  each 
word ;  and  place  one  above  another  to  save  space : 

(a)  2  is  to  4  in  the  relation  that  5  is  to   ? 

2  :4  ::5  :  (?) 

Now  let  us  try  a  very  simple  question  by  this 

method : 

If  8  apples   cost   20  cents,   how   much   will    16 
apples  cost? 

8:16::  20cts.    :   ( ?) 

If  a  man  can  pick   16  bbls.  apples  in  10  hours, 
in  what  time  can  he  pick  48  bbls.? 

16  :  48  :  :  10  hours  :  ( ?) 

Advancing  now  to  more  difficult  forms  we  have  • 

If  2  man  in  3  days  earn  $10,  how  much  can  3 
men  earn  in  8  days? 

The  wages  depends  on  what?    The  pupils  can  be 
led  to  see  that  the  wages  depends  on  the  product 
of  the  number  of  men  and  number  of  davs.     Thei. : 
6  :  24  :  :  $10  :  (?) 

Unitary  problems  will  furnish  abundant  practice 
in  mental  drili  for  the  kwer  grades.  In  the  higher 
grades  proportion  can  be  used  for  the  solution  of 
all  kinds  of  per  cent  problems.  A  coat  cost  $40 ; 
it  was  sold  for  $50;  find  the  gain  per  cent?  It  is 
at  once  inferred  that  $10  is  the  gain.  Then : 
$40  :  $10  :  :  $100   :  ( ?) 


A  merchant  sent  his  agent  $618  to  be  invested  in 
goods  after  deducting  his  commission  for  buying  at 
3  per  cent;  find  value  of  goods  bought? 
$103    :  $618   :  :  $100   :   ( ?) 

A  bankrupt  has  $6000 ;  his  debts  amount  to  $8000. 
How  many  cents  can  he  pay  on  the  dollar? 
$8000    :  $6000    :  :  $1    :    (?) 

The  thoughtful  teacher  can  apply  this  principle  to 
many  other  kinds  of  problems.  Its  conciseness  is 
very  pleasing  to  the  pupil  after  he  has  learned  the 
longer  methods  usually  adopted.  The  form  is  also 
very  attractive,  snd  it  will  be  observed  that  pupils 
who  formerly  took  little,  or  no  interest,  in  arith- 
metic, become  quite  enthusiastic  over  this  very  inter- 
esting method. 

Arithmetical  Problems— Grade  VIII. 

1.  Find  area  in  acres,  etc.,  of  a  triangle  whose 
base  is  600  yds.  and  height  250  yds. 

2.  How  high  is  a  cylinder  of  20  in.  in  basal  dia- 
meter and  holding  30  gals.? 

3.  Find  volume  of  a  cone  10  in.  in  basal  radius 
and  30  in.  high. 

4.  Find  area  of  ring  between  the  circumferences 
of  two  circles  whose  radii  are  30  in.  and  36  in. 
respectiv  'ly 

5.  If  the  cost  price  is  2-3  of  marked  price  and 
the   discount    10  per  cent,  find  gain  per  cent. 

6.  A  note  of  $300,  dated  May  10,  at  3  mos.,  with 
interest  at  4  per  cent,  was  discounted  May  30th  at 
7  per  cent? 

7.  Find  compound  interest  on  $450  for  1  yr.  6  mo. 
at  4  per  cent,  payable  half  yearly. 

8.  Divide  $60  among  A,  B  and  C,  so  that  A  may 
have  half  as  much  as  B,  and  one-third  as  much 
as  C. 

9.  Find  area  of  the  larger  of  two  concentric  cir- 
cles when  the  radius  of  inner  is  10  ft.  and  radius  of 
outer  15  ft.  ' 

10.  A  room  12  ft.  by  18  ft.  is  10  ft.  high,  has 
3  windows,  3  ft.  by  8  ft.,  4  doors  3  ft.  by  7  ft.,  to 
be  papered  with  paper  18  in.,  8  yds.  to  roll,  at  15c. 
a  roll,  covered  with  carpet  27  in.  wide  at  $3  a  yd ; 
find  cost  of  each. 

11.  A  house  worth  $4500  is  insured  for  three- 
fourths  its  value  at  1^%  ;  find  net  cost  if  it  burns. 

12.  A  ceiling  5.6  in.  long,  4.8  in.  wide,  is  plas- 
tered at  25c.  a  sq.  yd. ;  find  cost. 

.Inswcrs — 1,  15  ac.  79  rds.  10  yds.  2  ft.  36  in. 
2,  26.47  inches.  3,  3141.6.  4,  1244.0736.  5,  35%. 
6,  $303.12,  $298.76.  7,  $27.54.  8,  $10,  $20,  $30. 
9,  706.86.  10,  $1.85,  $96.  11,  $1175.62^.  12, 
$8.04. 


192 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Literature  in  the  Primary  Grades. 

Many  of  our  primary  teachers  know  of  the  de- 
lights that  good  wholesome  children's  literature  in- 
spires. These  teachers  have  sympathy  with  child- 
hood; they  love  what  the  children  love;  they  know 
how  to  tell — not  read — a  good  wholesome  story. 
These  stories,  if  properly  selected  and  well  told,  are 
a  stepping-stone  to  the  love  of  good  literature — and 
what  more  precious  possession  can  any  child  take 
away  from  school  than  that. 

There  are  many  things  that  go  to  make  up  a 
good  story.  It  should  be  childlike,  and  suited  to  the 
understanding  of  children.  It  should  be  simple, 
straightforward,  pure.  It  should  be  full  of  fancy. 
To  make  a  child  love  good  reading,  give  him  some- 
thing that  appeals  to  his  love  of  the  beautiful.  In- 
troduce him  to  thoughts  that  are  worthy  of  being 
remembered.  He  is  an  active  little  being,  hence  the 
story  must  have  strong  healthy  action. 

Mrs.  Nora  Archibald  Smith  tells  us  that  "we  must 
beware  of  giving  a  one-sided  development  by  con- 
fining ourselves  too  much  to  one  branch  of  litera- 
ture; we  must  include  in  our  repertory  some  well 
selected  myths,  fairy  stories  which  are  pure  and 
spiritual  in  tone,  and  a  fable  now  and  then.  Nature 
stories,  hero  tales,  animal  anecdotes,  occasional 
anecdotes  about  good,  wholesome  children,  neither 
prigs  nor  infant  villains,  plenty  of  fine  poetry,  and 
for  the  older  ones  legends,  allegories,  and  historic 
happenings." 

Dr.  G.  Stanley  Hall  says :  "Many  boys  enter  col- 
lege who  have  never  read  a  book  through  except 
cheap  novels.  On  the  other  hand,  no  one  commends 
a  bookish  child.  But  worse  than  either  is  the  child 
whose  brain  is  saturated  with  low  or  cheap  reading, 
and  is  altogether  illiterate  for  all  in  print  that  makes 
the  ability  to  read  desirable.  In  the  selection  of 
school  reading  the  children's  votes  should  be  care- 
fully taken  though  not  always  as  final.  Of  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-four  Boston  school-boys  of  thirteen 
years  old,  who  were  asked  what  book  first  fascinated 
them,  "Robinson  Crusoe,"  "Mother  Goose,"  Jack 
the  Giant  Killer,"  were  mentioned  in  that  order  of 
preference  by  the  great  majority,  and  might  more 
readily  be  allowed  young  children  than  most  others 
named.  "Cinderella,"  "Jack  and  the  Beanstalk," 
"Tom  Thumb,"  "Gulliver,"  "Aesop,"  "Red  Riding 
Hood,"  "Arabian  Nights,"  which  came  next,  are 
unexceptionable,  and  should  be  told  every  child 
who  has  not  heard  them  before  coming  to  school." 


Miss  Sarah  Louise  Arnold  writes :  "Learn  what 
the  children  like  and  begin  with  these  likes.  The 
field  of  literature  is  well  suited  to  the  children.  The 
best  of  literature  is  that  which  was  written  for  the 
children  of  the  world.  It  should  not  be  forgotten 
that  if  we  would  teach  the  child  to  like  that  which 
is  good  in  reading  we  must  establish  the  liking  in 
early  years.  It  is  not  enough  that  we  should  tell 
him  in  later  days  that  certain  books  are  good  and 
bid  him  to  read  them.  When  he  is  grown  up  he 
will  choose  that  which  he  likes,  and  our  work  is  to 
lead  him  to  like  good  things.  We  cannot,  then, 
begin  too  early.  The  very  cradle  songs  should  be 
wisely  chosen.  The  nursery  tales  should  be  those 
which  have  fed  the  children  of  many  an  age  and 
clime." 

In  the  next  number  we  shall  begin  a  series  of  ar- 
ticles in  the  literature  suited  to  the  different  grades 
of  the  primary  schools. 

Dr.  Clifford  contributes  to  the  Baptist  Times  a 
letter  on  the  settlement  of  the  education  contro- 
versy in  England.     He  says  : 

"We  are  encouraged  to  hope  that  the  people  of 
England  will  obtain  these  three  things:  (i)  popular 
control  of  State  education;  (2)  the  abolition  of 
theological  and  ecclesiastical  tests  in  the  State  teach- 
ing profession;  (3)  the  exclusion  of  sectarianism 
of  every  type  from  the  curriculum  of  the  schools. 
"Let  us,"  he  adds,  "municipalize  education  on  the 
broadest  and  most  democratic  lines.  Abolish  secresy 
of  management;  bring  the  administration  to  the 
light  of  day.  Let  the  people  not  only  rule  them- 
selves through  their  freely  and  directly  elected  re- 
presentatives, but  also  let  them  know  all  their  repre- 
sentatives do,  and  how  they  do  it." — Educational 
Times. 


An  "Old  Subscriber,"  on  taking  leave  of  the  Re- 
view, says : 

"Your  journal  keeps  improving.  Every  number 
is  filled  with  useful  hints.  I  wish  to  thank  all  the 
contributors  for  the  help  and  pleasure  received 
from  the  different  subjects  explained  and  discussed. 
I  consider  the  Review  of  infinite  value  to  the  prac- 
tical teacher.  A  Happy  and  Prosperous  New 
Year  to  you  all  ! 

A  good  reading  lesson  always  furnishes  something 
worth  talking  about.  The  teacher  must  remember, 
however,  that  it  is  the  pupil  who  needs  the  practice 
in  talking.  The  teacher  should  keep  as  still  as  pos- 
sible. A  great  talker  is  seldom  a  good  teacher.  Let 
the  pupil  do  his  full  share  of  the  talking. — Selected. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


193 


Recitations  for  the  Primary  Grades. 

The  Leaves  and  the  Wind. 

"Come  little  leaves,"  said  <he  wind  one  day, — 
"Come  o'er  the  meadows  with  me  and  play; 

Put  on  your  dresses  of  red  and  gold, — 
Summer  is  gone,  and  the  days  grow  cold." 

Soon  as  the  leaves  heard   the  wind's  loud  call, 
Down  they  came  fluttering,  one  aid  all; 
Over  the  brown  fields  they  danced  and  flew, 
Singing  the  short  little  songs  that  they  knew : 

"Cricket,  good-bye,  we've  been  friends  so  long! 
Little  brook,   sing  us  your  parting  song, — 
Say  you  are  sorry  to  see  us  go; 
Ah,  you  will  miss  us,  right  well  we  know ! 

"Dear  little  lambs,  in  yoir  fleecy  fold, 
Mother  will  keep  you  from  harm  and  cold; 
Fondly  we've  watched  you  in  vale  and  glade; 
Say,  will  you  dream  of  cur  loving  shade?'' 

Dancing  and   whirling  the  little   leaves   went; 
Winter  had  called  them,   and  they  were  content. 
Soon  fast  asleep  in  their  earthy  beds, 
The  snow  laid  a  coverlet  over  their  heads. 

— George   Coeper. 


Receipt  for  a  Happy  New  Year. 

Recitation   for  four  little  children. 


First- 


Gems  (Selected.) 

Suppose   we   think   about  number  one, 
Suppose  we  all  help  someone  to  have  fun ; 
Suppose  we  ne'er  speik  (if  the  faults  of  a  friend,', 
Suppose  we  are  ready  our  own  to  amend  , 
Suppose  we  laugh  with  and  not  at  other  folk, 
And  never  hurt  anyone  "just  for  a  joke;" 
Suppose  we  hide  trouble  and  show  only  cheer. 
Tis  likely  we'll  have  qurte  a  "Happy  New  Yeir.' 


Puzzles 


i.  Feet   have  they,   but   they   walk   net. — Stoves 

2.  Eyes  have  they,  but  they  see  net. — P(  tatoes. 

3.  Teeth  have  they,  but  they  chew  net. — Saws. 

4.  Noses  have  they,  but  they  smell  net. — Teapots. 

5.  Mouths  have  they,  but  they  taste  not — Rivers. 

6.  Hands   have  they,  but   they  handle   not. — Clocks. 

7.  Ears   have  they,  bi*t   they  hear  not. — Cornstalks. 

8.  Tongues  have  they,  but  they  ta'k  not. — Wagons. 

Golden  Days. 


Chick-cbick-a-dee-dee !     Saucy  note 
Out  of  a  sound  heart  and  a  merry  throat. 
As  if  it  said,  "Good-day.  good  sir! 
Fine   afternorn,   old   passenger! 
Happy  to  meet  you  in  these  places 
Where  January  brings   few   faces." 

— Ralph   Waldo   Emerson. 


Take  each  of  the  three  hundred  and  sixty-five  diys, 
Now  coming  to  us  along  sunshiny  ways. 

Second — 

And  put  into  it  just  as  much  as  you  may 
Of  cheery  hard  work  and  of  jolly  good  play. 

Third— 

And  every  once  or  twice  in  a  while 
Just  tuck  in  a  corner  a  glad  little  smile. 

Fourth — 

Then  fill  all  the  spaces  below  and  above, 
As  full  as  can  be  of  kindness  and  love. 

All— 

Jus*   follow  this  rule — you'll  have,  it  is  clear, 
The  happiest  kind  of  a  happy  New  Year. 

— Selected. 


The  Silly    Young    Cricket. 

A  silly  young  cricket  accustomed  to  sing 
Through  the  warm  sunny  months  of  summer  and  spring, 
Began  to  complain  when  he  found  ihat  at  home 
His  cupboard  was  empty  and  winter  had  come. 

Not  a  crumb  to  be  found 

On  the  snow-covered  ground, 

Not  a  flower  could  he  see, 

Not  a  leaf  on  a  tree; 
"Oh!   What  will  become,"  said  the  cricket,  "of  me?'' 

At  last  by  starvation  and  famine  made  lold, 
All   dripping   with   wet.   and   trembling  with  cold, 
Away  he  set  off  to  a  miserly  ant, 
Tc  see  if,  to  keep  him  alive,  he  would  grant 

A   shelter   from   rain, 

And  a  mouthful  of  grain 

He  wished  only  to  borrow, 

And  repay  it  tomorrow ; 
H  not,   he  must   die   of  starvation  and  sorrow. 

Said  the  ant  to  the  cricket,  "I'm  your  servant  and  friend; 

Piut   we  ants   never  borrow,  we  ants   never  lend. 

But   tell  me,  dear  sir,  did  you  lay  nething  by 

When  the  weather  was  warm?"     Said  the  cricket,  "Not  I. 

My  heart  was  so  light 

That  I  sang  day  and  night. 

For  all   Nature  looked   gay!" 

"You  sang,  sir,  you  say? 
Go  then,"  said  the  ant,  "and  dance  winter  away." 
Thus  ending  he  hastily  opened  the  wicket 
And   out  of  the  house  turned   the  poor   little  cricket. 


A  Laugh  in  Church. 

She  sat  on  the  sliding  cushion 
The  dear  wee  woman  of  four: 

Her   feet,   in  their   shining   slippers, 
Hung  dangling  over  the  floor. 


194 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


She  meant  to  be  good — she  had  promised; 

And  so  with  her  big  brown  eyes, 
She  stared  at  the  meeting-house  windows, 

And  counted  the  crawling  flies. 

She  looked  far  up  at  the  preacher; 

But  she  thought  of  the  honey-bees',, 
Droning  away  in  the  blossoms 

That    whitened    the   cherry-trees. 
She  thought  of  the  broken  basket, 

Where,  curled  in  a  dusty  heap, 
Three  sleek,  round  puppies,  with  fringy  ears, 

Lay  snuggled  and  fast  asleep. 

Such  soft,  warm  bodies  to  cuddle, 

Such  queer  little  hearts  to  beat 
Such  swift,  round  tongues  to  kiss  you, 

Such  sprawling,  cushiony  feet! 
She  could  feel  in  her  clasping  fingers 

The  touch  of  the  satiny  skin, 
And  a  cold,  wet  nose  exploring 

The  dimples  under  her  chin. 

Then  a  sudden  ripple  of  laughter 

Ran  over  the  parted  lips, 
So  quicK  that  she  could  not  catch   it 

With  her  rosy  finger-tips. 
The  people  whispered,  "Bless  die  child !" 

As  each  one  waked   from  a  nap ; 
But  the  dear,  wee  woman  hid  her  face 

For  shame  in  her  mother's  lap. 


Speaking  about  nature  study,  reminds  us  of  a 
certain  boy  well  known  to  us  in  the  remote  past. 
Before  he  was  twelve  he  knew  the  name  of  every 
fish  in  the  inlet  of  the  Atlantic,  on  the  coast  of 
which  he  lived;  knew  not  only  the  name,  but  the 
ways  of  it  in  the  deep;  when  it  came  and  went 
its  value  for  food  or  market ;  its  anatomy,  coloring ; 
its  favorite  bait,  etc.  Of  birds  he  knew  the  names 
and  they  were  many;  could  accurately  describe  the 
structure  of  each  nest,  and  the  materials  out  of 
which  it  was  built ;  the  number  of  eggs ;  their  size 
and  color;  the  location  of  the  nest  on  the  ground, 
in  tree,  under  or  on  rocks.  All  other  animals, 
wild  and  tame,  he  knew  the  ways  and  the  names 
of;  likewise  the  names  of  all  the  flowers,  plants, 
shrubs,  trees,  wild  or  cultivated.  All  this  and  much 
else  he  learned  from  no  schoolmaster,  but  from 
Mother  Nature  herself.  In  the  large  city,  the  child 
must  learn  these  things;  in  a  second-hand  way,  from 
the  formal  lesson  in  the  book,  but  the  country  boy 
or  girl,  more  happily  situated,  absorbs  knowledge 
from  every  bank  and  brae,  rock,  rill,  mountain,  sea, 
and  lake. — Western  School  Journal. 


A  Well  Conducted  Recitation. 

The  subject  of  the  lesson  was  Siberia,  and  the 
whole  class  was  transported  thither  in  imagination 
before  the  lesson  had  proceeded  far.  The  pupils 
were  led  to  formulate  statements  by  questions  that 
made  them  think  what  must  be  if  certain  known 
facts  were  taken  into  account.  For  instance,  when 
there  had  been  a  little  talk  about  the  three  great 
rivers,  the  teacher  asked  what  must  be  the  state  of 
things  near  the  mouth  of  these.  All  were  very 
ready  to  tell  of  the  frozen,  inaccessible  water.  But 
when  she  asked  what  must  happen  when  the  spring 
sun  thawed  the  upper  or  southern  portions  of  these 
rivers,  all  were  not  so  ready  to  reply.  So  she  asked 
for  the  name  of  a  river  near  by  whose  rise  and 
course  were  familiar  to  the  class.  She  said,  "Let 
us  imagine  some  things  about  this  river."  Then  she 
graphically  pictured  a  state  like  that  common  to 
these  Arctic  rivers,  readily  securing  the  statement, 
"When  the  southern  portions  of  these  rivers  melt, 
the  water,  unable  to  follow  the  course  of  the  river- 
channel,  must  spread  out  over  the  land."  Then 
they  were  ready  to  understand  the  heavy  floods  of 
the  tundras. 

When  they  spoke  of  the  fossil  elephants  found  in 
the  ice  of  the  Arctic  slope,  so  well  preserved  that 
dogs  would  eat  the  thousand-year-old  meat  after  it 
>vas  taken  from  its  natural  refrigerator,  the  question 
was  asked,  "What  is  meant  by  the  word  fossil?" 

It  was  very  interesting  to  note  the  readiness  with 
which  the  boys  and  girls  told  what  they  knew. 
"I  have  seen  a  fossil  shell."  "I  have  seen  a  fossil 
plant."  "Coal  has  sometimes  the  print  of  a  fossil 
fern."  Gradually  the  statement  was  secured  that  a 
fossil  was  an  object  that  had  become  petrified,  or 
turned  to  stone,  and  that  the  elephants  were  like 
fossils,  in  their  cold-storage  state.  The  teacher  talk- 
ed about  the  Don  Cossacks  and  gave  some  excellent 
word-pictures  of  the  life  led  by  the  nomadic  tribes 
of  the  north.  Each  point  discussed  seemed  to  lead 
naturally  to  the  next.  There  was  perfect  freedom, 
yet  perfect  order.  No  reply,  however  unexpected 
or  wide  of  the  mark,  failed  of  a  pleasant  reception 
and  apt  word  of  comment  that  precluded  all  pos- 
sibility of  disturbance.  Preparation  was  the  key- 
note of  the  recitation. — Selected. 


The  Review  and  Canadian  Magazine  for  one  year  $1.80 
(not  $1.50  as  stated  in  the  December  number). 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


195 


Questioned  no  More. 

Take  a  child  for  a  cute  answer.  Wednesday  three 
teachers  from  Morgan  Park  visited  our  schools  for 
the  purpose  of  looking  into  Prof.  Hall's  method  of 
teaching  arithmetic.  The  professor  took  them  into 
the  fourth  grade  room  to  witness  a  recitation.  The 
questions  were  answered  so  readily  that  one  of  the 
teachers  expressed  her  doubts,  intimating  the  chil- 
dren had  been  crammed  beforehand. 

"Ask  some  questions  yourself,"  said  the  pro- 
fessor. 

This  question  was  propounded  to  little  Leslie 
George  by  one  of  the  Chicago  teachers : 

Divide  seven  by  two-thirds. 

Leslie  readily  solved  the  problem  and  then,  as  is 
customary,  applied  the  example  to  some  practical 
question.  Said  Leslie:  "I  had  seven  pies  which  I 
divided  among  some  children,  giving  two-thirds  of 
a  pie  to  each  child.  How  many  children  were 
there?" 

Leslie  began :  "Reducing  the  seven  pies  to  thirds 
gives  twenty-one  thirds.  Each  child  received  two- 
thirds  of  a  pie,  so  there  would  be  as  many  child- 
ren as  two  is  contained  in  twenty-one,  which  is — " 

Leslie  stopped,  knit  his  brows,  looked  perplexed, 
thought  deeply  for  a  moment,  then  a  light  came 
over  his  face,  and,  looking  up,  he  shouted :  "Ten 
children  and  a  baby!" 

"How  much  pie  would  that  give  the  baby  ?"  asked 
Prof.  Hall. 

"One-third,"  promptly  answered  Leslie. 

The  hand  of  a  little  girl  went  up. 

"What  is  it?"  asked  the  professor,  turning  to 
Rev.  Greene's  little  girl.  . 

"Please,  sir,  that  is  too  much  pie  for  the  baby." 

The  Chicago  teachers  asked  no  more  questions. 
They  were  fully  satisfied. — JVaukegan  Daily  Re- 
gister. 


A  little  maid  with  a  social  nature  was  anxious  to 
come  into  the  parlor  when  her  mother's  friends  ar- 
rived. Finally,  mamma  said,  "You  may  come  in 
when  the  ladies  are  here  if  you  can  be  quiet,  and 
remember  that  little  girls  should  be  seen,  not  heard." 
The  little  one  pondered  for  a  moment,  and  then 
asked,  "But,  mamma,  what  shall  I  do  with  the 
mouthful  of  words  I've  got?" 


Too  Many  Distractions. 

I  cannot  help  thinking  that  too  many  distracting 
matters  are  allowed  to  find  a  place  in  connection 
with  our  public  schools  at  the  present  day.  Many 
things  that  are  well  enough  in  moderation,  yea, 
thoroughly  commendable,  become  mischievous  dis- 
tractions through  excess.  Among  these  I  would 
name  athletics,  class  and  school  "contests,"  dancing 
and  other  social  amusements  now  becoming  so  com- 
mon in  connection  with  school  and  class  "functions." 
To  me,  it  is  very  clear  that  pupils'  minds  must 
be  drawn  away  from  their  legitimate  school-work 
by  these  things,  in  a  great  many  cases.  By  this 
means,  the  pupils  are  robbed  of  the  benefits  the 
schools  should  confer  upon  them,  and  the  money  of 
the  taxpayers,  who  support  our  schools,  is  wasted 
to  a  great  extent.  The  evil  is  growing  rapidly,  as 
it  seems  to  me ;  and,  if  it  is  not  checked  by  the  action 
of  the  pupils,  teachers  and  school  authorities,  there 
will  be  a  justifiable  explosion,  by  and  by,  when  the 
people  come  to  have  a  "realizing  sense"  of  the  evil. 
— School  and  Home  Education. 


"My  school,"  said  a  teacher,  "is  the  world  in  min- 
iature. If  I  can  teach  these  boys  to  study  and  play 
together,  freely  and  with  fairness  to  one  another, 
I  shall  make  men  fit  to  live  and  work  together  in 
society.  What  they  learn  matters  less  than  how 
they  learn  it.  The  great  thing  is  the  bringing  out 
of  individual  character  so  that  it  will  find  its  place 
in  social  harmony." 


A  writer  tells  how  a  little  child  once  preached  a 

sermon  to  him. 

"Is  your  father  at  home?"  I  asked  a  small  child 

at  our   village  doctor's   door-step. 
"No,"  she  said,  "he's  away." 
"Where  do  you  think  I  could  find  him?" 
"Well,"  she  said,  with  a  considering  air,  "you've 

got  to  look  for  some  place  where  people  are  sick  or 

hurt,  or  something  like  that.     I  don't  know  where 

he  is,  but  he's  helping  somewhere." 


Let  the  class  choose  sides  as  for  an  old-fash- 
ioned spelling  match.  The  teacher  may  then  write 
upon  the  board  various  numbers,  the  more  diffi- 
cult to  read  the  better.  Then  proceed  as  in  a  spel- 
ling match,  each  side  reading  in  turn,  and  see 
who  will  "stand  up  the  longest." 


196 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Carleton  County  Teachers'  Institute. 

The  annual  session  of  the  Carleton  County  (N. 
B.),  Teachers'  Institute  met  at  Woodstock,  on  the 
21st.  and  22nd.  December,  H.  F.  Perkins,  Ph.B., 
presiding.  About  ninety  teachers  were  present,  re- 
presenting nearly  every  school  section  in  the  county, 
and  the  proceedings  were  marked  with  great  inter- 
est. Opening  addresses  were  made  by  President 
Perkins,  Inspector  Meagher,  and  Mr.  T.  B.  Kidner, 
A  paper  was  read  by  Mr.  R.  E.  Estabrooks  on  Pro- 
fessional Etiquette.  After  a  spirited  discussion  a 
committee  consisting  of  Messrs.  Estabrooks,  Dra- 
per and  Meagher,  was  appointed  to  draw  up  a 
set  of  rules  to  govern  the  professional  conduct  of 
teachers.  In  the  afternoon  a  paper  on  the  Teaching 
of  History  was  read  by  Mr.  James  O.  Steeves. 
After  a  discussion  on  this  the  institute  adjourned 
to  the  Woodstock  manual  training  rooms  where  an 
interesting  lesson  was  given  by  Miss  Louise  Wet- 
more,  the  teacher.  Inspector  Meagher  presided  at 
the  public  educational  meeting  held  in  the  evening, 
where  addresses  were  given  and  a  fine  musical  pro- 
gramme carried  out. 

During  the  second  day's  session  Miss  Louise  Wet- 
more  gave  a  lesson  on  cardboard  work  and  a  paper 
was  read  by  Dr.  Brittain  on  the  Consolidated  School 
vs.  The  Little  Red  Schoolhouse.  Miss  Nellie  Bear- 
isto  read  a  paper  on  the  Muscular  Movement  in 
Writing,  illustrating  methods  by  blackboard  ex- 
amples. The  following  officers  were  elected :  H. 
F.  Perkins,  president;  Jas.  O.  Steeves,  vice-presi- 
dent; R.  E.  Estabrooks,  secretary;  W.  M.  Crawford 
and  Miss  Nellie  Bearisto,  additional  members  of 
executive.  A  meeting  of  the  county  teachers'  as- 
sociation was  held  before  the  close  of  the  institute. 
Mr.  Haviland  was  elected  president  and  Mr.  Esta- 
brooks, secretary.  Mr.  Draper  was  appointed  a 
delegate  to  the  provincial  convention. 


The  Review  seems  to  get  better  each  month  and 
I  would  find  it  very  hard  to  do  without  it,  as  we 
have  been  inseparable  friends  ever  since  I  began 
teaching.  Its  helpful  hints  pay  the  subscription 
price  many  times  over  in  the  course  of  a  year. — 
M.  E.  T. 


Picture  Study  Queries. 

C.  G. — No !  The  famous  Campanile  that  fell  down 
in  1897  was  St.  Mark's,  Venice.  It  is  being  re- 
built. 

R.  McK. — It  would  be  excellent  if  the  teachers 
in  a  large  school  would  compare  results  of  exer- 
cises on  these  pictures,  or  teachers  in  a  parish  could 
confer  together.  I  should  appreciate  packages  of 
matter  of  that  kind. 

Gertrude. — The  nimbi  over  the  heads  of  the 
angels  are  painted  as  transparent  discs.  These  sym- 
bols are  very  ancient,  earlier  than  Christianity,  in 
fact,  and  probably  signified  power.  Wings  are  also 
symbols,  e.  g.,  of  swift  flight. 

Country  Teacher. — I  cannot  tell  you  of  any 
other  descriptions  of  Blashfield's  picture.  You  may 
be  interested  in  H.  W.  Longfellow's  "The  Belfry 
of  Bruges."  Let  the  scholars  recall  Canadian  boat- 
song, — "Ah,  I  remember  with  what  profound  emo- 
tion I  listened  once  more  to  those  tuneful  village 
chimes,"  etc. 

R.  S.  T.— True,  the  sentiment  of  "Liberty  Bell " 
is  not  British,  but  a  picture  of  it  helps  the  children 
to  understand  how  one  of  such  dimensions  is  fixed 
to  a  beam. 

Belle. — Chaucer  wrote  chimbe;  Latin  campana; 
French  scampanarc. .  Bell-ringers  are  sometimes 
called  campanologists.  H.  B. 

S.  E.  C. — The  picture,  "Christmas  Chimes,"  in 
this  month's  Review,  is  just  what  I  needed  to  frame 
for  a  Christmas  picture  for  our  school.  The  Re- 
view is  very  helpful  to  me.  I  always  find  some- 
thing bearing  on  my  work  each  month.  I  am 
teacher  of  Grades  VII,  VIII,  IX,  and  X,  and  prin- 
cipal of  a  superior  school  of  125  pupils. 


How  to   Make   my   New  Year  Happy. 

Tell  me  all  the  good  you  can  about  the  people  that 
you  know.  Tell  me  only  the  good  about  the  people 
of  whom  you  speak.  Tell  me  the  things  that  will 
make  me  think  well  of  people  and  of  life.  Tell  me 
the  things  that  will  make  my  sun  shine,  my  heart 
glad,  and  my  soul  to  rejoice.  Tell  me  the  things 
which  will  straighten  up  my  thinking,  and  give  me 
the  right  principles  of  work  and  of  play  and  of 
thought.  Tell  me  the  things  which  will  make  me 
ashamed  of  compromise  and  pretense. — Edward 
Franklin  Rcimer. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


197 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

A  new  inland  sea  has  been  formed  in  Southern  Califor- 
nia, by  the  inflow  of  the  waters  of  the  Gulf  of  California 
into  the  Salton  basin.  The  flooded  district  is  said  to  be 
a  hundred  miles  in  length,  and  twenty-five  miles  in  width. 
Underground  fissures  caused  by  earthq"ake  shocks  are 
supposed  to  admit  the  water  from  the  gulf  into  what  has 
hitherto  been  a  dry  basin  below  sea  level. 

Fossil  bones  of  a  gigantic  animal  of  the  dinosaur  tribe 
have  been  found  in  Montana.  The  great  saurian  was 
thirty-nine  feet  long ;  and,  unlike  most  of  the  huge  animals 
of  that  period,  was  a  flesh-eater. 

A  new  paving  material,  elastic,  tough  and  durable,  is 
now  being  tried  in  England.  It  is  made  of  tar  mixed  with 
iron  slag,  and  is  called  asphaltine. 

The  oxy-acetylene  blowpipe  is  now  employed  in  welding. 
It  gives  a  temperature  much  higher  than  that  of  the  oxy- 
hydrogen  flame. 

A  British  explorer  has  visited  a  part  of  Abyssinia  until 
now  unvisited  by  white  men,  and  has  found  there  a  very 
rich  gold  region,  and  thousands  of  the  natives  engaged  in 
washing  gold. 

The  flagship  of  Prince  Louis  made  the  voyage  from  New 
York  to  Gibraltar  in  seven  days,  seven  hours  and  ten  min- 
utes, the  average  speed  being  something  over  18.5  knots  an 
hour.  This  is  the  highest  recorded  speed  for  warships,  for 
such  a  distance. 

The  withdrawal  of  the  British  troops  from  the  West 
Indies,  which  is  about  completed,  is  in  accordance  with  the 
new  policy  of  concentration  of  the  forces.  Coaling 
stations  will  be  maintained  at  Jamaica  and  St.  Lucia.  The 
strong  defences  at  the  latter  place,  from  which  the  garrison 
was  withdrawn  on  the  fifteenth  of  last  month,  will  be 
kept  in  a  state  of  efficiency;  and  troops  can  be  quickly  sent 
to  occupy  them  if  occasion  requires. 

It  is  understood  that  the  dockyards  at  Halifax  and 
Esquimault  will  be  transferred  to  Canada,  and  become 
the  headquarters  of  Canadian  naval  militia  for  the  At- 
lantic and   Pacific  coasts  respectively. 

The  resignation  of  the  Balfour  government,  and  the 
appointment  of  Sir  Henry  Campbeli-Bannerman  as  leader 
of  the  new  governmsnt  is  the  occasion  for  a  change  in 
court  ceremonies  which  recognizes  for  the  first  time  the 
position  of  prime  minister  in  the  British  government 
Hitherto,  in  all  state  ceremonies,  the  premier  took  rank 
only  as  a  Privy  Councillor.  It  is  now  ordered  that  he 
shall  in  future  "have  place  and  precedence  next  after  the 
Archbishop  of  York."  The  only  persons  who  rank 
above  the  Archbishop  of  York,  excepting  members  of  the 
royal  family,  are  the  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  and  the 
Lord  High  Chancellor. 

Captain  Amundsen,  a  Norwegian  explorer  who,  fur  the 
past  two  years  and  a  half  has  been  working  al  ng  the 
northern  coast  of  Canada  in  search  of  the  m  gnetic  i>'  le, 
has,  as  before  announced,  succeeded  in  making  the  north- 
west passage.     His  little  vessel,  a  47-ton  sloop  named  Gjoa, 


in  which  he  left  Norway  in  June,  1933.  is  now  wintering 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Mackenzie  River,  and  may  easily 
continue  her  voyage  next  summer  through  Bering  Strait 
to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  All  the  waters  through  whidb 
Captain  Amundsen  has  sailed  have  been  reached  by  earlier 
explorers ;  but  his  vessel  will  be  the  first  to  enter  the 
Arctic  Sea  from  crcc  great  ocean  and  come  out  into  the 
other  after  sailing  around  the  northern  end  of  this  con- 
tinent. 

Another  explorer  intends  leaving  the  mouth  of  the 
Mackenzie  River  next  summer  in  search  of  unknown  lands. 
His  name  is  Mikelsen,  and  his  purpose  is  to  go  north- 
ward along  the  western  shores  of  Banks  Land,  in  the. 
expectation  of  finding  land  still  further  north.  If  his 
plans  can  be  carried  out,  he  will  return  to  the  mainland 
for  next  winter;  and  make  his  final  effort  in  the  spring  of 
1907. 

Halfway  between  Sydney  and  Louisburg,  the  Cape  Breton 
Coal  and  Iron  Company  will  build  their  new  town  of 
Broughton,  which  they  will  make  the  headquarters  of  their 
business  in  the  development  of  the  great  coal  beds  in  that 
part  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Immense  deposits  of  magnetic  iron  ore  have  been  dis- 
covered at  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River,  and  others 
farther  north  and  in  Canadian  territory.  It  is  thought 
that  British  Columbia  will  yet  have  steel  works  to  rivil 
those  of  Cape  Breton   and  Ontario. 

The  reassembling  of  the  Hague  Conferensce  may  be 
indefinitely  postponed,  because  of  the  invitation  issued 
some  time  ago  by  the  government  of  Switzerland  for  an 
international  conference  at  Berne  to  consider  amendments 
to  the  Red  Cross  convention.  Until  this  matter  is  dis- 
posed of,  the  date  of  the  Hague  Conference  cannot  be 
fixed. 

Turkey  has  yielded  to  the  demands  of  the  powers  in 
respect  to  the  government  of  Macedonia. 

Encouraged  by  Japan's  success,  China  seems  about  to 
resist  foreign  influence,  and  maintain  her  right  to  gov- 
ern her  own  lands  and  her  own  people  in  her  own  way. 
No  further  concessions,  it  is  said,  will  be  granted  to  for- 
eigners in  Chinese  teritory;  and  efforts  will  be  made  to 
cancel  those  already  granted.  The  Boxer  movement  was 
a  popular  uprising  against  foreigners  as  individuals.  The 
new  movement  is  an  organized  movement  for  the  pro- 
tection of  Chinese  sovereign  rights  against  foreign 
aggression. 

Sea  gulls  have  been  brought  into  use  as  ocean  carriers, 
and  may  prove  as  useful  in  that  way  as  carrier  pigeons 
are  on  land.  Experiments  recently  made  in  France  have 
lead   to  this  conclusion. 

The  premier  has  summoned  a  forestry  convention  to 
meet  at  Ottawa  on  the  10th,  nth  and  12th  of  this  month, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  Canadian  Forestry  Association. 
The  preservation  of  <mr  existing  forests,  as  the  most 
important  source  of  the  world's  timber  supply  of  the  future 
and  the  need  of  tree  planting  on  our  western  prairies,  are 
among  the   subjects   that    will  come   up   for  discussion. 


198 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Mutual  hatred  of  the  United  States  is  credited  with 
restoring  friendly  relations  between  Columbia  and  Ven- 
ezuela. 

It  has  been  decided  that  the  best  route  for  the  new 
Transcontinental  Railway  lies  north  of  Lake  Abitibi.  The 
location  of  the  route  through  New  Brunswick  has  not  yet 
been  determined. 

Both  in  the  Baltic  Provinces  of  Russia  and  in  the 
Caucasus  region,  serious  disorders  still  prevail,  amounting 
almost  to  organized  rebellion.  Several  towns  in  the  Baltic 
Provinces  hdve  fallen  into  the  hands  of  the  insurgents. 
The  people  of  these  provinces  are  not  Russian,  but 
Lithunian,  and  formerly  had  a  government  of  their  own; 
but  Lithunia  was  united  with  Poland  in  the  fourteenth 
century,   and   has   since   had   no  independent   existence. 

The  Czar  has  definitely  refused  to  grant  universal  suf- 
frage at  the  demand  of  the  socialists  and  others.  The 
new  representative  assembly,  if  the  disturbing  elements  do 
not  prevent  its  election,  will  be  chosen  under  a  restricted 
franchise. 

All    the    horrors    of    civil   war  are  filling  the  crowded 
cities  of  Russia,  where  striking  and  riotous  workmen  are 
coming    into   conflict   with    police   and    soldiers;    and    in 
smaller    towns,    particularly    in   the    southern     provinces, 
where  the  people  who  suffer  from  the  strike  have  in  some 
instances    turned    upon    the    strike   leaders   for    revenge. 
Anarchists  who  have  long  laid   their  plans  for  the  over- 
throw of   the  monarchy,  are  unwilling  to  let  it  pass  into 
the  new    form    of    a    constitutional    monarchy    without  a 
final  struggle.     What  they  now  fear  is  not  the  continued 
rule    of    the    Czar,    but  a  popular  government    that    will 
indefinitely  postpone  their  plans.     The  most  terrible  scenes 
of  bloodshed  have  occurred  in  the  southwest  provinces  of 
Russia,    where    thousands    of   Jews    have    been   killed    by 
Christians,  not  because  they  were  Jews,  but  because  they 
were  social-democrats,  who  threatened  the  very  existence 
of  Russia,  as   their  avowed  purpose  is  to  overthrow  the 
Russian  government  and  all  other  governments  and  abolish 
national   lines.     They   openly   advocate   killing  every   ruler 
or    official,    whether    elected    or    appointed,    so    that    none 
shall    dare    attempt  to    rule.      The    people  who    were    re- 
sponsible for  the  recent  masssacres  assumed  that  all  Jews 
were  social  democrats,  which  may  not  have  been  far  wrong 
as  a  general  assumption,  and  believed  it  necessary  to  kill 
them  all  or  drive  them  out  of  Russia.    The  same  political 
reasons    account    in   part    for    the    disturbed    state    of   the 
Caucasus,    where,   however,   the    social-democrats    are   not 
Jews,    but  nominally    Christians.     Here,    in    one    region, 
where   the   central   government   is    unable   to   maintain  its 
authority,    the    theories    of    the    social-democrats    and    an- 
archists are  being  practically  tried.     If  a  man  is  guilty  of 
stealing,   or  of   any   similar   offence,   he   is   not  tried   and 
punished.      His    neighbors    avoid    his    company   and    show 
amends.       If,     in     the  meantime,     he     is     thought     to     be 
their  disapproval  until  such  time  as  he  repents  and  makes 
dangerous  to  the  community,  some  one  is  secretly  detailed 
to  shoot  him  down  in  the  street.     This  is  the  sort  of  rule 
the   people   have   to    fear   if   the   anarchists   get   the   upper 
hand ;  and  bad  as  was  the  old  form  of  absolute  monarchy, 
they  think  it  better  than  this. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

There  were  eighty-six  applicants  for  third  class  license 
at  the  N.  B.  Normal  school  examinations  in  December — 
sixty-three  from  the  English  department,  and  twenty-three 
from  the  French. 

Mr.  F.  A.  Dixon,  M.  A.,  of  Sackville.N.  B.,  has  been 
appointed  to  succeed  Inspector  Mersereau,  M.  A.,  who 
has  obtained  a  year's  leave  of  absence  which  will  be  spent 
in  the  West.  Mr.  Mersereau  is  the  senior  inspector  of 
New  Brunswick,  and  during  his  long  term  of  service  has 
won  many  friends  by  his  impartial  and  vigorous  admin- 
istration. Mr.  Dixon,  his  successor,  has  had  large  ex- 
perience as  a  teacher  and  his  scholarship  and  knowledge 
of  the  schools  makes  the  appointment  a  very  fitting  one. 
At  an  interprovincial  convention  held  at  Moncton  on 
the  28th  November,  arrangements  were  made  to  issue  four 
primary  readers  for  French  schools  in  the  Maritime  Pro- 
vinces. The  books  will  be  ready  at  the  end  of  this  year. 
Mr.  G.  H.  Harrison,  B.  A.,  for  many  years  principal  of 
the  Carleton  County  Grammar  School  at  Woodstock,  N. 
B.,  has  resigned  his  position  to  enter  into  a  general  insur- 
ance business  in  that  town.  He  will  be  succeeded  by  Mr. 
Chas.  D.  Richards,  B.  A. 

Mr.  Herbert  Rose,  of  Hamilton,  Ont,  Rhodes  scholar 
from  McGill,  has  won  both  the  Ireland  and  the  Craven 
scholarships  at  Oxford  University.  Mr.  Rose  graduated 
with  highest  honors  from  McGill  and  his  success  at 
Oxford  has  been  phenomenal.  He  has  won  the  Craven 
scholarship  at  the  beginning  of  his  second  year,  and  this 
is  not  usually  attempted  until  the  third  year.  Winning  the 
Ireland  at  the  same  time  makes  the  achievement  an  exceed- 
ingly rare  one.  Among  those  who  have  succeeded  in 
winning  both  scholarships  are  such  men  as  the  Right 
Hon.  Herbert  Asquith,  a  member  of  the  new  Campbell- 
Bannerman  cabinet;  Goldwin  Smkh  and  William  Glad- 
stone. 

Mr.  S.  Kerr,  of  the  St.  John  Business  College  has  just 
completed  the  thirty-eighth  year  of  his  management  of  that 
institution.  Mr.  Kerr's  influence  as  a  teacher  of  business 
methods  and  practice  has  steadily  increased  with  the  years, 
and  there  are  many  men  scattered  over  the  continent  who 
owe  much  of  their  success  to  the  sound  and  thorough 
training   received   from  him. 

The  Maritime  Business  College,  Halifax,  Messrs.  Kaul- 
back  &  Schurman,  principals,  send  U  the  Review  their 
New  Year's  cheque  as  usual,  good  for  the  payment  of 
"One  Thousand  Good  Wishes.  The  cheque  is  cordially 
accepted,  and  the  Review  extends  its  best  wishes  in  return 
for  a  year  of  increasing  prosperity  to  this  excellent  insti- 
tution. 

The  name  printed  Mrs.  L.  D.  Jones  in  the  report  of  the 
Restigouche  County  Institute  in  the  December  Review 
should  read  Mr.  L.  D.  Jones. 

Allow  a  boy  to  neglect  his  studies,  you  allow 
him  to  neglect  his  duties ;  teach  him  to  "skim  over" 
his  lessons,  and  he  will  learn  to  "skim"  through  life 
But  teach  him  to  be  truthful,  conscientious,  and 
thorough  in  his  school  work,  and  he  will  be  the 
same  forever. — Herbert  L.  Wilbur. 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to 

Adva 

need 

Methods 

of 

Education   a 

nd 

General   Culture. 

Published 

MoNTIILY. 

ST. 

JOHN, 

N. 

B., 

FEBRUARY, 

1906. 

$1.00 

PER 

Year. 

a 

U.   HAY, 
Editor  fo 

■  Now   Brunswick. 

A 

McKAY, 

Editor  for  N 

ova 

Scotia. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  St  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

hmsTKD  bt  Barnes  &  Co.,  St.  John.  N.  B.. 


C  O  NTEN T  S  : 

Editorial  Notes,  205 

Nature  Study  for  February 206 

Our  Native  Trees, ....  207 

Our  Coasts—  Their  Character,       208 

Notes  011   English  Literature 211 

The    School  irom  the  Standpoint  o(  a  Parent 212 

Art    Notes 214 

The  Fighting  Temeraire,  21^ 

Provincial   Examinations  in  Nova    Scotia,  216 

Barbizon 216 

February  Birthdays 11^ 

Problems  in  Arithmetic 219 

Literature  in  the  Primarv  Grades— II 219 

Recitations  for  Primary  Grades 220 

Lesson  on  Snow 221 

The  'three  Nine's  Puzzle,  223 

Anatomy  in  Rhyme,  22J 

Current  Events,     2:3 

Teachers' Bureaus,  ...  ...  224 

School  and  College.  225 

Recent  Books,       22b 

Recent  Magarines.  ....  227 

New  Advertisements— Education  Department  of  Nova  Scotia,    —  22S 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  01  n 
address  should  be  given. 

It  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
iton  of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  ettect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding   may    be   avoided 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  »hat  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "124"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  January  31,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


Do  readers  of  the  Review  scan  its  pages  and 
articles  closely  to  see  what  there  is  bearing  on  thc-ir 
work,  not  only  of  this  but  of  future  months  ?  Do 
they  preserve  the  paper  for  future  reference  ?  How 
much  there  is  in  this  number,  for  instance,  worthy 
of  study  :  A  university  professor  who  has  made  the 
natural  features  of  these  provinces  a  life  long  study 
gives  a  geography  lesson  of  absorbing  interest ; 
A  student  of  art  shows  how  teachers  can  make  the 
best  use  of  the  picture  "Saved,"  while  a  former 
teacher  in  one  of  our  schools,  now  studying  in  a 
flistant  city,  begins  a  series  of  sketches  on  the 
history  of  art :  there  arc  helpful  articles  on  nature- 
study  on  tlie  teaching  of  English,  current  events, 
how  to  make  Friday  afternoons  interesting — all  of 
which  and  more  should  be  of  the  greatest  use  to 
readers  if  they  study  the  Review. 


The  Review  and   Canadian  Magazine,  both  for 
$2.80. 


Are  you  forming  any  plans  for  a  school  garden, 
large  or  small,  next  spring  ? 


The     Summer     School    of     Science  will  meet  at 
North  Sydney,  July  3rd  to  20th. 


The  Provincial  Educational  Institute  of  New 
P.runswick  will  meet  at  Chatham  on  the  last  three 
days  of  June. 

Dr.  Hannay's  history  of  New  Brunswick  will  be 
published  some  time  during  this  year.  It  will  deal 
wi  h  events  and  persons  from  the  earliest  times 
down  to  the  present.  One  of  the  contributors  is 
Supt.  Dr.  Inch  who  will  write  on  educational  topics 
Dr.  Hannay  has  been  engaged  on  the  work  for 
some  vears,  and  its  early  appearance  will  be  looked 
for  with  much  interest. 


Acadicnsis  for  January  begins  its  sixth  year, 
making  a  record  in  Acadian  literature,  as  no  maga- 
zine hitherto  published  in  the  Maritime  Provinces 
has  reached  that  limit  of  existence.  The  magazine 
under  the  management  of  Mr.  D.  R.  Jack  bids  fair 
to  see  manv  years  more  of  usefulness  with  a  more 
generous  sup]>ort  than  in  the  past.  The  contents  of 
this  month's  number  embrace  several  valuable 
articles  among  which  is  Heraldry  in  Brief,  a  very 
readable  and  interesting  account  of  that  art. 

The  government  of  New  Brunswick  will  shortly 
introduce  a  bill  into  the  legislature  to  so  amend  the 
Education  law  as  to  provide  for  compulsory  attend- 
ance of  children  at  schools.  While  attendance  in 
many  parts  of  the  province  is  fairly  satisfactory,  it 
is  not  so  in  others;  and  there  are  good  grounds  for 
belief  that  even  in  this  age  of  free  schools  many 
children  arc  getting  but  very  slight  advantages  from 
them.  The  Review  has  held  that  if  the  govern- 
ment undertakes  to  establish  free  public  schools  and 
arranges  for  their  support  it  should  also  sec  that 
parents  be  compelled  to  send  their  children  for  a 
given  number  of  days  in  the  year. 


206 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  next  meeting  of  the  National  Educational 
Association  of  the  United  States  will  be  held  at  San 
Francisco,  July  9  to  13. 


Note  the  official  announcement  of  Superin- 
tendent Dr.  A.  H.  Mackay,  on  another  page.  It 
is  of  special  interest  to  the  teachers  of  Nova 
Scotia. 


Rev.  Hunter  Boyd,  of  Waweig,  N.  B  ,  has  kind- 
ly offered  two  booklets  on  the  life  and  work  of 
Landseer  as  prizes  for  the  two  best  sets  of  class 
questions  and  suggestions  on  the  picture,  "Saved,' 
in  this  number,— the  papers  to  reach  him  by  the 
18th  February. 


The  scarcity  of  desirable  teachers  is  a  serious 
matter  in  many  parts  of  the  country.  A  better 
recognition  of  the  teacher's  work,  better  salaries, 
and  better  preparation  on  the  part  of  the  teacher, 
will  improve  this  condition  of  things. 


Dr.  William  Rainey  Harper,  president  of  Chicago 
University,  died  of  cancer  on  the  tenth  of  January, 
in  the  fiftieth  year  of  his  age.  During  the  fifteen 
years  of  his  presidency  his  brilliant  executive 
talents  and  energy  have  been  devoted  to  spending 
wisely  the  immense  sums  of  money  which  have  been 
given  to  that  university  which  is  now  one  of  the 
leading  institutions  of  learning  in  America.  When 
Dr.  Harper  found  that  his  disease  was  incurable  he 
bravely  kept  on  with  his  duties,  calmly  awaiting 
death. 


The  treatment  of  consumptives  is  properly  engag- 
ing the  attention  of  leading  men  and  physicians 
throughout  the  Dominion.  On  the  28th  March  the 
sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Canadian  Association 
for  the  prevention  of  consumption  and  other  forms 
of  tuberculosis  will  be  held  in  Ottawa.  His  Excel- 
lency Earl  Grey  will  preside  at  the  evening  meeting 
at  which  Dr.  Arthur  J.  Richer  of  Montreal  will 
deliver  an  illustrated  lecture  on  consumption  and 
the  appliances  now  in  use  to  check  its  progress. 

One  of  the  most  beneficent  institutions  of  Canad i 
is  the  free  hospital  for  consumptives  near  Graven- 
hurst,  Ontario.  This  is  largely  maintained  by  the 
subscriptions  of  benevolent  people,  and  has  been  the 
means  of  restoring  to  health  many  hundreds  of 
patients  since  the  work  began.     Contributions  for 

this  praiseworthy  object  will  be  received  by  Mr.  W. 
J.  Gage,  Toronto. 


Nature-Study  for  February. 

The  lesson  on  snow  in  another  column  can  be  used 
for  several  interesting  lessons  at  times  during  the 
month  when  there  are  falls  of  snow.  Flakes  of 
snow  caught  on  the  nap  of  a  piece  of  black  cloth, 
can  be  observed  and  sketched  quickly.  The  six 
rays  of  the  crystals  are  always  plain,  but  there  may 
be  an  almost  infinite  variety  of  ornamentation.  The 
same  forms  may  be  looked  for  in  frost  on  the 
window  panes,  on  grass  or  in  shell  ice.  The  frost 
on  window  panes  will  be  well  worth  studying  and 
sketching. 

The  records  of  temperature  for  the  month  of 
January  will  be  worthy  of  preservation,  for  it  was 
the  warmest  mid-winter  month  for  many  years. 
Continue  the  observations  on  the  weather  for  this 
month  and  make  daily  averages  of  the  temperature. 
Keep  a  record  of  stormy,  fine  and  cloudy  days.  Have 
we  had  much  snow  this  winter?  Much  rain? 
Show  what  a  little  difference  in  temperature  will 
bring  rain  instead  of  snow.  Contrast  the  bare 
uneven  roads  and  the  rumble  of  wagons  with  the 
snow-covered  roads  and  the  merry  sleigh  bells. 
Why  do  children  like  snow  ?  Why  lumbermen  ? 
Fanners  ?  Why  people  in  other  occupations  ? 
What  animals  like  snow  ?  Do  dogs  ?  Cats  ? 
What  kind  of  snow  storms  are  pleasant  to  be  out 
in  ?  What  makes  some  snow  storms  unpleasant  ? 
How  does  crust  form  ? 

The  sun's  apparent  course  during  the  day  may  be 
noted  by  watching  its  progress  across  the  room. 
Note  where  it  is  at  twelve  o'clock ;  in  what  part 
of  the  sky  it  is  at  sunrise  and  sunset.  How  many 
hours  is  the  sun  above  the  horizon  on  the  fifth  of 
February  ?  On  the  fifteenth  ?  and  on  the  twenty- 
eighth  ?  The  weather  will  very  likely  be  colder  in 
February  than  in  January.  In  which  month  do  we 
have  more  sunlight  ? 

Notice  the  planets  and  stars  during  this  month. 
Jupiter  still  leads  them  all  in  brightness,  and  keeps 
his  position  near  the  Pleiades,  with  Orion  and 
Sirius  following  after.  Farther  to  the  east  is  the 
constellation  of  the  Sickle,  with  the  bright  star 
Regulus  in  the  end  of  the  handle.  Notice  the  posi- 
tion of  the  Great  Dipper  with  the  handle  pointing 
to  the  horizon.  Try  to  follow  its  course  from  night 
to  night  with  a  view  to  understanding  the  motion  of 
those  stars  in  the  heavens  round  the  pole.  Do 
they  go  below  the  horizon  ?  Notice  the  rising  of 
Arcturus  in  the  north-east  about  10  o'clock.  It 
can  always  be  found  by  continuing  the  curve  of  the 
handle  of  the  Dipper. 
!  ><? 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


207 


Ouv  Native  Trees. 

By  G    U.  Hay. 
The  American    Larch, 

The  American  larch  (Larix  Americana),  or  tam- 
arack, or  hacmatack,  for  it  is  known  by  all  these 
names,  is  our  only  cone-bearing  tree  which  sheds  its 
leaves  in  autumn.  A  swamp  forest  such  as  one  sees 
in  the  north-eastern  part  of  New  Brunswick  is  a 
beautiful  sight  in  early  November  when  the  green- 
ish-yellow leaves  of  the  tamarack  are  ready  to  fall. 
It  is  then  that  this  attractive  and  graceful  tree  re- 
ceives most  attention,  its  full  clusters  of  slender 
delicate  leaves,  with  the  hue  of  death  already  upon 
them,  forming  a  striking  contrast  with  the  dark- 
green  leaves  of  the  surrounding  evergreens.  Why- 
is  the  larch  the  only  cone-bearing  tree  which  sheds 
its  leaves  in  autumn?  Why,  indeed!  It  is  not  be- 
cause its  leaves  are  large  enough  to  collect  the  snows 
and  ice  of  winter.  They  are  really  smaller  than  the 
pine  leaves  which  they  resemble  somewhat  by  being 
gathered  in  bunches.  Small  evergreen  leaf  forms 
are  supposed  to  be  a  modern  contrivance,  as  the 
geologist  would  say,  adopted  for  the  purpose  of 
protecting  these  trees  from  the  ice  and  snows  of 
an  arctic  winter.  One  of  them  has  put  on  the 
fashion  of  a  deciduous  tree  by  disrobing  in  autumn 
and  clothing  itself  with  a  fresh  garment  of  green 
foliage  every  spring.  Will  the  other  evergreen 
trees  follow  the  fashion  set  by  this  graceful  beauty 
— the  tamarack?  We  do  not  know.  If  one  knew 
more  about  the  nature  of  trees  and  their  life-history 
he  might  attempt  an  answer. 

Watch  the  tamarack  put  out  its  sprays  of  delic  ite 
green  leaves  in  late  May;  but  before  that  mark  '.ts 
crimson  little  flowers  as  they  appear,  the  fertile  ones. 
in  catkins,  to  swell  into  red  fleshy  cones  in  June. 
The  habit  of  flowering  in  very  early  spring,  which 
most  trees  have,  is  unknown  to  very  many  people. 
If  they  wish  to  see  beautiful  flowers  they  should 
visit  the  larches  in  April  and  May. 

The  wood  is  light  colored,  resinous,  coarse 
grained,  very  strong,  and  remarkably  durable  in 
contact  with  the  soil.  This  quality  makes  k  valuable 
for  fence  posts,  telegraph  and  telephone  poles  and 
railway  ties.  It  is  much  used  for  ships'  knees  and 
planks.  It  is  adapted  for  door  and  window  frame-;, 
and  it  does  not  shrink-  or  warp.  Shingles  made  of 
it  are  even  more  durable  than  those  of  pine  or 
cedar.  It  stands  the  effects  of  water  for  centuries. 
It  is  so  strong  that  joints   and  rafters  made  of  "t 


support  incredibly  heavy  weights.  A  cubic  foot  of 
larch  wood  weighs  39  pounds.  Although  it  is  most 
common  in  swamps  it  grows  freely  in  uplands  and 
meadows  where  it  attains  its  greatest  size — from  60 
to  80  feet  in  height,  with  a  trunk  diameter  of  two  to 
three  feet. 

The   White  Cedar. 

The  white  cedar  (Thuja  occidentalis)  attains  its 
greatest  size  in  swamps  or  wet  grounds,  but  those 
symmetrical  cone-shaped  trees,  so  valued  for  their 
beauty,  grow  in  high  rocky  situations,  reaching  the'r 
greatest  perfection  in  limestone  regions,  especially 
about  the  lower  St.  John  and  Kennebecasis  rivers. 
The  cedar  is  abundant  in  New  Brunswick,  some- 
what scarce  throughout  Nova  Scotia,  and  is  said 
to  be  rare  in  Prince  Edward  Island.  It  attains  its 
greatest  size  in  northern  New  Brunswick,  where  it 
is  frequently  seen  of  a  height  of  fifty  to  sixty  feet 
and  with  a  trunk  diameter  of  three  feet  or  more.  It 
has  a  fibrous  stringy  bark.  Its  wood  is  soft,  light 
in  color,  fine  grained  and  very  durable.  It  splits 
easily  and  is  largely  used  for  posts,  shingles,  fencing 
and  railway  ties.  It  will  stand  the  weather  for  a 
great  number  of  years  without  showing  the  slightest 
taint  of  decay.  It  is  much  used  for  making  pails, 
tubs  and  for  a  variety  of  purposes  where  lightne-s 
is  required.  A  cubic  foot  weighs  only  20  pounds. 
Its  small  scale-like  leaves  grow  in  four  ranks  or 
rows  on  the  branchlets,  forming  fan-like  sprays. 
This  with  the  pyramidal  'habit  of  growth  of  the 
cedar  makes  it  very  desirable  for  lawns  and  hedges. 
It  is  the  only  member  of  the  Cypress  family  found 
in  this  latitude. 

The  flowers  of  the  cedar  are  not  conspicuous. 
'I  hey  grow  on  the  erfds  of  the  branchlets,  both 
kinds,  sterile  and  fertile,  on  the  same  tree — the  latter 
producing  the  broadly  winged  seeds  in  dry  spread- 
ing cones. 


In  schools  where  there  may  be  objections  to 
general  readings  from  the  Bible  or  repeating  the 
Lord's  prayer,  this  plan  may  be  adopted  for  the 
morning  exercises :  One  morning  alternate  read- 
ings of  the  Beatitudes  (Blessed  are  the  poor  in 
Spirit)  ;  on  another  concerning  Charity  (Though  I 
speak  with  the  tongues  of  men  and  of  angels)  ;  on 
another  concerning  God's  care  (The  Lord  is  my 
Shepherd)  ;  and  so  on.  Then  a  favorite  hymn  may 
be  sung ;  followed  by  a  memory  gem  that  may  be 
helpful  for  the  day's  work. 


>os 


THE    EDUCAT1IONAL    REVIEW. 


Our  Coasts.       I.— Their  Character. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D. 

Who  is  there  who  does  not  wish  at  times  to  go 
to  the  seashore?  and  who,  once  there,  is  not  im- 
pressed by  the  conditions  which  distinguish  it?  The 
coolness  of  the  atmosphere,  so  different  from  the 
prostrating  heats  of  the  interior ;  the  refreshing 
breezes,  with  their  peculiar  odour  of  iodine;  the 
character  of  the  scenery,  with  alternations  of  head- 
land and  bay,  rocky  bluff  or  sandy  beach ;  the  in- 
rolling  of  the  waves,  followed  by  their  rhythmical 
but  inevitable  retreat ;  the  submergence  by  the  in- 


easy  reach  of  it  have  a  source  of  enjoyment  of  which 
those  who  are  debarred  from  such  scenes  can  have 
no  real  appreciation. 

But  the  interest  of  the  sea  coast  by  no  means  ends 
with  the  mere  affording  of  pleasure  to  those  who 
visit  it.  It  is  a  most  important  factor  in  determin- 
ing the  characteristics  of  the  country  which  pos- 
sesses it.  Its  presence  and  extent  greatly  influence 
the  character  and  climate  of  the  adjoining  region; 
from  it  are  derived  the  supplies  of  moisture  neces- 
sary for  the  maintenance  of  its  drainage  system; 
through  its  indentations  harbors  are  determined; 
by  these  harbors  are  fixed  the  location  of  its  ports 


SOUTHERN  CROSS.  GRAND  MAN  AN.  N,  B. 


flowing  tide  of  all  objects  within  its  reach,  and  the 
laying  bare  of  extensive  fla.s  as  the  wat:rs  recede; 
the  waving  to  and  fro  of  the  green  and  purple  sea- 
weeds as  the  currents  sweep  around  the  rocks  to 
which  they  are  attached ;  the  sight  of  sea-urchins 
and  star-fishes  clinging  to  or  crawling  over  these 
same  rocks ;  or,  where  tidal  pools  remain,  of  sea- 
anemones  expanding  their  feelers,  in  form  and 
color  recalling  the  petals  of  a  chrysanthemum ;  the 
gathering  of  brilliantly  colored  pebbles  or  of  equally 
brilliantly  tinted  shells  upon  the  beach  ■■ — ail  of 
these  are  attractions  which  few  can  resist  and  to 
most  persons  are  a  source  of  the  keenest  delight. 
Poets,  painters,  litterateurs,  all  find  inspiration  on 
the  shores  of  old  ocean,  and  those  who  live  within 


of  entry  and  export;  it  determines  the  occupation 
and  characteristics  of  a  considerable  percentage  of 
the  population ;  with  it  in  short  are  linked  nearlv 
all  the  phases  of  a  country's  history,  the  extent  and 
rapidity  of  its  development,  its  relations  to  other 
nations  and  its  position  in  the  scale  of  civilization. 
One  has  only  to  refer  to  such  countries  as  Greece 
in  classical  times  or  England  and  Japan  in  their 
modern  days,  and  to  contrast  the  latter  with  Russda, 
to  see  bow  vast  are  the  consequences  depending  up- 
on the  extent  and  nature  of  a  country's  sea-board. 
Let  us  now  see  how  far  such  connections  find  illus- 
tration in  the  Maritime  Provinces  of  Canada. 

Bounded  upon  two  of  its  sides  almost  wholly,  and 
upon  a  third  partially,  by  bays  or  arms  of  the  sea, 


Supplement  to  tbe  "Coucational  "Review. ' 


o 

Id 
> 
< 

(0 


'.'> 


m* 


'•'  u 


, 


e! 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


209 


the  extent  of  the  New  Brunswick  coast  is,  for  the 
size  of  the  province,  very  large,  there  being,  except 
for  the  break  at  Chignecto  a  continuous  coast  line 
of  over  seven  hundred  miles,  or  about  one  mile  of 
coast  to  every  thirty-eight  square  miles  of  surface. 
Nova  Scotia  upon  the  other  hand,  except  for  the 
same  break,  is  everywhere  surrounded  with  water, 
the  length  of  coast  in  comparison  with  the  consoli- 
dated area  being  further  increased  by  the  great  in- 
dentations of  Minas  Basin,  Annapolis  Basin  and  St 
Mary's  Bay,  as  well  as  by  the  extreme  irregularity  of 
the  southern  sea-board, "and  the  occurrences  of  such 
transverse  gaps  as  those  of  Digby  Gut,  the  Grande 
and  Petite  Passages  and  the  Gut  of  Canso.  The 
number  of  islands  adjacent  to  the  coast,  compara- 
tively few  in  New  Brunswick  and  almost  countless 
in  Nova  Scotia,  help  to  make  numerical  comparisons 
between  the  two  very  difficult. 

With  such  an  extent  of  coast  line  possessed  by 
Acadia  it  would  reasonably  be  expected  that  in  the 
special  features  of  the  sea-board,  considerable  diver- 
sity should  be  manifested.  And  this  is  actually  the 
case.  Thus  in  New  Brunswick  we  have  a  natural 
division  into  two  sections,  that  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy 
and  that  commonly  known  as  the  "North  Shore" ; 
and  between  them  the  contrast  is  very  marked. 
The  latter  is  for  the  most  part  low.  the  adjacent 
waters  are  shallow  and  often  shut  in  by  sand  bars, 
but  possessing  nevertheless  many  fair  harbors,  usu- 
ally expansions  of  large  streams,  like  the  Miramichi 
and  Nepkiquit,  which  here  debouche  to  the  east- 
ward. Owing  to  the  lowness  of  the  shores  the 
scenery  of  the  North  coast  is  usually  tame  and 
monotonous,  though  occasionally  the  carving  aclion 


the  waters  in  the  summer  season  comparatively 
warm  and  to  be  sought  for  bathing  purposes  at 
many  summer  resorts,  while,  for  the  same  reason, 
during  much  of  the  winter,  the  shore  is  much  en- 


ISLANO  OFF  EAST  COAST,   N.  B. 

of  the  sea  upon  exposed  bluffs  may  lead,  as  shown 
in  the  above  cut.  to  intcp'sting  and  picturesque 
results  The  shallowness  of  the  water,  together 
with   the  slight  amount  of  tidal   movement,   makes 


CLIFF,    MAHOGANY    ISLAND,    NEAK    SI.    JOHN. 


cumbered  with  ice,  and  navigation  becomes  impos- 
sible. The  Bay  of  Fundy  shore,  upon  the  other 
hand,  is  generally  bold  and  abrupt,  bordered  along 
much  of  its  length  by  walls  of  rock,  broken  by  but 
few  indentations,  while  the  neighboring  waters,  in 
addition  to  rapid  descent  in  depth,  are  marked  by 
the  exceptional  height  and  rapidity  of  their  tidal 
flow.  This  shore  has,  however,  the  advantage  over 
the  other  sea  coasts  of  the  Province  in  being  free 
from  ice,  the  principal  harbors,  such  as  those  of 
St.  Andrews,  L'Etang,  Musquash  and  St.  John,  be- 
ing open  at  all  seasons  and  in  the  most  severe  weath- 
er. Ujxin  this  same  coast  is  to  be  found  scenery 
which  is  always  picturesque,  and,  especially  to  the 
eastward  of  St.  John,  embracing  elements  of  grand- 
eur. This  is  partly  due  to  the  height  and  steepness 
of  the  adjacent  hills,  which  in  eastern  St.  John 
county  rise  abruptly  to  elevations  of  eight  hundred 
or  nine  hundred  feet,  and  partly  to  sea  sculpture, 
the  result  of  the  wearing  action  of  the  sea  upon 
rocks  of  different  degrees  of  hardness  and  variously 
disposed. 

In  Grand  Manan  we  have  a  combination  of  both 
features,  the  western  and  northern  sides  of  the 
island  presenting  almost  continuous  and  precipitous 
bluffs,  about  four  hundred  feet  high,  while  in  places, 
as  about  the  Southern  Head,  they  have  been  carved 
by  the  sea  into  most  curious  and  fantastic  forms. 

Passing  to  Nova  Scotia  contrasts  equally  remark- 


210 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


able  attract  attention.  Along  the  Gulf  coast,  a  con- 
tinuation of  that  of  the  New  Brunswick  "north 
shore,"  the  features  are  much  the  same,  the  shores 
of  the  mainland  being  generally  low,  the  waters 
shallow,  and  the  harbors,  of  which  Pictou  is  the 
most  important,  apt  to  be  closed  for  some  months 
by  ice.  Upon  the  Bay  of  Fundy  coast  the  distinct- 
ive features  are  a  rock-bound  shore,  overlooked  by 
steep  and  sometimes,  as  at  Cape  Split  and  Blomidon, 
by  lofty  and  precipitous  bluffs  ;  few  indentations  ex- 


KOCKS   AT    HOPEWELL   CAPE,   N.  B, 

cept  at  its  head;  deep  water  which  is  permanently 
open ;  few  islands ;  and  extraordinary  tidal  flow. 
Finally,  upon  the  Atlantic  seaboard  the  features  are 
markedly  different  from  either  of  the  above,  the 
shore  having  a  general  direction  which  is  quite  uni- 
form and  parallelto  that  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  but 
in  detail  exhibiting  the  greatest  possible  irregular- 
ity, partly  due  to  innumerable  long  and  narrow  in- 
dentations  at   right  angles   to  the  general  trend  of 


the  shore,  and  partly  to  innumerable  islands. 
Through  the  former,  as  in  the  case  of  Halifax  and 
Shelburne,  are  determined  deep  and  commodious 
harbors ;  through  the  latter  coastal  navigation  is 
made  more  difficult  and  dangerous,  but  at  the  same 
time  fishing  operations  are  enlarged  and  facilitated. 
Cape  Breton,  as  an  island,  has  distinctive  features  of 
its  own,  the  most  important,  in  the  present  connec- 
tion, being  the  narrowness  of  the  passage,  die  Gut 
of  Canso,  by  which  it  is  separated  from  the  rest  of 
the  province,  the  character  and  position  of  Sydney 
Harbor  in  relation  to  the  great  coal  and  iron  indus- 
tries, and  the  almost  complete  division  of  the  island 
into  two  by  the  chain  of  the  Bras  d'Or  Lakes  now 
so  famous  for  the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  their 
scenery. 

In  the  next  chapter  we  shall  consider  some  of  the 
processes  in  operation  upon  our  coasts  and  thus  pave 
the  way  for  a  better  understanding  of  the  causes 
which  have  determined  their  distinctive  character- 
istics. 

[Several  of  the  illustrations  used  above  were 
kindly  loaned  by  the  New  Brunswick  Tourist  As- 
sociation]. 


A  young  business  man  of  New  York,  who  has 
not  long  been  married,  was  fondly  greeted  by 
his  wife  one  evening  with  the  joyful  announce- 
ment that  she  had  that  afternoon  received  a  diploma 
from  the  cooking  school  at  which  she  had  been  an 
assiduous  student. 

Evidently  the  husband  did  not  exhibit  that  de- 
gree of  enthusiasm  in  the  matter  that  she  expected 
for  the  young  wife  said,  in  a  disappointed  tone : 
"Aren't  you  glad  that  I  have  been  enrolled  as  a  com- 
petent cook  ?  Just  see,  I've  prepared  this  whole 
dinner  !  I  gave  especial  attention  to  this  dish  here 
Guess  what  it  is !"  As  she  spoke  the  husband  had 
endeavored  to  masticate  a  particularly  tough  piece 
of  the  contents  of  the  dish  referred  to.  Seeing  his 
look  of  wonder,  the  young  wife  again  playfully 
said,     "Guess  what  it  is  ?" 

"I  don't  know,"  responded  the  husband,  uncer- 
tainly.   Is  it  the  diploma  ?" — Harper's  Weekly. 


King  Christian  IX.  of  Denmark,  father  of  Queen 
Alexandra,  is  dead  after  a  reign  of  43  years,  and  his 
successor,  Frederick  VIII.,  has  quietly  ascended  the 
throne. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


.     211 


Notes  on  English   Literature. 

By  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A.,  Halifax. 
Washington  Irvine's  "  Christmas  Eve." 

P.  86,  1.  2. — What  is  the  word  commonly  used  b. 
us  equivalent  to  "chaise"  ?  "Postboy,"  what  place 
did  he  occupy,  as  a  seat?  The  custom  is  still  kept 
up  in  royal  processions  etc.  1.  6. — "Gooi  cheer"  s 
a  common  phrase  in  poetry,  etc.  What  is  its 
meaning  ? 

In  Horatius  Macaulay  writes :  "What  noble 
Lucumo  comes  next  to  taste  our  Roman  cheer." 
1.  7. — What  is  the  meaning  of  a  "bigoted  devotee"  ? 
Also  of  "the  old  school"?  1.  9. — What  does 
"tolerable"  mean  in  this  line?  What  is  its  usual 
meaning?  1.  10. — The  old  English  country  gentle- 
man of  an  earlier  date  is  pictured  in  Sir  Roger  de 
Coverley.  Those  who  have'nt  read  about  him  have 
missed  a  fine  piece  of  word  painting:  1.  11.  ct. 
seq. — What  the  writer  says  here  is  even  more  true 
of  the  present  time. 

P.  87.  1.  3. — Chesterfield  the  noted  criterion  of 
good  manners,  etc.,  lived  during  the  18th  century 
The  encounters  between  him  and  Samuel  Johnson 
are  famous  in  the  history  of  the  latter.  What  is  the 
meaning  of  the  expression  "took  honest  Peachain 
for  his  text  book"?  1.  9. — Meaning  of  phrase 
"deeply  read"?  1.  11. — To  what  time  would  the 
writers  of  "two  centuries  since"  belong  ?  Name 
some  of  the  more  famous  of  them.  1.  14. — "The 
golden  age"  is  always  some  time  ago  with  those 
who  are  not  exact  in  their  knowledge  of  present 
and  past  conditions.  1.  17. — Meaning  of  "gentry"? 
Give  another  word  in  more  common  use.  1.  19. — 
"Indulging  the  bent  of  his  humour"  means  what? 
What  is  meaning  of  "bent"?  1.  20. — What  is  mean- 
ing of  "old"  as  applied  to  a  family?  1.  24.  - 
"Immemorial"  means  what  ?  In  or  im  at  "lie 
beginning  of  a  word  has  what  force  usually  ?  1.  26.  — 
Look  up  the  derivation  of  eccentricities. '*  1.  32. — 
"What  is  meant  by  the  "family  crest  ?  " 

P.  88.  1.  7  et.  set|.— How  about  the  wife  left  be- 
hind alone  while  the  husband  goes  merrymaking? 
Why  didn't  she  go  too?  What  kind  of  trees  was 
the  avenue  formed  of?  1.  19. — Would  there  be 
vapour  on  such  a  night  in  our  climate?  What  figure 
of  speech  in  the  word  "shroud"  ?  1.  20 — Look  up 
derivation  of  "transport."  Is  it  used  here  in  its 
literal  sense  or  otherwise?  1.  22. — Evidently  his 
companion  had  attended  one  of  what  are  culled  '11 


England  the  "public  schools."  What  would  we 
call  them  here  ?  1,  24. — Find  derivation  of  filial. 
1.  25. — "Scrupulous"  means  what  ?  1.  32 — Find 
meaning  of  "pedant".  How  does  it  differ  from 
"scholar"? 

P.  89.  1.  18. — How  came  the  taste  of  Charles  II. 's 
time  to  have  a  French  tinge?  What  was  the  date 
of  the  Restoration?  What  other  historical  event  is 
spelled  with  R.  1.  25. — Find  meaning  of  "obsolete." 
1.  28. — "Old  family  style"  ;  with  which  word  does 
"old"  go  as  an  adj.  "family  or  "style"?  1.  30. — 
What  is  the  difference  between  "republican''  and 
"monarchical"  form  of  government  ?  1.  31 — -When 
did  the  party  called  "Levellers"  exist  ? 

P.  90.  1.  2. — The  yew-tree  wood  was  formerly 
used  for  a  certain  puqxxse.  What  was  it  ?  Is.  9  and 
10. — In  England  the  Christmas  festivities  extend 
over  twelve  days  finishing  with  "Twelfth  night" 
celebrations.  1.  is. — Explain  the  custom  oi  "hang- 
ing the  mistletoe."  What  kind  of  a  plant  is  the 
mistletoe;  i.  e.  how  does  it  grow?  1.  26. — Meaning 
of  "whim."  Find  derivation  of  "benevolence."!.  34. 
— What  is  a  "superannuated  spinster  ?  "  And  a 
"half-Hedged  stripling"  ? 

P.  91.  1.  10. — Meaning  and  derivation  of  primi- 
tive ?  Is.  12  to  20.  The  hall  of  Abbots  ford  gave 
Scott  a  great  deal  of  pleasure  in  its  furnishing  as 
may  be  seen  in  his  "Life".  1.  17. — If  the  furniture 
was  "cumbrous"  it  at  least  possessed  one  merit. 
What  was  it?  1.  26. — "Yule  clog"  is  more  common- 
ly known  as  "Yule  log  "  1  30  — '•  Hereditary"  may 
have  its  derivation  found.  1.  32. — What  part  of 
speech  is  "very"  here: 

P.  92.  1.  2. — "Cavalier"  may 
meaning.  If  so  what  is  it: 
meaning  of  word  "supper" 
understand  by  it?  After  the  supper  the  writer  had 
eaten  we  would  not  have  been  astonished  had  he 
seen  visions  or  at  least  dreamed  dreams.  1.  21. — 
Those  who  have  read  Addison  may  remember  a 
person  who  somewhat  resembles  Master  Simon. 
1.  30. —  Meaning  of  "harping  ?  * 

P.  93.  1.  2. — Meaning  of  "caricature"?  1.  3. — 
What  figure  of  speech  in  "were  ready  to  die  with 
'laughing"'  1.  7. — Why  apply  "vagrant"  to  comet? 
i.  1  5- — Look  up  "chronicle".  1.  24. — "Factotum". 
Meaning  of  "jumping  with  his  humour"? 

P.  94.  1.  4. — "Home-brewed"  what?  1.  1  5. — Look 
up  "antiquated"  and  "pntique".  1.  22.— Meaning  of 
"prone  ?  "  Derivation  ?  1.  $$. — The  officer  being 
still  young  and  having  been  wounded  at  Waterloo, 


here  have  a  political 
1.  4.— What  is  the 
here?    What  do  ,ve 


21-B 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


this  piece  must  have  been  written  not  la'.er  than? 
When  was  Waterloo? 

P.  95- — Herrick,  a  clergyman,  lived  from  1591  - 
1674. 

P.  96. — Study  the  following  words  : — Nosegay, 
ponderous,  panelled,  cornice,  grotesque,  tester, 
niche,  casement,  aerial. 


The  School  from  the  Standpoint  of  a 
Parent. 

S.  D.  Scott,  Editor  of  the  "  Sun,"  St.  John. 

(Read  before  the   St  John  and  Charlotte  Counties    United  Teachers' 
Institute.  October,  1905) 

One  feels  with  such  a  theme  assigned  him,  as  if  he 
appeared,  to  speak  for  the  great  body  of  parents  in 
the  jurisdiction  of  this  Institute.  1  do  not  speak  for 
more  than  two  at  the  most.  In  fact  it  would  be 
safer  to  say  that  only  one  is  represented  in  the  few 
well  chosen  words  that  may  come  from  me. 

And  in  the  first  place  let  me  testify  to  the  faithful- 
ness, patience,  capacity,  and  efficiency  of  the  teachers 
as  I  have  come  to  know  of  them  and  their  work 
through  my  own  relation  to  the  school.  Any  person 
living  in  a  house  with  about  half  a  dozen  normal, 
healthy  children, whose  goodness  does  not  make  them 
unfit  for  earth,  may  dimly  realize  what  fine  self- 
control,  what  skilful  generalship,  what  gifts  of  heart 
and  mind  and  body  are  required  to  keep  in  fair 
working  order  three  or  four  dozen  such  children  in 
different  dispositions,  of  various  capacities  of  divers 
home  habits  and  miscellaneous  attainments ;  to 
carry  them  along  together  in  some  regular  organized 
course  of  training  up  to  another  plane  of  intellectual 
development.  Such  knowledge  and  skill  is  too  won- 
derful for  me;  1  cannot  attain  to  i:.  My  own  exped- 
ience as  a  pub.ie  te:.cher  is  limited  to  trie  instruction 
of  some  ten  independent  feeling  lads  for  half  an 
hour  a  day  in  a  Sunday  school.  If  I  had  imagina- 
tion sufficient  to  picture  what  it  would  be  like  to  have 
charge  of  three  or  four  times  as  many  such  boys, 
five  or  six  hours  a  day,  five  days  in  the  week,  I 
would  undertake  to  rival  Dante — at  least  as  to  two 
thirds  of  his  Divine  Comedy.  Once  in  a  rash  mom- 
ent when  asked  what  I  would  take  and  teach  school 
I  made  the  hasty  and  inconsiderate  reply  that  I 
would  take  a  school  within  my  capacity  for  $200  a 
day.  If  Mark  Twain  will  allow,  it  is  one  of  my  life 
long  regrets  that  1  did  not  make  it  $450. 

Well  there  is  before  me  a  more     heroic     breed. — 

"Languor  is  net  in  your  heart. 
Weakness  is  not  in  your  word 
Weariness  not   on  your  brow". 


Personally  I  know  a  few  of  you  who  seem  when 
we  meet  to  have  no  hero's  crown,  or  martyr's  halo 
incommoding  your  brows.  But  thinking  of  you  all 
day  long  with  two  or  three  score  children  in  a  room, 
trying  to  keep  them  all  interested,  and  serenely  go- 
ing about  it  the  next  day,  and  the  next,  I  know  that 
the  true  teacher  is  born  not  made.  There  are  doubt- 
less some  who  teach  for  revenue  only.  But  these,  I 
should  think,  must  be  of  all  men  and  women  most 
miserable ;  and  all  people  who  do  things  for  revenue 
only  are  miserable  enough. 

The  city  has  many  advantages  over  the  country  in 
the  matter  of  schools.  But  in  some  respects  we  of 
the  town  are  losers.  We  hardly  know '  the  teachers 
of  our  own  children.  The  visible  relation  between 
parent  and  teacher  is  not  such  as  one  would  expect, 
whether  we  regard  the  teacher  as  a  partner  with 
the  parents  in  the  task  of  training  the  child,  or  as  a 
professional  person  retained  to  perform  a  service,  or 
even  as  an  employee  engaged  by  the  year  with  a 
regular  task.  It  would  not  surprise  me  to  learn  of 
some  father  who  consults  less  with  the  instructor  of 
his  boys,  than  he  does  with  the  man  who  makes  his 
coats ;  or  that  some  mothers  spend  more  hours  with 
their  dressmakers  than  with  the  teachers  of  their 
girls,  and  show  more  anxiety  about  the  quality  of 
theii  milliner's  work  than  they  do  about  the  school 
training  of  their  family.  I  am  sure  that  the  work  of 
the  hired  man  on  the  farm,  and  the  cook  in  the 
kitchen  is  studied  more  closely  by  the  men  and 
women  who  pay  for  it  than  the  work  of  the  teadhers 
who  have  control  of  half  the  active  hours  of  the 
young  members  of  the  family  during  the  eight  or 
ten  years  in  which  their  characters  are  under  con- 
struction. Perhaps  it  may  be  claimed  that  the 
teacher  is  no:  a  hired  help  requiring  supervision, 
but  a  professional  man  or  woman,  performing  tech- 
nical work,  thoroughly  qualified  to  do  it,  and  inspect- 
ed by  other  and  better  experts.  We  know  that  this 
witness  is  true.  Teachers  belong  to  the  learned 
professions  if  any  one  does.  But  when  the  doctor 
is  in  attendance  on  our  families  we  usually  seem  to 
be  quite  interested  in  his  proceedings,  and  talk  over 
the  situation  with  a  certain  seriousness.  The  pastor 
is  not  supposed  to  be  in  right  relations  with  his  flock 
if  he  and  they  do  not  confer  on  matters  in  his  field  of 
operations.  Those  citizens  who  employ  a  lawyer 
take  some  care  to  go  over  the  case  with  him.  But 
how  is  it  between  parents  and  teachers  ?  Speaking 
for  city  parents  I  might  make  some  sort  of  general 
confession.  But  what's  the  good.  Everybody  knows. 

In  the  country  schools  the  teacher  is  brought  into 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


213 


mudh  closer  relation  with  the  families  whose  interest 
she  serves.  Ten  to  twenty  households  comprise  the 
whole  community  concerned,  and  that  is  an  easy  field 
for  a  young  and  active  person  to  conquer.  She  is  able 
to  talk  over  with  every  father  and  mother  the  capa- 
bilities, attainments  and  progress  of  each  child. 
It  calls  for  tact  and  judgment,  patience  and  good 
humor,  and  sometimes  for  disagreeable  frankness.  It 
is  often  hard  for  the  teachers  to  keep  clear  of  the 
local  and  family  controversies  and  jealousies.  But  I 
am  sure  that  the  more  intimate  relationship  that 
grows  up  between  teachers  and  households  in  the 
country  is,  in  the  case  of  a  true  teacher,  of  great 
advantage  on  both  sides. 

But  the  city  teacher  has  usually  twice,  and  often 
three  or  four  times  as  many  pupils  as  the  one  in  the 
country.  They  belong  to  five  or  ten  times  as  many 
families,  since  the  system  of  grading  divides  the 
same  family  among  many  rooms.  A  group  of  five 
like  my  own,  brought  up  in  the  country  in  an  un- 
graded school,  would  perhaps  at  their  presen  age 
have  known  four  or  five  teachers.  In  some  happy 
hamlets  they  would  have  known  but  one.  Living 
here,  I  believe  they  have  already  been  under  the  care 
of  thirty-seven  different  men  and  women,  and  the 
number  will  probably  reach  sixty  before  they  are 
through.     That  complicates  the  problem. 

In  the  more  scattered  and  poorer  country  districts 
the  teacher  is  the  only  public  functionary.  She 
comes  in  from  high  school,  normal  school,  or  college, 
"trailing  clouds  of  glory"  and  she  may  be  the  strong- 
est influence  for  culture  there  is  in  the  place.  Most 
of  the  teachers  of  this  city  are  working  in  the 
community  where  they  were  born  and  grew  up.  They 
certainly  form  a  part  of  the  intellectual  life  of  the 
whole  place.  But  if  the  head  of  the  family  knows  a 
few  of  these  one  hundred  and  fifty  teachers,  the 
chances  are  that  they  will  not  be  the  ones  in  charge 
of  his  own  children.  *****  As  regards 
some,  at  least,  of  the  trustees,  who  are  sup- 
posed to  represent  the  parents  in  the  control  of  the 
schools,  they  consider  their  work  at  an  end  where  it 
really  begins,  that  is  whe.i  the  houre  is  b"ii.  and  tlv 
teacher  engage  1,  ami  tic  machinery  set  in  motion.  L. 
their  way  they  are  like  the  deity  of  some  far  eastern 
creeds,  who  makes  his  world  and  sets  it  in  motion 
ami  then  betakes  himself  to  a  solitary  throne  and  lets 
it  go. 

*  *  *  One  school  trustee  I  knew,  who  served 
in  an  incorporated  town.  He  was  a  busy  lawyer,  and 
once  told  me  that  lie  f  >un  1  his  work  as  trustee  rather 
exacting.    He  felt  tfvat  he  ought  to  visit  each  depart- 


ment in  the  school  every  week,  and  to  stay  long 
enough  to  go  over  the  lessons  with  the  classes. 
In  the  higher  and  lower  grades  alike  he  followed  all 
the  text  book  work,  and  he  casually  remarked  that  it 
took  more  time  than  one  would  suppose  to  read  care- 
fully all  the  Greek,  Latin  and  French  lessons  and 
exercises  of  the  higher  classes,  and  to  work  out 
algebra  and  geometry  so  that  he  would  know  exactly 
what  they  were  doing,  and  be  able  to  examine  and 
criticize  the  w-ork  of  any  class  as  it  came  up.  Now 
this  man  did  not  think  that  he  was  doing  more  than 
was  in  his  contract  when  he  accepted  office  from 
those  parents  whom  he  represented.  He  did  not 
think  that  a  school  trustee  was  a  mere  hewer  of  wood 
and  payer  of  water  taxes. 

I  seem  to  have  made  quite  an  excursion  from  the 
subject,  to  show  that  the  teacher  has  not  the  direct 
responsibility  of  the  parent,  which  an  ordinary  em- 
ployee has  to  the  person  for  whom  he  works,  and 
that  he  does  not  have  the  intimate  personal  relation 
with  the  heads  of  the  families  which  exists  between 
lawyer  and  client,  doctor  and  patient,  or  preacher 
and  parishioner,  whereby  the  value  of  the  work  of 
each  of  these  professional  men  is  tested  ;  and  finally 
that  there  is  little  or  no  representative  influence  or 
supervision  exercised  by  the  parents  through  the 
school  board.  It  remains  that  the  teacher  can  hard- 
ly look  for  approval,  or  criticism,  or  condemnation  of 
his  work  to  the  people  of  the  community  where  he 
lives.  He  knows  tine  inspector  and  superintendent 
ot  schools  as  the  authority  to  whom  his  work  must 
be  commended.  The  only  authority  as  to  the  courses 
of  study  is  a  provincial  board  from  which  also  comes 
the  authority  to  teach,  and  a  certain  proportion  of  the 
salary.  If  these  are  satisfied  'there  is  no  one  else  to 
deal  with,  if  they  condemn,  it  would  not  avail 
though  the  parents  of  all  the  children  in  the  class 
found  the  teacher  an  angel  from  heaven. 

Societies  used  to  debate  whether  hope  of  reward 
or  fear  of  punishment  counted  for  most  in  regulating 
the  life.  But  the  community  of  parents  can  offer 
neither  inducement  to  the  teachers.  His  work  is 
little  recognized  by  those  for  whom  it  is  done, 
for  the  children  do  not  understand,  the  parents  do 
not  know,  and  the  trustees  are  concerned  with  other 
things.  It  must  be  difficult  for  a  subordinate  teach- 
er in  these  schools,  even  though  she  be  a  genius,  to 
get  herself  discovered  and  to  obtain  her  fair  meed 
of  praise.  Yet  she  has  a  right  to  expect  this  much, 
in  view  of  iiie  limited  material  rewards. 

"Fame  i-  the  spur  winch  the  clear  spirit  do. li  n.ise 

(That  lasi  infirmity  of  noble  minds). 

To  scorn  delights  and  live  laborious-  days." 


214 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Some  few  great  souls  among  teachers  have  been 
known,  one  or  two  I  have  myself  seen,  whose  work 
so  absorbed  them  that  they  cared,  or  seemed  to  care, 
little  for  recognition.  It  was  enough  for  them  to 
do  the  thing.  If  they  spoke  of  themselves  they 
might  give  in  other  terms  the  explanation  of  that 
State  governor  who  said :  "I  seen  my  duty  and  I 
done  it." 

"These   demand  not  that   the   things  without  them 
Yield  them  love    f.musement,  sympathy. 
"Bounded  by  themselves  and   unregardful 
In  what  state  God's  other  works  may  be, 
In  their  own  task  all  their  powers  pouring 
These  attain  the  mighty  life  you  see." 
(Concluded  in  next  number.)] 


ART  NOTES  —  No.  III. 

By  Hunter  Boyd,  Wawekj,  N.  B. 

The  topic  chosen  for  the  month  will  appeal  read- 
ily to  all  grades  of  scholars,  and  not  least  to  those 
in  the  primary  departments.  Most  children  enjoy 
pictures  of  children,  and  also  of  animals,  and  par- 
ticularly when  ithese  elements  are  so  combined  as  to 
tell  a  story.  For  this  reason  one  often  meets  repro- 
ductions of  the  well  known  picture  by  G.  A.  Holmes, 
called  "Can't  You  Talk  ?"  or  another  by  C.  Burton 
Barber  "In  Disgrace."  Hardly  less  enjoyment  is 
derived  from  scenes  where  only  animals  are  intro- 
duced, provided  "something  is  going  on,"  and  it 
may  be  well  to  recall  the  picture  by  H.  Sperling, 
of  Berlin,  which  bears  a  title  "Saved"  identical  with 
that  of  Landseer's  which  is  reproduced  this  month. 
It  will  be  remembered  that  in  the  Berlin  picture  a 
kitten,  attacked  by  two  dogs  has  found  a  place  of 
refuge  at  the  breast  of  a  larger  dog.  These  two 
pictures  may  be  compared  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of 
noting  the  emotional  expression  of  the  two  rescuers, 
and  it  would  be  well  to  gather  other  specimens  of 
pictures  where  Newfoundland  or  St.  Bernard  dogs 
have  effected  rescues. 

The  meaning,  or  message  <jf  Landseer's  'Saved' 
is  so  obvious  that  we  can  afford  to  use  this  picture 
as  a  basis  for  classification  of  artists  and  their  work, 
at  any  rate  so  far  as  such  a  summary  will  enable  us 
to  place  'Landseer,'  and  to  know  precisely  what  we 
are  entitled  to  look  for  in  his  work.  We  all  know 
the  saying,  "the  eye  sees  only  that  which  it  brings 
with  it  the  power  of  seeing,"  and  it  is  true  of  artists 
just  as  it  is  true  of  the  public  who  examine  their 
work.  A  person  who  knows  Landseer's  specialty 
will  not  examine  too  closely  his  treatment  of  the 
clouds,   the  appearance  of  the  ocean,   nor   even   the 


treatment  of  the  little  child.  The  strong  point  in  the 
composition  is  the  head  of  the  dog,  and  if  any  ques- 
tion remains  to  be  asked  it  is  "What  is  the  dog  say- 
ing ?  "  or  more  exactly  "What  emotion  is,  express- 
ed by  the  dog  ?  "  This  is  not  'the  same  'as  the  quality 
of  character  or  conduct  displayed  by  the  dog.  We 
should  all  reply  doubtless  that  we  see  faithfulness, 
kindness,  humaneness  and  so  on.  But  our  business 
is  rather  to  discover  what  were  the  feelings  imputed 
by  Landseer,  or  observed  by  Landseer,  in  this  dog  at 
the  moment  selected  for  his  picture.  If  he  actually 
witnessed  a  dog  in  this  condition  has  he  succeeded 
in  making  us  sharers  of  his  own  emotion  exper- 
ienced when  he  reached  that  scene  ?  What  is  the 
nature  of  the  appeal  which  the  animal  makes  upon 
ourselves  as  we  contemplate  this  reproduction  in 
black  and  white  ?  Can  we  hear  the  dog,  and  if  so 
what  is  the  nature  of  the  sound  emitted.  When  we 
are  thus  led  into  the  actual  life  of  the  dog  all  ques- 
tions as  to  time  of  day  or  year  and  the  location  of 
the  wharf  or  even  the  identity  of  the  child  are  seen 
to  be  comparatively  unimportant. 

Many  persons  who  are  not  conversant  with  the 
characteristics  of  various  artists  are  frequently  pro- 
voked to  be  told  that  such  and  such  pictures  are 
"good."  They  fail  to  discern  that  there  are  many 
kinds  of  "good"  and  not  many  artists  achieve  suc- 
cess in  more  than  two  or  three  special  lines.  It 
would  be  well  for  the  scholars  to  be  encouraged  to 
form  collections  of  pictures  by  animal  painters. 
They  can  be  classified  according  to  nationality  or  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  animal  preferred.  Let 
us  take  the  French  artists  to  begin  with  and  we  have 
Madame  Rosa  Bonheur  who  painted  all  animals  but 
excelled  with  horses  and  oxen.  Then  we  have  Con- 
stant Troyon  one  of  the  greatest  of  French  painters 
of  landscape  and  animals.  He  made  provision  for 
a  Parisian  scholarship  for  young  painters  of  animals. 
Next  we  take  E.  Van  Marcke,  Charles  Jacque,  Bras- 
cassat,  and  Madame  Henriette  Ronner  so  famous 
with  her  cat  studies. 

For  those  who  can  afford  to  procure  works  for 
their  school,  or  who  have  access  to  public  libraries 
we  commend  "Animal  Painters  of  England"  from 
the  year  1650.  by  Sir  Walter  Gilbey,  Bart.,  and  they 
will  there  find  nearly  60  illustrations  by  W.  Bar- 
rand,  J.  F.  Herring,  and  pictures  by  the  Coopers,  al- 
though not  including  the  beautiful  work  of  the  re- 
cently deceased  T.  Sidney  Cooper,  R.  A.  Any  of 
the  great  artist  series  of  publications  will  include  a 
life  of  Sir  Edwin  Landseer,  and  illustrations  of  his 
chief  works.     Sets  of  pictures  can  easily  be  obtain- 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


21F) 


ed  from  the  Brown,     Perry,    or    Cosmos     Picture 
Companies. 

It  may  suffice  to  add  that  Landseer  lived  1802- 
1873.  He  enjoyed  the  friendship  of  Prince  Albert 
and  Sir  Walter  Scott.  He  belonged  to  an  artistic 
family  and  was  unusually  precocious.  He  was  not 
a  great  colorist  and  thus  the  reproduction  here  pre- 
sented does  not  greatly  depart  from  the  value  of  the 
original.  Richard  Muther  says  of  him  "He  paints 
the  human  temperament  beneath  the  animal  mask." 


This  plan  is  useful  for  one  hour's  entertainment 
Friday  evening  as  well  as  for  an  exercise  in  geo- 
graphy. One  week  I  write  fifty  or  more  names  on 
the  blackboard  of  the  most  prominent  cities, 
capes,  bays,  etc.,  of  the  world.  Have  pupils  copy 
into  their  exercise  books.  Then  during  their  spare 
time,  either  in  school  or  at  home,  they  locate  their 
places,  writing  the  location  neatly  opposite  each 
name.  When  I  have  spare  time,  if  there  be  any 
trouble  in  finding  places,  I  help  them  out,  making 
constant  use  of  maps,  thus  showing  my  interest  in 
the  subject. 

On  Friday  evening  we  appoint  captains  who 
choose  sides.  I  give  out  the  names  as  in  a  spelling 
match.  When  one  is  missed  the  seat  is  taken. 
( Pupils  point  out  place  on  map.)  The  side  that  re- 
mains longer  on  the  floor  or  which  has  the  greater 
number  standing  when  names  are  all  called  out,  is 
pronounced  victorious.  To  vary  the  exercise,  I 
have  pupils  tell  some  interesting  fact  in  connection 
with  each  place.  The  names  written  are  chosen 
according  to  the  capacity  of  the  pupils,  and  thus  a 
pleasant  as  well  as  useful  exercise  is  given.  The 
pupils  become  very  much  interested  and  are  made 
familiar  with  the  ma[>s,  also  are  made  familiar  with 
the  names  of  places  and  their  location,  so  that  in 
ordinary  conversation  and  reading  they  are  much 
benefited. — Popular  Educator. 

Miss  Ella  Crandall,  of  Wolfville,  one  of  the  first 
contingent  of  Canadian  teachers  to  go  to  South 
Africa,  has  arrived  at  the  home  of  her  father.  Rev. 
D.  W.  Crandall,  to  spend  a  few  weeks'  vacation 
after  which  she  will  return  to  Winburg,  where  she 
has  a  position  in  the  large  'government  school  of 
twelve  teachers.  Nearly  all  the  other  Canadian 
teachers  win  went  out  at  that  time  are  either  mar- 
ried or  have  returned  home. — Yarmouth  Telegram. 


Dear  Editor.— Those  who  had  the  pleasure  of 
reading  in  the  November  number  of  the  Review 
Rev.  Mr.  Boyd's  interesting  note  on  Turner's 
painting,  "The  Old  Temeraire,"  may  find  an  added 
pleasure  in  Henry  Nevvbolt's  lines  entitled,  "The 
Fighting  Temeraire."  A  copy  of  the  poem  is  sub- 
joined. Yours  sincerely, 

DalhoiiMe   College,   November  3.     D.    A.    MURRAY. 


If  you  strike  a  pupil  be  exceedingly  careful  how, 
when,  and  why  you  do  it.  The  public  is  too  sensi- 
tive for  a  teacher  to  take  chances. — Ex. 


The  Fighting  Temeraire. 

It   was   eight  bells   ringing, 

For  the  morning  watch  was  done, 
And   the   gunner's   lads   were   singing, 

As  they  polished  every  gun. 
It   was   eight   bells    ringing, 
And    the   gunner's   lads   were   singing, 
For  the  ship  she  rode  a-swinging, 
As  they  polished  every  gun. 

Oh!  to  see  the  linstock  lighting, 

Temeraire !   Temeraire ! 
Oh!   to  hear  the  round-shot  biting, 

Tim eraire !   Tern eraire ! 
Oh!  to  see  the  linstock  lighting, 
And  to  hear  the  round-shot  biting, 
Tor  we're  all  in  love  ivith  fighting 
On   the  fighting  Temeraire. 

It  was  noontide  ringing, 

And  the  battle  just  begun, 
When  the  ship  her  way  was  winging 

As  they  loaded  every  gun. 
It  was  noontide  ringing, 
When  the  ship  her   way  was  winging, 
An.!  the  gunner's  lads  were  singing, 
As  they  loaded  every  gun. 

There'll  be  many  grim   and  gory, 

Temeraire !   'Tern  eraire ! 
There'll  be  few  to  tell  the  story, 

Temeraire !   'Temer  aii  e ! 
'There'll  be  many  grim  and  g.ry, 
There'll  be  few  to  tell  the  story. 
But  we'll  all  be  one  in  glory 
With   the  fighting  Temeraire. 

There's   a    far  bell   ringing 
At  the  setting  of  the  sun, 
An<l    a    phantom    voi  e    :     winging, 

Of  the  great  days  done. 
There's  a  far  bell  ringing, 
And  a  phantom  voice  is  singing 
Of   renown   forever  clinging 
To  the  great  days  done. 

Now  the  sunset  breezes  shiver, 

Temeraire!   'Temeraire! 
And  she's  fading  down  the  river, 

Temeraire !   Temeraire ! 
Nozu  the  sunset,  breezes  shiver. 
And  she's  fading  down  the  river, 
But  in  England's  song  forever 
She's  the  fighting  Temeraire. 


216 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A   Hint    Regarding-  the    Provincial   Examin- 
ations  in   Nova  Scotia. 

The  Editor  of  The  Educational  Review  : 

Sir — Last  summer  while  reading  answers 
to  the  questions  in  science  of  the  pro- 
vincial examinations  in  Nova  Scotia  I 
was  frequently  discouraged  because  so  few 
of  the  teachers  had  apparently  profited  by  articles 
which  I  had  written  for  their  special  benefit.  I 
had  endeavored  to  make  plain  some  important 
principles  and  had  given  hints  as  to  how  they  might 
be  impressed  upon  the  pupils  who  contemplated 
undergoing  examination.  I  had  hoped  that  these 
hints  might  be  found  useful,  but  the  same  old 
mistakes  were  repeated  to  such  an  extent  as  to 
indicate  that  the  teachers  had  either  not  read  my 
articles  or  had  simply  not  thought  it  worth  while 
to  modify  their  teaching.  This  would  seem  a 
short  sighted  policy,  even  if  the  articles  were  not 
really  of  educative  value,  when  the  hints  were  given 
by  the  provincial  examiner. 

It  has  long  been  the  aim  of  the  Educational  De- 
partment to  improve  the  character  of  the  science 
teaching  in  the  schools,  and  examination  papers  are 
thoughtfully  prepared  with  that  object  in  view,  and 
I  have  tried  to  further  these  efforts  by  occasional 
articles  to  your  journal.  I  propose  in  this  letter  to 
make  one  more  attempt  to  arouse  the  teachers.  I 
have  arranged  'that  one  of  the  questions  on  the 
papers  in  chemistry  last  July  will  be  repeated,  in 
substance  at  least,  next  July.  Surely  teachers  read- 
ing this  letter,  who  have  pupils  preparing  for  ex- 
amination in  chemistry,  will  take  pains  that  they, 
at  all  events,  thoroughly  understand  all  the  questions 
asked  last  July. 

This  warning  having  been  given,  it  will  be  but 
fair  that  answers  to  this  particular  question 
should  be  more  strictly  marked  than  would  other- 
wise be  the  case.  John  Waddell. 


Do  the  following  passages  bear  any  traces  of  the 
latitude,  season,  or  country  in  which  they  were 
written  ? 

"Twilight  and  evening  bell. 

And  soon  after  the  dark  !" 

"The  sun's  rim  dips ;  the  stars  rush  out : 

At  one  stride  comes  the  dark." 

"'The  night  cometh,  when  no  man  can  work." 

"The  long  gray  fields  at  night." 

"The  dawn  comes  up  like  thunder." 

Introduction  to  Practical  Geography. 


Barbizon. 

MISS  A.   MACLEAN. 

To  the  public  school  teachers  in  my  native  land, 
who  know  no  more  about  art  than  I  used  to  know, 
I  should  like  to  write  of  art.  There  are  hundreds 
such.  Bright,  educated,  clever  teachers  there  are 
to  whom  the  lives  of  the  heroes  of  the  battle  field, 
of  the  giant  souls  who  struggled  for  civil  and 
political  freedom,  of  the  God  loved  ones  who  lived 
and  suffered  and  died  for  the  right  to  serve  God  as 
they  thought  best,  are  well  known,  but  how  many 
know  the  lives  and  works  of  the  heroes,  the  con- 
querors, the  martyrs  of  the  art  life,  or  realize  that 
they  are  as  worthy  of  thought  and  study  as  the 
people  of  any  other  field  of  the  world's  activity  ? 
We  have  no  knowledge  of  a  sixth  sense,  but  if  we 
could  become  possessed  of  a  sixth  sense,  we  would 
surely  say  regretfully,  "what  we  have  missed  in  the 
years  that  are  past !"  I  know  how  much  it  would 
have  meant  to  me  had  someone  talked  to  me  ;n 
school  as  I  would  like  now  to  talk  to  the  pupils  I 
have  known.  I  can  not  do  that,  but  if  I  can  help 
teachers  to  interest  their  pupils  in  art  and  the  lives 
and  works  of  artists,  I  shall  feel  that  I  have  made 
some  atonement  for  what  my  pupils  missed  because 
1  did  not  know. 

Once  I  was  employed  to  give  a  young  '.ad*, 
whose  education  had  been  neglected,  instruction  in 
history  and  literature.  The  first  day  I  called  I  was 
shown  into  a  finely  furnished  library,  where  sat  a 
graceful  young  lady  by  a  table  on  which  were  two 
huge  volumes,  the  leaves  of  one  of  which  she  was 
disconsolately  turning  over.  When  we  were  left 
alone,  she  turned  to  me  and  said,  "How  in  the  world 
do  they  ever  suppose  I  can  learn  all  that !"  I  took 
up  the  book  at  which  she  pointed,  and  found  its 
title  to  be  "Twenty  Centuries  of  History."  The 
other  book  I  found  to  be  an  equally  ponderous  and 
alarming  dissertation  on  literature.  I  was  not  sur- 
prised that  the  poor  girl  was  frightened.  Well,  she 
had  no  lessons  out  of  either  book  with  me.  I  had 
my  own  methods  and  they  succeeded.  We  have  more 
than  twenty  centuries  of  art  history — art  is  as  old 
as  the  existence  of  man  upon  the  earth.  I  do  not 
purpose  goin^-  back  now  to  the  Cave  Dwellers  or 
the  River  Drift  Men.  the  Kitchen  Middens  ir 
Stonehenge.  I  wish  to  journey  now  with  the  teachers 
and  by  them  with  their  pupils  in  sunnier  times  v  1 
with  people  nearer  to  us  in  time  and  interest.  Tf 
later  they  should  wish  to  journev  back  through  the 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


217 


long  ago,  I  shall  be  glad  to  go  with  them.    We  will 
begin  with  Barbizon., 

What  was  Barbizon  ?  Far  away  in  sunny  Franc, 
in  the  early  part  of  last  century,  on  the  edge  of  a 
vast  plain,  close  to  the  side  of  a  forest,  was  a  village 
of  a  single  street.  The  houses  or  homesteads 
which  formed  the  street  were  built  around  courts. 
Into  these  courts  was  thrown  the  refuse  from  the 
stables,  there  the  cows  were  milked  and  the  poultry 
fed,  there  pigeons  cooed  and  little  children  played 
There  was  no  access  to  this  one  street  town  except 
by  travelling  across  the  fields  from  the  post  town  of 
Chailley,  a  mile  away,  or  by  a  path  through  the  for- 
est in  another  direction.  This  little  hamlet,  or  day's 
walk  from  Paris,  was  Barbizon,  and  the  forest,  up 
to  which  it  seemed  to  nestle,  was  Fontainebleau,  to 
whose  Renaissance  Chateau  came  often  Kings  of 
France  and  their  courts,  and  among  whose  lovely, 
sunlit  glades  and  shady  paths  men  and  women 
whose  names  are  linked  with  history  joyously 
rambled.  There  were  many  hamlets  and  villages  on 
the  plain,  vineclad  homes  of  men  and  women  who 
sowed  and  reaped,  and  gleaned  and  drove  their 
sheep  and  cattle  to  pasture  and  watched  them  by- 
day  and  by  night.  Many  of  those  villages  were 
fairer  than  Barbizon ;  then  why  is  it  that  litle 
Barbizon  is  known  all  over  the  civilized  world  to- 
day? It  is  because  in  that  little  hamlet,  between 
1830  and  1845  there  gathered  the  largest  number 
of  men  powerful  in  art  creation  that  has  ever 
gathered  anywhere  since  the  days  of  Michael 
Angelo,  the  days  of  the  Renaissance.  What  men 
those  men  of  the  Barbizon  school  were! — Millet 
Corot,  Barye,  Rousseau,  Gerome,  Delacroix,  Diaz, 
Oupre,  Troyon,  and  many  others.  Strange  that  there 
should  be  long  years  when  the  world's  eyes  ache 
with  looking  for  its  art  lights,  and  then  suddenly 
there  is  flung  out  against  the  blue  a  whole  galaxy 
of  brilliant  stars. 

It  is  said  that  Barbizon  became  known  to  the  art 
world  through  Claud  Aligny  and  Philippe  Le  Dieu. 
They  had  gone  to  Fontainebleau  to  visit  a  friend, 
and  while  there  went  into  the  forest  looking  for 
something  to  paint.  By  night-fall  they  had  lost 
themselves,  but  by  following  the  tinkling  of  a  bell 
they  came  upon  a  cowherd  who  guided  them  Jilt 
to  the  village  of  Barbizon  and  to  the  house  of  a 
peasant  named  Cannc.  Ganne  could  provide  food 
but  not  lodging,  so  the  cowherd  let  them  pass  the 
night  on  the  straw  with  his  cattle.  Next  morning 
they  explored  the  forest  near  the  hamlet  and  were 


so  amazed  and  delighted  that  they  insisted  that 
Ganne  should  take  them  as  lodgers.  He  and  his 
wife  decided  that  money  was  not  to  be  despised,  so 
they  gave  up  their  bedroom  to  the  artists,  and  shared 
the  barn  with  the  cattle  in  the  pleasant  summer 
time. 

Le  Dieu  and  Aligny  spread  the  news  of  their 
discovery  of  a  bit  of  unspoiled  nature  so  near  to 
Paris,  and  next  summer  the  place  was  overrun  by 
artists.  Finally  Ganne  bought  a  large  barn  and 
fitted  it  up  as  a  two-storey  hotel  with  studios  on  the 
north  side.  On  the  ground  floor  was  an  immense 
dining-hall,  a  caie  and  billiard  table.  Most  of  :he 
artists  gathered  into  Ganne's  hotel  and  often  it  was 
so  full  that  some  slept  on  the  tables  and  others  in 
the  barn.  Between  1830  and  i860  nearly  everv 
French  artist  and  representative  artist  from  every 
other  civilized  nation  visited  Barbizon. 

A  merry  "vie  de  Boheme"  the  men  of  the  earlier 
Barbizon  days  led.  Each  season  one  was  chosen  as 
leader,  and  times  were  grave  or  pay  according  to 
the  temperament  of  the  leader.  Thev  were  earnest 
workers.  The  law  of  the  place  was  to  rise  ear!\\ 
and  the  most  diligent  were  off  to  the  forest  by  five. 
After  dinner  they  relaxed.  Then  they  smoked, 
they  talked,  they  sang,  thev  decorated  the  panels  of 
the  dining-room,  thev  went  masquerading  to  the 
other  villages  or  danced  the  bottle  dance  on  festive 
occasions  in  a  barn  lit  up  by  candles  in  tin  lanterns 
and  decorated  with  ivy.  The  graver  ones  of 
Millet's  type  did  the  decorating,  while  the  gayer 
ones  of  Corot's  type  led  the  bottle  dance.  Bottles 
were  placed  at  equal  distances  from  each  other  and 
the  dancers,  moving  slowly  at  first,  then  fast  and 
faster,  passed  out  and  in  between  the  bottles — he 
who  tipped  over  a  bottle  was  out  of  the  dance. 

Most  of  the  artists  came  and  went.  but.  during  the 
last  twenty-seven  years  of  his  life.  Barbizon  was 
home  to  Millet  all  the  year  round,  and  with  Millet 
I  shall  begin  sketches  of  the  lives  and  works  of 
some  of  the  irost  imi>ortant  of  the  Barbizon  school 
of  artists. 


The  purely  educational  value  of  nature  study  is 
in  its  power  to  add  to  our  capacity  of  appreciation 
— our  love  and  enjoyment  of  all  open-air  objects.  T 
should  not  try  directly  to  teach  young  people  to 
love  nature  so  much  as  I  should  aim  to  bring  na- 
ture and  them  together,  and  let  an  understanding 
and  intimacy  spring  up  between  them. — John  Bur- 
roughs. 


218 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


February  Birthdays. 

February  3,  181 1.  Horace  Greeley  born;  took  an 
active  part  in  the  labour  of  the  l\ew  Hampshire 
farm  where  he  'was  brought  up.  He  early  learned 
to  read  and  before  he  was  ten  had  read  every  book 
that  he  could  borrow  in  the  neighborhood.  Estab- 
lished the  New  York  Morning  Post,  the  first  penny 
daily  ever  published,  afterwards  founded  the  New 
York  Tribune,  which  he  edited  till  his  death. 

February  6,  1664.  Queen  Anne  of  England,  the 
last  sovereign  of  the  Stuart  line,  born  in  London. 
She  was  the  second  daughter  of  James  II.  She  was 
the  mother  of  seventeen  children  all  of  whom  died 
in  infancy  before  she  became  queen.  Fler  reign  was 
distinguished  by  successful  wars  fought  under  the 
great  Duke  of  Marlborough,  and  is  also  called  the 
Augustan  period  of  English  literature,  from  the 
famous  writers  who  lived  in  her  reign. 

February  7,  1812.  Charles  Dickens,  one  of  Eng- 
land's greatest  novelists,  born  near  Portsmouth. 
Began  to  study  law  but  disliked  it  and  entered  upon 
newspaper  work.  His  "Posthumous  Papers  of  ih: 
Pickwick  Club,"  unequalled  in  their  particular  vein 
of  humour,  won  him  great  popularity.  His  master- 
piece is  "David  Copperfield,"  which  is  said  to  be  the 
history  of  his  own  life.  His  "Child's  History  of 
England,"  "Christmas  Carols"  and  parts  of  his 
novels  are  delightful  reading  for  the  young. 

February  11,  1847.  Thomas  Alva  Edison,  great 
inventor,  born  in  Ohio.  His  mother,  a  Scotch  wo- 
man of  intellectual  attainments,  taught  him  to  read. 
He  began  life  as  a  trainboy  on  the  Grand  Trunk 
Railway ;  learned  telegraphy  and  soon  began  a  series 
of  inventions,  which  made  his  name  famous,  chiefly 
telegraphic  and  electric  instruments,  the  telephone, 
phonograph,  electric  light  and  electric  engine. 

February  12,  1809.  Abraham  Lincoln,  the  six- 
teenth president  of  the  United  States,  born  in  a  cabin 
in  Kentucky,  a  grand-nephew  of  Daniel  Boone.  Had 
one  year's  schooling,  was  a  farm  laborer,  "rail- 
splitter"  and  trader  by  turns  as  he  grew  up.  He 
was  famous  for  his  height  and  strength  of  body,  his 
inexhaustible  fund  of  anecdotes,  and  for  his  clever- 
ness in  speech-making.  ( )n  a  voyage  to  New 
Orieans  he  saw  slaves  chained,  maltreated  and 
whipped,  which  led  to  his  deep-rooted  dislike  of 
slavery.  Studied  law,  was  elected  to  Congress  in 
1846.  and  became  president  of  the  United  States  in 
i8fxD.  He  was  assassinated  by  John  Wilkes  Booth, 
an  actor,  in  1865. 

February  15,  1564.  Galileo  (accent  on  the  e)  was 
born  in  Italy.     A  noted  mathematician  and  phi'oso- 


pher.  Invented  die  microscope  and  telescope.  With 
the  latter  he  detected  the  mountainous  character  of 
the  moon,  the  phases  of  the  planet  Venus,  discover- 
ed the  moons  of  Jupiter,  the  rings  of  Saturn,  the 
rotation  of  the  sun  on  its  axis  by  means  of  the 
spots  on  its  disk.  He  was  denounced  as  a  heretic 
for  teaching  that  the  earth  moves;  was  imprisoned 
and  renounced  what  he  had  taught;  but  added  an 
aside— "Still,  it  does  move." 

February  19,  1473.  Nicolas  Copernicus,  an 
astronomer,  born  in  Poland.  He  was  the  first  to 
teach  that  the  planets  revolve  round  the  sun,  a 
theory  that  was  rejected  in  his  time. 

February  22,  1819.  James  Russell  Lowell,  a  dis- 
tinguished poet  and  critic,  born  at  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts. 

February  22,  1732.  George  Washington,  soldier 
and  statesman,  the  leader  of  the  forces  of  theAmeri- 
can  Colonies  in  the  war  of  the  Revolution.  First 
president  of  the  United  States. 

February  23,  1685.  George  Frederick  Handel, 
great  musical  composer,  born  in  Saxony,  composed 
sonatas  at  the  age  of  ten,  devoted  himself  to  sacred 
music.  Composed  the  oratorios  of  "Saul"  and  the 
"Messiah." 

February  26,  1802.  Victor  Hugo,  a  celebrated 
lyric  poet  and  novelist,  also  a  great  political  orator 
and  leader,  born  at  Besancon.  His  greatest  novels 
are  Les  Miserables"  and  "The  Toilers  of  the  Sea" 
February  27,  1807.  Henry  Wadsworth  Long- 
fellow was  born  at  Portland,  Maine;  an  eminent 
American  poet ;  was  professor  of  modern  languages 
and  literature  in  Harvard  University.  Among  his 
best  poems  are  "Hyperion,"  "Voices  of  the  Night," 
"Evangeline." 

February  28,  1533.  Michael  Montaigne,  cele- 
brated philosopher  and  essayist,  born  in  Perigorde, 
in  France;  studied  and  practised  law.  His  famous 
essays,  which  have  passed  through  nearly  one 
hundred  editions,  have  greatly  influenced  taste  and 
opinion  in  Europe. 

February  29,  1792.  Gioacchino  Rossini,  a 
famous  composer,  born  in  Italy;  at  14  years  of  age 
he  could  sing  any  piece  of  music  at  sight;  at  18  he 
wrote  the  operetta  "Tancredi"  which  within  three 
years  was  played  in  every  musical  theatre  in  Europe 
and  America.     His  master-piece  is  "William  Tell." 


The  population  of  Canada  is  now  over  six 
millions.  The  immigration  figures  for  the  year  1905 
were  somewhere  near  145,000,  or  about  ten  thous- 
and more  than  in  the  preceding  year. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


219 


Problems  in  Arithmetic,  Grade  VIII. 

G.  K.  Bttlkr,  VI. A. 

1.  If  the  gain  on  an  article  is  20  per  cent,  and  the 
discount  20  per  cent,  and  the  S.  P.  $40.  Find  cost 
and  marked  price.  Ans. — Cost,  $33  1-3 ;  M.  P., 
$50. 

2.  Bought  12  dozen  pairs  of  boots  at  $25  a  doze.i, 
pay  30  per  cent  duty  and  gain  10  1-3  per  cent. 
Find  S.  P.  each.     Ans. — $3. 

3.  Find  simple  interest  on  $375.60  from  May  19, 
1900,  to  Oct.  12,  1905,  at  6  1-2  per  cent.  Ans. — 
$131-84. 

4.  800m.  bought  at  $1.25  a  meter,  duty  20  p?r 
cent,  gain  20  per  cent.  Find  selling  price  per  yard. 
Ans. — $1,645. 

5.  A  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  9  days.  P>  in  12 
days;  A  works  for  6  days.  How  long  will  it  take 
B  to  finish  it  ?       Ans.— 4  days. 

6.  An  agent  sells  400  bbls.  apples  at  $2.50 
Commission  5  per  cent.  Invests  proceeds  at  5  per 
cent  commission.  How  much  does  he  invest  ? 
Ans. — $904.76. 

7.  The  weight  of  iron  is  7.15  times  as  great  as 
water.  Find  in  lbs.  and  a  decimal  the  weight  of  a 
bar  of  iron  3  ft.  long,  4  in.  wide  and  3  in.  thick  ? 
Ans. — 111,718  lbs.  or  in  lbs.  11.5  oz. 

8.  Find  the  value  of  a  pile  of  wood  50  ft.  long,  12 
ft.  wide  and  8  ft.  high,  at  $3  a  cord.  Ans. — 
$112.50. 

9.  In  4  months  the  interest  on  $275  is  $5.50. 
Find  the  rate  per  cent.     Ans. — 6  per  cent. 

10.  Divide  $250  among  3  persons  so  that  the 
third  has  1-3  of  what  the  first  two  have,  and  flu 
first  1-2  of  what  the  second  has.  Ans.— $62.50. 
$125.  $62.50. 

11.  A  room  12  ft.  x  15  ft.  and  10  ft.  is  to  be 
papered  with  paper  18  in.  wide.  8  yards  to  roll  an  1 
25  cents  a  roll.  There  are  three  windows  each  4x6 
and   2  doors  3x8.     Find  cost.     Ans. — $2.19  2-3. 

12.  A  cylinder  is  10  in.  in  diameter,  and  15  in. 
high.  How  many  gallons  will  it  hold  ?  Ans. — 
4.24  gallons. 

13.  A  cylinder  is  20  decimeters  in  diameter,  and 
10  decimeters  high.  How  many  gallons  will  it  hold? 
Ans. — 691.466  gallons. 

14.  Find  volume  of  a  cone  20  in.  high,  and  15  in. 
in  diameter  ?     Ans. — 1178.1  cubic  inches. 

15.  Find  in  acres  etc.  the  area  of  a  triangle 
whose  base  is  300  yards,  and  height  600  yards  ? 
Ans. — 6  acres,  95  rods,  6  yards,  2  feet  and  36 
inches. 

(In  Qneition  12.  January  problems,  "inches"  should  be  "meters.") 


Literature  in  the  Primary  Grades.— II. 

A  little  girl  of  ten  years  of  age  has  made  the  fol- 
lowing list  of  favorite  books,  unaided,  says  St. 
Nicholas  Magazine.  Our  readers  will  find  it 
hard  to  make  any  improvements. — 

"Tanglewood   Tales,''   Nathaniel   Hawthorne. 
"Honsehold  Book  of  Poetry,"  Dana. 
"Uncle  Remus,"  Joel   Chandler  Harris. 
"The  Jungle  Book,"  Kipling. 
"Scottish  and   English    Ballads."   Nimino. 
"History   of   Hannibal,"   Abbott. 
"History  of  Romulus',"  Abbott. 
"The   Pilgrim's  Progress." 
"Heroic  Ballads,"   Montgomery. 
"The  Blue  Poetry  Book,"  Lang. 
"Stories  from  Homer,"  Church. 
"Stories  from  Virgil,"  Church. 
"Hans  Andersen's   Fairy  Tales." 

"A  Child's  History  of  England."  Dickens. 
"Tales  of  a  Grandfather,"  Scott. 
"Greek  Heroes,"  Kingsley. 
"Wonder  Book,"  Hawthorne. — 

To  these  may  be  added  others,  not  selected 
by  a  child,  but  which  every  child  will  delight  in  : 

Alice's    Adventures    in    Wonderland. 
Robinson  Crusoe. 
Swiss  Family  Rcbinson. 
Kingsley 's  Water  Babies. 
Lanier's   Boy's   King  Arthur. 
Lamb's  Tales   from  Shakespeare. 
Ruskin's  King  of  the  Golden  River. 
Scudder's  Book  of  Folk  Stories. 
Fairy  Tales  and   Fables.* 
Stories   from   English   History.* 

It  may  be  said  that  those  children  of  the  first  four 
grades  in  our  schools  who  read  these  twenty  books. 
or  half  of  them,  will  have  a  possession  that  will  last 
through  life.  It  will  not  be  difficult  to  obtain  them. 
They  are  everywhere :  and  are  among  the  world's 
best  literature  for  children.  Let  a  child  read  one  or 
two  of  them,  and  there  will  be  an  eager  desire  to 
read  the  others ;  they  will  go  in  quest  of  such,  as  did 
many  of  those  famous  men.  mentioned  in  "February 
I'irthdays"  of  this  number,  when  they  were  child- 
ren. 

When  and  where  may  such  books  as  these  bo 
read  ?  During  the  first  three  or  four  grades  of  the 
primary  course,  when  children  are  becoming 
familiar  with  the  printed  page,  their  ambition  to 
read  something  outside  their  school  readers — some- 
thing  well    worth    reading — may    be   easily    roused 

*The  two  last  are  small  and  low  priced  p;  per  covered 
volumes,  which  may  Ik-  obtained  from  A.  &  W.  Mackinlay, 
Halifax. 


220 


Tilt-:    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


and  directed.  In  the  earlier  grades,  while  drilling 
on  many  senseless  short  sentences,  the  teacher  may 
supply  deficiencies  and  read,  or  tell,  the  fairy  stories 
and  myths  always  delightful  to  children.  If  these 
are  not  read  or  told  to  the  children  before  the  en- 
thusiasm for  the  marvellous  has  abated,  they  will  not 
be  enjoyed  later.  "There  is  no  one  form  of  literary 
art  so  elementary  as  the  fable,  and  no  book  so  em- 
phatically a  child's  first  book  in  literature  as  one 
which  gathers  the  fables  most  familiar  to  the  ears 
of  English-speaking  people." 

Moral  instruction  and  character  building  may 
proceed  insensibly  with  the  use  of  fables.  Truth- 
fulness, patience,  reverence,  obedience,  may  all  be 
taught  vividly  and  in  a  wholesome  manner  from 
them ;  and  when  once  put  on  the  scent,  young 
minds  are  eager  to  follow  out  and  discover  for 
themselves  the  purpose  of  the  fables.  /Esop's 
Fables,  Andersen's  Fairy  Tales,  Hawthorne's 
Wonder  Book,  Kingsley's  Water  Babies  always  de- 
light children  if  handled  in  the  proper  way.  Of 
course  only  the  simplest  fables  should  be  read  or 
told  to  very  young  children.  The  first  two  books 
named  above  should  be  read  in  the  third  and  fourth 
grades  and  the  last  two  in  the  fourth  and  fifth 
grades. 

Manv  short  poems  from  our  best  writers  for 
children  should  be  used  in  all  primary  grades  both 
for  committing  to  memory  and  in  the  language  ex- 
ercises. The  memory  should  have  plenty  to  do  in 
the  early  grades,  when  things  learned  are  most  easily 
retained,  and  when  good  wholesome  literature 
stored  up  in  the  memory  will  form  a  reserve  fund 
that  may  be  drawn  upon  later  in  life. 

Keep  on  the  blackboard  some  selection  from  the 
poets  to  be  looked  over  every  day  until  it  is 
thoroughly  learned.  It  may  be  descriptive  of  lb'1 
month,  or  some  bird,  or  flower,  or  other  natural 
phenomenon,  such  as  is  found  in  this  or  other  num- 
bers of  the  Review. 


A  father  fearing  an  earthquake  in  the  region  of 
his  home,  sent  two  boys  to  a  distant  friend  until  the 
peril  should  be  over.  A  few  weeks  after,  the  father 
received  this  letter  from  his  friend : 

"Please  take  your  boys  home,  and  send  down 
the  earthquake." 

In  Massachusetts  290  cities  and  towns  pay  for 
the  transportation  of  school  children  and  only  54 
do  not.  Is  not  this  a  good  argument  for  consolida- 
tion of  schools? 


Recitations   for    Primary  Grades. 

Shut  the  Door. 

Godfrey  Gordon  Gustavus  Gore — 

No  doubt  you  have  heard  the  name  before — 

Was  a  boy  who  would  never  shut  the  door. 

The  wind  might  whistle,  the  wind  might  roar, 
And  teeth  be  aching  and  throats  be  sore; 
But  still  he  never  would  shut  the  door. 

His  father  would  beg,  his  mother  implore, 

"Godfrey  Gordon   Gustavus  Gore, 

We  really  wish  you  would  shut  the  door !" 

When  he  walked  forth,  the  folks  would  roar, 
"Godfrey  Gordon  Gustavus  Gore, 
Can't  you  remember  to  shut  the  door?" 

They  rigged  out  a  shutter  with  sail  and  oar, 
And  threatened  to  pack  off  Gustavus  Gore 
On  a  voyage  of  penance  to  Singapore. 

But  ihe  begged   for  mercy,  and  said,  "No  more! 

Pray  do  not  send  me  to  Singapore 

On  a  shutter,  and  then  I  will  shut  the  door!'' 

"You  will?"  said  his  parents.      Then  keep  on  shore! 
But  mind  you  do!  for  the  plague  is  ;ore 
Of  a  fellow  that  would  never  shut  the  door, 
Godfrey  Gordon  Gustavus  Gore." 


The   Coming    Man, 

A  pair  of  very  chubby  legs, 

Encased  in  scarlet  hose ; 
A  pair  of  litre  stubby  boots, 

With  rather  doubtful  toes ; 
A  little  kilt,  a  little  coat — 

Cut  as  a  mother  can — 
And  lo !  before  us  stands  in  state 

The  future's  "coming  man". 

His  eyes  perchance  will  read  the  stars, 

And  search  their  unknown  ways ; 
Perchance  the  hum?n  heart  and  soul 

Will  open  to  their  gaze ; 
Perchance   their  keen  and   flashing  glance 

Will  be  a  nation's  light — 
Those  eyes  that  now  are  wistful  bent. 

On  some  "big  fellow's"  kite. 

Those  hands — tihose  little  busy  hands — 

So  sticky  small  and  brown ; 
Those  hands  whose  only  mission  seems 

To  pull  all  order  down — 
Who  knows  what  hidden  strength  may  be 

Within  their  tiny  clasp, 
Though  now  'tis  but  a  sugar-s:ick 

In   sturdy  hold  they  grasp?" 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


221 


Ah!  blessings  on  those  little  hands, 

Whose  work  is  yet  undone ; 
And  blessings  on  those  little  feet. 

Whose  race  is  yet  unrun ! 
And  blessings  on  the  little  brain 

That  has  not  learned  to  plan! 
Whate'er  the  future  holds  in  store, 

God  bless  the  "coming  man." 
— Selected  from  Blcckie's  School  Recitations. 


The  Key  to   the  Box. 

"What  would  you  do,"  said  the  little  key 
To  the  teak-wood  box,  "except  for  me?" 

The  teak-wood  box  gave  a  gentle  creak 
To  the  little  key ;  but  it  did  not  speak. 

"I  believe,"  said  the  key.  "that  I  will  hide 
In  the  crack,  down  there  by  the  chimney  side, 

"So  this  proud  old  box  may  see 
How  little  it's  worth  except  for  me." 

It  was  long,  long  afterwards,  in  the  crack 
They  found  the  key,  and  they  brought  it  back. 

And  it  said,  as  it  chuckled  and  laughed  to  itself. 
"Now  I'll  be  good  to  the  box  on  the  shelf." 

But  the  little  key  stopped  with  a  shiver  and  shock, 
For  there  was  a  bright  new  key  in  the  lock. 

And  the  old  box  said :    "I  am  sorry,  you  ?<e ; 
But  the  place  is  filled,  my  poor  little  key." 


The   Child  and  the   Snowflakes, 

[The  "snowflakes",  from  three  to  six  little  girls,  should 
be  dressed  in  white,  with  grrlands  of  ravelled  white  cotton 
or  cotton  batting  continued  to  the  hands.  The  hair  should 
be  concealed  under  white  caps  and  th?  eye-brows 
powdered  whit :.  They  should  stand  in  a  row.  the  smallest 
in  front,  diagonally  facing  the  audience,  and  should  recite 
and  sing  in  concert,  very  softly  and  clearly] 

Child:— 

Pretty  white  flakes  of  falling  snow. 
Whence  do  you  come  r.nd  whither  go? 

Snowflake:- — 

From  our  cloudland  home  we  have  come  to-day. 

Child:— 

Pretty  white  flakes,  you  have  run  away. 

Snowflakes: — 

That  is  true  little  girl, — beyond  r.  doubt 
Th:  cloud  door  opened,  and  we  slipped  out. 
Then,  lest  the  sun  should  carry  us  back, 
Swiftly  we  ran  o'er  the  wonderful  track, 
That  leads  from  the  sky  straight  down  to  earth, 
Where  in  days  gone  by  we  had  our  birth. 


Child:— 

Were  you  born  on  earth,  little  flakes  of  snow? 
You  have  no  wings  to  fly — then  how  could  you  go 
Way  up  to  the  clouds  that  seem  so  far, 
And  come  back  again — each  a  pretty  white  star? 

Snowflakes: — 

A  part  of  the  sea's  blue  waves  were  we, 
Rolling  about  so  wild  and  free, 
Till  the  sun  bent  down  and  dipped  us  up. 
And  carried  us  off  in  his  shining  cup ; 
1  hen  each  drop  floated  now  low,  now  high, 
Till  together  we  made  a  cloud  in  the  sky. 

And  larger  and  stronger  we  grew  till  today 
We  found  the  door  open  and  ran  away. 
Swiftly  we  came  from  the  sky's  blue  dome, 
Till  we  passed  lack  Frost  in  his  frozen  home. 
And  we  touched  the  mist  as  it  hurried  by. 
Till  it  seemed  white  stars  from  an  icy  sky. 

Now  here  we  are  back  on  the  earth  once  more. 
A  pretty  white  quilt  to  cover  it  o'er. 
And  to  keep  it  warm  till  the  airs  of  spring 
Shall  once  more  the  grass  r.nd  the  blossoms  bring 

Sing.     (Tune:   "Lightly  Row.") 

Flutt'ring  down!  flutt'ring  down! 
On  the  branches  bare  and  brown, 
Over  all,  over  all, 
See  the  snowflakes  fall. 
Light  as  feathers  in  the  air. 
Dancing,  dancing,  here  and  there; 
Winter's  bees,  winter's  bees, 
Sw-trm   upon  the  trees. 

Stars  of  'now!  sftrs  of  snow! 
Dropping  to  the  earth  below, 
From  the  sky,  from  the  sky, 
See  the  snow-stars  fly. 
Light  as  feathers  in  the  air. 
Dancing,  dancing  here  and  there; 
Winter's  bees,  winter's  bees. 
Swarm  upon  the  trees. 

— Adapted  from  Kcllogg's  "Mid  Winter  Exercise.' 


Lesson  on  Snow. 


A  lesson  on  snow  should  precede  the  ahove. 
Snowflakes  are  gatherings  of  minute  particles  of 
water  vapour  frozen  in  the  upper  regions  of  the 
atmosphere  where  the  temperature  is  320  Fahren- 
heit, or  Wow  tli art.  The  particles  arrange  them- 
selves in  geometrical  shapes  around  a  centre,  as- 
suming a  six-sided  shape.  This  may  be  represent- 
ed by  taking  three  needles  or  splints  of  equal  lengths 
and    arranging    them  so  that  they  will  cross  in  the 


222 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


centre  with  the  points  equidistant  from  each  other. 
Very  perfect  snowflakes  that  fall  in  still  air  will 
resemble  these  six  radiating  lines.  To  make  this 
likeness  complete  put  the  lines  upon  the  blackboard 
and  feather  them  in  artistic  shapes  making  the 
tracings  proceed  from  each  line  outward,  nearly 
at  right  angles. 

The  lightness  and  regularity  of  snow  crystals  de- 
pend on  the  height  of  the  atmosphere  from  which 
they  descend  as  well  as  from  the  stillness  of  it. 
These  conditions  prevail  in  high  latitudes.  In  tem- 
perate climates  the  winds  and  moister  portions  of 
the  atmosphere  through  which  the  snowflakes  fall 
tend  to  melt  them  or  break  them  up,  so  that  they 
are  very  seldom  found  in  regular  six-sided  figures. 
Very  fine,  lightly  fallen  snow  occupies  from  ten 
to  twenty  times  as  much  space  as  rain  water.  Gather 
up  a  tumbler  or  tin  dipper  full  of  this  snow  and  let 
it  melt  in  a  warm  room,  and  measure. 

The  boys  and  girls  of  British  Columbia,  the 
Pacific  maritime  province  of  the  Dominion,  are 
rarely  out  of  sight  of  snow  all  the  year  round. 
Accumulated  on  the  mountain  tops  it  serves  to  feed, 
by  its  gradual  melting,  streams  of  running  water 
which  flow  down  the  mountain  sides  through 
gorges  or  valleys.  The  city  of  Vancouver  gets  a 
fine  supply  of  cool,  delicious  water  all  the  year 
round  through  the  Catalano  Gorge,  the  upper 
extremity  of  which  is  in  contact  with  the  eternal 
snows  of  one  of  the  high  mountains  north  of  that 
city.  But  in  winter  little  or  no  snow  falls  in  either 
of  the  cities  of  Vancouver  or  Victoria,  where  per- 
petual summer  reigns  and  flowers  bloom  for  nearly 
ten  months  of  the  year.  But  it  is  doubtful  if  the 
boys  and  girls  there  have  as  good  a  time  as  ours 
during  the  winters  along  the  Atlantic  coast  where 
there  is  usually  plenty  of  snow  and  ice  for  coasting 
skating,  sleighing  and  other  winter  sports.  Why 
is  this  when  the  cities  of  Vancouver  and  Victoria 
lie  several  degrees  farther  north  than  St.  John  and 
Halifax  ? 

In  severe  climates  the  snow  fall  protects  the 
plants  from  the  severe  frost.  Last  summer  in  Yar- 
mouth a  lady  pointed  to  her  beautiful  flower  garden 
and  said  to  the  writer :  "A  few  months  ago  there 
was  six  feet  of  snow  lying  upon  those  treasures  of 
mine  protecting  them  from  the  cold  winds  and 
frost."  And  more — the  particles  of  snow  as  they 
fall  through  the  air  and  lay  upon  the  ground  garn- 
ered the  particles  of  dust,  and  when  the  snow  melt- 
ed they  washed  all  the  dust  into  the  soil  to  fertilize 
it. 


English    Foik-Lore   for   February. 

February  fill  dyke,  be  it  black  or  be  it  white, 
But  if  it  be  white  it's  the  better  to  like. 

All  the  months  of  the  year  curse  a  fair  Februeer. 

A  February  Spring  is  not  worth  a  pin. 

If  Candlemas  Day   (Feb.  2)   be  fair  and  bright, 
Winter  will  have  another  flight ; 
But  if  Candlemas  Day  be  clouds  and  rain, 
Winter  is  gone  and  will  not  come  again. 

If  February  brings  no  rain, 

Tis  neither  good  for  grass  nor  grain. 


Jack   Frost. 

Jack  Frost  is  the  jollie?lt  Jack  that  I  know; 

He  hails  from  tihe  place  where  the  icicles  grow, 
We  can  ride  in  a  sleigh 
Or  go  skating  all  day  (Saturday) 

When,  with  nippers  and  freezers,  he  cometh  our  way. 

Though  he  tingles  my  fingers  and  pinches  my  nose. 
And  makes  funny  cramps  in  the  ends  of  my  toes, 

I  say,  "Jack,  come  ahead; 

I  have  skates  and  a  sled, 
And  though  you  may  sting  me,  my  sports  you  have  led.' 

-Selected  and  Adapted. 


"I  am  at  a  loss  to  discover  why  trustees  and 
teachers  cannot  and  do  not  unite  to  beautify  the 
school  grounds,  and  to  make  the  school  premises  as 
attractive  as  any  in  the  section.  Why  should  not 
the  pupils  and  teacher  unite  to  make  the  schoolroom 
beautiful,  homelike,  and  cheerful  ?  The  influence 
of  surroundings  is  a  factor  not  to  be  neglected  in 
education.  The  softening  of  manners,  the  human- 
ising of  affections,  the  curbing  of  destructive  pro- 
pensities, the  self-respect  engendered  by  congenial 
and  pleasant  environment,  are  all  permanent  in 
their  effects  and  follow  the  pupil  throughout  his 
career." — Inspector  Allan  Embury,  Peel,  Ont. 

[The  winter  is  thetime  for  trustees  and  teachers 
to  unite  and  make  their  plans  for  cheerful  and  tidy 
school  surroundings. — Editor.] 


Stop  means  to  cease  from  action.  It  does  not 
mean  to  remain,  to  stay.  We  should  not  say  He 
stops  at  the  hotel,  but  He  stays  (or  lives)  at  the 
hotel. 

Fill  the  blanks  with  stop,  stay,  or  stayed. 

1.     We at  the  spring  to  drink,  but  did  not 


2. 

3- 

4- 
me. 

5- 


-long. 
She— 


-ait  my  house  two  days. 


when  you  reach  the  corner. 

will with  vou  as    long   as    you    need 


Do  not- 


-away  long. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


223 


The  Three  Nine's  Puzzle. 

According  to  the  London  Tit-Bits  there  was  a 
cranky  arithmetician  in  Athens  who  worried  the 
philosopher  Plato  by  his  propositions.  But,  Plato 
devised  a  way  of  getting  rid  of  him.  When  the 
crank  one  day  proposed  to  inflict  on  him  a  lengthy 
oration,  the  philosopher  cut  him  short  wit!h  the  re- 
mark (fide  Tit-Bits)  :  "Look  here  old  chappie' 
(that  is  the  nearest  translation  of  the  original  Greek 
term  of  familiarity),  "when  you  can  bring  me  the 
solution  of  this  little  mystery  of  the  three  nines  I 
shall  be  happy  to  listen  to  your  treatise,  and,  in  fact, 
record  it  on  my  phonograph  for  the  benefit  of  poster- 
ity." 

Plato  then  showed  that  3  nines  may  be  arranged 
so  as  to  represent  the  number  11,  by  putting  them  in 
the  form  of  a  fraction  thus : 


9x9 
9 


11 


The  puzzle  he  then  propounded  was,  to  so  arrange 
the  three  nines  that  they  would  represent  the  number 
20.  It  is  said  that  the  crank  worked  9  years  at  it 
and  then  gave  up  the  ghost.  But  it  is  easy  enough 
provided  you  know  how.  Can  any  reader  of  the 
Review  find  the  solution  and  send  it  to  us  for  the 
next  number  ? 


The  province  of  the  Dominion    of  Canada    with 
their  area  and  population  are : — 

Area  Population. 

Ontario 260,862  2,182,947 

Quebec 35 1,873  1,648,898 

Nova   Scotia 21,428  459,574 

New    Brunswick 27,985  331,120 

Manitoba 73-732  255,211 

British     Columbia    ..    ..372,630  178,657 

P.  E.  Island 2,184  103,259 

Saskatchewan 250,650  91,460 

Alberta 253,540  72,841 

The    total     population    of   the  Dominion  is  now- 
estimated  at  over  6,000,000. 


Anatomy  in   Rhyme. 

How  many  bones  in  the  human   face? 
Fourteen,  when  they  are  all  in  place. 
How   many  bones   in   the  cranium? 
Eight,   unless  you've  mislaid   some. 
How  many  bones  in  the  ear  are  found? 
Three  in  each,  to  catch  the  sound. 
How  many  bones  are  in  the  spine? 
Twenty-four,  like  a  clustering  vine. 
How  many  bones  in  the  chest  are  found? 
Twenty-four   ribs,   to  the   sternum   bound. 
How  many  bones  in  the  shoulder  bind? 
Two  in  each — one  before,  one  behind. 


How  many  bones  are  in  the  arm? 

The  top  has  one;  two  in  the  forearm. 

How  many  bones  are  in  the  wrist? 

Eight,  if  none  of  them  is  missed. 

How  many  bones  in  the  palm  of  the  hand? 

Five  in  the  palm,  pray  understand. 

How  many  bones  in  the  fingers,  then? 

Twelve  bones,  plus  two  and  repeat  again. 

How  many  bones  are  in  the  hip? 

One  in  each,  where  the  femurs  slip. 

With  sacrum  and  cocyx,  too,  to  brace 

And  keep  the  pelvis  all  in  place. 

How  many  bones  are  in  the  thigh? 

One  in  each,  and  deep  they  lie. 

How  many  bones  are  in  the  knee? 

One,  the  patella,  plain  to  see. 

How  many  bones  are  in  the  shin? 

Two  in  each,  and  well  bound  in. 

How  nary  bones  in  the  ankle  strong? 

Seven  in  each,  but  none  is  long. 

Plow  many  bones  in  the  ball  of  the  foot? 

Five  in  each,  as  the  palms  were  put. 

How  many  bones  in  the  toes,  all  told? 

Just  twenty-eight,  Iikt  the  fingers  hold. 

There's  a  bone  at  the  root  of  the  tongue  to  add, 

And   sesamoids  eight,  to   what  you  hrve. 

Now  adding  them  all,  'tis  plainly  seen 

That   the   total   number  is  214; 

And  in  the  mouth   we  clearly  view 

Teeth,  upper  and  under,  thirty-two. 

—Chicago  Record. 


Current  Events 


Tlie  sudden  death  of  the  Hon.  Raymond  Prefon- 
taine,  Minister  of  Marine  and  Fisheries,  which 
occurred  in  Paris  on  Christmas  day,  has  been  made 
the  occasion  of  remarkable  demonstrations  of  sym- 
pathy and  friendship.  Representatives  of  the 
French,  British  and  Canadian  governments  were 
present  at  the  funeral  ceremonies  in  Paris  ;  and 
fifteen  thousand  French  troops  under  arms  took 
part  in  the  ceremonies.  At  Cherbourg,  the  remains 
of  the  late  minister  were  received  on  board  the  Brit- 
ish battleship  Dominion,  sent  by  the  British  govern- 
ment to  bring  them  to  Canada.  The  selection  of  the 
Dominion,  one  of  the  newest  and  largest  ships  of 
the  British  navy,  for  this  service,  probably  suggest- 
ed by  the  fact  that  she  was  named  in  honor  of  Can- 
ada, was  in  itself  a  great  honor.  On  her  arrival  at 
Halifax,  a  funeral  train  was  waiting  to  convey  the 
dead  to  Montreal,  where  the  interment  took  place 
on  the  25th,  with  full  military  honors. 

The  elections  to  parliament  in  the  United  King- 
dom are  going  strongly  in  favor  of  the  new  govern- 
ment, Mr.  Balfour,  the  late  Prime  Minister,  being 
among  the  defeated  candidates. 

In  connection  with  the  present  visit  of  the  Prince 
of  Wales  to  India,  an  event  of  much  importance  has 
been  the  reception  of  the  Lama  of  Tibet  in  audience. 
When  the  Dalai  Lama  fled  last  year,  at  the  approach 


224 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


of  the  British  mission,  and  refused  to  take  part  in 
the  negotiations,  he  was  deposed  by  the  Chinese 
government,  his  temporal  power  given  to  a  regent  in 
council,  and  his  spiritual  authority  transferred  to 
another  Grand  Lama,  the  Pashi  Lama.  It  is  the 
latter  who  has  been  received  by  the  Prince  of  Wales  ; 
and  the  significance  of  the  event  is  in  the  fact  that 
Tibet  has  thus  thrown  off  its  seclusion,  and  for  the 
first  time  sought  friendly  intercourse  with  the  outer 
world. 

Much  anxiety  is  felt  as  to  the  outcome  of  the 
Moroccan  conference  now  in  session  at  Algeciras, 
Spain.  The  nations  chiefly  interested  are  France 
and  Germany ;  and  both  are  said  to  be  preparing  for 
war  over  their  conflicting  claims,  if  the  conference 
fails  to  find  any  peaceful  solution  of  the  difficulties. 

Portugal  will  use  two  steerable  airships  in  warfare 
against  the  revolted  tribes  in  West  Africa. 

Missionaries  in  some  parts  of  China  have  asked 
for  protection,  owing  to  the  increasing  activity  of 
anti-foreign  societies. 

The  national  assembly  of  France  has  elected  a 
new  president  of  the  republic,  M.  Fallieres,  who 
will  assume  power  on  the  i8rh  of  this  month. 

The  Canadian  Forestry  Convention,  recently  as- 
sembled at  Ottawa,  urged  the  importance  of  a  gen- 
eral forestry  policy  to  be  adopted  by  the  Dominion 
and  Provincial  governments,  and  especially  the  pre- 
servation of  forests  on  watersheds,  so  as  to  conserve 
through  the  year  the  equable  and  constant  flow  of 
streams.  The  Dominion  government  will  introduce 
legislation  in  harmony  with  these  recommenda- 
tions, i 

It  is  reported  that  the  Emir  of  Afghanistan  will 
remove  his  capital,  to  a  more  northern  site,  because 
of  the  scarcity  of  wood  around  Kabul,  where  the 
forests  have  been  cut  away  to  furnish  fuel  for 
manufacturing  purposes. 

Russia  is  still  in  a  disturbed  condition,  with  mo~e 
or  less  threatening  rebellions  in  progress  in  different 
parts  of  the  empire ;  but  the  elections  for  the  new 
representative  assembly  are  in  progress,  and  it  will 
be  called  together  as  soon  as  half  its  members  are 
elected.  Finland  has  been  pacified  by  the  restora- 
tion of  its  ancient  privileges. 

A  revolution  has  begun  and  ended  in  Santo  Dom- 
ingo. The  president  of  the  stormy  little  republic 
Iras  fled,  and  the  vice-president  has  succeeded  him 
in  office,  with  much  less  than  the  usual  disturbance 
which  such  a  change  of  government  entails  in  that 
part  of  America. 

An  agreement  has  been  concluded  with  the  Sultan 
of  Brunei  for  the  appointment  of  a  Briish  Resident 
with  power  to  control  the  general  administration  of 
the  state.  This  arrangement,  which  went  into  effect 
on  the  first  day  of  January,  practically  adds  Brunei 
to  the  British  possessions  in  Borneo. 

The  settled  Indian  population  of  this  country 
now  numbers  108,000.  The  Superintendent  of 
Indian  Affairs  reports  a  gain  in  numbers  in  two 
years  of  about  one  and  a  half  per  cent. ;  and  believes 
the  country    may     well     congratulate     itself  upon  a 


policy  which  has  transformed  its  aboriginal  popula- 
tion into  a  law-respecting,  prosperous  and  contented 
section  of  the  community,  which  contributes  in 
many  ways  to  its  welfare. 

A  definite  breach  of  friendly  relations  between 
France  and  Venezuela  has  followed  the  renewed  dis- 
courtesy of  the  president  of  the  latter  country  to  the 
French  representative  at  Caracas. 

It  is  expected  that  the  battleship  Dominion,  which 
brought  the  body  of  the  late  Minister  of  Marine  and 
Fisheries  to  Halifax,  will  return  to  Canada  next 
August.  She  is  the  largest  war  vessel  ever  seen  in 
Halifax. 

A  number  of  Kansas  towns  are  offering  prizes  to 
the  people  who  have  the  best  lawns  about  their 
houses. 

A  revolution  in  Equador  has  so  far  succeeded  that 
two  provinces  support  the  insurgent  leader  in  his 
efforts  to  assume  the  presidency. 

The  King  of  Siam  haspublished  a  decree  abolish- 
ing slavery  in  his  dominions. 

A  serious  famine  prevails  in  the  three  northern 
provinces  of  Japan,  owing  to  the  failure  of  the  rice 
crop. 

Persia  dedines  to  accept  the  boundary  line 
between  that  country  and  Afghanistan  as  approved 
by  the  British  authorities.  As  Great  Britain  and 
Russia  are  both  indirectly  interested,  this  adds  an- 
other to  the  many  causes  that  seem  to  endanger  the 
peace  of  Europe. 


Taaehers'  Bureaus. 


Four  Teachers'  Bureaus  were  established  last 
term  : — At  Woodstock,  by  R.  Ernest  Estabrooks  ; 
Chatham,  by  H.  Burton  Logie ;  Harcourt,  by  H.  H. 
Stuart ;  and'  in  Elgin,  Albert  Co.,  by  M.  R.  Tutle, 
M.  A.,  The  Bureaus  were  successful  in  placing  all 
teachers  who  applied,  the  only  trouble  being  that 
there  were  by  far  too  few  teachers  in  need  of 
schools  to  fill  all  the  vacancies  reported  to  the 
Bureaus.  In  many  cases  where  teachers  resigned 
because  of  not  getting  schedule  salary  and  applied 
to  the  Bureaus  for  new  positions,  the  Bureaus  were 
successful  in  getting  the  salaries  raised  so  that  the 
teachers  could  withdraw  their  resignations  and 
remain. 


Below  are  the  Resolutions  on  Professional  Eti- 
quette adopted  by  Oarleton  County  Teachers'  Insti- 
tute, Dec.  21.,  1905  : — 

1.  That  we  will  not  directly  or  indirectly  under- 
bid another  teacher. 

2.  That  we  will  not  apply  for  a  school  prior  to 
the  date  at  which  a  teacher  may  be  legally  discharg- 
ed, unless  we  are  sure  the  teacher  is  not  going  to 
remain. 

3.  That  we  will  make  an  honest  endeavor  to 
learn  what  salary  is  being  paid  in  the  district,  and 
not  teach  for  less. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


!25 


4.  That  under  no  circumstances  will  we  teach 
for  less  than  the  minimum  schedule  of  the  New 
Brunswick  Teachers'  Association. 

5.  That  we  will  not  apply  for  any  school  unless 
we  are  willing  to  accept  it  if  offered. 

6.  That  having  accepted  a  school  we  will  im- 
mediately cancel  all  outstanding  applications. 

7.  That  we  will  at  all  times  endeavor  to  guard 
the  reputations  of  other  teachers. 

8.  That  we  will  not  permit  the  discussion  of  our 
predecessors  in  our  presence  by  outsiders. 

9.  That  we  will  not  seek  to  establish  a  reputa- 
tion at  the  expense  of  others. 

10.  That  we  will  be  especialy  careful  to  sustain 
the  reputation  of  our  co-teachers  and  in  no  way 
undermine  them  in  the  esteem  of  the  public. 

11.  That  we  will  instruct  those  preparing  for 
Normal  School  in  the  principles  of  professional 
etiquette. 

12.  That  we  will  use  our  influence  at  all  times  to 
increase  the  salaries  and  to  educate  the  public  to  be 
just  to  teachers. 

13.  That  we  will  stand  by  one  another  as  far  as 
we  can  honorably  do  so. 

14.  That  we  will  at  all  times  treat  one  another 
as  we  wish  to  be  treated. 


School  and  College. 

Mr.  Aaron  Perry,  headmaster  of  the  Kamloops,  B.  C„ 
high  school,  has  been  appointed  to  take  charge  of  the  com- 
mercial department  of  the  Victoria  high  school. 

Mr.  Ralph  St.  John  Freeze,  of  Sussex,  has  been  chosen 
Rhodes  Scholar  for  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  for 
this  year.  Mr.  Freeze  graduated  from  the  University  in 
1903,  after  a  brilliant  course,  and  since  graduation  has 
taught  in  the  Rothesay  College,  at  the  same  time  attending 
the  law  lectures  in  St.  John  Mr.  Freeze  will  take  the 
course  in  law  at  Oxford.  He  was  a  close  competitor  with 
Mr.  Chester  Martin  the  last  time  the  University  had  to 
choose  a  scholar,  and  in  the  present  contest  was  unanimous- 
ly chosen  from  among  ten  competitors.  Mr.  Freeze  is  a 
brilliant  scholar,  a  hard  worker,  a  good  all-round  athlete, 
and  has  a  bright  future  ahead  of  him. 

Mr.  Arthur  G.  Cameron  is  the  Rhodes'  scholar  this  year 
for  Prince  Edward  Island,  He  graduated  with  honors  from 
Prince  of  Wales  College  in  1000,  and  after  teaching  a  short 
time  entered  Queen's  University,  Kingston,  and  is  now  in 
his  senior  year.  He  has  made  a  fine  record  as  a  scholar 
and  an  athlete. 

The  first  and  second  forward  movements  at  Acadia 
University  have  resulted  in  the  raising  of  $.75,000  of 
which  $150,000  have  been  contributed  by  the  Baptists  of 
the  maritime  provinces,  and  the  remainder,  including  Mr. 
John  D.  Rockefeller's  contribution  of  $115,000,  from  out- 
side sources.  This  is  a  handsome  addition  to  the  funds 
of  the  University,  due  to  the  generosity  of  friends  and 
the  exertions  of  its  president,  Rev.  Dr.  Trotter. 

Miss  Antoinette  Forbes,  B.  A.,  vice-principal  of  'he 
Windsor,  N.  S.  Academy,  has  been  granted  a  three  months' 
leave   of  ah-tnce,   and    Miss  Jean   Gordon   of  River   John, 


N.  S.j  a  graduate  in  arts  of  Dalhousie  University,  has  been 
appointed  to  the  position  for  that  period. 

Mr.  Theodore  Ross,  B.  A.,  principal  of  the  Macdonald 
Consolidated  School  of  P.  E.  Island  recently  delivered  a 
series  of  lectures  in  Charlottetown  on  educational  de- 
velopment. Mr.  Ross's  training  and  methods  of  work  fit 
him  admirably  to  address  teachers  on  this  subject. 

Chipman,  Queens  County,  N.  B.,  has  a  fine  new  school 
building,  which  was  opened  at  the  beginning  of  the  Jan- 
uary term,  and  may  do  for  a  consolidated  school  in  the 
future.  The  architect  was  Mr.  F.  Neil  Brodie  of  St.  John. 
It  is  finished  with  hardwood  floors  and  ceilings  and  has  a 
complete  heating  system.  A  large  room  is  to  be  devoted 
to  the  purposes  of  manual  training  and  domestic  science. 

Mr.  Horace  L.  Brittain,  who  spent  last  year  at  Clark 
University  Worcester,  Mass.,  has  accepted  the  principal- 
ship  of  the  Salisbury,  N.  B.  school.  Mr.  Brittain,  has 
recovered  from  a  severe  illness,  and  it  is  gratifying  to  his 
friends  to  hear  that  ihe  is  again  in  harness. 

Mr.  Abram  Cronkhite,  lately  principal  of  the  school  at 
Bristol,  Carleton  County,  has  taken  charge  of  the  Gibson, 
York  County  school  in  succession  to  Mr.  C.  D.  Richards, 
who  has  assumed  the  prmcipalship  of  the  Woods'lo^k 
Grammar  School. 

Miss  Vega  L.  Creed,  daughter  of  Dr.  H.  C.  Creed  of  the 
N.  B.  Normal  school  has  taken  charge  of  the  model 
school  department,  at  Fredericton,  lately  taught  by 
Miss  Nicholson,  who  has  obtained  a  three  months'  leave  of 
u->ence. 

The  teachers  from  New  Brunswick  who  took  the  course 
in  Nature-study  in  'the  fall  term  of  1905,  at  Macdonald 
Hail,  Guelph,  are  as  follows : — Miss  Annetta  A.  Bradley, 
Pioneer;  Miss  Melissa  M.  Cook,  Campbellton;  Miss  Estella 
M.  Hartt,  Kingsclear;  Mr.  C.  Gordon  Lawrence,  Lower 
Dumfries;  Miss  Gertrude  T.  Morrell,  Springfield ;  Mr. 
Fletcher  Peacock,  Murray  Corner;  Miss  M.  Eloise  Steeves, 
Sussex;.  Miss  Jennie  R.  Smith,  Blissville;  Mr.  W.  R. 
Slianklin,  Shanklin. 

Mr.  E.  J.  Lay,  principal  of  the  Amherst,  N.  S. 
Academy,  was  recently  presented  with  a  handsome  gold 
watch  accompanied  by  an  address  in  recognition  of  his 
efficient  managenunt  of  the  town  library.  This  library 
was  founded  partly  by  the  efforts  of  Mr.  Lay  in  1889,  and 
he  lias  had  sole  charge  of  it  since  1901,  giving  his  services 
as  librarian  free.  It  now  contains  nearly  2300  books  and 
is  supported  in  part  by  private  subscription  and  in  part 
by  an  annual  contribution  from  the  town  council.  This 
shows  what  many  teachers  may  do  in  towns'  and  country 
districts,    for  improving  the   conditions  of  a  community. 

In  New  Brunswick  the  University  of  New  Brunswick 
will  appoint  the  Rhodes  Scholar  fur  1906,  1909,  191 1 ; 
Mt.  Allison  for  1907,  1910,  1912,  and  St.  Joseph's  for 
1908.  In  Nova  Scotia;  Dalhousie  has  the  appointment  in 
1906,  1908,  1910;  Acadia  in  1937,  1912;  King's  in  1909 
and   St.   Francis  Xavier  in  191 1. 

A  fine  two-storeyed  school  building  was  recently  opened 
a*  Port  Elgin,  Westmorland  County,  with  good  facilities 
for  lighting  and  heating,  and  room  enough  for  pupils  from 
surrounding  district-.  The  teaching  staff  consists  of  R.  B. 
Masterton,  principal,  Miss  Glenna  Trenholm,  intermediate, 
and  Miss  Birdie  Doyle,  primary. 


226 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

An   Introduction   to   Practical   Geography.     By   A.   T. 

Simmons,  B.  Sc,  and  Hugh  Richardson,  M.  A.     Cloth. 

Pages  380.  Price  3s.  6d.  Macmillan  &  Co.,  London. 
This  is  an  attempt  to  teach  geography  scientifically  by 
experiments  and  exercises.  The  plan  has  led  to  the  ex- 
clusion of  ordinary  descriptive  matter,  and  laboratory 
work  as  in  all  modern  scientific  instruction  takes  its  place. 
This  forms  a  habit  of  mind,  leading  the  pupil  to  take  a 
keen  interest  in  his  surroundings.  Maps,  the  Globe, 
Climate,  on  Land  and  Sea,  are  the  four  sections  in  which 
the  work  is  divided. 

The   Language-Speller     By    Elizabeth    H.    Spalding   and 
Frank  R.   Moore.     Cloth.     Pages   144.     Price  50  cents. 
The     Macmillan    Company,    New    York;     Morang    & 
Company,  Limited,  Toronto. 
This  is  a  very  successful  attempt  to  correlate  language 
work   with   spelling,   which  by   the  presentation   of   stems, 
prefixes     and    suffixes ,   fixes    the    meaning    of    the     word 
spelled     on     the  pupil's     memory.     Groups    of    synonyms 
occur  in  nearly  every  lesson.     There  is  a  regular  course  in 
composition,   from  easy  stages,  such  as  letters  of  applica- 
tion and  business,  to  themes  more  ambitious.     The  book 
presents  an  excellent  method  of  teaching  language  and  lis 
related  subjects. 

The  History  of  Virginia  and  the  Black  Hole  of  Cal- 
cutta and  the;  Battle  of  Plassey.     Edited  by  W.  H. 
D.  Rouse,  D.  Litt.     Cloth.     128  pages  each.     Price  6d. 
each.     Blackie  &  Son,  London, 
t     The  History  of  Virginia  is  a  part  of  the  adventures  of 
•the  famous  Capt.  John  Smitih,  whore  travels  by  sea  and 
land  cover  a  period  of  thirty-six  years.     He  advocated  the 
planting  of  colonies  in  America,  and  it  was  chiefly  through 
(this   instrumentality   that   the    Pilgrim   Fathers   established 
themselves  in   New   England,   where   Smith   spent  two   or 
rthree  years  of  his  life.     The  Black  Hole  of  Calcutta  is  a 
story  of  absorbing  interest,  marking  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant epochs  of  British  rule  in  India. 

Macmillan's     New     Geography     Readers.       Book     IV. 

Illustrated.        Cloth.        Pages      216.        Price      is.      ^d. 

Macmillan  &  Company,  London. 
An     admirable     selection    of     good    readings    embracing 
history,    fables,   adventure,   poetry   and   stories,   all    written 
by  well-known  authors.     No  better  books  can  be  found  for 
school  libraries. 

Blackie's  Model  Readers,  Book  III.  Cloth.  Pages  200. 
Price  is.  Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
A  fine  array  of  good  readings  suitable  for  little  people, 
with  beautifvl  illustrations.  The  picture  stories  at  the  end 
are  excellent  for  reproduction,  and  the  songs  in  the  book 
ate  suitable  for  schools. 

Bruyere's  Les   Caracteres,   Adapted  and  Edited  by   Eugene 

Pellissier.     Cloth.    Pages  180.    Price  2S.  6d.     Macmillan 

&  Company,  London. 

This    book    is    the    first    of     a   scries   dealing   with    die 

iclasssical  French  authors  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth 

centuries.     It  contains  many  excellent  features,  in  addition 


to  a  critical  introduction  and  notes,  such  as  subjects  for 
Free  Compositions,  with  a  moderate  amount  of  guidance, 
summary  of  grammatical  peculiarities,  etc.  The  book  is 
a  fine  model  for  classical  instructors  and  readers. 

War  Inconsistent  With  the  Religion   of  Jesus  Christ. 
By  David  Low  Dodge.     Cloth.     Pages  192.     Price  50 
cents.     Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 
This  book,  written  by  a  man  whose  life  has  been  earnest- 
ly devoted  to  the  cause  of  peace,  has  the  sincerity  of  con- 
viction   about   it.     Under    the  three    divisions:     War    is 
Inhuman,    War    is    Unwise,    and    War    is    Criminal,    he 
presents  the  views  of  thoughtful  men  everywhere  upon  this 
subjects,  and  answers  possible    objections,  from  his  point 
of  view,  with  equal  sincerity  and  conviction. 

A    Tale    of    Two    Cities.      By     Charles    Dickens.  With 

Introduction    and    Notes    by    A.   A.    Barter.     School 

Edition.      Cloth.     Pages  368.      Price  2s.   6d.      Adam 

and  Charles  Black    London. 

The   introduction   to  this   book   forms   a   good   piece   of 

literary  criticism.     It  gives  a  short  sketch  of  the  history 

of  the  novel,  an  appreciative  summary    of    the     life    and 

writings  of  Dickens,  the  style,  treatment  and  character  in 

the  book,   with  a  note  on  the  historical  period.     Of  the 

story     itself     Richard     Grant     White     has     said:       "Its 

portrayal  of  a  noble  natured  castaway  makes  it  almost  a 

peerless  book  in  modern  literature,   and   gives   it   a  place 

amongst  the  highest  examples  of  literary  art." 

Blackie's  Gems  of  School  Song-X  (Blackie  &  Son  Lon- 
don), contain  a  selection  of  the  popular  melodies  of 
England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  Wales,  arranged  on  the  tonic- 
sol-fa  notation.     Price  2d. 

Blackie's  Model  Arithmetics  contain  a  multitude  of  ex- 
amples arranged  for  the  first  three  grades.  Price  2d. 
Blackie  &   Son,  London. 

The  "Council"  Arithmetics  for  schools.  Parts  7  and  8, 
by  T.  B.  Ellery,  F.  R.  G.  S.  contain  a  series  of  practical 
'examples  for  higher  grades,  adapted  for  English  schools. 
Adam  and  Charles  Black,  Soho  Square,  London,  W. 

Merimee's  Le  Siege  de  la  Rochelle  and  Edmond  About's 
Les  Jumeaux  de  L'Ho-iel  Corneille,  price  4d.  each,  are  two 
stories  in  Blackie's  Little  French  classes.  The  first  is 
taken  from  a  Chronicle  of  Charles  IX.  a  record  of  events 
which  preceded  and  followed  the  Massacre  of  St. 
Bartholomew,  End  the  extract  tells  of  the  historic  defence 
of  the  colonists  under  the  intrepid  La  Noue  against  'he 
Catholics  under  the  Duke  of  Anjou,  afterwards  Henry 
111.  Edmond  About's  stories  appeal  to  the  young  student 
b.-cause  they  are  interesting,  easily  understood,  and  have 
a  strong  English  touch  to  them.  Le  Verre  d'Eau,  by  Eugene 
Scribe  is  a  double  number  of  the  same  series  (price  8d  V 
It  is  a  •story  of  court  intrigue  in  the  reign  of  Queen  Anne. 
The  incident  which  gives  the  play  its  name  rests,  on  the 
itradition  of  "the  glass  of  water''  alleged  to  have  been 
spilled  by  the  Duchess  of  Marlborough  over  Queen  Anne. 
Although  many  of  the  historical  and  political  details  lack 
accuracy,  it  is  interesting  throughout  and  abounds  with 
sprightly  incidents. 

Two  Plays  for  Girls — The  Masque  or  Pageant  of 
English     Trees     and   Flowers,     in     which     pretty     conceit 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


227 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
^SUPPLIES'** 

We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   &'g°ures-ial 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 

Asking 

flowers  and  trees  from  the  woodland  appear  before 
Queen  Elizabeth  and  solicit  her  to  make  choice;  and  the 
Australian  Cousin,  an  amusing  dialogue.  Price  4d.  It 
is  rather  a  pity  that  we  should  have  to  class  the  two  to- 
gether.    Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

In  Blackie's  Latin  Texts  we  have  here  the  sixth  book 
of  Virgil's  Aeneid  and  the  ten  Eclogues  of  Virgil.  Price 
6d.  each,  in  flexible  cloth  covers,  with  introductory 
critical  notes.  Blackie  &  Son,  London.  (Is  there  iny 
sufficient  reason  for  the  different  spellings  "Virgil"  ind 
"Vergil"  on  the  title  page  and  in  the  body  of  tne  book?) 

In  Blackie's  Little  German  Classics,  which  begin  a  new 
series,  we  have  a  number  of  handy  readers  in  flexible 
cloth,  of  about  fifty  pages  each  and  at  the  modest  price 
oi  6d.(  containing  short  biographical  sketches  of  the  author, 
explanatory  notes,  and  a  well  printed  text.  They  will 
prove  serviceable  companions  to  those  studying  German, 
enabling  them  to  obtain  an  acquaintance  with  authors 
whose  writings  they  might  otherwise  have  no  opportunity 
of  seeing.  Korner's  Der  Vetter  aus  Bremen,  Schmid's  Die 
Ostereier  and  Tchokke's  Der  Zerbrochtne  Krug,  are  .three 
favorite  classics  which  introduce  the  series.  Blackie  & 
Son,  London. 

In  the  English  Counties'  Series  of  readers,  the  design  is 
to  quicken  the  interest  of  children  in  their  own  surround- 
ings by  giving  them  a  brief  hi'storiccl  and  geographical 
account  of  certain  counties.  The  subject  of  the  little 
book  before  us  is  Cumberland  and  Westmorland  counties, 
by  nature  one  of  the  most  attractive  districts  in  England. 
The  series  is  illustrated;  incidents  and  descriptive  matter 
are  woven  in  to  make  the  books  interesting.  Price  8d. 
each.     Blackie  &  Son,  London.  , 

In  Chancellor's  Graded  City  Spellers,  we  have  a  series 
that  is  likely  to  prove  useful.  The  last  of  these  is  that 
for  the  eighth  grade,  which  keeps  up  the  plan  of  reviewing 
words  taught  in  the  preceding  grades,  giving  daily  ad- 
vance lessons  with  systematic  reviews  at  intervals ; 
selections  from  the  best  literature  for  memorizing;  rules 
for  spelling,  word  building  etc.  Price  25  cents.  C,  X 
Morang  &  Company,  Toronto. 

The  Education  of  Girls  in  Switzerland  and  Bavaria,  is 
the  title  of  a  little  book  of  71  pages,  by  Isabel  I..  Rhys,  of 
the  Training  College,  Cambridge,  and  head  mistress  of  the 


Liverpool  high  school.  It  is  an  interesting  and  instructive 
report  of  the  methods  in  vogue  in  those  countries  for 
training  girls.     Price   is.     Rlackie  &  Sons,  London. 


Recent  Magazines. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  begins  the  year  1906  with  an  un- 
commonly striking  number  in  both  the  importance  and  the 
freshness  of  interest  of  its  articles.  These  embrace  sub- 
jects of  political  and  social  interest,  an  entertaining  survey 
of  the  literature  of  the  past  year,  a  clear  account  of 
Esperanto  the  new  proposed  universal  language  and  a 
study  of  recent  American  biography.  There  are  also  very 
readable  poems  and  stories,  which  keep  up  the  traditions 
and  literary  flavor  of  the  Atlantic. 

The  Atlantic  '-ionthly  for  February  has  a  varied  and 
interesting  table  of  contents,  embracing  articles  on  explora- 
tion, politics,  literary  and  social  subjects,  biography,  story, 
poetry. 

The  February  Delineator,  with  its  display  of  spring 
styles,  is  a  most  attractive  number.  Besides  the  fashions 
there  is  much  of  interest  for  the  general  reader.  For  the 
children  there  is  a  delightful  girl's  serial,  Sunlight  and 
Shadow,  one  of  Alice  Brown's  Gradual  Fairy  Tales,  and 
amusing  games  by  Lina  Beard.  Mothers  will  find  Dr. 
Murray's  paper  on  Exercise  and  Physical  Culture 
particularly  helpful. 

The  Chautauquan  for  January  continues  its  sketches  of 
Eastern  lands — In  China's  Ancient  Holy  Land,  up  the 
Yangtse  to  Thibet  and  Chinese  Classics  are  among  the 
articles  in  this  number. 

I  he  January  Canadian  Magazine  has  an  article  on  the 
Indians  of  Canada,  which  shows  that  there  are  108,000  in 
the  Dominion  within  treaty  limits.  Besides  other 
vocations  they  cultivate  50,000  acres  of  land,  the  annuil 
value  of  the  products  being  $1,000,000.  There  are  298 
schools  devoted  especially  to  the  education  of  the   Indian. 

The  leading  article  in  a  recent  number  of  Littell's 
Living  Age,  is  a  lucid  and  forceful  discussion  of  The 
Revolution  in  Russia,  by  Prince  Kropotkin.  Its  tone  is 
cr.lm  but  earnest,  and  its  review  of  tihe  situation  as  it  has 
developed  since  the  1st  of  January,  1905,  is  the  most  in- 
telligent contribution  which  has  yet  been  made  to  the 
understanding     of     existing    conditions     in     Russia. 


282 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Oyer  30  Years'  Experience. 

: \ 

gives  unequalled  opportunities  for 
knowing  and  providing  for  the  wants 
of  the  public.  Each  one  of  these  years 
we  have  endeavored  to  make  i  better 
than  its  predecessor.  This  has  resulted 
in  a  course  of  training  that  ensures 
our  graduates  success  either  at  home 
or  abroad. 

Catalogue  Free 
To  Any  Address. 
STUDENTS 
CAN  ENTER 
AT  ANY  TIME, 


5  XCRB  *  SOU 


BE  A  DIPNOMORE. 

Fountain 
Pens 

WATERMAN'S    and    STERLING, 

in   Plain  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  in 

Plush-Lined  Cases. 

ALL  PRICES— from  $1.25  to  $15.00. 

BARNES  &  CO.,    ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 
OMISSION 

1  n  the  Journal  of  Education  of  Nova  Scotia, 

October,  1905,  page  187,  Prescription. 

for  Grade  XI. 

By  the  printer's  mistake  there  has  been  omit- 
ted from  the  prescriptions  for  Grade  XI.  in  the 
October,  Journal  of  Education  for  1905,  on 
page  187.  the  following  prescription  which  is  cor- 
rect  as  published  in  the  April  edition  preceding. 

"PHYSICS.--11:  As  In  Gage's  Introduction 
to  Physical  Science." 

Practical  Mathematics  should  be  numbered  re- 
spectively 12  and  13. 


Education  Office, 
Halifax,  N.  S.,  Jan.  27, 


A.  H.  MacKAV, 

Supt.  of  Education. 


$5  00 

...PAYS  FOR  A.. 

MAIL  COURSE 


..IN. 


Maritime  Single  Entry 


For  any  Teacher  using  this  work  which 

has  been  recommended  by  the  C.  P.  I. 

of  Nova  Scotia. 

Fop  further  information  apply  fo 

KAULBACH  &  SCHURMAN, 

Chartered  Accountants. 

Maritime  Business  Colleges 

HALIFAX  A.    NEW   GLASGOW 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.  __— a 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO ,  Limited 

HARDWARE    MERCHANTS, 

Market  Square,        SRIN.T  JOHN.  H-  &. 


DIAMONDS  &  OPALS 

Gold  Chains,  Bracelet 
Watches,  Ster  ling  Pilve 
Goods  at 

A.  «  J.  HAY'S,  76  King  Street 
8t.  John,  N.  B 


CANADIAN  HISTORY  READINCS 

May  be  used  as  supplementary  readings  in 
Canadian  History.     Over  350  pages  on  inter- 
esting and  important  topics.    Price.  $1.00. 
To  subscribers  of  the  Review,  75  cents. 
Send  to 

Educational  Review,  St.  John,  N.  B. 


THREE  AKD  FOUR  YEAR 

Courses  in 

Mining,  Chemical.  Civil, 

|s  Mechanical  and  Electrical 

Engineering, 

Mineralogy  end  Geology, 

rlolo^y  and  Public  Health 

Write  See.itarr.  nin^ston    Ont .  for  Calendar 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW 

is  published  on  the  first  day 

of  every  month  except  July. 

PRICE    S1.00    A    YEAR     IN    ADVANCE. 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to  Advanced   Methods  of   Education 

and  General   Culture. 

Published  Monthly.                           ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,   MARCH, 

1906.                           $1.00  per  Year. 

O.  LT.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 

A.   McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  St  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 


Printed  by  BiRNia  &  Co..  St.  Jobn.  N.  B.. 


CONTENTS 

Editorial  Noths 

Report  of  N   B.  Schools 

Our  Coasts.   II.  Their  Character 

March  Birthdays 

The  School  from  a  Parent's  Standpoint 

Lamb's  The   Adventures  of  Ulysses 

Art    Notes.   No.  IV 

Picture-Study  Queries 

The  Lark  by  Lake  Bewa,  Japan 


s 

289 

202 


::::  3 


A  reprint  of  Breton's  beautiful  picture,  "  The 
Song  of  the  Lark,"  goes  out  with  this  number  of  the 
Review. 


Our  readers  -who  have  sent  in  queries  to  be  solved, 
and  correspondents  whose  contributions  do  not  ap- 
pear in  this  number,  will  kindly  exercise  a  little 
patience.    They  will  be  attended  to  next  month. 


A  preliminary  announcement  is  made  on  another 
page  by  Dr.  Brirtain,  Secretary  of  the  Provincial 
Educational  Institute  of  New  Brunswick,  of  the 
meeting  ait  Chatham,  in  June  next.  This  will  be 
followed  by  a  fuller  statement  and  programme  in  a 
coming  number. 


The  two  prizes  of  booklets,  offered  by  Rev.  Mr. 
Boyd,  on  the  best  sets  of  questions  on  the  picture, 
"Saved,"  in  the  February  Review,  have  been  won 
by  the  schools  of  Miss  Maud  A.  Williams,  Harvey, 
York  Co.,  and  Miss  Harriet  S.  Comben,  St.  John. 
For  the  benefit  of  other  schools  selections  from  these 
questions  will  be  published  in  our  next  number. 


290 

Reproduction  of  Stories, 299 

Problems  in  Arithmetic 300 

Mental   Arithmetic— Areas 300 

Explanation  of  Bovle's  Law,        301 

Why  Some  Birds  Hop  and  Others   Walk 30a 

Old  Fashioned  Thing ....     302 

The  Tale  of  Twelve,        303 

Punctuality 303 

National  Hymn,    — 

Current  Events 

School  and   College 307 

Recent  Books,      3°T 

Recent  Magazines —  3°9 

New  Advertisements. 

Teachers  Wanted,  p  308;  L'Academie  DeBrisay,  p.  284;  French 
Holiday  Course,  p.  285;  Educational  Institute  of  N  B.,  |>,  3C9;  Cheerful 
Surroundings,  Yale  Summer  School.  Harvard  Summer  School,  Webster's 
Dictionary,  p.  308. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month, except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  NEW  and  the  OLD 
address  should  be  given. 

It  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion ol  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

'the  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "12b"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  March,  31,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  announcement  is  made  of  a  summer  school  in 
French  at  McGill  University,  Montreal,  during  the 
approaching  summer.  Students  who  have  attended 
this  course  since  its  establishment  some  years  ago 
are  very  enthusiastic  as  to  what  can  be  accomplish- 
ed in  a  few  weeks,  where  "everybody  talks  and 
thinks,  eats  and  drinks,  dreams  and  sleeps  in 
French." 


Tlie  attractive  courses  of  the  Yale  University 
Summer  School  are  set  forth  on  another  page. 
Our  readers  would  do  well  to  consider  the  benefits 
of  an  advanced  summer  school  such  as  at  Yaile  or 
Harvard,  or  the  more  popular  course  at  the  Atlantic 
Provinces  Summer  School  at  Sydney.  There  are 
hundreds  of  our  teachers  who  would  be  greatly 
benefitted  if  they  got  near  enough  to  a  summer 
school  to  feel  the  throbs  of  its  fresh  intellectual  life. 


The  legislatures  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Bruns- 
wick are  now  in  session,  and  several  important 
amendments  to  the  School  Act  of  each  province  are 
before  these  bodies.  In  Nova  Scotia  a  liberal  grant 
is  promised  by  the  government  to  create  a  pension 
fund  for  teachers.  In  New  Brunswick,  Premier 
Tweedie  has  introduced  a  measure  providing  for 
compulsory  education  which,  however,  is  to  be 
optional  in  its  working. 

The  New  Brunswick  Teachers'  Association  has 
petitioned  the  government,  asking  for  compulsory 
education,  the  cessation  of  local  and  third-class 
licenses,  the  establishment  of  central  graded  schools 
with  parish  school  boards,  a  system  of  pensions  for 
teachers,   and  additions  to  teachers'   incomes   from 


288 


:IIE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


enlarged  county  funds  and  increased  provincial 
grants.  These  requests  are  reasonable,  and  are  in 
keeping  with  progressive  educational  legislation. 
One  proposal  requires  careful  consideration— the 
eliminartion  of  third-class  licenses.  Would  it  not  be 
better  to  retain  these  and  gradually  increase  the 
requirements  ?  Others,  such  as  'the  establishment  of 
parish  school  boards,  centralized  schools,  and  larger 
county  grants  have  already  received  the  support  of 
the  Chief  Superintendent. 


Mr.  Scott's  views  on  courses  of  study  and  grad- 
ing, as  given  on  another  page,  are  .those  of  advanced 
educationists  everywhere  today.  To  make  our 
grading  system  effective,  there  should  be  intro- 
duced into  it  a  generous  leaven  of  electives.  The 
bright  boy  in  a  good  ungraded  school  in  the  country 
has  a  tremendous  advantage  over  many  city  boys. 
From  the  beginning  his  ambition  is  roused  and  his 
thoughts  widened  by  the  recitations  of  the  larger 
scholars  around  him.  The  school  course  never 
becomes  monotonous,  and  his  interest  is  constantly 
quickened  by  .the  new  things  he  hears,  the  fresh 
discoveries  made  day  after  day.  When  he  gets  into 
smaller  advanced  classes,  where  he  receives  but  a 
small  share  of  the  teacher's  attention,  he  is  forced 
to  rely  upon  himself  and  the  stock  of  ideas  he  has 
been  accumulating  in  the  lower  grades.  That  is 
why  the  lad  trained  in  a  good  country  school,  has 
often  a  keener  observation,  a  greater  interest  in 
books  and  a  better  preparation  for  life  generally, 
than  the  lad  trained  in  the  hard  and  fast  grades  that 
Mr.  Scott  would  like  to  reform. 

It  gives  one  a  feeling  of  hope  in  a  better  future 
for  education,  when  a  man  like  Mr.  Scott,  finds 
time  amid  the  duties  of  an  absorbing  profession,  to 
study  as  closely  as  he  appears  to  have  done,  the 
educational  work  of  the  community  in  which  he 
lives.  If  more  men  and  women  could  reason  publicly 
about  these  things,  in  an  amicable  spirit,  haw  many 
vexed  problems  would  be  happily  solved?  And 
Mr.  Scott  has  set  a  good  pace.  He  is  too  much  of  a 
tactician  to  give  advice.  He  has  only  unstinted 
praise  for  the  teacher  and  school  official  who  are 
doing  faithful  service,  but  he  would  overlook  no 
educational  waste,  or  the  lack  of  common-sense 
methods.  Throughout  he  is  frank  and  yet  judicial; 
and  his  ready  humour  invokes  much  kindly  sym- 
pathy on  behalf  of  the  reader. 


Report  of  N.  B.  Schools. 

The  report  of  Dr.  J.  R.  Inch,  Chief  Superintend- 
ent of  Schools  for  New  Brunswick,  is  a  detailed 
statement  of  the  educational  progress  of  the  province 
for  the  year  ending,  June  30,  1905.  He  notes  a 
decided  increase,  not  only  in  the  number  of  schools 
and  pupils,  but  also  in  the  percentage  of  attendance, 
over  the  figures  of  the  two  preceding  years,  al- 
though during  these  years  the  enrolment  was 
less  than  in  any  year  since  1893. 

The  number  of  schools  in  the  first  term  of  1904-5 
was  1,784,  an  increase  of  37 ;  the  number  of  teachers 
was  1,851,  an  increase  of  36;  the  number  of  pupils 
was  57,906,  an  increase  of  1,708.  In  the  term  end- 
ing June,  1905,  there  was  an  increase,  compared 
with  the  previous  year,  of  28  schools,  50  teachers, 
and  1,641  pupils.  The  proportion  of  population  at 
school  was  1  in  5.71  in  the  first  term,  and  1  in  5.48 
in  the  second  term. 

The  percentage  of  attendance  has  also  improved ; 
for  the  first  term  it  was  66.27,  where  it  was  65.60 
for  the  year  before ;  for  the  second  term  it  was  59.60 
with  58.50  for  the  year  before. 

Of  the  teachers,  only  16  per  cent,  are  men,  less 
than  25  per  cent,  hold  licenses  above  Class  II,  about 
50  per  cent,  hold  licenses  of  Class  II,  and  about  25 
per  cent,  hold  the  lowest  class  of  licenses,  which 
class  has  increased  from  21  to  62  since  1900.  The 
percentage  of  male  teachers  is  annually  becoming 
smaller.  The  average  salary  in  Grammar  schools 
is  $979.52;  in  superior  schools,  $587.54;  first  class 
male,  $577.67,  female,  $339.72;  second  class,  male, 
$316.09,  female,  $248.23 :  third  class,  male.  $234.90, 
female,  $194.90.  There  has  been  a  slight  increase  in 
the  average,  the  largest  being  $35  for  first  class 
male  teachers,  and  the  smallest  $2.73  for  third  class 
male.  This  small  increase  is  encouraging,  a  sign  of 
what  is  hoped  for  on  a  larger  scale.  The  Superin- 
tendent, Principal  Crocket  of  the  Normal  School, 
and  others,  have  several  important  suggestions  to 
offer  in  the  matter  of  improved  salaries. 

Commendable  progress  has  been  made  in  con- 
solidated schools  in  many  districts  of  the  province : 
in  manual  training,  the  report  of  which  by  Super- 
visor Kidner  is  very  instructive  reading,  as  is  that 
of  Dr.  John  Britain,  the  supervisor  of  school  gar- 
dens and  nature  study.  The  inspectors'  reports  are 
also  very  interesting  reading,  giving  much  detailed 
information  on  local  aspects  of  ediication. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


289 


Our  Coasts.    II.— Their  Character. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,   LL.D. 

What  are  the  lessons  of  the  sea-coast?  They  are 
many  and  most  interesting.  To  appreciate  them,  all 
that  one  needs  is  to  observe  and  to  think. 

The  most  important  lesson  to  be  thus  derived  is, 
I  fancy,  the  fact  of  change.  Everywhere  this  feature 
is  pressed  upon  one's  attention,  though  more 
obviously  of  course  at  some  points  than  at  others. 
Let  a  student  stand  upon  a  seashore,  such  for  in- 
stance as  almost  any  part  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy 
coasts,  and  after  satisfying  his  sense  of  beauty  or 
of  grandeur,  ask  himself  what  fact  forces  itself 
most  strongly  upon  his  attention  ?  Is  it  not  the 
fact  of  watte  and  wear  ?  If  the  coast  be  bold,  like 
that  of  Hopewell  Cape,  illustrated  in  the  last 
chapter,    or     that     near  Alma,  N.  B.,  of  which  a 


CLlfK   MlAK    ALMA,    N.  B. 


photograph  is  here  given,  he  will  find  that  all  the 
striking  and  often  grotesque  details  of  the  picture 
are  the  evident  results  of  a  carving  process,  where- 
by the  sea  is  eating,  or  attempting  to  eat,  its  way 
into  .the  land.  Here  there  is  a  great  battlemented 
wall  of  which,  as  in  the  photograph,  the  top  over- 
lings the  base,  and  below  which  the  visitor  treads 
with  fear,  as  he  sees  great  masses  already  disjointed 
and  liable  at  any  moment  to  fall,  hanging  threaten- 
ingly above  his  head ;  here  he  sees  great  angular 
blocks,  often  many  tons  in  weight,  which  have  al- 


ready   fallen ;    at    one    point  he  sees  a  huge  cave, 
sheltering  perhaps  some  picnic  party,  but  evidently 
owing    its    origin    to    the  excavating  action  of  the 
waves ;  at  still  another  point  he    sees    some    huge 
mass  of  rock,  wholly  disconnected  from  the  main- 
land of  which  it  once  formed    a    part,    and    now, 
though  possibly  eighty  or  a  hundred  feet  in  height, 
resting  on  so  narrow  and  frail  a  base     that     one 
wonders  how  it  can  stand  at  all.     Sometimes,  with 
that  tendency  which   Nature  so  often  exhibits  to- 
wards   the    ludicrous,    the  details  of  the  sculpture 
suggests  fanciful  resemblances  to  familiar  objects, 
or  to  the  human  form  or  countenance,  and  these 
explain  the  names  they  bear,  such  as  Anvil  Rock 
near  Quaco,  the  Friar's  Head  on  Campobello,  the 
Southern  Cross  on  Grand  Manan,  the  Owl's  Head 
on  the  coast  of  Albert  county,    N.    B.,    the    Devil's 
Dodging  Hole,  and  the  like. 

Evidently  to  produce  such  results  a  large  amount 
of  material  must  have  been  removed,  and  we  are 
led  to  ask  at  what  rate  does  the  removal  take  place  ? 
How  much  has  been  removed,  and  how  long  a  time 
was  required  for  its  accomplishment  ?  Is  the  re- 
moval uniform  at  all  times  and  places  and  is  there 
any  limit  to  its  continuance  ?  Finally  what  has 
become  of  the  material  removed?  Some  of  these 
questions  we  must  now  attempt  to  'solve. 

In  the  case  of  the  "Hopewell  rocks,"  where  for 
nearly  half  a  mile  there  is  a  succession  of  bluffs  and 
outstanding  masses,  carved  with  a  degree  of  variety 
and   grandeur  probably   not   approached   elsewhere 
along  the  whole  Atlantic  seaboard  of  America,  the 
visitor  must  choose  his  time,  for  at  high  water  pass- 
age along  the  base  of  the  bluffs,  except  by  boat, 
becomes  impossible.     The  waters  not     only    reach 
but   sweep  the   face  of  the  bluffs,   being  endlessly 
moved  by  wind  and  tide,  while  in  periods  of  storm 
the  waves  are  driven  with  fury  against  the  rocks, 
reaching  far  above  their  ordinary  level,  and  strik- 
ing with  a  force  which  even  the  hardest  materials 
cannot  altogether  resist.     Water  then  is  the  tool  by 
which  ail  this  work  is  being  accomplished,  and  that 
work  never  ceases.     Ever  since  there  have  been  sea 
coasts   upon   which  the   restless   waters  ot  the  sea 
could  act,  the  wear  of  the  shores,  their  waste  and 
removal,  have  been  continually  in  progress,  and  the 
results  which  we  witness  are  at  once  the  proof  and 
the  measure  of  the  changes  thus  effected. 

But  obviously  not  all  portions  of    the     coast  are 
equally  susceptible  to  wear.     Rocks  are  of  various 


290 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


degrees  of  hardness  and  compactness,  and  while 
some,  like  granite,  are  but  slowly  affected,  others, 
like  freestone  or  slate  or  shale,  crumble  easily  and 
are  therefore  rapidly  removed.  In  granite  again 
there  are  few  divisional  planes.  The  rock  is  mass- 
ive ;  and  hence  the  waves  are  spread  over  broad 
surfaces  and  lose  much  of  their  power.  In  strati- 
fied rocks  on  the  otiher  hand,  i.  c,  in  those  in  which 
the  materials  are  arranged  in  beds  or  strata,  there 
are  numerous  alternations  of  bard  and  soft  material, 
or  lines  of  bedding,  joints  and  the  like,  which  are 
like  fissures  in  the  rock  and  give  the  turbulent 
waters  a  chance  to  act.  Yet  again,  m  stratified 
rocks  the  strata  may  be  horizontal  or  inclined,  they 
may  be  tilted  at  high  or  low  angles,  they  may  slope 
towards  or  away  from  the  point  of  attack,  or  they 
may  stand,  end  on,  as  it  were,  to  the  fury  of  the  sea. 
And  all  these  differences  tend  to  introduce  variety 
into  the  results  of  sea  sculpture.     A  few  illustra- 


CAPii  bLUMlUON,  iN.S. 

tions  will  serve  to  make  the  matter  more  intelligible. 
In  an  earlier  chapter  reference  has  been  made  to 
the  contrasts  exhibited  by  the  different  shores  of 
New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia.  Now  review 
these  characters  in  the  light  of  what  has  been  said 
above.  Why  is  the  "north  shore"  of  New  Bruns- 
wick generally  low,  with  the  adjacent  waters  shal- 
low ?  Simply  because  the  rocks  which  form  it  are 
soft  and  easily  disintegrated,  filled  with  planes 
which  enable  the  waters  easily  to  undermine  them, 
and  lying  in  nearly  flat  beds,  which  if  not  wholly 
worn  clown  to  fill  up  the  adjacent  waters,  remain 
only  here  and  there  in  the  form  of  low  bluffs.  The 
character  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  shores  on  the  other 
hand,  leaving  out  of  view  for  the  present  the  dyked 
marshes  at  its  head,  are  bald  and  high,  because  the 
rocks  of  this  coast  are  either  hard  and  crystalline, 
or  else  form  vertical  or  steeply  sloping  walls  of 
rock,  against  which  the  waves  may  dash  themselves 
with  comparatively  little  result.    So  the  Nova  Scotia 


side  of  the  Bay,  like  the  northern  side  of  Grand 
Manan,  composed  in  each  case  of  volcanic  rock, 
hard  and  crystalline,  presents  to  the  sea  an  almost 
unbroken  front  as  from  Blomidon  to  Briar  Island 
— or  from  the  Northern  to  the  Southern  Head  of 
Grand  Manan,  while  the  shores  east  and  west  of 
Pictou,  like  those  bordering  the  Gulf  in  New 
Brunswick  are,  like  the  latter,  low,  and  for  a  like 
reason.  The  shores  of  the  Southern  or  Atlantic 
sea-board  are  determined  in  a  similar  but  more 
special  way,  which  will  presently  be  noticed. 

We  have  now  to  observe  that  as  the  general  char- 
acter of  a  sea-coast  is  determined  by  the  general 
nature  of  the  rocks  which  form  it,  so  all  the  minor 
details  are  to  be  explained  as  the  result  of  similarly 
acting  causes.  Hard  rocks,  resisting  wear,  stand 
out  as  headlands  or  promontories — such  as  Point 
Lepreau,  Cape  Spencer,  Martin's  Head,  Point  Wolf 
and  Cape  Enrage,  in  New  Brunswick;  Cape  St. 
Mary,  Point  Fourcher  near  Yarmouth,  Aspotogan 
in  Chester  Basin  and  many  others  an  Nova  Scotia ; 
soft  rocks  yield  readily  and  their  removal  deter- 
mines bays  and  indentations,  of  which  it  would  be 
easy  to  cite  numerous  examples.  So  at  any  one 
]>oint  alternations  of  hard  and  soft  beds,  as  illustrat- 
ed in  the  picture  on  next  page  of  the  Nova  Scotia 
coast  near  Lockeport,  leads  to  the  removal  of  the  soft 
strata,  leaving  the  hard  to  form  long  parallel  reefs 
running  out  to  sea.  If  again,  as  at  "the  Ovens" 
near  Lunenburg,  where  all  these  effects  may  be  ad- 
mirably studied,  steeply  inclined  strata  are  turned 
end  on  to  the  sea,  the  divisional  planes  between 
the  beds  are  rapidly  widened,  long  but  very  nar- 
row and  lofty  caves,  sometimes  a  hundred  feet  dn 
length,  are  prodticed,  and  toito  these  the  sea,  driven 
with  irresistible  force  and  gradually  uplifted  to  the 
roof,  sometimes  excavates  an  outlet  for  itself,  and 
issues  in  the  form  of  a  jet  or  fountain  known  as  a 
"Spouting-Horn."  The  well  known  "Churn"  at 
Yarmouth  and  "The  Cream-pots"  near  the  same 
place  are  other  good  illustrations  of  the  incessant 
conflict  between  sea  and  land. 

But  now  we  have  to  notice  a  second  evidence  of 
change,  and  with  it  to  recognize  a  second  lesson 
afforded  by  the  study  of  the  coast.  It  is  this,  viz., 
that  destructive  operations  in  Nature  are  always 
associated  with  snd  folloivcd  by  constructive  ones. 
Tf  the  action  of  the  sea  upon  the  coast  is  one  of  wear 
and  removal,  the  material  removed  must  be  disposed 
of.       As  the  sculptor  in  the  carving  of  his  statue  is 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


291 


necessarily  surrounded  by  his  chips  of  marble,  so  in 
coast-sculpture  chips  accummulate,  and  the  assemb- 
lage of  these  chips  constitutes  our  beaches.  One 
has  only  to  examine  the  latter  to  see  that  this  is 
the  case.  At  any  one  point  it  is  easy  to  see  that 
the  pebbles  of  the  shore  are  largely  made  up  of 
fragments,  evidently  derived  from  the  bluffs  near 
by;  and  if  with  these  there  are  others  that  cannot 
be  so  identified,  one  must  remember  that  the  same 
agencies,  waves,  tides  and  currents,  which  are  at- 
tacking die  coast,  are  like  the  legions  of  an  army, 
movable  factors,  .  and  may  not  only  loosen  but 
transport  the  matter  brought  under  their  influence. 
Moreover,  as  the  power  to  transport  varies  with  the 
velocity  of  the  moving  water,  fine  material  will  be 


a  very  good  one  occurs  at  Port  Maitland  near 
Yarmouth,  and  a  still  finer  one  a  little  west  of  the 
mouth  of  tiie  La  Have  river  in  Queen's  county. 
Of  muddy  deposits  the  most  remarkable  are  those 
about  the  liead  of  the  Bay  of  Fund}',  adjacent  to 
the  dyked  marshes,  the  latter  being  themselves  de- 
posits of  similar  origin,  now  only  kept  from  daily 
tidal  submergence  by  artificial  embankments. 

The  space  at  our  command  permits  only  of 
slight  reference  to  some  of  the  other  "lessons  of  the 
coast."  Another  one  of  these  is  that  natural  changes 
are  none  the  less  real  hecanse  they  arc  slow.  As 
we  cannot  recognize  by  the  eye  the  movement  of  the 
hour  hand  of  a  clock,  or  the  growth  of  a  tree,  yet 
after  a  certain  interval,  become  aware  that  a  change 


KEEK   AND   BLUFF  NEAR    LUt.Kfc.FUK  1,  N.  8. 


readily  removed  and  be  carried  to  a  distance,  while 
heavier  and  coarser  materials  will  be  more  easily 
dropped.  Thus,  whether  waves,  tides  or  currents 
be  the  transporting  agency,  the  materials  of  the 
l>each  will  be  coarse  or  fine,  just  as  the  action  of 
these  agencies  is  powerful  or  weak.  Thus,  about 
exposed  headlands  and  in  exposed  situations  we 
commonly  find  the  shore  made  up  of  large  well 
rounded  fragments,  often  too  heavy  for  a  man  to 
lift,  and  making  what  are  known  as  sea  walls.  In 
intervening  bays  the  shore  is  more  apt  to  he  sandy 
or  gravelly,  forming  "beaches"  in  a  more  restricted 
sense,  while  about  the  mouths  of  rivers  or  in  off- 
shore shallow  soundings  the  material  is  more  com- 
monly a  fine  mud.  True  "beaches."  suitable  for 
bathing,  are  found  at  many  points  around  the  shores 
of  die  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  but  are  rare  on  those 
of  the  Bay  of  Fund  v.  So  they  are  not  common 
upon  the  Atlantic  seaboard  of  Nova  Scotia,  though 


has  occurred,  so  upon  a  coast  we  may  be  able  to 
observe  very  little  alteration  from  one  month  or 
even  one  season  to  another,  yet,  by  careful  observa- 
tion or  measurement,  extended  over  a  period  of 
years,  we  are  led  to  recognize  the  fact  that  not  only 
has  there  been  a  change,  but  that  this  may  be  very 
considerable.  All  coasts  under  the  unceasing 
attacks  of  waves,  and  tides  and  currents  are  wear- 
ing away,  and  contributing  of  their  substance  to  the 
<  icean  floor. 

The  last  lesson  to  be  noted  here  is  derived  from  a 
comparison  between  the  materials  of  the  beach  and 
those  of  the  siiore  from  which  they  were  derived. 
The  beach  deposits  are  pebble  beds,  sand  beds  or 
mud  beds,  according  as  the  agents  producing  them 
have  been  powerful  or  weak,  swift  or  slow;  an  ex- 
amination of  the  cliffs  near  by  will  show  that  they  are 
also  composed  of  pebble-beds,  sand-beds  or  clay- 
beds,  onlv  the  latter  are  hardened  into  rock.     Thus 


292 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


they  too  represent  old  beach  deposits,  and  must 
once  have  been  at  or  below  the  sea-level.  The 
•land  has  not  always  been  as  it  is  to-day.  How 
they  became  hardened  into  rock  and  were  lifted  to 
their  present  position,  perhaps  several  hundred  feet 
above  the  sea,  we  shall  have  to  enquire  in  a  later 
chapter. 


March  Birthdays. 

March  10,  1452. — Ferdinand  King  of  Castile  and 
Arragon,  a't  seventeen,  married  Isabella,  heir  to  the 
throne  of  Castile ;  conquered  the  Moors  of  Grenada 
which  he  annexed  to  his  dominions ;  fitted  out  a 
fleet  of  three  vessels,  by  which  Columbus  was  en- 
abled to  discover  America;  conquered  Naples  and 
Navarre. 

March  11,  1544. — Torquato  Tasso,  an  epic  poet, 
born  at  Sorrento,  Italy.  His  greatest  poem  was 
"Jerusalem  Delivered."  His  mind  became  un- 
hinged in  later  life,  and  he  was  confined  for  periods 
in  a  lunatic  asylum.  He  was  invited  to  Rome  to  be 
crowned  for  his  works  by  the  Pope,  but  died  before 
the  ceremony  could  take  place. 

March  12,  1684. — Geo.  Berkeley  (bishop)  born 
at  Killerin,  Ireland;  a  philosopher  and  writer  of 
great  merit,  wrote  the  "Analyst"  and  "A  Word  to 
the  Wise",  came  to  America  and  preached  two 
years  ait  Newport,  he  was  a  great  friend  of  Dean 
Swift. 

March  16,  175 1. — James  Madison,  was  fourth 
president  of  the  United  States,  and  one  of  the 
framers  of  its  constitution.  Contrary  to  the  views 
of  the  people  of  New  England,  he  declared  war 
against  Great  Britain,  in  1812. 

March  19,  1813. — Dr.  David  Livingstone,  a 
famous  missionary  and  explorer  was  born  near 
Glasgow,  Scotland ;  his  parents  were  poor ;  he  work- 
ed in  the  cotton  mills  white  a  boy,  attending  night 
school ;  studied  with  a  view  of  becoming  a  mission- 
ary in  Africa;  explored  the  interior  of  that  coun- 
try, and  discovered  some  of  the  sources  of  the  'Nile  ; 
died  near  Lake  Tanganyika  (1873)  where  he  was 
found  by  Henry  M.  Stanley,  in  1871.  His  books 
on  Africa  are  accurate  and  of  great  value. 

xMarch  20,  B.  C.  43.— Ovid  (Publius  Ovidius 
Naso)  a  great  Latin  poet,  was  born  at  Sulmo, 
ninety  miles  from  Rome.  He  received  an  elegant 
education,  travelled,  then  spent  his  life  at  court, 
until  he  was  banished.  He  died  in  exile.  He  wrote 
chiefly  love  elegies. 


March  21,  1763.— Jean  Paul  Richter  was  born 
at  Wunsiedel,  Bavaria;  a  popular  quaint  and  orig- 
inal German  author  and  humorist ;  "Titan"  was  his 
masterpiece;  "Quiutus  Fixilein,"  his  principal 
novel. 

March  22,  1797. — Emperor  William  I.,  born  at 
Berlin ;  ascended  the  throne  in  1861 ;  appointed 
Bismarck  minister  of  foreign  affairs;  united  the 
German  people  into  a  nation. 

March  28,  1592 — John  Amos  Comenius,  an 
educational  reformer  and  writer,  born  at  Nivnitz 
in  Moravia.  Lost  all  his  property  on  account  of  the 
Spanish  wars;  taught  school  in  Poland;  was  in- 
vited to  several  foreign  countries  to  reform  methods 
of  instruction ;  he  may  be  rightly  considered  as  the 
founder  of  method;  his  personality  was  noble;  his 
life  inspiring.  „ 

March  31,  1732. — Franz  Joseph  Haydn,  born 
near  Vienna,  of  humble  parents.  He  was  a  distin- 
guished musical  composer,  but  his  early  life  was  a 
life  of  hardship  ;  his  masterpieces  were  the  oratorios 
"The  Seasons"  and  "The  Creation." 


Winter. 

Orphan   Hours,   the  year   is   dead ! 

Come  and  sigh !     Come  and  weep ! 
Merry  Hours,  smile  instead 

For  the  year  is  but  asleep. 
See !     it  smiles  as  it  is  sleeping, 
Mocking  your   untimely  weeping. 

As  an   earthquake  rocks   a  corse 

In   its  coffin   in  the  clay, 
So   white   Winter,  that   rough  nurse, 

Rocks  the  dead-cold  year  to-day. 
Solemn  Hours,  wail  aloud 
For  your  mother  in  her  shroud. 

As  the  mild  air  stirs  and  sways 
The  tree-swung  cradle   of  a  child, 

So  the  breath  of  ihese  rude  Days 
Rocks   the  Year.     Be  calm  and  mild. 

Trembling   Hours;  she  will  arise 
With  new  love  within  her  eyes. 


The  rnswer  to  the  3  nines'     puzzle     in     the     February 
Review  is: 


20 


9  +  9 
•9 

Correct  solutions  have  been  received  from  A.  E.  Barton, 
Moncton;  C  E.  Lund.  Sackville;  and  by  A.  E.  G.,  Belle 
Isle,  Annapclis  county.  A.  P.  G.,  of  the  latter  place,  sends 
an  ingenious  solution,  which,  however,  dees  not  exactly 
meet  the  conditions. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


293 


The  School  From  a  Parent's  Standpoint. 

S.  D.   Scott,  Editor  of  the   'Sun ,"   St.  John. 
tbeKuu  iu  frebiuary.) 

But  here  comes  in  another  element  which  again 
presses  more  upon  die  city  teacher  and  pupJl  than 
upon  the  teacher  and  pupil  in  tne  country  sohool. 
No  doubt  there  is  an  advantage  in  scientific  grading. 
It  must  be  a  great  saving  of  labor,  and  an  escape 
from  confusion.  Doubtless  'the  course  of 
study  is  well  devised  and  adapted  to  the  powers  of 
tne  average  on  rid.  But  1  think  there  are  many 
teachers  in  the  town  who  would  like  to  shake  them- 
selves free  from  die  restraint  and  be  in  an  ungrad- 
ed country  school,  where  they  could  have  greater 
freedom  to  deal  with  the  actual  boy  and  girl  accord- 
ing to  their  needs.  It  is  possible  that  Procrustes 
took  technical  advice  when  he  made  his  beds.  He 
may  have  measured  a  hundred  or  a  thousand  pris- 
oners, ascertained  the*  average  length,  and  reason- 
ed that  an  individual  adjustment  to  this  standard 
would  be  a  scientific  proceeding.  To  stretch  some 
individuals  a  few  inches,  to  cut  a  fraction  from  die 
extremities  of  others  might  be  a  personal  hardship 
but  it  would  simplify  the  work  of  bed  making  and 
tend  to  discourage  abnormal  types,  producing  in  the 
end  a  well  graded  and  symmetrical  corps  of  grad- 
uates, even  though  some  should  be  crippled  and 
some  dead.  A  general  course  of  study  seems  to  be 
necessary  for  all  schools,  and  grading  is  needful  in 
schools  of  many  teachers.  But  it  seems  to  me  that 
with  us  the  system  is  too  much  and  the  individual 
too  litde. 

There  arc  marked  differences  of  opinion  in  diis 
town,  and  throughout  the  country,  on  the  subject 
of  the  school  course.  Some  of  the  parents  complain 
that  the  schools  try  to  teach  too  many  things. 
Others  would  like  to  see  manual  training,  household 
economy,  type  writing  and  commercial  classes. 
Some  contend  that  the  schools  cost  too  much,  and 
that  the  free  classes  should  close  when  the  high 
school  is  reached.  A  few  would  like  to  see  German 
added  to  the  languages  taught,  as  English  would  be 
in  a  high  school  in  Germany.  Ghastly  stories  are 
told  of  girls  whose  health  has  been  broken  bv  hard 
study  in  the  common  schools.  Yet  every  June  Dr. 
Bridges  meets  these  accusations  with  a  row  of  girl 
graduates  in  a  shockingly  robust  condition.  Many 
of  us  observe  that  boys  and  girls  of  average  ability 
manage  to  cover  the  work  of  the  year,  in  sonic  sort 
of  way,  without  altogether  neglecting  their  amuse- 


ments. The  truth  seems  to  be  that  die  course  of 
study  offers  work  enough  for  the  average  child  to 
make  a  creditable  record  with  moderate  diligence. 
To  a  dull  child,  or  one  with  exacting  outside  duties 
and  discouraging  home  surroundings,  or  feeble 
health,  the  full  course  may  give  hard  work  or  more 
than  can  be  done.  Those  who  suffer  most  are  pro- 
bably the  clever  competitors  for  prizes  and  honors, 
who  could  pass  the  examination  and  take  a  fair 
place  with  half  die  stud}-.  This  extra  work  is  vol- 
untary. The  same  amount  of  extra  toil  could  be 
expended  on  three  studies  or  on  one,  as  is  given  to 
ten  or  twelve.  It  is  certainly  not  fair  to  attribute  to 
the  number  of  studies  any  collapse  from  over  work- 
on  the  part  of  the  competitors  for  medals. 

But  while  I  do  not  believe  that  die  number  of 
studies  at  present  prescribed,  even  with  manual 
training  and  domestic  silence  added,  is  too  large  to 
have  in  the  curriculum,  it  seems  to  me  to  be  unwise 
to  compel  every  pupil  to  take  them  all,  or  to  take  a 
particular  list  of  them  in  one  year.  There  is  surely 
too  little  adaptation  in  our  schools  to  die  capacity, 
the  requirement,  and  the  time  available  for  school 
work  of  the  various  students. 

Here  in  St.  John  we  have,  say,  1200  children  en- 
tering school  every  year.  Of  diese  one-half  or  less 
jjass  beyond  the  seventh  grade.  Their  school  train- 
ing is  completed  at  the  grade  which  they  are  sup- 
jxjsed  to  reach  when  diev  are  twelve  years  old.  Of 
the  survivors,  four-fifths  fall  out  before  they  reach 
high  school,  and  of  those  who  go  into  the  high 
school  hardly  more  than  one  i'n  four  remains  to 
graduate.  That  is  to  say  out  of  a  hundred  St.  John 
pupils  who  enter  the  schools,  fifty  have  dropped 
out  at  the  end  of  the  seventh  grade,  fifteen  are  left 
to  enter  the  high  school  and  only  five  are  in  at  the 
graduation. 

Now  this  is  a  case  where  the  authorities  should 
not  leave  the  ninety  and  five  who  fall  out,  and  seek 
only  after  the  five  who  go  not  astray.  These  fifty 
who  stop  at  the  halfway  house,  are  as  dear  to  them- 
selves and  as  important  to  their  families  as  the  fifty 
wiiD  <,r.  >  farther.  In  the  first  place  we  parents  ask 
that  it  be  made  easy  for  them  to  continue  in  school, 
and  secondly  that  those  who  cannot  continue  should 
get  as  much  as  possible  out  of  the  years  they  stay. 
The  less  time  they  have  at  school  the  more  precious 
that  time  is. 

But,  at  this  stage,  speaking  strictly  as  a  parent, 
f  object   strongly  to  the  contention  that    the    high 


294 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


school  is  here  for  the  rich,  that  the  poor  are  unfairly 
taxed  to  maintain  it,  and  that  in  the  interest  of  the 
oppressed  working  man  free  classes  should  stop 
where  the  high  school  begins.  The  exact  opposite 
is  the  case.  The  high  school  is  the  poor  man's 
college.  It  is  tiie  most  democratic  institution  in  the 
town.  Any  one  who  looks  over  the  names  will  find 
that  a  large  proportion,  especially  of  the  girls,  are 
from  families  who  could  not  afford  a  private  school. 
Don't  we  know  boys  and  girls  in  the  honor  list 
whose  widowed  mother  supports  them  by  manual 
labor  ?  Have  we  not  seen  the  sons  of  mechanics 
take  the  highest  prizes  these  schools  offer  ?  Opu- 
lent citizens  take  their  choice  between  sending  their 
sons  and  daughters  to  boarding  schools  and  making 
use  of  those  free  classes.  They  maintain  Nether- 
wood,  Rothesay,  Mt.  Allison,  EdgehJH,  Acadia,  and 
schools  in  the  upper  provinces  and  the  old  country. 
For  the  poor  there  is  one  place  where  the  youth  can 
take  advanced  school  work,  and  that  is  the  high 
school  of  the  place  where  his  people  live.  My  obser- 
vation is  that  the  people  who  complain  most  of  'the 
cost  of  this  school  are  not  the  poor  but  the  large  tax- 
payers, some  of  whom  are  sending  their  children 
away.  I  am  sure  that  the  most  of  us  parents 
appreciate  the  high  school  and  the  work  that  it  does, 
and  that  those  who  desire  their  children  to  have 
some  glimpse  of  the  world  of  scholarship  and  can- 
not afford  them  a  college  training  are  glad  to  know 
that  they  can  be  carried  to  the  sophomore  year  in  a 
free  school  at  our  doors. 

As  to  the  courses  of  study,  let  me  say  again  as 
one  parent,  I  would  like  to  see  them  all  continued, 
and  more  attention  paid  to  nature-study,  manual 
training,  domestic  science,  and  commercial  classes. 
At  the  same  time  it  seems  to  me  that  all  the  children 
have  sufficient  work  cut  out  for  them,  and  a  large 
proportion  of  them  'too  much.  I  would  go  in  for 
more  electives  and  begin  them  much  earlier.  There 
are  now  scarcely  any.  It  is  allowed  in  the  high 
school  to  choose  between  Frenoh  and  Greek,  and  I 
believe  between  botany  and  something  else.  But 
practically  everything  in  the  bill  of  fare  is  compul- 
sory until  the  high  school  is  reached.  The  pupil  or 
his  parents  are  not  permitted  to  follow  the  example 
of  the  unaccustomed  hotel  guest  who  showed  the 
menu  to  the  waiter  and  asked  whether  he  might 
"skip  from  here  down  to  there."  Not  only  is  the 
child  required  to  do  all  the  classes,  but  he  must 
make  a  certain  progress  in  each     one     every     year. 


Wkh  some  small  reservation,  it  is,  1  believe,  true 
that  a  child  who  fails  in  one  or  more  subjects  out  of 
a  lot  cannot  follow  on  with  those  subjects  in  which 
he  succeeds,  but  must  go  back  and  take  this  familiar 
work  over  again,  because  there  was  something  else 
assigned  to  him  the  same  year  that  he  could  not  do. 

Now  I  speak  with  due  deference  that  this  seems  to 
me  to  be  stupid.  I  know  that  the  teachers  and  the 
superintendent  try  their  best  to  mitigate  the  evil, 
and  that  in  the  lower  grades  they  do  not  stand 
wholly  on  technical  markings,  but  grade  the  child 
who  seems  able  to  do  the  work  of  the  next  room. 
As  the  children  grow  older  the  system  becomes 
more  rigid,  and  many  cases  of  hardship,  even  of 
cruelty,  arise.  For  I  take  it  that  it  is  simply  cruelty 
to  take  a  boy  who  is  under  sentence  to  quit  school 
at  thirteen,  and  make  him  go  again  over  work  that 
he  knows,  shut  Ling  out  from  him  forever  all  the 
advantages  of  one  year  of  higher  training.  In  such 
cases  the  child  becomes  listless,  having  no  stimulus 
of  curiosity  and  no  charm  of  novelty,  and  as  a 
student  he  is  liable  to  be  greatly  demoralized 
through  all  the  rest  of  his  school  days  if  he  does 
not  fall  out  altogether. 

On  the  other  hand  if  a  point  is  strained  and  the 
child  is  advanced  to  a  higher  grade,  while  he  does 
not  understand  some  of  the  subjects  below,  he  is 
liable  to  lose  touch  altogether  with  these  subjects, 
and  to  waste  the  time  he  is  compelled  to  give  to 
them.  It  would  seem  possible  to  me  to  arrange  a 
system  which  would  grade  a  child  in  some  subjects 
and  to  leave  him  to  take  the  others  over  again  with 
his  old  class.  The  grading  might  be  to  some  extent, 
by  subjects,  and  not  by  a  level  standard,  covering 
the  whole  range.  That  is  exactly  what  would  hap- 
pen in  an  ungraded  country  school,  where  a  pupil 
is  carried  along  in  each  subject  as  fast  as  he  can  get 
ahead  in  it.  And  it  is  the  same  thing  that  would  be 
done  with  an  undergraduate  or  a  postgraduate 
student  in  the  University  of  Chicago  or  the  greatest 
German  universities.  There  is  no  educational  rea- 
son why  a  child  should  be  reading  Caesar  at  exactly 
the  same  time  that  he  is  working  a  particular  book 
of  Euclid,  and  there  are  many  reasons  why  he  should 
not  be  made  to  work  over  again  the  geometry  that 
he  knows  because  he  does  not  know  his  Latin  verbs. 
If  we  read  two  books  and  do  not  understand  one, 
we  do  net  read  over  the  one  we  do  understand.  If 
we  plant  several  apple  trees,  and  one  or  two  die  we 
do  not  on  that  account  replant  the  ones  that  grow. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


295 


It  is  not  for  me  to  say  how  the  thing  should  be 
done,  but  since  the  school  is  for  the  child  and  not 
the  child  for  the  school  I  should  say  that  the  child 
should  try  again  the  work  that  he  failed  to  accom- 
plish and  go  on  in  that  part  in  which  he  has  suc- 
ceeded. 

There  should  be  more  accommodation  to  the 
powers  of  the  child.  It  does  not  seem  to  be  good 
economy  that  one  who  can  do  in  eight  years  the 
work  of  the  eleven  grades,  as  now  arranged,  should 
be  compelled  to  waste  eleven  years  on  it.  You 
shorten  the  time  by  allowing  him  to  take  two 
years  in  one,  but  that  may  be  too  much.  Why  not 
have  an  adjustment  by  which  he  can  take  four 
years  in  three,  fairly  distributing  the  task  ?  If  this 
cannot  be  done  these  extra  manual  training, 
domestic  science,  commercial  classes,  and  nature 
studies  come  in  well  as  supplementeiries. 

But  I  am  more  concerned  about  the  dull  child,  or 
the  one  who  is  handicapped  and  cannot  do  all  the 
work  in  one  year.  It  seems  to  me  that  instead  of 
compelling  that  one  to  do  one  year's  work  in  two, 
and  then  perhaps  the  next  year  in  two,  until  the 
unfortunate  is  so  much  taller  and  older  than  his 
classmates  that  he  falls  out  altogether,  he  might  re- 
peat one-third  or  one-fourth  of  his  work,  taking 
two  years  in  three  or  three  in  four,  and  in  the  end 
getting  along  a  great  deal  farther  than  he  can  now. 

In  every  community  there  are  feeble  minded 
children,  whose  powers  are  small  but  capable  of 
some  slow  development.  Under  our  system  they 
soon  became  hopelessly  derelict.  We  should 
have  a  school  on  purpose  for  these.  But  for  that 
much  larger  number  of  children  of  less  than 
average  intelligence,  who  cannot  quite  keep  the 
pace,  something  better  should  be  done  than  now 
seems  possible  in  the  dty  school.  They  might  have 
a  course  selected  for  them,  dropping  out  some  of  the 
work  which  seems  beyond  them,  leaving  them  t<>gi 
on  with  studies  within  the*  capacity,  or  with  their 
prospective  requirements.  A  child  who  can  not 
learn  mathematics  may  learn  reading  and  writing, 
the  elements  of  grammar,  and  be  able  to  take  a  good 
course  in  history,  geography,  and  nature  studies. 
Manual  training,  or  scientific  training,  or  h  msehold 
economy  or  some  of  the  fads  might  he  the  thing 
this  child  needs  to  introduce  h;rn  to  the  world  for 
which  he  was  born.  At  all  events  I  see  in  these 
studies  something  on  which  the  brilliant  book  stu- 
dent and  the  child  with  certain    other  natural  gifts 


of  eye,  and  hand,  and  mind,  may  meet  on  a  level; 
where  false  and  one-sided  estimates  of  their  relative 
values  may  be  corrected,  and  where  the  child  who 
has  been  almost  a  derelict  in  the  school,  may  get 
back  the  proper  respect  that  he  had  for  himself 
when  he  was  a  baby. 

In  making  the  appeal  against  some  features  of 
the  system  that  seem  to  me  too  severe  I  do  not 
forget  that  the  chief  superintendent  and  the  other 
authorities,  must  have  surveyed  carefully,  as  ex- 
perts, the  ground  over  which  as  an  amateur  I  rush 
with  the  recklessness  of  those  who  go  ahead  of  the 
angels.  Dr.  Inch  has  been  a  teacher,  and  a  good 
one,  from  the  common  school  to  the  head  of  a  uni- 
versity. He  knows  his  business  and  is  sympathetic 
in  his  administration.  Inspector  Carter  is  progress- 
ive and  somewhat  radical.  Superintendent  Bridges 
is  a  thorough  workman  and  a  cause  of  thoroughness 
in  others.  I  have  hope  in  them  all,  that  they  have 
not  done  the  last  thing  and  said  the  last  word  in 
the  regulation  of  studies.  One  does  not  like  to 
thmk  of  a  school  course  as  of  supernatural  origin 
"which  neither  listiessness  nor  mad  endeavor,  nor 
man  nor  boy  can  utterly  abolish  or  destroy." 

I  prefer  to  think  that  it  is  capable  of  modification 
and  improvement,  that  (the  way  may  be  adjusted  to 
enable  our  children  to  pursue  to  the  limit  of  their 
time  and  opportunity  the  studies  suited  to  them, — not 
compelling  them,  for  instance,  to  take  up  the  study 
of  a  language  in  the  last  few  months  of  school  life, 
with  no  hope  of  progress  in  it,  while  they  are  shut 
out  from  advancement  in  the  line  of  their  aptitudes. 
It  has  been  found  possible  in  Halifax,  where  the 
schools  cost  about  the  same  per  head  as  here,  to 
carry  on  manual  training  classes,  and  to  give  a 
three  years'  high  'school  commercial  course.  This 
last  is  a  modification  of  die  regular  'high  school 
work,  dropping  classics  and  perhaps  some  of  the 
natural  science  subjects,  adding  the  usual  com- 
mercial studies,  with  more  advanced  and  practical 
work  in  French  and  history  and  economy.  Witli 
the  exception  of  shorthand  and  typewriting,  nearlv 
all  the  work  is  done  by  regular  members  of  die 
academic  staff.  We  also  can  do  these  things  in  the 
high  school,  and  to  a  certain  extent  in  the  lower 
classes,  without  reducing  the  value  of  the  schools  as 
a  place  of  general  training  and  discipline. 

Yet,  lastly,  lot  me  say  I  certainly  would  wish  to 
guard  well  the  part  of  the  school  work  thai!  makes 
f  r  culture,  and  manhood,  and  womanhood,  and  not 


296 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


entirely  give  over  the  schools  to  bread  and  butter 
studies.  When  a  great  number  of  people  are  wast- 
ing their  good  time  trying  to  make  millions,  and  a 
greater  number  of  people  are  wasting  their  time 
scolding  about  them,  it  would  be  a  good  thing  to 
try  to  bring  up  one  generation  to  give  attention  to 
things  that  last  longer. 


Lamb's  The  Adventures  of  Ulysses. 

Notes  by  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

Under  his  Greek  name  of  Odysseus  one  of 
Homer's  great  epics  (the  "Odyssey"  tells  at  greater 
length  this  same  story.  There  are  many  English 
translations  of  which  that  by  Butcher  and  Lang  is 
one  of  the  best.  Ulysses  was  a  Greek  who  joined 
in  the  siege  of  Troy  with  the  other  famous  heroes. 
The  Trojan  whose  wanderings  ended  in  Italy  and 
who  was  regarded  by  the  Romans  as  their  progen- 
itor was  /Eneas.  Of  him,  too,  and  his  wanderings, 
another  famous  poem  was  written,  the    "/Eneid." 

p.  97.  5.  Ithaca  was  an  island  on  ithe  west  coast 
of  Greece.  Is.  9,  10.  Compare  Howe's  lines  on  his 
approach  to  the  shores  of  Nova  Scotia  in  winter, 
"Mantled  in  snow,"  etc.  1  II.  Meaning  of  phrases 
"partake  of  her  immortality"?  and  of  "enchant- 
ments" in  1.  13.  1.  15.  Troy  was  on  the  northwest  of 
Asia  Minor  not  far  from  the  Hellespont.  It  was 
known  by  'the  Greeks  as  Ilium,  hence  the  tide  of 
Homer's  other  yet  more  famous  poem  the  "Iliad." 
1.  16.  The  Cicous  were  a  people  who  lived  in  what 
is  now  called  Turkey,  just  north  of  the  /Egean  or 
Archipelago,  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  famous  town 
of  Philippi.  1.  20.  Study  the  word  "store."  How 
is  it  commonly  mis-applied  at  the  present  time. 

P.  98, 1.  4.  Meaning  of  "make  good"  as  found  in 
this  line  ?  1.  5.  What  part  of  speech  is  "some- 
thing ?  "  What  is  it  usually  ?  1.  6.  Meaning  of 
"having  odds  against  them  ?  "  1.  9.  "The  third 
day,"  parse  the  word  "day".  1.  10.  Malea  the  most 
eastern  of  the  three  capes  in  the  extreme  south  of 
Greece;  modern  name  St.  Angelo.  1.  12.  Cythera 
is  an  island  just  southeast  from  Cape  Malea. 

From  this  point  in  the  story  on  we  are  in  the 
regions  of  myth,  which  like  "Fairyland"  are  not 
found  on  the  map.    1.  16. 

In   the  afternoon  they  came   unto  a  land 
In  which  it  seemed  always  afternoon. 

These  lines  and  the  rest  of  Tennyson's  "Lotos- 
Eaters"  would  interest  the  children.    1.  20.  Meaning 


of  "pernicious."  1.  24.  What  part  of  speech  is 
"needs"?  Parse  "eat"  in  the  following  line.  L  29. 
Give  another  word  with  the  same  meaning  as 
"betwitched." 

P.  99,  1.  4.  Meaning  of  "governed  by  his  own 
caprice  ? "  1.  7.  What  is  our  more  common  word 
for  "artificers"  ?  Look  up  derivation  of  each  and 
find  a  further  proof  of  the  composite  character  of 
the  language.  1.  11.  Look  derivation  of  "hospit- 
able" and  also  of  "hospital"  and  see  if  there  is  any 
connection  between  them.  1.  20.  Meaning  of  word 
"artless  ?"  Is  it  the  opposite  in  meaning  to  "artful" 
as  one  mJghit  expect  ?  1.  21.  Is  "tenant"  here  used 
in  its  more  modern  common  meaning  ?  1.  26. 
Here  we  have  "store"  again.  Compare  it  with  same 
word  previously  used.  1.  27.  et  seq.  The  Greeks 
regarded  as  utter  barbarians  those  who  drank  wine 
undiluted  with  water.  Perhaps,  too,  in  these  lines 
we  may  get  a  hint  of  Lamb's  own  special  weak- 
ness. 1.  31.  "A  goat-skin  flagon"  may  help  those 
who  don't  already  know  to  understand  the  saying 
about  putting  "new  wine  in  old  bottles."  1.  35. 
Some  people  use  goats'  milk  altogether,  regarding 
cows'  milk  as  unclean,  and  not  fit  for  human  food. 

P.  100.  1.  2.  Meaning  of  "feeding  his  flock"  ? 
Why  go  to  the  mountains  ?  Why  not  leave  them 
out  at  night  as  we  do  here  ?  1.  5.  Meaning  of 
"against"  here  ?  Of  "uncouth"  in  1.  7  ?  1.  9.  Nep- 
tune, known  to  the  Greeks  as  Poseidon  (pron. 
Po-si'-don),  was  one  of  the  three  gods  who  divided 
the  universe  between  them.  The  other  two  were 
Zeus  (pron.  Zus)  and  Pluto  or  Hades.  Neptune  is 
generally  spoken  of  as  the  god  of  the  sea.  1.  10. 
Meaning  of  'to  a  brutish  body"  etc.?  1.  13.  In- 
stead of  "massy"  what  word  do  we  generally  use? 
How  heavy  a  stone  could  twenty  oxen  draw  ?  1.  27. 
The  name  "Agamemnon"  applied  to  a  ship  was 
made  famous  in  later  times  by  one  of  England's 
heroes.  Who  was  he  ?  1.  32.  "Jove"  was  called  by 
the  Greeks  "Zeus."  It  will  be  seen  that  Lamb  takes 
the  Latinized  form  of  all  the  words  when  there  are 
different  forms.  1.  36.  Look  up  the  story  of  Zeus  in 
a  classical  dictionary  if  you  can  find  one.  It  is  too 
long  to  put  in  here.    1.  37.  Parse  "bid." 

P.  101.  1.  2.  "Wise  caution"  is  characteristic  of 
Ulysses  who  was  the  most  crafty  of  all  die  heroes, 
and  in  later  time  his  character  was  represented  as 
being  even  worse  than  merely  crafty.  He  is  pictured 
bv  Sophocles  as  saying,  in  effect.  "The  end  justifies 
the  means."     1.     10.       What     word     means  "man- 


supplement  to  we  '  Eoucational  TReview1 


"THE    SONG    OF   THE    LARK' 


From  Painting  by  titles  Adolf  he  Breton, 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


297 


eaters"  ?  Where  are  they  found  at  the  present 
day?  1. 15.  Look  up  derivation  of  the  word  "dis- 
tracted." 

P.  102.  1.  5.  Which  one  of  the  gods  in  particular 
took  an  interest  in  Ulysses  ?  The  answer  can  be 
found  in  the  story.  1.  10.  Meaning  of  "waxed ;" 
what  is  its  opposite  ?  1.  24.  Study  the  word  "plied". 
1.  34.  "Heartening"?  1.  36.  Meaning  of  phrase 
"were  used  to  heave" ;  do  we  use  the  word  "used" 
as  here  ? 

P.  103.  1.  3.  Difference  in  meaning  between 
"auger"  and  "augur."  1.  30.  Meaning  of  the  word 
"ambiguous;"  look  up  its  derivation.  1.  31.  Meaning 
of  "gross  wit"  ?  and  of  "palpable"  in  the  next 
line  ?  1.  35.  Instead  of  "knots"  we  would  more 
likely  use  some  other  word.    What? 

P.  104.  1.  6.  Is  there  anything  appropriate  in  the 
term  "fools"  as  applied  to  sheep.  1.  13.  Meaning  of 
"rout"  in  'this  line.  1.  32.  Meaning  of  "ebb"?  1.  36. 
Homer's  epithet  applied  to  Odysseus  was  "much- 
enduring."  i.  37.     Meaning  of  "beat  the  old  sea"  ? 

P.  105.  Is.  6,  7.  In  what  part  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean are  they  now,  judging  by  the  wind  which  is  to 
carry  them  home?     1.  21.  The  word  "store"  again. 

P.  106.  1.  10.  Study  "have;"  is  it  the  auxiliary 
"have"  or  another  word?  I.  32.  Express  "surpass- 
ing human"  as  one  word. 

P.  108.  1.  1.  Meaning  of  "cast  lots."  How  was  it 
done :  One  way  among  the  ancients  was  by  draw- 
ing from  an  earthenware  jar.  1.  20.  "Prudentest" 
is  scarcely  formed  as  the  grammars  would  have  us 
do  it.  How  would  they?    1.  24.  meaning  of  "train"? 

P.  109.  1.  10.  Embracing  the  knees  was  among  the 
people  of  that  time  the  favorable  mode  of  making  a 
supplication.  We  find  it  many  times  in  classical 
literature.  1.  24.  Mercury  was  the  messenger  of 
Zeus,  called  by  the  Greeks  Henries.  1.  26.  Parse 
"bhou,"  in  "thou  most  erring,"  etc.  1.  36.  Meaning 
of  "sovereign"  here.  How  is  it  connected  with 
usual  meaning  of  word? 

P.  in.  Styx  was  one  of  the  rivers  of  Hades, 
1.  20.  "Massy"  here  again.  1.  21.  "Regale"  is  com- 
monly a  verb.  Here  it  is  a  noun,  with  what  mean- 
ing? 

P.  112  Teiresias,  the  seer,  is  one  of  the 
characters  in  the  most  famous  of  Greek  plays, 
"(Edipus  Tyrannus. 

To  be  continued 


The   Canadian     Forestry    Association    meets    at 
Ottawa,  March  8. 


Art  Notes.— No.  IV. 

By  Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.  B. 
The    Song    of  the  Lark. 

The  pioture  selected  for  this  month,  is  a  well- 
known  work,  by  Jules  Adolphe  Breton  (born 
1827  -). 

One  would  like  to  know  what  title  it  would  be 
likely  to  receive  if,  the  label  being  concealed,  it 
were  examined  by  persons,  who  had  not  previously 
met  with  it,  in  any  form  of  reproduction.  Such  per- 
sons are  happily  now,  more  seldom  met  with  in 
any  walk  of  life,  and  yet  we  note  that  die  lark  oc- 
cupies small  space  in  the  whole  picture.  Again  let 
us  suppose  that  the  label  is  displayed,  but  the  little 
bird  concealed,  and  many  persons  will  probably  be 
of  opinion  that  the  singer  is  the  peasant  girl,  who 
because  she  is  an  early  riser,  or  for  some  other  reason 
is  called  a  lark.  In  order  to  justify  the  title  given 
by  Breton,  that  little  speck  in  the  heavens  ought 
to  dominate  the  whole  picture,  and  we  are  confi- 
dent it  does.  It  is  very  singular  that  we  have 
been  introduced  to  three  pictures  in  succession,  that 
depend  upon  the  suggestion  of  sound  for  their  en- 
joyment, but  unless  the  Barbizon  artist  can  make  us 
hear  the  lark  as  it  soars,  we  shall  fail  to  share  the 
feelings  of  the  girl,  and  her  sympathetic  painter. 
Most  of  us  are  at  a  disadvantage  in  one  respect,  for 
there  are  few  in  these  provinces,  who  have  either 
seen  or  heard  the  true  skylark.  Hence  the  study 
of  this  pioture  is  a  particularly  good  one  for  the 
strengthening  of  the  imagination,  not  alone  'the 
visual,  but  largely  the . formation  of  vocal  imagery. 
We  have  not  only  to  follow  up  the  hints  here 
given  of  rural  life  in  France,  and  particularly  of 
Barbizon,  from  the  aspect  of  the  landscape,  the 
dress  of  the  girl,  the  prevalence  of  hard  labor,  but 
we  have  to  reproduce  'the  lark  and  its  merry 
song,  and  by  noting  its  effect  upon  this  peasant  we 
stand  at  the  side  of  Breton  and  are  enriched  by  his 
experience. 

If  our  admiration  of  the  picture  presented  with 
this  copy  of  the  Review  ;  leads  to  the  purchase  of 
others,  by  the  same  artist  we  shall  soon  become  ac- 
quainted with  his  types,  and  learn  how  he  regarded 
them.  For  this  purpose,  we  specially  commend  his 
pictures,  of  Gleaners, — two  pictures,  quite  unlike 
Millet's  work  of  same  title — also  "A  Sifter  of  Colza" 
and  "The  Reapers"? 

We  note  the  dress  in  the  former,  the  head  cover- 
ing, and  the  bare-feet,  and   in  the  latter  the  sabots 


298 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


worn  by  the  girls,  and  the  recurrence  of  the  sickle. 
It  is  said  Breton's  peasants  have  more  poetry  and 
less  realism  than  those  of  Millet.  That  would  be  a 
good  point  to  discuss  in  a  picture  study  club,  such 
as  could  easily  be  formed  in  grades  above  the 
seventh  or  eighth,  and  certainly  a  fruitful  exercise 
in  a  teachers'  association. 

The  features  of  the  land  are  not  important  in 
our  picture,  but  the  artist  shows  his  skill  by  pass- 
ing over  all  elements  which  might  otherwise  de- 
stroy the  unity  of  his  picture.  We  have  the 
round  conical  hay-stacks  on  the  left,  a  portion  of 
a  house-roof  is  seen  behind  some  trees,  and  the  sun 
is  not  allowed  to  dominate  the  scene.  Let  the 
scholars  discuss  whether  it  is  sun-rise  or  sun-set, — 
discuss  not  guess.  Ask  questions  as  to  the  shadows 
in  the  picture,  the  aspect  of  the  sky,  and  chiefly  in 
relation  to  the  determination  of  the  season  agricul- 
turally. For  older  scholars  it  may  be  permissible 
to  enquire  if  Breton  was  as  successful  in  treatment 
of  landscape,  clouds,  etc.,  as  persons. 

To  lovers  of  birds  there  is  a  good  opportunity 
for  a  nature-study  on  larks — the  sky-lark,  horned- 
lark,  and  meadow-lark  Where  possible  procure 
pictures  of  the  various  kinds,  and  their  nests,  and 
eggs,  and  note  the  peculiarities  of  habits.  It  is  said 
there  are  two  kinds  of  meadow4ark  in  Canada. 
The  typical  form  is  found  in  more  or  less  abund- 
ance in  Ontario  east  of  Manitoba,  and  the  western 
meadow  lark  is  abundant  on  the  prairies.  The 
western  is  the  larger,  somewhat  lighter  in  colour, 
and  a  beter  songster.  The  sky  lark  some  may 
have  seen  and  heard  in  cages  but  otherwise  we  have 
chiefly  to  depend  upon  the  accounts  given  in  books 
upon  birds,  and  upon  allusions  in  the  poets. 
Wordsworth  gives  two  poems  "To  a  Sky-lark." 
These  may  be  learned  by  the  scholars,  and  contrast 
what  he  says  in  his  poem  and  sonnet  "To  the 
Cuckoo,"  only  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that 
cuckoos  have  been  seen.  The  sky-lark  is  one  of  the 
best  known  British  birds,  and  is  a  general  favorite 
on  account  of  its  song.  It  rarely  sings  on  the 
ground,  but  prefers  to  pour  forth  its  music  as  it 
floats  on  the  air. 

Shakespeare  in  Romeo  and  Juliet,  III.  5,  says, 

"'The   lark,    whose   notes   do   heat 

The  vanity  heaven  so  high  above  our  heads." 

In  "Birds  and  All  Nature"  magazine  for  March, 
1900,     page     101,    there    is    a    poem    by    Ada    M. 


Griggs,  probably  based  on  our  picture,  and  entitled 
"The  Song  of  the  Lark." 

Those  scholars  who  have  the  good  fortune  to 
be  acquainted  with  musicians  may  induce  them  to 
play  "Little  Birds"  by  Edward  Grieg,  and  in  some 
of  the  musical  and  other  magazines  there  are 
articles  on  "Voices  of  Nature." 

In  a  musical  party,  it  would  be  possible  to  have 
one  of  the  number  play  over  the  bird-notes,  and 
then  invite  the  company  to  name  the  bird. 

But  for  the  less  fortunate  teacher  or  scholar 
there  is  still  the  possibility  of  recalling  the  most 
cheerful  motes,  or  songs  yet  heard,  and  observation 
for  fuller  acquaintance  may  be  promoted. 

In  the  N.  B.  school  readers  there  is  a  story  of  a 
man  who  heard  the  lark  sing  in  Australia,  and  his 
feelings  are  described ;  and  Alfred  East  has  told  us 
how    he    felt  under  a  similar  experience  in  Japan. 

Breton's  Peasant  hears  the  song  and  :t  thrills  her. 
She  desires  no  pity  because  of  her  arduous  lot. 
She  marches  forth  with  her  sickle  like  a  conqueror, 
and  one  could  imagine  her  exclaiming  with  Emer- 
son ;  "Give  me  health  and  a  day,  and  I  will  make  the 
pomp  of  emperors  ridiculous." 


Picture-Study  Queries. 

S.  McF. — I  cannot  say  what  has  become  of  the 
Revolutionary  battleship  Constitution.  Some  Brkish 
battleships  have  been  preserved  as  relics  but  "The 
Old  Temeraire"  was  not. 

R.  G. — Send  for  a  copy  of  "Our  Dumb  Animals," 
a  16  page  magazine.  Teachers  can  have  it  for  25c. 
published  by  Geo.  T.  Angell,  19  Milk  St.,  Boston. 

Julia  S. — The  fullest  illustrated  account  of  Land- 
seer  is  published  by  Houghton,  Mifflin  Co.,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  in  the  Riverside  Art  Series. 

Beginner. — Blashfleld's  work  has  been  chiefly  de- 
corative. Christmas  Chimes  is  his  best  known  oil 
painting. 

Primary  Teacher. — A  true  picture  is  something 
more  than  form  and  color.  It  is  representation 
plus  the  individuality  of  the  artist. 

Violet. —  It  is  not  well  to  set  pictures  of  anguish 
before  young  scholars.  Do  you  think  the  expression 
of  the  dog  in  "Saved"  is  too  painful  ? 

Riverside. — There  is  an  excellent  illustrated 
account  of  J.  M.  W.  Turner,  R.  A.,  in  "The  Cana- 
dian Magazine."  August,  1905.  It  is  brief  but  con- 
tains four  good  pictures. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


299 


W.  E.  R. — Always  try  to  get  pictures  similar  in 
conception.  It  calls  for  close  observation  and  dis- 
crimination. 

Lexicon. — See  The  Educational  Review,  July- 
Aug.,  1905,  for  treatment  of  "The  Function  of  Art 
in  Public  Schools."  and  as  to  choice  of  subjects  for 
Rural  Schools  see  p.  278  in  April,  1904. 

Waweig,  N.  li.  H.  B. 


The  Lark  by  Lake  Bewa,  Japan. 

Alfred  East. 

(His  first  published  poem.) 
The  motive  of  this  little  story 
Told  in  the  land  of  the  rising  sun 
I*  a  tribute  from  me, — and  a  feeling 
Of  thanks  for  a  sentiment  won 
Back  from  the  scenes  of  my  childhood, 
A  reflection  of  earliest  days, 
A  rush  over  time  and  distance 
Through  the  cranks  of  life's  rough  ways. 
A  vision  of  home  and  my  mother 
Flahes  out  like  a  light  in  the  dark 
As  I  hear  on  this  sweet  May  morning 
In  Japan,  the  voice  of  the  lark! 

The  breeze  brings  songs  of  the  boatmen 

Which  ebbs  with  the  rustle  of  the)  weeds'. 

The  water  is  laughing  and  flashing 

To  the  mill  through  its  banboo  leads, 

While  the  hills  across  the  water 

Are  changing  from  gold  to  dun 

As  the  fitful  shadows  wander 

O'er  the  land  of  the  rising  sun. 

But  beyond  the  changing  hills, 

To  my  English  home  and  birthplace, 

I  am  borne  by  those  wild  thrills, 

And  the  road  and  the  wild  green  rice  fields 

And  the  grey  roofed  cottages  there, 

Melt  into  an  English  mer.dow 

And  an  English  homestead  fair. 

I  lie  Egain  'mid  the  daisies, 

Which  bend  in  the  soft-toned  breeze 

That  wafts  the  scent  of  the  rich  ripe  flowers 

Through  the  branches  of  blooming  trees. 

That's  my  dream   while  the   lark   was   singing 
But  his  song  was,  alas,  soon  done 
Yet  the  dream  was  fair  and  pleasant 
In  the  land  of  the  rising  sun. 


January  grey  is  here. 

Like  a  sexton  by  a  g  ave; 
February  bears  the  bier; 

March    witli   grief   doth    howl   and    rave; 
And  April  weeps ;  but,  O !  ye  Hours ! 

Follow    with    M-y's    fairest    flowers. 

— Percy   Bysshc    Shelley. 


Reproduction    of  Stories. 

Miriam   L.  Dyzart,  Kent  County,  N.   B. 

The  object  of  training  pupils  to  reproduce  stories 
is  to  help  them  understand  what  they  read,  and 
express  what  they  understand.  Simple  stories 
should  be  used  first. 

What  is  the  central  idea,  what  are  the  attendant 
circumstances  of  the  leading  features,  and  how 
these  bear  upon  the  former,  should  be  clearly  seen 
by  the  pupil  before  any  attempt  is  made  at  repro- 
duction. If  necessary,  a  system  of  questions  should 
be  proposed  by  the  teacher  which  will  urge  the 
children  along  the  lines  of  comprehension ;  which 
will,  by  the  subtle  suggestions,  expose  the  secrets 
concealed  in  the  language  employed  in  the  story  be- 
fore them.  Well  planned  questioning  has,  in  this 
manner,  produced  results  quite  wonderful — open- 
ing up  new  vistas  to  die  view  of  the  pupils,  enlarg- 
ing the  use  of  their  powers,  and  engaging  these 
young  minds  in  what  is  to  them  a  novel  and  inter- 
esting work. 

The  questioning  method  should  be  continued  only 
until  the  child  can  see  clearly  into  the  substance  of 
the  story  and  can  distinguish  main  from  subsidiary 
features.  When  he  has  arrived  at  this  stage  of 
development  lie  can  probably  think  with  some 
system  and  arrange  his  ideas  and  thoughts  into 
fairly  intelligible  order.  He  is  now  able  to  inter- 
weave his  own  thoughts  into  the  thread  of  the  story 
as  he  reproduces  it,  and  so  is  in  a  fair  way  to  begin 
to  criticize,  to  approve  or  to  condemn. 

All  this  while,  of  course,  our  young  friend  has 
been  exercising  his  powers  of  expression,  has  been 
turning  into  his  own  words  ideas  collected  from  the 
stories.     Facility  follows  exercise. 

Progress  is  at  first  slow,  but  assiduous  practice 
begets  ease  of  accomplishment,  avoidance  of  tau- 
tology necessitates  variety  of  expression  and  thus 
is  acquired  the  invaluable  quality  of  style. 

The  good  results  of  rq>roduction  will  early  be 
seen  in  letter-writing.  Here  the  child  may  have 
earlv  opportunity  to  express  original  ideas — ideas 
prompted  and  suggested  by  association  of  friends, 
family  and  familiar  topics.  Letter-writing  is  a  large 
part  of  the  writing  of  most  people,  and  the  only 
writing  of  many.  Next  to  correct  speaking,  child- 
ren should  be  taught  le-ter-writing,  and  no  better 
preparation  can  be  made  for  this  than  reproduction. 

Almost  equally  important  with  the  paraphrasing 
of   printed    stories,  is    the    reproduction  of   picture 


300 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


stories.  These  stories  of  pictures  may  be  repro- 
duced in  the  same  manner  as  other  stories.  Give 
the  child  a  picture  and  by  the  questioning  method, 
help  him  to  interpret  the  drawing,  and  to  describe 
it  and  discuss  it, — in  other  words  'have  him  trans- 
late a  picture  into  a  letter. 

All  this  training  makes  the  pupil  more  observant 
of  what  passes  under  his  notice,  teaches  him  to  look 
into  the  heart  of  things,  to  get  at  the  gist  of  matters. 
It  will,  if  resolutely  adhered  to,  bring  pupils  to  such 
a  stage  of  excellence  in  composition,  in  the  art  of 
grasping,  grouping  and  displaying  of  ideas,  as  will 
brighten  the  material  prospects  of  every  young 
person  who  goes  out  into  the  world. 


Problems  in  Arithmetic— Grade  VIII. 

G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

I.  If  500  lbs.  avoirdupois  be  bought  at  75c,  a 
lb.,  and  20  per  cent  duty  be  paid,  and  if  they  sell  at 
8c.  an  oz.  apothecary's ;  find  gain. 

2  1,000  kilograms  cost  20  cts.  a  kilogram  and 
after  paying  20  per  cent  duty  sell  for  15  cts.  a  lb. 
apothecary's ;  find  gain. 

3.  How  long  a  rope  will  allow  a  horse  to  feed 
off  half  an  acre  if  he  be  tied  in  the  centre  of  a 
large  field  ? 

4.  If  500  gallons  cost  10  cts.  a  gallon,  and  if 
the  freight  is  5  cts.  a  gallon,  the  duty  30  per  cent, 
the  gain  25  per  cent,  find  selling  price  per  liter. 

5.  How  many  gallons  will  a  cylinder  hold  if  it  is 
40  inches  in  diameter  and  15  inches  high  ? 

6.  Find  area  of  the  larger  of  two  concentric 
circles  when  the  radius  of  'the  inner  is  25  feet  and 
the  width  of  the  ring  between  5  feet. 

7  Find  the  area  of  a  right-angled  triangle  whose 
base  is  17  feet  and  hypotenuse  25  feet. 

8.  If  a  book  is  sold  for  $2.50  at  a  gain  of  20 
per  cent,  what  would  have  been  the  gain  per  cent 
had  ilt  sold  for  $2.25  ? 

9.  Slates  cost  50  cts.  a  dozen  and  after  paying  20 
per  cent  duty,  are  marked  at  such  a  price  that  the 
gain  is  75  percent,  after  giving  12  1-2  percent. 
discount ;  find  marked  price  of  each. 

10.  Find  in  ac.  sq.  rds.  sq.  yds.  sq.  ft.  sq.  in. 
the  area  of  a  trapezoid  whose  parallel  sides  are  300 
yards  and  400  yards  each  and  whose  altitude  is 
125  yards. 

11.  In  what  time  will  the  interest  on  any  sum  of 
money  amount  to  2-3  of  that  sum  at  4  per  cent  per 
vear  r 


12.  $800  is  divided  among  A,  B,  and  C,  so  that 
A.  gets  as  much  as  B  and  C  together  and  C  one 
third  as  much  as  B ;  find  what  each  gets. 

13.  An  agent  buys  flour  for  a  retailer  at  $5  a  bbl. 
on  2  per  cent  commission.  The  freight  is  25  cts.  a 
bbl.  and  the  gain  12  percent;  find  selling  price  per 
bbl. 

Answers:  (1.)  $1331-3;  (2.)  $161.87  1-2;  (3.) 
83.26  feet;  (4.)  $.049;  (5.)  67.98  gallons;  (6.) 
2827.44  sq.  feet;  (7.)  155.8  sq.  feet;  (8.)  8  per 
cent;  (9.)  10  cents  each;  (10.)  9  ac. ;  6  sq.  rds; 
8  sq.  yds.;  4  sq.  ft;  72  sq.  in.;  (11.)  162-3  years; 
(12.)  A.  gets  $400;  B.  $300,  and  C.  $100;  (13.) 
$5.99  per  bbl. 


Mental  Arithmetic. 

F.  H.  Spinney,  Oxford,  N.  S. 
Areas. 
Problems  relating  to  areas  are  very  suitable  for 
mental  arithmetic,  and  are  appropriate  for  children 
of  nearly  every  grade. 

The  first  lesson  in  the  lower  grades  should  be 
accompanied  by  drawings  on  the  board  to  represent 
the  practical  application  of  the  principle  involved. 
Let  the  teacher  draw  an  oblong  8  inches  by  6  inches, 
and  divide  it  into  square  inches.  Then  draw  another 
one  4  inches  by  3  inches,  and  divide  it  in  the  same 
way.  Now  ask  die  pupils  to  count  Che  little  squares 
and  give  diem  a  name.     They  are  square  (  ?) 

After  counting  die  little  squares  contained  in 
several  rectangles,  ask  the  pupils  to  tell  how  many 
there  are  without  aotually  counting  diem. 

Now  they  are  ready  for  some  questions  like  die 
following : 

Length.  Width.  Areas. 

10   in.  6  in.  ? 

30  fit.  12  ft.  ? 

20  in.  ?  100  sq.  in. 

?  9  ft.  108  sq.  ft. 

A  great  number  of  such  questions  can  be  done 
in  a  few  moments.  Ask  for  "hands  up"  to  answer 
each  question  as  it  is  put  down.  After  12  or  more 
questions  are  down,  erase  all  die  numbers  under 
length  or  width  and  have  diem  replaced  as  quickly 
as  passible. 

The  next  step  is  to  ask  the  pupils  how  many  of 
the  smaller  oblongs  will  exactly  cover  the  large  one. 
Th's  some  of  them  will  readily  observe.  Then 
make  some  more  small  ones  of  different  sizes  until 
all  in  the  class  clearly  see  how  such  a  problem  is 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


301 


solved.  Then  ask  what  large  oblongs  can  be  repre- 
sented by  figures  like  those  on  the  board.  The 
answer  will  quickly  come, — black-boards,  ceilings, 
floors,  etc.  Now  if  our  large  oblong  is  a  floor,  what 
is  the  smaller  one?    Of  course,  a  mat. 

Now  we  are  ready  for  more  advanced  work: 
Floor.  Mats.  Number  of  Mats. 

12x10  4x3  ? 

20x15  5X2  ? 

360  sq.  ft.  ?  30  mats 

?  12  sq.  ft.  20  mats 

40X  ( ?)  10x8  10  mats 

From  such  problems  as  these  the  teacher  can 
proceed  to  carpeting  floors,  papering,  etc.  In 
carpeting  questions  it  is  well  at  first  to  consider 
pieces  of  carpet  3  feet  long  and  of  various  widths : 

Floor.        Pieces  of  Carpet.    No.  of  Pieces. 
30x20  3x2  ? 

21x12  3x3  ? 

After  twelve  or  more  such  questions  are  placed 
on  the  board  any  one  of  the  above  columns  can  be 
erased,  and  the  numbers  supplied. 
Thus: 

Floor.        Pieces  of  Carpet.      No.  of  Pieces 
30  x  20  3  x  ( ?)  100  pieces. 

21  x     ?  3X3  28  pieces. 

Pupils  from  grade  IV  to  grade  VIII  will 
profit  by  a  long  drill  in  such  problems  as  the  above. 
They  prove  far  more  interesting  to  pupils  of  grade 
IV  than  such  problems  as  to  find  the  divisor  when 
the  dividend,  quotient  and  remainder  are  given, 
which  questions,  by  the  way,  are  about  as  useless 
and  monotonous  as  anything  that  could  be  imagined. 
In  the  above  problems  it  is  often  required  to  find 
the  divisor  in  a  much  more  practical  and  interest- 
ing way. 


A  writer  in  the  Springfield  Republican  recommends  the 
following  parts  of  the  Bible  as  specially  fitted  for  reading 
when  one  is  in  a  pessimistic  mood : 

If  you  have  the  "blues,"  read  the  27th  ps-<lm. 

If  your  pocket-book  is  empty,  read  the  37th  psalm. 

If  people  seem  unkind,  read  the  15th  chapter  of  John. 

If  you  are  discouraged  about  your  work,  read  the  126th 
psalm. 

If  you  are  all  out  of  sorts,  read  the  12U1  chapter  <  f 
Hebrews. 

If  you  are  losing  confidence  in  men.  rerd  the  13th  chap- 
ter of  I  Corinthians. 

If  you  can't  have  your  own  way  in  everything,  ke^p 
silent,  and  read  the  third  chaper  of  James. 


Boyle's    Law 

John  Waddell,  Ph.D.  ,  School  of  Mining,  Kingston 
Last  summer  by  far  the  greater  number  of  the 
papers  at  the  examination  in  Physics  of  Grade  XL 
in  Nova  Scotia  contained  an  answer  to  the  question 
on  Boyle's  Law  and  I  think  I  am  within  the  mark 
in  saying  that  in  fully  ninety  per  cent  there  were 
two  errors.  For  one  of  these  errors  the  textbook 
might  be  held  responsible  because  the  textbook  is 
not  perfectly  clear ;  for  the  other  error  the  textbook 
was  in  no  way  to  blame.  I  shall  consider  the  latter 
error  first. 

The  proof  of  the  law  usually  given  consists  in 
showing  that  when  the  pressure  on  a  quantity  of 
air  is  doubled  the  volume  of  the  air  is  halved.  The 
air  is  enclosed  in  the  short  arm  of  a  bent  tube  the 
long  arm  of  which  is  open  to  the  atmosphere. 
Mercury  is  poured  in  at  the  open  end  and  is  adjust- 
ed so  that  the  level  is  the  same  in  both  arms,  thus 
ensuring  that  the  pressure  on  the  air  in  the  short 
arm  is  exactly  that  of  the  atmosphere.  If  mercury 
be  now  poured  into  the  open  end  its  weight  will 
exert  a  pressure  and  compress  the  air  in  the  short 
arm ;  hence  the  mercury  will  rise  in  the  short  ami 
but  not  so  rapidly  as  in  the  long  arm  because  of 
the  resisting  air.  If  sufficient  mercury  be  poured  in 
a  time  will  arrive  when  the  mercury  in  the  long  arm 
is  thirty  inches  higher  than  in  the  short  arm.  The 
pressure  in  the  short  arm  is  now  greater  than  it 
was  before  by  a  pressure  due  to  a  height  of  thirty 
inches  of  mercury.  But  the  pressure  of  thirty 
inches  of  mercury  is  the  pressure  exerted  by  the  at- 
mosphere; hence  the  enclosed  air  now  has  the  pres- 
sure due  to  the  atmosphere  and  die  pressure  of  the 
mercury  which  is  equal  to  the  atmospheric  pres- 
sure, therefore  the  pressure  is  equal  to  two  atmo- 
spheres. It  will  be  noted  that  the  level  in  the  long 
arm  is  thirty  inches  higher  than  in  the  short  arm 
but  as  the  level  i'n  the  short  arm  is  higher  than  it 
was  at  the  beginning  the  level  in  the  long  arm  will 
be,  by  the  same  amount,  more  than  thirty  inches 
higher  than  it  was  at  the  beginning. 

Now  this  is  just  where  the  error  came  in.  By 
far  the  greater  number  of  examinees  after  making 
the  first  adjustment  said  to  pour  in  thirty  inches 
of  mercury,  or  to  pour  in  mercury  till  the  level  is 
30  inches  higher  than  before  not  realizing  that  it 
is  the  difference  of  height  in  the  two  arms  that  must 
be  thirty  inches. 

The  textbook  after  giving  the  proof  correctly  as 


302 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


regards  pressure  says :  "From  >tihis  experiment  we 
learn  that  at  twice  the  pressure  there  is  half  the 
volume  while  the  density  and  elastic  force  are 
doubled.  Hence  the  law : — The  volume  of  a  body 
of  gas  at  a  constant  temperature  varies  inversely  as 
the  pressure,  density,  and  elastic  force."  In  the 
proof  nothing  was  said  about  destiny  and  elastic 
force ;  doubtless  their  relation  to  pressure  is  discuss- 
ed elsewhere  in  the  book.  Of  course  what  is  meant 
is,  that  the  volume  varies  inversely  as  the  pressure; 
or,  what  is  the  same  thing,  it  varies  inversely  as  the 
elastic  force.  The  almost  universal  opinion  among 
the  examinees  was,  however,  that  the  volume  varied 
as  each  of  these  factors,  and  those  whose  knowledge 
of  mathematics  was  rather  more  extended  than 
usual  made  the  natural  deduction  that  the  volume 
varied  as  the  product  of  the  three  factors  and  wrote 
an  equation. 


Why   Some  Birds  Hop  and  Others  Walk. 

(Sent  by  Miss   G.   F.   Crawford,  Riley  Brook,   N.   B  ) 
A  little  bird  sat  on  a  twig  of  a  tree, 
A  swinging  and  singing  as  glad  as  could  be, 
And  shaking  his  tail,  and  smoothing  his  dress, 
And  having  suah  fun  as  you  never  could  guess. 
And  when  he  had  finished  his  gay  little  song 
Hie  flew  down  in  the  street  a(nd  went  hopping  along, 
This  way  and  that  way  with  both  little  feet, 
While  his  sharp  little  eyes  looked  for  something  to  eat. 
A  little  boy  said  to  him :    "Little  bird,  stop, 
And  tell  me  the  reason  you  go  with  a  hop, 
Why  don't  you  walk,  as  boys  do  and  men, 
One  foot  att  a  time,  like  a  dove  or  a  hen?" 
And  the  little  bird  went  with  a  hop,  hop,  hop ; 
And  he  laughed  and  he  laughed  as  he  never  would  stop, 
And  he  said :  "Little  boy,  there  are  some  birds  that  talk 
And  some  birds  that  hop  and  some  birds  that  walk. 
Use  your  eyes,  little  boy;  watch  closely  and  see 
What  little  bird's  hop,  both  feet  just  like  me, 
And  what  little  birds  walk  'like  the  duck  and  the  hen, 
And  when  you  know  you'll  know  more  than  some  men. 
Every  bird  that  can  sora/tch  in  the  dirt  can  walk; 
Every  bird  that  can  wade  in  the  water  can  walk ; 
Every  bird  that  has  claws  to  catch  prey  ca/n  walk; 
One    foot    at   a   time — that  is  why  they  can  walk. 
"But  most  little  birds  who  can  sing  you  a  slong 
Are  so  small  that  their  legs  are  not  very  strong 
To  scratch  with  or  wade  with,  or  catch  things — that's  why 
They  hop  with  both  feet.     Little  boy,  good  by." 

[The  exceptions  to  this  rule  are  rare.     The  rule  is  gen- 
erally correct,  and  so  simple  as  easily  to  be  iremembered.] 

— Selected. 


Old-Fashioned  Things. 

(Sent  by  Miss  Glendine  Brewster,  Albert  Co.,  N.  B. 
Old-fashioned  things!   How  tenderly  we  love  them! 

Old-fashioned  haunts,  so  distant  and  so  near! 
How  gently,   fondly,   Memory  speaks  of  them; 

How   wholesome,  sweet  and  restful  they  appear. 
Within  this  age  of  bustle,  fret  and  hurry, 

How  grateful  it  would  be  if  we  had  wings 
To  fly  to  boyhood  and  forget  our  worry 

Amid  old-fashioned  things. 

Old-fashioned,   from  modern  sins   untainted; 

Old-fashioned  chambers,  roomy,  cool  and  high ; 
Old-fashioned  paintings  with  their  faces  sainted; 

Old-fashioned  downy  beds  on  which  to  lie; 
Old-fashioned  wares,  with  no  cheap  imitations; 

Old-fashioned    folks    that    practise  what  they  preach ; 
And,  free  from  all  our  slangy  innovations, 

Old-fashioned  forms  of  speech. 

Old-fashioned  love  that  knows  no  turn  or  changing, 

But  to  its  plighted  word  is  ever  true; 
That  does  not  over  all  the  world  go  ranging 

In  search  of  victims  and  sensations  new. 
Old-fashioned  brides  with  roFes  in  their  faces; 

Old-fashioned  modesty  in  womanhood; 
Old-fashioned  firesides  that  are  sacred  pkces ; 

Old-fashioned  love  of  good. 

Old-fcshioned   honesty,    forever   spurring 

What  bears  the  stigma  of  unhallowed  gain; 
Old-fashioned  justice  that  will  brook  no  turning 

And  on  whose  robe  there  can  exist  no  stain ; 
Old-fashioned  frugal,  plain  and  simple  living, 

And,  though  they  seem  just  now  z  trifle  odd. 
Old-fashioned  prayer  and  worship  and  thanksjiving — 

Old-fashioned  faith  in  God. 

I  welcome  progress.     Let  the  world  move  onward 

Until  the  human  cycle  is  complete, 
But  while  we  keep  our  minds  and  faces  dawnward, 

Let  us  not  lose  the  wholesome  and  the  sweet. 
There  is  so  much  of  loyalty  to  duty 

Within   the   past,   that   all   my   spirit   sings 
The  sterling  worth,  simplicity  and  beauty 

Of  good,  old-fashioned  things. 


Reputation  is  wh:  t  men   and  women  think  of  us;   char- 
acter is  what  God  and  the  angels  know  of  us. — Paine. 


Constable — And  the  prisoner  said,  washup,  as 
how  somebody  had  blown  the  gaff.  His  Worship 
— What  does  that  mean  ?  Constable — Why,  given 
him  away,  your  washup.  His  Worship — And 
what  may  that  mean.  Constable — Why,  rounded 
on  him  sir.  His  Worship — I  am  still  ignorant  of 
your  meaning,  my  man.  Constable — Why,  yer 
washup,  he  meant  as  how  somebody  had  peached 
on  him ;  squealed,  yer  washup.  His  Worship — 
What  language  are  you  speaking,  constable  ?  Con- 
stable— Brixton  'III,  your  washup." — London  Tele- 
graph. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


330 


The  Tale  of  Twelve 

We  are  twelve  sisters  gay ! 
Our  number  isn't  small, 
But  in  our  ample  home 

There's  room  enough  for  all ! 

In  temper  and  in  taste, 

We  do  not  all  agree, 
So  we  have  been  arranged 
In  companies  of  three. 

D.,  J.  and  F.  lead  off, 

In  wild  and  merry  sport; 
They  skate  and  slide  and  coast, 
And  build  the  snowy  fort ! 

Two  Ms.  and  A.  come  next, 

They  scold  and  sulk  and  smile ! 
And  when  they've  done  their  work 
They  play  a  little  while ! 

Then  come  two  Js.  and  A. 

A  sunny  happy  crew ! 
Warm-tempered  to  be  sure, 
But  loving,  kind  and  true! 

Then  S.  and  O.  and  N. 

Most  favored  ones  of  all ! 
They  play  when  nuts  are  ripe, 
And  when  the  apples  fall ! 

Now,  children,  who  are  we? 

Can  anybody  say? 
We've  danced  a*id  played  with  you 

Full  many  a  happy  day. 

— Selected. 


Punctuality. 

The  most  obvious  method  of  teaching  Punctuality 
is  sometimes  ignored.  That  is,  let  the  teacher  set 
the  example  by  being  punctual  herself.  We  do  not 
mean  that  she  should  come  to  school  at  the  proper 
time — of  course,  she  does  that — but  that  every  re- 
citation begins  exactly  on  time,  that  change  of 
classes  be  managed  quickly  and  promptly,  that  time 
from  one  recitation  be  not  stolen  for  anoCier 
When  the  programme  for  the  day  has  once  been  ar- 
ranged, see  that  the  work  begins  promptly,  not  five 
or  six  minutes  after  the  schedule  time.  Let  each 
recitation  begin  on  the  minute,  insist  upon  instant 
obedience  to  signals,  and  do  not  take  time  from  the 
intermission  for  recitations  or  reproving  the  class. 
You  will  son  find  that  your  pupils  are  unconsciously 
growing  more  prompt  and  attentive,  and  also  that 
there  is  time  for  everything  to  the  teacher  who 
knows  how  to  economize  the  minutes. — Exchange. 


A  Birthday  Party. 

Jean  lived  in  the  country  near  some  big  woods. 
She  was  the  only  child  in  the  house.  And  there 
were  no  other  little  girls  for  miles  around. 

When  Jean  was  seven  years  old  she  had  a  birth- 
day parity.  She  had  so  many  guests  she  couldn't 
count  them.  She  set  the  table  out  of  doors  on  the 
crust.  There  were  fresh  bread-crumbs,  from  her 
big  birthday  cake.  The  guests  came  and  helped 
themselves.  They  were  very  noisy.  They  chatter- 
ed and  scolded.    Can  you  guess  who  they  were  ? 

First  came  some  blackbirds.  Then  up  hopped  a 
dozen  hungry  chick-a-dees.  Next,  down  flew  five 
•pretty  bluebirds  just  back  from  the  south.  When  she 
saw  her  last  guest,  Jean  clapped  her  hands.  He 
was  a  round,  bright-eyed  Robin  Redbreast — the  very 
first  one  she  had  seen  that  spring ! 

The  birds  ate  up  every  single  crumb.  Then  they 
chirped  their  gay  little  "Thank  you"  and  flew  away. 
Jean  said  it  had  been  the  best  birthday  party  any- 
one  ever  had. — Primarv   Education. 


Probably  a  great  hymn  never  had  a  more  humble 
origin  than  Onward  Christian  Soldiers,  which  is 
one  of  the  most  popular  of  our  modern  hymns.  In 
the  Delineator  Allan  Sutherland  writes :  "A  great 
school  festival  was  to  be  held  in  a  Yorkshire  village 
on  Whit-Monday.  1865,  and  the  scholars  of  Tor- 
bury  P>ridge  school  over  which  the  Rev.  Sabine  Bar- 
ing-Gould was  curate,  were  invited  to  attend.  As 
the  place  of  the  celebration  was  some  distance  away 
the  minister  thought  it  would  be  an  excellent  plan 
to  have  his  scholars  march  to  the  singing  of  an  ap- 
propriate and  stirring  hymn.  Fortunately  for  our 
hymnology,  he  could  find  nothing  in  his  song  books 
suitable  for  such  an  occasion,  so  from  sheer  neces- 
sity he  sat  down  the  Saturday  evening  preceding  the 
celebration  and  composed  the  great  processional 
hymn,  little  dreaming  that  he  had  produced  that 
which  would  be  world-wide  in  its  usefulness  and 
make  his  name  a  household  word.  Baring-Gould 
is  an  authority  on  many  subjects,  and  is  a  volum- 
inous writer,  having  published  nearly  one  hundred 
volumes.  The  few  lines  hurriedly  composed  on  a 
Saturday  evening  as  a  marching  song  for  a  band  of 
little  children  will  doubtless  give  to  his  name  great- 
er fame  than  all  the  books  he  has  ever  written. 


304 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Way  to  be  Happy. 

A  hermit  there  was,  and  he  lived  in  a  grot, 

And  the  way  to  be  happy,  folks  said,  he  had  got; 

As  I  wanted  to  learn  it,  I  went  to  his  cell, 

And  when  I  came  there,  the  old  hermit  said :  ''Well, 

Young  man,  by  your  looks  you  want  something,  I  see; 

Now  tell  me  the  business  that  brings  you  to  me." 

"The  way  to  be  happy,  folks  say,  you  have  got; 

And  wishing  to  learn  it,  I've  come  to  your  grot. 

Now,  I  beg  and  entreat,  if  you  have  such  a  plan, 

That  you  write  it  me  down  as  plain  as  you  can." 

Upon  which  the  old  hermit,  he  went  to  his  pen, 

And  brought  this  note  when  he  came  back  again : 

"  'Tis  being  and  doing  and  having  that  make 

All  the  pleasures  and  pains  of  which  mankind  partake; 

To  be  what  God  pleases,  to  do  a  man's  best, 

And  to  have  a  good  heart,  is  the  way  to  be  blest." 

— Lord   Byron. 


payment  of  a  good  salary,  and  by  due  recognition  of 
the  work  of  the  programme  of  the  school,  manual 
training  will  have  the  same  dignity  that  other  sub- 
jects have  and  the  school  will  succeed. — Calvin  M. 
Woodward  in  N.  Y.  Outlook. 


The  Purpose  of  Manual  Training. 

Manual  Training  should  be  rational  from  begin- 
ning to  the  end,  like  the  theorems  in  geometry.  In 
geometry  the  main  end  sought  is  not  a  collection  of 
mathematical  facts,  no  matter  how  important  these 
facts  are ;  the  most  valuable  thing  for  the  student  is 
an  absolute  comprehension  of  the  methods  of  geo- 
metrical reasoning.  It  is  so  in  educational  tool- 
work.  The  form  of  model  to  be  executed  does  not 
represent  the  value  of  the  training;  the  valuable 
thing  remains  in  the  boy's  head  and  band ;  the  exer- 
cise and  tools  are  indispensable  means  by  which 
that  valuable  training  is  secured. 

The  object  of  manual  training  is  mastery — mas- 
tery of  the  external  world,  mastery  of  tools,  mastery 
of  materials,  mastery  of  processes.  Many  mistakes 
have  been  made,  arising  from  the  wrong  notion  of 
the  object  of  manual  training.  Hence  in  one  local- 
ity manual  training  has  a  strong  tendency  to  run  into 
trade  training;  in  another  it  runs  into  art  work;  in 
another  it  runs  into  the  factory  idea  and  aims  at  pro- 
duction rather  than  education.  Some  people  fancy 
that  manual  labor  is  the  same  as  manual  training. 

The  teacher  of  manual  training  should  be  ex- 
pert. Not  merely  an  expert  carpenter,  or  machinist, 
or  a  finished  draughtsman,  but  he  must  be  well 
educated  and  an  accomplished  teacher,  and  he  must 
be  skilful  in  the  use  of  his  tools ;  above  all  he  must 
understand  exactly  what  he  is  there  for,  what 
manual  training  is,  and  what  he  is  expected  to . 
accomplish.  If  possible  he  ought  to  have  had  a  thor- 
ough course  in  a  first-class  manual  training  school 
supplemented  by  a  college  or  technical  course.  In 
this  way,  by  the  selection  of  a  good  teacher,  by  the 


Lines  in  Season. 

To  lay  up  lasting  treasure 
Of  perfect  service  rendered,  duties  done 
In  charity,  soft  speech,  and  stainless  days : 
These  riches  shall  not  fade  away  in  life,        ' 
Nor  amy  death  dispraise. 

— Edwin  Arnold. 

A  laugh  is  worth  a  thousand  groans  in  any  market. 

— Charles  Lamb. 

But  words  are,  things,  and  a  small  drop  of  ink, 
Falling  like  dew  upon  a  thought,  produces 
That  which  makes  thousands,  perhaps  millions,  think. 

— Byron. 

The  Golden  Rule  is  not  always  the  rule  of  gold. 

It  is  better  to  trust  and  be  cheated  than  never  to  trust. 

That  I  spent,  that  I  had; 
That  I  kept,  that  I  lost; 
That  I  gave  thajt  I  have. 

One  today  is  worth  two  tomorrows. 

Talk  and  tattle  make  blows  and  battle. 

Big  things  are  done  by  help  of  little  things. 

Remember,  three  things  come  not  back :  the  sped  arrow, 
the  spoken  word,  and  the  lost  opportunity. 

The  year's  at  tine  spring 
And  dajy's  at  the  morn; 
Morning's  at  seven; 
The  hillside's  dew-pearled; 
The  lark's  on  the  wing; 
The  snail's  on  the  throne 
God's  in  His  heaven — 
All's  right  with  the  world ! 

— Browning,    Pippa  Passes. 

Better  pat  an  animal  than  slap  it. 

The    workshop   of   character   is  everyday   life. — Babcock. 

It  is  not  what  stays  in  our  memories,  but  what  has 
passed  into  our  chancters  that  is  the  possession  of  iwr 
lives. — Phillips  Brooks. 

Good  character  is  property.  It  is  the  noblest  of  all  pos- 
sessions.— Samuel  Smiles. 

It  a  man  empties  his  purse  into  his  head,  no  man  can 
take  it  away  from  him.  An  investment  in  knowledge  al- 
ways pays  the  best  interest. — Benjamin  Franklin. 

A  good  name  is  rather  to  be  chosen  than  great  riches, 
and  loving  favor  than  silver  and  gold. — Bible. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


305 


Who  Loves  the    Trees   Best? 

Who  loves  the  trees  best? 

"I,"  said  the  Spring. 
"Their  leaves  so  beautiful 

To  them  I  bring." 
Who  loves  the  trees  best? 

"I,"  Summer  said. 
"I   give  them  blossoms, 

White,  yellow,   red." 
Who  lover,  the  trees  best? 

"I,"  said  the  Fall. 
"I  give  luscious  fruits, 

Bright  tints  to  all." 
Who  loves  the  trees  best  ? 

"I  love  them  best," 
Harsh  Winter  answered, 

"I  give  tihem  rest." 


National  Hymn. 

The  report  that  Switzerland  has  decided  to 
change  her  national  anthem,  owing  to  the  identity 
of  its  melody  with  that  of  the  national  anthems  of 
Prussia  and  of  Great  Britain,  reminds  me  that,  al- 
though the  words  of  the  French  national  anthem, 
"La  Marseillaise."  are  by  Rouget  de  l'lsle,  very  few 
people  are  aware  that  the  melody  is  German,  and 
that,  as  shown  by  the  late  Castil  Blaze,  the  most 
eminent  musical  critic  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
the  air  was  borrowed  by  Rouget  de  l'lsle  from  a 
collection  of  German  religious  melodies.  The  Aus- 
trian national  hymn  was  composed  toward  the  latter 
end  of  the  eighteenth  century  by  Francis  Joseph 
Haydn,  though  whether  on  his  own  initiative  or 
by  imperial  order  is  not  quite  certain.  These 
national  anthems,  contrary  to  general  belief,  are  a 
relatively  modern  institution,  for  until  the  eigh- 
teenth century  no  country  possessed  a  national 
anthem  of  any  kind.  One  of  the  first  nations  to 
adopt  a  national  anthem  was  Great  Britain,  and  con- 
siderable pains  were  taken  to  emphasize  the  fact 
that  it  was  King  George  I.,  and  not  the  Jacobite 
Pretender  who  was  meant.  A  preposterous  attempt 
has  been  made  to  prove  that  the  melody  of  "God 
Save  the  King"  was  a  composition  of  Ix>rd  Hali- 
fax's illegitimate  son,  Henry  Carey,  but  the  air  is  a 
very  much  older  one,  of  a  religious  order,  and  was 
adopted  almost  immediately  afterwards  by  Prussia 
and  by  Russia,  Switzerland  and  America  following 
suit  later. 

At  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  there  were 
at  least  five  countries — Great  Britain,  Prussia,  the 


United     States,     Russia    and     Switzerland — using 
identically     the     same    melody     for    their  national 
anthem.       Emperor    Nicholas  I.,  at  the  time  of  the 
Crimean  War,  decided    to    cast    aside   a  national 
anthem  borrowed  and  imported  from  the     enemy, 
and  to  substitute  for  it  a  genuine  national  anthem 
of  native  composition.     The    present    national  an- 
them of  Russia  is  probably  the  only  one  that  was 
ever  adopted  as  a  result  of  an  open  competition — 
like  the  legendary  tournaments  of  the  bards  of  the 
Court     of     Thuringia,     of     the     mastersingers  of 
Nuremberg,    and    the    violin  makers  of  Cremona. 
The  musical  committee  of  selections  rejected  all  the 
anthems    sent    in  but  two,  the  respective  merits  of 
which  were  left  for  the  Emperor  to  determine.  One 
'  was  by  Glinka,  the  renowned  composer  of  "Life  for 
the    Czar."    The    other    was    by  Lyoff.     Glinka's 
hymn  was  thoroughly  Russian  in  character,  and  in 
the  form  of  a  march.     Lyoff's  was  more     solemn, 
but  much  less  original.     He  knew,  however,  that  a 
high  military  style  of  instrumentation  would  appeal 
to  the  Imperial  ear,  and  his  drums  and  trumpets  de- 
cided Nicholas  against  all  claims  to  recognition  on 
the  part  of  the  more     artistic     Glinka.     Nicholas, 
however,  cannot  be  said  to  have  made  a  bad  choice. 
Both  works  were  good,  and  if  he  preferred  the  more 
demonstrative  of  the  two  it  was  probably  because 
he  knew     so    well     the    tastes     of    his     people. — 
McCall's  Magazine. 


(ille 

The 
The 

['lie 
Th 

I'll 
Ih 

I'h. 


Guess  the  Names  of  the  Rivers 

s  the  name  of  the  river  that  serves  to  hold  fast. 
The  river  that  grows  on  a  tree, 
river  where  Oxford  and  Cambridge  compete. 
1'he  river  that's  found  in  tihe  sea. 
river  that  actress  and  soldier  both  use. 
The  river  that  crawls  on  the  ground, 
river  that  puppies  and  kittens  imbibe. 
The  river  where  breezes  abound. 
river   up    which    Fultcn's    steamboat   first 
The  river  that   makes  the  heart  glad, 
river  whose  current  drains  five  mighty  lakes. 
The   river  with   which  you  catch  shad, 
river  that's  fried  with  a  juicy  beefsteak. 
The  river  Rome's  bravest  once  swam, 
river  whose  name  is  a  light-hearted  Scot. 
The  river  rplield  by  a  rr  m. 


■ailed. 


Hack  of  the  loaf  is  .he  snowy  Hour, 

And  hack  of  the  flour  the  mill, 
And   hack   of  the  mill   in  the   wheat   and   the  shower. 

And  the  sun  and  the  Father's  will. 

— M.   D.   Babcock. 


306 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A  Tale  of  a  Bonnet 

Part  I.     The  Bonnet. 

A  big  foundation  as  big  as  your  hand; 

Bows  of  ribbon  and  lace; 
Wire  sufficient  to  make  them  stand; 
A   handful   of   roses,  a  velvet  band — 

It   lacks   but   one  crowning  grace. 

Part  II.    The  Bird 

A  chirp,  a  'twitter,  a  flash  of  wings, 

Four  wide-open  mouths  in  a  nest ; 
From  morning  till  night  she  brings  and  brings, 
For  growing  birds  they  are  hungry  things — 

Ay !    hungry   things   at   the   b^St. 

The  crack  of  a  rifle,  a  shot  well  sped; 

A  crimson  stain  on  the  grass ; 
Four  hungry  birds  in  a  nest  unfed — 
Ah!  well,  we  will  leave  the  rest  unsaid; 

Some  things  it  were  better  to  pass. 

— Our  Dumb  Animals. 


Current  Events. 

H.  M.  S.  Dreadnaught,  which  has  just  been  launched  at 
Portsmouth,  England,  is  the  largest  and  most  powerful 
battleship  afloat.  Work  upon  this  ship  was  begun  in 
October  last,  and  she  will  probably  be  ready  for  service  by 
the  end  of  this  year,  the  rapidity  of  the  work  being  not 
the  least  remarkable  feature  of  her  construction. 

Sir  Frederick  Treeves  is  quoted  as  saying  that  of  the 
British  soldiers  who  went  to  tlhe  relief  of  Ladysmith,  dur- 
ing die  South  African  war,  those  first  to  fall  out  from 
fatigue  were  not  the  fat  or  the  thin,  the  young  or  the  old, 
the  short  or  the  tall,  but  those  who  drank.  So  well  marked 
was  this  fact  that  the  drinkers  could  not  have  been  more 
clearly  distinguishable  if  they  had  worn  placards  on  their 
backs. 

The  Shah  of  Persia  has  yielded  to  the  demand  for  a 
national  assembly.  The  mullahs,  or  Mohammedan  priests, 
were  at  the  head  of  the  movement  for  this  reform. 

The  Statement  that  the  Danish  explorer,  Mikkelsen,  vho 
is  planning  to  sail  to  the  west  of  the  Perry  Islands  in 
search  of  unknown  land,  will  plant  there,  when  he  finds  it, 
the  flag  of  the  United  States,  reminds  us  of  the  fact  thit 
the  United  Mates  territory  of  Alaska  is  nearer  to  the 
North  Pole  than  any  part  of  our  mainland  west  of  the 
peninsula  of  Boothia. 

King  Christian  IX..  of  Denmark,  died  on  the  29th  of 
January;  and  his  body  has  been  laid  in  the  old  cathedral 
at  Roskild,  the  ancient  capital,  where  Kings  of  Denmark 
have  been  buried  for  nearly  a  thousand  years.  He  is  suc- 
ceeded by  his  eldest  son,  who  takes  the  title  of  Frederi.-k 
VIII.  King  Frederick  is  a  brother  of  our  Queen,  of  the 
Dowager  Empress  of  Russia,  and  of  the  King  of  Greece, 
and  father  of  the  new  King  of  Norway.  His  eldest  son 
is  now  the  Crown  Prince  Christian.  The  names  of 
Christian  and  Frederick  have  been  borne  by  the  Danish 
=overeigns  alternately   for  the  last    lour  hundred  years. 


It  is  not  generally  known  that  King  Edward  holds  a 
diploma  in  forestry,  a  science  which,  by  the  special  wish 
of  his  father,  he  studied  in  the  forestry  school  at  Nancy, 
France,  and  also  in  Germany. 

The  most  elaborate  celebrations  in  honor  of  the  Prince 
and  Princess  of  Wales  have  marked  their  progress  in 
India.  In  Burma,  the  railway  to  Mandalay  was  lined  by  a 
double  row  of  men  sixty  feet  apart  for  a  distance  cf 
ninety-two  miles.  As  the  train  passed  through  in  the 
night,  each  man  held  up  a  lighted  paper  lantern  at  its 
approach,  making  a  continuous  illumination  of  the  way. 
Trifling  in  themselves,  these  celebrations  tend  to  show  fhe 
feeling  of  the  Indian  peoples  toward  their  future  Emperor. 

It  is  announced  that  the  elections  to  the  Russian  nation- 
al assembly  will  take  place  April  7th;  and  that  the  as- 
sembly will  meet  at  St.  Petersburg  April  28th.  In  the 
meantime,  the  disorders  throughout  the  empire  have  in  a 
measure  ceased;  and,  by  the  time  the  duma  assembles,  the 
people  may  be  somewhat  prepared  for  parlkmentiry 
government. 

The  conference  on  Morocco  has  not  yet  reached  the  end 
01  its  labors,  and  there  seems  to  be  an  irreconcilable  dif- 
ference between  the  French  and  German  demands.  France 
wants  the  Moroccan  police  placed  under  the  control  of 
French  and  Spanish  officers.  To  this  Germany  objects, 
and  France  may  possibly  withdraw  from  the  conference 
The  Sultan  of  Morocco,  as  might  be  expected,  objects  to 
any  foreign  control ;  but,  as  his  authority  j  list  now  extends 
to  but  a  small  area  of  the  vast  territory  over  which  he 
claims  to  rule,  his  wishes  may  not  be  greatly  regarded. 
Germany  and  France  are  also  unable  to  agree  upon  the 
question  of  financial  control,  the  1:  tter  claiming  that  French 
interests  should  be  recognized  as  of  mest  importance,  rs 
British  interests  have  been  recognized  in  Egypt. 

A  treaty  providing  for  the  commercial  union  of  Servia 
and  Bulgaria  has  aroused  the  displeasure  of  Austria,  ;.nd 
non-intercourse  between  Austria  and  Servia  is  threatened. 
This,  with  a  serious  political  crisis  in  Austria-Hungjry, 
has  made  the  Danube  and  Balkan  region  again  the  scene 
of  movements  that  threaten  the  peace  of  Europe. 

Rumors  that  the  withdrawal  of  Russian  troops  from 
Manchuria,  under  the  terms  of  the  treaty  of  Portland,  is 
not  being  carried  out  in  good  faith,  and  that  Russia  is 
occupying  Mongolia,  together  with  renewed  reports  of 
anti-foreign  uprisings  in  China,  throw  doubts  upon  the 
probability  of  continued  peace  in  the  Far  Erst.  The 
United  States  is  openly  s  rengthening  its  position  in  the 
Philippines  in  preparation  for  a  war  with  China. 

That  the  news  of  the  day  should  b;  warlike,  while  all 
the  great  nations  of  the  world  are  nominally  at  peace,  is 
a  sad  commentary  upon  our  twentieth  century  civilization. 
It  is  pler.sant  to  turn  to  other  matter-,  less  exciting,  but 
not  less  important.  The  new  respect  for  China,  not  as  a 
fighting  power,  but  as  a  civilized  country,  is  worthy  of 
note.  Her  great  antiquity,  her  immense  pop  dati  n,  her 
remarkable  morality,  and  her  love  of  peace;  the  vigor  of 
her  people  as  a  race,  their  toleration  and  self-restraint; 
even  the  wisdom  of  her  rulers  and  the  worth  of  a  system 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


30? 


of  government  which  has  brought  all  this  about,  are  be- 
ginning to  be  recognized  as  elements  of  greatness-  that  en- 
title her  to  a  high  place  among  the  nations  of  the  world. 
.  That  China  should  have  sent  statesmen  to  the  United 
States  in  the  interest  of  peace,  while  the  latter  country  is 
preparing  for  war  over  trade  restrictions,  is  much  to  her 
credit.  Let  us  hope  that  they  will  carry  home  with  them 
both  peace  and  honor. 

The  new  President  of  the  French  Republic,  M.  Fadlieres, 
has  entered  upon  the  duties  of  his  office.  His  position  in 
the  scheme  of  government  is  more  like  that  of  the  British 
King  than  k  is  like  that  of  the  President  of  the  United 
States,  in  that  his  official  acts  are  controlled  by  responsible 
ministers  of  state.  There  is  a  French  saying  that  "the 
King  of  Great  Britain  reigns,  but  does  not  govern ;  the 
President  of  the  United  States  governs,  but  does  not 
reign ;  the  President  of  the  French  Republic  neither  reigns 
nor  governs."  Nevertheless,  the  French  presidency,  like 
the  crown  in  a  parliamentary  monarchy,  maintains  'he 
legal  continuity  of  the  administration  through  all  minister- 
ial changes,  and  so  tends  to  stability  and  security  in  times 
of  popular  excitement,  when  other  forms  of  governm.-nt 
may  fail. 

Capt.  Bernier  is  still  bent  upon  adding  the  North  Pole 
;  to  our  Dominion,  if  there  is  land  there  to  occupy.  He 
wishes  to  have  the  government  steamer  Arctic  placed  at 
his  disposal  for  that  purpose;  his  plan  being  to  go  north 
through  Behring  Strait,  and  drift  across  the  pole  to  the 
shores  of  Greenland. 

More  than  a  million  people  are  suffering  from  the  famine 
in  the  northern  provinces  of  Japan.  Relief  is  being  sent 
to  them  from  different  parts  of  the  world,  while  their  own 
government  is  doing  all  it  can  do  for  them.  From  Can- 
ada, $25,000  worth  of  wheat  flour  will  be  sent  as  the  \ti(t 
of  the  Canadian  government. 

King  Edward's  nephew,  Prince  Arthur  of  Connaught. 
acting  as  the  King's  special  representative,  has  invested 
the  Japanese  Emperor  with  the  insignia  of  the  Order  of 
the  Garter.  The  prince  will  return  from  Japan  by  way  cf 
Canada. 

It  has  been  decided  to  construct  a  railway  across 
British  North  Borneo,  to  connect  sea  ports  on  the  east  and 
west  coasts. 


School  and  College 

A  social  was  held  in  the  hall  at  Riverport,  Lunenburg 
Co.,  N.  S.,  under  the  auspices  of  the  teachers,  Miss  L.  A 
Fancy,  Miss  G.  E.  Strum  and  Miss  A.  B.  Parnell.  The 
amount  realized  was  $63.79,  which  will  be  donated  to 
school  purposes,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  chemicals 
and  a  library. 

A  school  supper  was  held  at  Oxford,  N.  S.,  on  Saturdav 
evening,  February  17.  and  the  handsone  sum  of  $64.50  was 
realized,  to  be  devoted  to  library  purposes.  The  sell"  I 
has  had  the  nucleus  of  a  library  for  some  years,  but  it  is 
quite  inadequate  to  meet  the  demands  made  on  it  by  the 
pupils  and  the  public.  The  Oxford  people  arc  deeply  in- 
terested   in   school    matters  and   always   give   material   en- 


couragement when  a  call  is  made  on  them,  such  as  is 
recorded  ajbove,  to  lielp  the  teachers  and  pupils  in  a  good 
work.  .  r 

Prince  Edward  Island  is  the  smallest  and  least  populous 
of  the  provinces.  Yet  it  will  have  next  year  four  Rhodes 
scholars  at  Oxford  University.  Mr.  McLeod,  who  has 
been  chosen  by  McGill  University,  is  the  second  Island 
man  elected  this  year. 

The  death  of  Mr.  George  A.  Coates,  a  veteran  teacher  of 
Kent  County,  took  place  recently  at  the  home  of  his  son. 
Dr.  Coates,  at  Rexton.  Mr.  Coates  taught  for  many  years 
the  Superior  school  at  Buctouche.  Mamy  of  the  business 
and  professional  men  of  Kent  County  owe  their  training 
to  him  and  all  cherish  pleasant  memories  of  the  interest  he 
always  took  in  their  welfare  and  progress. 


The  compulsory  attendance  law  in  Missouri  is  a  success. 
Fully  60,000  more  children  are  enrolled  in  the  schools  cf 
the  state  than  were  enrolled  the  first  month  last  year.  The 
average  daily  attendance  last  year  was  about  a  half  million. 
This  year  it   will  be  600,000. 


Book  Reviews 

First   Lessons   in   Botany.     By    C.    A.    Coper,    L.  L.  A 
Flexible  Cloth.     Pages  40.     Price  6d. 
Gives  the  few  prominent   features  and  outlines  of  plant- 
study  in  a  clear  and  interesting  inanner. 

The  First  Science  Book.  By  Lothrop  D.  Higgins.  Cloth. 
Pages  237.  Illustrated.  Mailing  price  75  cents. 
Although  this  book  professes  to  treat  of  the  leading 
principles  of  physics  and  chemistry,  it  does  it  in  a  different 
way  from  the  usual  beginner's  text  books  on  these  sub- 
jects. The  pupil  is  led  to  become  an  investigator  at  once 
by  a  process  of  simple  experimenting  with  common 
phenomena  and  a  reference  to  familiar  facts  and  happen- 
ings. The  illustrations  are  many  and  are  admirably 
chosen. 

Blackboard   and   Free   Arm    Drawing.     By    Herbert    II. 

Stephens,    A.C.P.      Cloth.      Pages   127.      Price  4s.  .id. 

Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This  work  exhibits  directions  for  blackboard  sketches  by 
the  teacher;  the  analysis  of  figures  containing  straight 
and  curved  lines;  miscellaneous  sketches  of  animals,  in- 
cluding birds,  reptiles  and  fish,  shells  and  butterflies;  tre's. 
leave>,  flowers  and  fruit ;  specimens  of  ships ;  maps  and 
historical  illustrations.  The  work  is  well  execu  ed  and  the 
examples   skilfully   selected. 

Summary  of   English    History.     By    Norman   L.   Frazer, 

B.A.      Cloth-       Pages    216.       Price    2s.      Adam    and 

Charles  Black.  London. 

This  is  a  very  different  summary  from  a  mere  rehash  of 

chronological   events.      It    is   a   coherent   method   of   fixing 

the   main    facts   and   principles   of    British   history,   derived 

from     contemporary     writers     and     documents,     illustrated 

with   maps   and   engravings.      A    literary   finish    is   given   by 

the    discussion    of    special    topics   and    the    biographies    of 

eminent  men. 

1 


ao8 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Cheerful 
Surroundings 


Ql 


SIVEHfeaTid  zest  to  all  work  in  the  school- 
room and  make  little  folks  like  to  come  to 
school.  This  is  the  time  to  brighten  up  your 
school-rooms.    If  you  want  the  walls  papered 

REMEMBER— 

That  you  can  sret  from  us  a  beautiful 
paper  cheaper  than  ever  before.  _  Send 
size  of  school-room,  number  o  f  windows 
and  doors  and  their  sizes  (this  is  a  good 
exercise  in  arithmetic  for  scholars)  and 
we  will  send  cost  and  samples.  Get  our 
figuros  for 

WINDOW     SHADES 

We  can  supply  excellent  ones  at  reason- 
able prices. 

M  A  PS- 
Mounted  on  spring  rollers,  and  all  work 
of  that  kind  done  promptly. 

PICTURES     FRAMES. 

Send  your  orders  to— 

F.    E.    HOLMAN    &    CO., 

52    Kino  Street.  ST.  JOHN,  N,  B. 


TEACHERS 

Holding  Grammar  School  or  Superior  License, 
or  First-class  License,  can  secure  schools  with 
good  salaries  immediately  by  applying  to 

GEO.  COLBECK, 
NoKTii-Wicsr  Teachers'  Bureau, 
Box  45.  Regina,  Bask 


YALE     UNIVERSITY 

SUMMER    SCHOOL. 

Second  Session  July  5  to  August  16.  1906. 

Courses  in  Anatomy  Art,  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Commercial  Geo&rraphv,  Education  (History  and 
Theory, i  English,  French,  Geology,  German. 
Greek,  History,  Latin,  Mathematics,  Methods  of 
Teaching,  Physical  Education,  Physics,  Physio- 
logy, Psychology,  Rhetoric,  and  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

These  courses  are  des'gned  for  teachers  and  col- 
lege students  Some  are  advanced  courses  and  in- 
tended for  specially  trained  students,  others  are 
introductory  and  presuppose  no  specialized  pre- 
paration. 

In  the  great  majority  of  cases,  instruction  is 
given  by  members  of  the  Yale  Faculty  of  the 
rank  of  professor  or  assistant  professor.  A  num- 
ber of  leading  school  authorities  have  been  added 
to  the  Faculty  to  give  courses  on  'educational 
subjects. 

About  too  suites  of  rooms  in  the  dormitories 
are  available  for  students,  and  will  be  .assigned 
in  the  order  of  application. 

For  circulars  and  further  information  address. 
YALE     SUMMER     SCHOOL. 

135    ELM  STREET,         NEW    HAVEN,  CONN. 


HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 
SUMMER  SCHOOL  of  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

July  J  to  August\  ;/J,  '*/Qo6 
College  Courses  in  Classical  Archaeology, 
Architecture,  Astronomy,  Botany,  Chemistry, 
Economics  Education.  Elocution,  Ethics,  Geo 
graphy,  Geology,  History,  Landscape  Fainting, 
languages  ,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy, 
Physical  Education,  Physics,  Psychology,  Pure 
Design,  Shopwork,  and  Surveying  ;  (or  Teachers 
and  Students. 

Open  to  men  and  women     No  entrance  exami- 
nation required     Full  Announcement 
sent  on  application.    Address   .*?;■» 
J   L.  Live,  16  University  M   II,  Cambridge,  Mass 
N.  S.  SHALER.  Chairman. 


f      WEBSTER'S 

INTERNATIONAL 

L.D1CTIQNARV^ 


NEEDED  in  every  HOME, 
SCHOOL  and  OFFICE. 

Reliable,  Useful,  Attractive,  Lasting,  Up 
to  Date  and  Authoritative.  2380  Pages, 
5000  Illustrations.  Recently  added  25,000 
New  Words,  New  Gazetteer  and  New  Bio- 
graphical Dictionary.  Editor  W.  T.  Harris, 
Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  United  States  Com.  of  Ed'n. 
Highest  Awards  at  St.  Louis  and  Portland. 


our  abridgmrn's.  K  fftilar  anl  Thin  Papei 
euitirn*.  Una  irpasee.1  for  eV^ance  end  con- 
T  dVtkv..    It '6  lagfiP'd  HOOi  ln-t^atirp.. 


Write  for  "The  Story  of  a  Book"-Free. 

G.  at  C.  MERRIA::  CO.,  Springfield,  Mass. 

GET  rEE  DEST. 


New  Scripture  Atlas.  Edited  by  George  Philip,  F.R.G.S. 
G.  W.  Philip  &  Son,  Ltd.,  London.  Price  is. 
This  is  a  series,  arranged  in  small  atlas  form,  of  16 
coloured  plates,  containing  over  30  maps  and  plans  illus- 
trating the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  in- 
cluding maps  of  the  Persian,  Greek,  and  Roman  Empires, 
St.  Paul's  journeys,  the  religions  of  the  world,  plans  of 
Solomon's  temple,  etc.  It  is  accompanied  by  a  very  full 
index  of  scriptural  names. 

The  Captivi  of   Plautus.     With   Introduction,   Notes  and 
Vocabulary,    by    Rev.    J.    Hinson,    M.A.     Pages   128. 
OloJi.      Fro    Lege    Manii.ia    of  Cicero.     With  intro- 
duction, Notes  and  Vocabulary,  by  W.  J.  Woodhouse, 
M.A.     Pages   136.     Cloth.     Price  2s.  each.     Blackie  & 
Son,  London. 
The   texual   features   and   illustrations   of  these   two   ex- 
cellent classics  are  a'll  that  could  be  desired.     The  historic- 
al   introduction   and   notes    will    prove   of   great   assistance 
to  the  s'.udent. 

A  First  Year's  French  Book  on  the  Oral  Method.  By 
A.  H.  Smith,  M.A.  (London).  Cloth.  Pages  139. 
Price   is.  6d.     Blackie  &   Son,  London. 

We  are  gkd  to  see  a  text  book  for  beginners  in  French, 
written  entirely  in  thai  language.  The  author  has  suc- 
ceeded in  making  the  book  interesting.  I  trains  the 
ear  as  well  as  the  eye;  and  v  i  h"  a  good  teacher  the 
acquirement    of    an    accurate    working    knowledge    of    the 


French     Language     should     proceed     pleasantly     and     ex- 
peditiously. 

Stories   from   Grimm.     Edited  by  A.  R.   Hope   Moncrieff 
Cloth.     Pages    122.     Price   is.    6d.      Blackie    &    Son. 
London. 
This  is  a  neat  volume  containing  twelve  "fireside''  tales 

of    the     Brothers    Grimm.      They    are    well    adapted    for 

elementary    studen  s    in    German.      The   bcok   is    provided 

with  vocabulary  and  notes. 

In  Blackie's  English  school  texts,  some  of  which  we 
have  referred  to  before,  we  have  received  the  following: 
Prescctt's  Conquest  of  Peru,  Mottle-Fouque's  Sintram 
end  His  Companions,  Sir  Thomas  Roe's  An  Embassy  to 
the  Great  Mogul,  Josephus's  The  Siege  of  Jerusalem, 
The  Adventures  of  Monrluc,  Adventures  of  Capt.  John 
Smith,  De  Quincey's  English  Mail  Coach,  A  Sojourn  at 
Lha-ssa,  Travels  in  Thibet.  The  Voyage  of  Capt.  James. 
These  are  all  convenient  pocket  edi.ions,  chiefly  of  interest- 
ing travels  and  exploration,  bound  in  flexible  cloth,  of 
good  paper  and  clearly  printed,  more  than  one  hundred 
pages  of  matter  to  each  volume,  and  sold  at  the  low  price 
of  6d.  each.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Blackie's  Story  book  Readers  contain  "The  Lost  Fairy' 
and  "The  Sheep  of  the  Mountain,"  price  id.  each,  "Sasha 
the  Serf,"  price  2d.,  "Do  your  Duty,"  price  3d.  The  books 
are  in  paper  covers,  illustrated,  and  contain  excellent  and 
bright  stories  for  lit  le  people.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 


Educational  "Review  Supplement,    Hpril,  1906. 


"PREPARING    for    another    SEASON.' 


j— i  /->  -T-  *-.   rt   T~    r~k        iil/\  Ar\l      A    fci    r-N      >•  n    ~r         AAwrM    ii«\/rM  M    I-   A    r»         C^  T  A    MnDTU/C 


ARBOR _OAY    NUMBER. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education  and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 

ST.  JOHN, 

N.  B., 

APRIL, 

190G. 

$1.00  per  Year. 

o.  U.  HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 

A.   MeKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  31  Leimter  Stnet,    Si.  John,  ti.  B. 

l-hi  vtkd  bt  Barkis  ±  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS : 

Editorial  Noths, ytz 

Recent  School  Legislation,             316 

The  Influence  of  School  (hardens,                317 

Our  Native  Trees,— IX 318 

Why  the  Horse-Chestnut  is  so  called,      319 

A  few  Early  Flowers,        319 

Beautiful  Canada 320 

Our  Coasts.     11.— Their  Lesson  (continued)         320 

Millet .322 

Picture-Study  Queries,      325 

How  one  Teacher  used  the  Picture  "Saved" ...  325 

Art  Notes.— No.  V.            327 

April  Birthdays     526 

The  Course  of  Study— A  Criticism,           327 

Criticism  of  P  E.  Island  Schools . .  32s 

Nature  Study  Calendar 329 

The  Adventures  of  Ulysses,           ...          ....  330 

Problems  in  Arithmetic 331 

The  Forests  of  Canada,     332 

Arbor  Day  and  other  Selections, 33* 

Review's  Question  Box,    ^V 

Current  Kvents 338 

School  and    College,        339 

Book  Reviews,       ...  339 

Recent  Magazines,             341 

New  Advkrtisbments. 

Read,  Mark,  Learn,  p  312;  I   &  A   McMillan,  p.  311;  French   Holi- 
day Course,  p.  $f\;  A  Canadian  Flag  for  Every  Sch< 


E.  G.  Nelson  &  Co.,  p  341. 


'  School,  p.  340; 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  ettect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding   may    be   avoided 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "127"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to   April  30,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


EH$€€K. 

Awake,  thou  wintry  earth— 

fling  off  thy  sadnm! 
Tair  vernal  flowers,  laugh  forth 

Your  ancient  gladness ! 
Christ  is  risen 

—  Thomas  Blackburn—  An  Easter  Hymn. 


The  picture  this  month  is  a  representation  of 
native  trees  from  two  pictures  by  Sir  William  Van 
Home  of  Montreal.  It  is  something  in  the  life  of  a 
busy  man  of  affairs  to  have  a  taste— and  cultivate 
it — for  nature  and  art.  The  skilful  delineation  of 
trees  and  the  larger  fungi,  in  which  Sir  William 


has  excelled,  lias  not  interfered  evidently  with 
business  but  has  given  a  rare  pleasure  to  his  event- 
ful and  busy  life. 


The  Roman  Catholic  church  loses  one  of  its  ablest 
men  in  Archbishop  O'Brien,  who  died  in  Halifax, 
March  ioth.  He  always  manifested  a  strong  inter- 
est in  educational  affairs  which  he  actively  promoted 
by  his  ready  sympathy  and  co-operation.  In  addi- 
tion to  his  engrossing  duties  as  a  churchman,  the 
great  questions  of  the  day,  literature  and  political 
economy  found  in  him  a  devoted  student.  He  was 
an  active  member  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada 
and  its  president  for  the  year  1896-97. 


Our  readers  will  find  in  this  number  appropriate 
material  for  Friday  afternoon  exercises  in  April, 
and  for  Easter  and  Arbor  Day.  No  formal  pro- 
gramme is  offered  for  the  observance  of  the  latter. 
The  day,  should  be  devoted  to  a  general  cleaning  and 
adornment  of  the  school  premises ;  the  planting  of 
trees  and  flower  beds ;  lessons  and  recitations  on 
trees  and  other  plants,  ending  with  a  school  enter- 
tainment in  the  afternoon  to  which  parents  and 
friends  should  be  invited,  and  for  which  careful 
preparation  should  be  made  during  the  preceding 
weeks. 


A  subscriber  asks  us  to  publish  a  map  of  die 
new  provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan.  To  do 
this  adequately  with  portions  of  the  surrounding 
provinces  and  territories  would  take  more  space 
than  can  be  spared  in  this  number.  Why  not  con- 
sult our  advertising  columns  and  get  a  new  map  of 
Canada?  If  the  trustees  cannot  afford  to  help,  a 
small  concert  on  Arbor  Day  will  realize  more  than 
enough. 


A  friend  sent  us  in  February  a  twig  of  willow 
collected  the  first  week  of  that  month  with  the 
white  catk'ns  half  unfolded.  But  here  it  is  the 
first  week  in  April  and  no  more  progress  has  been 
made  in  bud  unfolding.  It  is  useless  to  look  for 
spring  in  February  or  March  in  this  country. 


316 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A  gentleman  who  is  deeply  concerned  about  the 
greater  possibilities  of  education  writes  as  follows 
to  the  Review  :  "There  is  still  a  missing  link  in 
our  educational  system,  considering  as  we  must  the 
thousands  who  have  left  school  too  soon,  or  are 
about  to  leave  school.  The  scholars  from  good 
homes  are  oared  for;  the  whole  system  is  articulat- 
ed from  primary  school  to  university  for  the  minor- 
ity; but  can  we  not  have  evening  rural  schools, 
industrial  or  otherwise  ?  iCan  nothing  more  be  done 
for  thousands  of  illiterate  youth  in  these  provinces? 
Denmark  has  one  hundred  high  schools  for 
adults !" 


Church  Work  is  now  published  in  a  new  form 
and  under  a  new  editor  and  management.  It  is 
issued  fortnightly  at  North  Sydney,  C.  B.,  by  Rev. 
C.  W.  Vernon  and  is  an  eight-page  journal  neatly 
printed  on  smooth  white  paper,  with  numerous 
clear  illustrations,  and  carefully  written  editorial 
and  o:her  matter.  We  heartily  agree  with  th« 
announcement  made  by  the  former  editor  in  the  first 
number,  that  if  such  a  paper  does  not  succeed  "the 
Church  people  of  the  Maritime  Provinces  should  be 
heartily  ashamed  of  themselves." 


Talking  with  a  commercial  traveller  not  long  ago 
he  said  he  attributed  his  success  in  selling  goods  not 
so  much  to  his  industry  and  push  as  to  his  entire 
abstinence  from  intoxicating  drinks.  He  said  it  was 
well  understood  in  these  times  of  fierce  competition 
in  trade,  that  it  was  not  business-like  for  any  man 
to  drink.  Surely  this  is  a  good  temperance  lesson 
for  young  people.  Success  in  business  or  in  any 
profession  must  not  be  trifled  with  by  yielding  to 
the  temptation  to  drink. 


There  is  a  dearth  in  too  many  of  our  schools  of 
reproductions  of  work  of  art — those  that  are  truly 
beautiful  and  at  the  same  time  suitable.  More  of 
music,  art,  poetry  is  required  to  round  out  the 
natures  of  young  people.  There  is  no  real  study 
of  music  except  in  a  few  favored  schools ;  art  is  en- 
tirely ignored,  or  confined  to  the  placing  of  a  few 
pictures  on  the  walls ;  poetry  is  robbed  of  all  pleas- 
ure-giving because  pupils  are  required  to  analyze 
it  too  persistently.  The  subjects  of  our  school 
course  are  addressed  to  the  intellect  and  to  the 
memory  rather  than  to  the  cultivation  of  taste,  or 
the  awakening  of  a  desire  for  real  culture.  Are  our 
teachers  preparing  themselves  to  be  the  leaders  of 
the  reform  that  must  come,  or  will  the  leaders 
spring  up  from  outside  their  ranks? 


Recent  School  Legislation. 

Several  changes  and  additions  to  the  school  law 
have  been  made  both  in  the  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick  legislatures  during  the  recent  sessions. 
Many  of  these  are  important. 

In  New  Brunswick  the  attendance  of  children  at 
the  public  schools  may  be  enforced  by .  those  dis- 
tricts which  vote  to  adopt  compulsion.  This  is  the 
mildest  form  of  a  compulsory  act ;  but  it  is  on  a  par 
with  some  school  legislation  of  the  past.  Before 
free  schools  were  sanctioned  by  law  in  the  province, 
the  ratepayers  of  a  district  had  the  option  to  assess 
themselves  for  the  support  of  schools. 

Some  of  the  amendments  to  the  New  Brunswick 
school  law,  it  is  gratifying  to  record,  are  progress- 
ive, and  coupled  with  what  has  been  done  in  recent 
years  for  the  introduction  of  consolidated  schools, 
manual  training,  nature  study  and  agricultural 
education  may  be  looked  upon  as  decided  steps  to- 
ward improved  educational  facilities.  The  amend- 
ments provide  that  districts  may  assess  themselves 
for  free  text  books ;  that  consolidated  schools  may 
have  five  acres  of  land  instead  of  one ;  that  teachers 
and  boards  of  health  shall  hereafter  look  after  vac- 
cination certificates ;  that  grammar  school  grants 
may  be  transferred  from  one  section  of  a  county 
to  another  after  a  lapse  of  ten  years ;  that  teachers 
shall  have  additional  powers  to  preserve  order  and 
protect  pupils  from  interference  by  outsiders;  that 
school  districts,  failing  to  maintain  a  school  in 
operation  for  two  successive  terms  or  failing  to  have 
the  children  conveyed  to  a  school  in  a  neighboring 
district,  shall  be  annexed  to  a  contiguous  district. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  latter  especially  will  be 
vigorously  enforced. 

The  government  also  has  the  authority  to  compel 
districts  to  unite  and  form  a  consolidated  school  if 
it  is  thought  that  such  a  union  shall  advance  the 
educational  interests  of  the  community. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  New  Brunswick 
government  could  not  see  its  way  clear  to  improve 
the  salaries  of  teachers,  in  accordance  with  the 
petition  presented  by  the  Teachers'  Association. 
It  is  held  by  some  that  an  increase  by  the  govern- 
ment would  be  met  by  a  corresponding  lowering  of 
the  local  salaries  paid  to  teachers.  It  is  not  too 
much  to  ask  that  districts  take  the  initiative  in 
increasing  teachers'  salaries  and  many  are  now- 
doing  so. 

The  fact  should  not  be  lost  sight  of,  however,  that 
in  New  Brunswick  special  grants  are  now  made  to 
over  fifty  schools  which  include  manual  training 
and  related  siibjeots  in  their  course  of  study  under 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


317 


teachers  who  have  fitted  themselves  to  teach  these 
branches.  Grants  of  fifty  dollars  a  year  are  given 
to  teachers,  without  regard  to  sex  or  class,  who 
have  classes  in  manual  training.  Thirty  dollars  ad- 
ditional is  given  to  those  teachers  who  conduct  a 
course  of  nature-study  with  a  school  garden.  The 
superior  schools  which  have  been  fostered  largely 
under  Dr.  Inch's  regime,  are  scattered  all  over  the 
province,  and  the  teacher,  whether  male  or  female, 
receives  an  annual  grant  from  the  government  of 
$250.  These,  with  'the  increase  in  the  number  of 
grammar  school  teachers,  who  each  get  $350  from 
government,  show  that  there  are  rewards  for 
industrious  and  ambitious  teachers. 


The  Nova  Scotia  government  has  decided  to 
increase  the  grants  paid  to  teachers  from  the  pro- 
vincial treasury.  Hereafter  teachers  shall  receive 
the  following  amounts  annually :  Class  D,  $60 ; 
Class  C,  $90;  Class  B,  $120;  superior  school,  $150; 
Class  A,  $180 ;  Class  A  in  a  high  school  of  at  least 
three  departments,  $210.  As  we  understand  it, 
these  grants  are  made  equal  to  both  sexes. 

It  will  be  interesting  to  compare  them  with  those 
made  to  New  Brunswick  teachers.  In  every  case 
the  average  grant  to  the  latter  is  higher.  In  New 
Brunswick  the  teacher  of  a  grammar  school  receives 
$350  and  the  teacher  of  a  superior  school  $250  year- 
ly, whether  male  or  female.  First  class  licensed 
teachers  corresponding  to  Class  B  in  N.  S.  receive, — 
male,  $135 ;  female,  $100.  Second  class,  correspond- 
ing to  C  m  N.  S., — male,  $108;  female,  $81.  Third 
class,  corresponding  to  D  in  N.  S., — male,  $81 ; 
female,  $63.  It  may  be  said  that  the  proportion  of 
teachers  who  have  received  normal  school  training 
is  less  in  Nova  Scotia  than  in  New  Brunswick. 

The  teachers'  pension  law  which  provides  for  re- 
tiring allowances  for  teachers  of  long  standing  and 
for  those  who  have  become  incapacitated  from  any 
cause  is  an  encouraging  and  progressive  sign.  We 
shall  deal  with  this  more  fully  in  a  future  number. 

In  Nova  Scotia  it  is  proposed  to  appoint  an 
advisory  board  to  assist  the  Council  of  Public 
Instruction,  in  what  way  or  to  what  extent  has  not 
vet  been  made  clear. 


The  Influence  of  School  Gardens. 

Mr.  Geo  D.  Fuller,  director  of  the  Macdonald 
Rural  schools  for  the  province  of  Quebec  writes  an 
interesting  article  on  The  School  Garden  and  the 
Country  School  in  the  March  number  of  the  Ottawa 
Naturalist.    We  have  only  space  for  the  concluding 


paragraph  of  a  paper  that  we  should  like  to  see  in 
the  hands  of  every  country  teacher. 

As  the  school  environment  has  been  improved,  there  has 
been  a  marked  change  in  the  moral  tone  of  the  school.  The 
pupils'  attention  has  been  turned  to  a  consideration  of  the 
beautiful  to  the  exclusion  of  many  baser  thoughts,  and  the 
resulting  moral  culture  has  found  expression  in  more 
ordeily  behavior.  A  smooth  bit  of  lawn  and  a  lawn  mower 
have  proved  themselves  aids  to  good  discipline,  for  the  ,>!ay 
hours  are  more  rationally  enjoyed  on  well  kept  grounds 
than  on  the  old  rubbish-littered  premises,  where  the  chief 
joy  was  often  found  in  working  greater  destruction.  In 
some  schools  there  has  been  a  very  noticeable  change  in  the 
attitude  of  the  pupdls  towards  the  school  room  and  grounds, 
and  they  now  take  pride  in  beautiful  surroundings  and  care 
for  them  where  formerly  they  sought  but  to  make  desola- 
tion more  hideous.  Some  of  the  pupils  have  been  led  to 
attempt  flower  and  vegetable  plots  at  their  own  homes,  and 
it  seems  hard  to  over-estimate  the  better  training  for  good 
citizenship  which  pupils  receive  in  such  schools  where 
school  gardens  have  broadened  the  educational  horizon  and 
improved  the  school  environment  so  greatly. 


An  organization  called  die  Canadian  Alpine  or 
Mountain  Club  has  been  formed  at  Winnipeg,  the 
object  of  which  is  to  explore  the.  virgin  valjleys, 
glaciers  and  higher  ranges  of  the  Rocky  mountains, 
in  order  that  their  wonders  and  beauties  may  be 
better  appreciated.  The  Club  will  have  climbers 
and  non-climbers  among  its  members,  the  first  to 
do  active  work  in  ascending  the  loftiest  of  the 
Rockies,  the  second  merely  to  have  an  interest  in 
the  less  strenuous  objects  of  the  organization. 
Success  to  it.  The  boys  and  girls  in  every  section 
of  Canada  should  have  such  clubs,  the  object  of 
which  would  be  the  investigation  of  the  valleys,  hills 
and  mountains  of  their  neighborhood. 


It  is  found  that  trees  play  a  very  important  part 
in  making  the  world  healthful.  We  must  not  think 
trees  are  here  solely  to  cut  down  for  fuel  or  timber. 
Vegetaition  is  the  means  by  which  the  atmosphere 
benefits  the  earth;  it  is  the  earth's  good  friend.  It 
is  seen  that  where  the  trees  have  been  cut  off  the 
winters  are  colder  and  the  summers  hotter.  The 
beautiful  brooks  and  creeks  disappear  in  the 
summer ;  the  springs  that  caused  them  were  shelter- 
ed by  trees ;  these  removed  and  the  spring  is  dried 
up.  D  seases  of  treeless  countries  are  unknown 
among  forest  dwellers.  These  things  have  caused 
people  to  plant  trees  whenever  possible. — Ex. 


Your  Review  helps  me  very  much  with  my  work 
and  I  look  forward  to  its  coming  with  pleasure. 
— G.  C.  C. 


318 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Our  Native  Trees —IX. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 
Evergreen*. — The   Hemlock. 

The  hemlock  (Tsuga  canadensis)  is  one  of  the 
most  graceful  of  our  evergreen  trees.  When  grow- 
ing where  there  is  plenty  of  space  its  lower  branches 
are  often  long  and  straggling,  but  when  found  in 
the  forests  where  its  roots  penetrate  into  rich  mould, 
the  formation  of  centuries  of  decayed  leaves,  it  is 
of  a  majestic  appearance,  often  from  eighty  to  one 
hundred  feet  in  height  and  with  a  trunk  diameter 
of  three  or  four  feet.  The  young  hemlock  trees 
surpass  all  other  evergreens  in  the  grace  and  feath- 
ery lightness  of  their  dense  foliage  which  bends  to 
the  slightest  breeze.  Their  narrow,  short-pet ioled 
leaves,  dark  green  above  and  pale  beneath,  are  dis- 
posed in  level  sprays  on  the  horizontal  or  drooping 
branches.  The  small  pendulous  cones,  very  numer- 
ous and  scarcely  longer  ithan  the  spreading  leaves, 
add  another  element  of  beauty  to  the  tree  in  the 
early  years  of  its  growth. 

The  term  "faithful"  that  Longfellow  applies  to 
the  hemlock  refers  to  the  unchanging  green  of  its 
leaves  in  summer  and  winter.  But  in  late  spring 
and  early  summer  the  tips  of  the  twigs  and  branches 
are  clothed  with  feathery  masses  of  the  new,  yellow- 
ish-green leaves  Which  form  a  beautiful  contrast 
with  the  dark  green  leaves  of  the  previous  year,  and 
produce  an  effect  perhaps  unequalled  by  any  other 
forest  tree.  As  the  hemlock  comes  to  maturity  its 
foliage  becomes  less  attractive,  although  it  increases 
in  sturdiness  and  majesty.  Growing  in  the  forest, 
the  trunk  usually  tapers  suddenly  near  the  top 
spreading  out  its  newer  foliage  over  the  tops  of  the 
surrounding  trees.  The  lower  part  of  the  trunk  is 
beset  with  stiff,  broken  or  dead  branches,  or  it  is 
quite  bare.  The  smooth  close  fitting  bark  of  the 
young  trees  gradually  passes  into  the  rough,  deeply 
furrowed  bark  of  the  mature  trees  which  bear  a 
resemblance  to  the  red  or  black  spruce. 

The  hemlock  belongs  to  the  group1  of  plants 
which  bear  two  kinds  of  flowers  on  the  same  plant, 
hence  called  monoecious,  that  is,  growing  in  one 
household ;  ithe  staminate  flowers  or  those  which 
produce  pollen,  are  in  loose  catkins,  growing  from 
the  axils  of  last  year's  leaves;  the  pistillate  catkins, 
destined  to  become  the  cones,  are  at  the  ends  of  last 
year's  branchlets.  At  the  base  of  the  green  fleshy 
scales  which  clothe  the  pistillate  catkins  are  the 
ovules  which  ripen  into  seeds  after  being  fertilized 
by  the  pollen.  In  their  early  growth  the  cones  are 
of  a  crimson  colour,  gradually  changing  to  a  brown. 


The  seeds  mature  the  first  year,  but  many  of  the 
dry  cones  often  cling  to  the  trees  for  several  years. 

The  wood  of  the  hemlock  is  soft,  weak,  crooked 
in  the  grain,  brittle  and  very  liable  to  splinter.  It 
is  of  a  light  brown  or  nearly  white  colour.  A  cubic 
foot  weighs  26  lbs.  It  is  largely  sawed  into  boards 
of  an  inferior  quality,  used  for  cheaper  building 
purposes,  such  as  flooring,  shingles,  material  for 
wharves,  mines,  etc.  It  is  one  of  the  most  durable 
timbers  under  water.  It  gives  a  tight  hold  for  nails, 
and  its  boards  are  in  common  use  for  the  first 
covering  of  frame  houses.  Other  uses  are  found  few- 
it,  as  pines  and  other  more  expensive  timbers  are 
becoming  rare. 

Hemlock  bark  is  used  for  tanning  leather,  and 
the  manufacture  of  the  extract  for  tanning  is  quite 
an  industry  in  Quebec  and  to  a  less  extent  in  New 
Brunswick.  Indeed,  the  bark  has  for  years  been 
regarded  as  the  only  valuable  part  of  the  tree.  A 
section  of  the  bill  recently  introduced  by  Premier 
Tweedie  into  the  New  Brunswick  Legislature  for  the 
preservation  of  forests  makes  it  compulsory  for  those 
Who  have  cut  down  hemlock  trees  for  their  bark  to 
remove  the  trunks  in  order  to  lessen  the  danger 
from  forest  fires.  That  such  a  law  is  necessary  shows 
that  there  is  still  wanton  waste  of  what  may  be 
considered  as  fairly  good  timber.  This  -wholesale 
destruction  of  hemlock  trees  for  the  manufacture 
of  extract  threatens  to  lessen  seriously  the  further 
supply  of  hemlock,  a  wood  -that  will  become  more 
and  more  useful  as  pine  disappears. 

Hemlock  oil,  distilled  from  the  young  leaves  and 
shoots,  and  hemlock  gum  or  "Canada  pitch,"  as  it 
is  called,  a  resinous  exudation  from  old  trees,  are 
both  used  in  medicine.  The  wood  is  of  little  value 
as  fuel,  burning  up  very  quickly,  and  with  a  loud 
crackling  noise  like  that  of  poplar  wood. 

The  ground  hemlock  (Taxus  canadensis)  is  a  low 
straggling  evergreen  shrub  with  leaves  bright  green 
on  both  sides  and  with  a  red  berry-like  fruit  enclos- 
ing a  bony  seed. 

The  juniper  (Juniperus  communis)  is  usually 
found  as  a  low  straggling  shrub  in  these  provinces, 
with  rigid,  prickly  leaves.  Its  blue  berry-like  fruit 
encloses  from  one  to  three  bony  seeds. 


Teachers  will  find  it  useful  as  a  preparation  for 
Arbor  day  to  review  the  lessons  on  our  native  trees 
which  began  in  the  March,  1905,  number  of  the 
Review. 

Many  of  the  parts  of  evergreen  and  deciduous 
trees  are  good  subjects  for  free-hand  drawing: 
Beginners  may  draw  the  leaf-clusters  of  the  differ- 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


319 


emt  pines ;  small  twigs  of  hemlock,  cedar,  spruce  or 
fir;  cones  of  the  different  evergreens  and  the  seeds, 
if  any  can  be  found;  twigs  of  alder,  birch,  willow, 
and  the  arrangement  of  buds  and  catkins  upon 
them.  These  and  many  other  forms  are  easily 
drawn,  and  if  done  as  true  to  nature  as  possible  will 
familiarize  pupils  with  the  characters  and  differences 
in  our  trees. 


Why  the  Horse  Chestnut  is  so  Called. 

This  is  only  a  fairy-story ;  but  whoever  looks  on 
the  branches  and  twigs  of  a  horse-chestnut  tree  will 
see  there  the  prints  of  a  horse's  hoofs,  nails  and  all. 
Examine  and  see  for  yourselves.  Then  try  if  you 
can  tell  what  really  caused  these  marks  and  others 
that  you  will  discover  on  the  twigs.  If  you  can  find 
out,  then  you  will  enjoy  the  fairy  story  which  is  a 
pretty  piece  of  fiction. 

For  faiiies  love  no  tree  so  well 

As  chestnut  broad  in  which  to  dwell. 

Long,  long  ago,  we  are  told,  the  fairies  found 
their  homes  in  the  flowers  on  the  ground,  but  the 
flowers  were  picked  and  men  mowed  down  the 
grass,  so  that  the  fairies  lost  their  bright  colours 
and  were  without  shelter.  Then  Oberon,  daylight 
king  of  fairies,  and  Queen  Mab,  moonlight  queen  of 
elves,  took  counsel  together. 

Under  a  grove  with  fronded  plumes, 

Whose  trees  were  white  with  spikes  of  blooms. 

The  decision  was  to  live  in  trees  and  Queen  Mab 
on  her  palfrey  white, 

Her  moonbeam  bridle  firm  in  grip, 
She  plied  the  silken  milkweed  whip, 
And  rode  stiaight  up  the  waiting  tree, 
And  out  each  branch  its  blooms  to  see. 
Wavingj  her  saffron  brand  she  said  : 
"Fairies !  your  future  home  and  bed !" 
And  pointed  up  the  flower-lit  tree, — 
Thither  they  swarmed  as  swarms  the  bee ! 
In  turn  each  bole  and  fronded  roof 
Was  trod  by  Elf-queen  palfrey's  hoof. 
Till  fays  who  bore  the  flame-wood  lamp, 
Swung  in  the  peaceful  airy  camp. 

That  was  a  chestnut  grove  they  found ! 
And  as  the  sunny  spring  comes  round, 
Queen  Mab,  when  shines  the  silver  moon, 
And  elfin  bugles  blow  in  tune, 
Still  rides  high  up  each  chestnut  tree. 
That  fays  may  know  where  safe  they'll  be; 
For  palfrey  prints  his  tiny  shoe 
On  eveiy  branch  that's  wet  with  dew, 
And  that's  the  reason  now  you  see 
Why  it  is  called  Horse-Chestnut  tree. 
—Th.  H.  Rand—  May's  Fairy  Tale.     (Adapted) 


A  Few    Early  Flowers. 

Nearly  all  our  trees  put  out  their  flowers  in  April 
or  early  May  before  the  leaves  unfold.  Why? 
Many  of  these  flowers  are  in  catkins  as  the  willow 
and  alder;  other  trees  have  small  crimson  blossoms 
such  as  the  red  maple  and  hackmatack;  others  like 
shadbush  and  cherry,  appearing  later,  bear  white 
blossoms  in  striking  contrast  with  the  delicate  green 
of  the  opening  leaves  about  them. 

The  mayflower  or  trailing  arbutus  is  one  of  the 
first  plants  to  blossom,  and  is  an  ever  welcome  token 
that  spring  is  here.  Mayflower  blossoms  were  said 
to  have  been  picked  in  some  parts  of  New  Bruns- 
wick in  February,  but  more  likely  the  buds  were 
brought  into  the  house  and  opened  in  some  sunny 
window. 

The  hepatica  or  liverwort  also  sends  out  its  blue 
and  white  blossoms  early.  Are  these  blossoms 
sepals  or  petals?  The  hepatica  is  much  rarer  with 
us  than  the  mayflower,  being  found  on  the  borders 
of  rich  woodlands.  It  too  is  said  to  have  been  found 
in  blossom  in  parts  of  New  England  during  the 
first  days  of  our  mild  February. 

The  adder's-tongue  or  dog-tooth  violet  is  also  an 
early  plant  to  blossom.  It  is  not  a  violet  but  a  lily, 
and  John  Burroughs  has  suggested  the  pretty#name 
of  fawn  lily  from  its  spotted  leaves — more  appropri- 
ate and  better  even  than  "adder's-tongue"  which 
name  was  given  because  of  its  tongue-shaped  leaves 
which  are  mottled  after  the  fashion  of  the  adder's 
back. 

The  spring-beauty,  like  the  adder's-tongue, 
springs  from  an  underground  bulb  or  tuber.  The 
pink  or  rose-colored  lines  of  its  petals  are  said  to 
point  the  early  bees  to  its  nectar  hidden  away  at  the 
base  of  each  petal.  The  Indians  are  said  to  have 
prized  the  nut-like  flavor  of  its  tuberous  stem.  The 
following  legend  will  show  that  they  prized  its 
beauty  also:  Mighty  Peboan  (the  winter)  scatters 
around  with  lavish  hand  many  snowy  crystal  stars. 
When,  melted  by  the  breath  of  spring,  he  is  forced 
to  retreat,  he  leaves  some  of  these  behind;  they  are 
the  spring-beauties,  blushing  that  they  have  been 
forgotten. 

The  white  and  blue  and  yellow  violets,  those 
favorites  of  children  because  they  are  found  every- 
where and  are  so  beautiful,  bloom  in  the  order  given 
above,  the  small  sweetly-scented  white  violets  first. 
Children  love  to  gather  diem,  and  rightly,  for  what 
is  more  beautiful  than  a  nosegay  of  violets ;  and 
picking  does  no  harm  if  the  roots  are  not  disturbed, 


320 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


and  the  leaves  are  left  growing;  for  the  leaves  are 
tiie  food-makers  of  the  plant. 

But  a  word  to  our  little  friends :  Do  not  pick  all 
the  violets  and  other  early  sprang  flowers.  Leave 
some  on  the  road  sides  or  on  the  borders  of  some 
pretty  woodland  path  to  dheer  the1  passers-by.  And 
flowers  produce  seeds.  If  we  pull  all  itfhe  flowers  no 
seeds  will  be  ripened.  But  the  children's  friend — 
the  violet- — looks  out  for  this.  Later  in  the  season 
little  flowers,  so  small  that  they  can  scarcely  be  seen, 
grow  from  the  underground  stems  and  bear  pods 
with  plenty  of  seeds  in  them.  Look  for  these  dur- 
ing the  summer  but  do  not  pick  them. 

And  can  the  children  tell  me  why  the  violets,  the 
spring  beauty,  the  mayflowers,  the  fawn  lily  and 
other  spring  plants  can  better  stand  the  loss  Of 
flowers  (but  not  of  leaves)  than  other  spring 
plants  ? 

To  be  continued  in  May. 


Beautiful  Canada. 


The  President  of  the  American  Civic  Association 
invites  his  followers  to  subscribe  to  certain  good  re- 
solutions in  connection  with  the  Beautiful  America 
movement.  The  change  of  a  word  will  adapt  them 
for  use  by  our  Canadian  readers : 

1.  We  will  have  no  dirty  back  or  front  yards  about  our 
own  houses,  and  we  will,  by  example  and  help,  endeavor  to 
have  our  neighbors  also  clean  up. 

2.  We  will  plant  Canadian  hardy  trees,  shrubs  and  vines 
and  grow  clean  grass  wherever  we  can,  and  will  help  our 
neighbors  to  do  likewise. 

3.  We  will  join  cheerfully,  as  far  as  our  resources  per- 
mit, in  organized  effort  for  clean  and  beautiful  streets  and 
highways,  and  will  help  any  movement  for  parks  and  play- 
grounds with  which  we  may  come  in  contact. 

4.  We  will  endeavor  to  protect  trees  from  the  unthinking 
attacks  of  electric  polemen,  and  will  not  permit  the  setting 
of  elective  poles  on  our  own  premises  except  in  extreme 
cases,  amd  then  under  rigid  safeguarding  of  trees  and  of 
landscape  beauty. 

5.  We  will  oppose  the  e:«ction  or  the  continuance  of 
objectionable  advertising  signs  of  any  kind,  and  will  assist 
in  their  removal  by  kindly  argument  and  by  openly  le- 
fraining  from  purchasing  articles  so  advertised. 

6.  We  will  fight  the  mosquito  itelentlessly  by  cleaning  up 
or  oiling  wet  places  where  it  may  breedy  urging  others  to 
do  the  same. 

7.  Finally,  we  will  consider  outdoor  beauty  as  worth 
while  and  as  economically  justified,  and  will  try  to  have  the 
children  of  Canada  grow  up  in  a  greater  love  for  the  natural 
beauties  of  their  country. 


Mr.   J.   Vroom   writes    from    St.   Stephen:    The 
horned  lark  seems  unusually  plentiful  this  season. 


Our  Coasts.    II.— Their  Lessons. 

Continued. 

The  Agents  at  Work. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey. 
"I  with  my  hammer  pounding  evermore 
The  rocky  coast,  smite  cinder  into  dust, 
Strewing  my  bed."  —Emerson. 

In  the  last  chapter  of  this  series  of  sketches  it 
was  shown  that  the  coasts  are  a  theatre  of  constant 
warfare,  a  scene  of  strife  between  land  and  sea,  the 
former  presenting  a  more  or  less  bold  front  of  crag 
and  precipice,  battlement  or  wall,  against  which  the 
forces  of  the  laitter  rush  and  rage  incessantly,  and 
not  in  vain.  It  may  be  interesting  now  to  consider 
somewhat  further  the  marshalling  of  these  forces, 
the  methods  of  their  attack,  and  their  limitations. 

Force  and  motion  are,  as  is  well  known, 
correlative  terms.  Hence  water  is  powerful  only 
when  in  movement,  and  in  proportion  to  the  rapid- 
ity of  its  movement.  Thus  it  will  strike  the  hardest 
when  moved  by  heavy  winds;  it  will  hold  up  and 
carry  when  in  rapid  motion  what  it  would  be  wholly 
incompetent  to  move  when  the  motion  is  slow.  Let 
us  compare  some  of  these  kinds  of  motion,  and 
their  effects. 

The  first  cause  of  movement  in  the  sea  is  the 
existence  of  different  temperatures  determining 
currents,  suoh  as  tihose  of  the  Gulf  Stream  or  the 
great  Arctic  current  from  Baffin's  Bay.  We  are 
but  little  affected  by  the  former,  owing  to  its 
remoteness  from  our  coasts;  its  most  important 
indirect  influence  being  the  imparting  of  abundant 
moisture  to  the  atmosphere  above  it,  and  thus 
causing  fogs  as  this  moisture  is  condensed  by 
passing  over  colder  areas  nearer  the  shore.  So  the 
Arctic  current,  though  nearer  the  coast,  moves  but 
slowlv  and  mostly  in  deep  water,  and  hence  has 
little  influence  as  a  mechanical  agent;  but  in 
addition  to  helping  to  determine  fogs  it  brings  large 
quantities  of  ice  into  die  waters  of  the  Gulf  and 
keeps  all  our  coastal  waters,  even  in  midsummer, 
excessively  cold.  It  also,  through  its  low  tempera- 
ture, markedly  affects  the  nature  and  distribution 
of  the  fishes  and  other  forms  of  life  which  frequent 
our  shores. 

A  second  cause  of  movement,  due  mainly  to  the 
gravitational  attraction  of  the  moon,  is  to  be  found 
in  the  tides.  These  in  the  open  ocean  are  of  little 
significance,  being  merely  an  alternate  rise  and  fall, 
of  a  few  feet ;  but  where  for  any  reason  the  general 
tidal  movement  is  interfered  with,  it  may,  in  addi- 
tion to  greatly  augmented  height,  acquire  all  the 
velocitv   and    therefore   all   the  power  of  a  river 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


321 


current.  Nowhere,  probably,  are  such  currents 
better  exemplified  than  in  and  about  the  Bay  of 
Fundy.  Opening  broadly  as  the  latter  does, 
towards  the  advancing  tidal  wave  of  the  Atlantic, 
the  waters  of  Che  latter  are  not  only  crowded  to- 
gether by  the  diminishing  width  and  lessening 
.  depth  of  the  Bay  until  at  its  head,  as  in  the  estuaries 
of  the  Petitcodiac  and  the  Avon,  it  may  reach  at 
times  the  extraordinary  height  of  sixty  feet  or  more, 
but  be'ng  driven  through  narrow  straits  it  may 
acquire  a  rapidity  of  flow  which  is  almost  irresist- 
ible. The  Bore  upon  the  Petitcodiac  ait  Moncton 
is  well  known  to  most  provincialisits,  and  a  repre- 
sentation of  its  advancing  front,  sometimes  four  or 


incessant  and  in  the  aggregate  vastly  exceeds  in  its 
effects  bath  of  the  other  agencies  combined.  Reach- 
ing the  land,  waves  also  receive  directly  the  waste 
of  the  latter,  and  thus  armed  are  able  to  do  what 
mere  water,  however  powerful  its  movements, 
would  be  incompetent  to  effect.  Waves  are  the 
chief  instruments  or  agents  of  wear;  tides  and 
currents  are  mainly  of  interest  as  the  means  of 
transportation  and  redistribution.  Having  in  the 
last  chapter  sufficiently  considered  the  first  of  these 
results,  let  us  now  turn  our  attention  more  particu- 
larly to  those  last  mentioned. 

Of  what  are  beach-deposits  composed  ?    Let  any 
one  collect  as  many  different  varieties  as  he  can  of 


THE   BORE    IN  THE  PETITCODIAC   RIVEK|  AT    MONCTON,     N.    B. 


five  feet  high,  is  here  given.  The  Digby  Gut  and 
the  entrance  into  Minas  Basin,  like  the  Petite 
passage  between  Digby  Neck  and  Long  Island, 
though  without  bores,  also  well  exhibit  the  force 
and  turbulence  of  the  inflowing  and  outflowing 
waters,  while  at  the  western  end  of  Deer  Island  in 
New  Brunswick  the  conflict  of  opposing  currents 
in  the  Bay  of  Fundy  with  others  from  the  Passania- 
quoddy  basin  determine  a  whirlpool  or  veritable 
maelstrom,  capable,  with  a  high  run  of  tides,  of 
dragging  down  boats  even  of  pretty  large  size. 

The  third  kind  of  motion  is  that  of  Wind-waves. 
These  affect  individually  only  a  small  body  of 
water,  but  being  essentially  surface  effects  and 
needing  but  little  depth,  they  reach  quite  to  the 
shore,  and  as  wave  succeeds  to  wave  the  action  is 


"pebbles  on  the  beach"  and  probably  considerably 
more  than  half  of  them  will  be  found  to  consist  of 
some  variety  of  quartz — the  hardest  of  commonly 
occurring  minerals — either  simple  white  quartz,  or 
jasper  or  agate  or  chalcedony;  or,  if  not  of  quartz 
only,  of  some  silicious  and  almost  equally  hard 
mineral,  such  as  feldspar  or  hornblende,  or  combin- 
ations of  these.  Why  is  this?  Simply  because 
these  very  hard  minerals  are  more  durable  than 
others  and  have  been  left  where  all  others  have 
been  ground  to  powder.  If  the  beach  is  a  sandy 
one,  examination  will  show  that  the  grains  of  sand 
are  also  nothing  more  than  grains  of  quartz,  and 
there  is  'little  else.  It  is  only  where  the  shore  is 
composed  of  mud  that  soft  materials  are  to  be 
found,  and  these  are  evidently  the  rock-floor  result- 


322 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ing  from  the  grinding  process  to  which  all  have  been 
subjected.  In  the  case  of  .the  coarser  beds  the  fact 
of  grinding  is  indicated  by  the  rounded  or  nearly 
spherical  form  which  the  pebbles  usually  exhibit, 
and  die  roar  attending  the  movements  of  breakers 
on  the  beach  is  not  that  of  the  breakers  only  but 
of  the  rock  fragments  which  they  are  conltinuaiHy 
moving  and  grinding  one  against  another.  The 
coarser  beds,  known  as  "sea  walls"  and  in  which 
the  separate  pieces  may  be  several  feet  in  diameter, 
are,  moreover,  only  to  be  found  in  exposed  situa- 
tions, where  the  waves  and  storms  strike  with  the 
greatest  power;  sand  beaches  usually  skirt  the 
shores  of  open  bays  or  indentations,  somewhat 
better  protected ;  muddy  deposits  are  found  in  har- 
bors, about  the  mouths  of  rivers  or  in  off-shore 
shallow  soundings,  where  gentler  movements  pre- 
vail. All  have  been  derived  from  a  common  source, 
but  represent  different  stages  of  the  grinding  pro- 
cess, and  have  been  thus  separated  and  differently 
deposited  just  as  the  depositing  agents,  tides  and 
currents  have  been  able  to  lift  and  transport  them. 

To  be  continued  in  May. 

[A  coast  view  in  Dr.  Bailey's  article  for  Febru- 
ary erroneously  represents  a  cliff  near  Alma,  N.  B. 
It  should  be  Tiverton,  N.  S. — Editor.] 


Correction  of  Compositions. 

It  is  wise  to  have  one  member  of  a  class  write  on 
the  board,  that  all  may  get  the  benefit  of  the  public 
criticism  of  it.  As  the  class  writes,  the  teacher 
should  move  from  seat  to  seat,  making  suggestions, 
and  correcting  and  preventing  errors.  If  all  the 
rules  for  punctuation  and  for  capitals  belonging  to 
the  grade  are  taught  early  in  September,  the  pupil 
can  apply  them  during  the  year,  and  save  the  teacher 
much  of  the  work  of  correction.  All  misspelled 
words  should  be  corrected  and  used  for  special 
drills.  All  grammatical  errors  should  be  collected 
in  a  book  for  that  purpose,  and  then  made  the  basis 
of  a  lesson  in  grammar  before  the  next  composition 
is  written.  It  is  wise  to  place  the  initials  of  the 
pupil  in  this  book,  opposite  the  errors  he  has  made, 
that  you  may  bring  these  errors  directly  to  his 
notice  in  the  class.  After  the  compositions  have 
been  corrected  individually  by  the  teacher,  the  child 
should  rewrite  them  in  a  book  for  that  purpose. 
—Sel. 


Millet. 

By  Miss  A.  Maclean. 

Sensier,  the  faithful  friend  of  Millet  (mee-ya), 
tells  us  that  it  was  difficult  to  get  a  just  photo- 
graph of  him.  This 
is  a  copy  of  the  one 
usually  given  of 
him.  But  Sensier 
(san-see-a)  says  of 
a  phot  ograph 
taken  of  him  at 
Barbizon:  It  was 
late  afternoon;  he 
was  standing  full 
length  in  sabots 
(sab-o),  his  back  to 
a  wall,  his  head 
raised  straight  and 
proud,  one  leg 
a  little  forward 
like  a  man  who 
his    hat     in    his 


MILLET. 


I  find  the  Review  very  helpful  and  it  seems  to 
be  getting  better  every  month. — M.  C.  M. 


balances  himself  exactly; 
hand,  his  chest  out,  his  hair 
thrown  back,  and  his  eyes  as  if  fixed  on  some 
threatening  object..  This  picture  is  to  me 
Millet's  whole  life.  He  was  pleased  when  I  said, 
'you  look  like  a  leader  of  peasants  who  is  about 
to  be  shot.' " 

Jean  Francois  (frang-zwa)  Millet  was  born  on 
the  4th  of  October,  1814,  at  Grouchy,  (groo-shee)  in 
a  long,  low  house  built  of  unhewn,  gray  stone  and 
half  hidden  by  the  foliage  of  a  gnarled  old  grape- 
vine. The  little  village  of  Grouchy,  peopled  by 
about  twenty-five  families,  stood  on  the  granite 
cliffs  of  La  Hague,  in  full  view  of  Cherbourg 
Roads.  But  though  the  village  stood  on  granite 
cliffs,  the  country  back  of  it  was  fertile,  and  the 
peasants  who  labored  there  were  prouder  and 
wilder  looking  than  those  nearer  Paris,  at  Bar- 
bizon. They  were,  however,  simple-minded,  quiet 
people  from  whose  doors  no  one  was  ever  turned 
away  hungry.  All  the  men  and  women  who  were 
able  to  do  so  worked  in  the  fields  in  summer. 

Millet's  father  was  like  the  other  peasants,  but  he 
was  passionately  fond  of  music  and  trained  the 
village  choir.  He  was  equally  fond  of  nature  and 
was  always  pointing  out  natural  beauty  to  his 
children.  Millet  remembered  that  he  used  to  carve 
wood  and  model  in  clay.  Millet's  mother  was 
descended  from  a  family  that  had  once  been  gentry 
in  the  country.  She  was  sweet  and  gentle,  dearly 
loving  her   children   whom   her   never-ending  toil 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


323 


in  the  fields  in  summer  and  spinning  and  weaving 
in  the  house  in  winter  prevented  her  from  bring- 
ing up,  for  the  women  among  the  tillers  of  ibhe 
eardi  have  both  their  own  curse  and  men's  curse 
to  bear.  The  grandmothers,  who  were  too  old  for 
hard  work,  brought  up  the  peasant  children. 
Millet's  grandmother  was  a  good  woman  of  strong 
character  and  well  beloved. 

Millet's  education  was  better  than  that  of  his 
fellow  peasants.  He  studied  earnestly,  and  the 
parish  priest  took  an  interest  in  him  and  taught 
him  Latin.  Before  he  was  old  enough  to  work 
all  the  time  in  the  fields  he  could  read  Latin 
authors.  His  grandmother  had  the  germ  of  the 
art  life  in  her;  his  farther  was  an  artist  unable  to 
express  what  he  felt.  When  Francois  worked  in 
the  fields  with  him  and  used  to  sketch  at  noon 
while  the  other  laborers  slept,  he  used  to  say  to 
himself,  "I  have  the  longing  without  the  power; 
perhaps  the  bon  Dieu  has  given  both  to  Francois." 
Later,  when  his  younger  sons  were  grown,  he  took 
Francois  and  two  of  his  drawings  to  a  painter  at 
Cherbourg.  The  painter  alt  first  refused  to  believe 
•that  Francois  had  drawn  them,  but  when  he  was 
convinced  he  blamed  die  father  for  keeping  one 
so  gifted  toiling  on  the  farm,  and  asked  that 
Francois  remain  with  him.  Francois  remained 
with  him,  but  learned  less  from  him  than  from 
studying  and  copying  some  old  paintings  in  the 
museum  at  Cherbourg.  He  read  much  in  the 
library  there ;  Victor  Hugo  and  Chateaubriand 
shaw-toe-bree-ang)  especially  impressed  him. 
Later  Theocritus  and  Biirns  were  his  great  favor- 
ites. 

Presently  the  gentle-hearted  father  died  and 
Francois  returned  for  a  time  to  the  farm.  But  the 
citizens  of  Cherbourg  had  become  interested  in 
the  young  man  and  voted  money  to  send  him  to 
Paris  to  study  art.  With  sore  hearts  his  mother 
and  grandmother  gave  him  their  blessing,  and  the 
young  man  with  the  heart  of  a  boy  in  his  big 
body  went  to  Paris.  He  was  proud,  shy,  sensitive 
and  awkward,  and  for  a  time  he  wandered  about 
Paris,  speaking  to  no  one  for  fear  of  being  laughed 
at.  Finally  he  discovered  the  Louvre,  the  great 
art  gallery  of  Paris.  For  a  month  he  spent  nearly 
every  day  there.  He  was  very  homesick  but  the 
pictures  held  him.  The  works  of  Michael  Angelo 
(me-kel-an-ja-low)  impressed  him  most.  "I  loved," 
"he  said,"  everything  that  was  powerful,  and  I 
would  have  given  all  of  Boucher  (boo-shu)  for  a 
single  nude  of  Rubens."     As  life  advanced  he  cared 


less  for  Rubens,  but  Michael  Angelo  and  Poussins 
remained  his  life  long  favorites.  There  is  much  in 
his  works  that  suggests  both — Poussins'  sober 
coloring  and  absence  of  sensuous  quality  and 
Michael  Angelo's  ruggedness  and  strength  of 
line. 

Soon  Millet  became  a  pupil  of  Delaroche.  In 
Delaroche's  (del-a-rosh)  studio  he  was  very  quiet 
and  made  no  advances  to  his  fellow  pupils.  They 
teased  and  joked  him,  but  when  they  went  too  far 
the  young  Hercules  threatened  to  answer  with  his 
fists  and  they  let  him  alone,  nicknaming  him 
"1'homme  des  bods."  They  did  not  understand 
his  way  of  drawing  and  did  not  believe  that  this 
"man  of  the  woods"  would  ever  "arrive."  "Eh," 
said  they,  "are  you  going  to  make  men  and 
women  on  your  own  plan?  The  master  will  not 
be  pleased  with  your  work."  He  replied,  "I  did 
not  come  here  to  please  anybody.  I  came  here 
because  there  are  casts  and  models  here  to  study 
from.  Do  I  find  faidt  with  your  drawings,  made 
of  honey  and  butter?" 

Here  I  may  say  that  the  return  to  the  study  of 
nature,  which  had  been  the  glory  of  the  Renais- 
sance, practically  died  with  Michael  Angelo,  and 
after  that  falseness  and  artificiality  crept  into  art, 
and  at  the  time  Millet  went  to  Paris  there  was  an 
artificial  academic  way  of  painting  that  was  an 
abomination  to  Millet  who  had  been  Nature's  own 
pupil  in  the  fields  at  Grouchy. 

Millet  soon  left  Delaroche's  studio,  accompanied 
by  a  fellow  pupil,  and  they  took  a  little  third  storey 
room  and  went  to  work  for  themselves.  The  money 
given  by  the  citizens  of  Cherbourg  was  now  spent 
and  he  tried  to  sell  his  pictures,  but  nobody  would 
buy.  He  was  driven  to  jraint  signs  or  anything 
that  would  bring  him  the  needed  coin.  If  it  had 
not  been  for  his  fellow  student,  Marolle,  who  stood 
between  this  shy  child  of  Nature  and  Paris,  Millet 
would  probably  have  succumbed  to  the  trials 
which  burdened  him  then.  Later,  Diaz,  (dee-as) 
Rousseau  (roo  so)  and  Sensier  became  his  friends 
and  did  all  they  could  for  him,  but  want  was  ever 
hovering  near. 

During  the  ten  years  subsequent  to  his  leaving 
Delaroche's  studio,  Millet  married  twice;  first  to  a 
beautiful,  delicate  girl  who  was  inclined,  like  him- 
self, to  look  on  the  dark  side  of  life  and  who 
succumbed  to  her  burdens  about  three  years  after 
their  marriage.  He  married  again  a  strong  cheer- 
ful woman  who  courageously  stood  by  him  till  his 
death.     The  world  never  fails  to  hear  of  its  great 


324 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


men,  but  how  often  the  women,  to  whom  the  world 
so  often  owes  its  great  men,  are  never  heard  of. 
But  when  God  awards  the  laurels,  these  women 
will  take  no  second  place. 

Millet  found  that  he  dared  not  paint  as  he  wished 
while  his  children  needed  bread;  he  must  painit 
what  people  would  buy.  Necessity  and  his  facility 
in  painting  flesh  and  the  nude  drove  him  for  a  time 
to  the  limits  of  propriety.  Reports  of  an  exhibition 
of  some  of  his  pictures  reached  Grouchy  and  his 
grandmother  wrote,  "Follow  the  example  of  the 
man  of  your  profession  who  said,  'I  paint  for 
eternity;'  for  no  cause  whatever  permit  yourself 
to  do  evil  works  or  lose  sight  of  ithe  presence  of 
God."  Later  he  said  to  his  wife:  "If  you  wish  I 
shall  never  paint  any  more  nude  pictures.  But  life 
will  be  harder;  you  will  suffer  from  it,  but  I  shall 
be  free  to  accomplish  that  which  I  long  to  do." 
She  replied  simply,  "I  am  ready ;  do  as  you  wish." 
He  left  unfinished  a  picture  of  Hagar  and  Ishmael 
and  began  "The  Haymakers."  His  family  in- 
creased and  life  drove  him  hard,  "But  I  could  have 
forgotten  it  all,"  he  said,  "if  I  could  once  in  a 
while  have  seen  my  native  place." 

The  salon  (sal-ong)  at  Paris  systematically 
snubbed  any  artist  who  dared  to  imitate  nature,  and 
Millet's  pictures  were  rejected.  He  however  man- 
aged to  sell  "The  Haymakers."  Cholera  had 
attacked  Paris  and  hearing  of  Barbizon  he  went 
thither.  We  are  told  that  when  he  arrived  at 
Chailly  he  and  his  family  set  out  across  the  fields 
to  Barbizon  in  a  rainstorm,  he  carrying  his  little 
girls  on  his  shoulders,  his  wife  following  with  an 
infant  in  her  arms  which  she  sheltered  from  the 
storm  by  turning  up  her  skirt  over  it.  A  maid 
brought  up  the  rear  with  a  basket  of  provisions.  A 
peasant  woman  who  beheld  the  procession  took 
them  for  strolling  actors.  They  found  an  unoccu- 
pied, one  storey,  three  roomed  peasant  house,  rose 
and  vineclad,  with  a  garden  behind;  this  they 
rented,  and  it  became  their  permanent  home.  Millet 
never  owned  a  home  of  his  own,  though  he  longed 
for  one.  The  two-floored  rooms  of  the  house  he 
rented  were  occupied  by  the  family,  the  third,  hav- 
ing only  a  mud  floor,  was  his  studio. 

Sensier  tells  us  that  Barbizon  filled  Millet  with 
enthusiasm,  and  for  a  time  he  was  in  such  a  state 
of  excitement  that  he  could  not  paint.  He  felt  his 
feet  again  on  God's  fresh  earth ;  he  became  again 
a  peasant. 

After  quieting  down  he  proceeded  to  paint  the 
scenes   about  him, — sawyers   at  'work   on   gigantic 


trees,  wood  gatherers,  charcoal  burners,  quarry- 
men  worn  with  toil,  poachers  on  the  scent,  stone 
breakers,  ploughmen,  etc.,  and  each  scene  he 
sketched  in  a  day — sometimes  in  a  few  hours — 
using  them  later  in  his  compositions.  Here  he  was 
at  home  with  the  school  of  artists  growing  up  at 
Barbizon,  the  artists  who  introduced  into  modern 
landscape  painting  the  poetry  of  a  new  ideal,  and 
whose  works  are  still  the  honor  of  modern  land- 
scape painting.  And  Millet  was  one  of  them — 
Millet  with  his  pure  ideals,  clear  brain  and  power- 
ful hand.  He  celebrated  his  own  daily  life  and 
work  as  a  peasant,  and  was  no  revolutionist  as 
some  suspected.  The  peasant  represented  to  him 
the  clearest  type  of  the  human  family  atoning  for 
primal  sin.  And  if  before  a  painting  of  Millet's  we 
are  shocked  by  its  roughness  and  unusualness,  if 
we  try  to  forget  our  littlenesses  and  traditions  and 
look  backward  over  the  languages  of  human  toil 
and  endeavor,  we  will  surely  come  back  to  Millet 
and  say,  "He  understood." 

"The  cry  of  the  earth,"  he  said,  "is  not  of  my 
invention.  'Thou  shalt  earn  thy  bread  by  the 
sweat  of  thy  brow'  was  uttered  centuries  ago;  who 
may  change  it  ?  " 

When  accused  of  not  seeing  the  beautiful  side 
of  country  life,  he  said,  "I  know  that  there  are 
handsome  men  and  maidens  in  our  villages.  I  see 
and  love  the  trees  and  the  flowers  of  which  Christ 
said,  'Solomon  in  all  his  glory  was  not  arrayed  like 
one  of  these,'  but  look  at  the  laboring  horses  steam- 
ing on  the  plain,  look  at  the  broken  backed  man 
who  is  trying  to  straighten  himself  upright  for  a 
moment  in  order  to  breathe  and  wipe  the  sweat  from 
his  brow  on  the  back  of  his  hand.  Look  at  that 
poor  woman  all  bent,  who  is  dragging  herself 
painfully  along  under  a  bundle  of  fagots — are  these 
the  gay  and  merry  laborers  in  which  people  would 
have  me  believe  ?  It  is  the  human  side  that  presents 
itself  to  me.     I  have  never  known  the  joyous  side." 

And  yet  he  was  happy  in  his  own  home.  When 
weary  or  baffled  in  his  poor  little  studio,  he  would 
open  the  door,  and  the  tired  artist  would  become  a 
child  among  his  children,  weaving  fantastic  stories 
for  them. 

But  he  began  to  suffer  from  violent  headaches — 
sometimes  for  days,  sometimes  for  weeks — sup- 
posed to  have  been  brought  on  by  working  in  his 
ill-lighted  studio.  When  he  found  the  headaches 
coming  on  he  could  sometimes  ward  them  off  by 
rushing  away  to  the  fields  and  forest.  The  fresh 
air    revived    him   and   he   would   climb    rocks    and 


THE    EDUCAT1IONAL  REVIEW. 


325 


amuse  himself  with  childish  joy,  clad  in  on  old  red 
jacket,  with  sabots  on  his  feet  and  a  weatherbeaiten 
straw  hat  on  his  head.  "I  do  not  know  anything 
more  delightful,"  he  said,  "than  to  lie  on  the 
heather  and  look  up  at  the  sky." 

To  be  concluded  in  May. 

JJotes — The  name  of  Delacroix  was  not  intended  to  be 
among  the  names  of  Barbizon  artists  mentioned  in  the 
February  issue  of  the  Review.  In  the  art  world  of  Paris, 
about  1830,  there  was  a  revolt  against  the  classicism  of  the 
schools.  The  revolters  were  all  alike  in  that  they  wished 
to  study  from  nature,  but  they  generally  arranged  them- 
selves into  the  realists  who  strove  to  be  absolutely  faithful 
to  nature,  like  the  Barbizon  school,  and  the  romanoists,  of 
whom  Delacroix  was  leader,  who  thought  that  it  w.'s 
better  to  idealize  more  or  less.  A.  M. 


Picture  Study  Queries. 

M.  Mc. ;  Albert  Co. — Best  thanks  for  your  com- 
position. Certainly  the  lark  does  not  care  very 
much  for  trees,  but  I  was  not  aware  its  claws  were 
too  straight  for  perching  on  branches.  You  may  be 
right  however.  Perhaps  you  can  tell  who  wrote  the 
lines  quoted:" 

"O  shame  to  let  a  little  bird 
Thus  get  the  start  and  first  be  heard ; 
Come,  then^  and  let  us  tune  our  throats 
And  join  its  song  with  grateful  notes." 

Jeannie. — There  is  a  valuable  article  on  Bird 
music  in  Harper's  Magazine,  August,  1902,  by  H. 
W.  CMdys.  After  giving  an  illustration  of  die 
duet  of  meadow-larks,  he  states,  "both  began  sing- 
ing slightly  out  of  tune,  and  in  a  short  time,  by- 
gradual  degrees,  they  had  exchanged  parts,  so  that 
No.  1  sang  the  phrase  originally  sung  by  No.  2 
while  No.  2  sang  that  originally  uttered  by  No.  1" — 
a  remarkable  incident. 

S.  M.  R. — Remember  it  is  not  possible  to  estimate 
the  full  effect  of  a  great  colorist's  work,  when  one 
knows  only  reproductions  in  black  and  white.  The 
district  was  not  so  barren  as  you  suppose.  Millet 
declared  the  country —  "so  beautiful,  that  he  never 
thought  of  describing  it." 

A.  P. — Thank  you  for  your  notes.  I  believe  the 
bird  is  indifferently  called,  "common  lark,  field  lark, 
or  sky  lark.  It  is  not  found  in  Canada  in  the  wild 
state.  The  bird  in  France  is  probably  like  the 
British.    They  all  come  originally  from  Asia. 

A.  S.  McF. — It  would  take  too  much  space  to 
enter  into  the  philosophy  of  ant.  Dr.  J.  C.  Van 
Dyke  says  "The  highest  art  of  all,  then,  is  that 
which  consists  in  the  expression  of  one  grand  idea 
with  such  force  that  every  other  thing  is  forgotten 


in  its  contemplation."  Breton's  picture  would  be 
good  even  if  there  was  no  lark,  or  if  the  picture 
received  other  titles.  (See  Psalm  104,  23.)  That 
girl  is  competent  and  determined  and  cheerful. 
Pity  would  be  more  appropriate  for  a  poorly-olad, 
ill-nourished  thand'  in  a  factory. 

Musical. — 'Music  and  Youth'  is  now  defunct,  I 
believe.  There  were  supplements  in  Sept.  and  Oct. 
1900,  giving  illustrations  of  voices  of  nature.  Re- 
quest a  musical  friend  to  give  you  a  portion  of 
Beethoven's  Pastoral  symphony.  Look  up  refer- 
ences in  your  Bible  to  the  "joy  of  harvest." 

Arcady. — Hogg,  I  believe,  has  a  poem  on  the 
skylark.  The  words  you  refer  to  are  by  Shelley. 
I  cannot  say  where  you  can  find  them. 

"The  pale  purple  even 

Melts  around  thy  flight ; 
Like  a  star  of  heaven 

In  the  broad  daylight 
Thou  art  unseen,  but  yet  I  hear  thy  shrill  delight." 

W.  M.  M. — Jules  Breton  also  wrote  poetry. 

Sir  Lewis  Morris  wrote  a  brief  poem,  Morning 
Song.  If  you  think  our  picture  represents  Sunrise 
the  words  by  Morris  are  more  suitable  than 
Shelley's. 

"Aloft   on  circling   wings 

The  mounting  skylark  sings, 

A   denizen  of  air,   scorning  teiTestrial  things." 

Mais  el. — A  picture  must  'deal  with  one  moment 
only.     There  is  no  progression  as  in  poetry. 

T.  L. — She  behaves  as  an  innocent  healthy  girl 
should  who  loves  work,  and  is  in  harmony  with 
nature.  Not  the  sight  of  the  lark,  but  its  song 
controlled  her.  H.  B. 

Waweiif,  N.  B. 


How  One  Teacher  Used  trie  Picture  "Saved." 

The  primary  school  taught  by  Miss  Maud  A. 
YViH'ains,  Harvey,  York  County,  N.  1!.,  was  suc- 
cessful in  winning  the  prize  offered  by  Rev.  Hunter 
Boyd  for  the  best  set  of  questions  on  the  picture 
"Saved"  that  appeared  in  the  February  Review. 
In  the  hope  that  such  questions  may  be  suggestive 
to  1  »;he.r  teachers  a  few  of  them  are  given  here : 

1.  Each  one  name  something  you  see  in  the  picture. 

2.  What    do   you    like   best    of    all    in   the   picture?      (In 
nearly  all  cases  the  dog). 

.1-  What   has  the  dog  done? 

4.  How  does  the  dog  feel?     (Tired  hut  contented). 

5.  What  do  you  suppose  he  is  thinking  of? 

(,.   Do  you  think  that  the  child  and  the  dog  were  strangers 
or   friends?     Wiry? 


326 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


7.  What  is  on  the  dogs  paws? 

8.  How  did  the  child  get  there?      * 

9.  (For  imagination)  What  name  shall  we  give  the 
child? 

10.  And  how  old  may  she  be? 

11.  How  old  may  the  dog,  be? 

12.  And  what  name  shall  we  give  him? 

13.  Why  is  the  dog's  mouth  open? 

14.  Where  are  the  child  and  the  dog? 

15.  How  many  birds  are  there? 

16.  What  kind  of  birds  axe  they? 

17.  Is  the  water  a  river,  a  lake  or  the  sea?      Why? 
18  Who  painted  the  picture? 

19.  Mention  another  picture  of  his? 

20.  Tell  something  about  him? 

The  teacher  adds :  "I  used  the  picture  in  composition 
worky  allowing  the  children  to  write  its  story.  Two  little 
girls  thought  the  dog  had  saved  the  child  from  a  burning 
building,  the  others  thought  it  had  been  saved  from  the 
water.  I  also  allowed  the  children  to  write  some  questions 
about  the  picture,  and  these  brought  up  other  points.  I 
have  used  it  as  a  means  of  training  their  memory,  by  turn- 
ing its  face  to  the  wall  and  getting  them  to  write  all  in 
the  picture  they  could  remember.  I  used  the  picture  to  im- 
prove their  language,  both  oral  and  written,  their  imagina- 
tion and  memory. 

"It  pleases  me  to  have  the  children  take  so  much  interest 
in  their  pictures.  All  children  love  pictures  and  it  is  just 
as  easy — and  so  much  better — to  have  them  acquainted  with 
good  ones  rather  than  poor  ones." 


Art  Notes.  -No.  V. 

Rev.  Hunter  Bovd. 

This  month  the  choice  of  subject  does  not  call  for 
minute  analysis  such  as  we  have  followed  with  otlher 
pictures,  bait  it  affords  very  great  pleasure  to  ex- 
amine reproductions  of  the  work  of  a  Canadian 
artist. 

One  of  'the  busiest  men  in  the  Dominion  is  Sir 
William  Van  Home,  who,  in  addition  to  the  labor- 
ious results  he  has  achieved  in  railroad  construction 
in  Canada  and  Cuba,  is  also  director  of  a  score  of 
great  concerns,  and  yet  'has  found  time  to  collect 
some  of  the  choicest  art  treasurers  to  be  found  on 
this  continent.  Not  only  so,  Sir  William  is  an  artist 
himself.  Sir  Martin  Conway  says  of  bis  collection; 
"In  all  of  these  there  is  merit ;  the  collector  has  a  de- 
finite 'taste  of  his  own,  and  buys  to  satisfy  it.  But 
more  ''Jhan  that  he  paints  pictures  himself,  and 
pictures  of  no  indifferent  merit.  He  paints  with  an 
enthusiasm  as  great  and  an  energy  as  persistent  as 
those  which  carried  the  iron  rails  across  the  con- 
tinental breadth  of  Canada.  His  trees  are  not  in- 
ventions, but  old  friends.  He  knows  a  whole  army 
of  them  between  Montreal  and  Vancouver,  and  can 
draw  the  likeness  of  any  one  you  ask  for.     It  is  in 


their  Autumn  livery  that  he  loves  them  best,  or 
rising  naked  out  of  the  snowy  mantle  of  Winter. 
These  pictures  of  his  are  no  niggled  amateur  pro- 
ductions done  on  a  tiny  scale  but  large  canvases 
boldly  handled.  The  composition  is  sometimes 
sketched  apparently  in  ink,  rapidly  laid  in  with  a 
large  brush  on  the  canvas  itself.  Few  people  under- 
stand the  individual  character  and  life-habit  of  trees 
better  than  Sir  William ;  yet  there  is  nothing  of  the 
scientific  diagram  about  his  pictures  of  them,  whilst 
in  their  grouping,  their  lighting,  and  their  colour, 
there  is  much  art." 

The  two  points  specially  insisted  upon  by  Sir 
Martin  Conway  are  admirably  illustrated  in  the 
copies  kindly  furnished  for  the  Review — die 
Autumn  livery,  and  the  snowy  mantle  of  Winter. 

It  is  one  function  of  a  poet  or  artist  to  enable  us 
to  discern  beauty  where  we  have  failed  to  recognize 
it,  and  we  are  specially  prone  to  overlook  the  beauty 
of  beeches  and  birches  in  the  period  between  October 
and  April.  We  are  glad  to  see  the  new  leaves,  and 
rejoice  in  the  mature  foliage  with  its  possibilities  of 
light  and  shade,  but  the  delicate  tracery  of  tree 
anatomy  is  for  most  a  late  acquisition,  the  pleasure 
of  a  quiet  eye. 

On  the  treatment  of  forest  trees,  and  foliage  by 
artists  it  may  be  well  to  consult  Ruskin;  Modern 
Painters,  part  II.  of  truth ;  section  VI.,  chapter  I., 
of  truth  of  vegetation.  Encourage  the  scholars  to 
observe  beeches  and  birches  at  this  season,  and 
sketch  or  draw  from  memory  specimens  near  the 
school4iou.se  or  any  trees  for  which  they  have  special 
fondness.  Endeavor  to  procure  a  series  of  poetic 
allusions,  or  particulars  of  characters,  historical  or 
otherwise,  who  had  these  trees  for  their  favorites. 

The  botanical  characteristics  are  not  called  for  by 
this  study,  but  endeavor  to  evoke  discussion  on  the 
symbolism  of  the  trees ;  also  enquire  concerning  the 
music  of  these  trees,  and  compare  the  pine  and  elm. 
What  do  they  say  to  us  ? 


When  I  bought  my  farm  I  did  not  know  what  a 
bargain  I  had  in  the  bluebirds,  bobolinks,  and 
thrushes,  which  were  not  charged1  in  the  bill.  As 
little  did  I  guess  what  sublime  mornings  and  sun- 
sets I  was  buying,  what  reaches  of  landscape,  and 
what  fields  and  lanes  for  a  tramp.  Neither  did  I 
fully  consider  what  an  indescribable  luxury  is  our 
Indian  river,  which  runs  parallel  with  the  village 
street,  and  to  which  every  house  on  that  long  street 
has  a  back  door  which  leads  down  through  the  gar- 
den to  the  river  bank. — Emerson. 


THE   EDUCAT1IONAL    REVIEW. 


327 


April  Birthdays. 

William  Shakespeare,  the  world's  great  literary 
and  dramatic  poet,  was  born  at  Stratford-on-Avon, 
Warwickshire,  England,  April  1564 — on  the  23rd 
of  that  month,  k  is  supposed.  His  father,  John 
Shakespeare,  was  of  the  yeoman  class;  his  mother, 
Mary  Arden,  was  of  a  family  of  the  minor  gentry. 
Little  of  certainty  is  known  of  Shakespeare's  early 
life.  He  was  doubtless  educated  t  at  the  Stratford 
grammar  school.  He  soon  left  his  native  place  to 
seek  his  fortune  in  London  where  most  of  his  plajs 
and  sonnets  were  written.  The  following  extracts 
may  serve  to  show  what  other  literary  men  thought 
of  him: 

If  I  say  that  Shakespeare  is  the  greatest  of  intellects,  I 
have  said  all  concerning  him.  But  there  is  more  in 
Shakespeare's  intellect  than  v\e  have  yet  seen.  It  is  what  I 
call  an  unconscious  intellect;  there  is  more  virtue  in  it  than 
he  himself  is  aware  of.  —Carlylc. — Essays. 

He  was  not  of  an  age,  hut  for  all  time ! 

— Ben  Jonson. 
When  Shakespeare  is  charged  with  debts  to  his  authors 
Landor    leplies,    "Yet    he    was    more    original    than    his 
originals.      He    breathed    upon   dead    bodies    and   brought 
them  into  life."  — Emerson. 

Now  you  who  rhyme,  and  I  who  rhyme, 
Have  not  we(  sworn  it,  many  a  time; 
That  we  no  more  our  verse  would  scrawl, 
For  Shakespeare  he  had  said  it  all ! 

— R.  W.  Gilder. 
But  Shakespeare's  magic  could  not  copied  be ; 
Within  that  circle  none  durst  walk  but  he. 

— Dryden. — The  Tempest. 

April  23,  1799. — Sir  William  Edmond  Logan,  born 
at  Montreal,  graduated  at  the  University  of  Edin 
burgh  in  1817;  was  director  of  the  geological 
survey  of  Canada  1842-69;  published  valuable  re- 
ports and  scientific  papers  and  accomplished  results 
of  signal  importance  in  the  geology  of  Canada. 

April  25,  1599. — Oliver  Cromwell,  born  in  Hunt- 
ingdon, England.  Had  a  limited  education ;  in 
the  Short  Parliament  of  1628  he  made  bat  one 
speech  (a  pattern  for  modern  legislators),  and  dur- 
ing the  eleven  years'  prorogation  devoted  his  time 
to  the  cultivation  of  his  farms.  He  was  the  chief 
leader  of  the  Parliamentarians  against  the  King; 
became  Lord-protector  of  England,  1653. 

April  30,  1834 — Sir  John  Lubbock,  born  in 
London;  educated  at  Eton,  became  interested  in 
ethnology  and  natural  science  to  which  he  devoted 
the  remainder  of  his  life.  His  researches  on  British 
wild  flowers  in  relation  to  insects,  and  on  ants,  bees 
and  wasps,  are  among  'the  most  popular  of  his 
works. 


The  Course  of  Study— A  Criticism. 

Editor  Educational  Review: 

Dear  Sir: — I  want  to  express  the  pleasure  with 
which  I  read  the  suggestive  'discussion  and  intelli- 
gent criticism  of  our  school  work  by  S.  D.  Scott  in 
the  March  number  of  tflie  Review.  In  common,  I 
believe,  with  the  great  majority  of  teachers  I  en- 
dorse all  that  Mr.  Scott  says,  and  my  only  regret  is 
that  circumstances  make  it  impossible,  in  some 
instances,  to  carry  out  his  very  reasonable  sugges- 
tions. For  example  he  says,  "It  would  seem  pos- 
sible to  arrange  a  system  which  would  grade  a  child 
in  some  subjects  and  to  leave  him  to  take  the  otters 
over  again  with  his  old  class.  The  grading  might 
be  to  some  extent  by  subjects,  and  not  by  a  level 
standard  covering  the  whole  range.  That  is  exactly 
•what  would  happen  in  an  ungraded  country  school 
where  a  pupil  is  carried  along  in  each  subject  as 
fast  as  he  can  get  ahead  in  it."  Mr.  Scott  is  quite 
right  with  regard  to  the  ungraded  school,  for  in  itlhis 
particular  such  a  school  is  aided  by  its  very  limita- 
tions. As  there  is  only  one  teacher  a  pupil  may 
study  while  the  teacher  is  engaged  with  that  pupil's 
class — but  in  a  subject  which  the  pupil  does  not 
desire — and  join  another  class  of  a  higher  or  lower 
grade  when  the  same  subject  is  being  dealt  wibh 
in  that  higher  or  lower  grade.  But  in  a  large,  well- 
graded,  well-manned  school  this  is  different.  While 
neither  teacher  nor  school  authorities  object  to  a 
pupil  from  one  grade  taking  a  class  or  classes  with 
any  other  grade  the  pupil  finds  it  impossible  to  do  so 
without  losing  some  other  class  which  he  'wishes  to 
take.  For  example,  suppose  a  lad  registered  in 
grade  eleven  is  backward  in  Latin  and  geometry. 
He  may  wish  to  take  Latin  with  grade  ten  and 
geometry  with  grade  nine,  and  no  one  objects  to 
his  doing  so.  But  as  different  teachers  take  the 
different  subjects,  at  the  time  when  his  own  grade 
eleven  class  comes  to  the  classical  master  he  can- 
nut  leave  it  and  slip  into  the  grade  ten  Latin  class 
for  at  that  moment  no  such  Latin  class,  is  in  pro- 
gress and  the  grade  ten  class  is  in  the  mathematical 
or  some  other  room.  Neither  can  he  slip  into  the 
grade  nine  geometry  class  for  the  grade  nine  class 
is  probably  at  science,  geography  or  drawing.  But 
when  the  Latin  master  is  doing  the  work  of  grade 
ten  or  the  teacher  of  mathematics  the  geometry  of 
grade  nine  can  the  lad  not  leave  his  own  class  then 
and  join  one  of  these?  He  undoubtedly  may,  but  in 
doing  so  he  will  lose  the  English,  the  history, 
physics,  or  some  other  subject  which  will  go  on  in 


323 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


grade  eleven  at  the  very  hour  and  which  he  does  not 
wish  to  lose. 

If  all  or  a  large  number  of  pupils  required  too  take 
the  same  subjects  in  a  higher  or  lower  grade  than 
their  own  then  the  teaching  staff  could  do  much 
to  arrange  the  time-table  too  accommodate  them. 
But  as  the  special  cases  are  exceedingly  varied  it 
is  impossible,  without  greatly  lengthening  school 
hours  or  multiplying  the  number  of  teachers,  to  do 
much  to  solve  the  problem.  Thus  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  difficulty  is  not  with  the  course  of  study 
nor  with  the  teaching  staff  but  rather  with  the  con- 
ditions under  which  the  best  work  is  being  done. 

W.  T.  Kennedy. 

County   Academy,    Halifax,   March    16th,   '06 


Criticism  of  P.  E  Island  Schools. 

Mr..  Theodore  Ross,  director  of  tohe  Macdonakl 
Rural  Schools  in  Prince  Edward  Island,  writes  as 
follows :  "Perhaps  the  severest  arraignment  of  our 
educational  system  that  it  has  yet  met  with  from 
the  public  platform,  was  that  made  by  the  Hon.  S. 
E.  Reid,  Commissioner  of  Agriculture,  in  an  address 
delivered  before  the  Annual  Convention  of  Fanners' 
Institutes.  This  is  only  the  beginning  of  an  educa- 
tional campaign  undertaken  by  the  farmers  of  this 
province  on  behalf  of  a  system  of  education  that 
shall  articulate  more  closely  with  our  industrial 
needs."  The  following  is  a  portion  of  Hon.  Mr. 
Red's  address : 

Our  people  provide  generously  for  a  training  in 
languages  that  induces  the  boys  to  enter  the  professions 
leaving  parents  in  theiri  old  age  to  look  after  the  old  farm. 
We  give  more  attention  to  Latin  in  our  only  high  school 
than  we  do  to  agriculture,  botany  and  physical  geography 
combined.  We  spend  yearly  on  this  school  that  devotes 
more  than  one-third  of  its  energies  to  the  teaching  of 
languages  alone,  a  large  sum.  We  spend  annually  half  of 
our  revenue  on  our  public  schools  which  are  so  conducted 
that  the  tendency  is  away  from  the  farm,  rather  titan  to- 
wards it..  . 

You  support  a  system  of  public1  schools  at  a  cost  of 
$166,000.  There  your  children  shall  toil  or  be  supposed  to 
toil,  but  there  they  shall  learn  little  or  nothing  of  that  you 
will  most  want  them  to  know,  directly  they  leave  school 
and  enter  upon  the  practical  business  of  life.  They  will  in 
all  probability  be  dairymen  but  they  will  not  know  the 
difference  between  a  dairy  cow  and  a  beef  cow,  or  whether 
milk  is  soured  by  witches  or  by  bacteria.  They  will  have 
the  feeding  of  cattle  but  will  not  know  what  is  a  proteid 
or  what  is  a  caibohydratc  or  whether  a  cow  should  be  fed 
all  she  will  eat  or  just  what  will  keep  her  alive.  They  will 
have  the  sowing  of  seeds  but  wall  have  no  means  of  know- 
ing whether  they  are  sowing  timothy  seed  or  sowthistles, 
they  will  have  the  reaping  of  harvests  but  no  means  of  find- 
ing out  why  they  get  twenty  bushels  instead  of  forty.  Some 
of  them  will  represent  you  in  parliament  and  have  a  share 


in  making  laws  that  may  prove  a  blessing  or  a  curse.  But 
they  do  not  hear  one  word  about  the  political  organization 
of  our  country,  or  the  meaning  of  free  trade  or  protection, 

or  know  there  is  such  a  thing  as  economic  laws 

Can  a  system  that  neglects  all  these  things  be  the  best 
suited  to  a  country  that  depends  entirely  on  agriculture  ? 


A  Suggestion 

A  subscriber,  once  a  teacher,  now  pursuing 
a  different  dine  of  'work  writes :  "The  idea  of  sending 
prints  of  celebrafed  paintings  is  one  of  the  grandest 
I  think  you  have  ever  adopted.  Were  I  teaching 
again  I  could  make  a  dozen  different  uses  of  them. 
Would  it  not  be  a  good  idea  to  propose  some  subject 
and  ask,  particularly  the  teachers  of  miscellaneous 
schools,  to  give  an  outline  of  their  method  of  teach- 
ing it  to  their  particular  schools  and  the  manner  in 
which  it  was  accepted?  Then  if  you  could  publish 
two  or  three  of  these  in  a  clear  concise  form  don't 
you  think  it  would  benefit  those  teachers  who  find 
little  time — and  money  too — to  attend  the  Normal 
Schools?  In  my  experience  with  country  schools 
when  first  teaching  I  would  have  welcomed  9uch 
an  idea.  Wishing  you  still  greater  success  with 
your  paper  and  your  work," 

E.  S.  C. 
[The  series  of  questions  on  another  page  on  the 
picture  "Saved"  anticipates  our  subscriber's  sugges- 
tion to  some  extent,  but  there  are  greater  possibil- 
itiess  in  it  to  which  attention  may  be  given  as  the 
work  goes  on. — Editor.] 


A    Persevering    Student 

There's  a  merry  little  student,  in  a  suit  of  brown  and  gray, 
Who  says  his  single  lesson  o'er  a  thousand  times  a  day ; 
He  studies  well  the  alphabet  from  early  dawn  till  night; — 
He  knows  one  letter  only,  but  he  always  says  it  right. 
He  cannot  take  his  lunch  to  school  as  children  often  do, 
But  when  he's  feeling  hungry,  he  will  eat  a  bug  on  two; 
And  then  without  a  single  word  about  A,  B,  or  C, — 
Recites  the  same  old  lesson,  "Chick-a-d-d-d-d  D." 
— Hannah  G.  Fernald,  in  Ginn's  New  Second  Music  Reader. 


A  Picture  of  a  Tree 

The  other  never  once  has  ceased  to  gaze 
On  the  great  elm-tree  in  the  open,  posed 
Placidly  full  in  front,  smooth  bole,  broad  branch, 
And  leafage,  one  green  plenitude  of  May. 
The  gathered  thought  runs  into  speech  at  last. 
"O  you  exceeding  beauty,  bosomful 
Of  lights  and  shades,  murmurs  and  silences, 
Sun-warmth,  dew-coolness, — squirrel,  bee  and  bird, 
High,  higher,  highest,  till  the  blue  proclaims 
'Leave  earth,  tlwre's  nothing  better  til  next  step 
Heavenward!' —  So.  off  flies  what  has  wings  tot  help!" 
Fiom  The  Inn  Album. — Robert  Browning. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


-329 


Nature-Study  Calendars. 

A  letter  from  Principal  D.  W.  Hamilton  of  the  Macdonald  Consolidated  School,  Kingston, 
N.  B.,  gives  an  interesting  account  of  the  Nature-Study  work  attempted  by  the  pupils  in  addition  to 
that  done  in  the  garden.  He  writes  :  "  Nearly  all  our  pupils  keep  bird  and  flower  calendars,  and 
quite  a  number  have  weather  records.  The  weather  record  I  am  sending  is  a  copy  of  one  kept  by 
Wilbur  Crawford,  a  grade  8  boy.  He  has  it  complete  since  January  I,  1905.  In  each  school  room 
there  is  a  bird  calendar  and  a  flower  calendar.  The  bird  calendar  I  am  sending  is  a  copy  from  the  ad- 
vanced department  calendar.  The  flower  calendar  is  from  Miss  Darling's  room,  grades  3,  4  and  5.  It 
was  made  by  Lulu  Crawford,  a  grade  3  pupil." 

Extracts  are  given  below  from  these  calendars  in  the  hope  that  they  may  suggest  to  other  teach- 
ers the  usefulness  of  this  work  and  the  effect  it  may  have  on  boys  and  girls  in  teaching  them  to  observe 
and  in  giving  them  a  greater  interest  in  their  surroundings.  There  is  only  space  for  a  few  lines  of  each 
calendar,  but  this  is  sufficient  to  show  how  the  work  is  done. 

WEATHER    REPORT. 


Day 

Date 

Time 

Tcm. 
Fahr. 

Winds 

Snow 

Rain 

Fog 
or 

Mist 

Clouds 

Mrs.  of 
Sun 

shine 

Sun 
Rises 

Sun 
Sets 

Moon 

Remarks 

1905. 

9.30 

April 

A.  M. 

Sat. 

1 

II 

36  + 
Warm 

South 
Med. 

None 

None 

None 

Heavy 

0 

5.5S 

6.43 

4 

Sun. 

2 

ft 

25  + 
Cool 

N.  W. 
Meri. 

it 

i< 

ti 

** 

1 

5.56 

6.44 

Mon. 

3 

H 

30  + 
Cool 

N.  W. 

Med. 

11 

•1 

11 

Med. 

5 

5.54 

6.46 

Tues. 

4 

1  I 

40  + 
Warm 

South 
very 
light 

S.  E. 

u 

<  1 

(I 

14 

5.62 

6  47 

New 
Moon 

Wed. 

5 

" 

37  + 

if 

Light 

•• 

Heavy 

0 

5.50 

6.48 

Warm 

lieht 

Thurs. 

6 

" 

45  + 
Warm 

S.  E. 

Strung 

ti 

•■ 

Light 
Mist 

f* 

0 

5.48 

6.49 

Fri. 

7 

u 

35  + 
Warm 

South 
very 

light 

None 

None 

Med. 

81 

5.47 

6.51 

BIRD    CALENDAR. 


Date 


Bird 


Plumage 


Habits,  Etc. 


Reported  by 


1905 
Mar.  3 

"     10 

'•    23 

"  27 
"  30 
Apr.  1 
"  2 
"      4 


Old  Tom  Peabody 
Juuco  


Tree  Sparrow 


Blue  Heron 

Northern  Shrike  . 
Fox  Sparrow  .... 
Chipping  Sparrow 
Vesper  Sparrow  . . 


White    patch    on    throat,    striped 

head,  dark  back    Says  "Old  Tom  Peabody"  .  .    . 

Slate  colour,  light  breast,  two  outer 

tail  feathers  white Tame    

Brown  head,  dark  spot    on  white 

breast    Sweet,  musical  song 

Bluish  color Long  legs  and  neck.  In  water.. 

Blue  and  brown    Large  with  strong  curved  bill.. 

Reddish  color Quite  large,  stays  only  a  short  time 

Brown  head  and  light  breast Small,  has  no  song 

Brownish    and    shows    white    tail 

feathers  when  flying Good  singer  


Lulu  Kelly 

Louis  Gard 

Millie  Northrup 
Louis  Gard 
Allan  Flewelling 
Allan  Flewelling 
Walker  Belyea 

Ethel  Thomson 


WILD    FLOWER     CALENDAR. 


Common  Name 

Spring  Beauty       

Adder's  Tongue  or   Dog's    Tooth 

Violet 

Trillium  (purple)    

Maple  (red)    . .    . .      .      

Dutchman's  Breeches 

Violets  (blue)     

Dandelion 

Bluets    

Anemone  (wood)     

Goldthread    


Date 


Family 

Purslane    . 

Lily   

Lily  . 
Soapberry 
Fumitory  . 
Violet  .  . 
( lompoeite 
Madder.  .  . 
Crowfoot  . 
Crowfoot  . 


Description 

Floweis  pink  or  white 

Yellow  flowers,  lily  shaped 
Flower  purple,  3  leaves,  whorled 

Red  flowers  in  cluster 

White,  two  spurs  on  flower    ...... 

Flowers  blue,  one  spur    

Flowers  yellow,  in  heads   

Flowers  blue  and  white,  small 

Flowers  white   

Flowers  white,  stems  yellow  under 
ground     


Pupil 


28 

April. 

2!l 

2!) 

11 

1 

May 

2 

3 

II 

8 

*' 

4 

(1 

0 

" 

12 

" 

Williston  Carmichael 

Hazel  Wetmore 
Williston  Carmichael 
Grace  Shamper 
Jessie  Hunt 
Jessie  Hunt 
Jessie  Hunt 
Ethel  Cochrane 
Jessie  Waddell 

Elsie  Sterritt 


330 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


The  Adventures  of  Ulysses 

(Continued) 

Charles  Lamb  (I775-1834-) 

Notes  by  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

He  was  educated  at  Christ's  Hospital  where  he  remained 
until  1789.  Among  his  school-fellows  was  S.  T.  Coleridge. 
In  1792  he  entered  the  East  India  Company's  service  wlure 
he  remained  for  33  years  and  often  used  to  say  that  the 
books  he  kept  there  were  his  real  works.  His  sister,  Mary, 
became  insane  and  he  was  obliged  to  care  for  her  for  the 
rest  of  her  life,  though  she  often  recovered  her  reason.  In 
1807  she  joined  him  in  the  'Tales  from  Shakespeare,"  tnd 
in  1808  he  published  "Ulysses."  His  "Essays  of  Elia"  was 
published  in  book  form  in  1823.  In  1825  he  was  given  a 
pension  of  £450  a  year  by  the  East  India  Company. 

His  style  is  said  to  be  much  affected  by  bis  constant 
study  of  the  Elizabethan  writers.  His  one  weakness  was 
an  indulgence  in  tobacco  and  liquor  to  a  considerable 
extent. 


Page  113.  I.  4:  "Raise  your  mast,"  in  ancient, 
i.  e.,  in  very  ancient,  times  the  part  played  by  sails 
in  the  navigating  of  a  ship  was  very  small.  The 
mast,  on  arriving  in  port,  was  unstepped  and  'laid 
on  a  rest  at  the  stern.  Even  in  the  time  of  the 
Romans  the  'war  ships  depended  on  rowers.  (See 
"Ben  Hur.")  1.  8:  We  have  here  the  names  of 
four  of  the  rivers  of  Hades.  Styx  'was  the  river 
which  surrounded  the  lower  world.  Even  down  (to 
the  present  time  deatii  is  often  spoken  of  as  the 
crossing  of  a  river,  though  Christianized  people 
speak  of  it  as  the  Jordan,  i.  38 :  Neptune  was  the 
Latin  name  of  what  Greek  deity?  (See  notes  for 
March.) 

P.  114.  1.  17:  What  figure  of  speech  in  the 
expression  "Ulysses'  soul  melted"?  What  is  the 
meaning?  1.  20:  Those  who  have  read  the  sixth 
book  of  Virgil's  Aeneid  will  remember  a  similar 
situation  in  it.  1.  29:  On  the  subject  of  CEdipus, 
Sophocles,  (the  great  Greek  tragedian,  wrote  three 
plays.  One,  the  Q^dipus  Tyrannus,"  was  the 
greatest  ever  written,  if  we  may  believe  Aristotle. 
And  so  it  was  probably  till  Shakespeare's  time. 
1.  34:  Castor  and  Pollux  figure  in  Maoaulay's  "Lay 
of  Lake  Regillus."  Helen  it  was  who  caused  the 
Trojan  War  as  she  was  stolen,  perhaps  willingly, 
by  Paris,  son  of  Priam,  King  of  Troy. 

P.  115.  1.  6:  "Orion"  as  the  story  goes,  was 
taken  up  and  placed  among  the  stars.  At  any  rate 
our  most  brilliant  constellation  bears  his  name. 
1.  13:  For  more  information  concerning  Ariadne 
read  Kingsley's  "Heroes,"  especially  Theseus. 
1.  16:  Parse  "that  late."  What  word  do  we  use  in 
place  of  late?     1.   21:   Meaning  of   the   word  "im- 


mediately?"    On  Agamemnon,  his   death  and   its 
consequences,    we    have    the    great    Greek    trilogy 

written  by  /Eschylus. 

P.  117.  1.  14:  "The  wooden  horse"  is  among  the 
most  famous  things  of  ancient  times.  Its  story  at 
greater  length  may  be  found  in  the  second  book  of 
the  /Eneid.  1.  24:  What  is  the  meaning  of  the 
word  "machine"  as  found  here?  Look  up  the  deri- 
vation of  the  word.  Also  if  possible  the  meaning 
of  the  phrase  "deus  ex  machina,"  which  is  so  often 
found  in  literature.  1.  31 :  Meaning  of  the  word 
"shade"  as  here  found?  What  other  words  have 
we  with  same  meaning?  Some  of  them  are  Eng- 
lish, some  Latin,  some  Greek  in  their  derivation. 
1.  39 :  Give  a  synonym  of  "emulation." 

P.  118.  is.  20,  21 :  Here  is  a  chance  to  show  the 
difference  between  Christian  theology  and  the 
theology  of  the  Greeks  as  to  a  future  life ;  for  they 
too,  'believed  in  the  immortality  of  the  soul.  Com- 
pare the  Valhalla  of  the  Saxons. 

P.  120.  1.  10:  Parse  "needs."  1.  12:  Usual  word 
for  "invitemerrts  ?"  1.  31:  A  full  account  of  the 
"Argo"  and  its  voyage  will  be  found  in  Kingsley's 
"Argonauts."  1.  38 :  The  Octopus  when  its  horrors 
have  been  enlarged  by  story  and  fable  may  have 
been  the  foundation  of  the  tales  concerning  Scylla. 
Compare  'the  many  stories  we  read  and  hear  in 
modern  times  about  the  sea  serpent. 

P.  121.  There  is  also  a  famous  whirlpool  on 
the  coast  of  Norway.  In  both  cases  caused  by  the 
ebb  and  flow  of  the  tide.  1.  27:  What  would  you 
call  "fore  wind?"  1.  29:  How  far,  in  miles  'had 
diey  sailed? 

P.  122:  In  the  sentence  "the  more  be  adjured 
them,  etc.,"  parse  the  word  "the."  (It  is  an  adverb 
of  degree.) 

P.  123.  1.  24:  Meaning  of  "like  neen."  Give  an 
adverb  with  the  same  meaning.  1.  30:  What  does 
"idle  death"  mean?  1.  36:  What  is  modern  name 
of  "foredeck"? 

P.  125.  1.  14:'  Parse  "this."  1.  18:  Parse  "night." 
1.  23 :  What  figure  of  speech  in  "attempt  the 
blood  ?"  1.  25 :  Very  often  in  Greek  poetry  do  we* 
meet  with  the  sun  addressed  as  the  all-seeing  God. 
1.  27 :  ■  The  ancients  were  much  more  afraid  of  head 
winds  than  the  navigators  of  more  modern  times. 
If  any  one  has  a  copy  of  Kinglake's  "Eothen,"  he 
will  find  a  fine  satire  on  the  slowness  of  navigation 
in  the  Mediterranean.  1.  34 :  Meaning  of  the  word 
"stay"  as  found  here? 

P.  126.    1.  38:  Find  meaning  of  "prodigy." 

P.  127.    1.  3 :  Look  up  meaning  and  derivation  of 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


331 


the  word  "omen;"  another  word  with  much  the 
same  meaning  is  "portent."  1.  15:  P&Tse  "days." 
1.  16:  What  sort  of  a  phrase  is,  "the  wind  chang- 
ing?" 1.  20:  What  is  the  meaning  of  "devoted"  m 
this  line?  Look  up  its  derivation.  1.  24:  "Bark" 
is  here  used  as  we  use  "vessel."  1.  25 :  Meaning 
of  the  word  "wanting?"  1.  29:  I  have  the  mis- 
print "sea-news."  What  is  correct  and  what  are 
they? 

P.  128.  {.  29:  What  part  of  speech  is  "scarce?" 

P.  129.  1.  20:  In  the  story  of  Perseus  it  will  be 
remembered  that  Mercury  lent  him  the  winged 
sandals.  1.  23:  The  "Lessons  on  English"  tell  us 
that  "stay"  has  a  certain  meaning  and  "stop"  an- 
other. Does  this  use  of  the  word  justify  that? 
Consult  a  good  dictionary.  1.  36:  Homer's  adjec- 
tive applied  to  "morning"  is  "rosy-fingered."  Diana 
was  known  to  the  Greeks  as  Artemis. 

P.  130.  1.  8:  Parse  "killing."  1.  17:  What  figure 
of  speech  is  "drowned  in  discontent?" 

P.  131.  1.  57:  This  book  spells  "Augur;"  is  it 
right  or  wrong  ?  What  is  an  "augur?"  1.  8:  Is 
there  a  reasonable  time  allowed  for  the  building  of 
the  bark?  1.  21:  "Goodly";  find  this  word  used 
elsewhere  in  the  reader.  1.  28:  I  think  it  was 
Gladstone  who  said  of  the  "Bear,"  "hight  to  boot 
the  Wain."  Why  does  the  "Dipper,"  as  we  call  it 
never  set? 

P.  132.  1.  6:  Parse  "son."  What  case  is  it? 
Why  does  it  not  have  the  apostrophe  ?  1.  7 :  What 
figure  ?  1.  8  et.  seq :  A  storm  something  similar  to 
this  befell  /Eneas  and  is  described  in  the  first  book 
of  the  /Eneid. 


— There  are  twelve  good  rules  which  every  girl 
and  boy  should  master  before  they  reach  the  age  of 
fifteen: 

Be  courteous  to  everyone,  whatever  his  or  her 
station  in  life. 

Shut  the  door  and  shut  it  softly. 

Keep  your  own  room  in  good  order. 

Have  an  hour  for  rising  and  rise. 

Never  let  a  button  stay  off  twenty-four  hours. 

Always  know  where  your  things  are. 

Never  let  a  day  pass  without  doing  something  to 
make  somebody  comfortable 

Never  come  to  breakfast  without  a  collar. 

Never  go  about  with  your  shoes  unbuttoned. 

Speak  clearly  enough  for  everyone  to  under- 
stand. 

Never  fidget  or  hum  so  as  to  disturb  others. 

Never  fuss  or  fret. — Sel. 


Problems  in  Arithmetic— Grade   VIII. 

G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

1.  Oil  which  sells  at  the  rate  of  5  liters  for  25 
cents  makes  a  gain  of  25  per  cent;  find  cost  price 
per  gallon. 

2.  A  druggist  buys  60  kilograms  of  drugs  @ 
$1.20  per  kilogram  and  sells  @  10c.  an  oz.  apothe- 
cary ;  find  gain. 

3.  An  article  which  cost  $80  was  marked  30 
per  cent  above  cost  and  was  sold  at  its  marked  price 
for  how  much? 

4.  The  selling  price  was  $60,  the  gain  was  20 
per  cent ;  find  the  cost  price. 

5.  A  house  which  cost  $3,000  was  insured  so  as 
to  cover  the  value  of  the  house  and  the  cost  of 
insurance  if  burned.  At  how  much  was  it  insured, 
the  premium  being  two  per  cent. 

6.  A  commission  merchant  receives  600  barrels 
of  apples  which  he  sells  @  $4.25  per  barrel  on  three 
per  cent  commission.     He  invests  proceeds  at  two 

'and  a  half  per  cent.     How  much  commission  does 
he  receive  in  all  ? 

7.  A  note  of  $600  dated  May  3rd  at  90  days 
and  bearing  four  per  cent  interest  was  discounted 
May  23rd  at  seven  per  cent ;  find  proceeds. 

8.  A  room  is  20  feet  long,  15  feet  wide  and  12 
feet  high ;  find  cost  of  plastering  walls  and  ceilings 
at  25  cents  a  square  yard. 

9.  Find  cost  of  paper  for  the  same  room  at  25 
cents  a  roll  when  the  paper  is  18  inches  wide  and 
the  roll  contains  7  yards  (walls  only  to  be  papered.) 

10.  Find  in  ac,  sq.  rds.,  sq.  yds.,  sq.  ft.,  sq.  in., 
the  area  of  a  trapezoid  whose  parallel  sides  are 
respectively  300  yards  and  200  yards  and  whose 
altitude  is  400  feet. 

n.  How  many  gallons  in  a  cylinder  whose  basal 
diameter  is  10  decimeters  and  whose  height  is  20 
decimeters. 

12.  The  amount  of  a  sum  of  money  for  four 
and  a  half  years  at  five  per  cent  simple  interest  is 
$306.25  :  find  the  sum. 

Answers. —  (1)  18  cents;  (2)  $120.90;  (3)  $104; 
(4)  $50:  (5)  $3061.22;  (6)  $76.50+60.34=$  1 36.84 
(7)  Amt.=$6o6.i2;  proceeds  $597.63;  (8)  $31  2-3: 
(0)  $62-3;  (10)  6  ac.  141  rds.  28  yds.  108  inches; 
(")    345.733:    (12)    $250; 


The  Review  is  a  great  help  to  me  in  my  work  in 
this  country  school,  and  is  full  of  encouragement. 
I  think  that  is  what  many  of  our  teachers  need. 
— Subscriber. 


332 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


The  Forests  of  Canada 

In  the  elementary  course  of  the  Natural  History 
Society  of  New  Brunswick  last  evening,  George 
U.  Hay  gave  an  extremely  interesting  and  instruc- 
tive talk  on  Forest  Conditions  of  Canada  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  The  lecturer  having  made 
the  complete  trip,  and  in  his  usual  careful  manner 
investigated  the  various  forms  of  plant  life,  spoke 
entirely  from,  his  own  experiences. 

In  the  course  of  his  remarks  Dr.  Hay  referred  to 
the  mixed  growths  of  evergreens  and  deciduous 
trees  that  clothe  the  ridges  and  plains  in  the  eastern 
section  of  Canada,  and  stated  tHiat  from  the  western 
end  of  Lake  Superior  through  the  almost  treeless 
prairies  to  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  a  great  change 
was  noticed  in  the  flora,  none  of  our  fine  species  of 
maple  being  observed.  This  led  him  to  say  that  our 
maple  was  not  really  a  suitable  emblem  for  all 
Canada. 

In  the  prairie  districts,  along  the  streams  and 
rivers,  were  observed  poplar,  or  cottonwood,  willows 
and  box-elder,  or  Manitoba  maple,  and  a  few 
birches.  It  was  stated  that  on  account  of  itiheir 
presence  in  all  parts  of  'the  country,  the  canoe 
birch,  Jack  pine  or  white  spruce  would  be  more 
suitable  as  an  emblem  of  all  Canada. 

Reference  was  made  to  the  importing  and  plant- 
ing of  Siberian  and  other  exotic  species  of  trees  in 
the  "treeless  west,"  among  them  being  the  flower- 
ing pear  and  Siberian  pea. 

A  highly  interesting  description  of  the  flora  of  the 
Rockies,  Selkirks,  Gold  Range,  Cascade  and  Coast 
Range  mountains  was  given.  The  giant  Douglas 
fir,  white  spruce  and  red  cedar  (the  first  sometimes 
attaining  a  height  of  three  hundred  feet)  of  British 
Columbia,  were  described,  and  the  statement  made 
that  one  acre  of  British  Columbia  forest  had  pro- 
duced as  high  as  500,000  feet  of  lumber.  The  tim- 
ber cut 'from  one  enormous  Douglas  fir  or  red  cedar 
would  yield  about  as  much  as  an  acre  of  our  timber 
lands. 

Dr.  Hay  described  the  fine  natural  park  at  Van- 
couver— Stanley  Park — where  these  giant  trees  may 
be  seen  for  ages  to  come,  long  after  their  fellows 
have  been  destroyed, — for  fire  and  the  lumbermen 
are  fast  depleting  the  forests  of  the  west,  as  they 
have  done  'the  east.  The  experimental  farms  at 
Ottawa,  Brandon  and  Agassiz  were  referred  to, 
and  much  valuable  information  given  regarding 
their  practical  utility  in  the  agricultural  develop- 
ment of  Canada. — Newspaper  Report,  March  21. 


The  Coming  of  Spring 

An  exercise  for  a  number  of  children.     The  Hours  are  the 
Goddesses  of  the  Seasons.  — Selected  and  Adapted. 

Hours. — 

Come,  gentle  spring;  ethereal  mildness,  come! 

— Thomson. — Seasons. 
First  Voice. — 

Hai'k !   the   hours   are   softly  calling 

Bidding  Spring  arise, 
To  listen  to  the  rain-drops  falling 

From  the  cloudy  skies. 
To  listen  to  Earth's  weary  voices, 

Louder  every  day, 
Bidding  her  no  longer  linger 

On  her  charm'd  way ; 
But  hasten  to  her  task  of  beauty 
Scarcely  yet  begun. 

— Adelaide  A.  Procter. — Spring 
Second  Voice. — 

I  wonder  if  the  sap  is  stirring  yet, 
If  wintry  birds  are  dreaming  of  a  mate, 
If  frozen  snowdrops  feel  as  yet  the  sun, 
And  crocus  fires  are  kindling  one  by  one. 

— Christina  Kosetti. — The  first  Spring  Day. 

Third  Voice. — 

O  tender  time  that  love  thinks  long  to  see, 
Sweet  foot  of  Spring  that  with  her  foot-fall  sows 
Late  snow-like  flowery  leavings  of  the  snows, 
Be   not  too  long  irresolute  to  be; 
O  mother-month,  where  have  they  hidden  thee? 

— Swinburne. — A   vision   of   Spring  in   Winter. 

fourth  Voice. — 

The  Spring's  already  at  the  gate 
With  looks  my  care  beguiling; 
The   country   round   appeareth   straight 
A  flower-garden  smiling. 

— Heine. — Book  of  Songs. 
Fifth  Voice. — 

Softly   came    the    fair   young   queen 

O'er  mountain,  dale,  and  dell ; 
And  where  her  golden  light  was  seen 

An  emerald  shadow  fell. 
The  good-wife  oped  the  window  wide. 

The  good-man  spanned   the  plough; 
'Tis  time  to  run,  'tis  time  to  ride, 
For  Spring  is  with  us  now. 

— Lcland. — Spring. 


Enter  Spring  with  train  of  flowers. 


Spring.- 


I  come,  I  come !  ye  have  called  me  long, 
I  come  o'er  the  mountain  with  light  and  song; 
Ye  may  trace  my  step  o'er  the  wakening  earth. 
By  the  winds  which  tell  of  the  violets  birth. 
By  the  primrose  stars  in  the  shadowy  grass. 
By  the  green  leaves  opening  as  I  pass. 

— Mrs.  Hemans. — Voice  of  Spring. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


'333 


All.— 

Welcome  Spring! — in  sunshine  clad 

Well  dost  thou  thy  power  display! 
For  Winter  maketh  the  light  heart  sad, 

And  thou, — thou  makest  the  sad  heart  gay. 
— Longfellow. — Translation    from  the   French. 

Snow-Drop. — 

I  am  a  little  snow-drop 

"The   morning  star  of   flowers." 

— Montgomery — The   Snow-drop. 
Spring. — 
Nor  will  I  then  thy  modest  grace  forget, 
Chaste  Snow-Drop,  venturous  harbinger  of  Spring. 

— Wordsworth. — To  a   Snow-Drop. 
Violets.— 

We  are  violets  blue, 

For  oun  sweetness  found 

Careless  in  the  mossy  shades, 

Looking  on  the  ground. 

Love's  dropp'd  eyelids   and  a  kiss, — 

Such  our  breath  and  blueness  is. 

— Leigh  Hunt. — Violets. 
Spring. — 

Welcome,  maids  of  honor, 
You  doe  bring 
In  the  spring 
And  wait  upon  her. 

— Hcrrick. — To  Violets. 
Dandelions. — 

Upon  a  showery  night  and  still, 
Without  a  sound  of  warning, 
A  trooper  band  surprised  the  hill. 

And  held  it  in  the  morning. 
You  were  not  waked  by  bugle  notes, 
No  cheer  your  dreams  invaded. 
And  yet  at  dawn,  our  yellow  coats 
On  the  green  slopes  paraded. 

— Helen  Gray  Cone. —  The   Dandelions. 
Spring. — 
Dear  common  flowers,  that  growest  beside  the  way, 

Fringing  the  dusty  road  with  harmless  gold 
First  pledge  of  blithesome   May 

Which  children  pluck,  and,  full  of  ptide,  uphold. 

— Lowell.  — To  the  Dandelion. 
Primrose. — 

Ring-ting!  I  am  a  little  primrose, 

A  pale-yellow  primrose  blooming  in  the1  spring ! 

The  stooping  boughs  above  me, 

The  wandering  bee  to  love  me, 

The  fern  and  moss  to  creep  across, 

And  the  elm-tree  for  my  ring! 

— Wm.  Allingham. 
Spring. — 

Welcome,  pale  primrose !  starting  up  between 
Dead  matted  leaves  of  ash  and  oak  that  strew 
The  every  lawn,  the  wood,  and  spinney  through. 
'Mid  creeping  moss  and  ivy's  darker  green  ; 
How  much  thy  presence  beautifies  the  ground ! 


How  sweet  thy  modest  unaffected  pride 

Glows  on  the  sunny  bank  and  wood's  warm  side. 

— John  Clare. — The  Primrose. 
Hours. — 

It  is  the  season  now  to  go 
About  the  country  high  and  low, 
Among  the  lilacs  hand  in  hand, 
And  two  by  two  in  fairy  land. 

— Robt.   Louis  Stevenson. — Underwoods. 


Hiawatha's  Canoe 

J' or  five  boys;  Hiawatha  dressed  in  Indian  costume,  the 
others  carrying  branches  of  the  trees  tlwy  represent,  and 
which  they  cause  to  move  as  indicated. 

Hiawatha. — 

"Give  met  of  your  bark,    O  Birch-Tree ! 

Of  your  yellow  bark,    O  Birch-Tree 

Growing  by  the  rushing  river, 

Tall  and  stately  in  the  valley ! 

I  a  light-canoe  will  build  me. 

Build  a  swift  Cheemaun  for  sailing, 

That  shall  float  upon  the  river, 

Like  a  yellow  leaf  in  Autumn, 

Like  a  yellow  water-lily! 

Lay  aside  your  cloak,   O  Birch-Tree ! 

Lay  aside  your  white-skin   wrapper, 

For  the  summer  time  is  coming, 

And  the  sun  is  warm  in  heaven, 

And  you  need  no  white-skin  wrapper!" 

(And  the  tree  with  all  its  branches 

Rustled  in  the  breeze  of  morning, 

Saying  with  a  sigh  of  patience,) 
Birch-Tree. — 

"Take  my  cloak,    O  Hiawatha." 
Hiawatha. — 

"Give  me  of  your  boughs,    O  Cedar ! 

Of  your  strong  and  pliant-bi'anches, 

My  canoe  to  make  more  steady, 

Make  more  strong  and  firm  beneath  me !" 

(  Through  the  summit  of  the  Cedar 

Went  a  sound,  a  cry  of  horror,) 

Went  a  murmur  of  resistance; 

But   it   whispered,   bending  downward). 

Cedar  Tree. — 

"Take  my  boughs,  O  Hiawatha!" 
Hiawatha. — 

"Give  me  of  your  roots,    O  Tamarack ! 

Of  your  fibrous  roots,    O  Larch-Tree! 

My  canoe  to  bind  together. 

So  to  bind  the  ends  together 

That  the  water  may  not  enter, 

That   the   river  may  not   wet  me !" 

(.And  the  Larch,  with  all  its  fibres, 
'  Shivered   in   the  air  of  morning, 

Touched  his  forehead  with  its  tassels, 

Said  with  one  long  si^h  of  sorrow) 

Tamarack. — 

"Take  them  all,    O   Hiawatha!" 


334 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


Hiawatha. — 

"Give  me  of  your  balm,   0  Fir-Tree! 
Of  your  balsam  and  your  resin, 
So  to  close  the  seams  together 
That  the  water  may  not  enter, 
That  the  river  may  not  wet  me !" 
(And  the  Fir-Tree,   tall  and  sombfe, 
Sobbed  through  all  its  robes  of  darkness, 
Rattled  like  a  shore  with  pebbles 
Answered  wailing,  answered  weeping,) 

Fir-Tree. — 

"Take  my  balm,    0  Hiawatha !" 

— Adapted  from  Longfellow. 


The  Call  of  Spring- 
Far  down  below,  in  the  dark,  damp  ground, 

A  little  seed  slept  sound,  so  sound; 
Far  up  above,  in  the  open  sky, 

Grey  clouds  floated  gracefully  by. 

Down,  from  the  grey  clouds  up  in  the  blue, 
A  raindrop  fell,  and  trickled  through 

The  hard  brown  earth,  until  it  found 
The  little  seed,  that  slept  so  sound. 

Then  over  its  face  the  raindrops  sped, 

And  the  seed  awoke,  and  stinted  in  its  bed, 

"Come  little  seed,  'tis  time  to  sprout, 

Fori  summer  is  coming,  without  any  doubt." 

"And  spring  has  sent  me,"  the  raindrop  said, 
"To  call  you  forth  from  your  little  bed;,, 

Then  the  tiny  sprout  began  to  grow, 
And  a  song  in  its  heart  ta  overflow. 

To  the  beautiful  world  that  was  waiting  above, 
Filled  with  sunshine,  beauty  and  love; 

Hour,  by  hour,  by  night  and  day, 

The  little  plant  fought  its  upward  way. 

Eagerly  stretching  towards  the  light, 

Forgot  the  rough  way  and  darksome  night ; 

At  last  it  peeped  the  brown  earth  through, 
Oh !  the  wonder  that  in  it  grew. 

The  sweet,  soft  air,  and  the  song  of  the  bird, 

The  voices  of  merry  children  heard. 
With  joy  the  little  plant  did  bring, 

His  tribute  of  love  to  the  beautiful  spring. 

— Selected. 


Four  quilts  are  ready  to  fold  and  spread 

On  Mother  Earth's  old  trundle  bed. 

The  first,  a  brown  and  white  old  thing, 

She  spreads  on  in  the  early  spring. 

The  summer  one  is  green  and  bright 

With  daisies  nodding  in  the  light. 

And  then  when  winds  begin  to  blow, 

She  spreads  a  red  quilt  on,  you  know, 

And  sews  it  through   with  yellow  thread. 

And  by  and  by,  all  in  a  night. 

She  spreads  her  quilt  of  snowy  white. — Sel. 


Guess  the  Names  of  the  Islands 

Guess  the  name  of  the  islands  where  yellow  birds  sing, 

The  islands  where  ponies  abound, 
The  islands  where  people  are  graciouse  and  kind, 

The  islands  where  robbers  are  found. 

The  island  of  fur  that  is  highly  esteemed, 

The  island  not  known  long  ago, 
The  island  from  which  we  get  heat,  light  and  smoke. 

The  island  of  frost  and  of  snow. 

The  island  that's  famed  for  its  lake  of  hot  pitch, 

The  island  that  likes  to  lap  cream, 
The  island  that's  noted  for  exports  of  rum, 

The  island  that  dams  a  small  stream. 

The  island  where  Bonaparte  drew  his  last  breath, 

The  island  of  soft,  swampy  ground, 
The  island  that  comes  freshly  coined  from  the  mint, 

The  island  that's  south  of  its  sound. 


Guess  the  Names  of  the  Fish 

Guess  the  name  of  the  fish  with  two  heads  but  no  tail, 

The  fish  that  is  lacking  in  strength, 
The  fish  that  is  useful  to  point  out  the  way, 

The  fish  that  is  one  rod  in  length. 

The  fish  that  is  something  that  happens  by  chance, 

The  fish  that  is  pulverized  chalk, 
The  fish  that  tastes  best  when  'tis  cooked  on  a  plank, 

The  fish  that  finds  fault  in  its  talk. 

The  fish  that  looks  sullen  and  thrusta  out  its  lips, 

The  fish  by  canary  birds  pecked, 
The  fish  that  in  winter  glides  over,  the  ice, 

The  fish  by  which  warships  are  wrecked. 

The  fish  that  is  travelled  by  those  who  pay  toll, 

The  fish  that  is  part  of  a  shoe, 
The  fish  of  low  spirits  and  greatly  depressed, 

The  fish  that's  unable  to  chew. 


Sir  Henry  Oampbell-Bannerman  is,  at  the  age  of 
seventy,  virtually  the  chief  executive  of  the  British 
Empire.  But  if  Sir  Henry,  when  he  was  fifty-five, 
had  applied  to  some  boards  of  education  we  have 
heard  about,  for  a  position  as  superintendent  or 
principal  of  schools,  he  would  have  been  rejected  as 
being  too  old.  Yet  at  that  age  every  man  who  has 
a  sound  constitution  and  is  living  the  right  kind  of 
life  should  be  in  the  prime  and  vigor  of  his  man- 
hood. Behind  him  are  the  varied  and  valuable 
experiences  of  a  long  life.  He  is  not  daunted  by 
difficulties,  for  he  has  met  and  vanquished  battalions 
of  them.  He  is  not  unduly  elated  by  victories  nor 
depressed  by  defeats.  He  is  fully  equipped  for  the 
work  before  him,  and  is  in  every  way  qualified  to 
be  to  the  children  and  youth  under  his  charge  a 
guide,  philosopher,  and  friend. — The  Western 
School  Journal. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


335 


Lines  inj  Season  i 

Two  eyes  and  only  one  mouth  have  we. 

The  reason  I  think  must  be — 
That  we  are  not  to  talk  about 

Everything  we  see. 
Two  ears  and  only  one  mouth  have  we. 

The  reason  is  very  clear — 
That  we  are  not  to  talk  about 

Everything  we  hear. — Sel. 

"There  is  so  much  bad  in  the  best  of  us, 
And  so  much  good  in  the  worst  of  us, 
That  it  scarcely  behooves  the  most  of  us 
To  talk  about  the  rest  of  us." — Sel. 

Patience,  oh  Soul !  from  a  little  field 
There  cometh  often  a  gracious  yield. 

— Carlotta  Perry. 

Hope  is  like  a  slender  hare-bell, 
All  a-t:emble  from  its  birth; 
Love  is  like  a  fragrant  rose, 
Cheering,  blessing  all  the  earth ; 
Faith  is  like  a  lily  whi:e, 
High  uplifted  into  light. 

— Christina   Rosseti.     (Adapted). 

Hurried  results  are  worse  than  none.  We  must  force 
nothing  but  be  partakers  of  the  divine  patience.  If  'he.e 
is  one  thing  evident  in  the  world's  history,  it  is  that  God 
hasteth  not.  All  haste  implies  weakness.  Time  is  as  cheap 
as  space  and  matter. — George  MacDonald. 

Let  us  be  content  to  work 

To  do  the  thing  we  en,  and  not  presume 

To  fret  because  it's  little. 

— Elizabeth  Barrett  Browning. 

Square  thyself  for  use.     A  st<  tie  that  may 
Fit  in  the  wall  is  not  left  by  the  way. 

—Persian  Proverb. 

He  that  is  good  at  making  excuses  is  seldom  good  for 
anything  else. 


Pussy  Willow 

In  her  dress  of  silver  gray, 
Comes  the  Pussy  Willow  gay, 
Like  a  little   Eskimo, 
Clad  in   fur  from  tip  to  toe. 

Only  Mother  Willow  knows 
How  to  make  such  suits  as  those, 
How  to  fashion  them  with  skill, 
How  to  guard   against  a   chill. 

Did  she  live  once  long  ago, 

In  the  land  of  ice  and  snow? 

Was  it  first  by  polar  seas 

That  she  made  such  coats  as  these? 

Who  can  tell?  We  only  know 

Where  our  Pussy  Willows  grow 

Fuzzy  little  friends  that  bring 

Promise  of  the  coming  spring. 

— Elizabeth   Foulke,   in   Ginn's   Music   Course 


Tree  Quotations  From  the  Bible 

I  will  plant  in  the  wilderness  the  cedar  tree,  and  the 
myrtle,  and  the  oil  tree;  I  will  set  in  the  desert  the  fir  tree, 
and  the  pine  and  the  box  tree  together. 

They  shall  spring  up  as  among  the  grass,  as  willows  by 
the  water  courses. 

He  heweth  him  down  cedars,  and  takethj  the  cypress  and 
the  oak,  which  he  strengtheneth  for  himself  among  the 
trees  of  the  forest ;  he  planteth  an  ash  and  the  rain  doth 
nourish  it. 

All  the  trees  of  the  field  shall  clap,  their  hands.  Instead 
of  the  thorn  shall  come  up  the  fir  tree,  and  instead  of  the 
brier  shall  come  up  the  myrtle  tree,  and  it  shall  be  to  the 
Lord  for  a  name ! 


Waste  of  Time. 

To  save  time  there  is  need  of  the  utmost  order. 
1  visited  a  school,  not  long  since,  where  fully  half  of 
the  time  was  wasted,  so  it  seemed  to  me.  ( I )  The 
classes  had  begun  when  a  pupil  entered  late.  The 
teacher  entered  into  a  conversation  as  to  why,  and 
it  took  fully  five  minutes,  meanwhile  a  class  of 
eighteen  were  standing  waiting — ninety  minutes 
were  thus  lost,  besides  the  rest  of  the  school  stopped 
studying  to  hear  the  upshot.  (2)  The  class  in 
arithmetic  was  called  and  the  teacher  asked  one  to 
clean  off  the  board ;  the  eraser  was  so  full  of  dust 
that  he  was  directed  to  go  out  and  clean  it ;  this  took 
five  minutes,  at  least.  (3)  The  whole  school  was 
stopped  for  writing;  then  the  teacher  distributed 
the  books.  Some  of  these  had  been  misplaced  and 
fully  five  of  the  twrenty-five  minutes  were  used  up  in 
getting  going;  as  there  were  thirty-eight  in  the 
school  there  were  190  minutes  wasted.  Now  this 
was  called  a  good  teacher;  he  had  taught  seven 
years ;  he  was  not  conscious  of  the  waste  of  time ;  he 
made  a  business  of  doing  it;  he  did  it  day  by  day. 
Of  course,  there  could  not  but  results  be  accomplish- 
ed, only  a  part  of  what  might  have  been  done. — ■ 
Exchange. 

fit  is  hoped  teachers  who  read  the  Review  do 
better  than  that ;  but  there  may  be  cases  where  the 
school  time  is  wasted,  in  some  instances  like  the 
above,  or  in  other  ways.  Have  a  little  quiet  exam- 
ination of  ways  and  means — Editor]. 


Andrew  I^ang  includes  "month"  in  his  list  of  60 
English  words  that  have  no  rhyme.  He  apparently 
never  has  heard  the  old  verse  of  the  mathematical 
student : 

The  Nth  term  and  the  [N-fi]  th 

Have  troubled  my  mind  for  many  a  month. 

—New  York  Tribune. 


336 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Efficient  Teacher 

The  most  efficient  teacher  is  she  who  acquires 
the  skill  to  reach  the  entire  class  as  though  they 
were  one,  making  each  pupil  feel  as  though  he  were 
receiving  the  full  measure  of  her  instruction.  The 
orator  who  wins  has  this  ability.  A  man  of  plat- 
form genius  will  hold  everyone  of  his  audience  more 
intently  than  as  though  he  were  facing  him  alone, 
for  the  hold  he  has  of  him  will  be  enhanced  by  the 
magnetism  of  hundreds  of  eleotrified  minds.  Bach, 
keen  listener  multiplies  the  power  of  the  orator,  and 
the  teacher  should  keep  the  highest  standards  before 
her.  She  must  be  to  the  class  what  the  orator  is  to 
his  audience,  holding  the  influence  of  each  pupil 
with  more  direct  interest  than  she  could  if  she  had 
him  before  her  alone.  Her  influence  should  be 
multiplied  by  the  electrifying  force  of  the  entire 
class.  Forgetting  this,  many  teachers  miss  their 
golden  opportunity  by  being  too  individual  in  their 
instruction,  losing  forty  pupils,  and  leaving  them 
free  for  mischief  while  dealing  with  ithe  one.  This 
may  be  needful  at  times,  but  the  occasion  is  rare. 
Reach  the  one  through  the  many  is  the  highest 
principle  for  the  schoolroom  to  adopt.  It  does  not 
come  as  the  attainment  of  a  day,  but  it  is  sure  to 
come  to  whoever  will  pay  the  price  in  brains  and 
patience. — American  Primary  Teacher. 


Some  Language  Methods 

One  of  the  best  devices  for  'teaching  language 
to  young  children  is  a  system  of  questions  and 
answers.  The  questions  may  be  written  on  the 
board  and  the  answers  given  orally  or  written.  Or 
the  questions  may  be  written  on  cards  and  ithe 
cards  distributed  to  the  children,  who  write  the 
answers.  , 

The  questions  should  be  simple,  but  require  a 
complete  statement  in  reply  and  correct  use  of 
tenses     Questions  like  the  following  are  good : 

How    many   windows    are    there    in   this   room? 

How   many  doors   are   tihere   in  this   room? 

In  what  part  of  the  room  is  the  teacher's  desk? 

How  many  children  in  your  class? 

What  is  your  teacher's  name? 

Who  was  your  last  teacher? 

What  do  you  do  at  recess? 

Where  do  you  live? 

What  is  your  father's  name? 

How   many  brothers  and  sisters  have  you  ? 

When  was  your  last  birthday? 

How  old  were  you   then? 


How  many  times  were  you  absent  this  week? 

What  day  is  it? 

What  month  is  it? 

What  season  is  it? 

What  was  the  weather  yesterday? 

What  do  you  think  it  will  be  tomorrow? 

Did  you  see  any  birds  on  your  way  to  school? 

Can  you  tell  their  names? 

What  flowers  did  you  see? 

What  flowers  blossoms  at  this  season? 

What  trees  bear  fruit  at  this  season? 

What  trees  bear  acorns? 

What  animals  eat  acorns? 

What  trees  bear  nuts? 

Did  you  ever  pick  any  nuts? 

What  kind  of  nuts  do  vou  like  the  best? 

Where  do  they  grow?  etc.,  etc. 

Popular  Educator. 


Writing  of  exercise  for  children  in  the  February 
Delineator,  Dr.  Grace  Peckham  Murray  says: 
"When  children  are  old  enough  there  is  no  better 
exercise  than  brisk  walking.  To  be  of  benefit  it 
should  be  brisk  enough  to  bring  the  blood  to  the 
surface,  and  to  expand  the  lungs.  Running  in- 
creases the  endurance.  Systematic  running  should 
enter  more  largely  into  the  exercise  for  children. 
Running  strengthens  the  heart,  increases  the  breath- 
ing capacity  and  develops  the  muscles  of  the  whole 
body.  Like  all  violent  exercise  in  which  children 
indulge,  it  should  be  taken  under  the  supervision  of 
a  teacher  to  avoid  overdoing. 

"An  ideal  way  for  children  to  pass  the  summer 
is  in  camps  under  the  judicious  care  of  a  teacher 
and  guide  who  can  enter  into  the  games  and  feel- 
ings of  the  boys  and  girls.  I  believe  in  the  same 
education  in  these  matters  for  girls  as  for  boys.  They 
can  then  become  acquainted  with  woodcraft,  botany 
and  geology  and  increase  their  health  by  tramps  and 
explorations.  The  primitive  which  exists  in  all, 
whether  of  younger  or  older  growth,  has  a  chance 
to  show  itself,  and  it  improves  the  health,  for  it 
does  not  do  for  children  any  more  than  for  adults  to 
be  too  civilized." 


Any  subscriber  having  extra  copies  of  the  February  and 
March  numbers  of  the  Review  will  confer  a  favcr  by  send- 
ing them  to  us. 


T  find  each  succeeding  number  of  the  Review  more  help- 
ful than  the  last.  B.  G.  O. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


337 


Review's  Question  Box 

A.  B. — Please  solve  the  following,  and  what  is  the  value 
of  the  dot  in  the  first  question? 

Todhunter  &  Loney  Algebra  Page  124,  Examples  XL VII. 
Question  36;  also 

(3)  Please  give  what  you  would  consider  (a)  a  correct 
definition  of  participles,  gerund  and  verbal  noun,  and  (b) 
how  you  would  distinguish  them  in  a  sentence,  (c)  how 
would  you  parse  each  named  above. 

(4)  What  is  the  reaction  when  water  is  put  on  lime,  and 
what  gas  is  given  off. 

(1).     Find  the  value  of 

1  1  2 


(x-l).x.(x-l) 
l-(x+l)  +   2x 


(x-\).x) 


+  (x  -l)(x+l) 

1  -  x  -  1  +  2x 

x(x*  -  1) 


(x*  -  1)  x  x*  -  1  Ans. 

The  dot  is  used  to  express  multiplication  by  many 
mathematicians.  It  is  not  needful  in  this  question,  but 
is  especially  useful  for  the  sake  of  brevity  between 
numbers.     (See  page  345,  paragraph  444). 

(2).     Find  the  value  of 
a  xm  -  b  xm  +  1  _  xm  (a  -  bx)  xm(a  -  bx) 

bx(a  -  bx)   (a  +  b.r) 


b3 


bx(a*  -6*  xs) 


a*  6  x 

b  x  (a  +  b  x) 

Divide  by   x  in  both  numerator    and    denominator, 
since  x1  is  less  than  xm  if  m  is  an  integer. 


therefore 


Ans. 


b  x  (a  +  b  x)  b  (a  +  b  x) 

(3).  Any  good  grammar  will  answer  your  question 
much  more  fully  than  our  space  will  permit.  We  can 
send  you  one  if  you  desire. 

(4).  Ca  0  +  H8  O  =  Ca  H  j  02.  That  is,  when  water 
is  poured  on  quicklime  (Ca  O)  the  product  is  slaked 
lime.  No  gas  is  given  off.  The  heat  is  so  great  when 
the  reaction  takes  place  that  a  portion  of  the  water  is 
converted  into  steam  with  which  the  fumes  of  the 
slaked    lime    mingle. 


X.  Y.  Z. — "Will"  used  with  the  first  person  denotes 
determination  and  "sholl"  denotes  futurity.  There  is  a 
lesson  in  the  new  Nova  Scotia  Reader  which  seems  to  con- 
tradict that.  On  page  44  of  the  No.  6  reader  Sir  Guy.m 
says  to  Mammon  after  he  is  determined  not  to  take  the 
latter's  treasures,  "I  shall  not."  Should  it  not  be  "I  will 
not?" 

I  'have  not  the  Nova  Scotia  Reader,  but  as  I  can- 
not find  the  words  quoted  in  Che  poem  referred  to 
(Spenser's  "Faerie  Queene,"  Bk.  II.  Canto  VII),  I 
conclude  that  die  reader  gives  a  summary  or  a 
paraphrase  of  the  passage.  The  words  "I  shall  not" 
may  perhaps  mean  "I  do  not  intend  to." 

H.  C.  C. 


L.  S. — A  subscriber  would  like  to  know  where  the 
quotations:  "the  long  gray  fields  at  night,"  and  "the  dawn 
comes  up  like  thunder,"  which  are  given  on  prge  216  of  the 
February  Review,  may  be  found. 

The    second    quotation    is   found     in  Kipling's 

poem   "Mandalay."     The    first  perhaps  refers    to 

rice  fields.     It    may  be   from    Kipling.  Can  any 
reader  tell  where  it  is  found  ? 


W.  M. — Draw  an  outline  showing  the  (a)  grouping  of 
the  land  masses  of  the  earth  (b)  the  zone  of  fracture  and 
explain  the  latter  fully. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  print  the  map,  if  it  is  described  so 
that  I  can  understand  it. 

(a.)  That  is  very  weH  shown  in  a  map  of  the 
eastern  and  western  hemispheres,  divided  by  the 
twentieth  meridian. 

(b.)  The  term  "zone  of  fracture"  is  sometimes 
used  to  mean  the  outside  layer  of  the  earth's  crust, 
extending  from  the  surface  to  a  depth  of  about  a 
mile,  in  which  the  rocks  are  of  such  a  character  that 
the  pressure  from  within  has  simply  fractured  them. 
But  in  fhe  question  quoted  the  term  is  doubtless 
applied  to  the  continuous  chains  of  mountains  ex- 
tending from  Patagonia  to  Alaska,  and  from  the 
North  of  Spain  to  die  Malay  Peninsula,  which 
ranges  were  formed  largely  if  not  mainly  by  the 
upthrust  of  igneous  matter  through  die  lines  of 
fracture. 

H.  C.  C. 


Our  school  is  a  country  one  and  we  are  fortunate 
in  having  large  grounds  but  unfortunate  in  the  fact 
that  the  school  board  does  not  pay  for  the  care  of 
them.  After  man)-  years  of  neglect  we  made  a 
start  in  beautifying  our  surroundings.  One-half 
the  grounds  were  given  to  die  girls,  the  other  half 
to  the  boys.  Then  prizes  for  the  best  looking  side 
were  offered.  Should  the  girls  win,  a  chair  swing 
was  to  be  placed  on  their  side ;  if  the  boys  were  suc- 
cessful, baseball  bat,  and  catcher's  glove  became 
theirs.  Hours  of  patient  toil  and  numerous  gifts 
of  plants,  shrubs,  trees,  and  grass  seeds  have  work- 
ed wonders. — Sel.  * 


The  examiner  in  drawing  calmly  and  without 
suspicion  wrote  the  following  question :  Which  do 
you  consider  of  greater  practical  importance  to  your 
pupils  in  their  drawing,  rapidity  or  delicacy?"  and 
gasped  in  amazement  when  he  read  the  answer: 

"I  think  for  practical  purposes  rapidity  is  the 
better,  provided  of  course  that  the  drawing  is  not 
too  indelicate." 


338 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Three  Little  Trees. 

[Recitation  for  a  tiny  girl.  Three  other  children  stand 
near — as  the  trees — laughing,  whispering,  telling  secrets, 
clapping  hands,  etc.,  in  pretty  pantonine]. 

Sent  by  Miss  Sadie  Foster,  Upper  Rexton,  N.  IS. 

Way  out  in  the  orchard,  in  sunshine  and  breeze, 
A-laughing  and  whispering,  grew  three  little  tiees. 
And  one  was  a  plum  tree,  and  one  was  a  pear, 
And  one  was  a  rosy-cheeked  apple  tree  rare. 
A  dear  little  secret,  as  sweet  as  could  be, 
The  breeze  told  one  day  to  the  glad  apple  tree. 
She  i<ustled  her  little  green  leaves  all  about, 
And  smiled  at  the  plum,  and  the  secret  was  out. 
The  plum  told,  in  whispers,  the  pear  by  the  gate, 
And  she  told  it  to  me,  so  you  see  it  came  straight. 
The  breeze  told  the  apple,  tlue  apple  the  plum, 
The  plum  told  the  pear,  "Robin  Redbreast  has  come  I" 
And  out  in  the  orchard,  they  danced  in  the  breeze, 
And  clapped  their  hands  softly,  these  three  little  trees. 


Current  Events. 

Forty  years  growth  of  the  British  Empire  has  shown  r.n 
increase  of  area  from  eight  and  a  half  million  to  neaiiy 
twelve  million  square  miles,  and  an  increase  of  population 
from  two  hundred  and  fiity  millions  to  four  hundred 
millions. 

The  Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales  have  completed  a  live 
months  tour  of  India,  and  are  returning  by  way  of  Egypt. 

The  British  troops  that  now  occupy  the  fortress  at  Esqui- 
mault,  the  last  British  garrison  in  Canada,  will  be  with- 
drawn in  May.  A  Canadian  force  wall  take  possession 
when  the  Buitish  troops  vacate. 

In  February,  a  company  of  native  troops  was  massacred 
by  native  insurgents  in  Northern  Nigeria.  A  British  force, 
with  the  help  of  loyal  chiefs,  has  crushed  the  revolt,  the 
insurgent  leader  and  some  of  his  followers  having  been 
killed  in  battle. 

In  Russia  theie  are  extensive  farms  on  which  nothing 
else  is  grown  but  sunflowers.  The  seeds  are  used  for  food, 
and  the  oil  obtained  from  the  crushed  seeds  is  used  in 
cooking. 

The  bad  feeling  that  arose  between  Austria  and  Servia 
over  a  proposed  commercial  union  of  the  latter  country 
with  Bulgaria  has  been  allayed,  and  friendly  relations  are 
restored. 

Hon.  Duncan  Cameron  Eraser,  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  Canada,  has  been  appointed  Governor  of  Nova 
Scotia,  the  office  having  become  vacant  by  the  sudden  death 
of  Governor  Jones. 

The  foreign  trade  of  Canada  is  now  three  times  as  great 
as  that  of  the  United  States  in  proportion  to  population. 

The  new  Russian  parliament  will  consist  of  'wo 
chambers,  the  upper  house,  known  as  the  Council  of  tne 
Empire,  to  consist  of  an  equal  number  of  elected  membars 
and  members  nominated  by  the  Emperor,  and  the  lower 
house,  or  National  Assembly,  to  be  wholly  elective.  The 
two  houses  will  have  equal  legislative  powers,  and  only 
bills   passed  by  both  may  be  presented    for  the   Emperor's 


sanction..  The  representative  members  of  the  Council  of 
the  Empire  are  to  be  chosen  by  the  local  representative 
assemblies  called  zemstvos,  by  the  nobility  and  clergy,  and 
by  the  universities  and  chambers  of  commerce;  and  there 
will  be  also  members  elected  by  the  landed  proprietors  of 
Poland.  All  members  must  be  forty  years  of  age,  and  must 
be  graduates  of  some  college.  Its  sessions  and  those  of  the 
National  Assembly  are  to  be  public.  There  is  to  be  a  min- 
istry responsible  only  to  the  Emperor,  but  the  ministers 
are  eligible  as  members  of  the  lower  house.  Russian 
statesmen,  in  devising  this,  scheme,  have  had  the  advantage 
of  a  knowledge  of  representative  governments  in  all  parts 
of  the  world;  but  Russian  peasants  and  artisans  have  yet 
to  prove  that  they  are  fit  to  govern  themselves,  and  the 
members  of  the  old  governing  classes  are  very  naturally 
afraid  to  trust  them. 

It  is  expected  that  the  railway  across  the  Sahara,  which 
is  to  unite  Oran  in  Algeria  with  Timbucto,  will  be  com- 
pleted before  the  end  of  the  year.  A  part  of  it  is  already 
in  operation,  and  the  Sahara  Desert  has  now  become  a 
favorite  winter  resort,  where  good  hotels  can  be  found 
along  the  line  of  the  railway. 

Within  a  very  short  time  steam  is  to  be  abolished  as  the 
motive  power  on  all  railroads  in  Switzerland.  Waterfalls 
will  supply  the  necessary  power  to  run  both  freight  and 
passenger  cars  by  electricity. 

It  is  proposed  to  build  a  new  Canadian  railway  from  the 
eastern  shore  of  Lake  Huron  to  Montreal,  on  which 
electric  motor  engines  will  be  the  motive  power.  The 
object  of  the  line,  which  will  be  some  six  hundred  nad 
sixty  miles  in  length,  is  to  keep  within  Canadian  territory 
as  much  as  possible  of  the  grain  carrying  trade  which  now 
goes  to  the  United  States  because  Canadian  lines  are  en- 
able to  handle  it. 

A  severe  press  censorship  lias  prevented  details  of  the 
insurrection  in  Uruguay  from  reaching  the  general  public, 
but  it  is  now  reported  that  quiet  has  been  restored. 

The  Queen  of  the  Netherlands  is  paying  for  concerts 
given  in  the  slums  of  the  Hague,  at  which  only  the  poorest 
people  are  allowed  to  be  present. 

A  recent  French  traveller  has  found  that  the  Sahara, 
viewed  as  a  desert,  is  much  less  extensive  than  has  been 
generally  supposed.  He  found  a  great  steppe  region  lying 
south  of  the  desert,  and  finally  merging  into  the  Sudan, 
which,  though  now  uninhabited,  has  at  one  time  supported 
a  very  large  population.  Centuries  must  have  passed  sin:e 
increasing  droug.it  drove  its  inhabitants  southward  to  the 
Sudan  region ;  but  a  rain  belt  is  again  creeping  up  from  the 
south,  extending  farther  and  farther  into  the  desert,  and 
within  this  belt  grasses  have  appeared  and  animal  life  is 
abundant.  In  Algeria  and  in  Upper  Egypt,  increasing 
drought  has  followed  the  cutting  away  of  forests  within 
the  last  hundred  years,  while,  it  appears,  increasing  rain- 
fall has  been  restoring  to  fertility  this  great  Saharian  table- 
land but  a  few  hundred  miles  distant. 

The  famine  in  Japan  continues,  and  must  continue  until 
this  year's  crop  is  harvested.  The  people  of  Japan  who 
gave  so  willingly  to  the  support  of  the  war  have  little  left 
to   give   to  their   starving   compatriots,   and   there   is   need 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


of  all  the  help    that  has    been  sent    or  will  be  sent    from 
Canada,  and  other  lands. 

Two  great  turbine  ships  for  the  Cunard  Line,  one  low 
building  in  Scotland  and  one  in  England,  will  soon  be 
launched,  and  will  be  the  largest  and  fastest  passenger 
ships  in  the  world.  One  hundred  and  ninety-two  furnaces 
will  consume  the  fuel  to  drive  one  of  these  ships  at  a  speed 
of  thirty  miles  an  hour,  and  the  ocean  voyage  will  be 
shortened  to  four  days  from  New  York  to  Queenstown,  if 
present  expectations  can  be  realized. 

The  Moroccan  conference  is  still  in  session,  with  hopes 
of  an  ultimate  agreement  that  will  provide  for  the  control 
of  Moroccan  affairs  without  endangering  the  peace  of 
Europe. 

Ras  Makonnen  is  dead.  He  was  the  strongest  and  best 
known  of  the  subordinate  rulers  of  Abyssinia,  and  the 
probable  successor  of  King  Menelek. 

Chinese  unrest  is  still  a  source  of  anxiety  to  all  'he 
western  world.  The  feeling  against  foreigners  extends  to 
hatred  of  the  ruling  dynasty,  for  the  Manchu  rulers  have 
always  been  regarded  as  foreigners  by  the  Chinese  proper 
since  they  first  came  as  conquerors  in  1644.  Only  -.heir 
good  government,  according  to  Chinese  standards,  has  en- 
abled them  to  keep  the  throne. 

The  King's  nephew,  Prince  Arthur  of  Connaught,  passing 
through  Canada  on  his  return  from  Japan,  Ijas  now  begun 
a  six  weeks'  tour  of  the  Dominion.  He  will  be  in  the 
Atlantic  Provinces  at  the  end  of  this  month. 

There  is  still  fierce  fighting  in  the  Philippines.  Like  the 
Dutch  war  against  the  natives  of  Sumatra,  the  war  of  the 
Unked  States  forces  against  their  unwilling  Malay  sub- 
jects seems  to  be  endless.  Complete  subjugation  by  force 
is  impossible,  owing  to  the  nature  of  the  country,  and 
peace  without  it  is  very  improbable. 


School  and  College. 

Dr.  Trotter,  the  energetic  president  of  Acadia  Uni- 
versity, has  secured  from  Andrew  Carnegie  the  promise 
of  a  gift  of  $30,000,  for  the  erection  of  a  new  science 
building.  Whenever  the  one  hundred  thousand  dollars 
contributed  by  the  people  towards  the  second  forward 
movement  is  in  hand  in  the  form  of  "cash  or  realizable 
securities,"  Mr.  Carnegie  will  make  good  his  promise. 
This  with  the  $100,000  to  be  paid  by  Rockefeller,  as  a 
supplement  to  the  people's  contribution,  should  place 
Acadia  in  a  good  financial  position.  Dr.  Trotter  visited 
New  York  in  May  last  and  preferred  his  request,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Rockefellers,  to  the  secretary  of  Mr.  Car- 
negie. That  this  was  not  granted  until  ten  months  after 
may  give  some  idea  of  the  number  of  similar  requests  *hat 
had  to  be  passed  upon  in  the  intervening  time. 

Miss  Muriel  Carr,  daughter  of  Mrs.  John  deSoyres,  of 
St.  John,  N.  B.,  has  recently  won  a  scholarship  at  Radcliffe 
Ladies'  College,  Cambridge.  Mass..  which  entitles  her  to  a 
course  of  study  at  an  English,  German  or  French  uni- 
versity. Miss  Carr's  choice  will  probably  be  Oxford,  where 
she  will  have  an  opportunity  to  complete  a  course  of  stufy 
that  has  been  unusually  brilliant. 

Mr.  N.  H.  Gardner,  of  the  Halifax  mechanic  science 
school,  has  tendered  his  resignation  to  take  effect  on  May 
tst.  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Parker,  who  for  two  years  has  been 
principal  of  the  Granville  Ferry  schools,  N.  S.,  where  he 


339 

carried  on  a  class  of  card-board  construction  work,  has  been 
appointed  by  the  board  in  Mr.  Gardner's  place. 

Miss  Margaret  Kerr  of  Bocabec,  Charlotte  County,  has 
been  appointed  to  a  scholarship  at  Guelph,  on  the  ansomina- 
tion  of  Inspector  Carter. 


Book  Reviews 

Mechanical  Drawing.    By  S.  A.  Morton  M.  A..   Tea:her 
of   Mathematics   in   Halifax   Academy.     Cloth.     Pagis 
no.    T.  C.  Allen  &  Company,  Halifax,  N.  S. 
This  excellent  little  manual  is  divided  into  two  parts- 
part  one  being  intended   for  grades   seven  and  eight,  and 
parts  two  for  grades  nine  and  ten,  while  a  chapter  is  added 
for  the  use  of  manual   training  students  only.     The  con- 
structions  are   of   an    elementary   nature    and   are   derived 
chiefly  from  the  first  book  of  Euclid.    The  aim  of  the  book- 
is  thoroughly  practical,  being  designed  to  serve  as  an  in- 
troduction to  the   study  of  geometry  and  manual   training 
exercises. 

The  New  Public  School  Drawing  Course  for  Canadian 
Schools.     Books    1    and   2.     Price   10c.   each  postpaid. 
The  Canada  Publishing  Company,  Toronto. 
The  models  in  these  books  are  such  as  any  pupil  in  the 
intermediate  grades  should  be  able  to  study  and  then  form 
outlines  of  similar  objects  that  have  come  under  his  own 
observation.     This  is  the  object  of  the  books,— not  for  the 
pupil  to  copy  the  model  drawings,  but  to  use  them  intelli- 
gently so  as  to  be  able  to  outline  correctly  the  things  that 
he  sees  like  them.    If  used  in  this  way  the  books  cannot  fail 
with  a  judicious  teacher  to  lay  a  good  foundation  in  draw- 
ing. 

How  We  are  Sheltered  :    A  Geographical   Reader.    By  J. 
F.   Chamberlain,   Ed.   B„   S.  B..  State  Normal  School, 
Los  Angeles,  Cal.     Cloth.     Pages  184.     Price  40  cents. 
The  Macmillan  Company,  New  York.     G.  N.  Morang 
&  Co.,  Toronto. 
The  author  vety  properly  takes  his  starting  point  in  the 
study  of  geography   from   the  home  surroundings  and  re- 
lations.     He    shows    in    a  series  of  lessons  the  homes  of 
different  peoples  and  how  they  are  constructed,  how  food 
and  clothing  are  obtained,   with  the   incidental   features  of 
communication    and     transportation.      Thus     the    child     is 
taught  how  his  own  welfare  and  happiness  depend  on  the 
labour  and  thought   of  others,  nnd   he  realizes  that  he  in 
turn  should  contribute  to  the  benefit  of  those  about  him,— 
thus   making   the   study  of   geography  an   aid   to   the   for- 
mation of  character.     The  book  is  attractively  illustrated. 
Practical  and  Theoretical  Geometry.    Part  II.  By  A.  H. 
McDougall,  B.   A.,   Principal  of  the  Ottawa  Collegiate 
Institute.      Cloth.      Pages    154.      Price   50   cents.      The 
Copp  Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
This    is    an    excellent    supplement    to    the    introductory 
course  in  geometry  given  in  part  I.     It  is  intended  for  high 
schools  and  academies.     The  same  accuracy  and  thorough- 
ness   characterizes     its    demonstrations    and    experimental 
work  as  in  Part  I.  The  author  appears  to  have  a  genius  for 
clearness   and    directness   of   expression ;    and   the   discrim- 
ination  he  has  shown  in  the  selection  and  working  up  of 
his  material  cannot   fail   to  be  appreciated  by  teachers  and 
students. 


340 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Cheerful 
Surroundings 

GIVE  life  and  zest  to  all  work  in  the  school 
room  and  make  little  folks  like  to  come  to 
school.  This  is  the  time  to  brighten  up  your 
school-rooms.    If  you  want  the  walls  papered 

REMEMBER 

That  you  can  get  from  us  a  beautiful 
paper  cheaper  than  ever  before.  Send 
size  of  school-room,  number  of  windows 
and  doors  and  their  sizes  (this  is  a  good 
exercise  in  arithmetic  for  scholars)  and 
we  will  send  cost  and  samples.  Get  our 
figures  for 

WINDOW    SHADES— 

We  can  supply  excellent  ones  at  reason- 
able prices. 

MA  PS- 
Mounted  on  spring  rollers,  and  all  work 
of  that  kind  done  promptly. 

PICTURES     FRAMES. 

Send  your  orders  to— 

F.    E.    HOLMAN    &    CO., 

52      KING    STREET.  ST.  JOHN,    N,    B 


TEACHERS 

Holding  Grammar  School  or  Superior  License, 
or  First-class  License,  can  secure  schools  with 
good  salaries  immediately  by  applying  to 

GEO.  COLBECK, 
North-West  Teachers'  Bureau, 
Box  15.  Regina,  Sask 


YALE     UNIVERSITY 

SUMMER    SCHOOL. 

Second  Session  July  5  to  August  16.  1906. 

Courses  in  Anatomy  Art,  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Commercial  Geography,  Education  (History  and 
Theory,)  English,  French,  Geology,  German. 
Greek,  History,  Latin,  Mathematics,  Methods  of 
Teaching,  Physical  Education,  Physics,  Physio- 
logy, Psychology,  Rhetoric,  and  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

These  courses  are  designed  for  teachers  and  col- 
lege students.  Some  are  advanced  courses  and  in- 
tended for  specially  trained  students,  others  are 
introductory  and  presuppose  no  specialized  pre- 
paration. 

fn  the  great  majority  of  cases,  instruction  is 
given  by  members  of  the  Yale  Faculty  of  the 
rank  of  professor  or  assistant  professor.  A  num- 
ber of  leading  school  authorities  have  been  added 
to  the  Faculty  to  give  courses  on  educational 
subjects. 

About  too  suites  of  rooms  in  the  dormitories 
are  available  for  students,  and  will  be  assigned 
in  the  order  of  application. 

For  circulars  and  further  information  address. 
YALE    SUMMER    SCHOOL. 

135    ELM  STREET,         NEW    HAVEN,   CONN. 

HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 
SUMMER  SCHOOL  of  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

July  j  to  A  ugust  /j,  iqob 
College  Courses  in  Classical  Archaeology, 
Architecture,  Astronomy,  Botany,  Chemfetry, 
Ecanomics  Education.  Elocution,  Ethics,  Geo- 
graphy, Geology.  History,  Landscape  Painting, 
Languages,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy, 
Physical  Education,  Physics,  Psychology,  Pure 
Design,  Shopwork,  and  Surveying  ;  for  Teachers 
and  Students 

Open  to  men  and  women.    No  entrance  exami- 
nation required     Full  Announcement 
sent  on  application.    Address 
J.  L.  Love,  16  University  Hill,  Cambridge,  Mass 
N.  S.  SHALER.  Chairman. 


A  CANADIAN  FLAG 

FOR 
EVERY 
SCHOOL 

'WITNESS'  DIAMOND  JUBILEE 
FLAG  OFFER. 

No  one  questions  tbe  fact  th.t  every  school  should 
laveatlag:  the  only  difficulty  is.  that  there  are  so 
natiy  other  things  every  school  must  have. 

The  publishers  of  the  Montreal  'Witness'  hare  ar- 
ranged Lo  celebrate  lis  Diamond  Ju*  lire  by  making  it 
-asily  possible  for  the  children  of  every  schoo  ^district  to 
>*am  a  Hag  withou'  a  pending  money. 

The  offer  is  no  money  making  scheme.  The  flags  are 
•A  the  best  quality,  and  while  the  hope  is  to  cover 
expenses,  the  intention  is  to  stimulate  patriotism. 

These  Naval  Flags,  sewn  bunting,  standard  quality 
and  patterns,  are  imported  by  the  Witness  '  in  largo 
'Ptautities  for  the  Canadian  schools,  direct  from  the 
lest  British  manufacturers. 

ff  your  sobool  does  not  need  a  flag,  we  will  give 
ustead  patriotic  books  for  your  library  Write  for 
liartioulars. 

This  offer  is  made  specially  for  Schools,  public  or 
private,  but  Sunday  Schools,  Clubs,  Societies  or 
Communities  are  free  to  take  advantage  of  it.  Assist 
■is  by  making  this  widely  known.  Cood  until  next 
Dominion  Day,  July  1,  1906. 

Co  It  Now  and  be  Ready  for  Empire  Day. 

for  full  Information,  samples,  eta,  adress  FLAG 
DEPARTMENT,  '  Witneas  '  Office,  Montreal,  Qua. 


American  History  in  Literature.    In  two  volumes.  Vol- 
I.     Cloth,     x  + 178  pages.     Illustrated.     Mailing  price, 
55  cents.     Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston. 
This  is  a  very  successful  attempt  to  gather  into  as  com- 
pact form  as  possible  those  literary  excerpts  that  bring  r  ut 
clearly  the  leading  events  and  characteristic  conditions  that 
have  marked  the  development  of  the  United  States. 

Biographical  and  historical  notes  serve  to  make  °ach 
selection  intelligible,  and  carefully  chosen  illustrations  :  dd 
to  the  attractiveness  of  the  text. 

Bryant's   Poems.     Edited   with  introduction  and  notes  by 
J.    H.    Casllemain,    A.    M.      Cloth.      Pages   238.      Price 
25  cents.     The  Macmillan  Company,  New  York.  G.  N. 
Morang  &   Co.,   Toronto. 
This  is  one  of  the  volumes  of  the  neat  pocket  series  of 
English  classics  that  these  firms  are  publishing.     The  intro- 
duction contains  a  life  sketch  of  Bryani  and  an  estimate  of 
his  works.     The  notes  are  full  but  many  of  them  deal  in 
explanations  that  need  not  be  explained. 

Blackie's  Mode!  Arithmetics,  book  5.  price  3d.  and  the 
Teacher's  Blackboard  Arithmetic,  price  is.  6d.,  havf  the 
currency  in  pounds,  shillings  and  pence.  A  good  feature 
in  each  is  the  placing  of  figures  in  large  clear  type. 
Blackie  and  Son,  London. 

In  Blackie's  Story  Book  Readers  there  has  been  received 
A  Boy  Cousin,  price  2d.  Also,  In  the  Days  of  Chaucer,  A 
Pastoral    Interlude;   French  Auxiliary   and  Regular  Verbs. 


a  good  arrangement  for  junior  classes,  price  6d. ; 
Palgrave's  Golden  Treasury,  with  index  and  notes,  -price 
6d. ;  A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream,  in  the  Picture  Shake- 
speare Series,  with  illustrations,  introduction  and  notes, 
price  is.  In  the  Blackie's  English  Classics  Series  we  have 
Tennyson's  Ode  on  the  Death  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington, 
Chaucer's  The  Squire's  Tale.  Byron's  Ode  to  Napoleon,  etc. 
Price  2d.  each  with  introduction  and  notes.  All  the  above 
are  handy  editions  for  class  use.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

In  Blackie's  Little  French  Classics  the  following  have 
lately  been  issued :  Poesies  Ohoisies,  par  Ronsard  et  La 
Pleiade;  Histoiie  des  Quatre  Fils  Aymon;  Stable's  Les 
A ventures  de  Tom  Pouce ;  Nerval's  La  Main  Encharvtee; 
La  Chanson  de  Roland ;  Daudet's  La  Derniere  Classe,  etc. ; 
Bouilly's  L'Abbe  de  l'Epee.  Most  of  these  are  provided 
with  notes  and  vocabularies,  and  range  in  price  according 
to  number  of  pages,  from  4d.  to  8d.  erch.  Many,  such  as 
the  Song  of  Roland  and  the  Four  Sons  of  Aymon  are 
classics.  All  are  by  the  best  Fiench  authors  and  are  inter- 
esting and  easy  reading  for  young  students.  Their  great 
merit  consists  in  their  attractive  and  convenient  form,  their 
low  price,  and  the  excellent  and  tersely  written  intro- 
duction that  accompanies  each.     Blackie  &  Son.  London. 

In  Blackie's  English  School  Texts  the  following  have 
been  neceived:  Bunyan's  Pilgrim's  Progress  (Parts  1  and 
2)  ;  Gibbon's  The  Age  of  the  Antonines,  containing  'he 
first  three  chapters  of  his  famous  history,  The  Decline  ;.nd 
Fall  of  the  Roman  Empire;  Edmund  Burke's  Speeches  en 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


341 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
^SUPPLIES'** 

We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE, 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   SSL&*-- 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.             -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 

Asking 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTE   OF  NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Educational  Institute  met  at  Fredericton  during  the  Christmas  vacation  i.nd 
arranged  an  interesting  programme  for  the  next  meeting  of  the  Institute.  A  number  of  the  leading  teachers  of  the 
Province  will  read  papers  or  deliver  addresses  upon  live  e  ducational  questions.  Prof.  Jas.  W.  Robertson,  who  has 
taken  so  much  interest  in  public  education  in  this  Province,  has  promised  to  speak  before  fehe  Institute  or  to  send  a 
representative  from  Macdonaid  College,  St.  Anne  de  Belle vue,  of  which  institution  he  is  manager. 

The  Institute  will  meet  at  Chatham  on  June  27th. 


Dr.  Cox,  who  is  chairman  of  the  local  committee,  will  see  that  all  necessary  arrangements  are  made  for  the 
entertainment  of  the  members  of  the  Institute. 

A  committee  has  been  appointed  to  arrange  with  the  authorities  of  the  Intercolonial  Railway  for  the  transportation 
ot  teachers  at  the  most  favorable  rates. 

JOHN  BRITTAIN,  Secretary    Institute. 


America ;  Sir  Thomas  Morc's  Utopia ;  Macaulay's  Third 
Chapter  of  his  History  of  England.  These  are  convenient 
editions  in  cloth  of  English  classics  sold  for  the  low  price 
of  sixpence  each,  and  are  useful  to  pick  up  and  read  during 
occasional  spare  moments.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Blackie's  Latin  Texts  have  been  designed  especially  for 
schools.  They  are  without  vocabularies,  but  each  has  a 
very  useful  introduction  dealing  with  the  subject  of  the 
book  and  the  author  and  giving  select  critical  notes  on  .he 
early  MSS.,  quantity,  versification,  favorite  language  de- 
vices of  the  author,  etc.  The  plan  is  as  excellent  as  in  that 
of  the  other  "Little  Classics"  published  by  Blackie — low 
price,  convenience,  and  excellence  of  text  being  the  chief 
features.  The  following  among  others  previously  noted 
in  the  Review  have  been  issued:  Virgil's  Aeneid,  books  I, 
2,  3,  4;  Ilias  Latina  (a  metrical  summary  of  Homer's 
Iliad)  ;  Cesar's  Gallic  Wan,  books  5  and  6;  Livy,  book  6. 
The  price  of  the  above  is  6d.  each,  except  the  last  which  is 
8d.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Sir  Walter  Scott's  The  Abbot  and  Charles  IHckcns's 
Barnaby  Rudge,  edied  for  schools  with  introduction  and 
notes.  Cloth  Page-  471  and  654  Price  2s.  and  2<.  6d. 
Adam    and    Charles    Black,  London.     The  introduction  in 


each  case  is  scholarly  and  presents  a  sketch  of  the  author 
and  a  discriminating  review  of  his  works.  The  notes,  and 
the  glossary  added  to  The  Abbot,  will  prove  very  service- 
able to  the  student. 


Recent  Magazines. 

"The  Canadian  Voice,"  by  Jean  Giaham  in  the  March 
Canadian  Magazine,  reminds  one  that  some  Canadians  at 
least  need  to  reform  their  vocal  expression;  but  "the  wo- 
men of  the  Maritime  Provinces,  have  the  most  pleasing 
voices  heard  in  our  broad  Dominion.  The  voice  of  the 
Ontario  woman  is  usually  heavy  and  squeaky,  and  the 
voice  of  Manitoba  is — well,  it  bad  better  not  be  described 
....in    British   Columbia   one   hears   softer   accents   again" 

In  Littell's  Living  Age  for  March  24.  there  is  a  timely 
article  on  A  Great  Moral  Upheaval  in  America,  quoted 
from  the  Nineteenth  Century  and  After.  The  writer  refer- 
ring to  the  relations  between  the  English  and  American 
nations  say  that  the  duty  of  the  latter  is  "to  know  our 
kinsmen  better,  to  study  their  ways  closely,  and  form  an 
accurate  conception  of  that  which  they  have  dune  and  arc 
still  doing." 


342 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Oyer  30  Years'  Experience. 

— — — \ 

gives  unequalled  opportunities  for 
knowing  and  providing  for  the  wants 
of  the  public.  Each  one  of  these  years 
we  have  endeavored  to  make  better 
than  its  predecessor.  This  has  resulted 
in  a  course  of  training  that  ensures 
our  graduates  success  either  at  home 
or  abroad. 

Catalogue  Free 
To  Any  Address 
STUDENTS 
CAN  ENTER 
AT  ANY  TIME. 

BE  A  DIPNOMORE. 


Fountain 
Pens 


WATERMAN'S    and    STERLING, 

in   Plain  and.  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  i 

Plush-Lined  Cases. 

ALL  PRICES-from  $1.25  to  $15.00. 


BARNES  &  CO.,     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 

OMISSION 

In  the  Journal  of  Education  of  Nova  Scotia, 

October,  1905,  page  187,  Prescription. 

for  Grade  XI. 

By  the  printer's  mistake  there  lias  been  omit- 
ted from  the  prescriptions  for  Grade  XI  in  the 
October  Journal  of  Education  for  1905,  on 
page  187.  the  following  prescription  which  is  cor- 
rect  as  published  in  the  April  edition  preceding 

•'  PHYSICS.  -II  :  As  in  Gage's  Introduction 
to  Physical  Science.' 

Practical  Mathematics  should  be  numbered  re- 
spectively 12  and  13, 


Education  Office, 
Halifax,  N.  S.,  Jan.  27,  '06. 


A.  H.  MacKAY, 
Supt   of  Education. 


POSITIONS  ! 

Trinidad, 

New  Brunswick, 

Newfoundland 

and 
Nova  Scotia, 

Have  filed  applications    for 

Maritime  =  Trained 
Office     Assistants. 

It  is  not :  "  Can  you  get  a  position  ?" 
but:    "Are  you  qualified  ¥ 

KAULBACH   &  SCHURMAN, 
Chartsred  Accountants. 

Maritime  Business  College, 

HALIFAX,    N,    S 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS —     1 

W,  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

HARDWARE    fflERCHAflTS, 

Market  Square,         SHINT  JOHN*  N-   &• 


E.   G.    NELSON   &   CO., 

corner  king  and  Charlotte  streets,    ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


WALL     MAPS. 

Vew  Map  of  Canada  j  nst  published, 
showing  the  new  provinces. 

KODAKS,  CAMERAS,  AND    PHOTO- 
GRAPHIC   SUPPLIES 
We  keep  a  full  Assortment* 
Send    for  Catalogue. 

Map  of  British  Empire. 

Map  of   World  in   Hemispheres. 

Mail   Obdehs  Solicited. 

jEtmcational  IRevicw  Supplement,  fl>a&  1906. 


"THE    sower. 


I'rom  Paittting  by  J.   I .  Millet. 


EMPIRE  DAY  NUMBER. 


THIRTY-TWO      PAGES. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education  and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  MAY,   1906. 


$1  00  per  Year. 


G.  U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


A.   McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leituter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 


1-KiNTitD  by  Lt .jknes  &  Co..  St.  Jobn.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS  : 

Editorial  Notes.  

The  Schools  of   Nova  Scotia 

The  Schools  of  P.  E.  Island 

A  few  Early  Flowers 

Our  Native  Trees.- X 

Italeigh  Anticipated  Darwin 

Our  C'oaste  II.— Their  Lessons 

Letter  from  Northern  Alberta,  ....  

Lamb's  Adventures  of  Ulysses 

Millet 

Art  8tudy  Notes.— VI 

Answers  to  Queries 

The  Review's  Question  Box,       

Another    Examination    Test 

Various  Selected  Articles,  

Current  Events,..  . ...  

School  and  College,        

Recent  Books, ....  

Recent  Magazines, .... 

New  Advertisements. 

School  Desks,  p.  374;  Francis  4  Vaughan,  p.  3I6; 

De  Brisay,  p.  348. 


....  347 

....  348 

....  S4« 

....  349 

....  330 

....  352 

....  3*2 

....  353 

.     .  364 

....  355 

....  357 

....  358 

....  358 

....  358 
359-389 

....  369 

....  370 

....  371 

...  373 

L'Acadcmie 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  publishfd  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

II  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise  it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "328"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  May  31,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


Cbc  Golden  fields  are  waving, 
Che  Sun  sets  golden  red. 

H  Sleeping  Empire's  waking, 
Jin  empire's  day  is  breaking, 

H  maiden  Empire's  making 
H  mother  Empire's  bread. 


-Cy    Warmatt 


likely  to  be  published  for  some  clays  yet  to  afford 
opportunity  for  it  to  contain  the  new  educational 
legislation  of  the  late  session. 


This  number  ends  the  nineteenth  volume  of  the 
Review,  and  its  many  readers  were  never  more 
hearty  in  their  support  and  encouragement  than  at 
present. 


An  index  for  the  nineteenth  volume  will  be  pub- 
lished with  the  June  number. 


On  the  authority  of  Superintendent  MacKav,  the 
Rf.view  is  asked  to  announce  that  the  April  numb  r 
of  the  Journal  of  Education,  Nova   Scotia,  is  not 


Decorate  your  schoolrooms  for  Empire  Day ! 
The  Review  will  send  ten  pictures,  six  of  which  are 
portraits  of  the  famous  Canadian  authors,  Carman, 
Roberts,  Rand,  DeMille,  Howe,  Haliburton,  and 
four  miscellaneous  subjects,  to  the  subscribers  who 
pay  their  subscriptions  one  year  in  advance,  all 
arrearages  being  paid  to  date.  Compare  the  num- 
ber on  your  address  with  this  number  of  the  Review. 
Send  at  once.  There  is  only  a  limited  number  of 
pictures.     First  come,  first  served. 


We  have  before  referred  to  the  valuable  work 
done  by  the  League  of  the  Empire  and  its  Monthly 
Record,  which  is  published  in  London.  The  objects 
of  the  League  are  to  further  friendly  and  educa- 
tional intercourse  between  the  schools  of  the  Empire. 
Each  month  the  Record  has  some  excellent  sugges- 
tions to  teachers  and  pupils  in  regard  to  correspond- 
ence between  schools,  offers  of  prizes  for  essays,  and 
art  designs  open  to  competition  for  schools  through- 
out the  Empire.  We  strongly  recommend  it  to 
teachers.  The  price  is  only  two-pence  a  year,  post 
free.  Address  the  Editor,  Monthly  Record,  League 
of  the  Empire,  Caxton  Hall,  Victoria  Street,  West- 
minster, London,  S.  W.  Teachers  or  scholars 
might  find  it  of  advantage  to  organize  clubs  and 
send  their  subscriptions  collectively. 

Dr.  Ian  C.  Hannah,  of  Windsor,  N.  S.,  referring 
to  the  League  and  its  Record,  says :  "  It  seems  to 
me  to  be  specially  useful  to  give  the  rising  genera 
tion  of  Canada  a  wider  interest  in  imperial  matters 
not  in  any  jingo  spirit,  but  with  the  object  of  broad 
ening  their  minds  by  letting  them  realize  the  vasl 
responsibility  laid  upon  our  race  to  govern  so  many 
Asiatics  according  to  the  best  traditions  of  the  East, 
to  provide  millions  of  Negroes  with  a  paternal  and 
sympathetic  administration,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
work  out  all  the  complicated  problems  connected 
with  the  settlement  of  new  lands  by  our  own  people. 
I  am  very  sure  it  is  a  most  worthy  object." 


348 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Schools  of  Nova  Scotia. 

The  annual  report  of  Superintendent  MacKay,  of 
the  Nova  Scotia  schools,  has  been  published,  and  its 
details  are  of  great  interest.  Its  review  of  con- 
ditions and  progress  in  every  department  of  educa- 
tional work,  in  a  closely  printed  volume  of  nearly 
250  pages,  is  a  very  masterly  one,  and  evidently  no 
pains  has  been  spared  to  obtain  complete  and  accur- 
ate information. 

In  every  department  the  report  shows  an  improve- 
ment over  the  preceding  year.  The  sections  with- 
out schools  decreased  from  240  to  165.  The  num- 
ber of  schools  in  operation  increased  from  2,331  to 
2,429,  a  gain  of  98;  the  common  school  pupils  in- 
creased from  89,871  to  92,966,  a  gain  of  3,095 ;  and 
the  increase  of  high  school  pupils  was  296,  with  an 
increase  over  the  previous  year  of  372  pupils  who 
successfully  passed  the  examinations.  There  was 
a  great  improvement  in  attendance,  although  the 
winter  of  1905  was  the  stormiest  for  a  generation 
past.  The  ratepayers  paid  $15,000  more  for  salaries 
and  current  expenses  of  schools.  School  libraries 
increased  from  169  to  208,  and  school  gardens  from 
79  to  208.  Teachers'  licenses  to  the  number  of  756 
were  issued,  but  out  of  2,566  teachers  employed, 
only  1,068  were  normal  trained,  a  serious  defect 
when  one  considers  the  excellent  educational  status 
of  Nova  Scotia's  Normal  School.  Four  hundred 
and  forty-one  new  teachers  entered  the  ranks  last 
year,  and  only  148,  or  one-third  of  that  number, 
were  in  training  at  the  Normal  School !  It  is  en- 
couraging to  note,  from  the  superintendent's  report, 
that  "  this  discrimination  against  trained  teachers 
is  likely,  in  the  near  future,  to  be  lessened,"  and  that 
there  is  a  growing  appreciation  among  school  boards 
for  normal  trained  teachers. 

Little  increase  is  noted  in  the  consolidation  of 
schools,  but  many  of  the  inspectors  are  taking 
measures  to  have  weak  sections  unite  for  that  pur- 
pose. No  arrangement  has  yet  been  made  to  con- 
tinue the  consolidated  school  at  Middleton  after  the 
present  year,  when  the  support  of  Sir  Wm.  Mac- 
donald  is  to  be  withdrawn.  It  is  not  likely,  how- 
ever, that  the  people  of  the  eight  districts  repre- 
sented in  the  school  will  consent  to  return  to  early 
conditions. 

The  reports  of  the  inspectors  and  Supervisor  Mc- 
Kay, of  Dr.  Soloan,  principal  of  the  normal  school, 
of  Mr.  Percy  J.  Shaw,  director  of  school  gardens 
and  the   Macdonald  nature-study   department,    and 


the  pupils'  exercises  at  the  Middleton  school,  all 
form  instructive  reading,  and  furnish  many  evi- 
dences of  educational  accomplishment. 


The  Schools  of  P.  E.  Island. 

The  report  of  Dr.  Anderson,  chief  superintendent 
of  schools  for  Prince  Edward  Island,  while  it  con- 
tains some  encouraging  notes,  refers  plainly  to  edu- 
cational conditions  that  should  not  exist  in  a  pro- 
gressive province.  "  An  average  attendance  of  60.33 
of  the  number  of  pupils  enrolled  is  much  below  what 
it  ought  to  be,"  says  Dr.  Anderson.  The  number 
of  schools  in  the  province,  475,  was  five  less  than  in 
the  preceding  year. 

"The  time  was  in  this  province,  and  that  not  long 
ago,  when  the  number  of  men  engaged  in  teaching 
greatly  exceeded  that  of  women;  now,  however, 
there  are  324  of  the  latter  and  246  of  the  former." 
This  proportion,  as  Dr.  Anderson  knows,  is  perhaps 
larger  than  in  any  other  province  of  the  Dominion 
or  in  the  United  States. 

The  enrolment  of  pupils  for  1905  was  19,272,  a 
slight  increase  over  the  previous  year,  but  the  en- 
rolment was  larger  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  than 
it  now  is,  the  diminution  of  population  being  only 
in  part  accountable  for  this. 

The  local  assessment  for  the  support  of  schools 
was  only  $45,695  out  of  a  total  expenditure  of 
$168,592,  the  balance,  $122,897,  being  paid  by 
government.  This  is  too  large  a  sum  to  be  paid  by 
the  province  in  comparison  with  the  very  small  total 
contributed  by  the  ratepayers.  We  are  prepared, 
therefore,  to  hear  that  the  salaries  of  teachers  are 
inadequate,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  there  was 
an  encouraging  increase  in  the  supplements  paid 
them  during  the  year.  "  In  this  province  in  1905, 
14  men  received  $180  and  20  women  $130  as  their 
annual  stipend  as  teachers.  The  highest  salaries 
paid  to  men  and  women  in  the  public  schools  .ire 
$870  and  $360  respectively."  In  the  case  of  the 
poorest  paid  teachers,  fifty  cents  and  less  a  day ! 
The  inevitable  result  follows :  "  The  schools  are 
entrusted  to  inexperienced  youths,  who  in  turn  will 
leave  when  they  are  beginning  to  be  capable  teach- 
ers." 

And  yet  in  spite  of  these  unfavorable  conditions. 
Dr.  Anderson  finds  in  his  numerous  visitations  that 
the  work  done  in  very  many  schools  is  excellent  and 
highly  creditable  to  the  teachers. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


349 


A  Few  Early  Flowers. 

Do  you  like  to  gather  flowers? 

"Oh,  yes,  indeed !"  you  say. 

Where  do  you  look  for  them? 

"In  the  woods — all  around  on  the  ground,"  you  answer. 
Did  you  know  there  were  flowers  over  your  head  as 
well  as  at  your  feet? 

As  spring  comes  on,  look  up  as  well  as  down.  See  how 
many  kinds  of  flowers  you  can  find  upon  trees.  Did  you 
know  that  trees  had  flowers? 

"Oh,  yes,"  you  say,  "peach  trees,  apple  trees,  pear  trees, 
and  all  fruit  trees  have  beautiful  flowers  upon  them." 

That  is  very  true;  but  much  more  is  true.  Look  at  the 
beautiful  flowers  on  the  poplar,  willow,  hazel,  and  other 
trees. 

Have  you  not  seen  those  long,  woolly  flowers  that  look 
like  caterpillars?     They  come  from  a  kind  of  poplar  tree. 

Begin  to  watch  the  maple  trees  very  early.  If  you  do  not, 
their  flowers  will  come  and  go  and  you  will  not  see  them. 

One  kind  of  maple  has  little  clusters  of  tiny  red  flowers. 
Another  has  beautiful  green  flowers  upon  it. 

The  beech  and  the  hazel  produce  nuts,  and  the  oak  trees 
acorns.  Each  has  flowers  of  its  own.  Perhaps  they  are 
not  beautiful.     You  may  not  even  have  seen  them. 

Perhaps  you  have  not  thought  of  their  being  there.  But 
each  spring  these  tiny  flowers  come  and  do  their  work 
(what  is  their  work?)  and  go  away.  In  the  fall  you  will 
enjoy  the  nuts  they  have  helped  to  make. 

Will  you  not  begin  to  watch  the  trees  very  soon?  Look 
at  the  different  kinds  of  buds.  See  what  comes  out  of 
each.  See  if  you  can  find  any  tree  that  does  not  have  some 
kind  of  a  blossom.— School  and  Home.— Adapted. 

May  is  the  month  to  keep  the  children  on  the 
watch  for  early  spring  flowers.  Sheltered  places, 
especially  those  at  the  foot  of  a  hillside  or  on  the 
edge  of  a  grove  facing  the  sun,  may  be  examined 
for  some  of  those  flowers  referred  to  in  last  month's 
Review — the  mayflower,  red  maple,  hepatica,  ad- 
der 's-tongue,  spring  beauty,  violets.  Some  may 
be  searched  for  on  the  ground  and  on  the  trees,  such 
as  the  blood-root,  coltsfoot,  dandelion,  strawberry, 
the  red  blooms  on  the  hackmatack  and  hazel.  Make 
a  flower  calendar,  as  suggested  in  the  April  Review, 
and  keep  a  record  of  the  date  of  finding  each  plant 
in  bloom,  with  the  name  of  the  finder.  If  you  do 
not  know  the  name  of  the  plant,  send  a  portion  of 
it  in  an  envelope  to  the  Review,  or  to  some  other 
friend  who  will  gladly  tell  you.  Be  sure  to  keep  a 
bouquet  or  two  of  these  brave  early  bloomers  in 
water  in  the  schoolroom  so  that  all  may  see  then. 
But  remember  to  leave  plenty  of  them  in  their  haunts 
in  the  woods,  where  they  love  best  to  stay,  where 
they  look  their  prettiest  amid  the  surroundings  !n 
which  nature  placed  them,  and  where  other  people 
may  have  a  chance  to  see  and  admire  them. 

A  beautiful  white  flower  that  appears  in  May  is 
that  of  the  blood-root  or  Sanguinaria.     It  may  be 


looked  for  in  rich  open  woods.  It  rises  gradually 
from  the  ground  through  the  tightly  twisted  leaf  in 
which  the  bud  has  been  protected  through  the  winter. 
The  white  flower  displays  in  the  centre  a  greenish 
spot,  surrounded  by  a  circlet  of  golden  stamens. 
These  lines  are  beautifully   descriptive: 

A  pure  large  flower  of  simple  mold, 
And  touched  with  soft  peculiar  bloom, 
Its  petals  faint  with  strange  perfume, 

And  in  their  midst  a  disk  of  gold ! 

The  petals  soon  wither  and  fall.  In  contrast  with 
their  snowy  bloom  is  the  reddish-orange  colour  of 
the  juice  which  oozes  from  the  cut  underground 
stem  in  drops,  hence  the  name  of  the  plant — San- 
guinaria canadensis.  The  latter  name  implies  that 
it  was  named  and  described  from  specimens  first 
found  in  Canada.  The  Indian  medicine  men  be- 
lieved that  the  Great  Spirit  had  given  every  plant 
some  mark  which  would  help  them  to  know  its  use. 
Hi  nee  they  supposed  that  the  juice  of  the  blood- 
root  would  stop  the  flow  of  blood.  It  is  now  used 
as  a  remedy  in  chest  diseases,  and  as  an  emetic. 
The  Indians  formerly  used  the  juice  for  smearing 
their  bodies  and  for  staining  various  domestic 
articles. 

The  tdilliums  are  other  plants  that  bloom  in  May 
from  tuber-like  rootstocks  which  have  been  protect- 
ed underground  during  the  winter.  The  painted 
trillium  is  a  beautiful  plant  found  everywhere  in 
woods.  Its  large  white  p.tals,  painted  at  their  base 
with  purple  stripes,  distinguish  it  from  the  ill-smell- 
ing purple  flowers  of  the  birth-root  (Trillium 
erectum).  The  trilliums  belong  to  the  lily  family. 
The  name,  from  Latin  triplum,  triple,  makes  these 
plants  readily  recognized  by  children  who  are  quick 
to  see  how  well  the  name  fits  the  three  ample  leaves, 
three  green  sepals  which  stay  on  through  the  sum- 
mer, three  coloured  petals  which  wither  away  in  a 
few  weeks,  twice  three  stamens,  three  styles,  and 
the  pistil  with  its  three  cavities  in  which  the  seeds 
are  ripened.  A  local  name  for  the  trillium  is  the 
Trinity-flower.  Seventeen  species  of  trillium  are 
scattered  over  the  American  continent  from  Georgia 
to  the  Arctic  regions:  of  these  only  time  are  found 
in  the  Maritime  provinces. 

The  familiar  dandelion  is  too  well  known  to  need 
any  description  here.  Children  will  find  it  a  very 
early  riser,  its  bright  yellow  flowers  opening  between 
five  and  six  o'clock  in  the  morning;  they  stay  wide 
open  all  day  and  close  again  between  eight  and  nine 
o'clock  in  the  evening.  This  was  one  of  the  plants 
selected  by  Linnaeus  for  his  floral  clock;  but  il  did 


350 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


not  work  well  on  wet  days,  when  the  dandelion 
flowers  insisted  on  staying  in  bed.  Schoolboys  in 
Italy  earn  an  honest  penny  by  collecting  the  leaves 
as  food  for  the  silkworm  when  mulberry  haves  are 
scarce.  In  this  country  people  use  the  leaves  for 
"  greens,"  and  wholesome  food  it  is  if  we  do  not 
mind  the  slightly  bitter  taste.  The  dandelion  is 
well  worth  studying  in  the  way  it  protects  its  flow- 
ers in  wet  weather,  and  the  down  it  provides  for 
carrying  the  seeds.  Children  will  be  interested  in 
the  name  "  blow-ball,"  which  is  sometimes  given  to 
the  dandelion ;  and  there  is  a  trick  of  guessing  what 
o'clock  it  is  by  vigorously  "  blowing "  the  downy 
tufts  from  this  "  ball ;  "  the  number  left  tells  the 
time  of  day. 


Our  Native  Trees— X. 

Bv    G.   U.    Hay, 
The  Elm  and  Beech. 

Although  the  elm  and  beech  belong  to  different 
families,  they  are  so  marked  as  shade  trees  that  they 
may  be  taken  together  here. 

The  elm  (Ulmus  americana)  is  one  of  our  most 
beautiful  and  stately  trees,  so  often  selected  for 
shade  and  ornament  that  one  scarcely  thinks  of  it 
as  belonging  to  the  forest.  Yet  it  is  found  in 
abundance  near  water  courses  and  in  damp  and 
moist  soils  throughout  the  Maritime  provinces  and 
eastern  America.  It  attains  its  greatest  luxuriance 
on  rich  intervales  along  our  rivers.  No  shade  tree 
can  surpass  it  for  beauty  of  foliage  and  form.  Some- 
times it  may  be  seen  as  a  single  shaft,  with  branches 
near  the  top  and  with  tufts  of  short  leafy  twigs 
covering  the  long  slim  trunk  from  near  the  ground 
upwards.  This  is  the  feathered  elm.  Usually  it 
has  an  entirely  different  habit  of  growth,  sending 
up  to  the  height  of  twenty  feet  or  so  a  massive 
trunk,  which  divides  into  stout  branches  shooting 
upwards  and  continuing  to  throw  out  smaller 
branches  and  twigs  as  they  ascend.  The  latter 
have  that  drooping  and  spreading  habit  which  give 
the  tree  the  vase-like  form  so  well  known  along  our 
rivers.  Such  trees  spread  their  shade  invitingly 
over  the  greensward  beneath.  This  is  the  form  of 
elm  so  characteristic  of  the  lower  stretches  of  the 
St.  John  river. 

Under   the  cooling  shadow  of  a  stately   Elm, 
Close  sate  I  by  a  goodly  River's  side. 

Sometimes  the  elm  branches,  starting  out  from 
the  trunk  near  the  ground,  sweep  upward  in  a  large 
and  beautiful  curve,  sending  their  tips  outward  in 
a   far  reaching  circle  almost  touching  the  ground. 


and  giving  the  tree  the  appearance  of  a  huge  ball 
when  viewed  from  a  short  distance.  The  fine  elm 
tree  near  the  Normal  School,  Toronto,  and  many 
other  famous  elms,  have  this  form;  but  so  great  is 
the  strain  when  the  tree  is  loaded  with  wet  foliage 
that  the  branches  are  liable  to  break  off  at  or  near 
the  trunk.  The  elm,  as  it  advances  in  age,  especial- 
ly in  higher  and  cultivated  grounds,  is  very  likely 
to  assume  this  form ;  it  is  in  the  younger  elms  and 
those  growing  in  the  rich  alluvial  meadows  that 
its  stately  outlines  and  graceful  curves  may  be  seen 
to  best  advantage. 

The  elm  needs  an  abundance  of  water  and  rich 
soil;  when  these  are  provided  its  growth  is  very 
rapid,  and  it  will  become  a  good  sized  tree  in  from 
fifteen  to  twenty  years.  Most  elms  reach  the 
height  of  their  beauty  in  fifty  years  or  so.  They 
decay  early ;  but  instances  are  not  rare,  especially 
in  those  of  the  rounded  form,  where  they  reach  an 
age  of  several  hundred  years.  The  famous  Wash- 
ington elm,  in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  under 
which  George  Washington  took  command  of  the 
Continental  army  in  1775,  is  certainly  more  than 
two  hundred  years  old;  but  this  is  now  decaying 
and  cannot  last  long. 

Many  instances  are  reported  of  the  distance  that 
elm  roots  will  grow  in  search  of  water.  Some 
years  since  a  drain  in  the  vicinity  of  Paris  was  stop- 
ped up,  and  on  digging  down  to  discover  the  cause 
it  was  found  that  it  had  been  clogged  with  a  growth 
of-  roots  which  proceeded  from  an  elm  tree  nearly 
nearly  fifty  feet  distant.  (When  roots  grow  in 
water  they  develop  great  masses  of  rootlets,  which 
was  the  cause  of  the  clogging). 

The  flowers  of  the  elm  precede  the  leaves  in  early 
spring.  They  are  of  a  yellowish  tinge  and  hang 
in  close,  conspicuous  bunches  from  the  ends  of 
twigs.  They  are  very  simple  in  structure,  each 
with  a  small  bell-shaped  calyx,  with  four  to  nine 
stamens  on  long  slender  filaments,  and  an  ovary 
having  two  short  styles.  During  the  few  days  that 
the  flowers  remain  open  they  are  crowded  with  bees. 
The  oval  leaves  are  simple,  with  a  sharp  point,  and 
their  edges  are  usually  doubly-serrate.  The  seeds 
mature  very  rapidly ;  each  is  provided  with  a  wing 
which  grows  about  it  in  the  form  of  a  circle.  If  the 
seeds  be  collected  and  planted  in  moist  soil  early  in 
June  they  will  grow  almost  immediately,  a  hint  for 
those  who  may  wish  to  cultivate  this  fine  shade  tree. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the  leaves  of  the 
elm  are  alternate,  the  first  pair  in  seedlings  are 
opposite. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


351 


The  wood  of  the  elm  is  hard,  strong,  tough,  com- 
pact. The  difficulty  of  working  it  prevents  its 
general  use  as  timber.  Its  fibres  hold  tenaciously 
together;  and  as  the  wood  has  no  special  beauty 
compared  with  the  maple,  cherry  or  some  others,  it 
has  no  special  value  for  furniture.  It  was  formerly 
used  in  ship  building;  and  the  tough  wood  is  useful 
for  ox  yokes,  wagon  supports,  hubs  of  wheels  and 
similar  purposes  where  there  is  a  cross  strain.  A 
cubic  foot  weighs  45  pounds.  The  bark  is  tough 
and  strong,  and  has  been  used  for  making  ropes  and 
chair  bottoms.  The  wood  makes  good  fuel  and 
yields  an  abundance  of  ash. 

The  Beech. 

The  trim,  neat  appearance  of  the  beech  (Fagus 
americana)  when  growing  in  the  forest  has  given 
it  the  reputation  of  being  the  "  best  dressed  "  tree 
of  the  woods.  It  has  a  tall  graceful  trunk,  with 
thin,  smooth,  close-knit  bark,  ash-grey  in  colour, 
with  darker  and  lighter  shades,  but  becoming  paler 
in  winter.  Its  green  leaves  turn  to  a  rich  reddish- 
brown  or  amber  colour,  and  in  autumn  remain  longer 
on  the  branches  than  those  of  other  deciduous  trees. 
Frequently  trees  in  the  deep  woods  retain  their 
withered  leaves  throughout  the  winter.  Its  green 
leaves  are  not  liable  to  attack  from  any  insect.  The 
smooth  shining  appearance  of  its  twigs  and  the  polish 
of  its  shapely,  conical  winter  buds  add  to  its  trim 
appearance. 

The  beech  frequently  attains  a  height  of  from  75 
to  100  feet,  with  a  trunk  diameter  of  from  two  to 
four  feet.  When  growing  in  open  fields  it  is  much 
less  in  height,  but  often  attains  a  considerable 
circumference.  Its  spreading  branches  help  to  give 
it  the  dense  shade  for  which  beech  forests  are  re- 
markable. While  there  is  an  abundance  of  flowering 
plants  to  be  found  on  the  ground  in  oak  woods,  few 
are  to  be  met  with  under  beeches.  This  is  perhaps 
due  to  the  dense  shade.  A  curious  brownish-yel- 
low plant,  from  six  to  twelve  inches  in  height,  is 
sometimes  found  in  great  abundance  under  beech 
trees  in  late  summer  and  autumn.  This  is  a  para- 
site, called  beech-drops,  which  draws  its  nourish- 
ment from  the  roots  of  beech  trees  to  which  it  is 
attached. 

The  beech  is  one  of  the  most  widely  distributed 
trees  in  north-eastern  America,  and  many  of  our  -o- 
called  hardwood  ridges  are  clothed  principally  with 
this  tree,  along  with  birches  and  maples.  The  flow- 
ers which  appear  at  the  same  time  with  the  leaves 
are  of  two  kinds,  staminate  and  pistillate.       The 


former  are  yellowish  green,  growing  in  tassels  or 
heads ;  the  hitter  usually  in  pairs  on  a  short  stalk. 
The  fruit  is  the  well-known  triangular  nut  which  is 
enclosed  in  a  bur.  The  burs  open  and  the  nuts 
fall  soon  after  the  first  frosts  of  autumn.  There  is 
a  saying  that  beech-nuts  are  abundant  only  once  in 
seven  years.  This  would  be  an  interesting  question 
for  some  one  to  follow  up,  to  find  out  whether  there 
is  any  foundation  for  the  saying,  and  if  there  is,  to 
ascertain,  if  possible,  the  cause.  Another  saying 
about  the  beech  tree  that  requires  to  be  investigated 
is  that  it  has  never  been  known  to  be  struck  by 
lightning. 

The  wood  of  the  beech  is  hard,  tough,  and  close- 
grained.  A  cubic  foot  weighs  43  pounds.  In  colour 
it  is  light  or  red,  giving  rise  to  the  belief  among 
country  people  that  there  are  two  kinds,  the  white 
and  red.  There  is  but  one  species  known  in  these 
provinces.  The  difference  in  colour  in  those  noted 
above  may  arise  from  the  more  or  less  rapid  growth 
of  the  wood.  The  texture  also  of  the  white  beech 
is  tougher  and  less  liable  to  warp;  that  of  the  red 
is  more  brittle. 

The  wood  of  the  beech  makes  the  best  of  flooring. 
It  is  used  also  in  chair-making  and  turning,  for  saw- 
handles,  bench  planes,  and  for  many  other  purposes. 
Its  wood  makes  excellent  fuel. 

It  is  difficult  to  transplant  beeches,  because  they 
usually  grow  attached  to  one  another  under  ground. 
But  to  cultivate  a  young  tree  from  a  beech-nut  is 
an  interesting  experiment,  if  only  to  notice  the  two 
wide  and  thick  first  leaves  (cotyledons)  that  appear 
above  ground,  and  growing  up  between  them  the 
little  stem  bearing  the  true  beech  leaves. 


The  Clovers. 

The  clovers  have  no  time  to  play; 
They  feed  the  cows,  and  make  the  hay; 
And  trim  the  lawns,  and  help  the  hees, 
Until  the  sun  sinks  through  the  trees. 

And  then  they  lay  aside  their  cares, 
And  fold  their  hands  to  say  their  prayers. 
And  drop  their  little  tired  heads 
And  go  to  sleep  in  clover  beds. 

Then  when  the  day  dawns  clear  and  blue. 
They  wake  and  wash  their  hands  in  dew. 
And  as  the  sun  climbs  up  the  sky 
They  hold  them  up  and  let  them  dry ; 
And  then  to  work  the  whole  long  day ; 
For  clovers  have  no  time  to  play. 

— Helena  Leaning  Jel'.iffe, 


352 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Raleigh  Anticipated  Darwin. 

To  the  Editor  of  the  Educational  Review. 

Dear  Sir, —  In  perusing  Sir  Walter  Raleigh's 
History  of  the  World,  published  in  1614,  I  have 
just  come  across  a  passage  which  seems  to  me  of  the 
greatest  interest  as  showing  that  Raleigh  anticipated 
Darwin  in  realizing : 

(1)  That  species  are  not  immutable. 

(2)  That  they  are  affected  by  environment, 
especially  climate. 

As  I  do  not  think  this  passage  is  at  all  well  known, 
1  venture  to  transcribe  it  for  the  benefit  of  your 
readers.  It  is  from  chapter  vii,  sec.  9,  and  the 
author  is  seeking  to  prove  that  the  ark  was  large 
enough  for  the  then  existing  beasts.  "  But  it  is 
manifest,  and  undoubtedly  true,  that  many  of  the 
species,  which  now  seeme  differing,  and  of  severall 

kinds,  were  not  then  in  rerum  natura And 

whereas  by  discovering  of  strange  Lands,  wherein 
there  are  found  divers  Beasts  and  Birds,  differing 
in  colour  or  stature  from  those  of  these  Northern 
parts ;  it  may  be  supposed  by  a  superficiall  consid- 
eration, that  all  those  which  weare  red  and  pyed 
Skinnes,  or  Feathers,  are  differing  from  those  that 
are  lesse  painted,  and  weare  plaine  russet  or  blacke ; 
they  are  much  mistaken  that  so  thinke.  And  for  my 
own  opinion,  I  find  no  difference,  but  only  in  magni- 
tude, between  the  Cat  of  Europe,  and  the  Ownce  of 
India;  &  even  those  Dogges  which  are  become  wilde 
in  Hispagniola,  with  which  the  Spaniards  used  to  de- 
voure  the  naked  Indians,  are  now  changed  to  Wolves, 
and  begin  to  destroy  the  breed  of  their  cattell,  and 
doe  also  oftentimes  tear  asunder  their  owne  child- 
ren. The  common  Crow  and  Rooke  of  India  is  full 
of  red  feathers  in  the  drown'd  and  low  Islands  of 
Caribana;  and  the  Black-bird  and  Thrush  hath  his 
feathers  mixt  with  blacke  and  carnation,  in  the 
North  parts  of  Virginia.  The  Dog-fish  of  England 
is  the  Sharke  of  the  South  Ocean :  For  if  colour  or 
magnitude  made  a  difference  of  Species,  then  were 
the  Negro's,  which  we  call  the  Blacke-Mores,  non 
animalia  rationalia,  not  Men,  but  some  kind  of 
strange  Beasts:  and  so  the  Gyants  of  the  South 
America  should  be  of  another  kind,  than  the  people 
of  this  part  of  the  World.  We  also  see  it  daily, 
that  the  nature  of  Fruits  are  changed  by  transplan- 
tation, some  to  better,  some  to  worse,  especially  with 
the  change  of  Clymate.  Crabs  may  be  made  good 
Fruit  by  often  grafting,  and  the  best  Melons  will 
change  in  a  yeare  or  two  to  common  Cowcummers, 
by  being  set  in  a  barren  Soyle." 

Sincerely  yours,        Ian  C.  Hannah. 

Kind's  College,  Windsor,  N.  S.,  24th  April,  1906. 


Our  Coasts.  II— Their  Lessons. 

Continued. 

The    Agents   at  Work. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D 

It  will  be  interesting  now  to  note  some  of  the 
special  peculiarities  of  the  muddy  deposits,  both  for 
the  reason  that  they  are  so  conspicuous  and  cover 
such  large  areas  about  the  head  of  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  and  because  in  connection  with  them  are 
found  certain  features  which  are  of  the  greatest 
service  in  throwing  light  upon  die  events  of  periods 
long  antecedent  to  our  own. 

The  extent  of  the  mud-flats  laid  bare  by  the  ebb 
of  the  tide  along  portions  of  the  coast  of  Albert  and 
Westmorland   counties,    New   Brunswick,   and    the 
shores  of  Minas  Basin,  Nova  Scotia,  is  very  large, 
their  breadth  being  in  some  instances  a  mile  or  more. 
The  mud  itself  is  of  a  bright  red  colour,  extremely 
fine  and  tenacious,   the  redness  being  due  to  iron 
oxide  contained  in  the  rocks  from  which  the  material 
was  derived,  while  the  fineness  is  the  result  of  the 
long  continued  trituration  of  the  same  material  under 
the  action  of  moving  waters.     This  material  is  con- 
stantly being  deposited,  the  tide  at  each  flood  spread- 
ing a  thin  layer  over  those  previously  laid  down, 
while  at  ebb  the  whole  surface  is  laid  bare  and  ex- 
posed to  any  influences  which  may  operate  upon  it. 
One  of  these  might  be  a  passing  shower,  every  drop 
of  which  falling  upon  such  fine  and  light  material 
would  leave  its  impress,  to  be  subsequently  buried 
and  preserved  under  the  new  layers  afterwards  de- 
posited.    Or  if,  instead  of  rainy  weather,  there  be  a 
warm  summer  sun,  the  surface  will  dry,  and  by  dry- 
ing be  made  to  shrink,  thus  producing  numerous 
cracks  or  small  fissures,  also  to  be  buried  later  as  a 
new  tide  comes  in.       One  may  sometimes  see    the 
whole  surface  of  a  mud  flat  honeycombed  by  these 
shrinkage  cracks.     Or  again,  as  "  worms  come  out 
after  a  shower,"  even  in  our  streets  and  fields,  so 
they  do  from  their  burrows  on  the  tidal  flats,  and 
one  may  readily  recognize  not  only  their  holes  or 
homes,  but  also  long,  round  trails  extending  in   all 
directions  over  the  muddy  beds,  marking  where  the 
worms  have  made  their  daily  travels  in  search  of 
food.     Finally,  the  observer  perchance  may  find  an 
impression  which  he  readily  recognizes  as  the  track 
of  a  three-toed  wading  bird,  or  another  equally  char- 
acteristic of  somte  domestic  animal,  or  of  man,  and, 
like  Crusoe  on  his  desert  island,  he  naturally  infers 
that  where  such  tracks  exist  there  must  recently  have 
been  either  bird  or  quadruped  or  man  to  produce 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


353 


them.  Thus  in  addition  to  the  evidence  afforded  hy 
the  rounded  pebbles  of  a  sea  wall  or  the  sand-grains 
of  a  sandy  beach,  as  to  their  origin  as  beach  deposits, 
so  the  fine  muds  tell  an  equally  legible  and  still  more 
interesting  story,  one  which  "  he  who  runs  may 
read."  Evidently,  armed  with  such  means  of  recog- 
nition, the  student  can  pass  from  the  gravelly  and 
sandy  beaches,  or  from  the  muddy  tidal  flats  of  to- 
day, and  finding  what  are  practically  the  same  things 
in  the  rocky  ledges,  or  in  the  extensive  marsh  lands 
which  skirt  the  bay,  will  reach  the  conclusion  that 
they,  too,  must  or.ce  have  been  at  or  below  the  sea- 
level,  and  were  produced  in  the  same  way. 

A  word  or  two  further  as  to  the  marsh  lands. 
These  are  usually  spoken  of  as  the  "dyked  marshes," 
because,  were  it  not  for  artificial  embankments  or 
dykes,  they,  too,  would  be  frequently  submerged,  as 
indeed  they  sometimes  are  when  through  neglect  or 
through  extraordinary  high  tides,  like  those  of  the 
Saxby  gale,  the  dykes  are  broken  through  and  the 
"  turbulent  tides,"  as  Longfellow  expresses  it,  "  are 
allowed  to  wander  free  o'er  the  meadows."  These 
meadows  are  very  extensive  in  both  provinces,  and 
are  also  of  extraordinary  fertility,  producing  crop 
after  crop  of  fine  grass  without  the  aid  of  artificial 
manures. 

I  have  space  to  refer  to  only  one  other  interesting 
point  connected  with  the  dyked  marshes.  It  is 
this :  At  certain  points  these  marshes  have  been 
found  to  contain  the  buried  but  still  erect  trunks  of 
upland  trees.  They  occur  several  feet  below  the 
surface  of  the  marsh,  and  of  course  as  much  below 
the  level  now  reached  by  the  flood  tides.  They 
could  not  possibly  have  grown  where  they  were 
subject  to  submergence  under  saJt  water;  and  hence 
the  conclusion  is  forced  upon  us  that  the  land  bor- 
dering the  bay  is  now  lower  than  it  formerly  was. 
Indeed  there  is  good  reason  for  believing  that  not 
the  Bay  of  Fundy  trough  only,  but  the  whole  Atlan- 
tic seaboard  of  America,  is  undergoing  subsidence. 
In  Northumberland  Straits  the  sinking  is  even  more 
marked  than  in  the  bay.  The  sea  is  said  to  be 
attacking  the  ruins  of  old  Fort  Moncton,  and  from 
a  cemetery  near  by  is  washing  out  the  bones  of  cer- 
tain unfortunates  who,  as  recorded  on  one  of  the 
tombstones,  were  those  scalped  by  the  Indians.* 
Finally  both  in  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia 
are  to  be  found  at  many  places  remains  of  old  Indian 
encampments,  originally,  of  course,  located  above 
the  reach  of  the  sea,  but  which  are  now  being  con- 


stantly washed  and  removed  by  the  waves.  In  New 
Brunswick  such  old  encampments,  marked  by  the 
occurrence  of  shells,  arrow  heads,  beads,  bones,  etc., 
are  to  be  seai  at  Oak  Bay,  on  the  St.  Croix  river, 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Bocabec  river,  and  on  Frye*s 
Island;  while  in  Nova  Scotia  I  have  observed  them 
about  Mahone  Bay  and  at  the  head  of  Port  La  Tour. 
Such  movements  as  are  indicated  in  the  above 
facts  are  general  in  the  earth's  crust,  but  are  not 
always  downward.  When  in  this  direction  they  lead 
to  the  submergence  of  the  coast,  the  "  drowning  " 
of  rivers  (as  will  be  discussed  in  a  later  chapter), 
the  origination  of  islands,  the  deepening  of  harbours, 
etc.  When  in  the  opposite  direction,  they  extend 
the  coast  seaward,  re-unite  the  islands  with  the  main- 
land, lengthen  the  course  of  rivers,  and  for  a  time 
determine  conditions  of  general  uniformity.  If 
affecting  larger  areas,  they  may  in  places  lift  the 
land  to  mountain  heights.  In  the  next  chapter  we 
shall  have  to  consider  some  of  the  effects  of  their 
elevatory  movements. 


Letter  From  Northern  Alberta. 

Wr.  W.  B.  Webb,  writing  from  Astleyville. 
Alberta,  April  12th,  says :  "  We  have  had  a  remark- 
ably mild  winter,  with  but  little  snow,  not  more 
than  three  inches,  perhaps.  Have  had  none  since 
February  1st.  Wagons  have  been  in  constant  use. 
The  farmers  have  been  at  work  since  April  2nd,  the 
land  being  very  dry.  Have  had  almost  continuous 
sunshine  all  winter ;  the  days  are  warm  and  pleasant 
now,  but  colder  at  night-fall.  The  Anemone  is 
blooming,  and  the  poplar  trees  are  looking  green 
with  the  hanging  catkins. 

"  The  last  few  numbers  of  the  Review  have  been 
especially  good.  The  pictures  are  valuable  and  very 
helpful  in  many  ways.  The  articles  on  the  Coast 
by  Dr.  Bailey  are  particularly  helpful ;  these  ought 
to  be  especially  so  in  Acadia — to  use  the  old  name — 
and  such  pictures  are  of  great  interest  in  prairie 
sections,  as  they  help  to  impress  the  description  that 
may  be  given  of  the  sea-shore.  Your  article  on 
trees  ought  to  be  very  useful  to  teachers,  but  we 
have  few  of  the  trees  in  Alberta  that  you  have  de- 
scribed." 


♦See  Bulletin  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  of  N.  B.,  Vol.  V,  Part  I, 
p.  II. 


The  Japanese  do  not  allow  their  children  to  go 
to  school  until  they  are  six  years  old.  They  claim 
to  have  scientifically  proved  that  if  a  child  goes  to 
school  at  an  earlier  age  it  is  both  mentally  and 
physically  detrimental. 


.154 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Lamb's  Adventures  of  Ulysses. 

Continued. 

Notes  By  G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

P-  '35.  '•  5 :  Here  the  rocks  are  said  to  be  smooth. 
What  is  the  general  character  of  rocks  on  the  sea 
shore,  and  why  are  they  thus?  1.  8:  Among  the 
Greeks  it  was  very  common  to  deify  a  river.  1.  .;: 
Meaning  of  the  phrase  "  stayed  his  current  ?"  1.  22  : 
"  Voice  Spent  "  means  what  ?  1.  25 :  The  rack  was 
one  of  the  instruments  of  torture  of  the  Middle 
Ages  used  to  extract  testimony  from  stubborn  wit- 
nesses or  accused  persons.  Its  use  is  mentioned  in 
some  of  Scott's  novels.  1.  36:  The  name  of  the 
river,  Calliroe.  means  a  "  beautiful  stream." 

P.  136,  1.  5:  The  word  "  insecure  "  is  worth  being 
studied  in  its  derivation,  "  in,"  "  se,"  "  cura,"  "  not 
,i>,ai t  from  care.  1.  14:  Parse  the  word  "leave." 
1.  21 :  What  figure  of  speech  in  the  expression  "  the 
air  breathed  steel,"  and  what  does  it  mean? 

P-  x37»  1-  5:  Meaning  of  the  prep.  "  against  "  as 
found  here?  1.  9:  "  Your  reputation  stands  much," 
etc.  What  does  this  phrase  mean?  1.  10:  "Timely" 
means?  1.  12:  "Vestments,"  often  calk'd  "vesture," 
and  Macaulay  in  the  "  Lays  "  has  shortened  it  down 
to  "vest."  1.  23  :  Find  the  derivation  of  "primitive." 
1.  35:  Even  then  it  seems  the  unmarried  were  ex- 
pected to  be  more  careful  in  their  dress.  Of  course, 
like  other  old-fashioned  things,  the  saying  has  died 
out,  hasn't  it?  1.  39:  The  Romans,  too,  when  dressed 
for  state  occasions,  put  on  their  white  togas.  How 
strange  to  them  would  have  appeared  our  black  coats 
and  silk  hats  worn  on  similar  occasions  now  ? 

P.  138,  1.  13  :  What  kind  of  oil  would  it  be?  1.  17  : 
Homer  in  the  original  speaks  of  how  well  the  mules 
trotted  on  their  way  out.  1.  22 :  Here  we  have,  per- 
haps, the  earliest  kind  of  washing  machine.  Of 
what  kind  of  material  would  the  clothes  likely  be 
made  ? 

1'.  139,  1.  27:  Delos  is  one  of  the  islands  of  the 
Aegean  Sea.  If  anyone  has  Kingsley's  "Heroes" 
and  will  look  up  "  Theseus,"  he  will  find  how  the 
Aegean  got  its  name.  1.  30:  Meaning  of  "  past  "  in 
this  line? 

P.  143,  1.  3 :  It  may  be  remembered  that  the  seer 
Teiresias  was  also  blind,  and  that  Homer  himself 
was.  1.  11:  Meaning  of  the  word  "jar"  here? 
What  part  of  speech  is  it  ?  The  oracle  here  is 
probably  the  famous  one  at  Delphi.  1.  12:  Meaning 
of  "period"  here?  It  is  used  in  its  more  unusual 
sense  of  "end"  or  "finish?"  1.  16:  Expressed  to 
the  life"  means  what?     1.  39;  Look  up  "prowess." 


P.  146,  1.  33 :  it  will  be  remembered  by  those  who 
have  read  Othello  how  the  "  fair  Desdemona  "  was 
won  by  similar  tales. 

I'.  147,  1.  15 :  "Massy  plate,"  instead  of  "massy  ;  " 
we  more  commonly  used  "  massive."  What  is  the 
meaning  of  "  plate?  "  1.  28:  Meaning  of  "  yielded" 
in  this  line? 

P,  148.  1.  17:  The  length  of  his  absence  is  said  to 
have  been  twenty  years  in  all, 

P.  149.  In  the  first  book  of  the  Aeneid  a  god- 
dess appears  to  Aeneas  in  much  the  same  way. 

P,  150,  1.  18:  "Were"  is  in  what  mood?  1.  19: 
Meaning  of  "  wanting? "  1.  22:  If  not  too  difficult 
for  drade  VIII,  "  being  dead  "  is  a  good  bit  of  par- 
sing to  exercise  their  ingenuity  on.  1.  30:  Telema- 
chus  in  its  French  form.  Telemaque  is  the  title  of 
a  well  known  tale  dealing  with  this  same  story.  P.e 
careful  of  the  pronunciation  of  Penelope.  In  those 
classical  names  each  vowel  is  sounded ;  c  is  not 
usually  silent  at  the  end  of  a  word  as  in  English. 

P.  151,  1.  12:  Meaning  of  "  concert."  How  does 
tlie  noun  come  to  have  the  meaning  it  does  ?  1.  28 : 
"  111  "  is  not  so  often  used  as  "  evil  "  in  this  sense. 

I'.  152,  1.  7:  Meaning  of  phrase  "in  his  time." 
1.  15 :  Case  of  the  noun  "  beggar."  What  would  be 
its  case  in  the  sentence  "  his  conduct  became  a  beg- 
gar?" 1.  28:  "Antipathy"  from  "  anti  "  against 
"pathos"  a  feeling;  just  the  opposite  of  "sympa- 
thy." 

P.  154,  1.  4:  "  Will  not  stick  to  invent  any  lie." 
Explain  meaning  of  this  phrase.  I.  10:  "  On't  "  for 
the  more  modern  "  of  it."  As  I  mentioned  before. 
Lamb  was  a  student  of  Elizabethan  literature.  1.  39 : 
Meaning  of  "  forged?  "  How  is  this  meaning  con- 
nected with  the  other  one? 

P,  162,  1.  34:  "A  travelling  Egyptian"  with  us 
would  be  called  by  what  name? 

1'.  163,  1.  15:  Those  who  have  Kingsley's 
"  Heroes  "  will  remember  how  Jason  carried  a  beg- 
gar across  the  Anaurus,  and  how  it  proved  to  be 
Hera,  Queen  of  the  Immortals. 

P.  164,  1.  7:  The  famous  Olympic  games  were 
celebrated  at  Olympia,  in  Western  Greece,  every 
fourth  year.  To  win  a  prize  at  one  of  the  events 
there  was  the  highest  honour  a  Grecian  athlete  could 
attain.  ( )f  such  importance  were  they  that  the 
(ireck  calendar  was  based  on  them,  as  we  date  from 
the  birth  of  Christ. 

P.  165,  1.  1  :  Meaning  of  "  stomach  "  here?  1.  37: 
Ts  four  acres  of  good  "  glebe  land  "  a  fair  day's  work 
for  one  man  and  team  ? 

P.  166,  1.  27:  Look  up  "spleen," 


The  educational  rev  may. 


$58 


P.  167,  1.  11 :  Parse  "  one."  What  sort  of  a  verb 
is  "  became  "  here?  1.  27:  What  part  of  speech  is 
"  rigfat?"     Macaulay  says, 

"  ki«ht  well  did  such  a  couch  befit 
A  Consular  of  Rome." 

P.  156,  1.  18:  "Brave"  means  what?  1.  21: 
Find  derivation  of  "inclement."  1.  25:  "Case;" 
Macaulay  in  Horatius  says,  "  Never  1  ween  did 
swimmer,  in  sucli  an  evil  case."  The  whole  story 
as  told  on  this  page  well  illustrates  the  character  of 
Ulysses,  the  crafty. 

1'.  157,  1.  22:  I  think  reference  has  previously 
been  made  to  the  fact  that  the  Greeks  drank  their 
wine  always  mixed  with  water.  I.  29 :  Here  wc 
have  the  words  "  vests  "  in  the  sense  already  refer- 
red of  "  vesture  "  or  "  clothing."  Jove's  cup-bearer 
was  Ganymede. 

P.  159,  1.  19:  Parse  the  noun  "house,"  especially 
it*  case;  1.  37:  lie  careful  of  the  meaning  of  the 
word  "  admire  "  in  this  line. 

P.  160,  1.  18:  "Bears"  would  more  usually  be 
"  keeps."  "  Still  "  could  be  here  interpreted  in  its 
old  sense  of  "  always." 

P.  161,  1.  5:  Who  was  "  the  king  of  the  skies?  " 
1.  10:  "  Chicfcst."  If  you  took  up  the  grammar  I 
think  you  will  find  "chief"  given  as  on«'  °t  the 
adjectives  which  can't  be  compared.  But  wc  find 
many  writers  using  comparative  and  superlative- 
degree  of  such  adjectives  as:  "supreme,"  "chief," 
etc. 

P.  170,  1.  15:  The  three  Fates  were  conceived  as 
spinning  the  thread  of  man's  life,  or,  more  correctly, 
one  held  the  distaff,  another  spun,  and  the  third  cut 
the  thread  when  complete. 

P.  171,  1.  36:  For  a  full  account  of  this  voyage 
read  Kingsley's  "  Argonauts  "  in  the  "  Heroes." 

P-  175,  '•  3:  For  the  story  of  the  way  in  which 
Athene  got  the  shield,  read  "  Perseus "  in  the 
"  Heroes." 


Canadian  mica  has  been  increasing  steadily  in 
value  from  1895  to  the  present  time,  and  that  of 
India  has  Imtii  almost  as  steadily  decreasing  in 
value;  so  that,  where  in  1895  the  imported  value  of 
Indian  mica  was  nearly  three  times  that  of  <  anadian 
mica,  the  1904  ('anadian  mica  stood  higher  than 
Indian.-  Scientific  American. 


A   PAIK  OF   SAIH1TS. 


The  Province  of  Oucbcc  has  set  aside  the  whol.- 
Gaspe  Peninsula  as  a  forest  preserve. 


Millet.     Continued. 

liy  Miss  A.  Mai  lean. 
"  The  Sower,"  which  many  consider  Millet's  best 
picture,  is  at  present  in  the  Vanderbilt  collection  in 
the  Metropolitan  Museum,  New  York.  It  was 
painted  at  llarbizon,  but  the  peasant  is  of  Millet's 
home  place,  such  as  he  himself  was  when  he  worked 
in  his  father's  fields.  Millet  did  not  paint  from 
models,  he  painted  the  type  rather  than  the  indivi- 
dual. The  sower  marches  along  with  a  firm  and 
serioas  step,  scattering  the  seed  on  the  steep,  grey- 
ish brown  hillside,  clad  in  a  dark  red  shirt,  dark  blue 
trousers  that  reach  to  the  knee,  dark  greyish  stock- 
ings   wrapped    round    with  cords  of    straw,  rough 

sabots,      on      his 

feet,  anil  a  shape- 
less    dull     brown 

hat  throws hisface  -"'^j** 

into  shadow.       A 

flock  of  crows  fly 

near,  and  on  the 
hilltop  another  pheasant  is  finishing  bis  day's  work 
in  a  glint  of  the  setting  sun,  while  all  the  hillside  is 
in  shadow. 

Millet  sent  "The  Sower"  to  the  Salon  in  1850,  and 
of  it  Gautier  (go-tee-ay)  then  wrote:  "The  night 
is  coming,  spreading  its  grey  wings  over  the  earth ; 
the  sower  marches  with  rylhnictic  step,  flinging  the 
grain  in  the  furrows ;  he  is  followed  by  a  Hock  of 
pecking  birds;  he  is  covered  with  rags.  He  is  bony, 
swart  and  meagre  under  his  livery  of  poverty,  yet 
it  is  life  which  his  large  hand  sheds;  he  who  has 
nothing,  pours  upon  the  earth  with  a  superb  ges- 
ture the  bread  of  the  future.  ( )n  the  other  side  of 
the  slope,  a  last  ray  of  the  sun  shows  a  pair  of  oxen 
at  the  end  of  their  furrow — strong  and  gentle  com- 
panions of  man,  whose  recompense  will  one  day  be 

the   slaughter-house There   is   something 

grand  in  this  figure  with  its  violent  gesture,  its 
proud  ruggedness,  which  seems  painted  with  the 
very  earth  the  sow  r  is  planting."  This  picture 
raised  a  storm  among  the  critics.  Some  saw  in  it 
a  revolutionist  who  cursed  the  rich  and  scattered 
shot  against  the  sky. 

Though  fixed  in  a  land  that  he  liked,  Millet  never 
ceased  to  long  for  the  home  of  his  early  days,  where 
now  his  mother  and  grandmother  were  sinking 
tinder  sickness,  anxiety  and  age.  When,  worn  out, 
the  grandmother  died,  sorrowing  till  her  laft  breath 
that  she  could  not  see  her  Francois,  Mill  t  was  over- 

'  VVhuii  nuked  for  hlnniitoffMipti.  Millet  wMiietlniOH  make  11  Mkuteh 
of  a  pitlr  of  wiboU,, writing  hi*  name  aftor. 


356 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


whelmed  with  grief.  He  did  not  speak  for  days, 
and  his  mute  suffering  was  pitiful  to  see.  When 
spoken  to  he  could  only  sob,  "  Oh,  why  could  I  not 
have  seen  her  once  more !  " 

Now  this  mother  was  left  with  the  responsibility 
of  the  farm.  Her  children  were  leaving  her  one 
after  another.  She  felt  that  everything  was  giving 
way  beneath  her,  and  she  wrote,  "  My  dear  child, 
you  say  you  are  very  anxious  to  come  and  see  me. 
I  am  very  anxious,  too,  but  it  sesms  you  have  very 
little  means.  My  poor  child,  this  grieves  me.  Oh, 
I  hope  you  will  come,  I  can  neither  live  nor  die,  I 
am  so  anxious  to  see  you.  If  you  could  only  come 
before  the  winter.  Ah,  if  I  had  wings  to  fly  to  you ! 
I  end  with  kissing  you  with  all  my  heart,  and  I  am, 
with  all  possible  love,  your  mother.     Widow  Millet." 

But  the  poor  mother  waited,  listening  for  a  foot- 
fall, hoping  for  a  surprise  that  never  came.  Fran- 
cois waited,  too,  hoping  that  poverty  would  relax  its 
grip  and  let  him  see  his  dying  mother,  but  in  vain. 
Then  the  patient  little  mother  folded  her  poor,  toil- 
knotted  hands  and  went  to  meet  the  God  who  would 
tell  her  what  it  all  was  for,  and  she  would  rest. 

In  the  Salon  of  1853  Millet  exhibited  "  Ruth  and 
Boaz,"  "  The  Sheepshearers,"  and  the  "  Shepherd."' 
They  were  much  praised,  and  he  secured  a  second- 
class  medal,  and  succeeded  in  selling  all  the  three. 
But  these  windfalls  scarcely  sufficed  to  fill  the  holes 
made  by  a  life  that  had  always  been  hard  and  bur- 
dened with  debt.  His  pictures  usually  would  not 
sell  at  all,  or  for  ridiculous  prices.  But  had  he  been 
so  minded  he  need  not  have  suffered.  When  Diaz 
heard  that  he  had  gone  to  live  at  Barbizon,  he  wrote : 
"  What !  Do  you  mean  to  tell  me  that  you  have 
decided  to  live  with  brutes  and  sleep  on  weeds  and 
thistles,  to  bury  yourself  among  peasants,  when  by 
remaining  in  Paris  and  continuing  your  immortal 
flesh  painting  you  are  certain  to  be  clothed  in  silks 
and  satins!"  But  Millet  saw  what  he  believed  to 
be  his  duty,  and  did  it — who  has  done  better  ? 

After  a  time  he  sold  some  more  pictures  and  went 
home  to  settle  up  the  estate  with  his  eight  brothers 
and  sisters.  He  asked  only  for  his  uncle's  books 
and  a  great  wardrobe  of  oak,  leaving  his  part  of  the 
house  and  farm  to  one  of  his  brothers,  requesting 
only  that  the  old  grap.'  vine  should  not  be  destroyed. 

After  his  return  to  Barbizon  his  fortunes  im- 
proved, and  he  took  his  wife  and  family  for  a  three 
months'  visit  to  his  old  home.  Gradually  his  name 
began  to  grow,  sonic  called  him  the  singer  of  the 
peasants;  others,  the  novelist  of  the  sorrows  of  the 
people,  and  there  was  aroused  in  some  minds  a  world 


of  political  and  social  problems.  Though  Millet  was 
himself  submissive  to  the  unequal  allotment  of 
earth's  good  and  evil,  such  pictures  as  the  "  Man 
with  the  Hoe"  pressed  home  the  fact  of  this  inequal- 
ity, so  that  men  began  to  think  seriously  of  it,  and 
the  human  brotherhood  of  man  is  being  advanced 
to-day  by  the  martyr  life  of  Millet. 

The  year  1855  was  a  lucky  year  for  Millet.  He 
sold  his  "  Peasant  Grafting  "  for  4.000  francs,  and 
was  able  to  pay  his  debts,  and  for  a  while  paint  in 
comfort.  But  care  and  actual  want  again  gathered 
about  him,  though  in  the  time  of  his  greatest  suffer- 
ing, haunted  by  headache,  and  fear  ever  following 
him,  he  painted  his  most  beautiful  works,  "  The 
Gleaners,"  "  The  Angelus  "  and  "  Waiting ; "  this 
last  suggested  to  him  when  he  waited,  hoping  to  go 
and  see  his  mother.  He  had  now  grown  to  where 
he  could  paint  the  air,  see  the  light,  paint  the  invis- 
ible. In  "  The  Angelus  "  he  wished  to  give  an  ex- 
pression of  music,  the  sounds  of  the  country,  the 
church  bells.  Into  this  picture  he  put  the  whole 
strength  of  his  coloring.  When  Sensier  saw  it,'  he 
said,  "  It  is  the  Angelus !  "  Millet  said,  "  It  is,  i  1- 
deed ;  you  can  hear  the  bells ;  I  am  content ;  it  is  all 
I  ask." 

Then  his  "  Death  and  the  Woodcutter,"  one  of  his 
most  beautiful  creations,  was  refused  by  the  Salon. 
In  this  he  saw  a  deliberate  design  to  hurt  him,  and 
straightened  up  to  bear  the  burden.  He  said, 
"  They  wish  to  force  me  into  their  drawing-room 
art,  to  break  my  spirit.  No,  no,  I  will  say  what  I 
feel !  "  Protests  arose  over  this  treatment  of  Millet. 
Dumas  (du-ma),  the  elder,  wrote,  "Who  knows  if 
the  artist  does  not  tell  a  story  with  his  brush  as  we 
with  our  pens  ?  Who  knows  but  that  he  writes  *he 
memories  of  his  own  soul  ?  " 

Of  the  large  "Sheepshearer,"  Thor£  (to-ray) 
wrote,  "  This  simple  sheepshearer  makes  us  think 
of  the  great  works  of  antiquity  ot  the  most  solid 
painting  and  best  colour  of  the  Venetian  school." 
Of  it  Pelloquet  (pel-lo-kay)  wrote:  "Here  is  great 
art.  art  that  raises  the  mind ;  it  is  full  of  character, 
firmness  and  grandeur;  it  reaches  the  highest  style 
without  effort — a  large  way  of  painting,  serious 
and  solid — which  we  can  only  accuse  of  excess  of 
austerity." 

In  1862  he  tried  his  highest  venture  and  painted 
"  Winter,"  "  The  Crows,"  "  Sheep  Feeding,"  "  The 
Woolcarder,"  "The  Stag."  "The  Birth  of  the 
Calf,"  "  The  Shepherdess."  and  "  The  Man  with  the 
Hoe."  In  1873  Millet  had  the  satisfaction  of  see- 
ing his  "  Woman  with  the  Lamp  "  sell  for  38,000 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


35? 


francs,  his  "Washwomen"  for  15,351,  "Geese" 
for  25,000,  and  the  "  Woman  Churning  "  for  14,000 
francs. 

But  now  when  the  sun  of  prosperity  is  beginning 
to  shine  upon  him,  he  is  breaking  down  from  the 
long  struggle.  He  was  seized  with  a  dreadful 
hemorrhage,  which  greatly  weakened  him.  He 
worked,  nevertheless,  and  finished  several  pictures. 
Then  came  an  order  allowing  him  50,000  francs  for 
some  decorative  painting  for  the  chapel  of  Sainte 
Genevieve.  He  was  appalled  and  delighted  with 
such  an  attractive  task,  but  death  prevented  him 
from  accomplishing  it.  When  he  knew  death  was 
near,  he  said,  "  I  die  too  soon;  I  am  just  beginning 
to  see  into  Nature  and  Art." 

The  great  painter  breathed  his  last  on  the  20th  of 
January,  1875.  Everywhere  his  death  caused  re- 
gret; volumes  of  newspaper  articles  were  written 
about  him.  His  friends  eloquently  expressed  their 
sorrow,  and  those  who  had  been  indifferent  were 
touched — alas,  too  late.  France  realized  then  what 
she  had  slighted  and  lost.  A  collection  of  his  works 
was  now  sold  for  the  benefit  of  his  family,  and  peo- 
ple then  saw  how  wide  a  field  the  master  had  cover- 
ed, what  variety  of  manner,  what  intense  conviction. 
what  strength  and  gracefulness  of  handling.  Single 
canvases  that  could  scarcely  find  a  buyer  at  any  price 
when  painted,  have  since  sold  for  fortunes.  "  The 
Gleaners,"  which  he  sold  for  2,000  francs,  has  since 
sold  for  300,000  francs;  "The  Angelus,"  which  he 
had  great  difficulty  in  disposing  of  for  2.500  francs, 
sold  in  1889  f°r  553,ooo,  and  in  1890  for  800,000 
francs.  But  what  matter — Millet  has  gone  beyond 
the  need  of  money — forever  beyond  the  sad  earth- 
cry. 


Learning  Latin. 

When  Jane  and  I   first   went   to  school 

To  Uncle  Ebenezer, 
He  taught  us  of  the  stirring  times 

Of  Caius  Julius  Caesar; 
And  how,  when  Zela's  fight  was  won, 

The  message,  terse  and  -spicy, 
The  consul  sent  to  waiting  Rome 

Of  "Veni.  Vidi,  Vici." 
But  now  our  boy  from  school  returns 

A  hundred  times  the  wiser. 
And  glibly  reads  the  I>atin  text 

Of  Kyuse  Yulius  Kyzcr; 
Whose  very  words  he'll  even  quote 

In  accents  queer  and  squeaky, 
To  prove  that  what  was  really  said 

Was  "Warty,  Weedy,  Weeky  !  " 


Apt  Study  Notes.— VI. 

Rev.  Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.  B. 
The  Sower. 
The  picture   selected   for   this   month   is   a  good 
example  of  the  work  of  J.  F.  Millet.     There  is  no 
difficulty  about  the  title.     Every  scholar  could  name 
it  correctly,  even  if  it  had  never  been  se:n  before. 
Some  peculiarities  about  the  man's  shoes,  or  his  hat, 
or  the  arrangement  of  the  grain  sack,  will  arrest  the 
attention  of  superficial  observers;  but  none  can  fail 
to  note  that  the  man  is  really  doing  what  he  pro- 
fesses to  do.     It  strikes  one  that  he  is  wholly  un- 
conscious of  any  observers.     We  are  also  impressed 
with  his  solid  appearance ;  the  figure  stands  out  from 
the  landscape  in  a  very  remarkable  manner.     There 
is  a  kind  of  momentum  in  his  movement  that  could 
only  be  acquired  by  a  sower  who  had  been  striding 
over  the  furrows  all  day.     Indeed  as  we  continue  <o 
look  at  the  man  we  almost  expect  the  hand  to  ad- 
vance for  a  fresh  supply  of  grain.     Every    part   is 
engaged   in   the   operation ;  his  work  absorbs  him ; 
and  thus  we  have  unity  in  the  picture,  one  of  the 
first   requirements   of  all   great   art.     The   man    is 
depicted  upon  a  very  narrow  canvas,  but  we  cannot 
help  imagining  the  portion  of  field  that  has  already 
received  the  grain,  and  the  portion  that  will  speedily 
be  covered   before  darkness   overtakes  him.       The 
picture   is   a   good    illustration   of  the   saying   that, 
"  The  beautiful  is  the  fitting." 

Particulars  concerning  the  artist  are  given  in 
another  column,  and  also  in  last  month's  Review. 
Beyond  directing  attention  to  some  of  the  main 
elements  of  Millet's  style,  there  is  little  occasion  for 
explanation  of  the  picture.  Millet  felt  the  strength, 
the  seriousness,  trie  intensity  of  the  sower.  It  is 
ours  to  share  the  emotion. 


Wanted— Men 


God  give  us  men  !     A  time  like  this  demands 

Strong  minds,  great  hearts,  true  faith  and  ready  hands; 

Men  whom  the  lust  of  office  does  not  kill ; 

Men  whom  the  spoils  of  office  cannot  buy; 
Men  who  possess  opinions  and  a  will; 

Men   who  have  honor, — men   who  will  not  lie; 
Men  who  can  stand  !>efore  a  demagogue, 

And  damn  his  treacherous  flatteries  without  winking! 
Tall  men,  sun-crowned,  who  live  above  the  fog 

In  public  duty  and  in  private  thinking; 
For  while  the  rabble,  with  their  thumb-worn  creeds, 
Their  large  professions,  and  their  little  deeds, 
Mingle  in  selfish  strife,  lo !   Freedom  weeps. 
Wrong  rules  the  land,  and  waiting  justice  sleeps! 

— /.  G.  Holland. 


358 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Answers  to  Queries. 

E.  L.  K.  The  sentence,  "  What  do  these  trees 
say  to  us? "  was  not  intended  to  mean  that  the  pic- 
tures "  tell  a  story."  What  associations,  what 
memories,  are  awakened!  For  instance,  there  are 
those  to  whom  a  group  of  beeches  or  birches  mean 
merely  so  much  cord-wood,  or  stove-wood.  For 
others  there  will  be  a  mental  image  of  the  restless 
leaves  of  the  birch,  and  the  dense  shadow  of  the 
beech,  or  it  may  be  a  recollection  of  a  nutting-party. 
What  about  the  symbolism  of  these  trees  ?  Can  you 
name  authors  or  others  with  whom  either  of  them 
were  special  favourites? 

Gerald.  Yes,  I  have  seen  the  paragraph  in  The 
Western  Teacher.  It  is  surprising,  that  the  editor 
admitted  such  statements  concerning  our  monarch. 
The  writer  of  the  article  evidently  knows  no  more 
of  the  truth  concerning  King  Edward  VII  than  he 
does  of  the  December  number  of  the  Educational 
Review  and  its  supplement  of  Edwin  A.  Blashfield's 
picture.  There  was  no  need  for  stating  that  liberty 
is  a  British  sentiment,  it  is  more  than  a  sentiment. 
If  you  were  teaching  school  on  the  prairie,  and  as 
much  at  a  loss  to  convey  an  idea  of  a  huge  boulder 
as  some  teachers  are  of  the  mode  of  swinging  a 
huge  bell,  possibly  one  might  recommend  you  *o 
procure  a  picture  of  "  Plymouth  Rock." 

R.  M.  Sir  W.  C.  VanHorne  was  born  in  Illinois, 
but  has  lived  for  many  years  in  Canada,  and  all  his 
pictures  have  been  painted  in  this  country,  so  that 
he  may  well  be  described  as  a  Canadian  artist. 
True,  he  is  not  a  "  professional,"  but  there  are  few 
who  paint  trees  better  than  he  does,  and  possibly 
none  who  love  them  better. 

F.  R.  There  is  still  a  vesel  in  the  British  navy 
named  "  Temeraire."  It  is  the  third  "  Temerair?," 
and  took  a  prominent  part  in  the  battle  of  Alexan- 
dria. ,|     ;i*|] 

Alice.  I  do  not  know  any  book  dealing  exclu- 
sively wilh  Canadian  art  and  artists.  Much  infor- 
mation is  obtainable  from  magazine  articles.  The 
Educational  Department  in  the  government  of 
Ontario  has  .made  special  effort  to  secure  repro- 
ductions suitable  for  schools,  and  occasionally  pic- 
tures are  purchased  for  Toronto. 

Roberta.  The  lark  in  France  may  differ  from 
that  in  Kngland,  but  I  do  not  know.  All  the  poetic 
allusions  you  are  likely  to  meet  with  are  based  upon 
the  bird  as  it  has  been  observed  in  the  latter  country. 
It  makes  no  difference  in  the  picture.     Breton  dealt 


with  the  song  of  the  lark,  or,  rather,  its  effect  pro- 
duced upon  the  peasant  girl. 

G.  F.  Certainly;  in  course  of  time  certain  prin- 
ciples may  emerge  which  will  guide  in  the  choice  of 
pictures  for  certain  grades ;  and  also  principles  for 
guidance  in  their  use.  There  are  books  dealing 
with  the  matter,  but  not  much  attention  is  usually 
given  in  any  normal  college  course.  A  "  picture 
study  club  "  is  a  good  idea.  H.  B. 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

A.  A.  B.  What  book  would  you  recommend  as  better 
than  Meiklejohn's  English  Language  as  an  authority  in 
grammar  ? 

The  text-books  on  English  grammar  are  so  many 
and  of  such  varying  degrees  of  excellence  that  it  is 
difficult  to  select.  For  a  short  text  containing  the 
principles  of  grammar  and  their  application,  there 
can  be  no  better  than  Dr.  D.  J.  Goggin's  Elements, 
published  by  W.  J.  Gage  &  Company,  Toronto.  A 
more  comprehensive  work,  so  thorough  that  it  leaves 
little  to  be  desired,  is  Nesfield's  English  Grammar. 
Past  and  Present,  published  by  Macmillan  &  Com- 
pany, London. 


In  answer  to  a  subscriber,  L.  S.,  asking  where  the 
quotation.  "  the  long  grey  fields  at  night,"  is  to  be 
found,  the  Review  suggested  that  it  might  be  from 
Kipling.  This  is  not  correct.  The  lines  are  found 
in  Tennyson's  "  May  Queen,"  in  the  seventh  stanza 
of  the  second  part  of  the  poem : 
You'll  never  see  me  more  in  the  long  grey  fields  at  night. 

Answers  were  received  from  Mrs.  M.  M.  de- 
Soyres,  Miss  H.  S.  Comben,  St.  John  N.  B.;  Miss 
Evelyn  R.  Bennett,  Hopewell  Cape,  N.  B.;  J.  A. 
Bannister,  Steeves  Mountain,  N.  B. ;  H.  A.  Prebble, 
Hampton,  N.  B. ;  Miss  J.  E.  Mullins,  Liverpool,  N. 
S.;  Thos.  Gallant,  Belle  Cote.  N.  S.;  H.  Reeves 
Munroe,  Taymouth.  N.  B. ;  W.  B.  Webb,  Astley- 
ville.  Alberta;  M.  R.  Turtle,  Elgin,  N.  B.  Mr. 
Turtle  suggests  that  the  reference  is  "  to  the  long 
shadows  which  one  would  see  in  a  country  like 
England  towards  evening,  or  in  New  Brunswick." 


A  doctor  prescribed  rest  and  change  for  a  small 
girl,  saying  that  her  system  was  quite  upset.  After 
he  had  gone,  the  little  girl  said,  "  I  knew  I  was  up- 
set, mamma,  because  my  foot's  asleep;  and  things 
must  be  pretty  bad  when  you  go  to  sleep  at  the 
wrong  end." 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


359 


Another  Examination  Test. 

A  recent  number  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post 
gives  an  account  of  a  test  made  recently  by  the 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  educational  commissioners  to  deter- 
mine whether  the  criticism  was  just  that  pupils  who 
had  finished  the  grammar  school  were  "  neither 
quick  nor  accurate  in  simple  arithmetical  computa- 
tions." (One  should  add,  of  course,  that  in  the 
United  States  a  grammar  school  is  preparatory  to 
the  high  school).  Since  the  result  is  rather  strik- 
ing, the  extract  is  here  presented,  giving  the  paper 
and  some  statistics  as  to  the  examinations : 
Add: 


1234567 

8910 

23456 

789101 

234 

56789 

210978 

3456 

78123 

432987 

65432 


Subtract : 


Multiply: 


Divide: 


0832184567 
3219383574 


38798640209 
46039 


394) 26544332 ( 


"  What  is  25  per  cent,  of  $280? 

"  What  is  50  per  cent,  of  8-9? 

"  What  is  33  1-3  per  cent,  of  .015? 

"  A  merchant  had  300  barrels  of  flour,  of  which 
he  sold  25  per  cent,  at  one  time  and  33  1-3  per  cent, 
of  the  remainder  at  another  time.  How  many  bar- 
rels had  he  left  ?  " 

This  examination  is  easy,  and  absolutely  free  from 
"  catch  "  questions.  Each  pupil  was  given  all  the 
time  he  wanted,  but  was  asked  to  hand  in,  on  a 
separate  sheet,  each  problem,  as  soon  as  he  "  felt 
sure  that  he  had  the  correct  answer." 

Let  us  look  at  the  results.  One  hundred  and 
ninety-three  pupils  were  tested,  representing  five 
schools.  In  the  addition,  the  time  was  from  one  to 
nine  minutes,  eighty-six  answers  were  right  and  one 
hundred  and  four  wrong;  in  subtraction,  one  to 
three  minutes,  one  hundred  and  seventy-one  right 
and  twenty  wrong ;  in  multiplication,  one  to  seventeen 
minutes,  twenty-three  right,  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
eight  wrong;  in  division,  two  to  ten  minutes,  one 
hundred  and  seven  right,  sixty-two  wrong;  in  per- 
centage, one  to  nine  minutes,  one  hundred  and 
thirty  right,  sixty-two  wrong.  Of  the  sixty-two 
pupils  who  made  errors,  five  gave  three  wrong 
answers,  and  fifty-five  one  wrong. 

We  believe  also  that  the  eighth  grade  in  Cleveland 
is  no  exception.  But  any  board  of  education  which 
is  confident  that  its  own  system  is  more  efficient  can 


easily  apply  this  identical  test.  We  should  be  inter- 
ested to  learn  the  results  in  schools  in  this  vicinity. 
The  written  examination  in  spel'ling  was  almost 
as  illuminating  as  that  in  arithmetic.  The  words 
were  pronounced  "  by  the  regular  teacher  and  in  the 
usual  form,"  so  as  to  prevent  embarrassment  or 
confusion.     The  list  is  as  follows : 


drowsy 

peninsula 

excelled 

diligence 

measles 

stirred 

alliance 

opponent 

surviving 

worthy 

annoyance 

ratio 

dimmer 

wrangle 

opposed 

control 

conceal 


elegant 

tongue 

orange 

Delaware. 

cholera 

civilize 

anxiety 

Wednesday 

veteran 

military 

increased 

Chargeable 

possess 

imagine    . 

patriotic 

abandon 

riddle 


sieve 

guardian 

convalesce 

hazel 

blamable 

barbarous 

marvel 

obliged 

financial 

navigator 

business 

telegraph 

collision 

seditious 

balance 

ally 


One  hundred  and  forty- four  eighth-grade  pupils 
from  four  schools  were  chosen  to  compete.  The 
poorest  paper  contained  thirty-six  misspelled  words 
out  of  a  total  of  fifty.  The  only  paper  without  an 
error  was  returned  by  a  girl  whose  name;  should  be 
recorded  in  the  Hall  of  Fame,  lone  Diggs.  The 
whole  number  of  misspelled  words  was  1,887,  an 
average  of  more  than  thirteen  for  each  pupil. 


Is  Grammar  of  Use. 

The  subject  in  which  the  grammar  school,  so- 
called,  contravenes  most  sharply  the  law  of  the  order 
of  learning  is,  perhaps,  grammar.  For  grammar, 
being  the  analytic  and  theoretical  study  of  language, 
does  not  belong  in  the  grammar  school  at  all.  The 
scientific  classification  of  phenomena  cannot  com- 
mence until  the  phenomena  have  been  assembled 
and  made  familiar.  To  this  law  of  learning  lan- 
guage is  no  exception.  The  language  study  pro- 
per to  the  grammar  school  is  observation  and  ac- 
quaintance, that  is,  more  particularly,  practice  in 
reading,  speaking,  composing.  Nor  for  this  is  the 
study  of  grammar  necessary.  What  is  necessary  is 
a  very  large  amount  of  practice ;  much  reading, 
much  speaking,  much  composing.  The  only  use  of 
grammar  here  is  a  negative  one,  namely,  to  correct 
mistakes.  And  for  this  negative  purpose  the  only 
person  in  the  grammar  school  who  need  know  gram- 
mar is  the  teacher.  The  positive,  scientific  study  of 
grammar  must  he  reserved  for  the  high  school. — 
W .  G.  Parsons,  in  the  April  Atlantic. 


360 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Lines  in  Season. 

To  be  prepared  for  war  is  one  of  the  most  effectual 
means  of  preserving  peace. — George  Washington. 

Nothing  except  a  battle  lost  can  be  half  so  melancholy 
as  a  battle  won. — Duke  of  Wellington. 

He  who  did  well  in  war,  just  earns  the  right 
To  begin  doing  well  in  peace. — Robert  Browning. 

Truth  is  its  justice's  handmaid,  freedom  is  its  child,  peace 
is  its  companion,  safety  walks  in  its  steps,  victory  follows 
in  its  train ;  it  is  the  brightest  emanation  from  the  gospel ; 
it  is  the  attribute  of  God. — Sydney  Smith. 

Let  nothing  foul  to  either  eye  or  ear  reach  those  doors 
within  which  dwells  a  boy. — Juvenal. 

It  is  better  to  keep  children  to  their  duty  by  a  sense  of 
honor  and  by  kindness  than  by  fear. — Terence. 

I  do  love  my  country's  good  with  a  respect  more  tender, 
more  holy  and  profound  than  mine  own  life. — Shakespeare. 

Our   father's   God !   from  out  whose  hand 
The,  centuries  fall  like  grains  of  sand, 
We  meet  to-day,  united,  free, 
And  loyal  to  our  land  and  Thee, 
To  thank  Thee  for  the  era  done, 
And  trust   Thee  for  the  opening  one. 

— Whittier.- 
From  shore  to  shore, 
Somewhere  the  birds  are  singing  evermore. 

— Longfellow. 
"Whoever  plants  a  mulberry  tree  in  his  garden  sends  a 
public  invitation  through  birdland  for  its  people  to  come 
and  live  with  him." 

The  little  people  that  live  in  the  air 

Are  not  for  my  human  hands   to  wrong. 

— Alice  Carey. 

Does  the  meadow  lark  complain  as  he  swims  high  and  dry 
Through  the  waves  of  the  wind  and  the  blue  of  the  sky? 
Does  the  quail  sit  up  and  whistle  in  a  disappointed  way, 
Or  hang  his  head  in  silence  and  sorrow  all  the  day? 
Stars  creep 
Timidly  forth,  and  Venus  with  her  crest 
Of  diamond  splendor  hovers,  loveliest, 
As  vestal  guardian  of  the  violet  deep. 

— Nathan  Haskell  Dole. 
No  longer  forward  or  behind 

I   look  in  hope  or  fear; 
But  grateful  take  the  Good  I  find, 
The  best  of  Now  and  Here. 

— Selected. 
Our  lives  arc  songs;  God  writes  the  words, 

And  we  set  them  to  music  at  pleasure; 
And  the  song  grows  glad  or  sweet  or  sad, 

As  we  choose  to  fashion  the  measure. 
We  must  write  the  music,  whatever  the  song, 
Whatever  its  rhyme  or  metre; 
And  if  it  is  sad,  we  can  make  it  glad; 
Or  sweet,  we  can  make  it  sweeter. 

— Matthew  Arnold. 


Be  just  and  fear  not;  let  all  the  ends  thou  aimest  at,  be 
thy  country's,  thy  God's  and  truth's. — Shakespeare. 

A  thousand  voices  whisper  it  is  spring; 

Shy  flowers  start  up  to  greet  me  on  the  w:ay, 
And  homing  birds  preen  their  swiift   wings  and  sing 

The  praises  of  the  friendly,  lengthening  day. 

The  buds  whose  breath  the  glad  wind  hither  bears, 
Whose  tender  secret  the  young  May  shall  find, 

Seem  all  for  me — for  me  the  softer  airs, 
The  gentle  warmth,  wherewith  the  day  is  kind. 

— Sel. 


The  Wild  Doves  of  Saint  Francis. 

(This    legend    was    originally   given    in    an  Italian  book 

Called'The  Little  Flowers  of  St.  Francis."). 

"  The  Little  Flowers  of  St.  Francis." 
A  Tuscan  peasant  youth  he  saw,  who  bore 
Tethered  and  bound  a  swarm  of  young  wild  doves, 
Poor  pris'ners  who  were  doomed  to  sale  and  death. 
St.  Francis,  who  loved  all  the  things  on  earth, 
All  gentle  creatures  that  have  breath  and  life, 
Felt  in  his  heart  a  deep  compassion  born, 
And  looked  at  them  with  eyes  of  tender  ruth. 

"  O  good  young  man,"  he  cried,  "  I  pray  that  you 
Will  give  to  me  these  poor  and  harmless  birds — 
Sweet  emblems  they  of  pure  and  faithful  souls — 
So  they  may  never  fall  in  ruthless  hands 
That  quench  such  lives  in  cruelty  and  blood." 
>'IThe  youth  had  snared  the  birds  within  the  woods, 
Was  taking  them  to  market,  where  their  doom 
He  knew  was  slaughter— sudden,  cruel  death ; 
Nor  had  one  thought  of  pity  moved  his  mind, 
And  yet,  when  gentle  Francis  made  his  plea 
It  found  an  answer  in  the  young  man's  heart; 
For  use  may  blunt  and  thoughtless  custom  dim 
The  mind  to  deeds  of  needless  pain  and  death, 
Yet  in  each  soul  there  is  a  secret  cell 
Whose  echo  answers  to  the  voice  of  truth. 
So  the  young  man  gave  the  wild  doves  to  the  saint, 
And  wondered  what  the  holy  man  would  do 
With  these  poor  captives  from  the  woods  and  trees. 
St.  Francis  took  them  to  his  loving  heart, 
And  on  his  breast  they  nestled  safe  and  warm. 

"  Dear  little  sisters,"  said  the  holy  man, 

"Why  did  you  Jet  them  take  your  liberty? 
Why  place  yourselves  in  peril  of  your  lives? 
But  you  axe  safe  from  every  danger  now, 
And  I  will  care  for  you  and  build  your  nests 
Where  you  may  safely  rear  your  little  brood, 
And  live  your  lives  as  God  would  have  you  do, 
Who  is  the  Father  of  all  living  things." 
The  wild  doves  'listened  to  his  tender  words ; 
And  in  his  eyes  they  saw  affection  beam, 
And  in  his  voice  they  heard  their  Father's  voice. 
So  the  wild  birds  were  tamed  by  love  alone, 
And  dwelt  with  Francis  in  his  convent  home, 
And  there  he  built  them  nests  that  they  might  live 
Their  free  and  happy  lives  without  annoy. 

— William  E.  A.  Axon. — Abridged. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


361 


Springtime  Studies. 

In  the  early  spring  days  when  the  leaves  come 
back  to  the  trees  and  the  birds  return  from  the 
South,  what  can  be  done  to  bring  into  the  school- 
room some  of  the  new  life  and  freshness  of  nature's 
resurrection.  Many  children  in  our  city  schools 
have  little  or  no  opportunity  for  observing  the  beau- 
ties of  nature  unless  presented  with  suggestive  ex- 
amples by  the  progressive  teacher.  Nothing  will 
develop  thought  more  rapidly  than  the  opportunity 
to  observe  the  growth  of  a  plant,  the  unfolding  of 
the  fern  leaf,  or  some  similar  phenomenon,  and 
thought  power  will  lead  to  thought  expression.  The 
stimulation  of  the  aesthetic  sentiments  will  surely 
help  to  make  each  child  happier,  his  view  of  life 
broader  and  more  significant;  his  observation  more 
accurate,  his  entire  range  of  thought  keener  and 
more  elevated. 

Peas,  beans  or  other  seeds,  planted  in  the  school- 
room, will  be  the  best  method  of  showing  the  growth 
of  plants  and  the  value  or  needs  of  the  various 
parts.  Full  directions  in  reference  to  this  can  be 
found  in  "  Outlines  in  Nature  Study  and  History." 
If  some  seeds  are  planted  in  moist  sawdust  they  can 
be  pulled  up  at  intervals  to  show  the  successive 
stages  of  growth.  Have  each  child  make  drawings 
at  specified  times  to  illustrate  the  continuity  of 
growth.  In  order  to  enlarge  the  scope  of  the  les- 
son use  a  selection  that  presents  the  same  thoughts 
in  poetic  form.  By  combining  these  correlated 
topics,  the  subject  will  be  flooded  with  a  new  light 
and  an  appreciation  of  good  literature  can  be 
initiated.  The  following  selection  is  simple  and 
intelligible,  and,  therefore,  well  adapted  to  (he 
purpose : 

"In  the  heart  of  a  seed 

Buried  deep,  so  deep, 
A  dear  little  plant 

Lay  fast  asleep. 

"'Wake!'  said  the  sunshine 

'And  creep  to  the  light', 
'Wake !'  said  the  voice 

Of  the  raindrops  bright. 

"The  little  plant  heard 

And  it  rose  to  see 
What  the  wonderful  outside 

World  might  be." 

Use  the  selection  also  as  the  basis  of  language 
lessons.  The  observation  of  plant  life  with  all  it? 
necessities  will  assist  in  making  real  the  thoughts 
contained  in  the  poem.     A  booklet  made  of  draw- 


ings illustrating  the  growth  of  the  plant  from  the 
seed,  with  the  poem  written  on  the  cover,  will  be  a 
valuable  and  seasonable  accompaniment  to  this  series 
of  lessons. 

Other  appropriate  lessons  can  be  taken  in  connec- 
tion with  branches  of  the  pussy-willow,  or  apple, 
peach,  or  cherry  blossoms.  If  these  be  brought  into 
the  school-room  and  placed  in  water,  as  the  blos- 
soms unfold,  they  will  be  a  delight  to  the  children 
and  they  will  also  afford  an  opportunity  for  obser- 
vation that  many  of  the  pupils  will  not  have  else- 
where. Calendars  can  be  made  and  decorated  with 
sprays  of  the  buds  and  blossoms. 

Bud  life  and  habits,  the  annual  migration  in  the 
autumn  and  returning  in  the  spring,  the  connection 
of  this  with  the  food  supply,  will  furnish  much  in- 
teresting material.  The  blue-bird  and  robin,  whose 
welcome  notes  announce  the  approach  of  spring, 
should  receive  special  consideration.  If  a  bird's 
nest  can  be  procured  and  combined  with  the  branch 
of  apple-blossoms,  there  will  be  obtained  excellent 
material  for  drawing  and  language  lessons  in  con- 
nection with  the  following  poem: 

"Two  little  robins  made  a  nest 
'Twas  in  the  warm  spring  weather ; 

They  built  it  out  of  sticks  and  straws, 
And  little  bits  of  feather. 

"It  was  upon  an  apple  bough 

With  blossoms  all  around  it, 
So  neatly  wove  and  fitted  in 

That  no  one  ever  found  it." 

The  drawing  may  also  be  used  to  decorate  the 
cover  of  a  booklet,  within  which  is  written  the  poem, 
reproduced  by  the  pupils  in  their  own  words. 

There  are  many  other  suitable  poetic  selections 
that  will  be  most  valuable  in  these  lessons  which 
combine  language  and  drawing  in  a  form  that  will 
inspire  in  the  child  a  desire  to  seek  and  to  know 
more  of  the  life  of  the  great  outside  world, — 

"The  world's  so  full  of  a  number  of  things 
That  I'm  sure  we  should  all  be  as  happy  as  kings." 

— The  Teacher. 


A  Secret. 

(Recitation   for  three  tiny  girls   with  gestures). 
I   know  of  a  cradle,  so  wee  and  so  blue, 
Where  a  baby  is  sleeping  this  morning. — do  you? 

I  think  he  is  dreaming  the  dearest  of  things— 
Of  songs  and  of  sunshine,  of  tiny  brown  wings. 

I'll  tell  you  a  secret, — don't  tell  where  you  heard, — 
The  cradle's  an  egg, — and  the  baby's  a  bird! 

— Selected, 


362 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Canada's  Size  and  Population. 

Canada  contains  nearly  one-third  of  the  area  of 
the  whole  British  Empire. 

Its  population  in  ,1867  was  3,500,000;  in  1901, 
5>371>3l5'>  now  it  is  estimated  at  over  6,000,000. 

Canada's  population  west  of  Lake  Superior  fifty 
years  ago  was  8,000;  now  it  is  more  than  three- 
quarters  of  a  million. 

Canada  began  the  twentieth  century  with  about 
the  same  number  of  people  as  the  United  States 
began  the  nineteenth  century. 

Canada  has  enough  territory  to  give  each  in- 
habitant nearly  400  acres. 

The  Maritime  provinces  are  nearly  as  large  as 
England  and  Wales. 

Canada  has  more  than  forty  nationalities  repre- 
sented in  her  population,  but  she  has  87  per  cent  of 
Canadian  born  people  and  8  per  cent  are  British 
born,  making  95  per  cent  of  British  subjects. 

One  out  of  every  three  and  one-half  of  the  popula- 
tion is  of  French  descent. 

British  Columbia  is  the  largest  province  and  the 
richest  in  minerals. 

Canada's  centre  of  population  is  near  Ottawa. 

Canada  is  thirty  times  as  large  as  the  United 
Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland. 

England's  population  is  558  to  the  square  mile; 
Canada's  little  more  than  .5. 

There  are  132,101  more  males  than  females  in 
Canada. 

Canada  is  adding  to  its  population  every  year  a 
number  equal  to  the  population  of  Toronto. 

Canada  has  more  than  one-half  of  the  white  popu- 
lation of  all  Britain's  colonies. 

Fifty-five  per  cent  of  Canada's  foreign  born  popu- 
lation, 193,617,  are  naturalized  citizens. 

Canada's  population  west  of  Lake  Superior  is  75 
per  cent  British  and  Canadian  born;  25  per  cent 
foreign  born. 

Ouebec  Province  has  290,000  of  British  and 
1,322,115  of  French  descent. — Selected. 


Guess  the  Name  of  the  Boy. 

The  boy  colored  light  yellow  red. 

(dickie). 
The  boy  that's  the  beak  of  a  crow. 
The  boy  that's  a  sailor,  afloat  or  ashore, 
The  boy  that's  a  light,   loving  blow. 

The  boy  that's  a  notch  in  the  blade  of  a  knife, 

The  boy  that's  a  jerk  of  the  head, 
The  boy  that's  a  wooden  tub,  small  at  the  top, 
The  boy  colored  light  yellow   red. —  Selected. 


The  Trees'  Rebellion. 

(Recitation  for  a  little  girl.) 

Dame  Nature  said  to  her  children  the  trees, 

In  the  days  when  the  earth  was  new, 
"  "lis  time  you  were  putting  your  green  leaves  on, 

Take  them  out  of  your  trunks,  dears,  do. 

"The  sky  is  a  soft  and  beautiful  blue, 

The  snow  went  away  long  ago, 
And  the  grass  some  time  since  popped  up  its  head, 

The  crocuses  are  all  ablow. 

"Now  hurry  and  get  yourselves  dressed,  my  dears, 

All  ready  for  summer  weather." 
But  the  trees  tossed  their  heads  from  side  to  side, 

And  grumbled  out  all  together : 

"We  really  would  like  to  alter  our  dress, 

We  are  quite  tired  of  wearing;  green; 
Each  year  our  new  suits  are  just  like  our  old, 

Can  we  not  have  a  change  between  ?" 

Dame  Nature  said  to  her  children  the  trees, 

"I'm  astonished,  I  must  confess, 
To  hear  you  are  tired  of  your  robe  of  green; 

I  think  it's  a  beautiful  dress. 

"But  wear  at  always  in  summer  you  shall,       , 

(I've  said  it  and  will  be  obeyed). 
However,  I'll  see  ere  the  winter]  conies, 

If  some  little  change  can  be  made. 

"Your  uncle  John  Frost  comes  to  visit  mc 

From  his  home  in  the  polar  seas, 
And  I'll  ask  him  to  bring  for  each  of  you 

A  dress  any  colour  you  please." 

So  every)  year  you  may  see  for  yourself, 
That  whenever  Jack  Frost  comes  here, 

The  trees  are  no  longer  dressed  all  in  green, 
But  in  other  colours  appear. 

— Lizzie  Wells,  Toronto. 


Our  Little  Brothers  of  the  Fields. 

O  brothers  of  the  tongue  that  speaks,  the  hand  that  works 
such  other  good,  the  brain  that  thinks  so  kindly  for  those 
of  your  own  species,  will  you  not  hear  and  heed  the  plaint 
in  these  wild  voices  that  reach  you  even  at  your  windows? 
Will  you  not  have  mercy  on  those  harmless  ones  that,  after 
centuries  of  persecution,  know  and  think  of  you  only  with 
aversion  and  terror?  Hang  up  the  gun,  burn  the  whip,  put 
down  the  sling,  the  bow,  the  trap,  the  stone,  and  bid  them 
live.  Let  their  joyous  voices  greet  the  sun  again,  as  in  the 
days  before  they  learned  the  fear  of  men.  Take  their 
drooping  carcasses  out  of  your  hat,  my  lady,  and  set  an 
example  such  as  a  gentle,  well-bred  woman  should  give  to 
her  ignorant  sisters.  Be  ministers  and  friends,  not  per- 
secutors and  enemies.  Shoot  at  targets  all  you  please. 
Punish  the  evil  in  the  human  race,  if  you  will  be  stern. 
But  spare,  for  their  sake,  vet  more  for  your  own  sake,  our 
little  brothers  of  the  fields. — Charles  if.  Skinner. — Atlantic 
Monthly. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


363 


Problems  in  Arithmetic  -Grade  VIII. 

G.  K.  Butler,  M.  A. 

i.  A  man  caii  spend  $15  on  papering  a  room  18 
feet  long,  15  feet  wide  and  12  feet  high.  The  room 
has  two  doors  3  feet  by  7  feet,  and  two  windows 
3  feet  by  6  feet.  The  cost  of  putting  on  the  paper 
is  $3,  how  much  can  he  pay  for  a  roll  of  8  yards,  18 
inches  wide? 

2.  The  cost  of  carpeting  the  same  room  with  car- 
pet 27  inches  wide  at  $2.50  a  yard  is  what  ? 

3.  Find  cost  of  one  floor  on  the  same  room  V^ 
inch  thick  at  $25  a  m. 

4.  A  cylinder  is  20  inches  high  and  holds  10  gal- 
lons; find  its  basal  diameter. 

5.  Find  the  proceeds  of  a  note  of  $350,  dated  June 
5th,  at  3  months,  bearing  5  per  cent,  interest,  and 
discounted  June  27th  at  7  per  cent. 

6.  A  book  is  sold  at  a  price  which  gives  a  gain  of 
20  per  cent,  and  a  discount  of  10  per  cent,  on  the 
marked  price  of  $2 ;  find  the  cost. 

7.  Oranges  bought  at  $2.50  a  hundred  are  sold 
at  the  rate  of  3  for  10  cents ;  find  gain  per  cent. 

8.  A  horse  which  cost  $200  is  sold  to  A  at  a  gain 
of  40  per  cent.  ;A.  after  he  is  injured,  sells  him  to 
B  at  a  loss  of  30  per  cent. ;  find  A's  loss  in  dollars. 

9.  What  principal  will  produce  $67.50  interest  ;n 

3  years  at  3  per  cent  ? 

10.  If  600  liters  sell  for  $120  at  a  gain  of  25  per 
cent.,  find  gain  (in  dollars  and  cents)  on  500  gallons. 

11.  An  agent  receives  $4292.50  to  buy  flour  or.  1 
per  cent,  commission.  If  flour  costs  $4.25  a  barrel, 
find  the  number  of  barrels  he  can  buy. 

12.  The  base  of  a  triangle  is  40  rods,  the  height 
is  60  yards ;  find  the  area  in  ac.  sq.  rds.,  sq.  yds.,  sq. 
ft.,  sq.  in. 

13.  Reduce  6  fur.,  14  rds.,  3  yds.,  2  ft.  8  in.  to  the 
fraction)  of  a  mile. 

Answers,  (i)  Number  of  rolls  195-6,  or  20 
cost  60  cents.  (2)  $100.  (3)  $6.75.  (4)  13.28  -f 
inches.  (5)  $354.55— $4-96=$349-59-  (6)  $1.50. 
(7)  33  i-3  per  cent.  (8)  $84.  (9)  $750.  (10) 
$90.86.     (11)   1,000  barrels.     (12)   1  ac.  58  sq,  rds. 

4  sq.  yds.  4  sq.  feet  72  sq.  inches.  (13)  fjf, 


"All  Thy  Work  Praise  Thee,  Oh  Lord." 

Green  Things. — 

We  all  green  things,  we  blossoms  bright  or  dim, 
Trees,  bushes,  brushwood,  corn,  and  grasses  slim, 
We  lift  our  many-favored  lands  to  Him. 

Medicinal  Herbs. — 

I  bring  refreshment, — 

I  bring  ease  and  calm, — 
I  lavish  strength  and  healing, — 

I  am  balm, — ■ 
We  work  His  pitiful  will  and  chant  our  psalm. 

Birds.— 

Winged  Angels  of  this  visible  world,  we  fly 

To  sing  God's  praises  in  the  lofty  sky; 

We  scale  the  height  to  praise  our  Lord  most  High. 

Beasts  and  Cattle. — 

We  forest  beasts, — we  beasts  of  hill  or  cave, — 

We  border-loving  creatures  of  the  wave — 

We  praise  our  King  with  voices  deep  and  grave. 

Small  Animals. — 

God  forms  us  weak  and  small,  but  pours  out  all 
We  need,  and  notes  us  while  we  stand  or  fall; 
Wherefore  we  praise  Him,  weak  and  safe  and  small. 

All  Men.— 

All  creatures  sing  around  us,  and  we  sing; 
We  bring  our  own  selves  as  our  offering, 
Our  very  selves  we  render  to  our  King. 

Little  Children. — 

He  maketh  me, — 

And  me, — 
And  me. — 
To  be 
His  blessed  little  ones  around  His  knee. 
Who  praises  Him  by  mere  love  confidingly. 

All.— 

Let  everything  that  hath  or  hath  not  breath, 
Let  days  and  endless  time,  let  life  and  death, — 
Praise  God,  praise  God,  praise  God,  His  creature  saith. 

— Christina  Rossetti. 


What   bosom  beats  not  in  his  country's  cause?— Pope. 

I  am  glad  to  think 
I  am  not  bound  to  make  the  world  go  right. 
But  only  to  discover  and  to  do 
W«h  cheerful  heart  the  work  that  God  appoints. 

^-Jean  Ingelmu. 


Five  Little  White  Heads. 

Five  little  white-heads  peeped  out  of  the  mold, 
When  the  dew  was  damp  and  the  night  was  cold : 
And  they  crowded  their  way  through  the  soil  with  pride: 
"Hurrah  !  We  are  going  to  be  mushrooms  !"  they  cried. 
But  the  sun  came  up,  and  the  sun  shone   down, 
And  the  little  white-heads  were  withered    and  brown: 
Long  were  their  faces,  their  pride  had  a  fall — 
They  were  nothing  but  toadstools,  after  all, 


364 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Keep  Your  Sons  at  Home. 

Women  of  Canada !  Do  you  want  your  sons  to 
grow  up  proud  of  their  parents'  choice  of  a  country ; 
proud  of  a  country  in  which  to  live  and  work  and 
have  their  home  themselves?  Do  you  want  them, 
as  soon  as  they  have  finished  their  schooling  or  their 
university  course,  to  look  around  for  the  career 
most  in  keeping  with  the  particular  bent  of  mind 
which  you  and  Fate  have  given  them?  Do  you 
want  this  career  to  be  along  some  line  with  which 
you  feel  yourself  in  sympathy?  Do  you  at  least 
wish  that  it  shall  be  spent  in  Canada  and  not  in 
some  foreign  country  away  from  every  tie  of  home  ? 
Do  you  not  long,  with  every  fibre  of  your  being,  for 
the  happening  of  some  circumstance  which  shall 
place  beyond  all  peradventure  your  son's  choice  of 
a  life-work  right  here  in  Canada? 

We  know  you  do.  Then  build  up  Canadian  in- 
dustries ;  support  Canadian  schools  and  universities ; 
choose  Canadian  enterprises  in  which  to  invest 
money;  give  Canadian  labour  the  first  choice;  do 
everything  humanly  possible  to  create  a  pride  in 
our  fair  Dominion — these  are  what  we  contend  are 
the  bounden  duties  of  all  Canadians.  Do  thjse 
things  and  we  create  a  great  country.  Create  a 
great  country  of  noble  ideals  and  diversified  indus- 
tries, and  no  Canadian  woman's  son  will  need  to  go 
to  the  United  States  to  find  employment,  or  the 
widest  scope  for  the  best  talent  that  in  him  lies. 

And  your  daughters !  You  know  that  as  the  gray 
hairs  make  their  appearance  (and  even  Canadian 
women  do  gradually  grow  old!)  you  will  not  like  it 
if  you  look  around  and  find  yourself  alone,  with  one 
girl  in  California  and  another  perhaps  in  Maine. 
You  will  think  things  all  awry  if  there  are  not  little 
grand-children  clambering  up  your  knee.  You  will 
think  hard  thoughts  of  your  countrymen  for  riot 
having  devised  means  for  keeping  the  girls  hearer 
home.  Yet,  if  the  boys  leave  for  another  country 
to  find  the  careers  denied  them  in  their  own,  what 
are  the  girls  to  do?  The  boys — ought  they  not  to 
remember  whom  they  have  left  behind?  The  girls 
— are  they  to  become  old  maids? 

Canadian  women !  We  remind  you  of  these 
things ;  but  we  know  you  can  recognize  them  for 
yourselves.  Your  whole  lives  and  loves  are  inter- 
twined with  the  destiny  of  your  native  country. 
You  want  to  see  Canada  grow  mighty  and  popu- 
lous, not  only  because  you  love  her  for  herself,  but 
because  her  prosperity  is  the  link  which  binds  your 
sons  and  daughters  to  the  old  home  spot  for  all 
time  to  come. — Canada  First,  Woman's  Department, 


One  King1,  One  Flag-,  One  Fleet. 

One  Brotherhood  is  ours,  one  King, 

One  Land  we  call  our  Home, 
One  Flag  to  British  realms  we  bring 

To  wave  where'er  we  roam. 

Come,  sons  of  Britain,  let  us  meet, 
Our  brethren  o'er  the  seas  to  greet, 
Come,  sons  of  Britain,  let  us  meet, 
Our  brethren  o'er  the  seas  to  greet. 

One  Fleet  shall  make  our  Union  strong ; 

Our  sons  shall  not  be  slaves, 
In  distant  lands,  bursts  forth  the  song, 

"Britannia   rules   the   waves." 

Undaunted  we  have  faced  the  foe. 

As  one  great  nation  known; 
In  war  or  peace,  in  weal  or  woe, 

We'll  rally  round  the  throne. 

For  flashing  swords  are  not  our  sign : 

United,  strong  and  free, 
We  shall  for  peaceful  arts  combine, 

And  peaceful  homes  shall  see. 

The  weak  to  raise,  the  wrong  to  right 

Be  Britain's  great  behest. 
And  mutual 'help  shall  put  to  flight. 

Each  petty,  envious  guest. 

Our  message  to  the  world  is  Peace: 
Whilst  Commerce  spreads  our  fame. 

May  Truth  and  Honour  never  cease 
To  crown  our  British  name. 

God  bless  our  King;  now;  join  all  hands, 

And  with  a  mighty  cheer, 
Resounding  through  Imperial  Lands, 

Will  draw  each  other  near. 

Myles  B.  Foster. 


Guess  the  Name  of  the  Bird. 

Guess  the  name  of  the  bird  that  is  woven  in   looms, 
(duck). 

The  bird  that  is  coined  out  of  gold, 
The  bird  that  is  flown  at  the  end  of  a  string, 

The  bird  that  is  useless  when  cold. 

The  bird  that  is  wise  and  can  see  in  the  dark, 

The  bird  that  is  fastened  with  spikes, 
The  bird  that  is  honored  on  Thanksgiving  Day, 

The  bird  that  the  President  likes. 


"Is  there  a  son  of  generous  England  here? 

Or  fervid  Erin? — he  with  us  shall  join, 
To  pray  that  in  eternal  union  dear 

The  rose,  the  shamrock  and  the  thistle  twine ! 

"Types  of  a  race  who  shall  th'  invader  scorn, 
As  rocks  resist  the  billows  round  their  shore; 

Types  of  a  race  who  shall  to  time  unborn 
Their  country  leave  unconquered  as  of  yore!" 

— Thomas  Campbell, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


365 


Victoria  the  Good. 

Queen  Victoria  was  one  of  the  best  rulers  who 
ever  lived.  She  had  a  very  kind  heart,  and  was 
always  glad  to  do  what  she  could  for  the  good  of 
her  people.  She  often  gave  sums  of  money  to  those 
who  were  very  poor,  and  she  would  write  kind  let- 
ters to  those  who  were  sick  or  in  trouble. 

One  of  her  letters  was  written  to  Miss  Nightingale 
during  the  Crimean  War.  In  it  she  says :  "  I  wish 
Miss  Nightingale  and  the  ladies  would  tell  the  poor 
noble  wounded  and  sick  men  that  no  one  feels  more 
for  their  sufferings  than  their  Queen.  Day  and 
night  she  thinks  of  her  beloved  troops." 

Another  of  these  letters  was  sent  to  some  poor 
women  who  had  lost  their  husbands  in  a  dreadful 
accident  in  a  coal-pit  in  the  north  of  England.  It 
told  them  how  the  heart  of  the  good  Queen  was  sad 
at  their  great  loss,  and  the  letter  helped  them  to  bear 
that  loss  with  braver  hearts. 

Queen  Victoria  had  many  sorrows  of  her  own, 
the  greatest  of  which  was  the  loss  of  her  good  hus- 
band, the  Prince  Consort,  who  died  after  twenty- 
one  years  of  married  life.  The  whole  nation  wept 
with  the  widowed  Queen. 

Even  in  her  great  sorrow  the  Queen  did  not  for- 
get the  sorrow  of  others.  Not  long  after  the  death 
of  Prince  Albert  she  went  to  her  castle  in  Scotland. 
One  of  the  women  of  the  village  near  the  castle  had 
also  lost  her  husband,  and  the  Queen  went  a-t  once 
to  comfort  her.  She  often  paid  visits  to  the  poor 
people  about  the  castle  and  took  many  dainty  things 
to  the  sick.  In  one  cottage  the  Queen  once  found 
an  old  sick  woman  left  quite  alone.  The  rest  of  the 
family  had  gone  out,  the  woman  said,  to  see  the 
Queen.  "  Tell  them,"  said  the  visitor,  after  talking 
kindly  for  some  time  to  the  poor  woman  who  did 
not  know  her,  "  that  while  they  have  been  to  see  the 
Queen,  the  Queen  has  been  to  see  you." 


The  planets  in  the  western  sky  in  earlv  May  even- 
ings present  an  interesting  sight.  Nearest  the 
horizon  is  Venus,  higher  up  is  Jupiter,  while  be- 
tween them  is  Mars.  They  are  all  moving  eastward, 
but  Venus  goes  fastest,  and  overtakes  Mars  on  the 
6th,  forming  a  remarkable  conjunction  with  that 
planet,  the  two  being  so  near  together  that  they  can 
scarcely  be  separated  by  the  naked  eye.  As  this 
happens  at  nine  o'clock  in  the  morning  we  canttit 
observe  it,  but  on  the  preceding  and  following  even- 
ings their  apparent  distance  apart  will  be  less  than 
half  the  moon's  diameter.  Venus  overtakes  Jupiter 
on  the  nth,  and  Mars  overtakes  him  on  the  18th. 


A  Canadian  Wheat  Field. 

We  have  taken   the   liberty   to  change  the  title   of  this 
selection  from  "Dacotah''  to  "Canadian." 
Like  liquid  gold  the  wheat  field  lies, 

A  marvel  of  yellow  and  russet  and  green, 
That  ripples  and  runs,  that  floats  and  flies, 

With  the  subtle  shadows,  the  change,  the  sheen, 
That  play  in  the  golden  hair  of  a  girl, 
A  ripple  of  amber — a  flare 
Of  light  sweeping  after — a  curl 
In  the  hollows  like  swirling  feet 

Of  fairy  waltzers,  the  colors  run 
To  the  western  sun 
Through  tlie  deeps  of  the  ripening  wheat. 

Broad  as   the   fleckless.   soaring   sky. 

Mysterious,  fair  as  the  moon-led  sea, 
The  vast  plane  flames  on  the  dazzled  eye 
Under  the  fierce  sun's  alchemy. 
The  silow  hawk  stoops 

To  his  prey  in  the  deeps ; 
The  sunflower  droops 

To  the  lazy  wave ;  the  wind  sleeps. 
Then  all  in  dazzling  links  and  loops, 
A  riot  of  shadow  and  shine, 
A  glory  of  olive  r.nd  amber  and  wine, 
To  the  westering  sun  the  colors  run 
Through  the  deeps  of  the  ripening  wheat. 

0  glorious  land !  My  Western  land, 
Outspread  beneath  the  setting  sun ! 

Once  more  amid  your  swells  I  stand, 
And  cross  your  sod  lands  dry  and  dun. 

1  hear  the  jocund  cal'ls  of  men 
Who  sweep  amid  the  ripened  grain 

With  swift,  stern  reapers,  once  again, 
The  evening  splendor  floods  the  plain. 
The  cricket's  chime 
Makes  pauseless  rhyme,, 
And  towards  the  sun 
The   splendid  colors  ramp  and   run 
Before  the  winds  feet 
In  the  wheat.  — Hamlin  Garland. 


The  Sculptor  Boy. 

Chisel  in  hand  stood  a  sculptor  boy, 

With  his  marble  block  before  him; 
And  his  face  lit  up  with  a  smile  of  joy, 

As  an  arigel  dream  passed  o'er  him. 
He  carved  it  then  on  the  yielding  stone, 

With  many  a  sharp  incision ; 
With  heaven's  own  light  the  sculptor  shone, 

He  had  caugln  that  angel  vision. 

Sculptors  of  life  are  we.  as  we  stand 
With  our  souls,  uncarved,  before  us, 

Waiting  the  hour  when  at  God's  command 
Our  life  dream  shall  l'ass  o'er  us. 

If  we  carve  it,  then,  on  the  yielding  stone, 
With  many  a  sharp  incision, 

It's  heavenly  beauty  Shall  be  our  own, 

Our  lives  that  angel  vision.  — Bishop  Doane, 


366 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Five  Evidences  of  an  Education. 

These  five  characteristics,  then,  I  offer  as  evi- 
dence of  an  education  :  Correctness  and  precision  in 
the  use  of  the  mother-tongue;  refined  and  gentle 
manners,  which  are  the  expression  of  fixed  habits 
of  thought  and  action ;  the  power  and  habit  of  re- 
flection ;  the  power  of  growth  and  efficiency,  and  the 
power  to  do.  On  this  plane  the  physicist  may  meet 
with  the  philologian  and  the  naturalist  with  the 
philosopher,  and  each  recognize  the  fact  that  his 
fellow  is  an  educated  man,  though  the  range  of  their 
information  is  widely  different,  and  the  centres  of 
their  highest  interests  are  far  apart.  They  are  knit 
together  in  a  brotherhood  by  the  close  tie  of  those 
traits  which  have  sprung  out  of  the  reaction  of  their 
minds  and  wills  upon  that  which  has  fed  them  and 
brought  them  strength.  Without  these  traits  men 
are  not  truly  educated,  and  their  erudition,  however 
vast,  is  of  no  avail;  it  furnishes  a  museum,  not  a 
developed  human  being.  It  is  these  habits,  of  neces- 
sity made  by  ourselves  alone,  begun  in  the  days  of 
school  and  college,  and  strengthened  with  maturer 
years  and  broader  experience,  that  serve  to  show  to 
ourselves  and  to  others  that  we  have  discovered  the 
secret  of  gaining  an  education. — Nicholas  Murray 
Butler. 


The  Dominion  Cabinet. 

Prime  Minister — The  Right  Hon.  Sir  Wilfred 
Laurier. 

Minister  of  Trade  and  Commerce  —  Hon.  Sir 
Richard  Cartwright. 

Secretary  of  State — Hon.  Richard  William  Scott. 

Minister  of  Justice — Hon.  C.  Fitzpatrick. 

Minister  of  Marine  and  Fisheries — Hon.  L.  P. 
Brodeur. 

Minister  of  Militia  and  Defence — Hon.  Sir  Fred- 
erick William  Borden. 

Postmaster-General — Hon.  A.   B.  Ayleswonh. 

Minister  of  Agriculture — Hon.  Sydney  A.  Fisher. 

Minister  of  Public  Works — Hon.  Charles  S.  Hy- 
man. 

Minister  of  Finance — Hon.  Wm.  Stevens  Field- 
ing. 

Minister  of  Railways  and  Canals — Hon.  Henry 
R.  Emmerson. 

Minister  of  Interior  and  Superintendent-General 
of  Indian  Affairs — Hon.  Frank  Oliver. 

Minister  of  Customs — Hon.  Wm.   Paterson. 

Minister  of  Inland  Revenues — Hon.  W.  Temple- 
man. 


The  Voice  of  the  Grass. 

Here  I  come  creeping  everywhere; 

■By  the  dusty  roadside, 

On  the  sunny  'hillside, 

Close  by  the  noisy  brook, 

In  every  shady  nook, 
I  come  creeping,  creeping  everywhere. 

Here  I  come  creeping,  creeping  everywhere ; 

You  cannot  see  me  coming, 

Nor  hear  my  low,  sweet  humming; 

For  in  the  starry  night, 

And  the  glad  morning  light, 
I  come  quietly  creeping  everywhere. 

Here  I  come  creeping,  creeping  everywhere; 

My  humble  song  of  praise 

Most  joyfully  I'M  raise 

To  Him  at  whose  command 

I  beautify  the  land, 
Creeping,  silently  creeping  everywhere. 

— Sarah  Roberts. 


Boys  Wanted. 


Charles  G.  Irish,  who  addressed  a  meeting  of  300 
night  school  pupils  in  Utica,  N.  Y.,  March  14th, 
spoke  of  the  time  when  he  and  a  young  friend  came 
to  the  conclusion  that  there  were  too  many  boys  in 
the  world,  and  went  on  to  tell  of  seeing  a  sign  in  a 
Utica  business  establishment's  window,  "  Boys 
Wanted,"  and  of  going  in  and  making  inquiries. 

"I  went  in,"  Mr.  Irish  said,  "and  asked  the  owner 
of  the  business  how  many  boys  he  wanted,  what  he 
wanted  them  for,  and  what  kind  he  wanted.  He 
said,  '  I  want  boys,  and  I  want  a  lot  of  them.'  I 
asked  him  what  kind  of  boys  he  wanted,  and  he  said, 
'  I  want  live  boys.'  I  did  not  think  this  was  very 
strange,  as  I  did  not  suppose  he  wanted  dead  boys. 
He  did  not  want  half  live  boys  or  lazy  boys.  I 
could  understand  this  very  well.  '  Then,'  he  said, 
'  I  want  boys  who  will  come  early  in  the  morning 
and  work  all  da)'  and  not  have  their  eyes  on  the 
clock  all  the  time.  I  want  boys  that  will  be  prompt 
and  that  will  take  hold  and  learn  the  business.  Such 
boys  as  this,'  he  said,  '  are  somewhat  scarce.  Then,' 
he  added,  '  we  want  clean  boys,  boys  who  will  come 
with  their  hair  brushed  and  their  faces  and  bod'es 
washed.  I  do  not  object  to  patches  on  their  clothes, 
but  I  do  not  want  dirty  boys.  What  I  really  mean 
by  dirt  is  what  comes  out  of  the  insides  of  boys — 
swearing,  foul  talk,  evil  thoughts.  I  want  clean 
boys,  and  such  boys  are  scarce.  I  have  to  hang  out 
that  sign  very  often.'  " 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


367 


The  Banner  and  the  Carpet. 

The  royal  banner  bent  his  head, 

And  to  the  royal  carpet  said; 

"In  the  Palace  at  Bagdad 

Different  duties  we  have  had; 

Different,  too,  is  our  reward, 

Though  servants  both  of  one  great  lord. 

"While  the  storms  beat  on  my  head, 
For  a  queen's  feet  you  are  spread. 
I,  on  marches  blown  and  torn, 
Into  the  jaws  of  death  am  borne. 
You  are  kept  from  dust  and  rains, 
Battles,    winds,    and   rents   and    stains. 

"Yours  a  calm  and  happy  life; 
Mine  is  full  of  pain  and  strife." 
Then  the  royal  carpet  said: 
"You  to  heaven  may  lift  your  head. 
I  lie  here  beneath  men's  feet 
A  slave  to  tread  on  and  to  beat; 
You  in  battle's  stormy  night, 
May  lead  heroes  to  the  fight." 

— William  R.  Alger. 


The  Victoria  Cross. 

After  the  Crimean  War,  Queen  Victoria  ordered 
a  new  medal  to  be  made.  It  was  to  be  called  the 
Victoria  Cross,  and  given  to  any  soldier  or  sailor 
who  had  done  some  very  brave  deed  before  the 
enemy. 

The  first  Victoria  Crosses  were  made  from  the 
metal  of  guns  taken  from  the  Russians  in  the  war. 
In  the  centre  is  a  crown  with  a  crowned  lion  above 
it.  From  arm  to  arm  of  the  Cross  hangs  a  scroll 
bearing  the  words,  "  For  Valour."  The  medal  is 
greatly  prized,  and  the  soldier  or  sailor  winning  it 
may  write  the  letters  V.  C.  after  his  name. 

The  first  Victoria  Crosses  were  given  by  Queen 
Victoria  herself  to  the  men  who  had  won  them. 
She  rode  to  Hyde  Park  on  a  white  horse  (an 
emblem  of  victory),  wearing  a  scarlet  coat  and  a 
plume  of  feathers.  The  men  were  drawn  up  in  a 
line,  and  were  brought  one  by  one  before  the  Queen. 
Then  she  stooped  and  pinned  the  medal  upon  each 
man's  left  breast. 

Lord  Roberts,  one  of  the  bravest  British  generals, 
won  the  Cross  when  he  was  a  young  officer  serving 
with  the  troops  at  the  time  of  the  Indian  mutiny. 
One  day  two  Sepoys  ran  off  with  a  British  flag. 
Roberts  followed,  re-took  the  flag,  killing  one  Sepoy 
and  putting  the  other  to  flight.  On  the  same  day  he 
rescued  a  British  soldier  from  a  Sepoy,  who  was  on 
the  point  of  stabbing  him  with  a  bayonet.  For 
these  two  brave  deeds  Roberts  was  given  the  Victoria 
Cross. 


In  the  late  Boer  War  the  son  of  Lord  Roberts  also 
won  the  much-prized  medal.  He  went  with  a  few 
other  brave  men  to  try  to  save  some  guns  lying  in 
an  open  place  swept  by  the  Boer  fire.  He  was  shot 
down  and  soon  afterwards  died,  so  that  he  never 
knew  he  had  won  the  Victoria  Cross. — Adapted 
from  the  Britannia  History  Reader. 


Key  for  Identifying-  Sparrows. 

Miss  Annetta  A.  Bradley,  of  Carleton  Co.,  New 
Brunswick,  who  recently  took  the  nature-study 
course  at  the  Macdonald  Institute,  Guelph,  sends  us 
the  following  key  for  identifying  sparrows  by  their 
most  conspicuous  markings.  It  is  very  simple,  and 
may  help  some  student  of  birds  to  make  a  start : 

A.    Chestnut  Crown. — 
i.  Spot  on  breast Tree  Sparrow. 

2.  Bill  red Field  Sparrow. 

3.  Chestnut  patch  on  wing Swamp  Sparrow. 

4.  With  none  of  these Chipping  Sparrow. 

A  A.    Crown  not  chestnut. — 

1.  Two  white  tail  feathers Vesper  Sparrow. 

2.  Yellow  line  over  eye Savanna  Sparrow. 

3.  Yellow  spot  between  eye  and  bill    ..    ..White  Throated 

Sparrow. 

4.  Tail  red Fox  Sparrow. 

5.  Breast  streaked  with  spot  in  centre  . .   .  .Song  Sparrow. 

6.  None  of  these White  Crowned 


Canada,  a  Rich  Country. 

"  I  have  travelled  four  thousand  miles  over  Cana- 
dian soil.  I  have  been  in  the  bush  and  on  the 
prairie,  and  I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that 
Canada  is  the  country  of  the  future ;  I  know  of  none 
greater.  Her  mineral  resources  alone  make  her  the 
richest  country  in  the  world.  This  is  not  mere  con- 
jecture; I  have  arrived  at  this  conclusion  after  a 
fair  investigation  in  several  parts  of  the  country 
and  a  thorough  study  of  the  reports  of  the  Dominion 
Government's  Geological  Survey  Department,  and 
an  inspection  of  the  ores  to  be  seen  in  the  collection 
at  Ottawa. 

"  The  resources  of  Canada  are  such  as  to  make 
her  a  Britain,  France,  Spain  and  Russia,  all  in  one. 
She  possesses  the  iron  of  Britain,  the  fruit  and  salu- 
brious climate  of  France,  the  rich  minerals  of  Spain, 
and  wheat  fields  that  rival  the  best  in  Russia." — 
Mr.  Joseph  Sutherland,  of  England,  in  Montreal 
Witness. 


I  enjoy  the  Review  very  much.  The  art  notes, 
poetry,  etc.,  in  fact  everything,  is  very  helpful. — 
E.  R.  B. 


368 


,    THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Glory  of  the  English  Tongue. 

Beyond  the  vague  Atlantic  deep, 
Far  as  the  farthest  prairies  sweep, 
Where  forest-glooms  the  nerve  appal, 
Where  burns  the  radiant  Western  fall, 
Our  duty  lies  on  old  and  young, — 
With  filial  piety  to  guard, 
As  on  its  greenest  native  sward, 
The  glory  of  the  English  tongue. 

That  ample  speech  ?     That  subtle  speech  ! 
Apt  for  the  need  of  all  and  each : 
Strong  to  endure,  yet  prompt  to  bend 
Wherever  human   feelings  tend. 
Preserve  its  force— expand  its  powers ; 
And  through  the  maze  of  civic  life, 
In  letters,  commerce,  even  in  strife, 
Forget  not,  it  is  yours  and  ours. 

Richard,    Lord    Houghton. — From  an  Envoy  to 
an  American  Lady. 


Professor  Bell's  Kites, 

Professor  Alexander  Graham  Bell,  the  inventor 
of  the  Bell  telephone,  spends  his  winters  in  Wash- 
ington and  his  summers  near  Baddeck,  in  Cape 
Breton,  where  he  conducts  experiments  with  his 
tetrahedral  kites.  The  ordinary  kite  of  course  re- 
quires to  be  held  by  a  string  in  order  to  make  it 
sail,  but  Prof.  Bell  has  been  able  to  make  his  kites 
ascend  alone  into  the  air,  mounting  skyward  against 
the  wind  without  any  string,  and  even  turning  a 
circle  and  rising  higher,  just  like  some  birds. 
.  "  So  much  significance  do  I  attach  to  the  success 
already  obtained  with  the  free-soaring  kite  that  I 
named  it  the  '  Oionos,'  as  the  ancient  Greeks  styled 
the  '  birds  of  augur,'  whose  soarings  their  prophets 
watched  from  towers  of  observation,"  says  Prof. 
Bell. 

One  of  these  kites  was  tested  with  a  man  weigh- 
ing 165  pounds  suspended  from  it,  and  it  rose  until 
he  was  thirty  feet  from  the  ground,  and  kept  him 
there  steadily.  The  kite  and  its  attachments  weigh- 
ed 123  pounds,  so  the  total  weight  supported  by  the 
wind  was  288  pounds.  These  of  course  are  only 
preliminary  studies,  and  they  do  not  mean  that  man 
is  ready  to  fly ;  they  are  useful  merely  in  enlarging 
scientific  knowledge  of  how  the  wind  acts  on  large 
surfaces  exposed  to  it. 


The  Review  comes  like  a  faithful  friend  from  the  East. 
Beaver  Lake,  Alberta.  A.  I.  W. 


The  Ferns. 

Deep  in  the  woodland  glen 
The  earth  is  white  with  snow, 
And  by  the  frozen  brook, 
With  cowled  heads  bending  low, 
As  if  in  prayer  devout. 
With  mantles  white  and  straight, 
Like  monks  in  silent  row, 
The  ferns  of  winter  wait ! 

Deep  in  the  woodland  glen 
The  old  earth  wakes  from  sleep ; 
The  brooks  with  laugh  and  song 
Spring  down  from  steep  to  steep. 
A  gallant  band  of  knights, 
With  pennons  floating  free, 
Stand  where  the  white  monks  stood, 
A  brave  Green  Company ! 

Every  Other  Sunday. 


The  full  name  of  the  city  of  San  Francisco,  as 
given  by  its  Spanish  founders,  was  "  Mision  de  los 
Dolores  de  Nuestro  Padre  San  Francisco  de  Asis," 
— the  Mission  of  the  Sorrows  of  our  Father  St. 
Francis  of  Assisi.  The  sorrows  of  its  stricken 
people  have  recalled  the  name. 

It  has  been  noted  that  the  earthquake  region,  a 
belt  that  surrounds  the  earth  at  about  thirty  or 
forty  degrees  of  north  latitude,  is  the  region  of 
greatest  fertility  and  most  desirable  climate,  and 
therefore  of  the  densest  population,  and  the  oldest 
civilization  in  the  Old  World.  This  seems  to  be 
equally  true  in  the  New  World,  if  we  add  the  Cen- 
tral American  extension  of  the  earthquake  region 
to  the  northern  belt. 


I   am   forwarding  my  subscription    for  another  year   for 
my  old  friend  the  Educational  Review. 
Cape  Breton  County.  L.  B.  R. 


In  his  book  on  Nature  Teachings  F.  S.  Wood 
says  in  speaking  of  cork :  "So  buoyant  is  this  sub- 
stance that  a  very  efficient  belt  can  be  made  by 
stringing  together  3  or  4  rows  of  ordinary  wine 
corks  and  tying  them  round  the  neck  like  a  collar. 
In  these  circumstances  it  is  simply  impossible  to 
sink,  and  though  anyone  may  collapse  from  exhaus- 
tion, drowning  is  almost  out  of  the  question." 

[It  might  be  a  safe  plan  for  those  who  are  timid 
about  venturing  on  the  water  or  who  are  indifferent 
swimmers  to  accustom  themselves  to  the  use  of  such 
a  necklace — to  test  it  well  while  swimming  in  water 
beyond  their  depth  and  wear  it  constantly  while 
boating.  Drowning  accidents  frequently  occur  be- 
cause people  "lose  their  heads"  on  being  thrown 
into  water.  To  become  accustomed  to  the  water 
and  know  just  how  to  act  in  it  is  a  great  means  of 
safety. — Editor.] 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


?69 


True  Bravery. 

Some  one  may  say,  "Did  not  the  men  and  women  have 
to  be  braver  in  the  war  times  than  in  time  of  peace?"  Let 
us  stamp  that  as  false.  What  a  terrible  thing  it  would  be 
to  be  brave,  if  bravery  requires  of  us|  to  hurt  and  kill !  Is 
it  not  brave  to  try  to  save  life?  Thousands  of  brave  men 
are  risking  their  lives  to  help  men  and  save  us  all  from 
harm.  Brave  doctors  and  nurses  go  where  deadly  disease 
is,  and  are  not  afraid  to  help  save  the  sick.  Brave  students 
are  trying  perilous  experiments,  so  as  to  find  out  better 
knowledge  for  us  all.  Brave  engineers  on  thousands  of 
locomotives  are  not  afraid  of  sudden  death  if  they  can  save 
their  passengers  from  harmful  accidents.  Brave  sailors  are 
always  facing  the  sea  and  the  storm.  Brave  firemen  stand 
ready  to  die  to  bring  little  children  safely  out  of  burning 
buildings.  Brave  boys  every  summer  risk  their  lives  to 
save  their  comrades  from  drowning.  Brave  fellows  hold 
in  check  maddened  horses  and  prevent  them  from  running 
away  with,  women  and  children.  Brave  women  risk  their 
own  lives  daily  for  the  sake  of  others.  Never  forget  it; 
it  is  better  to  be  brave  to  help  men  than  it  is  to  be  brave 
to  harm  them. — Charles  F.  Dole. 


"  I  left  my  dog  accidentally  at  a  friend's  house 
yesterday,"  said  a  young  girl,  as  reported  in  the 
Philadelphia  Evening  Bulletin.  "  My  friend  tried 
to  get  him  to  run  after  me,  but  he  would  not  leave. 
He  plainly  held  that  I  would  soon  return;  that, 
since  I  had  gone  without  him,  I  would  come  back- 
inevitably  for  him,  and  he  stuck  to  the  room  where 
I  had  parted  from  him,  feeling  that  it  was  his  duty 
to  do  so.  Finally  my  friend  called  me  up  on  the 
telephone. 

Your  dog  won't  go,'  she  said.     '  He  thinks  you 
will  be  back,  and  we  can't  drive  him  out.' 
Hold  him  up  to  the  'phone,'  said  I. 

"  She  held  him  up. 
'  Peter,'  I  said,  '  come  home,  I  am  waiting   at 
home  for  you.     Come  straight  home,  Peter,    good 
little  dog.' 

"  Peter  wagged  his  tail,  wriggled  down  and  out 
of  my  friend's  arms  and  set  off  homeward  like  a 
flash  of  lightning." 


In  schools  where  there  may  be  objections  to  g  n- 
tral  readings  from  the  Bible  or  repeating  the  Lord's 
prayer,  this  plan  may  be  adopted   for  the  morning 
exercises:     One  morning  alternate  readings  of  the 
Beatitudes   ( Blessed    are    the    poor  in    spirit )  ;  on 
another  concerning  charity   (Though  I  speak  with 
tongues  of  men  and  of  angels).     On  another  con- 
cerning God's  care  (The  Lord   is   my  Shepherd)  ; 
and  so  on.     Then  a  favorite  hymn  may  be  sung : 
followed  by  a  memory  gem  that  may  be  helpful  for 
the  day's  work. 


Current  Events. 

Last  month  will  be  remembered  for  the'  great 
eruption  of  Vesuvius,  and  the  terrible  earthquakes 
in  Formosa  and  in  California.  Never  since  the  de- 
struction of  Pompeii  has  the  volcano  made  such 
havoc  in  the  towns  and  villages  that  cluster  about 
its  base.  The  eruption,  which  had  grown  alarming 
in  March,  continued  to  increase  in  violence  until  the 
tenth  of  April,  giving  the  inhabitants  of  the  sur- 
rounding regions  ample  time  to  flee  for  safety;  yet 
the  people,  destitute  and  helpless,  were  for  the  most 
part  unable  to  get  away.  Thousands  ot  houses  were 
crushed  by  the  weight  of  falling  ashes,  and  hund- 
reds of  people  perished  in  the  ruins. 

The  earthquake  in  the  southern  part  of  the  island 
of  Formosa  completed  the  ruin  of  one  or  more 
towns  that  were  injured  by  a  lesser  shock  in  March. 
Landslides  are  said  to  have  completely  changed  the 
topography  of  the  country.  Hundreds  were  killed 
by  the  disturbance,  and  thousands  left  homeless. 

More  appalling,  because  nearer  than  either  the 
Formosan  disaster  or  the  volcanic  disturbance  in 
Italy,  and  perhaps  more  terrible  in  itself,  was  the 
great  earthquake  in  California,  by  which,  at  the 
least  estimate,  one  thousand  people  were  killed,  and 
hundreds  of  thousands  left  homeless  and  destitute. 
The  first  shock  was  felt  on  the  morning  of  the  18th 
of  April.  By  it,  and  the  resulting  fires,  more  than 
half  of  the  great  and  wealthy  citv  of  San  Francisco 
has  been  destroyed,  and  other  cities  have  suffered 
severely.  Immediate  aid  was  sent  from  other  parts 
of  the  United  States,  and  from  foreign  lands ;  the 
Canadian  government  contributing  $100,000,  the 
Emperor  of  Japan  a  like  sum,  and  the  Empress  of 
China  $50,000,  with  an  additional  sum  for  the 
Chinese  residents  of  San  Francisco. 

The  final  draft  of  the  Moroccan  convention  was 
signed  by  the  delegates  to  the  conference  on  the 
seventh  of  April.  It  is  a  lengthy  document,  and 
begins  with  an  impressive  introduction,  setting  forth 
that  the  emperors  of  Germany,  Austria  and  Russia, 
the  kings  of  Belgium,  Spain,  Great  Britain,  Italy, 
Portugal  and  Sweden,  the  presidents  of  the  United 
States  and  France,  the  sultan  of  Morocco  and  the 
queen  of  the  Netherlands,  desiring  that  order,  peace 
and  prosperity  reign  in  Morocco,  have  assembled 
their  plenipotentiaries  to  consider  the  proposed  re- 
forms and  to  determine  on  the  means  to  apply  them. 
The  chief  provisions  of  the  agreement  are  that 
France  shall  police  four  Moroccan  ports,  Spain  two. 
and  France  and  Spain  together  two  others :  while- 
France  will  have  a  controlling  share  in  the  financi.il 
management  of  the  country. 

The  Natal  authorities  were  about  to  execute  certain 
Zulus  who  had  been  concerned  in  an  anti-tax  up- 
rising, when  the  British  government  interfered  to 
stop  the  execution.  Thereupon  the  Xatal  cabinet 
tesigned,  declaring  that  they  would  not  submit  to 
to  dictation  by  the  Imperial  government.  Then  t!ic 
latter  withdrew  the  objection,  and  the  executions 
took  place.  Now  a  serious  uprising  of  Zulus  is 
reported,  and  there  is  a  rumor  that  a  British  army 


370 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


corps  is  to  be  sent  to  South  Africa,  both  of  which 
rumors  may  prove  to  be  part  of  the  same  story. 

A  special  commissioner  has  been  sent  to  South 
Africa  to  devise  a  scheme  of  responsible  govern- 
ment for  the  Transvaal. 

King  Edward  has  changed  the  name  of  Lagos 
Territory  to  Southern  Nigeria. 

Japan  has  adopted  the  principle  of  the  govern- 
ment ownership  of  railways,  and  its  parliament  has 
appropriated  money  to  buy  out  the  private  owners. 
It  will  take  five  years  or  more  to  carry  the  plan  into 
effect. 

The  opening  of  the  new  railway  from  Berber,  on 
the  Nile,  to  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea,  at  the  new 
port  called  Port  Sudan,  makes  it  possible  to  cover 
the  distance  in  ten  hours,  where  it  required  ten  days 
to  accomplish  the  journey  by  camel  caravan.  The 
new  railway  provides  a  new  route  to  India,  in  case 
of  the  closing  of  the  Suez  canal. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  political  event  of  the 
past  month  has  been  the  reconciliation  between 
Austria  and  Hungary.  A  new  Hungarian  parlia- 
ment will  be  elected  on  the  basis  of  universal  suff- 
rage, and  all  pending  disputes  between  the  Austrian 
Emperor  and  his  Hungarian  subjects  will  be  left  to 
its  decision. 

President  Roosevelt's  recent  suggestion  of  the 
need  of  a  progressive  tax  on  inheritances  to  check 
the  dangerous  accumulation  of  wealth  in  the  hands 
of  individuals  has  been  received  with  great  astonish- 
ment in  the  United  States,  among  those  who  do  not 
know  that  such  a  tax  has  been  levied  in  Great  Brit- 
ain for  years.  The  fact  that  there  are  wealthy  men, 
any  one  of  whom  could  re-build  San  Francisco  at 
his  own  expense,  and  still  remain  rich,  is  more 
astounding  than  the  President's  suggestion. 

At  the  present  rate  of  progress,  it  will  require 
forty  years  to  finish  the  Panama  canal  if  the  sea 
level  is  adopted.  If  the  lock  system  is  adhered  to, 
the  work  can  be  done  much  sooner,  but  the  results 
may  be  less  satisfactory. 

The  report  that  extensive  beds  of  anthracite  have 
been  found  near  Albany  River,  is  the  latest  and 
brightest  story  of  the  great  mineral  wealth  of  the 
region  south  of  Hudson  Bay.  Rich  silver  mines 
have  been  found  in  the  Cobalt  region ;  but  if,  as  it 
now  appears,  coal  and  iron  are  found  near  together 
there,  their  presence  is  of  more  value  in  the  future 
development  of  the  country. 

Currie,  the  discoverer  of  radium,  has  been  killed 
by  an  accident  in  the  streets  of  Paris.  Since  his 
great  discovery,  the  old  idea  of  the  indestructibility 
of  atoms  has  been  abandoned.  The  atom  is  now 
regarded  as  composed  of  electrons,  which  may  be 
given  off,  with  the  setting  free  of  enormous  energy ; 
and  it  is  calculated  that  if  the  action  extends 
throughout  the  earth,  the  emission  by  every  atom 
of  an  electron  once  in  a  thousand  million  years  would 
be  sufficient  to  account  for  the  earth's  internal  heat. 

The  first  Russian  parliament  will  be  opened  by 
the  Emperor  Nicholas  in  person  on  the  tenth  of 
May.  It  is  expected  that  he  will  then  announce  a 
general  amnesty  for  political  prisoners. 


Sugar  cane  has  been  successfully  cultivated,  under 
government  auspices,  in  the  lowlands  of  Afghanis- 
tan. 

The  Olympic  games,  in  which  atheletes  from  all 
over  the  world  are  to  compete,  were  begun  in 
Greece  on  St.  George's  Day.  The  King  and  Queen 
of  England  were  present  as  guests  of  the  Queen's 
brother,  King  George. 

The  -Dominion  Parliament  has  invited  King  Ed- 
ward and  Queen  Alexandra  to  visit  Canada  during 
the  present  year.  It  is  hoped  that  their  Majesties  will 
come  at  the  time  of  the  opening  of  the  new  bridge 
across  the  St.  Lawrence  at  Quebec.  Great  changes 
have  taken  place  in  His  Majesty's  North  American 
dominions  since  he,  as  Prince  of  Wales,  in  i860, 
opened  the  Victoria  Bridge  at  Montreal.  Then 
Canada  included  but  a  part  of  the  present  provinces 
of  Quebec  and  Ontario.  Now  three  oceans  mark  its 
boundaries,  and  half  the  continent  is  embraced  in  its 
area;  while  its  great  commercial  highway  crosses 
regions  then  unknown. 

We  are  accustomed  to  the  use  of  French  as  well 
as  English  in  the  official  life  of  Canada.  It  was  a 
novelty,  however,  for  the  new  lieutenant-governor 
of  Nova  Scotia  to  receive  and  reply  to  an  address 
in  Gaelic.  His  appearing  in  plain  clothes  at  public 
functions  is  also  another  thing  in  his  favor. 

A  new  treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  China 
provides  for  the  recognition  of  China's  protectorate 
over  Tibet,  and  for  the  opening  of  certain  Tibetan 
markets  to  Indian  trade.  Great  Britain  will  not 
interfere  with  the  interior  affairs  of  Tibet,  unless 
other  powers  do  so.  China  will  erect  telegraph  lines 
and  will  give  preference  to  the  British  in  the  matter 
of  railway  concessions;  and  will  pay  a  large  part 
of  the  expenses  of  the  British  expedition  to  Lhasa 
in  1903-4. 


School  and  College. 

F.  R.  Branscombe,  the  energetic  and  popular  principal  of 
the  Hopewell  Cape.  N.  B.,  School,  and  his  advanced  pupils, 
gave  the  Comedy — ''Between  the  Acts"  to  a  large  and  ap- 
preciative audience  in  the  Public  Hall  on  Thursday  evening 
April  12th.  The  proceeds  which  amounted  to  $35  will  be 
used  to  procure  maps  for  the  school. 

Mr.  Cyrus  H.  Acheson,  formerly  of  Charlotte  County,  is 
now  Inspector  of  Schools  at  Johannesburg,  Africa.  In  a 
brief  note  he  states  that  his  family  are  all  well  and  en- 
joying African  life  very  much.  He  says  the  big  questions 
in  Africa  just  now  are  Chinese  labor  and  native  unrest. — 
St.  Andrews,  N.  B..  Beacon. 

At  a  concert,  followed  by  a  social,  held  in  the  school 
house  at  Carlcton,  Annapolis  County,  the  sum  of  $24.00  was 
realized.  It  is  the  intention  of  the  teacher  Mr.  M.  C. 
Foster,  who  is  a  Guelph  nature  student,  to  use  the  pro- 
ceeds for  school  garden  purposes.  Nearly  a  third  of  an 
acre  of  the  school  premises  which  is  now  practically  waste 
land  will  be  ploughed,  fertilized  and  fenced,  thereby  laying 
the  foundation  of  a  permanent  school  garden. 

The  inspectors  of  schools  in  New  Brunswick,  so  far  as 
we  have  been  able  to  learn,  have  appointed  May  11  as 
Arbor  day. 


Til  12   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


371 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTE  OF  NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Educational  Institute  met  at  Fredericton  during  the  Christmas  vacation  ind 
arranged  an  interesting  programme  for  the  next  meeting  of  the  Institute.  A  number  of  the  leading  teachers  of  the 
Province  will  read  papers  or  deliver  addresses  upon  live  educational  questions.  Prof.  Jas.  W.  Robertson,  who  lias 
taken  so  much  interest  in  public  education  in  this  Province,  has  promised  to  speak  before  the  Institute  or  to  send  a 
representative  from  Macdonaild  College,  St.  Anne  de  Belle  vue,  of  which  institution  he  is  manager. 

The  Institute  will  meet  at  Chatham  on  June  27th. 


Dr.  Cox,  who  is  chairman  of  the  local  committee,  will  see  that  all  necessary  arrangements  are  made  for  the 
entertainment  of  the  members  of  the  Institute. 

A  committee  has  been  appointed  to  arrange  with  the  authorities  of  the  Intercolonial  Railway  for  the  transportation 
of  teachers  at  the  most  favorable  rates. 

JOHN  BR1TTA1N,  Secretary   Institute. 


Professor  A.  M.  Scott,  of  the  University  of  New  Bruns- 
wick, has  been  offered  the  position  of  superintendent  of 
schools,  of  Calgary,  and  it  is  likely  that  he  will  accept  the 
position.  Professor  Scott  has  devoted  himself  with  much 
energy  and  ability  to  his  work  in  the  University,  where  his 
services  will  be  greatly  missed. 

.  Miss  Antoinette  Forbes  has  resumed  her  duties  in  the 
Windsor,  N.  S.,  Academy,  after  a  three  months'  leave  of 
absence. 

Mr.  Charles  L.  Gesner,  principal  of  the  school  at  Can- 
ning, N.  S.,  was  married  on  the  nth  April  to  Miss  Carrie 
F.  Bent  of  Belleisle,  N.  S.  The  Review  extends  its  cordial 
congratulations  to  the  happy  couple  and  wishes  them  many 
years  of  happiness. 

Dr.  Annie  M.  McLean,  of  Wolfville,  N.  S.,  a  graduate 
of  Acadia,  who  received  her  degree  of  doctor  of  philosophy 
from  Chicago  University,  has  been  chosen  professor  of 
sociology  in  Adelphi  College,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  and  will  be- 
gin her  duties  in  September. 

Miss  Muriel  Carr,  of  St.  John,  N.  B.,  has  been  offered  and 
has  accepted  the  chair  of  English  literature  in  Rockford 
College,  Illinois,  within  a  short  distance  of  Chicago.  Miss 
Carr  recently  won  the  fellowship  given  by  the  Women's 
Educational  Association  of  Boston,  a  rare  distinction,  as  it 
is  open  to  all  graduates  of  American  colleges.  Miss  Carr 
will  spend  a  year,  prior  to  taking  up  her  duties  at  Rockford, 
in  research  work  in  Early  English  literature,  especially  in 
the  comparison  of  black  letter  manuscripts,  which  arc  kept 
in  various  cities  in  Europe,  as  Oxford,  London,  Paris, 
Berlin  and  others. 

Miss  Florence  C  Estabrooks,  a  graduate  of  the  St.  John, 
high  school  in  1900  has  made  a  splendid  record  in  her  first 
year's  work  at  McGill,  winning  first  place  in  English, 
Greek,  algebra  and  advanced  geometry,  besides  first  rank 
honours  in  Latin  and  general  standing,  with  four  prizes  in- 
cluding the  Coster  memorial  prize.  The  young  lady  and 
the  school  from  which  she  graduated  arc  to  be  congratu- 
lated on  winning  such  a  distinction  as  leader  of  an  ex- 
ceptionally large  class  at  McGill. 


Twenty-five  Canadian  students  are  enrolled  this  year  at 
Yale  University. 

Mr.  Will  Whitney,  recently  manual  training  instructor  in 
the  Schools  of  St.  Stephen  and  Milltown,  N.  B.,  is  now 
taking  a  course  in  Manual  Arts  at  Teachers'  College,  Col- 
umbia University,  New  York.  Mr  Whitney  is  desirous  of 
giving  his  service  to  Canada  as  soon  as  an  opening  occurs. 


Recent  Books. 

Essays   of    Elia.      (First    Series).      By    Charles    Lamb. 
Selected  and  Edited  with  Introduction  and  Notes  by 
George   Armstrong    Wauchope,    Professor   of   English 
in     South     Carolina     College.       Semi-flexible     cloth. 
XXXVI  +  302    pages.      Portrait.      Mailing    Price,    45 
cents.  Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
This  volume  contains  thirty  of  the  most  popular  essays. 
The  introduction;  by  the  editor  is  a  fresh,  sympathetic,  and 
judicious  appreciation  of  the  author's  character  and  work. 
It   is    accompanied    by   a   chronological    table  and  a  short 
bibliography.     The  notes  are  the  most  adequate  ever  pre- 
sented in  an  edition  of  Lamb,  and  embody  the  results  of 
ripe     scholarship     and  several  years  of  laborious  research. 
Accompanying  the  notes  on  each  essay  is  a  set  of  questions 
and      review      topics     illustrating     the     editor's     original 
pedagogical  methods  of  teaching  literature. 

The  Geography  of  America.     By  William  Hughes,  F.  R. 

G.  S.     Cloth.     Pages  129.    Price  is.  6d.    George  Philip 

&  Son,  London. 
This  book  gives  in  very  compact  form  much  information 
on  the  physical,  political  and  commercial  geography  of 
North  and  South  America.  It  has  three  maps,  and  the 
matter  contained  in  the  work,  so  far  as  a  cursory  examina- 
tion reveals,  is  up  to  date. 

From  the  sr.me  publisher  (Geo.  Philip   and  Son)   there 
come  the  Model  Atlas,  price  6d.  containing  50  maps  of  the 
chief   countries    of    the    world    with    relief  models,   all   in 
colour    and     the     Threepenny    Atlas,     containing    sixteen 
coloured  maps,  both  very  useful  for  convenient  reference. 


372 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Cheerful 
Surroundings 


Q1 


}IVE  life  and  zest  to  all  work  in  the  school 
room  and  make  little  folks  like  to  come  to 
school.    This  is  the  time  to  brighten  up  your 
school-rooms.    If  you  want  the  walls  papered 

REMEMBER 

That  you  can  sret  from  us  a  beautiful 
paper  cheaper  than  ever  before.  Send 
size  of  school-room,  number  o  f  windows 
and  doors  and  their  sizes  (this  is  a  good 
exercise  in  arithmetic  for  scholars)  and 
we  will  send  cost  and  samples.  Get  our 
figures  for 

WINDOW     SHADES 

We  can  supply  excellent  ones  at  reason 
able  prices. 

MA  PS- 
Mounted  on  spring  rollers,  and  all  work 
of  that  kind  done  promptly. 

PICTURES     FRAMES. 

Send  your  orders  to— 

F.    E.    HOLMAN    &    CO., 

52      KING    STREET.  ST.  JOHN,    N 


B 


TEACHERS 

Holding  Grammar  School  or  Superior  License 
or  First-class  License,  can  secure  schools  with 
good  salaries  immediately  by  applying  to 

GEO.  COLBECK, 
North- West  Teachers'  Bureau, 
Box  45.  Regina,  Sask 


YALE     UNIVERSITY 

SUM MER   SCHOOL. 

Second  Session  July  5  to  August  16.  1906. 

Courses  in  Anatomy  Art,  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Commercial  Geography,  Education  (History  and 
Theory.)  English,  French,  Geology,  German. 
Greek,  History,  Latin,  Mathematics,  Methods  of 
Teaching,  Physical  Education,  Physics,  Physio- 
logy, Psychology,  Rhetoric,  and  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

These  courses  are  designed  for  teachers  and  col- 
lege students.  Some  are  advanced  courses  and  in 
tended  for  specially  trained  students,  others  are 
introductory  and  presuppose  no  specialized  pre- 
paration. 

In  the  great  majority  of  cases,  instruction  is 
given  by  members  of  the  Yale  Faculty  of  the 
rank  of  professor  or  assistant  professor.  A  num- 
ber of  leading  school  authorities  have  been  added 
to  the  Faculty  to  give  courses  on  educational 
subjects. 

About  roo  suites  of  rooms  in  the  dormitories 
are  available  for  students,  and  will  be  assigned 
in  the  order  of  application. 

For  circulars  and  further  information    address 

YALE    SUMMER    SCHOOL. 

135   ELM  Street,        NEW    HAVEN,  CONN. 


HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 
SUMMER  SCHOOL  of  ARTS  &  SCIENCES 

July  s  to  August  is,  iQob 
College  Courses  in  Classical  Archeology, 
Architecture,  Astronomy,  Botany,  Chemistry, 
Economics  Education.  Elocution,  Ethics,  Geo- 
graphy, Geology,  History,  Landscape  Painting, 
Languages,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy, 
Physical  Education,  Physics,  Psychology,  Pure 
Design,  Shopwork,  and  Surveying  ;  for  Teachers 
and  Students 

Open  to  men  and  women.    No  entrance  exami- 
nation required     Full  Announcement 
sent  on  application.    Address 
J.  L.Love,  16  University  H    II,  Cambridge,  Mess 
N.  S.  SHALER.  Chairman. 


A  CANADIAN  FLAG 

FOR 
EVERY 
SCHOOL 

'WITNESS'  DIAMOND  JUBILEE 
FLAG  OFFER. 

No  one  questions  the  fact  that  every  school  should 
-lave  a  nag:  the  only  difficulty  is,  that  there  are  so 
many  other  things  every  school  must  have. 

The  publishers  of  the  Montreal  'Witness'  have  ar- 
ranged to  celebrate  its  Diamond  Jut  ilee  by  making  it 
easily  possible  for  the  children  of  every schoo  Jdistnct  to 
earn  a  Mag  without  spending  money. 

The  offer  is  no  money  making  Bcneme.  The  flags  are 
of  (he  best  quality,  and  while  the  hope  is  to  cover 
expenses,  the  intention  is  to  stimulate  patriotism. 

These  Naval  Flags,  sewn  banting,  standard  quality 
and  patterns,  are  imported  by  the  'Witness  '  in  large 
ruautitiea  for  the  Canadian  schools,  direct  from  the 
best  British  manufacturers. 

If  your  school  does  not  need  a  flag,  we  will  give 
instead  patriotic  books  for  your  library.  Write  for 
particulars. 

This  offer  is  made  specially  for  Schools,  public  or 
Private,  but  Sunday  Schools,  Clubs,  Societies  or 
Communities  are  free  to  take  advantage  of  it-  Aaaist 
us  by  making  this  widely  known.  Good  until  next 
Dominion  Day,  July  1,  1906. 

£•>  It  Now  and  be  Ready  for  Empire  Day, 

Iror  rail  information,  samples,  etc.,  adreas  FLAQ 
•tXPABTMENT.  '  Witness  '  Office,  Montreal,  Qua. 


First  Year  in  French  for  Beginners.    By   B.  L.  Henin 
LL.  B.  (University  of  Paris).    Cloth.    Pages  52.   Price 
50  cents.    D.  C  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston. 
This  book  with  the  exception  of  a  few  introductory  les- 
sons and  the  vocabulary  is  written  entirely  in  French,  thus 
compelling  the  pupil  to  think  in  and  speak  the  language  he 
is    learning.      The    course     is     practical,     gradual     and 
methodical. 

The  Medea  of  Euripides.     Edited  by  Harold  Williamson, 
M.  A.     Cloth.     Pages  159.     Price  2s.     Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 
Two  editions  of  the  Medea  have  been  consulted  in  pre- 
paring this  volume, — the  German  edition  of  Wecklein  and 
the  English  of  Dr.  Verralls,  the  'latter  an  admirable  inter- 
pretation  of  the   Greek  scholar.     The   introduction,   notes, 
vocabulary  and  index  are  well  adapted  to  meet  the  needs 
of    the    scholar.      The    clearly     printed  page  and  the  fine 
illustrations  will  also  be  much  appreciated  by  students. 

Chemistry    Lecture    Notes.      By    G.    E.    Welch.  B.  Sc, 

(London).     Cloth.     Pages  63.     Price  is.  6d.     Blackie 

&  Son.  London. 

These  notes  are  such  as  would  be  taken  during  a  course 

of   lessons   on   inorganic   chemistry.     They   are   necessarily 

brief  and  blank  leaves  are   inserted  alternately   with  each 

page  of  printed  notes  for  drawings  and  taking  of  additional 

notes.     The  arrangement   is  very  convenient   for   students 

and  should  save  valuable  time. 


Precis  Writing.    Edited  by  H.  Latter,  M.  A.    Cloth.  Pages 
214    Price  3s.  6d.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This  book  contains  a  number  of  valuable  exercises  in 

precis   writing   for  civil   service   candidates,   army  classes, 

and  others,  mainly  in  diplomatic  correspondence. 

Les  Deux  Sourds.    By  Jules  Moinaux.    Edited  with  notes 
and  vocabulary  by  I.  H.  B.  Spiers.     Cloth.     Pages  53. 
Price  25  cents.    D.  C.  Heath  &  Company,  Boston. 
A  brief  comedy  in  sound  colloquial  French,  with  a  clever 

plot  and  lively  action. 

The  Art  and  Practice  of  Laundry  Work.    By  Margaret 
Cuthbert    Rankin.      Cloth.      Pages  191.     Price  2s.  6d. 
Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This    work    should    prove    very  useful  to  young  house- 
keepers and  for  students  and  teachers.    It  has  been  written 
to  give  a  correct  knowledge  of  household  laundry  work  and 
is  the  outcome  of  many  years  of  experience  and  observa- 
tion. 

Complete  History  Readers.  No.  VI.  Cloth  Pages  254. 
Price  is.  6d.    Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

This  book  with  carefully  selected  passages  from  the  his- 
tory of  England  and  the  Empire  and  attractively  illustrated 
is  a  very  appropriate  one  for  this  month.  The  development 
of  the  Empire  receives  much  attention  in  the  volume. 

Black's  Picture  Lessons  in  English  (A.  &  C.  Black,  Lon- 
don), with  fifteen  full  page  illustrations  in  color  is  a  very 
attractive  book  for  little  ones.      Price  6d. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


373 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND   SCHOOL 
•^SUPPLIES*.* 

We  now   have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

i —                            —  HOWARD  VTNPFNT - 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   ^« 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for  the 

Asking    

lO     PICTURES     lO 

Decorate  your  school  rooms  for  Empiro  Day  !  Wo  have  ten  pictures  of  notable  Can- 
adian authors  and  other  subjects  which  we  will  send  post  paid  on  payment  of  one  year's 
advance  subscription  from  date,  from  old  or  new  subscribers. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL.    REVIEW,     baimt  john.  h.  b. 


E.   G.    NELSON   &   CO., 

Corner  King  and  Charlotte  streets,     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


WALL     MAPS. 
New  Map  of  Canada  just  published, 
showing  the  new  provinces. 


Map  of  British  Empire. 
Map  of  World  in  Hemispheres. 


KODAKS,   CAMERAS,  AND    PHOTO- 
GRAPHIC   SUPPLIES. 
Wo  keep  a  full  Assortment. 
Send   for  Catalogue. 


Mail   Orders   Solicited. 


BO    YEARS' 
EXPERIENCE 


Trade  Marks 
Designs 
Copyrights  &c. 

Anyone  sending  a  sketch  and  description  may 
quickly  ascertain  our  opinion  free  whether  an 
invention  la  probably  patentable.    Conimunlcs-  ■ 
tions  strictly  confidential.  Handbook  on  Patents 
sent  free,  Oldest  agency  for  securing  patents. 

Patents  taken  through  Munn  A  Co.  receive 
special  notice,  without  charge,  in  the 

Scientific  American. 

A  handsomely  illustrated  weekly.  Lnraest  clr- 
cnltitloti  of  any  sclcnttflfl  journal.  Terms.  $3  a 
your:  four  months,  $1.   Sold  by  all  newsdealers. 

MUNN  &  Co.36,Broad*a>  New  York 

Branch  Office.  (35  F  St.,  Washington.  D.  C. 


First  Steps  in  Colloquial  French.    By  Albert  Thouaille. 

Illustrated.     Cloth.     Pages  228.     Price  2s.     Blackie  & 

Son,  London. 
These  lessons,  all   in   French,   are   easy,   well   graduated 
and  adapted  for  oral  teaching. 

Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie's  rectorial  address  before  the 
University  of  St.  Andrews  on  Peace  is  noteworthy  in  In- 
half  of  that  cause.  Published  in  pamphlet  form,  price  10 
cents  or  100  copies  for  $5,  by  Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 


Recent  Magazines. 

The  May  Delineator,  has  a  complete  display,  pictorial 
and  descriptive,  of  the  latest  Spring  fashions.  Hon.  Justice 
David  J.  Brewer  contributes  an  article  on  "Woman  in  the 
Professions"  in  which  he  comments  on  the  significance  of 
the  fact  that  the  status  of  women  has  changed  in  the  last 
half  century.  Alice  Brown  contributes  a  fairy  tale  for  the 
little  ones.  There  are  other  features  to  delight  young 
folks,  including  a  chapter  in  the  serial,  "Sunlight  and 
Shadow"  and  pastimes  by  Lina  Beard. 

The  April  Canadian  Magazine,  with  its  excellent  colour- 
ed cover  and  its  attractive  coloured  printing  is  one  of  the 
best  issues  of  this  publication.  Canadian  periodicals  are 
showing  improvement,  as  might  naturally  be  expected  with 
the    growth    of    the    country  and  the  development  of  our 


national  life.  The  historical  and  analytic  article  on  the 
Grand  Trunk  Pacific  is  important,  and  is  rendered  at- 
tractive by  the  liberal  use  of  photographs  of  scenes  along 
the  proposed  line  and  portraits  of  the  directors. 

The  April  Atlantic  contains  a  rich  variety  of  articles 
upon  timely  and  important  topics.  WMlard  G.  Parsons 
contributes  a  striking  paper  entitled  Making  Education  Hit 
the  Mark;  Charles  M.  Harger  has  a  picturesque  paper  on 
The  Lodge,  setting  forth  the  place  of  the  lodge  in  the  social 
and  (intellectual  life  of  the  American  people.  Among 
the  essaye  are  The  Reform  in  Church  Music,  by 
Justine  B.  Ward,  A  Plea  for  the  Enclosed  Garden,  by 
Susan  S.  Wainwright.  and  Tide-Rivers,  by  Lucy  S. 
Conant.  The  stories,  are  uncommonly  attractive  and  en- 
tertaining. 

By  all  odds  the  most  striking  figure  in  the  new  Liberal 
Ministry  in  England  is  Mr.  John  Burns  "The  Workman- 
Minister"  whose  personality  and  career  are  interestingly 
described  in  an  article  which  The  Living  Age  for 
April  14th  reprints  from  The  Nineteenth  Century.  Very 
diverting  is  the  skit  of  "American  Manners"  which  The 
Living  Age  for  April  14th  reprints  from  Temple  Bar. 

The  April  Chautauquan  continues  the  scholarly  and  in- 
teresting series  of  articles  entitled  Classical  Influences  in 
Modern  Life.  W.  A.  Elliott  contributes  a  study  of  the 
Modern  Greek — no  close  relation  to  the  Greek  of  olden 
times  but  interesting  modern,  democratic  and  enterprising. 


371 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Over  30  Years'  Experience. 

gives  unequalled  opportunities  for 
knowing  and  providing  for  the  wants 
of  the  public.  Kach  one  of  these  years 
wo  have  endeavored  to  make  better 
than  its  predecessor.  This  has  resulted 
in  a  course  of  training  that  ensures 
our  graduates  success  either  at  home 
or  abroad. 

Catalogue  Free 
To  Any  Address. 

students 
can  enter 
at  any  time. 


Sjeffft  A  so». 


BE  A  DIPNOMORE. 


Fountain 
Pens 

WATERMAN'S    and    STERLING, 

in   Plain  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  in 

Plush-Lined  Cases. 

ALL  PRICES— from  $1.25  to  $15.00. 


BARNES  &  CO.,     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 

OMISSION 

In  the  Journal  of  Education  of  Nova  Scotia, 

October,  1905,  page  187,  Prescription. 

for  Grade  XI. 

By  the  printer's  mistake  there  has  been  omit- 
ted from  the  prescriptions  for  Grade  XI  in  the 
October  Journal  of  Education  for  1005,  on 
page  187.  the  following  prescription  which  is  cor 
rect  as  published  in  the  April  edition  preceding  " 

"PHYSICS.--I1 :  As  in  Gage's  Introduction 
to  Physical  Science." 

Practical  Mathematics  should  be  numbered  re- 
spectively 12  and  13. 

Education  Office,  A.  H.  MacKAY, 

Halifax,  N.  S.,  Jan.  27,  '06 .       Supt.  of  Education. 


POSITIONS  ! 

Trinidad, 

New  Brunswick, 

Newfoundland 

and 
Nova  Scotia, 

Have  filed  applications   for 

Maritime  °  Trained 
Office    Assistants. 

It  is  not:  "Can  you  get  a  position?" 
but :    "  Are  you  qualified  V 

KAULBACH  &  SCHURMAN, 
Chartered  Accountants. 

Maritime  Business  College, 

HALIFAX,    N,    S 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS 1 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

HANDWASH    JVIEl?CHAriTS, 

Market  Square,        SRI^T  JOHN.  H-  B. 


t*ws 


SCHOOL  DESKS,  S.  B.  LORDLY  CO.,  St.  John,  N.  B- 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education  and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  JUNE-JULY,   1906. 


$1.00  pek  Year. 


u.  HAY, 
Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  31  LeinsUr  Str  et,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

1-mxTSD  bt  Barms  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notks,  ....  

Canadian  Nationality,      .... 

Our  Native  Trees  — XI 

Our  Mountains  and  Hills.    ..  

On  the  Present  Confusion  in  the  Names  of  American  Plants, 

Corot, 

Art  Notes,— VII .,,, 

Notes  from  the  Macdonald  School,  Guclph, 

An  Open  Letter  to  Kindergartners,  . .  

IJalhousie  Convocation,    ..  ....  

Kucu-nia  at  University  of  New  Brunswick, ....  

Convocation  at  Mt.  Allison. 


....  5 

....  6 

....  7 

....  8 

....  11 

....  13 

....  15 

....  16 

....  16 

....  17 

....  19 

....  20 

....  21 

....  22 

....  24 

....  25 

....  26 

....  27 


Practical  Problems  in  Arithmetic 

Selected  Poems .     .  

Current  Events,  ..  ....  

The  Review's  Question  Box,         

School  and  College,         

Recent  Books,    ....  

Recent,  Magazines,  ...  ...  

Education  Department,  N.  B 30 

New  Advkhtibkmknth. 

St.  John  Exhibition,  p.  27  ;  Provincial  Education  Association 
of  Nova  Scotia,  p.  28  t  Educational  Institute  of  Now  Bruns- 
wick, p.  29;  An  Opportunity,  p.  31 ;  Netherwood,  p.  31 ;  Books 
for  Prizes,  p.  31 ;  Grade  IX  High  School  Students,  p.  32. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month. except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  nbw  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "229"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid   to  June 3:,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

No  Review  will  be  issued  in  July. 

St.  John,  N.  B.,  is  moving  in  the  matter  of 
establishing  vacation  play  grounds  for  children. 

The  Educational  Institute  of  New  Brunswick  will 
meet  at  Chatham,  June  27-29.  The  Educational 
Association  of  Nova  Scotia  will  meet  at  Halifax 
September  25-27.  See  particulars  of  both  meetings 
on  another  page. 

The  Summer  School  of  Science  holds  its  20th 
session  at  North  Sydnsy,  July  3-20.  Calendars  con- 
taining all  information  can  be  had  by  addressing  the 
secretary,  W.  R.  Campbell,  M.  A.,  Truro.  The  third 
session  of  the  French  Holiday  Courses  in  connection 
with  McGill  University  will  be  held  at  Montreal, 
July  6 — 26.  The  longer  courses  at  Yale  and  Harvard 
begin  about  the  same  time.  The  advertising  pages 
of  the  Review  give  full  information. 


Professor  A.  Melville  Scott,  Ph.  D.,  who  has  just 
retired  from  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  to 
accept  the  superintendency  of  schools  at  Calgary, 
was  presented  recently  by  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  Frederic- 
ton,  with  a  gold  watch  fob.  Dr.  Scott's  active  inter- 
est in  all  work  that  appeals  to  the  citizen  and  uni- 
versity professor  made  him  a  valued  member  of  the 
community  and  his  loss  will  be  much  felt. 


The  Educational  features  of  the  Exhibition  at  St. 
John  in  September  are  fully  set  forth  on  another 
page.  It  is  some  time  since  the  work  of  the  schools 
of  New  Brunswick  was  adequately  represented,  and 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  teachers,  pupils  and  school 
officers  will  be  eager  to  avail  themselves  of  the  op- 
portunity that  such  friendly  competition  affords. 
The  natural  history  exhibit  will  be  much  more 
complete  than  any  previously  furnished,  showing  the 
native  animals,  plants,  and  economic  minerals  of  the 
province  in  an  attractive  way. 


During  this  month  teachers  may  do  much  to  di- 
rect the  activities  of  their  scholars  during  the  ap- 
proaching long  summer  vacation.  The  scholars  are 
interested  in  things  out-of-doors;  plan  out  some- 
thing interesting  that  they  can  do  in  that  line,  which 
shall  help  them  in  next  year's  nature-work,  and  at 
the  same  time  be  recreation  for  them, — for  recrea- 
tion is  not  idleness.  In  this  connection  teachers  will 
find  many  suggestions  in  Principal  Soloan's  article 
on  "Summer  Holiday  Activities,"  published  in  last 
year's  October  number  of  the  Review. 

Would  it  not  be  a  good  plan  to  name  some  of  our 
schools  after  men  who  have  conferred  honour  upon 
the  cities  and  provinces  throughout  Canada,  rather 
than  to  have  such  schools  named  after  the  streets 
in  which  they  stand.  There  are  many  men  for  ex- 
ample in  the  Maritime  Provinces  whose  names  are 
remembered  in  educational  or  literary  circles,  or  in 
the  councils  of  the  country.  It  might  be  more  fitting 
for  Halifax,  for  instance,  to  have  its  Howe  or 
Haliburton  school,  instead  of  the  Morris  or  Albro 
St.  school ;  St.  John  could  honour  the  names  of  Sir 
Leonard  Tilley,  King,  John  Boyd  in  the  Winter 
street  or  Union  street  schools ;  Fredericton  could 
revere  the  names  of  Sir  Howard  Douglas,  or  Sir 


6 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


/ 


L.  A.  Wilmot,  or  Theodore  Rand  in  its  York  street 
or  Charlotte  street  schools.  Now  that  we  have  ex- 
hausted the  names  of  kings  and  queens  and  gov- 
ernor-generals, would  it  not  be  well  to  honour  local 
celebrities  in  naming  our  city  and  town  schools? 


be  an  intellectual  progress  to  keep  pace  with  this 
material  progress.  But  to  advance  along  every  line 
we  should  "seek  our  ideals  at  home." 


Canadian  Nationality. 

The  Cry  of  Labor  and  Other  Essays.  By  W.  Frank 
Hatheway,  St.  John,  N.  B.  Cloth.  Pages  230. 
Wm.  Briggs,  Toronto. 

Canadian  readers  are  glad  to  welcome  in  book 
form  an  elaboration  of  the  fugitive  essays  of  Mr. 
W.  Frank  Hatheway,  which  for  several  years  past 
have  appeared  in  the  press  under  a  pen-name.  Mr. 
Hatheway  is  a  tireless  student,  a  wide  reader,  a 
lover  of  Nature  in  all  her  moods,  and  thoroughly 
impressed  with  the  possibilities  of  Canada.  He 
knows  the  nations  of  the  old  world  from  personal 
contact  and  from  books ;  he  has  seen  all  parts  of  this 
fair  Dominion ;  on  foot  and  on  bicycle  he  has  visited 
hundreds  of  hamlets  and  country  sides  in  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia,  talked  with  the  people, 
sympathized  with  their  moods  and  respected  their 
convictions,  exchanging  ideas  on  every  conceivable 
topic,  in  every  grade  of  society.  Living  at  times 
both  in  city  and  country,  he  knows  the  latter  as  few 
know  it — its  mountains  and  valleys,  its  glens  and 
gorges,  its  lakes  and  streams.  He  has  seen  it  in 
c!oud  and  in  sunshine,  in  winter  and  in  summer,  in 
the  vivid  green  of  springtime  and  the  varied  hues  of 
autumn, — and  he  has  appreciated  its  beauties  as  few 
are  able  to  do. 

So  much  for  the  author ;  now  for  t;he  book.  His 
aim,  he  tells  us.  is  "to  develop  a  high  national 
character,  so  that  the  word  'Canadian'  will  mean  an 
educated  intelligence  that  sees  both  the  beautiful  and 
the  useful  in  Nature,  that  has  an  abiding  faith  in  the 
Creator  and  a  deep  love  and  reverence  for  the  land 
in  which  we  live."  Throughout,  from  his  own 
observation  in  other  lands  and  from  his  extensive 
reading,  he  finds  Canadian  scenery,  Canadian 
conditions  of  life  superior  to  those  of  other  lands, 
and  every  page  of  the  book  appeals  to  Canadian 
citizens  to  feel  the  responsibility  of  their  citizenship, 
to  take  a  wholesome  pride  in  it  and  to  cultivate  a 
love  for  their  natural  surroundings. 

A  note  of  patriotism  is  struck  in  the  book  when 
the  author,  almost  on  .every  page,  advises  Canadians 
to  know  more  of  their  own  country,  to  study  its  re- 
sources, to  know  its  beautiful  scenery,  the  wonderful 
progress   it   is  making  industrially.     There   should 


Tests  of  Applied  Education. 

Prof.  F.  J.  Miller  of  Chicago  University  in  a 
recent  lecture  there,  declared 'that  our  colleges  de- 
velop the  mind  rather  than  the  heart,  and  said  that 
candidates  for  degrees  should  be  required  to  answer 
such  questions  as  these : 

"Has  education  given  you  sympathy  for  all  good 
causes  ?  Has  it  made  you  public-spirited,  so  that  you 
look  beyond  your  own  dooryard  and  take  an  interest 
in  a  clean  city?  Has  it  made  you  a  brother  to  the 
weak?  Have  you  learned  how  to  make  friends  and 
to  keep  them  ?  Do  you  know  how  to  be  a  friend 
yourself?  Have  you  learned  the  proper  value  of 
money  and  time?  Can  you  look  out  on  the  world 
and  see  anything  but  dollars  and  cents  ?  Can  you  be 
happy  alone?  Are  you  good  for  anything  for  your- 
self? Do  you  see  anything  to  love  in  a  little  child? 
Can  you  look  straight  in  the  eye  of  an  honest  man 
or  pure  woman  ?  Will  a  lonely  dog  follow  you  ?  Can 
you  be  high-minded  and  happy  in  the  drudgeries  of 
life?  Can  you  see  as  much  beauty  in  washing  dishes 
and  hoeing  corn  as  in  playing  golf  or  the  piano?  Can 
you  see  sunshine  in  a  mud  puddle  ?  Can  you  look  up 
to  the  sky  ait  night  and  see  beyond  the  stars." 

Education  is  "something  more  than  a  college  edu- 
cation;"  broadly,  it  is  "adjustment  to  life,"  he  said. 


The  Ideal  Teacher. 

Before  all  other  qualifications,  however,  the 
teacher's  character  is  the  fundamental  requisite. 
That  must  be  above  reproach  in  all  things. '  Milton's 
words  about  the  poetic  power  are  specially  true  in 
regard  to  the  power  to  teach.  "He  who  would  not 
be  frustrate,"  said  the  great  poet,  "of  his  hope  to 
write  well  hereafter  in  laudable  things,  must  himself 
be  a  true  poem."  He  who  would  not  be  frustrate 
of  his  hope  to  teach  well  at  any  time  ought  himself 
to  be  a  lofty  exemplar  of  the  virtues  he  would  im- 
press upon  his  pupils.  The  teacher  who  stands  be- 
fore a  class  for  hours  every  day  ought  to  exert 
greater  influence  even  than  the  clergyman  who  speaks 
from  the  pulpit  one  day  in  the  week,  and  he  ought 
at  least  to  have  an  equally  lofty  character,  known 
and  recognized  by  all  men.  The  teacher  who  is 
master  of  his  subject,  and  who  has  this  nobility  of 
character,  needs  no  help  of  artifices  to  assist  him  in 
governing  his  pupils — he  has  simply  to  be,  and  they 
obey. — Arthur  Oilman,  in  Atlantic  Monthly. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Our  Native  Trees  — XI. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 
The  Old  Oak  Tree. 
Outpost  of  some  primeval  wood, 
More  than  two  hundred  years  it  stood, 
And  watched  benignantly  the  ways 
Of  men  in  these  strange  '.atter  days. 
And  if  the  gnarled  old  tree  but  knew 
All  those  on  whom  its  shade  it  itihrew, 
What  a  great,  various  company 
It  sheltered  in  its  memory! 

It  caught  the  sunbeams  as  they  strayed 
Among  its  leafy  boughs,  and  made 
An  oasis  in  the  traveler's  way, 
How  many  a  sultry  summer  day ! 
It  kept,  mayhap,  his  courage  good, 
As  midway  of  the  towns  it  stood, 
A  way-mark  he  could  measure  by, 
And  know  his  journey's  end  more  nigh. 

It  gave  the  children  acorn-cups, — 
Such  have  they  where  Titania  sups, — 
And  its  brown,  bitter  nuts  it  poured 
To  swell  their  homely,  winter  hoard. 
Its  boughs  were  wont  to  interlace. 
To  imake  a  neighborly  meeting-p'ace. 
While  sometimes  lovers'  tryists,  maybe, 
It  saw, — titis  silent,  friendly  tree ! 

It  gave  the  'birds  a  home,  and  we 
Were  happier  for  their  minstrelsy, — 
No  sweeter,  though,  than  its  own  rune, 
When  west  winds  were  with  it  in  tune. 
It  gave  a  sense  of  calms  and  joys, 
Beauty  and  stiength  in  equipoise; 
A  hint  of  life  out  during  ours, 
As  the  russet  '.eaves  its  showers. 

And  then  beside  our  winter  fire, 
We  watched  the  cheerful  flame  aspire, 
As  its  stout  heart  to  oishes  turned, 
While  willingly  for  us  it  burned, — 
StS!  free  to  serve  as  when  it  made 
A  hospitality  of  shade. 

And  who  of  us  can  hope  to  be 

Of  sweeter  use  than  this  oak-tree? 

Shade,  shelter,  dial,  meeting-spot, 

Giver  of  song,  hope,  warmth,  and  thought ! 

— Selected. 


Three  species  of  Oak  are  said  to  exist  in  the 
Maritime  Provinces,  of  which  the  red  oak 
(Qucrcus  rubra)  is  the  commonest.  It  is  a  rapid 
grower,  and  its  wood,  which  weighs  41  lbs  to  the 
cubic  foot,  is  less  valuable  than  many  others,  being 
softer  and  so  full  of  sap  that  it  is  difficult  to  remove 
it  by  drying.  For  this  reason  it  makes  poor  fuel. 
It  is  short-lived,  in  comparison  with  other  oaks,  but 
grows  to  a  large  size  and  has  a  spreading  habit, 
giving  abundance  of  shade.     In  a  forest  of  red  oak, 


which  may  sometimes  be  found  on  slopes  facing  the 
sun,  there  is  usually  plenty  of  room  for  smaller 
plants,  quite  different  from  what  one  finds  in  the 
denser  shade  of  a  beech  forest.  The  flowers  which 
appear  with  the  leaves  in  spring  are  of  two  kinds 
on  the  same  tree  (as  with  other  oaks),  the  staminate 
flowers  (each  containing  about  eight  stamens)  in 
catkins  and  the  fertile  ones,  like  tiny  little  pink 
knobs, — both  growing  in  terminal  or  axillary 
clusters  on  recent  shoots. 

The  oaks  are  among  the  last  trees  to  put  out  their 
leaves  in  spring  and  they  retain  them  late  in  the  fall. 
The  leaves  of  a  forest  of  red  oaks,  with  their  rich 
red  and  purple  colours,  are  a  beautiful  sight  when 
the  brighter  colours  of  the  maples  begin  to  fade. 
The  heart  wood  of  the  red  oak  is  reddish  in  colour, 
splits  easily,  shows  a  beautiful  grain,  and  is  much  in 
demand  for  making  furniture.  It  is  used  for  plank- 
ing for  the  decks  of  vessels,  for  strong  barrel  staves, 
and  for  bridge  posits  where  there  is  exposure  to 
water. 

The  fruit  is  a  large,  somewhat  bitter  acorn,  en- 
closed in  a  shallow  open  cup,  very  abundant.  In 
some  districts  where  there  are  forests  of  red  oak, 
swine  are  fed  on  the  acorns  which  are  known  as 
"mast."  The  acorns  ripen  and  fall  at  the  end  of  the 
second  season. 

The  beautiful  shape  and  spreading  habit  of  the 
red  oak  make  it  very  desirable  as  an  ornamental  tree, 
but  it  requires  plenty  of  room  and  sunlight  to  reach 
the  majestic  proportions  to  which  many  of  these 
trees  attain.  The  trunk  soon  becomes  lost  in  the 
large  and  numerous  branches  which  spring  from  it 
in  curves.  Most  of  the  limbs  are  knotty  and 
crooked. 

The  bur  oak  (Quercus  macrocarpa)  is  not  a 
common  tree  in  the  maritime  provinces.  The  bark 
of  the  trunk  and  branches  is  an  ash  gray,  darker 
than  that  of  the  white  oak.  This  tree  does  not  here 
attain  the  size  which  distinguishes  the  red  oak.  but 
its  trunk  is  more  erect,  and  its  branches  less  spread- 
ing. It  is  found  in  deep  rich  soil  in  river  valleys; 
grows  much  more  slowly  than  does  the  red  oak,  and 
is  more  difficult  to  transplant. 

A  variety  of  the  scarlet  oak  (Quercus  coccinea)  ' 
has  been  found  in  at  least  one  place  in  New  Bruns- 
wick by  Dr.  Brittain.  It  is  smaller  in  size  than 
either  of  the  preceding  forms,  its  foliage  is  also 
more  deeply  cut,  shining  green  in  summer  and  a 
bri  liant  scarlet  in  autumn,  making  it  a  very  desir- 
able tr  e  for  ornamental  purposes.  The  young  trees 
are  said  to  be  lacking  in  symmetry,  but  they  make 
a  rapid  growth  in  any  light  well  drained  soil. 


8 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  short  stout  trunk  of  the  oak,  holding  its 
immense  weight  of  branches,  is  an  emblem  of 
strength.  Its  wood  has  shown  this  strength.  For 
hundreds  of  years  it  was  used  in  building  the 
ships  of  England's  navy.  The  ancient  Britons  wor- 
shipped the  oak,  which  then  grew  in  great  abund- 
ance over  the  southern  part  of  the  island  of  Great 
Britain. 


Our  Mountains  and  Hills. 

By  Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.D. 

If  our  sea-coasts,  as  shown  in  previous  sketches, 
have  their  beauties  and  their  lessons,  this  is  no  less 
true,  in  both  particulars,  of  our  hills  and  moun- 
tains. 

True  it  is  that  within  our  limits  we  have  no 
eminences  sufficiently  exalted  to  introduce  in  any 
great  degree  the  element  of  grandeur.  We  have  no 
towering  peaks  like  those  of  the  Alps,  the  Yung- 
frau  or  the  Matterhorn ;  no  volcanic  cones,  like 
those  of  Vesuvius  or  Etna;  no  permanently  snow 
clad  summits  or  glacier-filled  valleys;  no  profound 
canons,  such  as  trench  the  Rocky  Mountain  system 
in  so  many  ways  and  places ;  we  have  no  heights  ex- 
ceeding 2,900  ft.,  which  in  regions  of  great  moun- 
tains would  be  mere  pimples  on  the  side  of  the 
loftier  ridges ;  yet  no  one  can  stand  on  the  summits 
of  our  higher  hills,  after  a  more  or  less  arduous 
climb,  without  feeling  amply  repaid  for  the  effort 
necessary  to  reach  them. 

Take  for  instance  Bald  Mountain,  at  the  head  of 
the  Nictau  branch  of  the  Tobique,  the  highest,  as, 
with  the  exception  of  a  few  feet,  it  is  certainly  the 
finest  eminence  in  Acadia.  As  one  stands  upon  its 
nearly  bare  summit,  and  with  his  eye  sweeps  the 
horizon  in  the  effort  to  identify  recognizable  poimts, 
what  a  panamora  lies  spread  before  him !  As  far 
as  the  eye  can  see  (and  this  under  favorable  con- 
ditions may  be  one  hundred  miles  or  more — includ- 
ing in  one  direction  the  distant  hills  of  Gaspe,  and 
in  the  other  the  conspicuous  ridge  of  Mt.  Katahdin 
in  Maine)  there  is  apparently  an  unbroken  forest, 
though  columns  of  smoke  rising  here  and  there  in 
the  distance,  mark  where  clearings  or  settlements 
have  taken  partial  possession.  At  our  feet  is 
Nictor  Lake,  prettiest  of  New  Brunswick  lakes, 
nestling  among  hills,  but  little  inferior  to  that  on 
which  we  stand,  which  for  unnumbered  ages  have 
stood  undistinguished  by  special  appellations,  and 
have,  through  the  labors  of  Prof.  Ganong,  only  re- 
cently been  named  and  measured.  (See  list  below). 
To    many,    such    a    view  suggests  the  waves  of  a 


NICTOR    LAKE  AND    SAGAMOOK    MOUNTAIN. 


storm-tossed  ocean ;  only,  unless  a  storm  be  brew- 
ing— and  storms  in  these  highlands  come  with  un- 
expected suddenness  and  violence — there  is  a 
quietude  which  is  almost  solemn.  Surely  such 
scenes  widen  one's  horizon  in  more  senses  than  one. 
They  lift  the  observer  to  a  higher  than  the  ordinary 
plane  of  thought,  and,  as  Ruskin  has  said,  "Nature 
herself  among  the  mountains  seems  freer  and 
happier,  brighter  and  purer,  than  elsewhere." 

Let  us  change  now 
for     a    moment     our 
point  of  view  and  look 
at       old       Sagamook 
(Bald  Mt.)    from  the 
lake     below,     as     the 
writer  has  done  more 
than      once      by     the 
moonlight   of   a    mid- 
summer   night.      The 
accompanying      photo 
will    give    some    idea, 
but    a    very  imperfect 
one,  of  its  outline,  but  only  an  actual  visit  to  what  is 
undoubtedly    the    prettiest  and  most  striking  bit  of 
scenery  to  be  found  in  New  Brunswick,  can  convey 
any  adequate  idea  of  the  impression  it  produces,  an 
impression  not  of  beauty  only,  but  also  of  grandeur, 
solemnity  and  mysitery, — the   latter   for  the  reason 
that    so    many    thoughts   are   suggested,  which  one 
finds  it  difficult  or  impossible  to  answer.    How  long 
for  instance  has  the  mountain  been  there  ?    How  and 
when  was  it  produced  ?  Does  it  represent  the  origin- 
al hill  in  its  entirety  ?  or  is  it,  like  many  other  moun- 
tains, only  a  fragment  of  what  it  once  was  ? 

Before  attempting  to  answer  these  questions,  and 
as  paving  the  way  to  an  answer,  let  us  look  for  a 
moment  at  some  other  of  our  prominent  hills. 

I  would  next  refer,  in  New  Brunswick,  to  the 
Squaw's  Cap  and  the  Sugar  Loaf  near  Campbellton. 
Their  names  suggest  their  general  outlines,  which, 
like  some  of  the  effects  of  sea-sculpture  already 
noticed,  illustrate  the  frequency  with  which  Nature 
produces  results  similar  to  those  of  human  agency. 
A  view  from  the  summit  of  the  first  named  eminence 
with  members  of  the  Summer  School,  Campbellton, 
1899,  resting  near  the  summit,  2,000  feet  above  the 
sea,  is  given  in  the  accompanying  cut.  In  this  case 
the  ocean  is  distinctly  visible  in  the  distance,  its  sur- 
face dotted  with  white  sails,  while  nearer  at  hand  is 
the  sea  of  green  which  is  always,  unless  forest  fires 
have  swept  them  away,  an  accompaniment  of  moun- 
tain   views,    and    in    the   near    foreground  piles  of 


educational  IRevicvv  Supplement,   June,   1906. 


FEEDING      HER     BIRDS." 


/■'rum  .1  t'mntini;  In  J.  I  .  M:      '. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


SQUAWS   CAP   MOUNTAIN,   NEAR   THE   SUMMIT. 

broken  rock  fragments,  rent  by  frost  and  ice  from 
the  rocky  ledges  of  which  they  once  formed  a  part. 
Here  one  of  our  first  lessons  may  be  learned.  It  is 
that  what  we  commonly  speak  of  and  are  apt  to  re- 
gard as  the  "everlasting"  hills  are  evidently  subject 
to  decay.  They  are  continually  losing  of  their  sub- 
stance, and  if  this  process  continues  indefinitely,  the 
mountain  must  in  time  be  worn  down  and  disappear. 
It  is  the  same  lesson  that  we  learned  on  the  sea- 
shore, the  lesson  of  inevitable  change.  Every  one  of 
our  hills  tells  the  same  story,  and  the  great  piles  of 
angular  fragments  on  their  sides,  known  to 
geologists  as  taluscs,  become  both  a  proof  and  a 
measure  of  the  change.  They  represent  the  results 
of  what  is  known  at  the  "creep"  of  rocks — move- 
ments which,  ordinarily  slow,  but  at  times  augment- 
ed by  more  vigorous  slips  or  slides,  are  everywhere 
tending  to  reduce  the  heights  of  the  land  to  the  level 
of  the  sea.  The  accompanying  cut  shows  one  among 
the  conspicuous  land  slides  characterizing  the  Bay 
of  Fundy  coast  in  eastern  St.  John  county,  while 
simi'ar  effects  are  very  conspicuous  at  Btomidon. 
Another  feature  of  our  mountains  deserves  attention 
here,  for  it  gives  another  lesson  based  on  mountain 
forms.  It  is  this:  If  we  look  from  some  high 
emimnce  over  the  sea  of  hills  spread  on  every  side 
of  us,  we  notice  that  however  distinct  the  individual 
hills  may  be,  they  all  rise  to  about  a  common  level ; 
in  other  words  they  owe  their  form  and  individuality 
mainly  to  the  valleys  which  separate  them.  Now 
these  valleys  arc  occupied  by  streams,  such  as  the 
Tobique,  which,  in  the  case  of  the  Bald  Mountain 
view  already  alluded  to,  may  be  seen,  with  its 
tributaries,  winding  like  silver  threads  through  the 
forests  of  green ;  and  the  question  arises  whether 
the  valleys  are  not  due  to  the  streams,  and  whether, 
before  the  latter  began  their  work,  there  were  no 


valleys  and  therefore  no  hills,  what  are  now  such 
being  all  united  in  a  common  block.  This  is  the 
view  now  generally  held  as  to  many  mountain 
regions,  and  it  serves  to  explain  many  facts  which 
would  otherwise  be  inexplicable.  Such  flat  blocks 
or  plateau,  of  which  there  are  several  in  New 
Brunswick,  including  the  whole  of  our  northern 
High'ands,  are  commonly  known  as  pciicplanes. 
They  suggest,  a  fact  to  which  we  shall  return  in  a 
lat  r  chapter,  that  our  rivers  may,  in  some  cases  at 
'east,  be  older  than  the  hills.  The  fact  referred  to 
also  explains — what  is  often  found  to  be  the  case  in 
our  northern  hills,  like  those  of  the  Restigouche  and 
Nepisiquit  r.gions — that  what  appears  from  the 
valley  below  to  be  a  veritable  mountain  is,  as  we 
prove  by  ascending  it,  only  the  cut  end  of  a  ridge, 
the  top  of  which  is  flat  for  many  miles.  There  are 
indeed  isolated  hills,  and  some  of  these,  like  the 
Sugar  Loaf,  already  mentioned,  or  Bald  Peak  near 
Riley  Brook  on  the  Tobique,  are  very  conspicuous, 
looking  almost  like  volcanic  cones,  but  even  these 
are  probably  remnants  of  plateaus  isolated  or  re- 
duced by  water  erosion.  The  idea  that  mountains 
in  general  are  wholly  the  results  of  upheavals,  does 
not  tally  with  the  facts.  A  part  of  their  elevation, 
and  possibly  a  considerable  part,  may  he  due  to  up- 


land   SLIDE,    ST.    JOHN    COUNTY,    N      B. 

ward  bends  of  the  earth's  crust,  but  their  promin- 
ence, and  the  details  of  their  outlines  are  due  almost 
sok'ly  to  cutting  down  rather  than  to  thrusting  up. 
Like  most  geological  results  they  are  due  not  to  sud- 


10 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


den  convulsions,  as  is  so  generally  thought,  but 
rather  to  the  operation  of  ordinary  agencies  operat- 
ing through  long  periods  of  time. 

It  may  be  of  interest  and  of  service,  now,  to  have 
a  systematic  table  of  the  principal  elevations  in  the 


maritime  provinces.  Those  of  New  Brunswick  are 
mainly  given  upon  the  authority  of  Dr.  W.  F. 
Ganong,  who  has  done  so  much  towards  the  correct 
determination  and  delineation  of  the  physical 
features  of  the  Province. 


HEIGHTS    OF    ACADIAN    HILLS. 


1. —  New  Brunswick. 


Name 


Sugar  Loaf 

Squaw's  Cap.. . . 

Sagamook 

Gordon 

Bailey 

Carleton 

Big  Bald 

Teneriffe 

LaTour 

Moose  Mt 

Bald  Head 

Blue  Mts 

BaldMt 

Cranberry  Hill. . 
Magundy  Ridge. 
Howland  Ridge . 

Bald  Mt 

Douglas  Mt.  . .  . 
Mt.  Pleasant  .  . . 

Chatncook 

Eagle 

Ben  Lomond.. . . 
Quaco  Hills 
Shepody  

Cobequids 

North  Mts 

South  Mts 


County 


Restigouche 

do. 

do. 

do. 

do. 

Northumberland 

do. 

do. 

do. 

Victoria 

do. 

do. 

York 

do. 

do. 


Locality 


Near  Campbellton 

do. 

Nictor  Lake,  Tobique 

do.  do. 


3  miles  S.  of  Nictor  Lake 
Nepisiquit  Region 


Kings 

Queens 

Charlotte 

do. 


St  John 

do. 
Albert 


Near  Riley  Brook 

Tobique  Valley 

Near  Harvey 


Ehvation 


1000 
2000 
2576 
1569 


Near  Magaguadavic  L. 

Near  Millville 

Near  Long  Reach 

Near  Weldsford 


Near  St.  Andrews 


Near  Loch  Lomond 
South  of  Sussex,  &c. 


2675 
2300 
2108 
2090 
1030 
1866 
1724 


Origin 


Sedimentary  and  Volcanic 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 
do. 


1462 


1200 

637 

854 

850 

500-1000 

1050 


Volcanic 

do. 

do. 

do. 
Sedimentary 

do. 
Granite 

do. 

do. 
Sedimentary  and  Volcanic 

Volcanic 

Sedimentary  and  Volcanic 

Sedimentary 


2. —  Nova  Scotia. 


Annapolis 
Annapolis  and  Digby 


1100 

400 
1000 


Sedimentary  and  Granitic 
Volcanic 
Granite 


Some  of  the  readers  of  the  Review,  noticing  the 
term  "volcanic"  occurring  so  frequently  in  connec- 
tion with  the  origin  of  our  prominent  hills  may  be 
somewhat  surprised,  and  be  led  to  ask,  do  these  hills 
actually  represent  old  and  dead  volcanoes!  To 
which  I  answer  no,  not  in  the  sense  that  they  were 
ever  "burning  mountains"  like  Vesuvius,  or  Etna 
or  Stromboli,  high  cones,  with  craters  at  their  sum- 
mits. Some  of  them  may  indeed  have  once  had 
those  features,  even  if  they  are  not  recognizable 
now;  but  what  is  meant  is  that  the  material 
constituting  the  hills  termed  volcanic,  are  largely 
or  wholly  made  up  of  material  similar  to  that  of 
ordinary  volcanoes,  and  hence  of  igneous  rather 
than  aqueous  origin.  They  show  abundantly  in 
many   places   the    fact   of   their   having    been    once 


melted,  not  only  by  their  slag-like  aspect,  but  also 
by  the  effect  which  they  have  determined  upon  the 
rocks  in  contact  with  them ;  in  other  places,  as  on 
Grand  Manan,  and  near  Israel  Cove  on  Long 
Island,  N.  S.,  they  show  the  same  columnar  or 
basaltic  structures  as  seen  on  the  Giant's  Causeway 
in  Ireland ;  at  still  others,  as  on  Blomidon  and  the 
range  of  the  North  Mts.,  they  are  filled  with  cavities 
due  to  the  expansion  of  steam  and  other  vapors.  In 
many  instances,  as  in  the  case  of  the  high  hills  at 
the  head  of  the  Tobique  and  Nepisiquit  rivers,  they 
are  simply  old  volcanic  muds  or  tufas,  and  beds  of 
this  character  are  there  spread  over  vast  areas.  In 
the  case  of  the  North  Mountains  of  Nova  Scotia, 
on  Digby  Neck  and  in  Grand  Manan,  the  molten 
rock,  instead  of  issuing  from  one  or  more  isolated 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


11 


vents,  would  seem  to  have  come  up  along  an  ex- 
tended crack,  parallel  with  the  trough  of  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  and  doubtless  due  to  the  strains  determined 
along  its  bottom  in  some  former  period  of  subsid- 
ence. 

The  granite  hills  so  conspicuous  in  both  Prov- 
inces, such  as  the  Nerepis  Hills,  Cobequids  and 
South  Mountains,  have  also  a  semi-igneous  origin : 
only  here  the  material  composing  them  probably 
originated  through  the  action  of  heat  acting  only  at 
great  depth,  and  producing  crystallization  without 
fusion. 

The  relative  hardness  of  igneous  and  granite 
rocks  accounts  for  the  prominence  with  which  such 
hills  usually  rise  above  the  surface. 


On  the  Present  Confusion  in  the  Names  of 
American  Plants. 

By  W.  F.  Ganosg. 

In  the  REVIEW  for  January  1904,  I  gave  an  ex- 
planation of  the  reason  for  the  condition  described 
by  the  ahove  title,  and  stated  that  the  whole  sub- 
ject was  to  be  considered  and  acted  upon  by  an 
International  Botanical  Congress  to  be  held  at 
Vienna  in  1905.  I  wish  now  to  explain  briefly  the 
action  of  the  Congress  and  its  significance  for  those 
who  use  the  scientific  names  of  our  native  plants. 

And  first  I  had  better  recapitulate  the  reasons  for 
the  confusion,  leaving  the  reader  to  consult  the 
original  article  if  he  wishes  fuller  information.  It 
is  universally  agreed  among  Botanists  that  each 
species  of  plant  shall  bear  but  one  scientific  name, 
which  is  in  Latin  and  consists  of  two  words,  a  genus 
word  and  species  word ;  and  furthermore  all  are 
agreed  that  the  first  scientific  name  given  a  plant 
after  the  introduction  of  this  system  by  Linnaeus  in 
1753,  shall  ever  after  be  its  sole  name.  Nowadays, 
and  in  recent  years  this  method  of  giving  names  is, 
and  has  been,  universally  practiced,  and  there  is  no 
appreciable  confusion  in  the  names  of  recently- 
named  plants.  But  unfortunately,  whether  through 
carelessness  or  accident,  it  was  not  closely  observed 
in  earlier  times,  with  the  result  tliat  a  great  many 
names  came  into  wide,  or  even  universal,  use  which 
were  not  the  first  ones  given  the  respective  plants, 
the  earlier  ones  being  overlooked  or  forgotten.  In 
the  past  fifteen  years,  however,  as  an  accompani- 
ment of  the  greater  activity  and  more  critical  spirit 
prevailing  among  students,  many  of  these  older 
names  have  been  discovered,  thus  actively  raising 
the  question,  shall  we  retain  the  well-known  though 
later  ones,  or  shall  we  abandon  them  in  favor  of  the 


earlier  and  theoretically  correct"  ones  ?  The  subject 
in  practice  is  vastly  more  complicated  than  this 
simple  statement  would  seem  to  imply,  and  upon  the 
various  points  at  issue  the  Botanists  of  this  country, 
have  separated  into  two  schools,  the  Grayan  school, 
(with  their  ideas  expressed  in  Gray's  Manual,  and 
in  many  subsequent  publications,  chiefly  by  the  New 
England  botanists),  and  the  Neo-American  School, 
(represented  by  Britton  and  Brown's  Flora  and 
Britton's  Manual).  Among  the  many  points  at 
issue  between  the  schools,  two  stand  out  with 
especial  prominence,  and  they  are  these. 

First: — when  in  the  progress  of  knowledge  a 
species  has  had  to  be  changed  from  one  genus  to 
another,  and  has  had  its  species  name  changed  dur- 
ing the  process,  shall  its  correct  scientific  name  be 
that  combination  of  genus  and  species  names  which 
it  bears  when  finally  landed  in  its  correct  genus,  or 
shall  it  be  the  name  of  the  correct  genus  combined 
with  the  earliest  specific  name  ever  given  to  the 
plant  ?  The  Grayan  School  has  held  the  former,  fol- 
lowing in  practice  a  so-called  Kew  Rule,  and  the 
Neo-American  school  the  latter. 

Second : — a  great  number  of  the  first  names  given 
to  genera  became,  for  reasons  which  were  explained 
in  the  original  article  and  need  not  be  repeated  here, 
replaced  by  later-given  names  which  have  come  into 
wide  or  even  universal  use.  Shall  these  later  well- 
established  names  now  be  set  aside  in  favor  of  the 
earlier? 

This  second  question  is  much  more  important 
than  the  first,  considered  above,  partly  because  these 
names  happen  to  be  so  numerous,  and  partly  because 
every  change  of  a  genus  name  changes  of  course, 
the  name  of  all  the  species  contained  in  that  genus, 
no  matter  how  numerous  they  may  be.  In  this 
matter  the  Grayan  school  has  been  in  accord  with 
tbe  leading  Botanists  of  Europe  in  holding  that  such 
long-established  names  should  not  be  changed,  and 
they  have  followed  a  certain  rule,  (called  the  Berlin 
Rule),  for  the  regulation  of  doubtful  cases.  The 
Neo-American  school,  on  the  other  liand,  maintains 
that  the  older  names  must  all  be  restored,  claiming 
that  only  thus  can  stability  in  nomenclature  be  finally 
attained.  There  are  other  differences  between  the 
schools,  but  they  are  less  important  and  more 
technical,  and  we  shall  confine  ourselves  to  these 
two. 

And  now,  what  of  the  Vienna  Congress  and  its 
decisions?  In  my  opinion  this  Congress  was  as 
representative,  authoritative  and  competent  an  as- 
sembly of  Botanists  as  could  possibly  have  been 
brought  together ;  and  moreover  the  carefulness  and, 


12 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


publicity   of  all  the  preliminary  preparations  were 
such  as  to  ensure  the  greatest  fairness  and  oppor- 
tunity to  all.     The  matter  of  nomenclature  was  in 
charge  of  a  special  committee  appointed  at  the  Paris 
Congress  in  1900.     Long  before  the  meeting  of  the 
Congress,   this   committee   invited   all    Botanists    to 
send  in  their  ideas  and  suggestions  as  to  nomen- 
clature,    and     months  before  the  meeting  the  com- 
mittee published  a  large  volume  in  which  they  gave 
all     these    suggestions,    together    with    the    rules 
adopted  in  earlier  congresses  and  other  matter  ger- 
mane to  the  subject.     This  volume  was  sent  to  all 
persons  who  were  to  take  part  in  the  nomenclature 
discussions  of  the  Congress.     The  Congress  met  in 
June,  and  there  were  present  more  than  five  hundred 
Botanists.      Of    these    about    one    hundred    were 
specialists   in   classification   and   nomenclature,   and 
took  part  in  the  discussions  upon  the  latter  subject. 
They    represented,    as  officially-appointed  delegates, 
all  the  principal  botanical  societies  and  institutions 
of  the  world,  and  of  these  delegates  sixteen  were 
Americans.      The   various   proposals   made   by   the 
different     schools     and    individuals    were    debated 
through    six    days.      In    most    cases  the  important 
questions  were  debated  and  voted  upon  separately, 
and  even  in  oases  where  groups  of  related  questions 
were  voted  upon  in  block,  every  member  had  the 
right  to  call  for  separate  discussion  and  vote  upon 
any  single  matter.    I  do  not  see  how  anything  could 
possibly  have  been   fairer.     And  the  result  in  the 
two  matters  most  at  issue  between  the  Grayan  and 
Neo- American    schools    was  this.    In  regard  to  the 
Kew  Rule,  the  Congress  decided  in  the  main  against 
the  Grayan  school,  though  with  a  reservation  in  its 
favor  in  the  case  of  such  names  as  have  had  their 
rank  (from  variety  to  species  or  vice  versa)  changed 
in  transference.     On  the  other,  and  more  important 
question,  the  decision  was  wholly  in   favor  of  the 
Grayan  and  against  the  Neo-American  School ;  for 
while  not   adopting  the   Berlin   Rule  as   such,   the 
Congress  sanctioned  as  correct  a  list  of  familiar  and 
long-established   generic   names,   including   practic- 
ally all  those  at  issue  between  the  two  schools.    This 
action    of   the    Congress    is    comparable    to  that  of 
Legislatures,   when  they  legalize  by  special  enact- 
ment   certain    acts,    marriages,    etc.,    which  are  in 
equity  correct  though  with  some  flaw  in  their  title. 
Some  of  the  other  decisions  of  the  Congress  on  min- 
or    points     also     went     heavily    against    the  Neo- 
American    School,   though   hardly   any   other   point 
went  against  the  Grayan  School. 

So  much  for  the  decisions  of  the  Congress.    What 
effect  will  they  probably  have  upon  this  troublesome 


subject  of  confused  nomenclature?  Of  course  no- 
body is  in  any  way  legally  bound  to  follow  the 
decisions  of  the  Congress,  but  whether  any  Botan- 
ists who  have  the  good  of  the  Science  at  heart,  and 
especially  any  of  those  who  took  part  in  the 
Congress  can  honorably  ignore  its  decisions  is 
another  question.  Of  the  two  American  Schools, 
one  at  least  has  left  us  in  no  doubt  as  to  its  inten- 
tions. The  leaders  of  the  Grayan  School  have  an- 
nounced that  they  will  loyally  conform  to  all  the 
decisions  of  the  Congress.  The  partial  abandon- 
ment of  the  Kew  Rule  will  necessitate,  they  esti- 
mate, some  fifteen  percent  of  changes  in  the  names 
of  the  Sixth  edition  of  Gray's  Manual,  but  the 
future  editions  of  that  Manual,  and  all  the  publica- 
tion from  the  Gray  Herbarium,  we  are  assured,  will 
follow  the  decisions  of  the  Congress.  The  leaders 
of  the  Neo-American  school,  so  far  as  I  know,  have 
made  no  announcement  of  their  intentions,  but  I 
cannot  question  that  they  also,  having  made  a 
gallant  fight  for  principles  in  which  they  believed, 
will  accept  the  issue  in  the  spirit  both  of  true  sports- 
men and  of  public  spirited  scholars,  and  will  like- 
wise conform  their  usage  to  that  of  the  Congress. 
Thus  we  may  look  forward  to  an  end  of  that  con- 
fusion in  nomenclature  which  has  been  not  simply 
an  annoyance,  but  an  actual  impediment  to  the 
further  progress  of  botanical  knowledge. 


The  answer  to  each  of  these  enigmas  is  the  name 
of  an  English  Author. 

Makes  and  mends  for  customers? — Taylor. 

Dwellings  of  civilized  countries  ? — Holmes. 

A  head-covering? — Hood. 

What  an  oyster  heap  is  likely  to  be? — Shelley. 

A  very  tall  poet? — Longfellow. 

More  humorous  than  the  former? — Whittier. 

A  worker  in  precious  metals? — Goldsmith. 

Always  a  pig? — Bacon. 

A  disagreeable  foot  affection? — Bunyan. 

A  domestic  servant? — Butler. 

A  strong  exclamation  ? — Dickens. 

A  young  domestic  animal  ? — Lamb. 

An  Englishman's  favorite  sport  ? — Hunt. 


A  young  teacher  says :  I  have  found  the  Review 
well  worth  the  subscription  price  to  the  young  and 
inexperienced  teacher,  keeping  him  in  touch  with  the 
work,  ideas  and  methods  of  his  fellow  teachers. — F. 
J- P. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


13 


Corot 

By  Miss  A.  Maclean,  New  York. 
Jean  Baptiste  Camille  Corot  (ko-ro)  was  born  in 
Paris,  July  26th,  1796.  Taking  the  train  at  Paris, 
a  short  run  brings  one  to  Sevres  and  Ville  d'Avray. 
Sevres  is  on  the  river,  but  Ville  d'Avray  is  further 
back  on  the  ridge.  Passing  up  through  the  Ville 
(veel)  and  descending  the  other  side  of  the  ridge  by 
steps,  one  comes  to  a  beautiful  little  lake.  Just  at  the 
foot  of  the  steps  is  a  fountain,  and  on  the  large  marble 
slab  is  inscribed  "Veri  diligentia"  (search  after 
truth).  A  large  medallion  head  of  Corot  is  cut  in  the 
slab,  and  beneath  it  his  name..  Opposite  the  fountain 
is  the  old  home,  where  he  lived  with  his  sister  after 
their  parent's  death.  Nothing  has  been  changed 
since  his  death.  It  is  a  pic- 
ture of  ease  and  comfort — 
quaint,  flower-decked,  vine- 
clad,  tree-shaded.  Turning 
from  this,  one  faces  the  lake. 
There  are  the  trees  Corot 
painted,  and  which  one  can 
never  fail  to  recognize — wil- 
lows, silver-leafed  beeches 
here  and  there  silver-poplar  J, 
and,  on  the  further  shore,  tad 
Lombardy  poplars  with 
ragged  ruffles  of  leaves  about 
their  dead  stems.  These 
were  as  familiar  to  Corot  as  the  walls  of  his  studio. 
Loveliness  everywhere.  Millet  was  in  full  sympathy 
with  his  surroundings ;  Corot  with  his.  Millet's 
pictures  may  be  called  the  rugged  strophes  of  toil, 
Corot's  the  summer  idyls ;  each  are  part  of  life  and 
nature. 

Today  in  the  Bas  Breau.  in  the  forest  of  Fon- 
tainebleau,  at  the  very  gates  of  Barbizon,  the  grand 
trees  speak  as  they  spoke  to  Rousseau ;  in  the  open 
glades  the  play  of  light  and  shadow  lures  and 
witches  as  it  did  Diaz ;  still  the  gorges  of  Franchard 
offer  the  backgrounds  for  scenes  of  animal  life  they 
gave  Barye;  the  cattle  of  Troyon  still  feed  in  the 
meadows ;  Corot  alone  is  absent  in  spirit,  for  the 
idyllic  tone  and  sun-steeped  haze  of  his  best  can- 
vases are  not  of  Barbizon. 

Corot's  j>arents  were  well  to  do  people.  He  re- 
spected his  father,  but  had  a  real  reverence  for  his 
mother,  whom  he  thought  the  most  beautiful  of 
women.  Late  in  life  he  discovered  peasant  relatives 
among  the  vineyards  of  Burgundy.  lie  was  proud 
of  these  and  said.  "They  are  good  workers,  and  they 
used     to    call     out     to  each  other  in  the  fields  'Hi 


Dumesnil  said  of  Corot's  appearance,  "of  good 
height,  strong,  of  a  robust  constitution,  with  a 
healthful,  frank,  jovial  expression ;  liveliness  and 
tenderness  in  his  eyes;  a  tone  of  bonhomie  blended 
with  penetration;  great  mobility  of  face."  His 
parents  sent  him  to  the  Lycee  of  Rouen  in  1806,  and 
there  he  remained  seven  years,  receiving  his  entire 
education.  His  father  intended  to  make  a  business 
man  of  him,  but  Nature  got  in  her  work  ahead  of 
pere  Corot.  When  placed  in  a  draper's  store  he 
availed  himself  of  every  opportunity  to  hide  away 
and  sketch.  The  draper  told  his  father  that  he 
would  never  make  a  business  man  and  that  he 
ought  to  let  him  be  an  artist. 

The  home  at  Ville  d'Avray  was  purchased  by 
Corot's  father  as  a  summer  home,  and  there  young 
Corot  would  lean  from  the  open  window  and  drink 
in  the  misty  loveliness  of  lake  and  sky  and  tree  long 
after  all  the  others  in  the  house  were  asleep.  In  the 
stillness,  the  dreamy,  visible  dampness,  the  light, 
transparent  vapors  impressed  him  in  a  way  that  in- 
fluenced all  his  after  career.  When  he  came  to 
paint,  it  all  came  back  to  him.  At  Ville  d'Avray  his 
artistic  sense  was  quickened  and  his  dislike  for  com- 
mercial life  deepened.  He  begged  his  father  to  let 
him  give  up  business,  and  be  an  artist.  His  father, 
a  shrewd  business  man,  finally  consented,  but  told 
him  that  while  plenty  awaited  him  if  he  remained 
in  business,  he  would  allow  him  only  an  annuity  of 
1500  francs  if  he  became  an  artist.  "See  if  you  can 
live  on  that,"  he  said,  "you  shall  have  no  capital  at 
your  disposal  while  I  live."  Corot  gladly  accepted 
the  annuity  and  began  to  paint.  Millet's  relatives 
thought  his  talent  a  divine  gift — Corot's  family  did 
not  believe  he  had  any  gift,  and  thought  painting  an 
idling  with  life.  Millet's  life  was  a  long  struggle; 
Corot  had  enough  to  live  on ;  he  never  married ;  he 
gave  his  life  to  art,  interpreting  Nature  as  she  ap- 
peared to  him.  diffusing  constant  sunshine  about 
him,  with  a  song  always  in  his  heart  and  on  his  lips. 
Beauty  and  gladness  were  revealed  to  him,  but  not 
the  heights  and  depths ;  these  are  revealed  only  to 
those  who  have  struggled  and  suffered.  For  a  long 
time  recognition  did  not  come  to  him,  but  when  it 
did  come  he  said,  "I  am  the  happiest  man  in  the 
world."  Corot  studied  two  winters  with  Victor 
Bertin,  a  pure  classicist,  then  went  to  Rome 
in  1825.  At  the  Academy  there  his  social  qualities 
made  a  much  greater  impression  than  his  artistic 
abilities.  He  was  more  apt  in  Nature's  studio.  As 
an  artist  he  united  harmoniously  academic  traditions 
with    impressions    received    directly    from     Nature. 


Corot!',  and  1  used  to  think  they  were  calling  me."      man. 


i4 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Those  lithe  figures  that  dance  through  his  summer 
landscapes,  are  the  wood  and  river  goddesses  of 
ancient  art  transformed  into  the  moods  of  Nature 
in  color,  form,  posture  and  everything.  Aligny, 
who  was  regarded  as  an  authority  in  landscape, 
after  seeing  one  of  Corot's  landscapes,  painted  at 
Rome,  told  his  comrades  that  Corot  could  well  be- 
come the  master  of  them  all.  This  opened  the  gates 
of  hope  to  Corot,  and  he  never  forgot  Aligny's  kind 
recognition.  Long  years  after,  when  Corot  was 
seventy-eight  years  old,  he  stood  shivering,  one  cold 
winter's  day  in  the  falling  snow,  by  the  open  grave 
of  Aligny,  refusing  to  go  away  till  the  last  rites 
were  paid  to  his  friend.  "It  is  a  duty,"  he  said,  "a 
sacred  debt."  Few  have  been  loved  as  Corot  was. 
His  generosity  was  in  harmony  with  the  rest  of  his 
great  glad  nature,  he  would  never  accept  any  money 
from  his  pupils,  and  gave  away  generously,  even 
when  he  had  nothing  but  his  annuity.  In  1855,  he 
inherited  an  estate  yielding  an  annual  income  of 
25,000  francs.  Success  in  art  came  about  the  same 
lime.  He  placed  the  income  out  of  his  reach,  allow- 
ing it  to  accumulate  for  his  nephews  and  nieces. 
His  habits  were  simple,  and  he  used  the  surplus  of 
his  income  to  help  others.  He  gave  away  many 
annuities.  An  artist  friend  became  blind,  and  his 
landlord  was  going  to  dispossess  him.  Corot  pur- 
chased the  place  and  sent  the  title-deed  to  the  artist 
with  the  message,  "Now  they  can't  put  you  out." 
He  was  so  thoughtful.  One  year  at  Arros  he 
painted  a  little  peasant  girl.  On  his  return  the  fol- 
lowing year,  he  learned  that  the  child  had  been 
drowned.  He  carried  the  picture  to  the  parents 
and  said.  "Here  is  your  little  girl  come  back  to 
you,"  and  was  repaid  by  the  great  joy  and  gratitude 
of  the  parents.  He  was  loved  as  a  comrade  and 
respected  as  a  master  among  the  landscapists  twenty 
years  his  juniors.  Dumesnil  says  that  in  his  young- 
er days  he  was  the  gayest  of  the  gay  in  the  dances 
at  the  Academy  of  Design.  Every  spring  he  fled 
to  the  country.  He  said,  "I  have  a  rendezvous 
with  Nature,  with  the  new  foliage  and  the  birds." 
He  painted,  smiling  of  singing  or  talking  with  the 
birds  and  trees.  When  evening  came  he  would  say, 
"Well  I  must  stop,  my  Heavenly  Father  has  put  out 
my  lamp." 

Corot's  "Paysage,"  in  the  Louvre,  seems  the 
actual  expression  of  the  life  and  spirit  of  its  maker. 
It  is  a  picture  of  a  lake  resting  in  the  silver  haze  of 
a  summer  morning.  The  eye  pierces  through  the 
mist  to  the  far  away  shore  where  the  rising  sun 
s  ems  to  he  falling  in  drops  of  light  on  the  glassy 
surface.      The  wooded  shore   is   half  revealed,  half 


shrouded  in  mystery  —  fit  home  for  elusive, 
mysterious  people  of  Nature. 

In  "Le  Matin"  Corot  has  painted  these  elusive, 
lithe  beings — not  mortal,  not  divine,  not  heroic,  but 
wonderfully  blending  with  the  tones  of  the  land- 
scape. Who  has  not  felt  in  the  solitudes  of  nature 
that  only  a  thin  veil  hides  from  us  a  life  that  is  all 
about  us? 

Corot  never  thought  he  painted  grand  things. 
Before  a  painting  of  Delacroix's  he  exclaimed,  "He 
is  an  eagle ;  I  am  only  a  skylark.  I  send  forth  little 
songs  in  my  grey  clouds." 

Dumesnil  thought  that  Corot's  religious  paint- 
ings gave  evidence  of  capacity  for  grand  art  as  rep- 
resented by  Titian,  Rembrandt  and  such.  Nature 
shimmers  through  Corot's  landscapes  —  dream- 
landscapes  whose  quiet  beauty  grows  on  one  as  they 
are  studied.  He  did  not  labor  over  his  pictures. 
He  feared  to  tarnish  in  an  after  hour  the  fresh 
grace  of  what  Nature  had  revealed  to  him  in  the 
hour  of  her  presence.  This  fresh,  unlabored  quality 
is  the  distinctive  charm  of  his  canvases. 

The  grand  medal  of  honor  was  not  given  to  Corot 
after  the  exposition  of  1874.  His  friends  were  dis- 
appointed. They  thought  it  would  have  been  fit- 
tingly conferred  as  a  final  and  full  recognition  of 
the  master's  work.  Consequently  a  movement  was 
started  among  his  admirers  and  friends,  and  a  gold 
medal  was  prepared.  Three  or  four  hundred  artists 
and  friends  met  at  the  Grand  Hotel  to  welcome  the 
dear  old  master  with  great  enthusiasm  and  affection. 
Amid  the  enthusiasm  of  the  presentation  of  the 
medal,  Corot  whispered  to  the  presiding  officer, 
"One  is  very  happy  to  feel  one's  self  loved  like  this." 

A  short  time  before  the  presentation  of  the  medal, 
Corot's  sister,  who  had  shared  his  home,  died.  His 
health  rapidly  declined  after  her  death.  He  still 
went  to  his  studio,  but  could  not  paint.  A  few  days 
before  his  death  he  said,  "I  have  had  health  during 
seventy-eight  years ;  I  have  had  good  friends ;  I  am 
thankful."  On  his  deathbed  he  heard  of  Millet's 
death.  His  death  was  kept  from  Barye,  then  dying 
of  heart  disease.  In  his  last  moments  Corot's  right 
hand  moved  along  the  wall ;  his  fingers  seemed  to  be 
holding  a  brush;  then  he  paused  and  said,  "Look 
how  beautiful  it  is !  I  have  never  seen  such  land- 
scapes before."  On  Tuesday,  the  23rd  of  February, 
1875,  the  great,  glad  heart  of  this  generous,  much 
loved  child  of  Nature  ceased  to  beat  and  his  spirit 
went  out  through  the  silver  mists  to  meet  the  God 
of  Nature,  waiting  in  the  dawning  of  a  glorious 
morning  on  the  other  side. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


15 


Art  Notes -VII. 

By  Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.  B. 
Feeding  Her  Birds. 

The  picture,  which  Jean  Francois  Millet  painted  in 
i860  and  exhibited  in  the  Salon  in  Paris  in  1861, 
whilst  peculiarly  appropriate  for  Primary  Depart- 
ments will  repay  the  attention  of  older  scholars. 

The  name  given  by  the  artist  was  Becquee  which 
may  be  roughly  termed  bcakful,  and  readily  suggests 
the  small  portion  of  food  which  a  mother  bird 
holds  in  her  beak  for  her  young  family.  Considered 
poetically  it  is  easy  to  recognize  other  points  of  re- 
semblance to  a  cozy  nest  and  the  tender  care  with 
which  the  nestlings  are  watched  by  parent  birds.  We 
say  birds,  for  although  it  is  the  mother  who  is  feed- 
ing the  little  ones,  the  father  is  seen  in  the  orchard 
just  beyond  the  house,  busily  engaged  for  his  family, 
and  thus  it  appears  a  beautiful  scene  of  healthy, 
peaceful  home-life.  The  little  girls  wear  caps  not 
unlike  the  one  on  their  mother's  head,  but  their 
younger  brother  has  on  a  kind  of  tam-o-shanter. 
They  are  evidently  fond  of  him,  and  the  wee  fellow 
enjoys  the  first  taste  from  the  steaming  bowl.  In 
other  instances  we  have  found  that  Millet's  subjects 
were  absorbed  in  their  respective  occupations  and 
possibly  so  small  a  matter  as  the  tilting  of  the  stool 
on  which  the  mother  is  seated  helps  to  indicate  the 
intensity  of  her  act.  Just  as  the  thick  bare  walls  of 
the  house  are  clothed  with  a  beautiful  vine,  so  these 
peasant  folk  in  their  course  durable  clothes,  and 
clumsy-looking  sabots,  yield  a  vintage  of  human 
affection  to  the  quiet-eye,  and  we  are  not  surprised 
to  learn  that  Millet,  who  was  so  fond  of  his  faithful 
wife  and  their  nine  children,  and  also  spent  much  of 
his  time  in  digging,  regarded  this  as  his  favorite 
picture. 

Teachers  are  urged  not  to  attempt  to  describe  the 
picture.  Seek  however,  to  encourage  conversation  in 
the  class  on  all  the  details,  especially  as  to  the  re- 
lationship of  the  children  to  each  other,  and  then  to 
their  mother,  and  ere  long  it  will  appear  to  some  of 
them  that  the  point  of  the  spoon  which  is  thrust  for- 
ward is  not  greatly  unlike  the  beak  of  a  bird,  and 
they  will  enter  into  the  eagerness  with  which  the 
little  birds  are  fed  who  have  become  hungry  at  their 
play.  But  let  Millet  first  make  his  own  appeal,  and 
after  that  the  scholars  may  receive  further  light  from 
the  teacher's  observation,  or  from  these  notes.  Re- 
member an  is  intended  to  supply  good  grounds  for 
evoking  the  higher  emotions.-  We  wish  to  share 
tlwse  of  Millet  as  he  glanced  in  that  dooryard. 


Replies  to  Queries, 

Nora.  It  is  a  brother  of  the  famous  Jean 
Francois  Millet  who  has  just  died.  His  name  was 
Jean  Baptiste  Millet.  He  excelled  as  engraver.  J. 
F.  Millet's  son  is  also  an  artist,  and  1  believe  that 
some  of  his  work  may  be  seen  in  the  Art  Academy 
at  Sackville,  N.  B.  There  is  also  an  artist  named 
Francis  Davis  Millet,  who  painted  "Between  Two 
Fires." 

R.  S.  L.  Encourage  your  scholars  to  observe  the 
movements  of  any  experienced  sower  in  your  own 
locality.  A  man  will  not  pass  over  a  field  very  rapid- 
ly, but  if  he  be  as  fully  engrossed  in  his  sowing  as 
Millet's  peasant,  his  action  will  tend  to  become  as 
rhythmic. 

Beginner.  It  would  be  a  good  plan  to  arrange  a 
series  of  scenes,  commencing  with  ploughing,  har- 
rowing, seeding,  reaping  and  so  on.  Gleaning  is 
little  known  in  this  country,  partly  because  there  are 
few  persons  to  do  it,  and  also  because  most  farmers 
would  say  "what's  the  odds  of  a  few  oats  or  a  little 
wheat  anyway."  But  the  custom  still  has  beautiful 
associations  of  thrift  and  generosity. 

Evelyn.  See  preceding  answer.  You  can  also 
arrange  a  series  according  to  time  of  day,  e.  g., 
there  are  several  pictures  of  men  and  women  going 
to  work,  also  the  noon-day  rest,  and  returning  from 
labor.  Invite  your  scholars  to  bring  a  cent  and  pur- 
chase a  set  of  the  Perry  Pictures  illustrating  a  day's 
work  at  various  seasons. 


The  following  anecdote,  says  Harper's  Weekly,  is 
told  of  a  prominent  Baptist  minister,  celebrated  for 
his  caustic  wit :  He  was  speaking  once  at  a  dinner 
given  to  commemorate  an  important  event  in  the  his- 
tory of  New  England,  his  text  being  "The  Pilgrim 
Fathers."  "I  have  always,"  he  said,  "felt  the  deepest 
sympathy  for  the  Pilgrim  fathers,  who  suffered 
such  extraordinary  hardships  in  establishing  a  foot- 
hold in  this  country.  But,  sorry  as  1  have  felt  for 
the  Pilgrim  fathers,  I  have  felt  still  sorrier  for  the 
Pilgrim  mothers;  for  not  only  were  they  obliged  to 
endure  the  same  hardships,  but  they  had  also  en- 
dured the  Pilgrim  Fathers."  H.  B. 


Your  paper  is  of  the  greatest  value  to  me,  as  I 
think  it  surely  is  to  any  teacher.  I  wish  you  many 
successful  years  in  your  splendid  work  of  helping 
the  teacher. 

Northumberland  Co.  M.  G.  M. 


16 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Notes  from  the  Macdonald  School,  Guelph. 

By  M.  G.  R,  A  New  Brunswick  Teacher. 

We  New  Brunswick  teachers  who  are  taking  the 
nature-study  course  at  the  Macdonald  Institute  at 
Guelph,  would  like  to  tell  our  fellow-teachers  a  little 
about  the  work  we  are  doing  here.  There  are  fifty 
students  in  our  class ;  seven  are  from  New  Bruns- 
wick ;  the  remaining  forty-three  are  from  various 
parts  of  Canada.  We  feel  that  we  are  a  part  of  the 
Macdonald  movement  which  means  better  teaching 
for  Canada. 

We  find  a  great  teacher  in  Professor  McCready. 
He  has  led  us  to  realize  as  never  before  the  import- 
ance of  nature-study,  which  takes  for  its  thought  the 
child  and  its  natural  environment.  It  is  possible  to 
get  children  in  love  and  sympathy  with  nature. 

"There  is  no  glory  in  star  or  IJlassom 
TiLl  looked  upon  by  Chie  loviimg  eye. 

There  is  no  iragnaiice  in  April  breezes 
Till  'breathed  wi'tih  joy  as  they  wander  by." 

The  child's  earliest  education  is  almost  entirely  in 
nature.  It  is  an  education  of  seeing  and  doing. 
Teachers  who  realize  this  and  who  have  much  love 
and  sympathy  for  children  will  prove,  by  making  a 
wise  use  of  what  has  been  gathered  from  the  course 
pursued  here,  proper  methods  in  teaching  nature- 
study. 

Much  of  our  time  is  spent  in  field  work  in  the 
study  of  plants,  insects  and  birds,  under  the  direction 
of  Professor  McCready  and  members  of  the  college 
staff.  Excursions  are  made  to  the  different  depart- 
ments of  the  Agricultural  College  where  we  always 
find  a  willing  and  helpful  instructor. 

Our  aim  as  teachers  is  not  to  memorize  the  names 
of  a  great  number  of  plants,  birds  and  insects ;  but 
to  grasp  the  new  methods  of  giving  instruction  in 
the  subjects  of  the  course. 

Soon  we  shall  finish  our  work  here  and  return  to 
our  own  province;  but  we  shall  ever  carry  with  us 
pleasant  remembrances  of  our  visit  to  the  Guelph 
Macdonald  Institute  and  the  Agricultural  College. 
We  shall  also  feel  grateful  to  our  leader  Professor 
McCready,  who  has  so  thoroughly  taken  up  this 
work  with  us  and  to  our  government  which  has  seen 
the  wisdom  of  sending  us  here. 


From  a  recent  subscriber :  I  enjoy  the  Review 
very  much  and  always  look  eagerly  forward  to  its 
coming.  It  offers  so  many  useful  hints  and 
suggestions,  that  I  sometimes  wonder  how  I  man- 
aged to  do  without  it  so  long.  M.  L.  D. 


An  Open  Letter  to  Kindergartners. 

to    the    klndergartners    of    the    maritime 

Provinces,  and  to  all  who  are  Interested 

in  Child-Culture. 

Bv  Mks.  Catherine  M.  Condon. 

When  the  history  of  the  Kindergarten  movement 
comes  to  be  written,  it  will  be  painful  to  find  how 
little  direct  and  acknowledged  effect  it  has  produced 
on  our  public  school  system  up  to  the  present  time. 
In  1886  there  were  three  small,  struggling  private 
kindergartens  in  Nova  Scotia,  two  of  them  in  Hali- 
fax, and  one  in  Yarmouth.  They  were  private 
enterprises,  but  did  good  work.  These  failed  for 
want  of  financial  support.  Here  let  me  remark,  that 
personally,  it  has  always  appeared  to  me,  the 
burden  of  ways  and  means  should  be  assumed  by 
a  capable  committee,  so  that  the  kindergartner 
may  devote  herself  wholly  to  her  work  without 
distraction.  (Here  follows  a  history  of  the  kinder- 
garten movement  in  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Bruns- 
wick, with  the  names  of  those  directly  associated  in 
the  work). 

A  well-conducted  kindergarten  is  its  own  best 
argument,  and  no  intelligent  person  can  carefully 
observe  the  busy,  happy  little  ones,  following  the 
directions  with  alacrity,  because  they  have  learned, 
even  those  who  are  "little  Turks"  at  home,  that 
obedience  produces  pleasure  in  well-ordered  circle- 
games,  and  pleasant  work  at  the  tables.  See  how 
industrious  and  attentive  they  are;  no  listlessness 
here,  but  all  eager  and  alert,  and  looking  out  for  the 
next  pleasant  expression  prepared  for  their  pro- 
ductive self-activity.  Kindliness  and  good  manners, 
the  "morals  of  the  heart,"'  are  in  the  very  air  of  this 
"Paradise  of  Childhood."  As  a  preparation  for  the 
school,  this  genial  training  of  eye,  ear,  hand  and 
mind  cannot  be  over  estimated,  and  those  who  have 
studied  Froebel's  methods  most  carefully,  and  have 
seen  them  carried  out  most  frequently,  under  the 
most  varied  conditions,  feel  deeply,  and  see  clearly, 
the  need  of  this  addition  to  our  common  school 
system.  There  is  but  one  way  to  further  this  great 
reform ;  and  that  is  for  the  people  themselves  to  look 
into  the  claims  made  by  the  advocates  of  kinder- 
garten extension,  and  if  (as  they,  will)  they  find 
those  claims  are  founded  on  sound  views  of  life  and 
a  correct  pedagogy,  then  it  will  be  their  duty  to 
make  up  their  minds  to  further  the  movement  in 
every  reasonable  way.  The  seed  has  been  sown, 
and  much  patient  labor  has  been  bestowed  by  the 
few  who  have  the  strong  conviction  of  the  value  of 
Froebel's  system,  born  of  study  and  experience.     If 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


17 


mothers,  teachers,  inspectors,  school  boards  and 
educational  bodies  generally  had  been  willing  to 
examine  the  matter  in  order  to  see  "if  these  things 
are  so,"  and  then  have  thrown  their  influence  into 
the  scale,  there  would  be  today  kindergartens  in 
connection  with  some,  at  least,  of  the  large  graded 
schools  of  these  provinces,  and  our  teachers  in 
mixed  schools  would  have  been  encouraged  to 
make  themselves  acquainted  with  the  methods  of  the 
kindergarten,  so  that  they  might  keep  the  little  ones 
happily  and  profitably  employed,  instead  of  forcing 
them,  at  once,  to  submit  to  rigid  scholastic  methods, 
unsuited  to  their  tender  years. 

It  will  be  said  governments  should  take  it  up. 
Yes,  they  should,  but  governments  get  to  run  in  a 
groove,  and  grow  stiff  with  officialism.  They  usual- 
ly steer  clear  of  taking  the  initiative.  No  one  who 
has  watched  political  careers  will  deny  this  general 
tendency.  But  in  all  fairness  it  must  be  conceded 
that  governments_are  compelled  to  a  certain  amount 
of  conservatism,  and  may  reasonably  expect  a  man- 
date from  the  people  for  any  striking  departure  from 
use  and  wont. 

Meanwhile  let  kindergartners  advance  their 
banner,  inform  public  opinion,  invite  teachers  and 
outsiders  to  come  and  see  their  principles  in  opera- 
tion, point  out  their  effects  on  character,  answer 
objections  dispassionately,  and  show  teachers  of  all 
grades  what  a  help  it  will  be  to  them  when  kinder- 
gartens are  the  order  of  the  day.  Be  zealous,  watch 
for  opportunities  to  speak  a  word,  well-chosen,  urge 
upon  the  tax-payers  the  great  value  of  the  be- 
ginnings of  manual  training  in  the  kindergarten, 
where  it  has  so  conspicuous  a  place,  if  they  are  to 
receive  an  equivalent  for  the  large  sums  they  are 
spending  (and  wisely  spending)  on  science,  manual 
training,  agricultural  and  art  schools.  If  you  ar- 
ranged your  arguments  in  a  rational  manner,  you 
will  find  this  view  very  effective  in  gaining  advo- 
cates for  kindergarten  extension. 

In  conclusion  let  me  urge  every  kindergarten  to 
send  an  exhibit,  this  autumn,  to  the  Exhibitions  at 
Halifax  and  St.  John,  no  matter  how  small,  but  let 
it  all  be  henest  work,  really  done  by  the  little  hands 
themselves.  There  will  be  a  full  exhibit  of  Milton 
Bradley's  Kindergarten  Material,  (unsurpassed  in 
quality)  from  his  agents,  Stcinb  rger  &  Co.  in 
Toronto.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  all  will  visit  this  part 
of  the  Exhibition,  and  do  their  best  to  explain  and 
illustrate  and  show  what  a  help  in  the  training  of 
the  child  these  things  may  become,  both  in  the  home 
and  school. 


As  was  done  last  year,  Miss  Hamilton  will  take 
over  and  conduct  a  class  from  Dartmouth,  at  the 
Halifax  Exhibition.  This  was  much  appreciated 
then,  and  aroused  great  interest.  If  only  some  gen- 
erous person  would  pay  the  expenses  of  a  class  from 
the  normal  school  it  would  add  to  the  interest.  If 
ah  the  kindergartners  in  the  province  will  come  to 
the  Exhibitions,  prepared  to  explain  some  special 
point  of  kindergarten  work,  much  good  may  be 
accomplished.  But  begin  at  once  to  explain  to  the 
children  what  the  Exhibitions  are,  what  will  be 
shown.  Make  it  a  lesson  in  the  love  and  pride  of 
their  own  dear  native  land,  stir  their  hearts  to  do 
their  part,  by  preparing  some  specimens  to  send,  of 
their  pretty  hand-craft,  to  show  how  happy  children 
enjoy  themselves  in  work.  If  we  all  act  together 
wisely,  this  opportunity  should  greatly  help  kinder- 
garten extension  in  the  maritime  provinces. 


Dalhousie  Convocation. 

The  annual  convocation  of  Dalhousie  University 
was  held  in  the  hall  of  the  School  for  the  Blind. 
The  departure  met  with  approval  in  many  quarters. 
The  undergraduates  were  conspicuous  not  by  their 
noise,  but  by  their  absence. 

The  closing  exercises  of  the  year  have  been  grad- 
ually growing  in  interest.  Four  years  ago  Class 
Day  exercises  were  introduced  by  the  students.  This 
year  the  Alumni  took  a  more  active  part,  giving  a 
dinner  to  the  graduates,  and  holding  a  reception  in 
the  evening  of  Convocation  Day.  The  reception 
given  by  the  graduating  class  was  one  of  the  most 
enjoyable  of  the  week.  The  conference  held  at 
Pine  Hill  by  the  Presbyterian  College  for  their 
Alumni,  at  which  brilliant  courses  of  lectures  were 
given  by  Professor  Short  of  Queens.  Principal 
Falconer,  Professors  Magill  and  Morton  and  others 
attracted  many  visitors  to  the  city. 

The  Convocation  of  the  University  was  enlivened 
by  the  eloquent  address  of  Governor  Fraser,  one 
of  the  University's  best  known  sons.  In  introducing 
him  the  President  referred  to  the  fact  that  Governor 
Fraser  and  Governor  MacKinnon  of  Prince  Edward 
Island,  both  Dalhousie  graduates,  were  holding  the 
highest  offices  in  their  native  province,  at  the  same 
time  that  Mr.  Justice  Sedgwick,  another  Dal- 
housie graduate,  was  at  the  head  of  the  government 
of  Canada  in  the  absence  of  Lord  Grey. 

President  Trotter  of  Acadia  University  received 
the  honorary  degree  of  doctor  of  laws,  and  ac- 
knowledged the  honor  in  graceful  terms.  In  pro- 
posing him.  Dr.  MacMechan  on  behalf  of  the  senate 
referred  to  his  great  services  to  Acadia   University 


18 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


and  to  higher  education,  and  expressed  regret  over 
his  retirement  from  active  university  work  in  Nova 
Scotia. 

Professor  Short  of  Queens  University  whose  able 
addresses  before  the  Board  of  Trade  and  theTheo- 
logical  Conference  left  a  deep  impression  on  Hali- 
gonians,  spoke  briefly  and  impressively. 

Seventy-five  degrees  in  art,  science,  engineer- 
ing, law  and  medicine,  were  conferred,  and  several 
important  prizes  and  scholarships  were  announced. 

Thirty-six,  (of  whom  ten  were  women)  received 
the  B.  A.  degree ;  three  the  B.  Sc. ;  one  the  Bachelor 
of  Engineering  in  Mining;  fourteen  the  LL.  B. ; 
thirteen,  (one  a  woman)  received  the  degree  in 
Medicine;  six  the  M.  A.  degree;  one  the  M.  Sc. ; 
and  one  the  honorary  LL.  D. 

Of  the  Bachelors  of  Arts  six  came  from  N.  B., 
two  from  P.  E.  I.  and  the  rest  from  N.  S.  Of  the 
Bachelors  of  Laws  N.  B.  claims  one,  P.  E.  I.  two, 
Quebec  one,  and  N.  S.  the  rest.  Two  of  the  gradu- 
ates in  Medicine  were  Acadians. 

The  Acadians  are  taking  greater  advantage  year 
by  year  of  the  educational  advantages  of  Dalhousie. 
In  addition  to  the  two  receiving  the  degree  in  medi- 
cine, another  received  the  prize  for  the  best  standing 
in  chemistry  and  materia  medica;  three  attained  a 
high  standing  in  law,  one  being  among  the  very 
best  in  the  class.    This  record  is  most  praiseworthy. 

The  science  research  scholarship  (value  $750  a 
year  for  two  years)  and  the  Rhodes  scholarship 
were  blue  ribbon  prizes  of  the  session  in  science  and 
literature.  The  former  went  to  Johnston  MacKay, 
a  son  of  Superintendent  MacKay  for  a  research  in 
"Hydroxylamine ;"  and  the  latter  to  Arthur  Moxon 
of  Truro. 

During  the  year  the  Cape  Breton  Alumni  offered 
a  bursary  of  $50  and  the  Mining  Society  a  scholar- 
ship of  $60  for  competition  among  the  students  in 
mining.  The  latter  was  awarded  to  Mr.  F.  A. 
Grant. 

Diplomas  of  honour  were  awarded  to  the  follow- 
ing on  taking  the  B.  A.  degree. 

Classics. — High  Honours. — Arthur  Moxon. 

English  and  History.  —  Honours.  —  Blanche 
Eunice  Murphy,  J  lam   Clement  Eraser. 

PHILOSOPHY.  —  High  Honours.  —  Harry  Stuart 
Patterson. 

Honours. — Francis   Paul  Hamilton  Layton. 

Pure  and  Applied  Mathematics. — High  Hon- 
ours.— Charles  Thompson  Sullivan. 

Chemistry  and  Chemical  Physics. — High  Hon- 
ours.— Henry  Jermain  Creighton. 


Candidates  for  honours  restrict  their  studies 
during  the  third  and  fourth  years  to  one  or  two  sub- 
jects. To  those  who  do  not  specialize  but  take  high 
standing  in  all  the  subjects  of  the  regular  course 
for  the  B.  A.,  diplomas  of  dis.inction  are  granted. 
These  diplomas  are  intended  to  represent  as  much 
work  and  be  as  difficult  of  attainment  as  honour 
diplomas.    Two  were  granted  this  year  as  follows  : — 

Great  Distinction. — Edward  Wilber  Nichols. 
Distinction.' — Anna  Elizabeth  McLeod. 

The  following  prizes  were  granted  to  those  com- 
pleting their  courses : — 

Rhodes  Scholarship. — Arthur  Moxon. 

Nomination  to  1851  Exhibition  Scholarship. — 
G.  M.  J.  MacKay,  B.  A. 

Sir    Wm.     Young    Medal. — Charles     Thompson 
Sullivan. 

University  Medals. — Classics. — Arthur  Moxon. 

Chemistry. — Henry  Jermain  Creighton. 

Medical  Faculty  Medal  (Final  M.  D.  C.  M.). — 
D.  A.  McKay,  B  A.,  B.  Sc. 

Avery  Prize  (General  Proficiency). — Edward  Wil- 
ber Nichols. 
The  following  undergraduates  were  successful  in 

winning  prizes : — 

Junior  Entrance  Scholarships : 

MacKenzie  Bursary. — Effie  May  Thomson. 

Sir  William  Young  Scholarship. — J.  Congdon 
Crowe. 

Professors'     Scholarships. — W.     R.     Armitage, 
Florence  E.  Dodd,  C.  D.  R.  Murray,  E.  Clara 
Walker. 
Special  Prizes : 

North    British    Bursary    (Second  Year,  General 
Proficiency). — E.  A.  Munro. 

Waverley  Prize  (Mathematics). — G  .W.  Stairs. 

Cape  Breton  Alumni  Bursary  (Third  Year  Min- 
ing).— Not  awarded. 

Mining  Society  Scholarship  (Third  Year  Min- 
ing.— F.  A.  Grant. 

Dr.  Lindsay  Prize  (Primary  M.  D.  C.  M.)— S.  R. 
Brown. 

Frank  C.  Simson  Prize  (Chemistry  and  Materia 
Medica).— B.  A.  LeBlanc. 
Higher  degrees  were  conferred  as  follows : — 
Master  of  Arts. 

Harriet   Muir  Bayer,   B.   A. — By    Examination    in 
History. 

Charles   Tupper   Baillie,    B.    A. — By   Thesis — Mac- 
aulay's  Prose  Style. 

Charles  Jacob  Crowdis,  1».  A. — By  Examination  in 
Philosophy. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


19 


George  Moir  Johnston  MacKay,  B.  A. — By  Thesis 
— " Hydroxylamine." 

Murdoch  Campbell  McLean,  B.  A. — By  Examina- 
tion in  Modern  Ethics  and  Metaphysics. 

Arthur  Silver  Payzant,  B.  A. — By  Examination  in 
Philosophy. 

Master  of  Science. 

George  Huntley  Gordon,  B.  Sc, — By  Thesis  in 
Engineering. 

Doctor  ok  Laws.    (Honoris  Causa). 

Rev.  Thomas  Trotter.  D.  D.,  President  of  Acadia 
University. — In  Recognition  of  his  Distinguish- 
ed Services  to  Higher  Education. 

In  his  address  the  President  referred  to  a  gift  of 
$200  to  the  Physical  laboratory  by  the  graduating 
class  on  Arts  and  Science;  (the  gift  of  the  class  of 
1905  was  $201.85  to  the  library)  ;  a  gift  of  $300  for 
Engineering  instruments;  a  gift  of  a  motor  worth 
$300. 

He  also  spoke  of  the  excellent  work  which  Pro- 
fessors MacKenzie  and  Jack,  the  newly  appointed 
professors  on  physics  and  engineering,  were  doing. 
The  University  was  most  fortunate  in  securing  the 
services  of  such  able  nun.  Professor  MacKenzie  is 
regarded  as  oni'  of  the  abler  young  physicists  whom 
Johns  Hopkins  has  sent  out ;  and  he  has  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  two  years'  study  in  the  Cavendish  labora- 
tory under  the  celebrated  J.  J.  Thomson  of  Cam- 
bridge. Professor  Brydone  Jack's  good  work  in 
New  Brunswick  is  known  to  all. 


.  Encoenia  at  University  of  New  Brunswick. 

On  Thursday,  May  31st,  the  University  of  New 
Brunswick,  at  the  close  of  a  most  prosperous  year, 
celebrated  its  one  hundred  and  sixth  encaenia.  A 
class  of  thirty  was  graduated,  made  up  of  sixteen 
arts  students  and  fourteen  engineers.  Three  of  the 
thirty  were  young  women. 

The  address  in  praise  of  the  founders  was  de- 
livered by  Professor  McDonald  of  the  department 
of  philosophy  and  economics.  He  pointed  out  that 
the  highest  aim  in  life  for  the  educated  citizen  is 
to  make  truth  and  justice  prevail.  He  should  not 
stand  aloof  from  the  world  of  action,  but  should 
perform  his  part  in  the  work  of  bettering  the  con- 
ditions of  human  life.  This  duty  was  never  more 
incumbent  upon  us  than  at  the  present  day.  in  view 
of  the  recent  revelations  in  insurance,  railroad  man- 
agement. «trust  tactics,  the  packing  of  meats  and 
other  business  activities.  President  Roosevelt's 
famous  "muck-rake"  speech  was  reactionary  and 
harmful,  tending  to  hush  up  scandals  wbicli  ought 
to  be  brought  to  light  and  to  be  made  matters  of 


common  knowledge,  in  order  that  legislative  action 
might  more  surely  be  taken,  and  casting  a  slur  upon 
high-principled  and  earnest  men,  who  are  working 
to  remove  evils  from  the  body  politic.  The  only 
deliverance  from  catastrophe  that  is  possible  for 
nations  will  come  by  making  truth  and  justice  pre- 
vail. 

The  address  on  behalf  of  the  Alumni  Society  was 
delivered  by  Professor  A.  W.  Duff  of  the  Worcester 
Polytechnic  Institute.  His  topic  was  education.  He 
contended  tliat  the  great  aim  of  education  was  not 
the  training  of  the  memory  or  of  the  logical  faculty, 
but  the  development  of  the  powers  of  imagination 
by  touching  whatever  might  be  the  subject  of  study 
with  imaginative  interest.  He  spoke  of  the  harm  of 
emphasizing  the  purely  technical  in  study  and  in 
testing  the  results  of  study.  In  closing  one  of  the 
finest  addresses  ever  delivered  in  the  University,  he 
said  that  New  Brunswick  ought  to  look  for  distinc- 
tion in  the  future  of  the  great  nation  which  Canada 
must  inevitably  become,  not  to  her  natural  resources, 
great  though  they  are,  but  to  the  intellectual  and 
moral  possibilities  of  her  people.  Greece,  a  country 
great  neither  in  natural  resources  nor  in  industries, 
had  left  an  impress  on  the  history  of  the  world 
which  had  lasted  till  the  present  day  and  ever  would 
last.  Scotland  with  a  more  stubborn  soil  and  a  more 
rigorous  climate  had  played  a  part  in  the  destinies  of 
the  empire*,  hardly  second  to  that  of  her  more  highly 
favored  neighbor,  England.  And  in  like  manner,  in 
the  development  of  an  intelligence  naturally  great, 
the  people  of  New  Brunswick  would  find  their 
highest  aim  and  the  University  of  New  Brunswick 
would  be  the  head  of  this  movement  if  it  received 
the  enthusiastic  support  that  it  deserves  and  needs. 

A  most  pleasing  feature  of  the  occasion  was  the 
conferring  of  the  honorary  degree  of  LL.  D.  upon 
two  of  the  University's  most  distinguished  gradu- 
ates, the  widely  known  poets  and  men  of  letters, 
Bliss  Carman  and  Charles  Roberts.  Equally  de- 
serving was  the  degree  of  M.  A.  bestowed  on  Mr. 
S.  W.  Kain. 

After  the  regular  programme  was  completed  the 
students  presented  Dr.  Scott,  who  has  resigned  the 
chair  of  Physics  to  take  the  position  of  superinten- 
dent of  schools  in  Calgary,  with  a  gold-beaded 
ebony  walking-stick,  decorated  with  a  bow  of  red 
and  black  ribbons,  the  student's  colors.  The  ad- 
dress of  presentation  was  read  by  Mr.  C.  W.  Clark. 
Finally  Chancellor  Harrison  announced  tile  name 
and  spoke  at  some  length  upon  the  qualifications  of 
Dr.  Scott's  successor,  lie  is  Professor  Salmon  of 
King's  College,  Windsor.  Professor  Salmon  was 
the  holder  of  a  scholarship  at  Queen's  College,  Cam- 


20 


THE  EDUCATIONAL"  REVIEW. 


bridge,  and  graduated  from  Cambridge  University 
with  honors  in  Mathematics.  He  remained  the  next 
year  at  Cambridge  studying  Physics  and  Chemistry, 
and  taking  a  laboratory  course  under  Professor  J. 
J.  Thomson  in  the  laboratory  in  which  most  of  the 
great  advances  in  physical  research  have  been  made 
in  England.  He  was  five  years  assistant  to  Profes- 
sor Henrici  in  the  City  and  Guilds  Central  Tech- 
nical College,  London,  the  best  and  most  efficient 
Engineering  College  in  London.  He  there  instruct- 
ed classes  in  civil,  mechanical  and  electrical  engineer- 
ing. For  the  last  two  years  he  has  held  the  chair  of 
Physics  and  Mathematics  at  King's  College, 
Windsor. 

Professor  Henrici  says  of  him,  "he  is  a  very  good 
mathematician,  an  excellent  and  conscientious 
teacher,  a  good  disciplinarian  and  a  thorough 
gentleman." 

Professor  Dixon  of  Birmingham  University, 
England,  says,  "he  is  a  gentleman,  very  energetic 
and  a  very  hard  worker  and  has  the  great  advantage 
of  knowing  the  country." 

President  Hannah  of  King's  says,  "He  is  quite 
an  authority  on  the  subject  (of  Physics)  and  has 
written  an  admirable  text-book  that  is  winning  its 
way  in  schools  and  colleges."  "He  is  well  read  in 
many  other  subjects  than  his  own  and  takes  the 
keenest  interest  in  all  the  questions  of  the  day." 
"He  has  been  in  this  country  long  enough  to  be 
quite  Canadian  in  sympathies." 


Convocation  at  Mount  Allison. 

Never  probably  in  the  history  of  Mount  Allison 
were  the  exercises  all  held  in  such  unpleasant 
weather.  On  Saturday  just  as  the  sports  were  be- 
ginning rain  scattered  the  spectators  precipitately, 
and  it  came  down  with  a  drizzle  or  fast  and  furious 
till  Wednesday  morning.  Not  till  Wednesday  even- 
ing after  the  visitors  had  gone  did  a  fitful  gleam  of 
sunshine  glint  over  the  soaked  lawns  and  muddy 
streets.  Of  course  outdoor  exhibitions,  such  as  the 
Athletic  Sports  and  the  young  ladies'  drill  on  the 
lawn  were  wholly  impossible.  Yet  in  spite  of  wind 
and  weather  the  various  indoor  exercises  and  enter- 
tainments were  well  attended.  There  was  an 
absence  on  the  streets  of  gay  summer  attire,  since 
visitors  and  students  had  to  go  round  swathed  in 
water-proof  garments,  but  the  continuance  of  such 
unseasonable  weather  became  after  a  while  a  sort  of 
joke  and  almost  added  to  the  gaiety  of  the  occasion. 

In  general  the  year  was  a  most  successful  one. 
The  Academy  has  had  the  largest  attendance  of 
recent  years,  and  sent  out  a  matriculation  class  of 


fifteen  in  addition  to  a  number  of  graduates  in  book- 
keeping, shorthand,  typewriting,  etc.  The  two 
Alumni  scholarships  offered  for  mathematics  and 
languages  to  those  matriculating  into  the  Univer- 
sity, were  won  respectively  by  Eldred  Boutilier  of 
Centreville,  N.  S.,  and  Arthur  Le  Grand  of 
Paspebiac,  Quebec.  Although  both  students  have 
French  names,  English  is  their  mother  tongue.  The 
Academy  staff  will  have  several  changes.  Most 
note-worthy  is  the  departure  of  Principal  Palmer's 
chief  assistant,  Mr.  W.  A.  Dakin,  '04,  who  is  to  enter 
on  the  study  of  medicine.  Mr.  Dakin,  who  lias  a  fine 
baritone  voice,  and  sang  frequently,  both  solos  and 
in  choruses,  will  be  much  missed  in  Mt.  Allison  life. 
In  spite  of  the  recent  additions  the  Ladies' 
College  was  this  year  filled  to  the  utmost,  and  Dr. 
Borden  found  himself  reluctantly  compelled  to  refuse 
applications.  At  the  anniversary  exercises  diplomas 
were  presented  to  twenty-seven  students  who  had 
completed  courses  in  some  line  of  work, — music, 
vocal  or  instrumental  (piano,  organ  or  violin), 
oratory  or  household  science.  The  gold  medal 
offered  by  Henry  Birks  &  Sons  of  Montreal,  for  the 
highest  general  average  in  all  studies  was  won  by 
Miss  Vera  Mollison  of  Yarmouth,  formerly  of  St. 
John.  The  names  in  the  prize  list  suggested  the  wide 
range  from  which  students  are  drawn,  since  there 
were  representatives  not  only  from  all  the  maritime 
provinces,  but  from  Newfoundland,  Pennsylvania 
and  St.  Kitts,  W.  I.  The  music  showed  the 
excellence  and  finish  that  have  hitherto  character- 
ized the  efforts  of  Dr.  Archibald  and  Professor 
Wilson.  The  latter  is  to  spend  the  summer  in  Eng- 
land, but  both  he  and  Dr.  Archibald  will  resume 
their  duties  in  the  autumn.  Professor  Hammond 
was  absent,  having  sailed  for  England  ten  days  ago. 
Several  of  his  paintings  were,  however,  on  exhi- 
bition in  his  studio  in  the  Art  Gallery.  Miss  Bessie 
McLeod  who  was  his  assistant  a  few  years  ago,  is  to 
return  to  her  position.  Miss  Foster,  the  vocal 
teacher,  who  has  been  so  popular,  is  obliged  to  re- 
turn to  her  home  in  England.  It  is  expected  that 
another  young  lady  from  the  Royal  Academy  of 
Music  will  be  her  successor.  Miss  Ruggles  of  Bos- 
ton, who  will  be  remembered  by  the  students  of 
a  couple  of  years  ago,  is  to  return  as  the  other  vocal 
teacher.  Miss  Nellie  Clark  of  Rexton,  N.  B..  who 
graduated  two  years  ago  and  has  since  been  study- 
ing in  Leipsic,  has  been  given  a  position  on  the  con- 
servatory staff.  Miss  Bowkcr  has  resigned  and  a 
new  associate  with  Miss  Carver  in  Oratory  is  to  be 
appointed.  Some  changes  have  been  made  in  the 
literary  course  (M.  L.  A.)  of  the  Ladies'  College, 
by  which  all  who  complete  it  will,  while  having  a 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


21 


wider  range  of  studies,  have  finished  'the  math- 
ematics, Latin  etc.,  of  the  Freshman  year  in  the 
University  and  be  prepared  to  graduate  in  the 
University  in  three  years. 

To  relieve  the  crowding  of  the  previous  year 
the  fourth  story  of  the  University  Residence- — giv- 
ing thirty  extra  rooms — was  at  the  beginning  of  the 
past  year  ready  for  occupation.  This  extra  space 
was  necessary  on  account  of  the  additional  students 
that  were  coming  to  pursue  courses  in  engineering. 
A  new  professor,  J.  W.  Crowell,  B.  S.,  C.  E.,  of 
Dartmouth  College,  was  appointed  in  charge  of 
Surveying,  etc.  Under  his  direction  the  students 
have  done  some  interesting  work.  Most  noticeable 
are  the  plans  of  the  Mt.  Allison  grounds  showing 
the  location  of  buildings,  drives  and  walks,  eleva- 
tions, areas  etc.  These,  both  in  their  original  form 
and  in  blue  prints,  have  been  on  exhibition  and  at- 
tracted considerable  attention.  Four  men  com- 
pleted the  two  years'  course  admitting  them  to  the 
third  year  at  McGill  in  applied  science.  Fifteen 
men  entered  on  the  full  work  in  engineering  this 
year ;  several  on  the  Arts  course  are  taking  options 
in  that  department,  and  the  outlook  is  good  for  the 
coming  year. 

The  degree  of  B.  A.  was  conferred  on  a  class  of 
ninete:n,  four  received  M.  A.,  and  Professor 
Crowell  was  given  B.  S.  (ad  eundem).  Several 
members  of  the  class  go  to  McGill  for  medicine  and 
applied  science,  two  or  three  will  enter  a  law  school, 
two  or  three  become  ministers,  and  some  will  teach 
for  at  least  a  year  or  two.  At  the  head  of  the  class 
was  G.  Roy  Long  of  Tyne  Valley,  P.  E.  I.,  who  de- 
livered the  valedictory.  He  was  also  the  leader  of 
the  Mt.  Allison  debating  team  which  last  winter 
won  against  Dalhousi  •  in  the  Inter-Collegate  debate. 
He  expects  to  pursue  a  post-graduate  course  at 
Harvard.  At  the  University  Convocation  an  ad- 
dress was  delivered  by  I'rofLSSor  Tory  of  McGill. 
He  was  also  a  guest  and  s]x>ke  at  the  banquet  of  the 
Alumni  and  Alumnae  Societies  on  Tuesday  evening. 
At  this  in  spite  of  the  rain  about  one  hundred  and 
fifty  sat  down  at  the  tables.  An  address  was  there 
read  which  had  been  sent  by  Mr.  M.  J.  Butler, 
Deputy  Minister  of  Railways,  and  which  arrived 
too  late  for  Convocation.  Dr.  J.  M.  Buckley,  editor 
of  the  Christian  Advocate  of  New  York,  lectured  on 
Friday  evening  and  preached  the  Baccalaureate  ser- 
mon on  Sunday. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  refer  to  the  prizes  of  the 
year  except  to  notice  that  the  two  Fred  Tyler 
scholarships  of  $60  each  which  have  been  awarded 
to  the  class  of  '06  year  by  year  since  the  death  at  the 


end  of  the  Freshman  year  of  the  young  man  in 
whose  memory  they  were  founded,  will  henceforth 
be  given  in  perpetuity  to  the  Freshman  class.  A 
new  permanent  scholarship  is  announced  for  the 
Theological  department,  endowed  by  Mrs.  Paisley, 
The  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  which 
c'osed  the  proceedings  for  the  year  passed  quietly 
and  quickly.  The  last  instalment  of  the  Massey 
bequest  of  $100,000  has  just  been  paid  and  enabled 
the  President  of  the  University  to  meet  better  the 
increasing  expenses  of  buildings  and  salaries.  A1-. 
though  Mt.  Allison  has  had  a  prosperous  year,  yet 
many  plans  for  progress  and  increased  usefulness 
are  checked  by  lack  of  m:ans.  New  and  enlarged 
accommodation  is  needed  at  the  Ladies'  College  and 
more  instructors  and  professors  at  the  University. 

[The  closing  exercises  of  Acadia  University  are 
being  held  as  the  Review  goes  to  press.  An  account 
will  appear  in  our  next  number.] 

Practical  Problems  In  Arithmetic. 

1.  A  note  of  $250  dated  Nov.  29th,  at  3  months 
with  4  per  cent  interest,  was  discounted  Dec.  20th, 
at  6  per  cent ;  find  the  proceeds. 

2.  Find  the  time  in  which  $200  will  amount  to 
$225  at  3  per  c:nt. 

3.  Find  the  compound  interest  on  $200  from 
March  16,  1900,  to  August  9,  1902,  at  6  per  cent  a 
year,  payable  half  yearly. 

4.  A  book  cost  $5,  and  was  sold  at  a  marked 
down  sale  at  a  discount  of  25  per  cent.  This  caused 
a  loss  of  10  per  cent ;  find  the  marked  price. 

5.  The  cost  price  was  80  per  cent  of  the  selling 
price,  the  selling  price  90  per  cent  of  the  marked 
price;  at  what  per  cent  above  cost  was  it  marked. 

6.  The  gain  was  20  per  cent,  the  discount  20  per 
cent ;  find  the  gain  per  cent  had  no  discount  been 
given. 

7.  Find  the  rate  per  cent  at  which  $375  will 
amount  to  $427.50  in  4  years. 

8.  A  cask  which  holds  a  metric  ton  of  water  is 
full  of  barley  worth  75  cents  a  bushel;  find  its 
value. 

9.  fxjo  kilograms  cost  $2.50  a  kilogram,  the  duty 
was  40  per  cent,  the  gain  30  per  cent;  find  selling 
price  per  oz.  apothecaries. 

10.  A  merchant  buys  his  goods  at  20  per  cent  dis- 
count on  list  price,  and  sells  at  15  per  cent  more  than 
the  same  list  price;  find  gain  per  cent. 

Answers. —  (1)  Amount  $252.58;  Proceeds 
$249.55.  (2)  4  1-6  years.  (3)  $30.50.  (4)  $6. 
(5)  388-9  per  cent.  (6)  50  per  cut.  (7)  31/  per 
cent.     (8)  $20.63.     (9)   14  cents.     (10)  433-4%. 


22 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


A  Nest  in  a  Pocket. 

A  little  bird  went  to  and-  fro. 

Once  in  the  nestling  season, 
And  sought  for  shelter  high  and  low, 

Until,  for  some  queer  reason, 
She  flew   into  a  granary 

Where,  on  a  naiil  suspended, 
The  farmers  coat  she  chanced  to  see. 

And  there  her  search  was  ended. 

The  granary  was  in  a  loft, 

Where  not  a  creature  met  her; 
The  coat  had  hollows  deep  and  soft — 

Gould  anything  be  better? 
And  where  it  bung,  how  safe  it  was, 

Without  a  Lreeze  to  rock  it !  < 

Come,  Mule  busy  teak  and  daws, 

Build  quick  inside  the  pocket! 

You  never  saw  a  prettier  nest 

In  rye-field  or  in  clover. 
Than  this  wherein  she  sat  at  rest 

When  building  work  was  over. 
Three  ■speckled  eggs  soon  warmly  lay 

Beneath  the  happy  sitter; 
Three  little  birds — oh,  joy! — one  day 

Began  to  chirp  and  twitter. 

You  would  have  laughed  to  see  them  lie 

Within  the  good  man's  pocket, 
Securely  hid  from  every  eye 

As  pictures  in  a  locket ! 
Busy  and  blissfully  content, 

Wi.'.h  such  a  place  for  hiding. 
The  little  mother  came  and  went 

To  do  their   small  providing. 

And  not  a  creature  wandered'  in, 

Her  nestlings  to  discover, 
(Except  a  wasp  that  now  and  then 

About  her  head  would  hover). 
Until — ah,  can  you  guess  'the  ta'e.- — 

The  fawner  came  one  iuo,tning, 
And  :took  his  coat  down  from  the  nail 

Without  a  word  of  warning! 

Poor  little  frightened  motherlling ! 

Up  from  her  nest  'she  fluttered, 
And  straightway  every  gaping  thing 

Its  wide-mouthed  terror  uttered. 
The  good  man  started  back  aghast ; 

But  merry  was  his  wonder 
When  in  the  pocket  he  at  last 

Found  such  unlooked-for  plunder. 

He  laughed  and  'laughed.  "Upon  my  word,' 

He   said  aloud,  "I  never ! — 
Who  could  'suppose  a  little  bird 

Wou'd  dn  a  riving  so  clever? 
Come  now!  'twould  be  a  shame  to  harm 

The  fruit  of  such  wise  labor, 
1  wouldn't  hurt  you  for  a  farm, 

My  pretty  little  neighbor  !  " 

He  put   the  coat  back  carefully: 
I  guess  I  have  another ; 


So  don't  you  be  afraid  of  me 

You  bright-eyed  little  mother. 
I  know  just  how  you  feel,  poor  thing, 

For  I  have  youngsters,  bless  you ! 
There  stop  your  foolish  fluttering 

Nobody  shall  distress  you." 

Then  merrily  he  ran  away 

To  tell  his  wife  about  it, — 
How  in  his  coat  the  nestling  !ay, 

And  he  must  do  without  it. 
She  laughed,  and'  said  she  thought  he  could ! 

And  so,  all  unmolested. 
The  mother-birdie   and   her  brood 

Safe  in  the  pocket  rested. 

Tiill  all  the  little  wings  were  set 

In  proper  flying  feather, 
And  then  there  was  a  nest  to  let — 

For  off  they  flocked  together. 
The  farmer  keeps  it  still  to  show, 

And  snys  that  he's  the  debtor; 
His  coat  is  none  the  ■worse,  you  know, 

While  he's — a  liittle  better. 

— Mary  E.  Bradley. — From  St.  Nicholas. 


The  Treasure-Trove  of  Springtime. 

There  are  treasures  in  the  garden. 

Buried  low  and  buried  deep. 
Such  as  buccaneers  and  pirates 

Had  not  ever  in  their  'keep. 
You  may  find  them  if  you  seek  them 

During  April  on  in  May, 
With  the  spade  and  fork  and  shovel, 

In  the  good'  old  gardening  way. 

Captain    Kidd   hath    never   hidden 

Any  gold  beneath  the  sod 
That  is  brighter  than  the  yellows 

Where  the  daffodils  do  nod. 
And  the  golden  cups  the  tulips 

Will  lift  up,  are  gieater  gain 
Than  the  spoils  from  out  the  holds 

Of  all  the  gai'eons  o£  Spain. 

AM  die  argosies  and  carvels 

Which  the  Corsairs  chased  of  old, 
Did  not  flaunt  such  challenge-banners 

As  the  roses  shall  unfold.' 
And  the  rolls  of  silks  and  satins 

Won  as  plunder.^what  'had  they 
Like  the  velvet  of  the  petals 

Of  those  roses  to  display? 

And  tlie  bales  of  stuffs  from  Persia, 

And  the  rugs  of  softest  dye, — 
With  the  paintings  of  the  pansies 

May  they  ever  hope  to  vie. 
And  the  ropes  of  pearls,  the  rubies 

And  the  jewelled  diadems, — 
Doeis  not  every  dew  of  summer 

Crown  the  flowers  with  its  gems? 

Oh,  tlie  hoardings  of  those  rovers 

And  their   dollars  and  doubloons, 
With  their  chink  of  precious  metals,— 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


23 


How  they  sing  their  merry  tunes ! 
Bin  die  lilies  of  the  valley 
'  As  they  twinkle  on  the  slem 
They  can  ring  a  chime  of  silver 
Which  'shall  more  than  rival  .them. 

So,  go  you  all  a-gardening 

To  win  the  joy  of  life ! 
Go  make  the  stubborn  soil  give  ud 

Its  riches  ripe'and  rife! 
You  will  find  them  if  you  seek  them 

Dinting  April  or  in  May, 
With  the  fork  and  pick  and  shovel, 

In  the  good  old  gardening  way. 
Dig  deep  the  spade,  and  with  a  will 

Uplift  the  wealth  that's  there! 
For  in  the  earth  there  is  no  dearth 

Of  riches,  everywhere. 

W.  D.  Elhvanger.—Pall  M<all  Maggsine. 


The    Sunbeams. 

"Now,  what  shall  I  send  to  the  Earth  to-day?" 

Said  the  great,  round,  golden  Sim. 
"Oh !  let  us  go  down  there  to  work  and  play," 

Said  the  Sunbeams,  every  one. 

So  down  to  the  Earth  in  a  shining  crowd, 

Went  the  merry,  busy  crew ; 
They  painted  with  splendor  each  floating  cloud 

And  the  sky  while  passing  through. 

"Shine  on,   little  stars,  if  you  ttke,"  they  cried, 

"We  will  weave  a  golden  screen 
That  soon  all  your  twinkling  and  light  shall  bide, 

Though  the  Moon  may  peep  between." 

The  Sunbeams  then  in  through  *he  windows  crept 

To  the  children  in  their  beds — 
They  poked  at  the  eyelids  of  those  who  slept, 

Gi'ded  all  the  little  heads. 

"Wake  up.  little  children !"  ithey  cried  in  glee, 

"And  fitom  Dreamland  come  away ! 
We've  brought  you  a  present,  wake  up  and  see! 

We've  brought  you  a  sunny  day!" 

— Etnilic  Pnulssnn. 


Now  is  the  lime  to  begin  the  lessons  of  the  preser- 
vation of  plants  :  to  love  a  flower  and  "leave  it  on  its 
stalk."  When  a  child  has  learned  that,  he  has 
learned  a  great  deal  more  than  that.  I  saw  a  most 
tempting  bunch  of  black-eyed  daisies  last  summer  in 
an  open  field,  and  went  to  them  with  a  hungry  hand. 
A  friend  with  me  said,  "I've  struggled  with  myself 
for  two  weeks  not  to  pick  those  so  that  others  might 
enjoy  them."  I  paused,  ashamed.  She  had  learned 
her  lesson,  I  had  not.  But  to  gather  flowers  gently 
that  no  root  be  disturbed  or  next  year's  blossoms 
doomed — that's  another  lesson.  Teachers  have  been 
thoughtlessly  guilty  in  the  past  in  praising  the  flower 
gifts  of  children  regardless  of  how  or  where  they 
were  gathered.     Let  u.s  atone, — Selected. 


Guess  the  Names. 

Guess  tlie   name  of  the  goddess  that's   fairest  of  all, 

The  name  of  the  god  that's  most  fair, 
Then  the  word  which  describes  into  what  they  may  fall 

If  the  lktJe  blind  god  match  the  pair. 
The  third  word  is  English,  now  give  the  Greek  name 

For  this  god  who  though  blinded  is  gay 
And  who  mixes  things  up  when  he's  ruling  the  game 

In  a  maddening  sort  of  a  way. 
Then,  fifthly,  discover  the  name  of  the  youth 

Who  cared  not  for  matron-  or  lass. 
And  ne'er  feM  in  love  till  he  found'  a  smooth  pool 

Where  he  saw  his  own  face  in  the  glass. 
Next  search  for  the  name  of  the  comedy  muse, 

A  lady  both  (lassie  and  merry, 
Then  the  multi-hued  goddess  who   shows   through    the 
clouds 

An,l  uses  the  bow  as  her  wherry. 
Number  eight  is  the  beautiful  goddess  of  night, 

Sulxluer  of  god  and  of  men, 
And,  lastly,  we  call  on  the  love  slaughtered  nymph 

Whose  voice  comes  again  and  again. 
Then  take  all  the  names  and  the  words  you  have  found. 

Behead  every  one  of  the  nine, 
And  arrange  alii  the  letters  you've  cruelly  chopped  off, 

From  the  top  to  the  bottom  in  line 
You  will  find  that  «hey  spell  what  at  this  time  of  year 

Is  considesred  especially  fine. 


Guess  the  name  of  the  city  of  brotherly  love, 

The  city  that  is  a  sore  throat, 
The  iity  renowned  for  its  scents,  good  and  bad; 

The  city  ihat  lightly  doth  float. 
Title  city  once  noted  for  blades  of  fine  steel, 

The  city  that's  easy  to  reach, 
The  city  that's  famous  for  hats  and  canals, 

The  city  that's  sought  at  the  ileach. 
The  city  where  witches  were  ti'iet!  for  their  lives, 

The  <ity  in  which  Lincoln'  died, 
The  city  it<hat  crows  with  a  loud,  raucous  voice ; 

The  city  where  knots  are  untied. 
The  city  that  set  the  s'aves  free  yeans  ago, 

The  city  with  one  golden  gate, 
The  city  that's  hot  on  the  tip  of  the  tongue, 

The  city  -where  Wolfe  met  his  fate. 


That  the  geographical  area  of  America  is  not  fully 
comprehended  is  illustrated  by  an  anecdote  told  by 
a  celebrated  comedian.  An  Englishman,  accompanied 
by  his  valet,  had  been  traveling  due  west  from 
Montreal  for  four  days.  At  the  end  of  the  fourth 
day,  master  and  servant  seated  themselves  in  the 
smoker  of  the  train,  whence  the  man  looked  steadily 
out  of  the  car  window.  At  last  his  companion  grew 
curious. 

"John,"  he  said,  "of  what  are  you  thinking." 
"I  was  just  thinking,  sir,  about  this  discovery  of 
Hamerica,"  replied  the  valet.  "Columbus  didn't  do 
such  a  wonderful  thing  when  he  found  this  country, 
did  'e,  sir?  Hafter  all's  said  and  done,  'ow  could 
'e  'clp  it?" — Selected, 


24 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Current  Events. 

Marengo,  tire  leader  of  die  insurgents  in  German  South 
Africa,  has  taken  refuge  in  British  territory,  and  is  now  in 
the  hands  of  the  Cape  Colony  police.  This  means  the  end 
of  a  long  and  very  costly  war  between  the  German 
authorities  and  the  natives. 

St.  Helena,  in  the  South  Atlantic,  is  threatened  with 
financial  ruin  by  the  withdrawal  of  the  British  garrison. 
The  farmers  and  merchants  in  ithe  island,  whose  whole 
living  was  made  by  supplying  the  garrison  troops,  will  have 
no  market  when  they  are  gone. 

British  rule  in  'Egypt  may  be  'looked  upon  as  now  firmly 
o'taUKshed,  store  Turkish  imperial  troops  had  occupied 
certain  Egyptian  territory  in  the  peninsula  of  Sinai,  and 
the  Siuiltan  has  been  forced  to  recall  them  at  the  demand  of 
the  British  Government. 

The  independence  of  Cuba  is  a  fiction,  quite  as  tmkfl  as 
is  the  Turkish  sovereignity  in  Egypt.  The  senate  has 
amended  the'  treaty  between  Great  Britain  and  Cuba,  be- 
cause it  is  known  that  the  United  States  government  did 
not  approve  of  (he  treaty  in  its  original  form.  It  is  not  ex- 
pected that  Great  Britain  will  be  wilting  to  accept  the 
amendments ;  so  the  treaty  is  probably  dead. 

At  Halifax,  on  Victoria  Day,  for  the  first  time  in  'the 
history  of  the  Dominion,  a  brigade  of  Canadian  troops  em- 
bracing the  three  arms  of  the  service,  infantry,  artillery 
and  engineers,  was  reviewed  by  a  general  offi.er  connmand- 
ing.  The  Halifax  garrison  at  present  nuimbers  about  a 
thousand  men  of  a'll  anms. 

By  an  almost  unanimous  vote  of  the  provincial  'legisla- 
ture, Regina  is  chosen  ais  the  permanent  capital  of 
Saskatchewan. 

The  new  Canadian  Pacific  Steamship  Empress  of  Britain, 
has  made  the  trip  from  Movi'.le  to  Quebec  in  'less  than  six 
days.  The  fastest  previous  (trip  over  the  same  route  was 
made  in  six  days  and  three  hours.  Throughout  the  voyage, 
the  steamer  was  in  wireless  telegraph  communication  with 
the  land,  coniiing  in  touch  with  the  vibrations  'from  Cape 
Ra  e  before  she  reached  the  limit  of  these  from  the  Poldhu 
station.  Her  sister  ship,  the  Empress  of  Ireland,  will  go 
on  the  same  route ;  and  a  farther  reduction  of  time  in  the 
ocean  voyage  is  expected. 

The  two  new  Gunaird  liners  now  nearing  completion  will 
be  the  largest  ships  afloat.  They  will  each  have  accom- 
modation for  three  thousand  passengers,  and  cairy  a  crew 
of  eight  hundred  men. 

The  new  province  of  Allienta  has  decided  to  estab'ish  a 
telephone  system  under  government  ownership. 

A  new  optiial  instrument,  invented  in  Austria,  is  called 
the  Uiltramicroscrpe.  It  is  said  that  by  the  aid  of  the  new 
instrument  it  is  possible  to  see  particles  measuring  no  more 
than  the  four-millionth  part  of  a  millimetre  in  diameter. 

On  the  roll  of  the  new  House  of  'Commons,  an  Irish 
memUer  has  signed  his  name  in  Gaelic.  This  is  the  first 
time  that  any  member  of  the  parliament  of  the  United 
Kingdom  has  signed  the  rofl'l  in  other  than  English 
characters. 

The  Mexican  government  has  granted  to  a  British  com- 
pany the  '.light  to  build  a  railway  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
to  the  Pacific  coa5*.  The  lane  will  be  six  hundred  miles  in 
length. 

The  Japanese  have  adopted  a  system  of  compulsory  edu- 
cation   for    both    hoys    and    girls.      When  the  pupils  leave 


schoo',  at  the  age  of  fourteen,  they  will  be  able  to  speak 
Japanese,  Chinese  and  English. 

The  insurrection  among  the  Zulus  of  Natal  is  not  yet 
subdued.  The  Basulos  sympathize  with  the  Zulus.  As 
the  blacks  greatly  outnumber  "the  whites,  the  .situation  is 
serious. 

The  dscovery  of  diamonds  is  reported  near  Coba't,  in 
the  northern  part  of  Ontario. 

Dillon  Wallace,  the  New  York  explorer  who  has  re- 
turned from  an  eleven  months'  trip  through  Labrador,  re- 
ports that  he  found  the  lumnl-fcr  conditions  in  the  interior 
not  so  good  as  was  expected,  and  the  mineral  deposits  not 
so  ni.h  as  many  persens  had  supposed. 

The  gypsy  imoth  and  the  browntail  moth  are  becoming 
very  serious  ipestts  in  the  United  S.'.ates.  The  latter  has 
come  :is  far  north  as  Maine,  and  we  may  expect  it  soon  to 
reach  cut  bondens. 

By  the  lecent  eruption,  the  cone  of  Vesuvius  was  re- 
duced in  height  eight  hundred  feet  and  the  crater  widened 
to  a  diameter  of  five  thousand  feet. 

The  ioth  of  May,  or  the  27th  of  April  according  to  the 
Russian  ca'endar,  was  a  memorable  day  in  Russia;  for  it 
saw  the  operaing  of  the  first  national  parliament  and  the 
l>eg'nning  of  constitutional  government  in  the  Russian 
Empire.  With  the  most  impressive  ceremonies  .and  gorg- 
eous display,  'the  Bmpeior  of  all  the  Russias  laid  down  his 
auto.ratic  rule,  and  called  upon  the  representatives  of  the 
people  to  assume  their  share  in  the  government" of  die 
country.  The  new  parliament  has  entered  -upon  its  work 
with  dignity  and  restraint ;  for  representative  government  is 
no  new  thing  in  ''Russia,  though  this  is  their  fi.ist  national 
assembly.  Whether  the  Dournia,  as  it  is  called,  wd'il  be  able 
to  legislate  for  the  empire,  or  whether,  as  the  prophets  of 
evil  foretell,  it  will  yet  end  in  disorder,  the  day  of  i*s  finst 
meeting  will  remain  a  notable  day  in  Russian  history. 

■By  the  marriage  of  King  Alphonso  to  Princess  Una  of 
Battenburg,  on  the  last  day  of  May,  a  niece  of  King  Edward 
VII.  becomes  Queen  of  Spain. 

The  chief  event  in  the  Olympic  games,  at  Alliens,  was 
the  great  Marathon  race,  which  took  p'ace  on  the  first  day 
of  May,  and  'was  won  by  a  Canadian  atlillete,  named  Sher- 
ring.  The  contestants  included  Greeks,  Germans,  French- 
men, Italians,  Switzers,  Belgians.  Swedes,  Danes.  Egyptians, 
Englishmen,  Canadians,  Australians,  and  athletes  from  the 
United  States.  The  •length  of  the  course  is  twenty-fix 
miles.  The  'Marathon  race  is  the  event  in  the  Olympi." 
games  in  'which  the  Greeks  of  old  took  most  interest;  and 
their  descendants,  the  modern  Greeks,  think  it  the  greatest 
honor  to  win  this  race.  Fully  two  hundred  thousand  per- 
sons witnessed  the  contest,  and  the  Crown  Prince  of 
Greece  ran  beside  the  winner  at  the  c'ose. 

It  is  announced  that  the  next  conference  of  colonial  pre- 
miers wi'l  meet  at  London  in  April  next. 

Canada  havjng  assumed  the  defence  of  her  own  territory, 
the  last  garrison  of  British  troops  is  now  withdrawn.  The 
new  responsibilities  are  taken  up  .with  soberness  and  confi- 
dence; and,  though  our  own  troops  are  as  much  soldiers  of 
the  King  as  are  those  whom  they  replace,  there  was  no 
elation,  but  a  feeling  of  regret,  when'  the  last  of  the  Im- 
perial troops  departed. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


25 


British  West  Africa  will  soon  produce  more  cotton  than 
the  mills  of  Lancashire  require.  It  is  estimated  that  the 
British  Cotton  Growing  Association  will  import  from  there 
this  year  cotton  valued  at  more  than  half  a  million  dol'ars 
of  our  money. 

The  Japanese  have  their  own  system  of  wireless 
telegraphy,  invented  by  a  native  scientist  named  KArrtura. 
To  this  they  attribute  much  of  the  success  of  Admiral 
Togo's  fleet  in  the  recent  war  with  Russia. 

By  the  underground  system  of  wireless  telegraphy,  in- 
vented by  Reverend  Father  Murgas,  in  Pennsylvania,  mes- 
sages have  Iteen  successfully  transmitted  for  a  distance  of 
eighteen  miles. 

Helium,  the  last  of  'the  gases  supposed  to  be  permanent, 
has  been  'iquefied  at  a  temperature  within  about  two  de- 
grees of  the  supposed  absolute  zero. 

Acetylene  is  now  used  as  an  explosive  in  Germany,  where 
its  use  as  an  illuminant  has  proved  disappointing.  In 
blasting  with  it,  the  confined  mixture  of  gas  and  air  is  ex- 
ploded by  ?n  electric  spark.  The  rock  is  not  thrown  out, 
but  broken  into  pieces  small  enough  to  be  easily  removed. 

It  is  expected  that  a  hundred  thousand  immigrants  will 
land  at  Quebec  this  year,  in  addition  to  the  thousands  that 
have  iome  and  are  coming  to  other  Atlantic  ports,  and  the 
thousands  that  come  from  the  United  States  to  settle  in 
the  Canadian  provinces.  A  large  proportion  of  these  new 
settlers  speak  English,  are  fair'y  well  supplied  with  money, 
and  are  well  adapted  to  the  life  of  the  pioneer  in  the  new 
farming  regions  of  the  west. 

Oklahoma  will  take  its  place  in  July  as  a  new  State  in 
the  neighboring  Republic.  It  is  composed  of  the  Indian 
Territory  and  the  Territory  of  Oklahoma,  its  limits  being 
approximately  those  of  the  Indian  Territory  before  its  di- 
vision, in  1889.  About  one-fifth  of  the  inhabitants  are  of 
Indian  or  mixed  blood.  These  Indians,  Cherokees. 
Choctaws,  Chicasaws,  Crees  and  Seminoles,  have  their 
own  legislatures  and  courts  for  sixty  years  past ;  and  their 
own  schools  and  newspapers,  their  own  languages.  About 
one-third  of  them  can  speak  and  read  English. 

San  Francisco  will  be  rebuilt,  probably  upon  a  new 
ground  plan,  and  with  elaborate  adornments  that  willmake 
it  one  of  the  most  beautiful  cities  in  the  world. 

Several  revolutionary  movements  have  taken  place  re- 
cently in  Central  and  South  American  countries,  but  they 
seem  to  have  been  of  little  more  than  local  importance. 
The  conference  of  representatives  of  all  the  American 
Republics,  which  will  meet  in  July,  in  the  splendid  city  of 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  is  of  greater  interest,  though  no  immediate 
outcome  of  the  meeting  is  expected,  beyond  the  recognition 
of  the  principle  of  co-operation  among  the  Latin-American 
Republics. 


Please  accept  my  thanks  for  the  pictures  sent.  I  think 
the  Review  without  any  additions  is  worth  the  money  paid 
for  it.    It  would'  be  hard  to  let  it  go  from  the  schoolroom. 

Argyle  Head,  N.  S.  I.  M.  T. 


I  value  alt  the  pictures  sent  with  the  Review  very  highly 
and  take  much  pleasure  in  mounting  them. 
Gaspereau,  N.  S.  F.  A.  H. 


The  Review's  Question  Box. 

J.  W.  H.  Kindly  tell  me  the  name  of  the  plant  sent 
herewith.  The  people  here  (Deerfield,  Yarmouth  County) 
call  it  the  moose-wood,  but  it  looks  more  like  a  wild 
form  of  hydrangea. 

It  is  the  American  Wayfaring  Tree  or  Hobble- 
bush,  a  common  straggling  shrub  of  our  northern 
woods.  The  large  white  corollas  of  the  neutral 
flowers,  which  form  a  circle  round  the  less  showy 
fertile  flowers  of  the  inner  cluster,  much  resemble 
the  hydrangea. 

S.  N.  Kindly  tell  me  the  name  of  the  bird  of  the  fol- 
lowing description,  seen  near  Petitcodiac,  N.  B.  in  late 
May.  It  is  a  little  larger  than  the  Song  Sparrow,  prop- 
ably  about  the  size  of  the  White-throated  Sparrow.  The 
whole  body  is  a  bright  scarlet  colour,  the  wings  and  tail 
are  a  dark  olive,  nearly  black  near  the  body.  It  was  alone 
when  seen  and  seemed  to  be  quite  tame. 

The  bird  is  very  likely  the  Scarlet  Tanager,  a 
very  brilliant  and  conspicuous  bird,  and  a  rare  visi- 
tor in  many  parts  of  these  provinces.  One  was  seen 
at  Ingleside,  N.  B.,  on  June  first,  the  only  one  noted 
during  a  sojourn  there  of  twenty  years.  It  was 
quite  tame,  like  that  seen  by  our  correspondent, — 
and  obliging.  It  visited  a  neighboring  orchard, 
where  it  lingered  among  the  top  branches  and  seemed 
to  appreciate  the  admiration  of  the  neighbors  and 
ourselves,  who  were  all  delighted  at  the  vision  of 
scarlet  flitting  amid  pink  buds  and  fresh  newly  open- 
ed leaves  on  that  bright  June  day.  It  is  slightly 
larger  than  the  White-throated  Sparrow  (Tom 
Pcabody)  and  is  about  the  size  of  the  Cedar  Wax- 
wing. 

From  Chapman's  hand  book  of  Birds :  "High 
among  the  tree  tops  of  the  cool  green  woods  the 
Tanager  sings  through  the  summer  days.  Hidden 
by  the  net  work  of  leaves  above  us,  we  often  pass 
him  by ;  but  once  discovered  he  seems  to  illuminate 
the  forest.  We  marvel  at  his  colour.  He  is  like  a 
Bird  of  Paradise  in  our  northern  landscape.  The 
song  is  a  loud,  cherry,  rhythmical  carol,  suggesting 
the  song  of  the  Robin." 

F.  R.  B.  Recently  a  cannon  ball  weighing  15  lbs  has 
been  found  imbedded  at  the  base  of  the  "Hopewell  Cape 
Rocks.''  It  was  unearthed  by  the  action  of  tide  and  ice 
which  occurs  every  spring.  Is  considerably  rusted  and 
surface  is  uneven,  showing  imprint  of  small  stones. 
Kindly  answer  in  Review  if  you  think  it  of  any  historical 
importance. 

All  discoveries  of  this  kind  are  of  importance  as 
tending  to  stimulate  inquiry  into  the  past  history  of 
the  place  where  such  objects  are  found.  The  in- 
stance quoted  by  our  correspondent  may  serve  to 
show  that  a  battle  or  skirmish  occurred  near  the 
place  during  the  French  period.  Search  should  be 
made  for  other  relics,  and  their  position  if  found, 


: 


26 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


carefully  noted,  and  communication  regarding  them 
be  made  to  Rev.  Dr.  Raymond  or  other  members  of 
the  N.  B.  Historical  Society  at  St.  John  where  the 
objects  may  be  sent.  Better  still,  a  local  or  county 
historical  or  natural  history  society  may  be  formed 
for  the  purpose  of  further  inquiry  and  study  on  a 
systematic  plan.  All  objects,  such  as  that  found  by 
our  correspondent  should  form  the  nucleus  of  a 
local  museum  which  would  be  increased  by  ad- 
ditional discoveries.  This  would  become  a  most 
valuable  repository  in  the  coming  years. 


News  Notes. 

From   the  Springville  Breeze. 
We're  pleased  ito  slate  that  Mr.  Wren 
And  wife  are  bank,  and  at  the   Eaves. 

The   Robins  occupy  again 

Their   summer  home  at  Maple  Leaves. 

The  Gardens  restaurant  reports 
A  iresh  supply  of  angleworms. 

The  Bllms— that  fav'rite  of  resorts — 
■Has  boughs  to  rent  on  easy  terms. 

We  learn  that  Mrs.  Early  Bee 

Is  still  quite  lame  with  frosted  wings. 

Ye  Editor  thanks  Cherry  Tree 
For  sundry  floral1  offerings. 

We  bear  of  rumored'  comings  out 

Of  some  of  Spningville's  choicest  buds. 

In  case  you  run  across  Green  Lawn, 
Don't  wonder  why  he  looks  so  queer, 

Tis  onlly  that  he's  undergone 
His  first  short  hair-cut  of  the  year. 

— Edwin  L.  Sabin,  in  St.  Nicholas. 


Birds    and  Man. 

"They  say"  said  the  wren  to  the  thrush, — 

"I  know,  for  I  build  at  their  eaves, — 
They  say  every  song  that  we  sing  on  the  wing, 

Or  hid  in  the  leaves, 
Is  sung  for  their  pleasure ! 

And  you  know  'tis  for  love  and  ourselves  that  we 
sing!" 

"Did  they  say,"  said  the  thrush  to  the  wren, — 

"I'm  out  of  their  circle,  I  own, — 
Did  they  say  'that  the  .songs  they  sing  were 

Not  for  themselves  alone. 
But  to  give  us  pleasure?" 
"Why,  no,"  said  the  wren,  they  said  no  such 
thing. 

— Edith  M.  Thomas. 


School  and  College. 

Ten  of  the  women  school  teachers  of  Woodstock  have 
been  granted  an  increased  salary  of  $25.00  a  year,  to  begin 
with  the  next  term. 

Mr.  J.  Penny  has  been  chosen  Rhodes  scholar  for  New- 
foundland. He  is  a  student  of  marked  ability,  a  good 
athlete,  and  a  general  favorite  with  his  fellow  students. 

The  National  Educational  Association  of  the  United 
States,  which  was  to  have  met  in  San  Francisco  in  July, 
will  not  be  called  together  this  year. 

No  meeting  of  ithe  Dominion  Educational  Association 
wild  .be  held  this  year. 

The  American  Institute  of  Instruction  will  meet  at  New 
Haven,  July  9 — 13. 

The  interprovincial  committee,  appointed  to  select  a 
series  of  readers  for  the  French  schools  of  the  maritime 
provinces,  recently  met  at  St.  John,  and  made  substantial 
progress  in  the  assigned  work.  There  will  be  four  readers 
for  the  first  four  grades,  and  these  will  be  ready  for  use  at 
the  opening  of  the  term  in  August,  1907.  The  books  will 
contain  extracts  from  French  and  English  authors,  all  in 
the  French  language.  English  will  be  taught  in  these  early 
grades  colloquially,  according  to  the  Berlitz  method,  and 
no  book  instruction  in  English  will  be  introduced  until  the 
fifth  grade  is  reached.  No  religious  or  sectarian  views  are 
to  be  included  in  the  new  readers,  thus  observing  the  spirit 
of  the  school  law  in  this  respect.  Professor  J.  M.  Lanos, 
now  of  Queens  University,  Kingston,  Ontario,  is  compiling 
the  book  for  grade  one,  Rev.  Father  Bourgeois  of  Mem- 
ramcook,  N.  B.,  that  for  grade  two ;  Inspector  Hibert  of 
Westmorland  County,  N.  B.,  the  other  for  grade  three,  and 
Rev.  Father  Dagneau  of  Church  Point,  N.  S.,  for  grade 
four. 

The  Gladstone  Prize,  one  of  the  highest  honours  that 
Oxford  University  has  to  bestow,  and  the  most  eagerly 
coveted,  has  been  won  by  Chester  B.  Martin,  St.  John,  N. 
B.,  the  first  Rhodes  scholar  from  New  Brunswick.  Such 
a  high  award,  won  after  a  spirited  contest  in  which  many 
of  the  brightest  scholars,  gathered  from  all  parts  of  the 
English  speaking  world  took  part,  reflects  the  highest  credit 
on  Mr.  Martin,  the  schools  of  St.  John  and  his  alma  mater, 
the  University  of  New  Brunswick. 

On  the  evening  of  Empire  Day,  May  23rd,  the  pupils  of 
the  public  school  at  Dalhousie,  N.  B.,  L.  D.  Jones,  Princi- 
pal, aided  by  local  singing  talent,  gave  a  concert  in  the 
Temperance  Hall.  The  exercises  were  chiefly  patriotic  in 
their  nature,  consisting  of  drills,  recitations,  songs,  etc. 
The  hall  was  very  prettily  decorated  with  flags,  bunting 
and  pictures,  and  was  filled  with  a  large  and  appreciative 
audience.  The  sum  of  $59.20  was  realized,  part  of  which 
will  go  towards  a  science  outfit,  and  the  remainder,  to- 
wards reseating  the  intermediate  department  with  single 
adjustable  seats. 

Miss  Grace  Henderson  of  Chatham,  who  has  been  teach- 
ing the  junior  department  of  Dalhousie  Superior  School, 
has  been  compelled  to  give  up  her  school  duties  on  account 
of  ill  health. 


The  enclosed  reprints  of  pictures  in  the  Review  have  not 
only  adorned  the  walls  of  my  school-room,  but  have  proved 
wonderful'y  iwatructive  both  to  pupils  and  teacher. 

Kings  County,  N.   S.  A.  M.  G. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


27 


TEACHERS  AND  PUPILS  ARE  SPECIALLY  INVITED  TO  ATTEND  THE 


CANADA'S     INTERNATIONAL 


St  John  Exhibition, 

SEPTEMBER  1st  to  8th,  1906, 


WHERE 


E  D  \J  C  K  T  I  O  N  7X  L-      F=  E  7*  T  U  R  E  S 

will  receive  a  merited  recognition  in  the 

Finest  and  Most  Complete  Exhibit  Ever  Shown  in  Canada. 

It  will  be  exceptionally  interesting.  Neither  effort  nor  expense  has  been  spared  to  attain  this. 

School  Work,  Manual  Training  Section,  a  new  Aquarium,  the  best  Natural  History  Display  ever  shown  in  Canada, 
Demonstration  Work  in  Domestic  Science,  Nursing  and  Kindergarten  Work,  A  splendid  Art  Department,  including  Oil  and 
Water  Color  Painting,  as  well  as  Ladies'  Fancy  Work  of  all  descriptions,  in  addition  to  a  magnificent 

INDUSTRIAL    AND    AGRICULTURAL    DISPLAY. 

Automobile,  Live  Stock,  Poultry  and  Dog  Shows.  The  Fireworks  and  all  Amusement  Features  far  ahead  of  any  pre- 
vious St.  John  Fair.  Bands  —  5  engaged,  including  the  leading  Ladies'  Band  of  America,  making  its  first  appearance  in 
Canada.             Wireless  Telegraphy  in  operation.  A  Modern  Air  Ship  in  Daily  flight. 


A  Cheap  Fare  from  Everywhere.  Apply  by  Postal  for  Special   Exhibition  Time  Table,  giving  Dates,  Hours,  Fares,  and 

every  particular  of  all  Exhibition  Excursions  and  Attractions.  Address 


A.    O.    SKINNER,    PRESIDENT, 

ST.    JOHN,     N. 


C.    J.    MILLIGAN,    MANAGER, 

ST.    JOHN,     N.     B 


Recent  Books. 

The     Vest-focket.     Standard     Dictionary. — James     C. 

FernaJd,    Editor.    Cloth.    Price    25    cents.    Funk    and 

Wagnalls  Company,  New  York. 

This  is  a  very  admirable  little  compendium  for  constant 

use,  and  may  be  carried  easily  in  due  vest-pocket,  if  one 

wishes.     It  combines  with  a  dictionary  of  common  words, 

their  spelling,  pronunciation  and  meaning,  a  great  variety 

of    interesting     facts     usually     found     in    gazeteem    and 

encyclopedias. 

An  Introduction  to  Astronomy.  By  Forest  Ray  Moul- 
ron,  Ph.  D.  Cloth.  Pages  557.  Price  $1.25. 
This  volume  contains  a  very  excellent  epitome  of  i'Jhe 
present  condition  of  the  science  of  astronomy.  It  will  be 
appreciated  by  the  ordinary  reader  as  weH  as  l(y  the  student. 
Maps  and  illustrations,  directions  fori  the  observation  of 
the  constellations  and  other  objects  in  the  heavens,  with 
the  theories  regarding  them  that  have  received  the  sanction 
of  astronomers,  are  designed  to  give  students  a  weli 
balanced  conception  of  this  fascinating  science. 

First    Year    French,    for    Young    Beginners.     By  J.   E. 

Mansion  B.-es-L.  Cloth.     Pages  120.    D.  C.  Heath  and 

Company,  Boston. 
These    lessons    are   designed    for    children    in   the   most 
elementary  stage,   the  essentials  of  grammar  being  taught 
by     introducing     the     difficulties     gradually  .     Exercises 
appended  to  each  lesson  provide  ample  drill. 


Elementary   Algebra.      By    G.     A.     Wenirworth.      'Half 
morocco.     421   pages.     Mailing  price  $1.25.     Ginn   & 
Co.,  Boston. 
In  preparing  a   new  algebra   for  secondary  schools  the 
author  has  provided  a  new  set  of  examples  throughout  the 
book.     At  the  request  of  many  teachers  a  sufficiently  full 
treatise    on    graphs    and    several    pages    of    exercises    in 
physics  have  been  introduced.     The  first  chapter  contains 
the    necessary    definitions    and    illu situations   of   the    com- 
mutative, associative,  and  distrillutive  laws  of  algebra.    The 
second  chapter  treats  of  simple  equations:  and'  is  designed 
to    lead    the    beginner  to  see  the  practical  advantages  of 
algebraic  methods  before  he  encounters  negative  numbers. 

Readings     in     European     History.      By    James    Harvey 
Robinson,     Professor    of    History    in    Columbia    Uni- 
versity.    Abridged  edition.     Cloth.     573  pages.     Mail- 
ing price,  $1.65.    'Ginn  &  Company,  Boston. 
This    abridged    edition   is    intended   especial 'y    for   high 
schools,    and    is    designed     to    supplement    the    author's 
introduction  to  the  History  of  Western  Europe.     For  each 
chapter  of  his  text  be  furnishes  pages  of  extracts,  mainly 
from  vivid,  first-hand  accounts  of  the  persons,  events,  and 
institutions     discussed     in    his    manual.     In  this  way  the 
statements   in   the   text-book   may   be  amplified   and  given 
added    interest   and    vividness.      He  has  drawn  upon   the 
greatest  variety  of  material,  much  of  which  has  never  be- 
fore found  its  way  into  English. 


28 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The   Provincial  Educational  Association 

of  Nova  Scotia 


WILL  MEET   AT   THE 


'  HALIFAX  ACADEMY,  HALIFAX, 

September  25th,  26th,   27th. 

There  will  be  three  morning  sessions  and  one  or  two  evening  sessions.     Much  time  will  be  devoted  to 

Discussion  on  the  Adjustments  of  the  Course  of  Study  Demanded  by  Modern  Conditions. 

THE    HIGH    SCHOOL    COURSE    will    receive    special  attention  in  discussing  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  High 
Schools  and  Colleges. 

There  will  be  no  afternoon  sessions,  so  that  members  may  be  free  to  study  the  Natural  History  and  Industrial  Products 
of  the  Dominion  at  the  Dominion    Exhibition,  which  will  be  open  at  that  time. 

A.     MCKAY,    SECRETARY. 


La  Gram  m aire.    An  amusing  comedy  by  Eugene  LaBiche. 
Edited    with    notes    and    vocabulary    by    Moritz    Levi, 
professor  of  Romance  languages,  University  of  Michi- 
gan.    Cloth.     Pages  70.     Price  25c.     D.   C.   Heath  & 
Co.,  Boston. 
No  nation  has  produced  such  a  series  of  excellent  com- 
edies as  France,  and  LaBiche  is  one  of  tihe  most  amusing 
in  his   writings,  extravagant  and   full  of  comic  situations, 
3*et  spontaneous  and  witty  to  a  most  entertaining  degree. 
This   little   book   will    make   the    French   student  read    in 
spite  of  himself. 

Ans  Goldener  Tagen,  Von  Heinrich  Seidel.     Edited  with 
notes     and     vocabulary     by    Dr.    WiJhelm     Bernhart. 
Cloth.     Pages  144.     Price  35c.     D.  C.  Heath  &  Com- 
pany, Boston. 
An   interesting   little   volume    for    students    of    German, 
with  a  portrait  of  the  author  as  a  frontispiece, — the  strong, 
material  looking  face  of  one  who  made  his   way  from  his 
father's    country   parsonage   to   the   position    of   a    leading 
engineer  in  Germany's  railway  system,  and  yet  who  has  the 
secret    of    interesting   healthy   young    people    in    felicitous, 
out-of-door  narrative.   It  is  a  well  rounded   story  of     ro- 
mance and  adventure  forming  a  piece  of  educational  litera- 
ture well  suited  for  the  schoolroom. 

The  Art  Reader.     By  P.   E.  Quinn.     Cloth.     Pages   167. 
Price   to    teachers    90   cents.      A.    W.  Elson,  Boston. 
Copp,  Clark,  'Company,  Toronto. 
This   book,    handsomely   bound    and   illustrated',    is    de- 
signed for  supp'ementary  reading  in  schools.     Its-  contents 
embrace     descriptions     of    Egyptian,    Greek    and    Roman 
antiquities ;    masterpieces    of    the    old    and    more    recent 
artists,  great  churches,  etc.    The  book  is  very  suitable  for 
teachers  who  are  endeavoring  to  interest  their  pupils  in 
artistic  reproductions  of  the  great  masters,  to  create  a  taste 
for  art  and  to  give  suitable  instruction  in  it  as  a  branch  of 
know'edge. 

Dynamic    Factors    in    Education.      By    M .  V.    O'Shea, 

University    of    Wisconsin.     Cloth.     Pages   320.     Price 

$1.40.    The  Macimillan  Company  of  Canada,  Toronto. 

The  key-note  to  this  timely  'book  on  education  Ls  energy 

— how  it  may  properly  be  directed  in  the  child's  life  and'  in 


school  work;  how  the  nervous  energy  of  the  teacher  and 
child  may  be  adjusted  and  (stored,  and  how  mental  tension 
and  over  stimulation  may  be  avoided  by  aesthetic  influences 
and  wholesome  recreations.  Altogether  it  is  a  valuable 
book  for  tihe  teacher!  or  student  who  is  tempted  to  do  too 
much  work. 

An  Elementary  Logic.  By  John  Edward  Russell,  M. 
A.    Goth.    Pages  250.    Price  75  cents.    The  'MaarriUan 

Company  of  Canada,  Ltd,  Toronto. 

This  book  aims  to  present  to  young  students,  the  essent- 
ia! principles  of  'correct  thinking.  These  principles  are 
very  clearly  presented,  and  teachers  will  find  it  very 
advantageous  to  have  ismdh  a  concise  treatment  of  this 
science,  as  is  given  in  the  volume. 

High  School  Physical  Science,    Part  II   Revised  edition. 
By     F.     W.     Merchant,     M.     A.     Principal      London, 
Ontario,    Normal   School.     Cloth.     Pages  200.     Copp. 
Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
This   revised  edition  of  what   is  evidently  found  to  be 
a  very  useful  school  book,  is  designed  to  cover  the  courses 
in   sound,    light,   magnetism   and   electricity  prescribed   for 
middle  classes  in  preparatory  schools  and  academies.     The 
book  is  neatly  printed,  abundantly    illustrated,    and     well 
adapted  to  interest  pupils  in  experimental  work  in  physical 
science.      Theory   and    practice    are   very    adequately   com- 
bined.    An  index   is  given  with  answers  to  questions  set 
in  the  text. 

The    Garden    of    Childhood.     By    Alice    M.    Chesterton. 
Cloth.      Illustrated.      Pages    174.      Copp,    Clark    Com- 
pany. Toronto. 
A  set  of  thirty  prettily  told,  home-made  stories,  each  of 
which  is  illustrated   by  one  or  more  pictures.     They  are 
issued  by  the  Moral  Instruction  League,  London,  and  are 
designed    for  the   amusement   and   instruction  of   children 
in  primary  schools. 

Dickens'  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities  and  Longfellow's  Tales 
of  a  Wayside  Inn.      Cloth.    Price  25  cents  each.  The 
MacmiFan  Company  of  Canada,  Ltd.,  Toronto. 
These  volumes   are   printed  in   a  convenient  and  hand- 
some form  in  MacmiiUan's  Pocket  English   and  American 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


29 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTE  OF  NEW  BRUNSWICK 

Will  meet  at  Chatham,  N.  B., 

OK 

WEDNESDAY,     JUNE     2  7  T  H      INST. 

AND   CLOSE   ON 

Friday,    June    29th. 


An  interesting  and  instructive  programme  is  being  arranged.  Addresses  will  be  given  by  leading  educationists  and 
public  men. 

The  Executive  Committee  will  meet  at  9.00  a.  m.  on  Wednesday,  the  27th,  and  the  Institute  will  open  in  full  session 
at  10.30  a.  m.  of  that  day.  Arrangements  for  reduced  fares  will  be  made  with  the  railways  and  the  steamboat  lines.      In 

order  to  secure  a  free  return,  Teachers  should  obtain,  when  purchasing  a  ticket,  a  STANDARD  CERTIFICATE,  duly  filled 
in  by  the  Ticket  Agent,  of  each  line    of  railway  travelled  over. 

All  enquiries  as  to  accommodations,  or  special  arrangements  as  to  entertainment  at  Chatham,  should  be  addressed  to 
Dr.  Philip  Cox,  the  Chairman  of  the  Local  Committee. 

JOHN  BRITTAIN,  Secretary   Institute. 


ARE    YOU   GOING 


TO  THE 


Teachers'  Institute  at  Chatham? 


If  you  have  not  made  arrangements  for 

BOARD 


K  N  D     LO  DG  I  IN  G 

Write  to 

P.    COX,    PH.D.. 

Chairman  of  Local  Committee. 


olassica.      They    contain     introductory    sketches    of    the 
authors,  a  criticism  of  the  books  manned1  above,  with  notes 
and  indexes. 
The  Physical  Nature  of  the  Child,  and  how  to  study 

it.     By  Stuart  H.   Rowe,  Ph.  D.     Cloth.     Pages  211. 

Price  $i.     The  MacmiUan  Company  of   Canada  Ltd., 

Toronto. 
This  book  is  valuable  not  only  for  normal  schools  and 
colleges,  but  for  teachers  and  parents  who  are  seeking  for 
fu'jier  information  in  the  direction  of  children  under  their 
care,  especially  those  requiring  peculiar  treatment. 


Recent  Nag-azines. 

The  Chautauquan  for  June  is  a  special  number  on  civics, 
in  which,  by  a  series  <>f  popers,  attention  is  called  to  the 
betterment  of  conditions  in  the  social  and  iotellectual  life  of 
the  citizen. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  for  May  has  a  remarkable  paper 
by  John  Burroughs  in  hits  'best  vein,  entitled  Camping  with 
President  Roosevelt,  presenting  one  of  the  most  intimate 
pen  portraits  of  the  President,  that  has  been  written. 
There  are  other  essays  of  great  interest,  including  one  on 
Froude,  by  GoWwin  Smith.    There  is  a  group  of  specially 


notable  stories,  and  there  are  two  fine  poems,  one  l(y  Bliss 
Carman,  and  the  other  by  Richard  Watson  Gilder. 

Twenty-two  persons  contributed  to  the  varied  table  of 
contents  in  the  May  Canadian  Magazine.  Stories,  sketches, 
poems,  sporting  articles,  bits  of  history  and  more  serious 
material  make  up  the  nieniu.  Harold  Sands  recalls  the  fact 
that  Simon  Fraser  started  in  May,  1805,  for  the  exploration 
of  the  unknown  district  now  known  as  Britislh  Columbia, 
hence  the  title  of  his  artticle,  One  Hundred  Years  in 
British  Co'iuimbia.  F.  Blake  Groftom  writes  of  the  im- 
perialism of  Haliburton  and  Howe — two  of  the  most  won- 
derful of  Canadian  publicists.  Mr.  J.  E.  B.  MeCready,  a 
veteran  journalist,  l>eg,inis  a  series  of  reminiscences  of  the 
first  Dominion  Parliament. 

The  April  number  of  Acadicnsis,  published  at  St.  John 
by  Mr.  D.  R.  Jack,  is  331  interesting  magazine.  It  opens 
with  a  picturesque  article  on  the  History  of  Miscou,  by 
Professor  W.  F.  Ganong.  The  editor,  P.  R.  Jack,  contri- 
butes three. excellent  essays,  and  Professor  MaoMechan  of 
Dalhousie  University  writes  an  interesting  historical  sketch 
entitled   Halifax  in   Books. 

The  weekly  numbers  of  Littell's  Living  Age  for  May 
contain  subjects  of  current  interest  in  international 
affairs, — the  conference  at  Algeciras,  the  Hungarian  com- 
promise, the  English  ediiicaition  bill,  the  Russian  elections, 


30 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL  REVIEW. 


an  opportunity itoberwood, 


SCHOOL  TEACHERS.  PROFESSIONAL  MEN,  can  use  their  spare  time 
to  good  advantage  by  representing  our  various  INSURANCE  interests. 

MARINE,  FIRE,  ACCIDENT,  HEALTH,  AUTOMOBILE,  HORSE,  LIVE 
STOCK,  YTACHTS,  BOILER,  PLATE  GLASS,  GASOLINE  and  STEAM 
LAUNCHES,  DAMAGE  TO  PERSONAL  PROPERTY,  etc. 

LIBERAL  COMMISSIONS  ALLOWED  in  districts  where  we  are  not  yet 
represented.      Our  low  rates  make  canvassing  easy. 

Send  post  card  for  full  particulars. 

WM.  THOMSON    &   CO. 


ST.    JOHN,    N.    B. 


HALIFAX,    N.    S. 


tbc  Rothesay  School 
for  Girls. 

College   Preparatory,  Music,  Art,   Physical 
Culture. 
Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 
Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sports. 
For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETHKLWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A., 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  B.S., 

Principals. 


YALE     UNIVERSITY 

SUMMER   SCHOOL. 


Second  Session  July  5  to  August  16.  1906. 

Courses  in  Anatomy  Art,  Biology,  Chemistry, 
Commercial  Geography,  Education  (History  and 
Theory.)  English,  French,  Geology,  German. 
Greekj  History,  Latin,  Mathematics,  Methods  of 
Teaching,  Physical  Education.  Physics,  Physio- 
logy, Psychology,  Rhetoric,  and  School  Adminis- 
tration. 

These  courses  are  designed  for  teachers  and  col- 
lege students.  Some  are  advanced  courses  and  in 
tended  for  specially  trained  students,  others  are 
introductory  and  presuppose  no  specialized  pre- 
paration. 

In  the  great  majority  of  cases,  instruction  is 
given  by  members  of  the  Yale  Faculty  of  the 
rank  of  professor  or  assistant  professor.  A  num- 
ber of  leading  school  authorities  have  been  added 
to  the  Faculty  to  give  courses  on  educational 
subjects. 

About  ioo  suites  of  rooms  in  the  dormitories 
are  available  for  students,  and  will  be  assigned 
in  the  order  of  application. 

For  circulars  and  further  information    address 
YALE    SUMMER    SCHOOL 

136   Elm  STREET,        NEW    HAVEN,  CONN. 


HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 
SUMMER  SCHOOL  of  ARTS  &  SCIENCES  | 

July    s    to    August    15,    tqob 

College  Courses  in  Classical  Archeology, 
Architecture,  Astronomy.  Botany,  Chemistry, 
Economics  Education.  Elocution.  Ethics,  Geo- 
graphy, Geology,  History,  Landscape  Painting. 
Languages ,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy, 
Physical  Education,  Physics.  Psychology,  Pure 
Design,  Shopwork,  and  Surveying  ;  for  Teachers 
and  Students 

Open  to  men  and  women.    Ns  entrance  examl  - 

nation  required     Full  Announcement 

sent  on  application.    Address 

J   L.  Love,  10  University  H    II.  Cambridge,  Mass 
N.  S.  SHALER.  Chairman. 


TEACHERS 

Holding  Grammar  School  or  Superior  License, 

or  First-class  License,  can  secure  schools  with 

good  salaries  immediately  by  applying  to 

GEO.  COLBECK, 

North- West  Teachers'  Bureau, 

Box  45.  Regina,  Sask 


The  Portraits 

Sent  by  the  Review  for  Empire  Day,  to 
all  subscribers  who  are  paid  in  advance, 
are  now  entirely  exhausted.    A  few 

Canadian  History  Leaflets 

suitable  for  school  Suplementary  Read- 
ings are  still  on  hand  and  will  be  sold  at 
HALF  PRICK  -  namely, 

Fifty  CenU  for  the  12  Leaflets, 

if  application  be  made  at  once  to  the 

EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 

dt  John,  N.  B. 


the  reflations  of  Canada  and  the  United  States^  etc.,  all 
ably  treated  in  articles  which  The  Living  A%t  reprints 
from  the  Spectator,  Economist,  Saturday  Review  and  other 
organs  of  English  opinion. 

The  June  Delineator  is  a  mosit  attractive  number,  con- 
taining the  usual  array  of  the  latest  styles  and  literary 
features  of  great  excellence.  Gustav  Kotfbe  interestingly 
tells  the  'Story  of  Home,  Sweat  Home,  and  inhere  is  a 
variety  of  excelelnt  verse.  For  children,  there  are  Stories 
and'  Pastimes,  among  them  one  of  Alice  Brown's  Gradual 
Fairy  Tales,  and  for  the  woman  of  the  home,  many  articles 
of  house   wifely  interest. 

In  the  June  Atlantic  there  are  timely  and  vigorous  dis- 
cussions on  national  interests ;  science  is  represented  by 
Professor  See's  account  of  Recent  Solar  Research  and 
other  articles;  literature  has  several  clever  and  delightfully 
written  essays  including  Julian  Hawthorne's  English 
Lawns  and  Literary  Folk ;  and  there  are  bright  stories  and 
poems,  anticipating  the  lighter  literature  of  the  summer 
months. 

The  June  Canadian  Magazine  has  articles  of  much  in- 
terest, among  which  are  Professor  Coleman's  (Toronto) 
on  Earthquakes  and  Volcanic  Eruptions,  and  Frederick 
Dolman's  on  Sir  John  Millais'  art  and  art  methods.  The 
stories  of  the  June  number  are  exceptionally  good. 


EDUCATION  DEPARTMENT-  NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


OFFICIAL    NOTICE. 


Departmental  Examinations.  1906. 

(<j)  The  High  School  Entrance  Examinations  will  be- 
gin at  all  Graimimar  and  Superior  Schools  on  Monday,  June 
18th. 

At  these  examinations  the  Lieutenant-Governor's  Medals 
are  to  be  competed  for,  in  accordance  with  instructions 
issued  from  the  Education  Office. 

(&)  The  Normal  School  Closing  Examinations  for 
License  and  for  Advance  of  Class  wild  be  held  at  the 
Normal  School,  Frcdericton',  and  at  the  Grammar  School 
buildings,  Chatham  and  St.  John',  beginning  oh  Tuesday, 
June  12th,  at  nine  o'clock,  a.  m. 

(c)  The  Normal  School  Entrance  Examinations  and 
Preliminary  Examinations  for  Advance  of  Class,  the  High 
School  Leaving  Examinations  and  the  University  Matricu- 
lation Examinations  will  'be  held  at  die  usual  stations 
throughout  the  Province,  'beginning  at  nine  o'clock  a.  m. 
on  Tuesday,  July  3rd. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


31 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND  SCHOOL 
VSUPPLIESV 


Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 
====:  Asking    ==^^^^^= 


We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 
HOWARD  VINCENT  =^^=^= 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  f  oj  small  facsimile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   am*— 


THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 


BOOKS  FOR.  PRIZES. 

We  have  a  fine  assortment  of  Books  suitable  for  Prizes  at  very  low  prices. 
POETS.    STANDARD     WORKS,     NATURE     BOOKS.     ETC. 
Mail  Orders  will  receive  Prompt  Attention. 


E.   G.    NELSON   &   CO., 

Corner  King  and  charlotte  Streets,  ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


The  Edacational  Review, 

(Now  in  its  twentieth  year) 

is  published  on  the  first  day  of  every  month 
except  July. 

PRICE  $1.00  A  YEAR  IN  ADVANCE- 

Advertising   Rates   Reasonable.       None    but 
RELIABLE      ADVERTISEMENTS    inserted 

O.  U.  HAY,  Manager, 

8t  John,  N.  B. 


The  Engl*4i  literature  required  of  ■candidates  for  Class 
I  in  itihe  Closing  Examinations  for  License,  and  of  Candi- 
dates for  the  Matriculation  and  Leaving  Examinations  is 
Shakespeare's  "Hamlet"  and  Tennyson's  "Princess." 

Examinations  for  Superior  School  License  will  be  held 
both  at  the  June  and  July  examinations. 

For  further  details  in  regard  to  the  Departmental  Ex- 
aminations, see  School  Manual,  Regu'ations  31,  32,  45  and 
46. 

Close  of  Term. 

The  numtler  of  Teaching  Days  in  present  Term  is  131, 
except  in  the  City  of  Saint  John  where  the  number  is  120. 
The  last  teaching  day  of  die  Term  is  Friday,  June  29th ; 
but  teachers  who  attend  the  Provincial  Institute  at 
Chatham  may  close  their  schools  in  time  to  reach  Chatham 
on  Wednesday,  June  27th. 

The  Finst  Teaching  Day  of  the  next  Term  will  be  Mon- 
day, August  13th,  except  in  Districts  having  eight  weeks' 
summer  vacation  in  which  Districts  the  schools  will  open 
August  27th. 

School  Manual. 

A  new  Edition  of  the  School  Manual  containing  ,-i.!l 
amendments  made  to  the  School  Act  up  to  date  (including 
the  Compulsory  Attendance  Act,  passed  at  the  last  session 
of  the  Legislature)  widl  be  published  during  the  summer 
vacation  and  mailed  to  Trustees  and  Teachers. 
Manual  Training  Courses.   1906-7. 

Training  courses  for  teachers  desirous  of  qualifying  ais 
licensed  Manual  Training  instructors  wiM  be  helld  ait  the 
Provincial  Normal  School  during  the  session  of  1906-7  as 
follows: 


Elementary  Course. — September  18  to  December  21, 
1906. 

Advanced  Course. — January  8  to  June  2i_  1907. 

The  elementary  couns"e  is  intended  to  qualify  teachers  for 
the  license  to  teach  Manual  Training  in  rural  schools.  Can- 
didates for  admission  must  hoid  at  least  a  seoond  <lbs5 
Provincial  license,  and'  be  prepared  to  furnish  evidence  of 
their  teaching  abi'ity. 

The  advanced  course  is  intended  to  qualify  teachers  for 
the  license  to  teach  Manual  Training  in  town  schools. 
Candidates  for  admission  'should  hold  a  first  class  license, 
but  teachers  holding  a  second  class  license,  and  having  a 
good  teaching  record,  may  be  admitted  on  their  merits. 

In  each  courtse,  students  showing  'little  aptitude  for  the 
work  will  be  advised  to  discontinue  at  ithe  end  of  one 
month  from  the  date  of  entrance. 

Tuition  is  free,  and  the  usual  travelling  allowance  made 
to  Normal  students  will  be  given  to  teachers  who  complete 
their  course  and  proceed  to  the  iteaching  of  the  subject  in 
the  Public  Schools  of  the  Province. 

Household  Science. 

No  provision  exists  at  present1  in  the  Normal  School  for 
the  training  of  Household  Science  teachers,  but  certain 
institutions  .have  been  appiioved  by  the  Board  of  Education 
as  training  places  for  New  Brunswick  teachers  d«ifnng  to 
qualify  as  licensed  teachers  of  the  subject. 

Full  particulars  of  the  several  courses  outlined  alove 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Director  of  Manual  Training,  T. 
B.  Kidner,  Fredericton. 

J.  R.  Inch, 
Chief  Superintendent  of  Education. 

Education  Office,  May  25th,  1906. 


32 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


8  X£H8  *  SON. 


Just  Now 

Is  Always 
the  Best  Time 

For  entering  the  College.  We  have  no  sum- 
mer vacations.  Our  cool  summers  make  vaca- 
tions unnecessary. 

We  want  100  well  educated  young  men  to 
learn  shorthand.  All  over  Canada  and  the 
United  States  there  is  a  demand  (or  Male  Sten- 
ographers that  cannot  be  supplied,  and  there  is 
nothing  like  shorthand  for  getting  promotion 
and  big  pay. 

Send  to  us  for  booklet,  "The  Male  Steno- 
grapher in  demand." 

Catalogues  containing  terms,  etc.,  to  any 
address. 

S.  KERR  &  SONS. 

St.  John,  N.  B. 


BE  A  DIPN0M0RE. 

Fountain 
Pens 

WATERMAN'S    and    STERLING, 

in  Plain  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  in 

Plush-Lined  Cases. 

ALL  PRICES— from  $1.25  to  $15.00. 


BARNES  &  CO.,     ST.JOHN,  N.  B. 


Grade  IX 
High  School  Students 

are  not  fully  qualified  for  the 

JULY     EXAMINATIONS 

until  they  have  studied 

MARITIME 
SINGLE    ENTRY 
BOOKKEEPING 

KAULBACH  &  SCHURMAN, 

Chartered  Accountants, 
HALIFAX,  N.  S. 


50    YEARS* 
EXPERIENCE 


Trade  Marks 
Designs 
Copyrights  &c. 

Anyone  sending  a  sketch  and  description  may 
quickly  ascertain  our  opinion  free  whether  an 
invention  Is  probably  patentable.  Communica- 
tions strictly  confidential.  Handbook  on  Patents 
sent  free.  Oldest  agency  for  securing  patents. 

Patents  taken  through  Munn  &  Co.  receive 
tpecial  notice*  without  charge,  in  the 

Scientific  American. 

A  handsomely  Illustrated  weeklv.  T-nrgest  cir- 
culation of  nny  scientific  Journal.  Terms,  $.'J  a 
year;  four  months,  $>l.   Sold  by  all  newsrteulors. 

MUr^N  &  Co.36,Broadwa>  New  Yark 

Iirauch  Office.  626  F  St.,  Wnihlnntoii.  1).  C. 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.       m 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO ,  Limited 

HARDWARE    MERCHANTS, 

JWanket  Square,        SRINT  JOHN.  H-  fc. 


SCHOOL  DE  SKS.S.  8.  LORDLY  CO.,  St.  John,  N.  B. 


Educational    "Review   Supplement,    Hugust,    1900. 


THE     ORDER     FOR     RELEASE 


By  Sir  John  Ereri'tt  Millais 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods 

Of 

Education   and  General  Culture. 

Published  Monthly.                        ST.  JOHN,  N. 

B. 

,  AUGUST,   1906.                            51.00  per  Year. 

<S.  U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 

A.   McKAY, 

Editor  for  Noti  Scotia. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leintter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

Phis-ted  by  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  X.  B„ 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes,  

Provincial  Educational  Institute  at  Chatham,  

Summer  School  at  North  Sydney, 

Language,  

Our  Rivers  and  Lakes,      ...  

Art  Notes,-VHI 

Barye,  the   Sculptor,       — 

A  Book  Worth  Heading ....  —  

The  Teaching  of  Elementary  Geometry 

Something  for  a  Lazy  Afternoon .... 

Phychology  for  Teacher  and  Parent,          — 

Literature  in  the  Whole,     . .  

A  Habit  of  Observation   ....  

Lines  in  Season,  ...  ...  —  — 

Acadia  University  Closing,  ..v.  

Kings  College  Encomia —  

Recitations  for  the  Youngest  Children,       ... 

The  Streets  of  Paris,         ...  

Current  Events. ..  ...  

Sdhool  and  College,  

Recent  Books 

Recent    Magazines,          ....           •■■•           —  — 

NEW    ADVKKTI8KMENTR.  • 

J.  at  A.  McMillan  p.  33 ;  University  of  Mount  Allison,  35 ; 
Gage  K  Co.  65 ;  St  John  Exhibition,  56. 


37 
38 
40 
40 
41 
43 
44 
4« 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
50 
61 
52 
63 
64 
66 
57 
68 
50 


W.J, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  OLD 
address  should  be  given. 

11  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
-misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  tJ  what  date  the 
-subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "229"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  June 3:,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  Educational  Review  is  always  continued 
to  subscribers  until  a  notice  to  discontinue  is  re- 
ceived. This  is  the  fairest  way;  as  nearly  all  our 
subscribers  expect  the  Review  to  be  sent  to  them 
even  after  their  year  has  expired,  the  understanding 
being  that  they  will  remit  at  the  first  convenient  op- 
portunity. But  subscribers  should  not  allow  them- 
selves to  become  delinquents  and  to  be  dunned. 
Dunning  is  expensive  in  the  matter  of  time  and 
postage. 


The  present  number  of  the  Review  will  prove  a 
welcome  visitor  to  the  hundreds  of  teachers  who 
will  read  its  pages  previous  to  entering  on  their 
work  for  a  new  term,  and  we  hope  to  make  every 
future  number  stimulating  and  helpful.  We  wish 
•our  subscribers  a  happy  and  profitable  year's  work. 


The  teacher  of  few  words — what  a  blessing  she 
would  be  to  some  schools  !  The  chattering  teacher  is 
the  creaking  hinge  of  the  school,  and  the  mischief  of 
it  is  she  keeps  a-going  constantly.  Shattered 
nerves  ?       No  wonder. 


Dr.  W.  T.  Harris,  probably  the  best  known  edu- 
cationist on  this  continent,  has  resigned  the  office  of 
United  States  Commissioner  of  Education,  which  he 
has  filled  acceptably  for  the  past  seventeen  years. 
His  valuable  reports,  covering  one  or  more  large 
volumes  each  year,  are  veritable  mines  of  informa- 
tion, while  his  writings  on  the  philosophy  of  educa- 
tion have  given  him  a  world-wide  reputation. 


Do  you  intend  to  make  your  school  premises  and 
your  surroundings  better  and  more  fully  equipped  at 
the  end  of  the  year  than  you  found  them  at  the  be- 
ginning? If  so,  that  will  convince  the  trustees  that 
you  are  the  right  man  or  woman  to  teach  their 
school;  and  this  will  do  more  to  solve  the  questions 
of  permanency  and  better  salaries  for  teachers  than 
acres  of  foolscap  covered  with  the  most  ingenious 
and  convincing  arguments. 


"My  boy  does  not  have  to  work,"  said  a  mother 
a  few  days  ago.  Poor  boy !  We  are  not  surprised 
that  the  remark  was  made  in  a  police  court  where 
the  boy  had  been  arraigned  for  some  petty  offence. 
One  of  the  worst  things  that  can  happen  to  a  boy  is 
to  be  taught  that  he  does  not  need  to  work'.  What 
did  God  give  a  boy  hands  for,  but  to  use  in  some 
right  endeavor  ?  For  what  was  his  brain,  given  but 
to  be  employed  in  something  useful?  If  kind  for- 
tune has  blessed  the  boy  with  plenty,  he  will  have 
the  more  with  which  to  help  others  and  make  him- 
self a  blessing.  But  to  permit  a  lad  to  grow  up  in 
idleness  because  he  "does  not  have  to  work"  is  a 
good  start  toward  the  workhouse.  It  is  the  suicide 
of  character  and  the  creation  of  a  nuisance.  Idle- 
ness is  the  ruin  of  any  life.  Blessed  is  the  boy  who 
has  to  work.  He  has  a  future.  The  world  will 
respect  him,  and,  if  he  be  faithful,  will  crown  him 
by-and-by. — United  Presbyterian. 


38 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Meadow's  Changes. 

Who  says  the  meadow  is  monotonous?  There  is 
no  place  so  quickly  transformed  as  the  meadow. 
Every  passing  cloud  trails  its  shadows  across  its 
surface,  and  every  breeze  tosses  its  drapery  into 
billowy  motion.  Every  season  leaves  its  individual 
imprint.  With  the  fall  of  the  water,  while  the 
grasses  are  passing  through  all  the  shades  of  gray, 
blue,  and  green  in  their  hurry  to  overtake  the  up- 
land— the  bog  bean  covers  its  spikes  with  feathery 
bloom.  Little  mounds  of  sweet  gale  and  patches  of 
royal  fern  add  a  touch  of  russet  in  response  to  the 
call  of  spring.  Soon  the  gray  and  blue  and  russet 
take  on  as  many  shades  of  green,  and  at  the  fading 
of  the  bog  bean  the  graceful  arrow-head  shoots  up 
its  glossy  spears  and  opens  its  wax-like  flowers. 
Then  the  whole  meadow  reflects  the  sky  in  the  blue 
of  the  "flag  flower  prankt  in  white."  When  sum- 
mer is  at  its  height  the  little  pale  blue-bell  and  a 
whole  horde  of  diminutive  beauties  struggle  in  the 
waving  grasses  to  welcome  the  coming  of  their 
queen— the  meadow  lily.  The  perfume  of  the  pur- 
ple fringed  orchid  lures  us  to  its  hiding  place  on  the 
outskirts  of  the  thicket  where  the  rose  and  meadow- 
rue  are  rioting. 

Then  comes  the  scent  of  new-mown  hay,  and  we 
hasten  to  gather  the  nodding  white  cotton-grasses. 
Far  out  on  the  river  bank  the  sedges  are  ripening 
and  will  soon  be  white — for  Autumn  is  here,  with 
its  plumes  of  golden-rod  and  asters — blue  and  white. 
The  thicket  is  holding  a  carnival  of  color.  Red 
apples  are  glowing  on  the  thorn,  tempting  the 
robins  and  other  thrushes.  The  high-bush  cran- 
berry is  bending  under  the  weight  of  its  scarlet 
clusters.  The  wax-like  beads  are  reddening  on  the 
leafy  stems  of  the  Canadian  holly,  while  under- 
neath the  ground  is  carpeted  with  the  bronze  and 
gold  of  the  fading  fern  and  graceful  fronds  of 
meadow-rue. 

Again  the  water  begins  to  creep  over  the  fading 
grasses  and  soon  the  ••curtain  of  snow  will  cover  all 
with  its  white  echoless  silence." 

Ingles  IDE. 


We  have  received  a  copy  of  "  Our  Jabberwock." 
a  sixpenny  monthly  magazine  for  boys  and  girls, 
published  by  the  League  of  the  Empire,  London, 
It  is  full  of  good  things— healthy  stories,  short 
plays,  articles  on  birds  and  beasts,  and  much  other 
matter  of  interest  to  young  people. 


Provincial  Educational  Institute  at  Chatham. 

The  New  Brunswick  Educational  Institute  for 
1906  was  held  at  Chatham,  opening  on  Wednesday 
morning,  June  27th,  and  closing  Friday  afternoon, 
June  29th.  There  was  a  strong  representation  from 
the  eastern  counties  of  the  province,  as  well  as  from 
St.  John,  Fredericton,  St.  Stephen,  Woodstock  and 
other  centres.  The  hotels  at  Chatham  were  taxed 
to  their  utmost  to  provide  accommodation,  and  many 
private  houses  were  opened  to  visitors  through  the 
attention  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Cox  and  the  committee 
assisting  them.  The  sessions  and  public  meeting 
were  held  in  the  large  hall  of  the  fine  high  school 
building,  of  which  the  townspeople  of  Chatham  are 
justly  proud.  The  weather  was  warm  and  pleasant : 
and  the  many  beautiful  lawns  and  shade-trees 
through  the  town,  in  their  early  summer  verdure, 
were  a  delight  to  the  visitors.  The  excursion  on  the 
Miramichi  river  will  not  soon  be  forgotten,  nor  the 
kind  hospitality  of  Lt.-Governor  Snowball,  to  whom 
the  members  of  the  institute  are  indebted  for  a  most 
pleasant  afternoon  spent  on  that  noble  river.  Pre- 
mier Tweedie  was  a  frequent  attendant  at  the  meet- 
ings, and  Mrs.  Tweedie.  at  the  close  of  the  institute, 
entertained  the  members  at  an  informal  and  delight- 
ful garden  party.  The  Premier  also  placed  his 
stenographer  and  long  distance  telephone  at  the  dis- 
posal of  the  members  of  the  institute,  a  courtesy 
that  was  much  appreciated. 

The  absence  of  Dr.  John  Brittain,  the  secretary, 
through  illness,  was  very  generally  regretted.  Prin- 
cipal Hamilton  and  Miss  Milligan,  of  St.  John,  his 
assistant,  attended  efficiently  to  all  the  duties  of  that 
office. 

It  was  appropriate  to  send  to  the  British  Columbia 
Teachers'  Institute,  meeting  at  Victoria,  at  the  far 
west  of  Canada,  a  telegraphic  greeting,  which  was 
cordially  acknowledged  by  that  body  on  the  follow- 
ing day. 

Dr.  Inch  presided  in  his  usual  dignified  and  effi- 
cient manner.  In  his  opening  address  he  referred 
to  salaries  of  teachers,  claiming  that  the  average  had 
increased  in  this  province  during  the  last  few  years 
from  ten  to  twenty  per  cent.  He  quoted  from  a 
letter  from  Inspector  Mersereau  to  show  that  while 
salaries  were  higher  in  the  western  prairie  provinces, 
there  were  fewer  comforts,  and  the  cost  of  living 
there  was  higher. 

Premier  Tweedie,  in  his  address  at  the  public 
meeting,  hoped  that  before  he  laid  down  the  seals 
of  office  his  government  would  increase  the  salaries 
and  provide  a  scheme  of  pensions  for  teachers. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


39 


Mr.  E.  W.  Pearson,  director  of  music  in  the  public- 
schools  of  Philadelphia,  gave  an  address  on  the 
teaching  of  singing-,  which  was  greatly  appreciated. 
He  held  that  to  make  this  successful  a  definite  course 
otj  the  movable  do  staff  notation  is  necessary,  and 
that  the  grade  teacher,  with  good  supervision,  is  the 
only  one  who  can  accomplish  this.  He  gave  a  large 
number  of  instances  in  which  it  l>ad  been  done,  tak- 
ing but  twelve  minutes  a  day,  and  answered  satis- 
factorily a  variety  of  possible  objections.  At  periods 
of  the  institute  where  opportunity  offered,  he  in- 
structed classes  in  the  elements  of  singing  with  the 
greatest  interest  to  all.  His  enthusiasm  and  confi- 
dence in  his  method  were  catching. 

Inspector  Bridges  and  Miss  Mary  McCarthv. 
director  of  music  in  the  Moncton  schools,  followed 
his  address  with  strong  arguments  in  favor  of  music 
teaching  in  the  schools,  and  commendation  of  Mr. 
Pearson's  method. 

Miss  Ada  E.  Smith,  of  New  London,  Connecticut, 
gave  two  excellent  addresses  on  geography  teaching : 
Dr.  Cox  spoke  on  the  Transfer  of  Latin  and  Algebra 
to  Grade  IX ;  Professor  Lochhead,  of  Macdonald 
College,  on  Educational  Unrest;  Principal  Hamil- 
ton, on  the  Decoration  of  School  Grounds  and 
School-rooms :  and  Dr.  H.  S.  P.ridges  on  Some 
Phases  of  Modern  Education. 

Dr.  Cox's  address  brought  out  a  lively  discussion. 
He  was  strongly  supported  by  Inspector  Carter,  who 
held  that  manual  training,  domestic  science  and  com- 
mercial subjects  belonged  to  grades  seven  and  eight, 
and  that  to  make  room  for  these  Litin  and  algebra 
should  be  relegated  to  the  high  school,  as  had  been 
done  a  few  years  ago  in  the  case  of  geometry.  Dr. 
Bridges,  Inspector  Bridges,  Mr.  Myles,  Principal 
Owens,  Principal  Foster  and  others  opposed  this 
unless  the  high  school  course  was  lengthened  to  four 
years. 

Professor  Lochhead  maintained  that  the  introduc- 
tion of  nature-studv  in  the  school  curriculums.  as  at 
present  constituted,  was  onlv  partially  successful. 
To  realize  its  greatest  possible  benefit  the  course  of 
study  would  have  to  be  revolutionized. 

Principal  Hamilton  made  a  strong  argument  on 
the  educational  value  of  decorating  school-rooms 
with  re-prints  of  works  of  art,  and  the  means  these 
afforded  for  giving  elementary  instruction  in  art  to 
children. 

Dr.  Bridges  said  it  was  dangerous  to  experiment 
with  education.  Old  methods  were  preferable  in 
many  respects  to  new.  He  emphasized  the  import- 
ance of  language  studies,  and  thought  there  was  not 
now  the  intelligent  mastery  of  books  as  in  former 
days.  ' 


Principal  Geo.  J.  Trueman,  in  his  address  before 
the  high  school  section  on  the  Admission  to  College 
on  High  School  Certificates,  presented  a  well-pre- 
pared argument  in  support  of  it.  In  the  discussion 
which  followed,  many  declared  themselves  opposed 
to  more  than  one  examination  at  the  close  of  the  high 
school  course. 

Col.  S.  U.  McCullv,  in  his  paper  on  Military 
Training  in  the  Public  Schools,  emphasized  the  im- 
portance of  that  promptness,  order,  obedience  and 
other  qualities  developed  by  a  systematic  military 
training. 

H.  H.  Hagerman,  in  his  talk  on  the  metric  system 
of  weights  and  measures,  gave  suggestions  for  de- 
veloping in  pupils'  minds  practical  ideas  in  regard 
to  the  system. 

Dr.  Philip  Cox  was  unanimously  elected  represen- 
tative to  the  Senate  of  the  University  of  New  Bruns- 
wick, in  place  of  H.  H.  Hagerman,  M.  A.  Dr. 
Bridges,  H.  H.  Hagerman,  J.  Frank  Owens,  Dr. 
Hay,  George  A.  Inch,  Dr.  Cox,  R.  E.  Estabrooks, 
B.  C.  Foster,  E.  W.'  Lewis  and  Miss  Ina  Mersereau 
were  elected  members  of  the  executive  committee. 

The  text-book  committee  of  1904  was  re-elected 
for  two  years :  Miss  Annie  Harvey,  Dr.  Bridges,  S. 
W.  Irons,  F.  O.  Sullivan,  B.  C.  Foster,  Dr.  Crocket 
and  Inspector  Carter. 

The  N.  B.  Teachers'  Association  met  on  the  even- 
ing of  the  28th  and  re-elected  the  old  officers  and 
executive.  The  salary  schedule  at  present  in  force 
was  adopted  for  the  coming  year. 

Two  noteworthy  addresses  at  the  public  meeting 
on  the  evening  of  the  27th  were  those  made  by  Rev. 
L.  Gucrtin,  D.  D.,  of  St.  Joseph's  College.  Mem  ram  - 
cook,  and  by  Rev.  Dr.  Borden,  of  Mt.  Allison. 

In  many  neighborhoods  there  arc  places  interest- 
ing from  a  historic  point  of  view,  and  there  are  old 
people  who  can  contribute  much  to  the  making  of 
an  accurate  and  a  complete  record  of  events.  Now, 
why  cannot  the  teacher,  when  he  has  reached  certain 
stages  in  the  study  of  history,  send  members  of  the 
class  to  make  maps  of  localities  in  which  noteworthy 
things  were  done,  and  to  collect  from  the  oldest  in- 
habitants, and  from  all  other  sources,  all  facts  which 
would  be  of  value  in  the  writing  of  history?  The 
records  so  collected,  with  accompanying  maos, 
could  be  embodied  in  compositions,  and  should  be 
discussed,  and,  if  necessary,  revised  in  the  cla«s. 
The  teacher  who  follows  the  plan  here  suggested 
will  be  teaching  the  children  to  go  to  original 
sources  for  history  and  geography,  and  incidentally 
to  learn  the  value  of  accuracy  and  clearness  in  de- 
scription.— Western  Selwol  Journal, 


40 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Summer  School  at  North  Sydney. 

The  Summer  School  of  Science  for  the  Atlamic 
provinces  met  at  North  Sydney,  Cape  Breton,  July 
3rd  to  20th.     The  visit  there  was  one  of  unusual 
interest  on  account  of  the  attractive  scenery  of  the 
island  and  the  great  iron  and  coal  industries  carried 
on    there.       The    Dominion    Government    steamer 
"  Canada  "  was  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  school 
for  two  days,  and  excursions  were  made  to  Ingonlsh 
Harbor  and  to  the  Bras  d'Or  Lakes,  touching  at  far- 
famed  Baddeck.     The  members  of  the  school  will 
always  entertain  the  kindliest  feelings  toward  Capt. 
Knowlton,  his  officers  and  crew,  for  the  many  atten- 
tions received  during  these  excursions.     The  oppor- 
tunity   was  also  given  to   see  the  historic  city   of 
Louisbourg,  the  scenery  of  the  beautiful  Mira  river, 
the  coal  industries  of  Sydney  Mines  and  Glace  Bay, 
and  the  steel  works  at  Whitney  Pier.     The  visitors 
were  impressed  with  the  operations  carried  on  at 
these  places.       No  mere  report  could  convey  any- 
adequate  idea  of  their  immensity.       Every  oppor- 
tunity was  taken  advantage  of  by  polite  officials  and 
attentive  workmen  to  explain  the  intricacies  of  the 
manufacture   of  coal   and   iron   with   their  by-pro- 
ducts ;  and  the  visitors  were  satisfied  with  the  great 
object  lessons  which  every  day  aroused  their  wonder 
arid  curiosity. 

To  have  seen  the  Louisbourg  of  history,  the 
picturesque  and  commodious  harbour  of  Sydney, 
with  its  animated  scenes  by  day  and  night,  the 
attractions  of  Mira  river  and  Bras  d'Or  Lakes;  to 
inspect  the  workings  of  the  Marconi  telegraph 
system  on  board  the  "  Canada "  and  to  see  the 
towers  near  Glace  Bay ;  to  listen  to  the  wierd  stories 
of  miners  who  work  two  miles  out  under  the  Atlan- 
tic and  hear  at  night  the  dull  thud  of  ships'  anchors 
over  their  heads, — all  these  and  many  more  new 
experiences  were  the  lot  of  those  who  attended  the 
Summer  School  at  North  Sydney.  It  is  little 
wonder  that,  in  a  region  like  this,  the  larger  classes 
were  found  out  of  doors  instead  of  in  the  class- 
rooms. But  many  students  travelled  far,  and  came 
for  the  sake  of  the  regular  work.  These  gladdened 
the  hearts  of  the  instructors  and  were  prettv  con- 
stant in  their  attendance. 

President  Seaman  and  Secretary  Campbell  were 
kept  busy  providing  for  the  many  meetings  and 
engagements  of  the  school,  and  though  their  re- 
sources were  often  taxed  to  the  utmost,  they  were 
equal  to  all  occasions. 

The  reception  given  by  the  ladies  of  North  Syd- 


ney and  the  many  courtesies  extended  to  the  visitors 
were  warmly  appreciated. 

The  next  meeting  of  the  school  will  be  at  the  new 
consolidated  school  at  Riverside,  N.  B.,  on  the  invita- 
tion of  ex-Governor  McCleland.  » 

Two  governors,  Lieut-Governor  Fraser,  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  Lieut.-Governor  McKinnon,  of  P.  E. 
Island,  attended  and  spoke  at  the  opening  meeting 
of  the  school  this  year.  They  also  took  part  in  the 
excursion  to  Glace  Bay  and  Louisbourg.  Next 
year  the  school  expects  to  have  three  lieutenant- 
governors,  at  least,  at  the  opening  meeting. 

The  following  are  the  officers  for  the  coming 
year :  Professor  W.  W.  Andrews,  president ;  J..  E. 
Barteaux,  vice-president  for  Nova  Scotia;  Dr.  G. 
U.  Hay,  vice-president  for  New  Brunswick;  Miss 
Guard,  vice-president  for  P.  E.  Island :  J.  D.  Sei- 
man,  secretary-treasurer.  Principal  McKittrick  was 
elected  to  the  board  of  directors  in  place  of  Dr.  J. 
B.  Hall,  whose  term  had  expired,  and  Principal  Geo. 
J.  Trueman  was  chosen  local  secretary  at  Riverside. 

Language. 

Write  the  following  in  statements.  Let  pupils 
put  their  work  on  the  board.  Notice  very  carefully 
the  spelling  of  each  word.  Have  pupils  make  an 
oral  statement  about  each  word  used.  This  can  be 
made  an  excellent  lesson  for  teaching  one  use  of  the 
comma : 

1..  Eight  domestic  animals;  five  persons.  2. 
Twenty  wild  animals;  ten  flowers.  3.  Twelve 
garden  vegetables;  nine  provinces.  4.  Fifteen 
fruits ;  six  countries.  5.  Ten  quadrupeds ;  four 
large  rivers.  6.  Twelve  birds ;  five  sour  fruits.  7. 
Ten  minerals ;  four  kinds  of  cake.  8.  Six  grains ; 
six  kinds  of  vehicles.  9.  Ten  things  seen  on  the 
way  to  school.  10.  Ten  things  in  the  schoolroom; 
four  books.  11.  Twelve  farming  implements;  four 
fuels.  12.  Six  bad  habits;  six  building  materials. 
13.  Ten  games;  twelve  musical  instruments.  14. 
Five  articles  of  clothing;  four  kinds  of  apples.  15. 
Ten  kinds  of  cloth;  five  kinds  of  money.  16. 
Twenty  trees;  six  things  seen  in  the  sky.  17.  Ten 
household  articles;  five  kinds  of  windows.  18.  Teh 
things  bought  at  a  hardware  store.  19.  Ten  occu- 
pations ;  eight  kinds  of  people.  20.  Five  kinds  of 
snakes  ;  eight  languages. — Exchange. 

You  are  to  be  congratulated  on  the  Review's 
rapidly  increasing  usefulness.  Our  teachers  are 
now,  more  than  ever,  awakening  to  its  value.  It 
has  helped  me  wonderfully  through  many  trying 
periods  of  school  work.  W.  A.  T- 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


41 


Our  Rivers  and  Lakes. 

Pkof.  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D. 

No    spell    could    stay    the    living  tide 

Or    charm   the   rushing   stream.  Leyden. 

In  the  second  chapter  of  this  series  "  our  coasts  " 
were  considered,  and  in  that  which  followed  it, 
*'  our  mountains  and  hills."  These  are  connected 
with  each  other  through  "  our  lakes  and  rivers," 
which  are  equally  full  of  interest  and  instruction. 

Mountains,  rivers  and  the  sea  are  three  connect- 
ed parts  of  the  earth's  distillatory  apparatus.  From 
the  waters  of  the  coast  comes  the  supply  of  moisture 
which,  driven  by  the  winds,  falls  as  rain  or  snow, 
especially  where  these  winds,  by  blowing  over  ele- 
vated land,  have  their  temperature  reduced.  It 
is  the  sun  which  lifts  the  waters  into  the  air,  thus 
giving  than  what  the  physicists  call  "  energy  of 
position :  "  the  hills  and  mountains  are  the  con- 
densers which  cause  the  air  to  drop  its  load ;  it  is 
gravity  which  causes  the  precipitated  waters  to  flow 
back  to  the  source  from  which  they  came,  at  the 
same  time  enabling  them,  by  the  energy  set  free, 
not  merely  to  float  our  lumber  and  turn  our  water 
wheels,  but  also  to  cut  into  and  to  carve,  more  or 
less  deeply,  the  surfaces  over  which  they  flow. 

There  are  few  natural  phenomena  more  interest- 
ing than  those  connected  with  running  water.  They 
give  to  natural  scenery  a  beauty  which  we  never  fail 
to  miss  when  they  are  absent.  They  are  the  most 
life-like  of  all  natural  processes,  and,  taken  together, 
illustrate  a  history,  ever  varying  in  detail,  which 
if  we  choose  to  follow  it  out,  shows  the  most 
singular  parallels  with  that  of  human  beings.  Thus 
a  liver  has  its  birth,  in  the  womb  of  mother  earth; 
il  has  its  infancy,  characterized  merely  as  a  time  of 
gathering  strength;  its  youth,  impetuous,  noisy  and 
headstrong,  defying  .all  obstacles,  not  easily  turned 
aside,  carving  its  way  with  but  few  intervals  of 
rest;  its  maturity,  when,  its  work  mostly  done,  it 
moves  slowly  and  majestically  upon  its  determined 
way ;  its  period  of  old  age,  when,  having  reached 
the  sea  level  and  lost  the  energy  which  it  at  one 
time  had,  it  no  longer  works,  but  drops  its  load, 
assuming  now  the  appearance  of  a  calm  repose.  It 
may  even  have  its  second  childhood,  when,  through 
the  elevation  of  the  region  which  it  traverses,  its 
power  of  doing  work  is  for  a  time  again  renewed. 
Streams,  like  men.  have  also  their  conflicts  and 
adventures,  their  struggles  for  existence,  followed 
by  survival  or  extinction,  as  they  may  or  may  not 
be 'able  to  adapt  themselves  to  changed  conditions. 
Finally  they  may,  in  a  sense,  be  not  only  dead,  but 


"buried,"  as  has  happened  with  many  of- the  rivers 
of  America. 

Let  us  now  see  how  far  these  parallels  find  illus- 
tration in  connection  with  the  rivers  of  Acadia. 

Few  countries  are  more  thoroughly  watered  than 
the  province  of  New  Brunswick.  Travel  where 
you  will  within  its  borders  and  you  are  never  verv 
far  from  a  water  course.  Take  a  good  map  of  the 
province  and  yor.  will  find  that,  like  the  arteries  and 
veins  of  the  body,  streams,  large  or  small,  traverse 
every  portion  of  its  area.  Of  these,  about  four 
hundred  miles  are  navigable  by  steam,  at  least  an 
equal  amount  in  addition  is  navigable  by  canoe,  and 
an  almost  indefinite  number  are  large  enough  to 
be  available  for  the  driving  of  lumber.  Connected 
with  these  are  numerous  lakes,  more  than  forty  of 
them  exceeding  a  mile  in  length,  and,  where  not  in 
close  proximity  to  settlements,  abounding  with  fish 
and  game,  offering  great  attractions  to  the  sports- 
man and  tourist.  Cascades  also  are  numerous, 
affording  great  and  widespread  opportunities  for 
the  employment  of  water  power  in  manufacturing 
operations  or  the  development  of  electricity. 

In  Xova  Scotia,  owing  largely  to  its  more  limited 
extent,  no  point  being  more  than  fifty  miles  distant 
from  the  sea,  the  streams,  though  numerous,  are 
less  important.  The  lakes,  also,  though  very 
abundant,  are  usually  of  small  size  and  little  depth. 

If  now  we  attempt  to  institute  a  comparison  be- 
tween the  rivers  of  Acadia — a  most  fascinating 
study,  especially  if  based  upon  personal' acquaint- 
ance and  exploration— we  shall  first  have  to  con- 
sider the  places  and  circumstances  of  their  birth. 
These  are  naturally,  for  the  most  part,  remote  from 
settlements,  being  upon  the  higher  grounds  constitu- 
ting the  "  divides  "  between  the  natural  slopes  of 
the  surface,  and  often  densely  forest  clad.  They 
will  also  be  found,  in  the  great  majority  of  instances, 
to  originate  in  lakes  or  ponds.  These  are  gathering 
grounds  for  more  or  less  considerable  areas,  and, 
in  addition  to  brooks  or  rivulets,  are  themselves  fed, 
like  the  latter,  by  springs,  the  discharges  of  which, 
owing  to  the  coolness  of  the  waters,  are  always 
sought  by  sportsmen  as  affording  the  best  oppor- 
tunities for  fishing.  These  springs  are  occasionally 
of  large  dimensions,  one,  at  the  head  of  the  Tobique 
lakes,  being  especially  remarkable,  covering  an  area 
of  nearly  half  an  acre,  with  water  of  exceptional 
clearness  and  purity,  and  a  temperature  which,  even 
in  midsummer,  is  not  more  than  42 °.  On  the  other 
hand,  where  streams  originate  from  or  pass  through 
boggy  land,  they  arc  apt  to  have  the  dark  colour 


42 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


and  swampy  taste  clue  to  the  vegetable  acids  usually 
produced  in  such  situations. 

From  the  origin  or  birth  of  our  water-ways  we 
now  proceed  to  consider  their  history  and  develop- 
ment. It  has  been  stated  above  that  rivers  have 
their  periods  of  growth,  maturity  and  old  age. 
How,  we  may  now  ask,  are  we  to  distinguish  be- 
tween a  young  and  a  mature  or  old  river?  Well  a 
stream  is  young,  in  the  sense  which  is  here  implied, 
when  it  still  has  the  greater  part  of  its  work  before 
it,  that  work  being  the  making  and  deepening  of 
its  channel;  it  is  old  if  that  work  is  nearly  done. 
Young  rivers  are  usually  swift,  broken  by  rapids 
and  falls,  with  their  channels  narrow  and  often 
bordered  by  rocky  bluffs;  old  rivers  are  character- 
ized by  broad  and  open  valleys,  moderately  flow- 
ing currents,  with  numerous  islands,  and  more  or 
less  extensive  flood  grounds.  Naturally  their  cou/se 
will  at  first  be  determined  by  the  position  of  the 
divides  and  the  steepness  of  the  slopes  or  water- 
sheds ;  but  if,  with  the  aid  of  a  good  map,  we  try 
to  trace  them  out,  we  are  soon  struck  by  the  fact 
that  while  the  minor  streams  evidently  flow  off,  like 
rain  on  a  roof,  along  existing  slopes,  or  occupy  val- 
leys between  enclosing  hills,  the  larger  ones  in 
many  instances  cut  directly  across  the  latter  as 
though  they  had  been  but  little  infl.-.enced  by  the 
irregularities  of  the  present  surface.  Thus  one  of 
the  principal  tributaries  of  the  St.  John,  viz.,  the 
St.  Francis,  starts  from  Lake  St.  Francis,  hardly 
ten  miles  distant  from  the  great  St.  Lawrence,  and 
on  the  northern  side  of  the  great  divide  or  "  Height 
of  Land  "  separating  the  Province  of  Quebec  from 
that  of  New  Brunswick,  and  yet,  instead  of  empty- 
ing, as  one  would  expect,  into  that  river,  cuts 
through  a  high  rang2  of  hills  to  join  the  St.  John, 
and  then  the  combined  waters  of  these  and  other 
tributary  streams,  still  apparently  unaffected  by  the 
obstacles  in  their  way,  turning  southward  traverse 
at  least  four  other  great  axes  of  elevation  to  dis- 
charge into  the  Bay  of  Fund  v.  Only  one  explana- 
tion of  this  anomaly,  shared  with  the  St.  John  by 
the  St.  Croix  and  the  Magagaudavic,  as  well  as  by 
the  Hudson  and  the  Potomac,  is  that  the  rivers  are, 
in  part  at  least,  older  than  the  hills;  that  these  have 
risen  athwart  their  path,  but  that,  like  men,  having 
once  "  gotten  into  a  groove,"  they  could  not  well 
get  out  of  it,  and  so,  as  the  hills  rose,  have  simply 
cut  their  grooves  more  and  more  deeply.  That 
they  are  still  at  this  work  shows  that  they  are.  in 
part  at  least,  still  young. 

To  make  this  and  some  other  points  in  connec- 


tion with  our  rivers  more  clear,  it  is  now  necessary 
to  say  that  at  a  period  but  little,  if  at  all  antecedent, 
to  man's  first  appearance  upon  the  earth — a  period 
known  to  geologists  as  the  Glacial  Period — all  this 
portion  of  America  was,  as  generally  believed,  in  a 
condition  similar  to  that  of  Greenland  to-day,  i.  e., 
deeply  buried  beneath  a  continental  or  semi-contin- 
ental glacier,  even  our  highest  hills  being  covered 
by  hundreds,  if  not  thousands  of  feet,  of  snow  and 
ice.  This  great  ice  mass,  too,  was,  as  in  the  case  of 
Greenland,  "  on  the  move,"  and  therefore,  as  well 
exhibited  both  in  that  country  and  in  Switzerland,  in 
a  condition  to  deeply  abrade  the  surface  on  which 
it  rested,  ploughing  deeply  wherever  the  conditions 
were  favorable,  breaking  off  projected  ledges,  tak- 
ing large  quantities  of  rock  material  into  its  mass, 
transporting  this  to  considerable  distances,  or  push- 
ing it  in  front  of  its  advancing  foot,  there  to  re- 
main, when  the  glacier  finally  melted  away.  Such 
accumulations  of  ice-transported  rock  material  are 
in  Switzerland,  known  as  "  moraines,"  and,  as  will 
be  shown  in  a  later  chapter,  are  common  over  many- 
parts  of  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia.  More- 
over, when  the  ice,  through  climatic  changes,  began 
to  melt,  the  first  formed  streams,  owing  to  the  com- 
plete burial  of  the  hills  and  valleys  below,  would  be 
determined  in  their  course,  not  by  the  latter,  but  by 
the  ice-slopes  above.  Thus  as  ridges  began  to  pro- 
trude, streams,  fed  by  the  melting  ice,  would  have 
no  difficulty  in  crossing  them,  at  the  same  time  de- 
termining a  groove  or  "  water-gap,"  which  ever 
after  they  must  follow.  This  is  the  explanation  of 
the  anomaly  referred  to  above,  and  many  of  our 
rivers,  or  parts  of  them,  are  of  glacial  origin,  pro- 
duced when  the  land  stood  higher  than  now,  and 
when,  as  a  result  of  such  elevation,  both  water  and 
ice  were  far  more  effective  agents  of  sculpture  and 
removal  than  they  ever  since  have  been.  But  while 
many  of  our  rivers,  or  some  portions  of  them,  were 
thus  excavated,  channels  formed  at  that  time,  or 
previously  existing,  were  in  many  instances  obliter- 
ated, as  the  result  of  being  completely  filled  up  by 
the  debris  of  the  glaciers,  thus  forcing  the  rivers  at 
a  later  period  to  carve  for  themselves  entirely  new 
ones.  Finally,  as  the  land  during  the  period  of 
elevation  was  not  only  higher,  but  more  extend-:*! 
than  now,  coastal  regions  which  are  now  submerged 
being  then  a  part  of  the  dry  land,  the  mouths  of 
rivers  emptying  into  the  sea  would  have  their 
mouths  far  outside  of  their  present  position,  they 
and  their  former  channels,  in  some  instances  for 
hundreds  of  miles,  becoming  buried  or  "drowned" 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


43 


as  the  land,  after  the  Glacial  Period,  sunk  not  only 
to  the  present  level,  but  below  it.  A  final  but  rela- 
tively slight  upward  movement  brought  things  to 
the  conditions  in  which  we  find  them  to-dav, 
although,  as  stated  in  a  previous  chapter,  there  is 
reason  to  believe  that  these  oscillations  have  not 
yet  wholly  ceased. 

With    these    explanations    we    may,    in    a    later 
chapter,  return  to  the  study  of  our  existing  streams. 


How  One  Woman  Keeps  Young. 

How  to  keep  young  is  one  of  the  questions  of 
perennial  interest  to  the  feminine  mind.  Amelie 
Rives,  the  noted  author,  who  is  said  to  look  like  a 
girl  in  her  teens,  recently  told  of  her  reply  to  a 
physician  who  wrote  her  to  send  him  the  secret  of 
what  he  called  her  perpetual  youth.  "I  wrote  back 
that  he  must  consider  th;  cost,"  she  said.  "It  is  a 
cost  that  few  of  his  fashionable  patients  would  make, 
for  I  rise  at  7  or  7.30,  ride  or  walk  in  the  country 
roads,  live  close  to  my  books,  see  few  people,  and  re- 
hire at  10.  Wliat  fashionable  woman  could  endure 
my  life?  I  remember  thinking  about  it  one  winter 
morning,  when  I  was  walking  along,  the  crisp, 
crackling  snow  under  my  feet,  the  fairy  outline  of  a 
gossamer  frost  revealing  every  twig  of  bush  and  tree, 
and  I  was  so  invigorated  and  happy  I  could  have 
whistled  like  a  boy  with  delight;  but  if  I  had  been 
a  woman  of  fashion  I  couldn't  have  endured  the 
silence,  the  empty  distances,  the  quiet;  why,  a 
woman  of  fashion  would  die  in  my  place,  and  I  am 
quite  sure  that  I  should  in  hers." 


A  Place  for  the  Boys. 

What  can  a  boy  do  and  where  can  a  boy  stay 
If  he  is  always  told  to  get  out  of  the  way? 
He  cannot  sit  here,  and  he  must  not  stand  there. 
The  cushions  that  cover  that  fine  rocking-chair 
Were  put  there,  of  course,  to  be  seen  and  admired. 
A  boy  has  no  business  to  ever  be  tired. 
The  beautiful  roses  that  bloom 
On  the  floor  of  the  darkened  and  delicate  room 
Are  not  made  to  walk  on — at  least  not  by  boys. 
The  house  is  no  place,  anyway,  for  their  noise. 
A  place  for  the  boys,  dear  mother,  I  pray, 
As  cares  settle  down  round  our  short  earthly  way. 
Don't  let  us  forget  by  our  kind,  loving  deeds 
To  show  we  remember  their  pleasure  and  needs. 
Though  our  souls  may  be  vexed  with  problems  of  life 
Anil  worn  with  besetments  and  toiling  and  strife, 
Our  hearts  will  keep  younger-^your  tired  heart  and  mine- 
If  we  give  them  a  place  in  their  innermost  shrine. 
And  lo  life's  latest  hour  't  will  In-  one  of  our  joys 
That  we  keep  a  small  corner,  a  place  for  the  toys. 

— Boston  Transcript. 


Art  Notes-  VIII. 

By  Hunter  Boyd. 
"The  Order  of  Release  "  by  Sir  John  Everett  Mlllais. 

The  reproduction  selected  for  this  month  is  from 
one  of  the  artist  s  best  works,  although  it  is  not  so 
well  known  as  many  of  his  other  paintings.  The 
original  is  dated  1853,  and  was  exhibited  in  the 
Royal  Academy  of  Arts  in  that  year.  It  is  now  in 
the  Tate  collection  of  the  National  Gallery.  When 
first  shown  the  picture  evoked  much  interest,  indeed 
policemen  were  required  to  regulate  the  crowds 
who  thronged  about  it.  The  price  given  for  works 
of  art  is  not  always  a  fair  indication  of  value,  but 
many  will  be  impressed  on  learning  that  Sir  Henry 
Tate,  the  last  purchaser,  gave  $25,000.00  for  it, 
and  then  presented  the  picture  to  the  British  nation. 
It  is  an  oil  painting  on  canvas,  y/z  ft.  by  2J/2  ft., 
and  therefore  the  figures  are  less:  than  life-size. 
They  are,  however,  rendered  with  extreme  care,  and 
in  the  judgment  of  one  eminent  critic,  as  a  piece  of 
realistic  painting,  it  may  challenge  comparison  with 
anything  else  in  the  world. 

The  artist  introduces  us  to  a  scene  which  belongs 
to  a  period  a  hundred  years  before  the  time  when 
^ie  depicted  it.  We  are  supposed  to  be  in  the  ante- 
room, or  waiting-room,  of  a  gaol,  situated  near  the 
border  of  England  and  Scotland,  possibly  in  the 
town  of  Carlisle.  A  prisoner  who  has  been  in  the 
rebeliion  of  1745  is  seen  wearing  a  kilt  of  the  Gor-  - 
don  tartan,  his  right  arm  being  in  a  white  sling. 
His  head  falls  upon  his  wife's  shoulder,  and  his 
left  arm  embraces  her  and  his  child.  The  wife  has 
procured  an  "order  of  release,"  and  is  handing  it 
to  the  gaoler  who  stands  in  the  doorway,  and  it  will 
be  necessary  for  him  to  take  the  "  order  "  to  his 
superior  officer  for  verification  before  the  prisoner 
can  be  released.  The  little  child  is  asleep,  but  the 
collie  who  jumps  up  and  fawns  upon  his  master  is 
intensely  awake.  A  feature  to  be  noted  with  special 
interest  in  the  hands  of  all  the  persons,  for  Millais 
devoted  special  care  to  their  treatment;  and  as 
emotional  expression  is  not  confined  to  features,  we 
have  here  a  good  instance  of  accord  between  faces 
and  hands  in  the  working  out  of  this  little  drama. 
We  cannot  expect  to  get  very  subtle  details  in  a 
black-and-white  copy  of  the  picture,  but  the  general 
bearing  of  the  woman  leads  us  to  expect  that  whilst 
she  displays  an  air  of  triumph,  and  some  indication 
1  if  contempt  for  the  gaoler,  there  is  also  love  for 
her  husband,  and  a  certainty  that  he  will  soon  be 
at  liberty. 


44 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


The  test  that  may  properly  be  suggested  in  deal- 
ing with  this  scene  is — if  such  an  event  ever  took 
place,  is  it  likely  that  the  occurrence  was  as  Millais 
has  depicted  it?  We  believe  so  for  several  reasons. 
The  artist  has  been  scrupulously  careful  in  his  re- 
production of  uniforms  and  textures.  The  "order" 
was  painted  from  a  genuine  one.  Special  pains 
were  taken  in  the  treatment  of  the  collie  dog,  and 
the  little  child  was  actually  asleep  when  Millais 
seized  the  expression.  (The  woman  who  posed  for 
the  picture  afterwards  became  the  second  wife  of 
the  artist).  The  actors  in  this  silent  drama  have 
all  entered  so  thoroughly  into  the  situation,'  and 
Millais  has  so  truthfully  rendered  it,  that  we  are 
helped  to  an  appreciation  of  the  feelings  which  pre- 
vailed between  the  Scotch  and  English  in  1745,  as 
symbolized  by  the  "  good  wife  "  with  her  order  for 
pardon,  and  the  turnkey  with  his  bunch  of  keys. 
Such  are  the  facts  concerning  the  picture.  The 
teacher  should  hold  them  all  in  reserve,  and 
endeavor  to  secure  conversation  on  the  subject.  In 
the  junior  classes'  the  interest  will  probably  centre 
about  the  little  child,  the  dog,  the  broken  arm  of 
the  man,  and  the  strewed  primroses.  In  inter- 
mediate classes,  where  British  history  has  been 
studied,  the  picture  will  be  of  use  in  illustrating  the 
costumes  worn  at  that  period.  In  the  senior 
classes  special  attention  may  be  drawn  to  the  com- 
position of  the  central  group,  and  it  will  be  found 
that  affection  makes  them  a  unit. 


Professor  Blackie  used  to  form  a  very  picturesque 
feature  in  the  Edinburgh  streets.  He  was  a  cheery 
old  patriarch,  with  handsome  features  and  hair 
falling  in  ringlets  about  his  shoulders.  No  one 
who  had  seen  him  could  possibly  forget  him. 

One  day  he  was  accosted  by  a  very  dirty  little 
bootb|ack,  with  his  "  Shine  your  boots,  sir?" 

Blackie  was  impressed  with  the  filthiness  of  the 
boy's  face. 

"  I  don't  want  a  shine,  my  lad,"  said  he.  "  But 
if  you'll  go  and  wash  your  face  I'll  give  you  a  six- 
pence." 1  ;  i  j    I ■;  |#N 

"  A'  richt,  sir,"  was  the  lad's  reply.  Then  he 
went  over  to  a  neighboring  fountain  and  made  his 
ablutions.  Returning  he  held  out  his  hand  for  the 
money. 

"Well,  my  lad,"  said  the  professor,  "you  have 
earned  your  sixpence.     Here  it  is. 

"  I  dinna  want  it,  auld  chap,"  returned  the  boy, 
with  a  lordly  air.  "  Ye  can  keep  it  and  get  yer 
hair  cut."—  Tit-Bits. 


Barye,  the  Sculptor. 

Miss  A.  Maclean. 

Antoine  Louis  Barye  (ba-ree)  was  born  in  Paris, 
September  15th,  1796.  His  father  was  a  goldsmith. 
His  family  preserve  as  souvenirs  of  his  earliest 
childhood  figures  of  animals  which  he  cut  out  of 
paper.  In  1819  Barye  received  third  prize  for  a 
medallion  from  the  Ecole  des  Beaux  Arts.  The 
following  year  he  won  second  prize  in  sculpture 
For  four  succeeding  years  he  competed  unsuccess- 
fully, and  in  1824  his  work  was  not  even  admitted. 
So  he  abandoned  the  beaux  arts  and  returned  to 
his  craft,  and  for  years  set  himself  quietly,  deter- 
minedly, to  master  his  art.  Nothing  was  neglected ; 
he  drew  from  the  living  model,  he  familiarized  him- 
self by  observation  and  dissection  with  the  physical 
structure  of  man  and  animal,  he  informed  himself 
thoroughly  about  the  best  methods  of  melting  and 
casting  metals,  he  copied  in  the  Louvre  the  works 
of  the  masters.  But  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  was  his 
greatest  studio  then  and  throughout  his  life.  In 
the  garden  the  animals  are  to  be  seen  in  their  cages ; 
in  the  museum  of  zoology  they  are  found  stuffed; 
and  in  the  museum  of  comparative  anatomy  are  their 
skeletons.  This  was  the  day  of  the  Cuviers. 
Frederic,  the  younger,  became  curator  of  the 
menagerie  in  1804. 

After  years  spent  in  study,  Barye  made  his  first 
salon  exhibit  in  1827,  a  sculptured  "  Tiger  Devour- 
ing a  Crocodile."  This  work  created  great  enthu- 
siasm among  the  new  school.  Hitherto  no  one  had 
thought  of  actually  studying  animals  from  life. 
The  academic  school  was  constrained  to  award  him 
a  medal  of  the  second  class.  But  powerful  as  this 
work  was,  Barye  had  not  yet  attained  to  maturity 
in  his  art.  In  the  Salon  of  1833  Barye  exhibited 
ten  works  of  sculpture,  the  most  notable  being  the 
"  Lion  and  Serpent."  It  produced  even  greater 
enthusiasm  than  the  "  Tiger  and  Crocodile."  Very 
soon  the  enthusiasm  gave  place  to  anger  among  the 
academic  sculptors.  Barye,  however,  was  decorated 
with  the  Legion  of  Honor,  and  the  lion  was  pur- 
chased by  the  state  and  placed  in  the  garden  of  the 
Tuileries.  Someone  says  the  lion  lives,  and  if  you 
wait  long  enough  you  will  hear  the  deep  growl  as 
he  shrinks  in  loathing  from  the  serpent  he  is  about 
to  kill.  Still  there  was  too  much  detail  in  Barye's 
work — he  had  not  yet  reached  grandeur.  The  years 
that  followed  till  1837  were  busy  and  prosperous. 
Thiers  was  minister  from  1832  till  1836,  and  wished 
some  great  work  to  commemorate  Napoleon  I.  The 
inspiring  hope  of  decorating  the  entire  Place  de  la 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


45 


Concorde  was  held  out  to  Barye.  But  finally  it  was 
resolved  to  have  an  eagle  with  seventy  feet  span  of 
wings  descending  upon  the  Arc  de  Triomphe, 
clutching  in  its  talons  trophies  symbolizing  the 
cities  and  nations  conquered  by  Napoleon.  Alas  for 
France  that  none  of  these  were  carried  out,  and  that 
she  gave  not  her  geniuses  work  worthy  of  them. 
The  jury  of  thirty-six  proceeded  to  treat  Barye  as 
they  had  treated  Millet,  Rousseau  and  others.  His 
bronzes  were  refused.  He  interpreted  this  as  an 
order  to  submit  to  academic  ideas  or  cease  to  com- 
pete, and  did  not  again  compete  till  1850,  when  the 
old  jury  was  swept  away  with  the  monarchy.  In 
1840  he  completed  the  lion,  which  is  walking  about 
the  base  of  the  Bastille  column.  This  was  another 
milestone  in  the  onward  march  of  the  great  sculptor. 
The  lion  is  pacing  with  slow  measured  steps  about 
the  base  of  the  pillar,  breathing  low  growls  as  he 
goes.  Charles  Blanc  says  of  this  lion,  "  It  is  the 
image  of  the  people  guarding  their  dead." 

But  Barye  had  begun  answering  the  action  of 
the  Salon  of  1837  by  making  himself  a  manufac- 
turer, hiring  skilled  labor  and  selling  his  products. 
These  consisted  principally  of  small  statues  of 
animals  and  birds.  But  oh,  the  folly  of  it!  The 
folly  of  France!  There  stood  one  who  could  have 
done  for  Paris  what  the  masters  of  Greek  art  had 
done  for  Athens,  and  they  let  him  waste  his  time  in 
making  Lilliputians  for  a  living.  He  did  not 
neglect  grand  art  altogether,  however.  The 
"  Theseus  and  Minotaur  "  belong  to  grand  art,  and 
in  1847  ne  finished  the  "  Sitting  Lion."  This  was 
his  first  public  answer  in  monumental  work  to  the 
closing  of  the  Salon  doors,  and  the  answer  was  a 
complete  one.  Here  all  details  are  effaced.  The 
lion,  grand,  calm,  terrible  in  his  conscious  might, 
sits  there  on  his  throne  looking  towards  the  ends 
of  the  earth.  The  state  purchased  it  and  placed  it 
near  one  of  the  entrances  to  the  Louvre. 

Eighteen  hundred  and  forty-eight  came,  and  with 
it  the  revolution ;  the  Salon  was  no  longer  closed, 
and  the  artists  of  the  new  school  got  their  chance. 
Barye  was  himself  made  one  of  the  judges.  He 
re-entered  the  Salon  of  1850  with  the  "  Centaur  and 
Lafrkh"  and  the  "Jaguar  and  Hare."  Both  are 
now  in  the  Louvre.  The  Centaur  is  grand,  but  the 
Jaguar — such  strength,  such  savagery,  such  supple- 
ness!— you  can  feel  its  muscles  slip  under  its  bronze 
skin.  It  is  not  an  individual,  but  a  type — this  is 
genius,  immortality.  Barye  had  attained  maturity 
in  art.  The  Jaguar  was  purchased  in  185J  by  the 
Imperial  House,  and  Barye  was  named  professor  of 


drawing  and  zoology  at  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  a  position  he  held  until  his  death.  At  the 
World's  Exposition  of  1855  the  international  jury 
awarded  him  the  grand  medal  of  honor  in  the  sec- 
tion of  art  bronzes,  and  he  was  named  officer  of  the 
Legion  of  Honor.  In  1868  he  was  elected  to  the 
Academy  of  Beaux  Arts. 

Sylvester,  Barye's  friend,  describes  him  at  the 
zenith  of  his  power :  "  He  is  of  supple  figure  and 
above  middle  height,  his  dress  is  modest  and  care- 
ful, his  bearing  and  gestures  are  precise,  tranquil, 
worthy.  His  eyes,  vigilant,  firm,  look  you  always 
frankly,  profoundly  in  the  face.  He  listens  to  you 
with  patience,  and  divines  your  thoughts.  All  his 
words  hit  the  mark,  but  they  seem  to  come  with 
effort  from  his  thin,  strong  lips,  for  with  him  silence 
is  virtue.  He  follows  the  maxim,  '  It  is  better  to  be 
than  to  appear.'  He  has  never  taken  an  ambitious 
step,  never  spoken  a  servile  word,  never  cherished 
a  jealous  thought,  being  ever  ready  to  give  full 
credit  to  others.  I  do  not  know  a  contemporary 
more  ready  than  he  to  hear  what  is  true  and  exalt 
what  is  beautiful.  A  man  convinced  of  his  own 
worth,  without  vanity,  solid  in  his  affections,  de- 
spising his  enemies  to  the  point  of  forgetting  them, 
charitable  toward  others,  severe  toward  himself." 
Corot  and  others,  who  knew  him  well,  found  him 
an  interesting  talker  and  critic,  the  mute  reserved 
man  becoming  full  of  animation  and  sparkle.  He 
was  married  twice.  His  first  wife  and  their  two 
daughters  died,  and  he  married  again  and  had  eight 
children.  He  seemed  to  have  loved  his  home  and 
family,  but  of  his  domestic  life  little  is  known. 
He  painted  as  well  as  sculptured,  and  it  was  when 
painting  backgrounds  for  his  animals  in  the  forest 
of  Fontainebleau  that  he  was  most  associated  with 
his  Barbizon  fellow  artists.  He  knew  the  wild 
animals  of  Fontainebleau  well,  and  in  the  rocky 
gorges  of  the  forest  he  imagined  the  Indian  jungles 
and  African  wilds. 

Heart  disease  kept  him  to  his  chair  at  last,  and 
Corot's  death  was  kept  a  secret  from  him.  One 
day.  toward  his  last,  Madame  Barye  was  dusting 
some  bronzes,  and  remarked  that  when  he  felt  better 
he  ought  to  see  that  his  signature  on  the  bronzes 
be  made  plainer.  He  replied,  "  Give  yourself  no 
uneasiness,  twenty  years  hence  they  will  be  search- 
ing for  it  with  a  magnifying  glass." 

The  calm,  determined,  kindly  man,  one  of  the 
greatest  geniuses  of  any  kind,  ceased  from  his 
labors  on  June  J5U1.  1875.  France  mourned  her 
gifted  son,  but  she  was  not  wise  in  time. 


46 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


A  Book  Worth  Reading:. 

To  the  Editor  of  Educational  Review: 

Dear  Sir, — This  is  an  age  of  school  libraries. 
Books,  many  and  varied,  much  used  and  little  used, 
are  found  on  the  shelves.  I  wish  to  make  mention 
of  one,  which  seems  to  me  should  have  a  special 
shelf  to  itself  in  the  centre  of  constant  use.  In  the 
carefully  prepared  lists  issued  from  which  to  make 
selections  for  the  schools,  there  is  a  title  I  do. not 
remember  seeing,  i.  e.,  "  The  Opal  Sea."  Permit 
me  to  recommend  this  charming  piece  of  literature 
to  teachers  and  pupils  of  our  public  schools.  Its 
value  lies  in  its  novelty  of  idea,  beauty  of  style, 
coloring  of  thought  and  scientific  information.  A 
better  and  clearer  explanation  of  the  tides  is  given 
in  a  few  words  than  it  was  ever  my  fortune  to  hear, 
even  after  repeated  requests,  in  lengthy  lectures  at 
our  normal  school.  Life  inanimate  (winds,  etc.) 
and  animate,  above  and  below  the  surface  of  the  sea, 
is  clearly  and  almost  poetically  described. 

I  hope  that  these  few  words  may  draw  the  atten- 
tion of  those  interested  in  such  subjects.  The 
author  is  John  C.  Van  Dyke.  The  book  first  appear- 
ed March,  1906,  and  is  published  by  Scribner's,  New 
York,  at  $1.50. 

Sincerely  yours, 

A.  W.  L.  Smith. 

Halifax,  N.  S.,  June  30,  1906. 


The  Language  Box. 

Keep  a  little  box,  with  a  slit  in  the  cover,  on  your 
desk.  Give  to  each  pupil  some  small  slips  of  paper, 
on  which  they  are  to  write  every  incorrect  expres- 
sion heard  at  recess,  on  the  playground,  or  when 
they  are  not  at  school,  if  you  wish  to  break  up  bad 
habits  as  quickly  as  possible.  The  slips  are  to  be 
dropped  into  the  box,  some  time  during  the  day. 
The  language  lessons  are  heard,  in  this  case,  late 
in  the  school  day.  At  that  time  the  box  is  opened, 
the  slips  read  by  the  teacher,  and  corrected  by  the 
class. — Normal  Instructor. 


The  teacher  of  grammar  and  rhetoric  wrote  a 
sentence  on  the  blackboard,  and  then  called  upon 
William. 

"John  can  ride  the  horse  if  he  wants  to."  read 
the  teacher.  "  Re-write  the  sentence  in  another 
form." 

William  surveyed  it  dubiously  for  a  moment; 
then  a  flash  of  inspiration  showed  him  his  path. 

"John  can  ride  the  horse  if  the  horse  wants  him 
to,"  he  wrote. — Youth's  Companion. 


The  Teaching  of  Elementary  Geometry. 

By  M.  R.  Tcttle. 

Great  improvements  have  been  made  in  the  teach- 
ing of  this  important  subject  within  recent  years. 
In  former  years  the  whole  of  the  first  book  of 
Euclid  would  be  gone  through  with  before  any 
original  exercises  were  given.  Many  would  learn 
the  propositions  verbatim,  so  that  nearly  all  of  its 
educational  value  was  lost.  With  the  introduction, 
at  an  early  stage  of  their  progress,  of  exercises  to 
be  worked  by  the  scholars'  own  ingenuity,  a  great 
improvement  was  made.  Intuition,  imagination, 
conception  and  reason  were  more  strongly  develop- 
ed. The  further  great  changes  that  have  recently 
been  made  are  in  line  with  the  trend  of  modern 
education.  The  new  education  demands  the  practi- 
cal. It  re-enforces  reason  by  appeals  to  the  senses. 
It  is  objective  before  being  subjective.  What,  then, 
are  the  recent  reforms  in  geometrical  teaching? 

Mechanical  drawing  is  introduced  at  a  very  early 
period  of  the  pupils'  course,  in  fact  about  as  soon 
as  he  enters  school ;  so,  if  his  geometrical  education 
is  thus  carried  on  from  the  first  in  connection  with 
drawing  and  modelling,  geometry  proper  might  be 
commenced  in  the  sixth  or  seventh  grade.  This 
would  give  a  course  of  two  or  three  years  before 
undertaking  deductive  geometry  in  the  high  school. 
It  would  include  such  exercises  as  the  measurement 
of  angles  and  areas,  by  the  use  of  instruments,  the 
arriving  at  geometrical  truths  by  the  inductive 
method  of  drawing  and  modelling,  the  measurement 
of  heights  and  distances. 

This  method  would  have  the  advantage  of  putting 
his  knowledge  to  a  practical  use  from  the  very 
beginning.  He  would  be  learning  to  do  by  doing 
from  the  first.  Sometimes  a  boy  of  poor  reason- 
ing ability  is  skilful  in  the  use  of  the  powers  that 
call  into  play  the  motor  activities.  These  boys,  by 
this  method,  would  be  encouraged,  and  thus  led  on 
to  the  more  rigorous  demonstrations  of  later  years. 
Nor  should  this  practical  geometry  be  abandoned 
in  the  high  school.  So  important  is  it  that  the 
Mathematical  Association  of  Great  Britain,  the 
successors  of  the  Association  for  the  Improvement 
of  Geometrical  Teaching,  as  well  as  the  various 
works  on  elementary  geometry  that  have  recently 
appeared,  all  agree  that  it  should  be  continued  after 
deductive  geometry  has  been  begun.  Taught  in 
this  manner,  geometry  is  an  aid  to  arithmeti- 
is  aided  by  it,  in  turn.  It  is  also  an  invaluable 
adjunct  to  manual  training. 

There  is  an  admirable  work  on  the  subject  which 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


47 


has  recently  appeared,  and  which  was  reviewed  in 
a  late  number  of  the  Educational  Review, 
"  Mechanical  Drawing,"  by  S.  A.  Morton,  M.  A., 
Halifax,  N.  S.  It  might  bz  well  to  use  this  work 
as  an  introduction  to,  and  in  connection  with,  the 
texts  in  geometry  at  present  in  use  in  the  schools  of 
the  Atlantic  provinces.  Nevertheless,  there  are  series 
by  the  same  author  which  combine  both  the  inductive 
and  deductive  elements,  either  in  one  book  or  in  two. 
One  of  this  character  would  perhaps  form  a  safer 
guide  for  teachers  who  are  just  entering  the  profes- 
sion. Take,  for  instance,  "The  Elements  of  Geo- 
metry," by  Lachlan  and  Fletcher,  London,  Edward 
Arnold.  Would  it  not  be  a  good  plan  for  our  text- 
book committee  of  the  N.  B.  Provincial  Educational 
Institute  to  suggest  a  good  work?  At  present  the 
subject  is  on  the  N.  B.  course  of  study,  but  the 
scheme  needs  elaborating.  I  have  no  doubt  this 
scheme  will  have  the  sympathy  and  co-operation  of 
the  Provincial  Normal  School.  We  might  ask  them 
to  set  every  year- some  questions  on  the  subject  for 
the  entrance  examinations. 


A  Hint  to  Teachers. — A  little  girl  sat  listening 
to  a  poem.  Her  mother  stopped  frequently  to  ex- 
plain and  simplify.  After  quietly  submitting  for  a 
time  the  little  one  said :  "  Mother,  dear,  I  could 
understand  so  much  better  if  you  would  please  not 
explain." 

Guess  the  Name  of  the  Poem. 

Guess  the  name  of  the  poem  that  tells  you  the  time, 

The  poem  where  two  are  made  one, 
The  poem  by  which  a  wide  river  is  crossed, 

The  poem  with  which  yarn  is  spun. 

The  poem  whose  anvil  rings  loud  'neath  his  blows, 

The  poem  that  falls  from  the  sky, 
The  poem  that  shines  where  the  moon  has  grown  old, 

The  poem  that  cannot  be  dry. 

The  poem  where  forests  are  stripped  of  their  leaves, 

The  poem  that  follows  the  deer, 
The  poem  that  sails  without  captain  or  crew, 

The  poem  that  rings  once  a  year. 


The  Swallows. 


"Gall?r«t  and  gay  in  their  doublets  gray, 
All  ait  a  flash  like  the  darting  of  flame, 

Chattering  Arabic,  African,  Indian — 
Certain  of  springtime,  the  swalJows   came !" 

"Doublets  of  gray  silk  and  surooats  of  puilple, 
Arid  ruffs  of  russet  round  endh  little  throat, 

Wearing  «ucb  gar))  they  1kw1  crossed  "lie  waters, 
■Mariners  sailing  wifrh  never  a  boa*." 

— Edwin  Arnold. 


Something:  for  a  Lazy  Afternoon. 

It  was  a  hot  afternoon  in  August.  The  glowing 
sun  sent  its  scorching  rays  on  the  roof  and  sides  of 
the  little  white  rural  schoolhouse  which  was  unpro- 
tected by  even  a  tree.  In  the  schoolroom  it  seemed 
too  hot  to  breathe,  and  the  nineteen  restless  pupils, 
varying  in  age  from  five  to  sixteen,  were  lounging 
in  their  seats.  As  I  tapped  the  bell  for  afternoon 
recess,  and  as  the  children  filed  listlessly  past  me,  I 
realized  that  the  language  lesson  on  coal  which  I 
had  planned  for  the  last  hour  would  be  an  utter 
failure. 

Some  interesting  work  must  be  given  the  child- 
ren, something  that  would  cause  them  to  forget  the 
heat;  but  when  the  children  had  taken  their  seats 
my  heart  sank  widi  despair,  for  I  was  myself  too 
tired  to  originate  any  instructive  occupation. 

Suddenly  I  had  an  inspiration.  One  class  was 
studying  map  drawing  by  scale.  Giving  to  the 
three  little  folks  some  colored  shoe  pegs  for  work 
in  stick  laying,  I  sent  the  rest  of  the  pupils  to  the 
board  with  their  rulers.  Who  ever  saw  a  child  who 
did  not  like  to  draw  on  a  board?  I  had  each  child 
measure  off  a  two  foot  space,  and  we  called  it  a 
meadow.  I  then  asked  each  to  draw  a  picture  of 
a  tree,  and  we  would  see  if  any  one  could  tell  what 
tree  was  represented.  How  hard  they  thought ! 
As  I  watched  the  trees  grow  on  the  board,  some 
looking  as  if  a  west  wind  had  broken  them,  and 
others  as  if  they  had  been  struck  by  lightning,  I 
realized  that  these  country  children  surely  had 
"eyes  that  see  not."  Two  of  the  drawings,  one  of 
a  maple  and  one  of  a  pine,  were  very  good.  As  I 
asked  them  to  prepare  for  dismissal,  one  large  girl 
involuntarily  exclaimed,  "It  isn't  time  to  go  home?" 
As  the  pupils  filed  out  and  were  on  their  way, 
they  watched  the  trees  and  made  comparisons  that 
would  enable  them  to  draw  trees  more  correctly  in 
future. — Adapted  from  an  Exchange. 


Spelling.— Summary,  arrival,  corridor,  efficient, 
Schenectady,  betrayal,  conceivable,  arraigned,  pa- 
vilion, lunatic,  assimilate,  laudanum,  Delaware,  cor- 
roborate, accessible,  citadel,  excelled,  clumsy, 
luncheon,  livelihood,  carnival,  amateur,  rehearsal, 
umbrella,  piteous,  cemetery,  Manhattan,  particle, 
cocoa,  erroneous,  legacy,  tournament,  embezzle, 
illuminate,  irrevocable,  courteous,  relegated,  annoy- 
ance, reverence,  dropped,  inevitable,  concede,  out- 
rageous, electricians,  interference,  conferring, 
counterfeit,  yachting,  standard,  etymology. 


48 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Psychology  for  Teacher  and  Parent. 

Mrs.  Catherine  M.  Condon. 

Every  phenomenon  has  its  meaning;  and  the 
scientist  notes  facts  that,  by  the  casual  onlooker, 
would  either  pass  unobserved  or  be  deemed  too 
insignificant  for  mention.  But  to  the  scientist 
':'  day  unto  day  uttereth  speech,  and  night  unto  night, 
showeth  knowledge."  By  the  practice  of  passing 
nothing  by  without  observation,  careful  comparison, 
study  of  the  relation  of  isolated  facts,  in  regard  to 
time  and  space  and  causation,  and  then  by  giving 
those  facts  their  proper  place  in  the  body  of  ascer- 
tained truth,  the  scientist  is  enabled  in  this  way, 
and  only  in  this  way,  by  synthesis,  to  formulate  and 
enunciate  a  law.  No  art  or  science  is  ever  built 
up  but  by  observation,  comparison,  judgment  and 
inference.  The  art  and  science  of  education  form 
no  exception  to  this  principle ;  but  what  a  time  it 
has  taken  to  find  this  out ! 

Psycho-physiology,  which  concerns  itself  with  the 
inter-relations  of  body  and  soul,  is  adding  greatly 
to  the  knowledge  and  efficiency  of  parents  and 
teachers ;  and  that  in  proportion  as  they  allow  them- 
selves to  be  guided  by  expert  authority  into  the 
right  track,  and  put  upon  their  guard  against  wrong 
conclusions,  and  become  habituated  to  a  correct 
method.  Add  to  this  the  immediate  record  of  an 
observation  with  its  curcumstances  of  time,  place, 
cause  and  effect  and  varying  conditions,  strict 
adherence  to  truth  being  the  key-note ;  and  although 
the  contribution  to  scientific  investigation  may  be 
small,  it  may  prove  a  missing  link,  for  which  un- 
availing search  has  hitherto  been  made,  or  it  may 
be  the  last  iota  of  evidence  that  establishes  the 
soundness  of  theory.  Why  have  we  not  been  mo-e 
sedulous  in  our  attempts  at  human  culture,  and  more 
generous  in  giving  the  fruits  of  our  experience  to 
others  ? 

The  astronomer  has  a  record,  well-nigh  continu- 
ous, running  back  for  centuries,  and,  given  time  for 
his  calculation,  he  would  map  out  for  you  the  starry 
heavens  for  a  century  to  come.  A  difficult  task, 
indeed,  and  one  of  the  triumphs  of  human  intellect. 

But  how  much  more  difficult  the  task  of  the  edu- 
cator. The  stars  fast  fixed  in  necessity  pursue  their 
beaten  track  in  the  heavens  and  their  mighty  revolu- 
tions with  foreseen  and  absolute  certainty.  But 
man,  a  free  agent,  within  his  limited  sphere,  and 
needing  in  the  formative  stage  constant  care  and 
guidance  lest  he  go  astray,  how  seldom,  under  even 
favorable  conditions,  does  he  receive  the  searching 


observation  and  study  that  is  bestowed  upon  his 
subject  by  the  student  of  science! 

The  theory  of  Locke,  that  man  comes  into  life  a 
tabalu  rasa,  on  which  you  may  write  what  you 
please,  and  that  no  ideas  can  exist  which  have  not 
been  acquired  through  the  senses,  has  been  for  some 
time  discarded  by  philosophers.  It  may  indeed  be 
questioned  whether  if  Locke  had  been  a  father,  and 
had  continuously  watched  the  development  of  his 
own  child,  he  would  ever  have  formulated  such  a 
theory. 

More  searching  investigation  brings  in  with 
startling  force  the  fact  of  heredity;  the  child  is  a 
very  palimpsest,  written  within  and  without,  scored 
with  lines  innumerable,  only  some  infinitesimal 
few  decipherable,  by  their  effects,  to  the  keen  eye 
of  scientific  research,  and  to  the  vision,  rendered 
sharp  by  parental  love  which  may  be  looking  out 
for  the  development  of  known  undesirable  hereditary 
traits,  so  that  by  wise  dealing  they  may  be  nipped 
in  the  bud,  or  their  force  transmuted. 

The  influence  of  heredity  is  profound  for  good 
or  evil,  according  as  it  is  recognized  and  given  right 
direction,  and  we  cannot  ignore  it  if  we  would,  but, 
like  the  rampant,  fiery  horses  in  Plato's  noble 
simile,  if  skilfully  managed,  it  will  carry  the 
individual  onward  and  upward.  Heredity  is  a 
spiritual  force,  and,  while  its  manifestations  mint, 
in  the  first  place,  be  observed  by  the  senses,  that  is 
only  half  the  task,  for  the  nature,  scope  and  limit- 
ations of  this  factor  in  human  development  must 
be  spiritually  discerned. 

What  watchfulness,  what  care,  what  ingenuity, 
what  virtue,  in  a  word,  what  wisdom  of  the  heart, 
as  well  as  the  hand,  is  needed!  Where  shall  we 
then  begin?  With  the  child.  When?  At  birth. 
How  ridiculous  this  will  appear  to  those  unthink- 
ing people  who  say  that  the  child  must  have  attain- 
ed a  certain  age  (differently  stated)  before  he  can 
become  the  subject  of  discipline,  before  he  can  be 
trained  to  habits  of  obedience  and  good  behaviour 
and  pleasant  manner.  It  will  be  wise  for  all  our 
teachers,  in  their  own  interest,  in  order  to  secure  a 
happy  school  life,  to  take  up  this  study  of  the  child  ; 
and  there  are  few  so  situated  as  not  to  have  an 
opportunity  of  studying  the  infant  in  the  cradle,  and 
through  all  the  stages  of  child-life  up  to  school  age. 
Much  help  may  be  obtained  from  those  mothers 
who  do  not  shirk  their  maternal  duties,  but  "live 
with  their  children,"  and  in  that  sweet  and  gracious 
life  of  service  learn  much   which,  if  embalmed  in 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


49 


accurate  and  uninterrupted  record,  would  in  years 
to  come  stir  up  memories  most  precious  and  be  of 
permanent  value.  If  passed  on  to  the  child,  when 
grown  up,  what  a  guide  it  would  be,  and  what  a 
warning,  in  good  time,  it  might  prove  against  cer- 
tain tendencies  that,  if  not  checked,  might  prove 
fatal  to  character.  For  the  teacher,  what  a  full 
page  in  the  book  of  human  nature  would  have  been 
scanned,  could  she  but  watch  critically  the  unfold- 
ing of  even  one  child  from  infancy  till  it  had 
passed  through  her  grade,  and  what  an  enlargement 
of  sympathy  and  spiritual  insight. 

Psychology,  like  every  other  art  and  science, 
must  begin  at  the  beginning,  or  as  near  the  begin- 
ning as  it  can.  For  the  ordinary  observer  that 
limit  is  fixed  at  birth. 

As  an  aid  to  the  beginner,  the  most  complete  and 
scientific  account  of  the  manifestation  of  the  soul 
of  the  child,  and  the  first  glimmering  light  of  the 
intellect  is  to  be  found  in  the  record,  kept  regularly, 
at  least  three  times  a  day,  with  scarcely  any  inter- 
ruption, by  Dr.  Wilhelm  Preyer,  Professor  of 
Psychology  in  the  University  of  Jena. 

It  was  the  record  of  his  son,  a  normal  child, 
without  brother  or  sister,  carefully  shielded  from 
disturbing  influences,  and  it  lasted  over  three  years. 
All  the  senses,  in  their  range,  their  order  of  unfold- 
ing, and  their  limitation,  were  observed  scientifically 
and  by  a  man  whose  candor,  love  of  truth,  freedom 
from  bias  and  generous  acknowledgment  of  the 
labours  of  others,  is  manifest  on  every  page,  thus 
creating  confidence  in  the  mind  of  the  reader  in  the 
competence  and  good  faith  of  his  guide. 

Preyer's  Soul  ok  the  Child,  in  two  volumes. 
I.  The  Senses  and  the  Will,  $1.50;  II,  Mental  De- 
velopment in  the  Child,  $1.00.  D.  Appleman  &  Co., 
New  York. 


To  measure  an  angle  by  a  watch,  lay  two  straight 
edged  pieces  of  paper  on  the  angle,  crossing  at  the 
apex.  Holding  them  where  they  overlap,  lay  them 
on  the  face  of  the  watch,  with  the  apex  at  the  centre. 
Read  the  angle  by  the  minutes  of  he  dial,  each  minute 
being  six  degrees  of  arc.  It  is  easy  to  measure 
within  two  or  three  degrees  in  this  way. 


A  lady  once  asked  a  little  girl  of  five  if  she  had 
any  brothers. 

''  Yes,"  said  the  child,  "  I  have  three  brothers." 

"And  how  many  sisters,  my  dear?"  asked  the 
lady. 

"  Just  one  sister,  and  I'm  it,"  replied  the  small  girl. 
— Little  Chronicle. 


Literature  in  the  Whole. 

How  should  literature  be  studied?     It  should  be 
studied  to  get  straight  to  the  heart  of  the  author, — 
his  thought  and  his   feeling.     Knowledge    of    his- 
torical   and   classical    allusions   and   definitions     of 
words  are  necessary  to  an  appreciation  of  literature ; 
but  any  chasing  down  of  allusions  for  the  sake  of 
mere  knowledge,  any  seeking  out  of  the  origins  of 
words,  any  study  of  the  life  of  an  author  when  it 
sheds  no  light  on  the  work  in  hand,  is  a  waste  of- 
time;  for  it  distracts  the  attention  from  the  litera-, 
ture,  and  never  allows  the  reader  to  catch  the  fires 
of  a  great  creative  spirit.     So,  too,  while  literature 
is  the  best  instructor  in  composition,  it  should  never 
be  called  upon  to  give  this  lesson  until  it  has  first 
unfolded  its  great  truth  to  the  reader.     And  there 
can    be   nothing  more   stultifying  to  a  class    than 
forcing    these    secondary    matters  to  a    prominent 
place  in  the  study  of  literature,  because,  forsooth, 
they  are  the  only  things  that  can  be  marked   and 
tabulated.     How  often  a  child  in  school  is  trained 
to  dislike  literature  because  he  is  made  to  spend  his 
energy  turning  the  leaves  of  a  dictionary  or  some 
handbook,  or  learning  the  nauseating  drivel    to   be 
found  in  some  edited  texts!     When  an  instructor 
arrives  at  this  stage  of  teaching  where  little  things 
are   seen  out  of  all  true   proportion,   his  life    has 
already  fled,  and  soon  the  life  of  the  class  will  flicker 
and    die.        Every    student    that   makes    details    of 
supreme    importance    is    like  a    near-sighted    man 
studying  some  noble  work  of  architecture.       He 
may  know  the  beauty  of  each  individual  column,  the 
perfection  of  each  pedestal  and  capital,  the  graceful 
lines  of  each  window  and  door ;  yet  this  near-sight- 
ed man  would  have  little  sense  of  the  strength  and 
harmony  of  the  whole.     And  there  are  many  stu- 
dents in  our  classes  making  a  myopic  study  of  lit- 
erature.    Its  minutest  details  are  perfectly  known  ; 
but  the  great  broad  significance  of  its  mighty  unity 
is  never  dreamt  of. 

The  method,  then,  will  be  to  seek  first  the  truth. 
If  in  the  search  historic  or  classic  references  must 
be  known,  if  new  words  are  hiding  the  meaning,  if 
figures  of  speech  need  explanation,  if  the  biography 
of  the  author  throws  light  on  his  meaning,  learn 
these  things.  But  always  remember  that  they  are 
but  incidents;  the  real  tiling  is  the  living  truth 
which  a  great  spirit  has  found  and  written  down 
fur  the  enlargement  of  the  soul. — //'.  /•'.  Webster, 
in  "  Teaching  English  in  the  High  School." 


50 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


A  Habit  of  Observation. 

Agassiz  says,  "  You  study  nature  in  the  house, 
and  when  you  go  out  of  doors  you  cannot  find  her." 
If  you  wish  to  become  observant,  irritate  your 
curiosity,  become  inquisitive.  Train  it  off  into  the 
region  of  the  five  senses.  If  people  were  as  curious 
about  the  business  of  their  neighbors  in  the  fields 
and  woods,  in  the  household  concerns  of  the  birds, 
and  the  domestic  relations  and  economies  of  the 
bugs,  as  they  are  about  their  neighbors  in  houses, 
how  fast  would  our  books  of  original  observations 
be  filled  up ;  for  it  is  the  same  power  which,  piped 
off  in  one  direction  or  the  other,  makes  us  busy- 
bodies  and  gossips  or  observers  and  naturalists. 
To  the  latter  end,  read  such  books  as  open  up  the 
physical  world;  books  which  introduce,  and  pro- 
voke experiment  and  examination,  rather  than  those 
which  explain  away  and  describe;  settle  down  to 
the  cultivation  of  a  knowledge  of  the  seemingly  un- 
important and  uninteresting  landscape  wherein  you 
find  the  extent  of  your  riches  to  be;  and  you  will 
live;  and  the  deeper  you  delve  the  greater  you  will 
soon  agree  with  Charles  Kingsley,  "that  he  is  a 
thoroughly  good  naturalist  who  knows  his  own 
parish  thoroughly." 

But,  it  is  not  the  eye  that  sees  or  the  ear  that 
hears.  Behind  the  eye  and  ear  must  be  the  seeing 
and  hearing  brain,  the  inquiring  mind,  taking  note 
of  all  that  passes  outside  its  windows,  for  such  onlv 
are  the  senses.  Do  you  ask,  "What  shall  I  look 
tor?"  "What  shall  I  observe?"  Anything, 
everything.  Examine  the  colors  of  dawn  and  sun- 
set. Cloud  colors  never  got  into  literature  till 
John  Ruskin  painted  them.  See  what  he  says,  let 
him  introduce  you  to  the  glories  of  the  heavens. 
Learn  to  know  the  birds  by  their  cries  and  songs, 
and  by  their  flights  and  figures.  Note  the  time  of 
their  comings  and  goings,  and  find  out  what  birds 
spend  the  winter  with  you.  Note  the  putting  on  of 
the  foliage ;  every  tree  has  its  time  and  tint  in  spring 
and  autumn.  Find  what  colors  predominate  in  the 
flowers  in  the  various  seasons  and  months.  Note 
the  colors  of  autumn,  and  of  families  and  groups  of 
plants  and  of  ripened  fruit.  Learn  to  distinguish 
plants  and  seasons  by  their  scents  at  night.  There 
is  a  geography  of  scents  of  every  path  and  highway 
you  will  find,  so  that  you  could  pick  them  out  if 
you  were  blind.  Note  the  works  of  frost,  and  snow 
drifted  and  stratified  and  sculptured  by  the  winds 
of  winter. 


gaunter  down  the  lonely  highway  and  tarry  in 
the  first  neglected  fence-corner  tangle  of  brambles, 
weeds  and  vines,  for  the  remainder  of  the  after- 
noon. Nothing  interesting  in  our  well-known 
neighborhood !  Surely  we  should  be  ashamed  to  say 
it.  All  the  problems  of  botany,  biology,  geology, 
zoology  and  evolution  lie  before  me  in  the  fields  and 
woods  about  my  home,  inviting  my  observation, 
taxing  my  acuteness  and  reason.  There  is  material 
for  a  novel  and  original  book  in  every  field.  What 
we  want  is  a  habit  of  close  observation. 

All  children  are  born  naturalists,  and  it  is  only 
that  training  and  occupation  counteracts  or  over- 
lays this  faculty,  that  delight  in  nature  is  not  more 
universal.  The  invitation  of  all  nature  to  the  eye 
is  "  Come  and  see."  Henry  Ward  Beecher.  in  his 
Norwood,  pleasantly  observes,  "  Yea,  let  me  abide 
with  the  artist  in  fine  scenery  or  stroll  with  some 
learned  professor,  who  shall  name  familiar  flowers, 
and  let  me  know  what  bug  it  was  that  bit  me,  and 
what  bird  sung  to  me."  Let  us  glean  at  least  a  few 
treasures  from  this  store-house  of  a  world,  when 
the  terms  are  so  pleasant  and  easy. — Ex. 


Lines  in  Season. 

There  is  no  unbelief; 
Whoever  plants  a  seed  beneath  the  sod 
And  waits  to  see  it  push  away  the  clod, 

He  trusts  in  God. 

Whoever  says  when  clouds  are  in  the  sky, 
Be  patient,   heart,  light  breaketh  by-and-by, 

Trusts  the  Most  High. 
Whoever  sees,  'neath  fiefd  of  winter  snow, 
The  silent  harvest  of  the  future  grow, 

God's  power  must  know. 

— Buhvcr  Lylton. 
Let  me  go  where'er  I  will 
I  hear  a  sky-born  music  still; 
It  is  not  only  in  the  rose, 
It  is  not  only  in  the  bird, 
Not  only  where  the  rainbow  glows, 
Nor  in  the  songs  of  woman  heard, 
But  in  the  darkest,  meanest  things, 
There  always,  always   something  sings. 

— Emerson. 
Still  o'er  the  earth  hastes  Opportunity, 
Seeking  the  hardy  soul  that  seeks  for  her. 
Swift  willed  is  thrice-willed;  late  means  never  more; 
Impatient  is  her  foot,  nor  turns  again. 

— Lowell. 
Weakness  never  need  be  falseness;  truth  is  truth  in  each 

degree 
Thunlered-pealed  by  God  to  nature,  whispered  by  my  soul 
•D  me-  —Robert  Brotpning. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


51 


Acadia  University  Closing-. 

The  past  year  at  t!iis  institution,  which  closed 
June  6th,  has  had  in  it  several  things  which  will 
help  to  distinguish  it  from  previous  and  subsequent 
years. 

What  is  known  as  the  second  forward  movement 
has  just  been  successfully  completed.  The  first 
forward  movement  secured  sixty  thousand  dollars 
from  the  constituency,  an  amount  which  was  sup- 
plemented by  fifteen  thousand  from  Mr.  Rockefeller. 
When  even  this  was  first  undertaken  there  were 
those  who  were  emphatic  in  declaring  the  task  to 
be  an  impossible  one.  The  realization  of  this  aim 
did  not  make  possible,  however,  any  appreciable 
advance  for  the  schools.  The  mere  payment  of 
debts,  without  expansion  in  necessary  directions,  is 
retrogression.  Hence  the  governing  board  felt  the 
weight  of  responsibility  which  was  upon  them, 
when,  at  the  completion  of  the  first  movement, 
President  Trotter  came  forward  with  his  resigna- 
tion. And  it  was  just  the  depth  of  this  concern, 
evinced  by  the  reidiness  of  the  governors  gener- 
ously to  employ  their  own  means  to  assist  in  the 
exigency,  that  induced  the  president  to  withdraw 
his  resignation  and  give  himself  vigorously  to  a 
second  forward  movement  far  greater  than  its  pre- 
decessor. The  ensuing  communications  and  inter- 
views of  Dr.  Trotter  with  Mr.  Rockefeller,  through 
Mr.  Rockefeller's  secretary,  issued  in  that  wealthy 
gentleman  pledging  himself  to  pay  into  Acadia's 
treasury  a  dollar  for  every  dollar  obtained  from  the 
friends  of  the  university,  even  up  to  one  hundred 
thousand  dollars.  Thereupon  began  a  resolute  and 
energetic  effort  to  raise  nothing  short  of  this  large 
sum,  an  effort  which  has  been  so  wisely  and  zeal- 
ously prosecuted  that  announcement  of  its  full 
success  was  made  a  few  months  ago.  The  round- 
ing out  of  this  enterprise  is  an  evidence,  not  only 
of  the  skill  of  Dr.  Trotter  in  such  an  undertaking. 
but  of  the  love  which  possesses  the  Baptist  peonle 
of  these  provinces  for  their  schools  at  Wolfville. 
and  of  the  large  things  that  may  be  achieved  where 
such  love  exists. 

Within  the  year,  also,  and  as  another  fruit  of  the 
president's  energy.  Mr.  Carnegie  has  made  an  un- 
conditional gift  to  the  college  of  thirty  thousand 
dollars,  the  whole  amount  to  be  used  for  a  well- 
equipped  science  building.  This  building,  it  is 
expected,  will  be  erected  some  time  next  year. 
There  has  thus  been  obtained  for  Acadia  during  the 
nine  years  of  Dr.  Trotter's  incumbency  upwards  of 
three  hundred  thousand  dollars  toward  a  required 
enlargement. 

But  while  the  year  gone  will  be  remembered  for 
its  financial  success,  it  will  also  be  remembered  as 
the  one  in  which  Dr.  Trotter's  official  connection 
with  the  scIkkiIs  came  to  an  end.  Impaired  health 
has  made  it  necessary  for  him  to  give  up  this  edu- 
cational work  for  what  is  more  congenial  to  him 


and  less  taxing.  The  appointment  of  his  successor 
is  now  under  careful  consideration ;  and  it  is  hoped 
on  all  sides,  whether  the  appointment  be  delayed 
or  soon  made,  that  the  one  chosen  may  suitably 
follow  up  what  has  lately  been  done  so  well. 

The  year  will  also  be  marked  as  the  one  in  which 
Dr.  Keirstead's  absence  was  first  felt,  and  the  one 
in  which  Professor  R.  P.  Gray  first  occupied  the 
chair  of  English  language  and  literature.  The 
former  gentleman  so  long  wrought  in  Acadia's 
halls  of  learning,  and  with  such  signal  ability,  and 
filled  so  large  a  place  in  the  religious  and  educa- 
tional life  of  our  "  provinces  by  the  sea,"  that  he 
has  been  greatly  missed  by  his  co-workers  and 
friends  during  his  first  year  as  professor  at  Mc- 
Master  University,  Toronto.  Put  he  is  not  lost  to 
us,  however,  since  good  work  done  anywhere 
reaches  everywhere.  Professor  Gray,  who  stepped 
into  the  place  made  vacant  by  Dr.  Keirstead,  has 
enjoyed  the  best  advantages  for  study  in  American 
and  English  universities,  and  has  had  several,  years 
of  experience  as  teacher  and  lecturer  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Rochester,  N.  Y.  He  has  rendered  such 
a  good  year  of  service  at  Acadia,  both  in  the  class- 
room and  in  the  various  relations  of  college  life, 
as  gives  excellent  promise  for  the  department  he 
represents. 

On  the  6th  of  June  last  Acadia  College  gave  the 
degree  of  bachelor  of  science  for  the  first  time. 
There  was  effected  not  long  since  such  an  affiliation 
with  McGill  University  as  enables  Acadia's  B.  Sc. 
men  to  enter  the  third  year  of  the  faculty  of  applied 
science  at  McGill.  The  recent  readjustment  of 
courses  at  Acadia,  and  the  new  relation  thereby 
brought  about  with  the  large  technical  schools,  is 
exactly  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  our 
day,  and  expressive  of  the  purpose  of  Acadia's 
governing  board  to  keep  abreast,  as  far  as  may  be, 
with  the  appropriate  exactions  of  our  times. 

The  Baccalaureate  sermon  at  the  June  closing 
was  preached  by  Dr.  Joseph  McLeod,  of  Frederic- 
ton,    who    delivered  a    strong    and  timely    address. 

There  was  special  fitness  in  having  Dr.  McLeod, 
who  has  long  been  a  leader  among  the  Free  Bap- 
tists of  New  Brunswick,  perforin  that  service  at 
that  particular  time,  since  union  of  the  Baptists  and 
Free  Baptists  of  New  Brunswick  was  consummated 
but  a  few  months  ago. 

New  Brunswick  visitors  noted  the  creditable,  place 
taken  by  students  from  their  province  in  the  list  of 
those  who  just  graduated  from  Acadia  College. 
Frederick  S.  Porter,  of  Fredericton,  carried  off  the 
Nothard  and  Lowe  gold  medal  for  the  highest  aver- 
age in  all  subjects  of  the  sophomore,  junior  and 
senior  years ;  Raymond  P.  Colpitts,  of  Forest  Glen, 
took  rank  next  to  Mr.  Porter,  and  received  the 
Governor-General's  silver  medal;  while  Win.  H. 
Coleman,  of  Moncton,  won  the  Kerr  Boyce  Tupper 
gold  medal  for  oratory.  Joseph  E.  Howe,  of 
Hillsdale,  was  the  best  all-round  athlete  in  the  insti- 


52 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


tution,  and  withal  was  a  first-class  student  in  every 
department,  graduating  with  honors  in  history  and 
jx)litical  economy. 

Nineteen  in  all  received  the  B.  A.  degree ;  two 
the  B.  Sc.  degree;  and  three  the  M.  A.  degree  in 
course.  The  honorary  degree  of  D.  D.  was  con- 
ferred upon  Rev.  George  Sale,  of  Atlanta.  Georgia, 
and  of  M.  A.  upon  Rev.  B.  H.  Nobles,  of  Sackville. 
N.  B.  Special  exercises  were  held  on  anniversary 
day  to  mark  the  retirement  of  Dr.  Trotter.  An 
address  to  him  was  read  by  Mr.  I.  B.  Oakes  on 
behalf  of  the  governors,  this  being  accompanied  by 
a  purse  of  one  thousand  dollars.  Dr.  R.  V.  Jones 
read  another  address  on  behalf  of  the  faculty.  The 
graduating  class  presented  the  college  with  a  fine 
portrait  of  the  retiring  leader.  To  all  this  Dr. 
Trotter  made  tender  and  fitting  reply,  thus  closing 
his  memorable  administration. 

It  may  be  added  that  Horton  Academy  and 
Acadia  Seminary,  the  school  for  boys  and  the  school 
for  girls,  have  both  had  a  good  year,  the  former 
having  a  registration  of  ioo,  and  the  latter  216. 
It  is  with  abundant  confidence  in  the  institutions 
at  Wolfville,  Nova  Scotia,  that  those  entrusted  with 
their  guidance  can  appeal  for  an  ever-growing! 
number  of  young  men  and  young  women  to  turn 
their  steps  thither  and  avail  themselves  of  the 
choice  educational  advantages  there  afforded. 

King's  College  Enecenia.      "..  C.  C. 

The  King's  College  Enecenia  this  year  went  off 
with  no  very  special  adventures.  Dr.  Hannah 
handed  in  his  expected  resignation,  having  come  to 
the  conclusion  that  (unless  Church  people  are  will- 
ing to  contribute  enough  to  put  the  college  in  line 
with  the  other  institutions  of  the  kind — which  ap- 
parently they  are  not)  there  is  no  possible  future 
for  old  King's,  except  to  federate  with  Dalhousie  to 
form  a  larger  university  for  arts  and  science,  and 
to  use  her  venerable  building  in  Windsor  for  a 
divinity  college.  At  the  annual  meeting  of  gover- 
nors, a  motion  with  this  end  in  view  was  proposed 
by  Mr.  Cotton,  of  P.  E.  Island,  and  seconded  by  the 
president ;  the  opposition  was  such  that  it  was  modi- 
fied to  leave  out  all  reference  to  federation,  and  to 
confine  the  proposal  to  making  King's  merely  a 
divinity  college.  Even  so,  however,  it  was  lost  by 
12  votes  to  10. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  governors  held  in  Halifax 
on  5th  July,  it  was  decided  to  re-appoint  all  the 
professors  for  one  year,  leaving  the  question  of  a 
new  president  to  a  committee.  The  future  of 
King's  College  is  thus  still  in  the  balance,  and  it  is 
greatly  to  be  hoped  that  her  supporters  will  speedily 
decide  either  to  add  at  least  $100,000  to  her  endow- 
ments or  will  come  to  the  conclusion  that  ten  col- 
leges granting  degrees  are  too  many  for  three  little 
provinces  with  a  combined  population  of  well  under 
a  million,  and  that  the  plan  of  the  Presbyterians  in 
seeking  to  build  up  a  strong  central  university  and 
maintaining  a  really  fine  divinity  college  for  their 
own  body  is  one  that  has  been  markedly  justified 
bv  its  success.  * 


Teachers'  Institutes. 

Considering  the  great  preponderance  in  numbers 
of  rural  teachers,  their  lack  of  influence  in  education- 
al institutes  may,  at  first  glance,  seem  strange,  but  if 
a  little  consideration  be  given  the  matter,  a  reason 
will  not  be  difficult  to  discover. 

Tenure  of  office  being  shorter  in  the  country  than 
in  the  city,  a;  teacher  may  be  engaged  for  a  term  or 
two,  wthout  getting  acquainted  with  her  co-laborer 
in  the  adjoining  district,  and  she  comes  to  the  insti- 
tute without  even  having  talked  the  programme 
over  with  her  next-door  neighbor.  The  town  teach- 
ers if  they  are  not  intimately  acquainted,  at  least 
know  one  another  by  reputation,  and  when  any 
question  comes  up  relating  to  their  own  particular 
work,  it  has  previously  received  some  consideration, 
and  some  line  of  policy  has  been  outlined,  and  when 
nominations  for  office  are  made,  there  is  some 
cohesion  among  them  as  to  those  who  would  best 
represent  their  interests,  while  the  country  teachers 
who  could  outvote  them  by  a  very  large  majority 
do  not  even  nominate  those  engaged  in  the  same 
work.  We  do  not  for  one  moment  insinuate  that 
any  intentional  advantage  has  ever  been  taken  of 
this  inactivity  on  the  part  of  the  rural  teachers,  and 
must  also  acknowledge  that  country  teachers  are 
very  backword  about  taking  part  in  the  work  of  in- 
stitutes when  requested  to  do  so.  They  discuss  very 
intelligently  the  drawbacks  of  ungraded  work,  sug- 
gest topics  bearing  upon  the  same,  but  take  no 
action  to  bring  them  before  Teachers'  Institutes. 


In  the  Delineator  for  August  Clara  E.  Laughlin 
tells  the  story  of  the  life  of  Rembrandt,  whose  pic- 
tures are  held  invaluable  in  the  world's  best  collec- 
tions of  art,  and  Gustav  Kobbe  writes  of  the  famous 
civil  war  song  of  the  south,  "Dixie,"  and  its  com- 
poser, Dan  Emmet,  the  old  minstrel.  In  the  Cam- 
paign for  Safe  Foods,  Mrs.  Abel  contributes  a  chap- 
ter on  "The  Market  Inspector  and  the  Buyer," 
which  concludes  this  series  of  notable  articles. 
There  are  numerous  articles  devoted  to  the  interests 
of  the  home;— The  Kitchen,  House  Furnishing, 
Needlework  and  Dressmaking ;  and  the  children's 
pages  include  a  variety  of  features  having  for  their 
purpose  the  entertainment  of  young  folks. 


The  July  number  of  Aeadicnsis  has  articles  on 
Jonathan  Eddy  and  Grand  Manan,  The  Union  of 
the  Maritime  Provinces,  The  History  of  Tracadie, 
Halifax  in  Books,  with  other  articles  of  interest. 
D.  "R.  Jack,  publisher,  St.  John,  N.  B. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


53 


Recitations  for  the  Youngest  Children. 

Six  and  nine  had  a  falling  out; 
I  can't  say  what  it  was  all  about. 
One  was  angry,  and  said,  "  Oh,  fie, 
You  know  you  are  worth  three  less  than  I." 
The  other  cried,  with  a  pout  and  frown, 
"  You're  nothing  but  six  turned  upside  down !  " 

— H.  R.  Hudson. 
For  a  little  girl  five  years  old. — 

I'm  one  and  one,  and  one  and  two, 

That  is  my  age  all  told ; 

And  if  I  live  as  long  again, 

I  shall  be  twice  as  old. 

How  do  birds  first  learn  to  sing? — 

From   the  whistling  wind  so  fleet, 
From  the  waving  of  the  wheat, 
From  the  rustling  of  the  leaves, 
From  the  raindrop  on  the  eaves, 
From  the  children's  laughter  sweet, 
From  the  plash  when  brooklets  meet. 

— Mary  Mapcs  Dodge. 

Good  night! 

Sleep  tight! 

Wake  up  bright 

In  the  morning  light 

To  do  what's  right 

With  all  your  might ! 

Play  you  are  a  little  farmer. 

Cut  the  hay. 

Rake  it. 

Put  it  in  your  cart. 

Haul  it  to  the  barn. 

Exercise  for  Tired  Children. — 
I  put  my  right  foot  in, 
I  put  my  right  foot  out, 
I  give  my  right  foot  a  shake,  shake,  shake, 
And  turn  my  body  around. 

I  put  my  left  foot  in, 

I  put  my  left  foot  out, 

I  give  my  left  foot  a  shake,  shake,  shake, 

And  turn  my  body  around. 

I  put  my  right  hand  up, 

I  put  my  right  hand  down, 

I  give  my  right  hand  a  shake,  shake,  shake, 

And  turn  my  body  around. 

I  put  my  left  hand  up, 

I  put  my  left  hand  down, 

I  give  my  left  hand  a  shake,  shake,  shake, 

And  turn  my  body  around. 

I  lean  my  head  back, 

I  lean  my  head  front, 

I  give  my  head  a  shake,  shake,  shake, 

And  turn  my  body  around. 

— Selected. 


Parts   of  the   Body 

Virginia  Putnam. 
Touch  the  eyes. — 

Wink  and  Blink  are  my  two  eyes, 

Kind  friends  they  are  to  me; 
For  all  the  pleasant  things  on  earth 
With  Wink  and  Blink  I  see. 

Touch  the  ears. — 

Hark  and  Listen  are  my  ears, 

I  hold  them  very  dear; 
For  music  and  the  songs  of  birds 

With  these  good  friends  I  hoar. 

Touch  the  nose. — 

Sniff  is  my  funny  little  nose, 

I  like  it  very  well ; 
For  sweet  perfumes   and   fragrant   flowers 
With  little  Sniff  I  smell. 

Touch  the  cheeks  and  chin. — 

Dot  and  Dent  are  my  two  cheeks, 

And  Dimple  is  my  chin ; 
They  get  so  full  of  laugh,  sometimes, 

It's  hard  to  keep  it  in. 

Touch  the  lips. — 

Rose  and  Ruby  arc  my  lips, 

They  were  made  to  smile,  not  pout ; 
They  were  made  to  keep  the  cross  words  in, 

And  to  let  the  kind  words  out. 

Place  hand  upon  the  head. — 

Thinker  is  my  little  head. 

In  it  I  store  away, 
For  fear  that  I  may  lose  them, 
My  lessons  every  day. 

Clap  hands  softly.: — 

Clasp  and  Clap  are  my  two  hands, 

So  many  things  they  do, 
It  would  be  very  hard,  I  think, 
To  name  them  all  to  you. 

Place  hand  on  the  heart. — 

Pitty-pat  is  my  little  heart, 
It  beats  on  my  left  side ; 
I  try  to  keep  it  full  of  love, 
And  free  from  hate  and  pride. 

Point  to  the  feet. — 

Hop  and  Skip  are  my  two  feet, 

With  them  I  walk  and  run, 
They're  always  ready  to  start  off 
When  errands  must  be  done. 

Point  upward. — 

To  God,  our  Heavenly  Father, 

Who  gave  them  all  to  me. 
Since  all  these  useful  friends  are  mine, 

How  grateful  I  should  be. 


-Selected. 


54 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Closing  Hymn, 

Air — "  Now  the  Day  is  Over." 
Now  our  work  is  over, 

Over  is  our  play, 
Heavenly  Father  keep  us 

On  our  homeward  way. 

Make  us  kind  and  gentle, 

Loving,  pure,  and  true, 
Be  Thou  ever  with  us 

In  whate'er  we  do. 

— Kindergarten  Review. 

There  is  a  Quaker,  I  understand, 
Who,  for  three  sons,  laid  off  his  land, 
And  made  three  circles  nicely  meet 
So  as  to  bound  an  acre  neat. 
Now,  in  the  centre  of  that  acre 
Is  found  the  dwelling  of  that  Quaker; 
In  centre  of  the  circles  round 
A  dwelling  for  each  son  is  found. 
Now  can  you  tell  by  skill  or  art 
How  many  rods  they  are  apart? 


Jimmy:  "A  man  had  two  eggs -for  breakfast 
every  morning.  He  never  stole  them ;  he  never 
bought  them ;  he  never  had  them  given  him,  and  be 
never  kept  hens.     How  did  he  get  them  ?  " 

Jemmy  :       Give  it  up." 

Jimmy  :  "  He  kept  ducks." — Woman's  Home 
Companion. 

The  Streets  of  Paris,  May  1st- 

Extracts  From  a.  Letter  By  Mary  Johnstone. 

'Everybody  has  been  looking  forward  with 
mingled  feelings  to  May  ist  this  year.  A  general 
strike  among  the  workpeople,  sufficiently  far  reach- 
ing in  its  results  to  amount  to  a  revolution  has  been 
anticipated.  The  authorities  of  Paris  with  the 
double  purpose  of  preserving  the  peace,  and  intimi- 
dating the  strikers  called  into  requisition  60,000 
soldiers  to  supplement  the  regular  garrisons. 

I  went  out  about  8  a.  m.,  expecting  at  least  to  see 
all  shops  closed,  and  the  streets  filled  with  people. 
To  my  surprise,  and  I  may  add,  also  1o  my  disap- 
pointment T  found  finite  the  contrary.  Many  shops 
even  the  largest,  namely,  the  Hon  Marche  and 
Magasin  du  Louvre  open,  but  absolutely  tranquil  and 
almost  deserted,  on  the  streets  fewer  people  than 
usual,  here  and  there  a  soldier  or  a  group  of  soldiers, 
how  could  one  escape  them  when  there  are  more  than 
70,000  within  the  walls.  Not  only  were  there  few 
people  to  be  seen  walking  or  loitering  about,  but 
hardly  a  conveyance.  Looking  closely  at  the  tram- 
ways and  omnibuses  I  found  they  were  practically 
empty.  The  same  state  of  things  existed  up  to  the 
late  afternoon,  when  some  few  people  having  heard 


of  nothing  startling  having  taken  place  ventured 
forth  on  foot.  As  some  one  remarked  next  day, 
Paris  had  assumed  the  aspect  of  an  old  time  New 
England  town  on  Sunday.  Those  whom  one  did 
encounter  carried  a  visage  not  Parisian.  I  am  speak- 
ing now  of  the  general  condition  and  aspect.  There 
were  exceptions. 

Anyone  entirely  ignorant  of  passing  events  walk- 
ing, say  in  the  Tuileries  gardens  or  the  Luxembourg 
gardens  on  the  30th  of  April  and  May  ist  must  have 
felt  without  observing,  that  there  was  "something 
up."  Where  were  the  usual  tourists,  with  their 
faithful  "Baedeker's?"  Where  the  loiterers  making 
merry  at  their  expense?  Where  the  merry  children 
with  their  balls,  their  tops,  their  skipping  ropes? 
Where  the  groups  of  "Noonahs"  enjoying  their  daily 
gossip  while  plying  their  needles  industriously?  I 
could  not  have  believed  either  of  these  places  could 
be  so  deserted  in  broad  daylight.  True  it  rained 
heavily  a  couple  of  times  during  the  day,  but  from 
3  p.  m.  until  sunset  it  was  superb.  I  went  about 
in  the  different  quarters  of  the  city  up  to  7  p.  m.,  and 
directly  after  dinner  sallied  forth  again.  Never  on 
the  boulevards  have  I  seen  such  a  small  pretence  to 
a  crowd.  Cafe  after  cafe  we  passed  with  empty, 
deserted  tables  outside,  a  most  unusual  thipg  even 
in  severe  weather,  and  no  more  persons  within  than 
one  could  count  on  his  fingers.  On  my  way  to  the 
Hotel  de  Ville  I  made  a  tour  of  Notre  Dame,  and 
stumbled  upon  the  morgue  in  my  wanderings. 
Everything  was  as  still  and  silent  as  death  itself. 
Ordinarily  in  such  an  evening  prowl  at  this  one  can- 
not go  a  hundred  yards  without  seeing  or  hearing 
someone  or  something  amusing  and  interesting.  I 
crossed  the  Seine  by  the  Pont  Austerlitz  near  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes  and  remarked  at  the  time  that 
truly  Jean  Valjean  escaping  from  Javert  could  not 
have  found  that  vicinity  more  deserted.  At  9.30  I 
stood  in  front  of  the  Hotel  de  Ville,  and  it  is  a  literal 
fact  that  for  more  than  five  minutes  not  one  person 
crossed  "the  Place."  Yet  even  as  we  stood  there  in 
the  moonlight,  in  spite  of  the  tranquillity,  there  was 
that  in  the  general  aspect,  that  very  absence  of  de- 
monstration which  made  us  remember  that  within 
the  court  and  cellars  of  that  very  Hotel  de  Ville  at 
that  very  moment  were  stationed  upwards  of  1,000 
soldiers. 

Now  this  very  desertion  of  the  streets  and  cafes 
was  full  of  significance.  One  half  the  people  stayed 
at  home  because  they  feared  what  might  occur  if 
they  ventured  forth,  and  the  other  half,  the  "might 
have  been"  disturbers  of  the  peace  were  intimidated 
by  the  troops  stationed  in  every  conceivable  place, 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


55 


TEACHERS'  MANUAL 

HINTS     ON     HOW     TO     TEACH     THE 

New   Canadian    Geography 


Part  I.  is  a  discussion  of  the  general  method  to 
be  pursued  in  teaching  geography. 

Part  II.  takes  the  lessons  of  the  New  Canadian 
Geography,  lesson  by  lesson,  and  shows  how 
each  is  to  be  taught.  Under  each  lesson  is 
added  much  additional  information. 

The  teacher  will  find  this  manual  will  enable  him  to 
make  the  necessary  preparation,  in  a  few  min- 
utes, for  teaching  a  given  lesson,  which  would 
otherwise  require  hours  of  patient  labor  as  well 
as  access  to  a  library  of  reference  books. 


Price  50  Cents 


Special  Price:  To  teachers  using  the  New 
Canadian  Geography  a  copy  of  the  Teachers' 
Manuul,  for  their  own  use  only,  will  be  sent 
free  on  receipt  of  Ten  Cents  to  cover  cost  of 
mailing  and  postage. 


W.  J.   GAGE   (El   CO.,   Limited, 


Publishers, 


Toronto 


even  the  court  yards  of  private  dwellings  and  busi- 
ness houses. 

The  day  did  not  pass  however  without  incident. 
It  was  necessary  for  the  military  to  disperse  the 
crow"d  three  separate  times,  and  upwards  of  six 
hundred  arrests  were  made.  When  one  remembers 
that  on  any  patriotic  fete  the  arrests  amount  into  the 
hundreds,  this  number  is  not  appalling. 

Just  at  the  setting  of  the  sun  as  I  made  my  way 
from  the  Luxembourg  gardens  to  St.  Germain  des 
Pres,  a  sight  that  1  shall  not  soon  forget  arrested  me. 
It  was  at  Place  St.  Sulpice.  The  troopers  of  the 
Garde  Republican  stationed  in  the  Mairie  close  by 
had  just  led  out  their  horses  for  their  evening  drink ; 
the  whole  basin  of  the  fountain  was  surrounded  with 
men  and  horses;  everything  was  quiet  and  peaceful 
almost  a  solemn  hush,  and  the  last  rays  of  the  set- 
ting sun  were  caught  by  the  bright  steel  helmets  of 
the  troopers.  The  setting,  the  imposing  facade  of 
St.  Sulpice  in  the  back-ground  and  the  convent  with 
its  garden  walls  on  the  side,  made  an  indelible  im- 
!>r  ssion  on  my  memory.  I  drew  near  to  the  basin 
and  observed  the  figures  in  the  picture  in  detail,  and 
could  not  but  be  touched  by  the  perfect  understand- 
ing between  each  trooper  and  his  horse.    Each  spoke 


to  his  animal  as  to  a  friend  and  the  horse  made  up 
in  intelligence  of  expression  for  its  lack  of  language 
to  reply. 

CURRENT    EVENTS. 

Stromboli  is  again  in  active  eruption. 

The  fourteen  conferences  of  the  Inter-Parliament- 
ary Union  is  now  in  session  in  London.  All  the 
parliaments  of  Europe  are  represented.  The  re- 
presentatives of  the  Russian  doutna,  however,  were 
obliged  to  withdraw  in  consequence  of  the  dissolu- 
tion of  that  body. 

The  enlargement  of  the  Kiel  Canal  is  made  neces- 
sary by  the  increasing  size  of  war  ships.  Its  bed 
will  be  widened  from  sixty  to  one  hundred  and 
thirty  feet,  and  its  surface  width  will  be  increased 
to  three  hundred  and  fifty  feet. 

After  a  few  weeks  of  open  war,  and  several  sharp 
engagements,  a  treaty  of  peace  has  been  concluded 
between  Guatemala  and  Salvador.  Honduras  ts 
also  a  party  to  the  treaty,  which  provides  that  future 
differences  be  referred  to  arbitration. 

Five  thousand  miles  of  new  railway  will  be  laid 
this  year  in  the  Canadian  West.  A  bridge  which 
the  Canadian  Pacific  will  build  across  the  Pelly 
River,  near  Lethbridge,  Alberta,  will  be  over  a 
mile  long  and  three  hundred  feet  above  the  water 
level. 


56 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Opens 
Sept.  ist 


ST.  JOHN  EXHIBITION 

The   Best  Fair  in   Eastern  Canada 


The  Educational  Features    embrace    School  Work,    a    Complete    Manual  Training 

Exhibit,   with   Bench   Work  by  pupils  of  the    McDonald    School,    Kingston,   N.    B. 

and  a    Department  of  Woman's  Work,    Domestic  Science   and  Art. 

The  Amusements  &  Attractions  t  Biggest  Ever  Shown  in  Canada 


A 

MOTOR 

BOAT  SHOW 

WORTH 

THE 

SEEING 


HERE    ARE    SOME    OF   THEM: 


Barlow's    Trick    Elephant*    from    the    New    York    Hippodrome 

Wormwood'*    Monkey    Theatre,    direct    from    Europe 
Montague's    Cuckatoo    Circus  —  the    Feature    at    Atlantic    City 
Dida  —  the    Creation    of   a    Beautiful    Woman    out    of    Nothing 
America's     Leading     Ladies'     Band  —  Concerts     Twice     a     Day 
"The   Pike "  —  Amusement   Row,   with  a   Laugh   at   Every  Turn 

Hellman  —  the    Mystical    Man    of    Magic 
Grand  Display  of  Fireworks,  concluding  with  "  Siege  of  Gibraltar  " 


2 

AMUSEMENT 
HALLS 

WITH 

LATEST 
NOVELTIES 


The  First  Fair  on  Earth  to  Demonstrate  Wireless  Telegraphy  in  Actual  Operation 

LOWEST  RAILWAY  RATES  EVER  OFFERED 


$13,000.00  IN  PRIZES 


ENTRIES  CLOSE  AUC.  20 


For  Entry  Forms  or  any  information  address  C.  J.  MILLIGAN,  Gen.  Manager,  P.  O.  Box  411,  St.  John,   N.   B. 


The  new  King  and  Queen  of  Norway  have  been 
crowned  at  Trondhjem,  an  ancient  capital. 

It  is  stated  that  the  number  of  homicides  per  mil- 
lion inhabitants  in  Canada  is  three  ;  in  England,  ten  ; 
in  France,  fourteen;  and  in  the  United  States,  one 
hundred  and  twenty-nine. 

Native  and  foreign  scholars  are  now  at  work  in 
Shanghai  preparing  three  new  Chinese  versions  of 
the  Bible.  One  is  in  the  high  classical  language  of 
the  country,  another  in  the  low  classical,  and  the 
third  in  the  colloquial  tongue  which  is  used  by 
three-fourths  of  the  people. 

A  man  who  has  recently  died  in  England  is  be- 
lieved to  have  been  the  last  survivor  of  the  wreck 
of  the  troopship  "  Birkenhead, "  the  loss  of  which 
on  the  coast  of  Africa  has  given  us  one  of  the  most 
striking  stories  of  the  discipline  of  British  troops. 
The  "Birkenhead"  was  originally  a  merchant  vessel, 
and  was  built  at  St.  Andrews,  N.  B. 

Two  cruisers  will  be  used  this  year  to  maintain 
the  authority  of  Canada  and  Great  Britain  in  the 
Ear  North.  One  is  to  patrol  the  waters  of  Hudson 
Bay ;  the  other  to  visit  Baffin  Bay,  Lancaster  Sound 
and  Smith  Channel.  The  headquarters  of  the 
mounted  police  for  the  Hudson  Bay  district  will  be 
transferred  from  Fullerton  to  Fort  Churchill. 


The  Pan-American  Congress  now  in  session  at 
Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  is  not  receiving  a  very  hearty 
support  from  some  of  the  Spanish-American  re- 
publics. Mutual  jealousies,  and  fear  of  the  influ- 
ences of  the  greater  republics,  makes  them  some- 
what distrustful  of  its  results. 

The  Russian  Emperor'  has  dissolved  the  parlia- 
ment and  appealed  to  the  people,  calling  a  new 
parliament  to  assemble  in  March.  The  chief  ques- 
tion at  issue  is  the  expropriation  of  lands  for 
peasants.  In  the  meantime,  the  government  has 
proclaimed  a  very  liberal  land  policy,  which  it 
hopes  will  be  supported  by  a  new  parliament,  elect- 
ed under  a  more  extended  franchise.  But  certain 
members  of  the  dissolved  parliament,  some  of  whom 
met  hastily  in  Finland  after  the  dissolution,  have 
issued  a  revolutionary  manifesto,  calling  upon  their 
supporters  to  refuse  to  supply  money  and  troops 
to  the  government,  and  not  to  recognize  any  loans 
to  the  government  made  without  consent  of  parlia- 
ment. Bloodshed  is  to  be  feared  as  the  result  of 
this  appeal ;  for  the  parliament  just  closed  had 
already  begun  to  regard  itself  as  the  real  govern- 
ing power,  and  the  small  group  of  late  represen- 
tatives who  assume  the  right  to  speak  in  its  name 
may  find  followers  enough,  in  the  disturbed  state 
of  the  country,  to  bring  about  an  armed  uprising. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


57 


The   Provincial  Educational  Association 

of  Nova  Scotia 


WILL    MEET    AT    THE 


HALIFAX  ACADEMY,  HALIFAX, 

September  25th,  26th,   27th. 

There  will  be  three  morning  sessions  and  one  or  two  evening  sessions.     Much  time  will  be  devoted  to 

Discussion  on  the  Adjustments  of  the  Course  of  Study  Demanded  by  Modern  Conditions. 

THE    HKiH    SCHOOL    COURSE    will    receive    special  attention  in  discussing  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  High 
Schools  and  Colleges. 

There  will  be  no  afternoon  sessions,  so  that  members  may  bo  free  to  study  the  Natural  History  and  Industrial  Products 
of  the  Dominion  at  the  Dominion   Exhibition,  which  will  be  open  at  that  time." 

A.     MCKAY,    SECRETARY. 


It  is  said  that  Germany  and  Austria  will  send 
armies  to  the  help  of  the  Russian  government  in 
case  of  an  uprising  in  Poland. 

A  new  wireless  method  of  transmitting  power 
has  been  perfected  by  which  a  crewless  boat  can  be 
steered  from  the  shore,  and  its  speed  increased  or 
slackened  at  will. 

The  attempt  to  murder  the  new  King  of  Spain 
on  his  wedding  day,  which  came  so  near  being  suc- 
cessful, is -found  to  have  been  the  result  of  an 
anarchist  plot. 

More  discoveries  of  valuable  minerals  have  been 
made  in  the  Cobalt  region,  which  is  now  recognized 
as  one  of  the  richest  mining  districts  in  Canada. 
Cobalt  ore,  which  was  formerly  shipped  to  the 
United  States  for  treatment,  will  be  refined  in 
Canada. 

A  year  has  passed  since  l'eary  sailed  from  North 
Sydney  to  find  his  way  to  the  North  Pole,  and  no 
word  from  him  has  been  received.  News  of  his 
success  is  expected  in  September,  at  the  latest,  if 
he  has  been  successful.  In  the  meantime,  Wellman, 
another  United  States  explorer,  is  preparing  to 
start  from  the  north  of  Europe  with  an  air  ship 
and  motor  sledges,  hoping  to  reach  the  North  Pole 
in  a  flight  of  three  or  four  days  from  Spitzbergen. 
There  are  two  other  Arctic  expeditions  out  with 
other  objects,  that  of  Harrison,  an  English  geo- 
grapher, who  left  Mackenzie  river  a  year  ago  to 
winter  in  Banks  Land  and  explore  Beaufort  Sea. 
and  that  of  Mikkelson  and  Limngwell,  which  left 
British  Columbia  in  May  last  to  discover  new 
Arctic  lands.  In  addition  to  these,  a  Danish  expe- 
dition is  about  leaving  Copenhagen  to  explore  the 
northeast  coast  of  Greenland  and  try  to  reach  the 
Pole.  ______ 

SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Rev  C.  .1  Bouldcii.  M.  A..  Trinity  College,  Cambridge, 
the  head  master   of   St.   Alban's   school,    Brockville,   Out  . 


has  been  appointed  to  the  presidency  of  King's  College, 
Windsor.  The  appointment  is  regarded  as  a  very  strong 
one. 

Mr.  J.  S.  Lord,  recently  principal  of  the  superior  school, 
Fairville,  N.  B.,  has  been  appointed  on  the  staff  of  the  St. 
John  schools.  •  He  has  been  succeeded  by  Mr.  VV.  C.  R. 
Anderson,  B.  A.,  a  recent  graduate  of  the  University  of 
New  Brunswick. 

Mr.  G.  II.  Adair  has  been  re-appointed  principal  of  the 
Hopewell  Hill,  Albert  County,  superior  school,  with  an 
increase  of  salary. 

The  following  Nova  Scotia  students  received  the  master 
of  arts  degree  at  Yale  University  in  June:  Joseph  Austen 
Bancroft,  Acadiaville;  Karl  G.  Bill,  Wolfville  (.Deforest 
scholarship  and  prize  of  $-loo)  ;Theodore  11.  Boggs,  Wolf- 
ville (Scott-Hurtt  fellowship);  Roland  G.  D.  Richardson, 
Lawrencetown ;  Arthur  Taylor,  Kentville. 

At  the  annual  school  meeting  of  the  ratepayers  of  Port 
Elgin,  N.  B.,  the  compulsory  education  law  was  adopted 
by  a  unanimous  vote. 

Sir  William  C.  Macdonald  has  handed  over  to  the  Board 
of  Governors  of  McGill  University  the  school  of  agricul- 
ture and  teachers'  training  college  now  being  built  at  St. 
Anne  <le  Bellevue,  near  Montreal.  The  cost  of  the  build- 
ing, which  is  expected  to  be  ope!]  for  students  early  next 
year,  will  lie  over  a  million  dollars,  and  there  is  an  endow- 
ment  of   two  millions  for   maintenance. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Callahan  has  resigned  the  principalship  of  the 
St.  George,  X.  B.,  superior  school,  and  will  enter  on  the 
study  of  law. 

Mr.  Win.  Whitney,  late  of  Milltown,  N.  B.,  who  has 
been  doing  post-graduate  work  in  Columbia  University, 
\.  V.,  during  the  past  year,  has  accepted  a  position  in  the 
manual  training  department  in  the  new  school  at  Fair- 
haven,  Mass.,  lately  founded  by  II.  II.  Rogers,  the  Ameri- 
can millionaire. 

Mr.  Wm.  Clawson,  a  former  U.  N.  B.  professor,  has 
been  awarded  a  scholarship  at  Harvard  for  the  fine  work 
he  has  done  there  this  year. — Gleaner. 


58 


THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


AN  OPPORTUNITY lyth^HMrt 


SCHOOL  TEACHERS.  PROFESSIONAL  MEN,  can  use  their  spare  time 
to  good  advantage  by  representing  our  various  INSURANCE  interests. 

MARINE,  FIRE,  ACCIDENT,  HEALTH,  AUTOMOBILE,  HORSE,  LIVE 
STOCK,  YACHTS,  BOILER,  PLATE  GLASS,  GASOLINE  and  STEAM 
LAUNCHES,  DAMAGE  TO  PERSONAL  PROPERTY,  etc. 

LIBERAL  COMMISSIONS  ALLOWED  in  districts  where  we  are  not  yet 
represented.       Our  low  rates  make  canvassing  easy. 

Send  post  card  for  full  particulars. 

WM.  THOMSON    &   CO. 


ST.    JOHN,    N.    B. 


HALIFAX,    N.    S. 


the  Rothesay  School 
for  Girls. 

College   Preparatory,  Music,  Art,   Physical 
Culture. 
Specialists  In  each  department  of  instruction. 
Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sporte. 
For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETHKLWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  B.S.. 

Principals 


Alexander  Muir,  the  author  of  "  The  Maple  Leaf,"  and 
principal  of  Gladstone  Avenue  school,  Toronto,  died  sud- 
denly at  his  home  in  that  city  as  he  was  preparing  to  re- 
tire, after  his  usual  day  in  school.  He  was  seventy-two 
years  of  age. 

Mr.  H.  Burton  Logie,  B.  A.,  and  J.  Roy  Fullerton, 
B.  A.,  have  resigned  their  positions  in  the  Chatham,  N.  B., 
grammar  school  to  pursue  post-graduate  work.  They  were 
presented  with  testimonials  by  the  pupils,  by  whom  they 
are  held  in  high  esteem. 

Mr.  Horace  L.  Brittain,  who  has  efficiently  conducted 
tlie  Salisbury,  N.  B.,  superior  school  during  the  last  term, 
has  resigned. 

Dr.  Soloan,  in  his  remarks  at  the  closing  of  the  N.  S. 
Normal  School,  June  28th,  said  that  the  year  has  been  most 
successful.  There  had  been  during  the  year  about  160 
students  in  attendance :  live  in  the  A  class,  8j  in  the  B 
class,  40  in  the  C  class,  and  26  in  the  D  class.  Of  these, 
almost  all  were  now  qualified  teachers. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Hall,  of  the  normal  school  staff,  will  take  a 
trip  to  the  motherland  during  the  summer  vacation.  He 
will  take  up  some  post-graduate  work  at  one  of  the  col- 
leges of  the  University  of  Oxford.  We  wish  the  ever- 
genial  Doctor  a  very  pleasant  summer's  study. — Truro 
A  ew s. 


Recent  Books. 


The  Church  in  France.    By  John  E.  C.  Bodley.    Cloth. 

Pages   1S2.     Price,  3s.  6d.     Archibald  Constable  &  Co., 

London. 
The  book  contains  two  lectures  on  the  Church  in  France, 
delivered  at  the  Royal  Institution,  London.  Their  interest 
is  heightened  by  the  recent  revolution  that  has  taken  place 
in  the  ecclesiastical  system  in  France.  The  book  will  be 
a  great  help  to  those  who  may  wish  to  study  past  and 
existing  conditions  in  the  history  of  the  church  in  France. 
Elements  of   Political   Science.       By   Stephen   Leacock, 

B.  A.,  Ph.  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science. 

McGill     University,     Montreal.        Cloth.        Pages    417. 

Price,  $1.75.     Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston. 
The   great   value   of   this    work   is   the   authoritative    and 
methodical  manner  in  which  the  whole  subject  is  treated. 
The  hook   is  divided  into  three  parts— Part    1    treating  of 


the  nature  of  the  state,  Part  II  of  the  structure  of  govern- 
ment, Part  III  of  the  province  of  government.  Under  these 
heads  the  author  gives  a  vast  array  of  facts  on  systems  of 
government  and  social  conditions  that  have  existed  and 
are  now  existing,  coupled  with  judicious  criticisms  and 
conclusions. 

Systematic    Inorganic    Chemistry.        By    R.    M.    Caven, 
D.  Sc.     (London),    and    G.    D.    Lander,    D.  Sc.     (St. 
Andrews    and    London).     Cloth.      Pages   374.      Price, 
6s.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 
This  is  a  book  for  advanced  students,  written  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  Periodic  Law.     The  elementary  parts  of 
the   subject   are   either   omitted  or   recapitulated,  in  order 
to  give  greater  prominence  to  those  intended  for  students 
reading  for  their  final  degree  or  other  advanced  examina- 
tions. 

First   Steps  in   Mental  Growth.     By  David   R.   Major, 
Ph.  D.,    Professor    of    Education    in    the    Ohio    State 
University.      Cloth.      Pages    360.      Price,    $1.25.      The 
Macmillan  Company  of  Canada,  Toronto. 
The  studies  in  this  book  are  based  upon  constant  obser- 
vations and  experiments  made  upon  a  child  during  the  first 
three  years  of  his  life,  and  the  author's  interpretation  of 
them.     The    records   present   a   suggestive   series   to   those 
interested  in  the  psychology  of  infancy. 

Arthur  Hassall's  Brief  Survey  of  European  History, 
cloth,  pages  about  400,  price  4s.  6d.,  presents  a  historical 
sketch  from  the  coronation  of  Charles  the  Great  to  the 
present  day.  Only  the  great  events  are  emphasized, 
special  attention  being  given  to  the  causes  and  results  of 
the  great  movements  in  history.  It  is  provided  with  a 
good  index  and  with  maps.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Blackie's  Model  Arithmetic,  Number  Six,  price  4d.,  con- 
tains a  varied  and  abundant  array  of  problems  for  solu- 
tion.    Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Rev.  S.  Claude  Tickell's  exposition  of  Latin  Syntax  is 
a  concise  tabular  summary  of  the  rules  and  examples 
governing  Latin  prose  composition,  arranged  in  a  series 
of  formulae;  price  is.  6d.     O.  Newmann  &  Co.,  London. 

Gaston  Boissier's  Tacitus  and  Other  Roman  Studies  is 
a  critical  and  scholarly  series  of  essays  on  the  pre-eminent 
place  in  historical  literature  occupied  by  the  great  Roman. 
Cloth.     Price  6s.     Archibald  Constable  &  Co.,  London. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


59 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
■VSUPPLIES^* 

1   We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  fac-simile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   S<£eSpedal 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  for   the 

Asking 

Our  English  Towns  and  Villages,  price  is.  6<1.,  Ben 
Jonson's  London,  Historical  and  Descriptive,  price  is.  6d., 
Blackie's  Model  Reader,  liook  IV,  price  is.  4d.,  all  in 
cloth  and  profusely  illustrated,  are  interesting  in  content-. 
and  can  be  used  for  supplementary  reading.  Blackie  & 
Son,  London. 

Child  Life  in  Our  Schools,  by  Miss  Mabel  A.  Brown, 
cloth,  price  3s.  64,  is  an  interesting  contribution  from  an 
English  point  of  view,  of  the  first  steps  in  a  child's  educa- 
tion. It  emphasizes  the  importance  of  nature-study, 
geography,  school  gardens  and  other  means  of  directing 
the  self-activity  of  children.  It  is  finely  illustrated,  and 
its  schemes  of  work  for  primary  schools  are  wry  sugges- 
tive to  teachers.    Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  London. 

A  fine  selection  of  reading  matter  for  young  people  is 
to  be  found  in  Blackie's  Story-book  Readers,  attractively 
presented  in  good  type  and  illustrated,  consisting  of  about 
100  pages  each,  price  fourpence  a  volume,  and  all  selec- 
tions from  good  authors.  Among  them  are  the  following : 
Saxon  and  Norman,  from  Scott's  "Ivanhoe;"  In  the 
1  >ays  of  Xelson,  from  Winder's  "  With  the  Sea  Kings :  " 
On  the  Welsh  Marches,  from  Scott's  "The  Betrothed;" 
Charlie  Marryat,  from  G.  A.  llenty's  "With  Cltve  In 
India;"  The  Loss  of  the  "Agra,"  from  Charles  Read  :'s 
"Hard  Cash;"  Martin  Rattler,  abridged  from  R.  M. 
Ballantync's  story.  Blackie  &  Son,  London.  From  the 
same  publisher  there  is  a  smaller  scries  for  younger  child- 
ren, presented  in  the  same  attractive  binding  (red)  and 
good  type,  price  2d.  and  2'/.t\.  each,  suitable  for  grades  one 
and  two.  These  arc  stories  adapted  from  such  authors 
for  children  as  Geraldinc  Mockler,  A.  R  Hope  and  others. 
Teachers  that  arc  on  the  lookout  for  literature  for  the 
youngest  children  should  consult  these  lnioks. 

Readers  of  French  will  find  in  The  History  of  Aladdin 
and  his  Marvellous  Lamp,  price  is.  6d.,  with  note-;  and 
vocabulary,  a  story  that  is  sure  to  interest  old  or  young. 
Le  Livrc  des  Jeux,  a  book  of  twelve  French  games  fir 
English  children,  price  is.,  well  illustrates  the  interesting 
methods  adopted  of  late  years  in  the  teaching  of  French 
to  young  people.  The  games  are  bright  and  lively,  and 
will  be  entered  upon  with  zest  by  children  who  arc  possess- 
ed with  a  little  knowledge  of  French.  Blackie  &  Son. 
London. 


Winbolt's  Latin  Hexameter  is  a  little  book,  price  2s., 
containing  rules  for  hexameter  writing,  sufficient  to  cover 
a  course  of  two  years  in  Latin.  It  is  convenient  in  form, 
and  will  prove  serviceable  to  the  student  of  Latin  verse. 
From  the  same  editor  we  have  books  V,  VII,  VIII,  IX  of 
Virgil's  Acneid,  price  6d.  each,  without  notes  or  vocabu- 
lary,,— good  text-books,  and  at  a  low  price.  Blackie  & 
Son,  London. 

In  Blackie's  English  School  Texts,  edited  by  W.  IT.  D. 
Rouse,  Litt.  D.,  we  have  Holinshed's  England  in  the  16th 
Century  and  Izaak  Walton's  Complete  Angler,  price  6d. 
each,  well  known  classics,  in  a  low-priced  and  convenient 
form.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

A  phonetic  transcription  of  Black's  La  Premiere  Annee 
de  Francais,  presents  some  difficulties,  on  first  sight,  to 
the  ordinary  reader  on  account  of  its  somewhat  cabalistic 
characters.  Its  promise — to  ease  the  way  to  French  pro- 
nunciation— docs  not  seem  hopeful.  Adam  and  Charles 
Black,  London. 


Recent  Magazines. 

Leading  articles  in  recent  numbers  of  Littell's  Living 
Age  arc  Russia  at  the  Parting  of  the  Ways,  which  draws 
a  vivid  picture  of  the  disturbed  conditions  through  which 
Russia  is  now  passing;  an  appreciation  of  John  Stuart 
Mill,  by  John  Morley;  an  Incursion  into  ITp'omacy,  by 
Sir  Arthur  Conan  Doyle,  an  extremely  interesting  account 
of  the  work  which  be  undertook  to  clear  the  name  of 
British  soldiers  from  accusations  of  cruelty  during  the 
Boer  war. 

The  July  Canadian  Magazine  has  an  extensive  range  of 
articles,  which  carries  the  reader  to  the  Antarctic,  to  New 
Zealand,  to  the  Alps  and  into  the  Rockies.  Mr.  McCrcady 
continues  his  excellent  reminiscences  of  the  first  Federal 
Parliament  at  Ottawa,  describing  a  duel  between  Mes-rs. 
Howe  and  Tupper.  Judge  Savary  has  an  interesting 
paper  on  the  Acadians,  and  among  the  short  stories  is  one 
from  the  pen  of  the  late  Dr.  George  Stewart. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  for  July  has  a  varied  and  interest- 
ing table  of  contents,  including  essays,  poetry,  stories. 
suitable  for  the  season,  that  will  be  appreciated  by  summer 
readers. 


GO 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Just  Now 


Is  Always 
the  Best  Time    w»<»« 

For  entering  the  College.  We  have  no  sum- 
mer Vacations.  Our  cool  summers  make  vaca- 
tions unnecessary.  •  -■"** 

We  want  100  well  educated  young  men  to 
learn  shorthand!  All  over  Canada  and  the 
United  States  there  is  a  demand  for  Male  Sten- 
ographers that  cannot  be  supplied,  and  there  is 
nothing  like  shorthand  for  getting  promotion 
and  big  pay. 

Send  to  us  for  booklet,  "The  Male  Steno- 
grapher in  demand." 

Catalogues  containing  terms,  etc.,  to  any 
address. 

S.  KERR  &  SONS, 

St  John,  N.  B 


Everything 
that  is  right 

in 
Stationery. 


BARNES  &  CO.,     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B 

Quick  Returns 

"  In  five  months  I  saved  the 
total  cost  of  my  training  at  the 
Maritime.  It  was  a  good  invest- 
ment for  me.  Why  1  taught  so 
long  in  a  country  school  sur- 
prises me." 

Our  New  Term  Opens  Sept.  4, 1906 

KAULBACH    &    SCHURMAN, 
Chartered  Accountants, 

Maritime  Business  College 

HALIFAX,     N.    S. 


50    YEARS' 
RIENCE 


Trade  Marks 
Designs 
Copyrights  &c. 

Anyone  sending  a  sketch  and  description  may 
quickly  ascertain  our  opinion  free  whether  an 
invention  is  probably  patentable.  Oomniuiitro. 
tions  strictly  confidential.  Handbook  on  I'ateuta 
sent  free.  Oldest  agency  for  securing  patents.    , 

Patents  taken  through  Munu  &  Co.  receive 
special  notice,  without  charge,  In  the 

Scientific  American. 

A  handsomely  Illustrated  weekly.  J.nrjrest  cir- 
culation of  any  scientific  Journal.  Terms.  f.'J  a 
year;  four  months,  fL    Sold  by  all  newsdenlers. 

MUNN  &  Co.36,Broadwa>  New  York 

Braucb  omco.  626  P  St..  WaalituKton,  I).  C. 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.      — 

W,  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

HARDWARE    fflERCflAfiTS, 

Market  Square,        SHIflT  JOHN.  H-  &• 


SCHOOL  DESKS.S,  B.  LORDLY  CO.,  St.  John.  N.  B- 


Educational  IReview  Supplement,  September,  1906. 


JAMES    WATT     DISCOVERING    THE     POWER    OF    STEA 


M. 


By  David  Xeal. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education  and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  SEPTEMBER,   1906. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


<3.  U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


A.   McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leinster  ftreet,    St.  John.  ff.  B. 

Phintcd  by  Barnes  &.  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes,         ....  

An  Important  Report .  ..  .... 

The  Foundation  of  Chemistry  as  Seen  in  Nature  Study, 

S.  j .  Farnbam ...  —  

A  Great  Mediaeval  School...            ....  .... 

Our  Rivers  and  Lakes — No.  II 

"The  Schoolmaster  Abroad,"  ....  ....  .... 

After  Vacation,..  .           ....           ....  

Parts  of  Common  Things,..           ....  .... 

A  Rainy  Day, ....  

A  Chemical  Trick,           ...  

A  Great  Schoolmaster 

A  Lesson  in  Heroism,   .... 

Selected  Readings,  ....  ....  

■Gleanings  from  New  Books,           ....  .... 

Two  Methods  of  Training,  ...  

On  the  Advantage  of  Talking,      

Current   Events,              ....  .... 

■School  and  College ...  

New  Advertisements. 

L'    'cademic  De  Brisay,  p.  6a;  T.  C.  Allen  &    Co.,  p.  64: 


65 
66 
68 
70 
71 

TO 
77 
77 

3 

78 

s 
82 
82 

1* 
87 


Clarke  Co.,  Ltd.,  p.  83;  General  Accident  Insurance   Co 
G.  O.  Fulton,  p.  87;  Maritime  Busin 
Dictionary,  p.  88. 


Copp, 

p.  86; 

ess  College,  p.  88;  Webster 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
-each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  OLD 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
.misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "229"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid   to  June 3:,  1006. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

Ulhile  cummer  days  grew  brown  and  old, 
B  wizard  delved  in  mines  of  gold; 

no  idler  he— by  night,  by  day, 
1>e  smiled  and  sang  and  worked  away. 

And,  scorning  thrift,  with  lavish  hand 
he  cast  his  gold  across  the  land. 

Still  smiling,  o'er  the  trees  he  wound 
Cong  russet  scarfs  with  crimson  bound; 

fie  drew  a  veil  of  purple  haze 
O'er  distant  hills  where  cattle  graze; 

fie  bathed  the  sun  in  amber  mist, 
Jlnd  steeped  the  sky  in  amethyst. 

Cow  in  the  east,  for  crowning  boon, 

fie  hung  the  golden  harvest  moon; 
jlnd  donned  his  coat  of  frosty  white 

H$  twilight  deepened  into  night. 
Chen  to  the  roll  call  of  the  year 

September  answered,  "T  am  here ! " 


Professor  Elmer  E.  Brown,  of  the  University 
of  California,  has  been  appointed  to  succeed  Dr. 
William  T.  Harris  as  United  States  Commissioner 
of  Education  at  Washington. 


A  fine  opportunity  is  given  the  Nova  Scotia 
teachers  this  month  of  attending  the  Provincial 
Educational  Association  at  Halifax,  and  also  the 
Dominion  Exhibition  in  that  city. 


Instead  of  the  usual  review  of  "  Recent  Books," 
which  appears  each  month  in  these  columns,  we 
shall  in  this  number  let  the  books  speak  for  them- 
selves, by  publishing  short  extracts  from  them. 


Wm.  Crocket,  LL.  D.,  has  retired  at  a  ripe  age 
from  the  principalship  of  the  New  Brunswick 
Normal  School.  His  long  and  devoted  service  to 
education,  and  the  esteem  and  gratitude  in  which 
these  services  are  held  by  thousands  of  his  former 
pupils,,  now  in  every  walk  of  life,  must  be  a  great 
solace  to  him  in  his  declining  years.  All  will  join 
with  us  in  the  hope  that  these  years  will  be  spent 
in  the  quiet  that  crowns  a  well  spent  life. 

Mr.  H.  V.  Bridges,  M.  A.,  Inspector  of  Schools, 
has  been  appointed  principal  of  the  Normal  school 
in  place  of  Dr.  Crocket.  Mr.  Bridges  is  a  graduate 
of  the  University  of  New  Brunswick.  He  has  had 
a  large  experience  in  educational  work  both  &.s 
teacher  and  inspector,  an  experience  that  will  prove 
valuable  to  him  in  this  responsible  position.  The 
Review  joins  with  his  many  friends  in  wishing 
Principal  Bridges  many  years  of  usefulness  in  this 
more  enlarged  and  important  sphere. 

The  subject  of  our  picture  this  month  is  one  that 
will  take  the  attention  of  every  boy  or  girl.  The 
thoughtful  attitude  of  the  boy,  James  Watt,  as  he 
watches  the  steam  issuing  from  the  tea-kettle,  the 
mother  at  the  open  door  with  her  rapt  gaze,  the 
father  in  another  room ;  the  simple  furniture,  the 
table  of  books,  rude  fire-place — all  form  a  simple 
picture  of  a  Scottish  home  of  a  century  and  a  half 
ago.  Teachers  will  find  it  a  work  of  absorbing 
interest  to  the  children  to  pick  out  the  many  objects 
in  the  old-fashioned  kitchen. 


66 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


An   Important  Report. 

The  Provincial  Educational  Association  of  Nova 
Scotia,  at  its  meeting  in  Truro  last  year,  listened  to 
a  paper  from  Professor  E.  W.  Sawyer,  of  Acadia 
College,  in  which  he  claimed  that  there  is  at  present 
a  serious  lack  of  proper  co-ordination  in  the  work 
of  the  high  schools  and  colleges,  the  result  mean- 
ing serious  loss  and  injury  to  the  province.  A  com- 
mittee was  appointed,  consisting  of  nineteen  mem- 
bers, representing  the  academies  and  degree-confer- 
ring colleges  of  the  province,  with  Dr.  A.  H.  Mac- 
Kay  as  chairman.  The  report  of  this  committee, 
|  which  is  to  be  submitted  at  the  approaching  meet- 
ing of  the  Association,  has  been  published,  and  is 
a  most  interesting  document,  dealing  with  the  whole 
subject  of  secondary  education  in  a  most  impartial 
spirit,  and  quoting  from  leading  educationists 
throughout  the  civilized  world  in  support  of  the 
recommendations  advocated. 

The  report  briefly,  yet  carefully,  states  the  condi- 
tions and  makes  its  recommendations : 

The  committee  were  unanimously  of  the  opinion  that,  in 
m£thematical  and  in  science  subjects,  the  standard  in  our 
schools  has  been  raised  in  recent  yeaYs  and  the  work  in 
them  had  been  greatly  improved  and  would  compare 
favorably  with  that  done  in  the  schools  of  any  other  coun- 
try; but  that  language  studies  had  suffered  from  being 
comparatively  neglected,  and  that  our  schools  were  in  this 
respect  behind  those  of  the  most  progressive  and  enlight- 
ened countries. 

This  condition  of  affairs  had  resulted  moreover  in  an 
unsettling  of  the  relations  between  the  high  schools  and 
the  colleges.  The  advance  in  the  standard  in  mathematical 
and  in  science  subjects  and  the  making  of  both  of  these 
lines  compulsory  on  all  high  school  pupils,  had  brought 
about  in  these  an  overlapping  of  the  colleges  by  the  schools, 
and,  to  avoid  the  waste  involved  in  duplicating  work  al- 
ready done  in  the  schools,  it  has  been  found  necessary 
for  the  colleges  to  re-adjust  their  courses  in  mathematical 
subjects  by  raising  their  standard  by  an  amount  equal  to 
the  work  of  about  one  session  or  year.  On  the  other  hand 
the  putting  down  of  Latin,  Greek,  French,  and  German, 
merely  as  extra  subjects  to  be  taken  up  or  not  just  as  the 
pupil  or  teacher  saw  fit,  placed  these  subjects  at  a  great 
disadvantage  as  compared  with  the  others  which  had  been 
made  compulsory,  and  resulted  in  a  considerable  diminution 
in  the  number  of  those  studying  them  and  in  less  attention 
being  given  to  them ;  for,  with  the  spirit  of  emulation 
engendered  by  the  government  examinations,  both  teach- 
ers and  pupils  naturally  directed  their  attention  to  those 
subjects  from  which  there  was  no  escape,  and  in  which  a 
certain  minimum  of  marks  had  perforce  to  be  made,  if 
the  pupil  was  to  receive  the  coveted  "pass"  certificate.  In 
the  case  of  these  languages  therefore,  and  more  particularly 
in  the  case  of  Latin  and  Greek,  the  schools  had  been  fall- 
ing away  from  the  colleges,  and  although  the  colleges  had 
been  trying  to  keep  in  touch  with  the  schools  by  repeated 
lowerings  of  their  entrance  requirements  in  these  subjects, 


a  point  had  been  reached  when  it  had  been  found  absolute- 
ly necessary  to  start  beginners'  classes  in  the  colleges  in 
both  Latin  and  Greek  in  order  to  accommodate  the  many 
who  now  enter  college  with  little  or  no  previous  instruction 
in  those  subjects,  and  who  wish  to  acquire  a  knowledge  of 
them.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  these  classes,  or  that  in  Latin 
at  any  rate,  may  not  be  found  necessary  for  more  than  a 
year  or  two  after  the  present  high-school  course  has  under- 
gone revision. 

The  committee  believe  that  the  course  of  study  in  the- 
high  school  should  be  such  as  will  not  only  furnish  a 
sound  mental  equipment  for  those  who  leave  the  school  to 
enter  upon  the  business  of  life,  but  will  also  serve  as  a 
fitting  preparation  for  those  who  may  wish  to  continue 
their  studies  in  the  college  or  professional  school.  It  is 
certainly  one  of  the  proper  functions  of  the  high  school 
to  serve  as  a  connecting  link  between  the  elementary  school' 
and  the  college. 

The  committee  believe  further  that  the  two  objects  which 
nominally  appear  different  are  after  all  essentially  the 
same;  that  the  aim  in  both  cases  should  be  to  really  edu- 
cate rather  than  instruct,  to  improve  the  character  and 
to  develop  and  strengthen  the  intellect  so  as  to  bring  it 
to  the  highest  possible  condition  of  efficiency  in  whatever 
sphere  it  may  be  called  upon  to  act,  rather  than  to  cram  the 
memory  with  a  number  of  bits  of  knowledge  however 
interesting  or  valuable  these  may  be  in  themselves  or  in' 
the  eyes  of  the  advocates  of  so-called  useful  knowledge. 

The  committee  then  proceeds  to  draw  up  a  tenta- 
tive course  of  study  for  the  four  years'  high  school, 
with  seven  subjects  only  for  the  ninth,  tenth  and 
eleventh  grades,  and  nine  subjects  for  the  fourth 
year.  To  show  what  radical  changes  the  report 
recommends,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  course  at 
present  in  use  for  the  first  three  grades  outlines  an 
average  of  twelve  subjects  in  each  grade  instead  of 
seven,  with  all  the  languages  except  English  as 
optional.  The  report  recommends  Latin  as  well  as 
English  for  all  grades,  each  language  to  count 
double  that  of  any  other  subject. 

The  committee  lays  particular  stress  on  two- 
points  :  First,  the  superior  advantages  of  training 
that  the  more  condensed  course  would  afford;  and 
second,  the  great  advantages  arising  from  the  study 
of  Latin. 

In  an  admirable  appendix  the  opinions  of  many 
eminent  educationists  throughout  the  world  on  these 
two  points  are  carefully  summarized.  The  com- 
mittee seems  to  have  done  its  work  with  great 
industry  and  intelligence. 


A  correspondent,  who  is  a  competent  critic,  kindly 
sends  us  the  following  facts  concerning  the  report : 

The  report  shows  that  the  committee  took  itself 
and  its  duties  seriously.  The  work  of  its  sub-com- 
mittee on  publication  has  been  conscientiously  and 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


67 


thoroughly  well  done.  The  results  of  the  general 
committee's  deliberations  and  enquiries  and  the  re- 
lated appendices,  all  of  which  are  presented  in  an 
unusually  clear  and  interesting  manner,  makes  this 
report  by  far  the  most  important  document  relating 
to  education  in  Nova  Scotia  that  has  appeared  in 
many  years.  It  is  worthy  of  the  widest  possible 
publication,  and  should  be  in  the  hands  of  all  who 
are  interested  in  education  in  these  provinces. 

Unfortunately,  whether  justifiably  or  not,  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  the  interest  recently  taken  in 
school  matters  in  Nova  Scotia  manifests  itself  in 
adverse  criticism  of  things  as  they  are.  The  busi- 
ness men  complain  that  the  boys  and  girls  coming 
■to  them  from  the  schools,  as  a  rule,  write  badly,  spell 
badly,  and  perform  simple  arithmetical  computa- 
tions slowlyand  inaccurately.  Those  looking  for 
further  good  qualities  complain  that  pupils  in  school 
are  not  trained  to  think,  and  that  they  are  painfully 
lacking  in  the  ability  to  make  a  continuous  mental 
effort  in  one  line  for  a  reasonable  length  of  time. 
Experienced  teachers  of  good  standing  in  their  pro- 
fession complain  that  the  existing  curriculum  and 
regulations  practically  constitute  a  system  of 
militarism  for  them,  and  results  in  over-pressure  on 
their  pupils.  Whether  the  committee's  report  con- 
tains any  comfort  for  the  souls  of  any  or  all  of  these 
complaints,  is  for  them  to  judge.  The  report  is  con- 
structive at  any  rate,  and  gives  suggestions  and  sets 
forth  a  well-reasoned-out  scheme  for  the  improve- 
ment of  existing  conditions.  This  is  a  great  advance 
on  mere  restive  carping  criticism. 

Whether  one  agrees  with  the  conclusions  reached 
by  the  committee  or  not,  he  cannot  but  accord  praise 
to  the  report  for  one  thing.  It  is  perfectly  straight- 
forward, frank  and  ingenuous.  On  debated 
matters  of  general  theory  the  publication  committee 
is  exceedingly  careful  to  give  clear  and  exact 
references  to  all  its  authorities.  This  in  itself  makes 
it  valuable  to  teachers.  These  references  show  how 
easily  any  teacher  can  get  first-hand  information  con- 
cerning the  opinions  of  the  leading  educationists  in 
America  and  Great  Britain.* 

Some  of  these  references  are  so  useful  to  those 
interested  in  current  discussions  on  educational 
topics  that  they  are  here  quoted  as  given  in  the 
report. 

*  I.  Report  of  the  Committee  of  Ten  on  Secondary 
Studies,  with  the  Reports  of  the  Conferences  arranged  by 
the  Committee.  New  York:  American  Book  Co.,  1894. 
Pp.  249.    30  cents. 

2  Report  of  Committee  of  Fifteen  on  Elementary 
Education,  with  the  Reports  of  the  Sub-Committees :  On 
the  Training  of  Teachers :     On  the  Correlation  of  Studies 


Concerning  Latin,  the  report  says :  "One  point  on 
which  the  committee  were  perfectly  unanimous,  was 
the  very  great  importance  of  the  study  of  Latin,  and 
the  desirability  of  its  being  taken  up  by  every  high 
school  pupil.  On  this  not  a  dissenting  voice  was 
heard.  The  committee,  it  might  be  noted,  was  not 
a  one-sided  one  in  its  composition.  Among  its 
members  were  included  teachers  of  various  sciences, 
modern  languages,  mathematics,  and  other  subjects, 
as  well  as  teachers  of  classics;  but  all,  without  ex- 
ception, were  anxious  to  see  Latin  given  a  very 
prominent  place  in  the  high  school  course  of  study." 
Concerning  the  courses  of  study  in  N.  S.  schools 
and  the  labors  of  educationists  elsewhere  the  report 
says : 

"The  committee  would  remind  those  who  take  an 
interest  in  education  in  Nova  Scotia,  that  it  is  now 
some  fourteen  years  since  any  material  change  has 
been  made  in  the  course  of  study  prescribed  for  our 
schools.  Some  of  the  results  arrived  at  by  these 
labors  are  open  to  us  in  a  number  of  exceedingly 
interesting  and  valuable  reports,  and  it  would  be 
strange  indeed  if  we  in  Nova  Scotia  could  not  learn 
something  from  them.  Among  these  there  are  four 
documents  to  which  the  committee  desires  to  direct 
the  attention  of  our  teachers  and  the  public  in 
general."  These  are  the  reports  mentioned  in  the 
footnote. 

There  are  four  appendices  to  the  report.  Appendix 
I.  is  on  the  importance  of  limiting  the  number  of 
subjects  to  be  studied;  Appendix  II.  The  importance 
of  language  as  an  instrument  of  education ;  Ap- 
pendix III.  The  importance  of  Latin  as  an  instru- 
ment of  education.  These  three  appendices  consist 
of  quotations  from  educational  associations  and 
committees  in  America  and  Great  Britain,  and  from 
leading  educationists  in  those  countries  and  in 
Germany.  Appendix  IV.  is  on  Secondary  Educa- 
tion in  Germany,  England  and  the  United  States. 
It  gives  the  courses  and  time  tables  in  several  of  the 
leading  secondary  schools  in  those  countries  and  the 
high  school  courses  recommended  by  the  Committee 
of  Ten  in  the  United  States.  The  above  synopsis  is 
sufficient  to  show  that  the  thanks  of  the  teaching 
profession  and  the  public  are  due  to  the  publication 
committee  for  the  able  manner  in  which  they  have 
drawn  up  their  report  on  the  relations  between  the 
high  schools  and  colleges  in  Nova  Scotia. 


in  Elementary  Education :  On  the  Organization  of  City 
School  Systems.  New  York :  American  Book  Co.,  1895. 
Pp-  235.    30  cents. 

3.  Report  of  the  Committee  on  College  Entrance  Re- 
quirements. Chicago:  The  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
1809.     Pp.  188.   25  cents. 

4.  Special  Reports  on  Secondary  Education  in  Prussia : 
( 1 )  Problems  in  Prussian  Secondary  Education  for  Boys, 
with  Special  References  to  Similar  Questions  in  England, 
by  Michael  E.  Sadler.  (2)  Curricula  and  Programmes  of 
Work  for  Higher  Schools  in  Prussia.  London:  Wyman 
&  Sons,  1899.     Pp.  2^9.    is. 


68 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Foundations  of  Chemistry  as  Seen  in 
Nature  Study.* 

By  John  Brittain,  Woodstock,  N.  B. 
In  order  to  teach  effectively  we  must  distinguish 
carefully  between  the  trivial  and  the  important  — 
between  the  accidental  and  the  essential.  We  are 
apt  to  spend  too  much  of  the  precious  school-time 
over  the  details  which  have  little  significance — the 
lifeless  husks  which  enclose  and  conceal  the  living 
germ — thoughts.  We  think  that  we  must  do  this 
in  order  to  be  thorough;  but  we  deserve  no  credit 
for  thoroughness  in  doing  things  which  should  not 
be  done  at  all  or  which  should  be  done  elsewhere 
or  at  another  time.  Let  us  rather  devote  our  skill 
and  patience  to  the  development,  in  natural  and 
logical  sequence,  of  the  great  facts  and  principles 
of  nature  and  of  life.  Practice  and  the  habit  of 
observation  will  ensure  a  sufficient  knowledge  of 
details. 

Chemical  Union. 

At  the  basis  of  all  the  natural  forms  we  see  — 
organic  and  inorganic — lies  the  fact  of  chemical 
union  or  combination.  To  learn  to  distinguish  it, 
by  its  effects,  from  mere  mechanical  mixture,  it  is 
not  necessary  for  the  learners  to  wait  until  they 
have  become  acquainted  with  the  molecular  and 
atomic  theories.  Only  very  simple  apparatus  and 
cheap  material  are  required  for  the  experiments 
which  follow. 

Each  member  of  the  class  is  supplied  with  a  small 
stick  of  dry  white  wood.  The  sticks  are  held  for  a 
few  seconds  in  the  flame  of  a  spirit  lamp.  At  once 
a  soft  black  substance  appears  in  the  heated  part  of 
the  stick — a  substance  which  will  mark  on  paper 
and  which  will  be  found  to  be  insoluble  in  water. 
The  pupils  recognize  this  as  charcoal  which  they 
may  be  told  is  a  form  of  carbon.  Now  the  question 
is,  where  was  the  charcoal  before  the  stick  was 
heated  ?    We  could  not  see  it  before  that  was  done. 

It  will  be  found,  by  holding  the  hand  above  the 
flame  of  the  lamp,  that  no  charcoal  issues  from  it — 
nor  does  it  come  out  of  the  surrounding  air.  Hence 
it  must  have  been  in  the  stick  at  first.  But  why 
did  the  charcoal  not  then  make  the  stick  black? 

Heat  slowly  and  carefully  a  little  of  the  wood, 
cut  into  small  pieces,  in  the  bottom  of  a  closed  test- 
tube.  Clear  drops  of  a  tasteless  liquid  like  water 
form  on  the  inside  of  the  tube  above  the  wood ;  and 
as   the  water  gathers,  the  charcoal   appears.     The 

*  This  article  by  Dr.  Brittain  appeared  in  the  Ottawa 
Naturalist  for  July,   1906. 


water  evidently  comes  out  of  the  dry  wood  and 
leaves  the  charcoal  behind. 

It  can  easily  be  shown,  by  means  of  a  hand 
balance,  that  a  piece  of  charcoal  (from  a  stove) 
weighs  less  than  a  piece  of  the  dry  wood,  equal  in 
size,  from  which  the  charcoal  was  obtained. 

It  is  plain  then  that  dry  white  wood  contains  both 
charcoal  and  water,  and  that  when  the  water  is 
driven  out  by  the  heat,  the  charcoal  can  be  seen. 
And  so  it  appears  that  the  water  in  the  wood  hides 
the  charcoal,  else  the  wood  would  look  black,  and 
the  charcoal  conceals  the  water,  else  the  wood  would 
feel  wet. 

It  may  now  be  stated  that  when  two  substances 
— as  charcoal  and  water  in  this  case — are  so  united 
together  that  they  conceal  each  other's  properties, 
the  two  substances  are  said  to  be  chemically  united 
or  combined ;  and  the  substance  they  form  by  their 
union  is  called  a  chemical  compound.  Thus  dry 
wood  may  be  regarded  as  a  chemical  compound  of 
carbon  and  water. 

Next  mix  together,  in  a  bottle,  water  and  powder- 
ed charcoal.  Do  they  unite  chemically?  They  do 
not  conceal  each  other's  properties.  The  black 
charcoal  can  still  be  seen  and  the  water  felt.  They 
now  form,  not  a  chemical  compound,  but  a  mechani- 
cal or  physical  mixture.  But  how  can  the  charcoal 
and  water  be  got  to  unite  chemically?  They  must 
have  been  chemically  separate  before  they  united  to 
form  wood;  but  we  don't  know,  at  present,  how  to 
compel  them  to  combine  to  form  wood. 

Put  finely  divided  wood,  to  the  depth  of  about 
an  inch,  into  a  test-tube  loosely  closed  with  a  cork 
or  the  thumb — and  apply  heat  until  the  tube  is  filled 
with  smoky  gas ;  then  without  withdrawing  the 
heat  remove  the  cork  or  thumb,  and  try  with  a  match 
until  you  succeed,  to  set  fire  to  the  gas  in  the  tube. 
How  do  you  account  for  this  combustible  "  wood- 
gas  ?  "  Since  this  gas  will  burn,  it  cannot  be  water- 
gas  (steam)  ;  so  we  must  conclude,  since  chemists 
find  that  pure  wood  is  composed  entirely  of  carbon 
and  water,  that  this  gas  was  formed  in  some  way 
from  these  two  substances  in  the  wood.  It  should 
be  noted  here  that  the  water  set  free  by  the  heat 
soon  becomes  colored  by  some  other  liquid,  and  that 
a  mass  of  charcoal  remains  in  the  tube  after  the 
water  and  the  combustible  gas  have  been  all  expell- 
ed. It  will  be  found  upon  trial  that  this  charcoal 
residue,  although  it  will  not  burn  with  a  flame  like 
the  gas,  will  slowly  burn  away  with  a  glow  when 
held  by  a  wire  in  the  flame  of  the  lamp. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


69 


It.  seems  from-  this  experiment  that  when  wood  is 
heated  in  a  closed  space,  it  breaks  up  into  other  sub- 
stances besides  charcoal  and  water.  This  will  ex- 
plain too,  in  part,  the  manufacture  of  charcoal  and 
wood  alcohol  by  the  destructive  distillation  of  wood, 
that  is  by  heating  wood  in  closed  vessels,  and  the 
production  of  coke  (carbon)  and  coal  gas  from 
bituminous  coal  by  destructive  distillation. 

Let  the  children  char  small  samples  of  starch  and 
sugar  —  try  whether  they  contain  water — and 
whether  combustible  gases  are  formed  when  they  are 
decomposed  by  heat.  The  last  experiment  may  be 
performed  by  heating  a  little  starch  and  sugar  in  an 
iron  spoon  until  they  take  fire.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  solid  substance  does  not  burn,  but  the  flame  is 
a  burning  gas  which  rises  from  the  solid  matter. 
The  starch  and  sugar  are  really  being  heated  in  a 
closed  space,  shut  off  from  the  air  by  the  spoon  be- 
low, and  the  burning  gas  above.  In  like  manner, 
in  the  case  of  wood  fire,  we  see  that  the  flames  are 
caused  by  the  burning  of  the  combustible  gases, 
given  off  from  the  hot  wood. 

The  children  will  now  be  able  to  describe  the  re- 
sults of  their  experiments  with  sugar  and  starch, 
and  to  state  and  justify  their  conclusions  as  to  the 
composition  of  both.  They  will  doubtless  conclude 
that,  like  wood,  starch  and  sugar  are  probably  com- 
posed of  charcoal  and  water  chemically  united.  They 
may  then  be  told  that  sugar,  starch  and  wood  and 
several  other  substances  of  similar  composition  are 
called  carbohydrates.  The  fitness  of  this  name 
should  be  shown  from  its  derivation. 

In  all  this  work,  the  teacher  is  supposed  to  act 
only  as  the  director  of  experiments  and  as  the 
referee  in  deciding  the  validity  of  the  arguments  and 
inferences.  His  skill  is  measured  by  the  success 
he  has  had  in  inducing  each  pupil  to  do  his  own 
observing  and  thinking  independently. 

After  a  careful  review  of  the  whole  ground,  the 
children  should  retain  a  good  working  idea  of 
chemical  union— will  see  that  heat  tends  to  separate 
substances  that  have  been  chemically  united— will 
understand  what  agricultural  lecturers  mean  by  car- 
bohydrates—will know  that  when  carbohydrates  are 
heated  in  a  closed  place  until  they  decompose  they 
break  up  into  carbon,  water,  and  other  substances 
liquid  and  gaseous— will  see  that  a  flame  is  a  burning 
pas,  and  that  a  solid,  as  carbon,  burns  without  a 
fame— and  will  be  able  to  form  an  intelligent  con- 
ception of  many  processes  in  nature  and  the  arts 
which  would  otherwise  be  quite  inexplicable. 


The  main  topic  in  these  lessons — for  this  work 
covers  several  lessons — is  chemical  union;  but  the 
other  topics  discussed  are  important,  and  all  of 
them  help  in  making  clearer  the  idea  of  chemical 
union.  This  illustrates  another  method  of  making 
our  teaching  more  effective,  and  saving  time  in  the 
process.  I  mean  that  while  we  keep  in  view  one 
principal  topic  we  should  always  associate  with  it 
others  which  are  significant  and  worth  teaching  in 
themselves,  and  at  the  same  time  are  so  related  to 
the  central  topic  that  they  can  be  used  effectively 
in  enforcing  it. 


A  correspondent  of  the  Manchester  Guardian 
makes  some  very  reasonable  suggestions  on  the  edu- 
cation of  the  agricultural  labourer.  He  declares 
that  the  curriculum  of  the  ordinary  elementary 
school  is  not  well  fitted  to  do  its  work  in  rural  dis- 
tricts. It  is  too  literary,  and  bears  no  direct  relation 
to  the  probable  life-work  of  the  village  children. 
Many  of  them  are  to  be  agricultural  labourers,  but 
the  last  thing  we  dream  of  teaching  them  is  the 
science  and  art  of  agriculture,  or  the  scientific  facts 
which  will  stand  them  in  good  stead  in  their  future 
work.  What,  then,  is  his  remedy?  It  is,  briefly, 
that  we  should  follow  a  plan  similar  to  that  which 
has  been  carried  out  in  France,  since  1893,  "ecoles 
primaries  superieures."  The  aim  of  these  schools 
is  to  give  technical  instruction  of  a  commercial,  in- 
dustrial, or  agricultural  nature  to  the  boys  in  the 
French  communes  as  they  are  drafted  out  of  the 
ordinary  primary  schools.  The  Commune  bears 
part  of  the  expense,  and  the  State  helps  with 
scholarship  grants,  and  grants  in  aid  of  salaries. 
What  these  schools  profess  to  do  is  "to  direct  the 
minds  of  the  pupils  from  the  first  day  to  the  last  to- 
wards the  necessities  of  the  practical  life  which 
awaits  them."  "The  agricultural  course,"  says  M. 
le  Blanc,  one  of  the  chief  authorities  upon  agricul- 
tural education  in  France,  "makes  it  its  special  aim 
to  teach  the  laws  of  Nature,  and  to  instil  into  the 
minds  of  its  pupils  those  scientific  notions  which 
they  could  never  acquire  at  home.  To  attain  this 
end  lessons  on  the  theory  of  natural  and  physical 
sciences,  or  even  on  agricultural  sciences,  are  not 
sufficient.  Experiment  must  give  the  students  a 
substantial  grounding,  and  this  knowledge  must  be 
completed  by  further  experiments  intelligently 
carried  out  by  themselves." 


I  feel  that  I  must  have  the  Review  in  my  work. 

T.  T.  G. 


70 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


S.  J.  Farnhara. 
Miss  A.  Maclean. 

At  Ogdensburg,  N.  Y.,  is  a  monument  with  this 
inscription :  "  Soldiers  and  Sailors,  Township  of 
Oswegatchie,  War  of  the  Rebellion,  1861-1865." 
For  this  monument  many  designs  were  submitted, 
but  the  originality  and  beauty  of  S.  J.  Farnham's 
design  won.  She  chose  as  her  subject  the  "  Spirit 
of  Victory,"  representing  this>y  a  female  figure  in 
flowing  garments  with  a  wreath  of  laurel  in  her  left 
hand  and  a  flag  in  her  right.  The  figure  is  seven 
feet  in  height  and  the  flag  standard  rises  four  feet 
higher.  The  figure  stands  on  a  fluted  Roman 
column  and  base  of  Barre  granite  twenty-four  feet 
high  to  the  top  of  the  cap.  Around  the  lower  part 
of  the  column  are  four  war  eagles,  scanning  the 
face  of  the  world  as  they  stand  posed  on  an  endless 
fasces,  representing  strength  and  eternity.  This 
bronze  group  is  resting  on  the  top  of  the  base  pro- 
per, and  on  each  of  the  four  sides  of  the  base  is  a 
bronze  shield,  with  inscription  and  decoration. 
Near  the  top  of  the  column  is  a  bronze  wreath  of 
maple  leaves.  "Victory"  is  nobly  balanced,  and 
expresses  grandeur  and  power.  The  face  is  sad, 
and  the  head  has  a  slight  droop.  This  rendering 
is  in  accordance  with  the  artist's  idea  that  there  must 
necessarily  be  sorrow  and  tragedy  in  every  victory. 
The  bronze  soldier  who  stands  on  guard  at  the  base 
seems  a  being  who  has  lived  and  suffered  and  :s 
possessed  of  soul.  The  artist  considers  this  her 
greatest  work  as  yet,  but  she  has  produced  others 
of  great  beauty  and  merit. 

In  the  Italian  garden  of  Captain  Emerson,  of 
Baltimore,  is  a  beautiful  fountain,  the  design  being 
three  laughing  nymphs,  and  the  boy,  Pan,  who  is 
clasping  a  bunch  of  grapes  from  which  the  water 
spouts.  Mrs.  Farnham's  little  son,  "Jim,"  posed 
for  Pan.  He  made  an  ideal  model,  entering  into  the 
spirit  of  his  mother's  conception,  and  the  mischiev- 
ous laughing  figure  of  this  joyous,  winsome  child 
in  its  utter  primeval  irresponsibility  is  most  attrac- 
tive. Beneath  the  fountain  are  tnese  impromptu 
lines  written  by  Mrs.  Farnham: 

In    Arcadia,    hallowed    spot, 
Sans   reproache  et   sans   culotte, 
Graces    in    alluring    shapes 
Played   and   danced   among   the    grapes, 
None  to  question  or  to  hamper, 
None  on  fun  to  cast  a  damper. 
Joyous   spontaneity, 
Knowing  not  propriety. 
Would  the  All  Wise  Power  saw   fit 
To  unlace  our  lives  a  bit, 
Give   us   room  to  breath,  and  be 
Like  the  gods  in  Arcady! 


S.  J.  Farnham  is  a  fearless  and  dashing  eques- 
trienne, and  well  understands  horse  nature,  and 
enjoys  galloping  over  her  western  ranch  as  much 
uT  anything  eise  in  life.  This  fact  accounts  for  the 
spirited  bronze  work  called  "  Cowboy  Fun,"  vibrant 
with  life,  irresistible  force  and  swift  onward  motion. 

Mrs.  Farnham's  marble  bust  of  the  beautiful  Mrs. 
H.  Bramhall  Gilbert  is  a  fine  example  in  correctness 
of  technique  and  perception  of  character.  The 
Great  Neck  Steeplechase  cup,  won  by  Mr.  W.  R. 
Grace  in  1904  is  another  specimen  of  her  work,  and 
it,  too,  shows  her  accurate  knowledge  of  horses  and 
her  skill  in  depicting  them. 

And  the  marvel  is  that  six  years  ago  this  sculptor 
did  not  know  anything  of  the  great  gift  God  had 
given  her.  While  recovering  from  a  severe  illness 
her  husband  brought  her  some  modelling  wax  in 
the  hope  that  it  might  help  her  to  while  away  the 
hours  of  enforced  inactivity.  She  at  once  fashioned 
in  wax  a  recumbent  figure  of  great  beauty,  repre- 
senting Iris,  the  goddess  of  the  rainbow.  Having  no 
proper  appliances,  she  pressed  into  service  surgical 
instruments  of  various  kinds  by  way  of  armature. 
Her  surgeons  vouched  for  the  corectness  of  "Iris" 
from  an  anatomical  standpoint,  and  were  amazed 
that  it  was  an  initial  production. 

Mrs.  Farnham  had  the  advantage  of  extensive 
foreign  travel,  and  thus  became  acquainted  with  the 
masterpieces  of  ancient  and  modern  sculptors  in 
all  lands. 

Little  teaching  from  the  schools  is  possessed  by 
this  original  artist.  But  she  has  tremendous 
earnestness.  Her  skilful  hand  and  eye  furnish  the 
externals,  and  the  soul  which  she  puts  into  her 
work  is,  after  all,  that  which  makes  the  grandeur 
and  assures  the  lasting  value  of  a  work  of  art.  In 
her  judgment  the  personality  of  an  artist  working 
from  within  must  determine  the  particular  aspect 
and  treatment  of  the  subject  chosen.  She  likes  best 
scupltures  that  are  full  of  force  and  emotional  ex- 
pression. She  puts  her  whole  heart  and  soul  into 
all  she  does,  and  those  who  have  seen  her  work 
can  only  conclude  that  the  virile  strength  and 
subtlety  in  execution,  combined  with  her  visual  and 
temperamental  gifts,  insure  to  her  a  crowning 
future. 


The  season  of  bird  migration  has  now  begun. 
Many  birds  are  already  assembling  for  the  journey 
to  the  south.  Why  do  thev  go?  When  will  they 
return  ?  These  and  many  other  questions  in  relation 
to  birds  will  furnish  occasion  for  September  talks. 


Victoria  is  half  way  between  London  and  Hong 
Kong. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


71 


A  Great  Mediaeval  School. 


"The   School  of  the  Palace." 

By  Miss  Catherine  M.  Condon. 

Let  us,  in  imagination,  transport  ourselves  back 
to  the  ninth  century  of  our  era,  say,  about  805 
A.  D.,  and,  finding  ourselves  at  Aix-la-Chapelle, 
ir.ake  the  best  of  our  way  to  the  Palace  of  Charle- 
magne. We  shall  not  need  to  ask  our  way ;  its  tur- 
rets, battlements  and  fine  arcaded  cloisters  will 
sufficiently  indicate  it.  Before  the  massive  gates 
stand  the  guards,  in  full  armor,  holding  lance 
and  battle-axe.  Like  their  imperial  master,  they 
are  of  great  stature  and  strength.  Passing  them, 
we  go  through  the  court-yard,  where  military  and 
athletic  exercises  are  proceeding  with  vigor.  Pre- 
sently, at  a  given  signal,  the  different  groups  of 
various  ranks  and  ages  break  up  and  march  into 
the  school-room,  the  great  hall  of  the  palace. 
Among  the  royal  children  are  Pepin,  King  of  Italy, 
end  Louis,  King  of  Aquitaine.  They  are  still 
young,  for  they  were  taken  to  Rome  by  Charle- 
magne, their  father,  in  8oi,  and  anointed  by  the 
Pope  at  the  age  of  four  and  three  respectively. 
They  probably  enjoy  a  visit  home,  as  well  as  other 
little  boys  who  do  not  wear  a  crown. 

This  "  School  of  the  Palace  "  is  a  mixed  one. 
Some  have  thought  it  an  academy  for  learned  con- 
versation and  communion  only.  But  instruction 
was  imparted  in  literature,  and  such  science  as  was 
then  possible.  Special  stress  was  laid  upon  the 
teaching  of  religious  doctrine  and  practice,  as  was 
natural,  when  the  only  teachers  were  ecclesiastics. 

But  careful  primary  work  would  be  as  necessary 
then  as  now  to  prepare  for  the  study  of  the  liberal 
arts;  and  still  later  in  life  than  this,  Charles,  find- 
ing his  good  right  hand  more  facile  with  the  sword 
than  the  pen.  was  practising  penmanship,  desiring 
t<>  improve  it;  and  no  doubt  some  one  in  the  school 
skilful  in  the  writing  and  illumination  of  manu- 
scripts would  assist  the  Emperor,  who  would  no 
doubt  avail  himself  of  the  splendid  manuscripts  re- 
ceived as  presents  from  the  Emperor  at  Constanti- 
nople ;  and  from  the  Caliph  of  Bagdad,  the  renowned 
Haroun-al-Raschid,  who  also  sent  him  an  elephant, 
apes,  rugs  and  carpets,  and  a  curious  striking  clock, 
with  many  other  rich  gifts.  The  tone  of  the  school 
must  have  been  wonderfully  liberal,  for  he  charges 
the  bishops  and  abbots  that,  "  they  should  take  care 
to  make  no  difference  between  the  sons  of  serfs 
and  freemen,  so  that  they  might  come  and  sit  on 
the   same  benches,  to  study  grammar,   music    and 


arithmetic."       Many    a     clever     serf    repaid    this 
generosity  by  signal  service  in  church  and  state. 

Let  u.=  mark  the  founder  of  the  school.  Crown- 
ed and  robed,  he  is  seated  upon  his  throne  in  the 
stately  pillared  hall ;  but  you  will  need  no  regalia 
to  recognize  him.  That  form  of  heroic  mould, 
with  its  instinctive  dignity  and  grace,  the  dome-like 
head  with  its  white  flowing  locks,  its  large  and 
piercing  eyes,  with  its  grandly  cut  features,  well 
express  his  intellectual  power,  and  mark  him  out  as 
standing  in  the  front  rank  of  the  great  men  of  all 
time ;  as  soldier,  statesman  and  scholar. 

During  his  reign  of  forty-six  years  he  carried  on 
fifty-six  campaigns,  one,  that  against  the  pagan 
Saxons,  lasting  thirty  years.  He  conquered  the 
Avars  (Huns)  by  the  same  piece  of  strategy  that 
won  for  Napoleon  the  battle  of  Austerlitz — a  double 
base  of  operations  against  the  enemy.  As  a  states- 
man, he  won  as  much  by  his  diplomacy,  which  was 
at  once  shrewd  and  generous,  as  by  the  sword ;  and 
it  may  be  doubted  whether  he  would  have  so  com- 
pletely subjugated  the  savage  Saxons  if  he  had  not 
won  over  their  able  chief,  Witikind,  by  his  magna- 
nimity and  fair  dealing. 

But  Charlemagne  was  not  content  simply  to  con- 
quer, he  determined  to  Christianize  the  rude  pagans 
and  to  introduce  law  and  order,  and  thereby  to 
render  his  dream  (a  vain  one)  of  a  re-established 
Roman  Empire,  a  solid  and  permanent  fact.  But 
he  would  make  it  a  Holy  Roman  Empire.  There- 
fore he  built  churches,  monasteries,  and  cloistral 
schools  among  them ;  and  when  they  destroyed 
them,  and  their  inhabitants,  with  fire  and  sword  and 
unutterable  cruelties,  he.  did  the  work  over  again, 
for  there  was  no  turning  aside  that  indomitable  will 
from  its  purpose.  He  was,  however,  a  true  Ger- 
man, and  reverenced  what  was  good  in  their  old 
institutions,  and  respected,  as  far  as  possible,  their 
sentiments  and  traditions ;  but,  said  he,  "the  Saxons 
must  be  Christianized  or  wiped  out."  It  has  been 
quaintly  said,  "  he  inflicted  baptism  upon  them." 
The  noblest  men  do  not  rise  altogether  above  the 
spirit  of  their  time. 

As  a  scholar,  his  attainments  were  remarkable 
for  that  age ;  he  was  a  good  Latinist,  and  under- 
stood Greek.  He  was  fond  of  the  "  joyous  art," 
and  brought  musicians  from  Italy  to  improve  it; 
and  like  Luther,  700  years  later,  reverently  ordered 
the  "  service  of  song  in  the  house  of  the  Lord." 
He  was  also  a  diligent  student  of  logic  and 
astronomy.  Only  four  of  the  winds  had  been 
named  before  him,  but  he  distinguished  twelve,  and 


72 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


gave  to  them  and  the  twelve  months  of  the  year 
Germanic  names,  and  drew  up,  with  some  scholars 
of  his  academy,  a  Germanic  grammar.  He  collect- 
ed and  preserved  the  old  heroic  ballads,  songs  and 
verses,  which  are  largely  the  foundation  of  the 
Nieberlungenlied.  His  grandfather,  Charles  Mar- 
tel,  on  the  field  of  Tours,  732,  had  inflicted  a  crush- 
ing defeat  upon  the  Saracens,  which  defeat,  it  has 
been  pithily  observed,  "  settled  the  question  whether 
the  Koran  or  the  Bible  should  be  a  text-book  at 
Oxford." 

His  father,  Pepin  le  Bref,  had  by  his  protection 
of  Pope  Stephen,  and  his  bestowal  of  the  Exarchate 
of  Ravenna  laid  the  foundation  of  the  temporal 
power  of  the  Holy  See.  This  gift,  confirmed  and 
enlarged  by  Charlemagne,  led  to  his  being  crowned 
Emperor  of  the  Western  Roman  Empire,  25th 
December,  800  A.  D. 

Henceforth,  German  barbarism  was  to  be  more 
ana  more  softened  by  Italian  learning  and  refine- 
ment. The  kingdom  left  by  Pepin  was  to  expand 
into  an  empire  stretching  from  the  Ebro  in  the 
west  to  the  Danube,  and  the  confines  of  the  Eastern 
Empire,  and  from  the  North  Sea  to  the  Mediterran- 
ean, and  to  embrace  Italy  from  Aosta  to  Calabria. 

The  "  school  "  justified  itself,  for  we  read  of  no 
fewer  than  twenty-three  great  dignitaries  trained 
in  it,  eminent  in  Church  and  State,  among  them 
Pope  Sylvester  II,  who  was  also  an  author. 

At  the  head  stands  the  director,  Alcuin,  who  was 
an  Englishman,  a  native  of  Yorksh;,-e.  still  famous 
for  stalwart  men,  rich  musical  voices  and  shrewd 
business  faculty.  No  doubt  the  tutor,  trusted 
friend,  and  adviser  of  Charlemagne,  exhibited  to 
the  full  their  fine  wholesome  characteristics.  His 
writings,  thirty  in  number,  by  their  excellence  and 
variety,  attest  his  learning  and  industry.  Our  own 
Egbert,  who  had  fled  from  Offa  the  Terrible,  pro- 
bably learned  lessons  of  wisdom  in  the  famous 
school  of  his  protector. 

Eginhard,  considerably  younger  than  Alcuin,  re- 
ceived in  the  school  the  scientific  instruction  neces- 
sary to  fit  him  for  the  position  of  "  Chief  of  the 
Works  to  the  Palace."  He  has  left  us  interesting 
Chronicles  and  a  biography  of  Charlemagne,  and 
the  only  contemporary  account  of  the  heroic  stand 
of  Poland  at  Roncesvalles   (Roncesvaux). 

Hincmar  afterwards  Archbishop  of  Rheims, 
near  the  end  of  the  century,  gave  a  striking  proof 
of  his  ability.  Adalbert,  Abbot  of  Corbie,  and 
cousin  of  Charlemagne,  had  written  a  treatise,  "De 
Ordine   Palatii"    (Of  the    Ordering  of  the  Palace) 


It  contained  a  very  full  account  of  the  "Missi 
Dominici,"  which  institution  has  always  been  con- 
sidered a  mark  of  Charlemagne's  genius.  These 
were  officers  appointed  to  visit  every  part  of  the 
empire,  to  look  into  the  minutest  details,  and,  if 
necessary,  to  take  prompt  and  decisive  action,  and 
to  report  everything  to  the  emperor,  especially  the 
causes  of  any  trouble.  His  treatise  also  gave  a  full 
account  of  the  national  assemblies  convened  by  him, 
stating  their  mode  of  proceeding,  the  due  arrange- 
ment of  clerics,  laics,  etc.  The  freest  discussion 
was  invited,  but  while  the  most  absolute  power  was 
really  exercised  by  Charlemagne,  these  deliberative 
assemblies  must,  by  his  wisdom,  tact  and  liberality, 
have  been  wonderfully  educating  to  a  barbarous  and 
disunited  people.  No  fewer  than  thirty-five  were 
held  between  776  and  813,  A.  D..  Adalbert's 
work  was  lost,  but  Hincmar  almost,  perhaps  entirely, 
gave  its  substance  in  a  letter  of  instructions,  when 
near  the  end  of  the  century  (ninth)  he  was  applied 
to  by  the  grandees  of  Carloman,  the  son  of  Charles 
the  Stammerer,  for  an  account  of  the  government 
of  Charlemagne.  Quite  an  inteilectual  feat  for  so 
old  a  man,  and,  for  posterity,  a  most  valuable  piece 
of  work. 

The  Heads  of  the  "Schools"  took  names  from 
antiquity.  Alcuin  was  Flaccus  (Horatius  Flaccus)  ; 
Angilbert  was  Homer ;  Theodulph,  Pindar ;  Charle- 
magne was  David;  Eginhard,  most  appropriately, 
Bezaleel,  after  the  artist-nephew  of  Moses.  Cer- 
tainly those  who  took  the  names  did  not  dim 
their  lustre.  But  it  was  not  all  study.  There 
were  hunting  parties  and  sports,  and  especially 
bathing  in  the  tepid  waters  for  which  Aix-la-Cha- 
pelle  has  been  famous  from  Roman  times  to  our 
own  day,  a  sport  loved  by  the  emperor.  Sometimes 
as  many  as  one  hundred  persons'  would  be  invited 
to  disport  themselves  with  the  emperor,  whose 
health  was  perfect,  until  his  last  short  illness  of 
plcvrisy. 

Some  time  before  his  death  he  had  set  aside  two- 
thirds  of  his  property  for  religion  and  education,  re- 
serving one-third  for  disposal  at  his  death.  He  had 
founded  twenty-one  Metropolitan  Sees  with  monas- 
teries and  cloistral  schools.  His  bounty  to  suffering 
Christians,  even  in  far-off  eastern  lands,  was  un- 
stinted. It  may  well  indeed  be  doubted,  whether 
any  one  man  has  done  so  much  to  lift  Europe  out 
of  the  s  lough  of  ignorance  and  barbarism  as 
Charlemagne. 


I  find  the  Review  a  great  help  in  my  school  work, 
and  would  not  do  without  it.  A.  A.  P. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


73 


Our  Rivers  and  Lakes  —  No.  II. 


I. —  The   River  St.  John. 
By  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D. 

Those  readers  of  the  Review  who  may  have 
perused  the  last  chapter  of  this  series  of  sketches 
will  recollect  that  a  river  is  therein  shown  to  be 
comparable  with  a  living  thing,  and  as  such  to  have 
a  history,  involving  periods  of  youth,  maturity  and 
old  age,  each  marked  by  well-defined  characteristics. 
We  may  now  proceed  to  see  how  this  comparison 
finds  illustration  in  the  rivers  and  streams  of  Acadia. 

We  may  naturally  begin  with  the  St.  John  as 
being  not  only  the  largest  river  in  the  Maritime 
Provinces,  but  also  the  largest  to  be  found  in  east- 
ern America  south  of  the  St.  Lawrence.  It  is  also 
the  most  varied,  and  in  different  parts  of  its  course 
affords  the  best  examples  of  the  subject  under  con- 
sideration. 

The  St.  John  river  is  usually  regarded  as  having 
a  length  of  four  hundred  and  forty-six  miles,  and 
a  total  drainage  area  of  about  26,000  square  miles, 
embracing  considerable  portions  of  Maine  and 
Quebec,  as  well  as  of  New  Brunswick.  It  is 
navigable  by  ordinary  steamers  to  Fredericton, 
a  distance  of  eighty  miles,  by  flat-bottomed  steamers 
to  Woodstock,  sixty  miles  above  Fredericton,  and 
by  canoe  from  Woodstock  to  its  sources  in  the  St. 
John  ponds  on  the  western  side  of  Maine.  Many 
of  its  tributaries,  including  in  New  Brunswick  the 
St.  Francis,  Green.  Grand,  Tobique,  Nashwaak 
and  Oromocto,  are  also  similarly  navigable  when 
the  water  is  at  ordinary  height.  The  head  of  the 
Tobique  in  Nictor  Lake  is  ninety-two  miles  distant 
from  its  mouth,  and  a  little  over  eight  hundred  feet 
above  sea  level.  The  St.  Francis  and  Madawaska 
originate  in  the,  Province  of  Quebec,  and  north  of 
the  great  St.  Lawrence  "  divide : "  the  head  of  the 
South  Branch  is  said  to  be  1,808  feet  above  sea 
level,  and  that  of  the  Northwest  Branch  2.358  feet, 
but  where  the  river  St.  John  enters  New  Brunswick 
at  St.  Francis,  the  waters  are  not  more  than  606 
feet  above  tide  level.  Assuming  this  latter  to  be 
the  case,  and  the  distance  from  the  sea  to  be  as 
stated  above,  the  average  slope  for  the  entire  river 
within  the  limit  of  the  province  would  be  one  and 
a  half  feet  per  mile ;  but  as  there  is  a  descent  of  1 17 
feet  in  the  Grand  Falls  gorge  alone,  and  in  the 
summer  months  practically  no  descent  below  Fred- 
ericton, the  rate  for  the  portion  below  the  Falls  be- 
comes only  eight  inches,  and  below  the  city  last 
named  nearly  nil.     Thus  the  river  becomes  naturally 


divided  into  sections,  which  must  be  considered 
separately,  especially  as  these  sections  are  otherwise 
in  marked  contrast. 

The  first  section  which  is  to  be  distinguished  is 
that  between  the  sources  of  the  stream  and  Ed- 
mundston.  The  course  of  the  river,  as  a  whole,  is 
here  northeasterly,  evidently  determined  by  the 
course  of  the  hill  ranges  between  which  it  flows. 
It  is  what  physical  geographers  call  a  "consequent" 
river,  meaning  that  the  direction  is  the  consequence 
of  a  natural  pre-existing  valley  and  slope.  It  is 
probably  also  in  this  part  an  old  river,  as  the  valley 
alluded  to  is  almost  certainly  of  very  ancient  date. 
Indeed  it  is  probably  only  the  discovered  head  of 
a  stream  which  originally  formed  no  part  of  the 
modern  St.  John,  but  continued  its  north-eastward 
flow  to  connect  with  that  of  the  Restigouche,  and 
thus  emptied  into  the  Bay  Chaleur.  But  the  main 
St.  John,  working  backward  at  its  head,  reached  at 
last  this  old  eastward  flowing  stream,  and  providing 
a  new  and  easier  channel  for  its  waters,  drew  these 
off,  leaving  the  Restigouche  as  we  have  it  to-day, 
separated  by  a  short  carry  only  from  the  waters  of 
the  St.  John.  This  is  an  illustration  of  what'  has 
been  termed  the  "  piracy  "  of  rivers,  or  the  "migra- 
tion of  divides,"  of  which  we  shall  presently  notice 
some  further  illustrations. 

But  while  in  one  sense  old,  the  section  of  the 
river  under  review  is  also  "  young,"  for  its  current 
is  swift,  its  channel  often  narrow  and  V-like,  its 
bed  strewn  with  numerous  boulders,  originating 
more  or  less  dangerous  rapids.  These  boulders 
are  old  moraines,  dropped  across  the  valley's  bed 
by  the  melting  ice  of  the  glacial  period,  and  the 
stream  is  now  actively  engaged  in  removing  them. 
It  is  a  rejuvenated  stream,  a  stream  in  second  child- 
hood, striving  for  the  second  time  to  carve  out  for 
itself  a  smooth  and  unobstructed  way. 

Near  Edmundston  the  main  river  begins  to  turn 
to  the  south,  and  we  enter  upon  a  second  section 
extending  to  the  Grand  Falls.  The  wide,  open 
character  of  the  valley,  the  gentle  slope  of  its  sides, 
the  comparatively  slow  current,  and  the  extent  of 
intervale  and  islands,  all  indicate  maturity.  On  the 
other  hand,  at  the  Grand  Falls,  a  sudden  and  mark- 
ed change  comes  in.  The  old  pre-glacial  channel, 
plainly  recognizable  in  the  rear  of  the  village,  where 
it  gives  convenient  passage  for  the  rails  of  the  C. 
P.  R.  having  been  completely  obliterated  by  the 
debris  of  meltine:  glaciers,  the  river  has  ever  since 
been,  and  is  now  engaged,  in  making  for  itself  a 
new  passage.     And  the  process  is  one  well  worth 


74- 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


study.  The  rocks  to  be  traversed  (calcareous 
slates  which  are  almost  limestones)  are  not  very 
hard,  but  are  of  different  degrees  of  hardness,  there- 
fore tending  to  determine  irregularities  both  of 
course  and  descent.  The  stream  is  so  narrow  and 
the  bluffs  on  either  side  so  nearly  vertical  that  :n 
time  of  freshets  the  crowded  waters  are  compelled 
to  rise  far  above  their  ordinary  level,  then  becom- 
ing a  scene  of  wild  commotion,  at  the  same  time 
that  the  height  of  the  main  pitch  becomes  materially 
reduced.  This  is  ordinarily  about  eighty  feet,  while 
the  total  difference  of  level  between  the  upper  and 
lower  basin,  separated  by  about  a  mile  of  "  gorge," 
is  117  feet.  In  the  bottom  of  the  gorge  are  the 
"wells,"  an  interesting  feature,  being  circular  holes 
from  one  to  ten  feet  wide,  and  sometimes  twenty 


grand  fails  gorge  —  St.  John  River. 

feet  deep,  made  by  the  grinding  action  of  pebbles 
driven  by  the  whirling  waters,  and  illustrating  one 
of  the  methods,  by  which  the  whole  gorge  is  being 
excavated. 

Below  the  Grand  Falls  the  character  of  the  river 
again  changes.  It  comes  in  now  transverse  to  the 
hill  ranges  instead  of  with  them,  as  in  the  upper 
portions ;  and  here  we  find  the  most  marked  evi- 
dences of  that  former  higher  level  of  the  waters 
without  which  these  ridges  could  never  have  been 
crossed.  They  are  in  the  form  of  terraces,  steps 
or  benches,  lying  along  the  sides  of  the  valley  and 
following  its  sinuosities,  but  composed  of  materials 
which,  "both  in  character  and  arrangement,  show 
clearly  that  they  must  have  been  laid  down  by  the 
river,  as  similar  deposits  are  being  laid  down  now. 

Sometimes  as  m'anv  as  six  or  seven  of  these  ter- 


races will  be  seen  one  above  another,  each  marking 
a  stage  in  the  excavation  of  the  present  valley,  and 
the  highest  perhaps  two  or  three  hundred  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  stream,  as  it  exists  to-day. 

In  this  third  section  of  the  river,  extending  from 
Grand  Falls  to  Fredericton,  another  feature  is  the 
deep  and  narrow  character  of  the  valley,  the  gen- 
eral scarcity  of  islands,  and  the  rapidity  of  the  cur- 
rent, all  indicative  of  comparative  youth.  At  the 
Meductic  falls  probably  once  existed,  now  repre- 
sented by  a  somewhat  dangerous  rapid,  and  here 
again,  as  at  Grand  Falls  and  the  Aroostook  falls, 
we  find  evidence  of  old  pre-glacial  and  now  aband- 
oned channels. 

Not  far  above  Fredericton  the  scene  is  again 
changed,  and  quite  abruptly.  From  a  width  of 
hardly  quarter  of  a  mile  it  becomes  twice,  and  in 
places  three  or  four  times  that  amount.  The 
bordering  hills  are  lower  and  their  slopes  more 
gentle,  while  between  their  base  and  the  river  chan- 
nels are  extensive  flats  or  intervales,  some  subject 
to  annual  overflow,  others  like  that  upon  which  the 
city  of  Fredericton  is  built,  reached  by  the  water 
only  under  such  exceptional  conditions  as  may 
result  from  an  ice  jam  below.  Here  also  begin  the 
is'.ands  which  at  once  add  so  much  to  the  beauty  of 
the  river,  with  their  elm-fringed  borders,  and  to  the 
revenues  of  their  owners  by  their  exuberant  fertility. 
These  intervales  and  islands  indicate  that  the  stream 
is  here  dropping  its  load.  Wear  or  corrosion  is  on 
the  sides  not  upon  the  bed  of  the  stream,  and  the 
tendency  to  fill  up  makes  the  employment  of  dredges 
necessary.  The  stream  has  reached  the  "  bare  level 
of  erosion,"  and  except  in  times  of  high  water  the 
outward  flow  is  checked  or  even  practically  reversed 
by  the  inward  flow  of  the  tide.  Here  again  we  find 
evidences  of  a  former  higher  level  of  the  river, 
probably  during  the  Glacial  period.  P>eneath  the 
surface  deposits  of  the  flat  of  Fredericton  we  every- 
where reach  in  sinking  beds  of  pure  clay,  the  ascer- 
tained depth  of  which  is  over  200  feet,  and  from 
which  remains  of  large  fossil  fishes  have  been  re- 
moved. Hence  the  river  must  in  some  former 
period  have  flowed  through  a  channel  200  feet 
lower  than  the  present  one.  and  thus  could  only 
have  been  cut  when  the  land  stood  that  much  higher. 
Having  been  cut,  by  water  or  ice.  or  both,  during 
the  period  of  glacial  elevation,  it  was  subsequently 
filled  for  several  hundred  feet  with  clay  as  the  land 
subsided,  and  finally,  with  another,  but  less  marked 
elevation,  cut  its  present  bed  at  least  200  feet,  as 
stated,  above  its  former  one. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


75 


The  condition  of  things  sketched  in  the  last 
paragraph  continues  from  Fredericton  to  Hamp- 
stead,  in  Queens  County,  where,  with  the  existence 
of  rocks  which  are  at  once  more  enduring  and  more 
disturbed,  another  total  change  in  the  scenery  of  the 
river  takes  place.  Without  attempting  to  describe 
the  new  features  in  detail,  I  may  note  two  or  three 
points  which  are  of  special  interest,  either  as  ex- 
hibiting contrasts  with  the  parts  of  the  river  already 
reviewed  or  as  bearing  upon  its  probable  history. 

Perhaps  the  most  striking  feature  of  the  lower 
St.  John  is  the  fact  that  it  here  presents  a  series  of 
long  and    narrow    parallel    troughs,    connected  by 


ducing  them  as  a  small  map,  a  good  illustration  of 
what  is  known  as  "  trellised  drainage."  on  account 
of  its  resemblance  to  trellis  work  as  employed  by  the 
gardener.  It  also  suggests,  what  is  undoubtedly 
true,  that  the  valleys  now  connected  were  at  one 
time  distinct,  each  being  occupied  by  its  own  stream, 
and  with  the  direction  of  the  latter  "  consequent " 
upon  that  of  the  bordering  hills ;  but  subsequently 
through  the  backward  working  oi  the  main  St. 
John  these  were  successively  tapped  or  "  pirated," 
and  their  waters  taken  to  swell  those  of  the  main 
river. 
And  here  another  and  most  remarkable  feature 


flSLANDS   ABOVE   FREDERICTON  —  St.  John    River. 


transverse  depressions.  The  Long  Reach,  with  its 
extension  in  the  Belleisle  valley,  and  the  great  Ken- 
nebeccasis  trough,  about  twenty  miles  long,  and  in 
its  western  portions  200  feet  deep,  or  more,  are  the 
most  conspicuous  examples,  but  to  these  may  be 
added  the  depressions  of  the  Washademoak  and 
Grand  Lakes,  all  parallel  to  each  other,  and  to  the 
great  trough  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy.  The  connect- 
ing transverse  valleys  are  those  of  Wickham,  pro- 
longed southward  in  Kingston  Creek,  the  Short 
Reach,  a  continuation  of  the  Nerepis  valley,  the 
Grand  Hay  and  the  Narrows,  while  indications  of 
the  same  north  and  south  depression  is  to  be  seen 
in  the  soundings  in  and  off  of  St.  John  harbor.  We 
have  in  these   features,  best  appreciated  by  repro- 


comes  in.  At  its  mouth  the  waters  of  the  great 
river,  with  a  length  of  nearly  500  miles,  and  gather- 
ed from  three  provinces,  are  met  by  the  phenomenal 
tides  of  the  Hay  of  Fundy,  the  struggle  between  the 
two  being  at  the  same  time  mainly  confined  to  an 
area  less  than  a  mile  in  length,  and  where  narrowest, 
not  over  200  yards  in  breadth.  Here  are  the  "  re- 
versible falls,"  with  the  waters  falling  either  in  or 
out.  according  as  tide  is  high  or  low,  while  for  a 
brief  interval  the  turmoil  which  ordinarily  char- 
acterizes the  scene  and  makes  the  passage  impos- 
sible, is  replaced  by  a  condition  of  repose,  during 
which  vessels  of  all  kinds  may  safely  move  to  and 
fro. 
One  point  more.       As  the  lower  section  of  the 


76 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


St.  John  river  is  below  tide  level,  the  waters  being 
brackish  for  many  miles  above  its  mouth,  while  even 
at  Fredericton  there  is  during  low  water  a  "  set 
back  "  of  several  inches,  it  follows  that  the  valley 
must  have  been  excavated  when  the  land  stood 
higher  than  now,  and  was  afterwards  depressed. 
It  is  therefore  an  example  of  a  "  drowned  "  river. 


Indeed  its  old  mouths,  one  at  Manawagonish  and 
the  other  through  the  Coldbrook  valley,  are  now 
filled  up,  and  the  present  channel  through  the 
Narrows  is  comparatively  "  young."  Other  pro- 
vincial illustrations  of  "  old  "  and  "  young  "  rivers, 
"  rejuvenated  rivers,"  "  drowned  rivers,"  "  river 
piracy,"  etc.,  will  be  given  in  another  chapter. 


^1 


reversing  falls  —  St.  John  River. 


"The  Schoolmaster  Abroad." 

In  that  admirable  picture  of  Southern  life,  "  The 
Autobiography  of  a  Southerner,"  now  running 
through  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  the  following  inci- 
dents occur : 

I  once  read  a  letter  written  by  a  Southern 
planter  to  his  business  correspondent  in  Boston  in 
the  forties,  asking  him  to  send  by  boat  "  ten  kegs 
of  nails,  a  dozen  bolts  of  cloth,  and  a  well-condition- 
ed teacher  "  for  his  children.  The  teacher  lay  in 
his  mind  along  with  cloth  and  nails. 

And  Professor  1  Silly  picked  up  a  story  that  told 
more  than  all  the  school  reports.  Some  one  asked 
a  country  woman  how  many  children  she  had. 
"  Five. — two  married,  two  dead,  and  one  a-teaching 
school." 

From  my  boyhood  I  had  heard  our  public  men 
praise  our  people  as  the  most  contented  and  upright 
under  heaven,  home-loving  and  God-fearing.  But 
I  encountered  communities  from  which  all  the  best 
young    men    had    gone,    and    nobody    could   blame 


them ;  and  many  who  were  left  had  homes  ill  worth 
loving.  Slatternly  women,  ill-fed,  idle  men,  agri- 
culture as  crude  as  Moses  knew, — a  starving  popu- 
lation, body,  mind  and  soul,  on  as  rich  a  soil  as 
we  have. 

"  'Pears  dey  gwine  ter  eddicate  everybody,  yaller 
dogs  an'  all,"  said  one  countryman  to  another. 
"  Presen'ly  dey'll  'spec'  me  and  you  to  git  book- 
larnin',  John,  an'  read  de  papers.'  ' 

I'd  lak  to  know  who  gwine  ter  wuk  an'  haul 
wood  in  dem  days,"  said  John. 

"  Yes ;  an'  atter  you  larn  to  read,  dat  ain't  all.  It 
costs  you  a  heap  o'  money  den.  Yer  got  to  buy  a 
paper :  an'  did  you  know  dat  a  daily  paper  costs  six 
dollars  a  year?  Atter  dey  larn  you  to  read,  dey 
don'  give  you  de  paper,  nor  no  books  nuther." — 
Nicholas  Worth,  in  the  August  Atlantic. 


Yukon  District  is  almost  as  large  as  France. 


I  eniov  the  Review.     I  find  it  both  interesting 
and  helpful.  M.  S. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


77 


After  Vacation. 

Most  sincerely  do  we  hope  that  your  vacation  will 
be  in  every  way  refreshing,  restful,  and  delightful. 

Vacation  is  never  an  end  in  itself,  it  is  but  a 
means  to  an  end.  Its  joy  and  its  usefulness,  are  al- 
ways involved  in  what  comes  after,  in  what  results 
from  it.  Every  conceivable  privilege  for  enjoyment 
in  July  and  August  fails  to  provide  a  relish  if  one  is 
fearful  that  the  vacation  will  last  the.  year  round. 
The  fact  that  it  is  to  have  an  end,  followed  by  op- 
portunity for  profitable  employment,  gives  zest  to 
the  days  of  rest. 

Assurance  of  an  increase  in  salary  and  profession- 
al opportunity  also  materially  adds  to  the  joy  of  the 
long  vacation.  How  much  more  joyous  should  a 
vacation  be  when  there  is  a  consciousness  that  be- 
cause of  it  the  teaching  itself  will  be  of  increased 
value  to  the  pupils  to  whom  we  go  ? 

The  rest  feature  of  a  summer  school  to  a  teacher 
of  the  right  spirit  comes  from  the  fact  that  ever 
after  she  is  to  do  better  work  for  her  pupils.  She 
can  rest  better  at  work  than  at  rest  when  her  rest 
comes  from  the  joyous  consciousness  of  that  which 
is  to  come  after  vacation. — Selected. 


Parts  of  Common  Things. 

Here  is  a  language  lesson  that  will  stimulate  a 
good  degree  of  thinking  and  observing  if  rightly 
managed.  It  will  also  form  a  basis  of  pupil  study 
on  the  part  of  the  teacher ;  it  may  surprise  the  teach- 
er to  discover  how  little  some  of  the  children  know 
about  matters  which  are  usually  regarded  as  very 
simple  and  commonplace. 

Let  each  pupil  write  a  list  of  the  parts  of  some 
of  the  objects  named  in  this  list  and  others,  also  the 
use  or  position  of  the  various  parts  :  A  wagon  wheel, 
a  box,  a  shoe,  a  bicycle,  a  knife,  a  desk,  a  coat,  a 
plow,  a  rake,  a  hat,  a  window,  a  carriage,  a  book,  a 
chair,  a  boat,  a  stove,  a  clock,  a  gun. — Selected. 


Dr.  Harrison,  president  of  the  University  of  New 
Brunswick,  has  resigned  to  accept  a  pension  from 
the  Carnegie  Fund,  amounting  to  over  thirteen  hun- 
dred dollars  a  year.  The  trustees  of  the  fund  also 
testify  to  the  high  appreciation  of  the  services  which 
Dr.  Harrison  has  rendered  to  the  cause  of  education 
in  New  Brunswick,  a  testimony  that  will  be 
cordially  endorsed  throughout  the  provinces. 

A  similar  pension  awaits  Professor  Bailey  when 
he  resigns,  which  it  is  said  will  not  be  this  year. 


A  Rainy  Day. 

The  rain  is  falling  very  fast, 

We  can't  go  out  to  play, 
But  we  are  happy  while  in  school, 

Tho'  'tis  a  rainy  day," 

sang  sixty-five  fresh  little  first-grade  voices.  And 
indeed  it  was  a  rainy  day.  It  had  literally  poured 
since  daybreak,  but  only  a  few  of  the  babies  were 
missing.  They  knew  that  rainy  days  were  "happy 
days,"  and  had  begged  to  come  to  school;  and  the 
parents,  knowing  that  special  care  was  taken  of 
them  on  these  days,  had  sent  them.  Some  had  come 
in  delivery-wagons  or  private  conveyances ;  some  in 
the  arms  of  father  or  strong  elder  brother;  not  a 
few  had  trudged  through  the  rain  and  mud, — but 
nearly  all  had  come,  and  the  array  of  rubbers  and 
umbrellas  in  the  hall  suggested  Psyche's  task  of 
sorting  the  grain  in  Venus's  storehouse,  and  their 
restorations  to  rightful  owners  seemed  likely  to  be 
accomplished  only  by  the  assistance  of  some  super- 
human agent. 

And  true  enough  it  was,  too,  that  they  could  not 
go  out  to  play.  Yet  a  look  of  bright  expectancy 
was  on  every  face.  The  janitor  came  in,  bringing  a 
pail  of  water  and  some  cups,  and  paused  in  surprise 
as  he  was  greeted  by  a  clapping  of  little  hands. 
They  knew  what  was  coming  now.  The  janitor 
opened  the  windows,  and  as  the  signals  were  given 
all  the  children  rose  and  filed  past  the  water-pail, 
where  each  was  offered  a  few  swallows  of  water. 
After  drinking,  each  ran  lightly  to  his  seat,  or 
"flew"  with  gently  waving  "wings."  It  required 
but  a  few  minutes,  yet  all 'were  in  a  glow  of  cheerful 
excitement.  Then,  a  ladder  was  quickly  sketched  on 
the  floor,  and  all  who  cared  to — and  who  did  not? 
— tried  to  hop  over  all  of  the  rounds.  Many  of  them 
hopped  on,  and  proud  indeed  was  the  small  laddie 
who  "walked  clear  to  my  seat  on  one  foot."  Quiet? 
No.   Orderly?   Yes. 

A  few  minutes  were  spent  in  games.  One  di 
vision  playing  at  a  time,  the  other  singing  "Pussy 
White."  "Chick-a-dee,"  and  "Poor  Babes  in  the 
Wood."  Then,  as  the  bell  rang  and  the  triangle 
sounded  for  the  older  children,  the  first  child  in  each 
division  was  given  a  flag  and  they  were  "brave  little 
soldiers,"  marching  through  aisles  and  cloak-room 
and  back  to  seats,  rested  and  happy  and  ready  for 
work. 

All  who  did  not  ask  to  leave  the  room  were  dis- 
missed a  few  minutes  early,  and  went  home  wrapped 
up  as  carefully  as  when  they  came. — Selected. 


Messrs.  D.  C.  Heath  &  Company,  Boston, 
announce  the  publication  in  September  of  The 
Select  Poems  of  Tennyson,  to  be  edited  by  Archi- 
bald MacMechan,  of  Dalhousie  University,  whose 
sympathetic  editing  of  sundry  nineteenth  century 
masterpieces  has  given  the  literary  world  assurance 
of  his  skill. 


78 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


A  Chemical  Trick. 

When  we  happen  to  witness  a  phenomenon  which 
seems  to  violate  natural  laws,  we  are  not  likely  to 
forget  its  cause  if  it  be  explained  to  us.  The  fol- 
lowing experiment,  which  I  devised  for  my  students^ 
helped  them  to  understand  as  well  as  to  remember 
some  chemical  data. 

A  white  cat,  made  of  flexible  pasteboard  and  im- 
prisoned in  a  glass  jar,  is  shown  to  the  audience. 
The  lecturer  announces  that,  without  opening  the 
jar  or  even  touching  it,  he  will  cause  the  cat  to 
undergo  a  zoological  as  well  as  a  chemical  trans- 
formation, He  takes  the  support  of  the  jar,  and 
pushes  it  forward  in  full  view  of  the  students.  The 
change  occurs  almost  instantaneously.  The  cat 
takes  a  rich  orange  color  on  which  black  transversal 
stripes  rapidly  paint  themselves.  The  cat  has  be- 
come a  tiger. 

The  whole  transformation  is  produced  by  eman- 
ations of  hydrogen  sulphide,  which  is  generated  in 
the  jar  itself  without  any  visible  apparatus.  The 
cat  has  been  previously  coated  with  a  solution  of 
chloride  of  antimony  wherever  the  orange  hue  was 
(o  be  produced,  and  with  a  solution  of  basic  acetate 
of  lead  wherever  the  black  stripes  were  to  appear. 
Both  solutions  are  colorless.  After  the  coated  cat 
has  been  introduced  in  his  glass  cage,  a  small  piece 
of  pasteboard  is  placed  under  the  wooden  support 
so  as  slightly  to  incline  the  jar  forward.  A  few 
decigrammes  of  pulverized  sulphide  of  iron  folded 
in  a  piece  of  blotting  paper  are  deposited  behind  the 
cat,  on  the  elevated  side  of  the  bottom  of  the  jar. 
Two  or  three  cubic  centimetres  of  diluted  sulphuric 
acid  are  dropped  with  a  pipette  on  the  opposite  side. 
When  the  performer  wishes  the  transformation  to 
take  place,  he  takes  the  wooden  support  and  pushes 
it  forward  as  if  he  wanted  to  enable  everybody  to 
see  better  what  is  going  to  happen.  By  so  doing 
he  suppresses  the  slight  inclination  which  kept  the 
iron  sulphide  beyond  the  reach  of  the  sulphuric 
acid.  The  gas  is  evolved,  and  the  formation  of  die 
orange  sulphide  of  antimony  and  black  sulphide  of 
lead  takes  place  in  a  few  seconds. — Gustave 
Michaud,  D.  Sc,  in  Scientific  American. 


The  iconoclasts  who  are  so  fiercely  denouncing 
the  teaching  of  complex  fractions  and  the  greatest 
common  devisor  are  reminded  that  the  young  lady 
who  studies  difficult  music  is  more  likely  to  play 
with  ease  simple  melodies,  and  that  the  student  who 
has  conquered  a'gebra  is  forever  after  master  of 
arithmetic. — Western  School  Journal. 


A  Great  Schoolmaster. 

When  Doctor  Temple,  afterward  Archbishop  of 
Canterbury,  was  head  master  at  Rugby,  writes  one 
of  his  students  in  the  memoirs  of  the  archbishop, 
he  relied  but  little  upon  punishment.  It  became 
the  custom  for  the  under  teachers  to  sit  with  the 
dull  and  lazy  boys,  who  had  failed  in  their  lessons, 
to  hear  them  over  again.  Doctor  Temple  would  try 
every  other  device  before  resorting  to  punishment. 

Perhaps  the  most  valuable  lessons  that  the  young- 
er masters  learned  from  him  was  to  imitate  that 
quality  which  more  than  anything  else  endeared 
him  to  the  school — the  love  of  justice.  It  was  not 
only  that  the  tradition,  which  dated  from  the  time 
of  Doctor  Arnold,  was  insisted  on  that  a  boy's  word 
should  be  taken,  but  even  when  there  was  what  to 
a  young  master  seemed  overwhelming  proof  of 
some  wrong-doing,  as,  for  example,  documentary 
evidence  of  dishonesty,  he  would  stay  his  colleague's 
hand  if  the  boy  implicated  declared  his  innocence. 

It  was  better,  he  would  say,  that  many  a  wrong 
deed  should  slip  through  unpunished  than  that  a 
single  act  of  injustice  should  be  done. 

He  insisted,  too,  on  the  fullest  allowance  for  the 
possible  stupidity  which  might  have  led  to  the  re- 
sult ;  no  boy  was  to  be  punished  because  he  had 
misunderstood. 

It  is  small  wonder  that  one  of  his  boys,  who  had 
been  exhorted  at  home  not  to  be  led  astray  from 
the  true  faith,  wrote  home : 

"  Dear  mother.  Temple's  all  right ;  but  if  he 
turns  Mohammedan,  all  the  school  will  turn,  too.'" 


Canada  is  thirty-nine  years  old,  dating  from  Con- 
federation ;  is  147  years  old,  dating  from  the  Brit- 
ish Conquest  of  1759;  is  370  years  old,  dating  from 
Carder's  first  visit  of  1535;  leads  Britain's  forty- 
eight  colonies ;  was  the  first  colony  to  form  a  Con- 
federation ;  is  included  in  forty-two  of  Britain's 
Extradition  Treaties ;  has  over  700  legislators ;  has 
had  113  governor-generals  since  1534:  cast  over 
one  million  ballots  in  the  Dominion  election  of  1904; 
gives  $4,402,502  annually  to  the  provinces  as  sub- 
sidies;  comprises  one-twelfth  of  the  land  surface 
of  the  globe;  had  $15,000,000  surplus  in  1904. 

Canada  contains  one-third  of  the  area  of,  the 
British  Empire ;  extends  over  twenty  degrees  of 
latitude,  an  area  equal  to  that  from  Rome  to  the 
North  Pole ;  only  one-fourth  of  Canada's  area  is 
occupied. 


Canada  has  enough  land  to  give  each  individual 
400  acres. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


79 


A  Lesson  in  Heroism. 

The  surgeons  had  removed  the  foot.  It  was  a  far 
more  severe  ordeal  than  Hugh  had  fancied,  and  he 
felt  that  he  could  not  have  borne  it  a  moment 
longer.  Though  he  slept  a  great  deal  in  the  course 
of  the  night,  he  woke  often,  such  odd  feelings  dis- 
turbed him.  Every  time  he  moved  in  the  least  his 
mother  came  softly  to  look. 

When  she  found  he  could  not  sleep  any  more,  and 
that  he  seemed  a  little  confused  about  where  he  was 
and  how  he  came  to  be  there,  she  let  him  talk,  and 
thus  gradually  brought  back  the  recollection  of  all 
that  had  happened. 

"Oh,  mother,  I  can  never  be  a  soldier  or  a  sailor. 
I  can  never  go  around  the  world."  And  Hugh  burst 
into  tears,  now  more  really  afflicted  than  he  had 
been  yet. 

His  mother  sat  by  the  bedside  and  wiped  his  tears 
as  they  flowed,  while  he  told  her  how  long  and  how 
much  he  had  reckoned  on  going  around  the  world, 
and  how  little  he  cared  for  anything  else  in  the 
future;  and  now  this  was  just  the  very  thing  he 
should    never    be    able    to  do.     He  had  practiced 
marching,  and  now  he  could  never  march  again. 
There  was  a  pause,  and  his  mother  said : — 
"Hugh,  do  you  remember  Richard  Grant?" 
"What,  the  man  who  carved  so  beautifully?" 
"Yes.    Do  you  remember  how  he  had  planned  a 
most  beautiful  set  of  carvings  for  a  chapel?     He 
was  to  be  well  paid,  his  work  was  so  superior.    But 
the  thing  he  most  cared  for  was  the  honor  of  pro- 
ducing a  noble  thing  which  would  outlive  him. 

"Well,  at  the  very  beginning  of  his  task  his  chisel 
flew  up  against  his  wrist,  and  the  narrow  cut  that  it 
made  rendered  his  right  hand  useless  for  life.  He 
could  never  hold  a  tool.  The  only  strong  wish  that 
Richard  Grant  had  in  the  world  was  disappointed." 

Hugh  hid  his  face  in  his  handkerchief,  and  his 
mother  went  on : — 

"You  have  heard  of  Huber?" 
"The  man  who  found  out  so  much  about  bees  ?" 
"Bees  and  ants.  When  Huber  had  discovered 
more  than  had  ever  been  known  before  about  bees 
and  ants,  and  was  more  and  more  anxious  to  peep 
and  pry  into  their  tiny  homes  and  their  curious 
ways,  he  became  blind."    ■- 

Hugh  sighed,  and  his  mother  went  on : — 
'Did  you  ever  hear  of  Beethoven?  He  was  one 
of  the  greatest  musical  composers  that  ever  lived. 
His  great,  his  sole  delight  was  in  music.  It  was  the 
passion  of  his  life.  When  all  his  time  and  all  his 
mind  were  given  to  music,  he  became  deaf,  perfectly 


deaf;  so  that  he  never  again  heard  one  single  note 
from  the  loudest  orchestra." 

"But  were  they  patient?" 

"Yes,  in  their  different  ways  and  degrees.  Would 
you  say  they  were  hardly  treated?  or  would 
you  rather  suppose  something  better  was  given  them 
than  they  had  planned  for  themselves?" 

"It  does  seem  hard,"  said  Hugh,  "that  that  very 
thing  should  happen.  Huber  would  not  have  so 
much  minded  being  deaf,  or  that  musical  man  be- 
ing blind,  or  Richard  Grant  losing  a  foot;  for  he 
did  not  want  to  go  around  the  world." 

"I  think  they  found,  if  they  bore  their  trial  well, 
that  there  was  work  for  their  hearts  to  do  far  nobler 
than  the  head  can  do  through  the  eye,  and  the  ear, 
and  the  hand. 

"And  they  soon  found  a  new  and  delicious  pleas- 
ure which  none  but  the  bitterly  disappointed  can 
feel." 

"What  is  that?" 

"The  pleasure  of  rousing  their  souls  to  bear  pain, 
and  of  agreeing  with  God  silently,  when  nobody 
knows  what  is  in  their  hearts. 

"There  is  a  pleasure  in  the  exercise  of  the  body, 
— in  making  the  heart  beat,  and  the  limbs  glow,  in 
a  run  by  the  seaside,  or  a  game  in  the  play-ground ; 
but  this  is  nothing  to  the  pleasure  there  is  in 
exercising  one's  soul  to  bear  pain, — in  finding  one's 
heart  glow  with  the  hope  one  is  pleasing  to  God." 

"Shall  I  feel  that  pleasure?" 

"Often  and  often,  I  have  no  doubt, — every  time 
you  can  willingly  give  up  anything  you  have  set 
your  heart  upon.  Well,  I  don't  expect  it  of  you 
yet.  I  dare  say  it  was  a  long  and  bitter  thing  to 
Beethoven  to  see  hundreds  of  people  in  raptures 
with  his  music  when  he  could  not  hear  a  note  of  it. 
And  Huber—" 

"But  did  Beethoven  get  to  smile?" 

"If  he  did,  he  was  happier  than  all  the  fine  music 
in  the  world  could  ever  have  made  him." — Harriet 
Martineau. 


One  of  the  most  successful  devices  I  have  used 
to  interest  boys  in  the  writing  of  business  letters  is 
to  give  each  child  an  illustrated  magazine,  allowing 
him  to  answer  any  of  the  advertisements  he  wishes. 
This  is  much  more  interesting  to  the  average  pupil 
than  the  prescribed  course  on  letter-writing  given 
in  most  texts  on  language. 

The  rural  teacher  who  finds  it  so  difficult  always 
to  secure  fresh  material  for  busy  work  will  find  that 
she  can  put  to  almost  innumerable  uses,  the  glazed 
paper  samples  of  paints  and  varnishes  which  one 
can  secure  at  paint  or  drug  stores  for  the  asking. 
These  come  in  all  the  bright  colors  that  appeal  to 
the  children.  They  may  be  used  for  counting;  for 
simple  designs  drawn  on  the  board  and  the  children 
copy  on  the  desk  with  these ;  or  simple  designs  may 
be  made  from  them.  Just  give  the  children  a  hand- 
ful of  them  and  they  will  be  quiet  for  some  time. — 
Teachers'  Magazine. 


so 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Selected  Readings 


Counting  the  Stars. 

(From  Stickney's  Third  Reader,  by  permission  of  Messrs.  Ginn  &  Co-i 
Boston,  the  publishers.) 

Robert  was  offered  a  dollar  by  his  grandfather 
if  he  would  count  the  stars.  The  night  was  clear, 
and  there  was  no  moon,  Robert  thought  he  might 
as  well  begin  at  once.  He  had  no  special  interest 
in  the  stars,  but  a  dollar  had  great  possibilities  in 
it  for  him. 

The  boy  lay  on  his  back  on  the  soft,  cool  grass, 
so  as  to  see  all  the  sky  at  once.  He  guessed  there 
might  be  a  hundred  stars,  and  that  there  would  be 
a  cent  for  each  star  that  he  counted.  An  hour  was 
allowed  him  for  the,  work,  as  it  was  then  eight 
o'clock.  He  thought  it  quite  sufficient.  Some 
time  was  spent  in  deciding  where  to  begin;  but  as 
Venus  was  the  evening  star  at  that  time,  it  seemed 
a  good  one  to  earn  his  first  penny  upon.  His 
mother  thought  so,  too.  Mothers  can  usually  be 
depended  upon  to  encourage  the  efforts  of  their 
children,  and  he  thought  he  would  like  to  have  his 
mother  count  also.  Robert  was  an  honest  boy,  and 
he  was  sure  that  he  ought  to  count  as  carefully  as 
his  father  had  to  count  bills  at  the  bank,  not  miss- 
ing a  single  one.     There  was  a  long  silent  time. 

Robert  s  mother  had  not  believed  he  would  be  so 
persevering.  She  did  not  speak  till  she  heard  a  sigh 
and  knew  that  he  had  stopped  counting.  "  Have 
you  lost  count  ? "  she  asked.  "  Yes,"  was  the 
answer.  "  I'm  all  mixed  up,  I'm  afraid  I  shall  have 
to  begin  over  again."  "Oh!"  said  his  mother  in 
a  sympathetic  tone.  "  There  are  so  many  of  the 
little  ones,"  Robert  added,  "  and  there  are  no  lines 
to  go  by.  How  did  you  get  on  ?  "  he  asked.  "  I 
worked  in  another  way  and  counted  till  I  reached 
a  hundred ;  then  I  think  I  lost  count  also.  I  began, 
as  you  did,  with  Venus,  and  then  looked  for  the 
other  two  planets,  Jupiter  and  Mars.  We  do  not 
always  have  three  planet  visitors  in  sight  at  the  same 
time.  [Mars  is  now  visible  and  Jupiter  is  seen  in 
the  morning  sky. — Editor.] 

"Then  I  went  all  over  the  sky  for  the  largest 
stars— stars  of  the  first  magnitude  they  are  called. 
There  were  seven  of  them.  That  is  a  good  many 
to  have  at  once.  The  last  time  I  looked  for  them 
there  were  only  six,  and  in  the  whole  year  there 
would  be  only  fourteen.  It  is  not  so  easy  to  count 
the  stars  of  the  second  magnitude,  of  which  there 
are  forty  in  all.  I  found  about  twenty,  and  then 
began  back  at  Venus  to  count  smaller  stars." 

"  It  will  take  another  evening,"  said  Robert,  "  to 
go  all  over  the  sky ;  I  think  1  had  better  stop  now." 


It  was  a  month  or  two  before  Robert  made  his 
second  attempt  to  number  the  stars.  His  mother 
had  pointed  out  to  him  in  the  meantime  the  stars 
of  first  magnitude — he  had  learned  to  find  Vega 
and  the  bright  star  Sirius  himself,  and  had  had 
Regulus  and  Castor  and  Pollux  pointed  out  several 
times. 

When  Arcturus  came  first  in  sight  in  the  eastern 
sky  (it  is  now  in  the  west),  he  was  as  much  inter- 
ested as  his  mother;  so,  when  his  grandpapa  said 
one  night  at  tea  time,  "  I  want  you  to  have  that  star 
dollar,  Robert ! "  he  asked  to  be  allowed  to  sit  up 
till  it  was  dark  enough  for  the  stars  to  be  bright. 

"Will  you  show  me  how  to  count  your  way, 
mamma,"  he  asked.  "We  will  take  a  better  way," 
was  the  answer.  "  I  showed  you  the  Great  Dipper, 
the  Seven  Sisters,  Orion's  Belt,  and  the  Sickle. 
We  will  look  for  more  groups  of  stars.  Then  if 
you  have  to  stop,  you  will  not  need  to  begin  at  the 
beginning  again. 

"  Groups  that  make  figures  in  the  sky  are  called 
constellations.  There  are  a  good  many.  The 
whole  sky  is  overspread  with  them.  When  I  was 
a  little  girl,  grandpa  taught  me  to  find  them,  and 
ncy  seem  like  old  friends  that  meet  me  wherever 
1  go.  I  think  you  will  like  to  get  acquainted  with 
them.  David,  the  shepherd  boy  of  Bethlehem, 
knew  them,  and  perhaps  Moses  did  in  Horeb." 

Robert  soon  became  so  interested  in  tracing  con- 
stellations that  he  forgot  all  about  counting,  till  his 
mother  reminded  him  that  they  had  found  six  stars 
in  the  sickle  in  Leo  and  three  in  the  triangle ;  the 
great  square  in  Andromeda  had  seven,  and  in 
Orion  he  had  found  no  less  than  thirteen;  in  the 
scorpion  there  were  eighteen,  and  it  took  seven  to 
shape  the  Great  Dipper,  all  but  one  of  them  being 
second  magnitude  stars.  Next  was  Draco,  the 
dragon,  with  twelve,  and  close  by  the  Little  Dipper 
with  sevpn.  Cassiopeia,  Bootes,  Hercules  and 
Gemini,  which  he  thought  he  saw  when  his  mother 
traced  them  out  for  him,  easily  made  up  the  hund- 
red he  thought  he  was  to  count  at  the  beginning; 
and  his  mother  hurried  him  off  to  bed  before  he 
had  time  to  wonder  if  his  grandfather  would  think 
he  had  earned  his  dollar. 


Arcturus,  or  the  Dog  Star,  or  the  seven 
That  circle  without  setting  round  the  pole. 
It  is  for  nothing  at  the  midnight  hour 
Thst    solemn   silence   sways   the   hemisphere, 
And  yet  must  listen  long  before  ye  hear 
The  cry  of  beasts,  or  fall  of  distant  stream, 
Or  breeze  among  the  tree  tops,  while  the  stars 
Like  guardian  spirits  watch  the  slumbering  earth? 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


81 


Beauty  of  Nature. 

Is  it  for  nothing  that  the  mighty  sun 
Rises  each  morning  from  the  Eastern  plain 
Over  the  meadows  fresh  with  hoary  dew? 
Is  it  for  nothing  that  the  shadowy  trees 
On  yonder  hilltop,  in  the  summer  night 
Stand  darkly  out  before  the  golden  moon? 
Is  it  for  nothing  that  the  autumn  boughs 
Hang  thick  with  mello  fruit? 
Js  it  for  nothing  that  some  artist  hand 
Hath  wrought  together  things  so  beautiful? 

Beautiful  is  the  last  gleam  of  the  sun 
Haunted  through  twining  branches;  beautiful 
The  birth  of  the  faint  stars,  first  clear  and  pale 
The  steady  Iustered  Hesper,  like  a  gem 
On  the  flushed  bosom  of  the  West;  and  then 
Some  princely  fountain  of  unborrowed  light. 


Dawn. 


I  had  occasion,  a  few  weeks  since,  to  take  the 
early  train  from  Providence  to  Boston,  and  for  this 
purpose  rose  at  two  o'clock  in  the  morning.  It  was 
a  mild,  serene  midsummer's  night ;  the  sky  was 
without  a  cloud;  the  winds  were  whist. 

The  moon,  then  in  the  last  quarter,  Had  just  risen, 
and  the  stars  shone  with  a  spectral  lustre,  but  little 
affected  by  her  presence.  Jupiter,  two  hours  high, 
was  the  herald  of  the  day;  the  Pleiades,  just  above 
the  horizon,  shed  their  "  sweet  influences  "  in  the 
east ;  Lyra  sparkled  near  the  zenith ;  Andromeda 
veiled  her  newly  discovered  glories  from  the  naked 
eye  in  the  south;  the  steady  Pointers,  far  beneath 
the  pole,  looked  meekly  up  from  the  depths  of  the 
north  to  their  sovereign. 

As  we  proceeded,  the  timid  approach  of  twilight 
became  more  perceptible ;  the  intense  blue  of  the 
sky  began  to  soften;  the  smaller  stars,  like  little 
children,  went  first  to  rest ;  the  sister  beams  of  the 
Pleiades  soon  melted  together;  but  the  bright  con- 
stellations of  the  west  and  north  remained  un- 
changed. Suddenly  the  wondrous  transfiguration 
went  on.  Hands  of  angels,  hidden  from  mortal 
eyes,  shifted  the  scenery  of  the  heavens ;  the  glories 
of  the  night  dissolved  into  the  glories  of  the  dawn. 
The  blue  sky  now  turned  more  softly  gray ;  the 
great  watch  stars  shut  up  their  holy  eyes ;  the  east 
began  to  kindle.  Faint  streaks  of  purple  soon 
blushed  along  the  sky;  the  whole  celestial  concave 
was  filled  with  the  inflowing  tides  of  the  .morning 
light,  which  came  pouring  down  from  above  in  one 
great  ocean  of  radiance,  till  at  length  the  everlast- 
ing gates  of  the  morning  were  thrown  wide  open, 


and  the  lord  of  day,  arrayed  in  glories  too  severe 
for  the  eyes  of  man,  began  his  course. 

I  do  not  wonder  at  the  superstition  of  the  ancient 
Magians,  who  in  the  morning  of  the  world  went  up 
to  the  hilltops  of  Central  Asia,  and,  ignorant  of  the 
true  God,  adored  the  most  glorious  work  of  His 
hand. — Edward  Everett     (Adapted). 


Instinct  in  Insects. 

Let  us  note  for  a  moment  a  butterfly's  egg-laying 
business,  the  most  important  of  its  life.  To  ensure 
the  continuance  of  the  species  the  ova  must  be 
placed  where  the  young  caterpillars  will  at  once 
find  proper  nourishment  on  hatching  out.  The 
average  lifetime  of  a  butterfly  varies  from  two  to 
four  weeks  (non-hybernating  species).  During 
the  latter  end  of  this  period  the  eggs  have  to  be 
placed  on  the  plant  or  tree  peculiar  to  the  species. 
Now  this  plant  (as  a  rule)  has  no  attractions  what- 
ever for  the  perfect  insect  in  its  winged  outfit  until 
the  ova  are  ready  for  deposition ;  but,  once  the  time 
has  come,  the  mother  butterfly  never  fails  to  find  out 
the  right  plant,  on  which  she  deposits  her  eggs  just 
when  the  young  leaves  are  beginning  to  sprout. 
The  performance  is  even  more  remarkable  when, 
as  is  sometimes  the  case,  there  is  only  one  species  of 
plant  suitable.  Here,  then,  we  have  an  instance  of 
pure  instinct;  for  seeing  that  the  larvte  are  sight- 
less, they  can  form  no  observations  of  locality,  nor 

even  of  the  appearance  of  the  food  plant.— C. 
Bingham  Neivlond,  in  Littcli's  Living  Age  of 
Atcgust  15. 


The  King. 

The   folk  who  lived  in  Shakespeare's  day 
And  saw  that  gentle  figure  pass 
By  London  Bridge,  his   frequent  way — 
They  little  knew  what  a  man  he  was. 

The  pointed  beard,  the  courteous  mien, 
The  equal   port  to  high   or  low, 
All   this  they  sew,  or  might  have   seen — 
But  not  the  light  behind  the  brow ! 

The   doublet's   modest  gray  or  brown. 
The   slender   sword-hilt's   plain   device, 
What  sign  had  these  for  prince  or  clown? 
Few  turned,  or  none,  to  scan  him  twice. 

Yet  'twas  the  king  of  Englands'  kings! 
The  rest  with  all  their  pomps  and  trains 
Are  moldcred,  half-remembered  things — 
'Tis  he  alone  that  lives   and  reigns! 


-T.  B.  Aldrich. 


82 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Somebody's  Mother. 

The  woman  was  old,  and  ragged,  and  gray. 
And  bent  with  the  chill  of  the  winter's  day; 
The  street  was  wet  with  a  recent  snow, 
And  the  woman's  feet  were  aged  and  slow. 

She  stood   at  the  crossing,  and   waited   long, 
Alone,  uncared  for,  amid  the  throng 
Of  human  beings  who  passed  her  by, 
Nor  heeded  the  glance  of  her  anxious  eye.       , 

Down  in  the  street,  with  laughter  and  shout 
Glad  in  the  freedom  of  "school  let  out," 
Came  the  boys,  like  a  flock  of  sheep, 
Hailing  the  snow  piled  white  and  deep. 
Passed  the  woman  so  old  and  gray 
Hastened  the  children  on  their  way, 

Nor  offered  a  helping  hand  to  her, 

So  meek,  so  timid,  afraid  to  stir 

Lest    the    carriage    wheels,    or   the    horses'    feet, 

Should   crowd   her  down  in   the   slippery   street. 

At  last  came  one  of  the  merry  troop — 
The  gayest  laddie  of  all  the  group ; 
He  paused  beside  her  and   whispered  low, 
"I'll  help  you  across  if  you  wish  to  go." 

Her  aged  hand  on  his  strong,  young  arm 
She  placed,  and   so,   without  hurt  or  harm, 
He  guided  the  trembling  feet  along, 
Proud  that  his  own  were  firm  and   strong. 

■1  hen  back  to  his  gay  young  friends  he  went, 
His  young  heart  happy  and  well  content. 
"She's    somebody's   mother,   boys,   you    know, 
For  all  she's  aged,  and  poor,  and  slow. 

"And  I  hope  some  fellow  will  lend  a  hand 
To  help  my  mother,  you  understand, 
If  ever  she's  poor,  and  old,  and  gray, 
When  her  own  dear  boy  is  far  away." 

And   "somebody's   mother"   bowed   low   her  head 
In  her  home  that  night,  and  the  prayer  she  said 
Was :  "God  be  kind  to  the  noble  boy, 
Who  is  somebody's  son,  and  pride,  and  joy." 

— From  Harper's  Weekly. 


"No  pausing,  no  resting, 

There's  work  to  be  done. 
It  is  upward  and  onward, 

Still  on,"  says  the  sun. 

— Ella  Wheeler  Wilcox. 


There's  Work  to  be  Done. 

'Tis  the  song  of  the  morning. 

The  words  of  the  sun. 
As    he    swings   o'er   the   mountains ; 

"There's   work  to  be  done. 

"I  must   waken  the  sleepers, 

And  banish  the  night ; 
I  must  paint  up  the  heavens. 

Tuck  the  stars  out  of  sight. 

"Dry  the  dew   on  the  meadows, 

Put   warmth  in  the  air, 
Chase  the  fog  from  the  lowlands. 

Stay  gloom  everywhere. 


Gleanings  from  New  Books. 


First  Steps  in  Arithmetic 

Counting  should  begin  with  quite  small  numbers,  and 
should  not  proceed  beyond  a  dozen  for  some  time,  but  there 
is  no  object  in  stopping  or  making  any  break  at  ten. 
Several  important  facts  (the  facts  only,  not  their  symbolic 
expression)  can  now  be  realized:  such  as  that  3+4=7, 
that  7 — 4=3,  that  two  threes  are  6,  and  that  three  twos 
are     the     same,     without     any    formal    teaching  beyond    a 

judicious   question   or   two    Formal   teaching   at  this 

stage  should  be  eschewed,  since  it  necessarily  consists 
largely  in  coercing  the  children  to  arrive  at  some  fixed 
notion  which  the  teacher  has  preconceived  in  his  mind — a 
matter  usually  of  small  importance.  The  children  should 
form  their  own  notions,  and  be  led  to  make  small  dis- 
coveries and  inventions,  if  they  can,  from  the  first. 
Mathematics  is  one  of  the  finest  materials  for  cheap  and 
easy  experimenting  that  exists.  It  is  partly  ignorance,  and 
partly  stupidity,  and  partly  false  tradition  which  has  be- 
clouded this  fact,  so  that  even  influential  persons  occasion- 
ally speak  of  mathematics  as  "that  study  which  knows 
nothing  of  observation,  nothing  of  induction,  nothing  of 
experiment."  A  ghastly  but  prevalent  error  which  has 
ruined  more  teaching  than  perhaps  any  other  misconcep- 
tion of  the  kind. 

From  "Easy  Mathematics"  by  Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  F.  R.  S. 
(The  Macmillan   Company  of  Canada,  Toronto). 


Two  Methods  of  Training. 

I  have  had  opportunity  to  observe  for  a  number  of  years 
the  development  of  two  families  where  different  methods 
of  training  the  young  are  followed.  The  five  children  in 
the  first  family  have  been  continually  repressed;  they  have 
been  taught  to  sit  still,  and  not  to  speak  until  they  have 
been  spoken  to.  They  are  compelled  to  be  quiet  in  the 
house,  and  they  are  forbidden  to  play  on  the  street.  Their 
parents  never  think  of  indulging  in  a  game  with  them. 
They  are  provided  with  no  materials  at  home  or  at  school 
by  which  they  can  indulge  the  constructive  instinct.  The 
parents  are  guided  solely  by  the  static  ideal  of  good 
behavior. 

In  the  other  home  the  training  is  quite  different. 
Spontaniety  is  indulged.  Tire  father  and  mother  and 
governess  themselves  help  to  carry  forward  the  enterprises 
of  the  young  ones.  Various  devices  are  invented  to 
counteract  the  unfavorable  conditions  of  the  city,  so  that 
the  children  may  dig  in  the  sand  and  climb  and  build  and 
reproduce  in  various  ways  the  activities  that  go  on  about 
them. 

The  effect  of  these  different  modes  of  training  is  appar- 
ent in  the  conduct  of  the  children.  In  the  first  family  the 
children    "behave    themselves"    better  than   in  the  second. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


83 


NEW     BOOKS 


THE  HISTORY  OF  CANADA,  by  G.  U.  Hay,  to 
which  has  been  added  a  sketch  of  the  History  of  Prince 
Edward  Island,  by  H.  M.  Anderson.  Authorized  for 
use  in  the  Public  Schools  of  Prince  Edward  Island. 
Price  25  cents. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  CHEMISTRY— Revised  Edition, 
by  W.  S.  Ellis,  B.  A.,  Collegiate  Institute,  Kingston. 
Price  50  cents. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE— Part  1, 
Revised  Edition,  by  F.  W.  Merchant,  M.  A.,  Principal 
of  London  Normal  School,  and  C.  Fessenden,  M.  A., 
Principal  Collegiate  Institute,  Peterboro.  Price  65 
cents. 

HIGH  SCHOOL  PHYSICAL  SCIENCE  — Part 
II,  Revised  Edition,  for  Secondary  Schools,  by  F.  W. 
Merchant,   M.  A., 

ELEMENTARY  MECHANICS  —  Designed  for 
higher  forms  in  Upper  Schools,  by  F.  W.  Merchant. 
M.  A.,  Principal  London  Normal  School.  Price  65 
cents. 

ANGER'S  SUMMARY  OF  CANADIAN  COM- 
MERCIAL LAW.  Price  75  cents. 

Sole  Canadian  Agents  for  CASSELL'S  NATION- 
AL LIBRARY.  This  Library  contains  over  100  books. 
Among  the  titles  are  "Vicar  of  Wakefield."  "Lays  of 
Ancient  Rome,"  "Lay  of  the  Last  Minstrel."  "Lady  of 
the  Lake,"  "The  Cricket  on  the  Hearth,"  etc.  Send  for 
full  list.     Bound  in  stiff  cloth.  15  cents  each. 

PRACTICAL  AND  THEORETICAL  GEOM- 
ETRY—Part  I,  by  A.  H.  McDougall,  B.  A.,  for  the 
higher  Classes  in  Public  Schools  and  Lower  Schools, 
Classes  in  Secondary  Schools.   Price  50  cents. 

GEOMETRY— Part  II,  (Theoretical"),  by  A.  H. 
McDougall.  B.  A.,  Principal.  Ottawa  Collegiate  Insti- 
tute.    Price  60  cents. 


THE  NATURE  STUDY  COURSE  with  sugges- 
tions for  teaching  it,  by  J.  A.  Dearness.  M.  A.,  Vice- 
Principal  London  Normal  School.  Based  on  the  lec- 
tures given  at  Teachers'  Institutes,  Summer  Schools, 
and  at  the  London  Normal  School.     Price  60  cents. 

MINERALS,  AND  HOW  THEY  OCCUR.  A 
book  for  Secondary  Schools  and  Prospectors,  by 
Willett  G.  Miller,  Provincial  Geologist  of  Ontario, 
formerly  Professor  of  Geology  in  the  School  of  Mining, 
Queen's  University,  Kingston,  Canada.     Price  $1.00. 

NEW  FIRST  LATIN  BOOK,  by  John  Henderson, 
M.  A.,  Principal  St.  Catharines  Collegiate  Institute, 
and  R.  A.  Little,  B.  A..  Classical  Master  Collegiate 
Institute,  London.     Price  90  cents. 

Sole  Canadian  Agents  for  BLACKIE'S  ENGLISH 
TEXTS,  edited  by  W.  H.  G.  Rouse.  These  texts  open 
up  a  wealth  of  English  Literature,  hitherto  inaccessible 
to  Schools  and  Students  generally.  On  the  list  are 
such  titles  as  Hawthorne's  "Tanglewood  Tales," 
Irving's  "Rip  Van  Winkle,"  Kingsley's  "Heroes," 
Kingsley's  "Water  Babies,"  Macaulay's  "First  Chapter," 
Macaulay's  "Second  Chapter."  Macaulay's  "Third 
Chapter, '  etc.,  etc.  15  Cents  each,  bound  in  limp  cloth. 
Write  for  complete  list. 

Introductory  PHYSIOLOGY  AND  HYGIENE  for 
Public  Schools,  by  A.  P.  Knight,  M.  A.,  M.  D.,  Pro- 
fessor of  Physiology,  Queen's  University.  This  book 
Consists  of  a  series  of  graded  lessons,  most  of  which 
were  taught  to  pupils  of  the  Kingston  Public  Schools 
during  the  autumn  of  1904.  They  were  taught  in 
presence  of  the  teachers-in-training  of  the  Kingston 
Model  School,  and  as  such  were  intended  to  be  model 
lessons.  They  cover  perfectly  the  work  required  for  the 
Entrance  Examination.  They  follow  the  new  Public 
School  programme  of  study  in  Physiology  and  Hygiene, 
Form  1  to  Form  IV.    Price  60  cents. 


TH 


COPP-     CLHRK     CO.,      LTD., 


TORONTO 


They  "keep  still"  and  "let  things  alone."  Whenever  they 
are  thrown  in  with  other  children,  though,  they  appear  ill 
at  ease,  and  often  spend  their  time  merely  looking  at 
others  who  are  doing  things.  They  seem  quite  reserved, 
timid,  resourceless.  Their  faces  show  lack  of  originality, 
independence,  freedom.  But  some  of  the  neighbors  say 
they  are  "well  trained,"  "well  disciplined"  because  they 
are  not  getting  into  mischief  constantly. 

The  children  in  the  second  family,  however,  are  active 
in  any  situation  in  which  they  may  be  placed.  They  con- 
duct themselves  as  though  the  world  existed  to  furnish 
them  occasion  for  activity.  They  are  never  at  a  loss  for 
something  to  do.  The  neighbors  spe2k  of  them,  though, 
as  noisy  and  ungoverned,  because  they  will  not  sit  still 
and  gaze  at  the  world.  Their  parents  find  consolation  in 
the  belief  that  as  they  increase  in  experience  they  will 
have  less  desire  to  be  testing  everything.  They  expect 
them  to  grow  more  thoughtful  end  so  more  restrained. 
Already,  indeed,  the  eldest  child  of  nine  spends  of  her 
own  accord  several  hours  every  day  over  her  story  books 
and  drawing  and  writing  and  various  manual  activities. 

— From  "Dynamic  Factors  in  Education,"  by  M.  V. 
O'Shca.   (Macmillau  Company,  New  York). 


On  the  Advantages  of  Talking. 

"I  am  a  bit  bothered  in  my  mind  on  the  question  of 
talking."  announces  the  precocious  young  lady  whose  career 
is  recited  in  Barry  Pain's  delightfully  humorous  "Diary 
of  a  Baby,"  beginning  in  the  September  Delineator.  "Shall 
I  talk  or  shall  I  not?  I  suppose  it  has  got  to  be  one  way 
or  the  other.  In  the  place  from  which  I  came,  the  Here- 
before,  there  was  no  talking.  I  remember  that  distinctly, 
though  the  rest  of  my  recollections  of  the  Herebefore  are 
getting  vague.  In  my  younger  days,  when  I  was  a  fort- 
night old,  I  could  have  told  you  everything  about  the 
Herebefore,  but  most  of  it  has  slipped  from  my  mind  now. 
I  suppose  one's  memory  fails  with  advancing  age.  Still  I 
remember  distinctly  that  in  the  Herebefore  we  never  talked. 
Why  should  we  have  talked?  We  understood  one  another 
perfectly  without  making  noises.  Even  now.  1  could  hold 
a  long  discussion  with  a  babe  of  my  own  age  or  younger 
without  making  sounds.  The  trouble  is  with  the  grown-up 
people  they  seem  to  have  lost  the  knack  of  it.  They  can't 
say  things  without  talking.  I  shall  have  to  talk.  If  you 
do  not  express  what  you  think,  grown-up  people  suppose 
that  you  can  think  of  nothing  to  express.  The  experiment 
would  be  easier  if  the  grown  up  people  would  only  talk  to 


84 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


TEACHERS'  MANUAL 

HINTS     ON     HOW     TO     TEACH     THE 

New    Canadian    Geography 


Part  I.  is  a  discussion  of  the  general  method  to 
be  pursued  in  teaching  geography. 

Part  II.  takes  the  lessons  of  the  New  Canadian 
Geography,  lesson  by  lesson,  and  shows  how 
each  is  to  be  taught.  Under  each  lesson  is 
added  much  additional  information. 

The  teacher  will  find  this  manual  will  enable  him  to 
make  the  necessary  preparation;  in  a  few  min- 
utes, for  teaching  a  given  lesson,  which  would 
otherwise  require  hours  of  patient  labor  as  well 
as  access  to  a  library  of  reference  books. 


Price  50  Cents 

FOR 

Ten   Cents 

Special  Price:  To  teachers  using  the  New 
Canadian  Geography  a  copy  of  the  Teachers' 
Manual,  for  their  own  use  only,  will  be  sent 
free  on  receipt  of  Ten  Cents  to  cover  cost  of 
mailing  and  postage. 


W.  J.   GAGE    <©.   CO.,   Limited, 


Publishers, 


Toronto 


me  as  they  talk  to  one  another.  As  a  rule  they  use  a 
special  language  for  me.  Papa  is  an  exception.  He  al- 
ways calls  me  Rosalys,  and  speaks  to  me  as  if  I  were  a 
lady  of  his  own  age.  Mama  never  calls  me  Rosalys  and 
seems  to  perfer  some  elaboration  or  distortion  of  the  word 
duck.  She  has  called  me  a  duckletina,  which  sounds  some- 
thing like  a  new  disease.  I  know  that  Mama  ought  not 
to  talk  in  this  way.  It  is  not  right,  and  I  should  certainly 
correct  her." 


In  1867,  Thomas  D'Arcy  McGee  contested  Montreal  as  a 
candidate  for  its  representation  in  the  House  of  Commons. 
He  was  bitterly  opposed  by  the  Fenian  element  among  his 
own  countrymen.  Apparently  his  death  was  then  decided 
upon,  and  a  few  months  afterwards  he  was  murdered.  The 
assassin  was  discovered,  arrested  and  condemned  to  death. 
A  Fenian  rescue  was  expected,  and  two  hundred  Ottawa 
citizens  took  the  precaution  to  attend  the  hanging  to  see 
that  justice  was  not  interfered  with.  The  details  of  the 
story  are  entertainingly  told  in  the  August  Canadian 
Magazine  by  J.  E.  B.  McCready,  the  veteran  journalist, 
who  was  in  Ottawa  at  the  time. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 


A  lake  of  quicksilver,  covering  two  or  three 
acres  of  land,  is  said  to  have  been  discovered  in 
.Mexico. 


Most  wonderful  accounts  of  the  richness  of  the 
ore  continue  to  come  from  the  Cobalt  mining 
regions. 

The  manufacture  of  alcohol  for  fuel  is  likely  to 
become  an  important  business.  It  is  already  carried 
on  to  some  extent  in  Europe,  where  potatoes  are  the 
chief  source  of  supply. 

The  Russian  cabinet  has  decided  that  the  number 
of  primary  schools  in  Russia  should  be  increased, 
and  the  salaries  of  teachers  advanced.  A  bill  for 
universal  primary  education  will  be  laid  before 
parliament  at  its  next  session. 

The  elections  for  the  new  parliament  are  now 
taking  place  in  Russia,  and  it  is  reported  that  the 
results  are  such  as  to  amply  justify  the  govern- 
ment's appeal  to  the  people. 

Over  two  thousand  physicians  were  in  attendance 
at  the  recent  meeting  of  the  British  Medical  Associa- 
tion in  Toronto.  Some  amusement  was  felt  on 
receiving  from  England,  on  one  of  the  very  hottest 
days  of  summer,  a  case  marked  with  the  request 
that  its  contents  should  be  protected  from  freezing. 

There  is  fresh  trouble  in  the  Balkans.  It  arises 
from  disputes  between  Greek  Christians  about  the 
control  of  Greek  churches  and  schools  in  Macedonia. 
The  ecclesiastical  authorities  in  Greece  claim  juris- 
diction ;  but   Roumanian  and  Bulgarian   Christians 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


85 


The   Provincial  Educational  Association 

of  Nova  Scotia 


WILL   MEET   AT   THE 


HALIFAX  ACADEMY,  HALIFAX, 

September  25th,  26th,   27th. 

There  will  be  three  morning  sessions  and  one  or  two  evening  sessions.     Much  time  will  be  devoted  to 

Discussion  on  the  Adjustments  of  the  Course  of  Study  Demanded  by  Modern  Conditions 

THE  HIGH  SCHOOL  COURSE  will  receive  special  attention  in  discussing  the  Report  of  the  Committee  on  High 
Schools  and  Colleges. 

There  will  be  no  afternoon  sessions,  so  that  members  may  be  free  to  study  the  Natural  History  and  Industrial  Products 
of  the  Dominion  at  the  Dominion   Exhibition,  which  will  be  open  at  that  time. 

A.    McKAY,   Secretary. 


who  belong  to  the  Greek  church  resist  the  claim, 
so  far  as  it  affects  residents  who  are  of  Roumanian 
of  Bulgarian  nationality.  Roumania  is  too  far  away 
for  active  interference;  but  bands  of  armed  Greeks 
and  Bulgarians  are  supporting  claims  of  their  re- 
spective partizans,  while  the  Turkish  government 
seems  quite  willing  to  let  them  fight  it  out  among 
themselves,  and  declines  to  interfere. 

A  new  metal,  tantalite,  is  said  to  be  so  hard  that 
a  diamond  drill  makes  no  impression  on  it. 

Farm  laborers  from  the  United  States  are  flock- 
ing into  Western  Canada.  They  are  all  needed  to 
harvest  the  abundant  crops. 

Wellman,  the  Chicago  explorer  who  had  planned 
to  start  for  the  North  Pole  in  a  dirigible  balloon, 
has  abandoned  his  purpose  for  the  present. 

Now  that  Jews  are  again  permitted  to  settle  in 
Palestine,  a  large  influx  from  Russia  and  the  Bal- 
kan States  has  begun.  The  immigrants  are  taking 
up  land  chiefly  on  the  east  of  the  Jordan,  and  find- 
ing it  rich  and  productive. 

_  A  new  constitution  for  the  Transvaal  gives  equal 
rights  to  Boers  and  Britons.  Either  the  English 
or  Dutch  language  may  be  used  in  the  transaction 
of  public  business. 

An  earthquake  as  great  as  that  of  San  Francisco, 
and  with  hardly  less  appalling  results,  has  visited 
the  Pacific  coast  of  South  America.  Half  the  city 
of  Valparaiso,  is  in  ruins,  and  many  smaller  towns 
have  suffered  severely.  Valparaiso,  with  a  popu- 
lation of  160,000,  was  the  chief  seaport  on  the 
coast,  and  the  terminus  of  important  lines  of  steam- 
ers. The  Chilean  government  took  immediate 
steps  for  the  relief  of  the  inhabitants,  placing  Val- 
paraiso under  military  rule,  and  authorizing  the 
provincial  governors  to  expend  all  the  public  money 
needed  for  relief  work  in  their  several  districts. 
The  cold  of  midwinter  adds  to  the  sufferings  of  the 
homeless  people. 


Will  the  name  of  Acadia  be  restored  to  our 
maps?  The  Maritime  Board  of  Trade  has  again 
passed  a  resolution  in  favor  of  the  union  of  the 
provinces  that  once  bore  that  name. 

A  number  of  mines  in  the  Kootenay  region  of 
British  Columbia  which  were  abandoned  as  un- 
profitable, will  resume  operations  this  year,  owing 
to  the  increased  price  of  metals  and  the  decreasing 
cost  of  mining  and  smelting. 

It  is  now  proposed  to  connect  Newfoundland 
with  Canada  by  a  railway  tunnel  under  the  Strait 
of  Belleisle. 

Persia  is  to  have  a  national  assembly,  for  the 
first  time  in  its  history.  It  will  meet  at  Teheran, 
and  will  have  control  of  all  civil  laws,  which  will 
become  effective  on  receiving  the  signature  of  the 
Shah. 

A  method  of  tempering  gold  has  recently  been 
discovered,  and  this  metal  will  probably  be  used 
for  surgical  instruments,  because  of  its  being  non- 
corosive. 

It  may  be  possible  to  predict  earthquakes  as  sure- 
ly as  we  can  now  foretell  storms.  The  recent  South 
American  earthquake  had  been  foretold  by  scientists 
some  days  before  it  occurred. 

The  Dowager  Empress  of  China  has  called  a  con- 
vention to  formulate  plans  for  a  constitutional 
government. 

Newspapers  in  the  United  States,  as  well  as  else- 
where, are  suggesting  the  possibility  that  the 
insurrection  in  Cuba  may  be  made  the  occasion  of 
intervention  and  the  ultimate  annexation  of  the 
island  by  the  United  States.  To  this  neither  party 
in  Cuba  would  willingly  submit;  for  the  unfortunate 
inhabitants  of  I'orto  Rico  have  found  that  they  are 
worse  off  under  the  government  of  the  United 
States,  of  which  that  island  is  now  a  part,  than  they 
were  when  it  formed  a  part  of  the  Kingdom  of 
Spain. 


86 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL  REVIEW. 


$6.00  Per  Year  is  a  Small  Sum. 


Look  what  it  gives  you  when  invested 
in  a  UTOPIA  CUMULAIIVh  ACCI- 
DENT POLICY   as  issued   by  the 


GENERAL  ACCIDENT  INSURANCE  CO.  OF  CANADA. 


Accidental  Death, 


$1,000 


Accidental  Death  caused  while  trav- 
elling in  any  public  passenger  con- 
veyance, or  while  inhuming  buildings 
or  elevator $2,000 


For  Total  or  Partial  Disability,  $5.00 
per  week  for  200  week* 
For  Total  or  Partial  Disability  while 
travelling  in  any  public  passenger 
conveyance,  etc.,  ....  $10.00 
per  week  for  200  weeks 


Also  insures  Beneficiary.  Provides  for  Hospital  Expenses  or  Surgeon's  Fees  for  opera- 
tions on  Insured  or  Beneficiary.  Increases  10  per  cent,  annually  for  five  years,  making  a 
«1,000  policy  worth  $1,300  at  end  of  fifth  year. 

This  is  only  one  of  the  many  splendid  policies  which  we  issue.  Ask  for  circulars  and 
further  information. 

WM.    THOMSON     &.    CO.. 

HALIFAX,     N.     S.  ST.  JOHN,     N.     B. 


IMberwood, 

Che  Rothesay  School 
for  6irl$. 

College   Preparatory,  Music,  Art,    Physical 
Culture. 
Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 
Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sports. 
For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETKELWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  B.S., 

Principals. 


The  boundary  dispute  between  Canada  and  New- 
foundland is  of  more  importance  than  might  be 
supposed.  The  Quebec  government  claims  that 
the  Labrador  littoral  under  the  jurisdiction  of  New- 
foundland is  a  narrow  strip  of  coast  extending 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  north  from  the 
southern  end  of  the  Strait  of  Belleisle.  The  ex- 
treme claims  of  the  island  colony  are  understood 
to  be  that  all  the  country  east  of  the  Labrador 
watershed,  or  all  the  land  drained  by  rivers  that 
flow  into  the  Atlantic,  comes  under  its  jurisdiction; 
or,  if  any  definite  boundary  is  to  be  recognized,  the 


Height  of  Land ^.. 

Boundary  Claimed  by  Quebe?-_ -_ 

Sou  ndary  Claimed  by  Newfoundland  _..-_..  ^.. 

portion  of  the  peninsula  of  Labrador  annexed  to 
Newfoundland  is  bounded  by  a  line  running  due 
south  from  Cape  Chudldgh  to  the  fifty-second  de- 
cree of  north  latitude,  thence  easterly  along  the 
fifty-second  parallel  to  the  longitude  of  Blanc  Sab- 
Ion,  thence  southerly  to  the  shore  of  the  strait.  The 
valuable  timber  land  along  the  Hamilton  River  and 
its  branches  is  the  most  important  part  of  the  ter- 
ritory in  dispute ;  but  it  may  be  a  matter  of  much 
consequence  in  the  future  whether  the  Ungava  ter- 
ritory is  to  have  Atlantic  harbors,  or  is  to  be  closed 


in  along  the  whole  Atlantic  coast  of  Labrador,  as 
the  Yukon  is  cut  off  from  access  to  the  Pacific  by 
the  narrow  strip  of  Alaskan  territory. 

One  of  the  largest  irrigation  schemes  on  the 
American  continent  is  that  of  the  Canadian  Pacific 
Railway  Company  for  the  extensive  area  between 
the  Red  Deer  River  and  the  Bow  River  east  of 
Calgary.  Canals  are  already  completed  to  furnish 
water  for  irrigating  over  a  hundred  thousand  acres. 

The  electric  smelting  or  iron  ore  having  proved 
successful  in  Canada,  the  plan  will  be  adopted  else- 
where. Electrical  smelting  works  are  to  be  estab- 
lished in  the  United  States  and  Mexico  without 
delay. 

The  Colorado  River  was  to  be  in  part  diverted 
from  its  course,  a  few  miles  north  of  the  Mexican 
line,  to  irrigate  lands  lying  in  the  bed  of  the  old 
lake ;  but  the  engineers  failed  to  take  proper  pre- 
cautions, and  the  entire  volume  of  the  river  is  now 
rushing  through  the  artificial  channel.  It  has  wash- 
ed away  a  small  Mexican  town,  and  is  endangering 
miles  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railway.  Unless 
control  is  regained,  which  seems  improbable,  it  will 
ultimately  fill  up  the  depression  estimated  to  be 
some  two  thousand  square  miles  in  area ;  and  when 
that  is  done,  perhaps  thirty  or  forty  years  hence, 
will  find  a  new  outlet  to  the  sea. 

Gold,  silver,  copper,  nickel  and  iron  ores  of 
wonderful  richness  have  been  discovered  in  the 
Lake  St.  John  region  of  the  Province  of  Quebec. 
A  railway  will  be  needed  to  make  the  mines  easily 
accessible. 

A  small  insurrection  has  broken  out  in  Cuba,  and 
a  more  serious  one  in  Santo  Domingo,  where  the 
United  States  has  stationed  six  war  ships  to  prevent 
the  success  of  the  revolutionists. 

The  Canadian  steamer  "  Arctic "  has  sailed  for 
the  Polar  regions,  and  is  expected  to  return  in  a 
year  and  a  half.  Captain  Bernier,  who  is  in  com- 
mand, will  plant  the  Canadian  flag  on  all  islands 
and  mainland  points  which  he  may  discover,  claim- 
ing them  as  parts  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

It  is  denied,  apparently  on  good  authority,  that 
the  ship  "  Birkenhead,"  which  was  built  at  St. 
Andrews,  X.  B.,  in  1841,  was  the  troopship  of  that 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


87 


MAPS,  GLOBES 
AND    SCHOOL 
*k*SUPPLIES*t* 

We  now  have    the    ENTIRELY    NEW    EDITION    of    the 

MAP  OF  THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

Send  for  small  facsimile  reproduction  of  same. 

KINDERGARTEN  MATERIAL   BSSL*— 

THE  STEINBERGER,  HENDRY  CO., 

37  RICHMOND  STREET,  WEST.      -      -     TORONTO,  ONT. 

Our  New  Catalogue  may  be   had  {or   the 

Asking    

SO    YEARS' 
EXPERIENCE 


Trade  Marks 
Designs 
Copyrights  Ac. 

Anyone  sending  a  sketch  and  description  may 
quickly  ascertain  our  opinion  free  whether  an 
hiTPiitlon  is  probably  patentable.  Communica- 
tions utrtctlyconfldential.  Handbook  on  Patent* 
sent  free.  Oldest  nirency  fur  securing  patents* 

Patents  taken  through  Munn  &  Co.  receive 
tprrial  notice,  wit  hout  charge.  In  the 

Scientific  American. 

A  handsomely  Illustrated  weekly.  largest  cir- 
culation of  any  scientific  journal.  Terms,  $3  a 
year;  four  months,  $L  Sold  by  all  newsdealers. 

WUNN  &  Co.36,Broa*-»  New  York 

Uriuicli  o.lke.  CM  F  8t_  Washington,  D.  C. 


Everything 
that  is  right 

in 
Stationery. 


BARNES  &  CO.,    ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


Every  Bird  East  of  the  Rockies 

Part  I. -WATER  AND  GAME  BIRDS. 
Pan  H.     LAND  AND  SONG  BIRDS. 

Pocket  Size.       5J  x  3J.       220  pages. 
Cloth,  50c.    Leather,  75c.    Postpaid. 

G.O.FULTON,    TRURO,  N.  S. 

BE   A  DIPN0M0RE. 


Fountain  Pens. 

Waterman's  and  Sterling. 

In  Plain  and  Gold  and  Silver  Mountings,  in 

Plush-Lined  Cases. 
ALL  PRICES— FROM    $1.25  TO  $15.00. 


BARNES  &  CO.,    ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


name  that  was  lost  on  the  coast  of  Africa.  The 
Review's  authority  for  the  statement  thus  contra- 
dicted was  local  tradition,  confirmed  by  an  assertion 
of  the  son  of  the  master  workman  that  the  ship  his 
father  built  was  taken  to  England  and  sold  as  a 
troopship.  Further  inquiry  may  show  that  there 
were  two  ships  of  that  name. 

SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

Miss  Kate  R.  Bartlett  for  several  years  an  efficient 
teacher  in  the  St.  John  High  School,  has  been  appointed 
teacher  of  domestic  science  in  the  Halifax  Ladies'  College, 
after  a  full  course  at  the  Macdonald  Institute,  at  Guelph, 
Ontario. 

Mr.  Roy  D.  Fullerton,  B.  A.,  of  Port  Elgin,  N.  B.,  has 
accepted  the  principalship  of  the  Grand  Forks,  B.  C,  school. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Coleman,  B.  A.,  of  Moncton,  has  been  ap- 
pointed to  the  position  on  the  staff  of  Mount  Allison 
Academy  formerly  held  by  Mr.  W.  A.  Dakin,  M.  A. ;  and 
Mr.  F.  H.  W.  Holmes,  graduate  of  the  Ontario  Business 
College,  has  been  appointed  head  master  of  Mount  Allison 
Commercial  College.  Another  vacancy  on  the  Academy 
staff  has  been  filled  by  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Goldwin  S. 
Lord,  late  principal  of  the  school  at  Grand  Harbor,  Grand 
Manan. 


Mr.  L.  H.  Baldwin  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
St.  George  schools.  , 

The  school  trustees  of  Hampton  have  received  authority 
to  borrow  $15,000  to  build  a  consolidated  school. 

Mr.  N.  W. .Brown  has  been  appointed  inspector  of 
schools  for  York  and  Sunbury,  to  fill  the  vacancy  created 
by  the  appointment  of  Inspector  Bridges  to  the  principal- 
ship  of  the  Normal  School. 

Dr.  H.  T.  Bovey,  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Applied 
Science  at  McGill  University,  has  been  elected  an 
honorary  fellow  of  Queen's  College,  Cambridge. 

Miss  McAdam,  who  has  returned  from  a  visit  to  Europe, 
will  resume  her  duties  as  head  of  the  primary  department 
of  the  Charlotte  Street  School,  Fredericton.  Miss  A.  L. 
Taylor,  of  the  same  school,  has  asked  for  leave  of  absence. 

Miss  Pickle  will  have  charge  of  the  manual  training  de- 
partment in  the  new  consolidated  school  at  Florenccville. 
The  manual  training  department  at  Hillsboro  will  be  in 
charge  of  Miss  Keith,  of  Havelock ;  and  that  at  Clupman 
in  charge  of  Miss  Currier,  of  Upper  Gagetown. 

Miss  Mary  E.  Caswell  has  resigned  her  place  on  the  staff 

of  the  St.   Stephen  school,   for  a  needed   rest,  and  will  be 

succeeded   by    Miss    Shaughnessy,    lately    teaching   at    Oak 

Bay.      Miss   Jessie    Henry   is   to   resume    her   place   on    the 

taff,  after  a  year's  leave  of  absence. 


88 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Isaac  Pitman's 


Short  Course  in  Shorthand,  just  published 
after  three  years  preparation,  "Revolutionizes 
the  Teaching  of  Shorthand."  Only  forty  (10) 
lessons. 

Words  and  sentences  in  first  lesson.  Busi. 
ness  letters  in  seventh  lesson. 

Our  students  are  delighted  with  it  and  are 
making  great  progress. 

Send  for  our  1906  Catalogue. 


S.   KERR 
&,  SON. 

Odd  Fellow's   Hall. 


9JC£M  A  SO*. 


Quick  Returns 

"In  five  months  I  saved  the 
total  cost  of  my  training  at  the 
Maritime.  It  was  a  good  invest- 
ment for  me.  Why  I  taught  so 
long  in  a  country  school  sur- 
prises me." 

Our  New  Term  Opens  Sept.  4, 1906 

KAULBACH     A    SCHURMAN, 

Chartered  Accountants, 

Maritime  Business  College 

HALIFAX,     N.     S. 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS.  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.      1 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

Market  Square,         SHIflT  JOHN.  H-   B. 


SCHOOL  DESKS,  S.  B.  LORDLY  CO..  St.  John,  N.  B. 


WEBSTER'S 

INTERNATIONAL 

DICTIONARY 

I  Standard  for  the  Schools. 

ALL   STATE  SCHOOL   SUPERIN- 
TENDENTS   INDORSE    IT.      The 
SCHOOLBOOKS  of  the  country  are 
based  upon  it.    ALL  STATE  FUR- 
CHASES  for  schools  have  been  made 
in  its   favor.       COLLEGE    PRESI- 
DENTS, NORMAL  SCHOOL   PRIN- 
CIPALS, CITY  and  COUNTY  SCHOOL 
SUPERINTENDENTS    indorse     and 
commend  it.     Editor  in  Chief,  Wm.  T, 
Harris,  U.  S.  Commissioner  of  Ed'n 

UP  TO  DATE  and  KELIABI.E. 

8380  Pages.  COOO  Illustrations. 

A    wonderfully    compact   storehouse  1 

of  accurate  information. 


WI.USTKRS  Col.Lt.ol*lK  ImctionaKY. 
The  largest  of  our  abridgments.  Regu- 
lar and  Thin  Paper  editions.  Unsurpassed 
for  elegance  ftncf  convenience.  1116  pages 
and  lfO  i  lir'rntiorts. 


Write  for  "  Dictionary  Habit "—  Free. 

G.&C.  MEERIAMCO., 

Springtield,  Mass.,  U.  S.  A. 

GET  THE  BEST. 


educational  "Review  Supplement,  October,  1906. 


U 

< 
a. 

I 
O 

I- 
< 

O 

(A 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to  Advanced 

Methods  of  Education 

and  General   Culture. 

Published  Monthly.                        ST. 

JOHN,  N.  B.,  OCTOBER, 

1906.                          $1.00  pee  Year. 

o.  U.  HAY, 

Editor  for  Now   Brunswick. 

A..   McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 

THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 

Office,  SI  LeintUr  Rtrtet,    St.  John,  N.  B. 
Phintcd  by  Baknxm  £  Co..  St  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes   

School  Flags        

Address    to    Young   Teachers  

Our  Rivers  and  Lakes 

Play       .              

Katherine  Carl    

The  Tides 

September                            

Thanksgiving  Reading      

The  Bunco-Bird ....  ... 

A  Contented  Teacher        

Opening  Exercises             ....  ...  

The    Fruit  Tree 

For  the  Very  Little  Ones... 

N.  S.  Educational  Association  

Current  Events  

School  and   College           ....  

Recent    Books     

Recent  Magazines..            

New  Advfrtiskmrnts— 

Official  Notices,  p.  in;  Maritime   Business  College, 

flemic  de  Brisay,  p.  oo;  Steinberger  Hendry  Co., 


p.  112; 
p.   111 


■•  93 
..    04 

'    ?i 

•    «£ 
08 

■  •  99 
..  100 
..  101 

..  101 
..  103 
..  104 
..  104 
.  104 
..  105 
..  106 
..  107 
..  100 
..  no 


L'Aca- 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year:  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

.  If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  (hat  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided 

The  number  accompanying-  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "232"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  Sept.  3:,  1006. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


And  $0  let  us  git*  thanks  to  God  upon  thanksgiving  Day. 
nature  is  beautiful,  and  fellowmen  are  dear,  and  duty  is  close 
beside  us,  and  fie  is  over  us,  and  in  us.  What  more  do  we  want, 
except  to  be  more  thankful  and  more  faithful,  less  complaining 
of  our  trials,  and  our  time,  and  more  worthy  of  the  tasks  and 
privileges  fie  has  given  us. 

-  Phillip*  Brooks. 


Thanksgiving  Day,  Thursday,  October  18th. 


Reports  from  county  teachers'  institutes  are  held 
over  until  the  November  number. 


Our  picture  for  this  month— "A  Scratch  Pack" — 
speaks  for  itse'f.    It  is  sure  to  interest  the  children. 

Dr.  Inch's  announcement  concerning  the  Empire 
Day  prizes  offered  by  Lord  Meath  should  have  many 
interested  readers  among  the  school  children. 


Dr.  A.  H.  Mackay's  address  at  the  opening  of  the 
Halifax  Convention  was  a  temperate  and  exhaustive 
argument  against  compulsory  Latin,  and  a  strong 
plea  for  an  education  in  sympathy  with  the  environ- 
ment of  the  pupil.  The  fight  over  the  Latin  question 
ended  in  a  compromise,  in  which  a  high  school 
course  of  four  years  is  recommended,  with  a  choice 
to  the  pupil  of  six  out  of  seven  subjects  a  year;  and 
one  other  languages  than  English  compulsory  after 
the  first  year. 

Mr.  Roosevelt  is  being  sharply  criticised  by  many 
educational  and  other  papers,  because  he  has  ap- 
proved of  a  list  of  some  three  hundred  words  whose 
spelling  he  proposes  to  change  in  printing  the  public 
documents  of  the  United  States.  To  do  him  justice, 
all  the  changes  upon  which  he  has  set  his  seal  of 
authority  have  been  debated  by  orthographers  and 
dictionary-makers  the  world  over.  But  he  has 
shown  scant  wisdom  in  issuing  a  ukase  on  the  sub- 
ject. English-speaking  people  cannot  be  legislated 
into  how  they  shall  spell  their  language.  That 
comes  from  usage — that  continuous,  inexorable  law 
which  laughs  at  the  fiats  of  princes  or  presidents 
who  would  put  a  whole  system  in  operation  instead 
of  merely  expressing  themselves  in  favor  of  it,  if 
it  suits  them  to  do  so. 


That  industrious  and  accomplished  student  of 
local  history,  Rev.  Dr.  Raymond,  has  begun  a 
scries  of  articles  on  the  early  history  of  Woodstock, 
which  are  now  being  published  in  the  Dispatch. 
The  series  promises  to  be  of  interest  and  value.  The 
following  extract  shows  that  some  sources  of  food 
among  the  Indians  are  still  to  be  obtained  in  that 
locality,  as  in  others  throughout  these  provinces : 

The  nulls  used  by  the  Indians  for  fond  still  grow  on 
the  intervales  and  islands  at  Woodstock.  Among  them 
arc  the  Apios  tubcrosa,  sometimes  called  ground  nuts  or 
Indian  potatoes;  the  plant  comes  up  late  in  the  season, 
the  loots  grow  in  clusters  and  are  very  palatable;  they 
formed  one  of  the  staple  articles  of  food  among  the 
aboriginal  tribes.  Another  root  used  for  food  was  that  of 
the  yellow  lily  (I. ilium  Canadcnse)  which  is  still  very 
al  undant  on  the  intervales  and  islands.  Another  edible 
root  was  that  of  the  Claytonia  I'irginica,  or  "Spring 
beauty.' 


94 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Professor  C.  C.  Jones,  late  of  the  chair  of  mathe- 
matics, Acadia  University,  has  been  appointed 
Chancellor  of  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  and 
professor  of  mathematics.  The  appointment  is  re- 
garded as  an  excellent  one.  The  new  chancellor, 
who  has  just  entered  on  his  duties,  is  a  distinguished 
mathematician  and  is  possessed  of  energy  and 
executive  ability.  He  is  thirty-five  years  of  age,  a 
native  of  New  Brunswick,  and  a  product  of  its  pub- 
lic schools  and  university,  having  risen  step  by  step, 
taking  in  succession  the  degree  of  A.  B.  (1898), 
M.  A.  (1899),  and  Ph.D.  in  1902,  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  New  Brunswick.  In  addition  he  has 
pursued  his  mathematical  studies  at  Harvard  and 
Chicago  universities.  He  is  a  man  of  fine  physique, 
of  pleasing  address,  and  scholarly  attainments.  High 
hopes  are  entertained  that  under  his  wise  manage- 
ment the  University  will  enter  upon  a  fresh  career 
of  success. 


It  was  with  deep  regret  that  all  classes  of  people 
in  New  Brunswick  learned  that  ex-chancellor 
Harrison's  illness  was  likely  to  prove  fatal.  After 
his  resignation  of  the  chancellorship  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  New  Brunswick,  in  the  latter  part  of 
August,  his  health  quickly  declined  and  he  passed 
quietly  away  on  the  18th  of  September,  in  Freder- 
icton,  the  scene  of  his  work  for  more  than  a  third 
of  a  century.  Dr.  Harrison  was  of  Loyalist  descent 
and  was  born  at  Sheffield,  Sunbury  County,  October 
24th,  1839.  He  was  educated  at  Trinity  College, 
Dublin,  taking  honours  in  Mathematics  and  the 
degree  of  LL.D.  In  June,  1870,  he  was  appointed 
professor  of  the  English  language  and  literature 
and  of  mental  and  moral  philosophy  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  New  Brunswick.  In  1885  he  became  its 
president.  He  was  a  man  of  a  genial  and  kindly 
nature  and  held  in  high  esteem  by  all  who  knew 
him. 


School  Flags. 

Premier  Roblin  of  Manitoba  in  a  recent  speech  at 
Winnipeg  said : 

The  provincial  government  has  decided  that  after  the 
first  of  January,  1907,  every  school  of  this  province  must 
have  a  Union  Jack  flying  during  school  hours.  The  gov- 
ernment will  provide  the  flag,  and  it  will  be  the  duty  of 
the  trustees  to  replace  any  such  flag  that  may  have  become 
useless.  The  rule  of  the  department  will  be  that  any  school 
teacher  or  board  of  trustees  that  neglects  or  refuses  to 
float  a  Union  Jack  in  school  hours  will  forfeit  their  right 
to  the  public  grant.  T  trust  that  in  making  this  move  we 
will  not  be  misunderstood.  We  welcome  the  various 
peoples  that  come  to  our  province,  who  are  born  under 
foreign   flags,  who  speak   a  different  tongue,  and  we  give 


'■■-"- 

them  the  benefit  of  our  civil  laws ;  endow  them  with  civil 

rights ;  the  benefit  of  our  criminal  law ;  the  free  education 
of  the  schools,  all  of  which  are  the  outcome  of  the  civil- 
izations and  benefits  that  follow  the  Union  Jack,  and  I 
think  that  the  man  who  comes  from  a  foreign  country 
in  order  to  better  circumstances,  and  objects  to  perpetua- 
ting the  glories  of  our  flag,  who  declines  to  have  his  child- 
ren infused  with  British  patriotism,  is  a  man  that  is  un- 
desirable. 

Many  schools  in  these  provinces  are  the  proud 
possessors  of  flags,  which  are  floated  on  public  days 
and  holidays.  Such  schools  are  generally  those  with 
some  pretensions  to  architectural  'beauty  in  the 
school  building  and  with  grounds  more  or  less  well 
laid  out.  The  flag  and  pole,  having  been  purchased 
by  the  joint  efforts  of  the  teacher,  scholars  and  rate- 
payers, it  perhaps  regarded  with  more  affection  and 
interest  than  would  be  attached  to  a  "regulation" 
flag.  But  we  should  like  to  see  the  Manitoba 
practice  become  general — a  Union  Jack  flying  from 
every  school  in  Canada  during  school  hours. 


Address  to  Young  Teachers. 

The  following  is  an  abstract  of  the  address  of  Dr. 
William  Crocket,  late  principal  of  the  N.  B.  Normal 
School,  at  the  close  of  the  recent  session  of  that  in- 
stitution. The  words  are  kindly,  sympathetic  and 
full  of  encouragement  to  young  teachers,  befitting 
the  character  of  that  distinguished  teacher  who  for 
so  many  years  has  influenced  the  lives  and  destinies 
of  the  many  men  and  women  trained  by  him.  Like 
other  true  teachers  he  has  found  his  greatest 
interest  in  his  work,  and  his  greatest  happiness  has 
been  in  imparting  that  spirit  to  others. 

After  complimenting  the  students  upon  their 
deportment  and  general  work,  and  wishing  them 
success  in  their  future  career,  Dr.  Crocket  spoke 
somewhat  as  follows : 

"You  are  now  about  to  assume  -the  duties  for 
which  you  have  been  here  to  prepare  yourselves,  and 
I  hope  that  the  promise  which  many  of  you  have 
given  by  diligence  and  devotion  to  your  studies, 
will  in  some  measure  at  least  be  realized.  You  will, 
I  trust,  seek  to  give  effect  to  those  principles  of 
teaching  and  school  management,  which  have  been 
discussed  and  practically  illustrated.  Whatever 
methods  have  been  adopted  in  illustration  of  them, 
have  been  but  the  outcome  of  the  principles  them- 
selves. A  principle,  as  you  know,  does  not  vary, 
but  the  application  of  it  may  assume  many  forms. 
The  form  or  method  you  adopt,  however,  must  be 
such  as  shall  meet  the  needs  of  you  pupils  and  one 
which  you  yourself  thoroughly  understand  and  can 
readily     apply.       Inexperienced  teachers  very  often 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


95 


merely  copy  a  method  which  they  have  seen,  without 
apprehending  the  principle  upon  which  it  is  based  or 
considering  its  adaptation  to  the  needs  of  their 
pupils,  and  hence  their  work  becomes  dull  and 
mechanical.  Let  your  method  be  founded  upon  well 
established  principles  and  suited  to  the  mental  de- 
velopment of  the  pupil,  in  the  very  nature  of  things 
you  will  awaken  interest,  and  thus  arouse  the  mind 
activities,  which  is  just  what  every  true  teacher 
aims  at.  Let  this  be  your  prime  object  and  not  the 
pouring  in  of  knowledge  which  so  many  unthinking 
people  regard  as  the  chief  end  of  school  education. 
It  is  only  by  proper  methods  that  that  knowledge 
which  is  serviceable,  can  be  secured,  knowledge 
which  the  people  can  apply,  knowledge  which  urges 
the  pupil  to  ask,  like  Oliver  Twist,  for  more. 

"The  Board  of  Education,  as  you  are  aware,  puts 
a  high  value  upon  method.  Among  the  important 
duties  of  Inspectors,  it  prescribes  that  they  shall  de- 
mand on  the  part  of  the  pupil,  an  intelligent 
acquaintance  with  the  subjects;  this  result  cannot 
be  attained  without  proper  methods.  It  is  further 
prescribed  that  they  shall  observe  the  methods  of 
the  teacher,  and  thereafter  (privately  of  course) 
give  him  such  counsel  as  they  may  deem  necessary. 
The  reports  of  their  visitations  are  to  be  forwarded 
to  the  Education  Office  on/  the  first  teaching  day  of 
each  month,  when  the  Chief  Superintendent  is  treat- 
ed no  doubt  to  a  considerable  amount  of  miscellan- 
eous reading.  Again  the  Board  has  prescribed  that 
discussions  at  Teachers'  Institutes  shall  relate  chiefly 
to  methods  of  teaching  and  management,  and  has 
also  made  provision  for  teachers  visiting  other 
schools  for  the  purpose  of  observing  the  methods 
practiced  therein.  All  this  shows  how  important  a 
subject  method  is,  and  how  necessary  it  is  that  a 
teacher  should  practice  right  methods,  and  thereby 
train  his  pupils  to  become  observing  and  thinking 
men  and  women. 

"Important  as  method  is,  however,  I  consider  that 
a  teacher's  manner  has  more  influence  over  his 
pupils  than  the  propriety  of  his  methods.  Method 
of  teaching  is  an  art  and  a  valuable  one,  but  the 
teacher  needs  to  put  a  soul  into  it  to  bring  out  its 
value.  It  is  the  spirit  that  quickeneth ;  art  without 
it  deadens.  When  Dickens  was  shown  a  picture 
which  many  admired,  he  said,  'it  wants  that' — life 
and  inspiration —  'and  wanting  that  it  wants  every- 
thing.' So  a  dull,  sullen,  lifeless  teacher,  however 
proper  his  method  may  be,  can  no  more  impart 
life  than  a  lifeless  machine.  By  a  bright  lively 
manner,  I  do  not  mean  a  noisy  bustling  one  which 
always  reflects  itself  in  the  conduct  of  the  pupils, 


but  that  kind  of  energy  which  arises  from  a  con- 
scientious discharge  of  duty  and  makes  its  influence 
felt  in  every  part  of  the  school-room.  A  cheerful 
countenance — not  glamour — but  that  cheerfulness 
which  comes  from  the  heart — casts  its  radiance  all 
around,  brightening  up  every  face  and  making  the 
pupils  pleased  with  themselves  and  with  every  one 
else,  makes  the  school  a  happy  place  and  all  school 
work  pleasant. 

"Of  all  the  qualifications  of  the  teacher,  however, 
none  exert  more  influence  than  sympathy.  How 
readily  we  all  respond  to  the  wishes  of  those  who 
we  know  sympathize  with  us.  It  is  even  more  so 
with  the  young.  They  take  pleasure  in  their  school 
work  because  they  know  that  it  will  please  the 
teacher  who  takes  such  an  interest  in  them.  And, 
kt  me  say,  this  interest  should  be  taken  not  only 
with  the  pretty  and  well  dressed  boys  and  girls,  but 
in  those  of  forbidding  aspect  as  well.  Strangers 
they  often  are  to  kindly  treatment  even  at  home,  and 
looked  upon  by  almost  every  one  as  little  Ishmaelites. 
In  the  schoolroom,  let  them  come  under  the  gentle 
touch,  the  pleasant  smile  and  the  influences  of  a 
kindly  heart,  and  the  chances  are  that  they  will 
grow  up  useful  members  instead  of  pests  of  society, 
and  with  fond  recollections  and  with  what  heart- 
felt gratitiude  will  they  look  back  to  the  days  spent 
under  your  tuition.  But,  you  will  say,  who  is  suffi- 
cient for  these  things?  Not  everyone,  but  those 
who  have  a  lofty  ideal  of  a  teacher's  duty,  who  are 
prepared  to  sacrifice  their  own  interest  for  the  good 
of  others,  will  help  the  bringing  of  'better  man- 
ners, purer  laws,  the  larger  heart,  the  kinder  hand.' 

"Go  forth,  then,  with  a  brave  heart  to  the  work 
which  lies  before  you.  Notwithstanding  many  dis- 
couragements, which  all  experience  more  or  less  in 
every  sphere,  you  have  much  to  encourage  you.  You 
have  friends  to  cheer  you  on.  You  have  the 
consciousness  of  being  engaged  in  a  useful  and  hon- 
orable calling — a  calling  which,  with  skill  and 
devotion,  will  bring  you  reward.  I  do  not  say, 
material  rewards — but  rewards  higher  and  more  en- 
during in  the  grateful  remembrance  of  pupils  and 
their  friends,  and  above  all  in  the  consciousness  of 
duty  well  done. 

"Finally  let  your  aim  be  to  give  to  the  duties  you 
have  undertaken  as  you  share  in  the  world's  work, 
the  first  and  highest  claim  upon  your  time,  your 
strength  and  your  talent,  carrying  about  with  you 
the  consciousness  of  an  unseen  and  a  higher  power 
encompassing  you,  and  your  reward  will  be  the  re- 
ward of  the  faithful  laborer.  Go  forth  then  in  this 
spirit,  and  the  blessing  of  God  go  with  you." 


96 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Our  Rivers  and  Lakes. 

By  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D. 
In  a  previous  paper  the  St.  John  river  was  taken 
as  illustrative,  in  different  portions  of  its  course,  of 
what  geographers  mean  by  the  "life  of  a  river,"  ».  c. 
the  conditions  of  youth,  maturity,  old  age  and 
second  childhood,  of  conflict  with  other  streams,  of 
struggle  for  existence,  of  survival  or  extinction.  We 
may  now  seek  to  see  how  far  these  same  features  of 
river  life  find  illustration  in  other  streams  of  New 
Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia. 

Most  of  the  smaller  streams  in  both  provinces  are 
"young" ;  naturally  '  so  because,  as  with  living 
things,  diminutive  size  is  the  natural  accomp- 
animent of  beginning  development,  and  such 
streams  still  have  the  greater  part  of  their  work 
before  them.  In  New  Brunswick  they  are  the 
sources  of  supply  and  of  power  for  all  the  larger 
rivers,  and  may  be  seen  in  every  part  of  the  Prov- 
ince, forming  channels  of  communication  for  the 
canoeist  or  sportsman,  water-ways  for  the  driving 
of  lumber,  preserves  for  the  delight  of  the  angler. 
In  Nova  Scotia  a:l  the  streams  are  young.  Most  of 
them  probably  have  originated  since  the  Glacial 
period ;  the  larger  part  of  them  start  in  drift 
dammed  lakes ;  their  channels  are  shallow  and  diffi- 
cult to  navigate  even  for  a  canoe. 

But  portions  of  large  rivers,  as  shown  in  connec- 
tion with  the  St.  John,  may  also  be  "young,"  and 
streams  which  are  now  comparatively  small  are  in 
some  instances  the  dwarfed  and  sunken  represent- 
atives of  those  which  in  their  earlier  history  may 
have  been  of  far  greater  volume.  A  few  illustrations 
may  make  this  subject  clearer. 

Taking  first  the  tributaries  of  the  St.  John,  the 
Grand  Green  and  Tobique  rivers  are  for  the  most 
part  young,  with  narrow  valleys,  steep  slopes,  rapid 
currents  and  few  islands  or  intervales.  The 
Narrows  of  the  Tobique  and  the  lower  portion  of 
the  Aroostook  also  show,  like  the  gorge  of  the 
Grand  Falls,  examples  of  streams  diverted  from 
their  original  channel,  and  by  the  loss  of  the  latter, 
compelled  to  carve  new  ones,  a  work  in  which  they 
are  still  actively  and  vigorously  employed.  The 
Xashwaak  also,  from  its  source  to  Stanley,  gives 
similar  evidences  of  "youth."  On  the  other  hand  from 
Stanley  to  Fredericton  the  river  valley  is  broad,  the 
current  sluggish,  the  intervales  broad  and  islands 
numerous,  all  signs  of  "maturity."  The  Keswick 
presents  similar  features,  but  here  the  present  small 
stream  shows  a  singular  disproportion  to  the  broad 
open  valley  which  it  traverses.     The  explanation  of 


this  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  what  is  now  the 
course  of  a  minor  tributary  of  the  St.  John  was 
formerly,  in  part  at  least,  that  of  the  main  river. 
This  is  in  accordance  with  what  has  been  said  in  a 
previous  chapter  as  to  the  changes  which  rivers 
often  undergo  in  the  course  of  their  history  and  of 
which  some  other  provincial  examples  will  presently 
be  given.  As  regards  the  remaining  tributaries  of 
the  St.  John  it  will  only  be  necessary  to  say  here 
that  the  Oromocto,  especially  below  its  forks,  is  a 
good  illustration  of  a  mature  or  even  of  an  old 
stream,  its  deep  waters  flowing  with  hardly  a 
perceptible  current  and  with  a  valley  subject  to 
frequent  submergence  as  the  result  of  the  freshets 
and  back  flow  in  the  main  river.  The  Newcastle, 
with  its  expansion  in  Grand  Lake  and  outlet  by  the 
Jemseg,  presents  similar  features,  as  do  also  the 
Washademoak,  Belleisle  and  Kennebecasis,  streams, 
as  before  explained,  once  quite  disconnected,  but 
later  united  into  a  system  of  "trellised  drainage"  by 
"piracy"  upon  the  part  of  the  main  St.  John. 

The  streams  of  the  southern  coast,  including  the 
Magaguadavic,  New,  Lepreau,  Musquash,  Mispec, 
Salmon,  etc.,  are  all  obviously  "young" — their  work 
of  excavation  being  still  in  full  operation  and  their 
valleys,  especially  to  the  eastward  of  St.  John,  hav- 
ing something  of  the  character  of  canons,  with 
rapids  and  falls  innumerable.  The  Petitcodiac  is  an 
exception,  but  its  peculiar  features  are,  like  some  of 
those  of  the  lower  St.  John,  largely  determined  by 
its  relations  to  the  sea.  It  is  a  stream  of  which  the 
lower  half  is  twice  a  day  "drowned"  by  the  influx 
of  the  tide. 

It  remains  to  say  a  few  words  as  to  the  streams 
which  drain  the  eastern  sea-board.  Of  these  the 
Restigouche,  to  its  junction  with  the  Metapedia,  is 
"young,"  occupying  a  valley  which  is  almost  like  a 
gash  in  the  great  plateau  or  peneplane  which  it 
traverses,  while  from  the  Metapedia  down  it  is 
much  more  mature,  with  an  open  valley,  sluggish 
flow,  numerous  islands  and  broad  intervales,  the 
whole  but  little  above  tide  level.  The  Upsalquitch 
and  Nepisiquit,  with  the  intervening  streams,  such 
as  Jacquet  River  and  the  Tattagouche,  are  also  in 
the  main  young  streams,  with  steep  banks,  rapid 
flow,  few  islands,  and  not  a  few  falls  or  cataracts, 
some  of  which  will  be  noticed  later.  In  the  case  of 
the  Miramichi,  the  upper  portions  of  all  its  great 
branches  are  rapid  streams,  busily  engaged  in  the 
work  of  excavation,  and  hence  determining  scenery 
of  the  wilder  type,  the  delight  of  the  adventurous 
canoeman,  as  well  as  of  the  finny  tribes  which 
afford   him  additional   attraction,   while  their  lower 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


97 


portions,  as  from  Boiestown  to  the  sea,  have  all  the 
distinctive  features  of  streams  whose  work  is  well 
nigh  done. 

Upon  this  eastern  side  of  the  Province  we  again 
have  some  good  examples  of  "piracy."  It  has  been 
already  pointed  out  that  the  Restigouche  is  only  the 
remnant  of  a  stream  whose  upper  half  has  been 
"captured"  by  the  upper  St.  John.  Similarly  the 
Nepisiquit  has  probably  captured  the  upper  waters 
of  the  Lpsalquitch,  these  now  constituting  the 
South  branch  of  the  former  stream.  The  waters  of 
the  upper  Miramichi  are  believed  to  have  formerly 
drained  into  the  St.  John,  and  possibly  the  same  is 
true  even  of  the  upper  Nepisiquit  through  a  possible 
connection  with  the  Tobique.  Readers  of  the 
Review  who  may  be  interested  in  this  subject  will 
find  it  discussed  at  length,  with  illustrative  maps,  by 
Prof.  W.  F.  Ganong,  in  the  Bulletins  of  the  Natural 
History  Society  of  New  Brunswick,  especially  Vol. 
V.,  1905. 

If  we  now  return  to  Nova  Scotia,  we  find,  as  has 
been  said,  no  streams  of  great  size,  the  most  im- 
portant being  the  Avon,  the  Annapolis,  the  Sissaboo, 
the  Tosket,  the  Rockaway  or  Shelburne,  the  Jordan, 
the  Liverpool,  the  Port  Medway,  the  La  Haave,  the 
Musquodoboit  and  St.  Marys.  They  are  also,  as  a 
rule,  quite  shallow,  and  much  obstructed  by  rocky 
reefs  or  by  morainic  material,  indicative  of  recent, 
1.  e.  post  glacial  origin.  In  these  respects  they  do 
not  differ  greatly  from  streams  of  similar  age  and 
origin  in  New  Brunswick,  but  two  features  remain 
to  be  noticed  which,  though  not  wanting  in  the  lat- 
ter Province,  find  here  more  remarkable  illustration. 
The  first  of  these  is  to  be  found  in  the  enormous 
number  of  lakes,  of  every  size  and  shape,  which 
either  lie  at  the  heads  of  the  tributary  streams  or 
interrupt  their  course.  These  lakes  are  in  almost 
every  instance  very  shallow,  drift-dammed  lakes,  of 
which  the  rivers  are  the  Over-spill,  and  in  some  in- 
stances, where  the  outlet  has  been  cut  through,  they 
have  become  greatly  dwarfed  or  even  converted  into 
natural  meadows.  Kossignol,  Fairy  Lake  (noted 
for  the  remarkable  pre-historic  pictographs  which 
at  a  few  points  adorn  the  rocky  ledges  upon  its 
sides)  the  Likes  connected  with  the  La  Haave,  Liver- 
pool, and  Koseway  rivers,  and  the  Tusket  lakes  in 
Yarmouth  county,  are  among  the  largest  and  most 
interest  ii, 

The  second  direction  in  which  the  Nova  Scotian 
streams  are  noteworthy  is  in  that  of  affording  the 
finest  illustrations  of  droivncd  or  submerged  rivers. 
This  is  to  some  extent  true  of  all  the  streams  drain- 
ing into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  such  as  the  Truro,  Avon, 


Annapolis,  Bear  River  and  Sissaboo,  the  lower  por- 
tions of  which  are,  like  the  Petitcodiac  in  New 
Brunswick,  subject  daily  to  conflict  with  the  tides, 
which  first  oppose  and  finally  temporarily  overcome 
and  drown  the  out-pouring  waters.  But  the  best 
illustrations  are  those  of  the  southern  coast,  where 
the  submergence  of  old  river  channels  has  become 
permanent.  Reference  has  been  made  in  an  earlier 
chapter  to  the  remarkable  indentations  of  the 
southern  sea  board,  giving  it  much  of  the  fretted 
character  of  the  coasts  of  Norway.  It  may,  how- 
ever, now  be  added  that  these  numerous  indenta- 
tions, of  which  Shelburne  Harbor  and  Port  Hebert, 
Mahone  Bay,  and  Chester  Basin,  Halifax  and 
Musquodoboit  Harbors  are  good  illustrations,  are  in 
reality  the  drowned  extremities  of  the  several  rivers, 
now  often  quite  small,  which  enter  their  heads.  In 
the  case  of  the  La  Haave,  not  less  than  fifteen  miles 
of  the  river,  or  all  that  portion  south  of  Bridge- 
water,  is  now  only  an  arm  of  the  sea.  But  most 
wonderful  of  all,  these  submerged  channels  may 
often  be  traced  by  lines  of  soundings  far  beyond  the 
present  limits  of  the  coast,  showing  that  their 
former  length  and  volume  were  much  greater  than 
at  present  and  that  they  are  indeed  "droivncd 
rivers."  To  cap  the  climax  it  may  be  added  that 
there  is  good  reason  to  believe  that  the  great  St. 
Lawrence  itself  was  formerly  an  Acadian  as  well 
as  a  Canadian  river,  and  that  flowing  across  the  now 
submerged  basin  of  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  where 
its  underwater  channel  is  clearly  marked,  and  where 
all  the  rivers  of  eastern  New  Brunswick  were 
tributary  to  its  flow,  it  passed  out  on  one  or  both 
sides  of  Cape  Breton  to  the  Atlantic,  where  the  old 
channel  is  now  recognizable  more  than  200  miles  to 
the  east  of  the  present  mainland !  Such  facts  go  to 
show  that  Acadia  has  had  a  history  far  back  not 
only  of  its  European,  but  also  of  its  Indian 
occupancy,  a  history  of  which  some  other  features 
may  be  considered  in  a  later  chapter. 


"She  is  working  in  a  poor  building,  and  with 
ordinary  children  of  all  ages,  on  a  three-hundred  and 
fifty  dollars'  salary.  She  has  almost  nothing  to 
work  with  in  the  shape  of  helps,  but  such  fertility  of 
resources  as  she  showed,  and  such  clear  teaching! 
How  she  wove  the  outside  world  into  that  teaching! 
Why,  those  children  grew  right  before  your  eyes. 
She  moved  about  among  them  quietly,  neatly 
dressed,  talking  in  just  the  tone  she  would  use  in 
ordinary  conversation.  She  showed  such  a  confidence 
in  them  that  1  never  saw  her  look  anxiously  at  one 
nf  them.  And  the  way  those  boys  looked  at  her'-'* 
— Ex. 


98 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


,  Play. 

Mrs.  Catherine  M.  Condon. 

Play  may  be  simply  the  spontaneous  and  outward 
expression  by  movement  of  the  limbs,  etc.,  of  an 
instinctive  feeling  of  comfort  and  well-being  in  the 
child.  Later  on,  the  desire  to  reproduce  something 
which  has  been  seen  or  heard  strikes  the  fancy  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  child  is  impelled  to  repro- 
duce it,  with  more  or  less  crudity,  in  a  concrete 
representation. 

A  more  advanced  stage  of  development,  while 
it  still  deals  in  outward  representation  in  tangible 
form,  calls  into  intelligent  action,  forethought, 
memory,  calculation,  judgment,  thereby  arousing 
the  very  highest  physical,  intellectual  and  moral 
powers  of  the  individual. 

The  educative  value  of  play  is  unquestionable. 
The  mere  instinctive  movements  of  the  infant,  not 
only  improve  in  force,  but  also  gain  in  directness 
and  precision,  and  they  also  indicate  the  awakening 
of  the  intellect,  and  supply  hints  for  its  further  de- 
velopment. 

The  next  stage  in  which  imitation  and  imagina- 
tion, each  helpful  to  the  other,  play  so  conspicuous 
a  part,  is  so  developing  that  in  no  other  equal 
portion  of  human  life  does  man  learn  so  much  of 
his  own  power,  and  his  relations  to  the  world 
around  him,  as  in  the  first  seven  years  of  life, 
although  they  are  almost  wholly  given  over  to  play. 

The  social  games  of  the  boy  and  young  man 
afford  a  field  for  the  exercise  and  development  of 
physical  vigor,  mental  alertness,  and  fine,  sound 
moral  fibre,  indispensable  factors  in  human  success, 
and  that  just  in  proportion  as  they  are  carried  on 
with  moderation,  and  in  strict  accordance  with  law 
and  order,  and  received  rules  of  the  game. 

These  statements  being  true,  it  is  certainly  of 
good  omen  that  the  importance  of  play  is  more  and 
more  recognized  in  the  philanthropic  world,  and 
among  educationists. 

The  redeeming,  elevating  influence  of  play  has 
been,  and  is,  well  illustrated  in  the  recreation  schools 
for  girls,  established  by  the  Countess  of  Jersey  in 
the  east  end  of  London.  They  are  play  schools, 
pure  and  simple,  and  have  amply  justified  their  ex- 
istence among  a  class  who  would  have  never 
entered  their  doors  if  catechism  and  books  had  been 
the  bait  offered.  To  those  who  have  only  seen  the 
happy  well-conditioned  child,  who,  with  a  little 
kindly  notice  now  and  then,  will  play  the  live-long 
day  so  vigorously  that  he  will  often  fall  asleep  in 


the  midst  of  it,  the  statement  may  seem  strange  that 
anyone  should  need  to  be  taught  to  play.  But  life 
is  so  dull  and  hopeless,  for  many  of  these  unfortun- 
ate London  waifs  and  strayed,  and  they  are  so 
stupid  and  devoid  of  the  upspringing  self-activity 
of  the  ordinary  child,  that  they  either  do  not  play 
at  all,  simply  lounging,  or,  their  plays  are  so  vile 
and  degrading  in  their  parody  of  the  wretched  life 
around  them,  that  they  are  simply  a  preparation  for 
a  criminal  career.  After  a  time,  some  of  the  fine 
lady  slummers  who  had  come  to  sneer  at  Lady 
Jersey's  "fad,"  remained  to  help  to  teach  the  child- 
ren to  dance  and  sing,  play  innocent  and  amusing 
games,  to  tell  fairy  tales,  and  listen  kindly  to  naive 
and  admiring  comments  on  their  grace  and  beauty.. 
One  charming  girl  who  was  known  as  the  "lady 
with  the  fevers"  (feathers)  in  her  picture  hat,  re- 
ceived almost  the  adoration  of  a  goddess,  and  was 
a,  great  lure  to  quiet  good  manners. 

The  light  gymnastics,  marching,  circle  games 
and  dancing,  soon  corrected  the  slouching  pose,  and 
turned  the  shuffling  walk  into  upright  carriage  and 
firm,  measured  tread;  while  the  kindly  treatment 
and  absence  of  fear  of  ill-usage  just  as  soon  changed 
the  down-cast  eyes  and  shifty  furtive  glances  into 
a  straightforward  look  when  addressed;  often,  too, 
into  one  of  gratitude  and  affection. 

Well-told  stories  developed  the  power  of  volun- 
tary attention,  and  clean  wit  and  wholesome  humor, 
provoking  happy  laughter,  soon  taught  the  girls  that 
they  could  be  merry  and  gay  without  obscenity, 
profanity  and  vulgar  license.  Then,  too,  a  long 
happy  day  at  Ostermoor  Park,  Lady  Jersey's  estate 
near  London,  opens  up  a  delightful  view  of  life, 
such  as  they  had  never  dreamed  of,  and  must  set 
in  a  stronger  light  the  fact  that  the  kindness  they 
have  been  receiving  all  along,  has  been  given 
from  the  purest  motives  of  sympathy  with  them,  in 
their  cheerless  life,  and  an  earnest  desire  to  raise 
them  out  of  it. 

This  creates  a  sense  of  personal  dignity  and  an 
honest  pride  to  live  up  to  this  new  and  better 
atmosphere.  When  play  has  thus  produced  its 
humanizing  effects,  there  are  plenty  of  places  open 
to  them,  where  formal  instruction  is  waiting  to  give 
them  another  uplift  in  the  road  to  knowledge  and 
efficiency. 

If  well-arranged  play  under  conditions  skilfully 
arranged  will  accomplish  so  much  for  these  child- 
ren so  unfavorably  placed,  what  a  powerful  and 
happy  means  of  education  it  should  prove  in  the 
development  of  children  born  and  reared  under 
happier  auspices. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


99 


Katharine  Carl. 

Miss  A.  MacLean. 
Katharine  Carl  stands  in  the  front  ranks  of  the 
portrait  painters  of  today, — an  American,  long  a 
resident  of  Neiully,  France,  and  an  extensive  travel- 
ler. She  has  painted  many  superior  portraits  in 
Europe  and  America,  but  her  painting  of  the  por- 
trait of  the  Dowager  Empress  of  China,  being  a 
unique  distinction  and  illustrating  her  skill,  will  be 
her  only  work  that  I  shall  refer  to  now. 

The  Dowager  Empress  notified  Mrs.  Conger, 
wife  of  the  American  Ambassador,  that  she  wished 
a  portrait  of  herself,  painted  by  an  American  wo- 
man, which  portrait  she  intended  should  constitute 
her  gift  to  the  St.  Louis  Exhibition.  Mrs.  Conger 
notified  Miss  Carl  and  Miss  Carl  engaged  to  paint 
the  portrait,  and  lived  for  nearly  a  year  in  the 
imperial- palaces  of  Pekin,  seeing  the  Empress  daily 
and  associating  constantly  with  the  ladies  of  the 
court.  She  was  present  at  all  the  religious  and 
social  functions  and  received  many  tokens  of  the 
favor  of  the  Empress.  Miss  Carl  was  the  first 
white  woman  to  penetrate  the  mysteries  of  the 
Chinese  imperial  household.  Throughout  all  his- 
tory no  other  person  from  the  western  world  had 
been  received  into  the  intimacy  of  the  Chinese  im- 
perial palaces.  Since  Miss  Carl's  reception  one 
other  woman,  Miss  Alice  Roosevelt,  has  been  enter- 
tained in  a  imperial  palace  in  Fekin. 

Miss  Carl  expected  to  meet  in  the  Empress  an 
old  woman  whose  appearance  would  bear  out  the 
character  for  cruelty  and  tyranny  which  the  world 
has  believed  since  1900.  Instead  she  met  a  charm- 
ing little  woman  with  a  brilliant  smile,  very  kindly 
looking  and  remarkably  youthful,  who  extended  her 
hand  with  a  grace  and  cordiality  which  so  won 
Miss  Carl  that  she  involuntarily  raised  the  dainty 
royal  fingers  to  her  lips,  though  that  was  not  in  the 
programme. 

Miss  Carl  was  informed  at  the  foreign  office  that 
the  Empress  would  give  her  only  two  sittings,  and 
when  her  first  greeting  was  over  she  looked 
anxiously  about  to  see  under  what  conditions  she 
must  paint.  The  hall  was  large  but  the  light  was 
false,  and  the  only  place  where  a  proper  light  could 
be  had  was  in  front  of  a  great  plate  glass  door, 
and  the  space  there  was  so  small  that  the  large  can- 
vas on  which  the  Empress  wished  the  portrait 
painted  had  to  be  placed  very  near  the  throne  where 
she  preferred  to  sit.  With  so  large  a  portrait  as  she 
was  to  paint  this  was  a  great  disadvantage.  How- 
ever,  her    majesty    having   dressed    herself    in    the 


garments  she  thought  fit,  and  having  seated  herself, 
Miss  Carl  began  to  sketch.    She  had  been  informed 
that  her  majesty  would  not  understand  any  prelim- 
inary sketches,  she  must  begin  at  once  on  the  por- 
trait and  risk  getting  no  more  sittings,  so  she  be- 
gan.    To  use  her  own  words : — "For  a  few  mo- 
ments I  heard  the  faintest  ticking  of  the  eighty- 
five  clocks  as  if  they  were    great    cathedral    bells 
clanging    in    my    ears,    and    my    charcoal    on    the 
canvas  sounded  like  some  mighty  saw  drawn  back 
and    forth.      Then,    happily,   I  became  interested, 
and  utterly  unconscious  of  anything  but  my  sitter 
and    my    work.      I    worked  steadily  on  for  what 
seemed   a  very  short  time,  when  her  majesty  turned 
to  the  interpreter  and  said  that  enough  work  had 
been  done  for  that  day.    She  said  ,she  knew  I  must 
be  tired  from  our  long  drive  out  from  Pekin,  as 
well  as   from  my   work,  and  that  we   must  have 
some  refreshments.     She  then  descended  from  her 
throne  and  came  over  to  look  at  the  sketch.     I  had 
blocked  in  the  whole  figure  and  had  drawn  the  head 
with  some  accuracy.     So  strong  and  impressive  is 
her  personality  that  I  had  been  able  to  get  enough 
of  her  character  into  this  rough  whole  to  make  it 
a  sort  of  likeness.    After  looking  critically  at  it  for 
a  few  minutes,  she  expressed  herself  as  well  pleased 
and  paid  me  some  compliments  on  my  talent  as  an 
artist.     She  then  called  Mrs.  Conger  and  discussed 
the  portrait  for  a   few   moments,  then  turning  to 
me  she  said  the  portrait  interested  her  greatly  and 
that  she  should  like  to  see  it  go  on.     She  asked  me, 
looking  straight  into  my  eyes  the  while,  if  I  would 
care  to  remain  at  the  palace  for  a  while  that  she 
might  give  me  sittings  at  her  leisure." 

At  first  Miss  Carl  feared  that  the  strangeness  of 
her  position  and  the  sense  of  loneliness  that  at  times 
crept  over  her,  born  of  a  feeling  that  she  had  some- 
how been  transported  into  a  strange  world,  would 
affect  her  work,  but  the  cordiality  of  the  Empress, 
who  set  aside  a  pavilion  for  her  use,  and  told  her 
not  to  hesitate  to  ask  for  anything  she  wished,  and 
to  make  herself  perfectly  at  home,  soon  placed  her 
at  ease  and  free  from  disquieting  feelings. 

"At  the  second  sitting,"  said  Miss  Carl,  "before 
the  Empress  was  quite  ready  for  me  to  begin,  and 
before  she  had  transfixed  me  with  her  piercing 
glance,  I  scanned  her  person  and  face  with  all  the 
penetration  I  could  bring  to  bear,  and  this  is  what  I 
saw : 

"A  perfectly  proportionated  figure,  with  head  well 
set  upon  her  shoulders  and  a  fine  presence;  really 
beautiful  hands,  daintly  small  and  highbred  in 
shape;    a    symmetrical,    well    formed  head,  with  a 


100 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


good  development  above  the  rather  large  ears ;  fine 
broad  brow,  delicate  well  arched  eyebrows,  brilliant 
black  eyes  set  perfectly  straight  in  the  head ;  a  high 
riose,  of  the  type  the  Chinese  call  noble,  broad  be-, 
tween  the  eyes  and  on  a  line  between  the  forehead ; 
an  upper  lip  of  great  firmness,  a  rather  large  mouth, 
but  beautiful,  with  mobile  red  lips,  which,  when 
parted  over  firm  white  teeth,  gave  her  smile  a  rare 
charm;  a  strong  chin,  but  not  of  exaggerated  firm- 
ness, and  with  no  marks  of  obstinacy.  Had  I  not 
known  she  was  nearing  her  sixty-ninth  year  I 
should  have  thought  her  a  well-preserved  woman  of 
forty. 

"After  little  more  than  one  hour's  work  her 
majesty  decided  that  enough  had  been  done  for  the 
morning  and  that  we  both  needed  rest.  She  came 
over  and  looked  at  the  sketch  and  it  was  easy  to 
see  that  she  liked  it  much  better  now  that  the  color 
was  being  put  on.  She  stood  behind  me  discussing 
it  for  sometime  and  said  she  wished  it  were  pos- 
sible for  someone  else  to  pose  for  the  face  so  that 
she  might  sit  and  watch  it  grow.  She  thought  it 
very  wonderful  that  on  a  flat  canvas  the  relief  of 
the  face  could  be  represented." 

And  so  the  sittings  went  on,  the  attendants  and 
eunuchs  came  and  went,  the  Empress  took  tea,  con- 
versed, smoked  the  graceful  water  pipe  or  European 
cigarettes  which  she  never  allowed  to  touch  her  lips 
but  used  in  a  long  cigarette  holder.  She  seemed  to 
understand  that  she  must  not  move  her  head  very 
much,  and  would  look  apologetically  whenever  she 
moved  it,  but  the  artist  preferred  to  have  her  move 
a  little  instead  of  sitting  like  a  statue.  And  so  at 
last  in  that  strange  old  world  palace'  there  stood 
completed  the  picture  of  one  of  the  most  distin- 
guished monarchs  of  today,  and  Katharine  Carl's 
unique  experience  and  pleasing  task  were  ended. 


Autumn  Fires. 

In  the  other  gardens, 

And  all  up  the  vale, 
From  the  autumn  bon-fires 

See  the  smoke  trail! 

Pleasant  summer  over, 

And  all  the  summer  flowers, 
The  red  fire  blazes, 

The  grey  smoke  towers 

Sing  a  song  of  seasons, 

Something  bright   in   all ! 
blower-,   in   the  summer, 

bires   in   the    fall  ! 

— Robert  Louis  Stevenson. 


The  Tides. 

From  the  vast  ever-plentiful  sea 

Impelled  by  the  heavenly  host, 
Fresh,  ever-flowing,  resistless  in  power, 
Summer  and  winter,  true   to  the  hour, 

Come  the  tides  with  their  gifts  for  the  coast. 

When  the  dark's  at  the  flush  of  the  dawn, 

And  the  tide  mirrors  day's  rosy  birth, 
Dimpling  and  sparkling  it  dances  along, 
Laving  the  shores  like  a  heavenly  song, 

That  cheers  the  sad  hearts  of  the  earth. 

When  the  sun  in  the  pride  of  his  strength 

Pours  his  quivering  glories  abroad, 
Drying  the  grasses,  stiff'ning  the  reeds 
To  the  fens,  like  a  generous  supply  for  all  needs, 

In  swings  the  tide,  fresh  from  God. 

Softly,  like  peace  to  a  penitent  soul, 
When  evening  bends  low  o'er  the  sea, 

And  the  clouds  kiss  the  ripples  good  night, 
In  steals  the  tide  over  quicksand  and  shoal 

When  God  blots  a  sin  from  his  sight. 

When  the  stately  star-companies  sail 

The  violet  hollow  of  space — 
Distant,  like  saints  lost  to  mortals  below — 
Then  through  the  dark  earth-ways  the  tide  currents  flovr 

Full  of  stars — the  fresh  tokens  of  grace. 

When  the  gale  howls  a  dirge  in  the  dark, 

And  the  thundering  surf  shakes  the  land, 
In  foams  the  tide  like  a  bosom  of  wrath, 
Wreckage  and  terrible  death  in  its  path, 

And  yet — it  is  held  in  His  hand. 

At  the  dawn,  at  the  noon,  at  the  dusk. 

In  the  calm,  in  the  storm,  what  avail 
Tears  for  the  night  or  fears  for  the  day? 
Deep  though  the  guilt-stains  and  devious  the  way 

The  flood  tides  of  God  cannot  fail. 

— Henry  Turner  Bailey,  in  the  Congrcgationalist. 


There  are  several  good  reasons  why  DeMille 
should  be  better  known.  He  was,  in  his  time,  the 
widest  read  and  most  productive  of  Canadian 
writers.  He  is  still  in  many  respects  the  most  re- 
markable. As  a  teacher,  he  was  dne  of  the  most 
capable  and  best  loved  men  that  ever  sat  in  a  pro- 
fessor's chair.  After  the  lapse  of  a  quarter  of  a 
century  his  old  students  write  and  talk  of  him  with 
deep  affection  and  respect — an  honour  accorded  to 
few. — From  "DeMille,  the  Man  and  the  writer." 
by  Archibald  MacMcachan  in  September  Canadian 
Magazine. 


A  teacher,  lately  married,  writes:  "I  took  the 
Review  during  my  whole  teaching  career,  and  it 
was  a  great  help  to  me.  1  wish  for  the  editor  and  its 
contributors  many  successful,  prosperous  years." 
— E.  L.  M. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


101 


September. 

Now  hath  the  summer  reached  her  golden  close, 
And  lost,  amid  her  cornfields,  bright  of  soul, 

Scarcely  perceives  from  her  divine  repose 
How  near,  how  swift,  the  inevitable  goal; 

Still,  still,  she  smiles,  though  from  her  careless   feet, 
The  bounty  and  the  fruitful  strength  are  gone, 
And  though  the  soft,  long,  wondering  days  go  on 

The  silent,  sere  decadence,  sad  and  sweet. 

In  far-off  susset  cornfields,  where  the  dry 

Gray  shocks  stand  peaked  and  withering,  half  concealed 
In  the  rough  earth,  the  orange  pumpkins  lie, 

Full-ribbed;  and  in  the  windless  pasture-field 
The  sleek  red  horses  o'er  the  sun-warmed  ground 

Stand  pensively  about  in  companies, 

While  all  around  them  from  the  motionless  trees 
The  long  clean  shadows  sleep  without  a  sound. 

Under  cool  elm  trees  floats  the  distant  stream, 
Moveless  as  air ;    and  o'er  the  vast  warm  earth 

The  fathomless  daylight  seems  to  stand  and  dream, 
A  liquid  cool  elixir — all  its  girth 

Bound  with  faint  haze,  a  frail  transparency, 
Whose  lucid  purple  barely  veils  and  fills 
The  utmost  valleys  and  the  thin  last  hills, 

Nor  mars  one  whit  their  perfect  clarity. 

Thus  without  grief  the  golden  days  go  by, 
So  soft  we  scarcely  notice  how  they  wend, 

And  like  a  smile  half  happy,  or  a  sigh, 
The  summer  passes  to  her  quiet  end ; 

And  soon,  too  soon,  around  the  cumbered  eaves 
Sly  frosts  shall  take  the  creepers  by  surprise, 
And   through   the   wind-itouched    reddening   woods   shall 
rise 

October  with  the  rain  of  ruined  leaves. 

—Archibeld  Lamp  man. 


A  Thanksgiving  heading. 

A    Harvest    in    Somersetshire    in   the    Seven- 
teenth Century. 

Then  the  golden  harvest  came,  waving  on  the 
broad  hillside,  and  nestling  in  the  quiet  nooks 
scooped  from  out  the  fringe  of  wood.  A  wealth  of 
harvest  such  as  never  gladdened  all  our  country- 
side since  my  father  ceased  to  reap,  and  his  sickle 

hung  to  rust. All  the  parish  was  assembled 

in  our  upper  courtyard:  for  we  were  to  open  the 
harvest  that  year,  as  had  been  settled  with  Farmer 
Nicholas,  and  with  Jasper  Kebby,  who  held  the  third 
or  little  farm.  We  started  in  proper  order,  there- 
fore, as  our  practice  is:  first,  the  parson,  Joshiah 
Bow  den,  wearing  his  gown  and  cassock,  with  the 
parish  Bible  in  his  hand,  and  a  sickle  strapped  be- 
hind him.  As  he  strode  along  well  and  stoutly, 
being  a  man  of  substance,  all  our  family  came  next. 
1  leading  mother  with  one  hand,  in  the  other  bear- 
ing nn  father's  hook,  and  with  a  loaf  of  our  own 
bread  and  a  keg  of  cider  upon  my  kick.  Beside  us 
(sisters)  Annie  and  Lizzie  walked,  wearing  wreaths 


of  corn-flowers,  set  out  very  prettily,  such  as 
mother  would  have  worn  if  she  had  been  a  farmer's 
wife,  instead  of  a  farmer's  widow.  Being  as  she 
was,  she  had  no  adornment,  except  that  her  widow's 
hood  was  off,  and  her  hair  allowed  to  flow  as  if  she 
had  been  a  maiden ;  and  very  rich  bright  hair  it  was, 
in  spite  of  all  her  troubles. 

After  us  the  maidens  came,  milk-maids  and  the 

rest  of  them There  must  have  been  three 

score  of  us,  take  one  with  another ;  and  the  lane  was 
full  of  people.  When  we  were  come  to  the  big  field- 
gate,  where  the  first  sickle  was  to  be,  Parson 
Bowden  heaved  up  the  rail  with  the  sleeve  of  his 
gown  done  green  with  it;  and  he  said,  that  every- 
body might  hear  him,  though  his  breath  was  short, 
"In  the  name  of  the  Lord,  Amen !" 

"Amen!  So  be  it!"  cried  the  clerk  who  was  far 
behind,  being  only  a  shoemaker. 

Then  Parson  Bowden  read  some  verses  from  the 
parish  Bible,  telling  us  to  lift  up  our  eyes,  and  look 
upon  the  fields  already  white  to  harvest ;  and  then 
he  laid  the  Bible  down  on  the  square  head  of  the 
gate-post,  and,  despite  his  gown  and  cassock,  three 
good  swipes  he  cut  of  corn,  and  laid  them  right  end 
onwards.  Alt  this  time  the  rest  were  huddling  out- 
side the  gate  and  along  the  lane,  not  daring  to 
interfere  with  parson,  but  whispering  how  well  he 
did  it. 

When  he  had  stowed  the  corn  like  that,  mother 
entered,  leaning  on  me,  and  we  both  said,  "thank 
the  Lord  for  all  his  mercies,  and  these  the  first 
fruits  of  his  hand !"  And  then  the  clerk  gave  out 
a  psalm  verse  by  verse,  done  very  well ;  although  he 
sneezed  in  the  midst  of  it,  from  a  beard  of  wheat 
thrust  up  his  nose  by  the  rival  cobbler  of  Brendon. 
And  when  the  psalm  was  sung,  so  strongly  that  the 
foxgloves  on  the  bank  were  shaking,  like  a  chime 
of  bells,  at  it,  parson  took  a  stoop  of  cider,  and  we 
all  fell  to  at  reaping. 

*  *  *  *  * 

Whish,  the  wheat  falls !  whirl  again ;  ye  have  had 
good  dinners !  give  your  master  and  mistress  plenty 
to  supply  another  year.  And  in  truth  we  did  reap 
well  and  fairly  through  the  whole  of  that  afternoon, 
I  not  only  keeping  lead,  but  keeping  the  men  up  to 
it.  We  got  through  a  matter  of  ten  acres  ere  the 
sun  between  the  shocks  broke  his  light  on  wheaten 
Illumes,  then  hung  his  red  clock  on  the  clouds,  and 
fell  into  gray  slumber. 

Seeing  this,  we  wiped  our  sickles  and  our  breasts 
and    foreheads,    and    soon    were    on  the  homeward 

road,   looking  forward  to  good   supper to 

harvest-song  and  festivity. — R.  D.  Blackmore  in 
"Lorna  Doon." 


I  have  been  much  pleased  with  the  supplementary 
art  pictures  and  the  description  of  the  same,  and 
have  enjoyed  the  articles  by  Dr.  Bailev. — R.  I!.  M. 
Port  Elgin,  X.  B. 


The  Review  improves  with  every  number.  1  wish 
it  renewed  success. — ( ',.  M. 


102 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  Bunco-Bird. 


They  tell  the  Spectator  that  the  last  of  the  south- 
bound birdlings  has  by  this  time  taken  wing— news 
at  which  he  is  unfeignedly  glad.  Now  perhaps  he 
may  be  able  to  turn  off  a  little  work.  Since  the  last 
of  August,  when  they  began  to  pack  their  grips  and 
consult  time-tables,  they  have  kept  him  in  a 
state  of  perpetual  unrest.  Two  fine  old  apple-trees 
beside  his  window  have  been  full  all  day  ofi  restless 
little  bunches  of  feathers,  stopping  over  to  break  the 
journey  from  the  far  North.  Every  time  he  has 
taken  up  his  pen  some  unfamiliar  "tsip"  or  "cheep" 
from  without  has  made  him  drop  it  and  seize  a  spy- 
glass and  a  bird  book.  From  this  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  Spectator  has  fallen  prey  to  the  devastating 
epidemic  of  ornithitis. 

It  was  not  always  thus.  The  Spectator  well  re- 
members when  all  birds  looked  alike  to  him;  when 
you  couid  cheat  him  with  the  alarm-note  of  a  robin ; 
when  the  song-sparrow  passed  with  him  for  a  dozen 
kinds  of  bird.  In  those  good  old  days  he  could 
write  in  the  midst  of  a  musical  festival.  Nothing  in 
feathers  had  power  to  train  him  from  his  work, 
charm  it  never  so  wisely.  But  last  summer,  in  New 
Brunswick — a  place  much  favored  for  summer  resi- 
dence by  the  more  fastidious  sort  of  bird — he  fell 
into  the  clutches  of  a  confirmed  ornithomaniac,  who 
never  let  him  go  until  she  had  made  him  as  mad  as 
herself. 

She  did  not  accomplish  it  all  at  once.  It  was 
weeks  before  the  Spectator  could  be  got  to  forget 
his  dinner,  whereas  the  lady  his  instructor  ignored 
hers  altogether  when  there  were  strange  birds  about. 
She  would  sit  petrified  under  a  tree  for  hours  to- 
gether, she  would  stand  rooted  in  a  bog,  she  would 
prowl  through  leagues  of  dank  and  tangled  under- 
brush, she  would  plant  herself  in  the  path  of  an 
oncoming  train — and  all  for  the  sake  of  scraping 
acquaintance  with  some  shy  songster  as  big  as  your 
two  thumbs.  Mosquitoes,  cows,  home,  husband, 
country — all  these  were  as  nothing  to  her  when 
once  her  eye  had  caught  the  flirt  of  unfamiliar 
feathers,  or  her  ear  the  lilt  of  a  new  song.  At  such 
times  it  was  as  idle  to  talk  to  her  as  to  try  to  gossip 
with  the  Sphinx.  It  is  the  Spectator's  fixed  con- 
viction that  had  a  ruffian  menaced  her  with  a  gun 
while  she  was  in  the  trance  of  bird-stalking,  she 
would  merely  have  raised  that  delicate  hand  of  hers 
in  an  admonitory  "S-s-sh  !" 

Now,  the  Spectator  took  his  birds  more  philoso- 
phically— that  is.  at  first — encouraged  thereto  by  the 
ornithomaniac  herself.  That  artful  woman  led  him 
to    believe    that    the    life    of    a    birdist  was  one  of 


appreciative  otiosity.  She  installed  him  in  a  ham- 
mock in  the  sun-flecked  shade  of  a  clump  of  silver 
birches  and  coaxed  him  into  watching  the  birds 
that  skipped  about  among  the  branches  over  his 
head.  She  taught  him  the  simplest  of  the  songs 
which  rang  out  continually  from  a  little  grove  not  a 
hundred  yards  away.  And  the  Spectator  liked  it. 
He  liked  to  watch  a  fiery  redstart  fidgeting  through 
the  leafage,  dropping  from  twig  to  twig  in  his 
pitiless  pursuit  of  fat  worms.  It  pleased  him  to 
think  how  much  easier  dinner  came  to  him  than -to 
this  gorgeous  black-and-orange  "candelita."  He 
had  no  objection  to  listening  to  the  white-throated 
sparrow  calling  eternally,  "Poor — Tom — Peabody, 
Peabody,  Peabody !"  or  the  red-eyed  vireo  re- 
petitiously  preaching,  or  the  hermit  thrush  whistling 
clearly  from  the  dusk  of  the  grove.  It  was 
sociable  and  didn't  interfere  with  cat-naps  of  the 
most  satisfactory  variety.  But  his  instructor  did 
not  long  indulge  him  in  this  sort  of  luxurious  idling. 
When  the  Spectator  had  listened  to  bird  songs  until 
he  could  not  hear  a  twitter  without  a  spasm  of 
curiosity,  she  tightened  her  toils.  Bringing  a  low 
chair,  she  came  to  keep  the  Spectator  company  in 
his  bird  vigils  under  the  birches,  and  boasted 
shamelessly  of  her  own  sharpness  of  eye,  prating  of 
"crowns"  and  "rumps"  and  "median  stripes"  and 
"wing  coverts"  and  other  things  the  Spectator  had 
not  known  appertained  to  birds,  until  he  grew 
jealous  for  his  own  powers  of  observation.  In  self- 
defense  he  began  to  strain  his  eyes  to  recognize  the  • 
redstart's  silent,  olive-tinted  little  dud  of  a  wife. 
He  vexed  his  soul  to  make  out  the  distinguishing 
marks  of  Madame  Tom  Peabody  and  Mrs. 
Preacher-bird.  Before  he  knew  it  he  was  the  hope- 
less slave  of  the  spy-glass. 

Then,  indeed,  was  his  subjugation  complete.  The 
ornithomaniac  at  once  began  her  serious  education- 
al campaign.  Routing  the  Spectator  out  of  his 
comfortable  hammock,  she  led  him  afield  in  the 
broiling  sun.  It  was  then  that  the  Spectator  met  his 
arch-enemy,  the  junco-bird.  "The  junco  is  so  easy," 
said  his  teacher,  "and  I  can  show  you  the  nest. 
They're  a  trifle  shy  now,  but  when  the  young  birds 
are  out  of  the  nest  they'll  hop  about  our  very  door- 
step." So  she  led  the  way  to  a  meadow,  deep  in 
daisies,  which  served  her  in  lieu  of  a  front  lawn, 
and  bore  down  cautiously  upon  a  colony  of  little 
white  spruces.  When  she  was  within  six  feet  of  the 
trees,  there  came  a  sudden  whir  of  wings,  and  the 
Spectator  caught  a  flash  of  white  lightning.  "There 
goes  the  mother  bird !"  cried  the  bird-fancier  in  a 
satisfied  tone.  "You  got  a  splendid  view  of  her. 
You'll  know  her  again  by  the  white  tail-feathers!" 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


10it 


Then  she  made  the  Spectator  kowtow  while  she 
lifted  the  lowest  branch  of  the  spruce  and  gave  him 
a  dim  glimpse  of  five  whitish  ovals  in  a  grassy  nest 
underneath.  Then,  having  made  him  acquainted 
with  the  alpha  and  omega  of  the  junco,  she  took 
him  for  a  walk. 

They  had  not  gone  far  when  the  Spectator  spied 
a  bird  all  by  himself,  a  blackish  bird  with  a  pink 
bill.  He  referred  it  to  the  lady.  "Why,  that,"  she 
cried,  "is  a  junco!  Didn't  you  see  the  white  tail- 
feathers  ?"  "No,"  said  the  Spectator,  a  trifle  abashed. 
"I  think  he  was  sitting  on  his  tail.  But  I'll  know 
him  the  next  time."  And  they  went  on.  The 
ornithomaniac  kept  stopping  in  the  lovely  woodland 
road  to  listen  for  invisible  birdlings,  and  the  Spec- 
tator found  himself  far  ahead.  He  stood  waiting, 
drinking  in  the  fresh  beauty  of  the  wood — for  New 
Brunswick  in  late  June  is  like  New  England  in  May 
— when  a  queer  kind  of  trilling  began  in  a  tree  close 
at  hand.  Some  bird — Demosthenes,  it  seemed — 
was  trying  to  sing  with  his  mouth  full  of  pebbles. 
The  Spectator  stood  like  a  statute  and  raked  with 
his  eyes  every  tree  in  sight.  And  he  was  rewarded. 
Not  only  did  his  eye  light  on  the  singer,  but  the  bird 
considerately  sat  still  until  he  had  time  to  mark  its 
every  detail  of  dress.  When  the  bird  flew,  he 
dashed  back  to  the  authority  in  the  road  behind 
him.  "I've  found  a  bird,"  cried  he,  thereby  putting 
to  route  a  black-throated  green  warbler  the  bird-lady 
was  studying;  "I've  found  a  bird,  and  I  looked  at 
her  very  carefully.  She  had  a  white  front  and  a 
deep  black  yoke."  The  lady  interrupted  with  a  far- 
away look  in  her  eyes.  "It  was  a  junco,"  she  said. 
The  Spectator  used  the  most  powerful  language  he 
allows  himself.  "Behold !"  cried  he,  "all  juncos  are 
impostors,  and  all  birds  are  juncos !  No  more  will 
I  call  him  junco — the  name  of  that  bird  is  the 
Bunco-bird  from  this  time  forth,  and  even  for  ever 
more !" 

To  comfort  him  the  bird-fancier  took  him 
strawberrying  on  the  top  of  a  tall  hill.  But  even 
here  there  was  a  little  clump  of  conifers,  and  she 
thought  she  heard  a  chickadee  discoursing  among 
the  highest  branches.  The  question  was,  Is  the 
bird  a  Hudsonian  chickadee,  or  just  a  chickadee? 
and  the  fate  of  the  nations  appeared  to  depend  upon 
the  answer.  The  Spectator  was  set  down  on  a  pile 
of  prickly  twigs,  with  instructions  not  to  move  an 
eye-winker.  He  stood  it  awhile.  But  when  his 
nose  tickled  and  he  wasn't  allowed  to  scratch  it, 
he  rebelled  and  made  a  break  for  the  open.  Here 
he  found  strawberries,  plump  and  luscious,  half 
buried  in  little  green  mounds  of  moss.  He  made 
him  a  cornucopia  out   of  a  newspaper,   and   had 


picked  a  generous  cupful  of  berries  when  he  was 
startled  by  a  guttural  hiss  from  the  ground  beside 
him.  He  looked  down,  and  there  at  his  very  heels 
was  an  awesome  fowl  of  some  sort,  all  mouth  and 
rumpled  mottled  grayish  feathers,  hissing  at  him 
as  viciously  as  an  angered  snake.  The  Spectator 
was  surprised.  He  got  up  so  hastily  that  he 
spilled  his  berries  and  took  a  step  or  two  in  flight. 
Then  it  occurred  to  him  that  he  might,  like  Falstaff, 
overestimate  the  strength  of  the  foe,  and  he  turned 
back  to  investigate.  The  bird,  he  then  saw,  was 
making  the  very  most  of  itself,  ruffling  its  feathers 
and  drooping  its  wings  like  a  belligerent  sparrow. 
He  guessed  that  a  tape-line  would  show  it  to  be  not 
much  longer  than  a  robin,  though  with  a  much 
greater  spread  of  wing.  He  thought  he  could  cope 
with  a  thing  like  that,  and  determined  to  subject  it 
to  careful  observation. 

"Is  it,"  he  asked  himself  seriously,  "by  any 
chance  a  Bunco-bird?"  He  considered  its  mottled 
plumage  and  answered  firmly,  "No!"  The  bird  by 
this  time  was  trying  to  make  off,  hobbling  and 
fluttering  as  if  it  had  a  broken  wing.  In  the  interest 
of  science  the  Spectator  followed.  The  unlucky 
bird  stumbled  and  blundered  painfully  over  the 
hillocky  ground,  but  managed  to  keep  just  out  of 
reach  of  the  Spectator's  wishful  fingers.  In  this 
way  it  worked  its  way  a  dozen  yards  or  so,  when, 
without  the  slightest  warning,  it  sailed  leagues  high 
into  the  air.  And,  lo !  it  was  unmistakably  a  night- 
hawk!  And  no  more  an  injured  night-hawk  than  the 
Spectator  was  a  gratified  man.  Then  from  a  dizzy 
height  it  swooped  down  and  just  skimmed  the  top 
of  the  Spectator's  head.  A  second  later  it  was 
joined  by  two  others  of  its  noxious  kind,  and  the 
three  began  to  amuse  themselves  by  seeing  how 
near  they  could  fly  to  the  Spectator  without  putting 
out  his  eyes.  The  Spectator  put  his  manhood  in  his 
pocket  and  fled  for  the  protecting  shade  of  the 
wood.  Here  he  found  his  preceptor  and  retailed  his 
woes.  "Pshaw!"  she  cried,  in  obvious  vexation. 
"You  missed  the  chance  of  your  life.  You  must 
have  been  within  a  few  feet  of  the  young.  That  old 
hen  fluttered  off  to  decoy  you  away.  You've  been 
egregiously  taken  in."  So  it  was  a  Bunco-bird  after 
all !— "Spectator,"  in  N.  Y.  Outlook. 


i.  Model  and  draw  a  horse's  hoof.  2.  Model 
and  draw  a  cow's  hoof.  3.  Model  and  draw  a  cow's 
horn.  4.  Model,  draw,  sew  various  kinds  of  fishes. 
5.  Press,  draw,  sew  ferns.  6.  Paint,  model,  sew  a 
frog.  7.  Draw  fishing  hook.  8.  Draw,  model,  sew 
straw  hat.  9.  Model,  draw,  sew  turtle.  10.  Draw 
bees.  11.  Draw  and  sew  beehive  and  bees.  12. 
Model  and  draw  cocoons.  13.  Model,  draw,  and 
sew  butterflies.     14.  Draw  and  paint  mayflowers. 


104 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


A  Contented  Teacher. 

Every  college  professor  in  writing  his  confessions 
seems  to  be  giving  an  Apologia  pro  vita  sua.  His 
loudest  complaint  is  about  the  salary.  Small  as 
mine  is  I  sometimes  think  it  is  as  large  as  it  would 
be  if  I  had  gone  into  some  other  occupation ;  but,  as 
I  said  before,  I  am  so  commonplace  that  my  example 
has  no  bearing  whatever  on  the  argument  for  higher 
salaries  for  college  men.  In  one  of  the  most  recent 
publications  giving  the  woes  of  the  professor  there 
is  a  lamentation  to  the  effect  that  his  house  is  plain- 
ly furnished  without  even  the  luxury  of  an  oriental 
rug,  and  that  one  of  the  pleasures  of  his  family  life 
is  the  annual  ride  out  into  the  country.  This  is 
pathetic,  especially  as  for  many  years  his  regular 
salary  has  been  $2000  a  year.  Nor  does  he  live  in 
a  large  city.  I  must  have  a  genius  of  a  home-maker, 
for  with  a  salary  that  averages  less  than  his  we  can 
go  driving  into  the  country  many  times  a  year  and 
we  have  the  luxury  of  walking  over  several  antique 
oriental  rugs.  For  ten  years  I  have  been  carrying 
ten  thousand  dollars  of  endowment  insurance,  which 
will  mature  when  I  am  about  fifty  years  old.  And 
during  each  summer  we  can  spend  part  of  the  va- 
cation on  a  farm,  paying  our  board,  too,  and  some 
years  we  go  even  to  the  seashore.  Without  going 
into  detail,  I  may  be  believed,  I  hope,  in  saying  that 
our  social  life  is  not  one  of  parsimonious  barrenness. 
— From  the  September  Atlantic. 


I  get  three  good  results  from  this  plan.  It  is  a 
relief  to  the  teacher,  it  helps  in  prompt  attendance, 
and  it  is  good  practice  for  the  performers  them- 
selves.— Popular  Educator. 


Opening  Exercises. 

Every  teacher,  I  suppose,  has  some  trouble  in  find- 
ing material  for  the  opening  exercises  and  in  mak- 
ing such  exercises  interesting  to  all. 

In  my  school  the  songs  we  all  knew  grew  tire- 
some, stories  lost  their  charm,  and  quotations 
dragged,  so  I  decided  to  put  the  opening  exercises 
into  the  pupils'  hands  and  see  if  they  could  awaken 
new  interest. 

Nearly  all  of  my  older  pupils  knew  songs,  reci- 
tations, or  dialogues  which  were  new  to  the  rest  of 
the  school,  and  the  plan  worked  charmingly. 

Helen  recites  unusually  well,  and  1  had  but  to  an- 
nounce that  Helen  would  open  school  with  a  reci- 
tation on  a  certain  morning  to  insure  prompt  at- 
tendance and  the  best  of  attention  on  that  morning. 
It  was  the  same  in  the  case  of  Ella,  who  sings 
prettily.  Even  a  little  first  grader  sang  such  a 
pretty  song  that  every  child  showed  his  pleasure 
and  appreciation ;  but  the  dialogue  given  by  two 
boys  (Which  they  had  learned  for  an  outside 
entertainment),  was  a  surprise  and  delight  even  to 
mvself. 


Origin  of  a  Famous  Hymn. 

A  pathetic  and  yet  charming  story  is  told  of  the 
origin  of  the  well-known  hymn,  "Blest  Be  the  Tie 
That  Binds,"  which  was  written  by  Rev.  John  Faw- 
cett,  an  English  Baptist,  who  died  in  18 17,  having 
spent  nearly  sixty  years  in  the  ministry.  It  was  in 
1772,  after  a  few  years  spent  in  pastoral  work,  that 
he  was  called  to  London  to  succeed  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Gill.  His  farewell  sermon  had  been  preached  near 
Moinsgate,  in  Yorkshire.  Six  or  seven  wagons 
stood  loaded  with  his  furniture  and  books,  and  all 
was  ready  for  departure. 

But  his  loving  people  were  heart-broken.  Men, 
women  and  children  gathered  and  clung  about  him 
and  his  family  with  sad  and  tearful  faces.  Finally, 
overwhelmed  with  the  sorrow  of  those  they  were 
leaving,  Dr.  Fawcett  and  his  wife  sat  down  on  one 
of  the  packing  cases  and  gave  way  to  grief. 

"Oh,  John,"  cried  Mrs.  Fawcett  at  last,  "I  can- 
not bear  this !  I  know  not  how  to  go." 

"Nor  I  either,"  returned  her  husband,  "and  we 
will  not  go.  The  wagons  shall  be  unloaded  and 
everything  put  in  its  old  place." 

His  people  were  filled  with  intense  joy  and  grati- 
tude at  this  determination.  Dr.  Fawcett  at  once 
sent  a  letter  to  London  explaining  the  case  and  then 
resolute'y  returned  to  his  work  on  a  salary  of  less 
than  $200  a  year.  This  hymn  was  written  by  Df. 
Fawcett  to  commemorate  the  event. 


The  Fruit  Tree. 

'I  he  Tree's  early  leaf-buds  were  bursting  their  brown ; 
"  Shall  I  take  them  away  ?  "  said  the  Frost,  stealing  down. 
"  No,  leave  them  alone, 
Till  the  blossoms  have  grown," 
Prayed  the  Tree,  while  he  trembled  from  rootlet  to  crown. 

The   xree  bore  his  blossoms,  and  all  the  birds  sung: 
"Shall   1   take  them  away?"  said  the  Wind  as  he  swung. 
"  No,  leave  them  alone, 
Till  the  berries  have  grown." 
Said  the  Tree,  while  his  leaflets  all  quivering  hung. 

The  Tree  bore  his  fruit  in  the  midsummer  glow, 
Sa:'d   the   little   girl,   "1    may  pluck  your   bright   berries,   I 
know  ?  " 
"  Yes  ;  growing  is  done  ; 
Therefore  for  you  every  one," 
Said  the  Tree,  while  he  Ix'nt  down  his  laden  Imughs  low. 

— Bjornstcrne  Bjornson. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW- 


105 


For  the  Very  Little  Ones. 

Dolly's  Lesson. 

Come   here,   you  nigoramus? 

I'm  'shamed  to  have  to  'fess 
You  don't  know  any  letter, 

'Cept  just  your  cookie  S. 

Now,  listen,  and  I'll  tell  you — 

This  round  hole's  name  is  O, 
And  when  you  put  a  tail  in, 

It  makes  a  Q,  you  know. 

And  if  it  has  a  front  door 

To  walk  in  at  it's  C, 
Then  make  a  seat  right  here 

To  sit  on,  and  it's  G. 

And  this  tall  letter,  dolly, 

Is  I,  and  stands  for  me. 
And  when  it  puts  a  hat  on, 

It  makes  a  cup  o'  T. 

And  curly  I  is  J,  dear, 

And  half  of  B  is  P, 
And  E,  without  his  slippers  on, 

Is  only  F,  you  see ! 

You  turn  A  upside  downwards, 

And  people  call  it  V ; 
And  if  it's  Twins,  like  this  one, 

W  'twill  be. 

Now,  dolly,  when  you  learn  'em, 
You'll   know  a  great  big  heap — 

Most  much  as  I — O  dolly! 
I  believe  you've  gone  asleep ! 

— The  Youth's  Companion. 


Suppose. 


Suppose,  my  little  lady, 

Your  doll  should  break  her  bead, 
Could  you  make  it  whole  by  crying. 

Till  your  eyes  and  nose  arc  red  ? 
And  wouldn't  it  be  pleasanter 

To  treat  it  as  a  joke. 
And  say  you're  glad,  "  'Twas  Dolly's 

Anil   not  your  head   that  broke''' 

Suppose  you  dressed  for  walking, 

And  the  rain  comes  pouring  down, 
Will  it  clear  off  any  sooner 

Because  you  scold  and  frown? 
And  wouldn't  it  be  nicer 

For  you  to  smile  than  pout, 
And  to  make  sunshine  in  the  house 

When  there  is  none  without  ? 

Suppose  your  task,  my  little  man, 

Is  very  hard  to  get, 
Will  it  make  it  any  easier 

For  you  to  sit  and  fret  ? 
And  wouldn't  it  be  wiser, 

Than  waiting  like  a  dunce, 
To  go  to  work  in  earnest. 

And  learn  the  thing  at  once? 


Hickory,   Dickory,   Dock. 

Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock, 
Tis  nearly  nine  o'clock, 

And  ringing  clear, 

The  bell  we  hear, 
Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock. 

Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock, 
"lis  striking  nine  o'clock; 

Obey  the  rule, 

Haste  into  school, 
Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock. 

Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock, 
'Tis  just  past  nine  o'clock; 

Our  prayers  arc  done, 

Work  is  begun. 
Hickory,  Dickory,  Dock. 


-Teachers'  Magazine. 


The  Water  Drops. 

Some  little  drops  of  water, 

Whose  home  was  in  the  sea, 
To  go  upon  a  journey 

Once  happened  to  agree. 

A   cloud  they  had  for  carriage, 

They  drove  a  playful  breeze, 
And  over  town  and  country 

They  rode  along  at  ease. 

But.  oh.  they  were  so  many, 

At  last  the  carriage  broke. 
And  to  the  ground  came  tumbling 

These  frightened  little  folk. 

And  through  the  moss  and  grasses 

They  were  compelled  to  roam, 
Until  a  brooklet  found  them, 

And  carried  them  all  home. 

— Philadelphia  Teacher. 


What  the  Wind  Brings. 

"Which  is  the  wind  that  brings  the  cold?" 

"  The  North-wind,  Freddy — and  all  the  snow ; 
And  the  sheep  will  scamper  into  the  fold. 
When  the   NTorth  begins  to  blow." 

"Which  is  the  wind  that  brings  the  heat?" 

"Tin'    South-wind.   Katy :    and   corn   will   grow. 
And  peaches   redden,   for  you   to  cat. 
When  the  South  wind  begins  to  blow." 

"Which  is  the  wind  that  brings  therain?" 
"I'll'  East-wind,  Arty;    and  farmers  know 

That  cows  come  shivering  up  the  lane. 
When  the  East  wind  begins  to  blow." 

"Which  is  the  wind  that  brings  the  flowers?" 
"The  West-wind,  Bessy;    and  soft  and  low 
The  birdies  sing  in  the  summer  hours. 
iej  When  the  West   wind  Ix-gins  to  blow." 

— Edmund  Clarancc  Stedmait. 


106 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


N.  S.  Educational  Association. 

On  Tuesday  morning,  September  25,  the  large 
assembly  hall  of  the  Halifax  County  Academy  was 
packed  with  teachers,  when  Dr.  Mackay,  Superin- 
tendent of  Education  for  Nova  Scotia,  arose  to  give 
his  address  on  Our  Present  High  School  Problem. 
Jn  his  opening  remarks,  Dr.  Mackay  referred  to 
the  generosity  of  the  provincial  government  in  pro- 
viding annuities  for  teachers,  and  also  referred  to 
another  parliamentary  measure  by  which  an  ad- 
visory board  to  confer  with  the  superintendent  on 
educational  matters  was  to  be  appointed;  and 
announced  that  two  of  the  members  of  the  board 
were  to  be  chosen  bv  the  teachers  from  among 
themselves  before  the' close  of  the  present  conven- 
tion. 

He  then  gave  a  short  history  of  our  present  course 
of  study  for  high  schools  and  academies,  and  spoke 
of  the  radical  changes  that  the  committee  appointed 
last  year  to  consider  the  relation  between  the  high 
schools  and  the  colleges  would  make  in  it,  as  out- 
lined in  their  preliminary  report  published  some 
months  ago.  He  thought  their  suggestion  to 
lengthen  the  course  one  year,  and  require  all  candi- 
dates for  first-class  license  to  complete  it,  if  acted 
upon,  might  work  injury  to  the  schools  by  deterring 
capable  young  persons  from  entering  or  pressing 
forward  in  the  profession.  Many  of  our  teachers, 
especially  those  of  limited  means,  had  to  make  great 
sacrifices  to  complete  three  years  of  high  school 
work,  and  then  attend  the  Normal  School  a  year  in 
order  that  they  might  obtain  a  first-class  license. 
If  they  had  been  compelled  to  spend  still  another 
year  in  high  school,  they  simply  would  not  have 
done  it;  they  either  would  not  have  entered  the 
profession,  or  would  have  been  content  with  a  lower 
grade  of  license. 

The  demand  for  teachers  is  greater  than  the 
supply  with  the  course  of  study  as  it  is.  A  large 
number  of  permissive  licenses  had  to  be  issued  this 
\  ear  to  persons  who  had  not  been  able  to  fulfil  th : 
present  requirements,  and  still  there  are  schools 
without  teachers,  because  none  could  be  got.  If 
the  conditions  on  which  licenses  are  issued  are  made 
more  stringent,  in  all  probability  there  will  be  a 
still  greater  scarcity  of  teachers. 

The  suggestion  that  persons  applying  for  a  first- 
class  license  be  compelled  to  pass  an  examination 
on  Latin,  would,  if  carried  out,  have  a  like  tendency 
to  reduce  the  number  of  teachers.  In  his  opinion, 
too,  a  knowledge  of  Latin  was  not  the  best  equip- 
ment that  a  teacher  could  have.  A  person  who 
had  given  the  same  time  to  the  study  of  English  or 
the  natural  sciences  was.  other  things  being  equal, 
hotter  prepared  to  teach  his  pupils  to  make  the  best 
use  of  their  opportunities  than  the  one  who  had 
given  his  hours  to  Caesar.  That  this  was  the  opinion 
of  the  most  advanced  school  authorities  of  the  day 
he  tried  to  prove  by  an  examination  of  the  course 
of  study  in  secondary  schools  in  Prussia,  England, 
United  States  and  Ontario. 


For  several  weeks  previous  to  the  meeting  of  the 
Association  a  heated  discussion  had  been  carried  on 
in  the  Halifax  papers  between  Prof.  Howard  Mur- 
ray, secretary  of  the  committee  appointed  to  con- 
sider the  relation  between  the  high  schools  and  the 
colleges,  and  Supervisor  McKay,  as  to  the  wisdom 
of  compelling  candidates  for  first-class  licenses  to 
pass  an  examination  in  Latin.  So  much  feeling  was 
aroused  among  those  interested  in  the  matter  that 
this  became  the  dominant  question  of  the  conven- 
tion. All  were  on  the  tip-toe  of  expectation  as  the 
time  drew  near  to  vote  on  the  adoption  of  the  re- 
port, as  it  was  uncertain  whether  there  was  a 
majority  in  favor  of  it  or  not.  Before  the  vote  was 
taken,  however,  the  motion  to  adopt  the  report  was 
withdrawn,  and  in  its  stead  what  was  called  a 
"  compromise  "  course,  in  which  Latin  was  made 
an  optional  subject  for  candidates  for  1st,  2nd  and 
3rd  class  licenses,  was  put  forward.  This  passed 
with  but  little  opposition,  and  a  committee  of  six- 
teen was  appointed  to  prepare  a  detailed  programme 
for  all  the  grades  of  both  the  common  and  high 
schools. 

The  public  meeting.  Wednesday  evening,  was 
held  in  the  spacious  hall  of  the  School  for  the  Blind, 
and  as  no  time  was  given  to  business,  it  was  pro- 
bably more  enjoyed  than  any  meeting  of  the  conven- 
tion. Lieutenant-Governor  Fraser,  in  an  eloquent 
speech,  urged  that  the  three  I's — Industry,  Intelli- 
gence and  Integrity — be  given  a  prominent  place 
alongside  of  the  three  R's.  Dr.  McCarthy,  Arch- 
bishop of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  expressed 
his  belief  that  the  day  would  come  when  all  civil- 
ized people  would  agree  as  to  what  should  be  the 
scope  of  education,  and  likewise  of  religion.  Edu- 
cation would  doubtless  take  into  consideration  the 
child's  physical,  mental  and  moral  natures.  With- 
out health,  man  is  miserable ;  without  intellect,  he 
is  helpless ;   without  morals,  he  is  dangerous. 

Professor  Magill,  Justice  Longley,  Senator 
Poirier  and  Inspector  Cowley,  of  Ontario,  also 
addressed  the  meeting. 

Other  addresses  were  given  by  Professor  F.  H. 
Sykes,  of  Columbia  University,  N.  Y. ;  Professor 
Sexton,  of  Dalhousie  University,  and  by  Professor 
MacKenzie.  Dr.  Woodbury  and  Dr.  Johnson  spoke 
of  the  needs  of  dental  inspection  of  the  pupils  in 
our  schools.  Time  did  not  permit  hearing  the  paper 
of  Professor  Woodman  on  physical  geography  and 
of  Miss  A.  Maclean  on  art,  but  these  will  be  pub- 
lished in  the  proceedings. 

A  resolution  was  passed  requesting  the  govern- 
ment to  make  the  agreement  between  teachers  and 
trustees  binding  for  more  than  one  term,  or  until 
three  months  after  notice  was  given  by  either  party 
to  the  other  that  a  change  was  desired. 

Principals  B.  MacKettrick.  of  Lunenburg,  and 
E.  J.  Lay.  of  Amherst,  were  elected  members  of  rhe 
advisory  board. 

I  have  found  the  Review  a  great  help  in  the  past 
seven  vears. — G.  K.  M. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


107 


A  Little  Girl's  Bright  Story, 

A  girl  seven  years  old  has  originated  the  follow- 
ing guessing  story : 

"Can  you  guess  what  I  am  ? 
I  have  two  eyes. 
Yet  I  am  not  a  boy. 
I  am  round,  and  am  not  a  ball. 
Some  of  my  brothers  have  three  and  some  have 
four  eyes,  and  yet  we  have  no  heads. 
We  are  carried,  for  we  have  no  legs. 
I  am  missed  when  lost. 
Can  you  guess  what  I  am?" 
(A  button.) 

— C.  W .  Rundus. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 


At  the  instance  of  the  imperial  government,  an 
international  commission  has  been  called  to  meet  in 
London  during  this  month,  to  consider  the  subject 
of  electrical  units,  with  a  view  to  securing  uniform- 
ity. 

The  little  Norwegian  ship  Gjoa  has  reached 
Bering  Strait  thus  completing  the  northwestern 
passage.  The  Gjoa  left  Norway  in  1903 ;  and,  hav- 
ing passed  through  channels  where  a  large  vessel 
could  not  follow,  went  into  winter  quarters  last  year 
at  the  mouth  of  Mackenzie  River.  She  has  now 
reached  the  Pacific,  and  is  the  first  ship  that  has 
made  the  passage.  Her  commander,  Captain 
Amundsen,  believes  that  he  has  discovered  the  true 
magnetic  pole. 

Five  thousand  persons  perished  in  a  recent 
typhoon  at  Hong  Kong,  and  an  entire  fleet  of  six 
hundred  fishing  vessels  destroyed.  The  Chinese 
residents  of  San  Francisco  have  sent  ten  thousand 
dollars  for  the  relief  of  sufferers. 

In  view  of  the  possible  early  construction  of  a 
line  of  railway  to  Fort  Churchill,  on  Hudson  Bay, 
the  government  has  reserved  land  on  both  sides  of 
the  Churchill  River,  for  ten  miles  from  its  mouth. 

The  Trent  Valley  canal  it  to  be  pushed  through 
at  once  from  Georgian  Bay  to  Lake  Ontario.  It 
will  probably  be  finished  in  1908. 

A  British  inventor  has  patented  an  uninflammable 
celluloid. 

The  Japanese  residents  in  Hawaii  complain  of  ill 
treatment  by  Americans,  and  have  asked  their  home 
government  for  the  protection  of  Japanese  war 
vessels. 

It  is  stated  that  sixty  thousand  elephants  are  an- 
nually slaughtered  in  Africa  for  the  sake  of  the 
ivory. 

The  boundary  line  between  Canada  and  the 
United  States  is  3,000  miles  long — 1,600  miles  land, 
1,400  miles  water. 

British  Columbia,  Canada's  largest  province,  is 
equal  to  twenty-four  Switzerlands. 


A  German  inventor  claims  to  have  a  wireless 
electric  appliance  by  means  of  which  steam  will  be 
antomatically  shut  off  in  two  vessels  approaching 
each  other  in  a  fog. 

The  railway  commission  at  Ottawa  has  approved 
plans  for  tunnelling  Detroit  river.  Two  parallel 
tracks  will  be  laid  at  a  depth  of  sixty-five  feet  below 
the  bed  of  the  river. 

The  largest  passenger  steamship  in  the  world  is 
the  new  Cunard  steamship  Mauretania  recently 
launched  on  the  Tyne.  She  is  790  feet  long;  and 
her  complement  of  passengers  and  crew  will  be  more' 
than  3000. 

The  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  has  proved  that 
the  Canadian  route  for  English  mails  to  the  Far 
East  is  seven  days  shorter  than  the  Suez  Canal 
route ;  and  most  of  the  mail  matter  from  the  United 
Kingdom  to  Hong  Kong  and  Singapore  will  here- 
after be  sent  via  Canada. 

The  insurrection  in  Cuba  has  led  to  United  States 
intervention.  As  yet  it  is  peaceful  intervention,  and 
seems  likely  to  bring  about  peace  between  the 
warring  factions ;  but  Cuba  is  now  more  than  ever 
to  be  regarded  as  a  dependency  of  the  United  States. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  the  present  uprising,  like 
others,  was  planned  and  financed  by  interested 
persons  in  the  United  States. 

A  provisional  government  with  Mr.  Taft,  United 
States  Secretary  of  War,  as  governor,  has  assumed 
authority  in  Cuba.  No  disturbance  of  any  kind 
occurred.  The  business  interests  are  gratified 
at  the  change  of  government.  A  striking  feature 
of  the  provisional  government  is  the  fact  that  the 
Cuban  flag  has  not  been  lowered.  This  establishes 
a  precedent  in  provisional  governments  and  pro- 
tectorates. 

Every  school  in  Manitoba,  under  a  recent  govern- 
ment regulation,  must  fly  the  Union  Jack  on  every 
school  day  in  the  year,  or  forfeit  the  government 
grant.  Perhaps  there  is  no  better  way  of  national- 
izing the  children  of  foreigners,  of  whom  there  are 
so  many  in  the  west. 

A  new  Finnish  parliament  takes  the  place  of  the 
old,  in  which  the  nobles,  clergy,  burghers  and 
peasants  sat  in  separate  chambers.  The  new  parlia- 
ment will  consist  of  one  chamber  only,  and  will  hold 
its  first  session  in  February  next.  The  Emperor, 
as  Grand  Duke  of  Finland,  has  been  asked  to  open 
it  in  person.  Its  members  are  to  be  elected  by 
universal  suffrage.  This  means  more  than  the 
manhood!  suffrage  to  which  we  are  accustomed ;  for 
all  adults,  both  men  and  women,  will  have  the  right 
to  vote,  paupers  and  criminals,  of  course,  excluded. 
The  Finnish  and  Swedish  languages  may  be  used  in 
debates;  and  probably  will  be  more  freely  used  than 
is  the  French  language  in  our  Dominion  parliament, 
for  few  of  the  people  of  Finland  speak  Russian. 

Esperanto,  the  proposed  new  world  language,  is 
making  wonderful  progress.  At  a  recent  Esperanto 
congress  in  Switzerland  might  he  seen  thousands  of 


108 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


guide  to  PRACTICAL   PENMANSHIP. 


BY. 


W.  A.  McINTYRE,  B.  A.,  Principal  Winnipeg  Normal  School. 


PRICE,    20    CENTS. 


Teaches  Good  Form.— Simple,  beautiful,  possible  of  easy  and  speedy  execution. 
Teaches  Right  Movement.— One  that  enables  pupils  to  write  quickly,  legibly  and  withput  tiring, 
la  so  carefully  graded  that  every  lesson  is  a  review  of  what  precedes  it  and  a  preparation  for  what  follows. 
Gives  full  and  definite  instructions  on  all  points,  supplying  the  place  of  the  copy-book  and  saving  the  teacher 
endless  work  and  worry.  sample  Copy  mailed  post  paid  upon  Receipt  of  Price. 

TORONTO 


THE      COPP>      CLHRK      CO.,      LTD. 


people,  from  nearly  every  part  of  the  world,  con- 
versing and  debating  in  the  new  international 
tongue. 

L'Etang  is  again  coming  into  notice  as  a  possible 
winter  port.  It  was  strongly  recommended  in  an 
official  report  at  the  time  of  the  Loyalist  migration, 
as  the  best  port  for  a  stronghold  on  the  north  side 
of  the  Bay  of  Fundy ;  and  a  town  was  laid  out  there 
as  a  place  of  settlement  for  disbanded  soldiers.  But 
there  was  no  business  for  the  port,  because  there 
was  at  that  time  no  means  of  inland  communication, 
and  the  settlement  was  soon  abandoned.  The  great 
disadvantage  of  L'Etang,  in  the  want  of  a  navigable 
river,  can  now  be  overcome  by  railway  communi- 
cation ;  and  it  is  said  to  be  easier  of  access,  both  by 
railway  and  by  sea,  than  any  other  port  on  the  bay. 

It  is  the  Emperor  and  not  the  Empress  of  China 
who  has  issued  an  edict  looking  to  the  future 
establishment  of  a  constitutional  form  of  govern- 
ment for  the  Chinese  Empire. 

The  Sultan  of  Turkey  is  suffering  from  an  in- 
curably disease,  and  must  soon  die.  With  his  death 
will  come  a  critical  period  for  the  Turkish  Empire, 
so  far,  at  least,  as  respects  its  European  possessions ; 
for  there  is  no  acknowledged  successor  who  can 
unite  the  factions  that  are  now  with  difficulty  kept 
from  open  conflict. 

Fishguard,  a  port  in  the1  southwest  of  Wales,  has 
been  connected  by  railway  with  the  great  cities  of 
England,  and  will  immediately  become  an  important 
port  for  Canadian  trade,  as  it  is  nearer  than  Liver- 
pool or  Southampton.  Mail  steamers  will  probably 
make  it  their  first  port  of  call. 


Farmers  in  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia 
will  be  surprised  when  they  know  that  a  Mr.  Peter 
McKinnon.  Pipestone,  Manitoba,  threshed  out 
10,000  bushels  of  wheat,  an  average  yield  of  30 
bushels  to  the  acre, — one  tract  alone,  165  'acres,  went 
38  bushels  of  the  very  best  No.  1  hard  wheat.  We 
cannot  grow  wheat  like  this,  but  at  the  present 
prices  for  butter  and  cheese  there  is  no  reason  why 
these    provinces    should    not    raise    ten    times    the 


quantity   of  butter  and  cheese  that   we  have  been 
raising  for  the  last  five  years. 

The  Dominion  Manufacturers'  Association  meets 
at  Winnipeg  this  week.  Among  the  important 
questions  discussed  is  that  of  technical  education. 
We  are  informed  that  the  Association  intends  to  ask 
the  Government  to  appoint  a  commission  whose  duty 
it  will  be  to  visit  Europe  to  ascertain  all  the  latest 
methods  of  technical  training.  The  feeling  is 
gradually  growing  throughout  Canada  that  the 
Central  Government  should  assist  the  different 
provinces  in  providing  technical  instruction  both  in 
agriculture  and  the  trades,  and  thus  equip  the 
mechanics  and  the  farmers  of  this  country  so  they 
can  compete  with  the  skilled  labor  of  the  United 
States. 

The  investigation  of  the  relations  between  the 
Union  Trust  Co.,  and  the  Order  of  Foresters,  shows 
that  several  officials  of  the  Foresters  were  acting 
with  the  United  Trust  Co.  to  borrow  funds  from  the 
Foresters,  and  to  use  these  funds  in  purchasing 
large  tracts  of  land  in  the  Northwest.  Financial 
agreements  like  these  between  companies,  which 
only  take  the  great  public  into  their  confidence  when 
they  are  forced  to,  are  rapidly  making  the  people 
look  askance  at  all  kinds  of  insurances  companies, 
whether  they  are  the  Foresters  or  any  other. 

A  late  telegram  shows  a  race  war  existing  in 
Georgia  where  the  militia  had  to  be  called  to  quell 
the  disturbance.  This  is  only  one  of  the  many  deeds 
during  the  last  ten  years  that  have  been  a  disgrace 
to  the  civilization  of  this  country.  Such  conditions 
seem  to  be  the  result,  of  a  low  state  of  education. 

The  recent  severe  illness  of  the  Hon.  Jos. 
Chamberlain,  will  no  doubt  hinder  further 
development  of  the  policy  known  as  Preferential 
Trade  between  Fngland  and  her  colonies.  It  is 
surprising,  however,  the  great  change  that  has 
taken  place  in,  Britain  on  this  subject  since  1902. 
The  almost  unanimous  vote  given  in  July  at  the 
Boards  of  Trade  conference  held  in  London,  shows 
that  the  merchants  and  traders  feel  that  Chamber- 
lain has  got  hold  of  the  right  idea. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


109 


TEACHERS'  MANUAL 

HINTS  ON  HOW  TO  TEACH  THE 

New    Canadian    Geography 


Part  I.  is  a  discussion  of  the  general  method  to 
be  pursued  in  teaching  geography. 

Part  II.  takes  the  lessons  of  the  New  Canadian 
Geography,  lesson  by  lesson,  and  shows  how 
each  is  to  be  taught.  Under  each  lesson  is 
added  much  additional  information. 

The  teacher  will  find  this  manual  will  enable  him  to 
make  the  necessary  preparation,  in  a  few  min- 
utes, for  teaching  a  given  lesson,  which  would 
otherwise  require  hours  of  patient  labor  as  well 
as  access  to  a  library  of  reference  books. 


Price    50  Cents 

FOR 

Ten  Cents ! 


Special  Price:  To  teachers  using  the  New 
Canadian  Geography  a  copy  of  the  Teachers' 
Manual,  for  their  own  use  only,  will  be  sent 
free  on  receipt  of  Ten  Cents  to  cover  cost  of 
mailing  and  postage. 


W.  J.  GAGE   <&   CO.,   Limited, 


Publishers. 


Toronto 


When  the  Beaver  Line  of  steamers  came  to  St. 
John,  in  1895,  few  persons  dreamed  that  this  was 
the  nucleus  of  the  steamship  line  which  would  with- 
in twelve  years  be  able  to  take  mails  from  Liverpool 
to  Hong  Kong,  via  St.  John  in  the  short  space  of 
thirty  days.  This  is  a  fact,  however,  and  the  C.  P. 
R.  steamers  (the  Empresses),  begin  this  work  in 
December.  These  immense  steamers,  nearly  seventy 
feet  beam,  and  600  feet  long,  will  leave  Liverpool 
during  the  winter  for  the  Port  of  St.  John.  Pass- 
engers for  Hong  Kong  will  be  landed  by  this 
steamship  line  and  C.  P.  R.  to  Vancouver ,  and 
thence  by  C.  P.  R.  S.  S.  to  Hong  Kong  in  less  than 
thirty  days  from  the  date  they  left  Liverpool.  This 
shows  that  Canada  is  not  only  growing  in  the  west, 
but  also  growing  in  the  east. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

That  the  people  of  Yarmouth  take  more  than  ordinary 
interest  in  their  high  school,  is  evidenced  by  the  crowds 
of  people  who  attended  the  exercises  recently  held 
in  the  Opera  House,  to  witness  the  contests  for  reading 
and  the  presentation  of  prizes.  Contests  for  reading 
always  provoke  a  friendly  emulation  among  pupils  and  are 
attractive  to  the  people. 

The  teachers  of  York  and  Sunlmry  will  meet  at  Frcd- 
ericton  on  Thursday  and   Friday,  October    1 1   and    12. 

The  annual  convention  of  the  Protestant  teachers  of  the 


Province  of  Quebec  will  meet  in  Montreal,  October  11,  12 
and  13.  ■    -,  j    j 

Mr.  S.  W.  Taylor,  B.  A.,  and  Mr.  Roy  Hicks,  B.  A., 
(  Mt  Allison),  both  of  Westmorland  County,  have  entered 
McGill  College,   Montreal,  to  pursue  a  medical  course. 

Nethcrwood,  the  Rothesay  school  for  girls,  opened  in 
September.  The  pupils  were  entertained  their  first  Satur- 
day by  the  teachers.  They  were  driven  to  Gondola  Point, 
then  crossed  the  ferry  and  walked  through  the  beautiful 
wooded  road  to  Clifton.  After  a  corn  roast  on  the  beach, 
they  were  ferried  back  to  the  Point,  and  driven  home. 
The  school  is  now  in  full  working  order,  with  an  attend- 
ance of  day  and  house  pupils  of  thirty-one.  The  spirit 
of  the  older  girls  in  the  school  is  one  of  loyalty  and 
earnestness,  and  promises  to  make  the  year  a  very  success- 
ful one. — The  Globe. 

After  fifty  years  of  active  service  in  the  cause  of  educa- 
tion, Dr.  Crocket,  of  Fredericton,  has  retired,  bearing 
the  title  of  "  Principal  Emeritus  of  the  Provincial  Normal 
School."  This  mark  of  distinction  was  conferred  upon 
him  by  the  Board  of  Education. 

Can  any  of  our  schools  beat  this  record?  "Dorothy 
Buhlmann  is  a  pupil  at  the  Sandgate  National  School, 
London,  and  for  eleven  years  she  lias  neither  been  absent 
nor  late  at  her  studies.  She  is  fourteen  years  of  age,  and 
has  made  4,500  attendances  since  she  first  went  to  the 
schooL  The  Countess  of  Chichester  lias  presented  her 
with  a  book  in  recognition  of  her  record.  Two  boys  in 
this  school  have  similar  records." 


110 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL  REVIEW. 


$6.00  Per  Year  is  a  Small  Sum.  lr*v™WflfjJvU™imfw. 

=^    DENT   POLICY   as  issued  by  the 

GENERAL  ACCIDENT  INSURANCE  CO.  OF  CANADA. 


Accidental  Death,  . 


$1,000 


Accidental  Death  caused  while  trav- 
elling in  any  public  passenger  con- 
veyance, or  while  in  burning  buildings 
or  elevator $2,000 


For  Total  or  Partial  Disability,  $5.00 
per  week  for  200  weeks 
For  Total  or  Partial  Disability  while 
travelling  in  any  public  passenger 
conveyance,  etc.,     ...  $10.00 

per  week  for  200  weeks 


Also  insures  Beneficiary.  Provides  for  Hospital  Expenses  or  Surgeons  Fees  for  opera- 
tions on  Insured  or  Beneficiary.  Increases  10  per  cent,  annually  for  five  yearB,  making  a 
?1,000  policy  worth  11,500  at  end  of  fifth  year.  , 

This  is  only  one  of  the  many  splendid  policies  which  we  issue.  Ask  for  circulars  and 
further  information. 

WM.    THOMSON     &    CO., 

HALIFAX.     N.     S.  ST.  JOHN,     N.     B. 


neiberwood, 

Che  Rothesay  School 
for  Girls. 

College   Preparatory,  Music,  Art,   Physical 
Culture. 

Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 

Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sporta. 

For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETHEL  WYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 

Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  B.S., 

Principals. 


Rev.  C.  J.  Boulden,  M.  Ay  late  headmaster  of  St.  Alban's 
school,  Brockville,  Out.,  has  been  appointed  president  of 
King's  College,  Windsor,  N.  S.  The  appointment  is  re- 
garded as  an  exceedingly  strong  one.  Mr.  Boulden 
graduated  with  mathematical  honors  at  Cambridge,  and 
will  take  the  professorship  of  mathematics,  in  the  teaching 
of  which  he  has  been  exceedingly  successful. 

The  New  Brunswick  Normal  School  opened  September 
5th  with  a  registration  of  nearly  three  hundred. 

Mr.  R.  R.  Gates,  M.  A.,  B.  Sc,  who  formerly  acted  as 
Vice-principal  of  the  Middleton  Consolidated  School,  spent 
the  summer  in  research  work  at  the  Marine  Biological 
Laboratory,  Wood's  Hole,  Massachusetts,  on  a  scholar- 
ship from  McGill  University.  He  will  spend  this  year  at 
the  University  of  Chicago,  where  he  has  been  appointed 
to  a  fellowship  in  botany. 

Professor  Ernest  R.  Morse,  teacher  of  mathematics  in 
the  Missouri  State  Technical  College,  has  been  appointed 
to  succeed  Professor  C.  C.  Jones  in  the  chair  of  mathe- 
matics at  Acadia  University.  Mr.  Morse  graduated  from 
Acadia  in  1887,  then  taught  four  years  in  Horton  Academy. 
He  went  to  Harvard  and  graduated  with  mathematical 
honors,  taught  a  southern  college  for  two  years  and  took 
two  courses  in  mathematics  at  Chicago  University.  He 
is  a  valuable  acquisition  to  the  staff  of  Acadia. 

Dr.  Cox,  principal  of  the  Grammar  School,  Chatham, 
exhibited  a  peanut  plant  to  his  grammar  school  pupils 
which  he  raised  in  his  garden  this  summer.  He  planted 
some  nuts  with  the  shells  on  and  some  unshelled  as  an 
experiment,  and  both  produced  plants,  but  those  without 
the  shells  sprouted  more  quickly  and  grew  faster.  All 
the  plants  produced  blossoms,  but  no  fruit  appeared.  The 
doctor  was  surprised,  and  on  pulling  up  ap  lant,  to  find  the 
fruit  had  grown  and  buried  itself  in  the  ground,  a  full- 
grown  peanut  being  attached  to  the  plant.  But  that  is  the 
way  peanuts  grow — in  the  ground,  like  potatoes.  The 
doctor  has  several  peanuts  unearthed. — Chatham   World. 

Mr.  W.  J.  S.  Myles,  A.B.,  late  vice-principal  of  the  St. 
John  High  School,  has  been  appointed  the  principal  in 
place  of  Dr.  H.  S.  Bridges,  whose  duties  as  superintendent 
of  city  schools  have  been  increased  by  the  introduction 
of  the  compulsory  school  law  in  that  city. 

The  Review  extends  its  hearty  congratulations  to  Mrs. 
Edith  L.  Kinread,  nee  Mitchell,  formerly  of  Moncton,  now 
35  Knappcn  Street,  Winnipeg,  and  wishes  her  many  years 
of  happiness  in  her  new  home  in  the  West. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

Elementary  Mathematics.    By  F.  W.   Merchant,   Prin- 
cipal London,  Ontario,  Normal  School.     Cloth.     Pages 
25.     Price,  65  cents. 
This  book  is  intended  for  upper  classes  in  high  schools, 
and   the    work   aims   to    cover   the   course   in   elementary 
mathematics   prescribed   for   those   classes.    The   combina- 
tion of  the  experimental  with  the  mathematical  treatment 
is   decidedly  successful.    Through  an  error  in  engraving, 
the  coils   in  fig.   190,  page  236,  are  incorrectly  numbered 
and  placed.       The  error   will  be  corrected  in  subsequent 
editions. 

Successful  Teaching.  Cloth.  Pages  198.  Price,  $1.00. 
Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company,  New  York. 
This  is  a  volume  of  fifteen  prize  essays  by  practical 
teachers  on  practical  teaching,  with  an  introduction  by 
Supt.  James  M.  Greenwood.  The  essays  are  on  important 
subjects  of  school  management  and  method,  and  are  con- 
cise and  full  of  excellent  suggestions.  » 

In  the  Guide  to  Practical  Penmanship,  the  author,  Mr. 
W.  A.  Mclntyre,  Principal  of  the  Normal  School,  Winni- 
peg, has  given  that  which  will  take  the  place  of  the  copy- 
book, while  it  does  very  much  more.  It  sets  before  pupils 
correct  ideals  of  form  in  figure,  letter,  word  and  page, 
gives  full  instruction  and  carefully  graded  exercises  to 
develop  proper  movement,  and  indicates  the  order  of  les- 
sons in  detail.  At  every  point  the  movement  exercises 
are  related  to  the  form  study.  The  directions  to  the  pupils 
are  clear  and  definite.  Price,  20  cents.  The  Copp,  Clark 
Company,  Toronto. 

A  Manual  of  Common  Butterflies  and  Moths;  A  Manual 
of  Common  American  and  European  Insects;  both  repro- 
duced in  natural  colours,  with  their  common  and  scientific 
names.  These  are  small  pocket  editions  prepared  under 
the  supervision  of  a  competent  authority,  and  are  undoubt- 
edly accurate.  We  know  of  no  better  means  to  get  child- 
ren interested  in  the  common  insects.  There  are  no  de- 
scriptions: just  the  picture  and  the  name.  Price,  25  cents 
each.  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company,  New  York  and  Lon- 
don. 

Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  have  published  the  fol- 
lowing: An  Introduction  to  Good  Reading,  price  is.  6d. ; 
A  Small  Collection  of  Good  Poems,  with  notes  on  how  to 
use  them ;  The  Complete  History  Reader,  No.  7,  price  2S, 
which  deals  with  the  history  of  the  British  Empire;    the 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


Ill 


fc  ■  »  m  t  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  end  Saskatchewan. 

INCW     |VI3PSJ  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent. 

WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 


Write  tor  Special  Prices. 


Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  tor  Special 
Catalogue. 


Milton 
Bradley 

Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dustless  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 

Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards 


The  STEINBERGER    HENDRY   CO.,  37  Richmond  St,  We»t,  Toronto,  Ont. 


New  Century  Geographical  Reader,  price  is.  6d.,  also  gives 
glimpses  of  Britain  and  the  Empire. 

Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  Fleet  Street,  London,  publish  some 
suggestive  little  volumes  on  Geography :  "  Geographical 
Gleanings,"  price  is.  6d.,  contains  excellent  hints  on  the 
teaching  of  geography;  "'Round  the  World,"  price  6d.,  is 
a  useful  primary  reader  in  elementary  geography.  Philip's 
model  duplex  mads  on  card-board,  price  id.  each,  contain 
maps  and  exercises  conveniently  arranged  for  classes. 

Messrs.  Blackic  &  Son,  London,  have  published  in  their 
"  Story-book  Readers,"  price  46.  each,  the  following  tales 
and  selections  from  well-known  books :  Manco,  the  Peru- 
vian Chief  (Kingston),  Christian  and  Moslem,  the  Siege 
of  Torquilstone,  and  The  Tournament  (Sir  Walter  Scott), 
Cornet  Walter  and  The  Young  Captain  (G.  A.  Henty), 
Prince  Murough's  Adventures  (D.  Deeny)  ;  The  Water 
Babies  (Charles  Kingsley),  price  6d.,  and  The  Last  of  the 
Mohicans   (J.  Fenimore  Cooper),  price  is. 


RECENT  MAGAZINES. 

Some  time  ago  Professor  Leacock  wrote  an  article  on 
the  decline  of  poetry,  and  now  Susan  E.  Cameron,  a  Mon- 
treal educationist  of  standing,  and  well  known  in  the 
Maritime  Provinces,  takes  up  the  cudgels  on  behalf  ot  the 
poet3  in  the  Canadian  Magazine  for  October.  She  be- 
labours the  professor  rather  severely. 

The  October  Atlantic  Monthly  contains  the  Autobio- 
graphy of  a  Southerner — the  fourth  number  of  this  sug- 
gestive contribution  on  Southern  life.  Two  Memories  of 
Childhood,  by  Lafcadio  Hearn,  and  My  Shakespeare  Pro- 
gress, by  Martha  Baker  Dunn,  with  many  entertaining 
stories,  poems  and  essays,  complete  an  excellent  number. 

One  of  the  Quarterly  Review's  pleasantly  discursive 
articles  on  The  Literature  of  Egotism  opens  The  Living 
Age  for  September  22nd.  The  article  reviews  critically 
but  sympathetically  some  of  the  recent  autobiographies  or 
quasi-autobiographic   fiction   and   reflection. 

The  September  Chautauquan  comes  to  its  friends  in  a 
striking  new  form,  easy-to-rcad,  casy-to-carry,  and  casy- 
to-fiie  for  permanent  reference  on  the  home-library 
shelves. 

The  strongest  feature  of  the  October  Delineator,  aside 
from  the  fashions,  which  are  splendidly  shown,  is  the 
opening  of  the  Countess  von  Arnhim's  new  serial  story, 


Fraulein  Schmidt  and  Mr.  Anstruther.  It  is  now  publicly 
announced  that  the  Countess  von  Arnhim  is  the  author 
of  "  Elizabeth  and  her  German  Garden." 


Official  Notice. 


Lord  Meath  Empire  Day  Challenge  Cups  and   League    of 
of  the  Empire   Prizes. 

Essay  Competition  for  Empire  Day,  1907. 
The  following  are  the  conditions  and  subjects: 

(a)  Lord  Meath  Empire  Day  Prize  (secondary  schools) 
— a  silver  challenge  cup,  value  fio  10s.,  presented  by  the 
Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of  Meath,  K.  P.,  to  be  held  by  the 
school,  and  a  personal  prize  of  £$  5s.,  given  by  the  League 
of  the  Empire,  is  offered  for  competition,  inter-all  second- 
ary schools  of  the  Empire,  for  an  Empire  Day  Essay  not 
exceeding  2,000  words.     Age  limit,  14  to  18  years  old. 

Subject :    "  The   Conditions  of  Successful  Colonization." 

(b)  Lord  Meath  Empire  Day  Prize  (primary  schools) 
— a  silver  challenge  cup,  value  £10  10s.,  presented  by  the 
Right  Hon.  the  Earl  of  Meath,  K.  P.,  and  a  personal  prize 
of  £3  3s.,  given  by  the  League  of  the  Empire,  is  offered 
for  competition,  inter-all  elementary  schools  of  the  Empire 
for  an  Empire  Day  Essay  not  exceeding  1,000  words.  Age 
limit,  under  14  years  old. 

Subject:    "The  History  of  British  India. 

All  essays  must  first  be  judged  in  the  schools,  and  after- 
wards by  the  authorities  kindly  co-operating  with  the  league 
in  the  different  countries  of  the  Empire. 

Only  those  essays  sent  in  through  the  authorized  chan- 
nels will  be  eligible  for  the  final  judging  arranged  for  by 
the  Federal  Council  of  the  League  in  London. 

The  essays  which  are  entered  for  the  final  judging  in 
London  must  reach  the  central  office  by  the  1st  of  Feb- 
ruary next. 

The  names  of  the  winning  schools  will  each  year  be 
engraved  upon  the  cups,  which  arc  replicas  of  the  War- 
wick vase. 

The  cups  and  prizes  will  be  dispatched  in  time  to  reach 
the  winning  schools  before  the  24th  May  each  year. 

The  essays  must  be  sent  to  the  Education  Office,  Fred- 
ericton,  not  later  than  December  25th,  1906. 

J.    R.    INCH, 

Chief  Su/>t.  Education. 
Education  Office,  Sept.  9th,  1906. 


112 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Isaac  Pitman's 

Short  Course  in  Shorthand,  jxist  published 
after  three  years  preparation,  "Revolutionizes 
the  Teaching  of  Shorthand."  Only  forty  (10) 
lessons. 

Words  and  sentences  in  first  lesson.  Busi. 
ness  letters  in  seventh  lesson. 

Our  students  are  delighted  with  it  and  are 
making  great  progress. 

Send  for  our  1908  Catalogue. 


S.  KERR 
&  SON, 

Odd  Fellow's   Hall. 


$M*»  A  son. 


Correct 

Accounting. 

When  students  pay  cash  for  poor  train- 
ing which  secures  no  position,  hence  no 
income,  they  debit 

EXPENSE   ACCOUNT. 
But  Maritime-trained  are  well  trained, 
and  secure  good  salaries;  these  debit 

INVESTMENT  ACCOUNT. 
You  can  enter  our  institution  at  any  time. 

KAULBACH    &    SCHURMAN, 
Chartered  Accountants, 

Maritime  Business  College 

HALIFAX,     N.     S. 


Everything 
that  is  right 

in 
Stationery. 


BARNES  &  CO.,    ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


Every  Bird  East  of  the  Rockies 

Part  I. -WATER  AND  CAME  BIRDS. 
Partll.-LAND  AND  SONC  BIRDS. 


Pocket  Size.       5Jx3J 
Cloth,  50c.    Leather,  ~ 


220  pages. 

Postpaid. 


G.O.FULTON,    TRURO,  N.  S. 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,   SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS — 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

J4HRDWHRE    MERCHANTS, 

Market  Square,        SHIJSlT  JOHN*  H-  B. 


r 


SCHOOL  DESKS,  S.  B.  LORDLY  CO.,  St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced   Methods  of  Education  and   General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  NOVEMBER,   1906. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


O.    U.    HAY, 

Editor  for  New    Brunswick. 


A..    MeKAY, 

Editor  for  Nov*  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW, 
office,  SI  Leintter  Street,    St.  John,  y.  U. 

1-KiNTKD  BT  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B„ 

CONTENTS  : 


Editorial    Notes 

The  Contact  with  Nature 

Our   Waterfalls,  

The  Teacher  as  Director  of  Play, 
The  Misuse  of  Window  Shades, 

The  Voice  of  the    Wind 

The   Song  of   the    Pine  Forest. 

The  Wayside  Inn 

Feeding  Birds  in    Winter,        

Plans  in  Geography  and  Nature  Study. 

The  Arrow  and  the  Song         

Lines    in   Season,  

A  Psalm  of  Praise 

For     the     Little    Folks. 

The  Old  Mill. 

The  Snow  Flowers 

Teachers' Institutes,     

N.  11.  Teachers' Association 

Current   Events.  

School  and  College,       

Recent  Books, 

Recent   Magazines       


117 
117 
118 
121 
122 
122 
123 
124 
124 
125 
1*6 
127 
127 
128 
128 
128 
129 
132 
132 
138 
133 
135 


New  Advertisements. 

L'Academie  deBrisay,  p.  114;  Frances  &  Vaughan,  p.  114:  Wm. 
Thomson  &  Co.  p.  131;  Home  Correspondence  School  of  Canada 
p.  131;  Kaulbach  &  Schurman  136. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  lirst  ol 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  ol  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

II  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at    the  expira 

tion  of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.    Other. 

wise  it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  oi  the  subscription  is  desired. 

■  It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 

misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "334"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  Nov.  jo,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

Aside  from  the  scientific  value  of  Dr.  Bailey's 
article  on  Waterfalls  in  this  number,  the  easy  and 
simple  style  of  the  writer  and  the  graceful  diction 
which  he  has  ever  at  his  command,  will  make  it  a 
delight  to  readers. 


Hon.  L.  J.  TWEEDIE,  Premier  of  New  Brunswick, 
stated  at  the  N.  15.  Provincial  Teachers'  Institute  at 
Chatham  in  June  last,  that  he  hoped  before  he  re- 
tired from  office,  to  increase  the  salaries  of  teachers 
and  establish  a  fund  for  the  superannuation  of 
teachers  who  have  served  the  public  faithfully.  Mr. 
Tweedie  now  sees  the  prospect  of  accomplishing 
this  at  an  early  day  in  view  of  the  increase  of  the 
subsidy  from  the  Dominion,  which  amounts  to  about 
$130,000.  • 


A  beautiful  little  missive  came  to  the  Review 
office  the  other  dav  enclosing  an  advance  subscrip- 
tion, and  with  a  kindly  expressed  wish  for  the 
prosperity  of  the  Review  for  the  coming  year.  Not 
that  we  do  not  receive  many  such  letters,  but  this 
attracted  by  its  simplicity  and  neatness.  Written  on 
delicately  tinted  note  paper  (not  scented),  the  front 
page  was  surmounted  by  a  single  initial  in  gold,  of 
choice  design — that  of  the  lady's  surname,  and  the 
handwriting  was  easy  and  not  too  formal.  The 
material  cost  of  producing  such  a  letter  is  not  great, 
but  it  makes  a  pleasant  impression  on  the  mind  of 
the  receiver. 


The  Contact  with  Nature. 

"It  is  good  for  a  man  perplexed  and  lost  among 
many  thoughts  to  come  into  closer  intercourse  with 
Nature,  and  to  learn  her  ways  and  catch  her  spirit. 
It  is  no  fancy  to  be'ieve  that  if  the  children  of  this 
generation  are  taught  a  great  deal  more  than  we 
used  to  be  taught  of  Nature,  they  will  be  provided 
with  the  material  for  far  healthier,  happier,  and  less 
perplexed  and  anxious  lives  than  most  of  us  are 
living." — Phillips  Brooks. 

People  go  to  the  country  in  summer,  but  com- 
paratively few  of  them  come  into  a  close  intercourse 
with  Nature  or  "catch  her  spirit."  They  know  little 
of  Nature  because  they  have  never  been  taught  to 
appreciate  what  is  in  the  earth  and  sky  around  them. 

Children  are  taught  too  frequently  facts  about 
Nature  instead  of  being  brought  into  contact  with 
Nature  herself.  The  dead  plant,  or  insect,  or  bird, 
does  not  appeal  to  them.  They  are  living  and  work- 
ing creatures  themselves,  and  it  is  only  a  living  and 
working  nature  that  appeals  to  them. 

Children  and  grown  people  do  not  respect  suffi- 
ciently the  life  that  is  in  animals  and  plants.  A 
canoeing  party  of  young  people,  as  we  read  in  one 
of  our  papers,  surprised  "a  sweet  little  fawn"  taking 
its  kith  in  a  lake.  In  attempting  to  capture  it  alive 
one  of  its  pursuers  struck  it  too  hard  with  his  paddle, 
and  ended  its  days.  Now  of  all  the  beautiful  w<x>d- 
land  things,  a  fawn  is  the  most  beautiful;  and  if 
these  young  people  had  been  trained  to  respect  wild 
life   they    would    have    been   content   to   watch   this 


118 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


pretty  little  animal  enjoying  its  life  and  liberty  with- 
out attempting  to  kill  or  make  it  a  prisoner. 

Opposite  a  station  on  one  of  the  railways  leading 
out  of  St.  John  stood  a  small  bilberry  tree  on  a  path 
leading  into  one  of  the  prettiest  little  rural  ceme- 
teries to  be  found  in  the  country.  In  June,  when 
the  white  blossoms  of  this  beautiful  tree  enlivened 
the  fresh  green  of  the  foliage,  it  was  attacked  by  a 
horde  of  young  people  and  literally  torn  limb  from 
limb.  Thus,  to  gratify  a  destructive  instinct,  and 
win  a  few  flowers  that  would  soon  fade,  a>  tree  was 
destroyed  that  was  a  picture  on  the  landscape  and 
that  must  have  proved  a  source  of  pleasure  to  hun- 
dreds of  railway  passengers  every  day. 

Instances  might  be  multiplied  of  this  thoughtless 
tendency  to  disregard  the  rights  of  others.  Teach- 
ers can  do  much  to  check  it  by  impressing  on  the 
children  that  harmless  wild  animals  are  as  interest- 
ing to  watch  at  their  play,  and  have  as  much  right  to 
live,  as  the  tame  ones  about  their  homes ;  and  that 
in  picking  flowers,  those  that  others  are  accustomed 
to  see  and  enjoy  daily  should  be  spared. 

The  Winnipeg  Free  Press,  whose  editorials  on 
educational  subjects  are  always  thoughtful  and  well 
written,  closes  an  article  on  the  need  of  good  Eng- 
lish with  the   following  excellent  suggestions : 

"The  remedy,  if  there  is  one  for  loose  talking 
and  worse  writing,  exists  in  the  public  schools.  If 
the  language  in  its  purity  is  a  precious  thing,  and  if 
ability  to  make  concise,  intelligent  written  state- 
ments is  worth  striving  for,  then  more  attention 
must  be  paid  to  the  study  and  use  of  language  by 
those  who  are  educating  the  young.  One  in  a  mil- 
lion, perhaps,  might,  like  Abraham  Lincoln,  become 
a  master  of  diction  in  its  sublimest  forms  after  a 
youth  of  scholastic  neglect,  but  the  average  person 
can  achieve  good  honest  every-day  English  only 
after  careful  training  in  the  plastic  stages  of  youth. 
Thorough  training  in  oral  and  written  composition 
is  an  urgent  need  in  our  educational  system.  At 
the  same  time  these  are  difficult  subjects  to  teach, 
because  many  of  those  whose  duty  it  is  to  instruct 
the  children  in  these  subjects  are  by  no  means  free 
from  the  prevailing  inability  to  speak  and  write  good 
English." 


The  schoolmaster  asked  the  pupils:  "Supposing 
in  a  family  there  are  five  children,  and  a  mother  has 
only  four  potatoes  between  them.  Now,  she  wants 
to  give  every  child  an  equal  share.  What  is  she 
going  to  do?"  Silence  reigned  in  the  room.  Every- 
body calculated  very  hard,  till  a  little  boy  stood  up, 
and  gave  the  unexpected  answer:  "Mash  the 
potatoes,  sir." — Christian  Register. 


Our  Waterfalls. 

By  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.D. 

Who  does  not  enjoy  the  sight  of  a  waterfall? 
What  boy  or  girl  but  will  choose  a  waterfall  as  the 
objective  point  of  his  afternoon  walk  if  there  be  one 
within  reasonable  distance,  and  especially  if  this  be 
only  an  occasional  pleasure,  as  determined  by  the 
melting  of  the  snow  in  spring?  Why,  finally,  does 
Niagara  attract  probably  more  tourists  the  year 
round  than  any  other  single  locality,  in  America  at 
least. 

The  interest  in  waterfalls  may  arise  from  various 
causes;  partly,  and  no  doubt  largely,  from  their 
beauty,  appealing  in  ever-varying  aspects  to  our 
aesthetic  sense,  as  hardly  any  other  natural 
phenomenon  can ;  partly,  it  may  be,  because  they  are 
beloved  of  the  finny  tribes  as  they  are  by  us,  and  at 
their  feet  are  often  found  admirable  fishing  grounds  ; 
partly,  perhaps,  because,  having  only  an  eye  to  the 
practical  side  of  things,  we  become  interested  in 
them  as  possible  means  for  the  generation  of  power ; 
but  chiefly,  I  fancy,  because  they  represent  the 
energy  of  Nature  in  action,  appealing  to  our  imagin- 
ation much  as  does  any  living  thing  in  comparison 
with  what  is  inert  and  lifeless. 

Quite  apart,  however,  from  any  or  all  of  the  above 
considerations  there  are  other  points  connected  with 
cataracts  which,  to  the  student  of  Nature,  make 
them  well  worthy  of  careful  study.  Thus  waterfalls 
are  of  many  different  types,  and  the  causes  which 
determine  these  differences  are  well  worth  investi- 
gation. Waterfalls,  again,  like  the  streams  with 
which  they  are  connected  or  of  which  they  form  a 
part,  have  well  defined  histories,  never  exactly  re- 
peated. They  are  factors,  not  only  in  determining 
the  limit  of  human  navigation,  but  in  affecting  the 
geographical  distribution  of  many  forms  of  water- 
life,  such  as  fish,  cray-fish,  etc.  Drenched  by  their 
spray  are  to  be  found  many  beautiful  forms  of 
ferns,  mosses,  liverworts,  etc.,  to  be  sought  in  vain 
among  other  surroundings.  Some  of  these  points 
may  now  be  illustrated  by  more  particular  refer- 
ences. 

Waterfalls,  as  regards  their  origin,  are  usually 
due  to  some  obstruction  to  the  continuous  easy  flow 
of  a  stream,-  and  may  therefore  be  found  in  any  part 
of  the  latter,  though  most  common  in  its  upper 
courses,  where,  owing  to  the  "youth"  of  this  portion 
of  the  stream,  there  has  not  yet  been  time  enough  to 
wear  the  obstruction  away.  In  fact  waterfalls,  as 
explained  in  the  last  chapter,  are  one  of  the  indi- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


119 


cations  of  the  youth  of  a  stream.  As  the  latter  begins 
to  carve  its  way  it  meets  with  different  degrees  of 
resistance  in  the  rock  material  over  which  it  flows, 
and  the  more  resisting  beds,  less  rapidly  removed 
than  others,  naturally  play  the  part  of  dams,  hold- 
ing the  waters  back  only  to  descend  at  a  much 
steeper  angle  when  the  barrier  is  overcome.  Such 
rocks  as  granite,  trap,  freestone,  slate  and  limestone 
are  quite  unlike  in  their  hardness  and  resisting 
power,  and  where  there  is  a  passage  from  the  one 
to  the  other,  and  especially  from  slate  to  granite,  or 
from  limestone  or  slate  to  trap,  falls  are  very  apt  to 
result.  Thus  at  the  Grand  Falls  of  the  St.  John 
bands  or  "dykes"  of  black  volcanic  rock  are  seen  at 
many  points  traversing  the  much  lighter  and  softer 
calcareous  slates,  and  have  had  much  to  do  in 
determining  the  features  if  not  the  existence  of  the 
gorge  and  cataract ;  and  similar  conditions  are  re- 
peated at  the  falls  of  the  Aroostook,  near  Aroostook 
Junction,  while  the  so-called  Meductic  Falls  on  the 
St.  John,  now  artificially  reduced  to  a  rapid,  the  falls 
of  the  Miramichi  and  those  known  as  the  Pabincau 
falls  on  the  Nepisiquit,  and  the  Rough  Waters  near 
Bathurst,  are  the  result  of  the  existence  at  these 
points  of  hard  granitic  bands.  In  Nova  Scotia  a 
good  illustration  of  a  similar  relation  is  to  be  seen 
in  the  falls  of  Bear  River,  three  miles  above  the 
village  of  that  name.  But  other  factors  may  con- 
tribute to  the  result.  Some  rocks,  like  granite,  are 
"massive";  others,  like  conglomerates,  sandstones, 
slates  and  limestones,  are  stratified,  i.  c,  arranged  in 
layers  or  beds.  These  latter,  moreover,  may  have 
their  strata  either  horizontal,  inclined  or  folded, 
often  in  a  most  complex  way.  Finally,  all  rocks, 
whether  stratified  or  not,  are  marked  by  the 
occurrence  of  divisional  planes,  known  as  "joints" 
and  "cleavage  planes,"  which,  by  affording  access 
for  the  eroding  waters,  hasten  the  process  of  re- 
moval as  well  as  determine  in  large  measure  the 
character  of  the  result. 

Perhaps  the  simplest  type  of  fall  is  that  occurring 
in  unaltered  horizontal  beds.  Good  illustrations  are 
furnished  in  the  falls  of  the  Xashwaaksis  and  in 
Skoodewapskoosis,  near  Fredericton,  both  in  nearly 
flat  beds  of  the  coal  formation.  In  the  Grand  Falls 
of  the  St.  John,  on,  the  other  hand,  and  in  the  tidal 
falls  at  the  mouth  of  the  same  river,  the  highly 
tilted,  and  in  the  former  case  greatly  contorted 
character  of  the  rocks,  are  conspicuous  features, 
readily  noticed  by  all  visitors.  The  influence  of  joint 
planes  if-  best  seen  in  connection  with  granite  rocks, 
as  witness  the  Pabineau  Falls  on  the  Nepisiquit  and 


POKIOK  GORGE,  YORK.  CO.,  N.  B. 


the  Pokiok  Falls  in  York  county.  In  the  former 
instance  the  rock  is  divided  by  two  sets  of  joints  into 
rectangular  blocks,  suggesting  Cyclopean  masonry, 
and  from  the  edges  of  these  one  may  look  vertically 
downward  into  the  deep  channels  to  see  perhaps 
three  or  four  large  salmon  resting  quietly,  but  be- 
yond the  reach  of  any  but  the  privileged  sportsmen. 
In  the  case  of  the  Pokiok  a  similar  structure  has  led 
to  the  production  of  a  deep  gorge,  of  which  the 
sides,  though  ar- 
ranged in  zigzag 
fashion,  are  still 
accuratelyparallel. 
This  parallelism 
led  our  first  geolo- 
gist, Dr.  Gesner.to 
suppose  that  the 
two  sides  of  the 
chasm  had  been 
violently  rent  a- 
sunder,  but  in  this, 
and  all  similar 
cases,  the  continu- 
ity of  the  rock- 
across  the  bottom 
of  the  gorge  and 
the   fact   that  the 

sides  show  no  downward  convergence,  as  they  would 
were  the  chasm  due  to  an  earthquake  rent,  show 
clearly  that  the  result  is  due  solely  to  the  wearing 
action  of  water  guided  by  the  natural  fissure  planes 
in  the  rocks. 

The  effects  produced  by  the  varying  nature  and 
attitude  of  the  rocks  is  well  shown  in  the  case  of  the 
Gordon  Falls  on  the  Pollet  River  in  Albert  county ; 
just  above  the  falls,  named  after  a  former  governor 
of  the  province,  the  rocks  are  slates  in  a  nearly  ver- 
tical position,  and  here  the  stream  occupies  a  deep 
gash  so  narrow  as  to  be  easily  spanned  by  a  high- 
way bridge,  while  at  and  below  the  falls  proper  the 
rock  is  a  coarse  conglomerate,  the  wear  of  which, 
made  more  easy  by  the  grinding  action  of  loosened 
pebbles,  at  once  leads  to  a  considerable  widening  as 
also  to  another  result  characteristic  of  many  water- 
falls, the  formation  of  "pot  holes."  These  are  quite 
conspicuous  at  the  Gordon  Falls,  and  may  be  seen  in 
the  accompanying  cut,  but  are  even  more  striking  at 
the  Pabincau  Falls  of  the  Nepisiquit  and  in  the 
gorge  of  the  Grand  Falls  of  the  St.  John.  Here  every 
stage  of  their  production  may  be  witnessed  from 
slight  circular  depressions  containing  one  or  more 
pebbles,    the    movement    of    which  by  the  whirling 


120 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


GORDON    FALLS,    POLLET 
RIVER,    ALBERT    CO. 


waters  is  the  cause  of  the  phenomenon,  to  great  pits 
or  '"wells"  perhaps  twenty  feet  deep  and  ten  wide, 

and  which  may  or 
may  not  be  connect- 
ed with  other  similar 
holes  by  subterran- 
ean channels. 

As  regardstnagai  - 
tude  the  Grand  Falls 
of  the  St.  John  and 
the  reversible  falls  at 
the  mouth  of  the 
river  stand  pre-emi- 
nent for  breadth  and 
volume  of  water, 
while  in  the  former 
instance  considerable 
height  (74  feet  in  the 
main  pitch,  or  117 
teet  between  the  up- 
per and  lower  basins)  makes  it  a  source  of 
power  likely  soon  to  be  availed  of  for  the  gr  aera- 
tion of  electric  energy.  •  For  mere  height  Hay's 
Fall,  a  few  miles  below,  Woodstock,  and  the  fall  on 
Fall  Brook,  a  small  tributary  of  the  Southwest 
Miramichi,  are  the  most  noticeable,  each  having  a 
vertical  descent  of  about  90  feet,  but  having 
litt'e  water  except'  in  times  of  freshet,  when  each 
,r  well  worth  a  visit.  Among  the  most  picturesque 
falls  in  addition  to  those  already  mentioned  are  the 
Grand  Falls  of  the  Nepisiquit,  the  falls  of  the  Tete-a- 
gouche  and  Nigadoo  near  Bathurst,  the  Magagua- 
davic  Falls  at  St.  George,  and  the  falls  of  the  Salmon 
River  in  eastern  St.  John  county.  Minor  falls  in 
New  Brunswick  are  numerous  and  often  interesting, 
but  do  not  require  special  notice  here. 

In  Nova  Scotia,  where  the  streams  are  mostly 
small,  waterfalls  are  comparatively  few  and  of  no 
great  size,  but  those  of  the  Sisseboo,  near  Wey- 
mouth, and  those  of  J  Sear  River  are  noteworthy,  as 
is  that  which  constitutes  one  of  the  scenic  features 
in  the  park  at  Truro. 

One  other  feature  of  our  water-falls  deserves 
notice.  They  all  have  a  history.  As  their  formation, 
explained  above,  is  the  result  of  wear,  it  is  evident 
that  both  their  position  and  their  character  are  sub- 
ject to  change.  Like  the  streams  of  which  they  form 
a  part  they  have  a  beginning,  and  a  life  which  may 
be  a  very  prolonged  one.  while  sooner  or  later,  by 
the  removal  of  the  conditions  which  originate  them, 
they  must  come  to  an  end.  The  Meductic,  Kails,  so 
called,  has  been  reduced  to  the  condition  of  a  rapid ; 


the  Narrows  of  the  Tobique  mark  the  site  of  what 
must  once  have  been  a  cataract;  the  gorge  of  the 
Grand  Falls  is  the  result  of  the  slow  backward  re- 
cession of  the  latter  for  a  mile  or  more.  In  the  case 
of  the  Niagara  it  is  well  known  that  the  Falls  have 
worked  their  way  backward  for  a  distance  of  seven 
miles,  and  a  period  of  at  least  10,000  years  is 
believed,  on  good  grounds,  to  have  been  required  for 
the  process.  Probably  a  period  equally  long  may 
have  been  needed  for  the  formation  of  the  gorge  of 
the  St.  John  at  the  Grand  Falls  and  again  for  that  of 
the  Narrows  above  Indiantown,  but  in  neither  of 
these  cases  have  exact  calculations  been  made. 

One  remark  more.  Reference  has  been  made  to  the 
fact   that   in   the   not   distant    future   our   grandest 


"1 

>^k^-  'frrtd 

|^^ 

■■SET* 

■F*^-    j* 

«m 

r 

»*. 

^j7*t-*- 

*~ 

w9 

FALLS  OF  BEAR    RIVER,  N.  S. 

cataract,  the  Grand  Falls  of  the  St.  John,  is  likely  to 
be  employed  as  a  means  for  the  development  of 
electric  energy.  This  would  necessarily  mean  the 
destruction  of  its  scenic  beauty.  And  possibly  a 
similar  fate  awaits  other  waterfalls  as  well.  Is  it  to 
be  the  case  that  the  most  interesting  of  the  natural 
features  of  our  country  are,  as  in  the  case  of 
Niagara,  to  be  sacrificed  to  the  utilitarian  spirit  of 
the  age? 


Professor  David  E.  Cloyd,  principal  of  the 
Spokane  high  school,  has  given  out  a  statement  that 
the  percentage  of  boys  registered  in  his  school  is 
greater  than  that  of  any  other  school  in  the  United 
States.  Four  hundred  and  forty-six  boys  and  seven 
hundred  and  twenty-nine  girls  are  enrolled,  this 
making  a  percentage  of  little  more  than  37.6  boys 
in  the  school,  against  thirty-one  per  cent,  the  high- 
est known  percentage  in  other  schools. 


Cfticattonal  "Review  Supplement,  November,  1906. 


z 
o 
</) 

0) 

u 

_i 

h 
(A 

tr 


u 

X 

I- 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


121 


The  Teaeher  as  Director  of  Play. 

By  Mrf.  Catherine  M.  Condon. 
The  importance  of  play  as  a  factor  in  education  is 
now  so  generally  admitted  that  the  question 
naturally  arises :  Why  have  we  not  availed  ourselves 
of  it  as  a  working  force  in  our  public  schools?  It 
will  be  said:  We  have  done  so,  by  providing 
spacious  playgrounds,  and,  even  in  some  favored 
localities,  play-rooms  under  cover,  for  stormy  days. 
But  is  this  the  only  thing  necessary  to  make  a 
practical  and  efficient  application  of  a  well  ascer- 
tained law  of  childhood?  If  play  is  so  powerful  a 
means  of  development,  is  it  wise  to  simply  send 
children  into  the'  playground  at  stated  times,  not 
only  without  direction,  but  even  without  any  super- 
vision ? 

The  children  are  of  different  ages,  and  of  very 
diverse  physical  conditions ;  some  strong  of  body, 
often  rough  ami  overbearing,  perhaps  even  disposed 
to  cruelty ;  others,  small  and  weak  and  so  easily 
cowed  that,  although  they  may  sometimes  suffer 
severely  from  ill-treatment,  they  never  dare  utter  a 
complaint,  or  bring  an  accusation  against  the 
offender.  The  teacher  therefore  remains  ignorant 
of  this  state  of  affairs,  which  produces  effects  so  de- 
moralizing to  character;  the  bully  grows  a  still 
more  insolent  tyrant,  while  his  victims,  cringing  and 
subservient,  display  all  the  mean  vices  of  a  nature 
warped  by  fear  and  the  constant  dread  of  ill-treat- 
ment. Nor  is  this  all.  The  unbridled  license  of 
speech  and  manners,  unchecked,  because  unobserved 
by  the  vigilance  of  those  in  authority,  is  such  that 
parents  have  been  heard  to  declare  that  they  so 
dreaded  the  corrupting  influence  of  the  playground 
for  their  children  that  they  had  delayed  sending 
them  to  school  on  that  account.  All  these  evils 
may  be  successfully  dealt  with  by  the  simple  ex- 
pedient of  the  teacher  going  out  on  the  playground 
with  his  scholars,  not  as  a  restraint  on  youthful  fun 
and  frolic,  but  as  a  genial  guide  in  the  art  of  bright 
and  intelligent  play. 

The  mere  presence  of  such  a  one  would  protect 
the  weak  and  timid  and  help  them  to  bring  out  their 
value  on  the  playground,  by  starting  games,  in  which 
the  weak  and  most  timid  would  soon  take  an  active 
part,  and  add  to  the  interest  of  the  play.  By 
thus  proving  the  usefulness  of  even  the  smallest 
child  in  adding  to  the  interest  of  a  game,  a  milder 
spirit  and  gentler  manner  would  be  induced  to- 
wards the  weak,  for  we  are  not  apt  to  despise  and 
injure  those  who  add  to  our  pleasures, 


The  petty  tyrant  would  be  taught  that  his  method 
was  not  the  best  one  to  ensure  compliance  with  his 
wishes,  and  that  he  who  would  rule  others,  must 
first  learn  to  rule  himself.  He  would  also  learn 
that  to  appeal  to  reason  and  self-interest,  to  the 
social  instinct,  and  to  the  natural  sense  of  pleasure 
that  arises  from  well-concerted  action  en  masse, 
throws  mere  brute  force  quite  into  the  shade. 

The  aptitude  for  social  games  is  not  strong  in 
children  not  yet  well  on  in  their  teens,  yet  the  social 
instinct  is  implicit  in  the  youngest ;  but  it  needs  culti- 
vation or  the  child  may  grow  up  narrow  and  self- 
absorbed  and  incapable  of  harmonious  action  with 
his  fellows. 

Insight  into  character  will  be  gained  by  the 
teacher  far  more  surely  on  the  playground  than  in 
the  schoolroom  alone,  where  the  hand  of  discipline 
is,  necessarily,  somewhat  repressive  of  natural  im- 
pulses. But  let  no  teacher  flatter  himself  that  he 
can  be  a  power  for  good  by  simply  sitting  in  a 
secluded  corner,  reading  the  morning  paper,  from 
the  shadow  of  which  he  from  time  to  time  emerges 
to  give  a  swift  detective  glance,  or  an  admonitory 
shake  of  the  head,  or  to  point  an  uplifted  warning 
finger  at  some  mischievous  urchin ;  for  no  mere  spy 
will  secure  influence. 

The  teacher  who  would  help  his  scholars  to  get 
the  best  results  from  play  must  be  himself  a  real 
'^Faster  of  the  Revels"  and  bring  the  joyous  spirit 
of  a  true  comrade.  His  advent  should  be  the  signal 
that  something  a  little  extra  clever  in  the  way  of 
play  is  to  be  achieved. 

Teacher  and  pupils  would  alike  be  refreshed  and 
return  to  a  room  which,  in  their  absence,  has  been 
wind-swept  with  fresh  air  through  open  doors  and 
windows.  No  one  should  interfere  with  this  health- 
giving  process  by  remaining  in  the  schoolroom 
during  recess,  except  when  the  weather  is  inclement. 

Too  often  the  teacher  is  associated  with  the 
incidents  of  hard  lessons,  confinement  in  a  room 
poorly  lighted,  insufficiently  ventilated  and  warmed, 
and  with  rebukes,  which,  no  matter  how  well 
deserved,  are  none  the  less  unpleasant.  Why  not 
offset  all  this  by  establishing  the  sympathetic  rela- 
tions of  happy  play? 

The  great  schoolmasters  have  been  noted  for  their 
keen  interest  in  their  scholars'  sports,  and  have  won 
respect  and  influence  from  them  by  the  traditions 
of  their  own  skill  and  prowess  on  field  and  river, 
and  in  all  manly  exercises. 

Children  will  not  resent  wise  supervision  on  the 
playground,  for  they  appreciate  order  and  arrange- 


122 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ment,  and  if  the  teacher  has  not  left  the  spirit  of- 
childhood  behind  him,  his  help  and  suggestions  will 
be  eagerly  accepted.  A  new  proverb  might  well 
read :  "Let  me  play  with  the  children,  who  will  may 
teach  them." 

Many  a  class  might  just  as  well,  and,  indeed  far 
better,  be  taught  out  of  doors — a  happy  reversion  to 
an  ancient  custom.  The  three  great  Fathers  of 
Greek  philosophy, — Socrates,  Plato  and  Aristotle. — 
did  much  of  their  teaching  in  the  open  air.  And  the 
Great  Teacher  far  more  often  taught  on  the  sea- 
shore and  from  the  boat,  the  mountain  and  the  des- 
ert than  in  the  temple  and  the  synagogues. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  lessons  I  ever  saw 
was  given  in  elementary  surveying,  the  extensive 
grounds  being  measured  and  plotted,  all  the  appli- 
ances being  at  hand,  and  the  whole  instruction  given 
and  received  so  clearly  and  so  pleasantly,  that,  like 
all  the  best  work,  it  was  clone  so  joyously  that  it 
was  really  play. 


The  Misuse  of  Window  Shades  or 
Roller  Blinds. 

(From  an  Inspector's  Note-Book.) 

The  New  Brunswick  Board  of  Education,  in 
common  with  most  educational  authorities  through- 
out the  world,  is  endeavouring  to  improve  the 
character  of  the  schoolhouses  in  the  province. 
Especially  is  this  necessary  in  the  rural  districts 
where  it  is  not  easy  to  command  the  services  of  an 
architect  skilled  in  school  planning. 

One  of  the  points  insisted  upon  in  designing 
modern  schools  is  that  the  windows  shall  be  placed 
as  near  to  the  ceiling  as  possible.  There  are  several 
reasons  for  this,  but  the  chief  is  that  the  effective 
width  of  a  room,  as  regards  lighting,  is  \l/2  (one 
and  a  half)  times  the  height  of  the  windows.  But 
in  too  many  cases  where  the  windows  have  been 
placed  properly,  the  value  of  their  height  is  wholly 
lost  owing  to  the  blinds  being  kept  down  about  half 
way.  Considerable  questioning  of  teachers  appears 
to  show  that  this  is  due  sometimes  to  inattention  or 
ignorance  on  the  teacher's  part.  In  other  cases  it 
is  from  a  regard  for  the  outward  appearance  of  the 
buildings,  the  housewife's  general  rule  of  keeping 
the  lower  edge  of  the  blinds  on  a  level  with  the  meet- 
ing rails  of  the  sashes  being  adopted  by  the  teacher. 
Still  more  give  as  the  reason  the  legitimate  use  of 
the  blinds,  namely,  protection  from  the  sun.  In 
fact,  this  was  the  reason  given  the  writer  by  a 
teacher  in  a  north  room  quite  recently. 


But  whatever  the  reason  may  be,  teachers  should 
know  that  unless  the  sunlight  be  streaming  in  direct- 
ly upon  the  faces  or  books  of  the  pupils,  too  much 
light  cannot  be  admitted  into  a  schoolroom.  At  the 
present  advanced  state  of  the  knowledge  of  school 
hygiene,  the  reasons  for  this  need  not  be  enlarged 
upon  here,  but  it  must  always  be  remembered  that 
sunlight  is  the  best  preventive  of  disease.  Also  that 
working  in  a  poor  light  tends  to  weaken  and  destroy 
the  eye-sight  and  working  in  a  good  light  to  pre- 
serve it. 

Therefore,  either  keep  your  blinds  right  to  the 
top  of  the  windows  whenever  possible;  or,  better 
still,  have  the  blinds  fixed  to  the  sill  of  the  window 
frame  and  raise  them  when  necessary  to  shade  the 
pupils.  By  this  means  the  top  of  your  windows 
will  be  free  for  the  admission  of  light  and,  if 
necessary,  for  purposes  of  ventilation. 


From  an  Examiner's  Note  Book. 

This  is  taken  from  the  Kingston  (Ont.)  Whig, 
but  it  has  the  flavor  of  being  a  nearer-at-hand  home- 
product :  On  the  uses  of  food  information  was 
given  as  follows :  ''Food  is  a  necessity  and  all  who 
do  not  eat  enough  food  will  gradually  become  weak 
and  feeble  and  in  many  cases  take  the  fever  and  die. 
It  helps  to  keep  up  the  body  and  it  is  digested  and 
goes  to  different  parts  of  the  body  to  build  it  up. 
Why,  if  it  wasn't  for  food  I  wouldn't  be  here 
writing  these  exams,  today.  Food  needs  to  be  well 
digested  and  when  you  take  a  quarter  of  a  poimd  of 
meat  in  one  bite,  it  will  do  you  no  good  except  lay 
on  your  stomach  and  give  you  a  stomach-ache." 


The  Voice  of  the  Wind. 

The  wind,  when  first  he  rose  and  went  abroad 
Througli  the  vast  region,  felt  himself  at  fault, 
Wanting  a  voice;  and  suddenly  to  earth 
Descended  with  a  wafture  and  a  swoop. 
Where,  wandering  volatile  from  kind  to  kind. 
He  wooed  the  several  trees  to  give  him  one. 

First  he  besought  the  ash ;  the  voice  she  lent 
Fitfully  with  a  free  and  lashing  change 
Flung  here  and  there  its  sad  uncertainties: 
The  aspen  next;  a  fluttered,  frivolous  twitter 
Was  her  sole  tribute:  from  the  willow  came 
So  long  as  dainty  summer  dressed  her  out, 
A  whispering  sweetness,  but  her  winter  note 
Was  hissing,  dry  and  reedy;  lastly  the  pine 
Did  he  solicit;  and  from  her  he  drew 
A  voice  so  constant,  soft,  and  lowly  deep. 
That  there  he  rested,  welcoming  in  her 
A  mild  memorial  of  the  ocean  cave 
Where  he  was  born. 

— Henry  Taylor, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


123 


The  Song  of  the  Pine  Forest. 

The  pine  forest  is  a  wonderful  place.  The  pine 
trees  stand  in  rank  like  the  soldiers  of  some  vast 
army,  side  by  side,  mile  after  mile,  in  companies  and 
regiments  and  battalions,  all  clothed  in  a  sober  uni- 
form of  green  and  gray.  But  they  are  unlike  soldiers 
in  this,  that  they  are  of  all  ages  and  sizes ;  some  so 
small  that  the  rabbits  easily  jump  over  them  in  their 
play,  and  some  so  tall  and  stately  that  the  fall  of 
them  is  like  the  falling  of  a  high  tower. 

The  pine  trees  are  put  to  many  different  uses. 
They  are  made  into  masts  for  the  gallant  ships  that 
sail  out  and  away  to  distant  ports  across  the  great 
ocean.  Others  are  sawn  into  planks  and  used  for 
the  building  of  sheds;  for  the  rafters  and  flooring 
and  clapboards  and  other  woodwork  of  our  houses ; 
for  railway  sleepers,  scaffoldings,  and  hoardings. 
Others  are  polished  and  fashioned  into  articles  of 
furniture. 

Turpentine  comes  from  them,  which  the  artist 
uses  with  his  colors  and  the  doctor  in  his  medicines, 
which  is  used  too  in  the  cleaning  of  stuffs  and  in  a 
hundred  different  ways;  while  the  pine  cones  and 
broken  branches  and  waste  wood  makes  bright 
crackling  fires  by  which  to  warm  ourselves  on  a 
winter's  day. 

But  there  is  something  more  than  just  this  I 
should  like  you  to  think  about  in  connection  with  the 
pine  forest;  for  it,  like  everything  else  that  is  fair 
and  noble  in  nature,  has  a  strange  and  precious 
secret  of  its  own. 

You  may  learn  the  many  uses  of  the  trees  in 
books,  when  men  have  cut  them  down  or  grubbed 
them  up,  or  poked  holes  in  their  poor  sides  to  let  the 
turpentine  run  out;  but  you  can  learn  the  secret  of 
the  forest  itself  only  by  listening  humbly  and 
reverently  for  it  to  speak  to  you. 

Nature  is  grander  and  more  magnificent  than  all 
the  queens  who  have  lived  in  sumptuous  palaces  and 
reigned  over  famous  kingdoms  since  the  world  be- 
gan ;  and  though  she  will  be  very  kind  and  gracious 
to  children  who  come  and  ask  her  questions  modest- 
ly, and  will  show  them  the  most  lovely  sights  and 
tell  them  the  most  delicious  fairy  tales  that  ever 
were  seen  or  heard,  she  makes  very  short  work  with 
conceited  persons. 

She  covers  their  eyes  and  stops  their  ears,  so  that 
they  can  never  see  her  wonderful  treasures  or  hear 
her  charming  stories,  but  live,  all  their  lives  long, 
shut  up  in  their  nun  ignorance,  thinking  they  know 
all  about  everything  as  well  as  if  they  had  made  it 


themselves,  when  they  do  not  really  know  anything 
at  all.  And  because  you  and  I  want  to  know  any- 
thing and  everything  that  Nature  is  condescending 
enough  to  teach  us,  we  will  listen,  to  begin  with,  to 
what  the  pine  forest  has  to  tell. 

When  the  rough  winds  are  up  and  at  play,  and  the 
pine  trees  shout  and  sing  together  in  a  mighty 
chorus,  while  the  hoarse  voice  of  them  is  like  the 
roar  of  the  sea  upon  a  rocky  coast,  then  you  may 
learn  the  secret  of  the  forest.  It  sings  first  of  the 
winged  seed,  then  of  the  birth  of  the  tiny  tree;  of 
sunrise  and  sunset,  and  the  tranquil  warmth  of  noon- 
day; of  the  soft,  refreshing  rain,  and  the  kindly, 
nourishing  earth ;  of  the  white  moonlight,  and  pale, 
moist  garments  of  the  mist,  all  helping  the  tree  to 
grow  up  tall  and  straight,  to  strike  root  deep  and 
spread  wide  its  green  branches. 

The  voice  sings,  too,  of  the  biting  frost,  and  the 
still,  dumb  snow,  and  the  hurrying  storm,  all  trying 
and  testing  the  tree,  to  prove  if  it  can  stand  firm  and 
show  a  brave  face  in  time  of  danger  and  trouble. 
Then  it  sings  of  the  happy  springtime,  when  the 
forest  is  girdled  about  with  a  band  of  flowers ;  while 
the  birds  build  and  call  to  each  other  among  the  high 
branches;  and  the  squirrel  helps  his  wife  to  make 
her  snug  nest  for  the  little  brown  squirrel  babies  that 
are  to  be;  and  the  dormice  wake  from  their  long 
winter  sleep,  and  sit  in  the  sunshine  and  comb  their 
whiskers  with  their  dainty  little  paws. 

And  then  the  forest  sings  of  man — how  he  comes 
with  an  ax  and  saw,  and  hammer  and  iron  wedges, 
and  lays  low  the  tallest  of  its  children,  and  binds 
them  with  ropes  and  chains,  and  hauls  them  away 
to  be  his  bond  servants  and  slaves. 

And,  last  of  all,  it  sings  slowly  and  very  gently 
of  old  age  and  decay  and  death;  of  the  seed  that 
falls  on  hard,  dry  places  and  never  springs  up ;  of  the 
tree  that  is  broken  by  the  tempest  or  scathed  by  the 
lightning  flash,  and  stands  bare  and  barren  and  un- 
sightly ;  sings  how,  in  the  end,  all  things  shrink  and 
crumble,  and  how  the  dust  of  them  returns  and  is 
mingled  with  the  fruitful  soil  from  which  at  first 
they  came. 

This  is  the  song  of  the  pine  forest,  and  from  it  you 
may  learn  this  lesson  :  that  the  life  of  the  tree  and  of 
beast  and  bird  are  subject  to  the  same  three  great 
laws  as  the  life  of  man,— the  law  of  growth,  of 
obedience,  and  of  self-sacrifice.  And  perhaps,  when 
you  are  older,  you  may  conic  to  see  that  these  three 
laws  are  after  all  hut  one,  hound  forever  together 
the  golden  cord  of  love. — Selected. 


by 


m 


THE  EDUCAT1IONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Wayside  Inn. 

I  halted  at  a  pleasant  inn, 

As  I  my  way  was  wending — 
A  golden  apple  was  the  sign, 

From  knotty  bough  depending. 
Mine  host — it  was  an  apple  tree — 

He  smilingly  received  me, 
And  spread  his  sweetest,  choicest  fruit 

To  strengthen  and  relieve  me. 
Full  many  a  little  feathered  guest 

Came  through  his  branches  springing; 
They  hopped  and  flew  from  spray  to  spray, 

Their  notes  of  gladness   singing. 
Beneath  his  shade  I  laid  me  down, 

And  slumber  sweet  possessed  me; 
The  soft  wind  blowing  through  the  leaves 

With  whispers  low  caressed  me. 
And  when  I  rose  and  would  have  paid 

My  host  so  open-hearted, 
He  only  shook  his  lofty  head — 

I  blessed  him  and  departed. 

■ — Johann  Ludivig  Uhland  (translation). 


Feeding1  Birds  in  Winter. 

Under  the  subject  of  "Feeding  Birds  in  Winter" 
come  two  other  subjects  of  even  greater  interest  to 
the  bird  lovers,  namely,  "The  Taming  of  Birds"  and 
"The  Changing  of  Both  their  Habits  and  Food." 

The  winter  of  1903- 1904,  was  an  exceptionally 
hard  winter  for  the  birds ;  for  this  reason  I  thought 
it  my  duty  to  set  a  lunch-counter  for  the  feathered 
tribe.  I  tacked  suet  to  the  trunk  of  a  big  black  wal- 
nut tree  that  grew  fifteen  feet  from  my  window, 
and  it  was  not  long  before  the  birds  began  to  patron- 
ize it.  They  seemed  to  tell  all  the  birds  in  the 
neighborhood  of  their  happy  discovery,  for  many 
birds  appeared  that  I  had  never  seen  around  the 
house  before  this  time. 

Every  day  the  downy  and  hairy  woodpeckers, 
red  and  white-breasted  nuthatches,  chickadees, 
brown  creepers,  and  blue  jays  came  tq  eat  the  suet, 
while  the  j  uncos  and  an  occasional  English  sparrow 
ate  crumbs  I  scattered  on  the  ground.  The  birds 
were  not  the  only  ones  to  enjoy  the  suet;  several 
gray  and  red  squirrels  came  daily  and  carried  away 
so  much  suet  that  I  had  to  devise  a  new  method  for 
feeding  the  birds.  I  put  out  bread  crumbs  upon  my 
window-sill,  and  the  chickadees  and  nuthatches 
soon  learned  to  come  there  for  them.  At  first  they 
were  afraid  of  the  open  window,  but  thev  soon 
learned  to  eat  without  fear,  while  1  stood  near  with 
the  window  open. 

I  )ne  cold  morning  I  put  some  crumbs  in  my  hand, 
and    held   it  out  of  the  window.     A  little  chickadee 


came  along,  flew  nearer  and  nearer;  then  came  to  a 
wire  close  to  my  hand;  looked  at  the  crumbs,  then 
at  me.  After  picking  my  fingers  to  make  sure  they 
were  harmless,  he  hopped  into  my  hand,  ate  some 
crumbs,  and  flew  away  to  tell  his  mate  what  a  dar- 
ing little  chickadee  he  was.  After  this  he  came 
daily  to  mys  hand,  and  before  long  other  chickadees 
and  a  red-breasted  nuthatch  followed  his  example. 
One  day  I  succeeded  in  photographing  my  feathered 
friend,  while  eating  crumbs  from  my  hand.  The 
nuthatches  had  a  good  deal  of  difficulty  in  getting 
to  the  window-sills.  They  could  not  grasp  the 
smooth  boards  with  their  claws,  neither  could  they 
keep  their  balance  on  the  wire  just  beyond  the  sill. 
I  took  pity  on  them  and  made  what  I  call  a  moving 
restaurant  for  them.  I  nailed  boards  together, 
which  I  suspended  in  mid-air  by  means  of  a  wire. 
With  a  string  and  pulley  I  can  move  this  from  my 
window  to  the  tree.  Here  I  placed  crumbs  and 
water.  The  nuthatches  soon  learned  to  come  here 
very  gracefully,  and  before  long  they  could  stand  up 
on  their  legs  as  well  as  any  other  bird.  My  nut- 
hatch is  now  as  much  a  perching  bird  as  a  creeping 
bird. 

The  next  year  the  brown  creepers,  j  uncos,  an 
English  sparrow  and  a  downy  woodpecker  fol- 
lowed the  example  of  the  nuthatches  and  chicka- 
dees and  came  to  the  restaurant  for  food.  I  took 
several  photographs  of  them. 

The  woodpeckers  eat  nothing  but  suet,  while  the 
j  uncos  eat  nothing  but  crumbs  and  seeds.  The 
birds  have  a  decided  preference  for  doughnut 
crumbs,  although  they  are  very  fond  of  bread 
crumbs.  The  brown  creeper  likes  crumbs  and  suet, 
while  the  chickadees  and  nuthatches,  although  they 
will  eat  everything  I  give  them,  like  nuts  and  squash 
seeds  best.  I  crack  the  nuts  for  them  and  give  them 
shells  and  all,  while  I  simply  break  the  squash  seeds 
in  two. 

I  shall  continue  my  study  of  feeding  and  taming 
the  birds  this  winter,  and  hope  to  discover  many 
other  new  facts  about  them. 

I  advise  the  reader  of  Bird-Lore  to  set  a  table  for 
the  birds  this  coming  winter,  and  to  watch  their 
habits  closely.  It  is  surprising  how  the  birds  will 
appear  in  a  neighborhood  where  there  were  no  birds, 
when  they  find  food  and  protection  there. 

I  begin  to  feed  the  birds  the  last  of  October,  and 
keep  it  up  regularly  until  the  middle  of  April.  The 
birds  will  not  come  to  any  artificial  lunch-counter 
when  they  can  get  their  natural  food. — Samuel  D. 
Robbins,  Belmont,  Mass.,  in  Bird-Lore. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


125 


Plans  in  Geography  and  Nature  Study. 

"Every  man's  chimney  is  his  golden  milestone," 
says  Longfellow.  That  is  true,  and  in  the  child's 
case  it  is  the  milestone  from  which  all  his  measure- 
ments are  taken.  The  geography  of  the  neighbor- 
hood in  an  ever-increasing  circle  must  be  his 
starting-point — from  the  school  itself,  with  its 
entrances,  hall  and  classrooms,  on  to  the  playground, 
thence  to  the  country  beyond.  The  child's  class- 
room is  the  place  from  which  he  starts  on  his  tour 
of  geographical  discovery.  Its  length,  breadth, 
height — all  measured  by  himself  or  his  classmates 
and  drawn  by  him  to  scale  on  his  paper — these  form 
his  first  memoranda.  And  until  he  understands  in 
this  way  the  meaning  of  a  plan,  by  making  one  of 
a  place  he  actually  knows,  he  can  never  be  expected 
to  have  the  most  elementary  notion  of  the  meaning 
of  a  map.  Then  the  school  buildings — measured 
and  drawn  in  the  same  way — each  step  being 
actually  done  by  the  children  themselves  before  any- 
thing is  put  on  paper,  before  any  definitions  are 
attempted.  And  one  word  as  to  the  much-abused 
definition.  Do  relegate  it  to  its  proper  place,  and 
that  is — the  end  of  a  lesson.  Let  it  be  formulated  by 
the  children  themselves  and  be  the  outcome  of  their 
own  experience.  If  your)  lesson  has  been  clear,  and 
given  in  an  interesting,  intelligent  way,  there  will 
be  no  difficulty  in  getting  definitions. 

Now  as  to  the  geography  of  the  immediate 
neighborhood.  If  you  happen  to  be  so  fortunate 
as  to  live  in  a  mountainous  district  near 
the  sea,  lessons  on  geographical  terms  will  present 
no  difficulty.  Mountain,  valley,  river,  lake,  cape, 
bay — all  can  be  exactly  illustrated  from  the  child's 
environment.  But  this  is  the  exceptional  case  and 
not  the  normal,  and  it  is  the  latter  with  which  we 
have  to  deal. 

But  although  only  a  few  of  us  are  provided  with 
such  rich  material  close  at  hand,  let  us  not  think 
that  our  own  neighborhood  is  devoid  of  apt  illus- 
trations. The  gutter  of  a  steep  street  on  a  rainy 
day  is  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  mountain 
stream  from  which  the  river  grows.  Its  tumultuous, 
headlong  race,  as  it  dashes  down  the  slope ;  the  way 
in  which  it  carries  all  light  material  down  with  it ; 
its  conduct  when  it  meets  a  large  stone  or  similar 
object  in  its  course — all  are  truly  illustrative  of  the 
characteristics  of  a  river.  And  for  further  illustra- 
tion there  are  few  districts  in  "Merrie  England" 
that  cannot  boast  a  stream  of  some  sort.  An  excur- 
sion to  a  piece  of  rising  ground  near,  noting  exactly 
the   difference  between  the   view    from   the  bottom 


and  that  from  the  top,  will  form  the  starting-point 
for  lessons  on  the  horizon,  hills,  mountains,  valleys, 
and  plains.  Lessons  on  the  points  of  the  compass 
should  first  be  taken  out  of  doors,  where  the  child- 
ren can  make  their  own  personal  observations.  In 
these  outdoor  lessons  it  is  a  good  plan  to  provide 
the  children  with  paper  and  pencil  so  that  they  can 
make  rough  sketches.  No  doubt  these  will  be  very 
crude,  but  the  making  of  them  will  be  invaluable  in 
impressing  the  main  facts  upon  the  children's  minds. 
We  all  know  that  the  child  often  forgets  what  he 
sees,  still  more  often  what  he  hears,  but  rarely 
what  he  makes.  The  very  co-operation  of  the 
muscles  in  reproducing  on  paper  his  ideas 
of  what  he  sees  will  doubly  insure  him  being 
able  to  remember  those  ideas.  Our  children 
have  made  at  one  time  and  another  very 
creditable  seaside  sketches.  Certainly  there  was 
some  disproportion  between  the  size  of  the  islands 
and  the  ships  sailing  past  them.  The  room  taken  up 
by  the  captain's  telescope  and  the  man  at  the  wheel 
might  slightly  inconvenience  any  passengers  on 
deck ;  the  lighthouses  bore  a  strong  resemblance  to 
the  famous  tower  of  Pisa;  and  the  fish  were  first 
cousins  to  the  whale  of  Jonah's  acquaintance.  But 
que  voulez-vous?  The  pictures  represented  truly  to 
them  what  they  had  seen,  and  that  is  of  even  more 
importance  than  an  accurate  sense  of  perspective 
and  proportion.  —  From  "Chiid  Life  in  Our 
Schools."    (  Geo.  Philip  and  Son,  London). 


Chat  About  Plans  Between  Uncle  Tom  and  His  Two 
Nephews. 

"We  will  first  fix  upon  a  scale,"  said  Uncle  Tom. 
"Suppose  we  say  our  new  scale  is  to  be  one  foot  to 
a  quarter  of  a  mile." 

"And  can  you  really  make  a  foot  stand  for  a 
quarter  of  a  mile?"  asked  Dick. 

"Yes,  that's  easy,"  said  his  uncle,  as  he  spread  the 
paper  on  the  table. 

"lint 'what  things  can  you  show  in  a  plan  like 
that,  uncle?"  asked  Harry. 

"You  shall  see,"  he  replied,  and  he  wrote  the 
letters  X.  S.  E.  W.  on  the  four  edges  of  the  paper, 
to  show  the  four  cardinal  points. 

"Now,"  he  said,  "you  know  Buttercup  Farm, 
where  we  live,  stands  at  the  corner  of  the  road. 

"You  know  too  that,  when  you  stand  at  the  gate, 
and  l<¥)k  down  the  road  at  twelve  o'clock,  the  sun 
is  straight  in  front  of  yon.  Can  you  tell  me  from 
this  which  way  the  road  runs?" 

"South,"  cried  both  the  bovs  at  once. 


126 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


"And  you  know  that,  if  you  turn  your  back  to 
the  sun  at  noon,  you  are  looking  towards  the  north," 
he  added. 

"Oh  yes,  uncle,"  said  Dick..  "So  the  other  end  of 
the  road  runs  north." 

"That's  right,"  said  his  uncle.  "Now  think  of  the 
road,  which  crosses  this  one,  at  the  corner  of  the 
farm." 

"That  must  run  from  east  to  west,  for  it  goes 
straight  across,"  said  Harry. 

"Right  again,  boys,"  said  Uncle  Tom.  "Now  let 
us  start  with  our  plan.  We  will  begin  at  this  point 
in  the  middle  of  the  paper.  I  will  draw  two  lines, 
side  by  side,  from  north  to  south,  and  two  others 
crossing  them  from  east  to  west." 

"I  suppose  those  lines  stand  for  the  road,  uncle," 
said  Dick.  "And  the  farm  must  be  just  here,  where 
the  roads  cross." 

"Good,"  said  his  uncle,  "and  I  want  to  put  in  our 
house  and  the  rest  of  the  farm  buildings  next.  They 
won't  be  very  large,  of  course,  on  this  paper,  but 
our  plan  will  show  us  where  they  stand. 

"Now,"  he  added,  "I  know  it  is  just  a  quarter  of 
a  mile  from  our  house  to  the  church  at  the  end  of 
the  village.  So  if  I  measure  one  foot  along  the 
road  towards  the  south,  I  shall  know  where  the 
church  is  to  come.  The  Rectory  stands  facing  it, 
you  know,  on  the  other  side  of  the  street.  And  the 
school  is  just  half-way  between  us  and  the  church. 
So  we  can  put  these  in  our  plan  now. 

"A  quarter  of  a  mile  along  the  road  to  the  north 
is  the  chapel.  The  Park  Farm  is  on  the  other  side 
of  the  road,  about  half  that  distance  from  us.  And 
behind  it  is  the  Manor  House,  where  the  Squire 
lives.  We  will  put  them  in  next,  with  the  wood 
lying  behind  the  Squire's  House. 

"And  now  I  must  go,"  he  added.  "But  you  may 
mark  in  other  places  for  yourselves,  such  as  the 
smithy,  the  butcher's  shop,  the  baker's  shop,  the 
post-office,  the  Slade  farm,  Beck's  farm,  and  so  on. 

"This,  you  see,  is  a  plan  of  all  the  places  for  a 
quarter  of  a  mile  round  us.  We  may  call  a  plan  of 
this  sort  a  map." — MacMillaris  Globe  Geography 
Reader,  London. 


The  little  boy's  father  had  come  home  from  his 
office  early  and  was  lying  down  for  a  nap  before 
dinner.  The  little  lad's  mother  sent  him  upstairs  to 
sec  if  his  father  was  asleep.  He  returned  with  this 
answer:  "Yes,  mamma,  papa  is  all  asleep  but  his 
nose !" 


The  Arrow  and  the  Song. 

HENRY    WADSWORTH    LONGFELLOW. 
I. 

I  shot  an  arrow  into  the  air, 
It  fell  to  earth,  I  knew  not  where; 
For,  so  swiftly  it  flew,  the  sight 
Could  not  follow  it  in  its  flight. 

II. 

I  breathed  a  song  into  the  air; 
It  fell  to  earth,  I  know  not  whsre; 
For  who  has  sight  so  keen  and  strong, 
That  it  can  follow  the  flight  of  song? 

III. 

Long,  long  afterward,  in  an  oak 
I  found  the  arrow,  still  unbroke ; 
And  the  song,  from  beginning  to  end, 
I  found  again  in  the  heart  of  a  friend. 

NOTES. 

This  very  dainty,  beautiful  poem  is  so  simple  it 
needs  little  talk  or  explanation.  It  needs  to  be 
quietly  read,  to  be  memorized,  and  not  only  recited 
in  class,  but  to  one's  self  alone,  also.  The  teaching 
of  the  poem  is  very  true,  and  told  in  various  ways. 

Mr.  Longfellow  uses  a  figure  of  speech — that  is  a 
form  or  way  of  speaking — that  we  call  a  simile. 
Look  up  this  word  in  the  dictionary.  It  comes  from 
a  Latin  word,  meaning  like;  we  get  our  word 
similar  from  the  same  word.  Read  the  first  stanza, 
then  the  second;  the  first  two  lines  of  the  third 
stanza,  then  the  second  two.  Do  you  see  the  likeness 
or  simile?  In  which  stanza  and  pair  of  lines  do  we 
find  Longfellow's  meaning? 

What  does  he  mean  by  "a  song"  here?  How  did 
he  breathe  it — aloud  ?  carefully  ? — how  ?  Why  didn't 
he  know  where  it  fell  ?  What  made  him  breathe  it 
into  the  air? 

There  is  an  old  song  that  says — 

"  Kind  words  can  never  die ; 

Cherished  and  blest 
God  knows  how  deep  they  lie 

Hid  in  the  breast." 

May  the  same  be  true  of  beautiful  words?  noble 
words?  One  doesn't  need  to  watch  where  such 
words  fall.  If  his  mind  is  full  of  them,  he  may  keep 
speaking  them  and  be  sure  he  will  find  them  again ; 
only  when  one  is  most  truly  kind  he  thinks  least  of 
whether  or  not  his  kindness  will  be  returned.  It 
will  be  with  them  as  with  the  "blessed  of  the 
Father"  in  what  Jesus  once  told.  (Read  Matthew 
31-40.)—  Sch ool  News  andPraetieal  Educator, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


127 


Signs  of  Rain. 

-  The  hollow  winds  begin  to  blow ; 
The  clouds  look  black,  the  glass  is  low. 
Last  night  the  sun  went  pale  to  bed, 
The  moon  in  halos  hid  her  head. 
Loud  quacks  the  duck,  the  peacocks  cry, 
The  distant  hills  are  seeming  nigh. 
Low  o'er  the  grass  the  swallow  wings, 
The  cricket,  too,  how  sharp  he  sings. 
Through  the  clear  streams  the  fishes  rise, 
And  nimbly  catch  the  incautious  flies. 
At  dusk  the  squalid  toad  was  seen 
Hopping  and  crawling  o'er  the  green. 
The  whirling  dust  the  wind  obeys. 
And  in  the  rapid  eddy  plays ; 
The  frog  has  changed  his  yellow  vest, 
And  in  a  russet  coat  is  dressed. 

'Twill  surely  rain ;   I  see  with  sorrow, 
Our  jaunt  must  be  put  off  to-morrow.—  Anonymous. 


Lines  in  Season. 

A  teacher,  Miss  Evelyn  R.  Bennett,  Hopewell 
Cape,  N.  B.,  sends  a  few  quotations  and  the  way 
she  uses  them,  which  may  be  a  benefit  to  others. 

The  quotations  are  placed  on  the  blackboard.  They 
are  memorized  by  repeating  in  concert  or  singly,  or 
by  silent  study.  They  are  explained,  and  the  good 
thoughts  placed  before  the  children. 


Let  your  heart  feel  for  the  afflictions  and  distresses  of 
everyone. — Washington. 

Associate  with  men  of  good  quality  if  you  esteem  your 
own  reputation,  for  it  is  better  to  be  alone  than  in  bad 
company. — Washington. 

Character  consists  in  little  acts  well  and  honorably  per- 
formed ;  daily  life  being  the  quarry  from  which  we  build 
it  up,  and  rough-hew  the  habits  which  form  it. 

A  friend  called  on  Michael  Angelo,  who  was  finishing  a 
statue ;  some  time  afterwards  he  called  again ;  the  sculptor 
was  still  at  his  work.  His  friend,  looking  at  the  figure, 
exclaimed  "  Have  you  been  idle  since  I  saw  you  last  ?  " 
"  By  no  means,"  replied  the  sculptor ;  "  I  have  re-touched 
this  part  and  finished  that;  I  have  softened  this  feature 
and  brought  out  this  muscle;  I  have  given  more  expres- 
sion to  this  lip,  and  more  energy  to  this  limb."  "  Well, 
well,"  said  the  friend,  "  all  these  are  trifles."  "  It  may  be 
so,"  replied  Angelo ;  "  but  recollect  that  trifles  make  per- 
fection, and  that  perfection  is  no  trifle." 

The  tendency  to  persevere,  to  persist  in  spite  of  hind- 
rances and  impossibilities,  it  is  this  that  in  all  things  dis- 
tinguishes the  strong  soul  from  the  weak. — Carlyle. 

The  men  who  try  to  do  something  and  fail,  are  infinitely 
better  than  those  who  try  to  do  nothing  and  succeed. — 
Lloyd  Jones. 

Failure  after   long  perseverance  is   much   grander   than 
never  to  have  a  striving  good  enough  to  be  called  a   fail 
tire. — George  Eliot. 

Blessed  is  he  who  has  found  his  work ;  let  him  ask  no 
other  blessedness.  He  has  a  work,  a  life  purpose;  he  lias 
found  it  and  will  follow  it. — Carlyle. 


A  Psalm  of  Praise. 

1.  Make  a  joyful  noise  unto  the  Lord,  all  ye 
lands. 

2.  Serve  the  Lord  with  gladness :  come  before  his 
presence  with  singing. 

3.  Know  ye  the  Lord  he  is  God  :  it  is  he  that  hath 
made  us,  and  not  we  ourselves ;  we  arc  his  people, 
and  the  sheep  of  his  pasture. 

4.  Enter  into  his  gate  with  thanksgiving,  and  into 
his  courts  with  praise :  be  thankful  unto  him,  and 
bless  his  name. 

5.  For  the  Lord  is  good ;  his  mercy  is  everlast- 
ing; and  his  truth  endure th  to  all  generations. 

NOTES. 

What  is  a  Psalm?  This  100th  Psalm  does  not 
look  like  poetry ;  but  it  is,  as  you  doubtless  will  feel 
it  to  be  as  you  read.  Psalms  were  written  to  be 
sung,  and  sung  responsively.  If  you  will  notice  the 
Psalm  above,  you  will  see  that  each  verse  except  the 
first  has  at  least  two  parts,  and,  if  more,  they  are 
arranged  in  pairs,  for  the  most  part.  This  was  so 
that  in  the  great  temple  the  choir  of  priests  might 
sing  the  leading  part  and  the  people  respond  by  sing- 
ing the  second,  thus  (verse  four)  : 

Enter  into  His  gates  with  thanksgiving 
And  into  His  courts  with  praise: 
Be  thankful  unto  Him, 
And  bless  His  name. 

All  nations  believed  in  a  god.  The  Jews  taught 
the  world  of  the  "one  living  and  true  God."  They 
wrote  many  Psalms,  and  those  so  beautiful  that  the 
world  keeps  singing  them.  The  ( )ne-hundredth 
Psalm  is  one  of  the  most  notable  for  simple  dignity 
and  beauty.  To  appreciate  it  you  must  think  of  it 
as  sung  in  Solomon's  wonderful  temple,  when 
hundreds  of  priests  were  about  the  altar  and  tens- 
of-thousands  of  people  were  attending  the  worship. 
In  Psalm  cl.  you  will  find  a  list  of  instruments  in 
the  orchestra.    Read  also  Psalms  cxlviii.  and  cxlix. 

Thankfulness  is  one  of  the  most  noble  feelings ; 
and  praise  a  most  becoming  form  of  expression. 
We  should  learn  the  Song  of  Praise  by  heart.  Verse 
three  gives  the  reason  for  verses  one  and  two ;  verse 
five  the  reason  for  verse  four.  The  Psalms  are  full 
of  beautiful  expressions  like  those  of  this  one. — 
Selected. 


A  mother  being  asked  if  she  had  any  trouble  with 
her  boys  said:  "No,  I  keep  them  busy  and  I  have 
their  confidence."  Do  you  know  of  a  better  receipt 
for  the  teacher? 


128 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Fop  the  Little  Folks. 

Friday. 

It's  heaps  of  fun  to  be  a  boy 

When  Friday  conies  along; 
That  day  a  boy  don't  mind  a  bit, 

No  matter  what  goes  wrong. 

Sometimes  on  Fridays  we  are  good, 

A  reg'lar  model  class. 
The  teacher  smiles  at  three,  and  says, 

"  The  first  line  rise  and  pass." 

We  get  our  hats ;  our  books  we  strap ; 

And  whistling  a  tune, 
We  hurry  out.     There's  nothing  like 

A  Friday  afternoon. 

You  say  it's  odd  that  Friday  should 

A  part  so  noted  play? 
Just  ask  a  boy.    He'll  tell  you  why : 

The  next  is  Saturday. 
— Arthur  H.  Folwell,  in  The  Youth's  Companion. 


First  Lessons. 
Priscilla  went  to  school  this  week 

She's  only  five,  you  know, 
And  for  a  very  little  girl, 

She  has  not  much  to  show. 
The  teacher  gave  her  picture-books, 

With  cats  and  mice  and  birds ; 
She  thought  she  knew  them  all  by  heart, 

But  oh,  those  horrid  words ! 
She  saw  a  big  red  cube 

Along  with  yellow  blocks ; 
She  spelled  out  cube,  but  said  it  was 

"  A  little  baby  box." 
A  frisky  lamb  was  a  speckled  calf, 

The  hammer  was  a  hatchet. 
Whenever  she  was  in  much  doubt, 

She  took  a  word  to  match  it. 
The  spade  she  knew  was  a  little  hoe, 

The  brook  looked  like  a  sea, 
And  every  coloured  picture  there 

Was  as  queer  as  queer  could  be. 
Next  day  she  would  not  go  at  all, 

And  I  heard  Priscilla  say, 
"  School  may  be  nice  for  grown-up  folks, 

But  I'd  much  rather  play." 
-M.  S.  Humphreyville,  in  The  Youth's  Companion. 


Autumn  Leaves. 
"  Come,  little   leaves,"  said  the  wind  one  day, 
"  Come  over  the  meadows  with  me  and  play ; 
Put  on  your  dresses  of  red  and  gold ; 
Summer  is  gone  and  the  days  grow  old." 

Soon  as  the  leaves  heard  the  wind's  loud  call, 
Down  they  came  fluttering,  one  and  all; 
Over  the  brown  fields  they  danced  and  flew, 
Singing  the  soft  little  songs  they  knew. 

"Cricket,  good-bye,  we've  been  friends  so  long; 
Little  brook,  sing  us  your  farewell  song — 


Say  you're  sorry  to  see  us  go ; 

Ah !  you  are  sorry,  right  well  we  know. 

"  Dear  little  lambs,  in  your  fleecy  fold, 
Mother  will  keep  you  from  harm  and  cold; 
Fondly  we've  watched  you  in  vale  and  glade; 
Say,  will  you  dream  of  our  loving  shade?" 

Dancing  and  whirling  the  little  leaves  went, 
Winter  had  called  them  and  they  were  content- 
Soon  fast  asleep  in  the  earthy  beds, 
The  snow  laid  a  soft  mantle  over  their  heads. 


The  Old  Mill. 


Stream  that  hastens  from  the  hill, 

Tarry  here  to  turn  the  mill. 

Rainbow  drops  the  seedlings  knew 

In  the  shower  and  the  dew, 

Once  again  your  magic  lend, 

Life  into  the  mill  wheel  send. 

Nature,  the  all-bounteous  mother, 

Beast  and  bird,  and  man  their  brother, 

Through  the  spring  and  summer  weather 

Steadily  have  worked  together. 

E'en  the  earthworms  in  the  soil 

Give  their  share  of  patient  toil. 

Sturdy  oxen  drew  the  plow 

Where  the  stubble  standeth  now. 

Horse  and  farmer  reaped  the  grain 

From  the  sunned  and  watered  plain. 

Now  upon  the  old  mill's  floor 

Lies  the  yellow  harvest  store, 

Till  the  all-transforming  wheel 

Turns  the  kernels  into  meal. 

All  have  helped  to  give  the  bread 

Over  which  the  grace  is  said. 

— Laura  Winnington. 


The  Snow  Flowers. 


When  birds  to  sun-land  southward  wing. 

And  chilly  winds  begin  to  blow, 
The  babies  that  were  born  in  spring 

Think  all  delights  are  ended  so; 
But  Jack  Frost  laughs  aloud,  "  Ho !  ho ! 

There's  joy  ahead  they  little  know, 

They  have  not  seen  the  snow !  " 

Then  he  begins  to  call  his  sprites 

From  the  bleak,  trackless  north  afar, 
Where  each  one  in  the  frozen  nights 

Has  made  from  ice  a  crystal  star. 

And  Jack  Frost  laughs  in  glee,  "  Ha !  ha ! 

These  shine  like  bits  of  glittering  spar, 

What  flowers  fairer  are  ?  " 

And  from  the  clouds  he  rains  them  down 

Upon  the  cheerless  earth  below ; 
So  thick  they  cover  field  and  town, 

So  fair  the  brooks  forget  to  flow, 

And  Jack  Frost  laughs,  well  pleased,  "  Ho !  ho ! 

Could  summer  whiter  blossoms  blow? 

What  think  you  of  my  snow  ?  " 

— Ar\o  Bates,  in  St.  Nicholas. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


12« 


TEACHERS'  INSTITUTES. 

P.  E.  Island,  Association. 

The  P.  E.  Island  Teachers'  Association  met  at 
Charlottetown,  October  ioth  and  i  ith.  Among  the 
many  excellent  papers  read  was  that  by  Mr.  C.  J. 
McMillan,  B.A.,  of  Prince  of  Wales  College,  on  The 
Teaching  of  English.  Mr.  McMillan  contended 
that  there  ought  to  be  a  reformation  in  the  order  of 
teaching  in  the  schools,  and  that  at  every  stage  the 
English  language  and  literature  should  lead  all 
others.  English  is  the  instrument  of  instruction. 
The  reform  should,  he  maintained,  begin  at  the  bot- 
tom, not  at  the  top.  The  work  of  teaching  good 
English  ought  to  and  must  be  continuous  through 
all  classes  and  grades.  That  of  the  primary  years 
is  the  more  important  because  it  is  the  deepest  and 
most  lasting.  In  teaching  English,  poetry  should 
precede  prose.  Begin  with  nursery  rhymes  and 
poems.  Children  are  by  nature  imitative  and  they 
soon  begin  to  appreciate  the  beauty  and  smoothness 
of  good  poetry.  The  teacher  should  be  careful 
about  manner  of  expression,  for  the  teacher  is  the 
chief  guide.  But  a  taste  for  the  study  of  the  best 
literature  in  prose  and  poetry  should  be  developed. 
Utilitarian  methods  are  too  much  in  evidence  now- 
adays. There  should  be  impressed  upon  the  youth- 
ful mind  more  of  hope,  faith  and  love,  together  with 
earnestness,  sincerity  and  refinement, — finding  ex- 
pression in  thought,  action  and  language. 

Mr.  A.  E.  Winship,  of  Boston,  gave  a  fine  address 
on  Boys  as  an  Asset,  and  Mr.  Theodore  Ross  an- 
other on  The  New  Education. 

The  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  are :  President, 
Walter  Jones,  Pownal :  Vice-president  for  Queens 
County,  James  Profit,  New  London;  Vice-president 
for  Kings  County,  J.  L.  Kennedy,  Souris ;  Vice- 
president  for  Prince  County,  D.  J.  Mullin,  Cape 
Traverse;  Secretary-treasurer,  R.  H.  Campbell, 
Charlottetown;  Recording  secretarv,  Charles  Mc- 
Duff,  Wiltshire. 

Additional  members  of  executive,  Mr.  Landrigan, 
Miss  Noonan,  Mr.  Seaman,  Mr.  Allison  Cameron 
and  Miss  Clarke. 

Resolutions  recommending  the  shortening  of  the 
school  sessions  to  five  hours  all  the  year  round,  and 
asking  an  advance  in  teachers'  salaries,  were  passed. 


Westmorland  County  Institute. 

The  twenty-ninth  annual  session  of  the  West- 
morland County  Teachers'  Institute  was  held  at 
Shediac,  September  27  and  28.  Inspectors  <  )'Blenus 
and  Hebert  were  present,  and  over  eighty  teachers 
were  enrolled.  Much  regret  was  expressed  because 
of  the  absence  through  illness  of  Principal  Oulton 
of  Moncton,  and  a  letter  of  sympathy  was  forwarded 
to  him.  President  A.  D.  Jonah  delivered  an  address 
011  "The  Teacher  in  Relation  to  the  School;"  In- 
■pector  Hebert.  one  in  French  on  "General  Topics." 
A  paper  both  interesting  and  instructive  on  "The 
McDonald    Institute,   Guelph,"   was   read   by    Miss 


Smith,  of  Lewisville.  It  was  discussed  by  H.  B. 
Steeves,  W.  A.  Cowperthwaite,  the  President,  Miss 
Colpitts,  Mr.  Dole,  Inspector  O'Blenus  and  Rev.  A. 
F.  Burt. 

A  paper  on  Drawing,  with  blackboard  illustra- 
tions, was  read  by  Miss  M.  McBeath,  of  Moncton. 
An  animated  discussion  took  place  on  this  paper 
with  reference  to  the  "Augsburg  Drawing  System." 
A  lesson  on  Number  was  taught  to  grade  two  by 
Miss  Horsman,  of  Upper  Sackville. 

The  closing  session  took  place  on  Friday  after- 
noon when  the  institute  was  divided  into  sections 
and  matters  of  general  interest  to  those  different 
sections  were  brought  up  and  discussed. 


United  Institute  of   York,   Sunbury  and 
Queens  Counties. 

This  Institute  met  at  Fredericton,  October  1 1  and 
12.  President  Chas.  D.  Richards,  A.B.,  in  the  chair. 
Over  one  hundred  teachers  were  enrolled.  The  ad- 
dress of  President  Richards,  now  principal  of  the 
Woodstock,  N.  B.,  Grammar  school,  was  carefully 
prepared  and  thoughtful.  (We  hope  to  publish  this 
in  whole  or  in  part  in  a  future  number. — Editor.) 
Dr.  J.  R.  Inch,  Inspector  N.  W.  Brown,  Miss  E_  L. 
Thorne,  Principal  B.  C.  Foster  and  Mr.  F.  A.  Good 
discussed  the  address.  Mr.  M.  A.  McFarlane, 
M.  A.,  read  a  valuable  paper  on  History,  explaining 
bow  this  study  prepares  pupils  for  the  respon- 
sibilities of  citizenship.  It  teaches  accuracy, 
awakens  an  interest  inl  books,  and  affords  an  oppor- 
tunity for  discussion  which  other  subjects  do  not. 

Mr.  J.  T.  Horsman,  M.  A.,  of  Gagetown,  read  an 
interesting  paper  on  Arithmetic,  emphasizing  the 
necessity  of  more  study  of  mental  arithmetic. 

Dr.  Inch  asked  if  it  would  be  possible  to  complete 
the  study  of  arithmetic  in  the  eighth  grade  and  do 
away  with  the  subject  in  the  High  School 
curriculum.  Messrs.  Horsman,  Page,  Foster,  Brown 
and  Richards  thought  it  could  not  be  completed 
before  entering  the  high  school. 

Principal  Osborne,  of  the  Fredericton  Business 
College,  read  a  paper  on  Writing,  giving  special 
importance  to  the  technique  of  the  subject,  and 
Principal  J.  W.  Hill,  of  Gibson,  presented  an  ex- 
cellent paper  on  the  Teaching  of  Geography. 

The  claims  of  the  New  Brunswick  Teachers' 
Association  were  placed  before  the  institute  by  Mr. 
Hughes,  president  of  the  Fredericton  branch,  and 
Mr.  I!.  C.  Foster,  a  member  of  the  executive,  and  a 
summary  given  of  the  work  it  has  done. 

Principal  bridges,  of  the  Normal  School,  gave  an 
interesting  address  on  the  Training  of  the  Memory. 
His  paper"  was  listened  to  with  pleasure  by  all  those 
in  attendance. 

The  following  officers  were  elected :  President, 
Mr.  John  K.  Page,  Fredericton;  Vice-president, 
Miss  l.uchanan,  Keswick  Ridge;  Secretary-treas- 
urer, Miss  Ella  Thorne,  Fredericton.  .Additional 
members  of  the  executive,  Miss  Inch  and  Principal 
James  A.  Hughes. 


130 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Victoria  County  Institute, 

The   annual   meeting    of   the.    Victoria    County 

Teachers'  Institute,  took  place  at  \ndovcr  on  the 
4th  anil  5th  October.  Twenty-three  teachers  en- 
rolled themselves  as  members. 

The  officers  elected  were  as  follows:  Guy  J. 
McAdam,  President;  Miss  Janet  Currie.  Vice- 
pivsident ;  Miss  Millie  .1.  Goodine,  secretary.  1'he 
Misses  Hughes  ami  Horseman  were  appointed  to 
serve  on  tin-  executive  committee. 

Unfortunately,  the  Inspector,  T.  P>.  Meagher  was 
unable  to  attend.  Miss  Janet  Currie  read  a  (taper 
on  Discipline,  which  proved  to  be  of  exceptional 
merit.  Mr.  G.  1.  Mc. Want's  paper  On  the  Teaching 
of  1  anguagv  was  very  interesting. 

During  the  session  on  Friday  morning,  the  Insti- 
tute adjourned  in  a  body  to  the  school  garden ; 
where  twenty  minutes  were  very  profitably  spent  in 
the  inspection  of  the  various  Rowers  and  vegetables 
which  the  early  frosts  had  not  entirely  destroyed. 
Mr.  McAdant  explained  what  he  considered  the  best 
way  to  set  about  acquiring  a  plot  of  ground,  and 
how  the  land  should  he  treated  the  first  year. 

Not  the  least  interesting  part  of  the  meeting  was 
the  five  minutes'  discussions  by  each  member  of  the 
Institute  on  the  "Pusy  Work"  employed  in  his  ot- 
her school.  This  was  a  new  feature  in  the  usual 
proceedings  and  was  voted  a  complete  success. 

The  public  meeting  in  Pcveridge's  Hall  was  well 
attended  and  proved  what  attention  the  cause  of 
education  receives  in  Andover.  The  speakers  for 
the  evening  were  Messrs.  Baxter,  Lawson,  Elliot, 
and  the  Rev.  Mr., Squires.  Mr.  Elliot's  address  was 
worthy  of  special  notice.  He  spoke  briefly  of  the 
general  duties  of  teachers,  and  he  urged  the  trustees 
not  to  allow  the  cream  of  the  profession  to  seek 
situations  elsewhere,  hut  to  raise  the  salaries  of  their 
teachers,  anil  thus  show  by  actions  as  well  as  words 
that  thev  appreciated  their  efforts  in  their  children's 
behalf.  " 

M.  J.  Goodins, 
Secretary  of  Institute. 

Grand  Falls.  Cknoher  8th. 


I'nion.  The  proceedings  of  Chatham  Convention 
were  ratified,  and  same  salary  schedule  adopted. 
J.  A.  Edmunds  was  elected  delegate  to  the  Easter 
Convention,  with  H.  11.  Stuart,  alternate. 

The  public  meeting  in  the  evening  brought  out 
strong  speeches  from  Messrs.  Pearson  and  Stuart, 
in  favor  of  parish  school  boards,  consolidated 
schools,  compulsory  attendance,  houses  for  teachers 
and  a  pension  system. 

At  third  session,  J.  A.  Edmunds  gave  a  helpful 
illustrated  talk  on  Arithmetic,  and  Miss  Ferguson 
read  a  timely  paper  on  Spelling.  At  fourth  session, 
H.  H.  Stuart  spoke  on  the  great  Educative  Value 
of  Geography,  and  was  supported  in  discussion  by 
Messrs.  Pearson,  Edmunds  and  Rev.  \Y.  M.  Town- 
send.  Mr.  Pearson  followed  with  a  paper  on 
Ideality,  showing  how  school  grounds  and  houses 
can  be  improved  at  little  expense.  The  last  hour 
was  given  to  the  "question  box."  Most  of  the 
discussion  was  given  to  Grammar,  our  texts  being 
roughly  criticized. 

The  following  officers  were  elected  at  close  of  best 
Institute  held  in  Kent  for  a  long  time:  President, 
A.  E.  Pearson,  Pass  River;  Vice-president,  Miss  M. 
C  Mclnerney.  Rexton :  Secretary-treasurer,  H.  H. 
Stuart,  llarcourt.  Additional  executives,  G.  D. 
Steel  and  Miss  Agues  Ferguson,  of  Riehibucto. 

H.  H.  Stuart,  Secy. 


Kent  County  Institute, 

Tlie  Kent  County  Teachers'  Institute  met  at 
Hareourt.  October  4  and  5.  Inspector  Hebert  pre- 
siding. Thirty-one  teachers  enrolled.  The  president 
opened  with  an  admirable  address  on  the  Thorough- 
ly Qualified  Teacher.  Miss  M.  Alethea  Wat  hen 
followed  with  a  paper  pleading  for  more  attention  to 
music. 

At  second  session.  Miss  Minnie  A,  Buckley 
taught  the  idea  of  spherical  form  to  pupils  of  first 
grade,  her  lesson  being  favorably  criticized.  G,  D. 
Steel  read  a  paper  emphasizing  the  great  importance 
of  Definiteness  in  reaching. 

At  4  p.  m..  same  day,  the  Kent  Co.  members  of 
the  X.   B.  T.   A.,  held  .1  meeting.   A.  E   Pearson. 

man.  Of  the  twenty-eight  active  teachers  en- 
wentv-two  were,  or  became,  members  of  the 


King's  County  Institute. 

The  Kings  County  Institute  met  at  Norton,  on 
September  87th  and  ,2&h.  Eighty  teachers  were 
enrolled,  A  number  were  present  from  the  upper 
parishes  of  Queens,  The  President.  A.  E.  Floyd, 
occupied  the  chair.  The  following  papers  were 
read:  History,  by  A.  C.  M.  Lev/SOS,  and  Manual 
Training,  by  \Y.  X.  Piggar.  Both  were  followed  by- 
interesting  and  profitable  discussions.  Excellent 
lessons  were  given  by  Miss  M.  A.  MaeYey,  on 
Movements  of  the  Earth:  Miss  IVlyea.  on  Reading: 
H.  A.  Prebble,  Grammar:  and  Miss  Marion  Moore, 
Latitude  and  Longitude,  A  good  exhibit  of  work 
done  in  the  schools  was  also  shown. 

A  public  meeting  was  held  on  the  evening  of  the 
27th.  Rev.  Mr.  Perry  presided.  Speeches  were  de- 
livered by  the  chairman.  Inspector  Steeves  and  D. 
W.  Hamilton. 

The  following  are  the  officers  for  next  year: 
H.  A.  Prebble.  President:  Miss  Pearl  Currier.  Vice- 
president:  H,  11.  Bigger,  Secretary-treasurer.  A.  E. 
Floyd  and  Miss  Margaret  Belyea,  additional  mem- 
bers of  the  executive. 


Albert  County  Institute. 

The  twenty-ninth  annua!  meeting  of  the  Albert 
County  Teachers'  Institute  was  held  in  the  Superior 
School  building.  Elgin,  Cvtober  4  and  5.  the  Presi- 
dent, Geo,  J.  Trueman.  M.  A.,  in  the  chair.  Forty- 
two  teachers  were  present  The  president,  in  his 
opening  address,  called  attention  to  the  leaflets  that 
had  been  sent  for  distribution  hv  the  Xew  Brunswick 


TIIK   KDUCATIoNAI.    UFA  IF.W. 


1.11 


Teachers'  Association.  He  stated  that  these  would 
be  distributed,  but  lie  thought  further  discussion  of 
the  work  of  the  Association  was  foreign  to  the  inn- 
pose  of  the  institute.  In  discussing  the  question  of 
low  salaries,  Mr.  Trucinan  stated  that  the  greatest 
injustice  was  done  the  experienced  teacher.  ( iirls 
and  boys  who  went  from  the  home  schools  to  Nor- 
mal School  and  spent  there  four  or  nine  months,  had 
not  a  great  dial  of  money  invested  in  education. 
They  probably  received  as  much  salary  al  first  as 
their  companions  who  had  gone  at  other  work.  Sal 
aries,  however,  should  increase  year  by  year  as  the 
teacher  becomes  more  valuable.  Mr.  Trueman  be- 
lieved that  the  Normal  school  course  should  Ik-  long 
er.  A  longer  course  conld  make  the  teachers  more 
valuable  and  would  probably  decrease  the  numbr 
yearly  entering  the  profession!  This  would  lead  lo 
a  natural  increase  in  salaries. 

Mr.  G.  R.  Wortinan,  principal  of  the  ■school  at 
Ilarvcy,  read  a  carefully  prepared  paper  on  the 
Teaching  of  History.  The  paper  was  discussed  by 
Messrs.  Colpitis,   Burns,   Branscotnbe,  Adair,  and 

Miss  Floyd.  A  paper  was  presented  by  Miss  Clara 
G,  Turner,  teacher  of  Household  Science  in  the 
Riverside  Consolidated  school.  The  writer  made  a 
strong  case  for  her  subject  in  the  Common  Schools, 
and  her  paper  was  greatly  enjoyed  by  all.  Mr.  True- 
man,  in  discussing  this  paper,  said  that  Miss  Turner 
was  making  a  thorough  success  of  the  work  in 
Riverside.  Although  not  particularly  enthusiastic 
about  the  manual  subjects  a  year  ago,  he  was  now 
convinced  that  they  were  most  valuable  from  every 
standpoint. 

Miss  Edna  M.  Floyd  gave  the  outline  of  a  lesson 
in  Geography.  This  lesson  aroused  a  good  deal  of 
interest,  and  in  thu  discussion  that  followed  the  fol- 
lowing took  part:  Inspector  O'Blenus,  Miss  Bray, 
Mr.  Branscombe,  Mr.  Burns,  and  Mr.  Fitzpa  trick. 

The  present  text  in  geography  came  for  a  good  deal 
of  unfavorable  criticism.     At   the  close  of  the  dis 

cussion  Inspector  O'Blenus  opened  the  Arithmetic 

question  box,  and   proceeded  to  show  how  to  meet 
many  of  the  difficulties  found  in  teaching  this  sub 
ject.     This  part  of  the  programme  was  found  to  In- 
most interesting  and  profitable. 

Thursday  evening  a  well-attended  public  meeting 
was  held  in  the  Baptist  church.  The  speakers  were 
I 'resident  Tnieman,  \V.  I!.  Jonah,  Inspector 
O'Blenus,  and  Rev.  II.  A.  Brown. 

Friday  morning's  session  opened  with  a  paper  on 
Nature  Study  by  I''.  Peacock,  the  Manual  Training 
and  Nature  Study  teacher  of  the  Riverside  Consoli- 
dated school.     The  paper  was  well  received,  and  a 
motion  was  passed  asking  Dr.  Inch  to  publish  it  in 
the  educational  report.     The  discussion  was  opened 
by  Mr.  <;.  A.  Adair,  of  Hopewell  Hill.     Miss  Re 
becca  Bennett  then  gave  a  practical  paper  on  Com 
position    in    the    Primary    tirades.      The    discussion 
was  opened  by  Miss  Keith.    Mr.  Percy  Fitzpatrick 
presented  a  paper  on   Spelling,  which  was  well   re 
ccived.     He  believed  in  learning  to  spell  by  means 


of  the  eye  rather  than  the  ear,  and  bad  little  use  for 

any  extreme  reform  in  spelling. 

\i  the  fourth  session  the  officers  for  the  ensuing 
veu  were  elected  as  follows:  George  J.  Trueman, 
President;  Miss  F.dna  M.  Floyd,  Vice  president  ; 
Percy  A.  Fit/palrick,  Secretary  treasurer.  L.  R. 
I  lelheiington  and  Miss  Margaret  Johnson,  addit- 
ional members  of  the  executive.  It  was  decided  to 
accept   the  invitation  of  (he  Westmorland   Institute, 

and,  with  the  consent  of  the  Chief  Superintendent, 

to  bold  a  joinl  meeting  in  Monelon  next  vcar.  Votes 
of  thanks  were  extended  to  Mr.  I  lelberinglon  and 
Miss  Johnson,  the  local  teachers,  who  had  done  so 
much  to  make  the  meeting  in  Elgin  a  pleasant  one; 

and  to  Inspector  '  )'Blenus,  for  his  ready  and  efficient 
help. — Com. 

A  certain  learned  professor  in  New  York  has  a 
wife  and  family,  but,  professor-like,  his  thoughts 
are  always  with  his  books. 

(  »ne  evening  his  wife,  who  bad  been  OUl  for  some 
hours,  returned  to  find  the  house  remarkably  quiet. 
She  had  left  the  children  playing  about,  but  now 
they  were  nowhere  to  be  seen. 

She  demanded  to  be  told  what  had  become  of 
them,  and  tin-  professor  explained  that  ai  they  had 
made  a  good  deal  of  noise,  he  had  put  them  to  lied 
without  waiting  for  her  or  calling  a  maid. 

"I  hope  they  gave  you  no  trouble,"  she  said. 

"No,"  replied  the  professor,  "with  the  exception 
of  the  one  in  the  COt  here,  He  objected  a  good  deal 
to  my  undressing  him  and  putting  him  to  bed." 

"Why,"  she  exclaimed,  "that's  little  Johnny 
Green,  from  next  door!"    Ladies  Horn*  Journal. 


Copenhagen,  Denmark,  is  a  city  of  canals  and 
cleanliness-  a  land  of  pure  delight,  free  from  beg- 
gars, organ-grinders,  and  stray  dogs.  The  inhabit- 
ants thereof  are  born  courteous  and  seem  never  to 
have  recovered  from  the  habit.  When  a  passenger 
boards  a  ear  in  Copenhagen  be  exchanges  greetings 
with  the  conductor ;  a  gentleman,  on  leaving  the  car, 
usually  lifts  bis  hat  in  acknowledgement  of  a  salute 

from  the  official.     When  a  fare  is  paid,  the iduc 

tor  drops  it  into  his  cash  box,  thanks  the  passenger 
and  gives  him  a  little  paper  receipt.  He  offers 
change  with  a  preliminary  "He  so  good,"  and  the 
passenger  accepts  with  thanks.  If,  in  addition, 
transfers  are  required,  complimentary  exchanges  go 
on  indefinitely.  Yet  there  is  always  time  enough  in 
Copenhagen.   -Four-Track  News. 

"To  teach  a  child  to  read  and  not  [each  it  what 
to  read  is  to  put  a  dangerous  weapon  into  its 
hands."    Charles  Dudley  Warner. 


132 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


N.  B.  Teachers  Association. 

From  a  late  circular  published  by  the  New  Bruns- 
wick Teachers'  Association  the  following  encourage- 
ing  statements  are  made.  It  has  now  members  in 
every  city  and  in  thirteen  counties  of  the  province, 
and  is  fast  becoming  a  power  for  good  in  education- 
al circles : 

From  1884  to  1902,  salaries  of  all  classes  of  New  Bruns- 
wick teachers  steadily  declined;  but  since  the  N.  B.  T.  A. 
was  initiated  in  Albert  County,  September  26,  1902,  salaries 
of  every  class  have  increased,  the  gains  from  June  30, 
1902,  to  June  30,  1905,  being  for  each  class  as  follows : 
First  class  males,  $67  per  year;  second,  $30;  third,  $15- 
First  class  females,  $24;  second,  $16;  and  third,  $9.  The 
aggregate  gain  to  the  profession  in  those  three  years  was 
$24,472,  white  the  amount  of  dues  paid  to  the  N.  B.  T.  A. 
and  its  subordinate  associations  did  not  exceed  $500— a 
very  good  return  for  the  investment. 

The  Association  having  succeeded  so  well  during  its 
first  three  years,  when  only  a  small  part  of  the  profession, 
mainly  of  the  higher  classes,  were  enrolled,  what  may  it 
not  accomplish  when  all,  or  the  majority,  of  the  unorgan- 
ized teachers  become  members ! 

The  National  Teachers'  Union  of  Great  Britain,  founded 
in  1870,  includes  over  three-quarters  of  the  profession,  and 
has  succeeded  in  bringing  salaries  and  teaching  conditions 
up  to  a  respectable  level,  and  is  consulted  by  the  British 
government  before  any  important  legislation  respecting 
education  is  introduced.  The  Chicago  Teachers*  Union 
has  since  1896  revolutionized  conditions  in  that  city.  The 
Nova  Scotia  Teachers'  Union,  organized  in  1896,  has  suc- 
ceeded in  securing  from  the  provincial  government  a 
system  of  pensions  for  teachers.  What  other  teachers 
have  gained,  we  may  gain  if  we  unite  and  work  together. 


The  total  number  of  members  in  the  British 
House  of  Commons  is  670 ;  in  the  House  of  Lords, 
594.  Probably  the  number  in  the  House  of  Lords 
now  is  over  600,  for  several  peerages  have  been 
created  during  the  last  few  months. 


CURRENT  EVENTS. 

■  Five  hundred  teachers  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 
land are  coming  to  Canada  and  the  United  States 
to  study  educational  conditions,  and  will  remain 
here  from  four  to  twelve  weeks.  They  are  sent  out 
at  the  instance  of  Alfred  Moseley,  M.  P..  the 
millionaire,  who  has  already  done  so  much  for  edu- 
cation. The  expenses  of  all  will  be  paid.  This  is  a 
great  opportunity.  Who  will  do  the  same  for  a  few 
hundred  teachers  of  Canada.  The  Summer  School 
of  Science  of  the  Atlantic  Provinces,  a  few  years 
ago.  tried  to  formulate  a  plan  to  hold  a  travelling 
session  in  Europe.  Has  that  scheme  been 
abandoned?     There  is  much  to  be  said  in  its  favor. 

It  is  expected  that  Herculaneum,  the  ancient 
Roman  city,  buried  by  the  eruption  of  Vesuvius  at 
the    time    of   the    destruction    of    Pompeii,    will    Ik' 


excavated  by  the  united  action  of  the  governments 
of  Great  Britain,  France,  Germany,  Italy  and  the 
United  States.  Many  valuable  manuscripts  and 
works  of  art  undoubtedly  are  buried  there;  for 
Herculaneum  was  the  place  of  residence  of  many 
wealthy  Romans,  and,  unlike  Pompeii,  it  was 
covered  deep  with  earth,  and  not  destroyed  by  fire. 

An  agreement  made  between  the  British  govern- 
ment and  the  United  States  regarding  the  rights  of 
United  States  fishing  vessels  on  the  Newfoundland 
coast,  though  it  is,  of  a  temporary  nature,  has  given 
much  dissatisfaction  in  Newfoundland,  as  it  confers 
upon  the  foreign  fishermen  certain  privileges  which 
the  Newfoundland  government  has  denied  to  resi- 
dent fishermen  in  the  interests  of  fishery  protection. 
It  is  said  that  the  United  States  fishermen  will 
voluntarily  relinquish  these  privileges;  but  that  is 
so  very  unusual  that  it  is  hard  to  believe. 

The  military  occupation  of  Cuba  by  the  United 
States  forces  has  taken  place  without  disturbance. 
The  disarmament  of  the  insurgents  has  thus  far 
been  effected  without  resistance.  The  country  is 
to  be  governed  for  the  present  by  United  States 
officers  in  the  name  of  the  Cuban  people  and  under 
the  Cuban  flag.  But  the  independence  of  Cuba  is 
indefinitely  postponed. 

In  Russia  there  is  a  large  socialist  party  that  will 
never  be  satisfied  with  any  constitution  which 
respects  the  right  of  private  ownership  in  land. 
The  socialists  claim  that  every  man  should  have  as 
much  land  as  he  can  cultivate  unaided,  and  no  more. 
The  idea  is  not  new  in  Russia,  where  communal 
lands  are  redistributed  from  time  to  time ;  but  the 
socialists  seek  the  abolition  of  all  private  property, 
and  the  application  of  this  principle  to  all  the  land. 
Therefore,  there  is  fear  that  the  new  Russian  parlia- 
ment, which  is  to  meet  in  February  or  March,  will 
but  precipitate  a  threatened  revolution  instead  of 
establishing  a  strong  constitutional  government 
under  the  present  Czar. 

The  persecutions  of  the  Jews  in  Russia,  because 
of  their  disloyalty,  has  led  to  a  rapid  and  very 
general  emigration,  which  tends  to  remove  one 
disturbing  element.  Most  of  them  come  to 
America. 

The  Canadian  government  is  to  take  over  the 
dockyards  at  Halifax,  now  the  property  of  the  Im- 
perial government.  The  transfer  will  be  made  in  a 
few  weeks. 

The  British  parliament  has  re-assembled,  and  a 
disturbance  made  by  disorderly  women  marked  the 
opening  day.  They  were  advocates  of  woman 
suffrage,  who  thought  they  were  thus  advancing 
their  cause. 

The  Shah  has  opened  the  new  Persian  parliament 
in  person,  with  a  speech  from  the  throne,  which  was 
received  with  the  greatest  enthusiasm.  He  believes 
that  his  people  are  ripe  for  constitutional  govern- 
ment, and  will  support  the  constitution  which  he 
has  given  them. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


133 


Manitoba  is  asking  for  a  portion  of  the  old  terri- 
tory of  Kewaytin,  to  extend  the  bounds  of  the  pro- 
vince as  far  as  Fort  Churchill,  on  Hudson  Bay. 

An  Austrian  inventor  claims  that  common  marsh 
reeds  are  far  superior  to  wood  pulp  for  the  manu- 
facture of  paper,  and  much  cheaper. 

Late  statistics  show  Hong  Kong  to  be  the  fore- 
most port  in  the  world  in  respect  to  import  and  ex- 
port tonnage.  Next  comes  London,  with  nearly  the 
same  amount  of  tonnage ;  followed  respectively  by 
New  York,  Hamburg,  Liverpool  and  Rotterdam. 

The  rebellion  against  Turkish  authority  in  Arabia 
still  continues,  the  Arabs  having  recently  won  a 
victory  over  the  Turkish  troops. 

The  new  British  battleship  "Dreadnaught"  has 
proved  faster  and  better  in  every  way  than  was  anti- 
cipated ;  but  three  armoured  cruisers  now  under 
construction  in  Great  Britain  will  be  ships  of  equal 
power  with  the  great  battleship,  and  very  much 
faster. 

The  native  ruler  of  Barotseland,  Central  Africa, 
has  abolished  slavery  in  his  dominions,  setting  free 
thirty  thousand  slaves. 

Four  thousand  people,  it  is  stated,  have  been  put 
to  death  without  warrant  in  the  United  States  in 
the  last  twenty-five  years.  Ninety-five  per  cent  of 
them  were  negroes,  killed  by  their  white  neighbors, 
and  many  of  them  innocent  of  the  crimes  charged 
against  them.  The  real  cause  of  the  race  hatred 
is  that  the  negroes  claim  equal  rights  under  the  con- 
stitution of  the  United  States,  which  the  whites  are 
not  disposed  to  yield.  The  same  intolerant  feeling, 
in  lesser  degree,  is  shown  towards  Chinese  and 
Japanese  residents  in  some  parts  of  the  country : 
and  strong  resentment  is  expressed  in  Japan  against 
the  exclusion  of  Japanese  children  from  the  schools 
of  San  Francisco.  All  men  have  equal  rights  in 
Canada,  without  regard  to  race  or  color;  but  we 
may  not  boast  that  there  is  here  no  race  prejudice. 
Asiatic  immigrants  are  not  very  cordially  received 
on  our  Pacific  coast. 


SCHOOL  AND  COLLEGE. 

The  Dalhousie  College  evening  school  and  the  King's 
College  school  of  engineering  have  been  amalgamated 
under  the  name  of  the  Cape  Breton  Technical  School,  with 
Professor  Dahl  as  principal.  It  opened  on  the  .23rd  Octo- 
ber. While  college  work  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word 
will  not  be  undertaken,  this  school  will  be  affiliated  with 
Dalhousie  and  King's  Universities,  and  the  work  done  in 
the  classes  will  be  recognized  in  both  institutions  in  the 
cases  of  students  afterwards  pursuing  engineering  courses 
at  cither  Dalhousie  or  King's. 

The  University  of  New  Brunswick  has  a  freshman  class 
of  forty-five  students,  the  largest  in  its  history. 

Dr.  Hall,  of  the  Truro  Normal  School,  has  returned 
from  his  trip  to  England. 

The  following  were  elected  as  the  executive  of  the  Nova 
Scotia  Teachers'  Association  at  the  recent  meeting  at  Hali- 


fax:  Principal  J.  11.  Trcfry,  Halifax;  Inspector  H.  H. 
Macintosh,  Lunenburg;  G.  D.  Blackadar,  Yarmouth;  Dr. 
W.  H.  Magee,  Annapolis ;  Principal  W.  J.  Shields,  Hants ; 
Inspector  Macdonald,  Antigonish ;  Principal  E.  B.  Smith, 
Port  Hood ;  Principal  Thomas  Gallant,  Inverness ;  Prin- 
cipal J.  T.  McLeod,  Pictou  3  N.  McTavish,  Parrsboro ; 
Vice-principal  Stewart,   Sydney. 

Acadia  University  opened  October  5  with  seventy  new 
students  on  its  roll.  No  successor  to  President  Trotter 
has  yet  been  appointed.  Professor  R.  P.  Gray,  who  suc- 
ceeded Dr.  Kierstead  a  year  ago  as  the  professor  of  Eng- 
lish language  and  literature,  gave  the  opening  lecture  on 
Poetry  and  the  Education  of  the  Spirit,  a  finished  pro- 
duction. Professor  Ernest  R.  Morse,  a  teacher  of  experi- 
ence, and  a  graduate  of  Acadia,  takes  the  place  of  Dr.  C. 
C.  Jones  as  professor  of  mathematics. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

Messrs.  Ginn  &  Company.  Boston,  have  just  published 
a  revised  edition  of  Myers's  General  History  (mailing  price 
$[.70).  This  is  a  book  of  nearly  800  pages,  attractively 
bound  and  illustrated.  As  it  contains  a  complete  history 
of  the  world  from  the  time  of  the  early  Eastern  nations 
to  the  present,  it  is  a  useful  book  for  the  library  of  the 
general  reader,  as  well  as  for  the  student  who  would  fol- 
low in  sequence  the  events  of  the  history  of  mankind.  It 
has  been  a  favorite  book  since  its  first  publication,  sixteen 
years  ago,  and  the  fresh  chapters,  new  series  of  colored 
maps,  many  portions  re-written,  with  suggested  books  and 
special  topics  for  further  study,  make  the  compendium  a 
most  valuable  acquisition  to  historical  readers. 

From  the  same  publishers  we  have  a  small  volume  (138 
pages,  mailing  price  8=;  cents)  by  the  same  author — Out- 
lines of  Nineteenth  Century  History — affording  a  rapid 
survey  of  events  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  (1815)  to 
the  Peace  of  Portsmouth,  and  recent  events  in  Russia  and 
other  parts  of  the  world.  The  book  is  a  model  of  concise 
statement  and  instructive  unity. 

Ginn  &  Company  publish  a  series  of  standard  English 
Classics,  edited  with  introduction  and  notes  adapted  for 
college  entrance  requirements  or  for  private  readers.  The 
books,  carefully  edited  by  scholars  of  taste  and  dis- 
crimination, arc  beautiful  examples  of  binding  and  print- 
ing, and  their  contents  such  as  may  be  read  with  pleasure. 
They  are :  Mrs.  Gaskell's  graceful  story,  "Cranford," 
(mailing  price  35  cents)  ;  Matthew  Arnold's  "  Sohrab 
and  Rustum."  with  other  poems  by  the  same  author 
(mailing  price  30  cents)  ;  a  condensed  school  edition 
of  the  Autobiography  of  Benjamin  Franklin  (mailing  price 
45  cents)  ;  Dickens's  "  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities "  (mailing 
price  60  cents)  ;  and  Selections  from  Browning's  Poems 
(mailing  price  35  cents). 

Supt.  of  Schools  O.  J.  Kern,  of  Illinois,  has  done  a  real 
service  to  country  schools  in  his  book,  "Among  Country 
Schools,"  published  by  Ginn  &  Company.  Boston.  The 
volume  contains  chapters  on  The  Country  Child's  Rights, 
The  Outdoor  Art  Movement.  School  Gardens,  Art  for  the 
Country  Child,  The  Work  of  a  Farmer  Boys'  Experiment 
Club,  Educational  Excursions,  The  New  Agriculture  and 
the  Country  School,  Consolidation,  The  Training  of  Teach- 
ers   for   the   Country   School.     Tt   is   well   illustrated,    and 


i34 


THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


Fire 
Insurance 

Four  Companie*  (Non-Tariff).                         Low  Rates. 

Total  Assets  $2,595,575.91.                              Absolute  Protection. 

HAVE    YOU    ONE    OF    OUR    POLICIES? 

WiYl.    THOMSON    &    CO., 

HALIFAX,  N.  S.                                                                        ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 

DetlKrwood, 

Che  Rotbesay  School 
for  Girls. 

College  Preparatory,  Music,  Art,  Physical 
Culture. 

Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 

Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sports. 

For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETKKLWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANOXG,  B.S.. 
Principals. 


TEACHERS'     EXAMINATIONS 

We  give  complete  instruction  by  mail  in  all  subjects  for  Teachers'  Non-Professional  certificates  in  all  Provinces  of 
Canada.  Our  students  have  been  remarkably  successful,  most  of  them  Preparing  for  thetr  examinations  in  less  time 
than  is  usually  taken  at  school  and  yet  continuing  at  their  regular  occupations.  Investigate  this  at  once  Begin  now 
and  you  will  be  ready  for  next  year's  examination.     Cut  out  this  coupon,  underscore  the  course  wanted,  sign  name 

and  address,  mail  to  us  today. 


NEW     BRUNSWICK  — Class  III,    Class  II,    Class  I,    Superior  Class 
NOVA    SCOTIA     -     -Grade  IX,    Grade  X,    Grade  XI,    Grade  XII 


Name- 


E.  K.    Nov.    1906 


Address  - 


THE      HOME      CORRESPONDENCE      SCHOOL      OF      CANADA,      LIMITED, 

603     TEMPLE      BUILDING  TORONTO  CANADA 

In  consolidation   with  The  Canadian  Correspondence  College,  Limited, 


there  is  scarcely  a  page  in  it  that  is  not  full  of  fruitful 
suggestions  on  the  possibilities  of  greater  efficiency  of 
rural  education.  Referring  to  what  Sir  William  Mac- 
donald  is  doing  for  Canadian  rural  schools,  the  author 
says :  "  If  millionaires  of  the  United  States  would  find  it 
possible  to  do  as  this  man  is  doing — doing  something  for 
the  country  child — a  great  educational  uplift  would  come 
to  the  agricultural  interests  of  our  country,  and,  in  fact, 
to  all  country  school  work."     (Pages  366;  price  $1.25). 


Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  publish  a  First  Course 
in  Botany,  by  J.  F.  Scott  Elliot,  A.  M.,  B.  Sc,  pages  344, 
price  3s.  6d.  The  book  is  a  wholesome  combination  of 
theory,  practice  and  observation,  and  the  author  names  a 
great  number  and  variety  of  plants  for  laboratory  work. 
He  begins  with  the  flower  and  the  seed,  leaving  germina- 
tion and  growth  for  a  more  advanced  stage  in  the  book. 
The  notes  on  structure,  environment  and  distribution  are 
very  useful,  and  to  the  whole  forms  a  valuable  compendium 
of  plant  study,  though  rather  for  the  advanced  student 
than  for  the  beginner. 

The  same  publishers  issue  an  interesting  and  varied 
collection  of  Kindergarten  Occupations  for  the  School  and 
Nursery,  profusely  illustrated,  price  is;  also  The  Kinder- 
garten Room,  containing  lessons,  games,  stories  and  occu- 
pation. These  denote  an  advancing  interest  in  Kinder- 
garten work. 

In  their  "  Modern  Language  Series,"  Messrs.  Blackie 
&  Son  publish  an  interesting  series  of  stories  and  poetry: 


Un  Petit  Voyage  a  Paris,  by  Marguerite  Ninet;  price  is. 
6d;  Moliere's  Lcs  Precicuses  Ridicules  (8d.)  ;  Bedolliere's 
Historie  de  la  Mere  Michel  et  de  Son  Chat  (is.)  ;  also  a 
Skeleton  French  Grammar  (2s. ),  a  useful  guide  to  the 
beginner.  In  Blackie's  "Little  French  Classics,"  price  46. 
each,  we  have  Alfred  de  Vigny's  Historie  de  UAdjudant, 
there  is  a  delightful  serie?,  Petits  Contes  pour  les  En/ants, 
there  is  a  delightful  series,  Petits  contes  pour  les  Enfants, 
in  paper  covers,  price  46.  each.  All  the  above  readers  have 
vocabularies,  and  the  more  difficult  are  provided  with  notes. 

In  Latin,  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  publish  extracts  from 
Livy's  The  Second  Macedonian  War,  illustrated,  with 
notes  and  vocabulary  (is.  6d.) ;  in  "Blackie's  Latin  Texts' 
we  have  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  Book  I,  (6d.),  with  an  intro- 
duction on  the  author's  character,  works  and  style;  a  very 
convenient  edition  of  Junior  Latin  Syntax,  by  J.  A. 
Stevens,  B.A.    (8d.),— excellent  for  reference. 

In  the  New  Century  Geographical  Readers,  Book  V  (is. 
6d),  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  deals  with  the  physical, 
political  and  commercial  geography  of  the  countries  of 
Europe,  illustrated,— an  interesting  book,  the  matter  being 
very  attractively  arranged. 

The  Geometry  of  t,ie  Screw  Propeller  (is.  6d.)  is  a 
little  book  for  the  use  of  engineering  students  in  technical 
schools.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 


Archibald  Constable  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  London,  are  publishing 
a  series    of    interesting    books   (is.  each)   on    "Religions, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


135 


W  \A  \  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  end  Saskatchewan. 

IlCW     [VlaPSJ  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent. 


Wrlte.for  Special  Prices.      {  WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 

Miwon    Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  tor  Special 
Catalogue. 


Bradley 

Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dustless  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 
Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards. 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st,  weit,  Toronto,  ont. 


Ancient  and  Modern."  Those  we  have  received  are:  The 
Religion  of  Ancient  Scandinavia,  The  Mythology  of 
Ancient  Britain  and  Ireland,  Magic  and  Fetichism.  The 
series  is  in  convenient  pocket  volumes,  printed  in  good 
type,  and  with  foot-notes. 


George  Philip  &  Son,  Ltd.,  London,  publish  a  Progres- 
sive Course  of  Comparative  Geography,  which  provides  a 
full  and  definite  course  of  geography  teaching.  The 
arrangement  is  admirable ;  nothing  is  seemingly  omitted 
to  make  the  book  complete.  It  is  illustrated  by  177  pic- 
tures and  diagrams,  and  172  maps  and  diagrams  in  colour, 
with  index. 

A  Rhythmic  Approach  to  Mathematics  is  the  title  of  a 
unique  little  volume,  illustrated,  from  the  same  publishers. 
It  shows  how,  with  a  few  cheap  materials  and  simple 
apparatus,  the  geometric  instinct  may  be  evoked  in  child- 
ren. 


Sir  Oliver  Lodge's  work  on  Easy  Mathematics,  recently 
reviewed  in  these  columns,  is  published  by  the  Macmillan 
Company,  of  Canada,  Toronto. 


Wm  Briggs,  Toronto,  publishes  a  Handbook  of  Canadian 
Literature  (English),  by  Archibald  MacMurchy,  M.  A. 
The  author  states  that  the  reason  of  the  book's  existence 
was  the  need,  as  a  teacher,  of  such  a  work  on  Canadian 
authors.  It  has  biographical  sketches  of  most  of  our 
writers  of  poetry  and  prose,  with  estimates  of  their  place 
in  literature,  accompanied  in  most  cases  with  extracts  from 
their  works.  It  is  a  valuable  compendium,  and  will  prove 
of  distinct  service  to  teachers. 


RECENT  MAGAZINES. 

One  of  the  most  striking  figures  in  the  recent  develop- 
ment of  Japan,  Admiral  Togo,  is  the  subject  of  a  deeply 
interesting  article  by  Mrs.  Hugh  Fraser  in  Littcll's  thing 
Age  for  October  27.  A  Negro  on  Efficiency,  by  Miss  H. 
C.  Foxcroft,  which  the  Living  Age  for  October  13  re-prints 
from  the  Fortnightly  Review,  is  a  sti  iking  and  sympathetic 
study  of  the  career  of  Booker  Washington,  which,  although 
written  primarily  for  English  readers,  will  be  read  with 
keen  interest  in  this  country. 


The  November  Delineator  treats  of  the  established  styles 
for  autumn  both  in  dress  and  millinery,  and  also  devotes 
much  space  to  the  accessories  of  dress  which  women  find 
so  alluring.  The  three  serial  stories  continue  to  hold  the 
interest  displayed  in  them  from  the  start.  Lida  A. 
Churchill,  in  her  Department  of  Real  Life,  discourses  on 
Playing  to  the  Upper  Audience,  George  William  Jordan 
gives  good  advice  for  When  We  are  Face  to  Face  with 
Trouble,  and  the  fourth  paper  of  Little  Problems  of  Mar- 
ried Life  treats  of  Making  Marriage  a  Success. 

From  the  Canadian  Magazine  for  October :  One  hun- 
dred thousand  immigrants  in  a  single  year  was  a  good 
record.  That  was  in  1905.  The  tale  for  1906  is  thirty-one 
thousand  greater.  To  be  strictly  accurate  the  figures  are 
102,723  and  131,268.  But  were  they  as  good,  as  desirable? 
This  question  is  as  easily  and  as  favourably  answered  by 
the  figures.  The  number  from  England  increased  by 
16,288;  from  Scotland  by  4.102;  from  Ireland  by  1,020; 
from  Wales  by  27  and  from  the  United  States  by  14,253. 
The  continental  increase  was  only  7,108.  Therefore  the 
class  of  immigrants  improved.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  of  the  131,000  immigrants,  78,106  were  men,  and 
27,273  were  women.  The  Canadian  girl  will  have  plenty  of 
choice  when  it  comes  to  the  matter  of  a  husband.  Fifty-one 
thousand  men  without  wives  should  seriously  increase  the 
competition. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  for  November  is  distinguished  by 
the  variety  and  excellence  of  its  contents.  The  Ideal 
Lawyer,  by  Hon.  Judge  Brewer,  is  written  by  a  leader  of 
the  bar  who  is  now  associate  judge  of  the  United  States 
Supreme  Court,  some  unpublished  correspondence  by 
David  Garrick,  by  Professor  George  P.  Baker,  a  foremost 
authority  on  some  aspects  of  the  English  drama ;  and  there 
are  other  notable  essays  with  stories  and  poems,  making 
an  interesting  number. 

Acadiensis  for  October,  D.  Russell  Jack,  St.  John,  N.  B„ 
editor,  completes  an  article  on  the  union  of  the  Maritime 
Provinces,  by  Reginald  V.  Harris.  Its  array  of  arguments 
and  facts  arc  carefully  made  and  suggestive.  Other  note- 
worthy articles  in  this  number  are,  Dr.  Stockton's  "Judges 
of  New  Brunswick  and  their  Times,"  "Major  Ferguson's 
Riflemen,"  by  Jonas  Howe,  and  "Major  Thomas  Hill,"  by 
D.  Russell  Jack. 


136 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Isaac  Pitman's 

Short  Course  in  Shorthand,  just  published 

after  three  years  preparation,  "Revolutionizes 

the  Teaching  of  Shorthand."    Only  forty  (40) 

lessons. 

Words  and  sentences  in  first  lesson.    Busi. 

I  ness  letters  in  seventh  lesson. 

Our  students  are  delighted  with  it  and  are 
making  great  progress. 
Send  for  our  1906  Catalogue. 

&Mt&\   S.   KERR 
&  SON. 

Odd  Fellow's   Hall. 


5  *&>*>  A  SOU. 


WANTED 


Teachers  in  Nova  Scotia, 
■  preparing  candidates  for  the 
Provincial  examinations  in 
science  next  July,  to  reid  mv  articles  that  have 
appeared  during  the  last  half-dozen  years  in  the 
Educational  Rrvikw,  or  that  may  appear  in 
future.    The  articies  are  suggested  bv  experience 

fained  in  reading  the  answers  of  candidates,  and 
have  endeavoured  to  help  teachers  and  students 
in  their  work.  Though  there  is,  I  believe,  some 
improvement,  I  feel  sure  that  better  work  could 
be  done  in  the  schools  and  better  results  obtained 
at  examinations  if  more  attention  were  paid  to 
the  hints  1  have  given.    JOHN  WADDELL. 

Every  Bird  East  of  the  Rockies 

Part  I. -WATER  AND  CAME  BIRDS. 
PartH.-LAND  AND  SONC  BIRDS. 

Pocket  Size.       5J  x  3J.       220  pages. 
Cloth,  60c.    Leather,  75c.    Postpaid. 

G.O.FULTON,    TRURO,  IM.  S. 


$10 

WILL    PAY    FOR    A 

7VTKIL    COURS1 

IN 

MARITIME 
SINGLE   ENTRY 
BOOKKEEPING 


KAULBACH  &  SCHURMAN, 

Chartered  Accountants, 

HALIFAX,     NOVA  SCOTIA 


Everything 
that  is  right 

in 
Stationery. 

BARNES  &  CO^     ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


SLATE  BLACKBOARDS. 

CHALK  CRAYONS,  SCHOOL  SLATES, 
SLATE  PENCILS,  LEAD  PENCILS, 
SCHOLARS'  COMPANIONS.      1 

W.  H.  THORNB  &  CO.,  Limited 

HARDWARE    MERCHANTS, 
Mafket  Square,         SRIfiT  JOHN.  H-   6. 


SCHOOL  DESKS,  S,  B.  LORDLY  CO.,  St.  John,  N.  B- 


Ctmcattonal  "Review  Supplement,   December,  1906. 


THE     MADONNA     OF     THE     CHAIR. 


Raphael. 


CHRISTMAS    NUMBER. 


THIRTY-TWO    PAGES. 


The  Educational  Beview. 

Devoted  to  Advanced   Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  DECEMBER,   1906. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


a.  u.  HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


A.  MeKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    HE  VIEW. 
Office,  St  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

FkivrcD  by  Darsis  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Note 

The  Madonna  of  the  Chair 

How  One  Teacher  Usei  the  Picture!,     

An  Advisory  Board 

Oar  Climate,  

Geometrical  Drawing 

Visualization,         

Some  Criticisms  of  Our  Methods  of  Teaching 

Youssouf,  ..  

Suggestions  for  Christmas  Exercises 

The  Months,  

Recreations  and  Suggestions 

Points  for  the  Teacher,  .... 

Northumberland  and  County  Teachers'  Institute, 

Current  Events 

School  ind  College,        

Recent  Books.     ...  ...  .     .        ./ 

Recent   Magazines 

Business  Notice 

NlW  AllVERTISKMINTS:  — 


Mi 
143 
U3 
'43 

» 

150 
15a 

,5z: 
Z 
161 
161 
16a 
162 
164 

ffi 

166 


k&  A.  McMillan,  p.  137;  L'Academie  deBrisay,  p.  138;  T  C.  Allen 
Co.  p.  140;  N.   B.   University,  p.  i«;  N.   B.  Official  Notices,   p. 
167;    Home    Correspondence   School  of  Canada;  p.  167;  Webster  s 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  NEW  and  the  OLD 
address  should  be  given. 

#  If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "33s"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  Dec.  31,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

"  Come  mow!  let  us  90  unto  Bethlehem,  and  see 
this  thing  which  has  come  to  pass,  which  the  Cord 
made  known  to  us."  said  the  shepherds,  when  those 
angel  songs  had  ceased  to  break  the  starry  silence. 
Cheir  way  would  lead  them  up  the  terrible  hill,  and 
through  the  moonlit  gardens  of  Bethlehem,  until  they 
reached  the  summit  of  the  grey  ridge  on  which  the 
little  town  is  built.    On  that  summit  stood  the  village 

inn Tn  the  rude  limestone  grotto 

attached  to  it  as  a  stable,  among  the  hay  and  straw 
spread  for  the  food  and  rest  of  the  cattle,  weary 
with  their  day's  journey,  far  from  home,  in  the  midst 
of  strangers,  in  the  chilly  winter  night  —  in  circum- 
stances so  devoid  of  all  earthly  comfort  or  splendour 
that  it  is  impossible  to  Imagine  a  humbler  nativity  - 

CUriSt  Was  bom.     Canon  Farr  ar—  The  Life  of  Christ 


A  Happy  Christmas  and  New  Year  to  all  the 
readers  of  the  Review  !  May  it  be  a  season  of  great 
joy  to  teachers  and  pupils  alike.  Christmas  is  the 
birthday  of  the  world's  greatest  teacher.  It  is  the 
Christ-child,  such  a  one  as  our  picture  represents 
this  month,  that  appeals  to  children.  In  all  the 
joyousness  of  the  season,  in  the  giving  and  receiv- 
ing presents,  in  all  Christmas  exercises,  let  the 
children  constantly  feel  that  Christ  is  the  best  gift 
of  all.  It  was  He  who  took  children  up  in  His 
arms  and  blessed  them ;  who  said,  "  Of  such  is  the 
Kingdom  of  Heaven."  How  this  gift  surpasses 
every  other!  Let  this  thought  pervade  the  Christ- 
mas spirit. 

Children  liked  to  be  loved  and  remembered  at 
this  time,  and  the  teacher  can  make  the  schoolroom 
a  bright  and  happy  place,  directing  the  Christmas 
spirit  so  that  it  shall  reach  parents  who  are  indif- 
ferent to  the  needs  and  wishes  of  children,  enter 
homes  where  poverty  is  always  present,  and  also 
homes  where  the  abundance  of  gifts  make  children 
indifferent  to  the  real  meaning  of  the  season  and 
indifferent -to  the  needs  of  poorer  children.  The 
teacher  can  help  rich  and  poor  alike  to  share  in  the 
large  bounty  of  love  and  good-will. 


Read  the  "  Business  Notice  "  on  another  page. 


Mr.  Matthews'  article  in  this  number  is  an 
excellent  introduction  to  geometry  in  the  lower 
grades. 

Chief  Superintendent  Dr.  J.  R.  Inch  announces 
on  another  page  that  a  new  Drawing  book  has  been 
authorized  for  New  Brunswick  schools,  and  also 
outlines  the  manual  training  courses  for  teachers 
for  the  next  term. 


The  Natural  History  Society  of  New  Brunswick 
has  recently  moved  its  collections  and  library  into 
a  commodious  building,  opposite  the  high  school, 
St.  John.  This  live  and  useful  society  will  now 
have  the  opportunity  of  doing  much  more  effective 
work  in  displaying  its  valuable  collections. 


142 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  House  of  Lords  has  made  so  many  drastic 
amendments  to  the  British  Education  Bill  that 
the  Government  has  decided  not  to  accept  them. 
This  means,  that  the  Lords  will  probably  yield, 
and  pass  the  bill  in  something  near  the  form  it 
went  through  the  House  of  Commons. 


Seattle  is  to  have  the  next  "  World's  Fair," 
in  1909,  to  be  known  as  the  Alaska-Yukon-Pacific 
Exposition.  The  site  comprises  255  acres  of  the 
campus  of  the  Washington  University  of  that  city, 
and  the  substantial  buildings  to  be  erected  will  re- 
main as  the  property  of  the  university,  to  be  used 
for  educational  purposes  after  the  fair  closes. 


Dr.  J.  Fletcher,  Dominion  Entomologist  and 
Botanist,  publishes  in  the  last  number  of  the  Ottawa 
Naturalist  a  valuable  contribution  on  School  Ex- 
hibits of  Pressed  Plants.  He  points  out  that  the 
proper  selection  and  pressing  of  plants  is  an  educa- 
tional exercise  of  much  importance,  teaching  pati- 
ence, judgment,  interest  in  and  knowledge  of  one's 
surroundings.  This  is  one  of  a  series  on  Nature- 
study— now  numbering  thirty-eight — which  em- 
braces many  excellent  articles  by  Canadian  natural- 
ists. 


The  next  session  of  the  Summer  School  of 
Science  will  be  held  at  Riverside,  Albert  County, 
from  July  2  to  19.  Teachers  and  other  students 
should  early  form  their  plans  to  take  one  or  more 
courses,  preferably  one.  The  Secretary's  announce- 
ment will  be  found  on  another  page.  If  the  teacher 
who  has  resolved  to  attend  will  lay  out  a  course 
during  the  approaching  vacation,  and  devote  all  the 
spare  time  possible  to  read  and  study  for  it,  much 
can  be  accomplished  during  the  session.  The  fine 
scenery,  especially  in  the  neighborhood  of  Riverside, 
and  the  varied  resources  of  Albert  County,  will  fur- 
nish a  great  object  lesson  to  students. 


"  How  to  deal  with  the  bad  boy  "  is  a  perplexing 
question  to  those  who  have  bad  boys  brought  to 
them,  charged  with  misdemeanours.  Perhaps  a 
note  from  Judge  Lindsey,  who  has  had  much  suc- 
cess in  dealing  with  this  problem  in  the  West,  may 
be  of  service : 

Five  boys  under  fourteen  committed  an  after- 
midnight  burglary.  Judge  Lindsey  talked  with 
them  for  more  than  half  an  hour.  It  was  not  a 
lawyer's  talk,  nor  a  schoolmaster's,  just  chummy. 
He  was  nearly  through  before  his  purpose  was  ap- 


parent. Then  he  said  to  No.  1 :  "  You  are  weak. 
It  would  be  as  easy  for  you  to  be  good  as  bad  if 
anybody  would  lead  you.     You  come  to  my  party 

for  weak  boys  on ."     To  Nos.  2,  3  and  4 :  "  You 

have  weak  streaks,  but  you  are  forming  habits  of 
strength  along  bad  lines.  I  must  see  you  at  four 
o'clock  Monday."  To  No.  5 :  "  You  are  wicked, 
very  wicked;  you  have  gotten  all  these  fellows  into 
trouble,"  and  then  he  took  him  in  hand. 


The  Madonna  of  the  Chair. 

The  subject  of  the  Review's  Christmas  picture 
is  the  Madonna  of  the  Chair,  by  Raphael.  The 
Italian  word  Madonna,  in  old  times  used  in  address- 
ing a  lady,  is  now  applied  almost  wholly  to  the 
Virgin  Mary.  The  Madonna  of  the  Chair  repre- 
sents the  Virgin  seated,  holding  her  child  on  her 
knee  and  encircling  him  with  her  arms.  By  her 
side  is  the  young  John  the  Baptist,  his  hands  clasp- 
ed in  prayer,  and  holding  a  cross,  as  if  to  herald  the 
death  of  our  Saviour.  ,  While  the  mother  and  child 
look  at  us  out  of  the  picture,  his  gaze  is  fixed  in 
adoration  upon  the  infant  Saviour. 

An  old  legend  about  this  picture  relates  that 
Raphael,  having  come  suddenly  upon  a  beautiful 
family  group,  took  them  as  a  model,  and  sketched 
the  figures  rapidly  upon  the  head  of  a  cask,  thus 
accounting  for  the  circular  form  of  the  picture. 
The  composition  is  marked  by  the  exquisite  beauty 
of  the  faces — the  mother's  head  laid  tenderly  against 
that  of  the  child  looks  at  us  with  the  peaceful,  happy 
look  of  a  mother.  The  rounded  face  and  chubby 
limbs  of  the  child  denote  perfect  health,  and  in  this 
he  is  like  other  healthy  children ;  but  in  his  large 
eyes  there  is  an  earnest,  even  grand,  expression 
which  painters  always  sought  to  give  to  the  child 
Jesus  to  mark  the  difference  between  him  and  the 
ordinary  children. 

If  one  studies  the  picture  carefully,  it  will  be  seen 
how  curved  and  rounded  are  all  the  lines  within  the 
circle.  The  harmony  of  the  lines  thus  make  a  per- 
fect expression  of  the  peaceful  group,  whose  centre 
is  the  infant  Saviour ;  and  whether  the  legend  above 
has  any  foundation  or  not,  the  home-like  scene 
impresses  us  with  its  beauty  and  tenderness.  Note 
the  circles  of  light  around  the  heads,  used  by 
painters  to  denote  holy  persons. 

The  mother  wears  a  handkerchief  of  many 
colours  over  her  shoulders,  and  another  on  her 
head. 

The  picture  is  suggestive  of  the  happy  Christmas 
season,  when  the  eyes  of  the  Christian  world  are 
centred  upon  Christ  and  upon  home. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


143 


How  One  Teacher  Uses  the  Pictures. 

The  following  letter  from  Miss  E.  Rogers,  prin- 
cipal of  the  Girls'  High  School,  New  Westminster, 
B.  C,  shows  what  may  be  done  to  decorate  a  school- 
room and  at  the  same  time  be  a  means  of  discipline : 

"  May  I  tell  you  how  I  have  made  some  of  the 
pictures  that  come  with  the  Review  useful  ?  Every 
month  that  I  have  no  tardiness  to  record  I  give  the 
school  a  framed  picture  as  a  prize.  For  this  pur- 
pose many  of  these  pictures  are  admirably  adapted. 
Our  walls  are  now  made  attractive  with  pictures, 
and  tardiness  in  my  division  is  almost  unknown. 
Although  the  framing  of  the  pictures  is  a  little 
expensive,  I  have  been  repaid  by  the  punctuality 
and  increased  interest  among  the  pupils." 

We  would  like  to  hear  from  others  who  are  using 
these  pictures.  The  cost  in  production  and  extra 
postage  each  month  is  considerable,  but  that  would 
be  cheerfully  borne  if  we  knew  that  the  school- 
rooms are  being  brightened  by  their  influence,  and 
that  the  interest  of  the  scholars  is  being  newly 
awakened  to  their  work,  and  that  they  are  making 
the  beginnings  in  the  study  of  art. 

The  framing  of  the  pictures  need  not  necessarily 
be  very  expensive.  In  the  December,  1905,  Review 
Mr.  T.  B.  Kidner  gave  some  very  excellent  draw- 
ings and  suggestions,  which,  if  followed  out,  would 
be  a  certain  stimulus  to  manual  work,  and  at  the 
same  time  give  the  pictures  a  greater  value,  because 
the  work  could  be  done  by  the  scholars  themselves 
under  the  teacher's  direction. 


industry.  The  advice  and  assistance  of  such  a  board 
of  experts  cannot  fail  to  add  considerable  weight 
to  the  educational  councils  of  the  province. 


Kindness  to  Animals. 


An  Advisory  Board- 

During  the  late  session  of  the  Nova  Scotia  legis- 
lature a  change  was  made  in  the  Education  Act, 
providing  for  the  appointment  of  an  advisory  board. 
Its  duties  are  simply  to  advise  the  Council  of  Public 
Instruction  and  the  Superintendent  of  Education 
in  regard  to  school  books  and  apparatus;  qualifica- 
tions and  examination  of  teachers ;  courses  of  study 
for  the  public  school  and  the  standard  for  admission 
to  the  county  academies  and  high  schools ;  the 
classification,  organization  and  discipline  of  the 
normal  school,  county  academies  and  the  public 
schools ;  and  other  educational  matters  as  may  from 
time  to  time  be  referred  to  them  by  the  superintend- 
ent or  the  council. 

The  appointment  of  this  board  has  been  com- 
pleted, and  their  names  will  be  found  on  another 
page.  Five  members  of  the  board  are  engaged  in 
educational  work  in  the  province,  and  their  names 
are  a  sufficient  guarantee  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
choice.  The  two  others,  Messrs.  Cameron  and 
Donkin,  are  practical  business  men  and  leaders  of 


The  minister  of  the  interior  of  the  government  of 
Holland  has  sent  out  a  circular  to  the  heads  of  all 
schools  in  that  country  asking  them  to  co-operate 
with  the  government  in  a  movement  to  protect  ani- 
mals and  birds.  He  wishes  it  to  be  impressed  upon 
the  minds  of  school  children  that  it  is  mean  and 
cowardly  to  be  cruel  to  animals.  To  comply  with 
the  minister's  request  school  principals  and  inspec- 
tors are  holding  conferences  with  all  classes  of 
teachers  as  to  the  best  method  of  accomplishing  the 
desired  end.  Laws  are  also  in  preparation  to 
punish  more  stringently  than  heretofore  all  who  are 
guilty  of  cruelty  to  animals. 

The  minister  ordered  large  colored  plates  of  the 
useful  birds  and  of  the  insects  they  destroy  to  be 
distributed  throughout  the  country  with  pamphlets 
showing  the  value  of  the  birds  in  agriculture  and 
forestry.  It  is  explained  how  impossible  it  is  for 
man  to  cope  with  the  minute  insects  that  prey  on 
plant  life,  and  that  only  the  birds  can  save  many 
valuable  trees  and  much  vegetation  from  destruc- 
tion.— American  Primary  Teacher. 


First  Grade  Number  Games. 

Ten  or  fifteen  are  the  highest  numbers  that  child- 
ren in  the  first  grade  should  work  with.  Simple 
counting  games  and  games  in  adding  and  subtract- 
ing may  be  used  with  good  results. 

One  very  good  plan  is  to  take  the  nursery 
rhymes  and  fables  that  are  familiar  to  nearly  every 
child,  and  have  them  enacted  by  the  children,  bring- 
ing in,  if  possible,  practice  in  counting.  One  of  the 
rhymes  which  may  be  used  in  such  a  way  is  the  one 
beginning  "one,  two — button  your  shoe;  three,  four 
— shut  the  door,"  etc.  Have  the  children  go  through 
every  motion  indicated  by  the  phrases.  It  will  not 
take  long  for  them  to  learn  to  count  rapidly. 

A  simple  game  for  practice  in  addition  is  this : 
A  child  may  group  as  many  as  ten  or  fifteen  child- 
ren in  two's,  three's,  one's,  four's,  etc.  The  object 
is  for  another  child  to  add  them  by  groups,  giving 
results  only  as  he  goes  along.  For  example,  if  the 
groups  are  in  this  order:  three — two — four — one — 
three :  the  pupil  adds  this  way,  "  three,  five,  nine, 
10,  13."  This  is  merely  a  suggestion,  for  the  idea 
may  be  carried  out  in  several  ways. — School  Edu- 
cation. 


144 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Our  Climate. 

Professor  L.  W.  Bailey,  LL.  D.    ^ 

The  climate  of  a  country  is  one  of  its  most  dis- 
tinctive features,  and,  though  we  may  at  first  fail 
to  fully  recognize  the  fact,  is  intimately  associated 
with  its  entire  history  and  development.  Thus, 
climate  necessarily  controls,  in  a  large  degree,  the 
natural  products  of  the  country,  whether  of  the  field 
or  forest ;  it  involves  the  conditions  of  temperature, 
both  as  regards  the  average  and  the  extremes,  and 
therefore  the  fitness  of  the  region  for  human  habita- 
tion and  for  the  purposes  of  husbandry.  It  includes 
also  the  conditions  of  humidity,  and  is  hence  inti- 
mately connected  with  both  the  amount  of  rain-fall 
and  its  distribution.  Through  the  latter  it  deter- 
mines also  the  nature  and  distribution  of  plants  and 
animals.  It  affects,  favourably  or  otherwise,  the 
physical  and  mental  development  of  a  people,  and 
determines,  to  a  large  extent,  the  direction  in  which 
the  efforts  of  the  latter  are  to  be  employed.^ 

The  climate  of  Acadia  is  well  worth  some  con- 
sideration, and  is  the  result  of  the  combined 
influence  of  many  factors,  which  may  be  separately 
noted. 

Of  first  importance,  of  course,  is  our  geographical 
position.  This,  between  the  parallels  of  44°  and 
46°  north  latitude,  determines  our  relations  to  the 
sun,  the  obliquity  of  the  latter's  rays,  the  length  of 
day  and  night,  and  the  relations  of  our  seasons. 
Our  longest  day  (June  21)  is  one  of  about  sixteen 
hours,  our  shortest  (December  21)  less  than  nine 
hours.  Our  seasons  may  be  roughly  divided  into 
two  of  equal  length — a  cold  season  from  November 
to  May  and  a  warm  one  from  May  to  November. 
This  corresponds  to  periods  of  general  frost  and 
its  general  absence,  though  such  frost  may,  and 
often  does,  occur  within  any  month  of  the  year, 
The  extremes  of  temperature  are  ioo°  Fahr.,  though 
rarely  attained,  and  — 400,  also  of  infrequent  occur- 
rence. Even  when  the  days  are  hot,  the  nights  are 
generally  cool,  and,  especially  during  the  winter 
season,  great  changes,  in  some  instances  amounting 
to  90°,  may  occur  within  twenty-four  hours.  These 
latter  are  usually  the  accompaniment  of  cyclonic 
storms,  which  will  presently  be  more  particularly 
considered. 

A  second  element  in  our  climate  is  that  of 
humidity.  No  portion  of  New  Brunswick  is  very 
far  from  the  sea,  and  probably  every  part  feels  its 
influence.  Of  course  this  is  especially  felt  directly 
upon  the  sea-board,  where  the  excess  of  moisture  is 


so  frequently  emphasized  by  the  prevalence  of  fogs. 
These  are  the  direct  result  of  the  chilling  influence 
of  the  coastal  waters,  a  portion  of  the  Arctic  current 
coming  down  from  Baffin's  Bay,  upon  the  moisture- 
laden  winds  blowing  inward  from  the  Gulf  stream, 
and  are  almost  sure  to  develop  whenever  south- 
easterly winds  are  prevalent.  Their  effects  are  to 
be  seen  in  a  marked  reduction  of  temperature,  giv- 
ing to  St.  John  and  other  points  upon  the  coast  a 
delightful  coolness  at  a  time  when  the  inhabitants 
of  the  Atlantic  cities  farther  south  are  swelter- 
ing beneath  the  scorching  rays  of  the  mid-summer 
sun.  They  also,  but  in  a  different  way,  tend  to 
soften  the  severities  of  the  winter  season  upon  the 
coast,  determining  not  only  a  more  open  fall  and 
earlier  spring,  but  a  much  warmer  average  winter 
temperature,  with  less  marked  extremes,  than  is  to 
be  found  in  the  interior. 

But  that  interior  is  also  affected  by  the  fact  that 
it  is  nowhere  very  distant  from  the  coast.  Sea  fogs, 
it  is  true,  do  not  penetrate  far  inland,  being  con- 
fined to  the  immediate  sea-board  by  the  ranges  of 
hills  which  lie  along  and  parallel  to  the  latter;  but 
the  winds  are  not  thus  stopped ;  and,  as  they  blow 
northward,  or,  in  the  case  of  the  Gulf  shore,  to  the 
westward,  they  carry  the  moisture  with  them,  even 
though  no  longer  visible,  and  it  is  this  moisture 
which  is  the  source  of  supply  for  all  our  rivers, 
streams  and  lakes.  It  is  this  which  makes  New 
Brunswick  such  a  well  watered  country,  and  which, 
indirectly,  has  had  so  much  to  do  in  determining  the 
development  and  the  occupations  of  its  inhabitants. 
Indirectly,  it  determines  the  depth  of  our  snows  in 
winter  (an  average  of  about  five  feet  in  the  forested 
portions  when  at  its  maximum),  the  alternations  of 
flood  and  low  water  as  the  seasons  succeed  each 
other,  together  with  the  character  and  distribution 
of  our  native  plants,  the  abundance  of  springs  and 
many  other  important  consequences. 

A  third  determining  factor  in  our  climate  is  the 
irregularity  of  its  surface  features.  Variations  of 
altitude  correspond  in  a  general  way  to  differences 
of  latitude,  and  though  no  portion  of  Acadia  can 
properly  be  called  mountainous,  there  is  sufficient 
difference  of  level  to  make  quite  noticeable  a  differ- 
ence of  temperatures  in  different  places,  as  regards 
both  the  daily  and  seasonal  variations,  and  the  de- 
termination of  extremes.  These  differences  are 
reflected  in  both  the  character  and  course  of  vege- 
tation about  St.  John.  Spring  flowers  are  to  be 
gathered  on  the  southern  coast  nearly  a  fortnight 
earlier  than  in  the  interior  at  Fredericton,  the  range 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


U5 


of  the  Nerepis  hills  confining  the  influence  of  the 
sea-board  to  their  southern  side,  while  later  in  the 
season  the  clear  skies  and  consequent  greater 
warmth  of  the  tract  north  of  these  same  hills, 
stimulating  plants  to  more  rapid  growth,  enable 
them  not  only  to  make  up  for  what  time  has  been 
lost,  but  to  continue  to  advance  with  much  greater 
rapidity.  Travellers  by  rail  from  Fredericton  to 
St.  John  in  the  mid-summer  months  often  pass  in 
a  little  over  two  hours  from  a  temperature  of  980 
to  one  of  50°  or  less,  and  the  drop  is  distinctly,  and 
sometimes  quite  suddenly  felt  in  passing  from  one 
side  to  the  other  of  the  Nerepis  hills.  So,  in  the 
opposite  direction,  greater  extremes  characterize 
the  climate  of  Woodstock  than  that  of  Fredericton, 
and  of  Edmundston  as  compared  with  Woodstock. 
The  summer  season  also  grows  shorter  as  we  go 
northward,  though  this,  no  doubt,  is  partly  due  to 
increase  of  latitude.  Upon  the  highlands  of  North- 
ern New  Brunswick  remarkable  variations  are  also 
to  be  noticed  in  the  temperatures  of  day  and  night, 
the  heat  at  mid-day  being  such  as  to  be  almost  un- 
bearable, with  the  hot  air  actually  quivering  above 
the  heated  surface  of  rocky  ledges,  while  the  tem- 
perature at  night  may  be  not  far  above  the  freezing 
point. 

Finally,  the  direction  and  character  of  the  winds 
have  much  to  do  in  determining  the  nature  of  the 
climate  as  regards  both  Acadia  as  a  whole,  and  of 
one  part  as  compared  with  another.  It  would  not 
be  in  place,  nor  have  we  space  to  discuss  here  at 
length,  the  complicated  subject  of  atmospheric 
circulation  (for  this  the  reader  must  consult  some 
one  of  the  several  admirable  text-books  of  Physical 
Geography,  such  as  Davis,  Tarr,  Dryer  or  others, 
published  within  the  last  few  years),  but  the  main 
facts  are  briefly  these.  Air,  as  a  highly  attenuated 
fluid,  is  easily  moved.  It  is  also  easily  heated  or 
cooled,  partly  by  the  direct  action  of  the  sun,  but 
to  a  much  greater  extent  by  the  surface  on  which 
it  rests.  Land  surfaces,  especially  in  summer,  heat 
the  air  above  them,  while  that  resting  on  water  sur- 
faces is  relatively  cool.  Heating  of  the  air,  by  what- 
ever means,  makes  it  lighter  by  expansion,  while 
cooling  makes  it,  by  condensation,  relatively  heavier. 

Hence,  warm  air  tends  to  rise,  producing  dimin- 
ished pressure  in  the  heated  area,  while  cold  and 
heavy  air,  with  greater  weight,  produces  increased 
pressure.  Hence,  a  movement  Of  the  air,  a  wind 
or  current,  from  the  area  of  greatest  to  that  of  least 
pressure.  It  is  by  means  of  observations  made  on 
these    variations    of    pressure,    by    means    of    the 


barometer,  that  it  becomes  possible,  as  in  the  daily 
forecasts  of  the  weather,  to  determine  the  origination 
and  path  of  storms.  By  telegraphic  reports  received 
from  every  part  of  the  continent,  the  officers  of  the 
meteorological  bureau  are  able  to  parcel  out  the 
surface  of  the  continent  into  areas  of  high  and  low 
pressure,  and  to  issue  daily  weather  maps  exhibit- 
ing the  latter.  The  movements  in  the  position  of 
these  areas  are  also  subject  to  certain  definite  laws 
which  cannot  be  discussed  here.  The  areas  are 
commonly  known  as  cyclonic  and  anticyclonic  areas, 
as  a  recognition  of  the  fact  that,  in  addition  to  some 
general  forward  movement,  there  is  also  in  each 
case  something  of  a  circular  or  spiral  movement 
similar  to  that  which  is  developed  about  the  outlet 
of  a  bath-tub  in  the  escaping  water,  or  in  the  smoke 
discharged  from  a  tobacco  pipe  or  locomotive.  In 
an  anticylonic  area  the  air,  slowly  descending  from 
aloft,  moves  from  a  centre  outwards  in  all  directions, 
that  centre  being  one  of  low  but  rising  temperature 
and  increased  pressure.  Any  moisture  present  in 
the  air  is  taken  up,  the  sky  remains  clear,  and,  as 
dry  air  is  heavier  than  damp  air,  it  presses  harder 
on  the  mercury  of  the  barometer,  and  this  rises 
accordingly.  On  the  contrary,  in  the  region  trav- 
ersed by  a  cyclone,  the  air  moves  inwards  to  a 
centre  of  relatively  warm  temperature,  but  dimin- 
ished pressure.  The  air,  saturated  with  moisture, 
becomes  lighter  and  rises.  Clouds  and  rain  are 
determined,  and  the  barometer  falls.  Finally, 
cyclonic  and  anticyclonic  areas,  or  areas  of  low  and 
high  pressure,  follow  each  other  across  the  con- 
tinent along  approximately  definite  paths,  either 
coming  up  the  coast  or  crossing  the  region  of  the 
Great  Lakes  and  passing  out  to  sea.  In  North 
America  the  direction  of  the  movement  in  the  whirl, 
as  a  whole,  is  from  west  to  east,  following  the 
direction  of  the  hands  of  a  watch.  This  explains 
a  very  common  error.  We  commonly  regard  our 
storms  as  coming  from  the  east ;  in  reality  they 
come  from  the  west.  The  reason  for  this  is  readily 
understood.  While  the  whirl,  as  a  whole,  is  moving 
eastward,  the  easterly  side  will  be  the  first  to  be 
felt,  and  here  the  flow,  being  towards  the  centre, 
will  be  from  east  to  west,  bringing  with  it  the 
moisture  from  the  ocean ;  but  as  the  whirl  passes  on 
we  soon  experience  the  effect  of  the  opposite  side 
which  is  also  moving  towards  the  centre.  Thus 
while  the  area,  as  a  whole,  moves  eastward,  we  ex- 
perience first  a  flow  from  the  east  with  fog  and 
rain,  followed  later  by  a  sudden  change  to  a  flow 
from  the  opposite  side,  with  strong  northwest  winds 
and    a    clearing   atmosphere.       Such    movements, 


146 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


finally,  may  be  slow  and  gentle,  or  they  may  be 
rapid  and  violent,  determining  storms.  These  lat- 
ter rarely  attain,  in  the  Maritime  Provinces,  the 
magnitude  of  western  or  tropical  cyclones,  even  in 
the  winter,  but  "  blizzards  "  are  by  no  means  un- 
known, and  occasionally  we  have,  over  limited  areas, 
and  as  the  result  of  local  conditions,  storms  which, 
in  intensity  and  destructiveness,  may  well  compare 
with  those  of  less  favoured  regions.  Thus,  in  the 
month  of  October,  1869,  there  occurred  what  was 
long  known  as  the  Saxby  gale,  occasioning  a  large 
amount  of  loss,  especially  in  the  forest  lands  and 
along  the  coast,  in  the  former  instances  prostrating 
great  numbers  of  trees  along  narrow,  parallel 
bands,  and  on  the  latter,  through  the  accompani- 
ment of  an  extraordinary  tidal  wave,  flooding  the 
marsh  lands  of  Albert  and  Westmorland  counties. 
Somewhat  later  a  storm  of  similar  violence,  but 
more  local  in  area,  was  witnessed  by  the  writer  in 
the  vicinity  of  St.  Leonard's,  Madawaska,  when, 
in  the  course  of  a  few  minutes,  nearly  all  the  houses 
in  a  little  French  village  were  unroofed.  A  similar 
result  occurred  in  the  case  of  a  storm  which,  not 
many  years  ago,  passed  over  the  settlement  of 
''  the  Barony,"  in  York  County. 

The  foregoing  remarks  and  illustrations  have  had 
co  do  almost  exclusively  with  New  Brunswick.  In 
Nova  Scotia  the  conditions  are  essentially  similar, 
but  modified  by  its  more  insular  character  and  lower 
reliefs.  Fogs  reach  almost  every  portion  of  the 
peninsula  and  characterize  the  coast  even  to  a 
greater  degree  than  in  New  Brunswick,  statistics 
showing  for  a  summer  mean  of  two  years  (1864 
and  1865)  6.7  foggy  days  for  Halifax  as  against 
5.3  for  St.  John,  while  the  average  number  of  rainy 
days  was  for  the  former  15.75,  while  that  of  the 
latter  was  only  7.8.  The  mean  summer  temperature 
of  Halifax,  as  given  in  the  Canadian  Year  Book 
for  1868  was  60.8,  that  of  St.  John  58.1. 

The  influence  of  barriers  to  atmospheric  flow  is 
well  illustrated  in  the  case  of  the  North  Mountains, 
and  is  alluded  to  by  Longfellow  in  describing  the 
village  of  Grand  Pre, — 

"  Away  to  the  northward 
Blomidon  rose,  and  the  forests  old,  and  aloft  on  the  moun- 
tains 
Sea-fogs   pitched   their   tents,   and   mists    from   the  mighty 

Atlantic 
Looked  on  the  happy  valley,  hut  ne'er  from  their  station 
descended." 

It  is  this  feature,  combined  with  that  of  its  soils 
(a  subject  to  be  discussed  in  a  later  chapter)  which 
has  made  the  Annapolis  and  Cornwallis  vallevs  the 
"  Garden  of  Nova  Scotia." 


Geometrical  Drawing. 

F.  G.  Matthews,  Truro,  N.  S. 
Principal    Macdonald   Manual   Training   School. 

This  and  the  following  articles  have  been  prepared 
at  the  request  of  the  Editor,  with  a  view  to  assist- 
ing teachers  to  introduce  geometrical  drawing  in 
Grades  V,  VI,  VII  and  VIII  of  the  common  schools. 
The  object  in  so  doing  is  not  only  to  give  the  pupils 
practice  in  mechanical  drawing,  which  of  itself  is 
of  great  educational  value,  but  to  form  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  study  of  geometry.  Facts  or  principles 
learned  through  doing  are  likely  to  remain  much 
longer  in  the  memory  than  those  obtained  through 
reading.  The  pupil  will,  therefore,  as  a  result,  on 
commencing  to  study  geometry,  find  the  work  very 
much  simplified. 

A  number  of  exercises  have  been  arranged  for 
each  grade,  containing  sufficient  principles  to  cover 
a  year's  work.  The  accompanying  sheet  shows  those 
intended  for  Grade  V.  The  method  of  construc- 
tion is  briefly  stated  for  the  benefit  of  the  teacher; 
but  the  teacher  should,  in  teaching  the  principle  of 
an  exercise,  apply  it  practically  by  making  up  some 
interesting  little  problem  in  plotting  out  or  design- 
ing. This  is  most  important,  for,  if  taught  other- 
wise, the  object  of  the  lesson  will  be  beyond  the 
child's  comprehension,  and  therefore  lost.  The  few 
examples  given  after  die  exercises  will  show  what 
is  meant,  and  the  earnest  teacher  will  find  endless 
material  in  the  schoolroom,  playground  or  garden 
on  which  to  base  other  problems.  It  will  be  seen 
that  many  of  them  can  be  given  to  the  children  in 
something  of  the  form  of  puzzles,  which,  as  we  all 
know,  have  a  great  fascination  for  children.  This 
feature  makes  the  subject  one  of  the  easiest  and 
most  interesting  to  teach. 

The  methods  of  using  the  ruler,  set  squares  and 
pencil  have  been  fully  explained  in  a  former  series 
of  articles  dealing  with  "  Drawing  in  the  Lower 
Grades,"  (Nos.  211  to  217,  December,  1904,  to 
June,  1905).  The  only  new  instrument  introduced 
at  this  stage  is  the  compass,  which  the  children 
should  be  taught  to  use  properly  from  the  first.  In 
drawing  circles,  no  part  of  the  fingers  should  touch 
either  leg  of  the  instrument,  but  the  small,  straight 
piece  above  the  hinge  should  be  held  lightly  between 
the  thumb  and  first  finger.  When  taking  off  mea- 
surements, both  hands  may  be  used,  as  with  divides. 

Great  care  should  be  taken  with  the  drawing, 
given  lines  and  resultants  being  drawn  with  firm 
black  lines,  while  working  lines  should  be  subdued 
as  much  as  possible.  These  can  then,  if  necessary, 
be  cleaned  out  afterwards. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


14? 


All  new  terms,  such  as  radius,  arc,  circumference, 
degrees,  segment,  etc.,  should  be  carefully  explain- 
ed, and  simple  definitions  given  as  new  figures  are 
introduced,  but  no  attempt  should  be  made  to  prove 
the  truth  of  any  problem,  except  by  optical  demon- 
stration, until  commencing  to  study  theoretical 
geometry. 

Fig.  i.  To  bisect  a  straight  line. — Place  the 
point  of  the  compass  on  A,  and  with  any  radius  more 
than  half  of  the  line,  describe  an  arc.  With  B  as 
centre  and  the  same  radius,  describe  another  arc. 
Join  the  points  of  intersection  C  and  D  by  a  straight 
line  cutting  AB  in  E.  Then  E  is  the  middle  point 
of  AB. 

Sample  exercise  on  above.     The  line  A B 

represents  a  form  to  hold  four  children.  Mark  off 
an  equal  space  for  each  child.  (Bisect  the  line, 
then  bisect  each  half). 

Fig.  2.  To  bisect  an  arc  or  regular  curve. — The 
same  construction  as  in  Fig.  i. 

Sample  exercise :  The  curve  AB  is  the  arch  at 
the  top  of  a  door  or  window.  Find  the  centre  point 
from  which  to  hang  an  ornament. 

Fig.  3.  To  bisect  a  straight  line  by  means  of  set 
squares. — Place  a  ruler  under  the  given  line,  and 
rest  a  set  square  on  it  with  one  acute  angle  at  A 
(300  is  the  most  convenient).  Draw  the  line  AC. 
Keverse  the  set  square,  and  with  angle  at  B  draw 
the  line  DB.  Place  the  ruler  above  the  line  and 
with  set  square  beneath,  similarly  draw  AF  and 
EB.    Join  GH.     I  is  the  middle  point  of  the  line. 

Fig.  4.  To  draw  a  straight  line  at  right  angles 
to  a  given  straight  line,  from  a  point  at  or  near  the 
middle  of  the  given  line. — With  O  as  centre,  and 
any  convenient  radius,  mark  off  C  and  D  equidistant 
from  it.  From  C  and  D  as  centres,  and  radius 
greater  than  CO,  describe  arcs  intersecting  at  E. 
Join  EO,  which  will  be  at  right  angles  to  AB. 

Sample  exercise:  The  line  AB  represents  a  level 
piece  of  ground.  At  the  point  O  we  wish  to  erect 
an  upright  line  for  a  flag  pole. 

Fig.  5.  The  same  as  Fig.  4,  but  from  a  point  at 
or  near  the  end  of  the  line.  With  the  given  point 
O  as  centre,  describe  on  arc  nearly  a  semicircle. 
From  C,  and  with  the  same  radius,  mark  off  D 
(6o°).  From  D,  with  the  same  radius,  mark  off 
E  (another  6o°).  Bisect  DE  (as  in  Fig.  2)  by  arcs 
at  F.  Join  FO,  which  will  form  the  right  angle 
with  AB. 

Fig.  6.  The  same  as  Fig.  4  (Builders'  method). 
— Let  AB  be  the  given  line  and  1!  the  given  point. 
Divide  AB  into  four  equal  parts,  and  produce  AB 


to  C,  making  BC  equal  to  one  part.  With  B  as 
centre  and  3  parts  as  radius,  describe  an  arc.  With 
A  as  centre  and  5  parts  (AC)  as  radius,  describe 
another  arc  intersecting  at  D.  Join  DB,  which  is 
the  required  line. 

Sample  exercise:  AB  is  the  front  or  street  line 
of  a  house.  Draw  the  side  DB  to  be  perfectly 
square  with  it. 

Fig.  7.  The  same  as  Fig.  4,  from  a  point  over, 
or  nearly  over,  the  centre. — Let  AB  be  the  given 
line  and  O  the  given  point.  With  O  as  centre  and 
any  radius  long  enough  to  cut  the  line,  draw  the 
arc  cutting  AB  in  C  and  D.  With  C  and  D  as 
centres,  draw  arcs  cutting  at  E.  Join  OE  cutting 
AB  in  F.     Then  OF  is  at  right  angles  to  AB. 

Fig.  8.  The  same  as  Fig.  4,  from  a  point  over, 
or  nearly  over,  the  end  of  the  line. — Let  AB  be  the 
given  line  and  O  the  given  point.  From  O  draw 
any  line  OC  towards  A.  Bisect  OA  in  D.  With 
D  as  centre  and  radius  DO,  describe  a  semicircle 
cutting  AB  in  E.  Join  OE.  Then  OE  is  at  right 
angles  to  AB. 

Exercise:  By  drawing  the  semicircle  in  various 
positions  the  children  may  be  shown  that  the  angle 
in  it  is  always  a  right  angle,  by  applying  the  900 
angle  of  the  set  square.  No  further  proof  is  re- 
quired at  this  stage. 

Fig.  9.  The  same  as  Fig  8.  Another  method. — 
With  A  as  centre  and  radius  AO,  describe  arc  OC. 
With  B  as  centre  and  radius  BO,  describe  arc  OEC. 
Join  OC,  cutting  AB  in  D.  Then  OD  is  at  right 
angles  to  AB. 

Fig.  10.  The  same  as  F'ig.  9.  Point  beyond  the 
end  of  AB. 

Construction  the  same  as  Fig.  9. 

Fig.  11.  To  draw  a  straight  line  parallel  to  a 
given  straight  line  at  a  given  distance  from  it. — 
Let  AB  be  the  given  line  and  C  the  given  distance. 
1  ake  any  points  near  the  ends  of  the  line,  and  with 
radius  equal  to  C,  draw  the  arcs  D  and  E.  Joiij 
across  the  tops  of  the  two  arcs.  Then  DE  is 
parallel  to  AB. 

Exercise:  Draw  two  straight  lines  three  inches 
long  and  two  inches  apart.  Between  them  draw 
two  other  lines,  so  that  the  four  shall  be  equidistant 
and  parallel. 

Fig.  12.  To  draw  a  straight  line  parallel  to  a 
given  straight  line  and  through  a  given  point. — 
Let  AB  be  the  given  line  and  O  the  given  point. 
With  O  as  centre  and  any  radius  reaching  nearly 
to  B  draw  arc  CD.  With  C"  as  centre  and  the  same 
radius  draw  arc  OE.     .Measure  OE  with  compass 


i48 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


CEOMLTRiCdL       0**W<NC         C  R  A  O  C.    V. 


f.«    l 


r.a     4. 


A-f 


XE 


-fe-» 


r.k  5 


*"•«  6. 


•S   T 


r,s  8 


/? 


a     js 


B       C 


X< 


F.«  9. 


r.g  io. 


r.«  i! 


r,s  n. 


•   E 


■**• 


4    £ 


~ B 


C\ 


Fig     13. 


r,a  i5. 


Tia    16. 


1  \ 

1      V 
C           v-   " 

il 

Jl 

11 

(fi l  pi 

1 

i 

» 

r,a  I 


s  '7 


*  ^ 


r;g.ao. 


£  r 


LillliUu 


A  s 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


H9 


and  mark  off  CD  equal  to  it.  Join  OD.  Then  OD 
is  parallel  to  AB. 

Exercise :  AB  represents  the  edge  of  a  grass  plot. 
I  wish  to  set  off  another  parallel  to  it  commencing 
from  O. 

Fig.  13.  To  describe  a  circle  with  a  given  radius. 
— From  any  point  O  with  radius  equal  to  E,  describe 
the  circle. 

A  good  exercise  at  this  stage  is  to  start  with  a 
circle  of  about  ij4  inches  radius,  and  draw  a  series 
of  concentric  circles,  lessening  the  radius  by  }4 
inch  each  time.  The  smaller  they  get,  the  more 
difficult  to  get  a  good  even  line. 

Fig.  14.  To  describe  a  square  on  a  given  straight 
line. — Let  AB  be  the  given  line.  At  A  construct  a 
right  angle  BAC  cutting  off  AC  equal  to  AB.  With 
B  and  C  as  centres  and  radius  AB,  describe  arcs 
cutting  at  D.  Join  CD  and  BD.  ABCD  is  the 
required  square. 

Exercise:  Demonstrate  with  set  square  that  all 
the  angles  are  right  angles,  and  with  compass  that 
all  sides  are  equal,  and  educe  an  easy  definition. 

Fig.  15.  The  same  as  Fig.  14.  With  set  squares. 
— Place  the  ruler  under  AB,  and  with  set  squares 
draw  right  angles  at  A  and  I>.  Mark  off  C  and  D 
equal  to  AB  and  join. 

Exercise :  Join  AD  and  BC.  Measure  them  with 
compass.     If  correctly  drawn,  they  will  be  equal. 

Fig.  16.  To  inscribe  a  square  in  a  given  circle. 
— Draw  any  diameter  AB.  At  centre  O  erect  per- 
pendicular cutting  circumference  in  C  and  D.  Join 
AC,  CB,  BD  and  DA,  which  gives  required  square. 

Exercise :  O  is  the  point  in  the  middle  of  a 
garden.  Lay  out  a  square  plot  so  that  the  corners 
shall  all  be  equidistant  from  O. 

Fig.  17.  To  construct  an  oblong.  Length  of 
sides  given. — Let  AB  and  C  be  the  given  sides.  At 
A  and  B  erect  perpendiculars,  making  AD  and  BE 
each  equal  to  C.  Join  DE,  or  follow  the  same  con- 
struction as  Fig.  14. 

Fig.  18.  To  inscribe  a  regular  hexagon  in  a 
given  circle. — From  any  point  A  on  the  circumfer- 
ence, step  off  AB,  BC,  CD,  DE,  EF  and  FA  all 
equal  to  the  radius  of  the  circle.  Join  the  points 
with  straight  lines. 

Exercises:  1.  Make  a  six-pointed  star.  (Mark 
off  points  as  above,  and  join  alternate  points  AE, 
EC,  CA,  BF,  FD  and  DB). 

2.  Draw  a  circle  with  six  lenses. 

Fig.  19.  Construct  a  hexagon  on  a  given  base. 
— Let  AB  be  the  given  base.  With  A  as 
centre  and  AB  as  radius,  describe  arc  BOC.     With 


B  as  centre  and  same  radius,  describe  arc  AOD. 
With  O  as  centre  and  same  radius,  describe  arc 
CEFD.  Cut  off  CE  and  DF  each  equal  to  AB. 
Join  BD,  DF,  FE,  EC  and  CA. 

Fig.  20.  The  same  as  Fig.  19.  Set  square 
method. — Place  ruler  under  AB.  With  set  square 
on  ruler,  60°  angle  at  A,  draw  AF.  Slide  set  square 
to  B  and  draw  BC.  Reverse  set  square  and  draw 
BE  and  AD.  Draw  verticals  at  A  and  B,  cutting 
slanting  lines  at  E  and  F.  With  6o°  angle  draw 
lines  back  from  E  to  D  and  F  to  C. 

The  remaining  dotted  lines  show  the  various 
positions  of  the  set  square. 


Sunshine  in  the  Shadows. 

"  Our  idea  has  been  to  carrv  the  good  cheer  into 
the  home."  writes  Maud  Ballington  Booth  in  the 
December  Delineator.  "  Christmas  is  pre-eminently 
a  home  festival.  It  may  be  good,  under  some 
circumstances,  to  call  the  poor  to  a  great  dinner, 
and  undoubtedly  much  joy  has  been  given  to  little 
ones  by  the  decking  of  the  Christmas  tree,  but  so 
far  as  our  effort  is  concerned,  we  feel  that  we  can 
do  the  most  by  bringing  brightness  into  destitute 
homes.  However  good  the  dinner,  it  is  forgotten 
in  the  hunger  of  to-morrow ;  and  the  bright  festival 
around  the  Christmas  tree  makes  the  fireless  home 
the  more  dreary  when  the  little  ones  return  to  it. 
This  thought  lias  promoted  us  to  soe"d  our  Christ- 
mas funds  in  sending  food.  fuel,  clothing  and  tovs 
into  the  home  and  adding  all  the  comforts  possible 
to  these  cheerless  lives,  not  only  on  that  one  dav. 
but  durincf  the  winter  season.  The  oranges  and 
toys,  the  Christmas  stocking  and  the  turkey  together 
with  a  good  supply  of  coal  with  which  to  cook  it, 
mean  warmth  to  the  chilly  garret  and  will  gladden 
the  children's  Christmas  day.  but  what  a  comfort 
during  the  remaining  winter  davs  will  be  the  wartrl 
overcoat  and  good  strong  shoes  to  the  little  ones 
who  had  before  to  shiver  to  school  in  broken  shoes 
and  thin  cotton  garments. 

"  Thousands  of  families  are  helped  by  the  Salva- 
tion Army  Volunteers  in  our  big  cities,  and  while 
they  are  thus  caring  for  the  manv  poor.  I  have 
undertaken  in  my  special  work  the  playing  of  'Santa 
Claus's  Partner '  to  the  destitute  families  of  the 
men  in  prison.  In  our  Volunteer  Prison  Depart- 
ment we  have  chronicled  the  names  and  ages  of  all 
the  little  ones  who  are  registered  in  our  Christmas 
book,  and  it  takes  us  a  whole  month  to  prepare  for 
the  eventful  day.  With  the  money  generously  sent 
in  from  manv  sources  I  buv  several  thousand  dol- 
lars' worth  of  warm  garments.  Last  Christmas  we 
used  scventv-five  dozen  pairs  of  children's  stock- 
ings. To  all  those  families  at  a  distance  we  send 
the  Christmas  boxes  carefullv  packed,  but  to  those 
in  New  York  City  we  deliver  personally  from  our 
express  wagon  on  Christmas  Eve  the  gifts  that  are. 
to  gladden  the  little  ones," 


150 


THE   EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


Visualization. 

Mrs.  Catherine  M.  Condon. 
Visualization  has  been  defined  as  the  local  memory 
of  the  eye,  although  it  really  includes  much  more. 
The  ability  to  make  a  voluntary  and  sustained  use 
of  this  power— visualization— lies  at  the  very  foun- 
dation  of   a   progressive  intellectual  life,  and  is  in- 
dispensable to  the  artist.     Like  every  other  mental 
endowment,  it  varies,  both  in  kind  and  degree,  in 
different  individuals.       Some,   for  example,    never 
forget  a  face  once  seen,  whether  it  be  the  beloved 
features   of  a  departed   friend,   or   the  living  face 
itself,  which  is  instantly  recognized  after,  it  may  be, 
years   of  absence.       A   swift  comparison   is  made 
between  the  object  presented  to  the  senses  and  the 
mental  image  stored  up,  and  perhaps  long  dormant ; 
the  visualized  image,  in  a  flash,  is  compared  with 
the    friend's    face    and    form,    and  this    results  in 
recognition.     The  process  is  as  swift  as  it  is  subtle. 
But  the  recognition  of  an  object  presented  to  the 
sight   is  the  simplest  manifestation  of  this  power, 
although  it  is  not  so  simple  as  may  at  first  appear. 
A  child  sometimes  sees  an  object  many  times  before 
he  recognizes  it  at  once,  and  with  certainty,  from 
the    mental    image  —  the  product  of    visualization. 
How  vague  and  defective  the  first  visualized  images 
in  the  mind  of  a  child  must  be,  may  be  gathered 
from  the  crude  pictorial  representations    made    by 
children.     After  making  due  and  large   allowance 
for  the  want  of  manual  skill,  lack  of  facility  in  the 
use  of  language,   and  general   inability  to  express 
ideas,  one  is  still  surprised  to  find  how  blurred  and 
incomplete  mental  vision  is.  not  only  in  the  child, 
but  even  in  persons  you  would  judge  to  be  capable 
of  visualizing,  recognizing  and  reproducing,  in  some 
one    or   other    of   the  expressive  arts,  their  mental 
images  with  clearness  and  precision.       The    mere 
instinctive  and  untrained  use  of  visualization  is  very 
deceptive,  and,  by  consequence,  largely  inoperative 
as  an  educational  force. 

Take  the  child  who  drew  a  mouse  on  his  slate, 
for  example ;  a  circular  motion  of  the  pencil  gave 
the  eye.  a  straggling  line  the  tail,  and  there  you 
have  the  picture  of  the  mouse ;  and  what  is  so 
strange  and  thought-compelling  is,  that  the  child 
was  satisfied  with  the  crude  production.  It  may 
well  be  that  the  glancing  eve  and  tense,  long-drawn 
tail  were  about  all  that  impressed  themselves  on  the 
child's  brain,  for  however  awkwardly  drawn  the 
other  parts  of  the  mouse  might  have  been,  had  thev 
been  drawn  at  all.  they  could  not  have  been  repre- 


sented without  having  left  some  trace  on  the  mental 

retina. 

Take  now  an  example  of  splendid  visualization 
in  Turner,    the    famous    painter,  in    his  wonderful 
picture,  "  A  great  storm  from  a  railway  carriage." 
The  incident  was  related  by  a  young  lady  who  was 
in  the  same  carriage  with  the  painter  and  his  friend. 
The  storm   was  a  fearful  one.     Turner,  who  had 
been  watching  it,  asked  permission  of  the  lady  to 
open  the  window  and  to  look  out,  so  as  to  have  a 
larger  view  of  the  storm.     After  gazing  with  great 
intensity  on  the  tempest,  by  which  the  very  heavens 
seemed  gashed  and  rent  asunder  by  the  lightning 
flashes  that  were  almost  continuous,  he  drew  in  his 
head  and  shut  the  window,  after  allowing  the  lady, 
also  at  her  urgent  request,  a  brief  survey,  for  it  was 
now  raining  in  torrents,  then  sat  down,  and,  lean- 
ing back  in  his  seat,  closed  his  eyes  for  some  time. 
What  was  he  doing?    He  was,  by  an  intense,  con- 
scious and  combined  effort  of  the  intellect  and  will, 
reproducing  the  whole  scene,  and  fixing  it  so  vividly 
and  so  ineffaceably  that  it  was  possible  for  him  to 
review  it  at  pleasure ;  and  from  the  stored-up  mental 
image  his  marvelous  sikll  as  an  artist  enabled  him 
to  give  the  splendid  vision  in  concrete  form  for  the 
delight  of  others — a  supreme  result  of  the  trained 
power  of  visualization. 

This  power  of  visualization  exists  in  kind, 
although  differing  in  degree,  in  every  one :  but  in  the 
artist,  poet,  and  in  writers  of  marked  descriptive 
ability,  it  is  present  in  large  measure,  so  that  the 
reader  is  forced  to  see  the  picture  as  presented. 

Who,  in  reading  "  The  Ancient  Mariner,"  has  not 
felt  the  power  of  that  cold,  compelling  eye  that 
arrested  and  held  the  unwilling  wedding-guest? 
And  how  plainly  Goethe  makes  us  see,  scene  after 
scene,  in  which  Mephistopheles.  Faust  and 
Margaret  figure. 

To  him  who  has  raised  visualization  from  the 
merely  instinctive  and  casual  to  an  art,  practised  ->t 
will,  the  life  of  the  intellect  is  rich  and  glowing  with 
vivid  conceptions.  Great  inventions  stand  out.  clear 
as  crystal,  in  the  inventor's  mind  long  before 
they  are  fixed  in  material  form,  and  things  that  are 
not  are  to  him  as  though  they  were. 

Now  how  shall  we  develop  this  amazing  power 
of  the  human  mind  in  our  children  so  that  it  may 
be  of  real  service  in  the  practical  business  of  life? 
How,  in  Froebel's  words,  shall  we  enable  the  child 
to  make  the  outward,  inward,  and  the  inward,  out- 
ward? How  begin  the  process,  keep  it  up,  and 
render  it  cumulative?       The  retina  receives    the 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


151 


image  instinctively,  but  unless  the  object  be 
observed,  no  clear  abiding  impression  is  left  on  the 
brain.  It  is  bad  enough  to  lose  even  one  single 
impression  of  value.  We  will  deal  here  with  the 
child  in  the  primary  school.  The  teacher  must 
understand  that,  in  too  many  cases,  he  will  have  to 
do  work  that  should  have  been  the  business  of  the 
nursery.  Speech,  the  first  of  the  expressive  arts, 
must  be  clear,  articulate  and  have  definite  meaning; 
this  involves  careful  looking  at  some  definite  object 
of  interest  to  the  child,  say  a  cat.  Ask  those  who 
have  a  cat  of  their  own  to  say  so ;  select  some  of  the 
brightest  to  tell  all  they  have  observed  about  their 
cat;  then  select  a  dull  child,  draw  out  what  he 
knows,  and  delicately  help  him  to  express  his 
struggling  notions  in  words  plainly  spoken.  Be 
helpful  to  his  halting,  incoherent  speech.  Let  him 
feel  the  faint  stirrings  of  his  own  mind,  no  matter 
how  dull  and  feeble  they  may  be,  and  let  him  ex- 
press them  in  speech,  even  if.  at  first,  he  only  repeats 
after  vou.  a  little,  easy  sentence  that  you  have 
framed.  Remember,  the  first  intelligent  efforts  of 
the  child  are  purely  imitative,  and  must  be  helped. 
Do  not  be  afraid  of  asking  questions  that  are  too 
simple,  for  you  have  before  you  a  rather  complex 
problem,  viz.,  careful  observation  to  secure  future 
recognition  of  the  object,  the  forming  of  a  clear 
image  in  the  untrained  mind,  and  the  representation, 
in  concrete  form,  of  a  concept  in  the  young  mind. 
The  natural,  and  therefore  the  easiest  method  of 
expression,  is  by  means  of  audible  speech. 

Ask  questions  about  the  cat's  legs,  its  tail,  how  it 
differs  from  that  of  a  dog,  or  a  horse,  or  a  pig; 
about  its  paws  and  claws,  and  what  effect  the 
temper  of  a  cat  has  upon  them  ;  on  the  lay  of  the  fur. 
whether  it  is  kind  to  rub  pussv  uo  the  wrong  wav; 
whether  thev  are  not  vexed  if  their  faces  are  rubbed 
up  carelesslv  when  they  themselves  are  washed  in 
the  morning:. 

Now  for  visualizing:  tell  them  to  shut  their  eves 
and  trv  to*  see  a  fine  black  cat.  Watch  the  little 
faces  and  vou  will  observe  strikine  differences  in 
expression.  Some  will  visualize  the  black  cat  so 
vividly  that  thev  will  laugh  right  out  with  delight. 
Take  pains  to  find  out  how  much  of  the  black  cat 
thev  really  see;  others  will  have  no  mental  vision 
of  the  b'ack  cat.  or.  indeed,  of  anv  other  cat.  These 
have  been  neelected  and  must  be  helped  with 
natient  kindness.  Find  out  some  obiect  that  thev 
know  well :  let  them  talk  about  it  till  thev  are  full 
of  interest ;  then  get  them  to  shut  their  eyes  and  trv 
to  see  it.     If  they  can  see  it,  let  them  describe  it, 


and  help  them  to  clear  up  any  vague  or  incorrect 
impressions. 

This  exercise  must  not  be  kept  up  too  long,  or  the 
tender  brain  may  be  unduly  strained.  Put  a  rough 
sketch  of  a  cat  on  the  board, without  one  unnecessary 
stroke,  and  let  them  draw  it  on  their  slates ;  it  will 
not  amount  to  much  as  drawing,  but  it  will  help 
them  to  a  clearer  mental  image.  Then  write  in 
plain  script  the  word  cat,  and  let  them  see  it  is  a 
symbol  so  easily  and  quickly  made.  If  you  set 
about  this  in  earnest,  and  succeed  in  interesting  the 
children,  you  will  have  at  least  given  them  the 
power  of  calling  up  one  clear  mental  image;  the 
desire  to  make  a  representation  (rough,  it  must  be 
granted)  of  what  appeals  to  them,  in  "  the  universal 
language  of  the  eye,"  and  also  the  power  of  express- 
ing the  idea  in  language  more  or  less  fitting,  and 
later  on  in  forms  more  or  less  artistic.  This  is  but 
a  small  and  feeble  beginning  in  the  art  of  conscious 
and  voluntary  visualization,  but  it  is  a  beginning  on 
sound  principles  suited  to  the  mind  of  the  child. 
Those  principles  may  be  applied  to  every  subject 
at  every  stage  of  progress ;  the  result  will  be  to  gain 
the  power  and  habit  of  correct  and  vigorous 
thought. 

A  Lesson  in  Deceit. 

She  is  the  daughter  of  a  grammar  school  principal 
in  Colorado  Springs.  Her  first  day  in  school  she 
whispered  and  was  kept  after  school.  The  same 
on  the  second  day.  The  third,  the  same.  The 
fourth  day  she  came  home  on  time.  No  after 
school  that  day.  She  was  beaming  with  delight. 
"  Oh,  mamma,  I've  learned  how  to  do  it.  All  I 
have  to  do  is  to  whisper  when  teacher's  back  is 
turned." 


"  Three  knots  an  hour  isn't  such  bad  time  for  a 
clergyman,"  smilingly  said  the  minister  to  himself, 
just  after  he  had  united  the  third  couple. 


The  publishers  of  Webster's  International  Dic- 
tionary have  just  issued  a  handsome  thirty-two  page 
booklet  on  the  use  of  the  dictionary.  Sherwin 
Cody,  well  known  as  a  writer  and  authority  on  Eng- 
lish grammar  and  composit-on,  is  the  author.  The 
booklet  contains  seven  lessons  for  systematically 
acquiring  the  dictionary  habit.  While  it  is  primarily 
intended  for  teachers  and  school  principals,  the 
general  reader  will  find  much  of  interest  and  value. 
A  copy  will  be  sent,  gratis,  to  anyone  who  addresses 
the  firm,  G.  &  C.  Merriam  Company,  Springfield; 
Mass, 


152 


THE  EDUCATI  ON AL   REVIEW. 


Some  Criticisms  of  Our  Methods  of  Teaching:. 

By  Principal  Chas.  D.  Richards,  A.  B. 
[Read  before  the  York  County  Teachers'  Institute,  Fred- 
ericton,  October  n,  1906.] 

One  of  the  striking  characteristics  of  present-day 
Canadian  sentiment  and  Canadian  expression  is 
that  of  self-gratulation  upon  the  wonderful  advance- 
ment which  we  are  making  in  all  the  various  phases 
of  life.  This  is  especially  noticeable  in  respect  to 
our  commercial  and  industrial  activity.  It  is  a 
favourite  theme  of  writers  and  speakers,  and  every- 
where it  touches  a  responsive  chord  in  the  spirits 
of  all  loyal  Canadians. 

Co-existent  with  this  commercial  and  industrial 
progress  there  is  also  an  intellectual  advancement, 
which,  while  receiving  less  general  public  attention, 
may  be  considered  with  an  equal  measure  of  pride 
and  gratification. 

We,  as  teachers  and  as  a  part  of  the  educational 
life  of  New  Brunswick,  may  reasonably  claim  that 
we  are  not  behind  in  this  general  advancement. 
The  schools  of  to-day  are  so  far  ahead  of  those  of 
a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  that  even  the  most  blind 
and  stubborn  of  our  chronic  grumblers  cannot  but 
admit  their  superiority. 

But  while  thus  in  a  broad  and  general  sense  we 
easily  perceive  a  marked  improvement,  it  is  not 
fitting  that  we  should  calmly  fold  our  arms,  and, 
with  pharisaical  complacency,  flatter  ourselves  that 
there  is  no  further  need  of,  or  opportunity  for, 
improvement.  Because,  on  the  whole,  our  schools 
are  better  to-day  than  twenty-five  years  ago,  it  does 
rot  follow  that  in  all  matters  of  detail  they  are 
superior.  Far  from  it.  And  even  were  we  thus 
inclined  to  rest  contented  with  what  has  been  accom- 
plished, to  let  well  enough  alone — a  supposition 
which  I  know  is  far  from  being  true — such  a  course 
would  not  be  possible.  On  all  sides  we  meet 
with  an  array  of  critics,  who  are  not  sparing  in 
their  criticisms,  those  who  are  as  ready  td  tear 
in  shreds  the  fondest  theories  of  our  experienced 
leaders  in  educational  thought,  as  are  others  to 
wound  the  feelings  of  our  new  and  un-tried  teach- 
ers with  their  frequently  unreasonable  and  med- 
dling criticisms. 

It  is  my  purpose  now  to  consider  more  particular- 
ly some  of  our  methods  of  teaching,  and  to  point 
out  in  relation  to  them  what  are,  in  my  judgment, 
our  improvements,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  what 
are  some  of  our  chief  weaknesses.  I  cannot,  nor 
(Jo  I  desire,  to  make  reference  to  all  of  them,    and 


there  probably  will  be  no  natural  sequence  in  the 
order  in  which  I  place  them. 

First  of  all,  then,  I  shall  call  attention  to  the 
training  of  the  power  of  observation.  Education 
has  deen  defined  as  the  harmonious  development  of 
all  the  powers  of  child  nature.  We  are  concerned 
here,  of  course,  only  with  the  education  of  the  child. 
Taking  that  definition  as  a  criterion,  I  believe  that 
it  is  only  within  the  last  twenty-five  years  that  any 
very  great  effort  has  been  made — I  do  not  say  how 
successfully — to  meet  its  requirements,  that  is,  to 
reach  all  the  faculties  of  the  child.  The  power  of 
observation  is  one  of  the  earliest  faculties,  as  it  is 
one  of  the  last  that  we  are  systematically  training. 
The  natural  sciences  are  the  subjects  which,  more 
than  any  others,  afe  instrumental  in  this  develop- 
ment. The  practical  work  which  the  examination 
of  a  buttercup  or  the  preparation  of  hydrogen 
necessitates,  is  undoubtedly  educative.  In  connec- 
tion with  this,  I  must  say  that  I  think  we  ought  to 
welcome  with  pleasure  the  introduction  of  a  com- 
paratively new  feature  of  school  work,  namely, 
Manual  Training  and  Domestic  Science.  They  pro- 
vide a  splendid  training  for  the  eye  and  hand,  in 
neatness  and  accuracy,  and,  in  addition,  they  have 
the  advantage  of  being  practical. 

And  yet  we  are  all  conscious  of  the  strenuous 
opposition  with  which  the  introduction  of  these 
branches  is  being  met.  The  opposition,  also,  is  not 
altogether  from  outside ;  many  teachers,  if  not 
actually  opposed,  are  at  least  lukewarm  in  their 
support.  This  is  but  natural ;  they  see  in  it  an 
addition  to  the  already  crowded  curriculum.  But 
these  subjects  have  come  to  stay,  and  all  that  can 
be  done  is  to  make  a  re-adjustment  or  correlation 
of  the  subjects  so  as  to  provide  time  for  these. 

In  the  second  place,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  one 
faculty  upon  which  we  are  exerting  our  greatest 
attention  is  the  reason.  To-day  we  teach  mathe- 
matics. We  need  only  to  compare  the  present 
Unitary  Method  with  the  old  system  of.  Proportion 
or  the  Rule  of  Three.  From  the  earliest  steps  in 
number  work  to  the  most  complex  problems  in 
geometry  or  algebra,  every  process  is  carefully 
reasoned  out  and  explained.  Not  only  in  mathe- 
matics, however,  are  we  applying  the  principles  of 
reason.  In  grammar  as  well  do  we  find  scope  for 
the  use  of  this  power.  In  my  opinion,  the  analysis 
of  a  long  and  complex  sentence  affords  nearly,  if 
not  quite,  as  good  an  opportunity  for  exercising  the 
reason. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


153 


But  it  is  in  the  realm  of  mathematics  that  reason 
is  pre-eminently  dominant.  In  the  teaching  of 
geometry,  the  deductive  method  is  giving  way  to 
the  inductive.  This  is  a  subject  which,  for  at  least 
seventy-five  per  cent  of  our  pupils,  will  have  no 
practical  value.  It  is  valuable  only  from  an  educa- 
tive standpoint,  and  as  such  should  indeed  be  taught 
in  the  way  most  fitted  for  the  greatest  development 
of  power,  of  reason  and  of  original  thought.  This 
surely  is  the  inductive  method.  And  yet,  whether 
the  inductive  or  deductive  method  is  used,  it  is 
almost  entirely  reasoning.  Algebra,  again,  has  but 
little  practical  value.  Here,  also,  the  reason  is 
developed. 

Arithmetic,  on  the  other  hand,  while  affording 
opportunity  for  training  in  reason,  has  an  eminently 
practical  value,  a  fact  which  I  fear  we  too  often  lose 
sight  of  in  our  teaching.  We  treat  it  much  the 
same  as  we  do  geometry  and  algebra,  forgetting 
that,  in  this  subject,  the  "  how  "  is  of  just  as  great, 
if  not  of  even  greater,  importance  than  the  "  why." 

It  is  in  regard  to  this  subject  and  the  results 
obtained  in  its  teaching  that  we  meet  with  some  of 
our  greatest  criticisms.  We  are  all  familiar  with 
them :  that  the  boys  of  to-day  cannot  add  a  column 
of  figures  correctly  and  quickly ;  that  it  takes  them 
twice  as  long  to  work  a  simple  commercial  problem 
as  their  fathers,  who  had  only  two  or  three  years' 
schooling,  etc.  And  we  know,  too,  that  in  many 
cases  these  are  not  idle  or  unjust  criticisms 

I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  we  do  not  need  to  have 
solutions  written  out.  I  believe  we  should,  and 
carefully  written,  also.  But  what  I  do  say  is,  that 
we  might  very  well  give  more  attention  to  the  teach- 
ing of  practical  arithmetic.  I  believe  that  it  is  right 
that  pupils  should  understand  the  reasons  for  their 
various  operations  at  some  time  or  other.  I  can 
understand  that  a  pupil  ought  not  to  be  permitted 
to  subtract  29  from  75  in  the  old  way:  9  from  5 
you  can't,  borrow  1  from  the  7,  makes  15,  9  from  15 
leaves  6,  and  so  on.  But  I  believe  that  a  great  deal 
of  time  can  easily  be  wasted  in  continual  repetition 
upon  the  various  reasons  for  things  which  might 
more  profitably  be  spent  upon  drill  in  practical 
work.  It  may  be  all  very  well  to  manufacture  two 
or  three  of  the  multiplication  tables,  but  it  seems  to 
me  a  sheer  waste  of  time  to  go  thus  through  the 
whole  list.  And  again,  I  do  not  see  that  it  makes 
so  much  difference  whether  a  pupil  says  the  tables 
one  way  or  the  other,  provided  he  can  say  them. 
The  main  object  is  that  he  should  know  them,  and 
know  them  thoroughly;  and  once  he  does,  it  is  of 


little  importance  in  using  them  which  way  he  learn- 
ed them.  The  great  essential  in  arithmetic  is  to 
know  how  to  work  practical  questions  quickly  and 
accurately;  and  to  acquire  this  ability  continuous 
repetition  and  drill  is  needed. 

In  what  I  have  said  in  reference  to  the  teaching 
of  arithmetic,  I  do  not  wish  to  be  understood  as 
detracting  from  its  value  as  a  purely  educative  sub- 
ject, as  a  means  for  the  development  of  the  reason. 
Much  in  the  present  method  should  meet  with 
our  heartiest  approval.  Hut  at  the  same  time  I  do 
desire  to  emphasize  what  seems  to  me  a  tendency 
to  carry  this  method  too  far,  and  to  emphasize  also 
the  need  of  a  greater  consideration  of  the  practical 
side  of  the  subject. 

Further,  I  have  felt  that  there  is  a  growing  tend- 
ency to  apply  the  reasoning  method  almost  exclu- 
sively to  each  and  every  subject  of  the  school 
curriculum.  This  gives  a  splendid  training  for  the 
one  faculty,  but  it  means  a  corresponding  deficiency 
of  development  in  other  faculties.  Chief  among 
those  powers  of  the  pupil,  which  I  believe  are  thus 
being  sacrificed,  is  the  memory.  I  am  strongly  of 
the  opinion  that  our  present-day  school  may  well 
learn  a  lesson  from  the  past.  We  are  not  making 
the  demands  upon  the  memory  which  formerly 
were  made,  and  which  I  believe  we  ought  to  make. 

Some  of  our  subjects,  such  as  History  and 
Geography,  while  permitting  the  use  of  reason  to  a 
great  extent,  are  primarily  memory  subjects.  These 
subjects  give  us  certain  facts  relative  to  the  earth 
and  man's  existence  upon  it.  A  question  naturally 
arises  here:  Considering  the  great  number  of  facts 
which  history  and  geography  present  to  us,  what 
ought  to  be  the  minimum  to  be  required  of  our 
pupils  who  complete  the  ordinary  school  course? 
To  read  our  newspapers  and  literature,  to  take  an 
active  interest  in  national  affairs,  to  be  an  intelligent 
citizen,  it  is  indispensable  that  one  should  have  a 
wide  and  accurate  knowledge  of  the  world's 
geography,  and,  though  possibly  to  a  less  degree, 
of  the  world's  history.  This,  then,  is  the  answer, 
and  what  does  it  mean?  That  our  pupils  should 
be  expected  to  know  accurately  the  most  important 
physical  features,  political  divisions,  towns  and 
cities,  industries  and  products  of  all  countries,  and 
to  know  the  history  of  their  own  country  thorough- 
ly, and  of  the  world  somewhat  more  generally,  but 
still  accurately. 

Next  we  may  ask :  How  is  this  knowledge  to  be 
obtained?  And  I  would  answer:  T  care  not  so 
much  how  it  js  obtained,  provided  it  is  obtained, 


154 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  reason  may  be  brought  into  use  in  many 
instances,  but  the  memory  must  be  the  main  resort 
in  the  end.  Constant  drill  in  memorizing  is  the 
keynote. 

Here,  again,  let  us  employ  the  reason,  the  eye, 
the  hand,  or  any  other  power  which  may  seem  suit- 
able ;  let  us  show  the  sequence  of  events  when  such 
a,  sequence  is  not  beyond  the  comprehension  of  the 
pupil ;  but  let  us  not  forget  the  purpose  to  be  aimed 
at  in  the  teaching  of  these  subjects,  and  the  chief 
powers  to  be  developed;  let  us  not  sacrifice  results 
in  order  that  we  may  adhere  closely  to  the  old 
time-honored  maxim,  a  maxim  which  has  become 
almost  a  fetich :  "We  must  proceed  from  the  known 
to  the  unknown. 

Were  it  not  that  our  powers  at  Teachers'  Insti- 
tutes are  somewhat  prescribed,  I  should  like  to  say 
a  few  words  regarding  our  text-books  in  history  and 
geography.  At  any  rate,  I  trust  I  shall  not  be  over- 
stepping my  privilege  to  any  very  great  extent  in 
stating,  in  all  deference  to  those  who  have  chosen 
these  books  for  our  use,  my  own  serious  opinion,  an 
opinion  which  I  believe  is  shared  in  common  with 
many  teachers  throughout  the  country  and  through- 
out the  province,  namely,  that  our  present  text-books 
in  these  subjects,  far  from  being  an  improvement 
upon  the  old,  are  indeed  inferior  to  them. 

I  am  conscious  that  my  suggestions  regarding 
the  place  of  reason  and  memory  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  of  history  and  geography  may  not 
be  entirely  orthodox,  may  not  meet  with  universal 
approval.  But  I  believe  that  very  few  will  be  in- 
clined to  dissent  when  I  say  that  in  the  domain  of 
Literature  our  schools  are  sadly  deficient  in  memory 
work. 

The  old  Greeks  and  Romans  were  accustomed  to 
memorize  practically  all  of  their  poetry.  John 
Bright,  the  great  English  orator  and  statesman, 
could  recite  with  ease  Byron's  "  Childe  Harold:" 
Macaulay  knew  by  heart  the  greater  part  of  English 
and  indeed  a  great  deal  of  classical  poetry.  Ruskin, 
the  greatest  master  of  English,  has  said  that  his 
command  of  the  language  was  due  to  having  had 
to  learn,  when  a  boy,  long  passages  of  the  Bible  and 
of  poetry.  Scores  of  others  might  also  be  mentioned. 
However,  I  readily  realize  that  what  was  a  neces- 
sity with  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  when  writing 
was  so  little  in  use,  what  was  a  possibility  in  the 
last  century  in  England,  when  the  natural  sciences 
were  almost  unheard  of,  and  mathematics  were  as 
yet  in  their  infancy,  is  scarcely  possible  with  us  in 
this  day,  when  our  energies  are  divided  among  so 


wide  and  varied  a  range  of  subjects.  But  surely 
much  more  could  be  accomplished  in  this  direction 
than  is  being  accomplished. 

Our  literature  abounds  with  poetry  expressed 
with  grace  and  charm  of  language,  resplendent  with 
exquisite  beauty,  glowing  with  lofty  sentiment,  or 
thundering  forth  in  tones  of  stirring  and  powerful 
inspiration.  And  it  is  a  fact,  I  believe,  and  a  most 
regrettable  one,  that  our  pupils  are  woefully  ignor- 
ant of  these  elevating  and  inspiring  poems.  They 
may  have  a  dim  and  hazy  knowledge  of  them,  but 
they  have  not  that  accurate  knowledge  and  personal 
appreciation  of  their  beauty  which  is  only  derived 
from  closest  study  or  memorizing. 

I  have  laid  emphasis  heretofore  upon  the  practi- 
cal element  in  teaching,  but  I  do  not  wish  to  under- 
estimate another  purpose  to  be  sought,  namely,  the 
ethical  and  moral  training.  And  surely  it  is  to  the 
study  of  literature  that  we  may  look  for  the  greatest 
aid  in  this  development.  Poetry  provides  us  a 
means  of  learning  and  retaining  much  of  the  best 
and  noblest  thought  which  has  ever  been  expressed. 
We  cannot,  at  least  so  easily,  memorize  prose. 
There  is  in  the  very  nature  of  poetry,  in  its 
rythmical  flow,  something  which  materially  assists 
us  in  remembering. 

Who  of  us  does  not  feel  better  and  stronger  in 
being  familiar  with,  in  being  able  to  recite,  if  you 
will,  many  of  our  best  poems?  We  may  read 
Southey's  "Life  of  Nelson,"  with  all  its  beautiful 
description ;  we  may  know  thoroughly  the  history 
of  Nelson's  life ;  but  these  will  never  give  us  the 
thrill  of  pride  and  inspiration  that  we  receive  from 
those  two  short  poems  of  Thomas  Campbell,  "Ye 
Mariners  of  England."  and  "The  Battle  of  the 
Baltic."  We  may  read  the  history  of  the  rural  life 
of  England,  but  what  can  equal  Gray's  "  Elegv  " 
in  its  accuracy  of  description  of  this  very  life?  And 
it  would  be  difficult  perhaps  to  estimate  the  ethical 
and  moral  value  of  this  poem,  aside  from  its  purely 
literary  merit.  Can  any  history  or  story  so  vividlv 
portray  for  us  the  peaceful  lives  and  unhappy 
wanderings  of  those  unfortunate  people,  the  exiled 
Acadians  as  Longfellow's  "  Evansreline  ?  "  And 
how  many  others  we  might  add  to  these ! 

We  occasionally  hear  the  statement,  that  we  have 
no  Canadian  literature.  Eortunately  this  is,  I  be- 
lieve, onlv  partly  true.  We  are  developing  a  litera- 
ture of  prose.  We  have  some  writers  of  world- 
wide fame,  such  as  Roberts.  Sir  Gilbert  Parker  and 
Ralph  Connor.  But  as  regards  poetry,  the  criticism 
is  possibly   a   just  one.     It   is   probably  true  that 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


155 


poets  are  born,  and  not  made;  and  it  may  also  be 
true  that  the  age  of  poetry  is  passing  away.  But 
may  it  not  also  be  that  a  greater  study  and  a  more 
thorough  knowledge  of  existing  poetry  would  be  an 
inspiration  to  succeeding  generations  to  emulate  the 
past?     Is  it  not  worth  while  making  the  effort? 

There  is  just  one  other  phase  of  school  life  to 
which  I  would  invite  your  attention — a  phase  in 
which,  I  believe,  lies  one  of  our  greatest  weaknesses. 
It  is  summed  up  in  the  one  word — "  Work."  If 
the  school  of  the  old  days  had  one  special  merit,  it 
was  this, — that  it  was  a  serious  place,  it  was  a  place 
for  work.  The  birch  rod  and  the  leather  thong  of  the 
schoolmaster  may  not  have  been  the  embodiment 
of  the  best  educational  methods,  but  they  at  least 
succeeded  in  turning  out  men  who  would  work. 
To-day  our  schools  are  lacking  in  this  spirit  of 
earnestness.  From  the  earliest  days  everything  is 
made  so  easy  and  plain  for  the  pupil,  all  the  diffi- 
culties are  so  clearly  explained,  that  he  has  come 
to  consider  school  simply  as  a  place  where  he  may 
remain  more  or  less  passively  still,  and  be  filled, 
at  least  filled  sufficiently  to  enable  him  to  pass  cer- 
tain examinations,  and  receive  at  the  end  of  his 
career  a  high  school  or  other  certificate. 

I  do  not  so  much  mean  that  more  work  should 
be  done,  though  that,  I  believe,  is  very  possible,  as 
that  more  serious  work  should  be  done,  and  by  the 
pupils.  Teachers  do  too  much ;  the  pupils  too  little. 
The  latter  should  be  made  to  realize  that  there  is  a 
certain  amount  of  hard  grinding,  and  they  should 
be  expected  to  do  this.  It  is  not  always  necessary 
or  important  that  they  know  why;  it  is  sufficient 
that  they  do  it.  It  will  be  a  splendid  training  in 
diligent  application  such  as  will  be  of  inestimable 
value  to  them  in  after  life.  They  are  not  too  young 
to  begin.  I  believe  we  often  err  in  making  much 
of  our  work  too  easy,  and  not  demanding  enough 
work,  simply  for  the  pure  work's  sake.  How  much 
greater  is  our  appreciation  of  that  which  we  have 
obtained  by  hard,  consistent  plodding?  Memory 
work  in  literature  is  applicable  here.  It  does  not 
matter  that  the  pupil  may  not  understand  all  that 
he  is  asked  to  memorize.  He  will  retain  it,  and 
later  he  will  understand,  when  he  will  not  have  the 
time  or  opportunity  for  learning.  There  are  mark- 
ed differences  of  opinion  as  to  the  amount  of  work 
to  be  required  from  the  pupils.  I  am  of  the  opinion 
that  our  demands  are  too  small,  rather  than  too 
great.  Above  all,  let  us  impress  upon  the  pupil  the 
idea  that  school  is  a  place  not  for  play,  but  for 
work;    let    us    begin    the   training   which   will    fit 


him  to  become  an  active  and  useful  citizen.  Milton 
has  defined  education :  I  call  that  a  complete  and 
generous  education  that  which  fits  a  man  to  per- 
form skilfully,  justly  and  magnanimously  all  the 
offices,  both  public  and  private,  of  peace  and  war. 
This  has  been  generally  accepted  as  a  sound  and 
comprehensive  definition.  To  meet  the  require- 
ments which  it  suggests,  good,  hard,  earnest  work 
is  necessitated. 

It  is  quite  possible,  indeed  very  probable,  that 
some  of  the  ideas  which  I  have  expressed  are  not 
altogether  in  harmony  with  accepted  pedagogical 
principles.  But  I  am  little  concerned  as  to  that. 
My  purpose  has  been  to  bring  before  the  Institute 
some  ideas  which  may  be  suggestive  of  thought  and 
discussion,  and  thus  lead,  in  some  degree  at  least, 
towards  that  purpose  for  which  we  are  assembled 
here — the  improvement  of  our  present  methods  of 
teaching. 


Yussouf. 

A  stranger  came  one  night  to  Ynssoufs  tent, 

Saying,  "Behold  one  outcast  and  in  dread, 

Against  whose  life  the  bow  of  power  is  bent. 

Who  flies,  and  hath  not  where  to  lay  his  head ; 

I  come  to  thee  for  shelter  and  for  food, 

To   Yussouf,   called   through   all   our  tribes  'The  Good'. " 

"This  tent  is  mine,"  said  Yussouf,  "but  no  more 

Than  it  is  God's ;  come  in,  and  be  at  peace ; 

Freely  shak  thou  partake  of  all  my  store 

As  I  of  His  who  buildeth  over  these 

Our  tents  His  glorious   roof  of  night  and  day. 

And  at  Whose  door  none  ever  yet  heard  Nay." 

So  Yussouf  entertained  his  guest  "that  night, 
And.  waking  him  ere  day,  said :  "Here  is  gold ; 
My  swiftest  horse  is  saddled  for  thy  flight; 
Depart  before  the  prying  day  grows  bold." 
As  one  lamp  Lights  another,  nor  grows  less. 
So  nobleness  enkindleth  nobleness. 

That  inward  light  the  stranger's  face  made  grand, 
Which  shines  from  all  self-conquest ;  kneeling  low, 
He  bowed  his  forehead  upon  Yussouf's  hand. 
Sobbing:   "O   Sheik,   I  cannot  leave  thee  so; 
I  will  repay  thee ;  all  this  thou  has  done 
Unto  that  Ibrahim  who  slew  thy  son  I" 

"Take    thrice    the    gold,"    said    Yussouf,    "for    with    thee 

Into  the  desert,  never  to  return. 

My  one   black   thought  shall   ride  away  from   me; 

First-born,  for  whom  by  day  and  night  I  yearn, 

Ralanced  and  just  arc  all  of  God's  decrees; 

Thou  art  avenged,  my  first-born,  sleep  in  peace !" 

— fames  Russell  Lowell. 


I  find  the  Review  very  helpful.     I  could  not  do 
without  it  now.  Nellie  B.  Croan. 

Durham,  N.  B, 


15G 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Suggestions  for  Christmas  Exercises. 

Appoint  a  committee,  with  the  teacher  as  chair- 
man, to  decorate  the  schoolroom.  Let  everyone  do 
something  to  help,  however  little.  Borrow  pictures 
for  the  day.  Have  a  Christmas  tree.  The  hints 
in  this  and  previous  numbers  of  the  Review  may 
be  helpful  in  furnishing  it;  and  also  in  providing 
readings  and  recitations  for  a  public  entertainment, 
to  which  the  parents  and  friends  of  the  children 
should  be  invited. 

An  exceedingly  pretty  custom  in  some  primary 
rooms  is  to  direct  the  children  in  the  making  of 
tiny  Christmas  baskets,  which  they  place  about  the 
room  on  shelves  and  window-sills,  to  see  if  Santa 
Claus  will  fill  them  in  the  night. 

When  the  baskets  have  all  been  made  and  placed, 
two  or  three  children  who  most  need  the  lesson  are 
kept,  and  asked  if  they  would  like  to  be  Santa 
Claus.  A  small  package  is  produced.  One  child 
puts  a  raisin  in  each  basket,  and  another  a  candy. 
These  baskets  are  in  sight,  but  above  reach,  and 
their  examination  makes  part  of  the  last  day  cele- 
bration. 

In  all  work  and  exercises  during  the  month,  keep 
the  significance  of  Christmas  before  the  children. 
It  brings  before  us  the  life  of  Christ;  teaching  us 
self-sacrifice  and  unselfishness;  going  about  con- 
tinually doing  good.  Let  each  resolve  to  do  at  least 
one  kind  act,  and  to  speak  at  least  one  kind  word 
to  some  one,  every  day,  and  to  keep  it  up  during 
the  next.  How  such  speaking  and  doing  would 
change  the  world  in  a  little  time ! 


Empty  Stockings. 

Oh,  mothers  in  homes  that  are  happy 

Where  Christmas  comes  laden  with  cheer, 

Where  the  children  are  dreaming  already 
Of  the  merriest  day  in  the  year, 

As  you  gather  your  darlings  around  you 

And  tell  them  the  "story  of  old," 
Remember  the  homes  that  are  dreary! 

Remember  the  hearts  that  are  cold! 

And  thanking  the  love  that  has  dowered  you 

With  all  that  is  dearest  and  best, 
Give  freely,  that  from  your  abundance 

Some  bare  little  life  may  be  blessed! 

Oh,  go  where  the  stockings  hang  empty, 
Where  Christmas  is  naught  but  a  name, 

And  give— for  the  love  of  the  Christ-child ! 
'Twas  to  seek  such  as  these  that  He  came. 

— Ladies'  Home  Journal. 


The  Christmas  Spirit 

An  elderly  man  was  on  the  stage  at  the  Five  Points 
Mission  one  Christmas  day.  He  addressed  the  audience 
thus :  "Forty  years  ago  I  came  in  here  on  a  Christmas  Eve. 
I  was  ignorant,  I  was  wicked,  idle,  and  was  wandering 
about.  The  room  was  full  of  just  such  fellows.  Mr. 
Pease  asked  us  what  good  we  had!  done,  saying  that  those 
who  worked  did  good ;  and  pretty  soon  he  took  us  into 
another  room,  and  we  had  quite  a  feast.  After  that  he 
said  he  had  shown  us  the  way  and  we  must  do  the  same 
for  our  fathers  and  mothers  and  all  who  needed  it. 

"I  went  aw^y  and  came  back  the  next  Sunday,  as  he 
asked,  and  he  recognized  me.  What  good  have  you  done, 
John?'  he  asked.  I  said  I  had  got  some  work  and  that 
the  boss  had  praised  me.  He  replied,  'If  you  keep  right 
on  you  are  a  saved  man ;  Christmas  has  got  into  your 
boots  sure  enough.' 

"I  kept  on,  right  on.  I  went  to  evening  school  in  Marion 
street;  I  dropped  my  old  bum  acquaintances  and  learned 
the  engineering  business  and  am  now  an  engineer  on  an 
Atlantic  steamer.  I  have  come  here  to  tell  you  to  have  the 
Christmas  spirit ;  try  to  help  some  one  to  get  the  Christ- 
mas spirit." 

There  is  power  in  the  Christmas  spirit.  Its  influence 
may  make  a  new  life  dawn  in  the  heart. 

A  Christmas  Scene. 

In  our  efforts  to  cultivate  a  spirit  of  unselfishness  and 
of  willingness  to  give  and  make  others  happy,  we  must 
be  careful  not  to  overdo  and  make  the  Chrismas  story 
seem  prosy  to  the  child.  If  so,  we  are  apt  to  destroy  the 
spirit  that  we  aim  to  cultivate.  We  must  not  ignore  what 
has  been,  perhaps,  his  whole  pleasure  and  thought  here- 
tofore, that  is,  the  Christmas  tree  and  Santa  Clans.  Last 
year  while  we  were  studying  the  story  of  Christmas,  we 
made  a  Christmas  scene  in  the  sand  table. 

We  got  some  evergreen  branches  and  arranged  them 
to  form  a  tree.  We  fastened  this  tree  securely  in  one 
corner  of  the  sand  table.  The  pupils  made  pink  and  white 
paper  chains,  to  decorate  the  tree  with.  This  was  to  be 
a  play  Christmas  tree,  so  we  cut  apples,  oranges,  stockings, 
stars,  etc.,  from  colored  papers  and  hung  these  on  a  tree. 
In  our  construction  work,  we  had  learned  to  make  boxes, 
baskets,  and  sleds,  so  we  made  these  for  presents  also. 

When  the  tree  was  completed  some  one  suggested  that 
we  have  a  Santa  Claus.  I  drew  an  outline  of  Santa  on 
heavy  paper.  One  of  the  pupils  cut  this  out  and  with  the 
assistance  of  several  others,  Santa  was  appropriately 
dressed.  His  clothes  were  made  of  colored  paper  and  pasted 
onto  the  form.  Then  a  standard  was  pasted  at  his  back 
so  that  he  could  stand  by  the  tree.  Now, we  wanted  a 
ladder.  The  making  of  this  ladder  furnished  busy  work 
for  two  pupils  during  a  recitation.  The  ladder  was  one 
foot  long  and  the  steps  were  two  inches  apart.  We  made 
it  of  blue  blotting  paper,  and  we  placed  it  so  that  it  leaned 
against  the  tree. 

Now  we  needed  a  reindeer  and  a  sled.  We  made  a  large 
sled  similar  to  the  small  sleds  that  we  made  and  filled  it 
with  presents,  such  as  dolls,  horns,  balls,  etc.,  which  the 
pupils  cut  from  paper.  For  some  time  we  couldn't  get  any 
reindeer,  but  the  pupils  were  on  the  lookout  and  finally  two 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


t57 


were  found  and  answered  the  purpose  very  well.  They  cut 
these  pictures  of  the  reindeer  from  covers  of  two  December 
magazines,  then  pasted  them  on  heavy  paper.  They  then 
cut  them  from  the  heavy  paper,  and  pasted  a  standard  to 
the  back  of  each.  They  placed  the  reindeer  in  line,  in 
front  of  the  sled,  and  hitched  them  to  the  sled  with  red 
paper  harness.    This  completed  the  scene  in  the  sand  table. 

The  making  of)  this  scene  furnished  material  for  a  great 
deal  of  busy  work  and  a  great  deal  of  pleasure.  Of  course 
this  was  a  real  play  tree;  we  did  not  give  the  presents  to 
any  one,  but  we  played  that  we  were  making  them  for 
some  one.  Whenever  a  child  made  anything  for  the  tree 
he  had  the  privilege  of  telling  us  for  whom  he  made  the 
present.  Sometimes  the  present  was  made  for  some  one  of 
the  family.  Again,  something  was  made  for  some  character 
in  a  story.  Several  presents  were  made  for  the  "Little 
Match  Girl."  One  little  pupil  always  made  her  presents 
for  a  little  colored  girl  who  had  lost  her  mamma. 

In  addition  to  this  work,  each  child  made  two  real 
presents  to  give  away,  but  I  think  the  play  tree  was  a  help 
in  cultivating  the  real  Christmas  spirit. — Primary  Educa- 
tion. 


'Tis  Christmas  Day. 

'Tis  Christmas  Day  and  we  are  far  from  home, 
But  not  so  far  as  He,  the  Child,  who  came 

That  winter  night  down  from  the  starry  dome 
To  give  us  life  who  call  upon  His  name. 

'Tis  Christmas  Day— the  East  repeats  the  word 
And  then  forgets  the  meaning  of  His  birth, 

Forgets  the  carols  that  the  shepherds  heard — 
How  Heaven  itself  proclaimed  Him  to  the  earth. 

'Tis  Christmas  Day,  and  those  afar  we  love 
Send  messages  of  peace  on  earth  and  cheer, 

But  He  who  brought  these  with  Him  from  above — 
Our  guest  from  Heaven — found  cheerless  welcome  here. 

'Tis  Christmas  Day,  the  welcome  long  delayed 
Is  ours  to  give  once  more :  Come,  little  Child, 

And  dwell  within  our  hearts,  for  they  were  made 
To  be  Thy  home  all  sweet  and  undefiled  ! 

— Choutauquan  for  December. 


The  First  Christmas  Tree. 

Once  upon  a  time  the  Forest  was  in  a  great  stir,  for  the 
wise  old  Cedars  had  told  of  strange  things  to  be.  They 
had  lived  in  the  Forest  many,  many  years;  but  never  had 
they  seen  such  marvelous  sights  as  were  to  be  seen  now 
in  the  sky,  and  upon  the  hills,  and  in  the  distant  village. 

"Pray  tell  us  what  you  see,"  asked  a  little  Vine. 

"The  whole  sky  seems  to  be  aflame,"  said  one  of  the 
Cedars,  "and  the  Stars  appear  to  be  dancing  among  the 
clouds ;  angels  walk  down  from  heaven  to  the  earth  and 
talk  with  the  shepherds  upon  the  hills." 

"How  I  should  like  to  see  the  angels  and  the  Stars  I" 
sighed  a  little  Tree  near  the  Vine.  "It  must  be  very 
beautiful.    Oh,  listen  to  the  music  !" 

"The  angels  are  singing,"  said  the  Cedar. 

':And  the  Stars  are  singing,  too,"  said  another  Cedar, 
"and  the  shepherds  on  the  hill  join  in  the  song." 

The  Trees  listened  to  the  singing,  a  strange  song  about 
a  Child  that  had  been  born. 


And  in  the  early  morning  the  angels  came  to  the 
Forest  singing  the  same  song.  They  were  clad  in  white; 
and  love,  hope,  and  charity  beamed  upon  their  faces,  and 
their  song  was  about  the  Child,  the  Child,  the  Child  that 
had  been  born.  And  when  they  left  the  Forest  one  angel 
remained  to  guard  the  little  Tree.  No  danger,  no  harm, 
came  to  it,  for  night  and  day  the  angel  watched  the  little 
Tree  and  kept  it  from  evil.  So  the  years  passed,  and  the 
little  Tree  became  the  pride  and  glory  of  the  Forest. 

One  day  the  Tree  heard  some  one  coming  from  the 
Forest. 

"Have  no  fear,"  said  the  angel,  "for  He  who  comes  is 
the  Master."  , 

And  the  Master  came  and  stooped  and  kissed  the  Tree, 
and  many  times  He  came  and  touched  its  branches  and 
went  away.  And  the  Tree  loved  the  Master  for  His 
beauty  and  His  goodness. 

But  one  night  alone  into  the  Forest  came  the  Master, 
and  He  fell  upon  His  knees  and  prayed.  In  the  morning 
there  was  a  sound  of  rude  voices  and  the  flashing  of 
swords,  and  strange  men  with  axes  cut  the  Tree  down. 
And  the  Trees  of  the  Forest  wept. 

But  the  Night  Wind  that  swept  down  from  the  City  of  the 
Great  King  that  night  stayed  in  the  Forest  a  while  to  say 
that  it  had  seen  that  day  a  cross  raised  on  Calvary — the 
Tree  on  which  was  laid  the  body  of  the  dying  Master. — 
Eugene  Field. 


The  Christmas  Tree. 

The  Christmas  tree  is  of  German  origin.  As  early  as 
1632,  the  little  German  children  enjoyed  the  Christmas  tree. 
The  usual  German  Christmas  tree  is  decorated  with  tiny 
colored  candles  representing  stars,  while  in  the  very  top 
nestles  the  figure  of  an  angel,  typical  of  the  holy  Christ- 
child. 

The  German  parents  will  make  many  sacrifices  that  their 
little  ones  may  enjoy  a  Christmas  tree. 

The  raising  of  evergreens  for  Christmas  trees  has  be- 
come an  active  industry  in  Germany,  and  for  weeks  before 
Christmas  the  shops  are  bowers  of  greenery. 

This  German  custom  has  reached  far  across  the  sea,  and 
now  no  Canadian  boy  or  girl  thinks  Christmas  complete 
without  the  beautiful  Christmas  tree. 


Winter  Pictures. 

Down  swept  the  chill  wind  from  the  mountain  peak, 

From  the  snow  five  thousand  summers  old; 
On  open  wold  and  hill-top  bleak 

It  had  gathered  all  the  cold, 
And  whirled  it  like  sleet  on  the  wanderer's  cheek; 
It  carried  a  shiver  everywhere 
From  the  unleafed  bough  and  pastures  bare; 
The  little  brook  heard  it  and  built  a  roof 
'Neath  which  he  could  house  him,  winter-proof; 
All  night  by  the  white  stars'  frosty  gleams 
He  groined  his  arches  and  matched  his  beams; 
Slender  and  clear  were  his  crystal  spars 
As  the  lashes  of  light  that  trim  the  stars : 
He  sculptured  every  summer  delight 
In  his  halls  and  chambers  out  of  sight; 
Sometimes  his  tinkling  waters  slipt 
Down  through  a  frost-leaved  forest-crypt, 


168 


THE  EDUCAf  ONAL   REVIEW. 


Long,  sparkling  aisles  of  steel-stemmed  trees 

Bending  to  counterfeit  a  breeze; 

Sometimes  the  roof  no  fretwork  knew 

But  silvery  mosses  that  downward  grew ; 

Sometimes  it  was  carved  in  sharp  relief 

With  quaint  arabesques  of  ice- fern  leaf; 

Sometimes  it  was  simply  smooth  and  clear 

For  the   gladness  of  heaven  to  shine  through,  and  here 

He  had  caught  the  nodding  bulrush-tops 

And  hung  them  thickly  with  diamond  drops, 

Which  crystalled  the  beams  of  moon  and  sun, 

And  made  a  star  of  every  one. 

Within  the  hall  are  song  and  laughter, 

The  cheeks  of  Christmas  grow  red  and  jolly, 
And  sprouting  is  every  corbel  and  rafter 

With  the  lightsome  green  of  ivy  and  holly; 
Through  the  deep  gulf  of  the  chimney  wide 
Wallows  the  Yule-log's  roaring  tide; 
The  broad  flame-pennons  droop  and  flap 

And  belly  and  tug  as  a  flag  in  the  wind; 
Like  a  locust  shrills  the  imprisoned  sap, 

Hunted  to  death  in  its  galleries  blind; 
And  swift  little  troops  of  silent  sparks, 

Now  pausing,  now  scattering  away  as  in  fear, 
Go  threading  the  soot-forest's  tangled  darks 

Like  herds  of  startled  deer. 

— James  Russ'ell  Lowell — The   Vision  of  Sir  Launfal. 


Busy  Work  for  December  Days. 

Try,  for  the  morning  exercise,  reading  one  of  the 
fascinating  stories  of  the  Bible  and  then  have  the  school 
repeat  some  favorite  Psalm  or  a  chapter  from  Proverbs. 

For  quick  work  see  how  many  words  can  be  written  in 
a  minute,  about  Winter  Plays,  Snow  Storms,  a  Sleigh-ride, 
Trees  in  Winter,  etc. 

See  who  can  write  the  longest  list  of  authors  in  two 
minutes. 

Let  the  school  learn  such  pieces  as  "Lines  for  the 
Christmas  Season,"  "Winter  Pictures,"  and  others  in  this 
month's  Review.  Very  few  children  are  so  [young  they 
cannot  see  the  beauty  of  good  poetry. 


A  Christmas  Enigma. 

I  am  composed  of  thirty-one  letters.  The  answer  to  each 
question  is  given  in  the  letters  represented  by  numbers, 
which  follow  it. 

1.  What,  is  the  chilly  season  when  right  merry  you  hope 
to  be?    27-10-17-12-29-5. 

2.  And  when  the  Christmas  eve  is  here,  what  do  you 
long  to  see?    7-20-31-10-15-12-2-19-11-12-31-3-26. 

3.  How  do  you  feel  when  your  tasks  are  o'er  and  the 
holiday  time  is  here?     8-16-23-22-28. 

4.  And  what  is  the  lovely  emblem  of  this  season  of  joy 
and  cheer?     1 1-12-30-4. 

3.  What  do  you  hope  in  your  stocking  to  find  in  a 
beautiful,  bountiful  horn  ?     7-21-25-18-24. 

6.  How  do  you  feel,  when  with  shouts  of  glee,  you  wel- 
come the  Christmas  morn?     1,3-29-9-4-24. 

7.  And  what  is  the  day  when  your  friends  you  meet, 
with  wishes  loving  and  kind? — 17-3-27-6-29-14-9-15-18-1-28. 

Now  put  these  letters  together,  and  there  our  greeting 
sincere  you'll  find. 


Lines  for  the  Christmas  Season. 

'Tis  the  time  of  year  for  the  open  hand 

And  the  tender  heart  and  true, 
When  a  rift  of  heaven  has  cleft  the  skies, 

And  the  saints  are  looking  through. 

— Margaret  Songster. 

For  they  who  think  of  others  most, 
Are  the  happiest  folks  that  live. 

— Pheobe  Cary. 
Ring  and   swing 
Bells  of  joy!    On  morning's  wing 
Send  the  song  of  praise  abroad ! 
With  a  sound  of  broken  chains 
Tell  the  nations  that  He  reigns, 
Who  alone  is  Lord  and  God! 

—Whittier. 


The  journeyers  to  Bethlehem, 

Who  followed  trusting  from  afar 

The  guidance  of  that  happy  star 

Which  marked  the  spot  where  Christ  was  born 

Long  years  ago  one  Christmas  morn ! 

— Frank  Dempster  Slverman. 


Still  in  memory  undying, 
Stands  afar  the  lowly  shed, 

Where  a  little  child  is  lying 
In  His  manger-bed. 

Still  the  promise  of  love's  dawning 

Deepens  into  perfect  day; 

For  the  joy  of  Christmas  morning 
Shall  not  pass  away. 


—Selected. 


As  we  meet  and  touch,  each  day, 
The  many  travellers  on  our  way, 
Let  every  such  brief  contact  be 
A  glorious  helpful  ministry — 
The  contact  of  the  soil  and  seed, 
Each  gives  to  the  other's  need. 
Each  helping  on  the  other's  best, 
And  blessing  each  as  well  as  blest. 

— Susan  Coolidge. 

"Three  good  cheers  for  old  December!" 
Month  of  Christmas  trees  and  toys, 
Hanging  up  a  million  stockings. 
For  a  million  girls  and  boys. 
O,  dear  December,  hurry  on; 

Oh,  please — oh,  please,  come  quick ; 
Bring  snow  so  white, 
Bring  fires  so  bright, 
And  bring  us  good  Saint  Nick." 

— Selected. 

Oh !  who  can  tell  the  brightest  month, 

The  dearest  and  the  best? 
We  really  think  December  is 

The  crown  of  all  the  rest. 
For  that's  the  happy  month  that  brings 

The  Christmas  joy  and  mirth. 
And  tells  .us  of  the  little  Child 

Who  came  from  heaven  to  earth. 

— Selected. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


159 


Love  is  the  secret  sympathy, 

The  silver  link,  the  silken  tie, 

Which  heart  to  heart,  and  mind  to  mind, 

In  body  and  in  soul  can  bind. 

— Scott — Lay  of  the  Last  Minstrel. 
Sing,  Christmas  bells ! 
Say  to  the  earth  this  is  the  morn 
Whereon  our  Saviour-King  is  born; 
Sing  to  all  men, — the  bond  and  free, 
The  rich,  the  poor,  the  high,  the  low, 
The  little  child  that  sports  in  glee, — 
The  aged  folks  that  tottering  go, — 

Proclaim  the  morn 

That  Christ  is  born, 
That  saveth  them  and  saveth  me. 

— Eugene  Field. 

The   Christmas   Baby. 

"Tha'rt  welcome,  little  bonny  bird, 
But  shouldn't  ha'  come  just  when  tha'  did: 
Teimes  are  bad," 

— English  Ballad. 
Hoot !  ye  little  rascal !  ye  come  it  on  me  this  way, 
Crowdin'  yerself  amongst  us  this  blusterin'   winter's  day, 
Knowin'  that  we  already  have  three  of  ye,  an'  seven, 
An'   tryin'   to   make   yerself   out   a    Christmas   present   o' 

Heaven? 
Ten  of  ye  have  we  now,  Sir,  for  this  world  to  abuse; 
An'  Bobbie  he  have  no  waistcoat,  an'  Nellie  she  have  no 

shoes, 
An'  Sammie  he  have  no  shirt,  Sir  (I  tell  it  to  his  shame), 
An'  the  one  that  was  just  before  ye  we  ain't  had  time  to 

name! 
An'  all  o'  the  banks  be  smashin',  an'  on  us  poor  folk  fall ; 
An'  Boss  he  whittles  the  wages  when  work's  ta  be  had  at 

all; 
An'  Tom  he  have  cut  his   foot  off,  an'   lies  in  a   woeful 

plight, 
An'  all  of  us  wonders  at  mornin'  as  what  we  shall  eat  at 

night ; 
An'  but  for  your   father  an'  Sandy  a  findin'  somewhat  to 

do, 
An'  but  for  the   preacher's    woman,    who   often    helps    us 

through, 
An'  but  for  your  poor  dear  mother  a-doin'  twice  her  part. 
Ye'd  'a  seen  us  all  in  heaven  afore  ye  was  ready  to  start ! 
An'  now  ye  have  come,  ye  rascal !  so  healthy  an'  fat  an' 

sound, 
A-weighin',  I'll  wager  a  dollar,  the  full  of  a  dozen  pound! 
With  yer  mother's  eyes  a  rlashin',  ycr   father's   flesh  an' 

build, 
An'  a  good  big  mouth  an'  stomach  all  ready  to  be  filled ! 
No,  no!  don't  cry,  my  baby!  hush  up,  my  pretty  one! 
Don't  get  any  chaff  in  yer  eye,  boy — I  only  was  just  in  fun, 
Ye'll  like  us  when  you  know    us,    although    we'er    cur'us 

folks ; 
But  we  don't  get  much  victual,  an'  half  our  livin'  is  jokes  ! 
Why,  boy,  did  ye  take  me  in  earnest?  come,  sit  upon  my 

knee; 
I'll  tell  ye  a  secret,  youngster,  I'll  name  ye  after  me. 
Ye  shall  have  all  yer  brothers  an'  sisters  with  ye  to  play. 
An'  ye  shall  have  yer  carriage,  an'  ride  out  every  day ! 


Why,  boy,  do  you  think  ye'll  suffer  ?  I'm  gettin'  a  trifle  old. 

But  it'll  be  many  years  yet  before  I  lose  my  hold; 

An'  if  I  should  fall  on  the    road,    boy,    still,    them's   yer 

brothers,  there, 
An'  not  a  rogue  of  'em  ever  would  see  ye  harmed  a  hair ! 
Say!  when  ye  come  from  heaven,  my  little  namesake  dear, 
Did  ye  see,  'mongst  the  little  girls  there,  a  face  like  this  one 

here? 
That  was  yer  little  sister — she  died  a  year  ago, 
An'  all  of  us  cried  like  babies  when  they  laid  her  under  the 

snow. 
Hang  it !  if  all  'the  rich  men  I  ever  see  or  knew 
Came  here  with  all  their  traps,  boy,  an'  offered  'em  for  you, 
I'd  show  'em  to  the  door,  Sir,  so  quick  they'd  think  it  odd 
Before  I'd  sell  to  another  my  Christmas  gift  from  God! 
— Will  Carleton — Farm  Legends. 


Hilda's   Christmas. 

Standing  apart  from  the  childish  throng, 

Little  Hilda  was  silent  and  sad; 

She  could  not  join  in  the  happy  song, 

She  could  not  echo  the  voices  glad. 

"What  can  I  do  on  Christmas  day? 

I  am  so  little  and  we  are  so  poor," 

She  said  to  herself  in  a  dreary  way; 

"I  wish  there  was  never  a  Christmas  more. 

"Mother  is  sick  and  father  can't  know 

How  children  talk  of  their  gifts  and  joy, 

Or  he'd  surely  try,  he  loves  me  so, 

To  get  me  just  one  single   toy." 

"But  Christmas  isn't  for  what  you  get," 

She  heard  a  small,  sweet,  tender  voice, — 

"It's  for  what  you  give,"  said  wee  Janet, 

And  the  words  made  Hilda's  heart  rejoice. 

"It  isn't  our  birthday,"  went  on  the  mite, 

"It  is  Christ's,  you  know ;  and  1  think  he'd  say 

If  he  were  to  talk  with  us  to-night 

That  he'd  wish  us  to  keep  it  his  own  way." 

A  plan  came  into  Hilda's  head ; 

It  seemed  to  her  she  could  hardly  wait. 

"I  can't  give  nice  things,"  she  bravely  said, 

"But  I'll  do  what  I  can  to  celebrate." 

"I  can  give  the  baby  a  day  of  fun ; 

I  can  take  my  plant  to  the  poor,  lame  boy; 

I  can  do  mother's  errands — every  one ; 

And  my  old  kite  I  can  mend  for  Roy. 

"I  can  read  to  father  and  save  his  eyes; 

1  can  feed  the  birds  in  the  locust  grove; 

I  can  give  the  squirrels  a  fine  surprise; 

And  Grandma  shall  have  a  letter  of  love." 

Now  when  that  busy  day  was  done, 

And  tired  Hilda  crept  to  bed, 

She  forgot  that  she  had  no  gift  of  her  own  — 

"What  a  lovely  Christmas  it  was !"  she  said. 

— M.  A.  L.  Lane. 


The   Great   Guest   Comes. 

"While  the  cobbler  mused  there  passed  his  pane 
A  beggar  drenched  by  the  driving  rain, 
He  called  him  in  from  the  stony  street 
And  gave  him  shoes  for  his  bruised  feet. 


160 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  beggar  went  and  there  came  a  crone 
Her  face  with  wrinkles  of  sorrow  sown. 
A  bundle  of  faggots  bowed  her  back, 
And  she  was  spent  with  the  wrench  and  rack. 
He  gave  her  his  loaf  and  steadied  her  load 
As  she  took  her  way  on  the  weary  road. 
Then  to  his  door  came  a  little  child, 
Lost  and  afraid  in  the  world  so  wild, 
In  the  big,  dark  world.    Catching  it  up, 
He  gave  it  the  milk  in  the  waiting  cup, 
And  led  it  home  to  its  mother's  arms, 
Out  of  the  reach  of  the  world's  alarms. 

"The  day  went  down  in  the  crimson  west 
And  with  it  the  hope  of  the  blessed  Guest. 
And  Conrad  sighed  as  the  world  turned  gray: 
'Why  is  it,  Lord,  that  Your  feet  delay, 
Did  You  forget  that  this  was  the  day?' 
Then  soft,  in  the  silence  a  Voice  he  heard : 
'Lift  up  your  heart,  for  I  kept  my  word. 
Three  times  I  came  to  your  friendly  door; 
Three  times  my  shadow  was  on  your  floor. 
I  was  the  beggar  with  bruised  feet ; 
I  was  the  woman  you  gave  to  eat ; 
I  was  the  child  on  the  homeless  street," 
— From  a  poem  by  Edwin  Markham,   in    the  December 
Delineator. 


The  Months. 


January  brings  the  snow, 
Makes  our  feet  and  fingers  glow. 
February  brings  the  rain, 
Thaws  the  frozen  lakes  again. 
March  brings  breezes  sharp  and  chill, 
Shakes  the  dancing  daffodil. 
April  brings  the  primrose  sweet, 
Scatters  daisies  at  our  feet. 
May  brings   flocks  of  pretty  lambs, 
Sporting  round  their  fleecy  dams 
June  brings  tulips,  lilies,  roses, 
Fills  the  children's  hands  with  posies. 
Hot  July  brings  thunder  showers, 
Apricots,  and  gillyflowers. 
August  brings  the  sheaves  of  corn; 
Then  the  harvest  home  is  borne. 
Warm  September  brings  the  fruit; 
'Sportsmen   then  l>egin  to   shoot. 
Brown  October  brings  the  pheasant, 
Then  to  gather  nuts  is  pleasant. 
Dull  November  brings  the  blast — 
Hark !  the  leaves  are  whirling  fast. 
Cold  December  brings  the  sleet 
Blazing  fire  and  Christmas  treat. 

— Sara  Coleridge. 


He — "  Why  do  we  do  the  meanest  and  most 
hateful  things  to  those  we  love  the  best?  " 

She — "  1  presume  it  is  because  no  one  else  would 
stand  it." — l.ippincott's. 


A  Clock  Song-. 

Tick,  tock !  ten  o'clock ! 

Little  New  Year 

Is  almost  here. 
Tick,  tock!  tick,  tock! 
Tick,  tock!  eleven  o'clock! 

While  you  sleep 

In  he'll  peep. 
Tick,  tock!  tick,  tock! 
Tick,  tock  !  twelve  o'clock ! 

Happy  New  Year 

To  you,  my  dear! 
Tick,  tock !  tick,  tock ! 

— Youth's  Companion. 


For  the  Little  Folks. 


FILL   IN   THE    BLANKS. 


My  hunter  is  a  graceful , 

With  ears  alert  at  every , 

And  eyes  that  keenly  glance , 

And  feet  that  scarcely  touch  the 

O'er  lofty  mount  and  lowly  • -, 

And  field,  he  runs  with  fleetest  — 

Wherever  bird  or  hare  is  , 

His  worth,  untold  by  pence  or  — 

If  lost  to  me  how  deep  the , 

(The  nine  words  left  out  all  rhyme.) 


An  ill-natured  teacher  who  was  in  a  perfunctory 
way  conducting  a  development  lesson  was  seeking 
to  lead  the  class  up  to  the  word  "  breathing." 
"What  did  I  do  the  moment  I  came  into  the  world," 
she  asked.  "What  have  I  kept  doing  ever  since ? 
What  can  I  not  stop  doing  without  ceasing  to  be 
myself?" 

The  class  was  listless,  and  nobody  tried  to  answer 
for  a  while.  Finally  one  surly-looking  boy  raised 
his  hand. 

"  What  is  it?  "  asked  the  teacher. 

"  Finding  fault,"  was  the  reply,  and  all  the  class 
showed  signs  of  animation. — School  Bulletin. 


Always  talk  over  a  pupil's  misconduct  alone  with 
him.  One  good  private  talk  with  a  pupil  is  worth 
twenty  reprimands  in  the  presence  of  the  school. 
It  is  worth  everything  to  get  the  pupil's  point  of 
view,  to  let  him  state  his  side  of  the  case  fully  and 
freely.  Listen  to  all  he  has  to  say,  and  tell  him 
frankly  and  kindly  where  he  is  in  the  wrong.  He 
will  trust  you  after  such  a  talk  as  he  never  will  if 
you  "  jump  on  him  "  before  the  school  for  every 
misdemeanor.  Half  our  disciplinary  troubles  comes 
from  the  outraged  feeling  of  misguided  pupils  that 
they  never  had  a  chance  to  tell  their  side  of  the 
story. — Western  School  News. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


161 


Recreations  and  Suggestions. 

MYSTERIOUS  CITIES. 

I.  A  city  used  on  a  handkerchief.  2.  Ferocious 
beasts.  3.  To  wander.  4.  A  place  of  worship.  5. 
Fine  leather.  6.  A  pebble.  7.  Result  of  contact 
with  fire.  8.  Part  of  a  fowl.  9.  A  term  used  in 
speaking  of  young  men.  10.  A  part  of  a  human 
body  and  a  small  body  of  water.  11.  A  cooking 
utensil  and  a  great  weight.  12.  An  extremity  of 
the  human  body  and  a  musical  instrument.  13. 
Ground  meats.  14.  Part  of  a  hog  and  a  fortified 
town.  15.  A  portion  of  a  week  and  a  unit  of 
measure.  16.  Air  in  motion  and  a  conjunction. 
17.  Christ's  beloved  disciple.  18.  A  stream  of 
water  and  a  species  of  tree.  19.  Thorough  clean- 
sing of  the  body.  20.  A  weekly  duty  and  2,000 
pounds.  21.  A  great  German  statesman.  22.  A 
martyr  president.  23.  The  Lord's  Supper  and  an 
exclamation.  24.  A  welcome  visitor  and  the  price 
of  admission. 

Answers  next  month. 


It  is  never  wise  to  ask  children  at  school  for  con- 
tributions of  money  or  other  gifts  for  any  purposes 
whatever.  There  is  no  danger  in  being  too  careful 
in  avoiding  anything  that  may  expose  children  to 
humiliation  among  class-mates.  Children  are  by 
nature  cruel.  The  girl  who  is  able  to  contribute 
twenty-five  cents  is  as  likely  as  not  to  impress  that 
fact  upon  those  who  have  given  less,  or  nothing. 
Let  us  try  to  keep  alive  by  every  means  in  our 
power  the  feeling  of  fellowship  among  the  young. 
Differences  of  station  and  material  advantages  will 
be  brought  home  to  them  altogether  too  soon  after 
the  doors  of  the  school  are  closed  behind  them. — 
Teachers'  Magazine. 


In  the  work  of  teaching,  as  in  every  other  work, 
the  only  successful  workers  are  those  who  are  con- 
scious of  their  shortcomings.  What  can  be  ex- 
pected from  teachers  who  are  not  only  not  conscious 
of  their  shortcomings,  but  conceited  as  to  their 
ability — full  of  the  opinion  that  they've  reached  the 
summit.  We  find  such  teachers  everywhere,  and 
will  continue  to  find  them  everywhere,  until  we  act 
fairly  and  wisely  enough  to  grant  just  compensation 
for  teaching.  Higher  salaries  will  bring  to  the 
schools  those  who  know  enough  to  know  that  they 
know  but  little,  and  those  with  this  splendid  know- 
ledge should  supplant  those  who  know  so  little  that 
they  think  they  "  know  it  all." — Public  School 
Journal. 


Points  for  the  Teacher. 

Talk  but  little. 

The  recitation  is  an  opportunity  for  the  child  to 
talk. 

Speak  kindly  to  an  angry  pupil. 

See  nothing,  yet  see  everything. 

Let  the  rule,  "  Do  right,"  be  your  only  rule. 

Know  your  lesson  so  thoroughly  that  a  text-book 
is  unnecessary  in  the  recitation. 

Some  pupils  expect  you  to  scold  them.  By  all 
means  disappoint  them. 

Sarcasm  is  a  dangerous  weapon.     Use  it  not. 

Have  something  interesting  to  tell  your  pupils 
every  day.     They  will  enjoy  it. 

Be  slow  to  anger  and  plenteous  in  mercy. 

Be  cheerful.  Let  a  smile  speak  the  joy,  peace 
and  contentment  that  fills  your  heart. 

The  schoolroom  is  a  home.  Be  sure  that  its  mis- 
sion is  not  a  failure. 

Expect  good  lessons,  good  behaviour,  cheerful 
obedience,  prompt  and  accurate  work. 

It  takes  pluck  to  be  wise  and  courageous. 

Every  child  needs  the  teacher's  individual  care 
and  attention. 

Know  each  child's  home  life.  It  will  open  the 
way  to  his  heart. — School  Education. 


Encourage  children  to  make,  with  their  own 
hands,  the  gifts  which  they  offer  to  their  friends. 
They  should  be  the  outcome  of  personal  exertion, 
not  merely  something  given  to  them  to  be  given 
away  again,  which  has  cost  them  nothing  in  pains 
or  labor.  If  they  cannot  give  their  own  handi- 
work, they  should,  at  least,  be  required  to  earn  the 
money  which  they  spend  in  presents.  It  gives  them 
some  idea  of  the  value  of  money,  and  teaches  them 
in  a  degree  how  difficult  it  is  to  get  and  how  fatally 
easy  to  spend. 


It  has  seemed  to  me  that  the  jugglery  of  figures 
is  often  thrust  upon  the  little  ones  before  they  have 
much  real  idea  of  number.  At  first  they  need  to 
express  their  views  about  things  in  good,  plain  Eng- 
lish. No  time  need  be  wasted  upon  zero,  or  one ; 
not  much  on  two.  All  that  there  is  can  soon  be 
compassed ;  three  and  four  present  few  difficulties. 
The  pupils  should  be  encouraged  to  talk,  and  talk 
freely,  not  in  any  set  phrase,  and  have  their  mis- 
takes pleasantly  corrected. — George  Howland. 


162 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The   Northumberland  County  Teachers' 
Institute. 

The  thirtieth  annual  meeting  of  the  Northumber- 
land County  Teachers'  Institute  was  held  in  the 
grammar  school,  Chatham,  October  25th  and  26th. 
There  were  present  about  eighty  teachers,  repre- 
senting the  various  districts  of  the  county,  and  a 
good  degree  of  interest  was  manifested  throughout 
the  proceedings. 

On  Thursday,  after  the  opening  business,  the 
President,  B.  P.  Steeves,  gave  a  carefully  prepared 
paper  upon  Spelling  Reform,  of  which  the  Institute 
showed  its  appreciation  by  unanimously  passing  a 
resolution  favouring  the  use  of  the  simple  and  more 
phonetic  forms  of  words.  Following  this  was  a 
paper  by  W.  T.  Denham,  B.A.,  upon  Composition 
in  Crades  VII  and  VIII.  On  Friday  morning  the 
Institute  listened  to  instructive  papers  by  Miss 
Laura  A.  Mills  on  Patriotism,  and  Dr.  Cox  on  The 
Progressive  teacher.  In  the  afternoon  W.  J. 
^oung  gave  an  illustrated  lesson  to  pupils  from 
Grade  Vlil  on  Trade  Winds. 

Ihe  following  are  the  officers  for  the  ensuing 
year:  President,  J  as.  Mcintosh;  Vice-president, 
Miss  Kathlene  1.  P.  McLean;  Secretary-treasurer, 
W.  J.  Young.  Additional  members  of  executive, 
Miss  Muriel  Ellis,  W.  T.  Denham. 

W.  T.  Denham,  Secretary. 

"Bachelors  can  be  found  roaming  at  large  in  all  parts  of 
the  world.  They  inhabit  apartments,  clubs,  open  fields, 
bodies  of  water  and  music  halls.  They  are  also  seen  behind 
the  scenes.  They  hover  at  times  near  front  gates,  and  have 
been  found  in  back  parlors  with  the  aid  of  a  searchlight. 
Bachelors  are  nomadic  by  nature  and  variable  in  their 
tastes,  never  going  with  one  girl  long  enough  to  be  danger- 
ous. Bachelors  make  love  easily,  but  rarely  keep  it.  Rich 
bachelors  are  hunted  openly  and  shamelessly,  and  are  al- 
ways in  great  danger.  Those  who  finally  escape  are,  as  a 
rule,  useless  ever  afterwards." — Tom  Masson,  in  the  De- 
cember Delineator. 


A  theological  student  was  sent  one  Sunday  to 
supply  a  vacant  pulpit  in  a  Connecticut  valley 
town.  A  few  days  after  he  received  a  copy  of  the 
weekly  paper  of  that  place  with  the  following  item 

marked  :  "Rev. ,  of  the  senior  class  at  Yale 

Seminary,  supplied  the  pulpit  of  the  Congregational 
church  last  Sunday,  and  the  church  will  now  be 
closed  three  weeks  for  repairs." — Cleveland  Leader. 


Ihe  Italian  government  has  approved  of  plans 
for  the  excavation  of  Herculaneum. 

Fifteen  thousand  New  Brunswick  trees  will  be 
destroyed  this  year  by  one  man,  who  will  ship  them 
to  New  York  to  be  sold  for  Christmas  trees. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 

The  passengers  and  mails  for  the  Orient  which 
left  London  on  Friday  afternoon,  November  16, 
reached  Vancouver  Tuesday  morning,  Nov.  27,  in 
less  than  eleven  days  by  the  C.  P.  R.  steamship 
"  Empress  of  Ireland,"  and  by  train  from  St.  John 
to  Vancouver     Truly  the  world  moves. 

With  the  opening  of  traffic  on  the  Tehuantepec 
National  Railway  across  Mexico  in  January,  the 
trade  route  between  the  West  Indies  and  British 
Columbia  will  be  shortened  by  two  thousand  miles. 
Ihe  railway  itself  has  been  completed  for  some 
time.  Terminal  facilities  have  now  been  provided 
on  both  coasts ;  and  the  line  will  be  double  tracked 
immediately. 

The  French  government  is  building  a  telegraph 
across  the  Desert  of  Sahara.  French  explorers 
have  found  that  the  great  desert  is  not  such  a  ter- 
rible place  as  it  was  represented  to  be;  and  that 
much  of  it  can  be  reclaimed  by  means  of  artesian 
wells  at  comparatively  little  cost. 

The  new  C.  P.  R.  steamship  "Empress  of  Ireland" 
arrived  at  Halifax  on  the  22nd  November  and  de- 
livered the  English  mails  on  board  a  tender.  These 
were  at  once  conveyed  to  Montreal  by  a  special 
train,  making  the  run  to  that  city  in  the  unprecedent- 
ed time  of  nineteen  hours  and  fifteen  minutes.  The 
'  Empress,"  without  docking  at  Halifax,  proceeded 
at  once  to  St.  John  with  passengers  for  the  Orient 
and  China  mails,  and  twenty-four  hours  later  these 
were  on  the  special  train  for  Montreal  on  the  way 
to  the  west.  This  is  the  first  time  that  St.  John  has 
been  tested  as  a  mail  port  with  mails  for  the  Far 
East. 

The  despatch  of  French  and  Spanish  warships  to 
Tangier  seems  to  indicate  new  dangers  in  the 
Moroccan  situation. 

Captain  Bernier,  of  the  steamer  "  Arctic,"  has 
taken  possession  of  several  islands  in  Baffin's  Bay, 
and  raised  the  Union  Jack.  The  steamer  is  winter- 
ing in  Baffin's  Bay,  and  next  year  will  push  as  far 
north  as  possible  along  the  west  coast  of  Green- 
land. 

The  nineteenth  day  of  this  month  is  the  three 
hundredth  anniversary  of  the  departure  of  the  first 
iinglish  colonists  for  Virginia. 

In  addition  to  what  has  already  been  done  in 
behalf  of  the  peasants,  the  Russian  government  pro- 
poses to  submit  to  the  new  parliament,  when  it 
assembles  in  February,  a  law  limiting  the  hours  of 
labor  in  factories,  and  restricting  the  employment 
of  women  and  children ;  a  law  establishing  compul- 
sory insurance  of  workmen  against  disease  and 
accident,  and  providing  for  old  age  pensions-;  and 
a  law  for  the  sanitary  inspection  of  factories  and 
workmen's  dwellings. 

The  Emperor  of  Russia  has  issued  a  remarkable 
decree,  which  makes  all  persons  equal  before  the 
law,  abolishes  the  poll  tax,  and  releases  the 
peasants  for  the  communal  system,  so  that 
they     will     be     allowed     to     dwell    where     they 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


163 


please.  Heretofore  the  peasants,  who  form  a 
very  large  proportion  of  the  inhabitants  of  Russia, 
were  not  free  to  go  from  district  to  district  in  search 
of  employment ;  but  each  was  obliged  to  remain  in 
his  own  community,  unless  he  went  to  foreign  parts 
or  engaged  in  some  other  pursuit  than  that  of  agri- 
culture. There  was  a  sort  of  alien  labour  law  for 
each  community.  Now  the  protection  or  restriction 
is  removed,  and  an  agricultural  labourer  can  go 
wherever  his  labour  is  in  most  demand. 

An  edict  has  been  issued  in  China  forbidding  the 
cultivation  of  the  poppy  and  the  importation  and 
use  of  opium  after  a  period  of  ten  years.  Imperial 
sanction  has  also  been  given  to  the  plans  for  intro- 
ducing a  system  of  constitutional  government  in 
Lhina.  Each  of  the  eighteen  provinces  into  which 
the  empire  is  at  present  divided  is  to  have  a  consti- 
tution and  a  legislative  assembly  of  its  own. 

The  forecast  of  political  events  in  Cuba  is  not 
reassuring.  A  new  fight  for  Cuban  independence 
is  threatened,  should  the  United  States  take  per- 
manent possession.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  a 
conspiracy  to  bring  about  an  uprising  whenever 
the  United  States  forces  are  to  be  withdrawn,  and 
so  compel  them  to  remain.  The  matter  is  largely 
one  of  class  interest,  the  wealthy  Cubans  and 
foreigners  who  are  interested  in  Cuban  investments 
thinking  that  their  property  will  be  safer  under 
United  States  protection,  and  the  populace  wishing 
to  have  the  government  of  the  country  in  their  own 
hands,  and  hoping  to  improve  their  own  condition 
at  the  expense  of  the  large  property  holders  and  men 
of  business.  And  so,  it  would  seem,  the  natural 
resources  of  one  of  the  richest  countries  in  the 
world  must  still  remain  undeveloped  for  want  of  a 
settled  government. 

Japan's  new  battleship,  the  "  Satsuma,"  is  the 
largest  battleship  in  the  world.  It  excells  the 
British  ship  "  Dreadnought,"  both  in  speed  and  in 
power ;  and,  as  in  the  case  of  the  latter,  its  construc- 
tion has  been  very  rapid. 

Captain  Amundsen,  the  Norwegian  explorer  who 
has  sailed  through  the  Northwest  Passage,  is  now 
returning  to  his  home  in  Norway,  where  a  great 
reception  is  awaiting  him.  It  will  take  two  or 
three  years  to  work  up  the  results  of  his  observa- 
tions, which  are  believed  to  be  of  great  scientific 
value. 

The  return  of  Commander  Peary  from  his  Arctic 
voyage  was  announced  from  Newfoundland  on 
November  2nd.  He  had  failed  to  reach  the  North 
Pole;  but  had  gone  a  few  miles  farther  north  than 
any  previous  explorer. 

The  Keewatin  conference  at  Ottawa  has  not  re- 
sulted in  an  agreement  for  the  partition  of  the  ter- 
ritory among  the  adjacent  provinces.  The  Province 
of  Ontario  asks  that  the  eastern  boundary  of  Mani- 
toba be  extended  northward  to  Churchill  River,  and 
follow  that  stream  to  its  mouth,  where  is  situated 
the  only  good  harbour  on  Hudson  Hay;  and  that  all 
the  Keewatin  territory  east  and  south  of  that  line 


De  added  to  Ontario.  Saskatchewan  asks  that  the 
territories  of  that  province  and  of  Manitoba  be  ex- 
tended eastward  to  Hudson  Bay,  and  that  the  Nel- 
son River  be  made  the  boundary  between  them; 
thus  giving  to  Saskatchewan  the  good  harbour  at 
Fort  Churchill,  and  half  the  inferior  harbour  at 
York  Factory.  So  each  of  these  two  provinces  is 
willing  to  take  a  part  of  the  District  of  Keewatin, 
and  to  give  Manitoba  the  rest.  But  Manitoba 
claims  the  whole.     A  decision  will  be  given  later. 

Armorial  bearings  have  been  assigned  to  the  Pro- 
vince of  Saskatchewan  by  royal  warrant.  They  are 
described  as  follows :  Vert,  three  garbs  in  fesse,  or ; 
on  a  chief  of  the  last,  a  lion  passant  guardant,  gules. 
This,  being  interpreted,  means  that  the  shield  shall 
be  green,  with  three  golden  sheaves  of  wheat  in  a 
line  across  it;  and  that  the  chief,  or  upper  third  of 
the  shield,  shall  be  of  gold,  with  a  red  lion,  like  the 
chief  in  the  arms  of  the  Province  of  New  Bruns- 
wick, but  with  the  colours  reversed. 

The  soldiers  in  the  British  army  are  being  taught 
to  sing,  and  regimental  choral  societies  will  be 
formed.     The  idea  is  taken  from  the  German  army. 

I  he  flow  of  the  Colorado  River  into  the  Salton 
valley,  in  Southern  California,  has  been  stopped, 
by  building  a  dam  nine  miles  in  length.  This  was  a 
great  engineering  feat,  and  was  supposed  by  many 
to  oe  impossible.  The  river  is  now,  however,  flow- 
ing in  its  old  channel,  and  the  new  Salton  Sea  will 
probably  soon  be  a  thing  of  the  past. 

The  world's  supply  of  platinum  is  so  much  less 
than  the  demand  that  the  price  has  increased  four- 
fold. It  is  now  much  more  valuable  than  gold. 
The  mines  of  Russia  have  heretofore  been  the  chief 
source  of  supply;  but  the  metal  is  found  in  several 
places  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region,  and  search 
is  being  made  there  for  deposits  that  may  be  profit- 
ably mined. 

Part  of  the  city  of  Toronto  is  now  lighted  with 
electricity  from  Niagara. 

Accent  improvements  in  the  wireless  telephone 
seem  to  promise  that  it  will  ultimately  be  of  more 
importance  than  the  wireless  telegraph.  A  French 
electrician  has  succeeded  in  sending  a  wireless 
telephone  message  from  Toulon  to  Ajaccio,  a  dis- 
tance of  one  hundred  and  eighty  miles. 

It  is  no  longer  a  question  whether  an  airship  can 
fly  without  being  lighter  than  the  air.  Recent 
experiments  in  France  have  been  so  successful  that 
a  flying  machine  for  practical  use  is  regarded  as  one 
of  the  possibilities  of  the  near  future.  It  is  pre- 
dicted that  air  ships  will  be  faster,  safer  and  cheaper 
tlian  automobiles. 

Commander  Peary,  of  the  steamer  "  Roosevelt," 
arrived  at  Sydney,  Saturday,  November  24,  after 
sixteen  months  exploration  and  battling  with  the 
rigours  of  the  Arctic  regions.  The  Commander 
and  his  crew,  after  undergoing  many  dangers  in  his 
trip  to  and  from  the  north,  reached  the  highest 
point  yet  attained  by  explorers  —  87  degrees  6 
minutes  north  latitude. 


164 


THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Rev.  Dr.  Thompson,  who  has  been  president  of  St. 
Francis  Xavier  College,  of  Antigonish,  for  the  past  eight 
years,  has  resigned  to  accept  the  pastorate  of  the  parish  of 
Glace  Bay,  Cape  Breton.  Rev.  H.  P.  McPherson  has  been 
appointed  president 

Mr.  Ernest  Robinson,  late  principal  of  Kings  Co.  Acad- 
emy, Kentville,  has  been  appointed  to  the  position  of  vice- 
principal  of  Amherst  Academy,  in  succession  to  Mr.  N.  D. 
McTavish,  who  has  gone  to  Wolseley,  Alberta. 

Kings  College,  Windsor,  N.  S.,  has  a  freshman  class  of 
fifteen,  with  nearly  thirty  students  in  residence. 

The  St.  Andrews,  N.  B.,  Beacon  suggests  that  town  as 
a  good  place  for  the  permanent  location  of  the  Summer 
School  of  Science.  Several  places  have  been  mentioned  in 
recent  years  where  the  school  might  "settle,"  with  advan- 
tage, such  as  Parrsboro,  N.  S.,  and  Shediac,  N.  B.  St. 
Andrews  has  many  advantages  to  offer  the  school,  except 
the  important  one  of  geographical  position. 

One  of  the  neatest  collections  of  school  work  displayed 
at  the  recent  Exhibition  held  in  St.  John,  and  that  which 
took  a  first  prize,  was  from  the  Convent  school  at  Bathurst 
Village,  N.  B.  The  collection  was  the  work  of  childrei  in 
grades  IV,  V,  and  VI.  It  consisted  of  written  quotations 
from  their  readers,  with  pencil  illustrations  in  drawing, 
drawings  in  pen  and  ink,  water-color  paintings  of  Canadian 
wild  flowers,  Canadian  birds  in  water-color,  with  a  short 
description  in  writing  of  the  bird. 

The  Kentville,  N.  S.,  school  board  has  made  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  Academy  in  that  town  a  member  of  the  board ; 
and  many  of  the!  teachers  are  also  invited  to  be  present  at 
its  meetings,  and  confer  with  the  members  on  the  condition 
of  the  schools, — a  most  excellent  practice,  and  one  which 
has  been  attended  with  good  results  in  Kentville  and  other 
towns  of  Nova  Scotia. 

Mr.  F.  C.  Squires,  B.  A.,  is  principal  of  the  new  consoli- 
dated school  at  Florenceville,  N.  B. 

Mr.  H.  P.  Dole  has  succeeded  R.  C.  Colwell,  in  the 
Moncton  high  school,  as  teacher  of  mathematics  and 
botany.  In  the  same  schools,  Miss  E.  A.  Davis,  takes  the 
place  of  Mr.  G.  Fred  McNally,  who  has  gone  to  the  West. 

At  the  meeting  in  September  last,  of  the  Provincial 
Educational  Association  of  Nova  Scotia,  Principals  Mc- 
Kittrick  and  Lay  were  elected  members  of  the  Advisory 
Board,  to  assist  the  Council  and  Superintendent  of  Edu- 
cation. Recently  the  government  made  the  five  additional 
required  appointments  as  follows :  Prof.  Howard  Murray 
of  Dalhousie  University;  Mr.  A.  G.  MacDonald,  Inspector 
of  Schools,  Antigonish;  Principal  Kempton,  of  Yarmouth; 
Mr.  Hiram  Donkin,  C.  E.,  Glace  Bay,  and  Mr.  William 
Cameron,  B.  A.,  Merigomish. 

Miss  Marshall  Saunders,  of  Halifax,  has  won  the  $300 
prize  offered  by  the  American  Humane  Educational  Society 
for  the  best  essay  on  "What  is  the  cause  of,  and  the  best 
plan  for  stopping,  the  increased  growth  of  crime  in  our 
country."  There  were  57  competitors.  This  is  the  second 
time  Miss  Saunders  has  won  a  prize  from  that  society, 
the  first  being  $200  for  a  humane  story  entitled  "Beautiful 
Joe." 

Mt.  Allison  University  has  received  an  additional  be- 
quest of  $100,000,  from  the  estate  of  the  late  Jairus  Hart, 
Halifax. 


The  address  of  Superintendent  Dr..  A.  H.  MacKay,  at 
the  opening  of  the  N.  S.  Educational  Association  is  printed 
in  full  in  the  Nova  Scotia  Journal  of  Education  for  Oc- 
tober. The  Journal  also  contains  much  that  is  valuable  to 
teachers. 

Hearty  congratulations  are  extended  to  Miss  Gladys 
Whidden,  who  was  married  to  Mr.  Ralph  Jones  in  August 
last.  This  is  Miss  Whidden's  second  certificate  in  domestic 
service. — Acadia  Athenaeum. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 


Wm.  Briggs,  Toronto,  publishes  a  beautifully  illustrated 
work,  entitled  Studies  of  Plant  Life  in  Canada,  by  Mrs. 
Catherine  Parr  Trail,  a  new  and  revised  edition  with 
eight  reproductions  in  natural  colours,  and  twelve  half-tone 
engravings,  from  drawings  by  Mrs.  Agnes  D.  Chamberlain. 
The  effect  produced  in  glancing  over  the  pages  is  one  of 
pleased  surprise,  that  so  many  of  the  beautiful  wild  flowers 
of  Canada  are  grouped  with  such  exquisite  skill  and  taste, 
and  that  it  is  possible  to  publish  such  a  book  in  Canada. 
The  binding,  letter-press,  and  illustrations  are  admirable. 
The  familiar  style  used  by  the  author  in  her  descriptions  of 
the  plants  she  knew  and  loved  so  well  heightens  the  in- 
terest in  her  book,  which  will  find  many  loving  and  admir- 
ing readers  throughout  Canada.  The  great  majority  of  the 
plants  figured  and  described  are  found  in  the  Atlantic 
provinces.  The  poetic  description  and  reverent  attitude  of 
the  author  towards  the  flowers  of  the  field  and  forest  will 
do  much  to  make  the  book  popular,  while  the  careful  re- 
vision of  Dr.  James  Fletcher,  of  Ottawa,  ensures  its 
accuracy.  No  more  acceptable  and  beautiful  Christmas 
present  than  this  could  be  made  to  a  young  person  inter- 
ested in  plant  life. 

If  "Greek  must  go"  its  spirit  may  remain  with  us,  and 
enrich  modern  life  and  thought.  Messrs.  Auden  and 
Taylor  of  the  Upper  Canada  College,  Toronto,  have  shown 
us  an  admirable  way  in  which  Greek  may  be  retained  and 
still  used  as  an  instrument  of  culture,  in  this  little  book — 
A  Minimum  of  Greek.  When  the  writer  remembers  the 
toilsome  and  roundabout  way  in  which  he  acquired  his 
"little  Greek,"  (which  he  cherishes,  though,  as  an  inesti- 
mable possession),  he  wishes  that  such  a  book  might  have 
seen  the  light  earlier.  In  a  compact  and  really  interesting 
book  of  less  than  two  hundred  pages  the  authors  have  re- 
produced the  essentials  of  the  Greek  language,  at  least 
sufficient  for  the  busy  general  student  and  man  of  affairs, 
and  given  a  well  ordered  plan  to  secure  an  elemental  know- 
ledge of  a  language  so  valuable,  especially  in  science  and 
art.  Its  explanation  of  derivatives  which  occupies  the  larg- 
er part  of  the  book  is  mainly  useful.  No  one  should  lay 
claim  to  a  liberal  education  without  as  much  knowledge  of 
Greek,  at  least,  as  this  valuable  little  book  teaches.  Morang 
&  Co.,  Toronto,  publishers.     Price  75  cents. 

The  Macmillan  Company,  of  Toronto,  have  published 
three  books  which  form  a  valuable  series  to  the  student  of 
English  language:  (1.)  Emmerson's  Outline  History  of  the 
English  Language  (75  cents),  a  clear  and  concise  record 
of  our  language,  and  the  changes  it  has  undergone;  (2) 
Mitchell  and  Carpenter's  Exposition  in  Class-room  Prac- 
tice (70  cents),  a  practical  guide  to  clear  writing, — the 
large  space  devoted  to  outlines  of  subjects  and  the  unfail- 
ing interest  of  the  material  for  this  purpose  being  especially 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


165 


Fire 
Insurance 

• 

Four  Companies  (Non-Tariff).                           Low  Rates. 

Total  Assets  $2,595,575.91.                              Absolute  Protection. 

HAVE    YOU    ONE    OF    OUR    POLICIES? 

WM.    THOMSON    &    CO., 

HALIFAX,  N.  S.                                                                        ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 

nefberwood, 

Cbc  Rothesay  School 
for  6irl$. 

College   Preparatory,  Music,  Art,   Physical 
Culture. 

Specialists  in  each  department  of  instruction. 
Home  School  with  careful  supervision.  Large 
Campus  for  Outdoor  Sports. 
For  Calendar,  address 

MISS  ETKELWYN  R.  PITCHER,  B.A. 
Or  MISS  SUSAN  B.  GANONG,  B.S., 
Principals. 


School  of  Science  for  Atlantic  Provinces  of  Canada. 

21ST    SESSION,    JULY     2ND    TO  19TH,     1907. 

HT     RIVERSIDE,  NEW     BRUNSWICK- 

Courses  in   Physical  and   Biological  Sciences,    English,    Drawiwg,   Cardboard  Work 

and  Photography. 
Excursions  to  Many  Points  of  Interest  Tuition  for  all  Courses  only  $2.50 


For  Calendar  containing  full  information,  apply  to 


J.  D.  SEAMAN,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 


noteworthy;  Carpenter's  English  Grammar  (75  cents), 
contains  the  amount  and  kind  of  grammatical  theory  and 
practice  most  suitable  for  secondary  school  pupils.  All  of 
these  books  are  neatly  printed  in  large  clear  type,  and  are 
strongly  bound.  Buchanan  and  Stubenranch's  Country 
Reader,  number  one  (40  cents),  offers  much  good  material 
suitable  for  object  lessons  on  domestic  animals  and  farm 
life. 

In  Blackie's  Story  Book  Readers  (Messrs  Blackie  &  Son, 
London):  Ballantyne's  "Coral  Island;"  Sir  Walter  Scott's 
"Claverhouse,"  from  Old  Mortality;  G.  A.  Henty's  "A 
Highland  Chief,"  and  Henty's  "An  Indian  Raid."  In  red 
cloth  covers,  46.  each. 

In  Blackie's  Modern  Language  Series :  Voyage  autour  d'e 
ma  Chambre,  (is.  6d.)  and  Vie  de  Polichinelle,  (is.)  in 
red  cloth ;  suitable  and  easy  reading  for  beginners,  with 
notes,  questions  and  vocabularies,  he  Chateau  de  Vie,  a 
fairy  story  (6d.),  and  LeBaron  de  Fourcheoix,  (8d.)  from 
Blackie's  Little  French  Classic  Series,  provided  with 
notes,  vocabularies  and  exercises.  La  Petite  Charifi,  a 
delightful  little  story  for  Christmas  times  (4d.),  Cendrillon 
a  fairy-scene  in  one  act  (4d.),  Grossvaterchen  und  Gross- 
mutterchen,  a  merry  children's  play  in  one  act,  (6d.)  — 
Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

The  Teaching  of  Modern  Languages,  three  lectures  by 
Cloudesley  Brereton,  M.  A.,  is  a  comprehensive  criticism 
on  the  methods  used  in  teaching  these  and  the  so-called 
classical  languages  (15)  ;  Sir  Joshua  Reynold's  Discourses 
(in  part)   on  Art,  a  work  of  the  first  rank    in    literature, 


(2s.)  ;  Bacon's  Essays  with  introduction  and  notes;  Scott's 
Quentin  Durward,  with  introduction  and  notes  (2s.)  — 
Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

The  British  Empire,  (2s.  6d.),  a  series  of  descriptive 
readings  in  geography  on  the  various  portions  of  the  Em- 
pire, from  original  resources ;  those  relating  to  Canada 
being  of  special  interest  to  our  teachers;  Old  Testament 
History,  (3s.),  a  capital  synopsis  of  parts  of  Old  Testament 
History,  especially  useful  to  teachers  who  wish  to  present 
to  fairly  advanced  students  an  introduction  to  biblical 
times;  Arithmetical  Exercises  for  junior  forms,  with  easy 
oral  exercises  and  problems.  Messrs.  Adam  and  Charles 
Black,  London. 

Philip's  Model  Atlas  (is.),  with  fifty  maps  and  diagrams 
in  colour,  of  great  clearness  and  beauty;  accompanied  with 
an  index.    Messrs.  Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  London. 

Rafia  Work  with  numerous  illustrations  (2s.),  is  a  beau- 
tifully bound  and  illustrated  book,  showing  the  mysteries 
of  weaving  and  painting  material  for  hats,  baskets,  mats, 
etc. — a  valuable  addition  to  school  occupations  in  Ameri- 
can and  English  schools.     George  Philip  &  Son,  London. 

Willkommen  in  Dwtschland,  with  beautiful  print  and 
illustrations,  is  designed  for  the  student  in  his  second  or 
third  year's  course  in  German,  with  grammatical  exercises, 
notes  and  vocabulary.    Messrs.  D  .C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston. 

Messrs.  Ginn  &  Company  publish  a  very  useful  Field 
Laboratory  and  Library  Manual  (mailing  price  $1.15).  It 
contains  seventy  exercises  adapted  to  the  ability  of  students 


166 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ai  »  m  i  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  end  Saskatchewan. 

INCW     [VI  dpS  J  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent 


Write  for  Special  Prices. 


WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 


Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  for  Special 
Catalogue. 


Milton 
Bradley 

Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dustless  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 

Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st.,  we.t,  Toronto,  ont. 


in  the  first  and  second  years  of  high  schools,  normal 
schools,  and  academies,  and  is  written  in  accord  with  the 
latest  and  best  thought  on  the  subject.  Its  aim  is  to  direct 
pupils  in  their  first  attempts  at  scientific  investigation  and 
research. 

From  the  same  publishers  we  have  a  strongly  written 
book  on  The  Moral  Damage  of  War,  published  for  the 
International  Union.  (Price  75  cents.)  It  traces  in  suc- 
cessive chapters  the  moral  damage  of  war  to  the  child,  to 
the  soldier,  to  the  politician,  to  the  journalist,  to  the  preach- 
er, to  the  trader,  and  to  the  patriot.  Wherever  the  work  is 
read  it  will  be  a  wholesome  call  to  a  better  way  of  arbi- 
trament among  Christian  nations  than  the  brutal  way  of 
war. 

RECENT   MAGAZINES. 

The  Acadia  Athenaeum  appeared  in  November  with  a 
new  and  choicely  designed  title-page.  The  University 
Monlhlyhas  been  enlarged  and  improved.  The  November 
number  coutained  excellent  likenesses  of  Chancellor  Jones 
and  the  late  Chancellor  Harrison. 

The  Atlantic  Monthly  celebrates  its  jubilee  this  month 
with  contributions  by  the  three  ex-editors  still  living— W. 
D.  Howells,  T.  B.  Aldrich  and  Walter  H.  Page,  with  other 
article  apropos  to  the  occasion.  The  New  York  Evening 
Post  takes  the  initiative  in  offering  jubilee  congratula- 
tions. The  Post  pithily  remarks  that  the  motto  of  its  Jubi- 
lee number  might  well  be  "qualis  ab  incepto,"  for  the 
Atlantic  has,  in  the  main,  held  consistently  with  its  ancient 
ideal — refinement  and  strength.  "It  is,"  says  the  Post,  "the 
ablest  of  our  magazines,  standing  on  a  level  above  even  the 
most  attractive  of  the  New  York  illustrated  magazines 
whose  aim  is  to  flatter  the  taste  of  I'homme  moyen  sensuel. 
Taking  all  things  into  consideration,  we  are  inclined  to  re- 
gard it  as  the  best  of  the  general  magazines  published  in 
the  English  language  to-day  " 

The  two  most  important  of  recent  contributions  to  the 
discussion  of  reformed  spelling  may  be  found  in  The 
Living  Age.  The  issue  for  November  3,  contains  an  arti- 
cle of  criticism  and  suggestion  apropos  of  The  President's 
English,  by  William  Archer,  one  of  the  best-known  Eng- 
lish writers  upon  literary  questions ;  and  the  number  for 
November  17,   opens  with  an  article   on  Modern  English 


Spelling,  by  Professor  Walter  W.  Skeat,  than  whom  there 
is  no  higher  authority  on  the  subject. 

The  December  Delineator  is  a  typical  Christmas  number 
It  will  assist  Christmas-makers  with  its  hints  for  Christ- 
mas gifts  and  holiday  entertainments,  besides  containing 
an  abundance  of  seasonable  literature  calculated  to  fit  in 
from  now  until  New  Year's  Day.  Christmas  stories  for 
adults  are :  Evergreen  Trees,  and  The  Shoplifter  at 
Satterthwaite's ;  and  those  for  children :  The  Blue  Kimono, 
and  Betty  Evolves  a  Christmas  Idea,  by  Elizabeth  Preston 
Badger. 


Business  Notice. 

We  are  sending  out  in  this  number  reminders  to 
many  of  our  subscribers.  Others  will  be  sent  in 
the  January  or  February  numbers  if  our  patrons  do 
not  anticipate  us  by  remitting  in  the  meantime 
without  waiting  to  be  reminded.  The  Review  has 
been  promptly  sent  during  the  year  to  its  many 
hundred  of  subscribers.  A  prompt  remittance  now 
will  be  very  acceptable. 

Remember  that  the  date  on  the  mailing  wrapper 
of  your  journal  shows  the  time  to  which  your  sub- 
scription is  paid. 


Wanted. 

Teachers  in  Nova  Scotia,  preparing  candidates 
for  the  Provincial  examinations  in  science  next 
July,  to  read  my  articles  that  have  appeared  the  last 
half-dozen  years  in  the  Educational  Review,  or 
that  may  appear  in  future.  The  articles  are  sug- 
gested by  experience  gained  in  reading  the  answers 
of  candidates,  and  I  have  endeavoured  to  help 
teachers  and  students  in  their  work.  Though  there 
is,  I  believe,  some  improvement,  I  feel  sure  that 
better  work  could  be  done  in  the  schools  and  better 
results  obtained  at  examinations  if  more  attention 
were  paid  to  the  hints  I  have  given. 

John  Waddell. 


Etmcattonal  IReview  Supplement,  3anuar\>,  1907. 


/**/~~!&t 


MISCHIEF    BREWING. 


.!/.   Wunsch. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  JANUARY,   1907. 


©1.00  per  Year. 


•O.  U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


A.  MeKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

Puivted  bt  Barkis  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS : 


Editorial    Notes  ...  

■Glimpses  into   Schoolrooms  ...  

Field  Clubs  and  Nature-Study  

.Shirking  Work  

Geometrical  Drawing,  Grade  VI. 

Personality  of  the  Teacher 

Manners  the  Morals  of  the  Heart      

Girls  1  have  Known  

Hand  Work  in  a  Country  School    

Memorable  DayB  in  Junuary... 

A  Little  Known  Waterfall  ...  

Murderous  Millinery  

Natural   History  Stories  for  Little  Folks 

Spelling  Reform .... 

An  Unfortunate  Statement 

Hints  for  Studying  a  Play 

Children  and  roetry  


There  are  Other  Instances 

If  You  are  Lost 

Carleton  County  Institute 

Problems  in   Rhyme  

Giirrent  KvenU 

School  and  College.  

Recent  Books  and  Magazines..  

NKW    ADVFKTI8K.MKNT8— 

Resources,  170;  Second  Edition,  Joseph  Howe,  172;  K. 
Movers  Co.  Ltd.  193;  Empire  Typewriter  for  Sale, 
Canadian  Home  Correspondence  School   of    Canada,    1115. 


173 
174 
175 
175 
17B 
179 
1X0 
181 
181 
182 
1&3 
184 
185 
18ti 
18B 
187 
188 
188 
189 
18!) 
I'M) 
191 
192 
192 

N". 
195; 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
-each  month,  except  July.  Subsciption  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  tiie  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  tJ  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "235"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to    Dec.  31,  iqo6. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  Review  thanks  its  readers  for  the  many  ex- 
pressions of  kindness  and  good-will  it  has  received 
from  them  during  the  past  year  and  especially  dur- 
ing the  Christmas  season.  We  wish  for  all  of  them 
A  Happy  New  Year,  every  day  of  which  may 
have  some  blessing  and  achievement  in  store  for 
them.  • 


Our  picture  this  month  represents  one  boy 
telling  another  a  great  secret.  Whether  there  is 
"Mischief  Brewing"  or  not  may  be  left  to  the 
fancy  of  children.  It  is  a  good  picture  from 
which  to  draw  forth  impressions  from  pupils  and 
to  let  them  write  these  impressions  in  the  form 
•of  a  story. 


Belcher's  Farmers'  Almanac,  1907,  for  the  Mari- 
time Provinces,  is  a  compendium  of  useful  infor- 
mation on  a  great  variety  of  topics,  arranged  in  a 
form  ready  for  immediate  use.  Price  25  cents. 
McAlpine  Publishing  Company,  Halifax 


Those  who  are  accustomed  to  snowdrifts  in  the 
east  will  appreciate  the  conditions  prevailing  in  Al- 
berta referred  to  by  our  correspondent,  Mr.  W.  B. 
Webb,  who  writes  under  date  of  December  10:  "We 
have  had  great  quantities  of  snow  here,  perhaps  two 
feet  on  the  level.  It  is  almost  always  perfectly  calm 
in  the  Edmonton  district  during  the  winter,  so  that 
drifts  are  rare.  When  the  snow  melts  it  will  be  a 
great  he'p  to  next  year's  crop.  The  snow-fall  has 
been  so  light  during  the  last  two  winters  that  this 
will   be  all  the  more  needed  next  summer." 


Love  of  children,  skill  in  teaching,  and  knowledge 
are  three  great  requisites  for  teachers.  The  first  is 
born  in  nearly  all  human  beings  and  is  susceptible 
of  cultivation.  It  is  the  great  requisite  for  teaching. 
Knowledge,  and  the  skill  in  imparting  it,  come  from 
earnest  pleasant  toil  which  has  its  stimulus  in  love 
for  children  and  a  desire  to  awaken  their  interest 
and  self-activity.  Teachers  who  simply  hear  reci- 
tations and  teach  with  text-book  in  hand  usually 
fail  to  arouse  the  minds  of  their  pupils. 


One  effect  of  Carnegie's  large  gifts  to  the  Scot- 
tish universities  is  that  teachers  and  students,  where 
these  gifts  have  been  received,  have  become  less 
earnest.  This  is  not  to  be  wondered  at.  Many  of 
Scotland's  most  famous  scholars  have  won  their 
education  in  spite  of  poverty  and  by  self-denial, 
and  have  preserved  their  self-reliance  under  difficul- 
ties. It  is  this  character  and  self-reliance  which 
counts.  If  it  is  sapped  at  the  outset  of  the  student's 
career  the  results  cannot  but  be  lamentable;  and  this 
is  true  the  world  over.  There  is  perhaps  wisdom  in 
giving  to  universities  where  their  effectiveness  is 
increased  by  endowments  and  other  additions  to 
their  resources;  but  such  gifts  to  persons  may  be 
looked  at  with  some  suspicion. 


174 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms. 

By  the  Editor. 

A  few  weeks  ago  I  visited  a  country  school  of 
two  departments.  The  principal's  room  was  large 
for  the  number  of  scholars  in  it,  well  ventilated  and 
looked  out  upon  a  charming  rural  scene,  with  well 
kept  houses  and  barns,  acres  of  upland  and  meadow, 
in  some  cases  carefully  tilled,  in  others  with  evidence 
of  neglect.  The  primary  room  was  small  and  on 
occasions,  the  teacher  told  me,  crowded.  Above 
this  was  a  room  that  had  just  been  fitted  up  for 
manual  training,  and  near  by  a  plot  of  ground  had 
been  secured  for  a  school  garden.  Teachers  and 
pupils  were  rejoicing  in  the  new  order  of  things 
where  pleasant  occupations  were  in  future  to  relieve 
the  monotony  of  school  studies. 

I  remembered  the  place.  As  a  boy  I  had  trodden 
the  familiar  roads  and  paths  on  my  way  to  and  from 
school.  As  a  young  man  I  had  taught  the  school 
there.  Many  of  the  old  landmarks  had  disappeared, 
among  them  the  early  schoolhouse,  and  afterwards 
the  old  hall  that  had  served  for  a  schoolhouse.  In 
their  place  stood  a  more  pretentious  building  of  two 
departments ;  and  now  manual  training  and  the 
school  garden  have  come  and  will  add  to  the 
pleasures  and  activities  of  school  life.  As  I  looked 
over  this  neighborhood  and  saw  where  old  houses 
had  given  place  to  newer  and  more  comfortable 
homes,  I  saw  with  gladness  that  the  spirit  of  pro- 
gress had  also  entered  the  school,  which,  so  far  as 
I  cou'd  judge,  was  vastly  superior  to  that  of  my 
own  boyhood  and  youth.  Rut  school  officers,  par- 
ents and  teachers  have  yet  much  to  learn  and  to  do 
in  reaching  out  for  still  better  things. 


My  next  visit  was  to  a  school  of  five  departments, 
in  the  neighborhood  of  a  large  city.  The  buildings 
are  on  a  commanding  site  overlooking  a  picturesque 
country, — a  glad  prospect  for  little  eyes  wearied  of 
poring  over  the  printed  page.  The  rooms  were  neat 
and  attractive,  hung  with  pictures,  and  in  the  prin- 
cipal's department  was  a  reading  table  with  a  good 
selection  of  magazines  and  books.  The  scholars 
were  all  attentive  to  their  work  and  happy.  Evident- 
ly the  "whining  school  boy"  of  Shakespeare's  time 
is  a  rarity  in  schools  like  those  of  to-day. 

fn  one  of  these  rooms  where  I  spent  a  longer 
time  than  usual,  I  remarked  on  the  excellent  discip- 
line. The  teacher  told  me  that  it  gave  her  no  trouble. 
Her  scholars  were  interested  in  their  work  and  there 
was  the  evidence  of  good  order  and  sympathy  be- 


tween teacher  and  pupils.  That  was  the  secret.  The 
teacher,  a  bright  young  woman,  told  me  that  she 
walked  to  her  school  every  morning,  a  distance  of 
two  miles,  and  back  in  the  afternoon,  in  all  weathers, 
and  had  not  missed  a  day  from  school  for  five  years. 
I  thought  of  the  good  air  and  exercise  and  of  the 
opportunity  such  a  walk  afforded  of  making  many- 
little  plans  for  school  work ;  and  I  thought  this,  too,. 
had  something  to  do  with  helping  to  make  up  a 
happy,  well  disciplined  school. 

The  class  of  fifth  and  sixth  grade  pupils  was  en- 
gaged in  a  number  lesson.  The  work  was  chiefly- 
done  with  pencil  and  chalk,  and  with  large  numbers. 
This  led  me  to  think  that  such  work  can  best  be 
done  (I  make  the  simple  suggestion)  up  to  the 
eighth  grade  without  chalk  or  pencil.  The  important 
thing  in  teaching  arithmetic  is  skill  and  quickness^ 
in  the  manipulation  of  numbers,  and  small  numbers 
are  better  than  large  ones  for  this  purpose.  More 
alert,  mental  work  in  arithmetic  and  less  figuring 
with  pencil,  which  serves  to  divide  the  attention  of 
the  child,  should  prevail  in  all  the  classes,  at  least 
as  far  as  the  high  school. 


I  dropped  into  a  city  school  a  few  days  ago,  not 
with  the  purpose  of  hearing  a  lesson,  but  to  consult 
with  one  of  the  teachers.  I  found  the  principal's 
room,  and  was  impressed  with  the  good  order  pre- 
vailing, the  neatness  of  the  room,  and  the  spirit  of 
industry  that  seemed  to  prevail.  This  building,  too,. 
is  situated  on  a  hill  which  commands  a  broad  look 
over  hills  and  valleys,  with  a  considerable  river 
view.  In  the  other  rooms  visited  I  noticed  some- 
excellent  work  in  writing.  The  letters  formed  were 
neat,  large  and  clearly  cut.  no  evidence  of  a  cramp- 
ed hand.  What  a  relief  it  is  to  see  writing  of  this 
character ! 

In  future  visits  to  schools  I  hope  to  describe 
more  fully  some  impressions  of  the  work  that  is 
being  done. 

Answers  to  Questions. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  the  "Mysterious- 
Cities,"  in  answer  to  questions  found  on  page  161 
December  Review  :  i,  Cologne;  2,  Lyons;  3,  Rome: 
4,  Christ's  Church;  5,  Morocco:  6.  Little  Rock; 
7,  Berne;  8,  Brest;  9,  Ghent;  10,  Liverpool;  11,  Can- 
ton; 12,  Leghorn;  13,  Bo'ogna ;  14,  Hamburg:  15. 
Dayton;  16,  Windsor;  17,  St.  John;  18,  Brooklyn: 
19,  Bath:  20,  Washington;  21,  Bismarck:  22. 
Lincoln;  23.  Sacramento;  24.  Santa  Fe. —  The- 
Teachers'  Gazette. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


175 


Field  Clubs  and  Nature-Study. 

We  are  glad  to  notice  that  the  Pictou  Academy 
Scientific  Association  has  been  reorganized,  and  has 
already  published  two  bulletins  giving  interesting 
details  of  collections  of  local  fauna  and  flora  of  the 
neighborhood.  This  association  has  done  some  ex- 
cellent work  in  years  past,  work  that  has  helped  to 
make  the  scientific  resources  of  Pictou  county  better 
known  than  of  any  other  county  in  the  province. 
It  was  organized  in  1882  under  the  supervision  of 
A.  H.  MacKay,  then  principal  of  Pictou  Academy, 
whose  scientific  work  in  earlier  numbers  of  the 
REVIEW  is  still  gratefully  remembered  The  birds 
and  plants  of  Pictou  county  have  been  especially  well 
studied,  and  the  names  of  former  members  of  the 
association,  as  Dr.  MacKay,  W.  A.  Hickman  and 
C.  B.  Robinson,  are  among  those  who  have  done  im- 
portant work  in  science.  The  revival  of  the  associa- 
tion and  the  re-issue  of  the  bulletins  speak  favorably 
for  the  prospects  of  nature-study  in  Pictou  county. 

This  is  a  good  example  for  every  academy  and 
school  in  these  provinces.  Every  teacher  with  some 
push  and  a  little  ability  could  organize  an  out-door 
club  for  the  study  of  the  physical  features,  the  plants 
and  animals  of  the  neighborhood.  It  would  add  zest 
to  the  other  school  studies ;  it  would  be  a  useful  re- 
creation ;  it  would  make  nature-study  a  living  subject 
in  every  school,  and  it  would  make  pupils  pleasantly 
acquainted  with  their  surroundings.  If  only  a  few 
birds,  plants  and  insects  each  year  were  found  out 
and  studied  in  their  native  haunts,  it  would  be  a 
great  gain. 

Try  it!  if  only  for  the  pleasure  there  is  in  some 
active  field  work  that  will  take  one  out  of  doors 
with  a  purpose  in  view. 


Shirking'  Work. 


Many  grown  people  as  well  as  school  children 
do  not  like  to  work.  It  is  much  easier  to  drift  into 
habits  of  laziness,  to  take  things  easy,  to  expect  big 
returns  on  no  investments,  than  to  get  down  to  hard 
work  and  through  it  achieve  success,  (ircat  plans 
usually  come  to  naught  because  of  personal  lazi- 
ness. Most  people  believe  in  this  doctrine  for  their 
children,  and  endeavor  to  practise  it, — to  have  them 
do  as  little  work  as  possible.  They  want  them  to  be 
free  from  drudgery.  This  seems  to  be  natural  to 
many  a  parent ;  but  it  makes  the  child  flabby,  help- 
less, and  a  parasite  in  the  community.  Success 
in  life  depends  more  on  ability  to  do  honest  work, 
whether  in   the   school,   at  home,     or   in   the  busy 


industries  of  the  world,  than  all  other  character- 
istics combined.  Children  need  to  have  their  cour- 
age developed  and  trained,  so  that  whenever  they 
go  at  whatever  is  set  them  to  do,  they  will  stick 
to  it  till  it  is  finished.  Quickness  of  mind  and  vigor 
and  strength  are  all  required.  Courage  to  do  is  of 
a  high  moral  quality  when  it  is  directed  to  worthy 
objects. 

To  have  confidence  in  one's  self,  to  be  cheerful  in 
doing,  to  have  a  defiri  e  purpose  and  to  keep  mov- 
ing forward  toward  its  accomp'ishment.  will  bring 
victory  in  the  end.  The  best  gospel  is  work  ;  work 
physical,  work  mental,  and  work  moral.  Work  is 
the  very  condition  of  the  enjoyment  of  life.  Every 
good  thing  in  this  world  is  the  product  of  work. 
Every  parent  who  brings  up  his  child  to  eschew 
work,  to  be  indulged  in  idleness,  to  fritter  away  its 
time  and  its  life  in  mere  frivolities,  hates  his  child 
and  is  preparing  it  for  an  idler  or  a  tramp, — a 
fungus  growth  for  the  state  to  take  care  of.  Cod- 
dling children  in  school  leads  them  to  the  same  dire 
consequences  later  in  life.  All  sensible  persons  feel 
a  contempt  for  the  idlers,  the  useless,  and  the  count- 
erfeits of  society. 

Since  the  school  is  one  of  the  greatest  forces  in 
the  manufacture  of  human  character,  as  teachers 
we  must  see  to  it  that  we  are  not  blameworthy.  A 
teacher  who  is  always  grumbling  about  the  weather, 
the  schoolroom,  the  drudgery  of  his  work,  and  a 
thousand  other  things,  is  preparing  his  pupils  for 
idleness,  dissatisfaction,  and  to  become  a  sort  of 
human  shadows  walking  aimlessly  about.  A  good 
teacher  will  cultivate  in  his  pupils  the  power  of 
sticking  to  a  thing  til!  the  end  is  reached.  Steady 
industry  and  diligence  will  bring  rich  results  to 
one  of  ordinary  gifts.  Self-independence,  to  be 
quit  1.  and  steady,  to  be  cheerful,  not  to  be  hysteri- 
cal, not  to  have  others  continually  bracing  one  up 
— are  some  of  the  qualities  that  are  admired  by 
right  thinking  people.  A  strong,  self-reliant  spirit 
is  ahvnys  an  inspiration  to  others. — Superintendent 
J.  M.  (  veenwood. 


Mrs.  Tompkins  went  to  visit  her  mother  for  a  few 
days,    leaving   her   husband   to   get    his   own   meals. 
Entering  the  kitchen,  he  found  she  had 
—left  a  little  note. 
And  this   is  what  she  wrote  : 
II   Kings,  xxi.  13. 
When  he  himself  had  fed 
This  is  what  he  read  : 
Find  for  voursclf  what  he  read. 


176 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


GEOMETRICAL        DRAWING.      GR.  VI. 


Inches 

One 

L  H  c  h.     to     A 

foot. 

A) 

Htt 

i..,..i  .., 

11       3        6 
Inctw. 

5 

O 

1 

0 

nc 

And 

3 

a    half    Ln.cKes     to  a 

foot 

tf> 

«• 

S 

7 

1    .     .    ,    .         1 

11         9 

6 

J 

0 

Two 

Lathes      to 

A. 
A      fOOt 

(i) 

» 

re»t 

1     .     .     ,     .     . 

17               3 

6 

5 

o 

One 

/ 

inch     to    d 

yard 

.  'A) 

2 

Yards 

1          1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

3        a 

o 

1 

2. 

3 

A 

S 

6 

7 

THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


177 


Geometrical  Drawing. 

F.  G.  Matthews,  Truro,  N.  S. 
Principal   Macdonald   Manual  Training  School. 

The  exercises  presented  this  month  are  designed 
for  grade  VI.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  new 
principles  introduced  are  not  many  in  number,  as 
those  given  for  grade  V  are  constantly  recurring,  and 
also  a  certain  space  is  given  to  exercises  in  which 
extreme  accuracy  is  necessary.  As  several  of  the 
exercises  have  reference  to  angles  and  degrees,  it  is 
advisable  to  introduce  the  protractor  at  this  stage. 
It  need  not  be  used  so  much  for  construction  as  to 
prove  the  truth  of  the  angles  made  by  compass 
methods. 

For  the  benefit  of  teachers  in  grades  VI,  VII,  or 
VIII,  it  should  be  stated  that  if  they  wish  to  com- 
mence work  along  these  lines  without  any  having 
been  done  in  grade  V,  they  should  commence  at 
the  beginning,  and  take  up  the  main  principles.  Also 
in  response  to  some  enquiries  already  made,  it 
would  be  well  to  mention  here,  that  this  is  not  in- 
tended to  supplement  freehand  or  ruler  drawing, 
but  to  be  taught  in  conjunction  with  both. 

Fig.  i.  To  construct  an  angle  equal  to  a  given 
angle.— Let  CDE  be  the  given  angle,  and  A  the 
point  at  which  it  is  required  to  make  a  similar  angle. 
From  A  draw  the  line  AB.  With  C  as  centre  and 
any  convenient  radius,  describe  the  arc  DE.  With 
A  as  centre  and  the  same  radius,  describe  the  arc 
FG.  Measure  DE  with  the  compasses  and  cut  off 
FG  equal  to  it.  Join  AG.  Then  GAP,  is  the  re- 
quired angle. 

For  an  exercise  let  the  children  make  an  angle 
equal  to  a  given  one,  but  making  the  legs  twice  as 
long  as  the  original.  This  will  give  an  opportunity 
for  showing  that  angles  are  not  measured  by  the 
lengths  of  the  sides,  and  therefore  a  good  introduc- 
tion to  a  lesson  on  degrees  and  the  protractor. 

Fig.  2.  To  bisect  an  angle.— Let  RAC  be  the 
given  angle.  With  A  as  centre  and  any  radius  de- 
scribed the  arc  BC.  With  B  as  centre  and  any 
radius  more  than  half  BC  describe  an  arc.  With 
C  as  centre  and  the  same  radius  described  another 
arc  cutting  the  first  in  D.  Join  AD.  This  line 
bisects  the  angle. 

Exercise.— The  two  lines  forming  the  angle 
represent  two  of  the  fences  bounding  a  piece  of 
ground.  The  owner  wishes  to  make  a  path  across 
the  land  beginning  at  P.  and  keeping  equidistant 
from  the  two  fences.     Lay  out  the  path. 

Fig.  3.  The  same  as  Pig.  2.— Set  square  method. 
Mark  off  a  point  on  each  leg  equidistant  from  B. 


Place  the  set  square  with  one  edge  on  BC,  and  the 
corner  at  E  and  draw  the  line  EG.  Similarly  from 
D  draw  DH.  Join  B  to  the  point  of  intersection  F. 
Fig.  4.  To  trisect  a  right  angle. — From  A  as 
centre  and  with  any  radius  describe  arc  BC.  From 
B  and  C  as  centres  and  the  same  radius  describe  arcs 
cutting  the  first  in  E  and  D.  Join  AD  and  AE. 
Most  children  will  solve  this  exercise  without  any 
instruction.  If  not,  a  few  questions  on  degrees  will 
have  the  desired  effect. 

Fig.  5.  To  construct  angles  of  150,  30°,  45°, 
6o°,  750,  or  105°.  Draw  the  right  angle  BAC. 
Mark  off  D  and  E  as  in  the  previous  exercise. 
Bisect  CE  for  150.  CB  or  ED  for  450  and  DB  for 
75°.    For  105°  mark  off  BK  equal  to  BL. 

This  is  simply  a  combination  of  exercises  2  and  4, 
and  can  also  be  solved  by  the  children  without 
assistance. 

Fig.  6.  To  divide  a  straight  line  into  any  num- 
ber of  equal  parts.— Let  AB  be  the  given  line.  It 
is  required  to  divide  it  into  7  equal  parts.  Draw 
AC  at  any  angle  with  AB.  Make  the  angle  ABF 
equal  to  the  angle  BAC  (Ex.  1).  Step  off  7 
equal  divisions  of  any  convenient  length  on  AC  and 
BF.  Join  A  to  7,  1  to  6  and  so  on  as  shown  in  the 
diagram.  These  lines  will  divide  AB  into  7  equal 
parts. 

This  exercise  may  be  varied  in  form,  such  as: — 
Cut  off  1-5  of  All;  or,  AP  represents  the  length 
of  a  piece  of  land  owned  by  two  persons.  One  owns 
2-5  and  the  other  the  balance.  Show  their  portions. 
Fig.  7.  The  same  as  Fig.  6.— Set  square  method. 
Draw  AC  at  any  angle.  Step  off  seven  equal  di- 
visions on  AC.  Place  the  set  square  in  a  position 
to  join  1!  7.  Before  moving  the  set  square,  place 
the  ruler  under  it  as  shewn.  By  sliding  the  square 
along  the  ruler,  pantile's  can  be  drawn  through  6, 
5,  4,  3,  -?   and  I,  dividing  AB  into  7  equal  parts. 

Fig.  8.  To  construct  an  equilateral  triangle  on 
a  given  base.— With  A  and  P.  as  centres  and 
radius  AB  describe  arcs  cutting  at  C.  Join  AC  and 
BC. 

By  applying  the  set  square  shew  that  the  triangle- 
is  also  equiangular,  and  that  the  three  angles  are 
together  equal  to  1800. 

Fig.  9.     To  inscribe  an  equilateral  triangle  in  a 
circle. — Draw  any  diameter  A  P.     With   B  as  cen- 
tre and   radius    BO   describe   arc   COD.     Join  AC 
CD,  and  DA. 

This  exercise  may  be  made  the  basis  of  several 
designs.  T"or  example,  if  the  working  be  repeated 
starting  from  A  as  centre,  we  get  a  six  pointed  star, 
a  favorite  shape  for  flower  garden  plots. 


17S 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Fig.  io.  To  describe  an  equilateral  triangle 
about  a  given  circle. — Draw  any  diameter  AB.  With 
A  as  centre  and  radius  AO,  draw  arc  COD.  With 
B,  C  and  D  as  centres  and  radius  CD,  draw  arcs 
cutting  at  E,  F  and  G.     Join  EF,  FG  and  GE 

This  also  forms  a  good  exercise  in  design. 

Fig.  ii.  To  construct  an  equilateral  triangle, 
given  the  vertical  height. — Let  AB  be  the  vertical 
height.  At  A  construct  angles  of  300  on  each  side 
of  A  I!.  Through  B  draw  HK  at  right  angles  to 
AB,  to  meet  AH  and  AK. 

Fig.  12.  To  construct  a  rectangle,  the  diagonal 
and  one  side  given. — Let  AB  he  the  diagonal  and  C 
the  side.  Bisect  AB  in  O.  With  O  as  centre  and 
radius  ( )A  describe  a  circle.  With  A  and  B  as 
centres  and  C  as  radius  draw  arcs  cutting  the 
circle  at  D  and  E  on  opposite  sides  of  the  diagonal. 
Join  AD,  DB,  BE   and  AE. 

Exercise. — A  rectangular  field  is  divided  by  a 
fence  200  yards  long  joining  opposite  corners.  One 
of  the  sides  is  80  yards  long.  Complete  the  draw- 
ing of  the  field. 

Fig.  13.  To  construct  a  rhombus,  side  and  one 
angle  given. — Let  AB  be  the  given  side  and  C  the 
given  angle.  At  A  construct  an  angle  equal  to  C. 
Cut  off  AD  equal  to  AB.  With  D  and  B  as  centres 
and  radius  equal  to  AB,  draw  arcs  cutting  at  E. 
Join  DE  and  BE.  This  exercise  may  be  given  in 
the  form  of  plotting  out  ground,  using  scales  as  in 
Fig.  21. 

Fig.  14.  To  construct  a  rhomboid,  two  sides  and 
the  included  angle  given. — Let  AB  and  C  be  the 
sides  and  D  the  included  angle.  Construct  the 
same  as  Fig  13. 

Fig.  15.  To  inscribe  a  regular  octagon  in  a 
given  circle. — Draw  any  diameter  AB.  Draw  an- 
other CD  at  right  angles  to  it.  Bisect  angles  AOC 
and  COB.  Produce  bisecting  lines  to  form  diam- 
eters EF  and  CM.  Join  AF,  EC,  CO,  etc.  This 
gives  required  octagon. 

Exercise  1. — Join  every  other  point  AC,  CR,  etc., 
to  form  an  eight  pointed  star. 

Exercise  2. — Join  every  third  point  AG.  GD.  etc. 
to  form  another  shape  of  star. 

Fig.  16.  To  construct  a  regular  octagon  on  a 
given  base. — Let  AB  be  the  given  base.  By  means 
of  set  square,  protractor,  or  compass,  make  angles 
of  450  at  A  and  B.  Cut  off  AC  and  BD  each  equal 
1o  AB.  Erect  lines  perpendicular  to  base  from  C. 
A,  I!,  and  D.  Cut  off  CE  •and  DF  each  equal  to 
AB.  Join  EF.  At  F.  and  F  draw  EG  and  FIT, 
making  angles  of  450  and  cutting  the  perpendicu- 
lars in  G  and  IT.     loin  GH. 


Fig  17.  To  inscribe  a  regular  octagon  in  a  given 
square. — Draw  the  diagonals  AC,  BD.  With  A  as 
centre  and  AO  as  radius,  draw  arc  EOF.  Similarly 
at  BC  and  D  draw  arcs  GOH,  JOK  and  LOM. 
Join  GM,  EK,  LH,  and  JF,  which  together  with  the 
middle  portion  of  each  side,  form  the  octagon. 

Fig.  18.  To  inscribe  a  circle  in,  and  describe  a 
circle  about  a  given  square. — Draw  the  diagonals 
AC  and  BD.  From  O  drop  perpendicular  OE  to 
side  of  square.  With  centre  O  and  radius  OE  in- 
scribe circle.  With  centre  O  and  radius  OA  de- 
scribe circle. 

This  exercise  and  the  two  following  are  samples 
of  a  number  that  may  be  inserted  to  give  practice 
in  the  foregoing  principles.  It  will  be  noted  that 
to  get  correct  results  the  utmost  accuracy  is 
necessary  in  every  detail. 

Fig.  19.  To  inscribe  four  circles  in  a  square, 
each  to  touch  two  sides  and  two  other  circles. — 
Draw  diameters  and  diagonals.  Join  FG,  GE,  EH, 
and  II F.  Join  LK.  With  K,  L,  M,  and  N  as 
centers  and  radius  KP  draw  required  circles. 

Fig.  20.  To  describe  six  equal  circles  about  a 
given  circle. — Divide  the  circumference  of  the  given 
circle  into  6  equal  parts,  producing  the  diameters. 

With  AD  as  radius  and  O  as  centre  describe  cir- 
cle GKM.  Where  this  circle  cuts  the  produced 
diameters  will  be  the  centres  of  the  required  circles ; 
the  radius  to  equal  AO. 

Fig.  21.  The  construction  of  plain  scales. — This 
has  been  placed  last  for  the  sake  of  convenience  in 
arranging  the  drawings  for  the  plate,  but  in  prac- 
tice they  should  be  spread  over  the  year's  work,  so 
that  they  may  be  utilised  in  any  plotting-out  prob- 
lems. Four  only  are  shewn,  but  others  of  similarly 
easy  nature  may  be  taught. 

To  make  a  scale  of  one  inch  to  a  foot. — Draw 
two  parallel  lines  about  3-16  of  an  inch  apart  and 
divide  them  by  vertical  lines  into  one  inch  divisions. 
Divide  the  left  hand  inch  into  twelve  equal  parts, 
number  them  as  shewn,  the  first  division  from  the 
left  always  being  marked  O  (zero).  The  divisions 
to  the  right  will  now  represent  feet,  and  those  to  the 
left  inches,  and  may  be  labelled  as  such.  To  use 
this  scale,  suppose  a  line  three  feet  five  inches  is 
required.  Stretch  the  dividers  from  the  third 
division  to  the  right  of  O  to  the  fifth  to  the  left. 
This  will  give  the  required  length.  As  this  scale 
gives  a  drawing  1-12  of  the  original  size,  it  is  said 
to  be  a  scale  of  1-12  and  this  fraction  is  called  the 
'Representative  Fraction.' 

The  other  scales  are  made  in  the  same  way.  In 
the  fourth  the  inch  divisions  represent  vards. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


179 


The  one  on  the  left  is  therefore  divided  into  three 
parts  to  represent  feet,  that  being  the  next  denom- 
ination below  yards. 

If  rulers  with  sufficient  scales  to  mark  the  sub- 
divisions of  the  left  hand  division  be  not  obtain- 
able, the  method  of  exercise  7  may  be  adopted. 


Personality  of  the  Teacher. 

Personality  is  what  wise  employers  of  teachers 
try  and  secure  above  all  else.  People  with  mean  na- 
tures and  small  souls  never  ought  to  try  to  teach. 
Still,  personality  is  greatly  capable  of  cultivation. 
It  is  largely  an  affair  of  our  own  making.  Five 
great  schools  of  teachers  tried  to  find  a  solution  of 
this  problem.  They  were  the  Epicurean,  the  Stoic, 
the  Platonic,  the  Aristotelian  and  the  Christian. 
Whoever  follows  the  teachings  of  all  these  schools 
will  become  a  popular  and  successful  teacher,  and 
anyone  defective  in  a  majority  of  them  is  unfit  to 
teach. 

The  Epicurean  idea  was  that  one  should  get  at 
all  costs  as  many  pleasures  as  possible.  Teachers 
should  have  good  food,  no  hurried  meals,  a  comfort- 
able room  in  which  to  be  quiet.  In  the  long  run 
these  are  half  the  battle.  Teachers  should  not  deny 
themselves  these.  Restful  quiet  and  good  food  arc 
necessary.  Next  is  needed  wholesome  exercise. 
The  teacher  shut  up  for  five  or  six  hours  must  have 
one  or  two  hours  under  the  open  sky  ever}'  school 
day,  care  free.  The  teacher  should  do  a  lot  of  out- 
door things  in  vacation  and  the  one  who  doesn't 
is  falling  away  even  from  this  low  ideal. 

The  Stoic  teaches  one  to  keep  the  mind  free  from 
all  worry  and  anxiety ;  the  mental  state  makes  the 
man.  The  teacher's  troubles  can  be  reduced  by- 
reducing  the  mental  worries.  The  blunders  once 
made  should  be  left  behind,  not  brooded  over. 
There  is  no  situation  in  which  we  can  not  be  mas- 
ters, is  the  Stoic's  lesson.  Every  teacher  must 
sometime  learn  it.  The  teacher's  life  is  more  full 
of  general  discouragements  than  any  other  profes- 
sion, but  the  Stoic  formula,  faithfully  applied  in 
reasonable  limits,  will  overcome  them.  Teachers 
should  live  in  care-proof  compartments. 

Platonism  bids  us  rise  above  this  world.  Platon- 
ists  were  not  the  most  agreeable  people  to  live  with. 
Much  that  passes  for  Christian  religion  is  simply 
Platonism  in  disguise.  Still,  it  contains  some  truth 
that  every  teacher  ought  to  know  and  sometimes  ap- 
ply. A  teacher  would  hardly  keep  his  poise  with- 
out these  Platonic  resources,  but  moderation  is'  nec- 
essary. 

By  the   Aristotelian  school   man   was   to  find   his 


end  here  and  now  on  earth,  not  in  heaven.     Teach- 
ing is  an  extra  hazardous  profession  as  far  as  ner- 
vous energy  is  concerned.     The  teacher's  problem 
is  one  of  proportion — what  to  select,  what  to  leave 
out.     The  essentials  to  the  main  end  ought  to  be 
taken,  the  others  left.     The  teacher  must  say  no  to 
calls   good  in   themselves,   but   not   for   themselves. 
Amateur  theatricals,  church  fairs,  dancing  and  din- 
ner parties,  ought  to  be  taken  part  in  only  in  great 
moderation.     (  hie  service  Sunday  is  as  much  as  one 
can  well  attend,  and  Sunday  school  teaching  is  the 
one  thing  that  the  conscientious  public  school  teacher 
must  rigidly  refrain  from.     Physical  health  and  vi- 
vacity  of  spirits   must   he   maintained   at    all   costs. 
Teachers  should  be  sure  what   they  do  is  best   for 
them  and  then  never  mind  what  people  say.     Teach- 
ers should  have  their  own  individual  ends  in  view. 
The     counsel    of   the     greatest    teacher   remains. 
Christ  says  to  the  teachers  to  make  the  interest  and 
aims    of   each    pupil    their   own.        Where    the   un- 
christian teacher's  work  ends,  the  Christian  teach- 
er's work  begins.     Teacher  and  pupil  are  engaged 
in  a  common  work.     The  attitude  of  the  Christian 
teacher  is,  "Come,  let's  do  this  work'  together,  I'm 
ready  to  help  you  and  want  you  to  help  me."     The 
un-Christian  is  not  concerned  with  the  home-life  of 
the  pupi's,  the   Christian   teacher   knows  his  pupils 
and  their  homes.      The  successful  teacher  looks  for- 
ward to  the  pupil's   future.     Teachers  learn  to  see 
with  pupils'  eyes,  share  their  work,  rejoice  in  their 
success,  be  more  sorry  than   they  at  their  failures, 
lead  them,  never  drive..     Any  teacher  who  can  com- 
bine  the   five  qualities    1    have   mentioned   will   find 
leaching  a  pleasure  and  achieve  success. — Abstract 
of  Address  by  President  William  DeWitt  Hyde,  in 
New  York  School  Journal. 

There  is  probably  no  country  in  the  world  where 
nature  has  been  more  lavish  in  the  stores  of  fertility 
provided  in  the  soil,  or  where  the  land  has  greater 
capacity  for  the  production  of  food  for  mankind 
than  Canada.  While  the  resources  of  the  Dominion 
in  its  minerals,  its  forests  and  its  fisheries  are  very 
great,  it  is  in  the  soil  that  the  greater  wealth  of  the 
country  lies.  The  immensity  of  the  area  of  fertile 
land  in  (  anada  is  very  imperfectly  understood,  even 
by  those  who  have  travelled  through  the  countrv, 
and  but  a  very  small  proportion  of  the  arable  land 
has  yet  been  brought  under  cultivation. — Dr.  Wm. 
Saunders— Report  Experimental  Farms  of  Canada. 

I  he  old  man  said  to  the  young  man:  "My  son, 
I  have  had  a  great  many  hard  limes  in  mv  life,  and 
most  of  them  didn't  happen." 


180 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


M  anners  the  Morals  of  the  Heart. 

By  Mrs.  C.  M.  Condon. 

In  the  Victorian  era,  among  the  items  in  the  bills 
rendered  from  Ladies'  schools,  was  always  one  set 
down  to  "Deportment."  Great  stress  was  laid  upon 
training  and  instruction  in  this  subject,  which  em- 
braced table  manners;  behaviour  at  church,  on  the 
street,  and  other  places  of  public  resort.  It  also 
prescribed  the  different  forms  of  salutation  accord- 
ing to  the  rank,  age  or  position  of  the  person 
saluted ;  the  correct  method  of  entering  and  leaving 
a  room ;  also  the  art  of  entering  and  alighting 
gracefully  from  a  carriage,  to  which  was  frequently 
added  equestrian  practice  and  etiquette  at  a  good 
riding  school.  Special  pains  were  taken  with  the 
different  curtsies,  made  by  the  ladies,  from  the 
simpler  forms,  up  to  the  three  sweeping  reverences 
made  to  Her  Majesty  on  presentation  at  Court. 

Sometimes  with  narrow-minded  people,  there  was 
an  unbending  adherence  to  rules  that  degenerated 
into  an  ungraceful  formality ;  but,  on  the  whole,  this 
careful  training  in  the  minutiae  of  social  convention 
fully  justified  itself. 

The  mother  of  our  late  beloved  Queen,  the 
Duchess  of  Kent,  was  the  careful  trainer  of  the 
young  Princess  in  a  high-bred  courtesy,  at  once 
simple  and  sincere. 

At  her  coronation  Victoria  beautifully  exempli- 
fied her  exquisite  courtesy.  Lord  Rolles,  a  very 
aged  peer,  when  about  to  swear  fealty  to  the 
Sovereign,  stumbled  on  the  steps  of  the  dais ; 
instantly  the  young  Queen  rose  and  extended  a 
helping  hand  to  the  feeble  old  man,  involuntarily 
shewing  that  respect  for  old  age  which  was  a 
strong  point  in  the  teaching  of  the  day. 

There  was,  undoubtedly,  at  times  undue  repres- 
sion of  youthful  spirits,  and  when  out  of  range  of 
the  eyes  of  authority  nature  asserted  itself,  and 
manners  might  not  then  be  so  commendable.  But 
no  greater  tribute  can  be  paid  to  the  training,  as  a 
whole,  than  the  delightful  manners  of  some  of  the 
best  specimens  of  those  whose  parents  paid  for 
this  item  of  "Deportment.'' 

One  who  loves  children  cannot  but  be  glad  that 
they  have  so  much  freedom  and  scope  for  expres- 
sion of  their  individuality;  one  cannot  but  regret 
when  freedom  degenerates  into  a  license  that 
ignores  the  just  claims  of  age  and  authority  to 
respect  and  courtesy.  It  is  to  be  feared  that  the 
present  age  is  not  strong  in  reverence,  and  the 
gentle  manners  that  spring  from  that  great  quality. 
Many  causes  contribute  to  this;  the  rush  and  hurry 


of  daily  life,  the  keen  competition,  the  insatiable 
curiosity  to  which  nothing  is  sacred,  especially  if  its 
objects  are  raised  somewhat  above  the  level,  either 
in  rank  or  fortune. 

Even  the  press,  unmindful  of  its  high  mission, 
as  the  guide  of  public  opinion,  sometimes  sets  a  bad 
example,  by  indulging  in  reckless  statement,  at- 
tacking personal  character,  and  dragging  into  un- 
seemly publicity  incidents  which  have  no  real 
bearing  on  the  point  at  issue,  simply  to  mortify  and 
wound  an  opponent.  Criticism  is  necessary,  but 
it  gains  in  point  and  effectiveness  when  it  disdains 
personalities  and  deals  only  with  the  merits  of  the 
question,  in  a  spirit  of  fairness  and  good  will. 

But  laying  aside  the  consideration  of  those  merely 
conventional  rules,  necessary  to  the  smooth  working 
of  social  intercourse,  let  us  see  what  are  the  prin- 
ciples that  will  always  secure  good  manners  if  re- 
duced to  practice.  We  may  as  well  place,  first,  a 
profound  reverence  for  man  as  man,  made  in  the 
image  of  the  Creator,  a  reverence  quite  irres- 
pective of  all  accidents  of  birth  or  fortune.  If 
parents,  teachers  and  all  who  are  in.  authority  will 
heartily  recognize  this  supreme  fact,  it  will  revolu- 
tionize manners  and  elevate  the  whole  tone  of 
society.  Then  there  must  be  recognition  of  the 
fact  that  every  one  has  a  right,  not  dependent  upon 
our  moods  and  feelings,  to  fair  and  civil  treatment. 

How  many  parents  and  teachers,  to  the  great 
detriment  of  the  children,  make  sickness,  pressure 
of  business,  and  every  disagreeable  happening,  an 
excuse  for  ungentle  behaviour,  and  even  for 
positive  discourtesy. 

How  greatly  children,  even  babies,  suffer  in  this 
uncongenial  atmosphere  is  well  known  to  the  sym- 
pathetic observer.  As  the  practice  of  this  infraction 
of  the  rules  of  good  manners  in  generally  confined  to 
children  and  inferiors,  it  is  as  mean  as  it  is  immoral. 
A  great  aid  to  agreeable  manners  will  be  found  in 
that  intelligent  sympathy  which  springs  from  the 
head  as  well  as  the  heart,  and  finds  in  the  limitations 
of  the  individual,  nay,  even  in  his  very  depravity, 
such  a  strong  appeal  for  help,  that  self  sinks  out  of 
sight,  and  the  morals  of  a  generous  heart  shows 
itself  in  perfect  manners. 

The  refinement  and  grace  of  Elizabeth  Fry  won 
insensibly  upon  the  hardened  criminals  of 
Newgate,  and  influenced  them  to  listen  to  her 
prayers  and  preaching;  for  who  could  be  obdurate 
in  a  presence  so  sweet  and  genial  ? 

Another  help  to  good  manners  will  be  secured  bv 
the  determination  to  cultivate,  as  a  matter  of  duty, 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


181 


cheerfulness  and  good  humor,  and  under  no  circum- 
stances of  personal  discomfort,  to  look  sullen,  or 
unpleasant,  to  speak  with  unbecoming  harshness,  or 
to  treat  an  offender  with  contempt,  or  wither  him 
with  sarcasm. 

Let  our  teachers  ponder  seriously  this  question 
in  regard  to  the  children  whom  they  have,  for  the 
larger  part  in  their  waking  hours,  under  their  care. 
The  hurry  and  drive  of  our  daily  life,  keen 
competition,  free  discussion  of  public  affairs,  and 
the  too  free  and  easy  manner  of  speaking  of  those 
in  authority,  are  not  marks  of  that  good  breeding 
which  gives  honor  to  whom  honor  is  due.  Judicious 
and  temperate  criticism  is  the  right  of  every 
citizen,  but  a  becoming  reticence  should  be  observed 
in  the  presence  of  children  and  immature  youth, 
whose  manners  will  not  be  improved  by  invective, 
often  crude  and  ill-considered,  against  "the  powers 
that  be." 

Some  formal  instruction  in  what  constitutes  good 
manner  should  be  given  by  the  teacher,  but  the 
repose,  the  self-restraint  and  the  charm  of  good- 
breeding,  may  be  best  illustrated  in  the  behaviour  of 
the  teacher  himself.  Set  before  pupils  good  models, 
and  what  better  than  that  of  the  Divine  man  whose 
manners  were  so  perfect  that  a  mediaeval  chronicler 
quaintly  speaks  of  him  as  "That  gentleman  Jesus." 
The  courtesy,  too  of  "the  great  Apostle"  was  so  in- 
bred that  in  the  most  trying  circumstances  it  never 
forsook  him. 

Let  not  teachers  imagine  that  an  autocratic,  repell- 
ent manner  is  an  aid  to  discipline ;  on  the  contrary, 
it  arouses  opposition  in  the  bold,  and  so  overcows 
the  timid  that  they  cannot  do  and  be  at  their  best. 

"Good  manners  make  the  man,"  savs  William  of 
Wykeham ;  he  uses  the  word  "make"  as  opposed  to 
"mar"  (spoil),  and  as  he  was  a  man  of  affairs  he 
spoke  from  a  wide  experience,  plainly  seeing  that 
good  manners  build  up  character,  and  also  help  to 
make  the  success  of  the  man  in  the  practical  busi- 
ness of  life. 


Out  of  Danger.— Dr.  Whipple,  long  Bishop  of 
Minnesota,  was  about  to  hold  religious  services  near 
an  Indian  village  in  one  of  the  Western  states,  and 
before  going  to  the  place  of  meeting  asked  the  chief 
who  was  his  host  whether  it  was  safe  for  him  to 
leave  his  effects  unguarded  in  the  lodge.  "Plenty 
safe,"  grunted  the  red  man.  "No  white  man  in  a 
hundred  miles  from  here." — Woman's  Home  Com- 
panion. 


Girls  I  Have  Known. 

The  liveliest  girl  I  ever  met 

Was  charming  Annie  Mation ; 
Exceeding  sweet  was  Carry  Mel ; 

Helpful  Amelia  Ration. 

Nicer  than  Jennie  Rosity 

It  would  be  hard  to  find ; 
Lovely  was  Rhoda  Dendron,  too, 

One  of  the  flower  kind. 

I  did  not  fancy  Polly  Gon, 

Too  angular  was  she ; 
And  I  could  never  take  at  all 

To  Annie  Mosity. 

I  rather  liked  Miss  Sarah  Nade, 

Her  voice  was  full  of  charm ; 
Hester   leal  too  nervous  was, 

She  filled  me  with  alarm. 

E.  Lucy  Date  was  clear  of  face, 

Her  skin  was  like  a  shell; 
Miss  Ella  Gant  was  rather  nice, 

Though  she  was  awful  swell. 

A  clinging  girl  was  Jessie  Mine, 

I  asked  her  me  to  marry, 
In  vain — now  life  i:,  fall  of  fights, 

For  I'm  joined  to  Millie  Tary. 

—  Boston  Transcript. 

Hand  Work  in  a  Country  School. 

At  a  country  institute  this  summer  I  saw  displayed 
a    collection   of   excellent    hand-work   done    by    the 
children  of  a  rural  school.     The  paper-cutting  and 
raffia  work — mats,  baskets,  holders,  and  other  con- 
ventional pieces — were  as  well  done  as  the  products 
that  I  have  seen  of  many  city  schools;  in  fact,  some 
of  the  raffia  pieces   will   hear  comparison  with  the 
best.     Upon  enquiry  I   found  that  the  teacher  who 
had  accomplished  all  this  is  a  young  man — a  young 
man,  moreover,  who  has  himself  had  no  training  in 
manual  work,  learning  all  that  he  knows  of  the  sub- 
ject by  observing  several  classes  at  a  state  normal 
school  last  summer.    Being  further  interested  at  this, 
I  found  that  he  had  bought  the  necessary  materials 
himself,  at  a  cost  of  $3.75  for  the  raffia  and  of  forty 
cents   for  the  colored  paper;  and  that  the  children 
had  done  the  work  altogether  outside  school  hours, 
before  school,  and  at  recess  on  rainy  days,  with  the 
exception   of   the   smallest   children    who   were   per- 
mitted to  use  this    as    seat    work.      Although    the 
teacher  conducted  this   manual   training  merely   for 
its  educational  value  in  the  school,  it  is  interesting  to 
know  that  for  next    year    he    has    the    best    paying 
country  school  in  this  county. — Thomas  II.  Briggs, 
Charleston,  Fllinois. 


182 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Memorable  Days  in  January. 

Miss  Eleanor  Robinson. 

[It  is  proposed  to  publish  in  each  issue  under  the  appro- 
priate heading  an  article  dealing  with  the  days  of  the  month 
that  are  celebrated  in  tradition,  in  literature  and  in  art. 
Our  readers  will  be  glad  to  know  that  Miss  Robinson, 
whose  writings  on  English  literature  have  helped  so  many 
readers  of  the  Review,  will  have  charge  of  this  department. 
Euitok.] 

January  6th  Epiphany,  or  Twelfth  Day. 

This  day  has  always  been  closely  associated  with 
Christmas  Day,  and  the  Armenian  Christians  still 
keep  Christmas  on  January  6th.  The  word  Epiph- 
any means  an  appearance,  or  manifestation,  and 
since  the  fourth  century  the  special  event  commem- 
orated on  this  day  has  been  the  manifestation  of 
Christ  to  the  wise  men  from  the  East,  as  narrated 
in  the  second  chapter  of  St.  Matthew's  Cospel. 
Tradition,  probably  influenced  by  such  passages  as 
Ps.  J2 :  io,  and  Isaiah  6o :  6,  has  called  the  wise  men 
Kings,  and  declared  them  to  be  three  in  number. 
The  nair.es  usually  given  to  them  are  Melchior, 
Balthazar  and  Gaspar.  In  pictures  they  are  gener- 
ally represented,  respectively,  as  an  old  man.  a  man 
in  the  prime  of  life,  and  a  youth.  The  significance 
attached  to  the  gifts  is  expressed  in  the  words  of 
the  well-known  hymn  : 

"  Sacred  gifts  of  mystic  meaning, 
Incense  doth  their  God  disclose, 
Gold  the  King  of  Kings  proclaimeth. 
Myrrh  His  sepulchre  foreshows." 

The  adoration  of  the  wise  men  has  been  the  sub- 
ject of  many  beautiful  pictures.  Reproductions  of 
some  of  these  are  to  be  found  in  Farrar's  "Life  of 
Christ  in  Art."  An  old  legend  says  that  the  star,  on 
its  first  appearance  to  the  wise  man,  had  the  form 
of  a  radiant  child  bearing  a  sceptre  or  a  cross,  and 
in  some  ear'y  Italian  paintings  il  is  so  depicted. 

An  interesting  memorial  of  the  offerings  of  the 
three  kings  is  kept  up  in  England  by  our  sovereigns, 
who  sti  1,  on  this  day,  make  an  offering  of  gold, 
frankincense  and  myrrh  at  the  Chape]  Royal  in  the 
Palace  of  St.  James.  George  111  was  the  last  king 
who  offered  these  in  person,  and  the  presentation 
is  now  made  by  an  officer  of  the  nival  household. 

"In  the  day-,  of  Kin-  Alfred  a  la.v  was  made  with 
relation  to  holidays,  by  virtue  of  which  th  \  twelve  days 
after  the  Nativity  of  our  Saviour  were  made  festivals." — 
Collier's  Ecclesiastical  History, 

The  whole  twelve  days  seem  to  have  been  devoted 
to  feasting  and  jollity.  The  social  customs  varied 
in  different  parts,  but  all  showed  some  reference 
to  the    Eastern    Kings.       (  )ne    famous    fashion    was 


to  have  a  Twelfth  cake,  rich  with  spices,  which 
contained  a  bean.  Whoever  drew  the  bean  was  made 
King  or  Queen  for  the  evening.  Other  characters, 
such  as  maids  of  honor,  lord  chancellor,  courtiers, 
etc.,  were  assigned  by  lot,  and  each  person  was  re- 
quired to  act  his  or  her  part  throughout  the  feast. 
In  later  times,  these  games  seem  to  have  come  down 
to  children.  Thackeray,  in  his  preface  to  that 
delightful  children's  story,  '"The  Rose  and  the 
Ring,"  refers  to  them  as  follows : 

"  It  happened  that  the  undersigned  spent  the  last  Christ- 
mas season  in  a  foreign  city,  where  there  were  many 
English  children.  In  that  city,  if  you  wanted  to  give  a 
child's  party,  you  could  not  even  get  a  magic-lantern,  or 
buy  Twelfth-Xight  characters — those  funny  painted  pictures 
of  the  King,  the  Queen,  the  Lover,  the  Lady,  the  Dandy, 
the  Captain,  and  so  on — with  which  our  young  ones  are 
wont  to  recreate  themselves  at  this  festive  time." 

So  the  great  novelist,  who  loved  children,  him- 
self drew  a  set  of  Twelfth-Xight  characters,  and 
then  composed  a  story  about  them  to  amuse  the 
little  people. 


January  21st  —  St.  Agnes  Day. 

In  the  year  306  A.  D.,  there  was  a  terrible  perse- 
cution of  the  Christians  under  the  Emperor 
Diocletian,- and  among  many  other  martyrs  there 
perished  a  beautiful  young  girl  named  Agnes.  The 
story  is  that  the  son  of  an  important  Roman  official 
loved  her  and  wished  to  marry  her ;  she  refused, 
saying  that  she  would  not  marry  anyone  as  her 
affections  were  set  on  heavenly  things.  She  was 
then  asked  to  offer  incense  to  the  Roman  gods,  and 
when  she  refused  she  was  put  to  death.  Eight  days 
afterwards,  her  parents  going  to  lament  and  pray 
at  her  tomb,  saw  a  vision  of  angels  and  their  daugh- 
ter standing  among  them,  with  a  snow  white  lamb 
by  her  side.  In  pictures  she  is  often  represented 
with  a  lamb  beside  her,  and  she  is  always  held  up 
as  an  example  of  innocence  and  constancy. 

It  used  to  be  the  custom  in  different  parts  of  Eng- 
land for  «irls  to  go  to  bed  fasting  and  silent  on  St. 
Agnes'  Eve,  in  the  belief  that  they  would  see  their 
future  husbands.  The  following  lines  have  been 
handed  down  in  the  county  of  Durham : 

"  Eair  St.  Agnes,  play  thy  part. 
And  send  to  me  my  own  sweetheart, 
Xot   in  his  best  or  worst  array. 
But  in  the  clothes  he  wears  every  day, 
'I  hat  to-morrow  I  may  him  ken 
From  among  all  other  men." 

Two  great  English  poets,  Keats  and  Tennyson, 
have  made  use  of  this  tradition  in  poetry.  The 
former,  in  his  famous  poem,    St.  Agnes'  Eve,    tells 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


183 


the  story  of  how  "ages  long  ago."  the  two  lovers, 
Madeleine  and  Porphyro,  fled  away  on  one  stormy 
St.  Agnes'  Eve.  after  Madeleine  had  tried  the  spell. 
The  opening  lines  of  the  poem  are  a  fine  descrip- 
tion of  the  cold  of  the  January  night : 

"St.  Agnes'  Eve! — ah,  hitter  chill  it  was! 
The  owl,  for  all  his  feathers,  was  a-c  o'd ; 
The  hare  limped  trembling  through  the  frozen  gras<. 
And  silent  was  the  flock  in  woolly  fold." 

In  Tennyson's  "  St.  Agnes."  the  speaker  is  a  mm. 
who  also  seeks  to  have  a  "'vision  of  delight,"  hut 
her  thoughts  are  not  of  any  earthly  love,  and 
through  faith  and  prayer  she  wins  a  vision  of  the 
Heavenly  Bridegroom. 


January  25th  —  St.   Paul's   Day. 

This  day  has  been  observed  since  the  1 2th  century 
in  commemoration  of  the  conversion  of  St.  Paul. 
For  some  unknown  reason,  it  is  considered  to  fore- 
show the  weather  and  events  for  the  whole  year. 
"If  it  be  a  fair  flay,  it  will  he  a  pleasant  year;  if  it 
be  windy,  there  will  he  wars:  if  it  he  cloudy,  it  doth 
foreshadow  the  plague  that  year."  And  nearly  the 
same  prediction  is  found  in  verse : 

"  If  St.  Paul's  day  he  fair  and  clear, 
It  doth  betide  a  happy  year ; 
But  if  it  chance  to  snow  or  rain, 
Then  will  be  dear  all  kinds  of  grain  ; 
If  clouds  or  mist  do  dark  the  skie, 
Great  store  of  birds  or  beasts  shall  die ; 
And  if  the  winds  do  tly  aloft, 
Then  wars  shall  vex  the  kingdom  oft.'' 

The  well  known  superstition  about  the  effect  of 
rain  on  St.  Swithin's  Day,  may  he  compared  with 
these  prognostications.  But  the  poet  Gay,  writing 
in    1715,  says: 

"  Let  no  such  vulgar  talcs  debase  thy  mind  ; 
Nor  Paul  nor   Swithin   rule  the  clouds   and   wind.'' 


Even  in  so  remote  a  period  as  2,000  years  ago,  in 
the  Jewish  schools,  a  teacher  was  appointed  for 
every  twenty-five  pupils,  and  when  the  number 
reached  forty  an  assistant-teacher  was  given.  Here 
are  the  qualifications  which  the  Talmud  says  a  teach- 
er should  possess:  He — the  teacher — should  be  slow- 
to  anger,  courteous  in  his  language,  free  from  con- 
ceit, loving  criticism  and  not  exalted  by  his  know- 
ledge, sedate  in  study,  widely  observant,  eager  to 
extend  knowledge  and  to  make  others  learn  ;  above 
all,  he  must  be  God-fearing  and  free  from  worldly 
ambition.  These  requirements  and  qualifications 
would  not  be  out  of  harmony  with  the  year  i<;<>7. — 
Western  School  Journal. 


A  Little  Known  Waterfall. 

To  the  Educational    Rezicw  : 

Dear  Sir, — While  reading  "Our  Waterfalls"  in 
the  November  Review,  a  wish  came  to  me  that  1 
could  give  an  adequate  description  of  the  falls  in  a 
little  brook  which  empties  into  the  Southwest  Mira- 
michi,  about  .sixteen  miles  above  Boiestown,  N.  B. 

I  was  up  this  river  on  a  fishing  trip  with  some 
friends  during  iast  summer's  vacation.  When  we 
came  to  the  mouth  of  the  brook  called  Fall  Brook, 
we  left  the  boats  on  the  shore  and  walked  up  along 
the  side  of  the  brook  about  eighty  rods  to  the  falls. 
Those  of  us  who  had  never  been  there  were  not 
expecting  to  see  much,  as  all  the  sign  of  a  brook 
that  we  could  see  at  the  mouth  was  a  little  water, 
trickling  between  some  large  rocks,  the  water  being 
down  to  the  summer  depth.  Hut  the  fall  was  mag- 
nificent; the  water  comes  over  a  perpendicular  wall 
which  we  were  told  is  ninety-five  feet  high.  At  the 
top,  a  shelf  of  rock  projects  out  about  four  feet,  and 
the  water  pours  down  over  this  shelf  in  a  thin  sheet. 
The  straight  wall  is  from  ten  to  twelve  feet  wide, 
and  the  rocks  curve  around  it  on  each  side  like  the 
walls  of  a  cave.  When  the  spring  freshets  occur, 
the  water  also  pours  over  the  curving  sides.  'We 
could  see  the  marks  where  it  had  been,  and  the  men 
who  had  seen  it  in  the  spring  told  us  of  the  volume 
of  water  that  pours  down  when  the  stream  is  full. 
The  pool  at  the  fall  was  alive  with  trout. 

Marguerite  Marie  Norrad. 

Taymouth.  X.  1',.,  Dec.  12,  1906. 


The  first  thing  to  do  in  the  study  of  English  liter- 
ature is  to  read  it  intelligently,  to  hear  the  very  voice 
of  it  speaking  to  us  directly  and  without  impedi- 
ment, to  make  its  thought  pass  through  the  minds 
of  those  who  created  it,  to  make  its  thought  our 
thought.  There  must  be  no  half  knowledge,  no 
vague  concepts.  The  words  of  it  should  not  convey 
hazy  notions.  If  we  are  to  know  the  full  force  of  it 
we  must  know  that  the  words  that  the  author  chose 
were  the  only  ones  that  he  could  have  chosen.  The 
turns  of  expression  must  be  happy  ones,  fitting  the 
thought  like  a  glove.  It  is  the  perfectness  of  form 
that  makes  it  literature  and  gives  it  a  claim  to  our 
attention. 

Without  a  historical  knowledge  of  our  language, 
such  a  full  appreciation  of  much  of  our  best  litera- 
ture is  impossible.  (  riticism  with  the  best  of  inten- 
tions cannot  make  up  by  any  .'esthetic  fervor  for 
what  it  lacks  of  such  knowledge. 


184 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Murderous  Millinery. 

Do  you  ne'er  think  what  wondrous  beings  these? 
Do  you  ne'er  think  who  made  them  and  who  taught 
The  dialect  they  speak,  where  melodies 
Alone  are  the  interpreters  of  thought? 

— Longfellow — Tales  of  a  Wayside  Inn. 

One  of  the  most  pitiful  sights  in  London  is  the 
sale  of  thousands  of  birds  of  paradise,  humming 
birds,  parrots,  owls,  terns,  kingfishers,  finches,  swal- 
lows, crown-pigeons,  tanager,  cardinals,  golden  ori- 
oles, and  other  bright  tropical  creatures,  besides 
hundreds  of  packages  of  the  long,  loose,  waving 
"osprey"  plumes  taken  from  the  backs  of  various 
species  of  small  white  herons  and  egrets.  Last  year, 
in  London  alone,  to  give  only  two  conspicuous  in- 
stances, the  feathers  of  150,000  herons  and  egrets 
were  sold,  and  over  40,000  birds  of  paradise. 

Steadily,  year  after  year,  this  appalling  waste  of 
bird-life  goes  on,  not  for  the  purpose  of  food  or 
warmth,  or  any  wise  economic  reason,  but  solely  to 
minister  to  a  "fashion"  in  millinery  that  consists  in 
the  wearing  by  women  in  their  bonnets  and  hats  of 
the  dead  and  mutilated  bodies  of  one  or  more  birds. 
The  very  existence  of  the  beautiful  bird  of  paradise 
is  endangered  so  that  a  fashionable  woman  may 
flaunt  from  toque  or  picture-hat  a  bunch  of  its 
plumes.  The  most  beautiful  and  wonderful  species 
are  rapidly  being  exterminated,  many  are  on  the 
verge  of  extinction,  whilst  others  have  entirely  dis- 
appeared. In  our  own  country  some  thirty  species 
of  British  birds  are  named  by  Mr.  W.  H.  Hudson, 
a  noted  authority,  as  either  having  been  extirpated 
or  in  a  fair  way  of  becoming  so  in  recent  years. 

The  trader,  who  waxes  fat  on  this  infamous  trade, 
and  the  feathered  woman,  vain  and  heedless,  or 
ignorant  and  thoughtless,  as  the  case  may  be,  are 
jointly  responsible  for  this  state  of  affairs.  The 
fashion  of  wearing  birds  and  their  plumage  is  in 
itself  indefensibly  cruel.  Nothing  can  excuse  the 
wanton  destruction  and  the  wearing  of  any  bird, 
not  killed  for  the  purpose  of  food,  other  than  the 
ostrich,  which  sheds  its  feathers  naturally.  Every 
lover  of  nature,  every  person  of  humane  feeling, 
every  thinking  woman,  once  she  knows  the  facts, 
must  regard  this  traffic  as  infamous.  It  is  hardly 
credib'e  that  any  woman  who  once  realizes  how  and 
when  an  "osprey"  is  procured  could  bring  herself 
to  wear  one.  It  cannot  be  too  often  repeated,  or 
too  widely  known,  that  to  secure  these  graceful 
plumes  not  only  is  there  wholesale  slaughter  of  the 
adult  birds,  but,  as  these  feathers  are  worn  by  the 
white  herons  and  egrets  during  the  breeding  season 
only,   and  by   both   sexes,  their   death   ensures   that 


of  thousands  of  young  by  the  most  horrible  of  fates 
— that  of  slow  starvation.  These  "nesting"  plumes 
then,  are  the  outward  and  visible  sign  of  man's  in- 
humanity and  woman's  criminal  ignorance  and,  alas ! 
heedless  vanity  and'  indifference  to  cruelty. 

The  late  Queen  Victoria  was  so  impressed  by  the 
knowledge  of  these  facts  when  they  were  brought 
to  her  notice  that  an  order  was  issued  for  the  sub- 
stitution of  ostrich  plumes  for  the  "ospreys"  then 
worn  in  the  head-dress  of  officers  in  certain  regi- 
ments of  the  army.  The  present  Queen  also  desires 
it  to  be  known  that  she  never  wears  osprey  feathers 
herself  and  discountenaces  their  use  whenever  pos- 
sible. Many  ladies  of  high  degree,  including  the 
Duchesses  of  Portland,  Northumberland  and  Som- 
erset, are  avowed  enemies  of  the  fashion,  and  there 
is  hope  that,  with  wider  knowledge  of  the  cruelties 
practised  in  securing  these  plumes,  the  good  taste 
of  the  vast  majority  of  women  will  become  apparent 
and  they  will  cease  to  be  parties  to  it. 

The  only  hope  of  stamping  out  this  fashion  lies 
in  the  force  of  public  opinion.  Once  let  it  be  under- 
stood that  it  is  "bad  form"  to  wear  dead  birds,  or 
portions  of  them,  and  particularly  ospreys,  on  one's 
person,  even  only  from  the  aesthetic  point  of  view, 
then  there  is  a  chance  of  this  horrible  fashion  dying 
out.  The  men  must  help  by  forwarding  wise  legis- 
lation on  the  subject  of  the  protection  of  birds,  and 
by  constant  supervision  of  the  millinery  of  their 
feminine  belongings;  but  it  is  to  the  women  them- 
selves we  must  look  for  any  real  result.  If  women 
decided  that  feathers  should  not  be  worn,  always 
excepting  the  ostrich  feather,  they  would  soon  cease 
to  be  worn.  All  honor  to  the  women  who  refuse  to 
wear  them— and  they  are  mam- — and  thus  lift  a 
little  of  the  reproach  that  sits  so  hardly  on  the  so- 
called  gentle  sex. — The  Speaker,  London. 


"Picking"  at  pupils — telling  them  to  "sit  up,"  "to 
keep  quiet,"  "to  study,"— does  little  or  no  good.  In 
a  short  time  the  disregard  for  the  oft  repeated  in- 
junction is  seen  in  increased  restlessness  and  dis- 
order. When  pupils  learn  that  the  injunction  is  only 
formal— a  sort  of  habit — they  do  not  even  hear  it, 
for  pupils  hear  only  what  has  meaning.  The 
remedy  is  in  the  teacher — in  the  recitation.  Get  the 
pupils  to  work,  and  there  will  be  little  use  for 
phrases  which  only  irritate.  Or,  stop  the  recitation, 
say  nothing,  and  stand  still  until  the  room  is  quiet. 
Stop  the  work  of  the  school  whenever  necessary 
to  give  meaning  to  your  general  regulations.  A 
teacher  who  cannot  command  and  maintain  order  is 
a  failure. — Patrick's  Pedagogical  Pebbles. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


185 


Natural  History  Stories  for  Little  Folks. 

The   Little   Fawn. 

The  fawn  was  born  in  a  quiet  valley  in  the  great 
forest,  and  where  the  bushes  grew  thickest  he  had 
his  nursery.  Here  his  mother,  the  doe,  found  for 
him  a  soft  bed  of  moss  and  dried  leaves  and  fed 
him  on  milk. 

He  was  the  prettiest  little  creature,  with  his 
brown  fur  coat  dappled  with  white,  and  his  little 
slim  legs  which  were  still  so  weak  that  he  could 
hardly  stand  on  them,  and  could  only  take  a  few 
feeble  steps  at  a  time.  Before  the  doe  left  the 
cover  to  look  for  her  food  in  the  forest  glen,  and 
to  drink  a  fresh  draught  at  the  brook,  she  pushed 
him  gently  down  upon  the  soft  moss  bed  with  her 
muzzle,  and  made  him  understand  that  he  must 
lie  there  obediently  till  she  came  back,  so  that  she 
might  be  sure  of  finding  him  again  in  the  midst  of 
the  great  forest.  After  a  few  days  his  legs  became 
a  little  stronger,  and  he  tried  some  pretty  gambols, 
but  he  was  not  nearly  strong  enough  yet  to  gallop 
with  his  mother  over  hill  and  dale,  and  to  jump  over 
bushes  and  ditches. 

Some  children  came  into  the  forest  one  day  to 
hunt  for  berries,  and  men  and  women  came  close  to 
the  cover  to  gather  wood.  When  the  doe  saw  them 
she  stamped  her  fore-leg,  and  the  fawn  instantly 
understood  that  this  was  an  order  for  him  to  lie 
down  and  hide  under  the  leaves  and  high  bracken. 
When  the  children  and  wood-gatherers  saw  the 
mother  deer  they  ran  after  her.  At  first  she  trotted 
on  slowly  a  little  way  ahead  of  them,  at  times,  even 
stopping  a  moment,  pretending  to  l>e  lame  and 
unable  to  run  fast,  and  all  the  while  the  people 
followed  her  she  was  leading  them  further  and 
further  away  from  her  little  fawn  in  the  cover.  At 
last,  when  she  thought  all  danger  of  their  finding 
him  was  over,  she  trotted  along  quicker,  so  that  the 
]K*op!e  soon  lost  sight  of  her  in  the  thicket.  Then, 
choosing  a  round-about  path,  she  returned  to  her 
little  one,  and  found  that  the  fawn,  meanwhile,  had 
been  obedient  to  his  mother's  teaching,  had  lain 
absolutely  still  in  the  same  spot,  and  his  obedience 
had  saved  him  from  discovery.  So  you  see  it  was 
best  for  the  fawn  to  obey  his  mother  without 
questioning,  and  of  course  a  child  should  do  so  too, 
for  it  should  be  at  least  as  sensible  as  a  little  fawn. 


The    Crow   as    a    Gardener. 

Jim.  the  black  crow,  has  long  been  the   favorite 
of  everybody   in  the  house,    and    as    soon    as    the 


children  are  out  of  bed  they  can  hear  him  croaking 
his  "good  morning"  to  them.  He  knows  quite  well 
that  they  will  throw  him  bits  of  bread  from  the 
breakfast  table. 

But  the  children  have  often  had  to  scold  their 
black  friend  for  carrying  off  bright  bits  of  stuff 
from  the  girls  and  glistening  trifles  from  the  boys, 
which  he  hides  away  under  the  tiles  of  the  roof  or 
in  some  dark  corner.  He  came  to  be  called  a  "ras- 
cally thief,"  and  deserved  the  title,  but,  after  all, 
this  very  love  of  prying  into  hidden  corners  and 
his  trick  of  hiding  things  are  useful  at  times. 

Near  the  house  is  the  kitchen  garden,  and  be- 
hind this  lies  the  beech-wood,  and  this  is  where 
Master  Crow  likes  to  be.  At  night  there  come 
crawling  from  the  woods  crowds  of  snails,  making 
shiny  tracks  towards  the  vegetable  beds.  As  long 
as  the  wet  dew  is  lying  the  little  gluttons  eat  one 
leaf  after  another,  but  before  the  sun  rises  and  dries 
their  tracks  they  are  hidden  away  again.  Some 
stick  to  the  under  side  of  the  large  cabbage  leaves, 
others  hide  themselves  in  the  shadow  of  the  hedge 
behind  stones  and  moss,  or  between  the  thickly 
plaited  branches.  They  have  withdrawn  into  their 
hard  shells  and  think  themselves  safe,  but  here 
comes  Master  Crow,  and  with  his  beak  he  seizes  one 
by  one.  He  carries  them  off  to  a  big  stone,  and 
against  it  he  knocks  the  hard  shells  till  the  splinters 
fly  about,  and  then  he  gobbles  up  the  juicy  snail  in- 
side. And  so,  like  a  carfeul  gardener  that  he  is,  he 
draws  out  one  thief  after  another  from  its  hiding 
place,  and  in  a  few  days  there  is  quite  a  heap  of 
broken  snail  shells  all  round  the  stone. 

Besides  snails,  the  crow  will  also  hunt  for  worms 
and  mice,  and  so,  filling  his  own  beak,  he  destroys 
many  vermin  that  spoil  the  useful  plants  of  the 
garden. 

Tea. 

The  weather  was  rainy  and  cold,  but  we  sat  by 
the  cosy  fire,  and  were  delighted  when  mother 
ordered  tea  to  warm  and  cheer  us,  and  while  we 
drank  it  she  told  us  where  it  came  from. 

Far  away  in  China,  where  gold-fish  and  golden 
pheasants  live  and  camelias  grow  in  the  hedges  like 
the  briar-rose  does  at  home,  it  is  hot,  and  the  pea- 
sants till  the  ground  by  the  sweat  of  their  brows.  In 
the  valleys  they  sow  rice  and  cotton,  but  on  the 
slopes  of  the  hills  they  plant  tea.  The  ground  is 
dug  deep  and  well  manured,  and  the  seeds  of  the  tea 
plant  are  then  sown  and  covered  with  earth.  From 
the  seeds  grow  little  shrubs,  from  which  the  plant- 


186 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


ers  break  off  the  middle  shoot,  that  the  plant  may 
not  grow  up  too  tall,  but  spread  out  into  abundant 
branches  round  the  stem. 

As  soon  as  the  tea  shrub  is  three  years  old  the 
leaves  are  picked  off,  and  this  is  done  twice,  and  in 
very  fruitful  places,  even  three  times  a-year.  The 
most  delicate  heart  leaves  from  the  points  of  the 
branches  are  sorted  from  the  rest,  and  from  these 
you  get  the  finest  and  most  delicate  tea.  The  next 
best  leaves  are  again  put  together,  and  the  lowest, 
oldest,  and  hardest  leaves  give  a  third  kind,  the 
coarsest  and  cheapest  sort. 

The  tea  leaves  are  first  dried  in  the  sun,  and  then 
heated  in  iron  cauldrons  over  a  slow  fire  and 
kneaded  with  the  hands.  They  are  rolled  and 
finally  dried,  whilst  to  some  sorts  of  tea  the  Chinese 
add  the  sweet-smelling  blossoms  of  different  flowers. 
Finally,  the  leaves  are  packed  in  stone  jars,  in  tin 
boxes,  or  in  well-sealed  cases. 

The  Chinese  use  a  great  deal  of  tea  themselves, 
for  in  China  everyone  drinks  tea,  from  the  Emperor 
himself  to  the  meanest  beggar,  but  made  without 
sugar  or  milk,  with  water  only.  What  they  do  not 
keep  for  themselves  they  sell  to  the  merchants,  who 
bring  it  to  us  in  England  and  other  countries  of  the 
world. 

The  tea  plant  also  bears  pretty  white  blossoms 
that  look  almost  like  little  white  roses,  and  turn  into 
brown,  dry,  fruit  capsules  with  dark  seeds. 

The  Chinese  value  their  tea  plant  very  highly,  for, 
although  they  can  use  neither  its  blossoms  nor  its 
fruit,  they  praise  it  because  of  its  precious  leaves. 

— Richard  Wagner. 


Spelling1  Reform. 

A  most  imposing  document  has  come  to  hand  this 
week  urging  the  newspapers  published  in  Toronto 
to  reform  their  spelling,  and  the  petition  is  signed 
by  nearly  one  hundred  professors  and  lecturers  in 
the  University,  high  and  public  schools  and  business 
colleges.  It  is  no  small  tribute  to  the  press  that  all 
these  authorities  on  education  should  make  their 
appeal  to  the  newspapers  down  town,  rather  than 
to  each  other,  for  they  write  our  text-books,  they 
control  our  institutions  of  learning,  and  if  the 
editors  and  reporters  mis-spell  the  words  they  write, 
these  are  the  men  who  misled  them,  mistaught  them, 
hammered  error  into  them  when  thev  were  voting 
and  helpless,  and  would  have  taken  to  "fonetik 
speln"  with  eagerness.  One  of  those  signing  the 
petition  that  lies  before  me  is  Mr.  lames  L.  IIu<dies, 
who  may  be  said  to  have  nearly  40,000  school 
children  in  this  city  at  his  mercy.     Little  boys  and 


girls  after  their  first  lesson  in  spelling,  return  to 
their  homes  sputtering,  contorting  their  counte- 
nances and  coughing  up  sounds  from  their  tender 
interiors  in  a  manner  that  has  alarmed  many  a 
mother.  To  see  a  child  in  the  throes  of  spelling  a 
word  looks  more  like  the  symptoms  of  a  fit  than  a 
first  step  in  learning.  The  little  one  is  taught  to 
spell  a  word  by  sound,  rather  than  by  sight,  as  for 
instance,  "cat"  is  "keh-ah-teh,"  and  these  sounds 
are  produced  by  using  a  part  of  the  throat  that  the 
child  will  ultimately  employ  only  in  swallowing  food 
or  in  gargling  when  ill.  After  a  year  the  child  is 
taken  to  one  side  and  told  that  it  was  all  a  hoax,  and 
he  learns  that  you  can  spell  cat  "c-a-t,"  as  the  house- 
maid contended  from  the  first.  It  is  rather  odd  that 
our  authorities  on  education  who  can  of  their  own 
accord,  introduce  a  system  like  this,  should  feel  com- 
pelled to  appeal  to  the  press  in  any  thing.  They 
suggest  that  silent  letters  be  dropped,  although 
silent  letters,  like  silent  persons,  are  often  more 
worthy  than  their  noisier  companions.  This  journal 
will  be  slow  to  adopt  dehorned  spelling.  Having 
learned  to  spell  correctly,  we  do  not  propose  to 
lightly  abandon  this  advantage  over  many  of  our 
contributors. — Toronto  Saturday  Night. 


An  Unfortunate  Statement. 

Dr.  Wra.  T.  Harris,  LT.  S.  Commissioner  of  Edu- 
cation, stated  in  a  signed  article  recently,  that  in  dis- 
cussing the  salary  question  in  this  country  we  should 
not  take  into  account  those  who  receive  less  than 
$500  a  year,  as  "they  are  make-shift  teachers,"  have 
not  prepared  themselves  for  teaching,  and  are  not 
studying  to  advance  themselves,  but  go  from  school 
to  school  as  opportunity  offers. 

Dr.  Harris  has  certainly  overshot  the  mark  this 
time.  There  are  thousands  of  excellent  teachers,  and 
many  of  them  well-schooled  and  trained,  who  are 
receiving  less  than  $500  a  year,  and  who  will  con- 
tinue to  receive  no  more  if  they  are  to  have  no  more 
encouragement  than  this,  and  if  the  people  they 
serve  are  to  be  told  that  their  teachers  are  only 
make-shift  teachers,  anyhow. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  are  teachers  who  receive 
$500,  yes  $1,000  a  year,  who  are  poorer  make-shifts 
than  many  of  these  noble  women  who  are  serving 
their  State  nobly  and  conscientiously  for  less  than 
$500 — yes,  less  than  $300  in  many  cases.  The  poor 
teaching  is  not  all  done  in  the  "little  red  school- 
house  on  the  hill."'  Oh,  no!  Some  of  the  deadest, 
dryest,  most  unskilled  and  unpedagogical  teaching 
to  be  found  anywhere  is  to  be  seen  in  schools  where 
the  teacher  receives  more  than  $500  a  year. — Ohio 
Teacher. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


187 


Hints  fop. Studying  a  Play. 

BY   REV.   THOMAS   MACADAM,  QUEBEC. 

I. — The  Story. 
Be  prepared  to  give : 

I. — A  sketch  of  the  author's  life  and  character. 
2. — A  concise  and  clear  narrative  of  the  events  in  the  play. 
3- — The  construction  of  the  Play— number  and  subjects  of 

Acts  and  Scenes,  object  of  prologue  and  epilogue; 

a  full  narrative  of  the  events  of  any  Act  or  Scene 

that  might  be  asked. 
4. — A  list  of  the  Dramatis  Personae   their  rc'ation  to  each 

other,  and  the  part  played  by  cath. 
5- — A  description  of  the  general  plan,  main  plot,  sub-plots, 

and  special  incidents. 
6. — The   different    kinds    of    Dramatic    literature   and    tin: 

class  to  which  the  play  belongs. 
7. — Sources,  date,  and  history  of  this  play. 
8. — Names  and  dates  of  his  other  plays. 

II. — The  Language. 

I- — Note  peculiarities  in  words,  phrases,  idioms  and  gram- 
mar. 

2. — Give  etymologies  of  words  with  an  interesting  history. 

3- — Note  any  specially  felicitous  words,  epithets  or 
phrases. 

4- — Note  and  name  all  the  chief  figures  of  speech  em- 
ployed; note  also  adages,  proverbs,  maxims  intro- 
duced. 

5- — Be  prepared  to  scan  any  line,  to  name  the  metre  and 
point  out  metrical  peculiarities  or  faults;  state  the 
kind  of  poetry  and  of  stanza  to  which  any  passage 
belongs. 

6. — Give  a  list  of  anachronisms  in  the  play  (if  there  are 
such). 

7- — Note  and  explain  all  allusions  to  events  or  persons  (<t) 
of  the  Author's  time,  i  b)  of  History,  (c)  of  My- 
thology, (d)  of  Literature:  also  allusions  to  popu- 
lar beliefs  or  traditions,  or  usages. 

8. — Quote  lines  or  passages  illustrating  each  of  tin-  point  - 
above  mentioned. 

9. — Be  prepared  to  name  the  person  who  utters  any  line. 

phrase,  or  passage  that  may  be  given. 
10. — Be  prepared  to  cap  any  line. 

it- — Be  prepared  to  supply  the  right  word  or  epithet,  when 
asked. 

12.— Be  prepared  to  note  all  the  Saxon.  Latin,  or  other 
foreign  words  in  a  passage  of.  say.  ion  lines  in 
length. 

II T. —  Dramatis   Personae. 

I. —  Individualize  each  character  by  describing  his,  or  her, 
function  (real  or  imagined),  personal  appearance, 
mental  and  moral  qualities,  views  of  life  and  men, 
contrasts  and  resemblances  with  other  characters 
of  this  or  other  plays,  social  position,  style  of 
speech  of  each,  etc.;  sustaining  every  point  by  apt 
quotation. 

2. — Show    the    historical    accuracy,    or   otherwise,    of    tin- 
portrayal   of  any   historic  characters    ( whether  the 
character   is   true   to  history,   whether   a   foreigner 
or  ancient   is  made  to    speak    and  act   like    an  Eng 
lishman  of  the  author's  day,  etc  ) 

3.— Show  originality  or  otherwise  of  the  conception  of  any 


character;    whether  true   to  nature,   and  suited  to 
the  situation. 

IV. — The -Author  and  His  Times. 
Show   with   the   aid   of   quotation-  what   the    Play   reveals, 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  regarding  the  Author 
in  respect  of: 

1. — Age  at  time  of  writing,  education,  worldly  position, 
tone  of  social  surroundings  and  formative  influ- 
ences. 

2. — His  attitude  towards  religion ;  wholesomeness  of 
moral  tone ;  his  general  view  of  life  and  men ;  his 
character  generally ;  love  of  nature,  of  truth,  of 
books;  estimation  of  women;  and  relation  to  the 
great,  to  the  oppressed  or  poor. 

3. — His  knowledge  of  human  nature. 

4. — The  kind  of  theme  that  appears  most  to  interest  him. 

5. — The  breadth  and  variety  of  his  sympathies. 

6. — The  subjects  that  show  him  at  his  max'mum,  and  at 
his  minimum  of  easy  strong  movement,  or  of 
dainty  gracefulness. 

7. — The  compass  of  bis  power,  versatility,  range  of  general 
knowledge. 

8. — The  bent  of  his  genius — to  the  sublime  (as  Milton). 
to   the   humorous,   ludicrous,   hopeful,   gloomy,  etc. 

9. — His  own  sentiments  put  into  the  mouths  of  his  char- 
acters;   power   of   imagining,   by   intellectual   sym- 
pathy, sentiments  not  his  own,  hut  suitable  to  the 
situation  of  his  characters. 
10. — Compare  his  language  and  style  with  that   of  the  time 

in  which  he  lived. 
11. — Estimate   his   influenc;  on   English   style,   and  on   the 

Drama. 
12. — Explain  the  Dramatic  Unities,  and  show  how  far  he 

conforms  to  them. 
1,3. — Observe  whether  his  prevailing  habit  of  mind  is  objec- 
tive or  subjective. 
14. — Note   passages   casting   light   on   the   manners,  usages. 
etc.,  of  the  different  classes  of  society  in  his  time. 
V*. — Quotation. 

I. — Be  able  to  quote,  when  asked,  what  any  character  says 
to  another  on  any  specified  occasion. 

2. — Quote  passages  containing  ideas  or  language  appar- 
ently borrowed  from  other  writers,  with  the 
counterpart  passages. 

3. — Quote  from  the  same  author,  or  other  writers,  passages 
illustrating  the  thought  or  situation  in  any  parts 
of  the  play. 

4, — Quote  all  the  weak  passages  and  point  out  their  de- 
fects. 

5. — Quote  the  best  passages  of  this  Play,  in  single  lines, 
couplets  and  larger  sections,  aiming  at  variety  of 
sentiment  and  literary  form,  say  100  lines  in  all. 

6. — Point  out  wherein  the  excellence  of  each  of  these  pas- 
sages lies  ( c.  £.  melody,  various  kinds  of  force, 
pathos,  humour,  sublimit)',  feeling,  brightness,  in- 
sight,  suitability  to   speaker,  etc.,  etc.  I 

7. — Quote  passages  casting  light  on  the  life  and  manners 
of  the  author's  time. 

8. — Quote  passages  illustrating  human  life,  moral  points, 
or  any  other  matter  of  interest. 

0. — Quote  all  the  expressions  in  this  Play  that  have  come 
into  every-day  use. 


188 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Children  and  Poetry. 

The  late  Horace  E.  Scudder — who  said  many 
wise  things  on  education — in  an  article  on  The  Pri- 
mer and  Literature,  remarked:  "Of  all  the  literary 
forms  at  the  service  of  the  teacher  who  wishes  to 
lead  the  child  by  natural  ways  into  the  richest  pas- 
turage, verse  must  be  given  the  precedence  in  time 
at  least." 

Its  melody,  its  swing,  its  rhymes,  its  brief  lines, 
its  form,  as  distinct  from  ordinary  speech,  all  appeal 
to  the  youngest  child  and  awaken  his  interest,  and  if 
we  look  at  the  matter  a  little  more  deeply  we  shall 
see  that  the  young  human  being  is  attracted  by  all 
these  things  just  as  man  was  attracted  in  the  child- 
hood of  the  world,  for  in  the  history  of  literature, 
poetry  invariably  precedes  prose.  To  repeat  rhymes 
to  the  baby,  rhymes  for  his  fingers,  rhymes  for  his 
toes,  rhymes  for  his  little  snub  nose,  his  red  buttoned 
up  mouth,  his  shell-like  ears,  his  wide,  wondering 
eyes,  is  natural  for  every  natural  mother,  and  never 
yet  was  baby  known  to  fail  in  delighted  response. 
Nor  ever  yet  was  seen  the  little  child  who  did  not 
feel  the  charm  of  Mother  Goose's  melodies,  the  be- 
gining  of  juvenile  literature,  lyrics  which  have  sur- 
vived because  they  were  fitted  to  survive. 

So  far  most  of  us  go  in  the  training  of  children, 
but  here,  when  a  few  more  steps  would  bring  us 
over  the  threshold  and  into  the  domain  of  real  poetry 
— here  we  frequently  stop,  and  largely  because  we 
are  ignorant  of  what  to  do  next.  Yet  the  task  is 
easy  now,  while  later  on  it  becomes  in  many  cases 
a  burden  we  can  scarcely  lift.  "Once  let  genuine 
poetry  possess  a  child,"  says  Mr.  Scudder  again, 
"and  the  hardness  of  later  life  will  not  wholly  efface 
its  power ;  but  let  the  cultivation  of  the  love  of  poe- 
try come  late  and  it  conies  hard." 

Why,  then,  says  the  practical  parent  whose  eye 
has  never  rested  on  a  line  of  verse  since  he  read  of 
the  lamentable  adventures  of  Tom,  the  Piper's  Son 
— why,  then,  insist  upon  teaching  poetry  at  all,  since 
it  seems  to  be  a  juvenile  taste,  outgrown  like  a  love 
for  hobby  horses  and  mud  pies 

Because,  in  the  first  place,  to  be  equally  practical 
and  yet  sublime,  "Poetry  is  the  real  and  true  state 
of  man ;  the  proper  and  last  ideal  of  souls,  the  free 
beauty  they  long  for,  and  the  rhythmic  flow  of  that 
universal  play  in  which  all  life  would  live."  This, 
in  general,  and  as  a  preface  to  the  detailed  reasons, 
which  are  all  simple  enough. 

First,  we  must  cultivate  a  love  of  poetrv  in  the 
chi'd   because  it   is  the   smoothest,    most    seductive 


pathway  to  literature— to  great  literature,  to  that 
in  which  is  crystallized  the  hopes,  the  fears,  the 
loves,  the  struggles,  the  conquests,  the  ideals  of  the 
race.  A  narrow  pathway,  you  say,  which  begins 
with,  "This  little  pig  went  to  market,"  and  "Pussy 
in  the  well !"  A  narrow  one,  indeed,  we  answer, 
but  how  wide  is  the  artery  that  leads  to  the  heart, 
out  of  which  are  the  issues  of  life? 

Second,  familiarity  with  poetry  is  an  invaluable 
aid  to  the  use  of  good  English,  for  it  accustoms 
the  child  to  beautiful  words,  beautifully  set.  The 
poet  necessarily  uses  artistic  language;  that  is, 
"words  chosen  for  their  clearness,  force  and  beauty, 
as  vehicles  for  the  communication  of  conceptions 
and  emotions."  The  parrot  easily  acquires  a  forcible 
vocabularly,  you  know,  if  he  lives  in  suitable  sur- 
roundings, and  even  the  canary  can  learn  to  sing 
a  tune  if  he  hears  it  often  enough.  Let  the  child 
hear  and  read  good  poetry  daily  as  a  part  of  educa- 
tion, and  you  shall  see  how  his  diction  shall  gain 
in  strength  and  beauty. 

Third,  poetry  is  of  supreme  worth  in  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  imagination,  and  the  children  of  this 
country  especially  need  food  for  this  faculty  in  the 
midst  of  all  the  practical  tendencies  of  the  times. — 
Nora  Archibald  Smith,, in  Congregationalist. 


There  are  Other  Instances. 

Little  Johnny  Sleepyhead  was  spending  his 
vacation  with  his  grandpa.  One  night  grandpa 
heard  a  thud  in  the  direction  of  Johnny's  sleeping 
room.  "What's  the  matter?"  said  the  solicitous 
grandpa.  "I  jist — jist  felled  out  of  bed,"  was  the 
reply.  "Well,  why  did  you  fall  out  of  bed,  my  little 
man?"  "Dunno,  'less  I  went  to  sleep  too  near 
where  I  got  in,"  was  the  significant  reply. 

Going  to  sleep  too  near  where  one  gets  in,  is  a 
dangerous  malady,  and  is  contagious  among  teach- 
ers. There  are  many  who  are  immune  to  it.  but 
the  onslaughts  of  the  disease  are  noticeable  among 
teachers  who  could  easily  become  immune  if  they 
would  take  the  treatment.  The  vaccine  consists  of  a 
liberal  injection  of  professional  zeal,  applied  early 
in  the  development  of  the  young  teacher.  Teachers 
of  much  experience  often  forget  that  age  alone  is 
not  a  safeguard  against  the  disease.  "Going  to  sleep 
too  near  where  one  gets  in"  in  not  so  much  of  a 
youngster's  disease  as  one  of  early  maturity — too 
early. 

Those  teachers  who  have  gone  to  sleep  too  near 
where  they  got  into  the  profession  are  pretty  hard 
to  arouse  even  by  a  thump  occasioned  by  falling  out 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


189 


of  the  band  wagon.  You  occasionally  meet  such  a 
teacher,  and  he  is  usually  rubbing  his  eyes,  some- 
times his  fists,  and  declaring  that  there  has  been  un- 
just discrimination  against  him  in  throwing  him 
overboard.  While  he  stands  and  rails  at  the  young- 
sters who  crowded  him  out  with  diplomas  in  their 
hands,  the  whole  procession  moves  on,  leaving  him 
to  entertain  himself  with  the  echoes  of  his  solitary 
complaints. 

Young  friend,  be  careful  lest  you  fall  into  the 
slumber  of  self-satisfaction  too  near  your  entrance 
into  the  teaching  profession. — The  Ohio  Teacher. 


If  You  Are  Lost. 

Find  a  mature  tree  that  stands  apart  from  its 
fellows.  Even  if  it  is  only  slightly  separated  it  will 
do.  The  bark  of  this  tree  will  be  harder,  drier,  and 
lighter  in  color  on  the  south  side.  On  the  north  it 
will  be  darker,  and  often  at  the  roots  of  it  will  have 
a  clump  of  mould  or  moss.  On  the  south  side  of 
all  evergreen  trees,  gum,  which  oozes  from  wounds 
or  knot-holes,  will  be  hard  and  amber-colored.  On 
the  north,  this  gum  is  softer,  gets  covered  with  dust, 
and  is  of  a  dirty  grey.  In  fall  or  winter,  trees  which 
show  a  rough  bark  will  have  nests  of  insects  in  the 
crevices  on  the  south. 

A  tree  which  stands  in  the  open  land  will  have 
its  larger  limbs  and  rougher  bark  on  the  south  side. 
Hardwood  trees — the  oak,  the  ash,  elms,  hickories, 
mesquits,  and  so  forth — have  moss  and  mould  on  the 
north.  Leaves  are  smaller,  tougher,  lighter  in  color 
and  with  darker  veins  on  the  south.  ( )n  the  north, 
they  are  longer,  of  darker  green,  and  with  lighter 
veins.  Spiders  build  on  the  north  side.  Any  sawn 
or  cut  stump  will  give  you  the  compass  points,  be- 
cause the  concentric  rings  are  thicker  on  the  south 
side.  The  heart  of  the  stump  is  thus  nearer  to  the 
north  side.  All  these  things  are  the  effects  of  the 
sun.  Stones  are  bare  on  the  south  side,  and  if  they 
have  moss  at  all  it  will  be  on  the  north.  At  best. 
on  the  sunny  side  only  a  thin  covering  of  harsh, 
half-dry  moss  will  be  found.  On  the  south  side  of 
a  hill  the  ground  is  more  noisy  under  foot.  On  the 
north  side,  ferns,  mosses,  and  late  flowers  grow. — 
Selected. 

[It  would  be  well  for  teachers  and  pupils  to  try 
to  verify  some  of  the  above  statements. — Ed]. 


Carleton  County  Institute. 

The  annual  session  of  the  Carleton  County  Teach- 
ers' Institute  met  at  Woodstock  on  the  20th  and  21st 
December,  President  H.  F.  Perkins,  Ph.B.,  presiding. 
Eighty-six  teachers  were  enrolled.  The  presence 
of  the  Chief  Superintendent,  Dr.  Inch,  and  of  Dr. 
C.  C.  Jones,  Chancellor  of  the  University  of  New 
Brunswick,  was  highly  appreciated  and  added  to 
the  interest  and  profit  of  the  meetings.  The  first 
session  opened  with  a  thoughtful  and  inspiring  ad- 
dress by  President  H.  F.  Perkins.  The  key-note 
of  his  address  was  "Keep  Growing."  Inspector  F. 
T>.  Meagher,  W.  B.  Belyea,  Chairman  of  the  Wood- 
stock School  Board,  Principal  C.  D.  Richards,  B.A., 
and  Principal  F.  C.  Squires,  B.A.,  followed  with 
well  chosen  remarks.  An  interesting  paper  on 
Drawing  occupied  the  remaining  time  of  the  ses- 
sion. 

The  time  of  the  second  session  was  occupied  by 
a  masterly  paper  on  Literature  by  Mr.  C.  D.  Rich- 
ards, and  a  visit  to  the  Sloyd  room  where  a  most 
interesting  lesson  to  a  class  of  seventh  grade  boys 
was  given  by  Miss  Louise  Wetmore. 

On  Friday  morning  Mr.  F.  C.  Squires  delivered 
an  excellent  address  on  Geometry,  and  Dr.  C.  C. 
Jones  another  on  Mathematical  Study  and  Teach- 
ing. Mr.  Isaac  Draper  read  an  interesting  paper 
on  Spelling,  and  Mr.  A.  E.  Rideout  opened  the 
discussion. 

On  Friday  afternoon  the  Institute  listened  to  two 
excellent  papers.  Composition  was  discussed  by  Mr. 
J  as.  O.  Stceves,  and  Geography  by  Mr.  Geo.  N. 
Belyea. 

A  cordial  invitation  from  the  trustees  at  Florence- 
ville  to  hold  the  next  meeting  of  the  Institute  in  the 
new  consolidated  school  building  was  accepted,  and 
the  time  for  the  meeting  was  set  for  the  first  week 
in  October.  The  following  officers  were  elected: 
Chas.  D.  Richards,  President ;  F.  C.  Squires,  Vice- 
President :  R.  F.  Estabrooks,  Secretary;  Miss  Hel- 
ena Mulherrin  and  Miss  Marion  R.  Thompkins, 
additional  members  of  the  Executive. 

R.  E.  Estabrooks,  Secretary. 
Woodstock,  X.  1!.,  Dec.  26,  1906. 


In  teaching,  as  in  other  things,  look  up,  and  the 
stars  guide  you ;  look  down,  and  the  gutter  beckons. 
— Thos.  E.  Sanders. 


Teacher — "Which  is  farther  away,  England  or 
the  moon  ?" 

Pupil — "England." 

Teacher — "Why?" 

Pupil — "Because  you  can't  see  England  and  you 
can  see  the  moon." 


190 


THE  EDUCATI  ONAL   REVIEW. 


Problems  in  Rhymes. 

I 

Some   frisky   little  squirrels   found 
Two  necks  of  chestnuts  on  the  ground; 
Now,   let  the   wisest  child  declare 
How  many  pints  of  nuts  were  there. 

II 

Hidden  in  the   fragrant  hay, 
Harry  found,  one  autumn  day, 
4  dozen  eggs,  and  12  eggs  more; 
In  all   these  eggs   how  many  score? 

Ill 

Minnie,  and  Jack,  and  Grace,  and   May, 
Nine  year  old  Charlie,  and  two  year  old  Ray, 
3  pounds  of  candy  the  sdx  must  share, 
And  I  must  divide  it  true  and  fair; 
What  part  of  a  pound  shall  I  give  each  one? 
Now  tell  me  quick  and  the  problem's  done. 

IV 

2X1    is    the   baby, 
2+3  is  Lou, 
6X5  is  clear  mamma, 
20+15  is  papa, 
And  3X3  is   Sue; 
What  is  the  sum  of  their  ages?     Tell 
And  we'll  declare  you've  answered  well. 

V 

For  Elsie's  birthday  mamma  made 
A  gallon  bowl   of  lemonade, 
To  every  lad  and  every  lass, 
She  gave  a  half  pint  in  a  glass 
The  number  of   the  children  name 
Who  unto  Elsie's  party  came. 

VI 

1  lere  is  a  riddle  for  you  to  guess, 

1  here  are  twenty  rosettes  on  dolly's  dress, 

In  each  rosette.  Maid  Mary  said, 

She  put  eighteen  inches  of  ribbon  red; 

How  many  inches  of  ribbon  gay 

Did  Mary  use?     Come,  who  will  say?1 

VII 

Hickory,  dickory,  dock! 

It   is  just   nine   by   the  clock. 
I  low  many  minutes  must  pass  away, 
Ere  half-past  ten  the  clock  will  say? 

V11I 

Add   59   and   34, 

Take  66  away, 
The-  number  left  divide  by  3; 

What  answer  comes,   1   pray? 

IX 

4  flags  has  Jack,  and,  on  each  one, 
7  stripes  of   red   and  0  of  white; 

J  low    many    stripes    on    those    four    flags? 
Now  tell  me  quick  if  your  are  bright. 


Multiply  45  by  2, 

Divide  the  answer  by  3, 
Take  away  6,  and  add   14; 

What  number,  then,  will  you   see? 

— Virginia  Baker,  in  Primary  Plans. 
[These   may  be  cut   out,  pasted  on  cards  and  given   to 
the  pupils.] 


"  Oh,  a  trouble's  a  ten, 

Or,  a  trouble's  an  ounce, 
And  it  isn't  the  fact 

That  you're  hurt  that  counts, 
lint  only  how  did  vou  take  it?" 


<  )nc  night  Paganini  was  going  to  the  Paris  opera 
house,  where  he  was  to  astonish  every  one  by  play- 
ing on  one  string.  Being  late,  he  took  a  cab,  and 
when  he  arrived  at  his  destination,  the  cabby  wanted 
ten  francs.  "What,"  he  exclaimed,  "you  are  crazy, 
I  have  only  had  you  five  minutes."  "I  know  it  is 
much,"  said  the  other,  "but  for  you  who  make  a 
fortune  by  playing  on  one  string  it  must  be  ten 
francs."  "Well,"  said  Paganini,  handing  him  the 
right  fare,  "when  you  can  make  your  cab  go  on  one 
wheel  come  to  me  and  I  will  give  you  ten  francs." — 
La  Caricaturista. 


Canada's  proportion  of  population  is  only  1.5  to 
the  square  mile  (England  has  558  and  the  United 
States  21  persons  to  the  square  mile)  ;  population 
by  her  first  census  of  1665  was  3,251 ;  population 
in  1763  was  70000;  population  at  Confederation, 
1867,  was  3  J/  millions;  population  in  1901  was 
5,371,315;  population,  estimated,  on  June  30,  1904, 
was  5,604,328;  began  the  twentieth  century  with 
the  same  population  as  the  United  States  began  the 
nineteenth. 


Fully  one-half  of  the  movements  of  pupils  and 
classes  should  be  indicated  by  a  motion  of  the  head 
or  the  hand.  Every  movement  that  can  be  indicated 
by  a  sign  or  a  gesture  should  be  so  directed.  Fully 
one-half  of  the  oral  commands  should  be  avoided. 
Quiet  not  only  saves  time,  but  it  induces  thought. 


Tt  was  the  first  time  Nan  had  seen  any  one  husk- 
ing corn.  "Do  you  have  to  undress  every  single 
ear?"  she  asked,  soberly. — Judge. 


Tlie  length  of  the  Siberian  Railway  is  6,677  miles. 
The  length  of  the  Cape  to  Cairo  Railway,  when 
finished,  will  be  6,500. 


THE    ED.UCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


191 


ASLEEP. 

The  sun  is  gone  down, 

And  the  moon's  in  the  sky  ; 
But  the  sun  will  come  up, 

And  the  moon  be  laid  by. 

The  flower  is  asleep. 

But  it  is  not  dead; 
When  the  morning  shines, 

It  will  lift  its  head. 

When    winter   comes, 

It  will  die, — no,  no; 
It  will  only  hide 

From  the  frost  and  the  snow. 

Sure  is  the  summer, 

Sure  is  the  sun ; 
The  night  and  the  winter 

Are  shadows  that  run. 

— George  MacDonald. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 

The  British  House  of  Commons  has  approved  of  bills 
granting  constitutional  government  to  the  Transvaal  and 
Orange  River  Colonies. 

From  the  Lake-of-the- Woods  westward,  as  far  as  the 
Red  River,  the  boundary  between  Canada  and  the  United 
States  is  marked  by  iron  posts,  similar  to  those  which 
mark  the  boundary  between  New  Brunswick  and  Maine. 
These  pillars  are  eight  feet  in  height,  and  are  eight  inches 
square  at  the  base,  tapering  to  four  inches  square  at  the 
top.  West  of  the  Red  River  valley,  the  line  is  marked  by 
mounds  of  earth  or  stone,  or  by  wooden  posts,  until  it 
reaches  the  mountain  region,  where  in  some  parts  shafts 
of  granite  are  used. 

Wallace,  the  explorer  of  Labrador,  believes  that  this  little 
known  part  of  our  territory  contains  great  mineral  wealth. 

English  weavers  look  to  West  Africa  as  the  source  of 
their  future  supply  of  cotton.  A  railway  is  proposed  to 
assist  in  the  development  of  the  country;  and  it  is  pre- 
dicted that  before  many  years  there  will  be  a  political  union 
of  Sierra  Leone,  the  Gold  Coast,  and  Northern  and  South- 
ern Nigeria,  which  will  bring  into  existence  a  great  West 
African  dominion. 

A  new  alloy,  a  compound  of  silver,  nickel,  bismuth  and 
gold,  can  be  used  by  electricians  as  a  substitute  for 
platinum,  at  about  one-thirteenth  of  the  cost. 

The  United  States  House  of  Representatives  lias  ordered 
that  the  government  printing  office  shall  "adhere  to  the 
standard  of  orthography  prescribed  in  the  generally  accept- 
ed dictionaries  of  the  English  language,"  instead  of  follow- 
ing the  "simplified  spelling"  advocated  by  President  Roose- 
velt. 

Great  Britain,  France  and  Italy  have  signed  an  agree- 
ment for  the  maintenance  of  the  integrity  of  Abyssinia. 

Sir  Hiram  Maxim  is  reported  to  have  said  that  we  shall 
not  have  balloons  in  the  future;  we  shall  have  Hying 
machines.     The  flying  machine,  he  thinks,  will  In-  a  sport- 


ing affair  at  first,  just  as  the  automobile  was;  but  he  looks, 
for  startling  developments  within  the  ensuing  year,  and 
the  balloon  will  soon  be  a  thing  of  the  past.  We  can 
hardly  estimate  at  present  all  that  this  means  in  the  prac- 
tical affairs  of  nations.  It  is  sufficiently  startling  to  know- 
that  any  of  the  wild  imaginings  of  what  might  happen  if 
men  could  fly  are  coming  true. 

German  experiments  seem  to  show  that  deep  sea  fishes- 
may  be  gradually  accustomed  to  living  in  fresh  water,  and 
will  remain  active  and  healthy  in  their  new  surroundings. 

The  Japanese  prepare  from  soy  beans  an  agreeable  sub- 
stitute  for  milk. 

1  he  extensive  use  of  seaweed  in  Japan  gives  employment 
to  whole  villages.  More  than  fifty  varieties  are  utilized' 
either  for  food  or  as  raw  material  for  manufactured  pro- 
ducts. The  Japanese  government  encourages  the  industry- 
and  has  offered  a  reward  for  the  best  method  of  produc- 
ing iodine  from  sea  plants. 

A  repair  ship,  called  the  "  Cyclops,"  is  among  the  latest 
additions  to  the  British  navy.  She  will  be  fitted  up  with 
foundries  and  workshops,  and  will  carry  three  hundred' 
men,  mostly  workmen,  and  be  ready  for  service  sometime- 
during  the  present  year. 

Cheap  postage  on  British  periodicals  is  promised  us. 
Unfortunately  we  now  get  United  States  publications 
postage  free,  and  have  to  pay  postage  on  those  that  come 
from  the  United  Kingdom ;  but  the  present  arrangement 
with  the  United  States  is  to  be  discontinued,  which,  with 
the  promised  reduction,  will  give  us  no  longer  a  postal  pre- 
ference in  favor  of  foreign   literature. 

A  chair  of  protozoology  has  been  established  in  the 
University  of  London.  This  new  branch  of  science  treats 
of  the  minute  organisms  known  as  protozoa,  many  of 
which  are  now  known  to  exist  as  parasites  in  the  bodies 
of  higher  animals,  and  some  of  which  are  recognized  as 
tiie  causes  of  infectious  diseases,  such  as  malaria  in  man, 
and  the  Texas  fever  in  cattle,  formerly  supposed  to  be  of 
v-getable   origin. 

Flying-fish  fly.  An  English  naturalist  has  determined 
that  they  do  not  merely  jump  from  the  water,  guiding 
their  flight  through  the  air  by  their  extended  wing-like 
tins;  but  that  there  is  a  rapid  vibratory  motion  of  the 
wings  while  in  flight,  sustaining  them  longer  in  the  air 
than  if  impelled  only  by  the  movements  of  the  tail  and 
tins  in  leaving  the  water. 

The  separation  of  church  and  state  in  France  has  taken 
place  without  any  serious  disorders.  There  has  been  on 
both  sides  an  effort  to  avoid  violence,  and  the  result  has 
shown  that  in  the  French  Republic  a  great  revolution  can 
he  effected  quietly. 

The  provisions  of  the  Algeciras  conference  giving  to 
France  and  Spain  police  powers  in  Morocco  seems  to  have 
come  in  force  not  before  it  wa-  needed.  The  Sultan's 
authority  has  been  openly  defied  in  Tangier,  where  the 
French  and   Spanish   fleets  are  assembled  to  enforce  it. 

The  Mexican  government  has  taken  over  the  principal 
railways  of  that  country,  fearing  that  the  great  railway 
corporations  of  the  United  States  might  otherwise  get 
possession  of  them. 

The  new  Canadian  tariff  provides  for  a  general  schedule 
of   rales    and    for   a    British   preference   as   before,   and    for 


192 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


an  intermediate  tariff,  to  be  conceded  to  non-British  coun- 
tries which  make  trade  concessions  to  Canada.  The  latter 
is  at  present  ineffective,  as  there  is  as  yet  no  foreign 
country  in  a  position  to  claim  its  advantages. 

The  President  of  the  United  States  has  issued  a  procla- 
mation, calling  upon  his  people  to  contribute  to  the  relief 
of  famine  sufferers  in  China,  where  crops  have  been  des- 
troyed by  floods  and  millions  of  people  are  on  the  verge 
■ot  starvation.  The  past  year  has  been  a  year  of  great  dis- 
asters, including  the  earthquakes  in  San  Francisco  and 
Peru,  the  eruption  of  Vesuvius  and  the  typhoon  at  Hong 
Kong;  but  the  present  distress  in  China,  in  which  whole 
provinces  are  involved,  is  so  widespread  and  so  terrible 
that  its  cause  must  be  considered  the  greatest  disaster  of 
all.  In  Canada,  the  year  has  been  one  of  great  prosperity 
and  progress,  and  we  have  been  able  to  send  large  con- 
tributions to  the  help  of  the  needy  in  other  lands. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Mr.  H.  H.  Biggar  has  been  appointed  principal  of  the 
graded  school  at  Sussex  Corner,  N.  B. 

Air.  John  G.  McKinnon,  who  has  had  charge  of  the  Black 
River  school  during  the  past  term,  has  been  appointed 
principal  of  the  Douglas  Avenue  school,  St.  John. 

Miss  Frances  Prichard,  who  lias  had  charge  of  t'le 
manual  training  department  in  the  consolidated  school  ai 
Florenceville.  X.  B.,  has  accepted  a  similar  position  in  the 
Owen  Sound,  Ontario,  school. 

Canadian  school  children  are  to  raise  a  monument  to  the 
memory  of  Alexander  Muir,  author  of  ''  The  Maple 
Leaf  Forever." 

The  pupils  in  the  Woodstock,  X.  B.  grammar  school 
.gave  Principal  C.  D.  Richards  a  magnificent  china  tea  set 
on  the  eve  of  his  marriage  with  Miss  Grace  Bolton,  until 
recently  matron  of  the  hospital  there. 

Dr.  G.  R.  Parkin,  of  Loudon,  the  Rhodes  scholarship 
commissioner,  will  visit  the  principal  educational  centres 
in  Canada  early  in  the  new  year. 

Mr.  H.  H.  Stuart,  principal  of  the  Harcourt,  N.  B., 
superior  school,  has  resigned  his  position  to  become  editor 
i  if  the  Newcastle  Advocate. 

Chancellor  Jones  has  recommended  the  establishment  of 
a  law  department  in  connection  with  the  University  of 
Xew  Brunswick. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 

Messrs.  A.  &  \V.  MacKinlay,  of  Halifax,  have  published 
a  second  edition  in  a  neat  book  form  of  the  sketch  of 
Hon.  Joseph  Howe,  written  in  1875  by  the  Rev.  G.  M. 
Grant.  The  publishers  very  properly  think  that  the  mem  ry 
of  this  distinguished  Nova  Scotian  should  be  kept  alive 
among  his  fellow-countrymen,  and  to  that  end  have  brought 
out  this  re-print,  which  is  in  a  convenient  form  for  preser- 
vation. The  ready  sympathy  of  the  Rev.  D  -.  Grant  in 
dealing  with  his  subject  is  apparent  on  every  pa?e  of  the 
memoir,  which  should  find  its  way  into  every  home  and 
school  in  the  province.  Added  to  the  sketch  is  Howe's 
Essay  on  the  Organization  of  the  I  'mpire,  and  a  chrono- 
logical list  compiled  by  Mr.  Joseph  A.  Chisholm,  barrister, 
Halifax,  of  his  writings  and  speeches,  the  who'e   forming 


a  handsomely  bound  volume  of  no  pages;  price  one  dollar 
in  cloth  binding.     (See  advertisement  on  another  p,age). 

Much  credit  for  compiling  and  bringing  out  this  sketch 
is  due  to  Mr.  J.  W.  Logan,  classical  master  of  the  Halifax 
Academy,  and  the  profits  from  the  sale  are  to  be  devoted 
to  replenishing  the  academy  library,  a  very  worthy  object 
The   Psychological   Principles  of  Education  :   A   Study 
in  the  Science  of  Education,  by  Herman  Harrell  Home, 
Ph.  D.,  Dartmouth  College.     Cloth.     Pages  435.     Price 
$1.75.     Xew  York:  The  Macmillan  Company.   Toronto: 
The  Macmillan  Company  of  Canada,  Limited. 
This  volume  is  the  attempt  of  a  teacher  to  lay  the  scien- 
tific foundation  of  the  art  of  teaching,  so  far  as  these  are 
concerned  with  psychology.     Principles  of  pure  psychology 
are  transformed  into  educational  principles  for  the  teacher, 
who  may   not  have  the   skill   or  knowledge   to   do  so   for 
himself.     In  the  first  pant  the  aim  is  to  get  bearings  in  the 
field   of  the  science  of  education.     The   remainder  of  the 
book    sketches    such    a    science    from    the    standpoint    of 
psychology,  treating  education  as  viewed  from  the  physical, 
intellectual,     emotional,    moral    and    spiritual   standpoints, 
The  book  is  divided  into  five  parts,  and  at  the  end  of  each 
there   are   numerous    references   to   educational    authorities 
on    each   of   the   above   divisions.     The   book    is   a    timely 
contribution  to  education  as  a  science,  and  is  worthy  of  a 
thoughtful  consideration  by  teachers. 

From  the  same  publishers,  there  is  the  first  Book  in 
Latin,  by  Inglis  and  Prettyman  (price  60c),  which  provides 
as  a  first  year  Latin  course  a  sufficiently  adequate  prepara- 
tion, the  authors  think,  for  the  reading  of  Caesar ;  The 
Kipling  Reader  (50  cents),  with  selections  from  the  prose 
and  poetry  of  Kipling,  embracing  such  stories  as  Wee 
Willie  Winkie.  Mowgli's  Brothers,  The  Lost  Legion,  and 
others;  Emerson's  Representative  Men  (25  cents),  in  the 
Pocket  Series  of  English  and  American  Classics,  which 
includes  besides  the  Representative  Men  an  epitome  of 
Emerson's  writings  in  general. 

Messrs.  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Company,  of  Xew  York,  make 
a  Xew  Year's  contribution  to  education  in  the  orm  of  a 
half  dozen  books  of  a  convenient  form  for  use  in  the 
schoolroom.  These  are  :  Mary  King'a.'ood's  School,  a  real 
story  of  the  experience  of  a  primary  teacher,  Miss  Corinne 
Johnson,  who  becomes  the  observer  of  her  own  school, 
idealizing  it  from  the  standpoint  of  sympathy;  Hints  and 
Helps  from  many  schoolrooms,  being  the  plans  :.nd  devices 
of  many  teachers  who  have  used  them ;  Little  Ta!ks  on 
School  Management,  a  suggestive  and  helpful  look  on  the 
various  problems  of  school  work;  Composition  in  the 
Elementary  School  has  many  good  ideas  in  making  com- 
position interesting  to  the  earlier  grades ;  Simple  Experi- 
ments in  Physics,  in  two  volumes,  the  first  dealing  with 
mechanics,  heat,  fluids,  and  the  second  with  sound,  light, 
magnetism,  electricity. 

Messrs.  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston,  have  published 
Victor  Hugo's  Quatrc-z  ingt-trcizc.  with  introduction,  notes 
and  vocabulary.  While  omitting  many  details,  the  sub- 
stance of  this  thrilling  novel  is  retained,  and  in  the  words 
of  the  author,  who  was  over  seventy  years  of  age  when  he 
wrote  the  book  but  with  powers  of  delineation  and  descrip- 
tion unimpaired.  It  will  prove  attractive  and  useful  to 
students  of  French.  From  the  same  publishers  there  is 
Sudermann's    Teja.   a   one-act    drama,   the   hero   of   which 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


193 


AUTHORIZED    CAPITAL.    $150,000.00. 

E.  N.  MOVER   COMPANY,  LIMITED, 

CANADA'S    SCHOOL    FURNISHERS, 
26  GRANVILLE  ST.,  HALIFAX,  N.  S. 

"The  old  and  reliable  School  Supply  House  of  E,  N.  Moyer 
Company,  Limited,  is  now,  after  two  successful  business  years 
in  the  Provinces,  permanently  established  in  the  city  of  Halifax, 
N.  S.,  and  become  a  part  of  its  commercial  enterprise. 
1i  The  E.  N.  Moyer  Company,  Limited,  occupy  the  unique  and 
proud  position  of  being  the  first  and  only  exclusively  School 
Supply   House  in  the    Maritime   Provinces. 

IThis  Company  is  fortunate  in  its  choice  of  location  on  the 
leading  thoroughfare  of  that  famous  city  by  the  sea. 
'Already  they  count  their  customers  by  the  hundreds,  and,  with 
ever-increasing  facilities  for  manufacturing  the  supplies  used  in 
the  educational  institutions  of  the  Provinces,  the  volume  of 
their  business  must  naturally  increase  very  rapidly  and  the 
company  become  an  important  factor  in  the  development  of 
the  educational   interests  of  the   Provinces. 


z 


^ 


194 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


*]  a  m  i  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan. 

nCW     JVIQpSJ  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent. 


Write  for  Special  Prices. 


|  WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 


Briaiey  Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  for  Special 
Catalogue. 


Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dustless  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 
Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards. 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st,  we.t,  Toronto,  ont. 


School  of  Science  for  Atlantic  Provinces  of  Canada. 

21ST    SESSION,    JULY     2ND     TO  19TH,     1907. 

HT     RIVERSIDE,  NEW     BRUNSWICK- 

Courses  in   Physical  and   Biological  Sciences,    English,    Drawing,   Cardboard-  Work 

and   Photography. 
Excursions  to  Many  Points  of  Interest.  Tuition  for  all  Courses  only  $2.50 


For  Calendar  containing  full  information,  apply  to 


J.  D.  SEAMAN,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 


(Teja)  is  a  King  of  the  Goths  in  their  decline.  It  is  a 
delineation  of  the  workings  of  a  noble  nature  under  diffi- 
culties, supported  by  the  sympathy  of  a  wife,  who  has  an 
intelligent  appreciation  of  his  ambition  and  the  unhappy 
situation  in  which  he  is  placed.  With  introduction,  notes 
and  vocabulary. 

Gdnn  and  Company,  Boston,  publish  Good  Health,  (mail- 
ing price  45  cents),  by  Frances  Gulick  Jewett,  designed 
for  children  of  ten  or  twelve  years  of  age,  and  treating 
almost  exclusively  of  hygiene  rather  than  of  anatomy  or 
physiology.  It  presents  facts  rather  than  dogmatic  con- 
clusions. Among  the  subjects  presented  are  pure  air, 
ventilation,  cleanliness,  the  care  of  eyes,  ears,  finger  nails, 
hair,  teeth,  skin  and  lungs,  the  importance  of  exercises, 
bathing,  etc.  Its  treatment  of  alcohol  is  vivid  but  not 
pathological.  The  author  deals  with  the  results  of  its 
use  upon  the  individual  as  a  whole  rather  than  with  its 
disease  effects  upon  the  stomach,  liver,  etc. 

Munchausen's  Rcisen  and  Abcnteucr  (price  30  cents)> 
published  by  D.  C.  Heath  and  Company,  Boston,  a  few 
selected  stories  from  the  famous  Baron  Munchausen's 
journeys  and  adventures,  edited  with  introduction,  notes, 
vocabulary  and  exercises  for  composition;  very  suitable  for 
younger  German  readers. 

From  Blackie  and  Son,  London,  we  have  Charles 
Dicken's  The  Cricket  on  tlic  Hearth,  (price  6d.)  ;  Scenes 
from  "Cranford",  (6d.).  arranged  from  Mrs.  Gaskell's 
novel  for  acting  by  girls;  and  Blackie' s  South  African 
Handbook  of  English,  (price  gd.),  a  scries  of  practical 
exercises  in  English  composition,  with  poetry  for  reading 
and  recitations;  designed  for  grade  six. 


RECENT   MAGAZINES. 

The  Christmas  number  of  the  Canadian  Magazine  is 
beautifully  illustrated,  and  the  reading  matter  interesting 
and  appropriate  to  the  season.  The  Canadian  is  improving 
with  each  number  and  is  keeping  pace  with  the  rapid 
growth  of  the  Dominion. 

Horace  G.  Hutchinson,  whose  success  as  a  writer  of  his- 
torical novels  was  assured  by  his  stirring  story,  A  Friend 
of  Nelson,  now  turns  his  clever  pen  to  fiction  of  a  different 
type.  His  new  story,  Amelia  and  the  Doctor,  is  a  charming 
succession  of  pictures  of  village  life  and  character,  remind- 
ing one  at  times  of  that  exquisite  classic,  Cranford.  It  is 
now  appearing  in  The  Living  Age  in  serial  form,  and 
began  in  the  number  for  December  8. 

The  Christmas  number  of  the  Atlantic  Monthly  is 
distinguished  by  the  excellence  and  variety  of  the  good 
reading  which  it  presents  from  a  host  of  able  contributors. 
A  fitting  tribute  to  that  eminent  teacher  and  scientist,  the 
late  Dean  Shaler,  is  found  in  the  essay — The  Measure  of 
Greatness 

The  serial  story,  The  Chauffeur  and  the  Chaperon,  now 
running  in  the  Delineator,  combines  very  well  the  features 
of  interest  of  that  remarkable  country.  Holland,  and  the 
developments  of  a  good  story.  The  Value  of  Rest  is  a 
helpful  article,  advising  how  to  obtain  healthful  repose  of 
mind  and  body. 


I  am  much  pleased  with  with  your  paper.     I  do 
not  think  I  ever  spent  one  dollar  more  wisely. 


Rosevalc,  N.  B. 


L.  Ax  Nil-:  Steeves. 


educational  "Review  Supplement,   ]februan>,    1907. 


THE     SNOWBALL  "-GUILTY     OR     NOT     GUILTY? 

Published  in  Pears'  Annual,  jqoo.  One  oj  the  three  plates  given  away  with  the  /two  Annual.  Pram  a  Painting  by  H.  Figaro". 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


PCBLISHKD    MONTHLT. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  FEBRUARY,   1907. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


a.  u.  HAY, 

Editor  for  New   Brunswick. 


A..   HcKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  St  Leituter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

hhiiTCD  bt  Bah.nes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS  : 


Editorial  Notes 

Better  Salaries, 

A  New  Drawing  Coarse,  

Ulimpsee  into  Schoolrooms  —  II,  

February  and  It-.  Noted  Days, 

Geography  Match 

About  Numbers, 

Questions  on  any  Pine  in  your  Locality 

Geometrical  Drawing  —  III,       

ComeniUK,  1'e-italor.zi  and  Froebel 

The  Music  of  Poetry 

Lines  in  Season     

Natural  History  'or  Little  Folks,  

Query  for  Kkvifw  Subscribers,  

Rhymes  for  Little  Folks 

Aunt  Mary's  Four  Ouesta 

Talks  with  Our  Readers,  ....        

Current  Kvents 

School  and  College,         ....         

Recent  Hooks,      

NKW   AOVFKTI8EMKNT8— 

Academy  DeKrisay,  p  198;  E.  N.  Moyer  Co.,  Ltd.,  p.  217 
burg's  Drawing  Books,  p.  223 


20.1 
20.1 

aoj 
20, 

'< 
20? 

20f 

20 

20? 

Si 
Si 

21* 
215 
216 
217 
218 
219 
219 
220 
220 


;  Aug* 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  hrst  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  o(  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  OLD 
address  should  be  given. 

II  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "235"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to    Dec.  31,  1006. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  Review  regrets,  owing  to  a  cause  not  fore- 
seen in  time  to  remedy,  that  no  picture  is  sent  out 
with  this  month's  number.  The  March  Review 
will  contain  the  usual  attractive  picture  supplement. 


The  seventh  annual  meeting  of  the  Canadian 
Association  for  the  Prevention  of  Consumption  and 
other  forms  of  Tuberculosis  will  be  held  in  ( )ttawa 
the  13th  and  14th  of  March  next.  A  public  meeting 
of  the  members  of  the  association  and  of  the  citizens 
generally,  at  which  His  Excellency  will  preside,  will 
be  held  at  the  Assembly  Hall  of  the  normal  school, 
Ottawa,  Wednesday  evening,  March  13th,  at  which 
Dr.  Sheard,  the  chairman  of  the  Ontario  Provincial 
Board  of  Health,  will  deliver  a  lecture  upon  "  Home 
Treatment  of  Consumption." 


A  daily  paper  is  in  error  when  it  refers,  in  bold 
headlines,  to  Supt.  Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay,  of  Nova 
Scotia  as  a  recent  convert  to  simplified  spelling. 
Supt.  MacKay  has  been  an  advocate  of  reformed 
spelling  for  a  quarter  of  a  century  past.  It  is  but 
just  to  say,  however,  that  in  practice  Dr.  MacKay 
is  still  in  the  ranks  of  conservative  spellers. 


The  Dominion  Educational  Association  will  meet 
in  Toronto,  July  9-12  of  this  year.  The  programme 
is  now  being  arranged,  and  the  readers  of  the 
Review  will  be  kept  posted  on  the  details  of  the 
meeting  in  future  numbers.  Special  railway  rates 
will  be  secured.  The  meeting  promises  to  be  one 
of  great  interest.  Principal  W.  A.  Mclntyre,  of 
Winnipeg,  is  the  president,  and  Dr.  D.  J.  Goggin, 
Toronto,  the  secretary. 


Some  months  ago  the  Review  received  a  large 
number  of  subscribers,  each  one  of  whom  was  to 
pay  his  or  her  subscription  directly  to  the  office  at  a 
certain  specified  time.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  note  that 
the  agreement  was  faithfully  kept  in  nearly  every 
case.  This  is  mentioned  simply  as  a  matter  of 
recognition  on  the  part  of  the  Review  toward  these 
teachers,  not  as  a  measure  of  justice  to  them.  The 
word  of  a  teacher  should  be  as  good  as  a  bond. 


The  January  number  of  Acadicusis,  beginning 
Volume  VII,  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  numbers 
yet  published  of  that  magazine  so  ably  conducted 
by  Mr.  D.  Russell  Jack.  It  is  full  of  valuable  his- 
torical articles,  prominent  among  which  is  the 
History  of  Pokemouche,  one  of  a  series  of  North 
Shore  (N.  P..)  Settlements,  by  Professor  W.  F. 
Ganong.  The  spirit  of  the  author  is  admirably 
shown  in  these  words,  to  which  we  would  invite  the 
attention  of  all  desirous  of  rescuing  fragments  of 
our  local  history  from  oblivion  :  "  It  is  my  aim  to 
collect  the  essential  facts  while  yet  there  is  time,  and 
to  preserve  them  thus  for  the  future  generations  of 
Xew  Brunswick  men  and  women  who  will  care  for 
these  things." 


202 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Review  is  indebted  to  Mr.  G.  F.  Chipnian, 
formerly  a  teacher  of  Canning,  N.  S.,  now  on  the 
staff  of  the  Winnipeg  Free  Press,  for  extracts  con- 
taining late  educational  news  of  the  Prairie  pro- 
vinces. There  seems  to  be  a  strong  demand  there 
among  school  boards  and  inspectors  for  compulsory 
attendance.  Nor  do  they  stop  there.  If  there  is  to 
be  compulsory  attendance  of  schools,  there  must  be 
schools  worth  the  attending,  and  ample  provision 
for  all  the  children.  Many  advocates  of  compulsory 
education  forget  this  corollary. 


Better  Salaries. 


From  all  parts  of  Canada  comes  a  strong  protest 
against  the  injustice  of  the  present  meagre  salaries 
of  teachers.  The  Fr.ee  Press  of  Winnipeg,  one  of 
the  most  influential  papers  in  Canada,  has  recently 
devoted  considerable  space  to  the  subject  and  has 
strongly  emphasized  the  pressing  need  of  more  re- 
munerative pay.  At  the  close  of  the  Normal  school 
recently  in  that  city,  Principal  W.  A.  Mclntyre,  after 
showing  the  insufficient  salaries  of  teachers  com- 
pared with  other  wage  earners,  said  : 

"  I  am  not  complaining  that  the  salaries  of  beginners 
are  not  high  enough.  They  are  often  too  high.  Some 
teachers  are  worth  $500  a  year  less  than  nothing.  The 
pity  is  that  we  should  be  forced  to  supply  them.  But  the 
complaint  is  ithait  higher  qualification  and  length  of  service 
are  ignored. 

"The  only  remedy  possible  is,  (1)  That  the  municipal 
and  legislative  grants  shall  be  graded,  so  that  service  and 
experience  shall  be  recognized ;  (2)  That  the  local  school 
board  shall  give  way  to  the  municipal  school  board." 

Principal  Mclntyre  brought  forward  several  in- 
stances to  show  that  the  novice  in  teaching  is  almost 
as  well  remunerated  as  the  teacher  of  experience. 
It  is  much  the  same  in  the  east. 

While  a  novice  may  occasionally  be  worth  more 
than  the  one  who  has  had  a  long  experience,  it  must 
be  that  service  and  experience,  with  some  teaching 
ability  to  start  with,  are  the  only  true  standards  to 
gauge  advancement.  And  to  make  teaching  a  pro- 
fession that  shall  attract  and  retain  the  best  talent 
it  is  necessary  to  recognize  that  the  central  fact  in 
the  school  system  is  the  teacher,  and  that  remunera- 
tion should  advance  in  proportion  as  the  teacher 
advances. 

A  superintendent  of  schools  draws  attention  to 
the  fact  that  $600  ten  years  ago  had  the  purchasing 
power  that  $750  has  to-day.  But  in  spite  of  twenty- 
five  per  cent  increase  in  the  cost  of  living,  teachers' 
salaries  have  not  increased.  A  teacher  com-l-' 
recently  in  the  St.  John  Daily  Telegraph  that  few 


women  teachers  in  that  city  get  more  than  $300  a 
year,  a  sum  that  is  no  way  adequate  to  secure  a 
respectable  living.  There  are  many — perhaps  more 
than  half — of  the  teachers  in  the  Maritime  Provinces 
who  do  not  get  that  much.  Is  this  justice?  Gov- 
ernments, school  boards  and  parents  should  think 
of  it,  and  exert  themselves  to  remedy  a  matter  that 
will  soon  grow  to  be  intolerable.  Comfortable  liv- 
ing salaries  should  be  the  measure  of  appreciation 
that  people  render  to  good  teachers  for  their  ser- 
vices. It  is  admitted  that  teachers  do  not  work  for 
salary  alone;  but  it  is  a  mean  thing  for  people  to 
impose  on  them  because  they  teach  from  a  sense  of 
duty. 


A  New  Drawing  Course. 

The  announcement,  contained  in  recent  numbers 
of  the  Review,  that  the  Board  of  Education  had  pre- 
scribed a  New  Brunswick  edition  of  Augsburg's 
Drawing  Course,  must  have  been  hailed  with  satis- 
faction by  the  teachers  of  the  province.  The  absence 
hitherto  of  a  graded  and  suitable  course  in  drawing 
has  been  one  of  the  greatest  wants  in  the  schools  of 
New  Brunswick.  Thanks  to  the  efforts  of  the 
Board  of  Education  and  Mr.  H.  H.  Hagerman,  of 
the  Normal  school,  who  has  revised  Augsburg's 
graded  practice  books  and  made  them  suitable  to 
our  needs,  the  teachers  and  pupils  have  a  system  of 
drawing  which,  with  some  enthusiasm  and  endeavor, 
should  produce  excellent  results. 

Augsburg's  Drawing  System  is  embraced  in  three  books, 
and  is  designed  for  use  in  graded  and  ungraded  schools. 
Each  subject  is  treated  topically  and  is  arranged  so  as  to 
give  the  widest  latitude  and  the  greatest  flexibility  in 
teaching. 

Book  I  is  a  teacher's  hand  book,  showing  simple  and 
effective  methods  of  teaching  drawing,  including  color 
work,  in  the  first,  second  and  third  grades.  An  additional 
book  on  drawing  with  colored  crayons  is  published  with 
the  set. 

Book  II  is  a  regular  text-book,  containing  the  essentials 
of  free  hand  drawing.  It  may  be  placed  in  the  hands  of 
the  pupils  of  the  fourth,  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth 
grades,  and  used  the  same  as  a  text-book  in  arithmetic  or 
other  subjects.  It  may  also  be  used  in  connection  with  a 
system  of  copy  or  blank  books  or  drawing  pads. 

Book  III  contains  short,  yet  complete,  courses  in  brush 
drawing,  wash  drawing,  water  color  drawing,  pen  drawing, 
the  drawing  of  the  human  head  and  figure,  decorative 
design  and  constructive  drawing. 

The  practice  books  are  designed  for  pupils  of  the 
earlier  grades,  but  until  some  facility  in  drawing 
is  acquired  they  may  be  used  as  far  as  grade  eight. 
A  set  of  cards,  to  aid  in  the  teaching  of  action 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


203 


drawing  in  the  primary  grades,  form  a  valuable  ad- 
dition to  the  course. 

The  books  are  published  by  the  Educational 
Publishing  Company  of  Boston,  and  are  for  sale  by 
C.  W.  Hall,  Fredericton,  to  whom  orders  should  be 
sent. 


Color  in  February. 

Some  day  after  a  snow  storm  we  want  you  to  try 
to  see  color  in  the  landscape.  Do  you  think  an  artist 
would  paint  a  snow  scene  perfectly  white?  What 
colors  do  you  see  in  the  shadow  of  the  tree  trunks  ? 
Look  at  the  tracks  you  made  across  the  yard  or 
field;  can  you  see  any  color  in  them?  Do  not  be 
discouraged  if  you  fail  in  the  first  attempt.  Look 
often  and  at  different  times  in  the  day. 

Perhaps  in  your  school  work,  you  have  painted 
trees  trying  to  represent  the  fresh  green  of  spring. 
the  rich  color  of  summer,  or  the  bright  tints  of 
autumn.  Did  you  ever  think  to  look  for  color  in  the 
bare  trunks  and  branches  of  the  trees  in  winter  ?  See 
that  mass  of  trees  at  a  distance:  another  nearer  by. 
Look  in  the  morning,  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  and 
just  at  sunset.  Look  on  a  bright  day  and  on  a 
"gray  day."  What  colors  do  you  see?  Are  they 
always  the  same?  Watch  the  changes  in  the  color 
of  the  twigs  as  spring  comes  on.— Abbic  E. 
Comstock. 


About  Plans. 

The  following,  taken  from  an  exchange,  shows 
that  there  is  nothing  like  a  good  brisk  walk  in  the 
open  air  to  form  and  perfect  plans  for  the  school- 
room :  ' 

"  She's  an  earnest  soul  with  a  determined  face. 
She  is  on  her  way  to.  school  where  a  room  full  of 
eager  faces  are  in  waiting.  Over  an  unprotected 
rough  country  road  she  is  walking,  with  her  head 
full  of  thoughts  on  a  perplexing  problem.  Mary  is 
a  firm  believer  in  a  plan  before  she  attempts  to  work. 
This  walk  of  a  mile  has  cleansed  her  lungs.  The 
peach  bloom  is  in  her  cheek  and  there's  a  sparkle 
and  lustre  in  her  eyes  which  show  s'.-.e  is  h  i  >]  y  n 
the  thought  that  she's  going  to  help  somebody.  In 
spite  of  thirty  daily  recitations,  in  spite  of  the  poor 
equipments,  in  spite  of  the  lack  of  co-operation  of 
trustees  and  patrons,  Mary  resolves  that  on  this  very 
day  the  plan  must  be  tried." 


Gross    ignorance    is    144    times    as    bad    as  just 
ordinary  ignorance. 


Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms  —  II. 

By  the  Editor. 
It  was  a  country  school, — not  in  a  poor  district, 
nor  by  any  means  a  wealthy  one.  The  children 
were  plainly  but  neatly  dressed.  This  caused  me 
to  look  at  the  teacher.  Attired  in  a  plain  grey  dress, 
a  neat  white  collar  w.ith  a  touch  of  red  about  her 
throat,  her  hair  attractively  arranged, — suggested 
that  the  girls  had  found  in  her  a  pattern  of  neatness. 
Her  quiet  orderly  movements  also  suggested  the 
cause  of  the  good  order  which  prevailed  in  the 
schoolroom. 

As  I  approached  the  building  a  few  minutes  be- 
fore, I  noticed  some  boys  and  girls  hurrying  to- 
wards the  entrance,  talking  and  laughing  as  they 
went.  They  bade  me  a  quiet,  pleasant  "Good  morn- 
ing," as  they  passed.  There  was  no  loitering  at  the 
door.  They  entered  quietly  as  if  impressed  with 
the  notion  that  serious  work  was  before  them,  and 
that  they  intended  to  be  partners  in  it.  The  teacher 
had  been  writing  at  the  board  when  I  entered,  and 
stepped  forward  to  welcome  me  as  an  old  friend, 
assigned  me  a  seat,  and  continued  her  work.  The 
scholars  did  not  stare  at  me;  they  looked,  indeed, 
in  my  direction ;  a  few  to  whom  I  was  known  gave 
me  a  pleasant  smile  and  a  nod  of  recognition  which 
made  me  feel  quite  at  home.  They  seemed  to  be  all 
busy  at  something,  and  cast  frequent  looks  at  what 
the  teacher  was  writing  on  the  board. 

A  touch  of  the  bell  and  instantly  all  filed  to  their 
scats,  quietly,  and  with  no  show  of  doing  anything 
in  a  way  different  from  their  usual  custom.  The' 
teacher  introduced  me  to  the  school,  but  did  not  ask 
me  to  make  an  address.  Instead — a  much  better 
custom — we  talked  easily  a  few  moments  on  off- 
hand topics  such  as  the  bright  morning,  the  school 
and  attendance.  In  this  brief  conversation  the 
scholars  joined,  not  obtrusively,  but  in  response  to 
some  remark  or  question  of  the  teacher.  In  short, 
they  conducted  themelves  as  well-behaved  people 
do  on  such  occasions;  and  they  seemed  like  one 
happy  family. 

One  of  the  familiar  Psalms  was  read;  another — 
the  twenty-third — was  recited  in  unison ;  the  teacher 
in  a  few  short  simple  words  asked  for  a  blessing 
on  the  day's  work ;  and  the  school  sang  two  stanzas 
of  "My  Own  Canadian  Home." 

"This  is  our  morning  for  Canadian  history,"  said 
the  teacher,  turning  to  me.  "  We  always  have  a 
little  song,  appropriate  if  possible,  before  we  take 
up  each  lesson." 

An  excellent  plan,  I  thought. 


204 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


"But  do  you  always  begin  the  day  with  Canadian 
History?" 

"Not  always.  In  fact  we  change  the  order  of 
our  lessons  nearly  every  week.  Sometimes  we  take 
arithmetic  first;  sometimes  a  language  lesson;  and 
sometimes  a  nature-lesson,  which  the  scholars  always 
enjoy,  as  it  gives  them  the  opportunity  to  recall 
what  they  have  seen  in  their  walk  to  school,  while 
it  is  yet  fresh  in  their  minds.  Then  this  changing 
about  relieves  the  work  of  monotony,  and  the  scho- 
lars seem  to  enjoy  the  lessons  better." 

"History  is  very  often  a  tedious  subject  for  child- 
ren," I  ventured  to  suggest,  but  careful  to  speak 
loud  enough  so  that  the  scholars  should  hear.  A 
smile  of  incredulity  passed  over  some  faces ;  in  others 
the  eyes  actually  twinkled  with  ill-concealed  merri- 
ment. 

"It  is  not  so  here,  I  am  happy  to  say.  We  find 
history  one  of  our  most  interesting  subjects,"  said 
the  teacher  quietly ;  and  approving  nods  came  from 
every  quarter  of  the  room. 

Turning  to  the  blackboard  in  the  rear  of  the  plat- 
form she  said,  "Here  we  have  an  outline  map  of 
Eastern  Canada  which  I  draw  afresh  for  every 
lesson.  It  only  takes  a  few  moments ;  and  you  see 
we  have  none  too  much  blackboard  space.  Then 
we  have  here  certain  dates,  1492,  1497,  1534,  1579, 
1604,  suggesting  names  of  explorers  in  Canada. 
These  dates  and  the  outline  map  suggest  the  basis 
of  the  early  exploration  of  Eastern  Canada.  As 
we  study  each  explorer  we  draw  lines  on  the  map 
with  colored  crayon,  following  his  line  of  travel, 
using  different  colors  for  different  explorers.  In 
order  to  fix  the  travels  of  explorers  in  their  minds 
after  we  have  gone  over  them  in  class,  I  give  one 
explorer  to  each  child  and  have  him  look  up  all  the 
facts  possible,  from  pictures,  books,  and  conversation 
at  home,  about  his  dress,  looks,  birthplace,  the  style 
of  vessel,  crew,  etc.  Then  I  call  upon  him  in  class 
and  he  tells  the  story  as  though  he  himself  were  the 
explorer.  If  he  can  dress  himself,  or  at  least  wear 
some  token  to  make  his  personation  the  more  real, 
so  much  the  more  vivid  is  his  narrative. 

"You  would  hardly  believe,"  said  the  teacher,  her 
animated  face  turned  to  me,  "how  interested  the 
boys  and  girls  are  in  these  exercises.  A  few  days 
ago  as  they  were  starting  off  on  a  snow-shoe  tramp 
after  school,  one  of  them  said,  'Come,  let  us  be  Col- 
umbuses,  Cartiers,  and  Champlains  today,  and  go  to 
places  where  we  have  never  been  before.' 

"Sometimes  when  we  have  a  few  minutes  to  spare 


at  the  close  of  a  lesson,  one  scholar  volunteers  to 
represent  Cartier  or  some  other  explorer,  and  he  is 
ready  to  answer  questions  about  the  Indians,  or 
other  experiences  he  has  met  in  coasting  along  the 
eastern  shore  of  New  Brunswick  or  up  the  St.  Law- 
rence river. 

"Some  days,  to  vary  the  lesson,  we  take  the  his- 
tory as  a  reading  book,  and  a  few  paragraphs  are 
read  in  turn  followed  by  questions  and  explanations. 
The  pupils  very  often  volunteer  information  that 
they  have  gained  from  other  books  or  from  conver- 
sations at  home;  and  the  lesson  is  conducted  in  a 
free  and  easy  manner. 

"We  are  always  on  the  lookout  for  pictures  of 
persons  and  scenes  in  Canada,  which  may  be  cut 
from  illustrated  papers,  calendars,  tourists'  guides, 
magazines,  etc.  These  we  mount  on  cardboard  or 
manila  paper  and  distribute  to  the  members  of  the 
class.  If  a  pupil  finds  out  a  good  deal  about  a  pic- 
ture or  writes  a  very  good  story  on  it,  he  is  allowed 
to  keep  the  picture  as  his  own  on  condition  that  he 
is  to  bring  it  to  the  class  on  any  day  it  may  be  re- 
quired for  general  use. 

"We  have  a  good  way,  I  think,  of  allowing  a 
member  of  the  class  to  put  a  question  on  the  board 
each  day,  of  his  or  her  own  devising,  indicating 
where  or  in  what  book  the  answer  may  be  found. 
Each  pupil  is  expected  to  look  up  the  answers.  One 
question  the  other  day  caused  considerable  search- 
ing and  trouble  before  it  was  answered  :  'Who  sailed 
to  Newfoundland  in  the  ship  called  the  Golden 
Hind?' 

"Oh,  there  is  no  end  to  the  interest  which  can 
be  aroused  in  a  history  lesson,"  said  this  enthusias- 
tic teacher.  "The  scholars  are  not  required  to  mem- 
orize anything;  but  they  remember  everything." 
And  the  proof  was  in  the  lesson  that  followed. 

"May  I  come  in  again,  Miss ?" 

"  Oh,  yes,  we  shall  always  be  glad  to  see  you." 


The  day  before  St.  Valentine's,  draw  on  the  black- 
board, or  get  some  one  to  do  it  for  you  after  school 
hours,  a  large  valentine ;  heart-shaped  is  the  pret- 
tiest. Decorate  it  in  colors  according  to  your  taste, 
and  write  on  it,  in  ornamental  lettering,  "  To  my 
school,  from  its  teacher."  Then  watch  the  faces  of 
the  children  as  they  file  into  the  schoolroom  the  next 
morning.  I  know  how  they  will  look,  for  I  tried 
the  effect  of  a  blackboard  valentine  upon  my  pupils. 
— Hints  and  Helps  for  the  Schoolroom. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


205 


February  and  Its  Noted  Days. 

Eleanor  Robinson. 
The  name  of  February  is  derived  from  the  Latin 
verb  februare,  to  purify ;  or  from  Februa,  the  Ro- 
man festival  of  purification,  which  was  celebrated 
during  this  month.  The  old  sayings  and  proverbs 
concerning  February  and  its  weather  commemorate 
it  as  a  moist  month,  and  also  betray  the  superstition 
that  a  fine  February  augurs  ill  for  the  weather  to 
come.    For  example : 

"  All  the  months  in  the  year 
Curse  a  fair  Februeer." 

"  If  Candlemass  Day  be  cold  and  clear, 
The  worst  of  the  winter  is  yet  to  appear." 

A  German  proverb  says  that  the  shepherd  would 
rather  see  a  wolf  enter  his  stable  on  Candlemas  day 
than  the  sun.  Another  German  saying  is  that  the 
badger  looks  out  of  his  hole  on  Candlemas  day,  but 
if  he  sees  the  sun  he  goes  back. 

"  February,  till  the  dyke 
Either  with  the  black  or  white." 

— is  an  English  saying,  and  the  poet  Spenser  writes : 

"  Then  came  old  February,  sitting 
In  an  old  wagon,  for  he  could  not  ride, 
Drawn  by  two  fishes,  for  the  season  fitting, 
Which  through  the  flood  before  did  softly  slide, 
And  swam  away." 

The  second  of  February,  commonly  called  Can- 
dlemas day,  is  a  church  festival,  commemorating 
the  events  recorded  in  the  second  chapter  of  St. 
Luke's  gospel,  the  presentation  of  Christ  in  the 
temple,  and  the  purification  of  the  Virgin.  The  pop- 
ular name  keeps  in  memory  a  very  ancient  custom, 
that  of  walking  in  procession  with  candles,  and  sing- 
ing hymns.  A  description  of  this  ceremony  is  given 
by  a  writer  of  the  twelfth  century,  as  follows : 

"  We  go  in  procession,  two  by  two,  carrying  candles  in 
our  hands,  which  are  lighted,  not  at  a  common  fire,  but 
at  a  fire  first  blessed  in  the  church  by  a  bishop.  They  that 
go  out  first,  return  last;  and  in  the  way  we  sing,  'Great 
is  the  glory  of  the  Lord.'  We  go  two  by  two  in  commen- 
dation of  charity  and  a  social  life ;  for  so  our  Saviour  f.ent 
out  His  disciples.  We  carry  lights  in  our  hands;  first,  to 
signify  that  our  light  should  shine  before  men;  secondly, 
this  we  do  this  day  especially  in  memory  of  the  Wise 
Virgins  that  went  to  meet  their  Lord  with  their  lamps  lit 
and  burning.  And  from  this  usage  and  the  many  lights 
set  up  in  the  church  this  day  it  is  called  Candelaria,  or 
Candlemas.  Because  our  works  should  all  be  done  in  the 
holy  fire  of  charity,  therefore  the  candles  are  lit  with  holy 
lire.  That  they  go  out  first  return  last,  to  teach  humility, 
in  honour  preferring  one  another.  Because  God  lovcth  a 
cheerful  giver,  therefore  we  sing  in  the  way." 


In  1539,  King  Henry  VIII  proclaimed: 
"  On  Candlemas  Day  it  shall  be  declared  that  the  bear- 
ing of  candles  is  done  in  memory  of  Christ,  the  spiritual 
light,  whom  Simeon  did  prophesy,  as  it  is  read  in  church 
that  day." 

In  the  time  of  Charles  I,  when  candles  were 
brought  in  at  nightfall,  people  would  say,  "God  send 
us  the  Light  of  Heaven.' 

In  Scotland,  Candlemas  day  is  one  of  the  four 
quarter  days.  It  was  an  old  custom  in  that  country 
for  children  attending  school  to  make  small  offerings 
of  money  to  their  school  masters  on  that  day.  The 
boy  and  girl  making  the  largest  gifts  were  chosen 
king  and  queen  of  the  day ;  a  holiday  was  given,  a 
procession,  led  by  the  king  and  queen,  and  a  bon- 
fire lighted,  called  the  "Candlemas  blaze." 

The  snowdrop,  which  appears  in  England  about 
•his  time,  is  called  the  "purification  flower,"  and  also 
the  "Fair  Maid  of  February."  Tennyson's  St. 
Agnes  prays : 

"  Make  thou  my  spirit  pure  and  clear, 
As  are  the  frosty  skies, 
Or  this  first  snowdrop  of  the  year 
That  in  my  bosom  lies." 

The  teachers  of  the  early  church  had  a  wise  plan 
of  substituting  Christian  festivals  for  heathen  ones, 
and.  where  it  was  possible,  even  allowing  the  newly 
made  converts  to  follow  the  old  customs  by  giving 
them  a  Christian  meaning.  It  is  generally  thought 
that  the  observance  of  Candlemas  day  is  an  instance 
of  this.  February  was  the  Roman  month  of  purifi- 
cation, and  an  especial  feast  was  the  Lupercalia, 
held  on  February  fifteenth  (see  Julius  Caesar,  Act  I, 
Sc.  I,  line  72),  and  one  of  the  rites  of  this  festival 
was  the  lighting  of  candles  in  reference  to  those  used 
by  the  goddess  Ceres  when  she  was  seeking  her 
daughter  Proserpina.  The  ceremonies  also  included 
a  drawing  of  lots  by  the  young  men  and  women, 
and  this  is  supposed  to  be  the  origin  of  the  old 
custom  of  drawing  lots  for  A'alentines  on  the  four- 
teenth of  the  month.  Pepys  tells  us  in  his  Diary 
how  this  fashion  was  followed  in  England.  Each 
gentleman  was  expected  to  give  treats  and  presents 
to  the  lady  whose  name  he  drew  and  whose  Val- 
entine he  was.  On  February  22ud,  1661,  Mr.  Pepys 
writes : 

"  Sir  W.  Batten  yesterday  sent  my  wife  half  a  dozen 
pairs  of  gloves,  and  a  pair  of  silk  stockings  and  garters, 
for  her  Valentines." 

And   on   St.   Valentine's  day,    1667,   we  find  the 
following  entry  : 
"  This  morning  comes  little  Will  Mercer  to  be  my  wife's 


206 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Valentine;  and  brought  her  name  writ  upon  blue  paper 
in  gold  letters,  done  by  himself,  very  pretty;  and  we  are 
both  well  pleased  with  it.  But  I  am  also  this  year  my 
wife's  Valentine,  and  it  will  cost  me  five  pounds." 

The  sending  of  verses  to  the  person  chosen,  or 
assigned  by  lot,  as  a  "Valentine,"  is  also  a  very  old 
custom.  This  pairing  off  of  couples  is  sometimes 
said  to  be  in  imitation  of  the  birds,  who  were  thought 
to  choose  their  mates  on  St.  Valentine's  day.  In 
"The  Parlement  of  Foules,"  Chaucer  says  : 

"  For  this  was  on  Seynt  Valentyne's  day,  when  every 
foul  (fowl)  cometh  ther  to  choose  his  make  (mate)."   . 

And  the  Same  poet  has  many  other  references  to 
this  saint.  Michael  Drayton  (i  563-1 631)  wrote 
some  charming  verses  to  his  Valentine,  beginning 
as  follows : 

"  Muses  bid  the  morn  awake. 
Sad  winter  now  declines, 
Each  bird  doth  choose  a  make, 
This  day's  Saint  Valentine's. 
For  that  good  Bishop's  sake 
Get  up  and  let  us  see 
What  beauty  it  shall  be 
That  Fortune  us  assigns." 

On  the  occasion  of  the  marriage  of  the  Princess 
Elizabeth,  daughter  of  James  I,  and  ancestress  of 
our  present  royal  family,  on  St.  Valentine's  clay, 
1613,  the  poet  Donne  wrote  a  marriage  hymn  be- 
ginning : 

"  Hail,  Bishop  Valentine,  whose  day  this  is, 
All  the  air  is  thy  diocese, 
And  all  the  chirping  choristers 
And  other  birds  are  thy  parishioners." 

No  connection  has  ever  been  traced  between  the 
Roman  bishop  and  martyr,  St.  Valentine,  and  the 
popular  ceremonies  with  which  his  day  is  observed. 


The  great  function  of  the  public  schools  is  to  estab- 
lish character.  One  of  the  essential  elements  of 
character  is  a  sympathetic  attitude  towards  the 
rights,  privileges,  and  feelings  of  others.  When  a 
child  has  learned  to  sympathize  with  the  feelings  of 
animals,  he  has  made  a  long  step  towards  the  recog- 
nition of  the  rights  of  his  fellow-beings  and  has 
made  a  substantial  gain  in  his  education.  Any  effort 
looking  towards  an  increased  appreciation  of  the 
birds  and  animals  around  us  is  a  legitimate  part  of 
public 'school  work. — Supt.  Stratton  D.  Brooks. 


Geography   Match. 

A  pleasant  and  profitable  game  which  often  helps 
out  in  a  Friday  afternoon  'programme  or  in  a  regular 
geography  class,  is  this.  Have  the  class  choose  two 
captains,  as  in  a  spelling  match.  The  captains  then 
take  turns  in  choosing  their  companions.  When  all 
are  ready,  the  teacher  writes  as  many  names  of 
rivers,  lakes,  mountains,  cities,  etc.,  as  she  thinks 
best  on  the  blackboard,  these  names  suggesting  the 
lessons  studied  during  the  week. 

The  captain  of  one  side  begins  with  the  first  word 
on  the  board,  and  tells  one  fact  about  it.  If  the  word 
is  the  name  of  a  river,  he  may  tell  its  source,  what 
direction  it  flows,  into  what  body  of  water,  or  some 
interesting  thing  about  it.  The  captain  on  the  other 
side  takes  the  second  name  and  does  the  same  with 
it.  The  next  in  order  takes  the  third,  and  so  on, 
until  all  the  words  have  been  gone  over.  When  one 
fact  has  been  told  about  each,  the  list  is  gone  over 
again,  and  a  different  fact  is  told  the  second  time. 
The  object  is  to  be  able  to  tell  as  many  different 
things  about  the  various  places,  rivers,  etc.,  as  possi- 
ble, without  repeating  any  fact.  If  this  should 
occur;  that  is,  if  any  one  should  happen  to  mention 
a  point  that  has  already  been  spoken  of,  he  must 
take  his  seat.  Thus  the  game  goes  on  until  all  have 
been  compelled  to  resign  their  places,  or  all  has  been 
told  that  can  be.  In  order  to  be  good  geography 
matchers,  it  is  necessary  that  the  pupils  study  their 
every  day  lessons  thoroughly  ;  and  this  they  are  very 
likely  to  do  for  the  sake  of  the  Friday  afternoon 
geography  match. 

In  place  of  having  pupils  take  seats  on  making  a 
mistake,  which  deprives  them  of  any  further  benefit 
they  may  receive  from  the  exercise,  a  mark  may  be 
placed  after  their  name  showing  that  they  have 
failed. 


The  Review  has  been  exceeding1}-  helpful  to  me 
in  my  work.  The  picture  supplements  meant  much 
to  my  school.  After  careful  study  they  were  passe- 
partouted  and  hung  on  the  walls. 

Hamilton,  N.  Y.  Miss  A.  W.  Warren. 


A  pleasant  variation  of  the  regular  reading  lesson 
is  this.  Ask  each  pupil  to  pick  out  a  story  in  his 
reader  that  he  likes  particularly  well.  Each  one  has 
a  different  story,  this  is  in  order  to  break  the  monot- 
ony. Have  the  children  prepare  their  stories  care- 
fully, that  they  will  be  able  to  tell  them  well.  The 
pupils  in  studying  should  jot  down  on  a  small  piece 
of  paper  the  subject  of  each  paragraph,  to  be  used 
if  necessary.  While  pupils  are  telling  their  stories, 
the  teacher  should  take  a  seat  with  the  rest  of  the 
audience  and  leave  the  pupil  to  depend  entirely  upon 
himself.  The  children  are  all  anxious  to  tell  a  good 
story,  and  so  do  their  best  to  express  themselves 
clearly  and  well. — Ex. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


•207 


About  Numbers. 

Our  readers  may  be  interested  in  the  extract 
below,  taken  from  Victoria,  B.  C,  Colonist. 
Verifying  some  of  the  results  may  form  an  exercise 
in  arithmetic  as  a  relaxation  from  severer  problems : 

For  a  first  illustration,  let  us  add  up  any  column  of 
figures,  say : 

476 
536 
892 

1904 

Now  add  I,  9,  o  and  4  together  and  you  get  14,  and  adding 
the  I  and  4  together  and  you  get  5.  Now  add  the  figures 
in  the  lines  in  the  column  crosswise,  thus.  4,  7  and  6,  equal 
17,  and  so  on  with  the  others.  You  get  as  the  result  17, 
14  and  19;  and  if  you  add  these  three  sums  together  you 
will  get  50,  and  5  plus  o  is  5,  which  is  the  same  as  you  got 
by  adding  the  digits  in  the  first  total.  There  is  doubtless 
some  reason  why  this  is  always  the  case,  no  matter  what 
figures  are  used  or  how  many  enter  into  the  calculation. 
But  what  is  it? 

For  a  second  illustration  take  the  following :  Take  any 
number,  the  digits  of  which  added  make  19.  Thus  289. 
the  digits  which  added  make  19,  and  1  and  9  make 
10.  Now  subtract  289  from  1,000  and  you  have  71  r, 
and  add  these  digits  together  and  they  make  9.  And  you 
will  get  9  as  your  answer  no  matter  what  number  you 
start  with,  provided  its  digits  add  up  to  10,  and  the 
amount  from  which  you  subtract  it  is  cither  100  or  some 
multiple  thereof  by  10,  that  is  to  say  i.ooo,  or  10.000,  and 
so  on.  There  must  be  some  reason  why  this  is  so,  but  it 
is  not  very  apparent. 

Take  another  series  of  figures,  the  digits  of  which,  when 
added,  will  make  6,  say  87.  Thus  8  and  7  make  15,  and 
I  and  5  make  6.  Now  divide  87  by  6  and  you  have  three 
for  a  remainder.  Turn  the  digits  around  and  you  have 
78,  which  divided  by  6  leaves  no  remainder.  Thus  we 
reach  the  rule  that  any  number,  whose  digits-  when  added 
as  above  give  6  as  the  result,  is  divisible  by  6  without  a 
remainder  if  the  last  digit  is  an  even  number,  and  with  a 
remainder  of  3  if  the  last  digit  is  an  odd  number.  This 
rule,  as  well  as  that  immediately  preceding  it,  is  of  some 
use  in  making  mental  calculations. 

Take  a  number  divisible  by  3,  without  a  remainder,  say 
8754.  This  number  is  divisible  by  3  without  a  remainder 
no  matter  in  what  order  you  place  the  digits.  Thus  7845, 
4785,  and  any  other  combination  of  these  figures  is  divisible 
by  3  without  a  remainder.  Now  take  8754,  and  instead 
of  8  write  any  numbers  which,  when  added,  are  equal  to 
8,  and  so  with  the  other  digits.  Thus  for  8  put  down  521, 
f°r  7.  52,  for  5,  14,  and  for  4,  31.  Placing  these  in  a  row, 
you  will  have  521521431,  which  is  divisible  by  3  without  a 
remainder  just  as  the  original  number  8754  is.  The  varia- 
tions of  this  exercise  arc  very  many,  and  it  seems  as  though 
the  rule  deductible  from  them  may  lie  of  value. 

Perhaps  you  know  that  any  number  made  up  of  three 
repetitions  of  the  same  number  or  series  of  numbers  is 
divisible  by  3  without  a  remainder.  Thus  777,  or  555,  or 
262626,  or  131313  are  all  divisible  by  3  without  a  remainder. 


This,  if  not  generally  known,  ought  to  be,  for  it  is  a  little 
bit  of  very  useful  knowledge.  In  fact  the  last  three  rules 
come  in  quite  handily  in  making  hurried  calculations. 

A  good  deal  of  amusement  can  be  extracted  from  all 
the  above  arithmetical  curiosities,  if  one  only  takes  the 
trouble  to  study  out  the  results  that  can  be  obtained  by 
becoming  familiar  with  them.  They  enable  seemingly  im- 
possible results  to  be  obtained  from  the  statement  of  some 
single  number.  Working  out  some  of  the  calculations 
ppssible  by  their  use  is  very  excellent  mental  exercise. 
There  are  very  many  other  curious  things  about  numbers, 
and  the  more  one  investigates  them,  the  more  evident  it 
seems  that  there  is  an  undiscovered  side  to  the  science  of 
arithmetic. 


Questions  on  Any  Pine  in  Your  Locality. 

What  is  the  general  shape  of  the  tree,  and  where 
does  it  grow  ? 

What  is  the  shape  of  the  cone  ? 

What  is  the  character  of  its  bark  ? 

How  long  are  the  needles,  and  how  do  they  com- 
pare in  length  and  thickness  with  any  other  species 
of  pine  in  your  locality  ? 

How  many  needles  grow  together  in  a  bundle  ? 

Is  this  bundle  enclosed  in  a  little  sheath  at  the 
base?  (In  the  white  pine  the  sheath  drops  off  very 
soon.) 

Are  these  bundles  grouped  in  distinct  tassels,  if 
so,  how  many  constitute  a  tassel  ? 

What  shade  of  green  is  the  general  color  of  the 
foliage  ? 

Cut  a  pine  needle  in  two  and  look  at  the  end  with 
a  lens,  and  note  its  shape.  The  white  pine  differs 
decidedly  from  the  others  in  this  particular. 

How  can  you  tell  this  year's  from  last  year's  and 
from  next  year's  cones  ? 

How  old  is  the  cone  when  it  opens  and  scatters  its 
seeds  ? 

How  many  seeds  are  there  under  a  single  cone 
scale  ? 

How  many  kinds  of  flowers  does  the  pine  tree 
have  and  where  are  they  borne? 

How  is  the  pollen  carried? 

What  is  the  most  important  commercially  of  our 
pine  trees? 

What  is  the  pine  wood  used  for  ? 

What  is  resin?  (  )f  what  use  is  it  to  the  tree?  To 
the  cone? 

What  is  the  difference  between  resin  and  rosin? 
— Home  Nature  Study  Course. 


It  is  not  enough  to  have  earned  our  livelihood 
•  *  *  t]lc  earning  itself  should  have  been  service- 
able to  mankind. — R.  I..  Stevenson. 


208 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


CEOMURiCn  ORAWINC,     CR,  Vlt. 


Fi<».  2. 


E^B 


Fi«.S, 


r.o  -4- 


T.«   5, 


Via    6 


A^= 


A    ^L 


r.-QL  8. 


./A., 


f;«.  io . 


r.8.  m. 


"A 


^G 


A7A 


F  io.'IS  . 


r.a  '4. 


f;3.  (5. 


Fig    16. 


fi&'l 


Fi'ft.  i  6 


F'cr   30 


Fi«   21. 


r,s  22 


F.«.  2S 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


209 


Geometrical   Drawing  —  III. . 

Principal  F.  G.  Matthews,  Truro,  N.  S. 
The  following  exercises  have  been  prepared  for 
grade  VII.  They  will  be  found  to  be  easily  graded, 
repeatedly  bringing  in  principles  already  learned. 
Space  has  forbidden  the  drawing  of  more  scales,  but 
these  should  be  continued  and  increasing  in  diffi- 
culty. In  the  early  attempts  with  the  problems  in 
triangles  and  quadrilaterals,  it  is  a  good  plan  to  use 
inches  with  decimals  to  one  place.  For  this  purpose, 
if  the  ruler  does  not  shew  tenths  of  an  inch, 
the  children  can  easily  make  a  paper  scale,  dividing 
the  inch  into  ten  parts  as  in  the  problems  6  and  7 
for  grade  VI.  The  protractor  should  also  be  con- 
stantly used  in  the  construction  of  angles,  as  these 
are  now  required  of  all  sizes. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  exercises  have  not  been 
placed  after  every  problem.  These  have  been 
omitted  to  save  space,  and  because  they  are  so  easy 
to  formulate. 

Teachers  requiring  more  exercises  can  find  num- 
erous examples  in  one  of  the  books  prescribed  tor 
Nova  Scotia,  viz.  "Mechanical  Drawing,'"  by  S.  A. 
Morton.     (  T.  C.  Allen  &  Co.,  Halifax.  1 

The  remainder  of  the  regular  polygons  have  been 
included  in  the  work  for  this  grade,  because  they 
are  favorites  with  children,  and  yet  require  such 
accuracy  that  they  induce  careful  work. 

Fig.  t.  To  construct  an  isosceles  triangle,  the 
base  and  sides  given.  Let  AH  be  the  base  and  C 
the  length  of  sides.  From  A  and  I!  as  centres,  and 
radius  equal  to  C,  describe  arcs  cutting  at  I).  Join 
AD  and  I'd). 

For  an  exercise  this  may  l>e  given  to  scale,  thus, 
base  1.3  inches  and  sides  2.6  inches;  and  the  child- 
ren then  required  to  determine  the  angles  with  pro- 
tractors. 

Fig.  2.  The  same  as  Fig.  1.  the  sides  and  base 
angles  given.  Let  S  be  the  length  of  sides  and  (  ) 
the  base  angles.  Draw  am  base  line  Alt.  At  A 
make  the  angle  HAD  equal  to  the  angle  <  >.  Cut  off 
AD  equal  to  S.  With  I)  as  centre  and  DA  as 
radius,  draw  arc  AF.     Join  DE. 

For  exercise  ^ive  the  sides  in  inches  <  >r  centi- 
metres and  the  angle  in  degrees. 

Fig.  3.  The  same  <is  Tig  1.  the  base  and  vertical 
angle  given.  Let  A  I',  be  the  base  and  DCF  the 
vertical  angle.  With  C  as  centre  and  any  conven- 
ient radius,  draw  arc  DF.  Join  DE.  At  A  and  I! 
make  the  angles  RAF  and  ARF  equal  to  the  angle 
CDF..     Produce  the  sides  till  they  meet  at  F. 

Ftg.  4.      To    construct    a    triangle,    having    given 


the  three  sides.  Let  All,  C  and  D  be  the  three  sides. 
With  A  as  centre  and  radius  equal  to  C,  draw  arc 
at  E.  With  P>  as  centre  and  radius  equal  to  D,  draw 
another  arc  cutting  the  first.    Join  AE  and  HE. 

This  and  the  following  exercises  in  triangles  and 
quadrilaterals  may  be  given  to  various  scales. 
Example: — A  man  has  a  triangular  shaped  piece  of 
land.  The  boundaries  are  respectively  215,  180  and 
135  yards.  Draw  a  plan  of  the  plot  to  a  scale  of 
100  yards  to  the  inch. 

Fig.  5.  The  same  as  Fig  4.  two  sides  and  one 
angle  given.  Let  All  and  C  be  the  sides  and  D  the 
given  angle.  At  A  make  the  angle  RAF  equal  to 
D.     Cut  off  AF.  equal  to  C.    Join  l-:i!. 

Fig.  6.  The  same  as  Fig.  4,  the  base  and  two 
base  angles  given.  Let  All  be  the  base,  and  C  and 
D  the  given  angles.  At  A  construct  angle  I'.AF 
equal  to  C.  and  at  1!  make  angle  ARE  equal  to  1), 
producing  the  sides  to  meet  at  E. 

1'IG.  7.  The  same  as  Fig.  4.  the  perpendicular 
height  and  two  sides  given.  Let  AB  be  the  perpen- 
dicular height,  and  C  and  I)  the  sides.  Through  I'. 
draw  EF  at  right  angles  to  All.  From  A  as  centre. 
with  radius  equal  to  C  draw  arc  cutting  base  at  F. 
and  with  radius  equal  to  I)  another  arc  cutting  at 
F.    Join  AF  and  AF. 

I' Hi.  X.  The  same  as  Fig.  4,  similar  to  a  given 
triangle.  Let  ARC  be  the  given  triangle.  On  a 
base  of  any  suitable  length  copy  the  two  base  angles 
just  as  in  Fig.  0. 

Fig.  9.  To  construct  a  quadrilateral,  four  sides 
and  one  angle  given.  Let  AH,  C.  D  and  F  be  the 
given  sides  and  F  the  given  angle.  At  R  copy  the 
angle  F.  Cut  off  1!(  i  equal  to  C.  From  (i  as  centre 
and  radius  equal  to  I),  draw  arc  at  II.  From  A  as 
centre  and  radius  equal  to  E,  draw  another  arc  cut- 
tin-  at   II.     Join  AH,  H(i. 

Fig.  10.  The  same  as  Fig.  9,  three  sides  and  two 
included  angles  given.  At  A  and  I!  copy  the  re- 
quired angles  cutting  off  the  sides  equal  to  those 
given.     Join  HG. 

Fig.  11.  To  construct  a  rhombus,  having  given 
the  diagonals.  Let  A  and  I!  be  the  diagonals.  Draw 
CD  equal  to  A.  I'.isect  it  at  F,  and  draw  FG,  mak- 
ing l-'F  and  EG  each  equal  to  a  half  of  I'..  Join  CF. 
I'D,  l)G  and  GC. 

Fig.  '2.  To  make  a  trapezium  or  any  rectilineal 
figure  equal  to  a  given  one.  I'.y  drawing  diagonals 
cut  the  figure  into  triangles,  and  copy  each  triangle 
as  in  Fig  4. 

Fig.  13.  To  find  the  centre  of  a  given  circle. 
Draw  anv  two  chords  All.   !',('   1  these  chords  must 


210 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


not  be  parallel  to  one  another).  Bisect  each  chord 
and  produce  the  bisecting  lines  till  they  meet  in  O, 
which  is  the  centre  of  the  circle. 

This  may  be  worked  by  drawing  one  chord, 
bisecting  and  producing  the  bisecting  line  to  form 
a  diameter,  and  again  bisecting  the  diameter. 

Fig.  14.  To  describe  a  circle  of  given  radius 
which  shall  pass  through  any  two  given  points.  Let 
A  and  B  be  the  points  and  C  the  radius.  From  A 
and  B  as  centres  and  radius  equal  to  C,  draw  arcs 
cutting  at  O.    O  is  the  centre  of  the  required  circle. 

Fig.  15.  To  describe  a  circle  which  shall  pass 
through  any  three  given  points.  Let  A,  B  and  C  be 
the  given  points.  Join  AB  and  BC.  Treat  these  as 
chords  and  bisect  as  in  Fig.  13.  From  O  as  centre 
and  radius  OA  describe  the  required  circle. 

Fig.  16.  To  describe  a  circle  about  a  given  tri- 
angle. Bisect  any  two  of  the  sides  and  complete  as 
in  Fig.  15. 

Fig.  17.  To  And  the  locus  of  the  centres  of  all 
circles  which  shall  touch  two  given  inclined  lines. 
Let  AB  and  BC  be  the  given  lines.  Bisect  the 
angle  ABC  by  line  BD.  All  circles  touching  the 
two  lines  have  their  centres  on  BD. 

Fig.  18.  To  inscribe  a  circle  in  a  given  triangle. 
Bisect  any  two  angles  and  produce  the  lines  till  they 
meet  in  O.  Drop  perpendicular  OE  from  O  to  line 
AB.  With  ( )  as  centre  and  radius  OE  describe  the 
circle. 

Fig.  19.  To  inscribe  a  regular  pentagon  in  a 
circle.  Draw  two  diameters  AB  and  CD  at  right 
angles.  Bisect  OB  in  E.  With  E  as  centre  and  EC 
as  radius,  draw  arc  CF.  With  C  as  centre  and 
radius  CF,  draw  arc  GFH.  Then  CG  and  CH  are 
two  sides  of  the  pentagon.  Cut  off  the  others  on 
the  circumference. 

Exercise.  Join  alternate  angles  to  make  a  five 
pointed  star. 

Fig.  20.  To  construct  a  regular  pentagon  on  a 
given  base.  Bisect  the  base  AB  and  erect  perpen- 
dicular. Cut  off  CD  equal  to  the  base  AB.  Join 
BD  and  produce  to  E,  making  DE  equal  to  half  the 
base.  With  B  as  centre,  and  radius  BE,  draw  arc 
cutting  the  perpendicular  in  F.  From  A.  B  and  F 
as  centres,  and  radius  AB,  draw  arcs  cutting  at  G 
and  H.    Join  AG,  GF,  FH,  and  HI!. 

Fig.  21.  To  inscribe  any  regular  polygon  in  a 
given  circle.  Draw  the  diameter  AB.  Divide  it 
into  as  many  parts  as  the  figure  is  to  have  sides,  in 
this  case  seven.  From  A  and  B  as  centres  and  AB 
radius  draw  arcs  cutting  at  C.  Draw  a  line  from  C 
through  the  second  division  cutting  the  circumfer- 


ence on  the  farther  side  at  D.  AD  is  one  side  of  the 
polygon.      Step  off  the  rest. 

This  and  the  three  remaining  exercises  require 
extreme  accuracy  to  get  correct  results. 

Fig.  22.  The  same  as  Fig.  21.  Another  method. 
Draw  any  straight  line  touching  the  circle  at  A. 
From  A  as  centre,  draw  any  semicircle.  By  trial 
divide  this  semi-circle  into  as  many  parts  as  the 
figure  is  to  have  sides.  Join  Ai,  A2,  etc.,  producing 
the  lines  to  cut  the  original  circle.  Join  the  points 
where  they  cut  the  circle  to  form  the  polygon. 

Fig.  23.  To  construct  any  regular  polygon  on  a 
given  base.  Let  AB  be  the  given  base.  Bisect  it 
and  erect  perpendicular  of  indefinite  length.  On 
AB  erect  a  square  and  draw  diagonals  cutting  at  E. 
Also  on  AB  erect  an  equilateral  triangle  with  apex 
at  F.  Now  E  is  the  centre  of  a  figure  of  four  sides 
equal  to  AB,  and  F  is  the  centre  of  a  figure  of  six 
sides  all  equal  to  AB.  Bisect  EF  in  G.  This 
wil!  be  the  centre  of  a  figure  of  five  sides  all  equal  to 
AB.  Take  the  distance  EG,  and  step  off  from  F, 
giving  the  points  7,  8,  9,  10,  etc.  These  will  be  the 
centres  of  figures  of  the  corresponding  number  of 
sides.  For  instance  from  7  as  centre  and  radius 
7  A,  describe  circle.  With  compasses  step  off  the 
sides  all  equal  to  AB  on  the  circumference  to  form 
a  regular  heptagon. 

Fig.  24.  The  same  as  Fig.  23.  Protractor 
method.  Divide  360  by  the  required  number  of 
sides  to.  find  the  exterior  angle.  By  means  of  the 
protractor  construct  angles  at  A  and  B  as  shewn. 
Cut  off  AC  and  BD  equal  to  AB.  The  figure  may 
be  completed  by  the  protractor,  but  a  better  plan  is 
to  bisect  two  of  these  sides,  and  produce  the  lines 
till  thev  meet  in  O.  From  O  as  centre  and  radius 
OA  describe  the  circle.  Step  off  distances  equal  to 
AB  on  the  circumference. 


Two   Little  Fellows. 


I  know  a  little  fellow  whose  face  is  fair  to  see ; 
But  still  there's  nothing  pleasant  about  that  face  for  me : 
For  he  is  rude  and  selfish,  if  he  can't  have  his  way, 
And  always  making  trouble.   I've  heard  his  mother  say. 

I  know  a  little  fellow  whose  face  is  plain  to  see, 
But  that  we  never  think  of,  so  kind  and  brave  is  he ; 
He  carries  sunshine  with  him,  and  everybody's  glad 
To  hear  the  cheery  whistle  of  that  dear  little  lad. 

You  sec  it's  not  the  features  that  others  judge  us  by. 
But  what  we  do,  I   tell  you,  and  that  you  can't  deny ; 
The  plainest  face  has  beauty,  if  its  owner's  kind  and  true. 
Ami  that's  the  kind  of  beauty,  my  boy  and  girl,  for  you. 

—Our  Little  People. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


211 


Comenius,  Pestalozzi  and  Froebel. 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Condon,  Truro,  N.  S. 
Three  bright  particular  stars  shed  their  light  over 
the  educational  world  from  the  time  when 
Comenius,  justly  called,  "The  Father  of  Modern 
Education,"  began  to  teach  in  the  year  1614,  until 
the  death  of  Froebel  in  1852.  John  Amos  Comenius 
was  born  at  Xivnitz,  in  Moravia,  in  1592,  and  died 
at  Naarden,  near  Amsterdam  1671.  Although  fully 
prepared,  his  youth  prevented  him  assuming  the 
pastoral  office  until  1618.  In  the  interim  he  was 
rector  of  the  school  at  Preran,  from  which  place  he 
proceeded  to  the  parish  of  Fulneck,  where  he  re- 
mained six  years. 

From  Fulneck,  in  common  with  all  the  evangelical 
pastors  in  the  Empire,  he  was  driven  out  in  1624, 
loss  of  wife,  child,  less  books  and  all  his  possessions, 
by  the  cruel  edict  of  Ferdinand  II.  He  took  refuge 
at  Lissa,  in  Poland,  where  in  1628  he  was  invited 
to  take  office  in  the  faculty  of  the  Academy.  During 
all  these  years  he  responded  to  invitations  from 
Princes  and  Nobles  to  organize  and  re-organize,  on 
his  own  sound  principles,  their  system  of  education. 
His  labors  were  so  abundant,  and  bestowed  in  so 
many  different  quarters,  that  it  is  almost  impossible 
to  follow  liim  minutely.  Meanwhile  his  fame  as  a 
pedagogist  spread  abroad. 

His  Janua  Linguarum  (  The  Gate  of  Languages) 
which  appeared  in  1 63 1,  was  at  once  translated  into 
twelve  European  languages,  and  several  Asiatic. 
Among  other  copies  in  the  British  Museum,  is  a 
4th  edition.  1640,  in  French,  Italian,  Latin  and  Ger- 
man, arranged  in  parallel  columns.  In  1642  an 
edition  was  also  published  in  Greek  and  Latin.  This 
important  book  greatly  improved  the  teaching  of 
Latin,  by  using  the  mother-tongue,  as  the  medium 
of  instruction. 

In  164 1  he  was  invited  by  the  English  Parliament 
to  come  to  England,  and  to  settle  a  national  system 
of  education.  He  was  received  with  distinguished 
honor  by  the  Universities  of  Oxford  and 
Cambridge.  Later  on,  they  gave  a  very  tangible 
proof  of  their  esteem,  by  sending  him  the  sum  of 
nearly  £0000  stg.  to  aid  him  in  his  educational 
enterprizes.  One  cannot  but  speculate,  in  view  of 
the  present  chaotic  state  of  English  educational 
affairs,  on  what  would  have  been  the  result  of 
Comenius'  labors,  if  the  Civil  War  had  not 
frustrated  the  design.  Oxenstiern,  the  famous 
Chancellor  of  Gustavus  Adolphus,  more  fortunate 
than     England,    secured    his    services  in    [fy.2,  and 


Comenius  drew  up  the  scheme  of  a  system  of  edu- 
cation for  Sweden. 

In  1648  he  went  to  Hungary  by  invitation  of  one 
of  the  Princes  to  organize  schools.  In  1652  the 
Poles  burned  Lissa,  to  which  he  had  returned,  when 
losing  for  the  second  time  everything  he  possessed, 
he  narrowly  escaped  with  his  life.  After  many 
perilous  wanderings,  he  reached  Amsterdam,  where 
he  was  accorded  the  generous  welcome  due  to  his 
genius,  learning  and  piety. 

In    1648    he    had    been    made    a    bishop    of    the 
Bohemian  Church,  which,  however,  by  the  destruc- 
tion of  Lissa,  was  brought  to  an  end  as  an  organi- 
zation; so  that  he  was  the  20th  and  last  bishop  of 
the    Bohemian    Brothers,    the   Episcopate  of  which 
had  lasted  204  years.     In  Amsterdam  he  continued 
his  life-work,  and  this  truly  great  man,  who  bore 
his   sorrows   with    fortitude  and  pious   resignation, 
turned    them    to    account    by    his    writings.      One, 
The  Labyrinth  of  the  World  and  the  Palace  of  the 
Heart,"  is  said  to  be  equal  to  the  Pilgrim's  Progress; 
but  this,  and  most    of   his    religious    writings,    are 
overshadowed    by    his    renown    as  an    educationist 
and  his  Orbis  Pic t us,  which  lead  the  child  by  pic- 
tures and  descriptions,  to  a  knowledge  of  "the  prin- 
cipal things  in  the  world  and  the  principal  occupa- 
tions of  man.".     This  ideal  demands  earlv  training 
of    the    infant    by    the    mother  to  prepare   for  the 
school ;   observation,   perception,    reflection   and   ex- 
pression  of  knowledge,  as   fast  as  gained,   influent 
and  accurate  speech,    and    in    litt'e    works   of    skill, 
wisdom,  knowledge,  virtue  and  piety  are  the  results 
to  be  aimed  at.      He  complains  that   instruction  is 
too  much  like  "a  load  of  wood  well  piled ;  whereas, 
it  should  be  a  growing  plant."   "Give  knowledge  as 
a  seed  to  be  developed  by  the  mind  of  the  child 
himself,  not  as  a  grown-up  plant." 

In  his  plea  for  nature-study,  he  says;"  Everyone 
sits,  as  it  were,  in  the  amphitheatre  of  God's  wis- 
dom, the  poorest  and  meanest  may  see  something 
thereof,  and  should  relate  it."  He  deprecates  sever- 
ity in  discipline,  then  rife,  but  would  by  firmness, 
gentleness  and  reason,  "treat  children  as  reasonable 
beings."  Body,  soul  and  spirit  are  to  be  trained  for 
life  here,  and  life  hereafter,  and  no  amount  of  learn- 
ing can  compensate  the  lack  of  virtue  and  piety. 

lie  is  separated  from  us  by  250  years,  but  the 
iiion'  closely  you  study  his  doctrines  and  life-work, 
the  more  clearly  you  perceive  how  noble  and  true 
is  his  idea'  of  education,  the  blessings  of  which  he 
would  offer  to  all,  without  regard  to  rank  or  sex. 


212 


THE  EDUCATONAL    REVIEW. 


Pestalozzi  was  born  in  1746,  seventy-five  years 
after  the  death  of  Comenius.  He  died  1827,  sad, 
lonely  and  depressed  by  the  sense  of  failure ;  yet  he 
had  sown  seeds  that  have  germinated  and  borne  rich 
fruit  all  over  the  world.  As  long  as  men  value  edu- 
cation, his  name  will  be  held  in  honor. 

Early  in  life  he  lost  his  father,  and  his  loving 
mother.  The  faithful  servant  who  had  promised 
never  to  leave  him,  brought  him  up  so  tenderly  that 
they  made  him  weak  in  body,  and  gave  him  no  free- 
dom for  self-activity.  It  is  always  well  for  a  human 
being  to  make  his  mistakes  early  enough  to  retrieve 
them.  Childish  errors  are  seldom  fatal ;  and  are 
necessary  for  self-revelation.  This  advantage, 
Pestalozzi  lacked  to  the  detriment  of  his  adult  life. 

His  ignorance  of  the  world,  his  want  of  sound 
training  and  instruction,  and  the  late  period  of  life 
at  which  he  became  an  educator,  fill  us  with  wonder 
that  he  should  have  accomplished  so  much. 

He  was  the  connecting  link  between  Comenius 
and  Froebel,  in  his  enthusiasm  of  humanity,  and  his 
self-sacrificing  devotion  to  the  cause  of  education. 
The  children,  left  orphans  by  the  Napoleonic  wars, 
hungry,  naked  and  forlorn,  filled  him  with  com- 
passion. He  gathered  a  few  of  them  into  his  own 
house."  I  was  father,  nurse,  teacher ;  1  lived  with 
them,  was  their  constant  companion."  Think  what 
this  association  with  filthy,  half-savage  creatures 
meant  to  the  man  brought  up  so  daintly.  An  old 
convent  near  Stanz,  was  given  up  to  him  by  the 
Cantonal  Government  to  house  the  increasing  num- 
bers. His  aim  was  to  "teach  the  harassed  poor  to 
live  like  men." 

His  teaching  of  arithmetic,  and  object  lessons 
attracted  the  attention  of  the  civilized  world,  to  a 
study  of  his  methods,  and  in  the  fine  Borough  Road 
Schools  of  London,  his  methods  were  illustrated 
and  carried  out  in  a  logical  sequence,  of  which 
Pestalozzi  himself  was  incapable.  His  discipline  in 
which  love  ruled,  raised  the  whole  moral  tone  of 
school-life.  But  unlike  Comenius  and  Froebel  he 
could  not  explain,  and  set  forth  in  due  order,  the 
principles  on  which  his  practice  rested.  ''When 
asked  to  do  so  he  would  say  ;"  watch  my  teaching, 
and  you  wi'l  see."  The  noblest  tribute  to  Pestalozzi 
has  been  paid  by  Froebel,  who,  with  his  own  two 
pupils,  spent  two  years  at  Yverdon,  in  Switzerland, 
studying  and  teaching  in  his  institution.  This  in- 
ability of  Pestalozzi  to  discern  the  operations  of  his 
own  mind  was  a  constant  trial  to  Froebel,  whose 
clear  and  logical  acumen  enabled  him  to  disen- 
tangle, arran:  "  and  re-arrange  a  concept  and  view 


it  in  its  action  and  renaction  and  interaction  with 
other  concepts.  But  such  power  is  the  possession 
of  few.  The  clue  to  Pestalozzi's  success,  lies  in 
his  oceanic  heart  of  benevolence." 

Froebel,  was  born  1782,  and  died  1852.  Like 
Comenius  he  was  a  thoroughly  educated  man.  He 
had  had  already  a  most  chequered  career,  and  a 
wide  experience  of  men  and  things,  when  in  1805, 
he  took  the  situation  in  the  model  school  at  Frank- 
fort on  the  Main,  offered  by  Dr.  Gruner,  the  prin- 
cipal, himself  a  disciple  of  Pestalozzi. 

When  Froebel  stood  before  his  large  class  of 
boys,  he  says;  "I  found  my  vocation;  the  fish  was 
in  its  native  element,  the  bird  was  in  the  air."  He 
spent  his  vacation  of  a  fortnight  with  Pestalozzi, 
and  in  1808,  passed  two  years  at  Yverton.  In  1812 
he  enlisted  in  Lutzow's  famous  Black  Corps,  for  he 
felt  that  one  who  was  not  prepared  to  defend  his 
country,  was  unworthy  to  instruct  and  train  the 
young.  There  in  camp,  he  became  acquainted  with 
his  future  faithful  co-workers,  Middendorff  and 
Langethal,  two  divinity  students,  who  gave  up  their 
profession,  that  they  might  help  him  in  his  ideal  of 
raising  man,  through  and  by  education,  to  a  true 
conception  of  their  relations  to  nature,  humanity, 
and  God.  Many  other  faithful  laborers  have 
thrown  light  upon  the  problem  of  education,  but,  by 
general  consent,  these  three  men  stand  pre-eminent 
in  the  grandeur  of  their  conception  of  man ;  in  the 
soundness  of  their  methods  for  his  development ; 
and  in  the  sagacity  with  which  they  have  brought 
down  visions,  floating  in  the  air,  and  made  them 
realities  by  means,  skilfully  adapted  to  the  nature 
and  needs  of  the  infant,  the  child,  the  youth  and 
the  man. 


Winter  Nests. 


C)  piteous  nests  of  winter-time, 
Disclosed  to  every  careless  eye, 

In  hedges  dark  with  dripping  rime. 
Where  is  your  Summer  secrecy, 

Your  green   pavilion   of  the  prime? 

Poor  little  nests,  that   hang  forlorn 
In  bushes  almost  reft  of  leaves, 

And  naked  thickets  of  sharp  thorn, — 
Robbed  of  your  shelter  by  those  thieves 

The  frosts,  and  made  a  mark  for  scorn ! 

Nests  that   so  cunningly  were  thatched 
With   fibres  made   to   interlace, — 

In  which  the  brittle  brood  were  hatched. 
In  your   once   cherished  hiding-place. 

Bv    Winter's    harpies    rudely    snatched! 

—The  ,S>. 


Uitor 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


213 


The  Music  of  Poetry. 

By  D.  F.  French, 
Principal  Home  Correspondence  School,  Toronto. 

Music  is  the  expression  of  emotion  without  words 
and  may,  therefore,  arouse  feelings  of  sadness,  joy, 
peace,  etc.,  without  involving  the  conception  of  any 
definite  ideas.  Poetry  is  the  expression  of  emotion 
in  words,  and  an  attempt  is  made  to  produce,  as 
nearly  as  possible  within  the  limitations  of  ordinary 
speech,  the  effects  of  music.  This  attempt  is  the 
basis  of  all  forms  of  metre. 

Almost  any  one  can  recognize  the  difference  be- 
tween the  slow,  solemn  tones  of  the  Dead  March 
and  the  quick,  cheerful  movement  of  an  Irish  Jig: 
the  dreamy  music  of  the  waltz  is  readily  distin- 
guished from  the  "ragtime"  of  the  negro  melody. 
The  difference  in  effect  is  caused  by  a  difference  in 
the  length  of  the  notes  used  and  the  number  grouped 
in  each  measure,  and  a  consequent  variation  of  the 
accent.  The  fewer  and  longer  the  notes  in  a  bar 
the  more  solemn  and  stately  the  music,  while  several 
short  notes  in  succession  produce  a  lively  effect. 

We  find  precisely  the  same  thing  in  poetry :  long 
vowels  and  short  measures  are  in  keeping  with  verse 
of  dignity  and  deep  thought ;  longer  measures  with 
shorter  vowel  sounds  produce  a  form  of  metre  suit- 
able to  lighter  themes.  We  need  only  to  read  aloud 
the  lines : 

"  Break,  break,  break, 
On  thy  cold,  gray  stones,  O  Sea ;  " 
and: 

"  So  this  is  your  cradle,  why,  surely,  my  Jenny, 
Such  cosy  dimensions  go  clearly  to  show,"  etc. 

— to  tell  from  the  movement  of  the  voice  alone  that 
the  theme  of  the  former  is  full  of  deep,  serious 
emotion,  and  that  the  latter  is  an  extract  from  some- 
thing light  and  humorous. 

Examine  the  metrical  form  in  these  quotations : 
the  first  line  of  the  first  extract  has  but  one  syllable 
to  a  measure;  in  the  second  line  two  syllables  is  the 
rule;  the  vowels  are  mostly  long.  In  the  second 
quotation  there  are  three  syllables  to  a  measure  and 
the  vowels  sounds  are  mostly  short. 

You  may  refer  to  any  poetical  selections  from 
good  authors  and  you  will  find  that  our  rule  in- 
variably holds  true.  Wordsworth,  in  his  disregard 
for  form,  gives  us  his  sweetly  serious  "Reverie  of 
Poor  Susan"  in  lively  dance  time  and  thus  spoils 
the  whole  effect.  How  can  one  feel  serious  in  read- 
ing: 

"  At  the  corner  of  Wood  Street,  when  daylight  appears. 
Hangs  a  thrush  that   sings  loud;   it  has  sung  for  three 
years." 


The  imitative  harmony  of  poetry  is  usually  the 
musical  effect  resulting  from  the  variety  in  ar- 
rangement of  long  and  short  vowel  sounds,  changes 
of  accent,  and  difference  in  the  number  of  syllables 
used  in  the  measure. 

Every  lover  of  poetry  can  collect  abundant 
examples  of  musical  effect  in  poems.  'We  will, 
however,  cite  here  a  few  quotations  which  will 
further  illustrate  the  points  mentioned. 

In  Tennyson's  Lullaby  we  find  an  exact  imitation 
of  the  rocking  of  the  cradle. 

Sweet  and  low,  sweet  and  low. 
Wind  of  the  western  sea. 

Observe  carefully  how  the  monosyllabic  foot  and 
what  we  might  call  the  curve  of  sound,  produce  a 
rythmical  movement  which,  aside  from  any  idea 
conveyed  by  the  words,  impresses  a  mental  picture 
of  the  rocking  cradle  by  imitating  its  sound. 

In  Longfellow's  "Old  Clock  on  the  Stairs"  the 
ticking  of  the  pendulum  is  imitated  by  a  similar 
device : 

"  Forever,  Never, 
Never,   Forever." 

Tennyson  in  the  "Northern  Farmer"  makes  the 
old  man  speak  of  the  canter  of  his  horse  thus : 

"  ProRittty,  proputty,  proputty,  that's  what 
I  hear  'em  say." 

Can't  you  hear  the  hoof-beats  on  the  hard  road? 
The  use  of  long  vowels  to  give  a  slow  movement 
to  the  verse  corresponding  to  the  sense,  is  shown  in  : 

"  The  long  day  wanes ;  the  slow  moon  climbs ; 
The  deep  moans  round  with   many  voices." 

Compare  with  the  above  the  movement  of : 

"  Haste  thee,   nymph,  and  bring  with  thee 
Jest,  and  youthful  jollity, 
Quips  and  cranks  and  wanton  wiles, 
Xods,  and  becks,  and  wreathed  smiles." 

In  Tennyson's  "Bugle  Song"  the  arrangement  of 
accent  changes  in  the  last  two  lines  of  each  stanza. 
First  we  have : 

"  The  splendor  falls  on  castle  walls." 

Then  in  closing : 

"  Blow,  bugle,  blow,  set  the  wind  echoes   flying. 
Blow,  bugle,  answer,  echoes  dying,  dying,  dying." 

In  the  refrain  the  gradual  falling  of  the  stress  of 
voice  in  the  pronunciation  of  the  words  in  each 
measure  imitates  the  dying  away  of  the  echoes. 
With  the  stress  falling  on  the  word  at  the  end  of 
the  measure  this  effect  could  not  have  been  pro- 
duced. 


214 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


While  in  much  poetry  the  element  of  music  is 
greatly  subordinated  to  the  meaning,  in  none-- 
except  such  as  Walt  Whitman's — is  it  entirely 
absent.  Tennyson  and  Swinburne  are  masters  of 
the  art  of  infusing  subtle  music  into  verse,  while 
Dryden  and  Pope  give  us  a  minimum  of  musioal 
effect.  The  poetry  of  the  latter  appeals  more  to  the 
intellect,  yet  that  of  the  former  has  a  deeper  effect 
since  it  touches  the  chords  of  human  sympathy  and 
through  its  music  wakes  to  life  our  tenderest 
emotions. 

A  Canadian  poet — Bliss  Carman — says,  "The 
measure  of  verse  has  an  influence  on  us  beyond  our 
reckoning.  The  simplest  statement  of  truth,  thrown 
into  regular  verse,  comes  to  us  with  new  force." 


Lines  in  Season. 


Roll  your  ball  of  snow,   children, 

Roll  your  ball  of  snow. 
The  more  you  roll  your  snow  ball  up 

The  bigger  it  will  grow. 
Roll  a  kind  thought  around,  children, 

Roll  it  all  around, 
Until  it  gathers  all  kind  thoughts 

.That  loving  hearts  have  found. 

— Midland  Schools. 
Let  us  be  content  to  work, 
To  do  the  thing  we  can,  and  not  presume 
To  fret  because  it's  little.  — Brozi'ning. 

The  talent  of  success  is  nothing  more  than  doing  what 
you  can  do1  well,  and  doing  well  whatever  you  do. — Long- 
fellow. 

The  optimist  sees  the  doughnut  and  the  pessimist  sees 
the  hole. — 'The  Lyccumitc. 

Count  that  day  really  worse  than  lost 

You  might  have  made  divine, 
Through  which  you  scattered  lots  of  frost, 
And  ne'er  a  speck  of  shine. 

— Nixon   Waterman. 
I  am  little  February, 
Shortest  month  of  all  the  year. 
Short  my  days  are,  too,  and  few, 
Cold,  maybe,  but  very  merry. 
Not  so  many,  it  is  true, 
As  my  sisters  bring  to  you, 
But  such  good  days  and  so  dear. 
I'm  the  month  of  February, 
Short  and  cold,  but  full  of  cheer. 

May  every  soul  that  touches  thine, 

JJe  it  the  slightest  contact,  get  therefrom  some  good, 

Some  little  grace,  one  kindly  thought, 

One  inspiration  yet  unfelt,  one  bit  of  courage 

For  the  darkening  sky,  one  gleam  of  faith 

To  brave  the  thickening  ills  of  life. 

One  glimpse  of  brighter  sky  beyond  the  gathering  mist 

To  make  this  life  worth  while, 

And  heaven  a  surer  heritage.  —The  Outlook-. 


I  Love  the  Winter. 

First  Child — 

I  love  the  winter. 
Now,  don't  you? 
There  is  so  much 
A  child  can  do. 
Turns  toward  the  other  three  children. 

Second — 

I  love  to  coast,  and 

Skate,  and  slide, 
Or  from  some  "  pung  man  " 
Beg  a  ride. 
Imitates  the  motions  of  skating  and  sliding. 

Third— 

I  love  to  tunnel 
Out  the  snow, 
I  love  to  see  a 
Snow  man  grow. 
Imitates  using  a  shovel. 

Fourth — 

But  best  of  all  is 

Snow  to  take 
And  press  until  fine 
Balls  you  make. 
Imitates  making  a  snowball. 

All— 

And  then  to  throw  them 

One  by  one ; 
In  snowball  game  is 
Jolly  fun ! 
Imitate  throwing  snowballs  at  one  another. 

— Primary  Education. 


A  Brace  of  Valentines. 

A  Scotchman  whose  name  was  Isbister 
Had  a  maiden  giraffe  he  called  "Sister;" 

When  she  said  "  Oh,  be  mine, 

Be  my  sweet  Valentine !  " 
He  just  shinned  up  her  long  neck  and  kissed  her. 

A  lup-po-po-/a-mus  named  Amos 
Was  loved  by  a  chorus  girl  famous ; 
All  the  other  girls  sighed 
As  they  looked  on,  and  cried, 
"  Please  tame  us  a  hip-po-po-ta-mus." 

— The  Delineator  for  February. 
[This  last  innocent  jingle  reminds  one  of  the  wag  who 
stopped  his  friends  in  the  street  on  one  of  the  recent  cold 
days,  and  inquired,  with  a  look  of  anxious  concern : 
"  Have  you  seen  Amos  to-day  ?  " 
"  Amos  who  ?  " 
"A  mosquito!"  and  then  he  vanished.] 


"  On  a  dark  cold  night,  not  long  ago, 
Came  a  little  child  all  clad  in  snow ; 
Small  was  he  as  he  hurried  along. 
Singing  to  himself  this  funny  little  song: 

'  Ho !  ho !  ho !  does  every  one  know 
I  am  little  February  from  the  land  of  snow?' 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


215 


Natural  History  for  Little  Folks. 

From  "Stories  from   Natural  History." 
The  Caterpillar  and  the  Fly. 

The  gardener  had  planted  a  cabbage,  had  dug 
and  manured  the  ground,  watered  the  young  plant, 
and  cleared  away  the  weeds.  And  the  cabbage  grew 
lustily,  bearing  young  and  juicy  leaves,  and  growing 
bigger  and  stronger,  whilst  the  gardener  watched  it 
and  was  glad. 

But  one  night,  when  all  the  world  was  asleep,  a 
greedy  caterpillar  came  that  way  and  crept  up  the 
stem  of  the  plant.  What  did  it  matter?  There 
was  no  one  to  see.  All  night  long  she  never  ceased 
eating,  first  the  young  and  tender  leaves,  and  then 
the  others,  and  when  daylight  came  she  hid  beneath 
the  foliage.  So  the  caterpillar  grew  fat  and  big 
on  the  cabbage  which  did  not  belong  to  her,  and 
which  she  had  neither  planted  nor  cared  for.  What 
did  it  matter  if  she  was  living  on  other  people's  pro- 
perty?    There  was  no  one  to  see. 

But  with  the  bright  sunshine  came  the  little 
ichneumon,  or  caterpillar-eater,  a  tiny  fly,  that  is  so 
small  that  she  can  hardly  be  seen,  but  who,  with 
busy  wings  and  quick  little  legs,  skips  from  flower 
to  flower,  and  from  leaf  to  leaf.  And  so  she  came 
to  the  poor  half-stripped  cabbage  stalk,  and  to  the 
hidden  caterpillar.  With  her  sharp  sting  she  bored 
a  tiny  hole  into  the  body  of  the  sleeping  gormandiser, 
and  into  this  she  laid  an  egg,  so  minute  that,  most 
surely,  there  was  no  one  to  see  it,  so  what  did  it 
matter?     Then  she  flew  away. 

The  greedy  caterpillar  paid  no  attention  to  the 
sting  of  the  fly,  and  went  on  eating,  till  the  cabbage 
stalk  stood  quite  bare.  Then,  round  and  fat,  she 
hurried  to  the  wall  of  the  house  and  climbed  up 
to  the  roof,  where  she  turned  into  a  chrysalis  and 
remained  hanging.  And  now  do  you  suppose  that 
a  beautiful  winged  butterfly  came  out  of  the  chry- 
salis to  fly  away  over  the  cabbage  bed,  where  the 
gardener  was  standing  looking  sadly  at  the  naked 
cabbage  stalk  ?  No,  indeed,  no  caterpillar  ever  came 
out  of  that  chrysalis.  For  though  no  one  saw  the 
mischief  done  by  the  caterpillar,  no  one,  likewise, 
saw  her  punishment.  The  cocoon  opened,  and,  in- 
stead of  a  butterfly,  came  out  a  young  ichneumon 
fly  armed  with  a  sharp  sting,  to  fly  away  and  quietly 
work  out  the  punishment  of  other  greedy  caterpil- 
lars, who  think  it  does  not  matter  what  mischief 
they  do  so  long  as  no  one  sees  them. 


The  Work  of  Ants. 

In  a  pine  forest,  on  a  dry,  sandy  hillock,  there 
was  an  ant  heap,  nearly  as  high  as  a  child,  with 
swarms  of  active  little  ants  hurrying  up  from  all 
sides  and  creeping  into  it.  Why  do  you  suppose 
the  ants  had  built  this  high  heap,  and  what  were 
they  so  busy  about  ?  You  may  think  it  was  a  palace 
of  pleasure,  with  dining  halls  and  play  rooms,  and 
fine  fun  going  on  all  day,  for  they  were  nearly  all 
dragging  into  the  heap  something  to  feast  upon,  one 
tugging  at  a  dead  caterpillar,  whilst  another  had 
a  dried-up  fly,  or  some  other  dainty. 

Now,  let  me  tell  you,  the  ant  heap  is  no  holiday 
house,  for  the  ants  only  built  it  for  their  little  sisters. 
It  is  a  big  nursery,  in  which  the  young  ants  are 
nursed  and  brought  up  by  the  old  ants,  their  sisters. 
They  bring  together  pine  needles,  blades  of  grass, 
and  wood  splinters,  lay  them  carefully  on  each  other, 
stick  them  together  with  mud  and  grains  of  sand, 
and  so  make  halls  and  passages,  rooms,  and  closetJ. 
They  cover  the  outside  of  this  wonderful  structure 
with  leaves  and  pine  needles,  making  a  close,  slant- 
ing roof,  from  which  the  rain  runs  off,  leaving  the 
inside  warm  and  dry. 

The  ant  mother  lays  tiny  eggs,  no  bigger  than  fine 
grains  of  sand,  and  from  each  egg  there  will  come  a 
young  ant.  The  old  ants  carry  the  delicate  eggs 
deep  down  into  the  earth  at  night,  into  the  lowest 
halls  of  the  building.  There  they  remain  nice  and 
warm  throughout  the  night,  and  when  the  sun  shines 
brightly  on  the  heap  by  day,  they  drag  the  eggs  up 
again  into  the  topmost  room,  in  which  they  are 
hatched  by  the  sun's  rays.  But  the  ant  eggs  must 
not  only  be  kept  warm  like  the  bird's  eggs,  to  bring 
the  young  inside  to  life,  they  must  also  be  tended. 
The  old  ants  lick  them  daily,  covering  them  with  a 
sweet  juice  which  they  bring  in,  for  without  this 
the  eggs  would  dry  up  and  perish. 

Out  of  the  eggs  slip  little,  white,  helpless  grubs, 
that  can  neither  walk  nor  seek  their  own  food.  The 
old  ants  carry  the  little  creatures  up  and  down  in 
the  heap,  in  just  the  same  manner  they  did  the  eggs, 
fetching  them  food  from  the  wood  and  putting  it 
into  their  mouths.  The  quite  young  grubs  only  get 
sweet  honey,  but  as  soon  as  they  are  big  they  get 
stronger  food.  The  grubs  are  also  carefully  licked 
and  cleaned  every  day,  so  that  no  speck  of  dust 
remains  on  them,  otherwise  they  would  sicken  and 

die. 

When  they  have  grown  up  they  weave  a  fine  web 


216 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


round  themselves  and  sleep  in  it  as  in  a  little  bed. 
Even  then  they  are  carried  up  and  down  daily  by 
their  elder  sisters,  who  always  find  the  warmest 
places  to  lay  them  in.  Should  someone  disturb  the 
ant-heap  so  that  a  chrysalis  lies  uncovered,  the  ants 
never  think  of  themselves,  but  in  all  haste  seize 
it  and  carry  it  into  safety,  whilst  others  defend  the 
little  ones  or  try  to  catch  the  disturber  of  their  peace 
and  bite  them  viciously. 

Inside  the  cocoon  the  grub  becames  an  ant. 
The  elder  sisters  listen  carefully  every  day  to  hear 
if  the  little  onq  is  moving  and  ready  to  emerge,  for 
she  cannot  get  out  of  her  web  by  herself.  When 
they  hear  a  knocking  inside  they  cut  the  web  open 
with  their  pincers  and  help  the  young  sister  to  step 
out.  Now  look !  This  young  ant  has  four  delicate 
wings.  In  early  autumn,  when  the  weather  is 
warm,  thousands  upon  thousands  of  such  winged 
ants  come  out  of  the  earth.  They  buzz  up  into  the 
air,  dance  about  a  while,  and  then  sail  far  away  like 
a  cloud  to  make  new  ant-heaps  in  other  places. 

The  industrious  elder  sisters  can  only  sit  and 
watch,  but  they  have  never  expected  thanks  or  re- 
ward from  their  young  charges.  They  found  their 
whole  happiness  in  the  care  of  their  young  sisters, 
and  when  the  ant  mother  lays  her  eggs  again  next 
summer,  they  will  take  the  same  care  of  the  new 
brood. 


The   Story   of  a   Wax  Candle 

When  in  the  cool  forest  the  trees  are  flowering, 
thick  yellow  clusters  of  pollen-covered  blossoms- 
hang  from  the  pine  and  fir  trees,  and  on  the  ground 
below  many  different  kinds  of  flowers  open  their 
coloured  bells.  The  stamens  of  blossoms  burst  open 
in  the  warm  sunshine  and  the  delicate  pollen  peeps 
out  of  them  like  fine,  yellow  powder. 

The  ever  busy  bees  are  buzzing  through  the  forest. 
They  have  to  found  a  new  home  for  a  young 
queen  who  has  arisen  at  the  head  of  a  swarm  of 
bees,  and  her  faithful  followers  are  hunting  for 
building  materials.  They  come  to  the  blossoming 
trees  and  flowers  and  crawl  into  them.  To  reach 
the  honey  at  the  bottom  of  the  tube  they  must  pass 
the  pollen-covered  stamens,  and  this  pollen  adheres 
to  the  brown  fur  of  their  bodies,  so  that  they  are 
covered  with  powder  when  they  come  out. 

The  bee  will  then  pause  awhile  on  the  glossy  leaf 
of  a  tree  to  brush  herself  care  full}-  with  the  stiff 
bristles  of  her  feet,  roll  up  the  gathered  pollen  into 
neat  little  balls,  and  fasten  them  to  her  legs,  where, 
for  this  purpose,  she  has  little  hollows,  called  pollen 


baskets.  Then,  arrayed  in  baggy  pantaloons,  she 
flies  away  home. 

The  pollen  bids  farewell  to  the  forest  trees  and 
flowers,  and  becomes  food  for  the  bees.  In  the 
stomach  of  the  bee  it  changes  into  the  finest  wax, 
which  exudes  in  delicate  flakes  from  beneath  the 
body  of  the  worker  bee.  The  folds  between  the 
hard  scales  of  the  body  are  the  bee's  pockets,  for 
storing  building  materials.  With  their  feet  they 
pull  off  the  flakes  of  wax,  knead  them  together  with 
their  jaws,  mix  them  with  saliva,  and  build  with  this 
mixture  the  loveliest  six-angled  cells.  In  these  cells 
they  tend  the  young  bees,  their  foster  children,  feed- 
ing them  and  tending  them  until  their  charges  finally 
throw  off  their  cocoons. 

But  in  other  wax  cells  the  bees  store  a  rich  pro- 
vision of  sweet  honey.  In  the  winter  they  crowd 
close  together  to  keep  each  other  warm,  and  sleep 
through  the  cold  winter,  so  that  when  spring  comes 
with  new  blossoms  and  new  honey  the  cells  are  still 
mostly  filled.  The  bee-keeper  takes  the  full  honey 
comb  from  the  hive,  and  we  give  the  honey  to 
children'to  eat  with  bread,  but  what  becomes  of  the 
wax?     Why,  that  comes  into  the  candle. 

When  Christmas  comes  and  the  children  are 
asleep,  father  and  mother  fasten  a  number  of  candles 
en  a  fir  tree  which  the  wood-cutter  has  cut  down  in 
the  forest.  And  so  at  Christmas  time  these  parted 
friends  come  together  again  after  a  long  time  of 
separation.  The  pollen,  after  many  wonderful  ad- 
ventures, has  come,  in  the  shape  of  wax  candles,  on 
to  the  evergreen  branches  of  a  fir  tree,  and  who 
knows  if  they  did  not  spring  from  the  self-same 
forest?  The  bright  flames  on  the  tree  are  then  its 
blossoms,  and  have  more  to  do  with  it  than  you 
would  think  at  first  sight,  for  have  they  not  come 
from  the  same  home? 


Query  for  Review  Subscribers. 

Mrs.  A.,  Mrs.  B.  and  Mrs.  C.  and  their  daughters  bought 
laces.  Each  paid  as  many  cents  per  yard  as  she  bought 
yards,  and  each  lady  paid  63  cents  more  than  her  own 
daughter.  Mrs.  A.  bought  23  yards  more  than  Jane,  and 
Mrs.  B.  11  yards  more  than  Eliza.  The  third  girl  was 
named  Ann.  How  many  yards  did  each  buy,  and  whose 
daughter   was  Jane,   Eliza  and   Ann  respectively? 

Answer  next  month. — C.  E.  L. 


I  have  read  the  Review  with  profit  from  its  first 
number;  and  though  not  engaged  in  teaching  for 
many  years,  I  still  appreciate  its  increasing  useful- 
ness. C.  E.  Lund. 

Sackville,  N.  B. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


217 


Rhymes  for  Little  Folks. 
The  Pebble's  Lesson. 

How  smooth  the  sea-beach  pebbles  are! 

But  do  you  know. 
The  ocean  worked  a  thousand  years 

To  make  them  so? 

And  once  I  saw  a  little  girl 

Sit  down  and  cry 
Because  she  couldn't  cure  a  fault 

With  one  small  try. 


-Selected. 


Two  New  Scholars. 


They'd  never  been  to  school  before, 
They'd  never  been  near  a  schoolhouse  door, 

Those  bashful  little  boys. 
Mamma  had  taught  them  all  they  knew — 
She  was  a  lovely  teacher,  too — 

But  now — just  hear  the  noise! 

Though  to  each  other  close  they  kept, 
One  bent  his  golden  head  and  wept, 

And  the  other,  he  wept,  too. 
Around  each  neck  a  dimpled  arm, 
As  though  to  keep  them  safe  from  harm, 

A  sweet  child  gently  threw. 

'  The  corner  seat's  enough  for  three ; 
Come  over  there  and  sit  with  me," 

She  sweetly  said ;  and — my ! 
They  like  the  school  so  much  to-day, 
I  know  if  they  were  taken  away 
They'd  both  tune  up  and  cry. 

— Golden  Days. 


Rainy  days  and  sunny  days — 

What  difference  makes  the  weather, 
When  little  hearts  are  full  of  love 


And  all  are  glad  together? 


— Selected. 


The  Song  of  the  Wind. 

I've  a  great  deal  to  do,  a  great  deal  to  do; 

Don't  speak  to  me,  children,  I  pray ; 
These  little  boys'  hats  must  be  blown  off  their  heads, 

And  these  little  girls'  bonnets  away. 
There  are  bushels  of  apples  to  gather  to-day, 

And,  O !  there's  no  end  to  the  nuts ; 
Over  many  long  roads  I  must  traverse  away, 

And  many  by-lanes  and  short-cuts. 

— Selected. 


The  Fox  and  the  Squirrel. 

Two  squirrels  on  an  oak-tree  sat. 
Engaging  in  a  social  chat. 
When  one — the  younger  of  the  twain- 
Of  his  accomplishments  quite  vain, 
Began  to  boast  of  what  he'd  done, 
How  all  his  mates  he  could  outrun ; 
And  if  but  half  he  said  was  true. 
He  could  outjumn  a  kangaroo. 


Now,  as  it  chanced,  the  jagged  rocks 
Beneath  the  tree  concealed  a  fox, 
Who,  overhearing  what  was  said 
Among  the  oak-leaves  overhead. 
Bethought  him  of  a  sly  design, 
Whereby  he  might  on  squirrel  dine; 
So  up  he  sat  and  clapped  his  paws, 
Loud  shouting,  with  a  mock  applause : 

"  Bravo !  Bravo !  my  agile  friend, 
Your  wondrous  skill  I  must  commend. 
But  really,  I  should  like  to  see 
You  jump  from  out  this  tall  oak-tree 
To  yonder  ash  ten  feet  away." 
('Twas  twenty,  I  am  bound  to  say), 

"  The  feat  will  please  my  children  well, 
When  I  their  bed-time  story  tell." 

"  Nay,"  said  the  elder  to  young  Frisky, 
"Don't  undertake  a  jump  so  risky," 
To  which  the  younger  one  replied, 
Puffed  up  with  flattery  and  pride : 
"  Though  you  may  lack  ability 
I'll  show  you  my  agility." 
Then  wildly  leaped  with  aim  so  blind, 
That — Mr.  Fox  on  squirrel  dined. 


A  Winter  Piece. 


But  Winter  has  yet  brighter  scenes, — he  boasts 

Splendors  beyond  what  gorgeous  Summer  knows ; 

Or  Autumn  with  his  many  fruits,  and  woods 

All  flushed  with  many  hues.     Come  when  the  rains 

Have  glazed  the  snow,  and  clothed  the  trees  with  ice; 

While;  the  slant  sun  of  February  pours 

Into  the  bowers  a  flood  of  light.     Aoproach ! 

The  incrusted  surface   shall  upbear  thy  steps, 

And  the  broad  arching  portals  of  the  grove 

Welcome  thy  entering.     Look!  the  mossy  trunks 

Are  cased  in  the  pure  crystal,  each  light  spray, 

Nodding  and  tinkling  in  the  breath  of  heaven, 

Is  studded  with  its  trembling  water-drops 

That  stream  with  rainbow  radiance  as  they  move , 

But  round  the  parent  stem  the  long  low  boughs 

Bend,  in  a  glittering  ring,  and  arbors  hide 

The  glassy  floor.     Oh !  you  might  deem  the  spot 

The  spacious  cavern  of  some  virgin  mine 

Deep  in  the  womb  of  earth — where  the  gems  grow, 

And  diamonds  put  forth  radiant  rods  and  bud 

With  amethyst  and  topaz — and  the  place 

Lit  up,  most  royally,  with  pure  beam 

That  dwells  in  them. 


I  have  been  a  subscriber  to  the  Review  from  its 
first  issue.  It  has  taught  me  much ;  it  has  en- 
couraged me  when  I  have  been  discouraged,  and 
made  my  work  a  pleasure  when  there  was  danger 
of  thinking  it  a  toil.  I  venture  to  wish  the  Review 
and  its  editor  many  happy  years  in  working  for  the 
benefit  of  others. 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

Margaret  S.  Cox. 

Cornhill,  X.  11. 


218 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Aunt  Mary's  Four  Guests. 

"The  table  is  all  set,  Aunt  Mary." 
"All  right,"  Aunt  Mary  answered,  "we  will  have 
dinner  as  soon  as  the  outdoor  table  is  ready,  too." 

"Why,"  exclaimed  Sue,  "it's  dreadful  cold.  Who 
would  want  to  eat  outdoors  to-day  ?" 

"I  know  it  is  cold,"  Aunt  Mary  replied,  "and  for 
that  reason  I  must  be  all  the  more  particular  to 
spread  a  nice  feast  outdoors,  for  I  have  four  guests 
who  come  to  eat  there  every  day." 

-Sue  was  very  much  puzz'.ed,  and  she  watched 
curiously  while  Aunt  Mary  brought  out  a  piece  of 
suet  and  a  slice  of  bread,  and  cut  them  into  small 
pieces. 

"The  table  is  under  the  elm  tree,  just  outside  the 
dining-room  window,  and  the  guests  are  a  squirrel, 
a  bluejay  and  two  little  birds  called  sapsuckers." 
"Oh  !"  exclaimed  Sue,  beginning  to  understand. 
"I  like  to  feed  them  at  dinner  time,"  Aunt  Mary 
continued,  "because  then  I  can  watch  them  while  I 
eat  my  own  dinner.  They  have  been  lots  of  com- 
pany for  me  this  winter." 

"Oh,  I  should  think  it  would  be  nice !"  exclaimed 
Sue.    "Can  I  help  set  their  table  ?" 

"Yes,  indeed,"  answered  Aunt  Mary;  and  then 
they  went  out  together  to  the  little  shelf  under  the 
elm  tree,  and  there  they  scattered  the  bits  of  bread 
and  suet. 

"The  suet  helps  to  keep  them  warm  in  the  cold 
weather,"  Aunt  Mary  explained,  as  she  placed  the 
last  piece  upon  the  board. 

Then  they  hurried  in,  for  it  was  cold,  as  Sue  had 
said,  and  in  a  moment  more  were  ready  for  their 
own  dinner,  for  Aunt  Mary  lived  alone,  and  Sue  had 
come  to  spend  her  holiday  vacation  with  her. 

It  was  only  a  few  minutes  before  one  of  the  little 
sapsuckers  appeared,  and  began  to  peck  eagerly  at 
the  suet.  He  was  working  busily  away,  when  down 
the  tree  came  the  squirrel.  The  little  sapsucker 
hastily  caught  a  bit  of  suet  in  his  bill  and  flew  back 
to  the  limb  of  the  tree. 

"Oh,  that  is  too  bad,"  exclaimed  Sue.  "Won't 
they  eat  together  ?" 

"No,"  said  Aunt  Mary.  "Sometimes  the  squirrel 
and  the  bluejay  will  eat  together  for  a  time,  for  the 
bluejay  is  nearer  the  squirrel's  size,  but  the  little  sap- 
suckers are  afraid  of  them  both,  and  usually  the 
squirrel  is  king  of  the  feast." 

Just  then  a  gorgeous  bird,  which  Sue  knew  from 
the  color  of  its  feathers  must  be  the  bluejay.  came 
boldly  down  beside  Mr.  Squirrel.     He  fluttered  his 


wings  as  though  for  a  sign  to  the  squirrel  to  leave, 
but  the  squirrel  did  not  think  he  had  had  his  share, 
and  nibbled  away  on  his  bit  of  bread.  Pretty  soon 
he  took  another  piece  and  ran  with  it  up  the  tree. 
The  bluejay  flew  off  with  a  piece  of  suet,  and  in  a 
twinkling  the  two  sapsuckers  flew  down  and  began 
to  eat. 

"It's  just  too  funny,"  said  Sue,  "the  way  they  take 
turn  about.  I  wish  they  would  all  come  and  eat 
peaceably  together." 

"I  wish  they  would,"  said  Aunt  Mary,  "but  they 
have  not  become  that  friendly  yet.  Perhaps  they 
may  before  the  winter  is  over,  but  I  am  afraid  not. 
I  notice,  though,  that  each  one  seems  to  get  his 
share  of  the  feast." 

Just  then  Sam,  Aunt  Mary's  cat,  jumped  upon  the 
sewing  machine  which  stood  in  front  of  the  win- 
dow. 

"Oh !"  said  Sue  in  alarm,  ready  to  run  and  take 
him  down;  but  to  her  astonishment  the  two  little 
birds  went  calmly  on  eating,  and  paid  no  attention 
to  Sam,  while  Sam  himself  sat  quietly  by  and 
watched  the  birds  at  their  dinner. 

Aunt  Mary  noticed  Sue's  look  of  amazement,  and 
laughed. 

"I  don't  wonder  that  you  are  surprised,"  she  said, 
"but  both  Sam  and  the  birds  have  learned  that  there 
is  a  good  thick  pain  of  glass  between  them.  When 
they  first  began  coming  Sam  was  quite  excited.  He 
jumped  upon  the  machine,  scratched  upon  the  glass, 
and  of  course  frightened  both  birds  and  squirrel 
away.  Then  when  they  came  again,  he  tried  jump- 
ing for  them,  but  he  found  that  he  only  dashed  his 
foolish  little  head  against  a  very  hard  window  pane. 
The  birds,  too,  soon  found  that  he  could  not  reach 
them,  and  now  they  eat,  as  you  see,  while  he  sits 
and  watches  them." 

Sue  had  almost  forgotten  her  own  dinner  in  her 
interest  in  the  small  visitors  in  "feathers  and  fur" 
just  outside  the  window,  and  during  all  the  rest  of 
her  stay  with  Aunt  Mary  she  enjoyed  her  dinner 
more  than  any  other  meal,  for  she  never  tired  of 
watching  these  small  guests  who  seemed  to  find 
something  different  to  do  for  her  amusement  every 
time  they  came  to  their  outdoor  table. — /.  D.  Cozclcs. 
in  Kindergarten  Magazine  and  Pedagogical  Digest. 

Messrs.  L.  Higgins  &  Co.,  Moncton,  N.  B.,  are 
sending  out  a  very  attractive  advertisement,  having 
as  a  centre  piece  the  pictures  of  the  "  Founders  of 
the  Dominion."  It  is  sent  by  mail,  pre-paid,  to  any 
address  for  forty  cents. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


219 


Talks  With  Our  Readers. 

"Subscriber"  thinks  it  would  be  charming  to 
start  a  literary  correspondence  club  on  some  page  of 
the  Review,  to  which  literary  people,  students  and 
teachers  could  send  questions  regarding  the  author, 
(whoever  is  selected),  and  his  poetry  and  writings. 
Also  that  a  number  of  competitive  questions  on  the 
author  and  his  work  be  submitted  every  month  to 
the  corresponding  editor,  these  questions  to  be  ans- 
wered by  the  members  of  the  club.  "Subscriber" 
adds :  "I  think  that  either  a  Browning  or  Tennyson 
club  would  make  a  very  strong  appeal  to  the  readers 
of  the  Review." 

The  idea  is  a  good  one,  and  the  editor  would  be 
glad  to  consider  details  personally  or  by  letter,  if 
"Subscriber"  will  favor  him  with  her  address. 


A  "High  School  Teacher"  who  has  been  especi- 
ally interested  in  the  efforts  of  the  Nova  Scotia 
teachers  to  remedy  the  defects  of  their  high  school 
course,  suggests  that  the  high  school  of  New  Bruns- 
wick is  in  as  serious  a  condition  as  that  of  the  sister 
province.  He  asks,  "when  will  the  educational 
authorities  here  have  the  courage  to  grapple  with 
the  questions?" 

The  two  greatest  needs  in  the  high  school  at  pres- 
ent are,  to  lessen  the  pressure  by  reducing  the  num- 
ber of  subjects  taught,  and  to  provide  optional 
courses.  The  latter  would  entail  considerable  ad- 
ditional expense,  and  would  perhaps  be  out  of 
the  question  in  any  but  our  largest  communities. 
How  to  secure  the  best  results  from  efforts  and  the 
money  spent  on  our  high  schools  is  worthy  of  con- 
sideration, and  the  columns  of  the  Review  are  open 
to  our  correspondent  or  to  those  who  have  some- 
thing tangible  to  offer. 


A  correspondent  would  like  to  see  Dr.  A.  H. 
MacKay's  address  on  the  study  of  Latin  published 
in  the  Review,  and  adds:  "I  think  those  great  de- 
bates on  school  questions,  as  that  for  in  stance  which 
occurred  last  summer  in  Nova  Scotia,  stir  up  people 
and  have  a  great  educational  effect  on  the  com- 
munity." 

Dr.  MacKay's  address  is  published  in  full  in  the 
N.  S.  Journal  of  Education  for  October  last. 


"Subscriber": — "I  have  had  considerable  diffi- 
culty in  teaching  Hay's  History  of  New  Brunswick 
to  my  pupils.  It  seems  too  difficult  for  them  to 
understand.  Do  you  know  of  any  way  by  which  it 
could  be  made  easier  and  more    interesting    to    the 


pupils  ?  If  so,  I  hope  you  may  have  time  to  publish 
it  in  the  Review,  so  that  this  difficulty  may  be 
remedied  by  your  kind  help." 

It  should  not  be  difficult  to  arouse  the  interest  of 
children  in  the  story  of  their  country.  That  was  the 
special  aim  in  view  in  writing  the  history,  and  many 
children  have  read  it  with  the  same  zest  as  they 
would  any  other  story.  "  Subscriber "  may  be 
helped  in  reading  on  another  page  how  one  teacher 
interested  her  children  in  history. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 

Alzen  is  the  name  given  to  a  new  metal  composed  of  two 
parts  of  aluminum  and  one  part  of  zinc.  It  is  as  strong  as 
iron,  takes  a  high  polish,  and  does  not  rust  as  quickly  as 
iron. 

Esperanto  is  making  greater  progress  than  did  any  other 
proposed  international  language,  and  it  is  expected  to  come 
into  general  use  as  a  means  of  communication  between  men 
of  different  nations  who  do  not  understand  each  other's 
native  tongue. 

English  capitalists  have  closed  a  contract  with  the  gov. 
ernment  of  Newfoundland  for  a  fast  steamship  service 
between  St.  Johns  and  a  port  on  the  Irish  coast. 

Russia  will  begin  the  withdrawal  of  troops  from  Man- 
churia without  waiting  for  the  25th  of  April,  the  date  fixed 
by  the  treaty  of  Portsmouth. 

The  greater  part  of  the  city  of  Kingston,  Jamaica,  was 
destroyed  by  earthquake  on  the  14th  of  January.  Fire  fol- 
lowed the  earthquake,  and  many  lives  were  lost.  The 
Dominion  government  has  given  $50,000  towards  the  relief 
of  sufferers,  and  the  United  States  government  sent  prompt 
assistance. 

Much  indignation  was  felt  when  it  was  reported  that  the 
admiral  in  command  of  the  United  States  ships  at  Kingston 
Had  taken  matters  in  his  own  hands,  landing  armed  men  on 
British  soil  and  raising  the  United  States  flag;  but  it  has 
been  explained  later  that  he  landed  men  under  arms  at  the 
request  of  the  local  police  inspector  to  overawe  the  convicts 
in  the  penitentiary  who  were  supposed  to  be  on  the  point  of 
rising,  and  that  he  recalled  them  on  the  same  day  at  the 
governor's  request.  The  naval  officer  in  command  of  a 
British  ship,  which  arrived  later,  offered  to  send  men  ashore 
'f  needed,  but  his  offer  was  delined. 

Nearly  one  hundred  thousand  immigrants  from  the 
British  Isles,  over  fifty  thousand  from  the  continent  of 
Europe,  and  over  sixty  thousand  from  the  United  States 
were  added  to  the  population  of  Canada  in  iyo6. 

Lord  Strathcona  has  agreed  to  give  $2,500  a  year  for  t'wc 
years  for  excavations  among  the  Hittite  ruins  in  Asia 
Minor.  Two  thousand  inscribed  tablets  have  been  found 
in  the  ruins  of  one  of  the  Hittite  cities.  Important  dis- 
coveries in  ancient  history  are  expected. 

Recent  discoveries  in  Central  Asia  include  some  ancient 
manuscripts  on  birch  hark,  together  with  paper  manu- 
scripts probably  belonging  to  the  eighth  century  of  our 
era. 

A  German  inventor  is  able  to  send  messages  over  a  dis- 
tance of   twenty-live  miles  by   wireless   telephone,   and  lie 


220 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


lieves  that  the  possibilities  of  extending  the  distance  are 
almost  limitless. 

A  new  electric  light  filament  has  been  invented  which 
requires  less  than  one-fourth  the  energy  to  give  the  same 
light  as  given  by  the)  carbon  filaments  now  in  use. 

The  Shah  of  Persia  died  on  the  8th  of  January,  and  was 
succeeded  by  his  eldest  son,  Mohammed  Ali  Mirza.  The 
new  Shah  is  familiar  with  European  affairs,  and  is  said 
to  have  approved  the  great  political  change  which  marks 
the  close  of  his  father's  reign,  the  calling  of  a  National 
Assembly.  The  new  Assembly  met  on  the  3rd  of  January, 
but  five  days  before  the  death  of  the  late  Shah.  It  has 
control  of  financial  matters  and  public  works,  but  only  an 
advisory  voice  in  matters  of  administration. 

A  projectile  that  takes  photographs  is  another  German 
invention.  It  is  in  the  form  of  a  shell  enclosing  a  camera, 
the  shutter  of  which  works  automatically  as  the  projectile 
begins  to  descend,  thus  obtaining  a  picture  of  a  broad  ex- 
panse of  country. 

Pneumatic  locomotives  in  use  in  German  mines  have  an 
air  tank  in  place  of  a  steam  boiler.  The  air  is  stored  at 
high  pressure ;  and  its  expansion  gives  a  safe,  reliable  and 
cheap  power. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Mr.  Elmer  E.  King,  for  twenty  years  principal  of  the 
Loggieville,  N.  B.,  school,  and  a  native  of  Kings  County, 
died  recently  after  a  short  illness  of  pneumonia.  He  was 
an  estimable  citizen  and  a  competent  instructor. 

Among  the  candidates  at  Acadia  University  for  the 
Rhodes  scholarships  to  be  awarded  this  month  is  Arthur 
Estey,  of  Fredericton,  nephew  of  Mr.  J.  W.  Spurden, 
manager  of  the  People's  Bank. 

Mr.  J.  V.  Lynn  has  resigned  his  position  as  instructor 
in  manual  training  at  the  N.  B.  Normal  School  to  assume 
a  similar  position  at  Calgary. 

Mr.  C.  J.  Mersereau,  M.  A.,  has  recently  been  appointed 
principal  of  the  Horton  Academy,  Wolfville,  an  institution 
in  which  he  has  taught  with  distinguished  ability  for  several 
years. 

Dr.  Ernest  Rutherford,  Macdonald  Professor  of  Physics 
at  McGill  University,  has  resigned  to  accept  the  post  of 
Langworthy  Professor  and  Director  of  Physical  Labora- 
tories in  the  University  of  Manchester. 

Principal  W.  B.  Shaw,  recently  of  the  Bristol,  Carleton 
County,  superior  school,  is  at  present  teaching  in  the  In- 
dustrial School  near  Red  Deer,  Alberta,  and  finds  the  work 
quite  interesting. 

Principal  E.  B.  Smith,  of  the  County  Academy,  Port 
Hood,  C.  B.,  is  receiving  deserved  commendation  for  his 
excellent  management  of  the  schools  of  that  town.  Greet- 
ings, the  local  paper,  says :  "  Parents  and  children  here 
and  elsewhere  in  the  County  of  Inverness  who  have  pupils 
attending  must  certainly  appreciate  the  good,  substantial 
educational  work  which  is  being  done  here." 

On  Friday  evening,  December  21,  the  students  of  Guys- 
biro,   N.    S..   academy  called  upon   their   principal,   Mr.   W. 
W.    Herdman,   and    presented    him    with   a   complimentary. 
address   and   a   handsome  sterling  silver  writing  set.     Mr! 


Herdman  replied,  thanking  the  students  for  their  kindness 
and  good-will.  The  attendance  at  the  Guysboro  Academy 
this  year  is  the  largest  on  record,  many  students  coming 
from  different  points  of  county.  Mr.  Herdman  is  a  Pictou 
boy,  a  splendid  teacher,  and  well  regarded  by  those  of 
whom  he  has  charge. 

The  Fredericton  Board  of  School  Trustees  have  decided 
to  introduce  regular  musical  instruction  in  the  public 
schools  under  their  charge — a  wise  and  progressive  measure 
which  it  is  hoped  may  be  speedily  followed  in  other  com- 
munities. 

Mr.  Wm.  R.  Shanklin,  recently  a  member  of  the  staff 
of  the  School  for  the  Deaf,  Lancaster,  has  been  appointed 
principal  of  the  Newman  street  school,  St.  John.  Mr. 
Shanklin  has  had  considerable  experience,  and  has  shown 
much  skill  in  teaching. 

Mr.  John  G.  MacKinnon  has  been  appointed  teacher  of 
grade  six,  Leinster  street  school,  St.  John;  not  of  the 
Douglas  Avenue  school,  as  stated  last  month. 


RECENT   BOOKS. 


One  of  the  great  needs  at  this  and  all  seasons  of  the 
year  is  the  Canadian  Almanac  for  1007,  published  by  Copp. 
Clark  &  Company,  Toronto.  The  writer  inquired  for  it 
at  several  of  the  city  bookstores  about  the  tenth  of  Janu- 
ary, and  the  reply  was,  "  All  sold  out ;  another  lot  ordered." 
Everybody  seems  to  need  the  concise  summary  that  is 
found  in  this  invaluable  publication — the  astronomical  and 
meteorogical  calculations,  commercial  reports  of  Canada, 
short  history  of  the  Dominion,  Canadian  banks  and  other 
public  institutions,  forms  of  government  throughout  the 
world,  British  army  and  navy,  Canadian  militia,  post  offices 
and  railroad  stations  in  Canada,  officials  of  all  grades,  and 
the  clergy,  lawyers,  et  als,  of  the  Dominion  and  the  pro- 
vinces, educational  institutions,  societies,  Canadian  tariff, 
and  information  of  various  kinds  such  as  one  needs  every 
day  from  the  first  of  January  to  the  thirty-first  December. 

Messrs.  Ginn  &  Company,  Boston,  publish  two  books 
that  will  prove  of  great  benefit  to  students  who  wish  a 
brief  but  clear  view  of  history  from  the  earliest  times 
down  to  the  present.  The  first  is  Myers's  Short  History 
of  Ancient  Times  (388  pages,  mailing  price  $1.25),  con- 
taining the  first  part  of  that  author's  General  History, 
brought  down  to  the  period  of  Charlemagne.  The  second 
is  Myers's  Short  History  of  Mediaeval  and  Modern  Times 
(438  pages,  mailing  price  $1.30),  the  companion  volum~ 
to  the  History  of  Ancient  Times,  containing  the  record 
down  to  modern  times.  These  books  should  be  in  eve-y 
school  library,  furnishing  as  they  do  an  interesting, 
authentic  and  concise  account  of  the  world's  doings,  avail- 
able to  every  student. 

Messrs.  Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  London,  publish  an  Outline 
Elementary  Atlas  of  Comparative  Geography  (price,  one 
shilling),  containing  a  series  of  32  outline  maps  on  draw- 
ing. The  series  forms  a  very  useful  set  of  outlines  for 
map  drawing. 

Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  publish  a  Nature-Know- 
ledge Diary,  compiled  with  notes  on  nature-study  by  W. 
kPcrcival  Westell.  These  notes  are  very  simple  and  con- 
cise, and  the   Diary  is  an  excellent    vade  mccum  to    the 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW.  221 

©  fa 

%  .    ij§ 

|        Gen\iine  I 


^ 
# 


$ 


Hylo-Placte 
Blackboards 


|  Blackboards  I 

tic  WE  CARRY  A  LARGE  STOCK. 


SATISFACTION    GUARANTEED. 


#  9&  •$• 


E.  N.  MOYER  COMPANY  HUB, 


W 


®  ^   ^   ^  @ 

tic  #  #  #  m 

tit  © 

I  PATRONIZE  HOME  ENTERPRISE  I 


W 


$  W 

till  W 

$ 

tiil  ~ ~ ~~ © 

©  26  GRANVILLE    STREET.                                                                      ($ 

%  W 

^  Halifax,                                        Nova  Scotia.                                ^ 


2-22 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


New 


KM  rx  rx       i  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan. 
JVIapSJ  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent 
Write  for  Special  Prices.      (  WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 


BridTey  Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  for  Special 
Catalogue. 


Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dust  less  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 
Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards. 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st,  we.t,  Toronto,  ont. 


School  of  Science  for  Atlantic  Provinces  cf  Canada. 

21ST   SESSION,    JULY    2ND    TO  19TH,    1907. 
HT     RIVERSIDE,  NEW     BRUNSWICK- 

Courses  in   Physical  and   Biological  Sciences,    English,    Drawing,   Cardboard-  Work 

and   Photography. 
Excursions  to  Many  Points  of  Interest.  Tuition  for  all  Courses  only  $2.50 


For  Calendar  containing  full  information,  apply  to 


J.  D.  SEAMAN,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 


young  nature  student.  The  publishers  announce  their 
intention  of  giving  six  prizes  each  year,  each  a  beautifully 
illustrated  natural  history  book,  to  those  sending  in  the 
best  kept  Nature-Knowledge  Diary,  on  the  plan  of  their 
own  publication.  Some  of  our  young  nature-students 
should  be  competitors.  , 

Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  are  publishing  the 
greater  plays  of  Shakespeare  in  neat  red  cover  editions, 
without  notes,  price  4d.  each.  The  three  of  the  series 
which  have  already  appeared  are  The  Merchant  of  Venice, 
As  You  Like  It,  King  Henry  Fifth.  The  text  omits  every- 
thing undesirable  in  class  reading. 

Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son  also  publish  in  their  "  Little 
library  of  Pedagogics  "  John  Dewy's  The  School  and  Child 
(price  is.),  edited  by  J.  J.  Findlay,  Professor  of  Education 
in  the  University  of  Manchester. 


RECENT   MAGAZINES. 


That  grand  old  magazine,  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  which 
celebrates  its  Jubilee  this  year,  begins  1907  with  an  excel- 
lent number,  varied  to  suit  the  tastes  of  its  readers.  No 
stories  recently  published  in  the  Atlantic  have  met  with 
greater  success  than  those  by  S.  Carleton,  a  resident  of 
Halifax,  Nova  Scotia.  "  The  Lame  Priest,''  "  The  Sound 
of  the  Axe,"  "  The  Frenchwoman's  Son,"  and  "The  Whale" 
will  be  recalled  with  pleasure.  The  January  Atlantic  has 
an  article  by  Professor  Archibald  MacMechan  of  Dalhousie 
University  which  all  readers  and  teachers  of  Longfellow's 
Evangeline  should  read.     It  is  corrective. 


Eight  illustrated  articles  and  four  articles  without  illus- 
tration, all  by  specialists  and  writers  of  note,  together  with 
six  short  stories  by  leading  writers  of  fiction  in  Canada, 
besides  a  liberal  insertion  of  poetry  and  light  material,  is 
the  programme  furnished  by  the  Canadian  Magazine  for 
the  first  month  of  1907.  Canadian  Artists  Abroad  is  an 
appreciation  of  the  work  of  two  eminent  Canadian  artists 
— Morrice  and  Hill,  the  latter  a  sculptor. 

The  persecution  of  the  Prussian  Poles,  in  connection  with 
the  attempt  to  Germanize  the  people  of  Prussian  Poland 
by  forcing  them  to  use  the  German  language  in  the  schools 
for  religious  as  well  as  secular  instruction,  has  not  attract- 
ed the  attention  in  this  country  which  its  importance 
deserves.  The  article  on  this  subject  by  "Posen"  in  The 
Living  Age  for  January  5  describes  the  great  school  strike 
of  Polish  children  to  which  this  attempt  has  led. 

The  Delineator  for  February  contains  much  lively  read- 
ing matter  in  addition  to  its  fashion  plates :  The  Making 
of  a  Charming  Woman,  by  an  "  Old  Beau ;  "  The  Funniest 
Valentines,  by  the  Funniest  People;  Talks  on  Home- 
making,  by  Alice  M.  Kellogg;  The  Miller  and  the  Mouse, 
by  Grace  MacGowan  Cooke,  and  other  bright  articles  and 
stories. 

The  Chautauquan  is  publishing  a  series  of  articles,  of 
which  numbers  one  and  two  have  appeared  in  December 
and  January,  entitled  "  A  Reading  Journey  in  English 
Counties."  The  journey  begins  with  the  border  and  lake 
counties  and  will  end  with  Cornwall.  The  articles  are 
fully  illustrated,  and  so  far  have  been  of  decided  interest. 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to  Advanced 

Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 

Published  Monthly.                         ST. 

JOHN,  N.  B.,  MARCH,   1907.                              $1.00  per  Year. 

o.  U.  HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 

A..  McKAY, 

Editor  for  Nova  Scotia. 

THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leimter  Street,    St.  John.  N.  B. 

Phintcd  by  Barnes  &  Co..  St.  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


229 

2}0 
231 
23« 

232 

233 

»33 
234 
*3S 
337 
238 
239 
240 
241 
242 
244 
245 

246 


Editorial  Note ...    .. 

Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms.      Ill 

Forestry.  

Free— "The    Dictionary  Habit," 

Nature  Study  in   March 

Our  Picture  lor  March 

March 

March  and  its  High  Days 

Rockefeller's  (43.000,000 

Geometrical  Drawing— IV.,  

A  History  Device,...  

Art  in  the  Netherlands 

Sarah's  Teachers 

Frcebel's  Educational  System,..  

Avogadro's  Law,.  

Natural  History  for  Little  Folks 

Where  Montgomery  Fell 

Rhymes  For  Little  Folks, 

March 

Your  Gawky  Boy,  ...  247 

Current  Events 247 

School  and  College, ..  248 

Recent  Books 248 

New  Advertisements  -Everyman's  Library,  T.  C.  Allen  &  Co.;  L'Aca- 
demie  DeBrisay;  Webster's  International  Dictionary;  Wm. Thomson 
&  Co.;  The  Home  Correspondence  School  of  Canada,  Ltd.;  Yale 
University  Summer  School:  K.  E.  Holman  &  Co.;  Official  Notices. 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "23s"  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  Dec.  31,  1906. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

In  the  sudden  death  of  Lieutenant-Governor 
Snowball,  following  so  soon  after  the  equally  sudden 
death  of  Hon.  A.  G.  Blair,  New  Brunswick  loses  two 
of  her  eminent  sons,  men  of  character  and  influence 
who  have  left  their  impress  on  their  generation. 

Hon.  L.  J.  Tweedie,  Premier  and  Provincial 
Secretary  of  New  Brunswick,  has  been  appointed 
Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  province  in  place  of 
the  late  Hon.  W.  B.  Snowball.  Hon.Wm.  Pugsley 
has  been  called  to  the  leadership  of  the  provincial 
administration. 

The  official  notice  on  another  page  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Education  in  Nova  Scotia  con- 
tains some  important  announcements.  Principal 
W.  R.  Campbell,  M.A.,  after  twenty  years  success- 
ful work  as  principal  of  Colchester  Academy, 
Truro,    N.  S,   has   been    appointed    inspector  of 


schools  for  the  newly-created  district  Number 
Twelve  —  the  county  of  Colchester.  Hitherto 
the  inspectorial  work  of  Colchester,  Cumberland 
and  Pictou  was  found  to  be  too  heavy  for  the 
present  inspectors,  Inglis  C.  Craig  and  E.  L. 
Armstrong,  so  the  council  of  public  instruction 
decided  to  make  Colchester  a  separate  inspectorial 
division,  and  Principal  Campbell,  after  some  hesi- 
tation, has  accepted  the  position.  Truro  Academy 
has  been  one  of  the  leading  academies  of  Nova 
Scotia  under  the  successful  administration  of  Mr. 
Campbell,  whose  experience  and  abilities  serve 
him  well  for  his  new  position. 

Mr.  Stanley  S.  Bruce  of  Shelburne  Academy 
succeeds  Mr.  James  H.  Munro  as  inspector  of 
schools  for  Yarmouth  and  Shelburne  counties. 
Mr.  Munro  retires  after  many  years  of  faithful 
and  efficient  service.  Mr.  Bruce  has  proved  him- 
self a  competent  and  successful  teacher,  and  for 
many  years  has  been  a  diligent  student  of  the 
natural  history  of  Shelburne  County. 

A  federal  conference  on  education  will  be  held  in 
London  from  May  24th  to  June  1st.  Its  object  is  to 
promote  the  furtherance  of  the  federation  of  the 
Empire  in  education.  Representatives  from  all 
parts  of  the  Empire  are  expected  to  take  part  in  this 
important  meeting.  Chief  Superintendent  Dr.  Inch 
of  New  Brunswick,  and  Dr.  MacKay,  Superinten- 
dent of  Education  for  Nova  Scotia,  have  accepted 
invitations  to  be  present. 


Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay  in  an  article  in  the  Federal 
Magazine  of  London  urges  the  desirability  of  a 
uniform  system  of  nomenclature  in  connection  with 
the  ages  and  grades  of  pupils  in  primary  and 
secondary  schools,  not  only  throughout  the  Empire, 
but  in  all  English-speaking  countries.  This,  Dr. 
MacKay  says,  can  only  be  brought  about  through 
the  influence  of  some  central  agency,  such  as  the 
proposed  convention,  which,  if  it  originate  such  a 
general  co-operation,  would  be  sufficient  of  itself 
to  justify  its  assembling.  Dr.  MacKay  is  also 
contributing  to  the  same  magazine  a  series  of 
articles  on  education  in  Nova  Scotia. 


230 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms  —  III. 

By  the  Editor. 

A  correspondent  considers  this  series  of  talks  on 
"Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms,"  as  one  of  the  most 
helpful  and  encouraging  features  of  the  Review, 
because  few  teachers  have  the  opportunity  to  visit 
other  schools,  and  "because  many  teachers,  from 
long  meditating  on  their  own  troubles  in  school, 
sometimes  imagine  that  they  are  the  only  ones  who 
have  any  difficulties.  So,  in  your  account  of  visits 
to  schoolrooms  do  not  give  us  only  the  bright  side 
of  the  picture.  Tell  us  some  of  the  trials  and 
troubles,  and  how  they  are  overcome." 

These  records  of  visits  to  schools  are  intended  to 
help  teachers,  and  if  the  editor  has  so  far  strayed 
into  the  good  schools,  it  was  not  intentional  to  do  so, 
but  rather  to  take  them  as  they  come,  and  to  afford 
glimpses  not  only  of  those  recently  visited,  but  to 
call  up  pleasant  impressions — or  otherwise — of 
school  work  seen  in  the  past.  It  is  much  more 
pleasant  to  jot  down  the  impressions  produced  by- 
visiting  a  school  where  everything  is  in  "apple  pie 
order"  than  the  reverse  picture.  There  are  two 
difficulties  in  the  way  in  presenting  the  latter:  In 
very  many  schools  teachers  and  children  do  better 
work  when  visitors  are  present;  if  both  are  placed 
at  a  disadvantage  and  obviously  embarassed  by  the 
presence  of  a  visitor,  the  lessons  drawn  from  failure 
may  not  be  either  happy  or  accurate.  Again,  the 
bad  schools  with  harsh,  unsympathetic  teachers  and 
impish,  noisy  children  are  rare, — at  least  the  evi- 
dence points  that  way.  If  any  correspondent  will 
tell  the  Review  of  such  a  school  it  will  be  visited, 
if  not  too  far  away. 


During  a  visit  to  a  school  a  few  months  ago  there 
was  a  recitation  in  geography.  The  pupils  had  their 
books  open  before  them.  The  teacher  asked 
questions ;  the  pupils  answered  after  consulting  their 
maps  or  books.  There  was  no  interruption  to  the 
cross  fire  of  questions  until  the  visitor  volunteered 
one,  which  was  answered  readily  enough.  But  it 
mattered  little  whether  the  question  was  answered 
correctly  or  not.  The  class  had  no  evident  interest 
in  the  work ;  there  was  no  opportunity  to  think, 
compare,  observe,  for  which  the  right  study  of 
geography  is  so  well  fitted ;  there  was  no  history, 
current  events,  travel,  incident,  or  other  companion 
subjects  of  geography  to  enliven  the  lesson.  It  was 
geography  pure  and  simple,  and  so  crudely  conduct- 
ed that  it  was  charitable  to  suppose  that  teacher  and 


pupils  were  merely  putting  in  the  time — it  was  the 
last  half  hour  of  the  day. 

No  subject  has  been  more  changed  in  its  methods 
of  presentation  during  the  last  decade  or  two  than 
geography.  Instead  of  memorizing  a  mass  of  details, 
consisting  of  names  of  capes,  islands,  rivers,  bound- 
aries, etc.,  it  is  now  recognized  as  a  distinct  branch 
of  science  and  an  important  adjunct  of  nature-study. 
Its  aim  is  first  to  make  the  pupils  acquainted  with 
home  and  its  surroundings,  and  using  these  as  a 
starting  point  to  proceed  to  a  knowledge  of  the 
world — its  features,  inhabitants,  products. 

A  lesson  given  to  a  fourth  grade  class  at  a  normal 
institute,  which  I  attended  in  Eastern  Nova  Scotia 
a  few  years  ago,  will  illustrate  how  interesting  this 
subject  may  be  made  to  young  children,  and  how  it 
may  be  used  to  train  them  to  habits  of  observation 
and  reading.  The  lesson  was  carefully  prepared  by 
a  teacher  and  given  as  a  model  to  other  teachers 
present. 

The  teacher  had  not  met  his  pupils  until  that 
morning.  A  few  minutes  were  spent  in  obtaining 
from  them  what  they  knew  about  their  surround- 
ings: A  village  overlooking  the  Strait  of  Canso, 
some  few  facts  about  the  occupations  of  the  people 
who  live  there,  and  the  products  and  industries  of 
the  place,  with  a  few  incidental  references  to  the 
plants  and  animals  found  in  the  neighborhood.  The 
teacher  soon  gained  the  sympathy  of  the  pupils,  by 
his  own  evident  interest  in  all  matters  that  they 
talked  about,  and  by  his  offer  to  take  them  out  that 
afternoon  on  an  exploring  trip..  Here  was  a  teacher 
who  volunteered  after  a  few  hours'  acquaintance 
with  the  place  (if  I  am  correct  in  this  opinion)  to  do 
what  some  other  teachers  hesitated  to  do  after  weeks 
or  months  spent  in  acquainting  (  ?)  themselves  with 
the  vicinity  of  their  schools.  The  remaining  time 
of  the  lesson  was  spent  in  drawing  from  the  pupils 
their  knowledge  about  the  ships  in  the  harbour, 
what  they  took  away  and  what  they  brought  back, 
and  the  same  with  the  railway,  with  an  imaginary 
journey  on  each,  and  the  places  probably  visited. 
There  were  maps  and  pictures  to  illustrate  these 
journeys,  which  though  imaginary  became  very  real 
under  the  influence  of  a  live  teacher. 

Bear  in  mind  that  the  purpose  of  this  lesson  was 
simply  to  draw  from  the  pupils  a  knowledge  of  their 
surroundings  and  then  to  connect  the  people  and 
products  of  their  home  with  those  of  more  distant 
places,  without  entering  into  too  much  detail.  In 
these  respects  the  lesson  was  indeed  a  model. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


231 


Forestry. 

The  recent  forestry  convention  held  in  Frederic- 
ton  served  to  show  the  interest  that  is  felt  in  New 
Brunswick  concerning  the  care  and  preservation 
of  its  trees.  Not  only  was  there  a  large  gathering 
of  the  representative  men  of  the  province,  but  men 
well  versed  in  the  science  of  forestry  from  Eastern 
Canada,  and  experts  from  Harvard  and  Yale  were 
present  to  discuss  the  more  technical  aspects  of  the 
question.  The  members  of  the  provincial  parlia- 
ment showed  an  intelligent  interest  in  the  proceed- 
ings. The  legislature  was  adjourned,  and  the  legis- 
lative chamber  was  occupied  by  the  members  of  the 
convention  during  the  two  days  that  their  import- 
ant deliberations  continued. 

A  hopeful  feature  of  the  convention  was  the 
evident  interest  felt  in  the  education  of  those  who 
are  in  future  to  have  the  care  and  control  of  the 
forests.  As  one  expressed  it,  to  make  foresters  you 
must  catch  them  while  they  are  young.  Chancellor 
Jones  of  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  outlined 
a  course  which  might,  with  little  change  in  existing 
conditions,  and  with  little  additional  expense,  pro- 
vide a  suitable  education  for  those  who  have  the 
science  of  forestry  in  view.  In  brief,  a  thorough 
course  of  engineering  would  be  provided  for  during 
the  first  two  years  of  a  student's  life  at  the  Univers- 
ity, and  during  the  last  two  years  special  instruction 
could  be  given  in  forestry.  During  the  course  of 
these  students  subjects  which  are  more  intimately 
connected  with  forestry,  such  as  botany,  chemis- 
try, surveying  and  related  studies  would  receive 
more  special  attention. 

It  was  urged  by  one  of  the  speakers  that  the  sons 
of  lumbermen  and  others  who  may  not  desire  to 
take  a  full  course  should  have  the  privilege  of 
taking  a  shorter  course;  and  no  doubt  provisions 
may  be  made  for  this,  especially  if  the  lumbermen 
of  New  Brunswick  will  contribute  towards  an  en- 
dowment for  this  purpose.  At  Yale  University  a 
request  similar  to  the  one  noted  above  was  made  by 
lumbermen,  and  the  answer  was  returned  that  if 
they  provided  for  it  such  a  course  would  be  estab- 
lished. The  lumbermen  promptly  made  a  gift  of 
$150,000.  There  is  wealth  and  public  spirit  enough 
among  the  lumbermen  of  New  Brunswick  to 
respond  just  as  readily  to  a  call  upon  them  to  endow 
a  chair  of  forestry  in  the  New  Brunswick 
University,  or  at  least  to  provide  for  an  endowment 
covering  a  special  course. 


Dr.  J.  R.  Inch,  Chief  Superintendent  of  Educa- 
tion, in  dwelling  upon  the  relation  of  forestry  to  our 
public  schools,  spoke  of  the  advantage  of  nature- 
studies,  and  the  observance  of  Arbor  day  in  pro- 
moting an  interest  in  and  respect  for  trees  among 
children. 

Mr.  T.  B.  Kidner,  director  of  manual  training,  in 
his  illustrative  talk  about  trees  and  other  plants, 
pointed  out  what  the  manual  training  schools  are 
capable  of  doing  in  this  direction.  The  collection 
of  woods  and  drawings  aroused  much  interest  and 
attention  among  those  present. 

It  is  confidently  expected  that  this  convention,  the 
direct  result  of  which  is  the  formation  of  a  pro- 
vincial forestry  association,  will  do  much  good  in 
directing  attention  to  the  need  of  better  methods  in 
lumbering  and  the  care  of  forests  in  New  Bruns- 
wick. No  country  in  the  world  is  better  adapted  in 
its  natural  condition  for  the  growth  of  trees  than 
New  Brunswick,  and  the  preservation  of  its  forests 
should  be  one  of  the  first  duties  of  its  government 
and  people. 


Free  — "The  Dictionary  Habit."' 

The  publishers  of  Webster's  International  Dic- 
tionary have  just  issued  a  handsome  thirty-two  page 
booklet  on  the  use  of  the  dictionary.  Sherwin  Cody, 
well-known  as  a  writer  and  authority  on  English 
grammar  and  composition,  is  the  author.  The 
booklet  contains  seven  lessons  for  systematically 
acquiring  the  dictionary  habit.  While  it  is  prim- 
arily intended  for  teachers  and  school  principals, 
the  general  reader  will  find  much  of  interest  and 
value.  A  copy  will  be  sent,  gratis,  to  anyone  who 
addresses  the  firm,  G.  &  C.  Merriam  Company, 
Springfield,  Mass.  Write  to-day.  The  teacher 
will  find  it  one  of  the  greatest  aids  in  getting  pupils 
to  do  profitable  work  for  themselves. 


Professor  I.ounsberry,  discussing  the  question  of 
simple  English,  said  at  Yale  one  afternoon :  "There 
was  a  little  boy  who  began  to  keep  a  diary.  His 
first  entry  was :  '  Got  up  this  morning  at  7  o'clock.' 
He  showed  the  entry  to  his  mother,  and  she,  horror- 
stricken,  said:  'Have  you  never  been  to  school?' 
'  Got  up,'  indeed !  Such  an  expression  !  Does  the 
sun  get  up?  No;  it  rises.  And  she  scratched  out 
'  (iot  up  at  7,'  and  wrote  '  Rose  at  7  '  in  its  place. 
That  night  the  boy,  before  retiring,  ended  the  entry 
for  the  day  with  the  sentence :  '  Set  at  9  o'clock.'  " 


232 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Nature  Study  in  March. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 

March  is  the  harbinger  of  Spring — indeed  it  is 
the  first  spring  month  according  to  the  calendar, 
although  in  this  northern  climate  of  ours  there  is 
more  of  winter  about  it  than  spring.  He  is  a  vari- 
able fellow,  this  March,  when  the  waning  cold 
struggles  with  the  waxing  warmth,  and  when  bois- 
terous winds  make  no  one  regretful  that  Winter's 
reign  is  nearing  an  end.  "As  mad  as  a  March 
hare,"  is  an  old  English  saying,  and  it  might  be 
suppose,  if  we  judged  from  our  blustering  month, 
that  the  hare  (or  rabbit,  as  we  call  the  species  here) 
is  goaded  to  madness  by  hunger  or  cold.  But  an 
old  English  writer  tells  us  that  March  is  the  mating 
season  for  the  hare,  when  he  becomes  excitable  and 
violent  as  he  feels  the  warm  blood  of  spring  pulsing 
through  his  veins. 

The  pale  faces  of  the  children  who  have  kept  too 
close  to  their  books  during  the  long  winter  begin  to 
glow  with  the  prospect  of  work  in  the  school  garden 
or  a  romp  in  the  woods  in  search  of  early  spring 
flowers,  or  listening  to  the  carols  of  our  old  friends 
the  birds,  or  the  peeping  of  frogs  after  their  long 
sleep  in  the  mud,  or  other  of  those  numberless 
sounds  and  signs  of  a  returning  spring. 

What  a  delight  it  will  be  for  those  children  to 
welcome  back  the  little  birds  which  come  in  ever 
increasing  flocks  to  their  native  haunts  in  the  north. 
Yes,  their  native  haunts,  for  were  they  not  born 
here,  and  are  they  not  coming  back  to  revisit  their 
homes,  to  make  new  nests,  and  to  carol  gladly 
among  the  branches  where  first  they  looked  out  with 
wonder  on  this  busy,  work-a-day  world? 

"But  when  will  our  friends  be  here?"  say  the 
children.  "When  can  we  expect  Robin  Redbreast, 
or  that  delight  of  past  summers,  the  Song  Sparrow, 
or  the  Fox  Sparrow,  a  joy  to  all  lovers  of  birds 
music,  and  many  other  glad  song  birds?"  No  one 
can  tell  the  precise  time  of  their  coming,  so  the 
word  must  be — wait  and  watch.  Continued  severe 
weather  delays  their  coming.  If  warm  weather 
prevails  for  several  days  they  may  surely  be  expected 
to  follow  in  the  wake  of  this  warm  wave.  When  the 
ice  leaves  our  bays,  ponds  and  rivers,  the  ducks  and 
loons  will  appear,  and  wild  geese  in  spreading  V- 
shaped  flocks,  the  air  vibrating  with  their  "honk, 
honk,"  so  familiar  to  school  boys,  will  be  flying 
north  again.  But  they  do  not  come  until  the  ice 
is  out  of  the  bays  and  estuaries  to  the  north  of  us. 
( 1  low  do  they  know  ? — but  that  is  more  than  you 
or  I  can  tell).     They  do  not  come  until  their  food. 


scarce  at  first  though  it  may  be,  is  ready  for  them ; 
and  so  of  the  birds  that  prey  upon  insects.  Nor  do 
those  birds  with  long  sharp  bills,  like  the  wood- 
cock, come  until  the  earth  is  thawed  sufficiently 
for  them  to  search  for  their  fare  of  earthworms. 

The  signs  of  spring  are  soon  to  be  seen  on  the 
branches  of  trees.  The  twigs  of  maples  and  wil- 
lows are  putting  on  a  deeper  hue.  The  buds  of 
some  trees  are  beginning  to  grow  red,  and  from  day 
to  day,  warmed  by  the  sun,  begin  to  grow  larger, 
and  get  ready  to  cast  off  their  winter  wraps.  What 
are  these  buds  and  what  do  they  contain?  When 
were  they  formed?  Why  do  they  need  coverings? 
What  will  they  grow  into?  are  questions  that  will 
occur  to  every  child  at  this  season. 

As  the  month  draws  to  a  close  the  little  furry 
catkins  on  the  pussy  willow  will  be  seen  to  have 
come  further  out  during  the  warm  days.  Notice 
the  catkins  on  the  birch,  the  alder  and  the  hazel 
trees.  Notice  the  other  trees  that  are  preparing  to 
send  forth  their  flowers.  "Their  flowers!"  say  the 
children ;  "do  trees  have  flowers  ?"  They  do  indeed, 
and  most  of  trees  bear  their  flowers  in  early  spring. 
Look  for  them  this  spring  on  every  tree  that  you 
meet. 

One  of  the  sounds  of  early  spring  will  be  the 
roar  of  streams  and  rivulets  as  they  strive  to  break 
the  bands  of  the  ice-king.  Watch  the  banks  of  some 
of  these  streams  and  even  the  rills  that  trickle  by 
the  roadsides.  Notice  the  earth  caving  in,  and  see 
how  muddy  the  water  looks.  Follow  the  course  of 
this  muddy  water,  and  find  out  what  becomes  of 
the  mud  and  gravel  that  these  streams  carry  along. 
And  that  may  tell  you  what  changes  have  been  go- 
ing on  upon  this  earth  during  the  winters  and 
springs  of  countless  years  of  the  past. 

No  Nature-study  in  March  !  Oh,  yes ;  if  we  can 
get  into  the  spirit  of  it  there  is  plenty  of  material ; 
and  the  first  bird,  the  first  sign  of  a  flower,  of  a  red- 
dish twig  or  bud,  will  remind  us  of  other  spring 
advents.  Thus  we  can  refresh  our  spirits  after  the 
long  winter  and  come  into  touch  with  the  newest 
and  gladdest  spring  it  has  been  our  lot  to  pass 
through. 


I  am  pleased  with  the  Review.  It  tells  me  just 
what  I  want  to  know,  and  helps  me  to  keep  out  of 
ruts.  I  preserve  each  number  far  future  reference. 
Wishing  the  Review  and  its  editors  many  happy 
years  in  representing  the  educational  interests  of 
these  provinces,  Joseph  J.  Gavel. 

Gavelton,  N.  S. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


233 


Our  Picture  for  March. 

Rev.  Hunter  Boyd,  Waweig,  N.  B. 
The  subject  selected  by  the  editor  for  the  March 
number  of  Educational  Review,   belongs  to  the 
class  known  as  "Pictures  that  tell  a  story."     It  will 
appeal  to  youthful  imagination,  and  more  or  less  to 
a  sense  of  humour.    A  title  was  hardly  required,  as 
the  artist  has  conveyed  the  idea  by  his  brush,  but 
titles  are  sometimes    a    necessity    in    order    to    dis- 
tinguish the  works  of  one  painter  from  those  of 
another,    or    to    fix   the    identity  of  his  own.     The 
language  of  emotional  expression  is  practically  the 
same  in  human  life,  and  therefore  if  his  observation 
is  correctly  rewarded  it  would  matter  little  whether 
the  characters  introduced  were  Russian  or  Canadian. 
But  the  scene  has  a  strong  local  flavour  about  it, 
and  those  who  know  London  urchins  will  not  only 
say  it  is  true  to  human  nature,  but  true  to  life  in 
some  sections  of  the  world's  metropolis. 

The  exact  location  is  not  important.     We  see  a 
portion  of  the  pavement  or  'sidewalk'  alongside  the 
high  wall  and  railing   of   the   grounds    of  a    large 
institution.    The  boy  doubtless  has  good  reasons  for 
taking  his  stand  near  the  door  which  is  seen  behind 
him.     It  is  late  in  the  afternoon  and  as  it  becomes 
colder  makes  his  chances  of  doing  business  more 
favorable.     But  his  mind  is  not  wholly  devoted  to 
serving  customers,    the    opportunity    for    throwing 
snowballs  is  very  tempting  when  the  passers  are  so 
infrequent.     To  see  a  gentleman  well-dressed,  and 
more  elderly  than    nimble,  presents  very  strong 
temptation.     Whoever  threw  the  snow,  made  good 
aim  for  the  largest  amount  of  discomfort  to  the 
person  who  received  the  blow.     It  is  possible  that 
this  boy  can  have  done  so.    Judging  the  time  which 
it  would  require  for  the  victim  to  half  turn  his  head, 
would  the  thrower  be  able  to  insert  his  hands  in  his 
pockets,  look  the  other   way,   and  commencing  to 
whistle  assume  this  air  and  bearing  of  innocence? 
The  old  gentleman  is  looking  out  of  the  corner  of 
his  eye — the  boy  is  turning  as  far  as  he  dares,  and  a 
psychologist  would  say  there  has  been  considerable 
emotional  energy  on  the  invisible  line  between  those 
two  eyes. 

Allow  the  scholars  to  describe  as  exactly  as 
possible  the  looks  of  the  two  persons— mischief, 
cunning,  alertness  and  so  on  one  side,  and  annoy- 
ance, anger,  possibly  fear  of  more  attacks  on  the 
other.  Endeavor  to  get  lists  of  suitable  words,  and 
according  to  the  grades  of  the  scholars  attempt  to 
define  the  shades  of  meaning. 


The  picture  will  afford  a  good  basis  for  a  word 
study,  and  some  may  make  it  an  occasion  for  dis- 
cussion of  the  propriety  of  practical  joking.  Is  this 
man  typical  of  the  kind  that  boys  specially  like  to 
irritate. 

It  will  be  interesting  to  know  the  grounds  on 
which  scholars  incline  to  believe  the  boy  is  not 
guilty. 

Objection  is  sometimes  made  that  pictures  should 
not  be  analysed  but  enjoyed;  but  the  title  of  this 
one  positively  invites  discussion.  Many  scholars 
have  not  seen  chestnuts  roasted,  certainly  not  in  our 
streets.  They  are  more  familiar  with  the  process 
of  roasting  peanuts.  The  teacher  will  do  well  to 
encourage  them  to  search  for  accounts  of  London 
waifs  and  their  modes  of  obtaining  a  scanty  liveli- 
hood. Some  may  be  found  eager  to  draw  the 
•simple  open-air  stove  with  the  chestnuts  cracking 
open  on  the  tray  on  which  they  are  roasting.  The 
clothing  of  the  boy  is  typical  of  his  class,  but  in 
strong  contrast  to  Canadian  lads  in  winter.  Would 
such  a  boy  make  a  good  colonist  ? 

The  picture  suffers  scarcely  anything  by  repro- 
duction as  colours  are  not  essential  to  success. 
Invite  the  older  scholars  to  note  the  parallel  lines 
throughout  this  upright  rectangular  arrange- 
ment, and  to  state  if  "unity"  is  secured  in  the 
picture,  and  in  what  manner? 

Can  any  of  the  teachers  recall  references  to 
'roasting  chestnuts'  in  English  literature? 

Answer  to  "  Query  for  Review  Subscribers  "  in 
February  number:  Mrs.  A.  bought  32  yards;  her 
daughter  (Ann)  bought  31  yards;  Mrs.  B.  bought 
12  yards;  her  daughter  (Jane)  bought  9  yards; 
Mrs.  C.  bought  8  yards;  her  daughter  (Eliza) 
bought  1  yard.  C.  E.  Lund. 

A  solution  was  received  from  Mr.  J.  E.  Belliveau, 
Pictou,  N.  S. 

March. 

I   wonder  what  spendthrift  chose  to  spill 
Such  bright  gold  under  my  window-sill ! 
Is  it   fairy  gold?    Does  it  glitter  still? 
Bless  me !  it  is  but  a  daffodil ! 
And  look  at  the  crocuses,  keeping  tryst 
With  the  daffodil   by  the  sunshine  kissed! 
Like  beautiful  bubbles  of  amethyst 
They  seem,  blown  out  of  the  earth's  snow-mist. 
O  March  that  blusters  and  March  that  blows, 
What  color  under  your  footsteps  glows ! 
Beauty  you  summon  from  winter  snows. 
And  you  are  the  pathway  that  leads  to  the  rose. 

— Celia  Thaxter. 


234 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


March  and  Its  High  Days. 

Eleanor  Robinson. 
The  Roman  name  of  this  month  was  Martius 
from  Mars,  the  god  of  war.  A  more  appropriate 
name  in  our  climate  is  that  given  to  it  by  the  Anglo- 
Saxons,  who  called  it  Hlyd  Monath,  that  is,  the 
loud  or  stormy  month.  Among  the  Romans  the 
year  began  in  March,  and  in  the  English  calendar 
March  25th  was  the  first  day  of  the  year  until  1752. 
Thus  in  modern  editions  of  Pepys'  Diary  we  find, 
for  example,  the  days  from  January  1st  to  March 
25th,  1664,  with  the  date  of  both  years,  1663-4.  Both 
in  England  and  Scotland  there  is  an  old  saying 
which  represents  March  as  borrowing  three  days 
from  April,  and  the  last  three  days  of  March  are 
called  "the  borrowed  days.    The  old  rhyme  says  : 

"March    borrowed    from    Averill, 
Three  days,  and  they  were  ill." 

and  another  runs  thus  : 

The  first,  it  sal]  be  wind  and  weet, 
The   next,   it  sail  be  snow  and  sleet, 
The  third,  it  sail  be  sic  and  freeze, 
Sail  gar   (make)   the  birds  stick  to  the  trees." 

And  everyone  is  familiar  with  the  image  of  March 
"going  out  like  a  lion." 

Dry  weather  in  March  is  favorable  to  the  grain 
crops,  hence  the  saying  "A  bushel  of  March  dust  is 
worth  a  King's  ransom. 

We  find  the  days  of  the  patron  saints  of  Wales 
and  of  Ireland  in  March.  The  first  day  of  the 
month  is  sacred  to  St.  David.  There  are  many 
legends  about  this  patron  of  Wales,  but  very  little 
is  really  known  of  his  life.  He  is  thought  to  have 
been  a  bishop  in  Wales  in  the  sixth  century,  and  the 
date  of  his  death  has  been  put  at  601  A.  D.  His 
shrine  is  in  the  church  at  St.  David's.  In 
Shakespere's  "Henry  V,"  Lluellen,  the  Welshman, 
says  to  the  king:  "I  do  pelieve  your  majesty  takes 
no  scorn  to  wear  the  leek  upon  St.  Tavy's  day."  And 
the  king  answers  :  "I  wear  it  for  a  memorable  honor, 
for  I  am  Welsh,  you  know,  good  countryman." 

The  traditional  explanation  of  the  wearing  of  the 
leek  is  that  King  Arthur  won  a  great  victory  over 
the  Saxons  in  a  garden  where  leeks  grew,  and  that 
St.  David  ordered  that  every  one  of  the  King's 
soldiers  should  wear  a  leek  in  his  cap  in  honor  of 
the  victory. 


false  and  true,  beautiful  and  ghastly,  foolish  and 
instructive  stories  are  brought  together.  This  con- 
fusion is  partly  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  name 
Patricius  seems  to  have  been  commonly  used  in  the 
sense  of  nobleman  or  gentleman.  Moreover,  another 
Patrick  was  sent  to  Ireland  as  bishop  by  the  Pope 
about  the  time  that  the  subject  of  this  sketch  began 
his  work  there.  Irish  writers  mention  also  a  third 
ecclesiastic  of  the  same  name,  so  that  it  is  not  sur- 
prising that  the  accounts  of  the  saint  have  been 
confused.  The  following  facts,  however,  are  pretty 
generally  accepted.  St.  Patrick  was  born  in  Scot- 
land at  or  near  Dumbarton,  about  the  end  of  the 
fourth  century,  and  of  Christian  parents.  When  a 
boy  of  fifteen  he  was  taken  prisoner  by  pirates  and 
sold  as  a  slave  in  Ireland,  probably  in  county 
Antrim.  Here  he  tended  cattle  for  six  years,  and 
then  made  his  escape,  but  he  soon  formed  the  plan  of 
going  back  to  Ireland  as  a  missionary.  Where  and 
how  he  was  trained  for  his  work  is  not  certain.  He 
lived  among  his  relations  in  Britain  for  some  time, 
and  they  begged  him  not  to  leave  them,  but  he 
could  not  forget  the  needs  of  the  Irish  people,  and 
in  dreams  he  heard  voices  calling  him  to  come  to 
them.  At  last  his  plan  was  carried  out.  He  says, 
"Thanks  be  to  God,  that  after  very  many  years  the 
Lord  granted  unto  them  according  to  their  cry." 
For  over  forty  years  he  worked  in  Ireland,  travel- 
ing from  place  to  place,  and  risking  death  and 
slavery,  teaching,  baptizing,  and  founding  churches. 
Traditions  all  agree  that  he  died  on  the  17th  of 
March.  The  year  is  uncertain,  but  469  seems  the 
most  likely  date ;  he  was  probably  buried  at  Down- 
patrick.  St.  Partick  was  the  first  great  missionary 
who  went  out  from  Britain,  and  this  alone  would 
commend  his  life,  a  holy  and  useful  one,  to  our  re- 
membrance. The  practice  of  wearing  a  shamrock 
on  his  day  is  thought  to  have  begun  from  his  habit 
of  using  the  trifoliate  leaf  as  an  image  of  the  Holy 
Trinity. 


Around  the  name  of  St.  Patrick,  the  patron  saint 
of  Ireland,  has  gathered  a  mass  of  legends,  in  which 


The  25th  of  March  has  been  kept  since  very  early 
times  as  the  day  on  which  is  commemorated  the 
Annunciation  of  the  Blessed  Virgin  Mary;  that  is, 
the  event  recorded  in  the  first  chapter  of  St.  Luke's 
Gospel,  of  the  Angel  Gabriel's  coming  to  the  Virgin 
with  the  message  that  the  Saviour  of  the  world  was 
to  be  born  of  her.  This  event  has  been  a  favorite 
subject  with  artists,  and  is  portrayed  in  some  of  the 
most  beautiful  pictures  in  the  world.  The  day  is 
commonly  called  Lady  Day. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


235 


The  Festival  of  the  Annunciation  commemorates 
the  promise  of  the  coming  of  the  Saviour,  but  a  still 
greater  event  is  celebrated  this  year  in  the  same 
month,  for  Easter  falls  on  the  31st  of  March.  This 
festival  of  the  Resurrection  of  Christ  has  been  kept 
as  the  crowning  feast  of  the  year  since  very  early 
ages.  It  is  spoken  of  by  ancient  writers  as  "the 
most  holy  Feast,"  "the  Great  Day,"  "the  Feast  of 
Feasts,"  "the  Queen  of  Festivals."  The  name 
Easter  was  in  use  as  far  back  as  the  sixth  century, 
and  the  Venerable  Bede,  the  historian  of  the  church 
in  Britain,  says  that  it  is  derived  from  the  name  of 
a  pagan  goddess,  Eostre,  or  Ostera,  whose  festival 
came  in  the  spring.  Later  writers  say  the  name 
comes  from  a  word  meaning  to  arise.  In  old- 
English  calendars  Easter  is  called  "the  Again-rising 
of  our  Lord."  Among  Eastern  Christians  it  is 
popularly  called  "the  Bright  Day." 

This  name  connects  it  with  the  idea  of  sunrise, 
and  of  the  Sun  of  Righteousness  rising  from  the 
darkness  of  the  grave.  The  French  name  for 
Easter,  Paques,  is  derived  evidently  through  the 
Latin  pascha  from  the  Hebrew  name  of  the  Pass- 
over festival,  and  Easter  eggs  are  called  "pasque" 
eggs  in  some  parts  of  England. 

Easter  may  fall  upon  any  day  from  March  22nd 
to  April  25th,  inclusive.  Its  date  is  determined  as 
follows :  Easter  Day  is  the  first  Sunday  after  the 
fourteenth  day  of  the  calendar  moon  which  happens 
on  or  after  the  21st  of  March. 

Most  of  the  popular  customs  connected  with 
Easter  tide,  such  as  the  sending  of  flowers  and  of 
eggs,  rising  to  see  the  Easter  sun  dance,  the  wearing 
of  new  clothes,  are  typical  of  the  release  from 
bondage,  the  coming  from  darkness  to  light,  the 
beginning  of  a  new  life — all  that  the  Resurrection 
of  Christ  means  to  Christians.  Flowers  are  the 
most  obvious  symbols  of  the  Resurrection,  and  lilies 
especially  stand  for  purity.  The  sending  of  eggs, 
often  coloured,  is  one  of  the  most  wide-spread 
customs  of  the  season  among  Christian  nations. 

A  prayer  to  be  said  before  eating  eggs,  and  be- 
longing to  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth  century 
runs  thus : 

"Bless,  oh  Lord,  we  beseech  Thee,  this  thy 
creature  of  eggs,  that  it  may  become  a  wholesome 
sustenance  to  Thy  faithful  servants,  eating  it  in 
thankfulness  to  Thee,  on  account  of  the  Resurrec- 
tion of  our  Lord."  Originally,  Easter  eggs  were 
coloured  red,  the  colour  of  blood,  in  commemora- 
tion of  our  Lord's  death  and  passion. 

Another  favorite  symbol  of  the  rising  from  the 


grave  is  the  butterfly,  and  the  connection  of  ideas 
here  is  quite  plain.  Not  so  in  the  case  of  the  hare, 
which  appears  so  commonly  upon  Easter  cards,  and 
in  different  forms  in  the  shop  windows.  This 
symbol  seems  to  have  been  borrowed  from  Ger- 
many, but  no  perfectly  satisfactory  explanation  of 
it  is  to  be  found.  The  Easter  hare  is  supposed  in 
German  superstition  to  lay  eggs,  and  to  bring 
coloured  eggs  to  good  children  on  Easter  morning. 

Rockfeller's  $43,000,000. 

One  can  get  no  idea  of  what  $43,000,000  means,  but  this 
is  the  amount  set  apart  by  John  D.  Rockefeller  for  the 
benefit  of  higher  institutions  of  learning  in  the  United 
States.  Presumably  each  donation  will  mean  the  giving  of 
more  than  as  much  more  by  other  men  and  women  of 
large  wealth,  so  that  $100,000,000  will  go  to  these  institu- 
tions. It  is  said  that  the  $43,000,000  are  so  invested  as  to 
give  an  annual  income  of  about  $6,000,000.  This  would 
mean  the  giving  of  $100,000  a  year  to  sixty  different 
colleges.    What  a  thought! — N.  E.  Journal  of  Education. 

May  we  not  look  at  it  from  another  point  of  view. 
If  the  income  were  applied  to  creating  or  assisting 
teachers'  pension  funds,  it  would  mean  the  giving 
of  $100,000  a  year  for  that  purpose  to  every  state 
of  the  United  States,  and  to  every  province  of  Can- 
ada. This  would  be  a  beginning  at  the  right  end. 
It  is  not  that  too  much  money  is  given  to  colleges, 
but  that  too  little  is  given  to  improve  the  conditions 
of  elementary  schools  and  teachers.  In  Canada  Sir 
William  Macdonald  has  shown  how  wealth  may  be 
devoted  wisely  to  raise  the  status  of  country  schools 
and  teachers,  as  well  as  to  benefit  colleges. 

Says  the  University  of  New  Brunswick  Monthly : 
"What  will  our  authorities  do  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  chair  of  chemistry?  .  .  .  Through  the 
generosity  of  Sir  William  McDonald,  and  the  good- 
will of  Dr.  Brittain,  we  have  enjoyed  for  more  than 
two  years  a  course  in  chemistry  that  has  been 
thoroughly  up-to-date.  .  .  .  We  cannot  speak 
too  highly  of  the  work  of  Dr.  Brittain.  His  ability 
as  a  teacher,  his  range  of  knowledge  of  the  subject, 
and  the  energy  he  has  displayed  mark  him  as  the 
man  we  want.  We  undergraduates  say  that  he  is 
the  kind  of  a  professor  that  U.  N.  B.  cannot  afford 
to  lose.  No  course  has  become  more  popular  than 
this  one,  no  lectures  more  eagerly  listened  to,  and  no 
laboratory  work  less  laborious  and  more  successfully 
conducted.  No  arrangement  short  of  maintaining 
the  present  high  standard  will  be  welcomed  by  the 
student  body." 

Students  are  apt  to  be  pretty  good  judges  in 
matters  of  this  kind,  and  in  their  estimate  of  the 
work  of  Dr.  Brittain  the  Review  heartily  agrees. 


236 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


GEOMETRICAL      DRAWING       C  R  VIII 


Tig     I 


kj       i     H     St     *     «     ■      *     ■     * 


MM 


C    e»7**4*ii    f 


risr.2. 


Oides 


n%  + 


AB.  nsyl, 
ft  cms. 


F  id.  3. 


To  o  A 

+  73 

31 

3  80 

a 

• 

95 

<;<>fc  o  A 

I79fc» 

To  ©C 

I9X 

75 

1  18 

c 

T.  OB 

A2o 

©6 

IS-T 

b 

21 

1  id 

A 

B«4.n  at 

o  A  ^ng* 

LhN 

r  i  <z  io 


Fia.U. 


Fia.13. 


THE    EDUCATIIONAL    REVIEW. 


237 


Geometrical  Drawing  —  IV. 

Principal  F.  G.  Matthews. 
The  problems  here  given  for  grade  VIII,  although 
few  in  number,  contain  sufficient  principles  on  which 
to  base  plenty  of  exercises  to  cover  the  year's  work. 
Many  of  these  may  be  found  in  the  publication 
mentioned  last  month,  and  in  past  examination 
papers.  If  further  practice  is  required,  good 
exercises  may  be  given  in  copying,  enlarging  and 
reducing  given  figures,  using  all  kinds  of  scales. 

Fig.  i.  The  diagonal  scale,  its  construction  and 
use.  To  explain  the  construction  of  this  most  useful 
scale,  let  AB  in  the  first  diagram  be  a  short  line 
which  is  to  be  divided  into  twelve  equal  parts. 
Draw  AC  any  length,  stepping  off  on  it  twelve 
equal  divisions.  Join  CB  and  from  the  divisions  on 
AC  draw  lines  ai,  b2,  etc.,  parallel  to  AB. 

Since  Af  is  half  AC,  f6  will  be  half  AB  ;  and  since 
Ci  is  one-fourth  of  AC,  io.  will  be  one-fourth  of  AB. 
Similarly  kn  is  one-twelfth  of  AB,  and  e5  seven- 
twelfths,  and  so  on.  This  method  of  division  is  ex- 
tremely useful  when  AB  is  a  very  short  line.  In  the 
second  diagram  we  have  a  true  diagonal  scale  in 
which  the  inch  is  divided  into  120  parts,  giving  a 
scale  of  10  feet  to  the  inch  from  which  we  can 
measure  feet  and  inches. 

To  construct  it  draw  AB  any  required  length 
marking  off  each  inch.  Divide  the  first  one  AE  into 
10  equal  parts.  Draw  AC  at  right  angles  to  AB  and 
on  it  mark  off  twelve  equal  divisions.  Through  each 
one  draw  a  line  parallel  to  AB.  Draw  EF,  GH,  etc. 
parallel  to  AC.  Divide  CF  into  ten  equal  parts. 
Join  Fa,  lb,  2c,  etc.  These  lines  are  diagonals  and 
divide  each  tenth  of  AE  into  twelve  equal  parts. 

Suppose  we  wish  to  measure  off  a  line  26  feet  7 
inches  long.  From  K  to  6  on  the  bottom  line  repre- 
sents 26  feet.  By  going  up  the  line  6g  to  the  parallel 
marked  7,  we  add  seven-twelfths  of  another  foot, 
so  that  the  distance  xo  represents  26  ft.  7  in. 

By  using  ten  parallels  instead  of  twelve  we  divide 
the  inch  into  '00  equal  parts,  and  can  obtain 
fractions  of  the  inch  to  two  decimal  places. 

Fig.  2.  The  scale  of  chords,  its  construction  and 
use.  With  any  convenient  radius  describe  a 
quadrant  AB.  With  the  same  redius  trisect  the  arc. 
By  trial  divide  each  of  these  thirds  again  into  three 
giving  nine  divisions,  each  representing  ten  degrees. 
With  A  as  centre  and  radius  Aa  draw  the  arc  a  10. 
Similarly  draw  b20,  C30,  etc. 

This  divided  line  AC  is  the  scale  of  chords.  The 
second  part  of  the  figure  shows  its  use.     It  is  re- 


quired to  make  an  angle  of  37°  with  DE.  With  D 
as  centre  and  radius  A60  on  the  scale  describe  the 
arc  EF.  With  radius  A37  and  centre  E,  cut  off 
point  F.  Join  DF.  Then  EDF  contains  37  degrees. 
Fig.  3.  To  construct  an  irregular  polygon, 
having  given  lengths  of  sides  and  sizes  of  angles. 
Draw  AB  and  make  it  the  given  length.  By  means  of 
protractor  or  scale  of  chords  make  the  angle  ABC 
the  given  size.  Cut  off  BC  the  required  length  and 
proceed  in  a  similar  manner  with  each  side  and  angle 
until  the  figure  is  complete. 

Note. — In  this  and  the  succeeding  figures  which 
have  dimensions,  the  scale  used  is  100  yards  to  the 
inch.  This  is  an  easy  scale,  and  can  be  worked  with 
great  accuracy  from  a  diagonal  scale. 

Fig.  4.  The  same  as  Fig.  3,  having  given  the 
lengths  of  sides  and  diagonals.  Make  the  triangle 
ABC  according  to  dimensions  given  (by  Ex.  4 
grade  VII.)  Then  on  CA  make  the  triangle  CDA  by 
the  same  method.  Next  construct  the  triangle  DEA 
on  DA  and  the  figure  will  be  complete. 

Fig.  5.  The  same  as  Fig  3,  having  given  two 
sides,  lengths  of  lines  radiating  from  one  corner, 
and  the  angles  between  them. 

Draw  BA  its  given  length.  Make  the  angles 
BAC,  CAD,  and  DAE  of  the  given  number  of 
degres.  Cut  off  AC,  AD  and  AE  the  given  lengths, 
and  join  BC,  CD  and  DE. 

Fig.  6.  The  same  as  Fig.  3,  having  given  lengths 
of  radii  from  a  point  within  the  figure,  and  the 
angles  between  them.  Draw  BO  the  given  length. 
Make  the  angles  BOC,  COD,  DOE,  and  EOA  of  the 
required  number  of  degrees.  Next  set  off  the 
lengths  of  the  radii,  and  join  their  extremities. 

Fig.  7.  The  same  as  Fig.  3,  by  means  of  ordin- 
ates  from  one  side,  or  the  side  produced.  Draw  any 
line  fh  and  set  off  fA,  Ag,  gE,  and  Eh  their 
respective  lengths.  At  f,  g,  and  h  erect  perpendicu- 
lars (called  ordinates)  and  cut  them  off  to  required 
lengths.    Join  AB,  BC,  CD,  and  DE. 

Fig.  8.  The  same  as  Fig.  3,  by  means  of  ordin- 
ates from  a  diagonal.  Draw  the  diagonal  AB  and 
mark  off  the  different  divisions  from  the  table.  Erect 
the  ordinates  and  cut  them  to  lengths.  Join  the 
extremities. 

Fig.  9.  To  construct  an  irregular  figure  from 
dimensions  given  as  in  land  surveying.  The  right 
hand  portion  of  the  figure  represents  a  page  from  a 
surveyor's  Field-book,  which  should  be  read  from 
the  bottom  upwards. 

Draw  AB  rising  nj4°  from  the  horizontal  (each 


238 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


point  of  the  compass  being  n54°)  making  it  the 
required  length,  420  yards.  From  A  to  a  is  119 
yards  at  which  point  there  is  a  set-off  to  the  left  of 
21  yards.  From  A  to  b  is  195  yeards,  where  another 
set-off  of  96  yards  to  the  left  is  found.  BC  being 
192  yards  and  AC  479,  construct  the  triangle  ABC, 
noting  that  BC  turns  to  the  right  from  AB,  and  on 
BC  and  CA  mark  off  the  ordinates  from  the  table 
as  before.  Join  the  points  of  the  triangle  and  ex- 
tremities of  the  ordinates  to  complete  the  figure. 

After  completing  the  drawing  the  children  may 
be  allowed  to  compute  the  area  of  each  part  of  the 
figure,  and  of  the  whole.  To  allow  of  the  simplest 
method  of  getting  the  area  of  triangle  ABC,  the 
perpendicular  height  is  given  from  B. 

Fig.  10.  To  draw  a  tangent  to  a  circle  from  a 
given  point  in  the  circumference.  Join  A  the  given 
point  to  the  centre  O.  At  A  draw  AB  at  right 
angles  to  AG.    AB  is  the  tangent  required. 

Fig.  11.  The  same  as  Fig.  10,  from  a  point  out- 
side the  circle.  Join  the  point  A  to  the  centre  O. 
Bisect  AO  in  B.  With  B  as  centre  and  radius  BO 
describe  a  circle  cutting  the  circumference  in  C  and 
D.  Join  AC  and  AD.  Both  these  lines  are  tangents 
to  the  circle. 

Fig.  12.  The  same  as  Fig  10,  from  a  point  in  the 
circumference,  but  without  using  the  centre.  From 
A  the  given  point,  draw  any  chord  AB.  Bisect  it  in 
C  and  erect  perpendicular  CD.  Join  AD.  Make  the 
angle  DAE  -equal  to  the  angle  DAC.  AE  is  the 
tangent  required. 

Fig.  13.  This  exercise  is  designed  to  shew  a 
practical  application  of  problems  on  tangents.  AB 
represents  a  piece  of  straight  railroad  track.  Another 
straight  road  approaches  C.  It  is  required  to  form 
by  a  natural  curve  a  junction  at  D.  AB  being 
tangential,  a  perpendicular  from  D  will  give  one 
locus  of  the  centre.  Join  CD.  Bisect  this  chord 
and  produce.  This  will  be  another  locus.  The  com- 
mon one  is  E,  which  is  the  centre  of  the  curve. 


.  We  are  living  out  these  lives  of  ours  too  much 
apart  from  God.  We  'toil  on  dismally,  as  if  the 
making  or  the  marring  of  our  destinies  rested 
wholly  with  ourselves.  It  is  not  so.  We  are  not 
the  lonely,  orphaned  creatures  we  let  ourselves,  sup- 
pose ourselves,  to  be.  The  earth,  rolling  on  its  way 
through  space,  does  not  go  unattended.  The  Maker 
and  Controller  of  it  is  with  it  and  around  it  and 
upon  it.  He  is  with  us  here  and  now. — Nelson  H, 
Huntington. 


A  History  Device. 

The  use  of  scrap  books  has  become  so  well  known 
and  so  useful  in  geography  that  it  suggested  itself 
in  history  and  has  proved  equally  successful  in  that 
subject.  The  greatest  handicap,  especially  to  the 
country  teacher,  is  the  lack  of  time,  but  this  may  be 
overcome  largely  by  a  little  planning,  and  letting  the 
pupils  do  most  of  the  work,  which  greatly  enhances 
its  value. 

An  old  composition  book  makes  a  good  scrap 
book.  Cut  out  part  of  the  leaves  to  allow  for 
the  added  thickness  of  the  pictures.  The  pupils 
may  be  aided  a  little  in  collecting  the  pictures,  but 
as  far  as  possible  let  each  child  collect  and  classify 
his  own  pictures,  only  giving  a  little  advice  or  a  few 
suggestions  as  to  the  topic.  Each  day's  lesson  may 
be  taken  as  a  topic,  if  there  is  time;  for  example, 
when  the  class  is  studying  some  battle,  as  the  battle 
of  Gettysburg,  let  each  try  to  find  pictures  illustrat- 
ing this  battle ;  many  such  pictures  may  be  found  in 
old  magazines.  This  brings  the  lesson  more  clearly 
before  the  mental  vision,  keeps  it  in  the  mind  longer, 
and  creates  an  interest. 

Pictures  of  the  noted  statesmen  may  be  used 
as  they  come  in  the  lessons,  and  a  brief  sketch  of 
the  life  of  each  learned  in  connection  with  the 
picture.  Pictures  of  old  historic  buildings,  forts, 
etc.,  all  help  in  making  the  subject  interesting. 
The  children  never  tire  of  them,  and  vie  with  each 
other  as  to  who  can  bring  the  most  practical  and 
useful  pictures,  and  who  can  picture  out  the  topic  in 
the  most  graphic  manner. 

Another  aid  in  the  study  of  history  is  map- 
drawing — drawing  maps  of  each  section  of  country 
as  brought  into  prominence  in  the  lessons.  This 
also  helps  in  making  history  real.  In  the  wars  the 
maps  are  drawn,  then  the  routes  of  the  different 
armies  are  traced  in  colored  crayons,  a  different 
color  being  used  for  each  army.  The  best  of  these 
maps  are  saved  and  put  into  the  scrap  books. 

History  studied  in  this  manner  is  much  more  real 
to  the  pupils  than  when  studied  by  merely  commit- 
ting to  memory  the  words  of  a  text-book.  Approxi- 
mate dates  are  associated  with  nearly  every  picture, 
so  that  time  and  places  are  permanently  located 
in  the  mind,  and  looking  over  the  scrap  book  w'hen 
completed  gives  a  quick  review  of  the  entire  term's 
work.  This  method  is  especially  helpful  in  seventh 
grade  history. — Popular  Educator. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


239 


Art  in  the  Netherlands. 

Bv  Mrs.  A.  MacLean. 

The  art  of  the  Netherlands  is  the  art  of  Belgium 
and  of  Holland,  represented  by  the  Flemish  school 
and  the  Dutch  school.  Obscurity  shrouds  the  be- 
ginning of  art  in  the  Netherlands.  Though  there 
were  examples  of  more  or  less  merit  previously,  it 
was  not  until  the  beginning  of  the  fifteenth  century 
that  a  distinct  Flemish  school  arose  under  the  leader- 
ship of  the  Van  Eycks,  Hubert,  Jan,  and  a  younger 
sister,  Margaret.  With  their  advent  the  Flemish 
school  at  once  became  prominent.  Hubert  was 
born  in  1366,  and  he  and  Margaret  died  about  the 
year  1426.     Jan  died  in  1440. 

Flemish  art  may  be  said  to  begin  in  the  fourteenth 
century  and  end  in  the  seventeenth  century. 
Fromentin  says  of  Flemish  art  in  this  period :  "  At 
the  two  extremities  of  this  brilliant  course  we  are 
struck  with  the  same  phenomenon — rare  enough  in 
such  a  little  country — we  see  an  art  which  was  born 
of  itself,  on  the  spot ;  and  an  art  which  was  born 
again  when  it  was  thought  to  be  dead.  Van  Eyke 
is  recognized  in  a  very  fine  Adoration  of  the  Magi ; 
Memling  is  suggested  by  certain  portraits ;  and 
there,  at  the  very  end,  a  hundred  and  fifty  years 
later,  Rubens  is  preceived — each  time  a  sun  rises 
and  then  sets  with  the  splendor  and  brevity  of  a 
beautiful  day  without  a  morrow." 

The  Van  Eycks  established  themselves  in  Ghent 
in  1420,  among  a  corporation  of  painters  then  exist- 
ing there.  The  triptych  of  St.  Bavon  is  their  work, 
but  it  is  not  known  what  part  each  painted.  Their 
work  was  wonderful  for  the  time,  and  it  and  the 
works  of  their  pupils  display  the  qualities  that  have 
since  been  considered  characteristic  of  the  entire 
Flemish  school — tendency  to  naturalism,  imitation 
of  nature,  sensitiveness  to  color  at  the  expense  of 
purity  and  grace  of  line,  accuracy  of  finish,  and,  in 
the  .earlier  period,  profound  religious  feeling. 
Hubert  Van  Eyck  is  credited  with  the  discovery  of 
the  mixing  of  oil  colors,  and  the  applying  them  to 
canvas  much  as  we  do  now.  This  discovery,  long 
and  carefully  guarded  by  the  Van  Eycks*  drew  im- 
mediate attention  to  them  and  their  works. 

Memling,  who  painted  about  forty  years  after  the 
Van  Eycks,  was  perhaps  the  greatest  of  the  earlier 
painters  of  Flanders.  In  his  theme  and  manner  he 
was  much  like  the  Van  Eycks,  but  his  was  an  ad- 
vance. They  copied  nature  accurately  with  an  echo 
of  the  engraver  and  the  enameler  in  their  style ;  he 
copied  accurately,  but  he  idealized.  They  have  the' 
gleam  of  gold,  the  polish  of  marble,  the  brilliant 


carpet  tints,  the  sheen  of  velvet  and  pearl ;  Memling 
has  all  these,  but  in  his  work  are  misty  passages 
and  half-tints  of  which  the  Van  Eycks  knew  naught. 

It  is  wonderful  that,  in  a  time  so  marked  by 
violence,  stratagem,  superstition,  dissoluteness, 
ecclesiastical  parade,  royal  pageants,  feasts,  carou- 
sals and  glitter  of  gold  and  gems,  there  should  have 
sprung  into  being  a  wonderful  and  unexpected  art- 
life. 

In  its  social  and  religious  character,  Flemish  art 
stands  between  the  art  of  Italy  and  the  art  of  Hol- 
land. The  influence  of  the  church  is  seen  through- 
out the  whole  of  Italian  painting  in  its  best  period, 
and  never  more  conspicuously  than  when  the  faith 
of  the  people  was  beginning  to  fail.  In  Flemish  art 
one  sees  rather  the  influence  of  religion  than  of  the 
priesthood.  There  is  a  sturdy  national  character- 
istic about  it,  and  a  leaning  toward  literal  repro- 
duction of  subject. 

In  the  sixteenth  century  there  began  a  gradual 
decline  in  Flemish  art,  due  to  the  powerful  influence 
of  Italian  renaissance.  In  striving  to  imitate  a 
foreign  art,  with  which  it  had  no  real  sympathy, 
Flemish  art  ceased  to  be  national.  This  decadence 
was  checked  in  the  seventeenth  century  by  the 
advent  of  the  greatest  of  all  Flemish  painters, 
Rubens.  He  formed  a  school  of  his  own,  and  in 
that  school  the  greatest  pupil  was  Van  Dyck. 

After  the  death  of  Rubens  and  the  dispersion  of 
his  pupils,  the  art  of  Flanders  ceased  to  form  a  dis- 
tinct school ;  and  when  Rembrandt  arose,  the  art- 
centre  of  the  Netherlands  was  transferred  to  Hol- 
land. 

The  works  of  the  Flemish  artists  are  to  be  found 
in  galleries  everywhere.  Some  of  the  more  import- 
ant artist9  are :  Hugo  van  der  Goes,  1482 ;  Geerardt 
David,  1455-1523;  Jan  Gossart  de  Mabuse,  1470- 
1532;  Paul  Bril,  1556-1626;  Jan  Fyt,  1 609-1 69 1  ; 
Casper  de  C  raver,  1582- 1669;  David  Teniers,  1582- 
1649;  Jan  (called  "velvet")  Breughel,  1589-1642; 
Aelbert  Cuyp  (Kuyp),  1606-1691 ;  Jacob  Jardaens, 
1523-1678;  David  Teniers  (younger),  1610-1694; 
Pieter  van  der  Faes  (Sir  Peter  Lely),  1618-1680. 

In  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  Central  Park,  New 
York,  are  many  paintings  of  the  Flemish  school. 
To  the  casual  observer  most  of  them  are  not  calcu- 
lated to  arouse  a  great  deal  of  enthusiasm.  I  have 
heard  visitors  in  the  museum  remark,  "  Never  mind 
these  queer  old  pictures,  let  us  go  and  look  at  the 
modern  pictures.'"  But  there  is  a  wealth  of  interest 
and  beauty  in  those  old  Flemish  paintings,  albeit 
one  might  find  lack  of  refinement  of  feeling,  or  even 


240 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


a  touch  of  actual  coarseness  in  some  of  them,  for 
some  of  the  artists  were  frequenters  of  taverns. 
But  if  my  space  permitted,  I  should  like  to  speak 
of  the  animals  of  Jan  Fyt,  the  coloring  of  Teniers, 
etc.,  but  T  shall  content  myself  with  sketches  of  the 
two  most  famed  of  Flemish  painters,  Rubens  and 
Van  Dyck. 


Sarah's  Teachers. 


They  taught  side  by  side;  one,  an  enthusiastic, 
warm-hearted  woman,  possessing  a  love  for  her 
work  and  a  keen  insight  into  human  nature;  the 
other,  scholarly,  methodical,  sarcastic,  convinced 
that  all  human  twigs  could  and  should  be  bent  in 
the  same  direction.  One  gained  the  love  and  affec- 
tion of  some  forty-five  fifth  grade  pupils ;  the  other, 
the  respect  and  obedience,  born  of  fear,  of  as  many 
sixth  grade  pupils.  Into  the  latter  grade  came 
Sarah,  a  girl,  who,  unfortunately,  had  never  learned 
the  lesson  of  self-control. 

Bright  she  was  and  interesting,  but  from  the  first 
misunderstood  and  misjudged  by  "Miss  Method." 
Rebellious,  self-willed  Sarah!  She  absolutely  re- 
fused to  be  moulded  after  the  approved  pattern. 
(There  was  actual  danger  of  the  mould  being 
broken).  Just  as  determined  that  this  self-same 
mould  remain  intact,  that  not  even  a  crack  appear, 
was  the  firm  "Miss  Method." 

Under  such  circumstances,  things  soon  reached 
a  crisis.  On  a  memorable  morning,  hot-headed 
Sarah,  goaded  to  the  point  of  desperation  by  the 
cool,  sarcastic  tongue  of  the  presiding  genius  of  the 
room,  struck  her.  In  the  passionate  burst  of  anger 
she  hissed,  "  I  hate  you !  I  hate  you  as  you  hate 
me !  so  there !  "  Hastily  the  principal  was  sum- 
moned ;  the  culprit,  her  whole  form  shaken  with 
suppressed  sobs,  taken  to  his  sanctum  sanctorum — 
the  office. 

There  the  child  sobbed  out  her  side  of  the  pitiful 
story.  (He  already  knew  the  other  side,  and  wise 
man  that  he  was,  read  much  between  the  lines). 
But  what  to  do.  Suspend  her?  A  child  of  that 
age?  Not  to  be  thought  of.  Had  not  the  child 
sobbed  out,  "  Please,  Mr.  Day,  take  me  out  of  that 
room,  I  can't  be,good  there."  Had  he  not  also  heard 
frequently  of  late  that  Sarah  was  falling  behind  in 
her  classes,  that  she  could  not  be  interested  in  her 
work?  He  would  give  her  to  his  resourceful  fifth 
grade  teacher.  The  shame  of  it!  Demoted  be- 
cause a  tactless  woman  could  not  win  a  lovable 
heart. 

The  next  morning  it  was  with  a  feeling  of  mis- 


giving that  Miss  C.  admitted  to  her  busy  hive  "the 
drone  "  of  whom  she  had  so  often  heard.  Had  not 
her  next  door  neighbor  kept  her  fully  posted  on  the 
short-comings  of  this  vixen? 

But  was  this  blue-eyed,  frank-faced  girl,  sitting 
there  so  quietly,  as  black  as  she  had  been  painted? 
She  should  have  the  benefit  of  the  doubt.  (All  Miss 
C.'s  children  had  to  prove  themselves  bad  before  she 
would  admit  it).  Had  this  slender  girl  only  yester- 
day viciously  struck  a  teacher  ?  Such  thoughts  ran 
through  Miss  C.'s  mind  as  she  assigned  lessons  and 
directed  her  new  pupil  to  the  seat  she  was  to  occupy 
— one  in  the  rear  of  the  room — she  had  formerly 
occupied  a  front  one,  then  left  her  to  herself  while 
the  regular  work  was  resumed. 

The  child  quickly  adjusted  herself  to  the  new 
environment — several  days  passed  without  an  out- 
break— things  seemed  going  well,  when  all  at  once, 
the  unexpected  happened !  A  frightened  mouse  ran 
across  the  floor  and  stopped,  of  course,  in  front  of 
Sarah  !  Her  book  flew  one  way ;  she  went  the  other. 
A  hearty  laugh  entered  into  by  teacher  and  pupils 
alike,  was  enjoyed;  then  all  quieted  down;  no,  not 
all.  Sarah  was  giggling;  a  low,  irritating,  continu- 
ous giggle  unnoticed  for  a  time,  then  Miss  C.  step- 
ped to  her  side,  and  "  Stop  as  soon  as  you  can, 
please,  you  are  annoying  others,"  was  the  low- 
spoken  command.  As  if  by  magic,  the  giggling 
ceased ;  a  kindly  nod  of  approval  was  the  reward. 

In  this  tactful  way,  many  bad  habits  were  broken, 
many  evil  tendencies  checked.  How  could  they 
flourish  in  this  wholesome  atmosphere?  By  a  little 
investigation  it  was  discovered  that  Sarah  possessed 
a  sweet  soprano  voice  that  rang  out  strong  and  true 
in  the  chorus  work  for  which  the  room  was  noted. 
She  was  appointed  leader,  a  much  coveted  position 
among  the  pupils.  By  accident,  as  it  were,  many 
other  schoolroom  responsibilities  devolved  upon  her. 

Not  in  a  day  did  she  gain  self-control — far  from 
it.  Many  times  she  stumbled  and  fell ;  many  were 
the  battles  fought  and  won  in  the  conflict,  but  in 
the  end,  guided  by  the  strong,  sustaining  hand  of 
a  wise  teacher,  she  gained  a  glorious  victory — the 
victory  over  self. — Primary  Education. 


A  lawyer  talked  four  hours  to  a  jury,  who  felt  like 
lynching  him.  His  opponent,  a  grizzled  old  profes- 
sional, arose,  looked  sweetly  at  the  judge,  and  said: 
"Your  honor,  I  will  follow  the  example  of  my 
young  friend  who  has  just  finished,  and  submit  the 
case  without  argument"  Then  he  sat  down,  and 
the  silence  was  large  and  oppressive. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


241 


Frcebel's  Educational  System. 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Condon. 
The  principles  and  practice  of  the  kindergarten 
have  been  found  so  admirably  adapted  to  the  infant 
in  the  home,  and  to  the  child  from  three  to  seven 
years  old,  under  the  fostering  care  of  a  kinder- 
gartner,  as  a  preparation  for  school,  that  the  very 
success  of  Frcebel's  "latest  thought"  has  over- 
shadowed his  fame  as  a  reformer  of  education  as 
an  organic  whole. 

Those  who  have  carefully  studied  his  "  Education 
of  Man  "  will  not  dispute  this  statement.  This 
noble  work  was  published  in  1826,  when  its  author, 
by  his  wide,  and  varied  culture  and  experience,  was 
thoroughly  equipped  for  his  task.  In  it  he  sets  forth 
his  ideal  of  the  ultimate  aim  of  education,  and  points 
out  the  laws,  upon  the  fulfilment  of  which  success 
must  depend.  The  careful  study  of  this  book  by 
parents  and  teachers  would  dissipate  many  false 
and  superficial  notions  of  education. 

Frcebel's  system  rests  upon  the  solid  ground  of 
the  unity  of  law.  Love  for  his  kind,  the  "enthusiasm 
of  humanity,"  led  him  to  lay  such  stress  upon  this 
fundamental  law  of  unity,  and  to  demand  its  appli- 
cation to  training  and  instruction  in  the  family  and 
school.  His  own  early  introspection  and  self- 
analysis,  and  the  seeing  and  hearing  the  disagree- 
ments and  troubled  questionings,  brought  by 
parishioners  to  his  father,  their  pastor,  for  settle-  ' 
ment,  gave  the  thoughtful  boy  a  painful  sense  of 
the  conflicting  elements  of  human  life.  He  felt 
that  there  must  be  somewhere  a  provision  made  for 
their  reconcilement.  To  find  the  solution  of  this 
problem,  in  other  words,  how  to  help  his  fellow-men 
by  correct  methods  of  education,  to  bring  them- 
selves into  harmony  with  nature,  man  and  God,  was 
the  life-work  to  which  he  felt  himself  called. 

All  fruitful  education  has  proceeded  from  a 
more  or  less  conformity  to  this  law  of  unity.  Even 
a  partial  recognition  logically  results  in  an  endeavor 
to  adapt  methods  of  training  and  instruction,  not 
simply  to  a  plan,  formed,  largely,  for  the  con- 
venience of  carrying  on  school  work  smoothly,  but 
tends  to  a  study  of  those  laws  which  lie  implicit  in 
human  nature,  and  visit  with  penalty  those  who 
ignore  them. 

We  are  to  find  out  not  only  what  branches  are  to 
be  taught,  but  also  when,  how  and  why.  We  are  to 
learn  this  by  our  own  careful  observation,  and  by 
the  experience  of  those  who  have  made  the  subject 
tin'  study  of  their  lives. 

We  must  also  consider  the  mental  appetite,  at  a 


given  period,  whether  it  is  in  a  normal  condition, 
and  what  pabulum  will  meet  its  requirements. 

Too  often,  we  shall  find,  through  neglect,  or 
satiety,  or  many  other  conceivable  causes,  no 
mental  appetite,  or  at  least  none  for  what  we  wish 
to  offer.  It  is  this  inactivity  of  mind  that  makes 
the  work  in  our  primary  schools  so  difficult  for  the 
faithful  teacher.  Severity  in  such  cases  is  a  blunder, 
if  not  criminal.  Consider  the  way  in  which  we  deal 
with  physical  inappetency;  how  cautiously  we  pro- 
ceed; how  we  tempt  and  coax  the  appetite  with 
well-prepared  food,  skilfully  adapted  to  the  ab- 
normal condition  of  the  patient.  What  a  delight 
to  mark  appetite  growing  by  what  it  feeds  upon! 
Shall  we  then  take  less  pains  with  the  immortal 
mind  ?  Shall  we  rob  ourselves  of  the  joy  of  watch- 
ing the  happy,  normal  growth  of  a  mind  which  we 
have  helped  to  lift  up  out  of  the  slough  of  inaction 
by  our  wise  and  kindly  ministration? 

Encouraged  by  success  we  study,  more  and  more 
diligently,  the  laws  that  govern  us  in  our  physical 
relations;  and  just  so  fas  as  we  obey  them,  we  in- 
crease our  physical  well-being. 

When  we  are  equally  diligent  in  our  efforts  to 
understand  and  obey  those  laws  which  govern  our 
mental  and  spiritual  being,  and  which  we  must 
understand  and  obey,  if  we  are  to  secure  the  best 
fruits  of  education,  we  shall  then  reap  a  still  richer 
and  fuller  harvest.  Meanwhile  let  us  study  these 
pregnant  words  of  Gcethe :  "Only  in  limitation  is 
the  artist  seen,  and  he  only  is  free  who  is  the  servant 
of  law." 


A  correspondent  asks : 

1.  Where  is  the  harbour  known  as  Simon's  Bay? 

2.  What  is  correct  pronounciation  of  Kouchi- 
bouguac  ? 

Answers : 

r.  There  is  a  harbour  in  Cape  Colony,  South 
Africa,  known  as  Simon's  Bay. 

2.  Koosh-ee-boo-gwak,  with  the  accent  on  the 
first  and  last  syllables. 


Through  the  kindness  of  a  friend  I  have  become 
acquainted  with  the  Review,  and  can  think  of  no 
better  way  of  showing  my  appreciation  than  that  of 
subscribing.  Enclosed  you  will  please  find  one 
dollar  for  one  year's  subscription. 

Frank  B.  Fox. 
Cape  North, 

Victoria  Co.,  N.  S. 


242 


THE  EDUCATONAL    REVIEW. 


Avogadro's  Law. 

By  John  Waddeix,  Ph.D. 

The  importance  of  Avogadro's  law  is  indicated  by 
the  papers  in  chemistry  set  at  the  provincial  exam- 
inations of  Nova  Scotia  last  July.  There  were 
three  questions  out  of  a  total  of  fourteen  in  which 
the  principles  involved  were  a  feature.  Avogadro's 
law  should  more  strictly  be  called  an  hypothesis, 
not  being  like  Gay  Lussac's  law  regarding  the  pro- 
portion by  volume  in  which  gases  unite,  a  general- 
ization of  facts.  So  many  facts,  however,  can  be 
easily  understood  if  Avogadro's  hypothesis  is  assum- 
ed to  be  correct,  that  it  is  scarcely  looked  upon  as 
an  hypothesis.  It  was,  to  a  certain  extent,  a  lucky 
guess  on  the  part  of  Avogadro,  because  he  had  a 
very  limited  knowledge  of  the  facts  bearing  upon 
the  case.  The  guess  was,  on  this  very  account,  to 
a  certain  extent,  unlucky,  because  Avogadro  applied 
this  law  to  cases  where  it  was  not  applicable,  and  so 
for  nearly  fifty  years  the  law  was  neglected,  and  it 
was  only  when  its  limitations  were  properly  recog- 
nized that  its  usefulness  became  evident. 

The  law  in  modern  form  is :  "  Equal  volumes  of 
all  gases  under  the  same  conditions  of  temperature 
and  pressure  contain  the  same  number  of  mole- 
cules." 

The  existence  of  molecules  is  assumed,  though 
nobody  has  ever  seen  a  molecule.  Setting  out  with 
certain  assumptions  regarding  the  character  and 
motion  of  molecules,  Avogadro's  law  follows  as  a 
mathematical  consequence,  but  of  course  the  mathe- 
matical deduction  is  no  more  valid  than  the  hypo- 
thetical premises. 

On  the  assumption  that  Avogadro's  lucky  guess 
represents  the  facts,  let  us  see  some  of  the  conse- 
quences. 

In  the  first  place  there  is  no  distinction  made 
between  elementary  gases  and  compound  gases.  In 
a  given  volume,  say  a  cubic  foot  of  hydrogen,  there 
is  the  same  number  of  molecules  as  in  a  cubic  foot 
of  hydrochloric  acid  gas ;  in  a  litre  of  nitrogen  there 
is  the  same  number  of  molecules  as  in  a  litre  of 
ammonia  in  ten  liters  of  carbon  monoxide  or  carbon 
dioxide  there  is  the  same  number  of  molecules  as 
in  ten  liters  of  oxygen,  or  hydrogen,  or  of  chlorine. 

This  leads,  in  the  second  place,  to  the  result  that 
the  relative  weights  of  equal  volumes  of  different 
gases  give  the  relative  weights  of  the  molecules ; 
for  if  a  litre  of  ammonia  containing,  let  us  say,  a 
million,  million,  million  molecules  of  ammonia 
weighs  8^2  times  as  much  as  a  litre  of  hydrogen, 


which,  according  to  the  law,  would  also  contain  a 
million,  million,  million  molecules,  it  follows  that 
one  molecule  of  ammonia  must  weigh  %l/i  times  as 
much  as  one  molecule  of  hydrogen.  We  do  not 
know  the  absolute  weight  of  a  molecule  of  hydrogen, 
or  of  a  molecule  of  ammonia,  but  it  follows  from 
what  has  been  said  above  that  an  ounce,  or  a  pound, 
or  a  gramme  of  hydrogen  will  occupy  the  same 
volume  as  8yi  ounces,  or  pounds,  or  grammes  of 
ammonia,  the  same  conditions  of  temperature  and 
pressure  being  maintained  in  both  cases. 

Hence,  in  the  third  place,  it  follows  that  the 
formula  given  to  gases  may  represent  a  definite 
volume  of  the  gases,  and  that  the  formula  which 
represents  the  molecule  may  also  represent  a  per- 
fectly definite  volume,  which  will  foe  the  same  for 
all  gases. 

The  question  now  arises :  What  volume  is  to  be 
represented  by  the  formula  of  a  gas?  The  volume 
may  be  chosen  as  the  volume  occupied  by  an  ounce, 
or  a  pound,  or  a  ton  of  some  particular  gas,  say 
hydrogen.  None  of  these  volumes  is  chosen,  how- 
ever ;  in  ordinary  chemical  work  the  French  system 
of  measurement  being  more  common.  The  volume 
occupied  by  a  gramme  of  hydrogen  might  be  em- 
ployed, and  this  was  in  fact  used  for  some  time. 
But  if  this  volume  is  used  as  the  standard,  the 
formula  representing  ammonia  should  represent  8^2 
grammes,  of  carbon  monoxide  14  grammes,  of 
hydrochloric  acid  18.25  grammes.  The  usual 
formula  for  ammoniais,  however,  NHs,  nd  if  H 
represents  one  gramme,  N  will  necessarily  represent 
14,  and  NHj  will  represent  17,  or  twice  the  num- 
ber of  grammes  in  the  volume  chosen.  In  the  same 
way  the  formula  CO  usually  given  to  carbon  mon- 
oxide, and  the  formula  HQ  given  to  hydrochloric 
acid  would  represent  twice  the  weight  of  the  gases 
contained  in  the  volume  chosen.  If  we  are  to  retain 
these  formulae  it  will  be  necessary  to  adopt  as  the 
standard  volume  the  volume  occupied,  not  by  o-\e 
gramme  of  hydrogen,  but  by  two  grammes.  The 
formula  for  hydrogen,  then,  would  be  H2,  of  nitro- 
gen, N2,  and  of  oxygen,  Os.  Avogadro's  law 
would  thus  lead  to  the  result  that  the  molecule  of 
hydrogen  consists  of  two  atoms,  and  the  same  wou'd 
hold  for  a  number  of  other  elementary  gases. 

Avogadro's  law  may  be  applied  in  another  way 
to  arrive  at  this  result.  It  is  found  by  experiment 
that  one  volume  of  hydrogen  uniting  with  one 
volume  of  chlorine  gives  tzvo  volumes  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  gas.  According  to  Avogadro's  law 
there  must  be  therefore  twice  as  manv  molecules 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


243 


of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  as  of  the  hydrogen,  or  of 
the  chlorine  entering  into  its  composition.  But  each 
molecule  of  hydrochloric  acid  must  contain  at  least 
one  atom  of  hydrogen  and  one  atom  of  chlorine, 
and  so  there  must  be  at  least  twice  as  many  atoms 
of  hydrogen  as  there  are  molecules  of  hydrogen, 
and  at  least  twice  as  many  atoms  of  chlorine  as 
there  are  molecules  of  chlorine.  If  the  formula  for 
hydrochloric  acid  is  taken  as  HC1,  the  formula  for 
hydrogen  is  Ht.  If  H8C12  were  the  formula  for 
hydrochloric  acid,  H4  would  be  the  formula  for 
hydrogen.  Neither  the  hydrogen  nor  the  chlorine 
of  hydrochloric  acid  have  been  found  capable  of 
division,  and  for  this  and  other  reasons  the  formula 
for  hydrochloric  acid  is  taken  to  be  HC1. 

Though  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  above,  it  can 
be  proved  that  a  number  of  elementary  gases  con- 
tain two  atoms  in  the  molecule,  there  are  elements 
whose  molecules  contain  only  one  atom,  and  some 
whose  molecules  contain  more  than  two  atoms. 

The  best  volume,  then,  to  use  as  the  standard  vol- 
ume is  the  volume  occupied  by  two  grammes  of  hy- 
drogen, which  at  the  temperature  of  o°C  and  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere  760  mm.  of  mercury  is 
22.412  litres.  The  molecular  weight  in  grammes  of 
each  gas,  then,  occupies  22.412  litres  under  stand- 
ard conditions.  If  a  new  gas  is  discovered  its 
molecular  weight  is  ascertained  by  determining  the 
weight  of  22.412  litres  of  it.  This  is,  of  course,  a 
matter  of  experiment. 

Last  July  the  question  was  asked  in  Grade  XII : 
"  How  may  Avogadro's  law  be  used  to  establish  the 
formula  H20  with  0=i6  as  better  representing  the 
molecular  formula  of  water  than  HO  with  0=8?" 
There  were  only  three  candidates  who  had  any 
measure  of  success  with  this  question,  though  it  is 
really  very  easy  when  the  principle  is  understood. 
If  HfO  is  the  formula  for  water  vapor,  it  follows 
that  a  volume  of  water  vapour  will  weigh  nine  times 
as  much  as  the  same  volume  of  hydrogen,  since  the 
formula  of  hydrogen  is  H„,  the  conditions  of  tem- 
perature and  pressure  being  of  course  the  same  in 
both  cases.  If  the  formula  is  HO  with  0=8,  water 
vapour  will  weigh  four  and  a  half  times  as  much 
as  the  same  volume  of  hydrogen.  It  is  found  that 
the  ratio  of  the  weight  is  nine  to  one,  thus  establish- 
ing the  formula  HfO  with  0=l6. 

In  Grade  X  there  was  the  question :  "  What 
volume  is  represented  by  the  formula  of  a  gas? 
Given  the  equation  Mn()8  +4HCI-  MnCl2  + 
2H.O  +  CI,  how  manv  litres  of  chlorine  at  stand 
ard  temperature  and  pressure  can  be  obtained  from 
87  grammes  of  manganese  dioxide." 

As  we  have  seen,  the  formula  of  a  gas  represents 


a  perfectly  definite  volume,  namely,  22.412  litres  at 
zero  centigrade  and  atmospheric  pressure.  (In 
"  A  School  Chemistry "  the  volume  is  given  as 
22.253  litres,  but  later  investigations  give  22.412 
litres  as  more  correct.  The  discrepancy  is  due  to 
the  difficulty  in  weighing  gases,  because  of  the 
large  volume  for  a  small  weight). 

The  volume  represented  by  Cl2  is  therefore 
22.412  litres,  hence  22.412  litres  of  chlorine  are 
obtained  from  the  weight  of  manganese  dioxide 
represented  by  Mn02.  This  weight  is  87  grammes 
since  Mn  represents  55  grammes  of  manganese,  and 
O  represents  16  grammes  of  oxygen.  The  equation 
gives  the  data  at  once  for  answering  the  question; 
if  the  problem  had  been  to  calculate  the  volume  of 
chlorine  obtainable  from  100  grammes  of  man- 
ganese dioxide,  or  from  200  grammes,  or  from  any 
other  number,  a  very  little  arithmetic  would  be 
necessary.  And  here  I  may  say  that  chemical 
arithmetic  is  no  harder  than  any  other,  and  it  is  just 
as  easy  to  calculate  about  litres  of  oxygen  as  about 
tons  of  hay. 

In  Grade  XII  the  volume  of  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen obtainable  from  100  grammes  of  ferrous  sul- 
phide was  required  at  730  mm.  pressure  and  20°C. 

From  the  equation  FeS+HyS04  =  FeS04  +  H,S 
it  appears  that  from  88  grammes  of  ferrous  sulphide 
22.412  litres  of  sulphurated  hydrogen  are  obtained, 
because  FeS  represents  88  grammes  and  H2S 
represents  22.412  litres.  The  gas  is  supposed  to 
be  measured  at  zero  centigrade  and  at  atmospheric 
pressure,  namely,  760  mm  of  mercury.  As  the 
measurements  in  the  problem  are  made  at  20°C  and 
730  mm.,  a  correction  must  be  made,  and  the  calcu- 
lation worked  out  for  100  grammes  ferrous  sulphide 
instead  of  88  grammes. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  since  ferrous  sulphide  is 
a  solid,  its  volume  is  not  indicated  by  the  formula; 
it  is  only  in  the  case  of  gases  that  the  formula  indi- 
cates the  volume  as  well  as  the  weight.  FeS 
represents  88  grains,  H2S  represents  not  only  34 
grammes  but  also  22.412  litres  at  the  standard  tem- 
perature and  pressure.  The  weight  does  not  vary 
with  temperature  and  pressure;  the  volume  does. 


An  old  colored  woman  was  seriously  injured  in 
a  railway  accident.  One  and  all  her  friends  urged 
the  necessity  of  suing  the  wealthy  railroad  corpora- 
tion for  damages. 

"  I  'clar  to  gracious,"  she  scornfully  replied  to 
their  advice,  "  ef  I  ain't  done  git  more'n  nuff  o' 
damages!  What  I'se  wantin'  now  and  what  I'se 
done  gwine  to  sue  dat  company  foh  is  repairs."  — 
Cleveland  Leader. 


244 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Natural  History  for  Little  Folks. 
The  Story  of  the  First  Snowdrops. 

An  old  man  sat  alone  in  his  house.  It  was  full 
of  shadows;  it  was  dark  and  gloomy.  The  old 
man  cared  nothing  for  the  shadows  or  the  darkness, 
for  he  was  thinking  of  all  the  mighty  deeds  that  he 
had  done.  "  There  is  no  one  else  in  the  world,"  he 
muttered,  "  who  has  done  such  deeds  as  I,"  and  he 
counted  them  over  aloud.  A  sound  outside  of  the 
house  interrupted  him.  "  What  can  it  be?  "  he  said 
to  himself.  "  How  dares  anything  interrupt  me  ? 
I  have  told  all  things  to  be  still.  It  sounds  like  the 
rippling  of  waters,  and  I  have  told  the  waters  to  be 
quiet  in  their  beds.  There  it  is  again.  It  is  like 
the  singing  of  birds,  and  I  have  sent  the  birds  far 
away  to  the  south." 

Some  one  opened  the  door  and  came  in.  It  was 
a  youth  with  sunny  curls  and  rosy  face. 

"  Who  said  you  might  come  in  ?  "  muttered  the 
old  man. 

"  Did  not  you  ?  "  asked  the  youth,  with  a  merry 
little  laugh.  "  I  am  really  afraid  that  I  came  with- 
out asking.  You  see,  every  one  is  glad  to  see  me 
and  "— 

"  I  am  not,"  interrupted  the  old  man. 

"  I  have  heard  rumors  of  your  great  deeds,"  said 
the  youth,  "  and  I  came  to  see  whether  the  tales  are 
true." 

"  The  deeds  are  more  true  than  the  tales,"  mut- 
tered the  old  man,  "  for  the  tales  are  never  great 
enough.  No  one  can  count  the  wonderful  things 
I  have  done." 

"And  what  are  they?"  asked  the  young  man 
gravely,  but  with  a  merry  little  twinkle  in  his  eyes 
that  would  have  made  one  think  of  the  waves  spark- 
ling in  the  sunlight.  "  Let  us  see  whether  you  or 
I  can  tell  the  greatest  tale." 

"  I  can  breathe  upon  a  river  and  turn  it  to  ice," 
said  the  old  man. 

"  I  can  breathe  upon  the  ice  and  turn  it  to  a  river," 
said  the  youth. 

"  I  can  say  to  water,  '  Stand  still,'  and  it  will  not 
dare  to  stir." 

"  I  can  say,  '  Stand  no  longer,'  and  it  will 
go  running  and  chattering  down  the  mountain  side." 

"  I  shake  my  white  head,"  said  the  old  man,  "  and 
snow  covers  the  earth." 

"  I  shake  my  curls,"  said  the  yo.ing  man,  "  and 
the  air  sparkles  with  sunshine.  In  a  moment  the 
snow  is  gone." 

"  I  say  to  the  birds,  '  Sing  no  more.  Leave  me,' 
and  they  spread  their  wings  and  fly  far  away." 


"  I  say,  '  Little  birds,  come  back,'  and  in  a 
moment  they  are  back  again  and  singing  their 
sweetest  songs  to  me." 

"  No  one  can  count  the  leaves,"  said  the  old  man, 
"  but  whether  I  shake  the  trees  with  my  icy  touch, 
or  whether  I  turn  my  cold  breath  upon  them,  they 
fall  to  the  ground  with  fear  and  trembling.  Are 
there  any  rumors  of  my  deeds  as  great  as  that  ?  " 

The  young  man  answered  gravely,  but  with  a 
laugh  in  his  voice,  "  I  never  saw  any  leaves  falling 
to  the  ground,  for  when  I  appear,  they  are  all  fair 
and  green  and  trembling  with  gladness  of  my  com- 
ing." 

So  the  two  talked  all  night  long.  As  morning 
came  near,  the  old  man  appeared  weary,  but  the 
youth  grew  merrier.  The  sunlight  brightened,  and 
the  youth  turned  to  the  open  door.  The  trees  were 
full  of  birds,  and  when  they  saw  him,  they  sang, 
"  O  beautiful  spring !  glad  are  we  to  look  again  upon 
your  face !  " 

"  My  own  dear  birds  !  "  cried  Spring.  He  turned 
to  say  good-by,  but  the  old  man  was  gone,  and 
where  he  had  stood  were  only  snowflakes.  But  were 
they  snowflakes?  He  looked  again.  They  were 
little  white  snowdrops,  the  first  flowers  of  spring, 
the  only  flowers  that  can  remember  the  winter. — 
The  Book  of  Nature  Myths. 

Summer  Threads. 

A  little  spider  had  lived  all  the  summer  in  the 
meadow,  and  had  busied  herself  catching  many  of 
those  naughty  midges  that  are  so  fond  of  biting 
children's  hands  and  faces.  In  the  winter  the 
meadow  is  flooded  by  the  river,  and  any  little 
creature  that  cannot  live  in  the  water  is  drowned. 

The  spider  has,  at  the  end  of  the  summer,  just 
the  same  longing  to  travel  that  some  birds  have,  but 
she  could  never  get  very  far  on  her  little  legs,  fcr 
the  very  first  ditch  would  stop  her.  She  knows  a 
much  better  way  to  get  along,  however.  She 
watches  wind  and  weather  like  an  experienced  sea- 
man: "To-day  is  beautiful  sunshine,"  says  she, 
"  and  a  favourable  wind,  not  too  mild  and  not  too 
blustry ;  this  is  a  day  to  start  upon  a  voyage ! " 

So  she  climbs  quickly  to  the  top  of  an  alder-bush, 
and  perches  on  the  tip  of  a  branch.  There  sh^ 
stands  upon  her  head,  and  stretches  out  her  body, 
with  its  spinning  apparatus  upwards.  She  spins  a 
long  thread,  and  lets  it  blow  far,  far  out  in  the 
breeze,  till  the  wind  lifts  it  and  tugs  at  it.  and  the 
spider  can  hold  no  longer,  lets  go  of  the  branch,  an  '. 
sails  away  at  the  end  of  her  thread,  like  a  balloonH 
in  a  balloon. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


245 


She  sails  away  in  her  air-ship,  here  and  there, 
according  to  her  fancy,  the  thread  rising  high  up 
over  the  ditches  in  the  meadow,  over  the  river,  over 
bushes  and  trees,  over  the  houses  of  the  town,  and 
over  the  church  steeple.  When  the  children  see 
the  spider's  little  air-ship  they  cry :  "  Look  at  the 
long  summer  thread ! '  ' 

After  a  time  the  spider  thinks  she  has  travelled 
far  enough,  and  wants  to  stop,  but  how  is  she  to 
lower  her  ship  to  the  ground  ?  Small  as  she  is,  she 
knows  a  way  out  of  the  difficulty.  She  seizes  the 
floating  white  thread  with  her  nimble  legs,  and  rolls 
it  up  into  a  ball.  The  more  she  pulls  it  in,  the  less 
the  breeze  can  carry  it,  till  she  gradually  sinks  to 
the  ground. 

Here  the  spider  seeks  a  corner  where  she  can 
safely  take  up  her  winter  quarters.  If  she  finds 
no  likely  spot,  she  spins  herself  next  day  another 
little  air-ship,  and  travels  further  on.  It  is  true 
that  she  can  neither  steer  nor  guide  her  vessel,  for 
it  is  driven  along  with  the  wind,  but  she  leaves  it 
in  God's  hands,  who  has  a  fatherly  care  for  even 
the  smallest  spider.  But  she  must  think  for  herself, 
also,  and  take  heed  which  way  the  wind  is  blowing. 


Where  Montgomery  Fell. 

All  good  Americans,  when  they  visit  Quebec  for 
the  first  time,  go  to  the  spot  where  the  ill-fated 
Montgomery  fell  in  battle,  in  his  rash  attempt  to 
take  Quebec  after  his  capture  of  Montreal  in  1775. 
High  up  on  the  precipitous  rocks  above  the  lower 
city  they  find  the  inscription,  "Here  fell  Montgom- 
ery, Dec.  31,  1775."  As  the  Spectator  stood  there 
musing  on  the  things  that  might  have  been,  a 
carriage  drove  up  containing  three  ladies.  The 
driver  announced,  "Here  was  where  Montgomery 
fell."  The  ladies  craned  their  necks.  "Where  did 
he  fall  from  ?"  "From  up  there,  madam !  He  fell 
from  the  place  where  you  see  the  sign,  down  to  the 
road  here,  and  the  fall  ended  his  life."  The  Spec- 
tator was  highly  amused  at  this  interpretation  of  the 
word  "fall."  Following  old  Champlain  Street,  he 
came  to  the  shore  of  the  St.  Lawrence  and  entered 
into  conversation  with  an  old  Irish  woman.  He  re- 
lated to  her  what  he  had  just  heard;  but,  instead 
of  sharing  his  amusement,  she  said  seriously,  "Yes, 
I've  heard  my  old  father  tell  about  it ;  he  said 
Gineral  Montgomery  was  on  horseback  when  he 
fell,  and  the  fall  killed  both  horse  and  rider !" — 
Spectator,  in  N.  Y.  Outlook. 


Rhymes  for  Little  Folks. 
Over  the  Meadow. 

Over  in  the  meadow. 

In  the  sand,  in  the  sun, 
Lived  an  old  mother-toad 

And  her  little  toadie  one. 
"Wink!"  said  the  mother; 

"  I  wink,"  said  the  one ; 
So  she  winked  and  she  blinked, 

In  the  sand,  in  the  sun. 

Over  in  the  meadow, 

Where  the  stream  runs  blue, 
Lived  an  old  mother-fish. 

And  her  little  fishes  two. 
"  Swim  !  "  said  the  mother  ; 

"  We  swim,"  said  the  two ; 
So  they  swam  and  they  leaped 

Where  the  stream  runs  blue. 

Over  in  the  meadow, 

In  a  hole  in  a  tree, 
Lived  a  mother-bluebird, 

And  her  little  birdies  three. 
"  Sing !  "  said  the  mother  ; 

"  We  sing,"  saixl  the  three ; 
So  they  sang,  and  were  glad, 

In  the  hole  in  the  tree. 

Over  in  the  meadow. 

In  the  reeds  on  the  shore, 
Lived  a  mother-muskrat. 

And  her  little  ratties  four. 
"Dive!"  said  the  mother; 

"  We  dive,"  said  the  four ; 
So  they  dived  and  they  burrowed 

In  the  reeds  on  the  shore. 

Over  in  the  meadow. 

In  a  snug  beehive, 
Lived  a  mother-honey-bee 

And  her  little  honeys  five. 
"  Buzz  !  "  said  the  mother  ; 

"  We  buzz,"  said  the  five ; 
So  they  buzzed  and  they  hummed, 

In  the  snug  beehive. 

Over  in  the  meadow. 

In  a  nest  built  of  sticks. 
Lived  a  black  mother-crow. 

And  her  little  crows  six. 
"Caw!"  said  the  mother; 

"  We  caw,"  said  the  six ; 
So  they  cawed  and  they  called 

In  their  nest  built  of  sticks. 

Over  in  the  meadow. 

Where  the  grass  is  so  even, 
Lived  a  gay  mother-ci  icket 

And  her  little  crickets  seven. 
"Chirp!"  said  the  mother; 

"  We  chirp,"  said  the  seven ; 
So  they  chirped  cheery  notes 

In  the  grass  soft  and  even. 


246 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Over  in  the  meadow. 

By  the  old  mossy  gate, 
Lived  a  brown  mother-lizard 

And  her  little  lizards  eight. 
"  Bask !  "  said  the  mother ; 

"  We  bask,"  said  the  eight ; 
So  they  basked  in  the  sun, 

By  the  old  mossy  gate. 
Over  in  the  meadow, 

Where  the  clear  pools  shine, 
Lived  a  green  mother-frog, 

And  her  little  froggies  nine. 
"  Croak !  "  said  the  mother ; 

"  We  croak,"  said  the  nine ; 
So  they  croaked  and  they  splashed, 

Where  the  clear  pools  shine. 
Over  in  the  meadow. 

In  a  sly  little  den, 
Lived  a  gray  mother-spider, 

And  her  little  spiders  ten. 
"  Spin !  "  said  the  mother ; 

"  We  spin,"  said  the  ten ; 
So  they  spun  lace  webs, 

In  their  sly  little  den. 
Over  in  the  meadow, 

In  the  soft  summer  even. 
Lived  a  mother-fire-fly, 

And  her  little  flies  eleven. 
"  Shine  !  "  said  the  mother  ; 

"  We  shine,"  said  the  eleven ; 
So  they  shone  like  stars, 

In  the  soft  summer  even. 
Over  in  the  meadow. 

Where  the  wise  men  dig  and  delve, 
Lived  a  wise  mother-ant. 

And  her  little  anties  twelve. 
'*  Toil !  "  said  the  mother ; 

"  We  toil,"  said  the  twelve ; 
So  they  toiled  and  were  wise, 

Where  the  big  men  dig  and  delve. 

— Olive  A.  Wadsworth. 


Greek  Children's  Song, 

The  swallow  has  come  again 

Across  the  wide,  white  sea ; 

She   sits   and   sings   through   the   falling   rain, 

"O   March,  my  beloved  March! 

And  thou,  sad  February, 

Though  still  you  may  cover  with  snow  the  plain, 

You  yet  smell  sweet  of  the  spring !" 

— Selected. 


The  Caterpillar. 

I  creep  upon  the  ground,  and  the  children  say. 

"You  ugly  old  thing !"  and  push  me  away. 

I  lie  in  my  bed,  and  the  children  say, 

"The  fellow  is  dead;  we'll  throw  him  away." 

At  last  I  awake,  and  the  children  try 

To  make  me  stay,  as  I  rise  and  fly. 

— Unknown. 


Grown-Ups. 

There  are  no  real  fairies,  grown-ups  say  so, 

Except  in  stories,  which  is  so  absurd — 
If  only  they  could  know  the  secrets  /  know, 

And  hear  the  things  I've  heard! 
I  know  what  the  thrush  near  the  nursery  window  sings 

In  the  lilac  bush  below, 
The  fairies  tell  me  heaps  and  heaps  of  things 

That  grown-ups  never  know. 

I  know  why  the  shadows  grow  so  long  and  glide 

Across  the  lawn,  beneath  the  poplars  tall : 
It's  because  they  want  to  look  at  the  world  outside, 

They're  climbing  the  ivied  wall. 
1  know  what  the  butterfly  with  painted  wings 

Says  to  the  proud  red  rose. 
The  fairies  tell  me  heaps  and  heaps  of  things 

A  grown-up  never  knows. 
1  know  why  the  clouds,  with  which  the  sky  is  whitened, 

Hurry  along  so  very,  very  fast : 
They  want  to  see  the  sunset,  and  are  frightened 

That  each  may  be  the  last. 
I  know  why  the  river  never,  never  sleeps, 

Why  the  wind  comes  and  goes. 
The  fairies  tell  me  secrets,  heaps  and  heaps, 

A  grown-up  never  knows. 

— Pall  Mall  Magazine. 


March. 

The  stormy  March  is  come  at  last, 
With  wind,  and  cloud,  and  changing  skies. 

I  hear  the  rushing  of  the  blast, 
That  through  the  snowy  valley  flies. 

Ah,  passing  few  are  they  who  speak, 
Wild  stormy  month !  in  praise  of  thee ; 

Yet,  though  thy  winds  are  loud  and  bleak, 
Thou  art  a  welcome  month  to  me. 

For  thou,  to  northern  lands,  again 
The  glad  and  glorious  sun  dost  bring, 

And  thou  has  joined  the  gentle  train 
And  wear'st  the  gentle  name  of  Spring. 

And,  in  thy  reign  of  blast  and  storm, 
Smiles  many  a   long  bright  sunny  day, 

When  the  changed  winds  are  soft  and  warm, 
And  heaven  puts  on  the  blue  of  May. 

Then  sing  aloud  the  gushing  rills 

And  the  full  springs,   from  frost  set  free, 

That,  brightly  leaping  down  the  hills, 
Are  just  set  out  to  meet  the  sea. 

The  year's  departing  beauty  hides 
Of  wintry  storms  the  sullen  threat; 

But  in  thy  sternest  frown  abides 
A  look  of  kindly  promise  yet. 

Thou  bring'st  the  hope  of  those  calm  skies, 
And  that  soft  time  of  sunny  showers, 

When  the  wide  bloom,  on  earth  that  lies. 
Seems  of  a  brighter   world   than   ours. 

— Bryant. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


247 


Your  Gawky   Boy. 

That  gawky  boy  of  yours — ungainly,  gaunt,  shy, 
unprepossessing,  as  he  is, — writes  Henry  A.  Shute 
in  the  March  Delineator.  You  nag  him.  You 
laugh  at  him  and  ridicule  him.  Did  you  ever  realize 
how  it  hurts  ?  You  ought  to  realize  it,  for  it  is  not 
long  since  you  knew  how  it  felt.  You  would  have 
stood  pain  like  a  man,  and  so  does  your  boy.  You 
would  have  borne  privation  like  a  stoic,  and  so  does 
your  boy,  and  there  would  have  been  a  grim  sort  of 
enjoyment  in  it,  for  the  joy  of  resistance  is  fully 
awake  at  fourteen. 

But  you  could  not  bear  ridicule,  and  he  cannot, 
and  yet  there  is  scarcely  a  day  when  you  do  not 
cause  him  sharp  discomfort. 

The  boy's  mother  never  does  this.  She  loves 
every  awkward  movement  of  her  boy.  She  loves 
his  long  legs,  and  she  loves  to  hear  his  raucous 
voice.  She  smiles  at  it,  too,  and  at  him,  and  it  is 
a  smile  of  genuine  amusement ;  but  there  is  love  in 
the  smile,  and  love  in  her  eyes,  and  he  knows  it,  and 
adores  her  for  it. 

If  he  becomes  depressed  and  despondent,  he  con- 
fides his  troubles  in  his  dog,  which  sits  in  front  of 
him  gazing  at  him  with  an  almost  human  expression 
of  sympathy,  and  puts  his  paw  on  his  master's  knee. 

A  bit  unfortunate,  isn't  it,  that  your  own  boy  is 
obliged  to  depend  on  his  mother  and  his  dog  for 
sympathy  and  affection?  He  gets  none  from  you, 
and  but  little  from  his  brothers  and  sisters.  It  is 
true,  isn't  it? 

My  friend,  if  you  paid  as  much  personal  attention 
to  the  proper  devlopment  of  your  boy  as  you  do  in 
raising  the  two-minute  trotter,  or  the  blue-ribbon 
Guernsey,  or  the  Black  Strain  Jubilee  of  Orpington, 
or  in  beating  bogy,  or  in  your  game  of  whist,  you 
would  be  astonished  at  the  results. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 

Glass  water  pipes  are  used  in  Germany. 

A  locomotive  engine  which  consumes  all  its  own  smoke 
and  waste  steam,  allowing  none  to  escape  into  the  open  air, 
is  now  in  use  in  Belgium. 

Since  they  were  first  known  to  Europeans,  the  mines  of 
Mexico  have  produced  over  four  thousand  million  dollars 
worth  of  the  precious  metals. 

A  promising  new  fruit  from  Uruguay  is  described  as 
having  the  size  of  an  apricot  and  the  shape  of  an  apple, 
a  bright  red  and  yellow  color  when  ripe,  a  delicate  perfume 
and  an  extremely  agreeable  taste. 

There  is  a  continuous  incrcsase  in  the  number  of  immi- 
grants coming  to  Canada.  The  total  number  for  the  last 
seven  months  is  nearly  fifty  per  cent  greater  than  for 
the  same  period  ending  with  January  of  last  year;  and 
it  is  expected  that  the  total  number  to  arrive  in  1907  will 


be  fifty  per  cent  more  than  the  number  of  arrivals  in 
1906.  While  exaggerated  reports  of  the  very  severe  winter 
through  which  we  have  passed  may  deter  some,  it  is  ex- 
pected that  the  number  coming  from  the  British  Islands 
will  be  greater  than  ever  before. 

The  failure  of  last  year's  crops  in  the  valley  of  the  Volga 
has  brought  famine  to  whole  provinces  of  the  Russian 
Empire  lying  north  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  The  Russian 
government  is  doing  what  it  can  do  to  relieve  the  distress ; 
but  funds  are  exhausted,  and  it  has  been  obliged  to  ask 
for  help  from  abroad. 

The  new  parliament  has  not  brought  peace  to  Persia. 
The  revolutionary  movement  is  said  to  be  spreading;  and 
there  is  much  disorder,  especially  at  Teheran,  where  the 
parliament  is  in  session,  the  populace  refusing  to 
acknowledge  the  authority  of  either  the  parliament  or  the 
Shah. 

The  first  elections  to  parliament  under  the  new  consti- 
tution of  the  Transvaal  have  taken  place,  and  the  colony 
is  now  under  representative  government. 

The  International  Exposition  at  Jamestown,  Virginia, 
where  the  first  English  settlement  on  this  continent  was 
established,  wall  be  opened  with  imposing  ceremonies  on 
the  25th  of  April,  the  three-hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
landing. 

A  new  ice  breaking  steamer,  the  Lady  Grey,  has  been 
built  in  England  for  the  Canadian  Government,  for  service 
on  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  to  maintain  an  open  channel 
to  the  sea  during  the  winter  months. 

A  battle  in  the  air  is  no  longer  among  the  remote  pos- 
sibilities of  the  future.  It  is  possible  to-day.  The  British 
Government  has  for  months  past  been  making  experiments 
looking  to  the  formation  of  a  fleet  of  airships,  and  men  are 
being  trained  to  manage  them.  The  plans  are  said  to 
include  the  use  of  kites  as  observatory  stations,  dirigible 
balloons  for  transport,  and  aeroplanes  for  actual  fighting. 

Another  war  has  begun  in  Central  America.  Nicaragua 
has  declared  war  against  Honduras,  and  one  or  more  of 
the  other  little  republics  will  probably  be  involved, 
disputed  territory  and  border  raids  are  the  immediate 
cause;  but  the  possibility  of  some  one  state  absorbing  the 
others  and  founding  a  powerful  Central  American  nation 
is  always  borne  in  mind. 

It  has  long  been  known  that  the  leaves  of  some  of  our 
wild  cherries,  notably  our  black  cherry,  though  perfectly 
harmless  when  fresh,  are  more  or  less  poisonous  when 
wilted.  This  is  due  to  the  development  of  prussic  acid 
in  the  drooping  leaves.  An  English  botanist  in  India  has 
discovered  that  the  same  thing  occurs  in  other  plants 
under  rare  conditions;  and  mysterious  poisonings  of  farm 
stock  may  be  traced  to  some  ordinarily  wholesome  fodder 
plants    becoming    suddenly   poisonous. 

The  Ontario  government  is  providing  for  the  teaching 
of  agriculture  in  all  the  county  high  schools  of  the  pro- 
vince. 

A  German  scientific  expedition  has  discovered  in  Central 
Asia  a  large  collection  of  ancient  manuscripts  in  different 
languages  and  dialects,  including  one  or  more  languages 
hitherto  unknown  to  modern  students.  It  is  probable  that 
some  important  ancient  writings  will  be  found  among 
them. 


248 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Inspector  of  Schools  A.  G.  Macdonald  has  been  elected 
by  acclammation  mayor  of  the  town  of  Antigonish,  N.  S., 
an  indication  that  his  fellow  townsmen  know  how  to 
appreciate  the  worth  of  an  intelligent  and  upright  man. 

The  provincial  normal  school  at  Truro,  and  the  other 
schools  and  churches  of  that  town  were  closed  for  two 
weeks  in  February  owing  to  the  discovery  of  two  slight 
cases  of  small-pox.  By  this  prompt  measure  and  by  great 
vigilance  on  the  part  of  the  authorities  the  disease  has 
been  kept  down. 

Supervisor  McKay  of  the  Halifax  Schools,  recommends 
strongly  the  appointment  of  a  physician  to  examine  all 
pupils.  The  School  Board  wall  probably  put  the  suggestion 
into  effect. 

The  New  Brunswick  Normal  School  at  Fredericton  is 
crowded  to  its  utmost  capacity.  There  are  over  three 
hundred  pupil  teachers  in  attendance. 

Sir  William  Macdonald  has  given  twelve  scholarships 
of  the  Kingston,  N.  B.,  Consolidated  School.  This  means 
that  the  pupils  who  win  them  have  their  fees  and  mainten- 
ance provided  for  at  the  new  St.  Ann's  College,  near 
Montreal. 


RJSCENT    BOOKS. 
First  Science  Book — Physics  and  Chemistry.     By  Lothrop 

D.    Higgins,    Ph.  B.     Cloth.      Pages    237.      The    Copp, 

Clark  Company,  Toronto. 
This  book  contains  an  excellent  presentation  of  the  first 
principles  of  the  sciences  of  physics  and  chemistry.  The 
subject  matter  is  concise  and  interesting,  and  illustrated 
where  necessary  by  diagrams.  What  renders  it  of  great 
value  to  the  teacher  is  the  fact  that  it  contains  explanations 
of  the  various  forms  of  electrical  energy  and  the  devices 
which  man  employs  to  use  it,  such  as  the  dynamo,  the 
motor,  telephone,  telegraph  and  other  present  day  appli- 
ances. 

In  history  and  geography  Messrs.  Blackie  &  Son,  Lon- 
don, have  published  the  following:  Moncrieff's  Heroes  of 
European  History  (is.  6d.),  which  presents  the  principal 
figures,  in  easy  reading  lessons,  from  the  early  conflicts  of 
Greece  to  the  great  wars  of  the  French  Revolution ;  Read- 
ings in  English  History  (2s.),  including  selections  from 
original  sources,  illustrating  the  chief  events  and  characters 
in  English  history,  arranged  chronologically;  A  Geography 
of  Europe  and  the  British  Isles  (2s.),  for  junior  forms, 
dealing  chiefly  with  practical  geography  in  its  industrial 
and  historical  aspects ;  the  geography  of  The  World 
(is.  ad.),  No.  VII,  of  the  New  Century  Geographical 
Readers,  is  an  interesting  bird's-eye  view  of  the  chief 
races  and  features  of  the  world.  All  of  the  above  books 
are  attractively  printed,  witli  illustrations  and  maps. 

In  literature,  Blackie's  Model  Reader,  Book  VI  (is.  6d.), 
provides  interesting  and  varied  reading  in  selections  pos- 
sessing literary  merit;  Maria  Edgeworth's  Murad  the  Un- 
lucky and  Other  Tales  (is.),  with  a  biographical  intro- 
duction of  the  authoress;  Sir  Walter  Scott's  The  Talisman 
(  is.  6d.),  with  introduction  and  notes.  In  the  Greater 
Plays  of  Shakespeare  we  have  King  Richard  II,  King 
Ricnard  III,  The  Tempest,  Coriolanus  (price  4d.  each), 
convenient    and    low-priced    editions,    without    notes.        In 


Blackie's  Story-Book  Readers  there  are  selections  from 
Lytton's  Last  Days  of  Pompeii,  Henty's  The  Two  Prison- 
ers, and  Among  the  Bushrangers  (price  4d.  each),  and  the 
Story  of  Willy  Black  (2l/A-)  ;  and  in  Blackie's  English 
School  Texts,  Charles  Dickens'  The  Chimes  (6d. ).  All  of 
the  above  is  printed  and  bound  in  attractive  and  convenient 
form  for  easy  reading.     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

Black's  Literary  Reader,  Book  II  (is.),  is  illustrated  in 
colour,  and  in  black  and  white.  The  reading  entitled 
"  Little  Folks  in  Canada,"  is,  as  a  whole,  a  pretty  picture 
of  children's  summer  and  winter  sports  here.  Black's 
Picture  Lessons  in  English  (6d.)  are  useful  aids  to  child- 
ten's  compositions.     Adam  and  Charles  Black,  London. 

Natural  Elocution  (is.)  is  an  attempt  to  develop  an 
elocution  which  is  natural  to  the  speaker ;  Seasonal  Botany 
(8d.)  helps  the  teacher  in  adapting  the  study  of  plants  to 
the  round  of  the  seasons  and  in  the  preparation  of  experi- 
ments;  The  Care  of  the  Baby  (3d.)  is  written  with  the 
view  of  helping  the  daughter  as  well  as  the  mother  how 
to  manage  the  baby ;  Simple  Lessons  on  Health  and 
Habits  aims  at  presenting  in  simple  and  clear  language 
the  main  facts  of  domestic  science;  Blackie's  New  Con- 
centric Arithmetics,  Book  IV  (6d.),  is  designed  for  child- 
ren from  seven  to  thirteen  years  of  age,  the  Series,  as  the 
name  indicates,  appjying  the  fundamental  processes  of 
addition,  subtraction,  multiplication  and  division  in  an  ever 
widening  circle  to  the  various  combinations  in  which  they 
are  nvolved ;  Elementary  Mathematics  (Algebra  and 
Geometry — 2s.)  has  been  prepared  for  the  use  of  pupils 
beginning  the  study  of  mathematics,  the  ground  covering 
algebra  as  far  as  quadratics,  the  first  three  books  of 
Euclid's  elements,  the  mensuration  of  plane  figures  and  of 
the  simpler  solids;  The  Teaching  of  English  Grammar  and 
Elementary  Latin  (4d.)  is  a  decidedly  novel  and  original 
introduction  to  these  somewhat  abstruse  subjects, — calling 
for  the  interest  and  power  of  observation  of  the  pupils. 
The  above-named  books  are  published  by  Blackie  &  Son, 
London. 

In  modern  languages,  Blackie  &  Son,  London,  publish  a 
Skeleton  German  Grammar  (2s.),  a  guide  which,  if 
thoroughly  mastered,  will  conduct  the  beginner  to  a  success- 
ful mastery  of  translation ;  French  Readings  in  Science 
(3s.  6d.),  a  selection  of  passages  from  chemical,  physical, 
astronomical,  physiological  and  botanical  treatises,  com- 
piled to  assist  students  in  their  general  reading,  and  to 
prepare  them  for  the  London  University  examination, 
which,  since  1904,  has  made  it  compulsory  on  candidates 
10  translate  a  portion  of  a  French  and  German  scientific 
work;  Alexander  Dumas'  La  Jeunesse  de  Pierrot  (is.  6d.), 
a  bright  story  for  the  young  from  that  popular  novelist ; 
Fontaine's  Shorter  Fables  (6d.),  La  Bruyere's  Les  Car- 
actcres  (4d.),  Bechstein's  Murchen  (6d.),  and  two  plays 
for  acting  in  schools   (price  4d.  each). 

In  subjects  from  the  Ancient  Classics,  Messrs.  Blackie 
&  Son,  London,  have  published  Damon,  a  Manual  of 
Greek  Iambic  Composition  (2s.),  which  teaches  Greek 
Iambic-writing  on  a  system  which  the  author  (a  teacher) 
has  found  to  be  as  valuable  a  mental  training  as  the  study 
of  the  higher  mathematics;  A  First  Greek  Course  (as.  6d.), 
a  practical  and  concise  introduction  to  the  Greek  language, 
the  author  maintaining  that  "  Greek  can  be  learnt  with 
profit  and   enjoyment  by  the  average  boy,  so  that  in  less 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW.  249 

s  <$ 

I        Gervuine  % 

s  •        $ 

I  Hylo-Placte        ;   | 

|  Blackboards 

a  *  *  *                                  m 

m  ® 

3  # 

3  WE  CARRY  A  LARGE  STOCK.                                        ® 

g  SATISFACTION    GUARANTEED. 

3  © 

3 

^  $■  $  $■ 


3 


PATRONIZE  HOME  ENTERPRISE 


3  W 

ijftl  26  GRANVILLE    STREET.                                                                      W 

Hjj  Halifax,                                        Nova  Scotia. 

85  ® 


E.  N.  MOYER  COMPANY  Li® 


250 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


ai  a  m  l  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan. 

NCW     [VI  dpS  J  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent 
Write  for  Special  Prices.      (  WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.     Shows  all  New  Changes. 


BrldTey  Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  tor  Special 
Catalogue. 


Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dustless  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 
Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards. 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st.,  w«t,  Toronto,  ont 


School  of  Science  for  Atlantic  Provinces  of  Canada. 

21ST    SESSION,    JULY    2ND    TO  19TH,    1907. 
HT     RIVERSIDE,  NEW     BRUNSJnilCK- 

Courses  in   Physical  and  Biological  Sciences,    English,    Drawing,   Cardboard  Work 

and   Photography. 
Excursions  to  Many  Points  of  Interest.  Tuition  for  all  Courses  only  $2.50 


For  Calendar  containing  full  information,  apply  to 


J.  D.  SEAMAN,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 


than  a  year  he  can  read  the  Apology  of  Socrates, — and  all 
that  is  paid  fot  that  result  is  one  lesson  of  three-quarters 
of  an  hour  a  day ;  "  Greek  Morality  in  Relation  to  Insti- 
tutions (5s.),  an  essay  by  W.  H.  S.  Jones,  M.  A.,  Cam- 
bridge, with  very  full  notes  and  references  in  Greek.  In 
Latin  we  have  Cicero's  De  Senectute,  with  introduction, 
but  no  notes  (6d. ),  and  Latin  Unseens  in  prose  and  verse 
(3d.)     Blackie  &  Son,  London. 


RECENT   MAGAZINES. 


The  March  Atlantic  Monthly  fittingly  observes  the 
centenary  of  Longfellow  by  an  eloquent  poem  upon  the 
well-beloved  poet  by  Thomas  Bailey  Aldrich,  and  a  study 
of  his  genius  and  place  in  letters  by  Bliss  Perry.  Other 
contributions,  with  essays  and  literary  papers,  stories  and 
poems,  are  suggestive  of  the  quality  and  brilliancy  of  this 
favorite  periodical. 

The  February  number  of  The  Canadian  Magazine  con- 
tains an  interesting  article  by  Prof.  Goldwin  Smith  en- 
titled The  Stage  of  Former  Days.  Prof  Smith  gives  an 
appreciation  of  players  who  have  long  since  gone  from  the 
scenes,  and  he  advocates  the  endowment  of  theatres  as 
powerful  organs  of  culture.  The  article  is  accompanied 
by  ten  reproductions  of  old  engravings  and  is  altogether 
a  valuable  contribution  to  current  literature.  The  number 
contains  also  eleven  other  articles,  nine  of  which  are 
illustrated,  and  five  short  stories. 


The  March  Delineator  is  full  of  seasonable  hints  of  the 
fashions  and  styles  of  the  month.  The  children's  depart- 
ment is  as  usual  of  great  interest  to  schools  and  families. 
Its  articles  about  women  and  the  home  are  especially 
appropriate  and  worthy  of  thoughtful  reading. 

An  article  on  Greenwich  Time  by  H.  H.  Turner,  which 
The  Living  Age  for  February  2nd  reprints  from  the 
Cornhill  Magazine  is  a  good  example  of  what  a  popular 
scientific  article  ought  to  be.  It  as  clear  and  intelligible 
without  being  condescending  and  it  f  uMy  acquaints  the  reader 
with  the  importance  and  the  methods  of  the  observations 
taken  at  Greenwich.  The  story  of  Amelia  and  the  Doctor, 
now  running  in  The  Living  Age,  becomes  more  charming 
with  each  instalment.  The  Cranford  flavor  is  unmistak- 
able, but  it  is  a  twentieth-century  Cranford,  and  the 
characters  have  a  warm  living  interest. 


OFFICIAL   NOTICES. 


Province  of  Nova  Scotia. 

The  County  of  Colchester  has  been  made  a  separate  Inspectorial 
division  by  the  Council  of  Public  Instruction,  to  be  known  as  Division 
No.  u,  to  ro  into  effect  on  the  first  day  of  March,  this  year. 

C.  Stanley  Bruce,  Principal  of  the  Shelburnt  County  Academy, 
has  been  appointed  Inspector  of  Schools  for  Division  No.  3  (the  counties 
of  Yarmouth  and  Shelburne). 

W.  R.  Campbell,  M.  A..  Principal  of  the  County  Academy  at 
Truro,  has  been  appointed  Inspector  of  Schools  for  Division  No.  12, 
(the  County  of  Colchester). 

Teachers  and  School  Trustees  are  asked  to  take  notice  and  govern 
themselves  accordingly.  The  address  of  each  inspector  is  italicised 
above. 

A.   H.  MacKay. 
Halifax.  1st  March,  1907.  Sec'y  C.  P.  I., 


Efcucational  "Review  Supplement,  Hpril  1907. 


< 
o 

o 

z 

z 
tt 
o 

2 


ARBOR     DAY     NUMBER. 


THIRTY-TWO       PAGE8. 


The  Educational  Review. 

Devoted  to  Advanced  Methods  of  Education   and  General   Culture. 


Published  Monthly. 


ST.  JOHN,  N.  B.,  APRIL,   1907. 


$1.00  per  Year. 


O.  U.   HAY, 

Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 


A.  McKAY, 

Editor  for  Novi  Scotii 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 
Office,  SI  Leituter  Street.    St.  John,  JV.  B. 

Pkintsd  bt  Barms  &  Co..  St  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes 

Glimpses  into  Schoolrooms  -IV 

The  Influential    Teacher, 

Educational  Reports      

As  the  Teacher  So  the  School 

Nature  Study  in    April 

April  Days 

The  Modern  Novel,        

My    Teacher 

Rubens,         ......  

A  Study  in  Forestry 

The  Law  of  Unity   Applied  to  Education 

A  Bird  Tragedy^.  

Arbirand  Bird  Day  Programme  with  Selections,.... 
Echoes   from  a  Boys'  Garden— (Continued  in  May) 

Recitations  for  Little  Children .     ... 

Talks    with  Our  Readers,...  

Natural  History  for  Little  Folks,      

"Number  One"  Boy        

Current  Events,  

School  and  College,  ....  

Recent  Books, 

Recent  Magazines,  

New  Advertisements:— L' Academic  DeBrisay,    p.    2^4; 


Kings 


Windsor,    p.  255;  E.  N.  Moyer  Company,  p.  281;  S.  Kerr 
p.  383;  Harvard  University  Sumr 


amer  Courses,  p.  283. 


257 
258 
259 
200 
261 
262 

264 
264 

s 

267 
268 
269 
272 

V4 
V% 
276 
277 
278 
27q 
280 
282 
College 
&  Son, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month,  except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents. 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

If  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying;  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "240*  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to  May  31,  1907. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 

The  May  number  of  the  Review  will  be  devoted 
chiefly  to  Empire  Day. 


The  New-  Brunswick  legislature  has  under  con- 
sideration a  bill  to  establish  a  pension  fund  for 
teachers  and  to  increase  their  salaries. 


Suit,  Dr.  J.  R.  Inch  and  Supt.  Dr.  A.  H.  Mac- 
Kay  sail  from  Halifax  May  3rd  to  attend  the  Edu- 
cational Conference  of  the  Empire  which  opens  in 
London  on  May  24th. 


This  number  presents  much  useful  material  to 
help  our  schools  in  the  observance  of  Arbor  Day. 
We  hope  teachers  may  avail  themselves  of  it,  and 
that  Arbor,  and  Bird  Day  may  prove  interesting  and 
instructive  to  every  school,  even  if  some  find  it  im- 
possible to  plant  trees. 


The  picture  "  Morning  Call "  in  this  number 
appeals  to  young  people ;  the  sleeping  child  and  the 
intent  expression  of  the  alert  terrier  suggest  a  story. 


The  calendar  of  the  Summer  School  of  Science, 
which  meets  at  Riverside,  N.  B.,  July  2  to  19,  has 
been  issued.  Copies  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Secretary,  J.  D.  Seaman,  Charlottetown. 


In  the  death  of  Dr.  A.  A.  Stockton,  M.  P.,  New 
Brunswick  loses  one  of  her  foremost  sons — a  Chris- 
tian gentleman  of  engaging  social  qualities,  a  lawyer 
of  eminience,  and  one  possessed  of  a  well-balanced 
and  cultivated  mind. 

A  prominent  leader  of  education  of  the  Mari- 
time Provinces  recently  said :  "  I  consider  the  Edu- 
cational Review  for  January  one  of  the  most 
attractive,  readable  and  instructive  educational 
journals  I  have  ever  read ;  and,  altogether,  I  am  able 
to  recommend  the  Review  as  the  best  single  periodi- 
cal our  teachers  can  find." 


William  F.  MacLean,  editor  of  the  Toronto 
World,  and  Dr.  A.  H.  MacKay,  Superintendent  of 
Education  for  Nova  Scotia,  will  represent  the  Dom- 
inion of  Canada  at  the  first  annual  meeting  of  the 
Simplified  Spelling  Board,  to  be  held  in  the  Wal- 
forf-Astoria  hotel,  New  York  City,  on  April  3rd 
and  4tk.  Both  Dr.  MacKay  and  Mr.  MacLean  will 
read  papers  at  the  meeting. 


Many  letters  are  received  by  the  Review  every 
day,  the  greater  number  from  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick,  and  some  from  the  other  provinces  of 
Canada.  Recently  statements  were  sent  out  to  those 
in  arrears  of  subscription.  Letters  in  reply,  enclos- 
ing remittances,  were  promptly  returned  by  a  great 
many.  The  following  letter,  so  courteous  in  tone, 
makes  us  thankful  that  the  lot  of  the  editor  of  the 
Review  is  cast  in  with  pleasant  and  kindly  teachers : 

I  am  sorry  not  to  have  been  able  fo  remit  more  promptly, 
but  the  delay  was  unavoidable  and  not  by  any  means  due 
to  a  laxity  of  interest  in  your  valuable  paper,  the  Review. 
I  find  it  a  very  substantial  aid  in  my  school  work.  With 
sincere  wishes  for  the  continued  success  and  prosperity  of 
the  Educational  Review,  Sincerely  yours,  F. 


258 


THE   EDUCATHONAL  REVIEW. 


Glimpses  Into  Schoolrooms  —  IV. 

Bv  the  Editor. 

I  visited  a  schoolroom  on  Arbor  Day  some  years 
ago.  On  the  ledges  of  the  windows  were  boxes  of 
seedlings  which  had  been  planted  some  weeks  be- 
fore. Some  of  the  plants  were  just  appearing 
above  the  soil.  On  the  teacher's  table  were  a  few 
seedlings  which  had  been  planted  earlier  and  were 
more  advanced  than  those  in  the  window-boxes. 
There  were  some  pots  of  house  plants  on  the  table 
in  front  of  the  teacher  and  others  were  scattered;  in 
available  places  throughout  the  room.  There  were 
pictures  on  the  walls,  among  which  were  some  of 
trees,  views  of  scenery,  birds,  and  other  animals. 
The  schoolroom  had  evidently  been  carefully  clean- 
ed some  days  before.  Everything  had  the  appear- 
ance of  being  swept  and  garnished.  The  teacher 
and  scholars  were  dressed  neatly,  and  the  bright, 
eager  looks  of  all  showed  that  there  was  a  wide- 
awake feeling  of  expectation  among  them. 

The  yard  outside  had  been  put  in  order,  and  all 
the  litter  removed  or  burned.  Several  shallow 
holes  had  been  dug  along  the  walk  leading  to  the 
school  or  near  the  fence  which  surrounded  the 
small  plot  of  land  on  which  the  schoolhouse  stood. 
A  half  dozen  trees,  carefully  tied  together  with 
roots  covered  with  earth,  lay  in  a  shady  corner  of 
the  yard,  ready  for  planting. 

The  yard  was  small  and  the  ground  well  trodden 
by  the  feet  of  many  children.  But  there  were  some 
trees  that  had  been  planted  on  previous  arbor  days. 
These  had  evidently  been  set  out  with  care  and  were 
doing  well.  The  bark  had  a  healthy  look  and  the 
swelling  buds  had  the  promise  of  foliage  and  shade 
in  the  hot  days  to  come.  Those  to  be  planted  on 
this  arbor  day  were  to  replace  some  that  had  not 
done  so  well,  and  a  few  new  places  were  to  be 
tried.  The  ground  had  been  carefully  chosen  for 
the  trees,  which  were  placed  so  as  not  to  interfere 
with  the  children's  play. 

All  this  I  observed  from  the  windows.  "  You 
see,"  said  the  teacher,  "  that  we  have  to  keep  Arbor 
Day  for  the  most  part  within  doors,  but  the  child- 
ren look  forward  to  it  with  pleasure.  They  are 
great  helpers.  They  have  had  these  window  boxes 
made  at  home  and  filled  with  rich  earth,  and  friends 
have  given  them  the  seeds.  All  the  rest  has  been 
done  by  themselves.  They  tend  them  with  a  great 
deal  of  care,  but  1  have  to  look  out  that  they  do  not 
water  them  too  much.  Tt  would  amuse  you  to  have 
seen  them  when  the  first  plants  began  to  appear 
above  ground.       That  one  thing  seemed  to  repay 


them  for  all  the  trouble  they  had  taken.  There  is 
quite  a  rivalry  among  the  owners  of  the  boxes,  and 
they  measure  and  keep  a  record  of  the  growth  of 
the  plants  every  few  days.  We  have  three  prizes 
for  the  three  best  boxes  of  plants,  to  be  given  on 
the  closing  day  in  June." 

After  the  opening  exercises  a  few  visitors  began 
to  drop  in  to  listen  to  the  lessons,  which  were  on 
bird  and  plant  life.  A  record  of  the  birds  seen  up 
to  this  date  had  been  kept,  and  the  children  showed 
a  very  correct  knowledge  of  the  different  birds,  the 
colour  and  markings  of  their  plumage,  and  their 
notes.  The  chipping-sparrow  and  the  chick-a- 
dee  seemed  to  be  great  favorites  with  the  children, 
but  they  took  an  interest  in  all  the  birds  and  their 
habits.  Each  child  had  some  interesting  story  to 
tell  about  what  he  had  seen  the  birds  doing,  or  of 
imitations  of  their  songs,  or  of  the  good  that  birds 
do  in  helping  to  keep  the  farms  and  orchards  clear 
of  insects.  One  child  told  of  a  chick-a-dee  that 
had  been  about  her  home  all  winter,  and  which  she 
had  fed  every  day  with  crumbs.  Kindness  to  all 
animals  seemed  to  come  natural  to  these  children, 
and  one  could  see  that  they  looked  on  the  birds 
especially  as  their  companions  and  friends. 

There  were  quotations  recited  from  the  poets 
about  many  of  the  birds,  and  little  compositions 
were  read,  showing  that  bird-study  was  made  a 
part  of  the  regular  exercises  of  the  school  in  litera- 
ture and  story-writing. 

Then  followed  lessons  on  plants.  The  teacher 
said  that  all  the  food  of  the  world  was  made  by 
plants  out  of  the  raw  materials  in  the  earth  and 
from  the  gases  in  the  air.  This  was  done  by  the 
green  coloring  matter  of  the  leaves  in  the  presence 
of  sunshine.  Then  she  drew  from  the  scholars  the 
names  of  the  various  kinds  of  food — meats,  bread, 
vegetables,  fruit — and  showed  how  these  were  all 
the  products  of  green  plants  working  in  sunshine. 
"  Little  boys  and  girls,"  said  the  teacher,  "  were  like 
plants,  for  they  work  best  in  sunshine ;  and  the 
plants  rest  in  the  night  time,  as  people  do."' 

The  growth  of  the  plants  from  the  seed  was  then 
taken  up.  Some  plants,  started  in  bottles  of  water, 
others  in  moist  blotting-paper,  were  shown  where 
the  roots  and  shoots  had  developed.  The  teacher 
took  one  out  of  the  soil  from  the  boxes  on  her  table, 
and,  after  cleansing  the  roots,  compared  it  with  those 
grown  in  water.  The  growth  had  been  similar,  and 
the  pupils  inferred  that  moisture  was  necessary  for 
growth  especially  at  first.  Then  the  teacher  drew 
from  the  class  that  light  and  air  were  also  necessary 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


259 


for  growing  plants.  As  she  proceeded  a  few  hints 
on  plant  structure  were  given  which  were  readily 
grasped  by  the  class.  It  was  a  model  lesson,  for 
the  teacher  was  careful  to  take  up  but  few  points, 
and  to  draw  out  what  her  pupils  had  already  learned 
from  their  observation  and  experience. 

After  recess  a  lesson  was  given  on  forests. — their 
beauty,  usefulness,  and  the  care  that  should  be  taken 
to  preserve  them,  especially  from  the  ravages  of 
fire.  The  children  were  instructed  not  to  set  fires 
in  the  woods  until  they  were  old  enough  to  know 
how  to  manage  them. 

In  the  afternoon  the  literary  entertainment  and 
the  planting  of  trees  took  place.  The  trees  were 
dedicated  to  prominent  men  and  women  of  the 
country,  with  the  hope  that  they  would  grow  and 
beautify  the  school  grounds  in  days  to  come. 


The  Influential  Teacher. 

The  influential  teacher  is  something  more  than 
a  teacher.  Devotion  and  even  consecration  to  the 
schoolroom,  a  reputation  for  marvelous  "  results," 
and  the  ))ossession  of  diplomas  and  degrees,  all  com- 
bined, do  not  make  a  teacher  influential. 

Is  it  advisable  that  teachers  wield  an  influence  in 
the  community  of  which  they  are  a  part?  Yes. 
Teachers  need  the  enlargement  of  the  association 
with  people  of  varied  interests,  and  these,  in  turn, 
need  their  intelligence,  different  ideals,  and  a  know- 
ledge of  things  educational.  Besides,  the  schools 
are  vastly  better  for  the  co-operation  that  results 
from  these  united  interests. 

It  is  a  question  if  teachers  fill  the  position  to 
which  they  are  elected  if  they  give  all  their  time. 
strength  and  ambitions  to  their  school  work,  re- 
gardless of  the  general  interests  about  them.  Any- 
thing outside  or  beyond  their  schoolroom  duties  may 
not  have  been  mentioned  in  the  bond,  but  the  public 
expects  something  more  from  teachers — an  indefin- 
able something  growing  out  of  their  position. 

But  shall  we  make  the  first  social  advances? 
Ought  not  patrons  of  the  school  to  be  first  in  the 
recognition  of  teachers?  Unquestionably,  yes,  but- 
we  must  take  the  world  as  we  find  it.  To  with- 
draw into  one's  self  because  such  recognition  is  not 
forthcoming,  and  seek  solace  in  wounded  pride,  is 
a  grievous  mistake.  Xo  worthy,  self-respecting. 
sympathetic  teacher  ever  advanced  half  way  toward 
her  rightful  place  in  the  community,  and  held  her 
own  steadily,  without  pique  or  small  resentments, 
that  did  not  find1  the  extended  hand  from  those  best 
worth  knowing.     Such  anomalies  exist  as  parents 


who  say,  practically,  "  I  give  you  my  children  a  large 
part  of  every  day  for  you  to  impress  yourself  upon 
them  intellectually  and  morally,  but  1  cannot  meet 
you  as  a  social  equal ;  you  may  mould  the  character 
of  my  child,  but  1  cannot  invite  you  to  my  home." 
This  monstrous  inconsistency  should  not  crush  the 
spirit  of  any  teacher.  Without  scorn,  without  com- 
ment, let  her  move  steadily  forward,  winning,  in 
time,  the  larger  souls  that  redeem  every  community. 

Not  only  do  teachers  need  the  benefits  of  associa- 
tion outside  their  profession  for  their  personal  good. 
but  they  need  to  be  well  intrenched  in  the  respect 
and  good-will  of  the  leading  men  and  women  of  the 
locality  where  their  lot  is  cast  for  the  sake  of  the 
schools. 

Wrongs  need  righting,  progressive  measures  need 
upholding,  pud  teachers  personally  always  need  the 
stimulus  of  a  strong,  sustaining  power ;  for  with  all 
their  conscientiousness  and  fidelity,  they  are  the  most 
submissive  working  body  in  Christianized  countries. 
Unaware  of  their  strength,  if  organized  for  a  high 
purpose,  they  go  patiently  on,  singly  or  in  groups, 
wasting  power.  Low  murmurs  of  just  complaint 
over  existing  evils  are  heard  along  the  lines,  but 
these  accomplish  little,  save  to  earn  for  the  murmur- 
ers  the  title  of  discontents.  An  organization  of 
teachers  on  the  right  basis  would  secure  strength, 
promote  influence,  and  build  a  tower  of  strength 
about  the  schools.  Salaries  would  not  be  withheld 
through  legal  quibbles,  for  united  forces  would  mean 
power  —  always  recognized,  respected  and  feared. 
Rut  so  long  as  teachers  prefer  to  hang  separately, 
rather  than  hang  together;  to  he  worked  for.  rather 
than  to  work  for  themselves  through  effective  organ- 
ization, let  no  righteous  means  be  left  unused  to 
gain  the  influence  of  the  best  and  strongest  forces 
about  them.  Let  it  be  always  remembered  that 
communities  do  not  go  out  to  the  schools.  School 
interests  must  be  brought  to  the  heart  of  the  com- 
munity. This  can  only  be  done  by  influential  teach- 
ers— teachers  worth  listening  to,  worth  sustaining, 
and  worth  holding. — Primary  Education. 


A  man  may  hide  himself  from  you,  or  misrepre- 
sent himself  to  you  in  every  other  way,  but  he  can- 
not in  his  work.  There  be  sure  you  have  him  to 
the  utmost.  All  that  he  likes,  all  that  he  sees,  all 
that  he  can  do,  his  affection,  bis  perseverance,  his 
impatience,  his  clumsiness,  clearness,  everything  is 
there.  If  the  work  he  a  cobweb,  you  know  it  was 
made  by  a  spider;  if  a  honey-comb,  by  a  bee;  *  *  * 
A  house  is  build  by  a  man  ;  worthily,  if  he  is  worthy, 
and  ignobly  if  he  is  ignoble. — Ruskin, 


260 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Educational  Reports. 

The  report  of  the  Superintendent  of  Education 
for  Nova  Scotia,  Dr.  MacKay,  is  an  encouraging 
statement  of  progress  in  that  province.  The  total 
enrolment  of  pupils  for  the  year  ending  December 
31,  1906,  was  100,332;  the  average  attendance  58.9 
per  cent,  2.6  better  than  the  previous  year.  The 
sections  reporting  no  school  were  187,  against  240 
for  1904,  and  165  for  1905.  There  were  1,558 
schools  open  in  rural  or  ungraded  schools  with 
48,933  pupils,  a  slight  decrease  from  the  previous 
year.  The  graded  schools  of  villages,  towns  and 
cities  increased  from  1,000  to  1,020,  and  the  pupils 
from  50,296  to  51,499.  There  were  273  schools 
with  less  than  20  pupils,  having  an  average  attend- 
ance of  only  9.  There  were  697  schools  with  from 
20  to  39  pupils  enrolled;  450  with  an  enrolment  of 
40  or  more ;  while  in  202  school  sections  there  were 
1,020  schools  or  graded  departments  with  an  aver- 
age enrolment  in  each  of  about  55.  The  number 
of  schools  increased  during  the  year  from  2,429  to 
2,446 — seventeen  more  than  ever  before. 

There  was  a  slight  decrease  of  normal  trained 
teachers  in  comparison  with  the  year  1905.  During 
the  year  the  male  teachers  decreased  from  386  to 
366;  while  the  female  teachers  increased  from  2,180 
to  2,212. 

There  was  more  or  less  of  an  increase  in  the 
salaries  of  all  classes  of  teachers,  except  that  of  the 
third  class  male.  This  looks  as  if  the  rural  school 
trustees  are  not,  as  a  rule,  anxious  to  employ  this 
class  of  young  men.  Their  average  salary  from  the 
section  fell  from  $150.24  to  $144.82;  while  that  of 
the  third  class  lady  teachers  rose  from  $122.93  t0 
$131.19. 

The  school  trustees  and  ratepayers  increased  their 
expenditure  on  school  buildings  and  repairs  from 
$68;ooo  in  1905  to  $91,000  in  1906,  and  for  all 
school  purposes  the  vote  of  local  funds  increased 
from  over  $576,000  to  over  $655,000.  The  total 
expenditure  on  education,  provincial,  municipal  and 
sectional,  this  year  passed  the  $1,000,000  mark. 

While  the  total  enrolment  of  pupils  of  all  grades 
has  for  several  years  been  nearly  stationary,  the 
number  in  the  high  school  grades  has  nearly  doubled 
during  the  last  fifteen  years.  During  the  year  this 
increase  still  continues  in  excess  of  the  increase  of 
the  total  school  population— the  7,286  of  last  year 
rising  to  7,639;  while  those  voluntarily  coming  up 
to  the  provincial  examination  increased  from  3,864 


to  4,148  and  those  "  passing  "  for  the  grades  applied 
for,  increased  from  2,034  to  2,196. 

During  the  year  fifty-three  schools  were  consoli- 
dated into  fifty-two  effective  sections — a  good  show- 
ing. 

The  reports  of  Principal  Soloan  of  the  Normal 
School,  of  Supervisor  McKay  of  Halifax,  and  of 
the  different  inspectors  form  instructive  reading. 


The  report  of  Dr.  Inch,  Chief  Superintendent  of 
Schools  for  New  Brunswick,  shows  decided  pro- 
gress in  the  increase  of  schools  and  regularity  of 
attendance  for  the  school  year  ending  30th  June, 
1906;  but  there  is  a  falling  of  the  supply  of  com- 
petent teachers  of  the  first  and  second  class  owing 
to  unsatisfactory  remuneration  and  other  causes. 

The  total  number  of  pupils  enrolled  during  the 
year  was  66,335,  representing  a  proportion  of  popu- 
lation at  school  of  one  in  5.67  for  the  first  term  and 
one  in  5.45  for  the  second  term.  The  percentage 
of  average  attendance  for  the  first  term  was  65.07 
and  for  the  second  61.86.  The  total  number  of 
districts  (or  sections)  is  1,495.  About  40  per  cent 
of  all  pupils  enrolled  in  the  public  schools  of  the 
province  belong  to  the  graded  schools,  that  is 
schools  having  two  or  more  teachers  each  in  charge 
of  a  separate  department.  Schools  in  charge  of 
one  teacher  are  classed  as  ungraded  schools. 

Of  the  1,883  teachers  employed  during  the  year, 
333  were  beginners,  247  have  been  upwards  of  seven 
years  in  the  service,  and  1,303  have  taught  for 
periods  varying  from  one  to  seven  years — a  record 
which  shows  that  teaching  has  not  that  permanence 
which  it  should  have. 

Of  teachers  employed,  only  16  per  cent  are  men, 
less  than  24  per  cent  hold  licenses  above  Class  II, 
about  50  per  cent  hold  licenses  of  Class  II,  and 
about  26  per  cent  hold  the  lowest  class  of  license. 
Since  1900  the  number  of  untrained  teachers  em- 
ployed has  increased  from  21  to  72. 

In  the  first  term  of  1905-6  there  were  162  districts 
having  no  schools,  while  in  the  second  term  the 
number  had  increased  to  213  districts. 

The  following  are  the  average  salaries  for  the 
province  received  by  teachers  of  the  several  classes: 

Grammar  Schools $1,007.00  Increase  $27.48 

Superior  Schools 611. 17  Increase  23.64 

First  Class   (Male)    609.90  Increase  32.23 

Second  Class   (Male) 31984  Increase  3.75 

Third  Class    (Male) 238.91  Increase  4.01 

First  Class   (Female) 356.95  Increase  17.23 

Second  Class   (Female) 255.85  Increase  7.62 

Third  Class  (Female) 198.12  Increase  3.22 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


261 


While  the  increase  above  noted  is  not  large,  it 
shows  an  upward  tendency.  It  is  gratifying  to 
know  that  the  legislature  of  the  province  is  consid- 
ering the  advisability  of  increasing  the  salaries  paid 
to  teachers. 

Dr.  Inch's  report  is,  on  the  whole,  hopeful.  An 
increase  is  shown  in  the  number  of  pupils  attending 
the  high  schools,  the  work  of  establishing  consoli- 
dated schools  is  progressing  as  rapidly  as  can  be 
expected,  and  interest  in  educational  matters  is 
increasing. 

In  the  report  of  the  Prince  Edward  Island  schools, 
Dr.  Anderson,  Chief  Superintendent,  notes  that  the 
highest  percentage  of  attendance  ever  recorded, 
62.69,  was  made  for  the  nine  months  ending  Septem- 
ber 30th,  1906.  There  were  537  teachers  employed 
during  that  period  and  eighteen  schools  vacant.  Of 
the  teachers  employed,  246  were  males  and  327 
females.  The  pupils  registered  were  fewer  by  286 
than  those  of  the  previous  year.  The  highest  salary 
paid  to  male  teachers  was  $663,  to  female  $360. 
The  lowest  salary,  $260,  paid  to  third  class  male 
teachers,  and  $130  to  third  class  female  teachers. 
The  t  otal  expenditure  for  education  in  the  nine 
months  was  $126,708.93,  and  the  expenditure  for 
each  pupil  registered  $6.87.  The  government  paid 
within  a  few  cents  of  two-thirds  of  this  amount,  and 
the  increase  in  local  amounts  paid  is  so  small  as  to 
be  insignificant.  Manual  training,  nature-study  and 
domestic  science  are  taught  in  one  county  only. 
Queens,  and  these  branches  to  a  limited  number  of 
pupils. 

Dr.  Anderson  deals  with  the  ratepayer  in  Prince 
Edward  Island  who  has  no  children  to  educate,  and 
whose  chief  duty  at  the  school  meeting  is  to  oppose 
every  motion  for  advancement.  He  thinks  that  all 
ratepayers  who  have  children  at  the  district  school 
should  have  an  additional  vote,  that  is  that  they  may 
have  two  votes  on  every  question  that  is  brought  up 
for  decision  at  the  school  meeting,  while  all  other 
ratepayers  have  only  one. 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  the  above  with  figures 
for  British  Columbia.  In  that  province  for  the  year 
ending  June  30.  1906,  the  total  enrolment  in  all  the 
schools  was  28,522.  The  number  of  boys  was 
14,524,  and  of  girls  13,998.  The  grand  total  days' 
attendance  made  by  all  the  pupils  enrolled  was  3,- 
892,444,  an  increase  of  197,322.  The  average  actual 
daily  attendance  was  19,506,  an  increase  of  047. 
The  percentage  of  regular  attendance  was  68.39. 
The  total  cost  for  education  was  $688,740.56,  of 
which  the  government  paid  $444,542.88. 


As  the  Teacher  so  the  School. 

It  is  an  old  saying  that  as  the  teacher  so  the 
school.  The  best  meaning  for  this  is  that  the  pupil's 
mind,  in  the  act  of  learning,  becomes  like  the  teach- 
er's mind ;  it  takes  on  the  tone  and  coloring  of  the 
teacher's  thought.  The  teacher  builds  his  own 
thought  structure  into  the  mind  of  the  pupil ;  begets 
him  with  his  own  purity,  strength  and  sweep  of 
emotional  life ;  breathes  into  him  the  breath  of  his 
own  ethical  nature.  The  teacher  may  resolve  to 
train  to  accurate,  thorough  and  methodical  habits 
of  thought ;  but  unless  these  are  habits  of  his  own 
mind  his  efforts  will  be  unavailing.  The  stream 
cannot  rise  higher  than  its  source.  If  the  teacher 
thinks  loosely  and  slovenly  he  cannot  hope  to 
realize  anything  better  in  the  pupil  so  far  as  the 
teaching  goes.  The  narrow  pedant  and  dogmatist 
can  never  secure  scholarly  habits  and  liberal  cul- 
ture. The  teacher  who  has  not  a  rich  and  full 
range  of  emotional  life  can  expect  nothing  but  a 
withered  soul  born  of  his  teaching.  The  man  who 
has  not  strength  and  purity  of  character  cannot 
strengthen  and  purify  character.  The  teacher 
builds  his  life  into  that  of  his  pupil ;  and  it  is 
absolutely  essential  that  his  life  be  all  that  he  expects 
the  pupil  to  become.  The  quality  of  a  teacher's 
life  is  a  part  of  his  professional  equipment. — Arnold 
Tompkins. 

Word  Game. 

\\  hi'e  teaching  the  first  grade  I  found  the  follow- 
ing word  game  a  very  interesting  and  instructive 
one  for  the  children.  When  they  were  able  to 
recognize  as  many  as  sixty  words,  I  cut  little  two- 
inch  squares  of  cardboard  and  placed  on  each  one 
of  the  words  with  which  they  were  acquainted.  I 
mixed  with  these  some  new  words.  When  we  were 
ready  for  the  game,  I  gave  each  child  an  equal 
number  of  words  and  divided  the  school  into  equal 
sides.  I  then  called  for  the  words  in  this  way :  "  I 
want  the  word  that  tells  the  name  of  an  animal  that 
catches  mice."  The  child  having  the  word  "  cat  " 
raised  his  hand  and  was  given  credit  for  one.  A 
pupil  was  appointed  collector,  and,  as  the  words 
were  used,  he  collected  them.  If  any  one  failed  to 
recognize  his  word  when  it  was  called,  or  gave  in 
the  wrong  word,  one  was  taken  from  his  side.  In 
this  way  they  learned  to  recognize  words  rapidly 
and  also  learn  the  meaning  of  many  words. — Ruth 
O.  Dyer,  in  Oregon  Teachers'  Monthly. 


There  are  two  good  men — one  dead,    the    other 
unborn. — Chinese  proverb. 


262 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Nature  Study  in  April. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 

April,  with  its  showers  and  sunshine,  is  upon  us 
once  more.  The  woods,  fields  and  gardens  are 
awakening  into  life;  the  insects  and  hibernating 
animals  are  aroused  from  their  winter  sleep,  and 
come  forth  hungry  for  food  and  the  warm  sunshine ; 
the  birds  are  returning  from  the  south,  choosing 
their  mates,  seeking  quiet  nesting-places  and  gather- 
ing material  for  nest-building;  the  farmer  is  clear- 
ing up  rubbish,  repairing  fences  and  outbuildings, 
and  preparing  to  plow  and  sow  his  fields ;  inside  the 
house  the  windows  are  thrown  wide  open,  spring 
cleaning  begins,  with  the  bustle  of  taking  off 
double  windows  and  outer  doors — papering,  white- 
washing and  renovating;  among  the  children  skates 
and  snow-shoes  and  warm  mittens  are  put  away, 
and  rope-skipping,  playing  ball,  flying  kites,  hoop- 
rolling,  playing  marbles,  are  entered  upon  with  fresh 
zest.  The  keen  air  and  sports  of  winter  were 
eagerly  enjoyed  while  they  lasted;  now  the  fresh 
delights  of  spring  move  us.  Do  we  ever  stop  to 
think  how  pleasant  is  this  change  of  seasons,  year 
after  year,  what  a  variety  it  brings,  and  how  full  of 
fresh  enjoyment  is  each  season  as  it  comes? 

The  small  number  of  birds  in  April  give  good 
opportunities  to  begin  this  study,  and  there  are  other 
reasons  why  birds  should  interest  even  very  young 
children.  They  are  active;  they  have  colour;  their 
songs  please;  and  the  hundred  little  ways  of  birds 
as  they  flirt  and  flutter  about  the  lawns  or  in  the 
tree-tops  are  particularly  attractive  to  children. 
Advantage  may  be  taken  of  this  to  begin  the  season's 
nature-study  with  birds.  How  are  they  able  to  fly 
so  quickly  and  to  take  such  long  journeys  in  the  fall 
to  the  south  and  back  again  to  the  north  in  the 
spring?  A  picture  of  a  bird,  the  weight  of  a  tame 
canary  that  will  perch  on  your  finger,  the  exceed- 
ing lightness  of  a  feather  or  a  bone  will  help  to 
answer  the  question.  Notice  from  the  picture,  or 
the  tame  canary,  how  the  bird's  body  is  so  made 
that  it  cuts  through  the  air  without  much  resistance 
— how  it  is  able  from  its  lightness  and  the  breadth 
of  its  wings  to  poise  itself  in  the  air.  Notice  the 
swallows  and  other  birds,  how  they  are  able  to  rise 
in  the  air  by  beating  it  with  their  wings,  and  to 
descend  by  closing  their  wings.  Soon  the  children 
are  able  to  distinguish  birds  by  their  colour,  form 
or  by  their  sweep  as  they  go  through  the  air.  The 
witchery  of  their  notes  or  the  graceful  waving 
flight  of  the  thistle  bird  or  American  goldfinch  when 
once  heard  and  seen  will  easily  make  it  known  to 
children  ever  afterwards ;  and  so  the  different  traits 


of  other  birds  will  open  up  a  new  source  of  obser- 
vation and  interest  to  the  child  mind.  A  last  year's 
bird's  nest  will  show  the  skill  and  patience  with 
which  birds  plan  and  work.  Why  do  they  not  use 
the  same  nests  year  after  year  as  we  do  our  houses  ? 
Here  will  be  an  opportunity  to  show  how  clean  and 
tidy  a  bird  is  in  its  habits,  and  the  reasons  why  it 
should  not,  occupy  the  old  nest. 

At  the  same  time  the  child  will  be  learning  about 
birds,  he  can  easily  be  led  to  see  how  important  it 
is  to  be  clean  and  tidy  in  his  person,  and  in  his  room 
at  home ;  the  patience  and  skill  of  birds  in  building 
their  nests,  their  seeming  delight  in  doing  things 
well  teach  children  habits  of  cleanliness,  patience, 
skill  and  industry. 

While  the  field  observations  are  keeping  little 
eyes  and  ears  on  the  alert,  schoolroom  work  may 
be  used  with  it.  The  terms  used  in  describing 
birds  must  be  accurate,  and  this  habit  of  accuracy 
will  be  formed  in  the  language  and  other  work  of 
the  school. 

Teach  the  duty  of  kindness  to  birds  and  all  other 
animals,  how  useful  the  bird  is  in  helping  the  farmer 
to  get  rid  of  many  insects  that  would  destroy  his 
crops  and  orchards.  Organize  for  older  scholars 
an  outdoor  "  Bird  Club,"  whose  members  shall 
pledge  themselves  to  protect  birds,  observe  and 
report  the  useful  work  they  do  for  farmers,  make 
observations  on  the  habits  of  the  common  birds 
around  them. 

The  plants,  as  they  wake  out  of  their  winter  sleep, 
will  be  no  less  interesting  to  watch,  although  they 
do  their  work  more  quietly.  It  seems  as  if  the 
drops  of  the  April  showers  are  arousing  the  little 
sleepers  in  their  beds  (the  buds  and  underground 
tubers)  by  their  quick  "  tap,  tap "  on  the  ground 
and  on  the  branches  of  the  bare  trees.  Watch  the 
catkins  of  the  willow,  poplar  and  alder.  Bring 
them  into  the  schoolroom  and  put  them  into  water. 
See  the  differences  as  they  unfold.  See  how  the 
buds  on  the  different  trees  swell  after  a  warm 
April  shower  and  the  sunshine  which  usually  fol- 
lows it.  They  are  slow  to  open,  but  after  a  while 
they  throw  off  their  brown  winter  coats  on  the 
ground.  They  do  not  pack  them  away  in  trunks 
and  closets  as  we  do  our  winter  wraps.  The  plants 
make  new  winter-coats  for  their  buds  during  the 
summer.  The  birds  build  new  nests  every  spring, 
and  yet  Mother  Nature  provides  winter  clothing 
and  food  and  shelter  for  her  children.  How  many 
are  the  calls  made  upon  her;  and  how  generously 
does  the  God  of  Nature  care  for  all ! 


THE.  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


263 


April  Days. 

Eleanor  Robinson. 

No  satisfactory  derivation  has  been  found  for 
the  name  April,  though  different  ones  have  been  sug- 
gested; old  writers  derive  it  from  omnia  aperit, 
"  it  opens  everything,"  while  some  think  that  there 
is  a  connection  with  the  name  of  the  goddess 
Aphrodite  (Venus),  to  whom  the  month  was 
sacred  among  the  Romans. 

In  different  countries  of  Europe  and  in  America, 
the  practice  prevails  of  playing  pranks  on  unsus- 
pecting people  upon  the  first  day  of  the  month,  call- 
ed April  Fool's  Day.  The  common  form  of  fooling 
is  to  send  a  person  on  some  bootless  errand.  In 
Scotland  the  victim  is  called  the  "  gowk,"  and  the 
person  sends  him  on  to  another,  with  the  instruction, 
"  Hunt  the  gowk  another  mile."  In  France  the 
person  on  whom  the  trick  is  played  is  called  un 
poisson  d'Avril,  or  "  April-fish."  The  custom 
seems  to  be  of  longer  standing  in  France  than  in 
England.  A  story  is  told  of  a  certain  duke  of 
Lorraine,  who,  together  with  his  wife,  was  escaping 
from  the  town  of  Nantes,  both  disguised  as  peas- 
ants. A  woman  recognized  them  and  ran  to  tell 
the  guard,  but  it  happened  to  be  the  first  of  April, 
and  the  soldiers  refused  to  be  fooled,  so  the  fugi- 
tives had  time  to  get  away  before  the  alarm  was 
realiy  taken.  English  literature  of  the  eighteenth 
century  has  many  references  to  April  Fool's  Day, 
but  little  or  nothing  concerning  it  is  found  in  earlier 
writers,  and  the  origin  of  the  custom  has  never  been 
determined.  The  Hindoos  have  a  festival  on  the 
31st  of  March  which  is  celebrated  in  the  same  way. 


St.  George,  the  patron  saint  of  England,  was 
martyred  at  Nicomedia  on  the  23rd  of  April,  303. 
So  little  historical  fact  is  known  about  him,  and  so 
many  legends  have  gathered  round  his  name,  that 
in  the  fifth  century  he  was  declared  to  be  one  of 
those  "  whose  names  are  justly  reverenced  among 
men,  but  whose  actions  are  known  only  to  God." 
St.  George  was  honoured  in  England  as  early  as 
Anglo-Saxon  times ;  but  before  the  thirteenth  cen- 
tury Edward  the  Confessor  was  the  patron  saint. 
Richard  I,  during  the  third  crusade,  placed  himself 
and  his  army  under  the  special  protection  of  St. 
George,  and  from  that  time  the  saint  was  very 
popular  among  the  English.  In  1222  his  feast  wa* 
ordered  to  be  kept  as  a  holiday  throughout  England. 
In  the  reign  of  Edward  III,  the  Order  of  the  Garter 
was  instituted  and  dedicated  to  St.  George  and  St. 
Edward  the  Confessor,  and  since  then  St.  George 


has  been  England's  patron  saint.  The  festival  of 
the  order  was  kept  on  April  23rd,  at  Windsor,  with 
great  splendor  until  the  reign  of  Elizabeth,  when  it 
was  discontinued.  But  as  late  as  1614  it  was 
fashionable  for  gentlemen  to  wear  blue  coats  on  St. 
George's  Day. 

(For  a  fuller  account  and  the  story  of  St.  George 
and  the  Dragon,  see  Educational  Review  for 
April,  1902). 


The  25th  of  April  is  observed  as  the  festival  of 
St.  Mark,  the  evangelist.  It  was  he  who  founded 
the  church  in  Alexandria,  and  he  was  martyred 
there  on  a  heathen  feast  day. 

A  curious  superstition  is  attached  to  St.  Mark's 
Eve  in  different  parts  of  England,  more  especially 
in  the  north.  It  is,  or  was,  popularly  believed,  that 
whoever  watched  in  the  church  porch  from  eleven 
at  night  until  one  in  the  morning  would  see  the 
apparitions  of  all  who  were  to  be  buried  in  the 
church  yard  during  the  coming  year. 

"Tis  now,"   replied   the  village  belle, 

"St.   Mark's  mysterious  eve. 

And  all  that  old  traditions  tell, 

I  tremblingly  believe. 

How,  when  the  midnight  signal  tolls 

Along  the  church  yard  green. 

A  mournful  train  of  sentenced  souls 

In   winding  sheets  are  seen. 

The  ghosts  of  all  whom  death  shall  doom 

Within  the  coming  year, 

In  pale  procession  walk  the  gloom 

Amid  the  silence  drear." 

Thomas  Hood  has  an  amusing  story  founded  on 
this  superstition.  A  farmer  and  his  wife,  who  were 
both  very  greedy  and  fond  of  good  living,  quarrel- 
ed over  their  supper  on  one  St.  Mark's  Eve,  and 
each  wished  the  other  were  dead.  After  supper, 
the  farmer,  who  firmly  believed  in  the  truth  of  the 
superstition,  went  secretly  to  the  church  to  watch 
and  see  if  his  wish  was  to  be  granted.  His  wife 
also  remembered  how  she  might  get  a  glimpse  into 
the  future,  and  she,  too,  set  out  on  the  same  errand, 
but  by  a  different  path.  The  night  was  dark  and 
stormy,  but  the  moon  shining  out  suddenly  showed 
the  man  and  wife  to  each  other  for  a  moment. 
They  both  ran  away  frightened,  thinking  that  they 
had  seen  a  ghost.  From  that  time  the  farmer, 
thinking  that  his  wife  had  but  a  year  to  live,  treated 
her  with  great  kindness,  and  even  insisted  on  her 
eating  all  the  choicest  morsels  at  the  table ;  while 
she,  on  her  part,  believing  that  she  would  be  a 
widow  within  a  twelvemonth,  could  not  do  enough 


264 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


to  please  her  poor  husband.  Quarrels  became  rare, 
and  they  were  happier  than  they  had  been  in  their 
whole  married  life  before.  At  last,  as  the  year 
drew  to  an  end,  and  both  continued  hale  and  hearty, 
the  wife  thought  it  her  duty  to  warn  her  husband 
that  his  death  was  near  at  hand.  Then  the  truth 
came  out;  but  kindness  and  forbearance  had  now 
become  habitual,  and  once  safely  over  the  danger- 
ous anniversary  of  St.  Mark's  Eve  they  lived 
happily,  and  were  known  as  the  most  united  couple 
in  the  country. 


The  Modern  Novel. 

In  a  recent  lecture,  Professor  William  Lyon 
Phelps,  of  Yale  University,  discussed  the  foremost 
novelists  of  the  present  day,  and  gave  a  short  history 
of  the  novel  in  different  countries  which  highly 
entertained  the  large  audience. 

Among  the  remarkable  statements  which  the 
versatile  professor  made  was  the  one  wherein  he 
said  that  the  increase  in  novel  reading  is  clue  to  the 
common  schools  of  this  country,  which  have  created 
a  great  reading  public  whose  wants  must  be  grati- 
fied. The  result  is  that  the  novel  of  to-day  is  turn- 
ed out  hastily,  and  we  lose  the  careful  work  which 
was  the  mark  of  the  novelist  of  the  past. 

Russia  to-day  leads  the  world  in  novel  writers, 
followed  by  France  and  England.  The  Germans 
have  had  a  surprising  lack  of  success  due  to  the 
fact  that  they  have  no  sense  of  proportion.  All  the 
German  writers  have  turned  to  the  drama. 

America  has  had  one  really  great  novelist,  Na- 
thaniel Hawthorne.  "  The  Scarlet  Letter  "  is  the 
greatest  single  novel  ever  written  in  this  country. 
There  is  no  great  novelist  here  to-day,  although 
Mark  Twain's  "  Huck  Finn  "  and  "  Tom  Sawyer  " 
will  remain  as  epics  of  American  life.  Henry 
James  has  written  an  excellent  ghost  story,  "  The 
Turn  of  the  Screw." 

In  "  The  Virginian  "  Owen  Wistcr  nearly  wrote 
the  great  American  novel,  but  its  fault  lies  in  the 
fact  that  it  is  a  string  of  episodes  instead  of  a  story. 

May  Sinclair's  "  Divine  Fire  "  had  undoubtedly 
some  fire  in  it,  but  the  flame  is  occasionally  hidden 
by  smoke. 

Thomas  Hardy  is  the  best  of  present-day  English 
novelists.  From  the  publication  of  the  "  Green- 
wood Tree"  down  to  his  latest  novel  his  output  is 
the  best  of  any  living  writer  of  English  fiction. 

One  of  the  strongest  writers  in  England  to-dav 
is  George  Moore.  He  can  hardly  lie  called  an  Eng- 
lishman, however,  for  he  is  an  Irishman  with  a 
French  education.       His  work  bristles  with  ideas, 


although  he  offends  many  by  his  extreme  frankness. 
His  "  Esther  Waters  "  is  one  of  the  finest  realistic 
novels  in  English. 

"  Bob,  Son  of  Battle,"  written  by  a  man  who  has 
lain  on  his  back  for  years  with  an  affliction .  of  the 
spine,  is  the  best  story  written  in  English  since  1898. 

In  speaking  of  Kipling,  he  remarked  that  his 
recent  works  has  been  spoiled  because  he  has  been  in 
terror  of  saying  something  commonplace,  and  so 
he  has  been  constantly  striving  for  effect. — Arthur 
Marvin. 


My  Teacher. 

My  teacher  isn't  old,  nor  she 

Ain't  ugly,  like  my  father's  used  to  be; 

She's  got  a  great  big  pompadour 

With  crinkly  waves.     No  small  hair  store 

Can  make  that  kind — a  rainy  day 

Has  never  taken  the  fluff  away. 

Her  eyes  are  bright  and  smiley  too, 

Most  gen'rally — tho  they  see  right  through 

Any  meanness  you're  tryin'  to  do. 

And  how  you  feel — for  they  don't  look  mad 

But  sort  of  frozen  up  and  sad. 

When  she  laughs,  her  teeth's  so  white! 

(I  use  my  toothbrush  every  night 

And  morning  too,  for  she  says  she 

Likes  us  all  to  be  clean's  kin  be, 

And  washings,  outside  and  in,  prevent 

The  sickness  that  makes  us  abersent.) 

She's  different  from  some,  she  doesn't  wear 

The  same  old  dress  's  if  she  didn't  care. 

My  auntie  says  't  uster  be  the  rule 

That  any  old  thing's  good  enuf  for  school 

When  she  was  young.     But  she  hasn't  seen 

My  teacher — she's  like  a  queen 

In  her  clean  white  waist  and  short  green  skirt, 

That  never  hangs  down  behind  in  the  dirt, 

Nor  hunches  up  in  the  front  like  some, 

But  always  look's  if  company'd  come 

Most  any  time. 

It's  not  only  does 

But  the  lot  of  interestin'  things  she  knows 

That  makes  her  not  like  them  father  had 

When  he  went  to  school  a  little  lad. 

All  kinds  of  birds  and  where  they  build — 

With  what  kind  of  stones  the  brook  is  filled — 

The  queer  ways  the  Spaniards  have  to  farm — 

And  how  the  different  bones  of  our  arm 

Are  joined  together.    "Books  are  full 

Of  things  like  these,"  she  says.  "Dull 

And  dead  and  dry,  I  always  thought. 

But  now  I  go  to  the  Iib'ry  an  awful  lot. 

Pa  told  ma,  some  criticise  and  say 

They  don't  teach  'rithmetic  the  same  old  way. 

But  he  says  be  never  did  see 

Clear  through  p'centage  quick  as  me. 

And  he  guesses  the  ones  who  make  the  fuss 

Haven't  any  children,  happy  like  us, 

And  if  taxes  are  big.  he'd  vote  today 

To  raise  the  new  kind  of  teachers'  pay. 

— Boston  Transcript. 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


265 


Rubens. 

Miss  A.  Maclean. 
:  Peter  Paul  Rubens,  born  at  Siegen  in  1577,  is 
the  greatest  of  Flemish  painters  and  one  of  the 
master  artists  of  the  world.  This  remarkable 
scholar,  artist  and  diplomatist,  was  the  son  of  John 
Rubens,  one  of  the  principal  magistrates  of  Ant- 
werp, and  of  Mary  Pypeling,  of  a  distinguished 
family  of  the.  same  city. 

Rubens  early  began  the  study  of  art  with  Tobias 
Verhaegt,  a  landscape  painter.  Then  he  studied 
with  Adam  Van  Noort,  and  finished,  as  far  as 
teachers  were  concerned,  with  Otho  Voenius.  Van 
Noort  lacked  all  that  Voenius  had  acquired,  and 
possessed  what  Voenius  lacked.  He  was  hasty, 
violent,  savage,  impulsive,  and  just  as  nature  made 
him,  both  in  disposition  and  works,  but  he  possessed 
real  originality.  He  was  a  Fleming  in  race  and 
temperament,  loud  voiced,  full  of  rough  sincerity, 
daring,  because  he  knew  what  he  could  do;  and  he 
never  worried  over  what  he  probably  was  uncon- 
scious of  lacking — culture.  He  was  the  last  offshot 
of  the  stem  that  had  produced  the  Van  Eycks,  Mem- 
ling,  Breughel,  and  others.  He  loved  whatever  was 
vigorous,  sanguine,  brawny,  savage.  He  delighted 
in  powerful  accents,  and  the  colour  glowed  and 
rippled  on  the  canvas  following  the  strong,  sure, 
restraint-scorning  strokes  of  his  brush. 

Voenius  was  cultured,  erudite,  of  lofty  birth,  dis- 
tinguished appearance  and  noble  figure,  a  student 
of  Venice,  Rome,  Parma,  Florence — the  man  and 
the  artist  were  equally  trained  and  polished —  but 
he  lacked  the  decision  and  originality  of  Van  Noort. 
Someone  says :  "  He  might  be  called  an  excellent 
master  who  taught  admirably  lessons  too  admirable 
and  powerful  for  himself."  Rubens  seems  to  have 
imbibed  all  that  his  teachers  had  to  give,  and  to 
have  had  naturally  more  and  greater  gifts  than 
they  possessed.  Rut  without  Van  Xoort  \vou\d 
Rubens  have  been  able  to  so  touch  the  hearts  of  the 
people?  Without  Voenius  would  he  have  appealed 
so  to  culture  and  rank?  ; 

In  1600  he  went  to  Venice  and  studied  the  works 
of  Titian  and  Paul  Veronese.  He  spent  several 
years  in  the  service  of  the  Duke  of  Mantua.  He 
was  an  excellent  Latin  scholar,  and  was  also  pro- 
ficient in  French,  Italian,  English,  German  and 
Dutch,  and  these  acquirements  procured  for  him 
diplomatic  employment.  He  was  sent  on  an  em- 
bassy to  the  court  of  Spain,  where  the  highest 
honours  were  shown  him.  Then  he  returned  to 
Mantua,  preparatory  to  periods  of  study  in  Rome 


and  Venice.  Then  he  went  to  settle  in  Genoa,  and 
entered  into  the  society  of  princes,  and  enjoyed  all 
that  wealth  and  greatness  could  confer.  Hearing 
of  his  mother's  illness  in  1600,  he  returned  to  Ant- 
werp, bearing  with  him  all  that  foreign  study  and 
association  could  give  him,  and  was  at  once  recog- 
nized as  the  first  master  of  his  age.  Talent,  glory 
and  fortune  were  his.  He  was  appointed  court 
painter  to  Archduke  Albert,  then  governor  of  the 
Netherlands.  In  1620  he  visited  Paris  at  the  invita- 
tion of  Marie  de  Medici.  In  1628  he  was  sent  on  a 
mission  to  Philip  of  Spain,  and  in  1629  to  Charles 
I,  of  England,  and  here  he  was  knighted  and  given 
an  honourary  degree  by  the  University  of  Cam- 
bridge. But  wherever  he  went  he  continued  to 
paint,  and  is  reported  to  have  said  of  himself: 
"  The  painter,  Rubens,  amuses  himself  with  being 
ambassador."  The  enormous  number  of  works  he 
left  testify  to  his  faithfulness  to  art — between  2,000 
and  3,000.  Whenever  he  was  situated  so  he  could 
have  pupils,  he  always  had  many  of  them,  and  a 
great  deal  of  the  filling  in  of  his  pictures  was  done 
by  them. 

In  1609  Rubens  married  Isabella  Brant,  who  died 
in  1626.  In  1630  he  married  the  beautiful,  sixteen- 
year-old  Helen  Fourment,  niece  of  Isabella  Brant. 
Both  women  so  often  sat  to  him  as  models  that  the 
world  is  familiar  with  their  appearance. 

When  Rubens  returned  to  Antwerp  in  1609,  the 
knowledge  of  Italian  art  which  he  had  acquired,  and 
his  strong  bias  to  native  Flemish  art,  were  at  war 
within  him.  Native  Flemish  art  had,  been  clear, 
minute,  precise,  acute,  as  though  the  former  work- 
ing in  copper,  gold,  melting  and  colouring  of  glass, 
enameling  and  engraving  in  which  the  fathers  had 
been  employed,  had  been  transmitted  as  an  influence 
on  the  paintings  of  their  children.  But  the  rich  and 
homogeneous  Flemish  colouring  had,  after  the  days 
of  the  early  Flemish  artists,  begun  to  feel  the  influ- 
ence of  the  Italian  Renaissance.  The  colouring 
became  broken,  the  tone  divided,  and  it  lost  force 
and  brilliancy  as  it  lost  unity.  Italian  fashion  in 
art  did  not  fit  well  on  Flemish  painting,  and  by  the 
time  of  Rubens,  Flemish  art  had  become  undecided, 
and  practically  unrecognizable.  Then  Rubens  ap- 
peared, and  his  art,  though  suffused  with  the  cul- 
ture of  many  schools,  became  the  most  Flemish  of 
the  Flemings. 

Though  Rubens  had  painted  many  works  pre- 
viously, the  first  public  acts  of  his  life  as  the  head 
of  a  school  were  the  two  paintings  in  the  Cathedral 
of  Notre  Dame  in  Antwerp,  the  Descent  from  the 


266 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Cross  and  the  Elevation  of  the  Cross.  These  are 
much  admired,  and  may  be  considered  his  master 
works.  Nothing  could  be  more  unlike  than 
these  two  works,  formed  at  an  interval  of  two 
yeafs.  The  former  is  the  result  of  all  his  Italian 
education;  the  latter  the  outcome  of  his  daring, 
impulsive  spirit,  full  of  originality,  fiery  fervor, 
rapid  manner  and  dash.  Great  renown  is  attached 
to  the  Descent  from  the  Cross ;  the  Elevation  of  the 
Cross  has  touched  more  keenly  the  thorough  friends 
of  Rubens.  Looking  at  the  Descent  from  the 
Cross,  and  remembering  works  of  Rubens  portray- 
ing scenes  of  blood  massacre,  torturing  executions, 
fiery  pincers,  shrieking  of  anguish,  one  realizes 
what  restraint  he  must  have  put  upon  himself  when 
he  painted  this  picture.  Everything  is  restrained ; 
no  cries  of  grief,  no  gesticulations  of  sorrow,  no 
violent  emotion  is  visible  in  the  Virgin,  the  figure 
of  Christ,  slender,  delicate — the  most  elegant  figure 
Rubens  ever  imagined  of  Divinity — glides  down 
along  the  winding  sheet  to  the  extended  arms  of  the 
women  who  receive  it.  The  Magdalen  in  this 
picture  is  the  best  example  of  womanly  beauty  ever 
painted  by  Rubens.  The  colouring  of  this  picture 
is  an  absolute  black,  a  green  almost  black,  a  dull 
red,  and  a  white.  With  what  simple  colours  he 
painted,  and  yet  who  can  use  them  as  he  did?  The 
Descent  from  the  Cross  is  pronounced  singularly 
original  and  powerful. 

In  the  Elevation  of  the  Cross,  tenderness,  pity, 
friends  are  represented  by  a  far-away  group  of 
lamenting  despair.  Near  are  cries,  curses,  savage 
crucifiers,  blasphemy,  insult  and  brutality.  The 
figure  on  the  cross  is  in  the  grip  of  human  hate 
and  fury,  but  the  escaping  spirit  pities  and  forgives. 
This  picture  reaches  the  sublime ;  and  whatever 
advances  Rubens  later  made  in  technique,  nothing 
of  his  eclipses  this  work  in  picturesque  conception 
and  inexpressible  individuality. 

The  works  of  Rubens  are  so  numerous  that  it  is 
impossible  here  to  give  any  adequate  idea  of  even  the 
more  important.  In  the  Metropolitan  Museum  in 
New  York  are  six  pictures  by  Rubens.  Most  people 
consider  them  very  admirable.  A  portrait  of 
Isabella  Brant  makes  me  marvel  at  the  nature  of 
the  man  who  could  exhibit  to  the  gaze  of  succeeding 
centuries,  in  such  a  pose,  his  wife.  Sympathy  for 
Helen  Fourment  makes  me  pass  without  looking 
at  the  picture  of  "  Susannah  and  the  Elders."  The 
"  Return  of  the  Holy  Family  from  Egypt "  is  fine 
in  colouring  and  technique,  but  it  does  not  appeal 
to  me.  It  is  not  my  idea  of  'he  subject,  and  then 
the   Dutch    school    is   my   favorite  school,   and  one 


Rembrandt  represents  to  me  more  moral  sentiment, 
depth  and  dream  than)  all  the  works  of  Rubens. 

The  life  of  Rubens  was  a  triumphal  procession, 
and  he  fortunately  vanished  from  our  earth  before 
his  powers  began  to  wane.  He  died  in  1640,  and 
was  buried  at  Antwerp,  in  his  private  chapel  in  the 
church  of  St.  Jacques,  which  he  decorated  with  Ws 
magnificent  painting  of  St.  George. 


A  Study  in  Forestry. 

The  following  makes  a  very  interesting  form  of 
entertainment  for  a  small  party.  The  prize,  for  the 
largest  number  of  correct  answers  may  be  a  pretty 
forest  scene  or  a  paper  weight  of  some  handsome 
polished  wood ;  the  "  booby  "  prize  may  be  a  small 
block  of  wood  with  a  tiny  toy  axe  or  hatchet. 

1.  Which  tree  a  kissing  game  could  play? 

2.  And  which  its  father's  name  could  say? 

3.  Which  shall  we  wear  to  keep  us  warm? 

4.  And  which  do  ships  prefer  in  storm? 

5.  Which  shows  what  love-lorn  maidens  do? 

6.  And  in  your  hand  which  carry  you? 

7.  And  which  is't  that  the  fruitmen  fear, 
That  makes  a  call  each  seventeenth  year? 

8.  And  from  their  pipes  men  shake  which  tree? 

9.  Which  is't  bad  boys  dislike  to  see? 

10.  Which  is  a  girl  both  young  and  sweet? 

11.  Which  like  a  man  bright,  dapper,  neat? 

12.  And  on  which  do  the  children  play 
With  pail  and  shovel  all  the  day? 

13.  And  to  which  tree  shall  we  now  turn 
For  goods  to  wear  and  stuff  to  burn? 

14.  And  now  divide  you  one  tree  more — 
You've  part  of  a  dress  and  part  of  a  door. 

15.  Which  tree  is  never  seen  alone? 

16.  And  which  one  is  a  bright,  warm  tone? 

17.  And  which  in  church  doth  office  hold? 

18.  Which  is  a  town  in  Ireland  old? 

19.  For  this  one  do  not  look  so  far — 
Which  tells  what  charming  people  are? 

20.  And  which  one  will  allay  the  pain, 

If  promptly  rubbed  on  bruise  or  sprain? 

21.  The  carpenter  doth  use  which  tree 
To  make  his  wall  straight  as  can  be? 

22.  And  to  which  tree  do  urchins  call 

To  show  you  shouldn't  have  looked  at  all 
23-    Which  tree  on  calendars  find  you? 

24.  Which  is  a  joke,  told  times  not  few? 

25.  And  which  call  we  an  Ohio  man? 

26.  And  which  for  soup  we  sometimes  plan? 

27.  Which  tells  "where  at,"  on  land  or  sea, 
An  Englishman  likes  best  to  be   ? 

28.  And  on  our  feet  we'll  wear  which  tree? 

29.  And  which  our  hero's  crown  shall  be? 

30.  Another  tree  to  find  just  try, 
For  fish  and  fuel  for  a  "fry." 

— Charlotte  E.  Stimson,  in  April  Delineator. 

The  answers  to  these  questions  are  given  on  page 
268. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


267 


The  Law  of  Unity  Applied  to  Education. 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Condon. 

The  profound  recognition  of  the  law  of  unity 
lies  at  the  very  foundation  of  Frcebel's  educational 
system,  and  it  is  his  keen  apprehension  of  its  scope 
and  implications,  together  with  his  skilful  adapta- 
tions of  its  requirements,  that  make  him  so  sure 
and  safe  a  guide  in  the  art  of  human  culture.  This 
habit  of  shrewd  observation  and  power  of  intro- 
spection, joined  to  a  very  sensitive  nature,  made 
Frcebel,  even  in  childhood,  painfully  aware  of  the 
dissonances  of  life.  An  ever-widening  observation 
of  nature,  animate  and  inanimate,  brought  relief  to 
his  unrest  in  the  full  and  intelligent  acceptance  of 
this  law  of  unity  or  inner-connection.  Some  quota- 
tions will  indicate  a  few  steps  in  the  process.  It 
was  on  leaving  the  University  of  Jena,  in  his  twenty- 
first  year,  that  he  says :  "  My  stay  at  Jena  had  taught 
me  much,  but  by  no  means  so  much  as  it  ought  to 
have  taught  me,  but  I  had  won  for  myself  a  stand- 
point both  subjective  and  objective.  I  could 
already  perceive  unity  in  diversity ;  the  correlation 
of  forces;  the  inter-connection  of  all  living  things; 
life  in  matter;  and  the  principles  of  physics  and 
biology."  Of  himself  at  twenty-five  years  old,  he 
says:  "  The  most  pregnant  thought  that  arose  in  me 
at  this  period  was,  all  is  unity,  all  rests  in  unity, 
all  springs  from  unity,  strives  for,  and  leads  up  to 
unity,  and  returns  to  unity  at  last.  This  striving  in 
unity,  and  after  unity,  is  the  cause  of  the  several 
aspects  of  human  life."  Now,  later  on,  breaks  upon 
his  mind  the  grand  thought  of  the  solidarity  of  the 
human  race:  ''Mankind,  as  a  whole,  as  one  great 
unity,  has  now  become  my  quickening  thought." 
When  he  was  at  Berlin,  the  lectures  of  Dr.  Weiss 
in  natural  history  strengthened  his  insight. 

Struck  with  the  calm  serenity  of  nature  in  one 
of  her  loveliest  spots,  he  feels  that,  "  there  must 
exist  somewhere  some  beautifully  simple  and  certain 
way  of  freeing  human  life  from  contradictions, 
some  means  of  bringing  man  to  peace  with  himse'If 
internally."  To  know  a  truth,  with  Froebel,  was 
to  reduce  it  to  practice,  while  his  genial,  unselfish  . 
nature  made  him  desire  to  share  with  the  whole 
world  the  blessing  which  he  had  won  with  such 
conflict. 

He  now  felt  that  his  vocation  was  to  help  his 
fellow-creatures  to  realize  this  ideal  which  stood  so 
clear  and  so  beautiful  before  his  own  mind,  and  lie 
saw  clearly  that  a  great  reform  must  be  made  in  the 
methods  of  education.  So,  giving  up,  deliberately, 
all  thought  of  personal  ease  and  profit,  he  relinquish- 


ed the  profession  for  which  he  had  prepared  himself, 
and  became  a  teacher  in  the  model  school  at  Frank- 
fort-on-the-Main.  When  he  stood  up  before  his 
class  of  boys,  to  use  his  own  words,  "  the  bird  was 
on  the  wing,  the  fish  in  its  native  element."  His 
original  method  in  teaching  geography  and  arith- 
metic was  recognized  as  unique  and  efficient.  As 
a  child,  he  had  felt  that  the  method  of  instruction 
in  the  schools  he  attended  was  not  what  it  should 
be;  his  experience  at  the  different  universities  had 
confirmed  this  opinion  in  many  ways,  and  showed 
him  that,  with  notable  exceptions,  the  instruction 
was  unfruitful,  because  not  based  on  sound  philoso- 
phical principles.  The  correlation  of  studies  was 
ignored,  so  that  the  teaching  was  serappy  and  dis- 
connected, and  the  "  circle  of  human  knowledge  " 
was  a  mere  theoretical  phrase,  instead  of  being  an 
embodied  fact.  The  university  faculty  complained 
that  students  came  unprepared  to  take  up  the  work 
of  the  curriculum ;  the  high  school  teachers  declared 
that  too  often  they  had  to  do  the  work  of  preceding 
grades.  At  first  Frcebel  thought  that  if  teachers 
were  better  prepared  for  their  work,  the  schools 
.would  produce  better  results.  Eager  as  ever  for 
self-culture,  and  desiring  to  thoroughly  fit  himself 
for  teaching,  he  went,  after  securing  an  honourable 
discharge,  to  study  Pestalozzi's  methods,  which 
were  then  attracting  the  attention  of  the  world. 

Meanwhile  his  continued  study  of  the  practical 
application  of  the  law  of  unity  to  education  proved 
to  his  mind  very  clearly  that  education,  to  be  suc- 
cessful, must  be  conducted  on  lines  indicated  by  this 
law  of  interconnection,  one  implication  of  which  is 
development.  He  saw  that  the  subjects  and  the 
process  of  imparting  them  at  any  given  time  must 
be  exactly  suited  to  the  stage  of  development  of 
the  scholar.  Frcebel,  in  common  with  Herbart, 
recognized  culture-epochs  in  the  scholar  correspond- 
ing to  those  of  the  human  race,  of  which  the  indivi- 
dual is  a  unit.  And  he  saw  that  they,  culture- 
epochs,  must  be  reckoned  with  both  in  training  and 
instruction,  and  that  to  present  the  wrong  subject 
at  the  wrong  time,  or  fail  to  present  the  right  sub- 
ject at  the  right  time,  was  an  irretrievable  mistake. 

Continuity  was  another  principle  implied  in  this 
law  of  unity;  therefore,  there  must  be  no  gaps,  nor 
breaks,  in  education,  but  every  point  of  it  must 
connect  itself,  intimately  with  every  preceding  and 
succeeding  stage,  in  the  same  beautiful  sequence, 
of  which  nature  is  so  full  of  illustrations.  Going 
back,  grade  by  grade,  from  the  university,  at  first 
Frcebel   thought  that,   if  teachers  were  better  pre- 


268 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


pared,  the  results  of  education  would  correspond- 
ingly improve.  In  the  different  institutions  which 
he  established,  his  experience  soon  showed  him  that 
even  with  the  best  teachers  there  was  still  some- 
thing wanting  to  secure  success ;  and  he  soon  found 
that  the  cause  of  failure  lay  in  the  neglect  of  de- 
veloping the  intellect  and  soul  of  the  child  from  the 
earliest  period.  It  has  been  well  said,  that  he  pur- 
sued his  inquiries  all  along  the  line  of  education 
from  the  university  till  he  stood  by  the  cradle  of  the 
infant.  There  he  felt  that  the  true  beginnings  of 
human  culture  were  waiting  to  be  unfolded,  by 
helping  the  chM  to  the  normal  use  and  growth  of 
faculties  and  powers  that  lay  latent  within  him 
ready  to  respond  to  wise  impulse  and  fostering 
care. 

Just  as  the  plant  must  be  supplied  with  suitable 
conditions  to  ensure  the  beautiful  growth  intended 
by  the  Creator,  so  must  the  child  find,  before  the 
life  of  the  school,  a  fu'.l  rich  culture  in  the  kinder- 
garten and  the  home ;  and  education  must,  based 
on  a  sound  philosophy,  even  in  its  very  beginnings, 
form  a  part  of  one  organic  whole,  and  be  a  perfect 
expression,  so  far  as  human  frailty  permit,  of  this 
law  of  unity. 

A  Bird  Tragedy. 

One  evening  recently,  while  lying  in  my  ham- 
mock, I  noticed  a  wounded  robin  fluttering  and 
hopping  across  the  lawn.  It  was  making  its  way 
toward  a  maple-tree  in  which  I  knew  a  pair  of 
robins  had  their  nest. 

Having  reached  the  foot  of  the  tree,  it  made 
several  futile  efforts  to  fly  up  into  the  branches,  but 
only  succeeded  in  fluttering  around  in  a'  circle  near 
the  ground,  as  one  wing  was  broken.  It  seemed  to 
be  a  hopeless  struggle,  and  I  wondered  how  it  would 
end. 

I  had  recently  been  reading  "  Wake  Robin,"  and 
these  words  of  John  Burroughs'  came  to  my  mind : 
"  One  may  go  blackberrying,  and  make  some  dis- 
covery. Secrets  lurk  on  all  sides.  There  is  news 
in  every  bush.  What  no  man  ever  saw  may  the  next 
instant  be  revealed  to  you." 

I  do  not  suppose  that  the  scene  which  followed 
is  the  first  instance  of  the  kind  that  has  been  noticed  ; 
but  it  was  new  to  my  eyes,  and  I  watched  it  with 
eager  interest. 

The  repeated  efforts  of  the  bird  to  reach  its  nest 
attracted  the  attention  of  its  mate.  She  soon  flew 
down  beside  him,  emitting  piteous  little  notes. 
After    hopping    anxiously    around    him    for  a  few 


moments,  she  flew  away;  and  the  wounded  robin 
settled  quietly  down  in  the  grass. 

In  three  or  four  minutes  the  mate  returned  with 
a  large  worm  in  its  bill,  which  it  deposited  by  the 
side  of  the  sufferer.  The  worm  was  eagerly  de- 
voured by  the  wounded  bird,  who  then  again  rested 
in  the  grass,  his  mate  meanwhile  having  returned 
to  her  nest. 

Presently  the  robin,  having  apparently  regained 
some  strength,  began  to  chirp,  and  was  answered 
from  the  branches  above.  His  mate  again  flew 
down  to  his  side ;  and  now  the  robin  made  a  desper- 
ate attempt  to  fly  or  spring  up,  his  mate  with  out- 
stretched wings  got  under  him,  and  by  their  united 
efforts  they  gained  the  branches  and  their  nest. 

I  heard  them  chirping  for  quite  a  while,  evidently 
trying  to  find  a  comfortable  position  for  the  wound- 
ed bird.  It  was  now  dark.  My  heart  throbbed  in 
sympathy  for  the  helpless  little  creatures.  I  re- 
solved to  be  up  early,  and  place  food  and  water  near 
them. 

Alas !  when  I  went  out  in  the  morning,  the  robin 
was  dead.  I  examined  his  injuries,  and  found  his 
side  had  been  crushed  in,  evidently  by  a  stone 
thrown  by  a  thoughtless  boy. 

"Oh,  boys,  boys,"  I  cried  in  my  indignation, 
"  how  can  you  be  so  cruel  or  thoughtless  ?  Thought- 
lessness that  brings  pain  and  death  to  these  little 
creatures  is  a  crime.  Think  not  that  He  who 
grieves  at  the  sparrow's  fall  will  hold  you  guiltless 
when  you  ruthlessly  take  the  life  which  you  can 
never  restore ! " 

I  buried  the  robin  at  the  foot  of  the  maple.  The 
only  requiem  was  the  short,  sharp  chirps  of  the 
bereaved  mate,  who  watched  me  for  a  while  from  a 
safe  distance,  then  flew  away,  never  to  return. — 
A.  R.  McAlpinc. 

A  Study  in  Forestry. 

The  correct  answers  to  the  questions  on  page  266 
are  as  follows:  1.  Tulip;  2.  Pawpaw;  3.  Fir;  4. 
Bay ;  5.  Pine  ;  6.  Pa'lm  ;  7.  Locust ;  8.  Ash  ;  9.  Birch ; 
10.  Peach;  11.  Spruce;  12.  Beech;  13.  Cottonwood; 
14.  Hemlock:  15.  Pear;  16.  Cherry;  17.  Elder;  18. 
Cork;  19.  Poplar;  20.  Witch-hazel;  21.  Plum;  22. 
Rubber;  23.  Date;  24.  Chestnut;  25.  Buckeye;  26. 
Crab;  27.  The  Elm;  28.  Sandal;  29.  Laurel;  30. 
Basswood. 


Weary  mother.— "  Oh,  Jack,  if  you  only  knew 
how  tired  I  get  of  saying  '  Don't '  all  day  long!  " 

Jack  (sadly).— "Well,  muvver,  just  fink  what  it 
must  be  for  me !  " — Punch. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


269 


Arbor  and  Bird  Day  Programme. 

Every  teacher  should  aim  to  make  the  school- 
house  and  its  surroundings  clean  and  beautiful. 
Divide  the  scholars  into  committees  weeks  before 
Arbor  Day,  and  assign  to  each  their  duties  under 
the  teacher's  direction.  Have  frequent  reports  and 
meetings  of  these  committees  to  see  that  they  are 
doing  their  work.  Assign  to  one  committee  of 
girls  the  cleaning  and  decorating  of  the  schoolroom ; 
to  another  of  boys  the  making  of  a  neat  gravel  walk 
from  the  door  to  the  road ;  to  another  the  gathering 
up  of  all  waste  paper  and  debris  in  piles  and  clear- 
ing the  grounds ;  to  another  the  laying  out  of  the 
grounds  and  selection  of  trees  and  places  to  plant 
them;  a  programme  committee  consisting  of  the 
teacher  and  larger  girls  and  boys  to  prepare  for  an 
Arbor  Day  entertainment,  and  to  send  out  invita- 
tions to  parents,  trustees  and  other  visitors ;  a 
"  school  garden  "  committee  to  form  plans  with  the 
trustees  for  breaking  up,  preparing  and  fencing 
ground  for  a  garden,  and  getting  contributions  of 
seeds.  (Read  "Echoes  from  a  Boys'  Garden"  in 
this  number  in  order  to  get  a  little  inspiration). 

Plant  shrubs  as  well  as  trees.  A  good  shrub  is 
far  better  and  more  sightiy  than  a  lank,  half-starved 
tree.  Viburnums  (withe-rods),  dogwoods,  sumach, 
elder,  wild  roses,  Canadian  holly,  lilacs,  are  good 
shrubs  to  plant,  especially  in  sheltered  places  of  the 
school  yard ;  and  they  may  be  found  everywhere. 
The  white  pine  is  a  beautiful  evergreen,  and  can  be 
made  to  grow  in  the  dryest  and  least  sheltered  of 
spots.  Elms,  maples,  birches,  poplars  are  all  good 
trees  to  plant  where  the  soil  is  not  too  dry. 
Readings  and  Recitations. 

Appropriate  material  may  be  gleaned  from  this 
and  other  April  numbers  of  the  Review,  and  from 
books  and  magazines,  for  programmes.  Do  not 
have  too  long  an  entertainment.  Remember  that 
the  most  important  work  is  the  cleaning  up  of 
schoolroom  and  grounds,  the  planting  of  shrubs  and 
trees,  lessons  on  plant  life,  and  the  getting  parents 
and  trustees  interested  in  your  work.  Then  a 
suitable  and  well-rendered  programme  amid  dean 
and  appropriate  surroundings  will  be  most  proper 
for  Arbor  Day  itself. 

Aunt  Sarah's  Arbor  Day  (Reading  for  a  Girl). 

She  was  as  pleasant  as  she  was  poor.  All  the 
boys  and  girls  in  the  neighborhood  called  her  Aunt 
Sarah  ;  yet  she  was  not  a  real  aunt  to  one  of  them. 
In  fact,  she  had  not  a  single  relative  in  all  the  world. 

One  day  Aunt  Sarah  was  telling  the  boys  about 


a  beautiful  elm  tree  which  used  to  grow  beside  her 
old  home.  "  I  would  be  so  happy,"  she  said,  "  if 
there  was  only  an  elm  tree  in  my  yard  now.  I  have 
so  much  time  on  my  hands,  I  could  watch  its  leaves 
come  and  go  each  spring  and  fall,  and  it  would  be 
such  good  company  for  a  poor  old  body,  who  lives 
alone  as  I  do.  But  there  is  no  way  for  me  to  ever 
get  such  a  tree." 

"  She  needn't  be  too  sure  of  that,"  mused  Ted 
Brown.  But  he  said  nothing  till  he  and  the  other 
boys  were  on  their  way  home  from  their  call  on  the 
old  lady.     Then  he  began : 

"  Tell  you  what  it  is,  fellows,  day  after  to-morrow 
is  Arbor  Day,  and  I  say  let's  go  into  the  fields  to- 
morrow and  get  a  little  elm  tree  to  plant  under 
Aunt  Sarah's  window.  Mother  will  let  me  invite 
her  to  our  house  to  spend  the  day.  And  you  can 
plant  the  tree  while  she  is  away." 

"  So  we  can,"  cried  the  other  boys,  crowding  very 
close  to  Ted. 

Aunt  Sarah  was  invited  to  spend  the  following 
day  at  Ted's  home ;  and  the  boys  planted  in  her  yard 
the  most  beautiful  elm  tree  they  could  find.  Ted 
would  not  harness  the  horse  to  drive  Aunt  Sarah 
home  until  it  was  so  dark  that  she  could  not  see 
what  had  been  going  on  in  her  yard.  But  when  she 
awoke  next  morning  she  found  it  was  Arbor  Day 
indeed,  for  the  branches  of  the  dainty  elm  kept 
blowing  against  her  window-pane  as  if  to  say, 
"  Good  morning." — Selected. 

Fall   Fashions  (Recitation  for  a  Girl). 

The  maple  owned   that  she   was   tired   of  always   wearing 

green, 
She  knew  that  she   had  grown   of  late  too   shabby   to  be 

seen. 
The    oak    and    beech    and    chestnut    then    deplored    their 

shabbiness, 
And  all  except  the  hemlock  sad  were  wild  to  change  their 

dress. 
"For   fashion   plates    we'll   take   the    flowers,"   the   rustling 

maple  said, 
"And   like   the   tulip   I'll   be   clothed   in   splendid   gold  and 

red." 
"The  cheerful  sunflower  suits  me  best,"  the  lightsome  beech 

replied, 
'The   marigold   my   choice    shall    be,"    the   chestnut    spoke 

with  pride. 
The  sturdy  oak  took  time  to  think,    "I    hate    such    glaring 

hues ; 
The  gilly  flower,  so  dark  and  rich,  I  for  my  model  choose." 
So  every  tree  in  all  the  grove,  except  the  hemlock  sad, 
According  to  its  wish,  ere  long  in  brilliant  dress  was  clad. 
And   there   tl  cy   stand    through    all    the    soft    and    bright 

October  days, 
They  wished  to  be  like  flowers,  indeed  they  look  like  huge 

bouquets.  —Scl, 


270 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Quotations. 

Then  rears  the  ash  his  airy  crest, 
Then  shines  the  birch  in  silver  vest, 
And  the  beech  in  glistening  leaves  is  drest, 
And  dark  bet.ween  shows  the  oak's  proud  breast, 
Like  a  chieftain's  frowning  tower.  — Scott. 

Plant  in  the  spring  time  the  beautiful  trees, 
So  that,  in  future,  each  soft  summer  breeze, 
Whispering  through  tree-tops   may  call   to  our  mind, 
Days  of  our  childhood  then  left  far  behind. 
Days  when  we  learned  to  be  faithful  and  true, 
Days  when  we  yearned  our  life's  future  to  view, 
Days  when  the  good  seemed  so  easy  to  do, 
Days  when  life's  cares  were  so  light  and  so  few.  — Sel. 
When  April  comes,  I  tell  you  what, 
The  little  leaves  begin  to  plot, 
And  plan  and  ponder  how  to  bring 
Their  greenness  to  the  eyes  of  spring. 
'Tis  then  they  say  (the  cunning  elves), 
"The  time  has  come  to  show  ourselves. 
We  must  make  haste,  indeed,  if  we 
Would  glorify  each  bare-boughed  tree."  — Sel. 
Do  you  know  the  trees  by  name 
When  you  see  them  growing 
In  the  fields  or  in  the  woods? 

They  are  well  worth  knowing. 
Watch   them,   watch  them   when   their   leaves 

Everywhere  are  showing, 
Soon  you'll  know  the  different  trees 
When  you  see  them  growing.  — Sel. 

"Wake  robin,  wake  robin, 

O  robin  dear, 
Come    from    the    marsh    thicket, 
For  springtime  is  here." — Sel. 
Oh  birds,  that  warble  to  the  morning  sky, 
Oh  birds,  that  warble  as  the  day  goes  by, 
Sing  sweetly. — Tennyson. 

Recitation  (for  four  Girls.) 
First.— 

Arbor  Day  has  come  again, 
Hear  the  robins  sing! 
.  All  the  birds  are  building  nests, 
In  the  early  spring. 
Second. — ■ 

Arbor  Day  has  come  again, 

And  the  brook  that  flows, 
Down  beside  the  willow  tree, 
Whispers  of  the  rose. 
Third.— 

Arbor  Day  has  come  again, 

There's  music  in  the  breeze, 
So  upon  an  April  day 

We  go  a-planting  trees. 
Fourth. — ■ 

Arbor  Day  has  come  again, 

Hark  !  the  songbirds'  call ! 
All  the  flowers  hear  their  song, 
They  waken  one  and  all ! 
All.— 

April  showers,  April  showers, 

Waken  all  the  sleepy  flowers, 
Earth's  refreshed  by  April  rain, 
And  Arbor  Day  is  here  again ! 

— Selected  (and  altered). 


Recitation  (for  five  Boys). 
First.— 

The  old  oak  tree  is  the  forest's  pride, 

The  birds  in  its  branches  swing, 
The  breezes  rustle  its  leaves  with  song, 
In  the  early  days  of  spring. 
Second. — 

Oh,  slender  willow  we  plant  to-day, 

Your  branches  hold  much  joy, 
We  will  borrow  your  twigs  next  year, 
And  make  whistles  for  each  boy! 
Third.— 

Oh,  the  tree  that  I  love  the  best 

Is  the  maple  with  branches  high, 
The  song  birds  build  in  its  safe  retreat, 
It  makes  cool  shade  for  the  passerby. 
Fourth. — 

The  poplar  tree  grows  straight  and  tall, 

With  its  branches  toward  the  sky, 
The  little  birds  gather  in  merry  throngs, 
And  build  nests  in  the  branches  high. 
Fifth.— 

The  shapely  spruce,  green  all  the  year, 

Is  the  best  tree,  you'll  agree, 
For  when  old  December  comes, 

'Twill  be  a  Christmas  tree ! 
All. 

Then  give  three  cheers  for  the  shady  trees, 

And  for  the  bird's  song  sweet, 
We'll  go  with  them  on  Arbor  Day, 

To  their  green  retreat. 

— Selected  (and  altered). 

Spring  Call  (to  the  Birds). 

Spring  once  said  to  her  fairies  three: 
"Call  the  birds  to  each  bush  and  tree. 
Make  them  welcome,  bid  them  come 
To  live  and  love  in  their  northern  home." 

Cho. — Tra  la  la,  la  la,  etc. 

Soon  there  came,  at  the  fairies'  call, 
The  birds  and  birdies  great  and  small. 
Singing  sweet  their  songs  of  glee, 
They  flocked  around  the  fairies  three. 

What  a  Bird  Thought. 

I  lived  first  in  a  little  house, 

And  lived  there  very  well. 
I  thought  the  world  was  small  and  round, 

And  made  of  pale  blue  shell. 

I  lived  next  in  a  little  nest, 

Nor  needed  any  other. 
I  thought  the  world  was  made  of  straw, 

And  cared  for  by  my  mother. 

One  day  I  fluttered  from  the  nest, 

To  see  what  I  could  find. 
I  said,  "The  world  is  made  of  leaves — 

I  have  been  very  blind." 

At  length  I  flew  beyond  the  trees, 

Quite  fit  for  grown  up  labor. 
I  don't  know  how  the  world  is  made, 

Nor  neither  do  my  neighbors. 

— Selected. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


271- 


A  gush  of  bird  song,  a  patter  of  dew, 

A  cloud,  and  a  rainbow's  warning, 

Suddenly  sunshine  and  perfect  blue*— 

An  April  day  in  the  morning.  — Selected. 

The  Sower. 

"Come,  wild  Wind,"  said  the  Catkin  folks, 

"Loiter  not  on  the  way. 
It  is  time  for  us  to  plant  our  seeds ; 

We  need  your  help  to-day." 

The  jolly  wild  Wind  whisked  merrily  by, 
And  never  a  word  did  he  say; 
But  birch  and  willow  and  alder  trees 
He  planted  by  scores  that  day. 

— The  Youth's  Companion. 

For  the  Blackboard. 

1.  The  groves  were  God's  first  temples. 

2.  Man  counts  his  age  by  years,  the  oak  by  centuries. 

3.  The  courteous  tree  bows  to  all  who  seek  its  shade. 

4.  As  thou  sowest  so  shalt  thou  reap. 

5.  How  delightsome  to  linger  'mid  the  shady  bowers. 

6.  Tiny  seeds  make  plenteous  harvests. 

7.  The  tree  is  a  nobler  object  than  a  king  in  his  coronation 

robes. 

8.  A  thing  of  beauty  is  a  joy  forever. 

9.  A  father's  hand  hath  reared  these  venerable  columns. 

10.  Earth  with  her  thousand  voices  praises  God. 

11.  Spring  unlocks  the  flowers  to  paint  the  happy  soil. 

12.  God  the  first  garden  made,  man  the  first  city. 

Planting  Song  (after  the  planting). 

Air,  "America." 
Grow   there  and   flourish   well 
Ever  the  story  tell 

Of  this  glad  day. 
Long  may  thy  branches  raise 
To  heaven  our  grateful  praise, 
Waft  them  on  sunlight  rays, 

To  God  away. 

Deep  in  the  earth  to-day 
Safely  thy  roots  we  lay. 

Tree  of  our  love; 
Grow  thou  and  flourish  long; 
Ever  our  grateful  song 
Shall  its  glad  love  prolong 

To  God  above. 

— Normal  Instructor. 


Arbor  Day  Questions. 

Are  you  sure  that  you  realize  the  importance  of 
Arbor  Day? 

Do  you  know  these  things :  That  forests  deter- 
mine to  a  great  extent  the  mean  temperature  of  a 
country,  making  air  currents  cooler  by  day  and 
wanner  by  night? 

That  destructive  floods  are  caused  by  cutting 
down  forests  near  the  course  of  a  river? 

That  forests  act  as  reservoirs,  holding  in  their 
vast    network   of    roots    moisture    that  in    time  of 


drought  will  be  drawn  upon  to  prevent  lasting 
injury  to  vegetation? 

That  in  countries  where  there  are  large  forests, 
the  evaporation  from  the  surface  of  the  earth  is 
only  one-fifth  as  great  as;  in  open  countries  ? 

That  six  per  cent  more  rain  falls  yearly  in  forests 
than  in  open  fields? 

That  land  may  be  reclaimed  by  tree-planting? 

That  trees  perform  a  valuable  service  to  health 
in  setting  free  so  much  oxygen  by  action  on  carbon 
dioxide  in  the  air?  1 

That  we  draw  every  year  $700,000,000  worth  of 
products  from  trees? 

That  $300,000,000  of  trees  are  destroyed  by 
fire  every  year  in  the  United  States? 

That  at  the  end  of  each  day  we  have  30,000  acres 
less  of  lumber  than  at(  the  end  of  the  previous  day  ? 

That  if  we  continue  to  destroy  trees  as  rapidly 
in  the  next  two  or  three  hundred  years  as  in  the 
past,  the  welfare  of  country  will  be  seriously  en- 
dangered ? 

If  you  know  these  things,  you  are  ready  to  make 
your  Arbor  Day  programme  strong  and  helpful. — 
Selected. 


Language  of  the  Birds. 

The  poets  have  now  found  a  language  for  the 
birds,  which  they  translate  into  human  speech. 
What  they  say  is  not  the  same  to  each  listening  ear. 
Dr.  Van  Dyke,  a  true  bird-lover,  in  one  of  his  many 
delightful  poems  about  them,  confesses  which  is  his 
favorite,  and  says : 

"That  if  but  one  of  all  the  birds 
Could  be  my  comrade  everywhere, 
My  little  brother  of  the  air, 
I'd  choose  the  song  sparrow,  my  dear, 
Because  he'd  bless  me  every  year, 
With    'Sweet — sweet — sweet — very   merry   cheer.'  " 


Professor  Walton,  Leeds,  in  his  new  work,  The 
Principles  of  Teaching,  expresses  the  opinion  that 
the  oral  lesson  has  a  mischievous  tendency  to  pro- 
duce idleness  on  the  part  of  the  pupils  of  all  but 
the  youngest  classes,  which  tendency,  he  considers, 
may  be  corrected  by  teaching  them  how  to  make 
use  of  books  the  main  instruments  of  their  after- 
culture. 


Corporal  punishment  in  a  public  school  in  Japan 
is  unknown  ;  the  very  thought  of  it  to  the  Japanese 
mind  signifies  barbarous  vulgarity  and  piteous  lack 
of  self-control  on  the  part  of  teacher  and  pupil, 
mainly  that  of  the  teacher. 


272 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Echoes  from  a  Boys'  Garden. 

Louise  Klein  Miller  in  N.  Y.  School  Journal. 

"  Is  this  the  place  for  the  garden  ?  "  said  Dick,  as 
he  gazed  at  the  recently  plowed  and  harrowed 
ground,  full  of  witch  grass,  weeds  and  glacial 
boulders. 

"Yes,"  I  said,  "isn't  it  a  good  place  to  work?" 

"  I  should  think  it  is  a  good  place  to  work !  "  he 
replied,  with  a  rather  savage  emphasis  upon  work. 
:    "  May  I  have  the  first  garden  ?  "  asked  Robert. 

"  You  know  what  is  expected  of  the  first  garden," 
I  cautioned. 

"  I   should   like  the   second,"   cried   Mike. 

"  Don't  be  in  too  great  haste ;  we  must  examine 
the  plan  of  the  garden  first."  At  this  suggestion 
they  all  arranged  themselves  to  study  the  plan  which 
was  spread  out  on  the  grass  before  them. 

"  Is  this  the  whole  garden  ?  "  inquired  Joe,  who 
seemed  to  think  it  rather  small. 

"  No,  indeed !  I  explained.  "  It  is  the  plan  of  a 
garden  to  be  planted  by  each  boy,  and  drawn  to  a 
scale  one-fourth  of  an  inch  to  a  foot.  Do  you 
understand  what  that  means  ?  " 

"  Does  each  fourth  of  an  inch  on  the  plan  stand 
for  a  foot  in  the  garden?  "  questioned  Joe. 

"What  else  could  it  mean?"  said  Dick. 

"  It  is  two  and  a  half  inches  wide ;  how  wide  is 
the  garden,  Carl  ?  "  I  inquired. 

"  That's  easy,"  said  Carl ;  "  ten  feet  wide." 

"  It  is  twenty-two  inches  long;  can  you  figure  the 
length  of  the  garden,  Fred  ?  "  After  some  hesita- 
tion Mike  offered  to  get  him  a  big  piece  of  paper 
and  a  long  lead  pencil. 

"  I  know  that,"  said  James ;  "  ninety  feet." 

"  Good !  "  I  exclaimed.  "  Now,  boys,  each  of 
you  is  to  have  a  space,  ten  feet  wide  and  ninety  feet 
long,  to  plant  and  keep  in  order.     Can  you  do  it?  " 

"Yes."  "Of  course!"  "I  should  think  so!" 
"  We'll  try !"  "We  cou!d  take  one  twice  as  large !" 
and  other  exclamations  came  in  chorus. 

"  Roy,  I  want  you  to  try  to  direct  this  work.  The 
plan  indicates  ten  feet  for  flowers,  ten  for  squashes, 
six  each  for  lettuce,  radishes,  carrots,  beets ;  then 
a  four  foot  path ;  six  feet  each  for  tomatoes,  turnips, 
peas,  and  beans,  and  nine  each  for  corn  and 
potatoes." 

"  Does  each  boy  plant  all  these  things  ?  "  inquired 
Dick. 

"  Yes,"  I  replied.  "  Xow  we  will  lay  out  the 
garden.  Here  is  the  measuring  tape.  I  will  hold 
one  end,  and  Henry,  you  take  the  other.  Each  boy 
get  a  stake.     Roy,  take  the  plan  and  show  the  boys 


where  to  drive  the  stakes.  Be  careful ;  that  line  is 
not  quite  straight.  We  want  everything  done 
'  shipshape.'  That  is  better,"  I  discovered,  looking 
along  the  line. 

"  Is  that  all  right  ? "  inquired  Roy,  his  face  flush- 
ed with  excitement. 

"  Yes,  you  did  that  very  well,"  giving  him  a  nod 
of  approval. 

"  Robert,  would  you  like  to  direct  thq  staking  off 
of  the  front  of  the  garden  ? " 

"  Thank  you,  I  should.  Are  the  gardens  to  be 
close  together?"  he  asked,  examining  the  plan  for 
assistance. 

"  No,  see,  there  is  to  be  a  foot-path  between  the 
gardens,"  pointing  to  the  plans. 

"May  we  do  it  all  ourselves?"  asked  Robert. 

"  Yes,  if  you  can.  Be  sure  you  are  right  and 
then  go  ahead.  As  soon  as  you  have  finished  you 
may  select  your  gardens  and  give  me  your  names 
and  the  number  of  your  gardens." 

"What  shall  we  do  next?"  inquired  Mike, 
anxious  to  get  to  work. 

"  You  may  stake  off  your  own  garden  how,  and 
to-morrow  we  will  begin  the  planting." 

When  we  said  good-night  I  felt  the  hardest  part 
of  the  work  had  been  done. 

"  What  are  these  ?  "  inquired  Henry,  as  he  ex- 
amined some  plants  in  a  box. 

"  Don't  you  know  a  tomato  plant  when  you  see 
it  ?  "  asked  Dick,  with  apparent  disgust. 

"  Hand  me  a  plant,  will  you  please,  Fred.  You 
know,  boys,  that  plants,  as  we'd  as  animals,  take 
food  in  order  to  grow.  Where  will  this  plant  get 
its  food?" 

"The  roots  will  take  some  food  from  the  ground," 
said  Carl,  "  and  I  think  the  leaves  take  some  from 
the  air." 

"  Carl  is  right,  but  can  these  roots  take  up  parti- 
cles of  soil  ?  " 

"  No,"  said  Mike ;  "  they  must  have  water,  too." 

"  When  you  drop  a  lump  of  sugar  into  a  cup  of 
tea,  what  happens  to  it  ?  " 

"  It  melts,"  cried  Dick. 

"  It  dissolves,"  said  Henry,  deliberately. 

"  Can  you  see  it  after  it  dissolves  ?  " 

"No.""  -:    ■"  -■■- 

"  When  you  drink  the  tea  what  do  you  take 
also?"'  » 

"  Sugar,"  came  the  reply. 

"  Why  will  the  tomatoes  and  all  other  plants  in 
the  garden  require  rain  or  moisture  ?  " 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


273 


"  I  know,"  cried  Carl ;  "  to  dissolve  the  soil  so 
the  plants  can  use  it  for  food." 

"Each  boy  takes  three  plants.  Be  careful;  do 
not  injure  the  delicate  root  tips,"  I  said,  carefully 
removing  a  plant  from  the  box. 

"  Where  shall  we  plant  them  ?  "  demanded  Joe, 
rather  helplessly. 

"  Examine  the  plan  It  will  show  you  just 
where  to  put  them.  Spread  the  roots  out  so  they 
may  get  plenty  of  food.  Well,  that  is  a  good  be- 
ginning." 

"  Are  these  the  potatoes  ?  "  asked  Roy,  after  he 
had  planted  his  tomatoes.  "  How  many  shall  we 
plant?" 

"  It  is  about  time  you  are  doing  some  gardening," 
said  Mike,  with  apparent  amazement.  "  Don't  you 
know  you  don't  plant  potatoes?  That  you  have 
to  cut  them  up  into  pieces  ?  " 

"Cut  them  up!"  said  Roy,  in  surprise;  "how, 
this  way  ?  " 

"  You  plant  that  piece  without  any  eyes  and  see 
how  many  potatoes  'you  get  from  that  hill !  "  said 
Mike. 

"  Are  you  all  ready,  boys.  We  will  take  the 
potatoes  next.  They,  are  thickened  underground 
stems  or  tubers.  We  do  not  plant  the  whole  potato, 
but  cut  them  up  into  pieces,  each  having  two  'eyes' 
or  '  buds.' 

"  What  do  you  do  that  for  ?  "  persisted  Roy. 

"  The  white  part  of  the  potato,  which  is  used  for 
food,  is  the  material  the  plant  stored  away  to  de- 
velop these  buds.  A  new  plant  will  grow  from  each 
strong  eye.  By  the  time  this  supply  is  exhausted 
the  plant  is  strong  enough  to  take  food  from  the 
ground  and  the  atmosphere." 

"  What  makes  potatoes  shrivel  up  in  the  cellars 
after  they  have  sent  out  their  tender  sprouts?" 
asked  Dick. 

"  Can  you  answer  that  question  from  what  I  have 
said?  Think  it  over.  In  a  few  days  we  will  pull 
up  a  plant  and  see  how  it  has  grown.'' 

"  Shall  we  plant  the  potatoes  as  we  did  the 
tomatoes?"  asked  Joe. 

"No;  make  a  straight  furrow,  put  in  some 
manure  and  a  small  quantity  of  commercial  fertilizer 
where  you  expect  to  put  the  potatoes.  Be  careful 
to  mix  the  soil  thoroughly.  The  plan  will  show 
you  where  to  plant  them.  Then  you  will  have  to 
spend  some  time  fighting  weeds." 

"I  nevpr  saw  so  many  weeds  in  all  my  life."  said 
Hugo,  in  a  discouraged  tone  of  voice. 


"  But,  my  dear  boy,  remember,  every  time  you 
pull  up  a  weed  or  hoe  your  garden,  you  loosen  the 
soil,  and  a  farmer  would  say  you  set  free  the  plant 
food  in  the  soil.  If  it  were  not  for  the  weeds,  corn- 
fields wrould  not  often  be  plowed  or  gardens  hoed. 
Keep  at  the  weeds.  Get  all  of  them  out.  It  is  a 
good  thing  for  the  garden,  and  will  pay." 

"  It  is  easy  enough  to  get  rid  of  the  weeds,  but 
just  look  at  those  rocks !  "  exclaimed  Mike,  the  great 
beads  of  perspiration  on  his  freckled  nose.  "  Do 
they  grow  like  weeds?  I  am  sure  they  are  getting 
larger  every  day." 

"  When  you  take  to  gardening,  there  are  a  great 
many  things  for  you  to  learn." 

"  Where  did  all  these  rocks  come  from?"  asked 
Henry. 

"  They  are  glacial  boulders,  and  were  brought 
from  the  north  by  the  great  ice  plows  or  glaciers. 
Growing  larger?  No,  indeed!  They  are  gradual- 
ly becoming  smaller,  breaking  up,  and  forming  soil. 
They  have  had  an  interesting  history  which  you 
will  enjoy  learning  some  day.  Take  out  all  you 
can  with  the  wheelbarrow.  This  is  good  weather 
and  things  will  grow  well." 

(Concluded  in  May  number.) 


It  is  said  that  when  the  Danes  made  war  on  Scot- 
land, one  dark  night  as  they  were  marching  on  an 
ecampment  of  sleeping  Scots,  one  of  them  trod 
upon  a  thistle.  The  pain  was  so  sudden  and  intense 
that  the  man  gave  a  loud  cry.  This  awakened  the 
slumbering  Scots,  who  sprang  to  arms  and  defeated 
their  assailants.  In  gratitude  for  their  deliverance 
the  Scots  from  that  time  on  made  the  thistle  their 
national  emblem. 


The  Song  of  a  Robin. 

I  heard  a  robin  singing, 

When   the   world   lay   white   and   drear, 
And  ne'er  a  ray  of  sunshine  fell 

His  little  heart  to  cheer; 
I  listened  to  the  gladness 

That  was  mingled  in  his  song, 
And   from  my  heart  the  shadows   fell 

Of  weary  years  and  long. 

I  heard  a  robin  singing, 

When  the  skies  were  dark  above, 
And  from  the  song  a  lesson  learned 

Of  hope,  and  trust  and  love. 
It  spoke  to  me  of  patience, 

Of  a  spring  our  hearts  shall  know, 
When  snows  of  winter  falleth  not 

And  cold  winds  never  blow. 
—Kathleen  WcathcrKead,  in  Westminster  Gazette. 


274 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Recitations  for  Little  Children. 

Under-the-Table  Manners. 

It's  very  hard  to  be  polite 

If  you're  a  cat. 
When  other  folks  are  up  at  table 
Eating  all  that  they  are  able, 

You  are  down  upon  the  mat 

If  you're  a  cat. 

You're  expected  just  to  sit 

If  you're  a  cat. 
Not  to  let  them  know  you're  there 
By  scratching  at  the  chair, 

Or  a  light,  respectful  pat 

If  you're  a  cat. 

You  are  not  to  make  a  fuss 

If  you're  a  cat. 
Tho'  there's  fish  upon  the  plate 
You're  expected  just  to  wait, 

Wait  politely  on  the  mat 

If  you're  a  cat. 

— Teachers'  Magazine. 

If  I  knew  the  box  where  the  smiles  are  kept, 

No  matter  how  large  the  key, 
Or  strong  the  bolt,  I  would  try  so  hard — ■ 

'T would  open,  I  know,  for  me. 
Then  over  the  land  and  the  sea  broadcast 

I'd  scatter  the  smiles  to  play, 
That  the  children's  faces  might  hold  them  fast 

For  many  and  many  a  day. 
If  I  knew  the  box  that  was  large  enough 

To  hold  all  the  frowns  I  meet, 
I  would  like  to  gather  them  every  one, 

From  nursery,  school,  and  street; 
Then,  folding  and  holding,  I'd  pack  them  in, 

And  turn  the  monster  key, 
I'd  hire  a  giant  to  drop  the  box 

To  the  depths  of  the  deep  deep  sea. 

— Selected. 
Four  Dogs. 

There  were  four  dogs  one  summer  day 

Went  out  for  a  morning  walk, 

And  as  they  journeyed  upon  their  way 

They  began  to  laugh  and  talk. 

Said  dog  No.  I,    "I  really  think 

My  master  is  very  wise; 

For  he  builds  great  houses  tall  and  grand 

That  reach  clear  up  to  the  skies." 

Said  dog  No.  2  in  a  scornful  tone, 

"Ho !  Ho !  That's  wonderful — yes ! 

But  listen  to  me!   My  master  writes  books, 

He's  sold  a  million,  I  guess." 

Then  dog  No.  3  tossed  his  curly  head 

And  gave  a  sly  little  wink. 

"That's  nothing  to  tell !     My  master  is  rich, 

He  owns  half  the  world,  I  think!" 

The  fourth  little  dog  had  been  trotting  along 

With  a  wise,  reflective  mind. 

A  last  he  said  with  a  happy  smile, 

"My  master — he  is  kind  !" 


Now  if  your  opinion  should  be  asked, 
I  wonder  what  you  would  say — 
Which  dog  paid  the  sweetest  compliment 
To  his  master  on  that  day 

— Alice  J.  Cleator,  in  Pets  and  Animals. 

My  Little  Cray   Kitten  and   I. 

When  the  north  wind  whistles  'round  the  house 

Piling  the  snowdrifts  high, 
We  nestle  down  on  the  warm  hearth  rug — 

My  little  gray  kitty  and  I. 
I  tell  her  about  my  work  and  play, 

And  all  I  mean  to  do, 
And  she  purrs  so  loud  I  surely  think 

That  she  understands— don't  you? 

She  looks  about  with  her  big  round  eyes, 

And  softly  licks  my  face; 
As  I  tell  her  about  the  word  I  missed, 

And  how  I  have  lost  my  place. 
Then  let  the  wind  whistle,  for  what  to  us 

Matters  a  stormy  sky? 
Oh,  none  have  such  jolly  times  as  we — 

My  little  gray  kitty  and  I. 

— Florence  A.  Jones  in  Pets  and  Animals. 

Which   One  Was   Kept. 

There  were  two  little  kittens,  a  black  and  a  gray, 
And  grandmamma  said  with  a  frown — 

"It  will  never  do  to  keep  them  both. 
The  black  one  we'd  better  drown. 

"Don't  cry,  my  dear,"  to  tiny  Bess, 

"One  kitten's  enough  to  keep ; 
Now  run  to  nurse,  for  'tis  growing  late, 

And  time  you  were  fast  asleep." 

The  morrow  dawned,  and  rosy  and  sweet 

Came  little  Bess  from  her  nap; 
The  nurse  said,  "Go  into  mamma's  room 

And  look  in  grandma's  lap." 

"Come  here,"  said  grandmamma,  with  a  smile, 
From  the  rocking-chair  where  she  sat; 

"God  has  sent  you  two  little  sisters, 
Now,  what  do  you  think  of  that?" 

Bess  looked  at  the  Babies  a  moment, 
With  their  wee  heads,  yellow  and  brown, 

And  then  to  grandmamma  soberly  said, 
"Which  one  are  you  going  to  drown?" 

—Lillian  Street,  in  "Ideal  Home." 

Tokens. 

I  know  that  Spring  has  come, 
Because  to-day  I  heard  a  wild-bee's  hum ; 
I  found  a  wind-flower  on  the  warm  hillside, 
A  cowslip  where  the  brooklet's  waters  hide; 
And  looking  at  the  tree  tops  far  away, 
I  saw  a  touch  of  green  light  up  the  gray. 
Within  a  door,  framed  in  sunshine  rare, 
I  saw  a  child  with  golden  ringlets  bare, 
Watching  a  robin;  by  these  tokens  clear 
I  know  that  Spring  is  here! 

— Ninette  M.  Lowater. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


275 


Talks  With  Our  Readers. 

Miss  Janq  Brown,  Bathurst,  N.  B.,  writes  as  fol- 
lows :  "  I  am  sorry  that  '  Subscriber,'  who  writes  in 
the  February  Review,  finds  any  difficulty  in  getting 
pupils  to  take  a  real  interest  in  studying  Hay's 
History  of  New  Brunswick.  Ever  since  the  book 
was  published  I  have  been  teaching  it.  And  I  have 
found  my  pupils  enjoy  and  easily  understand  it. 
Of  course,  we  first  took  it  up  orally,  and  afterwards 
the  children  greatly  enjoyed  reading  it,  and  writing 
short  stories  about  what  they  had  learned.  I  can- 
not see  why  young  children  should  find  difficulty  in 
understanding  history  as  it  is  treated  in  that  book." 

G.  E.  S.,  Andover,  N.  B.,  asks  for  a  list  of  New 
Brunswick  governors  and  also  for  King  Edward's 
full  name.  Governors  of  N.  B.  before  confedera- 
tion: Col.  Thomas  Carleton,  Major  General  George 
Tracey  Smith,  Sir  Howard  Douglas,  Major  General 
Sir  Archibald  Campbell,  Major  General  Sir  John 
Harvey,  Major  General  Sir  William  Colebrooke, 
Sir  Edmund  Head,  Hon.  J.  Henry  Thomas  Man- 
ners-Sutton,  Hon.  Arthur  H.  Gordon.  Since  con- 
federation: Hon.  L.  A.  Wilmot,  Hon.  S.  L.  Tilley 
(twice  Lieut.  Governor,  from  1873  to  1878,  and 
from  1885  to  1893),  Hon.  E.  B.  Chandler,  Hon.  R. 
D.  Wilmot,  Hon.  John  Boyd,  Hon.  J.  J.  Fraser, 
Hon.  A.  R.  McClelan,  Hon.  J.  B.  Snowball,  and  the 
present  Lieut.  Governor,  Hon.  L.  J.  Twecdie. 

King  Edward  VII's  name  is  Albert  Edward. 

Mr.  H.  A.  Garland,  of  Salisbury,  N.  B.,  wishes  for 
an  inexpensive  text-book  on  the  new  language, 
Esperanto,  with  grammar,  vocabulary,  etc.,  a  diction- 
ary, with  prices  and  where  they  can  be  obtained. 
Can  Dr.  Creed  or  any  one  write  him  and  give  the 
desired  information? 


No  one  who  is  interested  in  education  can  afford 
to  overlook  an  illuminating  paper  by  Professor  G. 
H.  Palmer,  of  Harvard,  on  The  Ideal  Teacher, 
which  appears  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  April. 
It  is  a  high  standard  he  sets  here ;  he  admits  himself 
that  it  may  be  unattainable ;  but  there  is  inspiration 
in  it. 


The  National  Educational  Association  will  meet 
this  year  in  July,  at  Los  Angeles,  Cal.  Among  the 
invitations  for  next  year  is  one  to  meet  at  Toronto. 


The  Teacher's  Wisdom. 

The  ideal  teacher  must  be  in  possession  of  a  wealth 
of  accumulated  wisdom.  These  hungry  pupils  are 
drawing  all  their  nourishment  from  us,  and  have 
we  got  it  to  give?  They  will  be  poor,  if  we  are 
poor;  rich  if  we  are  wealthy.  We  are  their  source 
of  supply.  Every  time  we  cut  ourselves  off  from 
nutrition,  we  enfeeble  them.  And  how  frequently 
devoted  teachers  make  this  mistake !  dedicating 
themselves  so  to  the  immediate  needs  of  those 
about  them  that  they  themselves  grow  thinner  each 
year.  We  all  know  "  the  teacher's  face."  It  ;s 
meagre,  worn,  sacrificial,  anxious,  powerless.  That 
is  exactly  the  opposite  of  what  it  should  be.  The 
teacher  should  be  the  big  bounteous  being  of  the 
community.  Other  people  may  get  along  tolerably 
by  holding  whatever  small  knowledge  comes  their 
way.  A  moderate  stock  will  pretty  well  serve  their 
private  turn.  But  that  is  not  our  case.  Supplying 
a  multitude,  we  need  wealth  sufficient  for  a  multi- 
tude. We  should  then  be  clutching  at  knowledge 
on  every  side.  Nothing  must  escape  us.  It  is  a 
mistake  to  reject  a  bit  of  truth  because  it  lies  outside 
our  province.  Some  day  we  shall  need  it. — Prof. 
G.  H.  Palmer,  in  the  April  Atlantic. 


President  Charles  W.  Eliot,  of  Harvard :  "  More 
important  than  pensions  for  school  teachers  is  bet- 
ter air  in  schoolrooms,  expert  instead  of  amateur 
supervision,  and  what  the  community  needs  also  in 
its  teachers  is  to  have  them  become  more  robust  and 
gayer  persons.  A  pension  for  teachers,  however, 
is  not  a  serious  additional  burden  on  taxpayers. 
For  in  the  increased  efficiency  of  the  teachers  them- 
selves, the  account  is  more  than  equally  balanced. 
I  believe  that  the  time  of  universal  pensions  is  nearer 
at  hand  than  many  persons  think." 


The  reason  that  birds  do  not  fall  off  their  perch 
is  because  they  they  cannot  open  the  foot  when  the 
leg  is  bent.  Look  at  a  hen  walking,  and  you  will 
see  it  closes  its  toes  as  it  raises  the  foot  and  opens 
them  as  it  touches  the  ground. — Ex. 


Set  about  doing  good.  One  act  of  kindness  will  have 
more  influence  on  the  spirit  than  all  the  salt  water  baths 
that  ever   were   invented. — Ex. 

But  all  the  same,  the  baths  need  not  be  omitted. 


The  Review  is  very  interesting  and  a  great  help 
to  me  in  my  work.  I  find  the  pictures  and  our  talks 
on  them  of  lively  interest  to  the  pupils. 

Hope  Crandall. 

Bristol,  N.  B. 


276 


THE    EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


Natural  History  for  Little  Folks. 
Our  Daily  Bread. 

The  bread  and  cake  you  eat  at  tea  are  made  of 
flour  by  the  baker,  and  the  miller  grinds  this  flour 
from  the  wheat  which  he  buys  from  the  farmer. 

The  farmer  ploughs  the  field  and  sows  little  seeds 
of  corn.  A  wheat  seed  is  a  tiny  thing,  smaller  than 
the  nail  of  your  little  finger,  with  a  thin,  hard  husk, 
and  white  flour  inside.  In  the  midst  of  the  flour 
there  lies  a  very  thin  germ,  not  so  big  as  a  pin's 
head. 

This  germ  sleeps  in  the  seed  like  a  baby  sleeps  in 
the  cradle,  but  out  of  the  tiny  germ  grows  a  blade 
as  tall  as  a  tall  child,  with  roots  and  leaves  below 
and  an  ear  of  wheat  at  the  top.  In  the  ear  there  arc 
again  many  new  seeds,  more  than  the  fingers  on 
your  hands,  which  have  all  sprung  from  the  one 
seed  which  the  farmer  laid  in  the  earth.  The  farmer 
sowed  one  sackful  in  the  spring,  but  he  brought 
home  many  full  sacks  in  the  autumn. 

One  seed  is  eaten  by  a  beetle,  another  is  carried 
by  the  field-mouse  to  her  little  ones  in  the  mouse- 
hole,  a  third  the  lark  eats  for  his  breakfast,  after 
which  he  sings  a  glorious  song  of  thanks,  and  a 
fourth  the  sparrow  swal'.ows  for  his  lunch,  while 
the  hen  takes  a  few  for  her  supper  that  she  may  lay 
another  egg  to-morrow.  The  doves  and  the  geese 
have  their  share  thrown  to  them,  and  the  cow  and 
the  horse  enjoy  their  feed  of  corn  in  their  stalls,  but 
there  will  still  be  many,  many  grains  left,  and  of 
these  are  made  corn-flour  and  vermicelli,  besides 
coarse  and  fine  flour  for  people  all  over  the  world. 


A  Young  Monkey. 

This  little  monkey  was  born  in  the  crown  of  the 
highest  palm  tree  where  he  was  the  only  child  of 
his  devoted  mother.  Round  about  him  swayed  the 
delicate  fans  of  the  tree,  bright  clusters  of  blossoms 
and  branches  of  fruit  hung  round  his  cradle,  and 
the  wind  rocked  it  gently.  The  air  was  sultry, 
and  the  vast  forest  lay  dark  and  quiet  deep  down 
below,  with  a  tangle  of  plants  covering  the  swampy 
ground.  J'ine  apples,  figs,  and  cocoanut  palms 
grew  there  by  the  side  of  tall  sugar  canes.  For  a 
long  time  the  young  monkey  clung  to  his  mother's 
neck,  till  he  had  learned  to  climb  alone  along  the 
swaying  creepers  that  were  slung  from  one  tree  to 
another,  while  exquisite  butterflies  fluttered  round 
him  and  parrots  greeted  him  with  loud  shrieks. 

The  old  monkeys,  his  parents,  took  the  greatest 

care  of  him,  and  his  mother  carried  him  down  to 

spring  to  wash  his  little   face,  which  she  did  in 


spite  of  his  screams  and  struggles.  Sometimes, 
when  the  monkey  family  was  resting  in  the  heat  of 
the  day,  a  glistening,  poisonous  snake  would  slide 
noiselessly  up  with  murder  in  her  heart,  but  father 
monkey,  always  on  the  alert,  would  spy  it  instantly, 
and  give  the  signal  for  flight. 

The  little  one  was  wed  taken  care  of,  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  he  had  to  learn  the  strictest  obedience. 
When  a  lot  of  old  monkeys  were  gathered  together, 
discussing — who  knows  what? — and  the  little  one 
popped  his  inquisitive  head  among  the  bearded 
elders,  a  tremendous  box  on  the  ear  was  his  re- 
ward, that  sent  him,  a  howling,  but  wiser  little 
monkey,  back  to  his  fond  mother's  arms.  •  She 
taught  him  to  climb  up  and  down  the  strings  of 
twining  plants,  and,  swinging  by  his  tail,  to  seize 
the  distant  branch  of  a  tree,  and  to  hide  behind  the 
dark  foliage.  If  a  shadow  stole  over  the  leaves  she 
disappeared  with  him,  quick  as  lightning,  into  the 
thickest  mass  of  creepers  and  showed  him  overhead 
the  much  feared  eagle,  who  was  ready  to  dive 
through  the  crowns  of  the  trees  to  seize  the  un- 
observant with  his  deadly  sharp  claws. 

Sometimes  at  night,  in  the  forest  tangle,  some- 
thing stirred,  and  two  gleaming  eyes  glowed  through 
the  darkness.  A  jaguar  was  about  to  fall  upon  the 
sleeping  monkeys  on  the  tree,  when  they  fled  in 
terrified  haste  to  the  uttermost  ends  of  the  branches. 
There  they  hung  by  their  tails  and  swung  in  mid-air 
where  the  robber  could  no  longer  seize  them. 

Another  time,  the  mother  showed  her  young  one 
where  the  sweetest  fruit  and  berries  of  the  forest 
were  to  be  found,  and  taught  him  how  to  open  the 
nuts  and  how  to  sort  the  kernel  from  the  shell.  At 
night  they  listened  to  the  wonderful  concert  which 
the  other  monkeys  were  giving  in  the  wide  crests 
of  a  giant  tree,  twenty  at  a  time  sitting  round  about 
in  the  branches  with  the  moon  for  their  lamp  and 
the  sparkling  fire-flies  and  glow-worms  for  candles. 
One  bearded  monkey  would  begin  with  an  ear- 
splitting  howl,  and  sing  uniformly  and  drearily 
alone  for  a  time,  till  suddenly  the  whole  chorus 
joined  in  with  full  strength,  so  that  the  uproar 
could  be  heard  a  mile  off  through  the  halls  of  the 
forest,  and  the  sleepers  about  were  aroused.  Then 
the  young  monkey  joined  with  the  others  in  the 
song,  and  his  mother  was  proud  of  her  well-brought- 
up  little  son. 


The  Spider. 

Once  upon  a  time  there  was  a  little  spider,  who 
came  from  out  of  the  garden  into  a  room,  and  hid 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


277 


behind  a  cupboard.  There  she  sat  all  day  in  a 
corner  and  no  one  noticed  her,  but  when  it  was  dark 
and  the  people  were  asleep,  she  came  out  and  began 
to  spin  a  web  on  the  wall.  She  had  four  big  eyes 
and  four  little  ones,  and  with  these  she  could  see  as 
well  by  night  as  she  could  by  day.  She  needed 
neither  candle  nor  lamp  to  work  by. 

In  her  body  she  had  spinning  glands,  and  from 
them  she  spun  thin  threads,  drew  them  this  way  and 
that  and  made  a  fine  web  of  them.  In  it  she  meant 
to  catch  the  flies  that  are  so  troublesome  to  people, 
and  gnats  that  bite  and  worry  children.  With  her 
eight  legs  she  wove  the  threads  into  each  other, 
putting  little  sticky  knots  upon  them,  and  on  these 
the  flies  and  gnats  were  to  stick  with  their  wings 
as  they  flew  by.  Finally  she  wove  at  the  end  of 
the  web,  sheltered  in  the  corner  of  the  room,  a  little 
tube-shaped  house  for  herself.  In  this  she  sat, 
looking  out  of  the  opening  as  if  it  were  a  window. 

When  morning  came  with  bright  daylight  all  was 
ready.  She  had  worked  very  hard,  and  was  as 
happy  and  as  proud  of  her  work  as  ever  a  spider 
could  be.  She  had  built  her  house  well,  and  it  was 
all  neat  and  proper. 

And  now  you  might  suppose  that  people  took  a 
delight  in  this  industrious  little  spider,  and  admired 
the  beautiful  net  which  was  to  catch  the  tiresome 
flies.     But  you  will  see. 

When  the  mother  came  into  the  room  with  her 
child,  and  saw  the  spider's  big  web  and  the  spider, 
she  took  a  broom,  swept  them  off  the  wall,  and 
threw  them  into  the  yard.  "  That  spider  had  work- 
ed hard,"  she  said,  "  and  did  more  in  this  one  night 
than  many  a  man  works  in  a  week,  but  it  did  its 
clever  work  in  the  wrong  place.  It  should  spin  its 
web  in  the  yard  or  the  garden,  but  not  in  the  room. 
Do  your  work  well,  and  do  it  where  it  is  wanted." 


An  Irish  priest  had  laboured  hard  with  one  of 
his  flock  to  induce  him  to  give  up  whiskey.  "  I  tell 
you,  Michael,"  said  the  priest,  "  whiskey  is  your 
worst  enemy,  and  you  should  keep  as  far  away  from 
it  as  you  can."  "Me  enemy,  is  it,  Father?"  re- 
sponded Michael,  "  and  it  was  Your  Riverence's 
self  that  was  tellin'  us  in  the  pulpit  only  last  Sunday 
to  love  our  enemies!"  "So  I  was,  Michael,"  re- 
joined the  priest,  "  but  I  didn't  tell  you  to  swallow 
them." — Sacred  Heart  Reriezv. 


A  Spelling  Test. 

Infallible,  liquefy,  scandal,  diamond,  academy, 
glimpse,  beggar,  forfeit,  internally,  harangue, 
immense,  financier,  chief,  malicious,  heifer,  pronun- 
ciation, ominous,  rampant,  assessor,  lucid,  vaccinate, 
ventilation,  utterance,  adverse,  likelihood,  assailant, 
indictment,  Pennsylvania,  biennial,  pianos,  martyr, 
vagrant,  pyramid,  verbal,  grievance,  Binghampton, 
salad,  aqueduct,  volcano,  refer,  referring,  referred, 
reference,  elementary,  subtrahend,  miscellaneous, 
preliminary,  platinum,  participle,  convergence. 


Have  written  on  the  blackboard  in  a  corner 
that  is  not  likely  to  be  needed  the  name  of  every 
pupil  in  the  room.  Opposite  each  name,  have  five 
small  squares,  one  for  every  day  of  the  school  week. 
Let  each  pupil,  when  he  comes  in,  put  a  red  mark 
after  his  name,  if  he  is  on  time.  If  tardy,  he  must 
put  a  blue  mark  after  his  name,  and  if  absent  the 
square  for  the  day  is  a  blank.  It  is  a  very  gratify- 
ing sight  to  the  children  to  see  a  row  of  five  pretty 
red  crosses  after  their  names,  and  the  friendly 
rivalry  which  comes  from  it  is  a  spur  to  their  am- 
bition to  be  regular  in  attendance,  and  to  be  right 
on  hand  by  9  o'clock  every  morning. — Ex. 


A  young  Frenchman  who  was  learning  English 
while  on  a  tour  with  an  American  attendant,  ex- 
claimed, "  O  my,  I  am  all  of  a  sweat !  "  "  Miss 
Morceau,"  exclaimed  her  attendant,  "never  use 
that  word  again !  Horses  sweat.  Men  perspire. 
Ladies  merely  glow." 


How  the  children  did  enjoy  the  picture    in    the 
March  Review  !  G.  Y.  B. 


Dare  to  do  right;  dare  to  be  true! 

The  failings  of  others  can  never  save  you. 

Stand  by  your  conscience,  your  honor,  your  faith, — 

Stand  like  a  hero  and  battle  till   death. 

— Wilson. 

Re   firm !     One   constant   element   in   luck 
Is  genuine,  solid,  old,  Teutonic  pluck. 

— Holmes. 
A  smile,  and  then  two  merry  eyes 
To  make  the  pleasantest  of  skies, 
A  laugh,  or  many,  if  you  please, 
To  make  the  sweetest  summer  breeze, 
All  these,  if  used  well  and  aright 
Will  even  make  a  dark  day  bright. 

— Phoebe  Cary. 

In  life's  small  things  be  resolute  and  great 

To  keep  thy  muscles  trained ;  know'st  thou   when  Fate 

Thy  measure  takes,  or  when  she'll  say  to  thee, 

"I  find  thee  worthy ;  do  this  deed  for  me !" 

— Lowell. 


278 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Number  One. 

"  He  is  a  number  one  boy,"  said  grandmother, 
proudly.  "  A  great  boy  for  his  books ;  indeed,  he 
would  rather  read  than  play,  and  that  is  saying  a 
good  deal  for  a  boy  of  seven." 

"  It  is,  certainly,"  returned  Uncle  John ;  "  but 
what  a  pity  it  is  that  he  is  blind." 

"Blind?"  exclaimed  grandmother,  and  the  num- 
ber one  boy  looked  up,  too,  in  wonder. 

"  Yes,  blind,  and  a  little  deaf,  also,  I  fear," 
answered  Uncle  John. 

"Why,  John!  what  put  that  into  your  head?" 
asked  grandmother,  looking  perplexed. 

"  Why,  the  number  one  boy  himself,"  said  Uncle 
John.  "  He  has  been  occupying  the  one  easy-chair 
in  the  room  all  the  afternoon,  never  seeing  you  nor 
his  mother  when  she  came  in  for  a  few  minutes' 
rest.  Then  when  your  glasses  were  mislaid,  and 
you  had  to  climb  upstairs  two  or  three  times  to  look 
for  them,  he  neither  saw  nor  heard  anything  that 
was  going  on." 

"  Oh,  he  was  so  busy  reading ! "  apologized 
grandmother. 

"That  is  not  a  very  good  excuse,  mother,"  re- 
plied Uncle  John,  smiling.  "  If  '  Number  One  ' 
is  not  blind  nor  deaf,  he  must  be  very  selfish  indeed 
to  occupy  the  best  seat  in  the  room  and  let  older 
people  run  up  and  down  stairs  while  he  takes  his 
ease." 

"  Nobody  asked  me  to  give  up  my  seat,  nor  to 
run  on  errands,"  said  Number  One. 

"  That  should  not  have  been  necessary,"  urged 
Uncle  John.  "  What  are  a  boy's  eyes  and  ears  for, 
if  not  to  keep  him  posted  on  what  is  going  on  around 
him?  1  am  glut  to  see  you  fond  of  books;  but  if 
a  pretty  story  makes  you  forget  all  things  except 
amusing  '  Number  One,"  better  run  out  and  play 
with  the  other  seven-year-old  boys  and  let  grand- 
mother enjoy  the  comfort  of  her  rocker  in  quiet." 
— Youth's  Evangelist. 


We  punctuate  to  make  written  or  printed  matter 
easier  to  read.  The  punctuation  indicates  the  re- 
lation of  the  clauses  to  one  another.  For  example, 
vead  this : 

That  that  is  not  that  that  is  not  is  not  is  not  that 
it  it  is. 

Now  observe  what  punctuation  with  the  proper 
inflection  of  tin:  voice  will  do  toward  making  the 
meaning  plain  : 

That  that  is,  is;  that  that  is  not,  is  not;  is  not 
that  it?     It  is. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 

Het  Volk,  (the  People,) — meaning,  of  course,  the  Boers 
as  an  organized  political  party, — have  won  in  the  elections 
in  Transvaal ;  and  Gen.  Botha,  one  of  the  leading  generals 
of  the  Boer  side  in  the  late  South  African  war,  is  the  new 
prime  minister  of  the  Transvaal  Colony.  The  first  parlia- 
ment under  the  new  constitution  was  opened  on  the  2ist 
of  March,  both  the  English  and  the  Dutch  languages 
being  used  in  the  debates.  That  the  same  men  who  recent- 
ly conducted  the  war  against  the  British  should  have  thus 
frankly  accepted  British  sovereignty  and  be  now  enacting 
British  laws  for  their  country,  loyal  to  their  new  allegiance 
and  ready  to  build  up  a  new  South  Africa  under  the 
British  flag,  is  striking  evidence  of  the  wisdom  of  the 
British  policy  of  granting  self-government  to  new  subjects 
at  the  earliest  possible  day.  The  Dutch  premier  of  the 
Transvaal  will  probably  meet  the  French  premier  of  Can- 
ada in  the  Colonial  Conference  which  is  soon  to  assemble 
in  England. 

The  little  war  in  Central  America  seems  to  have  ended 
with  the  defeat  of  Honduras  and  the  triumph  of  Nicaragua ; 
but  Salvador  and  Guatemala  may  attack  the  victor,  fearing 
that  the  strength  of  Nicaragua  would  endanger  their  in- 
dependence. School  children  would  like  to  see  the  map  of 
Central  America  simplified;  and  will  see  it  when  the  people 
of  the  unhappy  little  republics  learn  that  there  is  a  dis- 
tinction between  freedom  and  independence. 

The  famine  in  China  is  having  a  serious  effect  upon  the 
political  situation,  and  fears  are  expressed  that  it  may  lead 
to  an  uprising  against  the  present  dynasty.  Prompt  relief 
is  asked  from  motives  of  humanity,  as  well  as  to  avert  the 
threatened  outbreak  of  sedition.  A  general  movement 
throughout  the  civilized  world  to  aid  the  sufferers  may  be 
necessary,  for  the  sufferers  are  many  and  the  need  is  great. 
The  viceroy  of  one  province  has  asked  for  a  million  dollars 
for  the  purchase  of  food. 

The  spirit  of  progress  is  abroad  in  India.  An  extension 
of  the  representative  element  in  the  legislative  councils,  a 
larger  employment  of  Indians  in  the  higher  offices  of  state, 
the  development  of  resources  and  the  encouragement  of 
manufacturers  and  commerce  are  advocated;  but  the 
Mohammedans,  who  are  numerically  in  the  minority,  are 
opposed  to   full  representative  government. 

The  Canadian  parliament  will  close  its  session  early 
this  month,  so  that  the  premier  and  other  members  of  the 
cabinet  may  attend  the  Colonial  Conference  in  London. 

Esperanto,  the  new  international  language,  continues  to' 
make  rapid  progress.  It  is  taught  in  many  Japanese 
schools;  and  there  is  an  Esperanto  journal  published  in 
Peru.  It  has  already  been  used  in  more  than  one  inter- 
national congress,  and  is  coming  into  use  in  commercial 
correspondence.  In  France  and  England  the  movement  to 
make  it  the  medium  of  communication  for  foreign  trade  is 
especially  strong.  The  London  Chamber  of  Commerce 
efrers  a  syllabus  of  examinations  for  commercial 
education  certificates,  in  which  French,  German,  Spanish, 
Portugese,  Russian,  Italian,  Dutch  or  Esperanto  is  among 
the  requirements  for  the  junior  grade;  while  for  the  senior 
two  foreign  languages,  or  one  foreign  language  and 
Esperanto,  are  required. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


279 


"Around  the  World  in  Eighty  Days"  is  still  an  interest- 
ing book,  but  the  amount  of  time  required  for  the  journey 
could  now  be  reduced  by  half.  From  Moscow  to 
Vladivostok,  over  the  Trans-Siberian  railway,  is  a  journey 
of  a  little  less  than  two  weeks.  Less  than  a  week  is  now 
required  to  make  the  journey  from  ocean  to  ocean  over 
Canadian  railways;  and  the  journey  across  Europe  to  Mos- 
cow takes  but  two  or  three  days,  so  all  the  overland  travel 
can  be  done  in  three  weeks.  Another  week  gives  ample  time 
for  crossing  the  Atlantic,  and  two  more  for  crossing  the 
Pacific,  with  two  or  three  days  to  spare. 

Fresh  troubles  in  Morocco  have  caused  the  French 
cabinet  to  send  troops  to  the  seat  of  disturbance;  the 
agrarian  insurrection  in  Roumania  is  assuming  alarming 
proportions,  and  there  is  another  revolt  in  Venezuela.  Of 
these,  the  latter  movement  is  probably  of  little  moment 
beyond  the  bounds  of  Venezuela  and  the  adjoining  republic 
of  Colombia;  but  the  Roumanian  and  Moroccan  conditions 
may  have  graver  results. 

Forty-six  nations  will  send  representatives  to  the  con- 
ference which  meets  at  the  Hague  at  the  close  of  next 
month.  Only  twenty-six  were  represented  at  the  first 
Hague  Conference.  The  first  conference  gave  us  the  inter- 
national court  now  known  as  the  Hague  Tribunal.  If  this 
second  and  greater  conference  gives  us  anything  of  greater 
importance  to  mankind  at  large  it  can  be  little  less  than 
the  fulfilment  of  Tennyson's  dream — the  parliament  of 
man,  the  federation  of  the  world. 

The  old  alliance  between  France  and  Russia,  the  good 
understanding  which  now  exists  between  Great  Britain 
and  France,  and  the  close  alliance  between  Great  Britain, 
Russia  and  Japan  which  is  said  to  be  now  almost  assured, 
would  seem  to  forbid  war  either  in  Europe  or  in  Asia. 
The  British  and  Russian  governments  have  agreed  upon 
a  joint  course  of  action  if  foreign  intervention  in  Persia 
becomes  necessary.  Italy,  Spain  and  Portugal  will  support 
Great  Britain  and  France  in  any  action  that  is  needed  on 
the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean.  Japan,  rapidly  increas- 
ing in  strength,  and  India,  unquestionably  loyal  to  British 
rule,  make  peace  in  the  Far  East  if  there  is  no  further 
danger  of  a  renewal  of  the  Russo-Japanese  war.  But 
neither  international  alliance  nor  peace  conference  can 
make  armies  needless  so  long  as  the  red  flag  of  Socialism 
in  most  European  countries  threatens  internal  war. 

British  rule  has  brought  prosperity  and  confidence  to 
the  people  of  Northern  Nigeria,  of  which  vast  region  a 
Canadian  officer,  Sir  Percy  Girouard,  has  been  appointed 
high  commissioner.  The  country  is  rich  in  agricultural 
possibilities,  and  capable  of  producing  immense  quantities 
of  cotton.  The  new  commissioner's  experience  in  railway 
construction  in  Egypt  and  South  Africa  will  enable  him 
soon  to  provide  transportation  facilities ;  and  the  native 
chiefs  are  said  to  be  eager  for  the  introduction  of  "the 
white  man's 'slaves,"  that  is,  machinery.  The  authority  of 
native  chiefs  will  be  maintained  and  regulated;  and,  as 
usual,  British  rule  will  conserve  all  that  is  good  in  the 
native  administration. 

A  British  explorer,  Major  Powell-Cotton,  who  has 
recently  returned  from  Central  Africa,  reports  the  finding 
of  six  animals  hitherto  unknown  to  naturalists.  They  in- 
clude a  tiger  cat  about  the  size  of  a  leopard,  an  antelope 
armed  with  tusks,  a  new  black  and  white  monkey,  and  a 
huge  red  buffalo. 


It  is    announced    that    the    Dominion    Government    will 

build  a  railway  to  Hudson  Bay  as  soon  as  possible  to 
meet  the  urgent  need  that  is  now  in  plain  sight  for  an 
additional  and  shorter  railway  route  from  the  prairies  to 
the  water. 

Oronhyateka  is  dead.  His  name  will  long  be  remembered 
in  Canada  as  that  of  one  whose  character  displayed  the 
virtues  of  his  race.  As  a  representative  of  the  Six  Nations, 
in  i860,  he  read  an  address  to  the  Prince  of  Wales,  now 
King  Edward  VII,  and  so  impressed  his  royal  highness 
that  he  was  invited  to  go  to  England  to  complete  his 
education.  Returning  to  Canada,  he  took  up  the  practice 
of  medicine.  He  sought  admission  to  the  order  of 
Foresters,  chiefly  because  only  white  men  were  before 
admitted,  and  he  wished  to  break  down  the  exclusion  of 
the  men  of  his  own  race.  He  soon  rose  to  the  head  of  the 
organization,  which  became  the  wealthiest  among  the 
fraternal  orders  in  America.  Great  funeral  display  marked 
the  passing  of  his  body  through  Toronto,  on  its  way  to  the 
Mohawk  reservation  where  he  had  lived,  and  where  it  was 
finally  laid  to  rest  by  his  own  people  in  the  little  burial 
ground   of  the   reservation. 

The  second  Russian  parliament  is  in  session,  and  is 
quietly  proceeding  with  its  work.  There  is  much  reason 
to  hope  that  its  demands  will  be  more  moderate  than  those 
of  the  former  assembly,  and  that  the  government  will  lie 
ready  to  concede  them. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Mount  Allison  University  has  appointed  as  Rhodes 
scholar  for  New  Brunswick,  George  Douglas  Rogers,  of 
Sussex,  N.  IS.  Mr.  Rogers  possesses  a  union  of  the 
qualities,  physicial,  social,  intellectual  and  moral,  which  arc 
to  be  considered  in  the  election  of  a  Rhodes  scholar.  He  is 
now  at  Harvard  University  where  he  is  pursuing  advanced 
courses  in  Latin  and  Greek. 

To  fill  the  vacancy  in  Truro,  N.  S.,  Academy,  caused  by 
Mr.  W.  R.  Campbell's  promotion  to  the  inspectorate,  Miss 
Jessie  Campbell,  B.  A.,  of  Baddeck,  C.  B.,  has  been  appoint- 
ed until  a  permanent  principal  can  be  chosen. 

The  introduction  of  a  measure  providing  for  the 
establishment  of  an  institute  of  technology  has  been  post- 
poned by  the  Nova  Scotia  Legislature  until  next  year. 

A  University  Club  has  been  formed  at  Wolfville,  N.  S., 
composed  of  the  teachers  of  the  three  institutions  of  Acadia 
University,  the  object  of  which  is  mental  improvement  and 
recreation. 

R.  G.  D.  Richardson,  B.  A.  (Acadia)  and  Ph.  D  (Yale), 
has  been  appointed  assistant  professor  of  mathematics  at 
Brown  University,  and  will  enter  on  his  duties  in  Septem- 
ber next.  Dr.  Richardson  is  the  author  of  several  im- 
portant mathematical  works,  is  a  member  of  the  American 
Mathematical  Society,  and  has  recently  been  an  instructor 
in  mathematics  at  Yale  University. 

Dr.  Geo.  T.  Kennedy,  for  more  than  twenty  years  pro- 
fessor of  Natural  Science  at  King's  College,  Windsor,  N.  S., 
died  at  Wolfville,  March  1st.  Dr.  Kennedy  studied  at 
McGill  University  under  the  late  Sir  Win.  Dawson,  and 
afterwards  pursued  a  post-graduate  course  at  Yale  Univer- 
sity. He  was  professor  of  Natural  Science  at  Acadia,  and 
afterwards  at  Kings  College,  which  latter  position  he 
resigned  on  account  of  failing  health  about  three  years  ago. 


280 


THE    EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Mr.  J.  Arthur  Estey,  of  Fredericton,  who  will  graduate 
in  June  next  from  Acadia  University,  has  been  awarded 
the  Nova  Scotia  Rhodes  scholarship.  Mr.  Estey  entered 
Acadia  in  1902,  winning  the  Freshman  scholarship  of  $60. 
He  is  a  good  musician,  accomplished  in  field  sports,  and  a 
thorough  and  capable  student. 

Mr.  Hedley  V.  Hayes,  late  principal  of  the  Alexandra 
school,  St.  John,  has  been  appointed  head  of  the  manual 
training  school  which  is  to  be  opened  in  St.  John  at  the 
beginning  of  the  next  school  term.  Mr.  Hayes  is  an  ener- 
getic and  accomplished  teacher,  and  may  be  relied  on  to 
make  the  new  manual  school  a  success.  He  is  now 
finishing  his  course  at  the  Normal  Institute  of  Manual 
Training,  Fredericton. 

Mr.  A.  L.  Dykman,  principal  of  the  Douglas  Avenue 
school,  St.  John,  has  been  appointed  to  the  principalship  of 
the  Alexandra  school,  vacated  by  Mr.  Hayes,  Mr.  W.  R. 
Shanklin,  of  the  Newman  street  school,  St.  John,  has  been 
appointed  principal  of  the  La  flour  school;  and  Mr.  J.  G. 
McKinnon,  teacher  of  grade  six  in  the  Leinster  street 
school  has  been  appointed  head  of  the  Newman  street 
school.  Mr.  W.  A.  Nelson,  principal  of  the  La  Tour  school, 
becomes  principal  of  the  Douglas  Avenue  school. 

Mr.  J.  Simpson  Lord,  recently  the  successful  principal 
of  the  Fairville  school,  and  for  nearly  a  year  teacher  of 
grade  eight  of  the  St.  John  high  school,  has  resigned  to 
accept  the  position  of  bookkeeper  for  Ganong  Bros.,  'St. 
Stephen.  His  position  in  the  high  school  has  been  filled 
by  the  appointment  of  Mr.  Reverdy  Steeves,  for  several 
years  a  teacher  in  Albert  County,  N.  B.,  and  recently  a  boot 
and  shoe  dealer  in  St.  John. 

Mr.  J.  R.  Sugrue,  for  twenty-three  years  a  faithful 
teacher  in  St.  Malachi's  Hall  school,  St.  John,  has  been  ap- 
pointed a  tide-waiter  in  the  customs  service  of  that  city. 

Mr.  C.  Stanley  Bruce,  lately  appointed  inspector  of  the 
Counties  of  Yarmouth  and  Shelburne,  has  been  succeeded 
in  the  principalship  of  the  Shelburne  County  Academy  by 
Miss  Mabel  McCurdy,  B.  A.,  of  Onslow,  Colchester  County, 
recently  graduated  with  academic  rank  at  the  Provincial 
Normal  School  at  Truro. 

The  historic  town  of  Louisburg,  C.  B.,  is  moving  in  the 
matter  of  providing  better  school  accommodation.  The 
present  building  does  not  furnish  adequate  facilities  for  the 
needs  of  the  town  and  has  been  condemned. 

Miss  Mabel  E.  Bishop  has  been  appointed  vice-principal 
of  Annapolis  County,  N.  S.,  Academy. 

Principal  Peterson,  of  McGill  University,  announces  that 
affiliation  with  McGill  of  Prince  of  Wales  College, 
Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I.,  is  now  an  accomplished  fact.  This 
is  considered  along  with  British  Columbia  plans  of  McGill 
to  be  an  advance  step  in  the  interests  of  higher  education 
in  the  Dominion.  The  first  two  years'  courses  at  these  col- 
leges will  be  accepted  at  McGill. 

The  education  department  of  Ontario  has  decided  to 
supply  every  rural  schol  in  the  province  with  a  large 
Union  Jack,  upon  which  will  be  emblazoned  the  Canadian 
coat-of-arms.  It  is  expected  that  this  movement  will  help 
to  develop  patriotism  and  teach  practical  citizenship. 

McGill  University,  Montreal,  has  decided  to  extend  its 
medical  course  from  four  to  five  years,  beginning  with 
next  September. 

The  University  of  New  Brunswick  Senate  has  decided 
to    grant    a    retiring  annuity  of  $400  to  Professor  L.  W. 


Bailey,  which,  with  an  allowance  from  the  Carnegie 
Foundation,  will  afford  a  retiring  pension  of  nearly  $1500 
a  year.  Dr.  Brittain,  as  lecturer  in  chemistry,  was  granted 
a  gratuity  of  $300.  Philip  Cox,  Ph.  D.,  principal  of  the 
Chatham  grammar  school  and  Mr.  Geo.  W.  Bailey  are 
applicants  for  the  position  to  be  shortly  vacated  by 
Professor  Bailey.  Dr.  Cox  is  a  capable  teacher  and  an 
enthusiastic  all-round  naturalist.  Mr.  Bailey  will  shortly 
receive  his  medical  degree  from  McGill  University  where 
he  recently  completed  his  studies  with  a  creditable  record 
in  natural  science. 

The-  University  of  New  Brunswick  has  established  a 
chair  of  agricultural  chemistry.  The  salary  for  the  new 
position  is  $1200  a  year. 

The  annual  convention  of  the  New  Brunswick  Teachers' 
Association  meets  at  Fredericton  on  April  1st. 

Mr.  Raymond  Ellis,  of  St.  Dunstan's  College,  Charlotte- 
town,  is  the  winner  of  the  Rhodes  scholarship  for  Prince 
Edward  Island  this  year.  There  were  three  other  com- 
petitors. Mr.  Ellis,  who  will  graduate  from  St,  Dunstan's 
College  in  June,  is  twenty  years  of  age,  has  an  excellent 
record  in  scholarship  and  in  athletics. 

The  debate  between  students  of  the  University  of  N.  B. 
and  Kings  College,  Windsor,  N.  S.,  took  place  at  Frederic- 
ton March  21,  and  was  won  by  the  U.  N.  B.  students. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 


Messrs.  Houghton,  Miffin  &  Company,  Boston,  have 
published  in  their  "Riverside  Literature  Series"  Thomas 
Carlyle's  lectures  on  Heroes,  Hero-worship,  and  The 
Heroic  in  History,  edited  by  John  Chester  Adams,  Ph.  D., 
of  Yale  University;  price,  paper  45  cents,  cloth  50  cents; 
and  James  Russell  Lowell's  A  Moosehead  Journal  and 
other  papers ;  price,  paper,  15  cents.  Both  volumes  are 
provided  with  notes,  and  that  on  Carlyle  has  a  scholarly 
introduction  well  fitted  to  stimulate  the  beginner  in  the 
study  of  the  author's  thought  and  style. 

Messrs.  Adam  and  Charles  Black,  Soho  Square,  London, 
are  publishing  an  authentic  edition  of  Scott's  novels  with 
introduction  and  notes  for  school  use.  The  text  embraces 
corrections  and  improvements  made  by  the  author  almost 
to  the  day  of  his  death.  The  Talisman — the  first  of  the 
set — is  unique  in  style  and  binding;  price,  cloth  is.  From 
the  same  publishers  there  have  been  received  selections  of 
verse  entitled  Song  and  Story,  for  junior,  intermediate  and 
senior  scholars — three  volumes,  paper,  price  6d.  each.  The 
selections  are  all  concise,  from  the  best  authors,  and 
adapted  for  school  recitations. 

The  Principles  of  Horticulture.  Cloth,  pages  166. 
Price  2s.  By  Wilfred  Mark  Webb,  F.  L.  S.,  curator 
of  Eton  College  Museum.    Blackie  &  Son,  London. 

This  is  a  series  of  practical  lessons,  forming  a  useful 
introduction  to  horticulture  or  agriculture.  Indeed,  it  is  a 
very  serviceable  work  for  any  student  or  for  one  who  wishes 
to  inform  himself  on  the  mysteries  of  plant  life.  With  this 
little  book  as  a  guide,  the  structure  and  growth  of  plants 
may  be  followed  with  comparative  ease  by  anyone  desirous 
to  make  himself  acquainted  with  plants.  Hints  are  also  given 
for  microscopical  and  other  experimental  work  as  the 
student  advances,  and  there  is  a  chapter  on  injurious 
insects  and  how  to  destroy  them.  The  diagrams  and 
illustrations  are  especially  noteworthy  for  their  clearness 
and  suggestiveness. 


Educational   IRevlew  Supplement.   fll>a\>,  1907. 


EMPIRE    DAY    NUMBER 


THIRTY-TWO  PAGES 


The  Educational  Review. 


Devoted  to 

Ad 

vanced  Methods 

of 

Education  and 

General   Culture. 

Published 

Monthly. 

ST.  JOHN, 

N. 

B., 

MAY, 

1907. 

$1.00 

PER 

Year. 

a 

U.   HAY, 
Editor  for  New  Brunswick. 

A.. 

McKAY, 

Editor  for  N 

ova 

Scotia. 

VUa    KDUVATIONAL    HKV1UW. 
Office,  SI  Leimter  Street,    St.  John,  N.  B. 

Fuintcd  bt  Barnss  &  Co..  St  John.  N.  B.. 

CONTENTS: 


Editorial  Notes,  

Arbor    Day, 

William    Henry  Drummond,  

New  Brunswick  I  Love  Thee,  

Nature  Study  in  May,      

Rise  Above  Children's  Poems 

May  Days 

Nature  Study  for  Teachers  in   Vacation,         

Botany  in  Schools 

Geometrical  Drawing 

Sell- Activity  the  Developing  Force  of  Froebel's  System, 

Morning  Talks  For  May,  ...  

Van  Dyck 

In  Canada 

British  Empire  Statistics,...  

Empire  Day  Selections,  

Play  the  Game,  

The  Review  Question  Box,  

The  Last  Poem  of  Dr    Drummond,        .  

Nature  Quotations  for  May,  

Canada    Forever,  

Echoes  From  a  Boy's   Garden,    

Current  Events,  

School  and  College 

Recent  Books 

Recent   Magazines 

N«w  Advihtis«mei«ts:—L' Academic  DesBrisay,  p.  286;  VVm 
son  &  Co.,  p.  31c.;  The  Home  Correspondent  School  of 
Limited,  p  315;  E.  N.  Moyer  Company,  Limited,  p   313. 


289 
200 
201 
201 
292 
293 
294 

295 
205 
297 
300 
301 
302 
303 

S3 
300 
307 
308 
308 
309 
309 
310 

3ii 

3'2 

3'2 

.  Thom- 

Canada, 


THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW  is  published  on  the  first  of 
each  month, except  July.  Subscription  price,  one  dollar  a  year;  single 
numbers,  ten  cents 

When  a  change  of  address  is  ordered  both  the  new  and  the  old 
address  should  be  given. 

II  a  subscriber  wishes  the  paper  to  be  discontinued  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  subscription,  notice  to  that  effect  should  be  sent.  Other- 
wise it  is  assumed  that  a  continuance  of  the  subscription  is  desired. 
It  is  Important  that  subscribers  attend  to  this  in  order  that  loss  and 
misunderstanding  may  be  avoided. 

The  number  accompanying  each  address  tells  to  what  date  the 
subscription  is  paid.  Thus  "240'  shows  that  the  subscription  is 
paid  to   May  31,  1907. 

Address  all  correspondence  to 

THE  EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW, 
St.  John,  N.  B. 


The  Review  is  requested  to  state  that  all  educa- 
tionists visiting  England  during  the  week  of  the 
Federal  Conference  on  Education  in  London,  from 
May  24th  to  June  1st,  will  be  cordially  welcomed  to 
its  meetings. 


The  picture  sent  out  with  the  Review  this  month 
is  a  copy  of  the  well-known  painting  by  West,  "The 
Death  of  Wolfe."  A  prize  is  offered  for  the  best 
composition  on  this  picture.  All  papers  must  be 
sent  in  on  or  before  May  14th  to  Mr.  Hunter  P.oyd, 
Waweig,  N.  Ii.  Competitors  are  requested  to  note 
that  the  composition  is  to  be  written  on  the  picture, 
and  not  on  the  incident,  as  related  in  history. 


Campbell,   of  the   Dominion    Forestry   Association, 
has  signified  his  intention  to  be  present. 


The  Eastern  Teachers'  Association  of  Prince 
Edward  Island  will  hold  their  eighth  annual  con- 
vention at  Georgetown  on  June  27th  and  28th.  An 
attractive  handbook  announces  their  programme. 


We  have  received  the  calendar  of  the  Harvard 
Summer  School,  which  opens  on  July  2nd  and  closes 
August  9th.  Courses  are  offered  in  over  thirty 
subjects,  and  special  facilities  are  given  to  teachers. 


The  provisional  programme  of  the  Dominion 
Educational  Association,  which  meets  in  Toronto, 
July  9-12,  has  been  received.  The  meeting  pro- 
mises to  be  of  more  than  usual  interest,  including, 
as  it  does,  sessions  devoted  to  different  depart- 
ments— kindergarten,  elementary,  high  school  and 
training,  and  discussions  and  papers  on  matters  of 
general  interest  in  education.  A  full  programme 
will  shortly  be  issued.  All  meetings  are  to  be  held 
in  the  university  building. 


A  forestry  convention  will  be  held  in  Yarmouth 
about    the    end    of    this    month.     President  R.  H. 


We  have  received  the  very  interesting  report  pub- 
lished by  the  Department  of  Mines  of  Nova  Scotia 
on  the  Provincial  Museum  and  Science  Library  of 
that  province.  The  report  deals  principally  with 
the  collections  of  minerals  and  mineral  products, 
and  with  the  exhibition  made  in  the  Mines'  building 
during  the  last  Dominion  Exhibition  at  Halifax, 
where  226  separate  exhibits  were  shown,  including 
coal,  gold,  iron,  copper,  lead  and  manganese  ores, 
and  many  other  minerals  and  mineral  products.  A 
full  account  is  given  of  the  finding  of  tin  ore  near 
Lake  Ramsay,  Lunenburg  County,  a  most  interest- 
ing discovery,  tending,  when  taken  with  other  indi- 
cations, to  strengthen  the  hope  that  workable  de- 
posits of  tin  occur  in  the  province.  There  has  been 
a  noteworthy  addition  to  the  collection  of  fish.  A 
tarpon  measuring  over  five  feet  in  length  was  taken 
in  Harrigan  Cove,  Halifax  Co.  This  fish,  so  well 
known  to  sportsmen  in  Florida,  has  not  been  taken 
before,  so  far  as  is  known,  on  our  coasts.  The 
science  library  has  received  a  great  many  acces- 
sions during  the  past  year,  and  a  completed  card 
catalogue  adds  greatly  to  its  usefulness. 


290 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  American  Institute  of  Instruction  will  hold 
its  seventy-seventh  annual  convention  at  Montreal, 
July  ist,  2nd,  3rd  and  4th.  General  sessions  will 
be  held  in  the  morning,  followed  by  department 
sessions,  which  will  be  addressed  by  special  authori- 
ties on  the  different  subjects,  both  English  and 
Canadian..  The  Provincial  Teachers'  Association 
and  other  educational  organizations  will  join  with 
the  institute  in  this  convention.  Excursions  to 
Ottawa,  Niagara,  Quebec  and  other  points  have  been 
arranged  for. 

A  writer  in  the  School  World  for  April  dis- 
cusses the  very  large  preponderance  of  women 
teachers  over  men  in  the  United  States  under  the 
heads  of  (a)  the  effect  on  the  curriculum,  and  (b) 
the  influence  on  the  character  of  boys.  He  quotes 
from  different  writers  on  both  points.  It  is  stated 
that  women  take  less  interest  in  scientific  subjects 
than  men,  and  that  "the  steady  decrease  in  the 
proportion  of  boys  who  are  studying  chemistry  and 
physics  is  due,  in  large  measure,  to  the  meagre 
scientific  equipment  of  women  teachers."  It  is 
often  said  that  boys  will  learn  refinement  and  self- 
control  from  women  teachers,  but  this  is  said  to 
have  no  support  in  facts.  An  editorial  in  the  New 
York  Churchman  points  out  that  the  task  of  con- 
trolling and  guiding  the  energetic  impulses  of  the 
boy  can  only  be  accomplished  by  a  teacher  who  has 
himself  experienced  them.  The  woman  teacher,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  in  the  boy's  world  an  alien,  and 
is  respected  for  her  good  qualities  without  being 
recognized  as  a  pattern  to  follow.  The  conclusion 
reached  by  the  writer  of  the  article  is  that  the  em- 
ployment of  an  excess  of  women  teachers  has  no 
reason  but  an  economic  one.  Women  can  be  had 
cheaper  than  men. 


The  Winnipeg  Free  Press  contains  full  reports 
of  the  Manitoba  Educational  Association,  which 
took  place  in  Brandon,  April  3rd,  4th  and  5th.  This 
association  has  grown  out  of  the  Provincial  Teach- 
ers' Association,  which,  in  changing  not  only  its 
name  but  its  constitution,  has  enlarged  its  scope, 
and  aims  at  attracting  all  friends  of  educational 
progress.  If  we  may  judge  from  the  list  of  speak- 
ers, and  the  interest  of  their  speeches,  this  end  has 
already  been  reached,  for  the  addresses  were  not 
all  by  professionals,  nor  addressed  to  teachers  alone. 
Among  the  topics  discussed  were :  "  Primary  Edu- 
cation," "  Municipal  School  Boards,"  Physical 
Training,"  and  "  The  Aims  of  the  High  School." 
The  burning  question  of  "  teachers'  salaries  "  came 


up.  One  speaker  said  that  so  long  as  the  teaching 
profession  continued  to  be  only  a  passage  to  other 
professions,  so  long  would  there  be  a  rush  of  young 
men  and  women  in  and  out  of  teaching;  and  so 
long  as  that  condition  remained  the  salaries  would 
never  be  worth  talking  about.  This  condition  will 
remain  as  long  as  it  is  easier,  quicker  and  cheaper 
to  qualify  for  the  profession  of  teaching  than  for 
any  other  profession. 


Arbor  Day. 

Referring  to  a  circular  issued  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the  Outlook 
says: 

The  diversion  of  setting  out  a  few  trees  and  the  exercises 
by  which  school  hours  are  enlivened  should  be  regarded  as 
a  means  to  an  end  rather  than  the  end  itself — an  intelligent 
and  lasting  impression  in  the  mind  of  the  child.     While 
isolated  trees  along  the  country  roadside    or    in   the   city 
streets  please  the  eye  and  cool    the    air    with    refreshing 
shade,  the  true  message  of  Arbor    Day    is    found    in    the 
forest,  where  wood  is  grown  to  supply  material  for  houses, 
fuel,  and  industries,  where  the  tree-protected  soil  is  storing 
the  waters   for  streams,  to  be  used   for  quenching  thirst, 
irrigating  land,  driving  mills,  or  filling  rivers  deep  so  as 
to    bear    traffic.     The    forest    is    thus    the    producer    and 
custodian  of  the  necessaries  of  life.   The  science  of  forestry 
is  based  on  the  idea  that  exact  knowledge  makes  it  possible 
to   co-operate   with   nature   in   bringing   the    forest   to   its 
fullest  usefulness  as  a  source  of  wood,  as  a  protection  to 
the  soil,  or  as  a  natural  reservoir.     Arbor  Day  should  be 
the  occasion  of  imparting  to  children  some  simple  forest 
laws ;  the  planting  of  a  few  trees,  without  reference  to  the 
forest's     productive    value    and    commercial     utilities,    is 
certainly  but  a  small  part  of  the  day's  work.    The  normal 
child  always  loves  the  forest.     Its  mystery  fascinates.     It 
is  the  home  of  wild  life.    As  every  child  is  a  natural  inves- 
tigator, the  forest  is  an  object  of  prime  curiosity.    But  on 
Arbor  Day  the  child  needs  to  begin  the  study  of  forestry 
economics.     As  practical  object-lessons  those  suggested  in 
the    circular    of    the    Forest    Service    are    valuable.     For 
instance,  what  child  has  not  seen  a  muddy  freshet  ? — a  sight 
common  at  this  time  of  year.    The  stream  is  discolored  by 
earth  gathered  from  the  soil,  and  rushes  with  force  where 
there  has  been  no  forest  cover.    An  experiment  is  suggest- 
ed with  fine  and  coarse  soils  stirred  quickly  into  a  tumbler 
of  water  and  then  allowed  to  settle,  as  explaining  how  a 
stream  continues  muddy  while  it  runs  swiftly  and  how  it 
clears  again  as  it  slackens  on  more  level  stages,  dropping 
the  soil  to  the  bottom.     Again,  flowers  and  seeds  of  trees 
are  suggested  as   subjects   of  investigation.     Many  early- 
flowering  trees  mature  their  seeds  before  the  school  year 
ends.   It  is  interesting  to  note  the  adaptations  by  which  the 
trees  secure  seed  distribution;  as,  for  instance,  by  winds, 
stream-currents,    birds,    animals.      Hence,    the    world    of 
flower  and  seed  conveys  nature's    purpose    to    renew    the 
forest  and  carry  it    undepleted    from    one    generation    to 
another.    Finally,  the  circular  contains  practical  suggestions 
as  to  planting.     If  every  school-teacher  should  follow  out 
the  ideas  as  outlined    by  the    Forest    Service,    the    whole 
nation  would  be  the  gainer. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


291 


William  Henry  Drummond 

It  is  with  sincere  sorrow  that  we  record  the  loss 
that  Canada  has  suffered  in  the  death  of  Dr.  Drum- 
mond. Many  a  greater  poet  has  been  less  mourned 
by  his  readers  than  this  interpreter  of  the  simple 
lives  of  the  French  Canadian  peasant  and  farmer, 
this  singer  of  the  woods  and  streams  of  our  own 
land.  If  we  look  for  the  secret  of  his  successful 
appeal  to  all  hearts,  we  shall  find  it  in  a  comment 
made  by  a  recent  American  writer :  "  Dr.  Drum- 
mond had  a  wonderful  faculty  of  idealization. 
Nothing  that  was  human  seemed  mean  to  him." 
His  poems  are  never  merely  funny,  full  of  spon- 
taneous humor  as  they  are.  There  is  always  an 
appreciation  of  what  we  can  recognize  as  best  and 
highest  in  human  nature,  in  his  sketches  of  men  and 
women.  In  his  introduction  to  "  The  Habitant,"  he 
disclaims  the  idea  of  writing  the  verses  as  examples 
of  a  dialect,  or  with  any  thought  of  ridicule.  He 
says: 

Having  lived,  practically,  all  my  life  side  by  side  with 
the  French  Canadian  people,  I  have  grown  to  admire  and 
love  them,  and  I  have  felt  that  while  many  of  the  English- 
speaking  public  know  perhaps  as  well  as  myself  the  French 
Canadian  of  the  cities,  yet  they  have  had  little  oppor- 
tunity of  becoming  acquainted  with  the  habitant,  therefore 
I  have  endeavoured  to  paint  a  few  types,  and  in  doing  this, 
it  has  seemed  to  me  that  I  could  best  attain  the  object  in 
view  by  having  my  friends  tell  their  own  tales  in  their 
own  way,  as  they  would  relate  them  to  English-speaking 
auditors  not  conversant  with  the  French  tongue. 

The  Canadian  poet,  Louis  Frechette,  says  oi 
Drummond :  "  That  in  using  the  French  Canadian 
dialect  he  has  made  an  audacious  attempt,  but  with 
that  success  which  boldness  often  wins,  that  he  is 
true  to  life  without  ever  falling  into  vulgarity,  and 
piquant  without  bordering  on  the  grotesque." 
Mr.  Frechette  also  transfers  to  his  friend  the  title 
of  "  pathfinder  of  a  new  land  of  song  given  to  the 
French  Laureate  by  the  poet  Longfellow." 

Dr.  Drummond  made  the  following  statements 
not  long  ago  about  his  early  life : 

I  was  born  in  the  West  of  Ireland,  and  came  to  the 
Province  of  Quebec  at  ten  years  of  age,  in  the  year  1864, 
when  the  lumbering  interest  was  at  its  height.  I  lived  in  a 
typical  mixed-up  village — Kord  a  Plouffe — composed  of 
French  and  English-speaking  reftsmen  or  voyageurs — the 
class  of  men  who  went  with  Wolseley  to  the  Red  River 
and  later  accompanied  the  same  general  up  the  Nile— men 
with  rings  in  their  ears,  daredevils,  Indians,  half-breeds, 
French-Canadians,  Scotch  and  Irish-Canadians — a  motley 
crew,  but  great  river  men,  who  ran  the  rapids,  sang  their 
quaint  old  songs — "In  Roulant,"  "Par  Derriere  chez  ma 
Xante,"  and  "Dans  la  Prison  dc  Nantes;"  songs  forgotten 
ill  France,  but  preserved  in  French-Canada.  Running  the 
rapids   with   these  men   I   learned  to  love  them  and   their 


rough  ways.  As  a  boy  I  was  always  verjy  fond  of  outdoor 
sport,  fishing,  shooting,  etc.,  and  have  never  "lost  touch" 
with  the  class  of  men  referred  to.  I  wrote  a  lot  of  stuff 
in  the  way  of  verse,  but  never  seriously,  and  much  of  it 
was  lost. 

Dr.  Drummond  was  not,  as  we  have  seen,  a 
Canadian  by  birth,  but  was  born  in  County  Leitrim 
in  1854,  the  son  of  an  officer  of  the  Royal  Irish 
Constabulary.  He  was  educated  at  the  Montreal 
high  school  and  at  Bishop's  College,  Lennoxville. 
He  graduated  with  honors  in  medicine  in  1884,  and 
began  the  practice  of  his  profession.  Of  late  years 
he  has  been  devoting  much  of  his  time  to  business, 
and  especially  to  the  development  of  mines  at  Cobalt. 
His  practice  of  reading  his  own  verses  in  public 
made  them  much  more  widely  and  better  known, 
and  gave  Canadians  in  different  parts  of  the  country 
an  opportunity  of  meeting  him.  His  best  known 
poems  are  probably  "  The  Wreck  of  the  Julie 
Plante,"  "  How  Bateese  Came  Home,"  and  "  Johnny 
Courteau."  He  did  not  confine  himself  to  dialect 
verse,  though  unquestionably  his  finest  work  appears 
in  that  medium. 


New  Brunswick,  I  Love  Thee. 

New  Brunswick,  I  love  Thee,  the  land  of  my  birth ; 
To  me  Thou'rt  the  fairest,  the  dearest  on  earth. 
The  charms  of  no  other  with  Thee  can  compare — 
So  lovely  the  landscape,  so  bracing  the  air. 
Liberty's  banner  wide  o'er  Thee  is  waving, 
No  cold-hearted  lord  from  the  peasant  is  craving. 
The  ploughman  is  lord  of  the  fertile  domain, 
And  Peace  and  Prosperity  o'er  us  do  reign. 

I  love  Thy  green  hills,  and  I  love  Thy  green  valleys, 
Where  beauty  and  pleasure  the  spirit  inhales. 
Thy  woodlands  are  gushing  with  music  and  song, 
And  zephyrs  are  bearing  the  sweet  notes  along. 
I  love  Thy  long  evenings,  when  round  the  old  hearth 
The  family  assemble  with  friendship  and  mirth. 
Go  search  where  you  will  through  America  wide, 
Nowhere  do  the  moments  so  peacefully  glide. 

Nor  tell  me  of  lands  that  are  richer  in  gold ; 

To  many  this  story  has  often  been  told, 

And  allured  them  away  from  their  own  happy  home 

Among  strangers  to  toil  and  forever  to  roam. 

New  Brunswick,  my  country,  there's  gold  in  Thy  soil, 

If  only  we  for  it  would  contentedly  toil. 

And  pleasure  and  plenty  shall  crown  all  our  days, 

And  glad-hearted  people  shall  sing  to  Thy  praise. 

[Sent    by    Miss    Albina    C.    London,    Upper    Woodstock, 
N.  B.  (author  unknown.)] 


Your  paper  contains  many  valuable  suggestions, 
and  if  I  have  made  any  success  of  teaching  it  is 
largely  due  to  reading  the  Educational  Review. 

Shediac  Cape,  N.  B.  H.  S.  P. 


292 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Nature  Study  for  May. 
Protection  of  Native  Plants  and  Birds. 

By  G.  U.  Hay. 

In  the  last  number  of  the  Review  reference  was 
made  to  the  importance  of  forming  among  the  pupils 
of  our  schools  clubs  for  the  protection  of  our  birds 
and  plants.  In  the  neighborhood  of  large  towns  and 
cities  many  beautiful  and  interesting  native  plants 
have  been  almost  exterminated  by  the  practice  of 
picking  and  exposing  them  for  sale  on  the  streets 
and  on  railway  trains.  Among  these  is  the  May- 
flower, which  has  a  charm  for  everybody  on  account 
of  its  delicate  beauty  and  fragrance.  In  many  cases 
its  runners  are  pulled  up  bodily,  the  flowers  picked 
off  and  the  runners  left  to  perish  on  the  ground. 
This  is  a  needless  waste  even  where  the  Mayflower 
grows  in  profusion.  It  is  a  slow  grower,  very  diffi- 
cult, if  not  impossible,  to  cultivate.  There  is  no 
necessity,  in  picking  the  flowers  and  a  few  leaves, 
to  disturb  the  runners  which  would  thus  grow  on 
from  year  to  year  and  yield  fresh  beauties  to  delight 
children  and  ^grown  people  for  generations  yet  to 
come. 

Nature  produces  her  flowers  in  such  profusion 
that  they  may  be  picked  year  after  year  without 
injuring  the  plants,  if  gathered  without  disturbing 
the  roots  or  taking  too  many  leaves.  It  is  by  their 
roots  and  leaves  that  plants  are  able  to  take  raw 
materials  from  soil  and  air  and  make  food  for  them- 
selves in  the  sunlight.  If  roots  are  disturbed  and 
too  many  leaves  picked  off,  the  plants  either  perish 
or  become  puny  and  sickly  looking. 

Great  destruction  is  caused  among  evergreen 
trees  by  cutting  them  for  decoration  at  Christmas 
in  churches  and  houses ;  and  of  late  years  great 
quantities  of  fir  and  spruce  trees  have  been  exported 
from  these  provinces  to  the  larger  cities  in  the 
United  States  for  Christmas  decoration.  It  is  only 
the  most  shapely  trees  that  are  taken,  and  this  cutting 
out,  if  the  demand  for  such  trees  increases,  will 
seriously  affect  our  young  forest.  This  is  especially 
true  of  the  regions  near  our  towns  and  cities  where 
the  ravages  are  seen,  in  the  growing  scarcity  of 
shapely  evergreens  as  well  as  of  the  daintiest  of  the 
wild  flowers. 

"  My  little  girl  so  loves  wild  flowers  that  she 
can't  resist  the  temptation  to  pick  all  she  can  find," 
said  a  fond  mother  to  me  one  day  as  we  were  walk- 
ing among  some  rare  wild  flowers  in  a  chosen  spot. 
I  said  nothing,  but  thought  that  the  "  little  girl  " 
(about  ten  years  of  age)  was  depriving  others  who 
should  visit  the  spot  of  seeing  these  rare  flowers 
and  enjoying  their  bloom. 


This  is  one  instance  of  mere  thoughtlessness  on 
the  part  of  those  who  gather  the  choicest  of  our 
wild  flowers.  They  do  not  think  that  these,  if  left 
growing,  would  afford  enjoyment  to  other  passers- 
by,  and  preserve  for  weeks  the  beauty  of  some 
chosen  spot  in  nature. 

Such  flowers  as  the  violets,  dandelion,  fawn  lily 
(adder's  tongue),  trilliums,  spring  beauty,  bluets, 
and  others  may  be  gathered  in  more  or  less  abund- 
ance, especially  such  weeds  as  the  dandelions,  bluets 
and  daisies,  which  are  such  favorites  with  children. 
But  it  is  well  that  children  and  many  grown  people 
should  know  that  it  is  considered  an  act  of  vandal- 
ism to  pick  too  many  of  the  rarer  wild  flowers  which 
adorn  the  beautiful  places  in  nature,  wherever  they 
are  found,  and  which  would  add  to  the  comfort  and 
enjoyment  of  many  other  people  as  well  as  them- 
selves. Take  just  a  few  and  leave  the  others.  They 
will  look  much  prettier  on  their  stalks  than  if  picked 
and  perhaps  scattered  along  the  roadside  to  wilt  and 
die. 

In  Massachusetts,  where  the  extermination  of 
rarer  wild  flowers  is  more  threatening  than  it  is 
with  us,  societies  are  being  formed  for  the  protection 
of  native  plants.  Leaflets  may  be  obtained  by  ad- 
dressing Miss  Maria  E.  Carter,  Society  of  Natural 
History,  Boston,  giving  information  as  to  the  objects 
of  such  a  society.  In  one  of  these  leaflets  Professor 
George  Lincoln  Goodale,  of  Harvard,  says: 

It  is  difficult  for  persons  who  are  unacquainted  with  the 
facts  to  realize  how  rapidly  certain  species  of  plants  and 
animals  can  be  driven  out  even  from  favored  localities. 
The  almost  complete  disappearance  of  our  wild  pigeon, 
which  was  formerly  common  throughout  large  districts  in 
New  England,  shows  that  the  balance  of  nature  is  easily 
disturbed.  Many  species  of  our  most  attractive  plants  are 
likewise  threatened  with  at  least  local  extinction,  and  these 
plants  have  not  the  forlorn  resource  of  migrating  on  wing 
or  foot  to  escape  their  enemy,  man. 

It  seems  very  strange  that  the  danger  which  threatens 
these  charming  plants,  such  as  our  Mayflower,  two  of  our 
gentians,  some  of  our  orchids,  and  the  like,  should  spring 
from  the  fact  that  they  are  charming  beyond  their  com- 
panions. They  form  such  wonderful  masses  of  color  when 
grouped  together  as  cut  flowers  that  it  is  hard  to  resist  the 
impulse  to  make  these  masses  as  large  as  possible.       But 

those    who    are    true   lovers    of   flowers    will    content 

themselves  with  a  lighter  draft  on  the  fields  and  meadows. 

In  many  parts  of  Great  Britain  and  the  continent,  local 
associations  have  been  formed  to  protect  the  wild  flowers 
which  are  on  the  verge  of  extinction.  In  Switzerland  the 
success  of  such  combined  action  has  been  marked,  and  there 
are  now  very  few  malcontents.  It  is  generally  recognized 
that  the  appeal  to  protect  the  rarer  flowers  was  based  on 
sound  judgment. 

In  New  Brunswick,  where  thirty  or  forty  years 
ago  there  were  great  flocks  of  wild  pigeons,  only  a 
few  scattered  ones  may  now  be  seen.     Dr.  J.  Orne 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


293 


Green,  in  a  recent  paper  read  before  the  Natural 
History  Society  of  New  Brunswick,  on  the  game- 
birds  of  Miscou  Island,  N.  B.,  records  that  all 
varieties  of  birds  are  much  less  numerous  there  than 
formerly,  while  some  have  almost  abandoned  the 
ground.  One  cause  of  this  is  indiscriminate  and 
injudicious  gunning.  He  also  states,  on  the  author- 
ity of  Mr.  Chas.  Wilson,  that  "  eighty  years  or  more 
ago  wild  geese  bred  upon  the  barrens,  and  it  was 
the  custom  of  the  Micmac  Indians  to  visit  the  island 
during  the  moulting  season  and  destroy  large  num- 
bers of  them  with  clubs  when  they  were  unable  to 
fly.  After  one  such  raid,  more  determined  than 
usual,  the  geese  as  a  body  abandoned  the  island  as 
a  breeding  ground."  Other  game-birds,  and  the 
beautiful  snipe  found  along  our  shores,  are  threat- 
ened with  extinction,  owing  to  the  indiscriminate 
slaughter  of  "  pot-hunters  "  and  thoughtless  sports- 
men (?).     These  should  be  protected. 


interest  ought  to  be  necessary.  Interest  the  child 
from  the  first  in  poems  and  stories  that  he  will  find 
interesting  later  on. 


Rise  Above  Children's  Poems. 

We  are  doing  wonderfully  well  the  work  of  interesting 
the  children  in  stories  and  poems  adapted  to  their  life,  but 
we  do  not  follow  this  up,  as  we  should,  in  such  a  way  as 
to  lead  them  to  love  adult  poems  and  other  writings. 
Transferring  the  child  to  manly  interests  and  taste  in  read- 
ing, the  most  difficult  of  all  achievements. 

Unwillingly  we  cultivate  arrested  development  in  the 
literary  taste  of  children,  and  the  remedy  for  this  is  not 
easy.  There  must  be  a  remedy,  and  it  must  be  found, 
regardless  of  the  difficulties  in  the  way.  It  signifies  little 
that  children  like  poems  for  childhood.  They  must  in 
some  way  be  led  to  love  literature  for  adu'ts  when  they 
become  adults. 

This  can  be  done  if  they  are  led  to  choose  for  them- 
selves from  all  the  writings  of  an  author.  We  send  a 
child  to  a  dictionary  which  has  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
words  that  he  will  not  use.  We  no  longer  allow  a  student 
to  use  a  "simplified"  vocabulary  in  the  back  part  of  his 
Latin  book,  but  make  him  go  to  the  complete  lexicon  and 
select  for  himself  the  meaning  of  the  word  in  this  con- 
nection. 

Providing  a  child  with  a  book  of  selections  adapted  to 
his  grade,  or  providing  him  with  specific  selections,  will 
never  lead  him  to  read  anythng  in  after  life  that  is  not 
selected  for  him  and  served  up  to  him.  Let  him  look  over 
the  poems  of  Longfellow  until  he  finds  what  he  likes  and 
appreciates,  and  then  all  through  life  he  will  do  this  and 
will  select  poems  of  his  adult  interest  as  he  now  selects 
those  of  child  interest. 

In  all  phases  of  school  work  we  are  inclined  to  serve 
cheap  feed  to  the  children.  We  are  grading  all  initiative 
out  of  their  life.  Some  radical  reform  is  necessary.  This 
is  a  good  place  to  begin. 

We  heartily  echo  the  main  contention  of  this  ex- 
tract from  The  Journal  of  Education,  but  we  think 
that  the  words  that  we  have  italicised  suggest  where 
the   difficulty   lies.     No   transference  of  taste    and 


See  What  Children  Say. 

How  many  teachers  can  match  these  stories  from 
their  own  experience? 

Whiskers. 

The  teacher  of  the  Sunday-school  class  was  telling 
the  little  boys  about  temptation,  and  showing  how 
it  sometimes  came  in  the  most  attractive  form. 
She  used  as  an  illustration  the  paw  of  a  cat. 

"  Now,"  said  she,  "  you  have  all  seen  the  paw  of 
a  cat.     It  is  as  soft  as  velvet,  isn't  it? " 

"  Yesem,"  from  the  class. 

"  And  you  have  seen  the  paw  of  a  dog  ?  " 

"  Yesem." 

"  Well,  although  the  cat's  paw  seems  like  velvet, 
there  is  nevertheless  concealed  in  it  something  that 
hurts.     What  is  it  ?  " 

No  answer. 

"  The  dog  bites,"  said  the  teacher,  "  when  he  is 
in  anger,  but  what  does  the  cat  do? " 

"  Scratches,"  said  a  boy. 

"  Correct,"  said  the  teacher,  nodding  her  head 
approvingly.  "  Now,  what  has  the  cat  got  that  the 
dog  hasn't  ?  " 

"  Whiskers !  "  said  a  boy  on  the  back  seat. — The 
Alliance. 

Pounding  Grammar  into  Him. 

A  certain  little  boy  in  a  village  school  had  fallen 
into  the  habit  of  saying  'I  have  wrote'  and  'I  have 
went.' 

The  teacher  tried  in  several  ways  to  break  him  of 
the  habit,  but  all  in  vain.  So  one  day  she  had  him 
remain  after  school  and  write  the  two  phrases  one 
hundred  times  each,  thinking  that  in  that  way  he 
would  surely  remember  to  say  'I  have  written'  and 
'I  have  gone.' 

A  few  minutes  before  he  had  finished  his  task 
the  teacher  was  called  out  of  the  room.  She  told 
him  to  remain  until  she  returned.  When  she  re- 
turned she  found  on  the  desk  the  phrases  correctly 
written  one  hundred  times  and  beside  them  a  note 
saying : 

'  Dear  teacher — I  have  wrote  "  I  have  written  " 
one  hundred  times  and  I  have  went  home.' — Judge's 
library. 


I  can  see  a  steady  improvement  in  your  valuable 
paper.  Loyalty  to  our  own  schools  ought  to  demand 
that  our  teachers  take  the  Rf.view  first. 

— Subscriber. 


294 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


May  Days. 

By  Eleanor  Robinson. 
Victoria  Day  is  our  "  May  Day  "  in  this  part  of 
the  world,  bringing  with  it  not  only  thoughts  of  our 
Queen,  of  happy  memory,  but  also  the  rejoicing  at 
the  return  of  spring,  celebrated  by  a  rush  to  the 
country  of  all  town  dwellers.  The  May  day  of 
literature,  the  first  day  of  the  month,  is,  in  our 
climate,  generally  more  reminiscent  of"  winter  than 
prophetic  of  summer.  The  trees  are  still  bare, 
flowers  are  hardly  to  be  found,  often  a  snowbank 
lurks  here  and  there  in  spots  sheltered  from  the  sun. 
We  have  to  shut  our  eyes  to  our  surroundings  in 
order  to  enter  into  the  spirit  of  the  poets  of  lands 
where  spring  comes  earlier,  where  they  sing  of 
"  Sweet  May,  the  month  of  flowers,"  "  May  that 
mother  is  of  Moneths  glad." 

The  celebration  of  the  return  of  warmth,    long 
days,  and  vegetation,  on  or  about  the  first  of  May, 
is   a  very  widespread  custom.     The   Romans    had 
games  in  honor  of  Flora,  the  goddess  of  flowers, 
beginning  late  in  April  and  going  on  to  the  first  few 
days  of  May.     The  northern  Celts  had  rejoicings 
in  honor  of  the  return  of  the  sun,  which  took    the 
form  of  lighting  fires  on  the  hill  tops,  and  singing 
and  playing  games  about  them.     Among  the  Eng- 
lish, we  find  the  custom  prevailing  among  people  of 
all  classes  of  going  forth  to  the  woods  and  fields, 
either  on  the  night  of  the  30th  of  April  or  early  on 
May  morning,  and  returning  carrying  boughs  and 
flowers,    with   which    they    decorated   their  houses, 
especially    the    doors  and    windows.       The  earlier 
poets,  especially  Chaucer,  are  full  of  references  to 
this  "  doing  observance  to  May."     In  many  places 
a  May  Queen  was  chosen  from  among  the  girls, 
usually  one  noted  for  beauty  and  goodness.       This 
custom    is    commemorated    in    Tennyson's    "  May 
Queen,"  and  in  one  of  Maria  Edgeworth's  stories. 
The  Maypole,  round  which  dances  and  games  took 
place,  was  a  permanent  erection  in  many  English 
parishes.     One  of  the  London  churches,  St.  Andrew, 
Undershaft,  actually  took  this  name  from  the  fact 
that  the  Maypole  raised  in  front  of  it  overtopped 
the  church  steeple.     A  very  famous  Maypole  was 
that  which  stood  in  the  Strand,  and  was   134  feet 
high.     The  Puritans  opposed  the  May  day  customs, 
as   they   did  all  games   and   festivities   among    the 
people.     And  no  doubt  abuses   had   crept   in,    and 
undesirable    practices    had    become    part    of    these 
celebrations.     Man)    Maypoles    were    destroyed    in 
Cromwell's  time,  but  the  Strand  .Maypole  was  taken 
down   and  kept   in  safety   until  the  Restoration,  in 


1660,  when  it  was  put  back  in  its  place  with  great 
ceremony  and  rejoicing.  In  1717  it  was  found  to 
be  decaying,  so  it  was  taken  down  and  presented  to 
Sir  Isaac  Newton. 

Pope  mentions  it  in  the  lines: 

"Amidst  that  area  wide  they  took  their  stand, 

Where  the  tall  Maypole  once  o'erlooked  the  Strand." 

And  a  humorous  poet  of  the  eighteenth  century 
writes : 

"What's  not  devoured  by  Time's  all-conquering  hand  ? 
Where's  Troy?    And  where  the  Maypole  in  the  Strand?" 

After  the  Restoration  the  May  day  festivities  were 
revived,  but  they  gradually  fell  into  disuse  among 
the  better  classes,  and  were  celebrated  only  by  vil- 
lage children,  milk  maids  and  chimney  sweeps. 
In  some  places  the  children  dressed  a  doll  as  May 
Queen,  and  carried  her  about  in  a  sort  of  bower, 
singing  songs  and  begging  small  contributions.  This 
custom  also  prevailed  in  France. 

In  all  the  colder  countries  of  Europe,  May  day 
games  were  usually  more  or  less  typical  of  the 
contest  between  winter  and  summer.  In  some  parts 
of  England  they  were  connected  with  Robin  Hood 
and  his  band. 

The  29th  of  May  used  to  be  called  Oak  Apple 
Day,  and  to  be  celebrated  in  memory  of  the  Restora- 
tion of  King  Charles  the  Second,  and  of  his  escape 
by  hiding  in  an  oak  tree.  After  the  battle  of  Wor- 
cester, in  September,  1651,  the  King  attempted  to 
escape  into  Wales,  but  was  forced  to  lie  in  hiding 
at  Boscobel,  in  Shropshire,  where  he  and  one  of  his 
officers  spent  a  whole  day  among  the  branches  of 
an  oak,  whose  thick  leaves  concealed  them  from 
the  parliamentary  troopers  who  were  riding  about 
in  search  of  them.  Tennyson,  in  "  The  Talking 
Oak,"  speaks  of 

"That  remembered  oak 
Wherein  the  younger  Charles  abode 

Till  all  the  paths  were  dim, 
And  far  below  the  Roundhead  rode, 

And  hummed  a  surly  hymn." 

The  29th  of  May  was  the  date  of  King  Charles' 
entrance  into  London  in  1660.  It  used  to  be  ob- 
served in  the  church  by  one  of  the  "  state  services," 
which  were  discontinued  in  1859.  It  was  a  common 
custom  for  men  to  wear  gilded  oak  leaves  or  oak 
apples  on  that  day.  A  writer  in  Blackwood's  Maga- 
zine, writing  as  late  as  1857,  says: 

Never  forget,  if  you  wish  your  children  and  grand- 
children to  be  dutiful  and  good,  to  keep  the  twenty-ninth 
of  May  as  a  festival  in  your  family,  and  never  let  them  go 
abroad  without  a  gilded  oak-apple  in  their  button-holes. 


Nature  Study  for  Teachers  in  Vacation. 

By  J.  Brittain. 
In  the  leafy  month  of  June  you  must  decide  where 
you  will  spend  the  summer  vacation.  Many  will 
go  to  the  country,  or  remain  there  for  a  few  weeks. 
But  how  to  spend  your  time  there  is  the  more  im- 
portant question. 

You  will  do  some  reading,  but  don't  do  too  much, 
and  let  us  hope  that  it  will  be  well  chosen.  You 
will  take  pleasant  drives,  and  enjoy  the  country  air 
and  scenery.  You  will  take  a  friendly  interest  in 
the  life  and  occupations  of  the  country  folk.  But 
if  you  wish  to  make  the  most  of  your  vacation,  both 
of  refreshment  and  vigor,  physical  and  mental,  you 
will  try  to  get  down  close  to  nature  in  some  of  her 
forms  or  phases — see  them  without  being  shown, 
and  interpret  them  without  being  told.  Select  one 
or  two  subjects  of  investigation,  and  follow  these 
up  closely,  but  not  to  the  point  of  fatigue.  You 
hear  a  bird  singing  in  the  trees  near  the  house  on 
several  successive  mornings.  Study  this  bird.  Get 
close  enough  to  it  to  see  its  colors  and  their  distri- 
bution. Find  what  it  eats.  Discover  its  mate  and 
their  nest.  Observe  the  habits  of  the  bird  family 
till  the  young  leave  the  nest  and  depart. 

A  neighboring  pool  will  furnish  interesting  studies 
in  plant  or  animal  life.  Many  wonderful  adapta- 
tions to  a  limited  and  special  environment  may  be 
madq  out.  The  inhabitants  of  the  pool  may  be 
studied  as  a  community,  or  a  few  species  may  be 
selected  for  thorough  investigation. 

A  near-by  wood  offers  an  example  of  an  organized 
plantt  society — the  dominant  trees,  the  bark  flora, 
the  undergrowth  of  herbs,  shrubs  and  young  trees, 
and  the  subterranean  flora.  The  interdependence 
of  these  zones  or  ranks  upon  each  other  demands 
careful  observation  and  thought.  A  typical  collec- 
tion should  be  made  from  each.  A  bog  or  a  marsh 
may  be  studied  in  the  same  way.  If  you  cannot 
identify  some  of  the  animals  or  plants,  send  accurate 
descriptions  of  them,  or  specimens,  to  your  local 
Natural  History  Society,  to  the  Geological  Survey 
at  Ottawa,  or  to  Dr.  Fletcher,  of  the  Central  Experi- 
mental Farms.  In  the  case  of  a  bird,  a  description 
will  be  quite  sufficient. 

One  such  study  may  be  enough  for  one  vacation. 
and  if  pursued  in  a  rational  and  thorough  way  must 
yield  excellent  results,  both  subjective  and  objective. 
The  very  fact  of  having  a  definite  and  immediate 
purpose  for  which  to  live  and  move  is  bracing  and 
stimulating  to  body  and  mind.  You  will  return  to 
your  school  with  a  keener  zest  for  attainment,  and 
the  research  work  you  have  done  will  make  itself 
felt  in  your  methods,  especially  in  the  nature  lessons. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


295 


Botany  in  Schools. 

By  John  Waddell. 
I  have  already  contributed  articles  to  the 
Educational  Review  on  the  study  and  the  teach- 
ing of  botany  in  our  schools,  I  trust  with  some  good 
results ;  but  I  feel  that  much  further  improvement 
is  possible,  and  should  be  striven  for. 

Perhaps  one  01  the  most  notable  features  of  the 
papers  sent  in  by  candidates  in.  the  examinations  of 
Grade  IX  in  Nova  Scotia  is  a  lack  of  appreciation 
of  what  is  required  in  the  questions.  An  example 
showing  this  lack  in  an  exaggerated  degree  was 
given  in  a  reply  to  the  request  to  describe  any  tree 
valuable  for  its  wood  under  the  following  heads: 
bark,  style  of  branching,  leaf,  flower  and  fruit.  It 
is  evident  that  the  character  of  the  wood  was  not 
involved ;  but  one  candidate's  entire  answer  was  on 
that  point,  and  the  information  was  of  a  novel  kind, 
especially  in  the  sentence,  "The  cedar  is  some- 
times used  for  coffins,  as  it  will  rot  easy." 

Pupils  should  be  trained  to  get  at  the  intention 
of  a  question,  and  then  to  answer  in  the  best  way. 
A  child  that  grows  up  in  the  country  should  learn 
to  distinguish  different  trees  in  his  neighborhood, 
and  he  should  be  able  to  describe  the  differences. 
Any  boy  or  girl  in  the  Annapolis  Valley  ought  to 
be  able  to  distinguish  an  apple  tree  from  a  cherry 
tree,  and  should  know  the  main  characteristics  of 
each.  In  parts  of  the  country  where  pine  and 
spruce  and  fir  are  found,  pupils  in  the  schools  ought 
to  be  able  to  describe  these  trees. 

The  subject  of  botany  is  too  wide  for  pupils  to 
cover  the  whole  ground.     The  questions  asked   in 
Grade  IX  would  constitute  a  different  paper,  pro- 
vided the  whole  were  to  be  answered ;    but  there  is 
always  such  a  choice  given,  that  the  pupil  having 
done  reasonable  work  would  find  several  questions 
that  he  should  be  able  to  answer  quite  enough  to 
give   him  a  high   mark.     Thus  teachers  are  given 
considerable  latitude,  and  if  they  are  specially  inter- 
ested in  any  particular  department  of  the  subject, 
they   may   interest   the   pupils   in   that    department. 
For  the  most  part,  flowering  plants  are  taken  up  in 
the  schools;    but  if  a  teacher  is  specialty  interested 
in    non-flowering    plants,    he    can    devote    himself 
largely  to  them.     But  it  is  required  that  the  know- 
ledge   should    be    definite.     If     ferns     arc   studied 
something  more  definite  than  that  they  are   small 
plants  with  green  branching  fronds  and  no  flowers 
is  to  be  expected.     The  peculiarities  of  wood  tissue, 
the  mode  of  unfolding  of  leaves,  the  arrangement 
of  spore  cases,   the  method   of  reproduction,    and 
other  characteristics  distinctive  of  ferns  should  bo 


296 


THE   EDUCATIONAL  REVIEW. 


thoroughly  understood.  It  is  not  likely  that  ferns 
will  be  studied  except  in  places  where  there  are 
varieties  of  ferns,  and  the  differences  should  be 
familiar  to  the  pupils.  What  has  been  said  about 
ferns  applies,  to  a  certain  extent,  to  mosses,,  lichens 
and  fungi.  What  peculiarities  has  the  mushroom 
that  put  it  into  the  class  of  fungi? 

It  is  hardly  safe  to  depend  entirely  upon  the  non- 
flowering  plants,  though  last  July  there  were  two 
questions  upon  them  and  fair  answers  to  these, 
together  with  a  reasonable  reply  to  one  of  the  three 
questions  on  physics,  would  ensure  the  minimum 
marks  required  of  teachers,  and  might  even  reach 
full  pass  marks.  Something  should,  however,  be 
learned  about  the  flowering  plants,  the  general 
structure  or  the  different  tissues,  or  some  of  the 
important  individual  plants. 

I  think,  and  I  believe  it  is  the  opinion  held  in  the 
education  department  in  Nova  Scotia,  that  for  the 
grade  in  which  botany  is  the  science  required, 
observation  of  common  plants,  with  a  careful 
examination  of  the  similarities  and  differences,  is 
of  the  greatest  value ;  but  if  it  were  found  that 
some  teachers  took  a  special  interest  in  physiological 
botany,  and  were  able  to  interest  the  pupils  in  that 
part  of  the  subject,  in  how  the  root  grows  and  pene- 
trates the  soil,  how  sap  flows,  how  the  food  is 
absorbed  from  soil  and  air,  and  how  it  is  changed 
into  the  material  of  the  plant,  I  feel  sure  that  such 
teachers  would  receive  encouragement  by  questions 
of  that  nature  on  the  examination  paper.  What  is 
wanted  is  that  a  fairly  reasonable  ground  should 
be  covered,  and  covered  systematically.  In  order 
that  teachers  should  learn  how  vague  the  know- 
ledge of  pupils  frequently  is,  I  know  of  no  better 
way  than  to  test  them  on  some  of  the  questions  of 
the  last  few  years.  I  should  suggest  that  the  class 
be  given  any  of  the  recent  papers,  and  each  of  the 
pupils  asked  to  answer  in  writing  in  quarter  of  an 
hour  the  one  question  he  can  answer  best.  Let  the 
answers  all  be  examined  by  the  teacher.  After- 
wards let  each  of  the  class  answer  the  same  question 
as  before,  but  this  time  using  a  1  sources  of  infor- 
mation available  ;  if  in  the  case  of  describing  a  plant, 
it  will  be  best  of  all  to  have  the  plant  before  him, 
but  let  him  use  books  as  well.  This  might  be  a 
home  exercise.  Then  the  several  questions  should 
be  gone  over  by  the  teacher  in  class,  errors  being 
pointed  out  and  omissions  noted.  By  this  time 
there  should  be  several  questions  that  the  pupils 
would   know    pretty   well.       Then   other   questions 


might  be  taken  up  in  a  similar  manner.  If  the 
papers  of  the  last  half  dozen  years  were  gone  over 
in  this  way,  using  them  as  a  test,  and  for  the  pur- 
pose of  training  in  thought  and  expression,  I  am 
sure  that  the  papers  handed  in. at  the  provincial 
examination  would  show  a  marked  improvement. 

Don't  try  to  cover  the  paper.  Leave  out  the 
questions  that  are  off  the  line  of  the  work  in  the 
class.  For  instance,  in  a  school  where  flowering 
plants  are  studied,  leave,  out  questions  on  flowerless 
plants.  Where  definite  plants  are  described, .  see 
that  distinctive  characteristics  are  given. 

If  any  reader  imagines  that  I  am  providing  an 
easy  mode  of  passing  examinations  by  cramming 
up  answers  to  former  examination  papers,  I  may 
say  that  my  object  is  quite  otherwise;  and  in  exam- 
ining the  answers  I  should  try,  as  far  as  possible, 
to  prevent  such  tactics  being  successful.  But  it  is 
well  for  the  teacher  to  test  his  scholars  along  the 
lines  on  which  he  will  be  tested  at  the  provincial 
examination,  and  old  examination  papers  may  be 
made  educative.  The  thing  the  education  depart- 
ment aims  at,  is  that  the  subject  should  be  properly 
studied,  and  that  the  pupil  who  studies  properly 
should  obtain  a  good  standing.  Any  pupil  who 
conscientiously  went  over  the  last  half  dozen  exam- 
ination papers,  and  tried  to  learn  as  much  from 
them  as  possible,  and  who  received  the  help  of  even 
a  moderately  helpful  teacher,  would,  I  venture  to 
say,  have  a  better  knowledge  of  botany  than  nine- 
tenths  of  the  candidates  now  have;  and  I  should 
hope  that  at  the  provincial  examinations  he  would 
reap  his  reward.  Only  let  him  not  try  to  guess  at 
what  he  will  be  asked  at  the  next  examination,  and 
strive  to  learn  the  smallest  amount  that  will  give  a 
pass.  In  that  case,  I  trust  that  he  also  will  reap 
his  just  reward. 


Three  of  the  interests  which  are  strongest  during 
a  child's  early  years  at  school  are  the  interest  in 
spoken  language,  the  interest  in  finding  out  things, 
and  the  interest  in  making  things,  or  construction. 
If  this  be  so,  then  we  should,  during  a  child's  early 
years  at  school,  devote  more  time  to  narrating  to 
him  the  history  of  his  country  and  tales  of  adven- 
ture, and  to  getting  him  to  repeat  them  in  his  own 
words.  We  should,  in  every  possible  way,  give  the 
child  a  knowledge  of  the  world  lying  round  about 
him;  and  there  should  be  suitable  manual  occupa- 
tions at  every  stage  of  the  elementary  school. — 
Alex.  Morgan,  D.  Sc.,  Edinburgh. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


297 


Geometrical  Drawing-.  —  V. 

By  Principal  F.  G.  Matthew,  Truro,  N.  S. 

As  stated  in  the  December  Review,  the  series  of 
exercises  in  Practical  Geometry  was  prepared  for 
the  last  four  grades  of  the  common  school.  At  the 
request  of  several  teachers,  who  expressed  a  wish 
to  carry  such  work  into  the  first  year  of  the  high 
school,;  so  as  to  form  a  direct  connection  with  the 
study  of  theoretical  geometry,  the  exercises  given 
herewith  were  prepared.  They  are  only  samples  of 
many  such,  and  deal  with  proportion,  areas  and  the 
ellipse. 

Fig.  1.  To  find  the  fourth  proportional  to  three 
given  lines. — Let  A,  B  and  C  be  the  given  lines. 
Draw  two  lines  OM  and  OQ,  making  any  acute 
angle.  Set  off  on  them  ON  equal  to  A,  OP  equal 
to  B,  and  NR  equal  to  C.  Join  PN.  Through  R 
draw  RS  parallel  to  PN.  Then  PS  is  the  fourth 
proportional ;  A  :  B  :  :  C  :  PS. 

Fig.  2.  To  find  the  third  proportional  to  tzvo 
given  lines. — Draw  OM  and  OQ  as  before.  Set  off 
OP  equal  to  A,  and  ON  and  OQ  equal  to  B.  Join 
PN,  and  draw  QM  parallel  to  PN.  Then  OM  is 
the  third  proportional ;  or  A  :  B  :  :  B  :  OM. 

Fig  3.  To  find  the  mean  proportional  between 
two  given  lines. — Let  AB  and  C  be  the  given  lines. 
Produce  AB  to  D,  making  BD  equal  to  C.  Bisect 
AD  in  O.  With  centre  O,  draw  the  semicircle  AED. 
At  B  erect  perpendicular  BE.  Then  BE  is  the  mean 
proportional;  or  AB  :  BE  :  :  BE  :  C. 

Fig.  4.  To  divide  a  given  line  into  extreme  and 
mean  ratio. — Let  AB  be  the  given  line.  At  B  erect 
perpendicular  BC  equal  to  half  AB.  Join  AC. 
With  centre  C  and  radius  CB,  draw  arc  BD.  With 
centre  A  and  radius  AD,  draw  arc  DE.  Then 
AB  :  AE  :  :  AE  :  EB. 

Fig.  5.  To  divide  a  line  proportionately  to  a 
given  divided  line. — Draw  the  two  lines  parallel  to 
one  another,  as  AB  and  CD.  Join  the  ends  and 
produce  these  lines  to  meet  in  E.  Join  E  with  each 
division  of  the  divided  line  El,  E2,  etc.  These 
lines  crossing  Ali  divide  it  proportionately  or 
similarly  to  CD. 

Fig.  6.  To  construct  an  isosceles  triangle  in 
which  the  angles  at  the  base  shall  be  double  the 
vertical  angle. — Given  one  of  the  sides  AB.  Divide 
AB  into  extreme  and  mean  ratio  at  E.  With  B  as 
centre  and  radius  BA,  describe  arc  AE.  With  A 
as  centre  and  radius  AE,  describe  arc  EF.  Join  AF 
and  BF.     ABF  is  the  triangle  required. 

This    and    the    following    exercise    are  excellent 


examples   of  the   use  of  dividing  a   line   medially. 
(Fig-  4)- 

Fig.  7.  The  same  as  Fig.  6. — Given  the  base  AB. 
Bisect  the  base  AB  in  C.  Erect  perpendicular  CD 
equal  to  AB.  Join  BD  and  produce  to  E,  making 
DE  equal  to  half  the  base.  With  B  as  centre  and 
radius  BE,  draw  arc  EF  cutting  CD  produced  in  F. 
Join  FA,  FB.     Then  FAB  is  the -triangle  required. 

This  problem  will  be  recognized  as  that  employed 
in  the  construction  of  the  pentagon.  (Fig  20, 
Gr.  VII). 

Fig.  8.  To  reduce  a  given  triangle  to  another 
triangle  of  given  height,  but  equal  area. — Let  ABC 
be  the  given  triangle,  and  D  the  given  height.  Draw 
EF  parallel  to  AC  at  a  distance  from  it  equal  to  D. 
Produce  CB  to  G.  Join  GA.  Through  B  draw 
BH  parallel  to  GA.  Join  GH.  Then  GHC  is  the 
triangle  required. 

Fig.  9.  To  construct  a  rectangle  equal  in  area  to 
a  given  triangle. — Let  ABC  be  the  given  triangle. 
Draw  perpendicular  BD.  Bisect  BD  in  E.  Through 
E  draw  FG  parallel  to  AC  meeting  perpendiculars 
from  A  and  C.  Then  AFGC  is  the  rectangle  re- 
quired. 

Fig.  10.  To  construct  a  square  that  shall  be  equal 
to  the  sum  of  two  squares. — Let  AB  and  C  be  the 
sides  of  the  two  given  squares.  At  A  draw  AD 
equal  to  C  and  at  right  angles  to  AB.  Join  BD. 
Then  BD  is  the  side  of  the  square  required. 

Fig.  11.  To  construct  a  square  that  shall  be 
equal  to  the  difference  of  two  squares. — Let  AB  and 
C  be  the  sides  of  the  given  squares.  Bisect  AB  in 
O.  From  centre  O  draw  semicircle  ADB.  From 
A  as  centre  and  radius  equal  to  C,  draw  arc  cutting 
at  D.  Join  DB.  Then  Dl!  is  the  side  of  the  square 
required. 

Fig.  12.  To  construct  a  square  equal  in  area  to  a 
given  rectangle. — Let  ABCD  be  the  rectangle.  Pro- 
duce AB  to  E,  making  BE  equal  to  BC.  On  AE 
describe  a  semicircle.  Produce  P>C  to  cut  the  semi- 
circle in  F.  Then  BF  is  one  side  of  the  required 
square. 

Fig.  13.  On  a  given  line  to  construct  a  rectangle 
equal  to  a  given  rectangle. . .  Let  AB  be  the  given 
line  and  ACDE  the  given  rectangle.  Join  BE. 
Through  C  draw  CF  parallel  to  BE.  Through  F 
draw  FG  parallel  to  AB,  meeting  a  perpendicular 
from  B.     Then  ABGF  is  the  rectangle  required. 

Fig.  14.  To  bisect  a  triangle  by  a  line  drawn 
parallel  to  the  base. — Let  ABC  be  the  triangle. 
P>isect  AB  in  O.     On  AB  draw  a  semicircle  ADB. 


298 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 

qtOMLTRICAL        DRAWING.     V . 


.     . 


F.g.l 


P,       >         S 


F,s2. 


v,       o. 


r,s.3 


Fis-4. 


Fio.    to 


CI  IS*  5  J) 


Ftg,  10 


Fi*    II. 


Ti^.lX, 


F'S ■•+. 


Fig  16. 


F.<*.  13. 


Fia.    XO. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


299 


From  O  draw  OD  perpendicular  to  AB.  With  B 
as  centre  and  BD  as  radius,  draw  the  arc  DE. 
Through  E  draw  EF  parallel  to  the  base.  The  line 
EF  bisects  the  triangle. 

Fig.  15.  The  Ellipse. — Explanation  of  terms. 
ACBD  is  called  the  curve  of  the  ellipse.  O  is  its 
centre.  Any  line  passing  trhough  O  terminated  at 
both  ends  by  the  curve  is  a  diameter.  AB  and  CD 
bisect  each  other  in  O,  and  are  perpendicular  to  each 
other.  They  are  the  longest  and  shortest  diameters, 
and  are  called  the  axes.  AB  is  the  major  axis  or 
transverse  diameter,  and  CD  is  the  minor  axis,  or 
conjugate  diameter.  If  the  distance  AO  be  taken 
as  radius,  and  from  C  or  D  as  centres,  arcs  cutting 
AB  in  Fi  and  ¥2  be  drawn,  either  of  these  points 
is  called  a  focus  of  the  ellipse. 

A  line  like  EG  at  right  angles  to  the  transverse, 
but  not  passing  through  the  centre,  is  called  an 
ordinate.     EH  is  a  double  ordinate. 

The  points  A  and  B  are  called  the  vertices.  The 
distance  of  the  centre  from  the  focus,  as  OFi,  or 
OF2,  is  the  eccentricity  of  the  ellipse. 

The  most  important  property  of  the  ellipse  is  that 
if  any  point  K  be  taken  in  the  curve,  the  sum  of 
KFi  and  KF2  is  equal  to  AB  the  transverse 
diameter. 

Fig.  16.  Given  the  lengths  of  the  axes  to  draw 
the  ellipse. — String  and  pin  method.  Draw  AB  and 
CD  the  given  lengths,  bisecting  each  other  and 
mutually  perpendicular.  With  D  as  centre  and  AO 
as  radius,  mark  the' foci  Fi  and  F2.  Drive  a  pin 
into  each  of  the  three  points,  C,  Fi  and  F2.  Tie  a 
string  tightly  round  the  three.  Remove  the  pin  at 
C  and  insert  in  its  place  a  pointed  pencil.  By  carry- 
ing the  pencil  round,  keeping  the  thread  tight,  the 
point  will  strike  an  ellipse  through  the  points  A,  B, 
C  and  D. 

Fig.  17.  The  same  as  Fig.  16. — Trammel  method. 
Draw  the  axes  as  before.  Take  a  piece  of  paper 
with  a  straight  edge  and  on  it  mark  EF  equal  to 
CO,  and  EG  equal  to  AO.  Place  the  strip  as  in  the 
figure  so  that  F  is  on  the  major  axis  and  G  on  the 
minor.  E  will  then  be  on  the  curve.  By  moving 
the  strip  round,  always  keeping  F  and  G  on  the 
major  and  minor  axis  -respectively,  any  number  of 
points  in  the  curve  may  be  found.  Sketch  the  curve 
freehand  through  these  points. 

Fig.  18.  The  same  as  Fig.  16. — Method  of  inter- 
secting arcs.  Draw  the  axes  and  mark  the  foci. 
Take  any  number  of  points  between  O  and  Fi  or  F2, 
and  number  them  as  in  the  figure.  They  should  be 
close  together  near  the  focus  and  spaced  wider  near 


the  centre.  Take  the  distance  Ai,  and  with  centres 
Fi  and  F2  describe  arcs  at  a,  a,  a,  a.  With  dis 
tance  Bi  and  the  same  centres  cut  the  other  arcs. 
Take  the  distance  A2  and  B2  and  form  the  focal 
points,  make  arcs  intersecting  at  b,  b,  b,  b.  Simil- 
arly with  distances  A3  and  B3  make  arcs  at  c,  c,  c,  c, 
and  so  on  with  the  rest  of  the  points.  Sketch 
the  curve  through  the  intersecting  arcs. 

Fig.  19.  The  same  as  Fig.  16. — Method  of  inter- 
secting lines.  Draw  the  axes  as  before.  Through 
ABC  and  D  draw  lines  parallel  to  the  axes,  to  form 
the  rectangle  E,  F,  G,  H.  Divide  AO  and  AE  into 
the  same  number  of  equal  parts.  From  C  draw 
lines  to  the  divisions  on  AE.  From  D  draw 
lines  through  the  divisions  in  AO  until  they  meet 
the  former  lines,  Di  meeting  Ci,  D2  meeting  Cc, 
and  so  on.  Through  these  points  of  intersection 
draw  the  curve  CA,  which  will  be  one-fourth  of  the 
ellipse.  Treat  the  other  quarters  in  the  same  man- 
ner to  complete  the  ellipse. 

Fig.  20.  Given  the  ellipse  to  find  the  centre  and 
axes. — Draw  any  two  parallel  chords  PQ  and  RS. 
Bisect  these  in  T  and  U.  Through  TU  draw  the 
diameter  VX  and  bisect  it  in  O.  This  is  the  centre. 
From  O  with  any  radius  to  cut  the  curve  draw, a 
circle  EFGH.  By  joining  these  points  a  rectangle 
witl  be  formed  whose  sides  are  parallel  to  the  axes. 
Through  O  draw  AB  parallel  to  FG  and  CD  parallel 
to  EF.     AB  and  CD  are  the  axes. 


The  softly  warbled  song 
Comes  from  the  pleasant  woods,  and  colored  wings 
Glance  quick  in  the  bright  sun,  that  moves  along 

The  forest  openings. 

— H.  W .  Longfellow. 

Under  the  hedge  by  the  brawling  brook 

I  heard  the  woodpecker's  tap, 
And  the  drunken  trills  of  the  blackbirds  shook 

The  sassafras  leaves  in  my  lap. 

— Alice  Cary. 

The  wild  things  of  the  wood  come  out, 
And  stir  or  hide,  as  wild  things  will, 
Like  thoughts  that  may  not  be  pursued, 
But  come  if  one  is  calm  and  still. 

— Edivard  R.  Sill 

All  things  are  new— the  buds,  the  leaves, 
That  gild  the  elm-trees  nodding  crest, 

And  even  the  nest  beneath  the  eaves — 
There  are  no  birds  in  last  year's  nest ! 

— Henry  W.  Longfellow 

We    sit   in    the   warm   shade   and    feel    right    well 
How   the  sap   creeps   up  and   the  blossoms   swell ; 
We  may  shut  our  eyes,  but  we  cannot  help  knowing 
That  skies  are  clear  and  grass  is  growing. 

— fames  Russell  Lowell 


300 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Self-Activity  the  Developing  Force  of  Froebel's 
System. 

Mrs.  C.  M.  Condon. 

Froebel  has  not  only  shown  us  that  the  recognition 
and  application  of  this  law  of  unity  to  education  is 
a  necessary  condition  of  success,  but  he  has  also  set 
in  a  very  clear  light  the  fact  that  the  child,  in  con- 
formity with  its  provisions,  carries  within  himself 
the  means  of  securing  his  own  development.  These 
are  the  natural  instincts  common  to  every  child, 
and  they  reveal  themselves,  more  01  less  satisfac- 
torily, through  his  own  self-activity. 

But  these  instincts  are,  at  first,  blind,  and  often 
erring,  therefore  they  need  guidance,  careful  foster- 
ing, without  undue  interference.  Nor  must  the 
physical  instincts  be  alone  guided,  with  the  sole  aim 
of  first  making  "  a  good  animal ;  "  but  we  must  take 
to  heart  the  fact  that  the  mental,  moral  and  spiritual 
instincts  of  the  child  are  just  as  implicit  in  his 
nature,  and  however  dim  and  uncertain  they  may 
appear,  they  must  receive  attention,  and  be  gently 
drawn  out,  and,  by  exercise,  gain  the  strength  neces- 
sary to  raise  them  from  blind,  unreasoning  instincts 
to  conscious  intelligence,  to  spontaneity,  and  to  in- 
creasingly happy  and  fruitful  action. 

If  this  achievement  by  the  child  were  an  impos- 
sibility, he  would  be  a  startling  exception  to  the  law 
of  unity,  for  every  other  form  of  life,  vegetable  and 
animal,  can  only  be  successfully  reared  by  adapting 
our  methods  to  the  natural  tendencies  of  the  plant 
or  animal  which  we  are  attempting  to  bring  to  per- 
fection. Even  crystals  show  their  inherent  qualities 
(inward  nature)  by  their  arrangement  of  planes 
and  angles  to  a  predestined  form. 

If,  then,  this  universal  fact  of  inward  develop- 
ment, by  outward  manifestation,  be  true  of  that 
part  of  the  creation  which  bears  the  stamp  of  neces- 
sity, what  reason  have  we  to  doubt  that  the  same 
condition  holds  good  in  the  child,  who  bears  within 
himself  forces,  greater  in  number,  power,  diversity 
and  aim  ?  But  the  helplessness  of  the  child  blinds 
all  eyes,  but  those  of  love  and  wise  experience,  to 
the  forces  that  lie  dormant,  waiting  for  the  impulse 
of  his  own  self-activity,  which  must  be  gently  led 
into  the  right  path,  until  it  acts  intelligently  and 
habitually  with  increasing  foresight  as  to  results. 
Repeated  acts  thus  form  right  habits  which  crystal- 
ize  into  good  conduct,  and  thus  produce  a  noble 
character. 

The  stress  laid  by  Frcebel  upon  the  right  training 
of  the  child,  from  the  very  earliest  period,  ought  to 


seriously  engage  the  attention  of  our  teachers,  be- 
cause it  was  the  matured  judgment  of  a  man  who 
was  gifted  with  marvellous  powers  of  analysis,  and 
who  had  closely  and  critically  studied  all  the  pro- 
cesses of  education,  beginning  with  schools,  and 
proceeding  to  a  survey  of  university  methods,  and 
then,  going  backward,  through  every  preceding 
grade,  in  order  to  find  out  the  weak  spot  in  organ- 
ized education,  of  which  he  was  so  painfully  aware. 

His  was  not  a  mere  outside  amateur  view,  but 
that  of  a  teacher  with  a  practical  experience,  who 
had  taught  in  schools,  and  as  a  private  tutor,  who 
had  been  three  years  with  Pestalozzi,  then  the 
cynosure  of  the  educational  world,  and  who  in  his 
own  schools,  where  he  had  a  free  hand,  so  that  he 
could  rectify  errors  and  supply  deficiencies.  But 
there  was  one  obstacle  that  he  saw  must  be  re- 
moved, if  human  education  was  to  justify  itself  in 
its  products,  not  here  and  there  only,  but  to  prove 
itself  a  factor  in  the  elevation  of  the  whole  mass  of 
humanity.  The  kindergarten  was  his  supreme 
effort  to  remove  the  obstacle  that  stood  in  the  way 
of  progress,  by  taking  the  child  at  a  period,  when 
he  was  usually  left  without  regular  training,  being 
simply  allowed  to  drift  aimlessly  until  such  time  as 
the  school  received  him  to  tax  the  patience  and 
ingenuity  of  the  teacher.  This  obstacle — neglect  of 
early  training — can  never  be  entirely  removed  until 
mothers  are  thoroughly  trained  to  the  intelligent 
performance  of  their  duty,  at  once  so  difficult  and 
delightful.  But  the  kindergarten  bridges  the 
chasm  between  home  and  school,  and  proves  itself, 
at  the  same  time,  a  corrective  of  many  faults  caused 
by  neglect  at  home,  and  a  most  efficient  preparation 
for  the  school.  The  truth  of  this  statement  will  be 
confirmed  by  those  teachers  who  have  ever  had 
the  good  fortune  to  receive  their  pupils  from  a  well- 
conducted  kindergarten. 

The  kindergarten  develops  the  child's  inner 
nature  through  and  by  the  most  varied  methods  of 
expression,  in  speech,  gesture,  song,  circle  games, 
gymnastics,  most  carefully  arranged  to  exercise,  but 
not  to  overtask  the  child's  strength  and  interest. 

The  ceaseless  activity  of  childhood  is  not  allowed 
to  run  to  waste,  nor  to  display  itself  in  mischief  and 
destructiveness ;  but  while  the  individuality  of  the 
child  is  most  sacredly  preserved,  conditions  are 
skilfully  prepared  and  suitable  material  provided 
on  which  the  little  one  can  expend  his  exuberant 
vitality,  in  building  with  blocks,  from  which,  in- 
cidentally, he    is  absorbing    notions  of    form,  size, 


THE  EDUCATHONAL    REVIEW. 


301 


number,  position,  direction,  and  other  qualities  of 
matter  which  he  is  led  to  see  and  feel  for  himself. 
In  this  way  he  is  led  to  observe,  compare,  see  the 
truth  of  things;  and  since  truth  is  always  beautiful 
to  the  unspoiled  nature,  he  learns  to  love  it  and  to 
express  it  in  accurate  speech  and  little  works  of 
skill;  for  nothing  gives  us  a  more  vivid  apprehen- 
sion of  correctness  in  detail  (truth)  than  the  fixing 
of  a  mental  image  in  a  visible  form  in  some  product 
of  handwork. 

Then  Frcebel  combines  physical  training  and  a 
sympathetic  outlook  by  his  dramatic  games,  in  which 
the  child  is  helped  to  represent  the  various  activities 
of  nature  and  man's  work ;  thus  by  play,  and  in  it, 
he  learns  to  estimate  the  value  and  dignity  of  labor ; 
to  gain  a  sense  of  human  society  as  one  great  whole, 
in  which  each  must  do  his  part,  and  he'.p  his  fellows. 
"  From  every  point  in  nature,"  says  Froebel,  "  a 
pathway  leads  to  God."  This  deep  conviction  led 
him  to  bring  the  child  into  close  and  loving  relations 
with  nature,  by  showing  him  her  beauty,  by  giving 
the  little  ones  each  his  own  garden  plot,  and  teach- 
ing him  experimentally  to  care  for  plants  and  pet 
animals,  thus  leading  him  to  see  not  only  just  how 
much  he  could  do,  but  how  much  more  he  must 
patiently  leave  to  the  great  Creator  and  Preserver 
of  all  things.  Reverence  and  obedience  to  law  must 
be  the  natural  outcome  of  such  a  training. 

The  thoughtless  may  sneer  at  what  they  may  con- 
sider "mere  trifling  play,"  but  the  shrewd  observer 
who  will  spend  even  one  session  in  a  genuine  kin- 
dergarten will  descern  in  even  the  simplest  play  the 
nascent  beginnings  of  all  human  culture;  and  he 
may  well  ask  why  the  free,  happy-earned  spirit  of 
the  kindergarten  should  be  so  foreign  to  the  school, 
where  an  air  of  constraint,  even  a  spirit  of  antagon- 
ism, is  often  painfully  apparent.  As  the  same 
human  nature  is  to  be  dealt  with  in  both  institutions, 
one  may  reasonably  enquire  why  principles  and 
methods  which  have  worked  so  well  in  the  kinder- 
garten should  be  discarded  in  the  school?  If  there 
ought  to  be  no  sharp  divisions  in  the  life  of  the 
individual,  no  chasms  to  be  bridged  in  the  course  of 
training  and  instruction,  as  we  all  admit  theoreti- 
cally, but  that  each  period  should  be  connected  with 
the  preceding  stage  of  culture,  and  be  naturally 
joined  to  that  which  succeeds,  if  this  theory  be  true, 
and  it  is,  why  should  we  persist  in  a  course  that  gives 
results  so  disproportionate  to  the  expenditure  of 
money,  time  and  service? 


Morning  Talks  for  May. 

Underlying  thought — Happy  days. 

Name  of  the  new  month? 

How  many  days  has  May? 

To  what  season  does  May  belong? 

Name  the  other  spring  months. 

What  did  March  bring? 

What  did  April  bring? 

What  does  May  bring? 

What  season  comes  after  spring? 

How  many  summer  months? 

Name  them. 

What  garden  flowers  blossom  in  May? 

What  wild  flowers  blossom  in  May? 

Name  the  color  of  each. 

How  do  the  fields  look  ? 

What  birds  do  we  see  ? 

What  are  they  doing  ? 

How  can  we  help  them? 

What  do  the  birds  do  for  us  ? 

Do  we  like  to  see  the  birds  ? 

Are  we  glad  when  they  come  back  ? 

Where  do  birds  build  their  nests  ? 

Do  all  birds  build  their  nests  in  trees  ? 

Where  does  the  robin  build  its  nest?  The  blue- 
bird? the  swallow?  the  meadow  lark?  the  wood- 
pecker ? 

What  trees  blossom  in  May? 

Are  they  in  full  bloom  ? 

Are  any  in  full  leaf? 

Any  bare? 

What  is  the  color  of  the  apple  blossoms?  cherry 
blossoms?  pea  blossons?  peach  b'.osFOtns? 

How  many  petals  has  each? 

What  is  meant  by  "  Arbor  Day?  " 

What  is  done  on  Arbor  Day  ? 

Name  some  large  trees. 

Name  some  small  trees. 

Of  what  use  are  the  trees  to  man,  to  animals  ? 

What  tree  do  you  like  best? 

Poems :  "  It  Is  Not  Always  May,"  Henry  W. 
Longfellow  ;  "There  Is  But  One  May  in  the  Year," 
Christina  Rossetti. — Selected. 


There   was   never  mystery 

But  'tis  figured  in  the  flowers; 
Was  never   secret   history 

But  birds   tell   it   in   the   bowers. 

—Ralph   Waldo  Emerson 


302 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


Van  Dyck. 

Miss  A.  MacLean. 

Anthony  Van  Dyck  was  born  at  Antwerp  in  1599. 
In  the  Flemish  school  he  is  surpassed  by  Rubens 
only.  At  fifteen  years  of  age  he  entered  the  studio 
of  Rubens,  and  at  nineteen  he  was  admitted  to  the 
Painters'  Guild  of  Antwerp  —  the  youngest  artist 
ever  admitted. 

Following  Rubens,  he  first  turned  his  attention  to 
ideal  and  sublime  subjects.  But  though  these  show- 
ed great  precocity,  he  was  not  great  in  composition 
and  ideality  as  was  Rubens.  But  when  he  later 
painted  portraits,  and  especially  single  figures,  he 
eclipsed  Rubens,  and  many  of  his  portraits  are 
among  the  world's  masterpieces. 

In  1621  he  visited  Genoa,  Rome.  Florence,  Venice, 
Turin  and  Palermo,  and  the  letters  of  introduction 
he  bore  from  Rubens  opened  all  doors  to  him.  His 
beauty,  elegance,  superior  education  and  superb 
gifts  made  him  welcome  everywhere,  and  the  best 
the  world  had  to  give  was  freely  laid  at  his  feet. 
At  Venice  he  was  so  impressed  by  Titian  and  Tin- 
toretto that  for  a  time  he  seemed  to  lose  the  influence 
of  Rubens.  Returning  to  Genoa,  where  he  was 
accorded  a  glad  welcome  by  the  patrician  families 
of  that  city,  he  painted  the  fifty  portraits  still  to  be 
seen  in  the  galleries  there ;  portraits  which  alone 
would  have  made  his  name  immortal  had  he  painted 
no  others.  In  1625  he  returned  to  Antwerp,  and 
during  the  next  six  years  he  painted  in  his  own 
country  some  of  his  most  important  works.  In 
1632  he  went  to  England.  Fortune  smiled  on  him 
there  as  ever;  King  Charles  I  at  once  granted  him 
permission  to  paint  himself  and  family,  and  these 
works  crowned  his  reputation.  He  was  appointed 
court  painter,  knighted,  given  a  yearly  pension, 
apartments  at  Blackfriars,  and  a  summer  residence 
at  Eltham  was  placed  at  his  disposal.  Accustomed 
to  the  elegant  surroundings  of  Rubens,  and  having 
lived  in  the  palaces  of  his  patrons  in  Italy,  he  now 
lived  in  such  splendor  that  his  apartments  became 
the  resort  of  royalty,  aristocracy,  and  the  gifted  of 
the  land.  The  King  and  Queen  employed  him  con- 
stantly, and  about  thirty-eight  portraits  of  the  former 
and  thirty-five  of  the  latter  exist.  The  equestrian 
portrait  of  the  King  at  Windsor  and  in  the  National 
Gallery,  London,  those  of  the  Queen  at  the  galleries 
of  Windsor,  St.  Petersburg,  Dresden,  etc.,  and  the 
groups  of  the  royal  children  at  Turin,  Windsor, 
Berlin,  etc.,  are  unsurpassed. 

With  the  exception  of  a  short  period  in  Brussels, 
Van  Dyck  and  his  pupils  worked  seven  years  in 
England.     Tie  painted  portraits  of  all  the  principal 


personages  of  the  court  of  Whitehall.  He  followed 
Rubens'  plan  of  having  his  pupils  and  skilled  em- 
ployees help  him  in  his  paintings.  There  are  over 
350  of  his  works  in  private  galleries  of  Great  Britain, 
and  no  other  country  can  show  as  fine  a  collection 
of  his  paintings  as  England. 

Rubens  never  made  a  specialty  of  portraiture,  and 
is  said  to  have  suggested  that  field  to  Van  Dyck. 
Rubens  would  not  give  enough  attention  to  an  indi- 
vidual sitter  to  enable  him  to  see  beneath  the  surface 
and  paint  a  characteristic  portrait.  Van  Dyck 
studied  his  sitters,  saw  the  likeness,  and  made 
characteristic  portraits.  As  compared  with  Rubens, 
he  made  the  figures  less  stout,  indicated  fewer  bones 
and  muscles,  and  gave  them  less  blood.  He  was 
never  brutal,  never  gross,  restrained,  polished;  he 
seems  to  have  given  to  all  the  people  who  sat  for  him 
something  of  the  graces  of  his  own  person ;  a  noble 
air,  a  finer  style  in  garments,  and  hands  more 
regularly  white  and  handsome.  He  had  a  taste  for 
draperies  well  put  on,  silky  stuffs,  ribbons,  jewels, 
plumes  and  ornamental  swords.  His  handling  was 
rapid  and  easy,  after  the  manner  of  Rubens.  He 
engendered  a  school,  the  English  school — Reynolds, 
Lawrence,  Gainsborough,  and  almost  all  the  genre 
and  landscape  painters. 

Percy  Randell  Head  says  of  Van  Dyck's  portraits : 
"  His  portraits  of  men  are,  as  a  rule,  more  successful 
than  those  of  women ;  he  evidently  shared  the  defi- 
cient sense  of  the  best  characteristics  of .  woman's 
beauty  which  marks  Rubens  and  all  his  school." 

Jules    Guiffrey    says    of    Van    Dyck's    portraits: 

"Seldom  or  never  is  there  any  action.  Do  not  seek 
in  these  impassive  faces  for  any  expression  of  joy 
or  grief.  All  are  shown  preserving  that  calm,  that 
imperturable  serenity  characteristic  of  the  true 
Fleming." 

Distinction  seems  to  have  been  the  ideal  quality 
he  sought;  the  quality  which  formed  his  indivi- 
duality. No  matter  from  what  class  his  sitters  came, 
they  all  were  endowed  by  him  with  a  distinguished 
mein.  He  never  painted  even  his  most  intimate 
friends  in  the  familiar  unconstraint  of  daily  life. 
All  posed  for  their  portraits.  Van  Dyck's  order  of 
precedence  in  the  procession  of  great  artists  has 
never  been  accurately  determined.  He  lacked 
creative  genius,  inventive  instinct,  that  which  con- 
stitutes a  powerful  individuality.  In  Rubens'  studio 
he  followed  Rubens.  In  Italy  he  followed  the 
Italians.  On  his  return  to  Antwerp  he  combined  in 
his  works  the  best  of  all  he  had  seen  and  learned. 
In  England,  more  especially  in  his  first  years  there, 
he  reached  a  sureness,  a  power  of  execution  which 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


303 


makes  many  of  his  portraits  of  Charles  I  and  family 
class  among  the  most  finished  works  of  art. 

There  is  an  illustrative  story  told  of  a  visit  paid 
by  Van  Dyck  to  Frans  Hals  at  Haarlem.  As  Van 
Dyck  admired  Frans  Hals'  portraits,  he  had  made 
repeated  calls  on  him,  but  Frans  Hals  was  rarely  to 
be  found  except  at  a  tavern.  However,  on  leaving 
word  that  a  stranger  wished  to  have  his  portrait 
painted,  Hals  arranged  to  meet  him.  When  they 
met,  Van  Dyck  said  he  wished  a  portrait  of  himself, 
and  that  it  must  be  painted  in  two  hours.  Hals 
agreed,  and  painted  the  portrait  in  the  given  time. 
Van  Dyck  approved  of  it,  and  remarked  that  painting 
portraits  seemed  a  very  simple  task,  and  said  he 
would  like  to  paint  Hals'  picture.  Hals  soon  per- 
ceived that  he  had  before  him  no  ordinary  painter. 
When  he  beheld  the  finished  picture,  he  embraced 
Van  Dyck,  crying,  "  You  are  Van  Dyck,  nobody  else 
could  do  as  you  have  just  done!  " 

And  now,  what  shall  we  say  of  the  man,  Van 
Dyck?  Or  is  it  only  of  the  artist  we  should  speak? 
Well/ let  Fromentin  say  what  he  thought  of  the 
man,  Van  Dyck. 

"  It  is  thus  I  should  imagine  a  portrait  of  Van 
Dyck,  made,  as  it  were,  by  a  rapid  sketch  with  a 
broad  pencil:  A  young  prince  of  royal  grace,  with 
everything  in  his  favor— beauty,  elegance,  magnifi- 
cent gifts,  precocious  genius,  a  rare  education— and 
owing  all  these  things  to  the  advantages  of  birth: 
cherished  by  his  master,  himself  a  master  among  his 
fellow-students,  everywhere  distinguished,  every- 
where sought  for,  feted  everywhere,  in  foreign  parts 
even  more  than  at  home,  the  favorite  and  friend  of 
kings,  entering  thus  by  right  into  the  most  enviable 
things  of  the  world,  such  as  talent,  renown,  honors, 
luxury,  passions  and  adventures;  ever  young  at  a 
ripe  age,  never  staid  even  in  his  last  days,  a  libertine, 

a  gamester,  eager,  prodigal,  dissipated a 

man  who  abused  everything,  his  seductions,  his 
health,  his  dignity,  his  talent,  '  '  '  '  a  seeker  of 
adventures,  who  at  the  end  of  his  career  married 
to  order,  as  it  were,  a  charming,  well-born  maiden, 
when  he  could  no  longer  give  her  either  strength, 
or  much  money,  or  great  charm,  or  a  secure  life: 
a  wreck  of  a  man  who.  up  to  his  last  hour,  had  the 
good  fortune,  the  most  extraordinary  of  all,  to  pre- 
serve his  greatness  when  painting;  a  man  who  was 
forgiven  everything  on  account  of  one  supreme  gift, 
one  of  the  forms  of  genius— grace ;  to  sum  up  all, 
a  Prince  of  Wales  dying  upon  his  accession  to  the 
throne,  who  was  by  no  means  fitted  to  reign." 

Though  only  forty-two  years  of  age,  he  died,  old 
in  many  experiences,  in  1641. 


In  Canada. 

"  In  fair  and  growing  Canada,  that  happy  Dom- 
inion in  which  it  is  now  my  delightful  privilege  to 
live,"  were  the  words  in  which  Earl  Grey,  the 
Governor-General,  made  reference  to  this  country 
in  his  speech  at  the  recent  peace  conference  at  New 
York.  He  proceeded  to  mention  the  law  recently 
enacted  by  the  Canadian  parliament  making  it  an 
offence  for  the  forces  of  labor  and  capital  to  resort 
to  a  lockout  or  a  strike  without  first  having  an 
investigation  into  the  subject  of  dispute;  and  ex- 
pressed the  hope  that  the  coming  Hague  Conference 
may  not  be  prorogued  until  k  has  established  rules 
which  will  apply  to  the  conduct  of  international 
disputes  the  same  principle  which  has  been  adopted 
in  Canada  to  avert  industrial  war. 

It  is  well  for  us  to  realize  at  times  that  Canada 
is  indeed  a  happy  land  as  compared  with  others, 
and  that  our  free  self-government  under  the  British 
Crown  has  enabled  us,  in  some  respects,  at  least,  to 
make  laws  for  the  safety  and  welfare  of  our  people 
which  are  worthy  of  imitation. 

Comparing  our  laws  and  political  institutions 
with  those  of  our  nearest  neighbors  on  this  con- 
tinent, as  is  most  natural  for  us  to  do,  we  need  not 
deny  to  them  the  right  to  believe  that  their  own  are 
best.  It  is  sufficient  if  we  think  that  ours  are  bet- 
ter for  us,  and  are  bringing  us  better  results. 

When    the    United    States    was    separated    from 
British  North  America,  in  1783,  more  or  less  con- 
fusion and  disorder  prevailed  until  the  adoption  of 
a  written  constitution  as  a  bond  of  union.       North 
of  the   new  boundary  line,   where   loyalty    to    the 
British  Empire  was  the  leading  political  principle, 
the  only  bpnd  of  union  was  the  Crown,  until,  two 
generations    later,    the    Dominion    of  Canada    was 
formed.       Inevitably,  in  developing  their    jjolitical 
institutions,  the  British   Provinces  followed  British 
precedent;    and  quite  as  inevitably  the  independent 
states  endeavored  not  to  do  so.     Hence    it    came 
about  that  when  the  confederation  of  the  provinces 
took  place,  the  principle  of  responsible  government 
had  long  been  firmly  established  with  us,  while  it 
has  not  yet  been  adopted  in  the  United  States.     In 
Canada,  the  people  rule,  and  the  government  of  the 
day   is   quickly  changed   in   response  to  their   will. 
The  president  of  Canada,  or  prime  minister,  when 
called  to  office  by  the  governor-general,  must  go  to 
the  electors  and  be  by  them  returned  to  parliament 
as  a  necessary  condition  of  his  holding  office.     Fail- 
ing in  that,  he  must  immediately  retire.       All    the 
members  of  his  cabinet  must  in  the  same  way  obtain 


304 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


a  seat  in  parliament  after  their  appointment  to  office. 
And  this  president  and  his  advisors  hold  office  only 
so  long  as  they  can  command  the  support  of  parlia- 
ment in  every  measure  they  propose.  The  President 
of  the  United  States  may  recommend  to  congress 
a  certain  measure,  the  congress  does  as  it  pleases 
about  the  matter,  and  he  still  remains  president. 
His  secretaries  may  have  opinions,  and  express  them 
when  and  where  they  will,  without 'any  effect  upon 
legislation.  When  the  Canadian  cabinet  presents  a 
bill  to  parliament  for  some  desired  legislation,  if  the 
bill  fails  to  pass,  the  defeated  government  resigns 
without  delay,  and  a  new  prime  minister  and  cabinet 
are  chosen ;  or  parliament  is  dissolved,  if  the  gov- 
ernment believes  that  the  sitting  members  do  not 
fairly  represent  the  will  of  the  people,  and  a  new 
general  election  follows.  The  newly  elected  parlia- 
ment, or  newly  elected  government,  as  the  case  may 
be,  enters  at  once  upon  its  work.  The  United 
States  plan  of  allowing  representatives  to  keep  their 
seats  in  the  halls  of  legislature  for  a  time  after  they 
have  been  defeated  at  the  polls,  or  after  their  suc- 
cessors have  been  chosen,  does  not  commend  itself 
to  Canadians;  who  look  upon  it  as  a  restriction  of 
popular  government.  Still  more  are  they  averse 
to  the  plan  of  continuing  an  administration  in  power 
after  its  policy  has  ceased  to  be  the  policy  of  the 
legislature. 

Above  the  leader  of  the  government,  or  head  of 
the  ruling  party,  there  is  in  Canada  the  King,  or 
his  representative,  the  Governor-General,  who  is  of 
no  party,  and  represents  the  people  as  a  whole.  Of 
course  there  is  nothing  corresponding  to  this  in  the 
United  States;  but  Canadians  think  that  it  makes 
for  stability  and  good  government,  and  helps  to 
separate  the  ideas  of  law  and  order  from  those  of 
party  policy  and  political  strife. 

Judges  and  all  civil  servants  represent  the  Crown, 
and  not  the  party  in  power;  therefore  they  hold 
office  during  good  behavior,  and  not  during  the  term 
of  the  administration,  as  in  the  neighboring  republic. 

Lynch  law  and  mob  violence  are  practically  un- 
known in  Canada,  even  in  the  mining  regions. 
Laws  are  more  swift  and  sure  in  their  operation, 
and  therefore  life  and  property  are  safer  than  they 
are  in  the  United  States — or,  at  least,  Canadians 
think  so. 

Our  marriage  laws  are  less  elastic  than  those  of 
the  United  States. 

Military  authority  overrides  civii  law  in  the 
United  States.  In  Canada,  no  officer  in  charge  of 
troops  could  order  his  men  to  fire  upon  a  mob,  on 
penalty  of  a  charge  of  murder,  if  anyone  were  killed 


by  the  firing  party,  unless  a  peace  officer  had  first 
called  upon  the  mob  to  disperse.  Unless  the  whole 
region  has  been  declared  under  martial  law,  the  civil 
law  is  supreme.  In  the  United  States,  troops  on 
duty  in  a  disturbed  district  may  shoot  whoever 
opposes  them,  and  no  one  questions  their  right  to 
do  so. 

In  Canada,  mines  and  minerals  are  always  more 
or  less  under  government  control,  and  are  worked 
by  lease  from  the  Crown.  No  one,  therefore,  can 
hold  such  property  for  more  than  a  limited  time  and 
refuse  to  work  it. 

These  are  some  of  the  points  in  which  we  like  to 
believe  our  laws  are  better  than  those  of  our  neigh- 
bors. Our  banking  laws  and  our  treatment  of  the 
Indians  are  admittedly  better,  and  there  are  many 
others  in  which  we  think  that  we  have  the  advan- 
tage. 


Wireless  Message  on  Atlantic  Coast  Received 
in  California. 

On  Sunday,  March  10,  A.  J.  Millison,  the  operator  at 
the  wireless  telegraphy  station  on  Point  Loma,  in  southern 
California,  observed  his  apparatus  intercepting  a  message. 
On  investigation  he  asertained  that  a  message  was  being 
sent  from  Washington,  D.  C,  to  Pensacola,  Fla.  He 
adjusted  his  instruments,  which  are  the  most  delicate  used 
by  the  United  States  government,  and  caught  the  whole 
message.  At  about  the  same  time  part  of  a  message  to 
the  battleship  "Connecticut"  from  Washington  was  clearly 
on  the  instruments  at  Point  Loma. 

Highly  gratified,  the  operator  sent  messages  to  the 
Atlantic  coast,  and  received  answers  from  the  operators 
at  Washington  and  Pensacola.  Later  he  wrote  out  copies 
of  the  messages  that  he  intercepted  on  the  Atlantic  coast 
and  sent  them,  with  letters,  to  the  operators  there. 

The  distance  from  Pensacola  to  San  Diego  in  an  air 
line  is  about  1,800  miles,  and  from  Washington  to  San 
Diego  is  about  2.400  miles.  The  matter  has  been  reported 
to  Commander  H.  C.  Gearing,  Chief  of  the  Equipment 
Department  at  Mare  Island  navy  yand,  California.  The 
messages  sent  by  the  operator  at  Point  Loma  to  Wash- 
ington were  only  faintly  recorded  on  the  instruments,  but 
the  messages  between  Washington  and  Florida  and  part 
of  a  message  from  Washington  to  the  battleship  "Con- 
necticut." 600  miles  out  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  were  record- 
ed clearly.  The  new  appartus  is  partly  the  invention  of 
Mr.  Millison,  and  has  been  installed  in  the  Point  Loma 
station  only  few  months.  Some  time  ago  the  Point  Loma 
operator  succeeded  in  communicating  with  Tacoma,  Wash. — 
Scientific  American. 


Such   a    starved    bank 

Till  that  May  morn; 
Blue    ran    the    light   across — 

Violets  were  born. — Browning 

Gold    cups    o'er    filling    on    a    thousand    hills 
A  calling  honey-bee.— Helen  Hunt  Jackson. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


305 


British  Empire  Statistics. 

By  London  Board  of  Trade. 

The  Board  of  Trade  does  its  best,  with  limited 
resources  and  with  little  encouragement,  to  perform 
some  of  the  work  which  ought  to  be  done  regularly, 
by  a  well-equipped  census  department,  permanently 
established  to  be  the  eyes  and  ears  of  the  govern- 
ment. Amongst  its  latest  efforts  is  the  excellent 
"  Statistical  Abstract  of  the  British  Empire,"  which 
has  now  reached  its  third  annual  issue.  This  valu- 
able publication  is  the  first  attempt  which  has  been 
made  to  give  a  statistical  account  of  the  British 
empire  as  a  whole.     It  bristles  with  facts. 

The  volume  opens  with  figures  for  area  and  popu- 
lation. It  is  fairly  well  known  that  the  British 
empire  has  about  400,000,000  peop'.e  in  its  1 1 ,000,000 
square  miles.  It  is  not  so  well  known,  and  the 
Abstract  does  not  tell  us,  that  the  total  white  popula- 
tion of  the  British  empire  is  only  about  56,000,000, 
or  less  than  the  population  of  Germany.  The 
Abstract  tells  us  nothnig  also  of  the  races  within  the 
empire,  but  it  ought  to  do  so,  for  the  questions  in- 
volved are  of  tremendous  importance,  and  those 
who  rule  an  empire  do  well  to  remind  themselves  of 
the  facts. 

We  are  given,  however,  tables  relating  to  the 
empire's  chief  cities,  and  there  is  no  more  extraordin- 
ary fact  in  the  whole  book  than  that  about  one-third 
of  Australia's  small  population  is  crowded  into  four 
towns : 

Population  of  Australia,  1905. 

Total  population 4.057,000 

Sydney 530.000 

Melbourne 512,000 

Adelaide 173000 

Brisbane 128,000 

Thus  outside  of  these  four  urban  areas  the  en- 
ormous continent  of  Australia  contains  but  2,714,- 
000  people  in  its  habitable  fringe.  Other  great 
empire  cities  are  Montreal  with  about  290,000 
people,  Toronto  with  about  220,000  people,  Cape- 
town with  156,000  people.  These,  with  Hong  Kong 
and  Singapore,  are  the  enly  towns  which  rank  with 
the  great  urban  congregations  of  the  home  country. 
The  reader  may  be  reminded  that  London  Council 
had  in  1905  4,721,000  people,  while  Liverpool  had 
739,000,  and  Glasgow  836,000  people. 
An  Empire's  Trade. 

The  Board  of  Trafle  show  us  the  commerce  of  the 
British  empire  with  foreign  countries.  That  is  to 
say,  they  eliminate  all  trade  done  between  different 
constituents  of  the  empire,  and  take  only  imports 
into  the  empire  from  foreign  countries  and  exports 


from  the  empire  to  foreign  countries.  Here  is  the 
result  compared  with  the  commerce  of  the  United 
Kingdom  only : 

Commerce  of  (1)  the  United  Kingdom  with  all 
places  outside  it;  and  (2)  the  British  empire,  with 
all  places  outside;  it,  in  1905 : 

Imports.  Exports. 

Mill.     i.  Mill.     £. 

British  Empire 563  449 

United  Kingdom 565  330 

At  first  sight  it  may  surprise  the  reader  to  find 
that  the  empire's  imports  are  no  larger  than  those 
of  the  United  Kingdom ;  but  in  calculating  the 
empire's  trade  the  large  imports  into  the  United 
Kingdom  from  British  possessions  are,  of  course, 
excluded. 

The  Empire's  Minerals. 

A  wise  man  who  handles  this  Abstract  will 
quickly  turn  to  the  question  of  natural  resources, 
and  in  particular  coal. 

We  have  at  home  but  121,000  square  miles;  the 
empire  has  11,300,000  or  so.  But  when  it  comes  to 
coal,  the  mother  country  is  first  and  the  big  empire 
nowhere. 

The  British  Empire's  Coal  Production,  1905. 

Tons. 

United  Kingdom 236,000,000 

British   India 8,400,000 

Australia 7,500,000 

Natal 1,100,000 

New  Zealand 1,600,000 

Canada 7,800,000 

Transvaal 2,300,000 


Total  above  and  all  other 265,000,000 

So  long  as  industry  depends  on  cheap  coal  so  long 
there  cannot  be  any  very  great  industrial  develop- 
ments in  the  lands  with  little  or  no  coal.  Canada 
cannot  rival  the  United  States  without  more  coal  or 
an  efficient  substitute  for  it.  Iron  figures,  of  course, 
are  dependent  on  the  foregoing  coal  figures.  We 
need  not,  therefore,  be  surprised  to  find  that  the  pig- 
iron  at  present  produced  in  the  British  empire  out- 
side these  is'.ands  amounts  to  only  471,000  tons. 

Here  is  an  interesting  table  of  the  chief  mineral 
productions  of  the  empire  in   1905: 

Mineral  Production. 

Coal    (tons) 265,000,000 

Iron  ore   (tons) 15,600.000 

Pig  Iron   (I) 10.079,000 

Diamonds  (£) 6,769,000 

Gold   (I) 46,600,000 

Silver   (£) T,374.ooo 

Copper   (£) 4,184,000 

Tin   ( £) 8,700,000 


306 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


The  coal  and  iron  are  almost  entirely  of  Great 
Britain.  The  diamonds  are  South  African.  The 
gold  is  chiefly  South  African  and  Australia.  (The 
United  Kingdom  produced  £21,222  worth  of  gold 
and  £19,419  worth  of  silver  in  1905).  The  silver 
is  chiefly  Canadian,  anc^  the  copper  is  chiefly  South 
African.  The  Malay  States  account  for  nearly  all 
the  tin. 

The  great  diversity  of  production  which  charac- 
terizes the  various  British  possessions  in  respect  of 
minerals  is  as  conspicuous  when  we  consider  other 
products:   Here   is  the    imperial   wheat   production 

(ICP5): 

Empire's  Wheat  Production. 

Mill.  Bushels. 

Canada 106 

United   Kingdom 60 

India 319 

Australia 69 

New  Zealand 7 

Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  Natal 

Orange    Colony O  1-2 

Cyprus  2 

It  is  impossible  to  survey  these  pages  without  a 
growing  wonder  that  a  few  men  chiefly  drawn  from 
the  United  Kingdom  should  have  accomplished  so 
much.  Here  we  have  a  record  of  over  11,000.000 
square  miles  of  territory,  containing  some  350,000,- 
000  people  of  hundreds  of  races  and  languages,  ad- 
ministered and  developed  by  a  relative  handful  of 
white  men  only  some  12,000,000  in  number. 


The  Natural  History  Museum,  Union  street,  is  to  be 
congratulated  on  the  fact  that  the  private  collection  of 
insects  made  by  the  curator,  Mr.  William  Mcintosh,  has 
been  added  to  its  other  treasures.  This  represents  the 
work  of  twelve  busy  years  and  is  very  valuable.  As  far 
as  the  insects  of  New  Brunswick  are  concerned  it  is  the 
largest  collection  in  the  world  and  it  is  much  the  largest 
in  the  Maritime  Provinces.  There  are  more  than  20,000 
specimens  in  the  collection  and  many  of  them  very  rare 
specimens. 


5,000  Facts  About  Canada. 

A  remarkable  little  booklet  has  been  compiled  under  the 
above  self-explanatory  title  by  Frank  Yeigh  of  Toronto. 
the  well  known  writer  and  lecturer  on  themes  Canadian. 
Perhaps  no  one  in  the  Dominion  is  better  qualified  to 
make  such  a  compilation.  Its  value  is,  as  claimed,  "worth 
its  weight  in  Yukon  gold  or  Cobalt  silver."  The  idea  is 
a  clever  one,  viz. :  a  fact  ii>  a  sentence,  giving  a  wonderful 
mass  of  information  in  the  smallest  compass  on  every  phase 
of  our  commercial  and  industrial  life  and  our  natural 
resources.  The  booklet  is  sold  for  25c.  and  may  be  had 
from  newsdealers  or  from  the  Canadian  Facts  Publishing 
Co.,  ''07   Spadina    Avenue,   Toronto. 


Empire  Day  Selections. 

He  serves  his  country  best 

Who  lives  pure  life,  and  doeth  righteous  deed, 

And  walks  straight  paths,  however  others  stray 

And  leaves  his  sons  as  uttermost  bequest 

A  stainless  record  which  all  men  may  read. 

— Susan  Coo'.idge. 

Our  country  is  a  whole,  my  Publius, 

Of  which  we  all  are  parts ;  nor  should  a  citizen 

Regard  his  interests  as  distinct  from  hers; 

No  hopes  or  fears  should  touch  his  patriot  soul 
But  what  affect  her  honour  or  her  shame. 

E'en  when  in  hostile  fields  he  bleeds  to  save  her, 

'Tis  not  his  blood  he  loses,  'tis  his  country's; 

He  only  pays  her  back  a  debt  he  owes. 

— William  Cowper. 

There's  a  flag  that  waves  over  every  sea, 

No  matter  when  or  where; 
And  to  treat  that  flag  as  aught  but  the  free 

Is  more  than  .the  boldest  dare. 
For  the  lion  spirits  that  tread  the  deck 

Have  carried  the  palm  of  the  brave; 
And  that  flag  may  sink  with  a  shot-torn  wreck, 

But  never  float  o'er  a  slave. 
Its  honour  is  stainless,  deny  it  who  can; 

And  this  is  the  flag  of  an  Englishman. 

— Eliza  Cook. 

Land  of  our  Birth,  our  Faith,  our  Pride, 

For  whose  dear  sake  our  fathers  died; 

O  Motherland,  we  pledge  to  thee, 

Head,  heart  and  hand  through  the  years  to  be. 

— Rudyard  Kipling. 


Play  the  Game. 

There's  a  breathless   hush  in  the  close   tonight — 

Ten  to  one  and  the  match  to  win —  . 
Pumping  pitch  and  a  blinding  light. 
"  An  hour  to  play  and  the  last  man  in. 
And  it  is  not  for  the  sake  of  a  ribboned  coat 

Or  the  selfish  hope  of  a  season's   fame, 
But  his  captain's  hand  on  his  shoulder  smote — 

"Play  up,  play  up!  and  play  the  game!" 

The  sand  of  the  desert  is  sodden  red, 

Red  with  the  wreck  of  the  square  that  broke — 
The  Gatling's  jammed  and  the  colonel  dead, 

And  the  regiment  blind  with  dust  and  smoke. 
The  River  of  Death  has  brimmed  its  banks, 

And  England's  far,  and  Honor  a  name; 
But  the  voice  of  a  schoolboy  rallies  the  ranks : 

"Play  up,  play  up!  and  play  the  game!" 

This  is  the  word  that  year  by  year, 

While  in  her  place  the  school  is  set; 
Every  one  of  her  sons  must  hear 

And  none  that  hears  it  dare  forget. 
This  they  all  with  joyful  mind, 

Bear  through   life  like  a  torch  in   flame, 
And  falling  fling  to  the  host  behind. 

"Play  up,  play  up!  and  play  the  game!" 

— Henry  NnvboH. 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


307 


The  Review  Question  Box. 

G.  C— In  the  grammar  used  in  Nova  Scotia  Schools,  on 
page  33,  it  says:  "An  intransitive  verb  is  made  transitive 
by  the  addition  of  a  preposition  so  closely  united  with  it 
as  to  become  a  part  of  itself."  Another  authority  states 
that  a  preposition  is  never  put  with  the  verb  in  analysis, 
but  the  preposition  and  phrase  following  it  were  put  in 
extension.    Kindly  give  your  opinion  in  Review. 

This  is  one  of  the  grammatical  questions  on  which 
authorities  differ.  West,  in  his  "  Elements  of  Eng- 
lish Grammar,"  says :  "  Prepositions  following  in- 
transitive verbs  may  be  regarded  as  forming  with 
them  compound  verbs  which  are  transitive.  Thus, 
'  I  laughed  (intrans.)  at  him.'  Where  the  preposi- 
tion at  takes  an  objective  case  him,  becomes  '  I 
laughed  at  (trans.)  him,'  where  the  him  is  the  object 
of  the  verb.  The  passive  construction  can  then  be 
employed,  and  we  can  say,  '  He  was  laughed  at.' 
So,  '  we  arrived  at  this  conclusion  '  becomes  in  the 
passive,  '  this  conclusion  was  arrived  at.'  '  They 
came  to  this  decision  '  becomes  '  this  decision  was 
come  to.'  " 

But  Mason,  in  his  "  English  Grammar,"  contra- 
dicts West's  statement  in  the  following  way   : 

The  direct  object  of  the  verb  is  not  indicated  by 
prepositions.  A  substantive  preceded  by  a  preposition 
always  constitutes  either  an  attributive  adjunct  or  an  ad- 
verbial adjunct. 

This  statement  is  not  invalidated  by  the  remarkable  free- 
dom of  English  in  the  use  of  the  passive  voice.  "I  am 
speaking  of  you"  is  precisely  analogous  to  the  French 
"Je  parle  de  vous,"  and  the  Latin  "Loquor  de  te."  Nobody 
would  for  a  moment  admit  that  loquor  de  makes  a  com- 
pound transitive  verb,  and  that  de  has  ceased  to  be  a  prepo- 
sition and  become  an  adverb  united  to  the  verb. 

Mason,  then,  agrees  with  the  second  authority 
quoted  in  the  question,  and  would  put  the  preposi- 
tional phrase  in  the  extension.  He  disposes  of  the 
argument  from  the  construction  of  the  passive  voice 
as  follows : 

The  word  that  is  the  object  of  the  active  verb  must  be 
the  subject  of  the  passive.  In  the  strict  sense  of  the  above, 
only  transitive  verbs  could  properly  be  used  in  the  passive 
voice,  and  only  the  direct  object  of  the  active  verb  could 
become  the  subject  of  the  passive  verb.  This  is  in  fact  the 
usage  in  Latin  and  German.  Hut  English  has  blended  the 
accusative  and  the  dative  in  one  case,  the  'objective',  and 
as  a  consequence  of  this  allows  (in  most  cases)  the 
objective  of  either  kind  of  object  to  become  the  subject  of 
the  passive.  I  told  him  the  news,  becomes  either  he  was 
told  the  news,  or  the  news  was  told  him. 

This  is  an  interesting  point  in  grammar,  and  we 
shall  be  glad  to  hear  arguments  on  either  side. 
Mason's  seems  the  simpler  rule  to  put  in  practice; 
for,  who  is  to  decide  whether  or  not  the  preposition 
is  "  so  closely  united  with  (he  verb  as  to  become  a 
part  of  itself?  " 


Esperanto:  A  correspondent  from  Steeves  Mountain, 
N.  B.,  writes  in  answer  to  Mr.  Garland's  question  in  our 
April  issue:  "Esperanto— in  Twenty  Lessons,  with  vocab- 
ulary, by  C.  S.  Griffin,  can  be  secured  from  A.  S.  Barnes 
&  Co.,  New  York;  price  55  cents  by  mail." 

The  following  questions  have  been  sent  in  for  solution: 
I  odhunter  and  Loney's  Algebra.  Ex.  39,  No.  25 ;  and  Ex 
37,  No.  27. 

I.  4*2— 6>—  (9y2-fr-) 

=4-r2—  (9y'2+6yz+z2) 

=  (2X  —  3y  —  g)  (2*+3y+z) 

9f—  (4-r2—  4-^+~2) 
=  (3v  —  2x+z)  (3y+2.r  —  z) 

--—  (4-r-+i2-i-.y+9r) 

=  0  —  2X  —  33O  (s+2*+3v) 
L.  C.  M.=  (2.i-+3y+r)(2.v— 3.v— ^)(3v+2.r— -) 
2.     a-  xs+as— 2abx*+b2  .r:i+a;i  b2— 2a4  b 
=x3(a2—2ab+b2)-\-a:i(a2—2ab+b2) 
=  (xs+a3)  (a2—2ab+b2)-. 
=  (x+a)  (x*—ax+a2)  (a—by2 
2d2  x4— 5a4  .r2+3(;«»—  2b-  .r4+ 5a2  b2  x2— 
la*  b'2 

=2.i-,(a2—b2)—5a2x2(a2—b2)+2ai(a2—b2) 
=  (2.i-*— 5a2 -t'2+3<'4)  (a+b)  (a—b) 
(Apply  $126). 

=  (2.r2— 3a2)  (x2—d2)  (a+b)  (a—b) 
=  (2.r2— 3a2)  (x—a)  (.r+«)  (a+b)  (a—b) 
H.  F.  C.     (x+a)  (a—b). 


R.  E.  Fraser,  Kouchibouguac.  What  is  the  least  num- 
ber that  can  be  subtracted  from  60,  that  it  may  be  divided 
by  6£{   without   remainder? 

60  reduced  to  fourths=240 

6^4  reduced  to  fourths=27 

240-^-27=8  times  and  24  fourths  over=6 

60  —  6=54 

54—6=8  times. 

Therefore  6  is  the  least  number. 


A  thoughtful  subscriber,  desirous  of  severing  his 
connection  with  the  Review,  writes:  "As  I  see  by 
the  last  issue  of  my  paid-up  subscription  expires 
with  number  239.  I  would  ask  you  to  discontinue 
sending  it,  as  I  am  not  teaching  now.  I  write  this 
as  1  notice  that  you  wish  to  he  notified  whether  a 
continuance  of  the  paper  is  desired  or  not."  Some- 
times our  subscribers  neglect  this  simple  act  of 
notification,  and  the  result  is  loss  and  confusion. 


Dandelions  dressed  in  gold, 

Give  out  echoes  clear  and  loud, 
I  o  the  oriole's  story,  told 

With  gay  poise  and  gesture  proud. 

— Lucy  Larcotn 


308 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


The  Last  Poem  of  Dr.  Drummond. 

Dr.  Drummond's  last  public  appearance  in  Montreal 
was  at  the  annual  dinner  of  St.  Patrick's  Society  of  Mon- 
treal, held  at  the  Windsor  Hotel,  on  the  evening  of  Mon- 
day, March  18th.  The  well-known  writer  was  received 
with  great  applause  on  that  occasion,  and  told  his  audience 
a  number  of  good  stories,  and  finished  by  reading  a  poem 
which  he  had  composed  for  St.  Patrick's  Day,  and  which 
was  very  warmly  received.     The  poem  is  as  follows : 

We're  Irish  Yet. 

What  means  this  gathering  to-night, 

What   spirit   moves  along 
The  crowded  hall,  and  touching  light 

Each   heart  among  the  throng 
Awakes  as  though  a  trumpet  blast 

Had  sounded   in  their  ears 
The  recollections  of  the  past, 

The  memories  of  the  years? 

O  'tis  the  spirit  of  the  west, 

The  spirit  of  the  Celt, 
The  breed  that  spurned  the  alien  breast, 

And  every  wrong  has  felt — 
And  still  tho'  far  from  fatherland, 

We  never  can  forget 
To  tell  ourselves  with  heart  and  hand, 

We're  Irish  yet!     We're  Irish  yet! 

And  they,  outside  the  Clan  of  Conn, 

Would  understand,  but   fail, 
The  mystic  music  played  upon 

The  heart-strings  of  the  Gael — 
His  ear,  and  his  alone  can  tell 

The  soul  that  lies  within, 
The  music  which  he  knows  so  well, 

The  voice  of  Kith  and  Kin. 

He  hears  the  tales  of  old,  old  days, 

Of  battle  fierce  by  ford  and  hill, 
Of  ancient  Senachie's  martial  lays, 

And  race  unconquered  still — 
It  challenges  with  mother's  pride 

And  dares  him  to  forget 
That  tho'  he  cross  the  ocean  wide, 

He's  Irish  yet!     He's  Irish  yet! 

His   eye  may  never  see  the  blue 

Of  Ireland's  April  sky, 
His  ear  may  never  listen  to 

The  song  of  lark  on  high, 
But  deep  within  bis  Irish  heart 

Are  cloisters,  dark  and  dim, 
No  human  hand  can  wrench  apart, 

And  the  lark  still  sings  for  him. 

We've  bowed  beneath  the  chastening  rod, 

We've  had  our  griefs  and  pains. 
But  with  them  all,  we  still  thank  God, 

The  Blood  is  in  our  veins : 
The  ancient  blood  that  knows  no  fear, 

The  Stamp  is  on  us  set. 
And   so  however  foes  may  jeer, 

We're  Irish  yet!  We're  Irish  yet! 


Nature  Quotations  for  May. 

Arranged  by  Annetta  F.  Armes  in  "Popular  Educator." 

Onward  and  nearer  rides  the  sun  of  May; 
And  wide  around,  the  marriage  of  the  plants 
Is  sweetly  solemnized. 

— Ralph  Waldo  Emerson. 

The  voice  of  one  who  goes  before  to  make 
The  paths  of  June  more  beautiful,  is  thine. 

— Helen  Hunt  Jackson. 

Hebe's  here,  May  is  here! 

The  air  is  fresh  and  sunny; 
And  the  miser  bees  aTe  busy 
Hoarding  golden  homey. 

—T.  B.  Aldrich. 
Now  the  bright  morning  star,  day's  harbinger, 
Comes  dancing  from  the  east  and  leads  with  her 
The  flowery  May,  who  from  her  green  lap  throws 
The  yellow  cowslip,  and  the  pale  primrose. 

— Milton. 

And  hark !  how  bright  the  throstle  sings ! 

He,  too,  is  no  mean  teacher. 
Come  forth  into  the  light  of  things 

Let  Nature  be  your  teacher. 

— Wordsworth. 

Among  the  changing  months,  May  stands  contest 
The  sweetest,  and  in  fairest  colors  dressed. 

— Thomson. 

Spring's  last  born  darling,  clear-eyed,  sweet, 
Pauses  a  moment,  with  white  twinkling  feet, 

And  golden  locks  in  breezy  play, 
Half  teasing  and  half  tender,  to  repeat 
Her  song  of  May. 

— Susan  Coolidge. 
The  scarlet  maple  keys  betray 
What  potent  blood  hath  modest  May. 

— Ralph  Waldo  Emerson. 

All  day  in  the  green,  sunny  orchard, 

When  May  was  a  marvel  of  bloom, 
I  followed  the  busy  bee-lovers 

Down  paths  that  were  sweet  with  perfume. 

— M.  E.  Songster. 

The   robins   sang  in   the   orchard,  the   buds   into  blossoms 

grew, 
Little  of  human  sorrow  the  buds  and  the  robins  knew! 

— /.  G.  Whitti.r 

And  hark!  and  hark!  the  woodland  rings; 

There  thrilled  the  thrush's  soul ; 
And  look!  that  flash  of  flamy  wings — 
The  fire-plumed  oriole. 

—O.  W.  Holmes. 

And  every  little  bird  upon  the  tree, 
Ruffling   his  plumage  bright,   for  ecstacy, 
Sang  in  the  wild  insanity  of  glee. 

— Phoebe  Cary. 
And  the  swaying  yellow  bird, 

Trilling,  thrills  each  hollow  stem, 
Until  every  root  is  stirred, 
Under  their  dropped  diadem. 

— Lucy  Larcom. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


309 


Canada  Forever. 

When  our   fathers  crossed  the  ocean 

In  the  glorious  days  gone  by, 
They  breathed  their  deep  emotion 

In  many  a  tear  and  sigh— 
Tho'  a  brighter  lay  before  them 

Than  the  old  old  land  that  bore   them, 
And  all  the  wide  world  knows  now 
That  land  was  Canada. 
So  line  up  and  try  us, 

Whoever  would  deny  us 
The  freedom  of  our  birthright,  • 

And  they'll  find  us  like  a  wall— 
For  we  are  Canadian— Canadian   forever, 
Canadian  forever — Canadian  over  all. 
Our  fathers  came  to  win  us 

This  land  beyond  recall — 
And  the  same  blood  flows  within  us 

Of  Briton,  Celt,  and  Gaul- 
Keep  alive  each  glowing  ember 

Of  our  Sineland,  but  remember 
Our  country  is  Canada 
Whatever  may  befall. 

So  line  up  and  try,  etc. 
Who  can   blame  them,   who  can  blame  us 

If  we  tell  ourselves  with  pride 
How  a  thousand  years  to  tame  us 

The  foe  has  often  tried — 
And  should  e'er  the  Empire  need  us, 

She'll  require  no  chains  to  lead  us, 
For  we  are  Empire's  children — 
But  Canadian  over  all. 

Then  line   up  and  try  us,   etc. 

— William  Henry  Drummond. 


Echoes  From  a  Boy's  Garden. 

Louise  Ki.kin  Milt.fr  in  N.   Y.  School  Journal. 
(Concluded.! 
A  few  weeks  later  : 

"Can  you  tell  me  what  is  the  matter  with  my 
squash  vine?"  said  Carl,  coming  with  a  large,  bril- 
liant orange  blossom  in  his  hand.  "1  have  hoed  it, 
put  some  commercial  fertilizer  around  it,  and  picked 
off  every  -squash  bug  I  could  find,  and  only  a  few  of 
the  blossoms  have  squashes  on  them." 

"That  is  a  very  natural  question  to  ask.  Who 
planted  cucumbers  ?" 

"I  did,"  answered  Hugo. 

"Will  you  please  %(>  to  your  garden  and  see  if 
you  can  find  any  difference  in  your  cucumber  blos- 
soms.   James,  examine  your  pumpkin  vims." 

In  a  short  time  the  boys  returned  with  the  differ- 
ent kinds  of  flowers,  much  to  the  gardeners 
astonishment. 

"Robert,  you  may  bring  me.  the  small  cornstalk 
from  your  garden.  We  will  examine  the  squash, 
cucumber  and  pumpkin  blossoms  first.  Joe,  put 
your  finger  in  the  blossom  which  has  no  squash. 


"  It  is  covered  with  yellow  dust,"  exclaimed   foe. 

"  Can  you,  find  yellow  dust  in  the  other  flower?  " 
I  asked,  watching  him  make,  the  trial. 

"  No,"  he  responded,  "  the  inside  of  the  (lower 
is  a  different  shape  and  it  is  sticky." 

"  Shake  the  yellow  dust  or  pollen  into  that  flower. 
What  happens  ?  " 

"  It  sticks  fast.  What  is  that  for  ?  "  opening  his 
eyes  in  astonishment. 

"  The  flower  that  bears  the  yellow  dust  is  called 
the  staminate  flower.  These  little  things  that  hold 
the  pollen  are  the  stamens.  The  other  is  the  pistil- 
late flower,  and  has  the  parts  that  will  develop  into 
seeds.  We  will  cut  through  the  flower  'that  has 
the  squash.'  " 

"  Look  at  the  little  seeds !  "  cried  Henry. 

"  Oh,  they're  not  seeds,"  said  Mike.  "  Would 
you  like  to  plant  them?  No  use.  They  wouldn't 
grow.     They  are  not  ripe." 

"  You  are  quite  right.  They  are  not  seeds,  but 
ovules  which  will  develop  into  seeds.  Do  you  see 
that  bee  coming  from  that  flower  with  his  legs  and 
body  covered  with  pollen?     Watch  him." 

"  I  wonder  if  he  will  find  a  flower  with  a  squash 
Yes,  there  he  goes,"  said  Fred. 

"  Let  us  go  and  watch  him,"  said  Robert,  much 
excited.     "  Don't  frighten  him  away.     He  seems  to 
know   just  where  to  find  the  honey.     See  how  he 
crawls  over  the  sticky  surface !  " 
"  Off  he  goes  !  "  said  .Mike. 

"Ah,  there  it  is — the  yellow  dust  he  dropped!" 
exclaimed  Dick. 

"  All  that  was  very  simple,  but  now  the  wonder 
begins." 

"What   is  that?"    inquired    James,   with    eager, 
listening  eyes. 

"When  a  pollen  grain  drops  on  the  stigma  of 
tlie  pistil,  as  the  sticky  surface  is  called,  it  begins  to 
germinate,  or  grow,  and  send  down  a  pollen  tube 
to  one  of  the  little  ovules  which  you  sec,  giving  it 
me  help  it  needs  to  make  it  develop  into  a  perfect 
seed.  A  little  plantlet  is  formed  in  each  seed,  and. 
while  the  seed  ripen,  these  parts  begin  to  thicken  to 
form  a  protection  for  the  growing  seeds.  Hand  me 
some  beans.  Alike,  please.  Each  of  you  take  one 
and  carefully  remove  the  seed  coat  and  examine  the 
inside." 

"Just  look  at  the  little  plantlet!"  said  Fred. 
"Isn't    it    wonderful?"     said     Henry,     seriously. 
Does  each  ovule  need  the  help  of  a  pollen  grain 
to  make  it  a  seed  ?  " 


310 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


"  Yes,  think  of  all  the  seeds  that  will  be  found  in 
the  garden  this  summer.  All  flowers  are  not  alike. 
Each  has  its  own  secret,  which  is  worth  finding  out." 

"  I  suppose  there  is  something  interesting  about 
this  cornstalk,"  said  Carl,  looking  at  it. 

"  Who  can  find  the  pollen  ?  "  I  asked,  shaking  the 
stalk. 

"  I  know,"  exclaimed  Dick ;  "  in  the  tassel  at  the 
top." 

"  The  ovules  are  all  covered  with  these  husks. 
How  do  they  get  the  help  from  the  pollen  ?  "  A 
queer  expression  was  on  the  face  of  the  boys. 

"  Let  us  remove  the  husks  and " 

"  Look  at  the  silk !  "  interrupted  Robert.  "  Why, 
each  grain  has  a  piece  of  silk.  Oh,  I  know ;  the 
silk  grows  out  beyond  the  husk  and  the  pollen  grain 
drops  on  the  end  of  the  silk,"  which  was  very  good 
reasoning  for  Robert. 

"  But  what  a  long  pollen  tube  would  have  to  grow 
to  get  down  to  some  of  the  ovules,"  said  Henry. 

"Do  you  see  any  ovules  that  have  not  developed  ?" 
I  asked,  holding  the  ear  up  to  view. 

"  Just  look  at  the  little  grains  around  the  top  of 
the  ear,"  said  Carl,  amused.  "  The  silk  was  so  short 
it  could  not  get  out  of  the  husk,  and  did  not  get  the 
pollen.     Well,  that  is  interesting." 

"  All  go  to  your  gardens  and  examine  the  flowers 
and  pods  of  your  peas  and  beans,  and  see  if  they 
have  anything  to  tell  you. 

"  You  did  good  work  while  I  was  away,  boys. 
The  gardens  look  very  well.  They  show  who  are 
the  good  workers." 

"  We  have  had  such  a  good  time  and  learned  so 
many  things,"  said  Henry. 

"Did  you  have  any  trouble  with  insects?"  I  in- 
quired. 

"  Insects !  "  he  exclaimed.  "  I  should  think  so. 
We  made  a  collection  of  the  different  ones  we 
found — fifty-three." 

"  Which  gave  you  most  trouble  ?  " 

"  Potato  bugs,  but  we  put  '  bug  death  '  on  the 
vines  and  that  finished  them,"  he  said,  with  great 
satisfaction. 

"  We  find,  if  you  want  to  destroy  insects,  you 
must  know  something  of  the  way  in  which  they 
take  their  food,"  said  Joe,  repeating  some  informa- 
tion lie  had  recently  acquired. 

"What  do  you  mean?"  I  inquired. 

"  \\  ell,  a  potato  bug  has  biting  mouth  parts  and 
eats  the  leaves.  If  you  put  poison  on  the  leaves 
they  eat  it,  too,  and  that  kills  them." 

"Hut,"  continued  James,  "a  squash  bug  is  differ- 


ent. He  has  a  little  sucking  tube  he  puts  into  the 
leaf  and  sucks  the  sap,  and  would  not  get  the  poison. 
He  has  to  be  -killed  in  another  way." 

"  Are  you  interested  in  insects,  John  ?"  observing 
him  listening  to  our  conversation. 

"  Very  much,  and  we  have  found  so  many  differ- 
ent kinds.  The  lovely  ground  beetles,  we  were  told, 
are  predaceous,  because  they  destroy  wire  worms 
and  many  bugs." 

"  Will  you  please  look  at  my  beets  and  carrots  ?  " 
said  Fred,  from  a  distant  garden.  "  I  think  they 
are  fine !  " 

"What  do  you  think  of  my  squashes?"  asked 
Henry,  with  pride. 

"  What  have  you  done  with  all  the  vegetables  you 
have  raised?"  I  inquired,  with  interest. 

"  Ate  some,  sold  some,  gave  some  away,  and  these 
good  things  we  are  going  to  take  to  the  fair,"  said 
Joe. 

"  I  should  like  a  list  of  the  flowers  and  vegetables 
you  raised,  and  one  of  the  insects  you  found." 

"  Are  we  to  have  an  exhibit  at  the  fair  ?  "  inquired 
Dick. 

"  Yes,  some  special  prizes  are  to  be  given  for  the 
products  of  the  Boys'  Garden.  That  will  end  the 
work  for  the  year.  Do  any  of  you  want  a  garden 
next  year  ?  " 

"  Yes,  indeed !  "  "  We  all  do."  "  May  I  have  my 
same  garden  ?  "  "  About  twenty  more  boys  want 
gardens,"  was  the  hearty  response. 


CURRENT    EVENTS. 


The  new  Province  of  Superior  is  as  yet  only  a  suggestion. 
It  is  not  very  probable  that  it  will  ever  be  more;  but  it 
expresses  a  wish  of  some  of  the  residents  of  the  northern 
part  of  Ontario  to  have  that  great  province  divided,  setting 
off  as  a  separate  province  the  present  districts  of  Nipissing, 
Algoma,  Thunder  Bay  and  Rainy  River.  This  aiea,  now 
often  called  New  Ontario,  has  a  population  of  about 
125,000,  and  comprises  about  three-fourths  of  the  area  of 
the  present  Province  of  Ontario. 

Next  year  will  bring  the  three-hundredth  annivensary  of 
the  founding  of  Quebec;  but  the  executive  committee  of 
the  proposed  tercentenary  celebration  have  decided  to  post- 
pone it  to  July,  1909,  to  give  more  time  for  the  necessary 
preparation. 

In  the  new  battleship  Aki,  recently  launched  in  Japan, 
the  Japanese  have  the  greatest  battleship  in  the  world, 
exceeding  the  British  ship  Dreadnought  by  IJOO  tons. 

Commander  Peary  will  make  another  attempt  this  year 
to  reach  the  North  Pole.  His  crew  will  consist  entirely  of 
young  Newfoundland  fishermen  who  are  members  of  the 
colonial  naval  reserve. 


THE  EDUCATIONAL    REVIEW. 


311 


Beginning  next  year,  a  new  direct  line  of  steamers  will 
run  from  Vancouver  to  Great  Britain  by  way  of  New 
Zealand  and  Australia.  This  will  divert  to  Vancouver 
much  traffic  that  has  formerly  passed  through  San  Fran- 
cisco. 

The  Department  of  the  Interior  has  issued  a  new  atlas 
of  Canada  which  is  said  to  be  the  most  complete  publi- 
cation of  its  kind  ever  produced  in  any  country.  Only  one 
other  country  has  issued  an  atlas  giving  such  a  diversity 
of  information,  and  that  country  is  Finland.  This  may  be 
surprising  information  to  many  of  us,  who  are  inclined  to 
think  of  Finland  as  many  think  of  Canada,  only  as  a 
country  of  ice  and  snow.  Equally  surprising  will  be  the 
news  that  Finland  is  the  first  country  in  the  world  in 
which  women  have  been  elected  to  seats  in  the  national 
legislature.  There  are  nineteen  women  in  the  Finnish 
Diet 

One-fourth  of  the  people  of  British  East  Africa  depends 
upon  the  cotton  crop  for  their  living.  ,Not  only  will 
British  possessions  in  Africa  soon  supply  all  the  cotton 
needed  in  the  mother  country,  but  will  supply  it  at  a  price, 
it  is  hoped,  that  may  enable  British  manufacturers  to  sup- 
ply the  American  market. 

The  Wakamba,  a  Bantu  tribe  of  Uganda,  are  the  most 
highly  civilized  black  race  in  Africa.  When  first  visited 
by  white  men,  they  had  a  decimal  system  of  calculation 
and  understood  the  working  of  iron. 

Potasimite  is  a  new  explosive  in  use  in  Mexico.  It  is 
pronounced  safer,  cheaper  and  more  powerful  than  dyna- 
mite ;  and,  still  more  important  for  mining  operations,  it 
produces  no  noxious  gas. 

The  supposition  that  the  gold  of  Ophir,  with  which 
Solomon  enriched  the  temple  in  Jerusalem^  came  from 
Mashonaland,  in  South  Africa,  is  discredited  by  late 
investigators.  The  distance  is  said  to  be  far  too  great ; 
and  the  architectural  ornaments  found  in  the  abandoned 
gold  mines  are  too  crude  to  have  been  made  by  the  work- 
men of  King  Solomon. 

The  new  railway  recently  opened  for  traffic  across  the 
Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec  reduces  the  distance  from  New 
York  to  Honolulu  to  five  thousand  seven  hundred  miles — 
nearly  a  thousand  miles  less  than  by  way  of  Panama. 

The  Russians  and  the  Japanese  have  completed  the 
evacuation  of  Manchuria,  and  the  vast  region  is  again 
under  the  government  of  China.  The  policing  of  the 
country  and  the  repression  of  the  Chinese  bandits  have 
been  turned  over  to  Chinese  troops. 

In  calling  the  second  Hague  Conference,  the  Russian 
government  has  proposed  the  following  subjects  for  dis- 
cussion :  The  settlement  of  international  disputes  by  an 
international  court ;  the  laws  and  customs  of  warfare  on 
land,  especially  as  to  the  opening  of  hostilities  and  the 
rights  of  neutrals;  the  laws  and  customs  of  maritime  war- 
fare, and  the  adaptation  to  maritime  warfare  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Geneva  Convention  of  1864. 

It  is  remarkable  that  at  the  colonial  conference  in  Lon- 
don both  Canada,  the  premier*  colony  of  the  Empire,  and 
the  Transvaal,  the  youngest  colony,  are  represented  by 
men  belonging  to  races  formerly  not  owing  allegiance  t<> 
the  British  Crown.  Roth  Sir  Wilfrid  Laurier  and  General 
Botha  have  been  enthusiastically  received.  The  former, 
though  British  born,  as  we  all  know  is  of  French-Canadian 


descent;  the  latter,  born  in  the  British  colony  of  Natal,  is 
of  Dutch  and  French  Huguenot  origin.  Sir  Wilfrid 
represents  six  million  Canadians;  Alfred  Deakin,  premier 
of  the  Australian  Commonwealth,  represents  our  four  mil- 
lion fellow  subjects  in  Australia;  Dr.  Jameson,  two  and  a 
half  million  in  Cape  Colony;  Gen.  Eouis  Botha,  more  than 
half  that  number  in  Transvaal ;  Premier  Moor,  over  a 
million  in  Natal,  and  Sir  Joseph  Ward  nearly  as  many  in 
New  Zealand;  while  Sir  Robert  Bond  represents  about  a 
quarter  of  a  million  inhabitants  of  the  ancient  colony  of 
Newfoundland.  The  message  which  Gen.  Botha  brings 
from  the  Transvaal  is  that  the  new  colony  wishes  to 
strengthen  the  bonds  of  co-operation  and  love  and  unity 
of  the  Empire;  and  Dr.  Jameson  expressed  the  hope  that 
the  next  conference  would  see  all  South  Africa  ranged 
with  the  Dominion  and  the  Commonwealth,  and  represent- 
ed by  one  federal  minister.  A  practical  outcome  of  the 
conference  is  the  creation  of  a  general  staff  to  take  com- 
mand of  all  the  military  forces  of  the  Empire. 

On  the  26th  of  April,  three  hundred  years  ago,  three 
small  vessels  cast  anchor  on  the  coast  of  Virginia,  bring- 
ing the  few  persons  who  later  founded  Jamestown  and 
established  there  the  first  permanent  English  settlement  on 
this  continent.  On  the  same  date  this  year,  the  fleets  of 
the  leading  nations  of  Europe  were  anchored  near  the  spot, 
to  celebrate  the  tercentenary  anniversary  of  that  event,  as 
the  guests  of  the  great  American  nation  that  has  sprung 
from  that  beginning.  The  British  squadron  is  the  most 
powerful  of  the  visiting  fleets.  After  taking  part  in  the 
opening  ceremonies  of  the  Jamestown  exhibition,  it  will 
visit  Quebec,  where  it  will  arrive  on  the  12th  of  June  and 
remain  until  the  24th. 

King  Edward's  visit  to  Spain  is  said  to  mark  the  con- 
clusion of  an  agreement  between  the  two  nations  by  which 
British  ships  shall  have  the  use  of  Spanish  ports,  and 
British  squadrons  guarantee  the  security  of  Spanish  coasts. 
It  is  understood  that  an  arrangement  has  been  made 
between  Great  Britain  and  Canada  whereby  British  news- 
papers and  periodicals  will  come  to  Canada  at  greatly 
reduced  postal  rates. 

The  custom  of  flying  the  national  flag  over  school  build- 
ings is  one  that  we  have  learned  from  our  New  England 
neighbors.  The  provincial  board  of  education  is  to  urge 
upon  trustees  the  desirability  of  flying  the  Canadian  flag 
over  every  school  building  in  New  Brunswick.  If  the 
school  district  can  not  afford  to  buy  a  flag,  the  board  of 
education  will  assist. 

An  amusing  and  rather  significant  incident  in  connection 
with  the  recent  little  war  in  Central  America  was  that  a 
party  of  United  States  marines  compelled  the  leader  of  an 
insurgent  band  to  apologize  for  an  insult  to  the  British 
flag. 


SCHOOL    AND    COLLEGE. 

Walter  W.  White,  M.  D.,  has  been  appointed  a  member 
of  the  Senate  of  the  University  of  New  Brunswick,  in 
room  of  Hon.  L.  J.  Tweedie,  resigned. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Education  in  Fredericton, 
on  April  13th,  the  sub-committee  appointed  to  investigate 
the  cost  of  text  books  for  schools,  composed  of  Dr.  Inch, 
Chancellor  Jones,  and  Solicitor-General  Jones,  submitted  a 
report,  in  which  they  recommended  that  text  hooks  be  sup- 


312 


THE  EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


plied  to  pupils  free  of  charge.  Consideration  of  the  report 
was  deferred  until  a  future  meeting. 

Fredericton  is  to  have  a  new  normal  school  building, 
as  the  present  quarters  are  overcrowded.  The  new  build- 
ing will  be  three  stories  high,  and  will  be  fitted  with  all 
modern  improvements,  with  facilities  for  manual  training, 
domestic  science,  and  nature  study.  Provision  will  be 
made  in  the  grounds,  which  are  to  be  enlarged,  for  school 
gardens. 

On  May  3rd,  Dr.  Inch  will  sail  for  England,  and  on  the 
24th  will  attend  an  educational  conference,  which  will  be 
held  in  London  under  the  auspices  of  the  League  of  the 
Empire.  The  leading  spirit  in  the  league  is  Lord  Meath, 
and  its  purpose  is  announced  to  be  the  closer  union  of  all 
countries  subject  to  King  Edward.  The  League  of  the 
Empire  is  best  known  in  this  country  by  its  work  in  pro- 
moting correspondence  among  school  children  of  widely 
separated  British  colonies.  There  are  many  schools  in  this 
city  and  province,  the  scholars  of  which  are  writing  to  the 
children  of  far-away  Australia  or  South  Africa.  In  a 
recent  annual  report,  Dr.  Inch  said :  "The  League  of  the 
Empire  is  an  association  of  prominent  statesmen  and  edu- 
cationists who  are  aiming  to  bring  into  closer  relation  all 
schools,  colleges  and  universities  of  the  British  Empire  for 
purposes  of  co-operation  and  mutual  benefit.  The  presi- 
dent of  the  league  is  Canada's  high  commissioner,  the 
Right  Hon.  Lord  Strathcona  and  Mount  Royal,  G.  C.  M. 
G.  Its  vice-presidents  and  members  represent  every  part 
of  the  empire."  Besides  its  correspondence  branch,  which 
numbers  many  thousands  among  its  members,  the  league 
employs  a  large  staff  of  practical  lecturers,  who  give 
lectures  on  the  colonies  in  schools  and  public  halls  through- 
out England.  Exhibitions  representing  the  schools  of  the 
empire  have  been  held  in  the  Crystal  Palace  at  which  all 
kinds  of  school  work  are  shown.  Time  tables  and  photo- 
graphs, presented  by  the  colonies,  are  on  exhibition  in  the 
league's  headquarters,  Caxton  Hall,  Westminster.  During 
his  stay  in  England,  Dr.  Inch  will  visit  different  classes  of 
schools  with  a  view  of  acquiring  ideas  to  be  applied  in  his 
work  here.  He  will  in  a  measure  return  the  visit  of  the 
English  school  teachers  who  visited  New  Brunswick 
schools  in  December. 

McGill  University,  and  through  her  the  whole  Dominion, 
have  suffered  heavy  and  irreparable  losses  by  fire  during 
the  last  month.  Within  two  weeks  fnom  the  occurrence  of 
the  fire  which  destroyed  the  fine  science  buildings,  the 
medical  building  of  the  University  was  burned.  In  both 
cases,  much  has  been  destroyed  that  can  never  be  replaced, 
and  while  the  money  loss  in  the  destruction  of  the  build- 
ings themselves  is  very  severe,  it  is  comparatively  nothing 
beside  the  loss  of  the  museum.  The  collections  contained 
many  priceless  specimens,  which  have  been  collected  dur- 
ing three-quarters  of  a  century.  Also,  Dr.  Sheppard's 
anatomical  collection,  which  was  famous  throughout 
America,  and  represented  a  life  time's  work,  was  entirely 
destroyed.  It  is  a  matter  for  congratulation  that  the 
magnificent  medical  library  escaped  the  flames. 


RECENT  BOOKS. 


Psychology  and  Philosophy  in  Wellesley  College  (price 
$2.50  net).  Also  an  "Elementary  English  Composition," 
by  T.  F.  Huntingdon,  a  book  that  will  certainly  hold  its 
own  by  its  many  excellences,  among  the  many  good  text- 
books on  this  subject.  We  are  glad  to  notice  that  a  good 
deal  of  space  is  given  to  oral  composition,  and  especially 
that  the  importance  of  practice  in  pronunciation  is  insisted 
upon  (price  60  cents  net.) 

Ginn  &  Co.  are  well  known  for  their  co-operation  in  the 
movement  for  the  better  teaching  of  English.  Their 
attractive  editions  of  English  classics  are  a  great  aid  to  the 
teacher.  We  haVe  received  from  them  copies  of  Scott's 
"Quentin  Durward,"  (504  pages,  mailing  price  60  cents), 
and  Goldsmith's  "Deserted  Village,"  (pp.  32,  mailing  price 
30  cents),  both  issued  in  their  "Standard  English  Classics" 
series.  Hudson's  edition  of  Shakespeare's  plays  is  too  well 
known  to  need  comment  here,  but  Ginn  &  Co.  are  now 
bringing  out  a  new  and  revised  Hudson's  Shakespeare  for 
school  use.  "As  you  Like  It,"  and  "The  Merchant  of 
Venice,"  have  already  appeared.  The  introductory  matter 
is  valuable  and  not  too  diffuse,  and  the  chronological 
chart  is  a  useful  addition.  The  notes  are  good  and  have 
the  advantage  of  appearing  at  the  foot  of  the  page.  We 
can  heartily  recommend  these  little  volumes.  (Mailing 
price  55  cents.) 

The  same  publishers  send  us  two  laboratory  guides,  one 
on  zoology,  to  accompany  Linville  &  Kelly's  "Text-book  in 
General  Zoology,"  and  the  other  "Exercises  in  Chemistry," 
by  McPhcrson  and  Henderson,  to  accompany  their 
"Elementary  Study  of  Chemistry;"  (mailing  price  45  cents 
each).  The  former  hand-book  would  be  useful  to  the 
younger  members  of  our  Natural  History  Societies,  and 
to  the  teachers  whose  nature  study  lessons  include  forms 
of  animal  life. 

Messrs.  Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  London,  publish  "A  Junior 
Course  of  Comparative  Geography,"  to  be  used  with  their 
"Progressive  Atlas."  The  very  full  sets  of  questions  and 
exercises  and  the  use  of  plates  and  pictures,  are  noticeable 
features  of  this  attractive  volume  (price  2S.  6d.) 

Messrs.  Geo.  Philip  &  Son,  32  Fleet  Street,  London, 
E.  C,  publish  a  handy  volume  Atlas  of  the  World,  price 
3s.  6d.,  with  very  plain  maps  and  much  valuable  statistical 
matter  carefully  revised  to  date. 


RECENT   MAGAZINES. 


From  the   Macmillan   Company  of  Canada,  we  have   re- 
ceived:    "The     Persistent     Problems    of    Philosophy,"    an 
•luced   t<>   metaphysics    through    the   study   of   modern 
systems,      by      Mary      Whiton      Calkins,      Professor      of 


The  Delineator  for  May  sets  a  great  variety  of  reading 
before  its  subscribers,  as  well  as  the  usual  number  of  pages 
devoted  to  fashions  and  household  matters.  Two  delight- 
ful serials  are  running  in  this  magazine.  "The  Chauffeur 
and  The  Chaperon,"  and  "Fraulein  Schmidt  and  Mr. 
Anstruther,"  a  story  which  quite  sustains  the  reputation 
of  the  author  of  "Elizabeth  and  Her  German  Garden." 

The  Living  Age  can  be  relied  upon  to  furnish  interest- 
ing reading  on  the  affairs  of  foreign  nations,  and  on  topics 
of  the  day.  For  instance,  the  issue  for  April  6th  contains 
an  article  on  "The  Second  Duma"  and  one  on  the  situa- 
tion in  Germany,  while  that  for  April  13th  has  a  most 
readable  and  informing  paper  on  "The  State  Children  of 
Hungary,"  and  one  by  Lord  Dunraven  on  the  "Reform  of 
the  House  of  Lords." 

The  University  Magazine,  published  by  the  Macmillan 
Co.,  is  a  continuation  of  the  McGill  University  Magazine; 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


313 


$ 
^ 


^  WE  MAKE  A  SPECIALTY  OF   MAPS  IN  CASES. 

0$  You    can    secure    a    case    with    only  one    map    and    add   the 


^ 
'» 

'» 
<$ 


Hi 


balance    later. 


E.  N.  MOYER  COMPANY  LI® 

26    GRANVILLE    STREET. 

Halifax,  Nova  Scotia. 


W 

m 
s 
® 


^•^^s^^^^^^^^^s^^^^^^^^^s^^©^'^^©^^^®^^^^ 


314 


THE   EDUCATIONAL   REVIEW. 


W rkii/     KM  ^»  r^  c-  i  DOMINION  OF  CANADA,  Showing  New  Provinces  of  Alberta  and  Saskatchewan. 
[lCW     [VlaPS  '  BRITISH  EMPIRE,  by  Sir  Howard  Vincent. 

WORLD  IN  HEMISPHERES.    Shows  all  New  Changes. 


Write  for  Special  Prices. 


BriaTey  Kindergarten  Material. 


Send  for  Sptclal 
Catalogue. 


Send  15  cents  for  small  box  12  assorted  Dust  less  Colored  Crayons,  postpaid. 
Headquarters  for  everything  in  School  Furnishings,  including  Hylo  Plate  Blackboards. 


The  STEINBERGER  HENDRY  CO.,  37  Richmond  st,  we.t,  Toronto,  ont 


School  of  Science  for  Atlantic  Provinces  of  Canada. 

21ST   SESSION,    JULY    2ND    TO  19TH,    1907. 

HT     RIVERSIDE,  NEW     BRUNSMICK- 

Courses  in   Physical  and  Biological  Sciences,    English,    Drawing,   Cardboard  Work 

and  Photography. 
Excursions  to  Many  Points  of  Interest.  Tuition  for  all  Courses  only  $2.50 


For  Calendar  containing  full  information,  apply  to 


J.  D.  SEAMAN,  Charlottetown,  P.  E.  I. 


its  main  purpose  is  avowed  to  be  that  of  expressing  an 
educated  opinion  upon  questions  immediately  concerning 
Canada.  Accordingly,  we  find  in  the  February  issue,  an 
interesting  paper  entitled  "What  will  the  West  do  with 
Canada,"  and  an  article  on  Canadian  Art  and  Artists.  All 
the  papers  are  of  a  high  order  of  literary  merit,  and  the 
whole  appearance  and  tone  of  the  magazine  are  admirable. 


Educational  Department  New  Brunswick. 


OFFICIAL    NOTICES. 


Examinations  for  Superior  School  License  will  be  held 
both  at  the  June  and  July  examinations. 

For  further  details  in  regard  to  the  Departmental  Ex- 
aminations, see  School  Manual,  Regulations  31,  32,  45  and 
46. 

Close  of  Term. 

The  number  of  Teaching  Days  in  present  Term  is  121, 
except  in  the  City  of  Saint  John,  where  the  number  is  120. 
The  last  teaching  day  of  the  Term  is  Friday,  June  28th. 

The  First  Teaching  Day  of  next  Term  will  be  Monday, 
August  12th,  except  in  Districts  having  eight  weeks'  sum- 
mer vacation,  in  which  Districts  the  schools  will  open 
August  26th. 


Department  Examinations,  1907. 

(a)  The  High  School  Entrance  Examinations  will  be- 
gin at  all  Grammar  and  Superior  Schools  on  Monday,  June 
17th. 

At  these  examinations  the  Lieutenant-Governor's  Medals 
are  to  be  competed  for,  in  accordance  with  instructions 
issued  from  the  Education  Office. 

(b)  The  Normal  School  Closing  Examinations  for 
License  will  be  held  at  the  Normal  School,  Fredericton, 
and  at  the  Grammar  School  buildings,  Chatham  and  St. 
John,  beginning  on  Tuesday,  June  nth,  at  nine  o'clock, 
a.  m. 

(c)  The  Normal  School  Entrance  Examinations  and 
Preliminary  Examinations  for  Advance  of  Class,  the  High 
School  Leaving  Examinations  and  the  University  Matricu- 
lation Examinations  will  be  held  at  the  usual  stations 
throughout  the  Province,  beginning  at  nine  o'clock,  va.  m., 
on  Tuesday,  July  2nd. 

r7o:  ':    53  69 


English  Literature  For  High  Schools,  1907-8. 

Grade  IX.  Selections  from  Reader  No.  V,  and  Scott's 
Lady  of  the  Lake. 

Grade  X.  Macaulay's  Lays  of  Ancient  Rome. 
Hawthorne's  Tanglewood  Tales,  Part  I,  Scott's  Ivanhoe 
for  Supplementary  Reading. 

Grade  XL  Shakespeare's  Henry  V.  Milton's  Lycidas, 
II  Penseroso  and  L'Allegro.  Dickens'  Tale  of  Two  Cities 
for  Supplementary  Reading  and  Essay  Work. 

The  Literature  for  Grade  XI  will  be  used  in  examina- 
tions for  Candidates  for  First  Class,  Matriculation  and 
Leaving  Examinations  in  1908. 

J.  R.  Inch, 
Chief  Superintendent  of  Education. 

Education  Office, 
April  25th,  1907. 


7)°